Bopp: Glossarium Sanscritum Based on Bopp, Franz: Glossarium Sanscritum, in quo omnes radices et vocabula usitatissima explicantur et cum vocabulis Graecis, Latinis, Germanicis, Lithuanicis, Slavicis, Celticis comparantur. Berolini : 1847 Input by Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon (CDSL) [GRETIL-Version: 2017-05-12] LICENSE This file is based on bop.txt, available at http://sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/BOPScan/2014/web/webtc/download.html (C) Copyright 2014 The Sanskrit Library and Thomas Malten under the following license: All rights reserved other than those granted under the Creative Commons Attribution Non-Commercial Share Alike license available in full at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/legalcode, and summarized at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/ . Permission is granted to build upon this work non-commercially, as long as credit is explicitly acknowledged exactly as described herein and derivative work is distributed under the same license. (http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/BOPScan/2014/downloads/bopheader.xml) MARKUP Headwords/Preverbs Sanskrit passages
Page references
Footnotes
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY! COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE. Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8). Headwords according to Harvard-Kyoto. description: multibyte sequence: long a ā long A Ā long i ī long I Ī long u ū long U Ū vocalic r ṛ vocalic R Ṛ long vocalic r ṝ vocalic l ḷ vocalic L Ḷ long vocalic l ḹ velar n ṅ velar N Ṅ palatal n ñ palatal N Ñ retroflex t ṭ retroflex T Ṭ retroflex d ḍ retroflex D Ḍ retroflex n ṇ retroflex N Ṇ palatal s ś palatal S Ś retroflex s ṣ retroflex S Ṣ anusvara ṃ visarga ḥ long e ē long o ō l underbar ḻ r underbar ṟ n underbar ṉ k underbar ḵ t underbar ṯ Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order to facilitate word search. For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see: https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf and https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf For further information see: https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm
GLOSSARIUM SANSCRITUM IN QUO OMNES RADICES ET VOCABULA USITATISSIMA EXPLICANTUR ET CUM VOCABULIS GRAECIS, LATINIS, GERMANICIS, LITHUANICIS, SLAVICIS, CELTICIS COMPARANTUR A FRANCISCO BOPP. BEROLINI PROSTAT IN LIBRARIA DÜMMLERIANA (GRUBE ET HARRWITZ) MDCCCXLVII. EX OFFICINA ACADEMICA. PRAEFATIO. Continentur hoc libro omnes linguae sanscritae radices et vocabula usitatissima cum verbis graecis, latinis, germanicis, lithuanicis, slavicis, celticis comparata, et, quantum fieri potuit, librorum sanscritorum locis illustrata. Plurimae tamen radices apud auctores hactenus nondum repertae sunt, nonnullae tantum in dialecto Vedicā occurrunt, aliae cognatis linguis confirmantur. Ita obsoleta radix stigh cui ascendendi notionem attribuunt grammatici, nostro steigen, graeco [greek] russico stignu assequor (= stighnomi), lithuanico staigio-s festino, hibernico staighre gradus approbatur. Radicem chyu ire nunc confirmatam videmus vetere linguae persicae dialecto, ubi s'iyu (*) item significat ire, unde as'iyawam ivi, profectus sum, quod saepius occurrit in memorabili Behistuniensi inscriptione, quam nuper edidit et ingeniose interpretatus est Vir clarissimus H. C. Rawlinson in libro Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, Vol.X.
(*) s'iyu inserto i, quod semivocali y, si alia quam h eam praecedit consonans, semper anteponitur, pronomine tya excepto, inde e. c. aniya alius = anya sed thahyāmahya appellamur (cum terminatione Parasmaipadi = Ved. masi) a radice thah, quam non cum Benfeyo (Die Persischen Keilinschriften p. 83. s. v. that) ad scrt. gad retulerim, sed potius ad cakṣ e cakās ita ut h respondeat sanscrito s et th sanscrito c = tsch, sicut in thastana, quod Benfeyus apte ad sanscritum ceṣṭana refert (l. c. p. 83.). Quod ad sibilantem attinet, quae in radice s'iyu respondet sanscrito ch respiciatur zendicum peres'āmi et neopersicum [greek] pursem = scrt. pṛcchāmi interrogo, nec non antiquae Persicae radix ras venire, unde arasam veni, quod saepius in inscriptione Beh. occurrit, sanscritoque ārcham respondet. Aspiratam autem sibilantem in radice [greek]iyu adhiberi censeo propter sequentem vocalem i, quae non raro aspirationem in antecedentem consonantem infert, inde e. c. am'iya sum contra amahya sumus; ita d' (sic cum Holzmannio -- Beiträge zur Erklärung der persischen Keilinschriften p. 61. -- legimus pro Rawlinsonii t' et Lassenii kh) nonnisi ante i vocalem loco fungitur sanscritorum d et dh e. c. in yad'iya si, prid'iya [greek] salve, quorum prius convenit cum sanscrito yadi alterum terminatione aequat formas Vedicas et Zendicas ut śrudhi [greek] s'tūidhi (gramm. comp. par. 450.). Sanscrito j respondent g et [...] (sic cum Holzmannio legimus pro Rawlinsonii jh, j et Lassenii z, g), quorum prius invenitur ante a, alterum ante i, itaque e. c. gad'iya dele, caede = jahi e hadhi g'iwa vita = jīva.
Multae quae a grammaticis Indicis inter radices receptae sunt formae non verae sunt radices, sed verborum denominativorum themata, ut e. c. kumār kartr mantr stom; nonnullae syllabam reduplicativam continent, sicut e. c. jakṣ quod ortum est e ghas ejecto a jāgṛ e gṛ vel potius gar (gr. [greek]). Omnes enim, quae ex indigenorum grammaticorum sententiā in vocalem desinunt radices, re verā exeunt in ar quod in debilioribus formis in corripitur, in fortioribus retinetur, ideo e. c. kṛta kṛtvā kartum a kṛ i. e. kar. Etiam litterā terminatae radices vere desinunt in ar quod in fortioribus formis aut conservant, aut in ār producunt, in debilioribus autem in ir ante duas consonantes in īr vel vi euphonicā antecedentis labialis in ur ūr immutant; ideo e. c. kirāmi cakara cakāra kīrye kīrṇa a kṝ i. e. kar; piparmi puru pūrye pūrṇa a pṝ i. e. par. Verba nonae classis earum, quibus grammatici vocalem attribuunt, radicum, syllabam ar in temporibus specialibus corripiunt in e. c. jṛṇāmi a jṝ i. e. jar. Quam hac de re in libro Vocalismus inscripto (p. 177-193) fusius exposui, zendicāque europaeicisque cognatis linguis comprobare studui sententiam, nunc quoque confirmatam video priscorum Persarum linguā, quae syllabam ar integram retinet in formis, ubi Sanscrita eam in corripit, vel in ir īr ur ūr immutat; ita ut e. c. barta latus, sustentus, karta factus, adars'nus' (*) ausus est, asariyata occisus est respondeant formis sanscritis bhṛta kṛta adhṛṣṇot aśīryata (v. r. śṝ i. e. śar). Libri, quibus illustrandis hoc glossarium praecipue inservit, sunt hi: 1) Indralokāgamanam. (**) 2) Diluvium cum tribus aliis Mahā-Bhārati praestantissimis episodiis, Berolini 1829, apud Ferdinandum Dümmler. 3) Nalus Mahā-Bhārati episodium (ed. 2. Berolini 1832 in librariā Fr. Nicolai). 4) Bhagavadgīta. 5) Hitopadesa. 6) Urvasia, Cālidāsi fabula.
(*) t finale post antecedentem vocalem u transit in s', post alias abjicitur, quam ob rem pro par'uviyat (Rawl. I. 7. 8. 45. hacā par'uviyat ab antiquo) par'uviyata legendum esse censeo, quod suffixo cum sanscritis formis in tas convenit (v. e. c. atas itas śatrutas). Veri ablativi autem, quanquam formā cum instrumentali conveniunt, sunt kabugiyā Cambyse (Rawl. I. 40.) et dar'ugā (IV. 37.). Etiam bābir'us' Babylone (II. 65.) verus est ablativus, nititurque formā bābirut, quocum conferantur ablativi zendici ut tanaot (gramm. compar. par. 180.). Genitivi forma bābir'uwa convenit cum sanscritis genitivis ut dhenvās correpto ā et abjecto s, sicut semper post antecedentem vocalem a vel ā. (**) Ardschuna's Reise zu Indra's Himmel nebst anderen Episoden des Mahā-Bhārata, Berlin 1824, bei W. Logier.
SIGLORUM EXPLICATIO. A. est 1) Atmanepadum. 2) Arguni reditus ex Indri coelo. (*) AM. est Amara-Koscha. BH. est Bhagavad-Gīta. BHATT. est Bhatti-Kāvya. BHAR. est Bhartriharis (ed. Bohlen). BR. est Brahmani lamentatio. DEV. est Devīmāhātmya (ed. Poley. Berol. apud Ferd. Dümmler). DR. est Draupadiae raptus (in libro meo "Diluvium"). GHAT. est Ghatakarpara (ed. Dursch. Berol. apud F. Dümmler). GITA-G. est Gīta-Govinda ed. Lassen. gr. est grammatica critica linguae Sanscritae. (***) gr. comp. est grammatica comparativa ("Vergleichende Grammatik etc.") Numeri indicant paragraphos. H. est Hidimbi caedes. Hib. est Gae7licum dialecti Hibernicae. HIT. est Hitopadesa (ed. Bonn.) IN. est Indralokāgamanam. (**) K. est Kās'ināthus, grammaticus indicus, cujus radicum collectionem edidit Wilkinsius (The radicals of the Sanscrita Language, London 1815). (****) Lass. est Lassenii Anthologia Sanscritica. Lith. est Lithuanicum. M. est Matsyopākhyāna, i. e. episodium de diluvio. MAH. est Mahā-Bhārata ed. Calc. MAN. est Manu-Sāstra. MR. est Mricchakatī. N. est Nalus (Berol. apud Nicolai). P. est 1) Parasmaipadum. 2) Pātaliputra (ed. H. Brockhaus. Lipsiae 1835.)
(*) In libro meo "Diluvium" Berolini in libraria Dümmleriana. (**) In libro meo "Ardschuna's Reise zu Indra's Himmel". Berol. apud Guilelmum Logier. (***) Qui minore, germanice scriptā utuntur grammaticā, respiciant dicti libri tabulam synopticam (p. 370. sq.), quae utriusque libri regularum ordinem exhibet. (****) Kās'ināthi et Vopadevi grammaticorum explicationes nonnisi iis apposui radicibus, quarum significatio librorum locis non confirmari potuit. Ubi utriusque grammatici definitiones iisdem verbis sunt expressae, sigla omisi.
r. est 1) radix. 2) regula. PAN. est Pāninis. RAGH. est Raghu-Vansa (ed. Stenzler). RAM. est Rāmāyana ed. Seramp. R. Schl. est Schlegelii editio Rāmāyanae. RIGV. est Rigveda-Sanhitae liber primus (sanscrite et latine edidit Fr. Rosen, cujus versionem locis laudatis apposui). RIGV. V. est Rigvedae liber quintus, cujus exempla e Vas'is'thi hymnis sumta affert Westergardius in libro suo Radices Sanscritae inscripto. (*) RIGV. Sp. est Fr. Rosenii Rigva-Specimen. s. est suffixum. SA. est episodium de Sāvitria. (**) SAK. est Sakuntala ed. Chézy. SU. est Sundus et Upasundus. (***) Th. est Thema. UP. est Upakosa (in libro "Pātaliputra" ed. Brockhaus). UR. est Urvasia (ed. Lenz, Berol., apud Ferd. Dümmler). V. est Vopadevus grammaticus cujus radicum corpus, Kavikalpadruma inscriptum, edidit W. Carey in grammaticā suā. Westerg. est Westergardii liber Radices sanscritae inscriptus.
(*) Dialectum Vedicam nonnisi in iis respexi radicibus, quarum significationes librorum classicae linguae locis non confirmari potuerunt. (**) In libro meo "Diluvium" Berolini apud F. Dümmler. (***) In libro meo "Ardschuna's Reise zu Indra's Himmel". Berol. apud Guilelmum Logier.
[Page 1a]
a a

1. stirps demonstrativa; v. gr. 270.

a a

2. (ut mihi videtur, a praec. v. gr. comp. 371.) particula negativa, quae vocabulis praefigitur per compositionem. Ante vocales ei additur n euphonicum (v. gr. 114, 667 et cf. gr. [greek] lat. in, goth. et germ. un).

aMz aṃś

10. P. (samāghāte K. vibhājane V.) coacervare, dividere. Scribitur etiam aṃs.

aMza aṃśa

m. (r. aṃś s. a) 1) pars, portio. 2) humerus. SAK. 22. 6. infr. (cf. germ. vet. ahsala, lat. axilla, v. sq, aṃśala). Scribitur etiam aṃsa.

aMzala aṃśala

(a praec. s. la) robustus. Scribitur etiam aṃsala.

aMzu aṃśu

m. (r. aṃś s. u) radius.

aMzuka aṃśuka

n. pannus, vestis; stanāṃśuka tunica pectoralis. UR. 61. 2.

aMzumat aṃśumat

(ab aṃśu s. mat) 1) radiis praeditus. BH. 10. 21. 2) m. sol.

aMs aṃs

10. P. v. aṃś.

aMsa aṃsa

m. v. aṃśa et cf. goth. amsa humerus.

aMsala aṃsala

(a praec. s. la) fortis, robustus. AM.

aMh aṃh

1. A. (grammatici scribunt ah v. gr. 110a).) ire (v. aṃhri pes et cf. aṅgh).

aMhati aṃhati

f. (rad. aṃh s. ti conserato charactere primae classis sicut in vasati q. v.) donum. AM.

aMhas aṃhas

n. (r. aṃh s. as) peccatum. AM. (cf. agha āgas et gr. [greek]).

aMhri aṃhri

m. (r. aṃh s. ri) pes. AM. (cf. aṅighri).

ak ak

1. P. (kuṭilāyāṅ gatau K. vakragate v. cf. ag) flexuose, tortuose ire (cf. gr. [greek] lat. angulus).

akaNTaka akaṇṭaka

(BAH. ex a priv. et kaṇṭaka hostis) liber ab hostibus.

[Page 1b]
akatthana akatthana

(KARM. ex a priv. et katthana a r. katth s. ana) non gloriosus, se non jactans. IN. 4. 11.

akasmAt akasmāt

(AVY. ex a priv. et ablat. interrogativi kim secundum analogiam adverbiorum sākṣāt et samantāt v. gr. 675.) sine causa, subito. N. 21. 22. HIT. 18. 2.

akAma akāma

(BAH. ex a priv. et kāma) invitus. N. 20. 22.

akAra akāra

m. (ex a sonus a et kāra faciens) littera a. BH. 10. 33. (v. gr. 4.).

akAla akāla

(BAH. ex a priv. et kāla tempus) intempestivus. SU. 1. 31.

akUpAra akūpāra

m. (cujus ripa ulterior non vilis i. e. non propinqua sed remota est, latus; BAH. ex a priv. et kūpāra quod ipsum est BAH. ex producto ex ku q. v., et pāra; cf. dūrapāra) mare. AM.

akRtabuddhi akṛtabuddhi

(BAH. ex akṛta et buddhi) non factum intellectum habens, i. e. intellectu destitutus (cf. composita, quae a jāta incipiunt).

akRtabuddhitva akṛtabuddhitva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis. BH. 18. 16.

akRtAtman akṛtātman

(BAH. ex akṛta et ātman) non factam animam habens, animā privatus, i. e. improbus, insanus. N. 12. 82. BH. 15. 11.

akkA akkā

f. mater (cf. lat. Acca).

akliSTakAra akliṣṭakāra

(KARM. ex akliṣṭa inturbatus, non interruptus, indefessus -- a r. kliś praef. a s. ta -- et kāra actio, nisus) indefessus nisus.

akliSTakArin akliṣṭakārin

(a praec. s. in) indefessum nisum habens. IN. 2. 10.

akS akṣ

1. et 5. P. (saṅghāte K. vyāptisaṃhatyoḥ v.) coacervare, occupare.

akSa akṣa

m. (v. īkṣ videre) 1) oculus, in fine compositorum pro akṣi -- v. gr. 681. -- e. c. piṅgākṣa q. v. (gr. [greek] OKKO per assimilationem ex [greek] lat. oculus abjecto s, goth. augo -- Th. augan -- contra legem quā plerumque tenues in aspiratas sunt conversae, quam ob rem auho exspectaveris, cujus au ex vi euphonica litterae h explicari posset, ita ut genuinum a in u sit attenuatum (*) -- sicut e. c. in lith. ugni-s = agni ignis-vocali u vero, propter sequens h, a euphonicum sit praefixum; russ. [greek] v. akṣi). 2) talus. N. 7. 5. 3) rota (cf. lat. axis = akṣi q. v.; gr. [greek] = akṣan q. v.; germ. vet. ahsa, nostrum Achse; lith. afzis ejecto k fz = ). 4) currus. 5) secundum Wils. a kind of seed used for rosaries (Eloeocarpus). 6) dica, lis.

(*) V. librum meum "Vocalismus" p. 227. n. 16.
akSadarzaka akṣadarśaka

m. (TATP. e praec. sgnf. 6. et darśaka qui videt) judex. AM.

akSan akṣan

Thema defectivum, quo suppletur akṣi oculus (gr. 165. cf. goth. Th. AUGAN, unde nomin. augo).

akSama akṣama

(KARM. ex a priv. et kṣama potens, a r. kṣam s. a) impotens. SA. 4. 20.

akSamAtra akṣamātra

n. (ex akṣa oculus et mātra n. mensura, in fine compositorum significans solus, v. quoque suffixum mātra gr. 652.) temporis punctum, momentum. akṣamātreṇa momento, statim. A. 8. 4.

akSamAlA akṣamālā

f. (ex akṣa sgnf. 5. et mālā sertum floreum) "a rosarie" DEV. 2. 23.

akSaya akṣaya

(BAH. ex a priv. et kṣaya m. exitium) liber ab exitio, sempiternus. N. 2. 18.

akSayatva akṣayatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis, Unvergänglichkeit. HIT. 1. 8.

akSayya akṣayya

(KARM. ex a priv. et kṣayya fragilis, a r. kṣi s. ya gr. 629.) quod exstingui non potest, immortalis, perennis.

akSara akṣara

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et kṣara periens, a r. kṣar s. a) 1) quod non perit, immortale, sempiternum (na kṣaratī 'ty akṣaram sic schol. Srīdharasvāminus ad BH. 8. 3.). 2) littera, syllaba. 3) ekam akṣaram (unum immortale) syllaba sanctissima om quae tribus suis litteris tres deos altissimos exprimit, scilicet litterā a quae cum sequente u in o coalescit, deum Vischnum, u Sivum et m Brahmam. BH. 10. 25.

akSavatI akṣavatī

f. (ab akṣa m. talus, s. vat in fem.) talarius lusus. N. 26. 10.

akSAnti akṣānti

f. (KARM. ex a priv. et kṣānti patientia) invidia. AM.

akSi akṣi

n. oculus (nom. irr. v. gr. 165. et akṣa; lith. aki-s).

akSauhiNI akṣauhiṇī

f. exercitus completus, justum peditum, equitum, curruum et elephantorum numerum continens. Secundum Wils. ex akṣa currus et ūhiṇī collectio, vocalibus a et ū irregulariter coalescentibus in au pro o).

akhaNDa akhaṇḍa

(non partem continens, BAH. ex a priv. et khaṇḍa) totus, plenus. SAK. 35. infr.

akhila akhila

(non vacuum habens, BAH. ex a priv. et khila n. inane, vacuum) omnis, universus, totus. akhilena adv. omnino. N. 6. 8. SU. 3. 8. A. 3. 8.

ag ag

1. P. (kuṭilāyāṅ gatau K. vakragate v.) tortuose, flexuose ire; cf. ak.

aga aga

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et ga iens, a r. s. a) 1) arbor. 2) mons.

agada agada

m. (BAH. ex a priv. et gada morbus) medicamentum. AM.

agama agama

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et gama iens, a r. gam s. a) arbor. N. 12. 103.

agAdha agādha

(secundum Wils. BAH. ex a priv. et gādha locus, situs cf. nostrum Boden-los. Derivari etiam potest a rad. gāh submergi, quae primitive gādh sonuisse videtur, v. gr. comp. 23.) valde profundus. N. 6. 13. -- (Huc fortasse pertinent gr. [greek] et goth. goths (Th. goda, abjecto a initiali) sicut scr. varīyas melior, variṣṭha optimus cum uru magnus, latus cohaerent; v. gr. comp. 298.).

agni agni

m. 1) ignis. 2) Agnis, deus ignis (lat. igni-s, lith. ugni-s, slav. ognj, goth. auhn'-s hypocaustum, fornax v. Graff I. p. 176.; huc etiam pertinere videntur gr. [greek]).

agnicit agnicit

m. (ex agni et cit colligens a r. ci adjecto t v. gr. 643.) ignis cultor, qui ignem sacrum sustinet. AM.

agnimat agnimat

(igne praeditus ab agni suff. mat) igni deditus, ignem colens. N. 12. 50.

agnipurogama agnipurogama

(BAH. ex agni et purogama antecedens, e puras in fronte et gama iens) cui Agnis antecedit, Agnem tanquam antecedentem habens. N. 5. 34.

agnizikha agniśikha

m. n. (BAH. ex agni et śikhā flamma) crocus. AM.

agnihotra agnihotra

n. (TATP. ex agni et hotra n. q. v.) ignis sacer, qui perpetuo alitur. SU. 2. 14. SA. 1. 8. N. 12. 96.

agra agra

n. 1) cuspis, cacumen, vertex. N. 8. 9. Loc. agre ante, coram, c. gen. N. 23. 21. (cf. gr. [greek]). 2) Adj. insignis, eximius. A. 1. 8.

agraja agraja

m. (e praec. et ja natus) primogenitus, frater natu maximus.

agratas agratas

(ab agra s. tas) in fronte, ante, coram, cum gen. SU. 3. 27. H. 4. 24. N. 24. 11.

agh agh

10. P. (pāpakaraṇe K. tatkṛtau v.) peccare. (non vera radix, sed verbum denominativum a sq. agha).

agha agha

n. (r. aṅgh ire s. a) peccatum. V. anagha et cf. aṃhas.

aGk aṅk

1. A. 10. P. signare, notare. UR. 60. infr.; 83. 10. aṅkita signatus, quod etiam ab aṅka signum suff. ita derivari potest.

aGka aṅka

m. (r. aṅk s. a) 1) nota, signum. 2) gremium, secundum Wils. "the flank or part above the hip" (fortasse huc pertinet gr. [greek]): IN. 1. 27. 2. 21. N. 23. 25. SA. 5. 65. 3) actus scenicus.

aGkura aṅkura

m. (r. aṅk s. ura) 1) cuspis, spiculum. SAK. 36. infr. 2) surculus.

aGkuza aṅkuśa

m. n. stimulus quo elephanti impelluntur. DEV. 7. 9.

aGg aṅg

1. 1. P. (Grammatici scribunt ag v. gr. 110a).) ire (gr. [greek]).

[Page 3b]
aGg aṅg

2. 10. P. (lakṣaṇe K. pade lakṣmaṇi v.) notare.

aGga aṅga

n. (r. aṅg ire s. a) 1) membrum. 2) corpus. 3) nomen sex librorum, quorum tres priores grammaticas tractant res, quartus sacros ritus, quintus explicationem obscurarum Vedorum vocum, sextus mathematicam (v. Jones, On the literature of the Hindus. Asiat. Res. t. 1.). 4) subsidium, auxilium. HIT. 72. 3. v. anaṅga.

aGgaNa aṅgaṇa

n. v. aṅgana.

aGgada aṅgada

m. (ex aṅga et da dans) armilla quā brachia superiora ornantur. UR. 9. 18.

aGgana aṅgana

n. (r. aṅg ire s. ana) atrium. AM. Scribitur etiam aṅgaṇa. DEV. 5. 50.

aGganA aṅganā

f. (r. aṅg s. ana in fem.) femina. N. 318. 12. 61.

aGgarAga aṅgarāga

m. (ex aṅga n. et rāga m. color) odoratum unguentum, nisi potius, quod vocis origini magis conveniret, fucus, pigmentum. (Wils. explicat: Perfuming the body after cleansing; smearing it with unguents of sandal etc. HEM. 3. 299.) IN. 5. 8.

aGgAra aṅgāra

m. n. carbo (lith. anglì-s, russ. ūgolj, v. gr. comp. 255. g.; nostrum Kohle, germ. vet. col et colo, angl. coal, abjectā syllabā an).

aGgAraka aṅgāraka

n. nom. pr. DR. 2. 11.

aGgIkR aṅgīkṛ

(ex aṅga et kṛ facere, gr. 653.) consentire, promittere. UP. 49. 73. 77.

aGguri aṅguri

f. (hoc et cognata vocabula aṅgurī aṅgula aṅguli aṅgulī aṅguṣṭha ab aṅga corpus, membrum descendere videntur, attenuato a in u ita ut aṅguṣṭha proprie significet "in corpore stans"; formae aṅguli etc. et aṅguri nituntur eo, quod r et l facile inter se permutantur) digitus.

aGgurI aṅgurī

f. id.

aGgurIya aṅgurīya

m. n. (ab aṅguri vel aṅgurī s. īya) annulus.

aGgurIyaka aṅgurīyaka

(a praec. suff. ka) annulus. SAK. 23. 3. (v. aṅgulīyaka)

aGgula aṅgula

m. pollex, digitus.

aGguli aṅguli

f. (v. aṅguri) digitus.

aGgulI aṅgulī

f. id.

[Page 4a]
aGgulIyaka aṅgulīyaka

n. (ab aṅgulīya - cf. aṅgurīya - s. ka) annulus. AM.

aGgh aṅgh

1. A. (gatyākṣepe K. gatau nindārambhajaveṣu V.) ire, despicere, incipere, properare. Haec radix, quam grammatici scribunt agh (v. gr. 110a).), primitiva forma radicis aṃh q. v. esse videtur.

aGghri aṅghri

m. (r. aṅgh s. ri) pes, arboris radix. HIT. 123. 8. (cf. aṃhri).

acala acala

(KARM. ex a priv. et cala se movens, a r. cal s. a). 1) immobilis, immotus. BH. 2. 53. 2) m. mons.

acira acira

(KARM. ex a priv. et cira longus) 1) Adj. brevis: acireṇa kālena brevi tempore. BR. 3. 7. 2) Adv. cum acc. instr. et ablat. terminatione: aciram acireṇa acirāt brevi, mox, cito. BR. 1. 22. DR. 5. 20. N. 13. 45. 20. 1.

aciraprabhA aciraprabhā

f. (nonlongum splendorem habens, BAH. ex acira et prabhā splendor) fulgur. UR. 78. 15.

accha accha

clarus, translucidus. AM.

acyuta acyuta

(non lapsus, v. cyu) 1) Adj. firmus, trop. excelsus, divinus, augustus. M. 20. 2) m. nomen Vischnūs et Krischni. AM.

aj aj

1. P. (gatau K. kṣepe gate v.) ire, conjicere (gr. [greek] lat. ago).

aja aja

1. m. (ut videtur a r. aj s. a) caper (lith o[greek]y-s, russ. [greek] v. ajā).

aja aja

2. m. (KARM. ex a priv. et ja natus q. v.) 1) non natus. 2) nomen geniorum ordinis. SU. 3. 5.

ajagara ajagara

m. (ex aja m. caper et gara a r. gṝ vorans) magnus serpens, secundum Wils. boa constrictor.

ajanya ajanya

n. (ex a priv. et janya a r. jan s. ya gignendus) miraculum, portentum, prodigium.

ajasram ajasram

Adv. cum. acc. term. aeterne, in perpetuum, semper. Ut videtur ex a priv. et jasra quod separatim non invenitur, a r. obsol. jas occidere, s. a.

ajA ajā

f. (fem. [greek] aja) capra (gr. [greek] lith. oszkà, russ. [greek] praefixo [greek] sicut in kostj = asthi [greek]).

ajAtavyaJjanAkRti ajātavyañjanākṛti

(BAH. ex ajātavyañjana non natam barbam habens-BAH. ex ajāta et vyañjana n. barba - et ākṛti f. forma) imberbis (ad litt. non natam barbam habentis formā praeditus). BR. 1. 28.

ajAtazatru ajātaśatru

m. (ex ajāta non natus et śatru hostis) non natos hostis habens, i. e. liber ab hostibus, nomen Yudhischthiri. A. 4. 4.

ajina ajina

n. (ut mihi videtur, ab aja caper s. ina sicut gr. [greek] ab [greek] pellis, nebris. BH. 6. 11.

ajihma ajihma

(KARM. ex a priv. et jihma) non curvus.

ajihmaga ajihmaga

(KARM. e praec. et ga a r. s. a) 1) non flexuose iens. 2) m. sagitta.

ajIvita ajīvita

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et jovita n. vita, a r. jīv s. ta) mors. BR. 2. 31.

ajJAtavAsa ajñātavāsa

(ex ajñāta a r. jñā et vāsa habitatio) 1) m. KARM. incognita habitatio. IN. 5. 57. 2) Adj. BAH. incognitam habitationem habens, hinc Adv. ajñātavāsam incognitā habitatione. NA. 15. 20. 25. 11.

aJc añc

1. 1. P. A. (grammatici scribunt etiam ac gr. 110a).) 1) ire, in compositis ut prāc quod in casibus fortibus sonat prāñc v. gr. 196. sq. 2) venerari, colere. -añcita 1) erectus, de pilis, v. apud Wils. romāñcita "having the hair of the body erect, considered as a proof of exquisite pleasure, enraptured, delighted." 2) pulcher, de oculis, palpebris et superciliis, ubi primitive item "erectus" significare videtur: N. 12. 45. añcitekṣaṇa pulchros oculos habens; RAGH. 5. 76. añcitākṣipakṣman pulchras oculorum palpebras habens (Comment. Calc. añcitāni sundarāṇi akṣnor netrayor pakṣmāṇi yasya); añcitabhrū f. Wils. ed. 2. "a woman having beautifull eye brows".

aJc añc

2. 10. P. (vyaktāyām vāci K. vyaktau v.) clare, distincte loqui.

aJcala añcala

n. (r. añc s. ala) finis, margo vestis. HIT. 83. 8.

aJcita añcita

v. 1. añc.

aJcitapatrAkSa añcitapatrākṣa

(BAH. ex añcitapatra pulchra folia habens, quod hoc in composito lotum florem significare videtur, et akṣa oculus) loto similes oculos habens. SU. 3. 25. Confirmari possit conjectura mea lectione ed. Calc. añcitapadmākṣa i. e. pulchro loto similes oculos habens. Fortasse tamen genuina lectio est añcitapakṣmākṣa i. e. pulchris palpebris praeditos oculos habens; cf. supra memoratum añcitākṣipakṣman.

aJch añch

1. P. (āyāme grammatici scribunt ach gr. 110a).) longum esse.

aJj añj

7. 10. P. (anajmi añjayāmi; añj 10. a grammaticis scribitur aj) 1) ire, v. añjas. 2) splendere. 3) oblinere, ungere, praesertim cl. 10. MAN. 4. 44.: añjayantī svake netre oblinens oculos suos (lat. ungo).

c. vi Caus. 1) manifestare, arguere. MAN. 10. 38. Pass. vyajyate (gr. 503. 538.). HIT. 103. 20. 2) creare. MAN. 1. 6.

aJjana añjana

n. collyrium. HIT. 74. 4.

aJjali añjali

m. manuum junctio, implicatio (Wils. explicat: The cavity formed by putting the hands together and hollowing the palms, as if to receive water, etc.).

aJjas añjas

n. (r. añj s. as) celeritas. SA. 6. 44. instr. añjasā Adv. celeriter.

aT aṭ

1. P. A. ire, incedere, ambulare. RAM. ed. Ser. III. 52. 18.: aṭanti rājamārgeṣu kuñjarāḥ incedunt in regiis viis elephanti; III. 70. 63.: mṛgayām aṭate venatum it; N. 2. 13. 10. 1.: aṭamāna.

c. pari circumgredi. HIT. 42. 13.

aTana aṭana

n. (r. aṭ s. ana) ambulatio, iter, peregrinatio. HIT. 28. 108.

aTavI aṭavī

f. sylva. HIT. 41. 1.

aTT aṭṭ

1. 1. A. (atikrame K. atikrame vadhe v.) superare, occidere.

aTT aṭṭ

2. 10. P. (anādare K.) despicere, vilipendere.

aTTahAsa aṭṭahāsa

m. (ex aṭṭa multus - a r. aṭ s. a - et hāsa risus) risus vehemens, cachinnus, hinnitus. DEV. 2. 31. 9. 21.

aTTAla aṭṭāla

m. palatium.

aTTAlaka aṭṭālaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) ut videtur i. q. aṭṭāla vel aṭṭālikā; secundum Wils. "a room on the top of a house". A. 10. 3. ubi aṭṭāla pro adāla scribendum.

[Page 5b]
aTTAlikA aṭṭālikā

f. secundum Wils. "a palace, an upper roomed house".

aTh aṭh

1. P. (gatau) ire.

aD aḍ

1. 1. P. (udyame) operam dare, adniti.

aD aḍ

2. 5. P. (vyāpane) occupare.

aDD aḍḍ

1. P. (abhiyoge) niti, contendere, petere.

aN aṇ

1. 1. P. (śabde) sonare.

aN aṇ

2. 4. A. (prāṇane) spirare, spiritum trahere. cf. an.

aNaka aṇaka

(r. aṇ s. aka) inferior, pravus, vilis. AM.

aNIyas aṇīyas

(ab aṇu s. comp. īyas) minor, parvulus, perexiguus. BH. 8. 9.

aNu aṇu

(f. aṇvī) parvus, exiguus. N. 8. 32. BH. 8. 9.

aNTh aṇṭh

1. A. (gatau grammatici scribunt aṭh praet. red. ānaṇṭhe gr. 433.) ire.

aNDa aṇḍa

n. 1) ovum. 2) testis, testiculus. HIT. 49. 16.

aNDaja aṇḍaja

m. (ovo natus, ex aṇḍa et ja) avis.

at at

1. P. (sātatyagamane) continuo ire, peragrare (v. atasa).

ataTa ataṭa

m. (BAH. ex a priv. et taṭa ripa) praecipitium. AM.

atathocita atathocita

(KARM. ex a priv. et tathocita KARM. e tathā sic et ucita dignus, merens, a r. uc) non sic dignus, non hac re dignus, non hoc merens. H. 1. 33. N. 15. 17.

atandrita atandrita

(KARM. ex a priv. et tandrita quod separatim non invenitur, lassitudine affectus, lentus, negligens, a tandrā f. s. ita) 1) indefessus. 2) non lentus, non negligens. N. 15. 14. 17. 46. 20. 36. M. 45.

ataptatapas ataptatapas

(BAH. ex atapta - ex a priv. et tapta part. pass. a r. tap q. v. - et tapas n. q. v.). Non absoluta sacra tormenta habens (nicht gebüfste Bufse, nicht vollbrachte fromme Selbstqual habend). IN. 1. 17. 2. 4.

atas atas

(a stirpe pronominali a gr. 270., s. tas) 1) inde, hinc, illinc. N. 9. 23. 2) ideo, igitur, itaque. BR. 2. 30. SA. 5. 11. 3) in comparationibus pro ablativo pronominis idam substantive posito usurpatur. H. 1. 29. 35. -Ante nimittam (causā, propter) genitivi fungitur vice: ato nimittam hujus causā. Adverbia param ultra, ulterius, et ūrḍvam sursum, post atas tempus futurum indicant: ataḥparam BH. 2. 12. ata ūrḍvam N. 25. 15. Bh. 12. 8. inde in posterum. -- Adv. param post atas ad locum quoque refertur: N. 9. 23.

atasa atasa

m. (r. at s. asa) ae7r, ventus.

atasI atasī

f. linum, Wils. "cummon flax". AM.

ati ati

Praep. praef. (ut mihi videtur a stirpe pronominali a s. ti ut iti ita ab i) 1) in compositione cum radicibus: super, supra, trans, ultra. 2) in compos. cum nominibus: id. et valde (lat. at in atavus, v. gr. comp. 425.) probabiliter etiam et, quod ad atha quoque referri possit; germ. vet. anti, unti, inti, unde, indi etc., angl. and, nostrum und, insertā nasali; gr. [greek] lat. ante; lith. ant super, goth. and partim ad ati [greek] partim ad adhi pertinere videtur, respondet ei in prima sgfc. nostrum ent- et ant- in antworten, entsprechen etc.).

atithi atithi

m. hospes, Gast. DR. 3. 8.

atithitva atithitva

n. (a praec. s. tva) hospitalis exceptio. DR. 3. 9.

atipAta atipāta

m. (r. pat praef. ati transscendere, violare, s. a) actio transscendendi, violatio, neglectio, derelictio. SAK. 6. 11.: anyakāryātipāta alius negotii derelictio.

atimAtra atimātra

(AVY. ex ati et mātra n. modus, mensura) ultra modum.

atiyazas atiyaśas

Adj. (BAH. ex ati et yaśas n. qui ultra gloriam est, gloriam superat) valde celeber, valde gloriosus. N. 8. 4.

atizayam atiśayam

(ex ati et śaya a r. śī jacere s. a) ultra modum, abundanter, effuse. UR. 91. 3. infr.

atizayin atiśayin

(ex ati et śayin a r. śī jacere s. in nisi a substantivo atiśaya abundantia s. in) immodicus, effusus. UR. 93. 14.

atisarja atisarja

m. (r. sṛj dimittere praef. ati s. a) donatio. A. 5. 53. RAGH. 10. 43.; cf. atisarjana.

atisarjana atisarjana

n. (r. sṛj dimittere praef. ati s. ana) donatio. AM.

[Page 6b]
atIva atīva

(ex ati et iva sicut, hic pleon.) valde. IN. 5. 9. N. 1. 13.

atula atula

(BAH. ex a priv. et tulā f. similitudo) similitudinis expers, incomparabilis. IN. 3. 10. H. 3. 21.

attA attā

f. mater (cf. goth. atta Th. attan pater et aithei Th. aithein mater).

atyadbhuta atyadbhuta

(BAH. ex ati et adbhuta n. q. v., quodultra miraculum est) valde miraculosus, prodigiosus, stupendus. SU. 1. 23. N. 20. 25.

atyantam atyantam

(AVY. ex ati et anta m. n. finis) ultra modum. N. 16. 20.

atyaya atyaya

m. (r. i praef. ati s. a) discessus, abitio, inde obitus, mors; cum tapa calor: tapātyaya caloris discessus vel obitus, inde secundum HEM. pluviosum anni tempus. SAK. 49. 5.

atyartham atyartham

(AVY. ex ati et artha m. res) ultra modum. SU. 3. 25. N. 11. 20.

atra atra

(a stirpe pronominali a - gr. 270. - s. tra) hic, illic. In lingua scenica saepe praefigitur voci bhavat et ejus fem. bhavatī.

atri atri

m. hostis, inimicus, adversarius.

atha atha

(ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronominali a suff. tha sicut katham a ka) 1) at, in initio sententiae. N. 2. 28. 5. 1. 2) et, etiam. IN. 1. 18. 2. 13. BR. 2. 3. 3) tunc, illo tempore. SU. 4. 15. H. 1. 21. 22., confer tadā. 4) deinde, tum, post. N. 1. 25. SU. 1. 18. 5) explet. praecipue ante q. v. (lat. at).

athavA athavā

(atha + vā) 1) vel, sive, saepissime. 2) attamen. SAK. 8. 5. HIT. 23. 1.

atho atho

(atha + u) 1) deinde, tum. IN. 3. 2. SU. 1. 12. BH. 4. 35. 2) et, etiam. BR. 1. 31.

ad ad

2. P. edere (admi lith. edmi, slav. jamj pro jadmj, 3. p. pl. jadjatj, gr. comp. 460.; gr. [greek] lat. edo, goth. rad. AT unde praes. ita, praet. at, v. gramm. comp. p. 115.).

ada ada

Adj. et Nom. agentis in fine comp. (r. ad s. a) edens. H. 2. 2.

[Page 7a]
adaka adaka

Adj. et Nom. agentis in fine comp. (r. ad s. aka) edens. H. 2. 30.

adaya adaya

(BAH. ex a priv. et dayā) misericordiae expers, vehemens. UR. 85. 2.

adarzana adarśana

n. (ex a priv. et darśana) invisibilitas. M. 53. IN. 1. 31.

adas adas

Pron. demonstr. (nom. m. f. asau n. adas gr. 271.) hic, ille.

adRzyat adṛśyat

(ex a priv. et dṛśyat part. pass. praes. a r. dṛś s. at gr. 597.) quod non cernitur.

adRSTapUrva adṛṣṭapūrva

(KARM. ex adṛṣṭa non visus et pūrvam prius, gr. 680.) antea non visus. N. 13. 20.

adaiva adaiva

(BAH. ex a priv. et daiva n. fatum) liber a fato. N. 13. 40.

adbhuta adbhuta

1) admirabilis. BH. 18. 76. 2) n. mirum, miraculum, portentum, prodigium. SU. 1. 11. Fortasse forma corrupta est vocis atibhūta (quod est ultra id, quod existit), suppresso i et correpto ū.

adbhutakarman adbhutakarman

(BAH. e praec. et karman n.) miro facto ortus, ad. litt. mirum factum habens. IN. 1. 30.

adbhutopama adbhutopama

(BAH. ex adbhuta et upamā similitudo) miraculi similitudinem habens, mirificus. A. 3. 41.

admara admara

(r. ad s. mara) vorax. AM.

adya adya

Adv. hodie, nunc. gr. 685. n.*.

adravya adravya

(BAH. ex a priv. et dravya opes) inutilis, non habilis, non aptus. HIT. 8. 1.

adri adri

m. mons.

adrisAra adrisāra

m. (BAH. e praec. et sāra m. q. v.) ferrum.

adrisAramaya adrisāramaya

(a praec. s. maya) ferreus.

adroha adroha

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et droha odium) vacuitas odii, amor, benevolentia. SA. 5. 34. BH. 16. 3.

adhana adhana

(BAH. ex a priv. et dhana n.) non divitias habens, pauper.

adhama adhama

(ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronominali a s. dhama pro superl. suff. tama gr. comp. p. 393.) 1) inferior, infimus (lat. infimus insertā nasali, cum f pro dh sicut e. c. in fumus = dhūma). 2) vilis, abjectus. DR. 5. 20.

[Page 7b]
adhara adhara

(ex a s. dhara pro tara v. adhama) inferior (cf. slav. dalje infra, dalū in profundum, abjecto a et r mutato in l, sic goth. dala-thro ab imo, v. gr. comp. p. 398.; lat. infra, inferior, v. adhama). 2) labium inferius; adharau latbia. URV. 64. 9. 68. 2.

adharma adharma

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et dharma m.) injustum, nefas, peccatum. BR. 2. 34. BH. 18. 32.

adhas adhas

(ut mihi videtur a stirpe pronominali a s. dhas pro tas v. adhama) 1) Adv. infra, subter, subtus. IN. 5. 10. 2) Praep. cum gen. sub. UP. 10.

adhastAt adhastāt

(a praec. s. stāt gr. 652.) sub c. genit. HIT. 111. 15.

adhi adhi

Praef. (ut mihi videtur a stirpe pron. a s. dhi quod cum gr. [greek] in [greek] etc. convenit) super, ad (lat. ad et verisimiliter aes in aes-timo mutato d in s propter sequens t, et i vocali [greek] adhi regressā in antecedentem syllabam. Huc etiam retulerim usque i. e. us-que pro ad-que secundum analogiam [greek] esca pro ed-ca a rad. ED, et a mutato in u propter sequens s, sicut e. c. in edimus = admas. E germanicis linguis huc trahimus goth. et angl. at, porro goth. and pro nonnullis ejus significationibus, et und usque, insertā nasali, sicut in nostro und = ati q. v.).

adhika adhika

(ab adhi s. ka) superior, major. BR. 1. 18. 30. N. 11. 16., sehr grofs. N. 23. 10.

adhikam adhikam

(acc. praec.) supra, plus, amplius; c. acc. N. 21. 27.

adhikaraNya adhikaraṇya

n. (ab adhikaraṇa praevalens, praepollens s. ya) auctoritas, dignitas, praestantia. HIT. 97. 12.

adhikAra adhikāra

m. (a r. kṛ praef. adhi s. a) munus, officium, dignitas, administratio. HIT. 49. 17. 18. 61. 7.

adhikArin adhikārin

(a praec. s. in) munere aliquo fungens, muneri alicui praepositus. HIT. 61. 7.

adhigama adhigama

m. (r. gam praef. adhi s. a) aditus, adventus, accessus. UR. 89. 7.

adhigamana adhigamana

n. (r. gam s. ana) id. N. 24. 27.

adhijya adhijya

(BAH. ex adhi ad et jyā nervus arcūs) nervo instructus. SAK. 30. 6. 38. 11.

[Page 8a]
adhityakA adhityakā

f. (ut videtur, ex perdito primitivo adhityaquod ipsum descendit ab adhi s. tya cui respondet lat. s. tiu-s [greek] propitiu-s (*) et gr. [greek], per assimilationem ex [greek] - s. ka in fem.) regio in montis vertice (cf. upatyakā). HIT. 101. 18.

(*) V. Gramm. comp. p. 400.
adhipa adhipa

m. (r. s. a) dominus, imperator, moderator. In fine comp. N. 5. 29. 24. 42.

adhipati adhipati

m. (KARM. ex adhi et pati dominus) dominus supremus, imperator, rex. N. 12. 33.

adhirAja adhirāja

m. (KARM. ex adhi et rāja rex) id. UR. 68. 13.

adhivAsa adhivāsa

1) (a r. vas habitare s. a) sedes, domicilium. DEV. 4. 10. 2) (a r. vās odoribus imbuere, "to perfume, to incense") odor suavis, unguentum suave. IN. 2. 17.

adhivAsita adhivāsita

(a praec. s. ita nisi a r. vās s. ta) odoribus suavibus imbutus. UR. 74. 20.

adhiSThAna adhiṣṭhāna

n. (r. sthā praef. adhi - gr. 109. - s. ana) 1) dominatio, moderatio, regimen. BH. 18. 14. 2) urbs, imperium, regnum. N. 26. 28. BH. 3. 40.

adhIta adhīta

v. i praef. adhi.

adhIna adhīna

(BAH. ex adhi et ina dominus) qui in potestate alicujus est, subjectus alicui; v. parādhīna et svādhīna.

adhunA adhunā

nunc.

adhomukha adhomukha

(BAH. ex adhas et mukha n.) deorsum os habens, demisso ore. N. 9. 15.

adhyakSa adhyakṣa

m. (ex adhi et akṣa oculus) inspector, antistes, praefectus. N. 15. 6. BH. 9. 10.

adhyayana adhyayana

n. (r. i praef. adhi s. ana) lectio, perfunctio, effectio. BH. 11. 48.

adhyavasAya adhyavasāya

m. (r. so praef. adhi + ava s. ya) opera, contentio, studium, nisus. HIT. 36. 3.

adhyApaka adhyāpaka

m. (qui facit ut aliquis legat, a r. i praef. adhi unde in forma caus. anom. adhyāpay - gr. 524. - s. aka) praeceptor, magister. AM.

adhyAya adhyāya

m. (r. i cum Vriddhi s. a) lectio, sectio, caput Vedorum et aliorum librorum, qui philosophicas res tractant.

[Page 8b]
adhyuSita adhyuṣita

v. vas praef. adhi.

adhvaga adhvaga

m. (ex adhvan via et ga iens) viator. HIT. 85. 8.

adhvan adhvan

m. (ut videtur a r. at ire anomale mutato t in dh s. van) via. N. 19. 12.

adhvanIna adhvanīna

m. (a praec. s. īna) viator. Fem. adhvanīnā. AM.

adhvanya adhvanya

m. (ab adhvan s. ya) viator. AM.

adhvara adhvara

m. sacrificium. BR. 2. 17.

an an

1. 2. P. 4. A. (animi - gr. 354. - anye) spirare, unde e. c. anila ventus, prāṇa spiritus etc. (goth. uz-ana exspiro, germ. vet. unst procella - Th. unsti-un-s-ti inserto euphonico s, v. gr. comp. 95.); gr. [greek] lat. animus).

an an

2. Praef. v. a.

ana ana

stirps demonstrativa defect. v. gr. 270. (lith. ana-s vel an'-s ille fem. ana, slav. on, ona, ono v. gr. comp. 372; gr. [greek] lat. an, in; goth. ana (nostrum an) in, fortasse etiam ana-ks subito, slav. na in, supra. V. gr. comp. 372. 373.).

anagha anagha

(BAH. ex an et agha m.) liber a peccatis. H. 2. 25.

anaGga anaṅga

(BAH. ex an priv. et aṅga q. v.) 1) corpore destitutus nomen dei amoris. 2) auxilio, potestate destitutus. HIT. 72. 9.

anaDuh anaḍuh

m. (v. gr. 215.) taurus, bos.

ananta ananta

(BAH. ex an priv. et anta) 1) Adj. finem non habens, immensus, infinitus. 2) m. nomen regis serpentum, qui in tartaro habitant. BH. 10. 29.

anantara anantara

(BAH. ex an et antara n. intervallum) intervallum non habens, proxime sequens, proximus. SA. 4. 16. -- tadanantara ei proximus. N. 22. 16.

anantaram anantaram

(AVY. ex elementis praec. v. gr. 675.) proxime post, statim. A. 1. 4.

ananyamAnasa ananyamānasa

(KARM. ex an priv. et anyamānasa aliam cogitationem habens, BAH. ex anya alius et mānasa n. mens) non aliam cogitationem habens. IN. 5. 4.

anapakArin anapakārin

(KARM. ex an et apakārin a r. kṛ s. in) non offendens. BR. 1. 27.

[Page 9a]
anabhijJa anabhijña

(KARM. ex an et abhijña gnarus, a r. jñā s. a) ignarus, inscius.

anarghya anarghya

(ex an priv. et arghya a r. argh occidere s. ya) non occidendus, v. sq.

anarghyatva anarghyatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis, Untödtbarkeit. HIT. 1. 8.

anartha anartha

m. (ex an priv. et artha q. v.) res adversa, infortunium. HIT. 2. 11. 42. 18.

anarthaka anarthaka

(a praec. s. ka vel aka) infelix. BR. 1. 15.

anarha anarha

(KARM. ex an et arha) indignus. BR. 2. 16.

anala anala

m. (ut videtur, a r. an s. ala) ignis, Deus ignis.

anavama anavama

(KARM. ex an priv. et avama vilis, abjectus) non vilis. DR. 5. 11.

anavadyAGga anavadyāṅga

(BAH. ex anavadya non humilis, non vilis - ex an et avadya - et aṅga) pulchris membris, pulchro corpore praeditus. N. 1. 12.

anavasthita anavasthita

(KARM. ex an priv. et avasthita a r. sthā praef. ava s. ta) inconstans, mobilis, levis. UR. 27. 4. infr.

anavasthiti anavasthiti

f. (KARM. ex an priv. et avasthiti a r. sthā praef. ava s. ti) inconstantia, mobilitas, levitas.

anas anas

n. (r. an s. as) currus. AM.

anasUya anasūya

(BAH. et an et asūyā f. exsecratio, vel KARM. ex an et asūya exsecrans) exsecrationis expers, non exsecrans. BH. 18. 71. SA. 2. 19.

anasUyaka anasūyaka

(et an neg. et asūyaka exsecrans) i. q. praec. N. 12. 46.

anasUyu anasūyu

(KARM. ex an et asūyu exsecrans, q. v.) non exsecrans. BH. 9. 1.

anahaGkRta anahaṅkṛta

(KARM. ex an et ahaṅkṛta ex aham ego et kṛta fact[??]is) non sui studiosus. IN. 4. 12.

anAgas anāgas

(BAH. ex an et āgas n.) liber a peccatis, offensionibis, vitiis. BR. 2. 14.

anAtman anātman

(BAH. ex an et ātman) animam aut semet ipsum non habens, animae aut suimet ipsius non compos; secundum schol. qui animam aut semet ipsum not vicit: "anātmano 'jitātmanaḥ". BH. 6. 6.

[Page 9b]
anAtmavat anātmavat

(KARM. ex an et ātmavat ab ātman m.) sui, aut animae non compos. N. 20. 31. SA. 5. 22.

anAtha anātha

(BAH. ex a priv. et nātha dominus) domino orbatus. BR. 2. 10. 15. 3. 2.

anAdara anādara

m. (KARM. ex an priv. et ādara observantia) contemtio. HIT. 70. 4.

anAplutAGga anāplutāṅga

(BAH. ex anāpluta non lautus, et aṅga n.) non lautum corpus, non lauta membra habens. IN. 2. 5.

anAmaya anāmaya

(BAH. ex an priv. et āmaya m. morbus) 1) Adj. sanus, salvus, valens. DR. 4. 10. 2) Subst. n. sanitas, salus, valetudo. BR. 1. 19. N. 2. 15.

anAyuSya anāyuṣya

(KARM. ex an priv. et āyuṣya senectutem afferens, admittens, ab āyus m. s. ya) non senectutem ferens, perniciosus, funestus. DR. 7. 4.

anArtava anārtava

Adj. (KARM. ex an priv. et ārtava q. v.) anni tempori non consentaneus, germ. unjahrszeitlich. H. 1. 18.

anAvRtta anāvṛtta

(KARM. ex an et āvṛtta a r. vṛt s. ta) non electus. IN. 5. 42.

anAhitAgni anāhitāgni

(BAH. ex anāhita non positus, a r. dhā et agni m. ignis) non positum ignem sacrum habens, non deditus igni. IN. 2. 4.

anindita anindita

(KARM. ex a priv. et nindita a r. nind s. ta) non spretus. IN. 5. 45. N. 22. 2. 26. 15.

animiSa animiṣa

(KARM. ex a priv. et nimiṣa nictans, a r. miṣ s. a) Adj. non nictans, non connivens. IN. 5. 28. SU. 1. 10. Subst. m. 1) deus. 2) piscis. AM.

anila anila

m. (r. an spirare s. ila) ventus. DR. 6. 6.

anizam aniśam

(AVY. ex a priv. et niśā f. nox) aeterne, semper.

anIka anīka

m. n. exercitus. HIT. 95. 19.

anIkavidAraNa anīkavidāraṇa

(qui exercitum rumpit, BAH. ex praec. et vidāraṇa laceratio) n. pr. DR. 2. 13.

anu anu

Praep. praef. et separ. (ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronom. ana mutato a in u cf. interrogativi stirpes ka ki ku) post, secundum. c. acc. SAK. 6. 11: anu mālinītīram secundum Maliniae ripam.

[Page 10a]
anukampA anukampā

f. (r. kamp tremere, commoveri, s. ā) amor, misericordia. BH. 10. 11.

anukampin anukampin

(a praec. s. in) amore, misericordia praeditus. IN. 4. 12.

anukAra anukāra

m. (r. kṛ facere praef. anu s. a) imitatio, similitudo. DEV. 4. 11.

anukArin anukārin

(r. kṛ praef. anu s. in) 1) imitans, similis. UR. 75. 20. SAK. 39. 5. 11. 2. infr.

anukIrNa anukīrṇa

v. kṝ praef. anu.

anukUla anukūla

(BAH. ex anu et kūla n. ripa, littus) secundus, prosper, faustus. SA. 5. 30.

anukroza anukrośa

m. (r. kruś clamare, vocare, s. a) miseratio, misericordia.

anukSaNam anukṣaṇam

(AVY. ex anu et kṣaṇa momentum) quovis momento, perpetuo. HIT. 59. 17. (cf. anudivasam).

anuga anuga

(r. praef. anu s. a) sequens. DR. 9. 14.

anugati anugati

f. (r. gam s. ti) actio sequendi. H. 11. 8. (de compositis sicut gatānugatika v. gr. 665.).

anucara anucara

m. (r. car s. a) 1) qui sequitur, comes, socius. HIT. 17. 20. 2) servus, subjectus. DR. 8. 59.

anuja anuja

m. (ex anu et ja natus) qui post natus est, frater minor. BR. 3. 8.

anujIvin anujīvin

m. (r. jīv vivere s. in) servus, subjectus. HIT. 73. 3.

anujJA anujñā

f. (r. jñā scire) 1) jussum, praeceptum. 2) venia, permissio. IN. 4. 4. H. 1. 45.

anutApa anutāpa

m. (r. tap urere s. a) dolor, moeror, sollicitudo, poenitentia. SAK. 53. 16.

anuttama anuttama

(qui altissimum non habet, qui ipse altissimus est, BAH. ex an priv. et uttama) optimus, praestantissimus, maximus, gravissimus.

anutsuka anutsuka

(ex an priv. et utsuka q. v.) modestus, v. sq.

anutsukatA anutsukatā

f. (a praec. s. ) modestia. UR. 10. 20.

anudarzana anudarśana

n. (r. dṛś praef. anu respicere, s. ana) respectus, ratio. BH. 13. 8.

anudivasam anudivasam

(AVY. ex anu et divasa) quovis die, in diem, diem de die. SAK. 47. 2. infr.

[Page 10b]
anunaya anunaya

(r. ducere s. a) reverentia, observantia, obsequium. HIT. 68. 2. 123. 5. UR. 33. 9.

anupadam anupadam

(AVY. ex anu et pada pes) e vestigio, statim. SAK. 39. 7.

anupUrveNa anupūrveṇa

(ex anu et pūrva n. prius, in instrum.) ordine, ex ordine, ita ut a priore aut praestantiore incipiatur et ad sequentes transeatur. SA. 4. 11.

anubandha anubandha

m. (r. bandh ligare s. a) 1) vinculum. URV. 29. 4. infr. 2) impedimentum. SA. 6. 28. 3) indicium. SAK. 59. 2. infr. 4) consecutio temporis, posterum tempus. BH. 18. 39.

anubandhaka anubandhaka

(a praec. s. ka vel aka) conjunctus. URV. 90. 4. infr.

anubandhin anubandhin

(ab anubandha s. in) impedimentum habens.

anubhAva anubhāva

m. (r. bhū praef. anu videre, s. a) auctoritas, dignitas. BH. 2. 5.

anumata anumata

n. (part. pass. a r. man cogitare, s. ta) assensus, consensus, permissio. N. 17. 22. SA. 5. 80.

anumantR anumantṛ

m. (r. man s. tṛ) assentiens, conseniens, permittens. BH. 13. 22.

anumaraNa anumaraṇa

n. (r. mṛ s. ana) actio moriendi ma cum aliquo, socium mortis esse, Mitsterben. HIT. 87. 4.

anumAna anumāna

n. (r. metiri s. ana) similituto, analogia. UR. 67. 13. HIT. 20. 8.

anuyAtra anuyātra

n. (BAH. ex anu et yātrā iter) quodad iter necessarium, ut currus etc. SA. 1. 34.

anuyAtrA anuyātrā

f. (r. praef. anu sequi, s. trā) comitatus. DR. 52. 10.

anurakta anurakta

v. rañj praef. anu.

anurAga anurāga

m. (r. rañj s. a) amor.

anurAgavat anurāgavat

(a praec. s. vat) amans, amore captus, c. locat. HIT. 28. 9.

anurUpa anurūpa

(BAH. ex anu et rūpa n. forma) 1) simis. 2) conveniens, congruus, dignus. BR. 2. 18. N. 24. 24. SA. 2. 10. 3. 12. BH. 17. 3. A. 6. 24.

anurodha anurodha

m. (r. rudh praef. anu amare, deditun esse s. a) officium, obsequium, indulgentia, liberalits, facilitas. Wils. "the accomplishing of a desired object for another person, obligingness, service." HIT. 106. 18.

anurodhana anurodhana

(r. rudh s. ana) i. q. praec. HIT. 62. 1.

anulepana anulepana

n. (r. lip oblinere s. ana) 1) unctio. 2) unguentum. BH. 11. 11. SAK. 43. 9.

anuvartana anuvartana

n. (r. vṛt praef. anu sequi s. ana) 1) actio sequendi. 2) obsequium. HIT. 75. 17.

anuvartin anuvartin

(r. vṛt praef. anu sequi s. in) sequens. N. 21. 14.

anuvidhAyin anuvidhāyin

(r. dhā s. in inserto y gr. min. 49a); dhā praef. vi facere; vidhā praef. anu sequi, obsequi) sequens, obsequens, obediens. UR. 36. 1. HIT. 71. 2.

anuvRtti anuvṛtti

f. (r. vṛt praef. anu sequi s. ti) obsequium. Wils. "complaisance, obliging or serving another." DEV. 1. 13. snehānuvṛtti - ex sneha amor vel potius snehan amicus et anuvṛtti - amicitia. HIT. 20. 20. 33. 12.

anuvrata anuvrata

(BAH. ex anu et vrata n. votum) deditus, addictus, c. acc. N. 2. 27. 13. 56.

anuzAsana anuśāsana

n. (r. śās s. ana) dictum, sententia. N. 13. 39.

anuzAsitR anuśāsitṛ

m. (r. śās s. tṛ) gubernator, moderator. BH. 8. 9.

anuzAsin anuśāsin

(r. śās s. in) gubernator, castigator. UR. 66. 14.

anuSThAna anuṣṭhāna

n. (r. sthā s. ana) actio sequendi, obsequendi. HIT. 4. 13.

anusandhAna anusandhāna

(r. dhā praef. anu + sam s. ana) investigatio. HIT. 90. 18.

anusaraNa anusaraṇa

n. (r. sṛ s. ana) 1) actio sequendi. HIT. 9. 8. 98. 21. 2) actio quaerendi (cf. iṣ ire praef. anu). HIT. 68. 13.

anusAra anusāra

m. (r. sṛ s. a) actio sequendi; gatyanusāra incessūs imitatio. UR. 66. 4. infr. Cf. Lassenium ad HIT. 17.

anusArin anusārin

(r. sṛ s. in) sequens, quaerens. HIT. 74. 2. SAK. 28. 7. infr.

anuhAra anuhāra

m. (r. hṛ s. a) imitatio. AM.

anRNa anṛṇa

(BAH. ex an priv. et ṛṇa n. debitum) liber a debito, qui debita solvit. BR. 2. 7.

[Page 11b]
anRta anṛta

(KARM. ex an priv. et ṛta verus) 1) Adj. non verus, falsus. SA. 5. 98. 2) n. falsum, mendacium. N. 21. 13.

aneka aneka

(KARM. ex an priv. et eka unus) multus, varius. HIT. 4. 8. BH. 11. 24.

anekadhA anekadhā

(a praec. s. dhā) multifariam. BH. 11. 13.

anekapa anekapa

m. (non semel bibens, KARM. ex aneka et pa) elephantus. AM. Cf. dvipa.

anekazas anekaśas

(ab aneka s. śas) 1) multum. N. 23. 10.; v. gr. 652. s. śas. 2) saepe. IN. 1. 25.

anehas anehas

n. tempus. AM.

anta anta

m. n. 1) finis (goth. andeis, Th. andja, nostrum Ende, slav. konjzj, praefixo k sicut in kostj os = asthi). 2) mors. N. 3. 4. M. 10.

antaHkaraNa antaḥkaraṇa

n. (KARM. ex antar intus et karaṇa instrumentum quo percipimus aliquid) mens, animus. Ur. 77. 6. infr.

antaHpura antaḥpura

n. (KARM. ex antar q. v. et pura n. urbs) interior pars domūs, ubi feminae habitant; gynaeceum. BR. 1. 12. N. 1. 18. 17. 31.

antatas antatas

(ab anta s. tas) a fine, in fine, denique. N. 19. 33.

antar antar

Praep. praef. interdum separ. (ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronominali ana abjecto a s. tar sicut prātar a pra et zend. [greek] extra a [greek] ex, v. gr. comp. 293. et Burnoufii "Yacna" p. XCIX.) 1) inter, intus, in medio. SA. 5. 106. BH. 5. 24. 8. 22. N. 24. 34. c. gen. BH. 13. 15. 2) sub, v. antarbhūmi antarbhūmigata antarhita (lat. inter, goth. undar, nostrum unter, slav. on-ūtrj (*) intra).

(*) De ū pro an v. gr. comp. 255.
antara antara

1. n. (ut equidem puto, a stirpe pron. ana s. comp. tara) 1) interius, interior pars, medium. H. 4. 44. N. 12. 103. 21. 10. 2) intervallum, interjectum spatium. A. 9. 6. BH. 11. 20. 3) differentia, discrimen. BH. 13. 34. 4) occasio, opportunitas. N. 7. 2. 13. 59. 5) causa. DR. 5. 15.

antara antara

2. (v. praec. et cf. goth. anthar, Th. anthara alius; lith. antra-s secundus; lat. alter; v. anya) alius. N. 13. 33.

[Page 12a]
antarA antarā

Adv. (a praec. producto a quo haec forma cum instrumentali Zendico convenit, v. gr. comp. et cf. suff. trā in adverbiis sicut manuṣyatrā inter homines) in medio. SAK. 40. 1. infr.

antarAtman antarātman

m. (KARM. ex antar intus et ātman m. anima) anima. N. 5. 31. 20. 42. BH. 11. 24.

antarAya antarāya

m. (ex antar vel antarā et aya iens, veniens, a r. i s. a) impedimentum. UR. 21. 8. infr. 47. 10. infr. SAK. 5. 10.

antarikSa antarikṣa

n. (ex antar et ikṣa a r. īkṣ videre, correpto ī suff. a) ae7r.

antarIkSa antarīkṣa

n. i. q. praecedens.

antarIkSacara antarīkṣacara

Adj. et Subst. cum fem. in ī (KARM. e praec. et cara iens, a r. car) per ae7rem iens, epith. Rākschasorum. H. 2. 31.

antarIya antarīya

n. (ab antara s. īya) vestis inferior. AM. (cf. uttarīya).

antarbhUmi antarbhūmi

f. (KARM. ex antar sub et bhūmi terra) subterraneum spatium. A. 10. 27.

antarbhUmigata antarbhūmigata

(TATP. ex antarbhūmi sub terra et gata a r. gam ire s. ta gr. 616.) sub terra profectus. SU. 2. 8.

antarvastra antarvastra

n. (KARM. ex antar et vastra vestis) vestis inferior. UP. 50.

antarvAsas antarvāsas

n. (KARM. ex antar et vāsas vestis) id. UP. 50.

antarhita antarhita

(a r. dhā praef. antar s. ta gr. 608.) qui evanuit. N. 12. 96. 17. 6.

antavat antavat

(ab anta s. vat) finem habens, caducus. BH. 2. 18.

antika antika

n. (fortasse a perdita voce anti = gr. [greek] lat. ante, vel ab ati inserto n s. ka; secundum Wils. ab anta finis s. ika) propinquitas. IN. 2. 20. 5. 31. H. 2. 12. N. 1. 23. 13. 49.

antikAt antikāt

(abl. praec.) ex adverso, contra. A. 10. 18.

antima antima

(ab anta finis, s. ima) ultimus. HIT. 14. 112.

andh andh

10. P. (dṛkkṣaye ut mihi videtur denominativum squ.) lumina oculorum amittere.

andha andha

coecus.

[Page 12b]
andhaka andhaka

m. nomen regionis. DR. 5. 16.

andhakAra andhakāra

m. n. (ex andha et kāra a r. kṛ s. a faciens, factor) obscuritas, tenebrae.

andhakAramaya andhakāramaya

(a praec. s. maya) obscurus. UP. 49.

anna anna

n. (r. ad edere s. na gr. 607.) cibus. N. 5. 38.

anya anya

(gr. 274.) alius (goth. alji-s, Th. alja, lat. aliu-s, gr. [greek] per assimilationem ex [greek] ita Prākr. aṇṇa et germ. vet. alles aliter ex aljes; cf. etiam [greek] (= anye), [greek] slav. in, Th. ino, v. gr. comp. 374.).

anyatama anyatama

(a praec. s. tama) unus plurium duobus. BR. 1. 33.

anyatara anyatara

(ab anya s. tara) alter. SU. 1. 16.

anyatas anyatas

(ab anya s. tas) 1) aliunde. 2) alio, aliorsum. SAK. 15. 1. infr.

anyatra anyatra

(ab anya s. tra) 1) alibi. 2) praeter, c. abl. HIT. 60. 15. BH. 3. 9. RAGH. 14. 32. (ita goth. alja praeter).

anyathA anyathā

(ab anya s. thā) aliter (lat. aliuta).

anyonya anyonya

(ex anyas - nom. masc. ab anya quod hac in compositione generis fem. et neut. locum quoque tenet, maximam partem quidem nominativi, nonnunquam vero etiam obliquorum casuum vim habens, ut SU. 3. 21. - et anya quod hac in compositione in obliquis singularis casibus solum usurpatur; cf. einander et [greek]) mutuo, invicem, vicissim, alter alterius, alter alteri etc., alius alius, alius alii etc. SU. 1. 5. 4. 14. H. 1. 42. 4. 22. 39. N. 1. 17.

anvac anvac

(r. añc ire praef. anu; in casibus fortibus anvañc in debilissimis anūc ad analogiam [greek] pratyac pratyañc pratīc gr. 198.) sequens. AM.

anvaya anvaya

m. (r. i praef. anu s. a) familia, gens, stirps.

anvavAya anvavāya

m. (r. i ire, praef. anu + ava s. a) id. SU. 1. 2.

anveSa anveṣa

(r. iṣ ire, desiderare, praef. anu s. a) actio quaerendi. SAK. 15. 10.

anveSaNa anveṣaṇa

(r. iṣ praef. anu s. ana v. gr. 94a).) i. q. praec. N. 13. 70. SA. 1. 33.

anveSaNA anveṣaṇā

(fem. praec.) id. UR. 31. 6. infr.

anveSin anveṣin

(r. iṣ praef. anu s. in) quaerens. HIT. 129. 20.

[Page 13a]
anveSTR anveṣṭṛ

m. (r. iṣ s. tṛ) qui quaerit.

ap ap

f. (nom anom. plur. num. v. gr. 207.) aqua. SU. 2. 14. N. 12. 63. (lat. aqua mutatā labiali in gutturalem; goth. ahva flumen; germ. vet. aha, et affa in fine comp. v. Graff 1. 159.; lith. uppe flumen; huc etiam cum Johannsenio - Latein. Wortbildung p. 41. - refero lat. am-nis pro ap-nis - v. apnas - commutatā tenui cum nasali ejusdem organi, sicut in somnus pro sopnus; huc etiam retulerim gr. [greek]).

apa apa

Praep. praef. ab, de (gr. [greek] lat. ab, goth. af, angl. of, germ. vet. af-tar post cum suff. compar. - v. gr. comp. 294. - goth. af-taro retro, a tergo; cf. etiam lith. apa[greek]ia pars inferior, apa[greek]ioj infra, apatinnis inferior; huc etiam retulerim slav. insep. o de, abjecto p).

apakartR apakartṛ

m. (r. kṛ facere, praef. apa s. tṛ) qui alqm. offendit, adversarius, inimicus. HIT. 90. 3.

apakAratA apakāratā

f. (ab apakāra a r. kṛ s. a qui offensionem, injuriam infert, s. ) offensio. N. 21. 13.

apakArin apakārin

m. (r. kṛ s. in) qui aliquem offendit, adversarius, inimicus. HIT. 27. 17.

apakRta apakṛta

(part. pass. a r. kṛ praef. apa s. ta) 1) offensus. 2) n. offensio, laesio, violatio. H. 4. 3.

apagama apagama

m. (r. gam ire s. a) abscessio, separatio. HIT. 43. 5.

apagA apagā

f. (ex apa aqua, quod separatum non invenitur - v. ap - et ga iens in fem.) fluvius. AM.

apacaya apacaya

m. (r. ci colligere s. a) deminutio, expensum. HIT. 105. 12.

apaTI apaṭī

f. aulaeum.

apaTIkSepa apaṭīkṣepa

m. (e praec. et kṣepa) secundum Wils. "precipitate entrance on the stage, indicating hurry and agitation, also read apaṭākṣepa"; v. etiam Lenzium ad URV. 3. 1.

apatya apatya

n. (a Rückertio recte deducitur a praep. apa s. tya; ita goth. ni-thjis Th. nithja cognatus, propinquus, a ni deduxerim; v. gr. comp. 400.) proles; apatyāni liberi. BR. 1. 27. 2. 26.

apatrapA apatrapā

f. (r. trap pudere, praef. apa suff. ā) pudor. AM.

[Page 13b]
apadeza apadeśa

m. (r. diś monstrare s. a) species, simulatio, praetextus. UP. 65.

apabhI apabhī

(BAH. ex apa et bhī f. timor) liber a timore.

apamAna apamāna

n. (KARM. ex apa et māna n. honor) dedecus, infamia, ignominia. BH. 6. 7. 12. 18.

apara apara

(ut videtur, a praep. apa s. ra) alius. H. 2. 32. BR. 1. 31. (goth. afar post, germ. vet. afar autem, iterum, nostrum aber: aber-mal, Aber-Witz).

aparAGmukha aparāṅmukha

(KARM. ex a priv. et parāṅmukha aversum os habens. BAH. e parāk retrorsum - ab inusitato Adj. parāc e parā retro et añc v. gr. 196. - et mukha n. os, vultus) non aversum os habens. N. 2. 18. v. gr. 84.

aparAddha aparāddha

(r. rādh praef. apa offendere s. ta gr. 83.) 1) Adj. offendens. SAK. 24. 2. infr. URV. 51. 3. infr. DR. 7. 11. ubi aparāddhāḥ pro aparādhāḥ legendum. 2) n. offensio. N. 24. 12.

aparAdha aparādha

m. (r. rādh s. a v. praec.) offensio. DR. 8. 37. -- V. aparāddha.

aparedyus aparedyus

(ex apare locat. [greek] apara alius et dyus quod ex divas dies explicaverim, ita ut, ejecto a v in u et i in y sint conversa) postero die. N. 13. 35.

apavarga apavarga

m. (r. vṛj relinquere s. a) donum. SAV. 5. 51.

apavAda apavāda

m. (r. vad dicere praef. apa s. a) vituperatio. HIT. 71. 12.

apavAdin apavādin

(r. vad s. in v. praec.) interdicens, vetans. SAK. 32. 1.

apavAhana apavāhana

n. (r. vah s. ana) actio auferendi, deducendi. HIT. 97. 5.

apazcima apaścima

(posticum non habens, nihil post se habens. BAH. ex a priv. et paścima posticus) infinitus, immensus. N. 13. 33.

apasada apasada

m. (r. sad ire praef. apa s. a) homo vilis, abjectus, in fine compos. H. 3. 8. DR. 8. 45.

apaha apaha

(r. han abjecto an s. a gr. 645.) occidens, delens. SAK. 56. 2.

apaharaNa apaharaṇa

n. (r. hṛ s. aṇa) actio auferendi, abripiendi. N. 10. 9.

[Page 14a]
apAGga apāṅga

n. (r. aṅg s. a) exterior oculi angulus.

apAc apāc

(in casibus fortibus apāñc a r. añc ire praef. apa) meridionalis. HEM.

apAna apāna

m. (r. an spirare s. a) spiritus qui efflatur. BH. 4. 29. 5. 27.

apApa apāpa

(BAH. ex a priv. et pāpa n. peccatum) liber a peccatis. BR. 1. 32.

apAya apāya

m. (r. i ire praef. apa s. a) 1) abitio. 2) obitus, interitus, exitium. HIT. 43. 4. 3) fraus, fallacia. HIT. 129. 22. N. 4. 19.

apAyin apāyin

(apa + āyin a r. i s. in) abiens. BH. 2. 14.

api api

1. Praep. praef. quae cum paucis solum conjungitur radicibus et super significare videtur, nam cum dhā ponere format apidhā tegere. a initiale hujus praep. saepe abjicitur (gr. [greek] lith. ap insepar.).

api api

2. Conj. 1) etiam, adeo. 2) etiamsi. 3) igitur, itaque. 4) vero, autem. 5) an, num. 6) cum praecedente interr. kim quispiam significat.

apihita apihita

(r. dhā praef. api tegere, s. ta gr. 608.) tectus, obductus. N. 17. 30.

apuMs apuṃs

m. (nom. irr. v. gr. 238. KARM. ex a priv. et puṃs mas, vir) virilitate privatus, eunuchus. IN. 5. 50.

apuMstva apuṃstva

n. (a praec. s. tva) eunuchi status. IN. 5. 58.

apekSa apekṣa

(r. īkṣ videre s. a) respiciens, curans, rationem habens. BH. 12. 16.

apekSA apekṣā

f. (r. īkṣ videre s. ā) respectus, ratio. SAK. 59. 12: nirapekṣa nihil curans, negligens.

apohana apohana

n. (r. ūh praef. apa ratiocinari, s. ana) ratiocinium. BH. 15. 15.

apnas apnas

n. aqua in Vedorum dialecto (v. ap et cf. lat. amnis pro apnis).

aprakAza aprakāśa

(BAH. ex a priv. et prakāśa m. lux) luce privatus, obscurus. H. 1. 18.

apratima apratima

(BAH. ex a priv. et pratimā f. similitudo) similitudinem non habens, incomparabilis. H. 1. 37. SU. 3. 15.

aprazasta apraśasta

(KARM. ex a priv. et praśasta a r. śaṃs praef. pra laudare, s. ta) non laudatus, infamis. N. 20. 41.

[Page 14b]
aprAptavayas aprāptavayas

(BAH. ex aprāpta non contactus - a r. āp praef. pra et a priv. - et vayas aetas, hic: adulta aetas) non contactam adultam aetatem habens, qui ad adultam aetatem nondum pervenit. BR. 1. 28.

apriya apriya

(KARM. ex a priv. et priya q. v.) injucundus, ingratus, insuavis.

apriyaMvada apriyaṃvada

(e praec. - v. gr. 645. suff. a - et vada a r. vad s. a loquens, dicens) injucundum dicens. H. 4. 15.

apriyabhAgin apriyabhāgin

(ab apriyabhāga ingrata, injucunda fortuna, s. in) ingratam fortunam habens, infelix, infaustus. BR. 1. 14.

apsaras apsaras

f. Apsarasa, nympha (deduci solet ab ap aqua et saras a r. sṛ ire s. as. Sunt enim Apsarasae, secundum mythologiam, e mari natae, quum a diis Asuris- que ad Amritum adipiscendum agitaretur.

apsarA apsarā

f. i. q. praec.

abaddha abaddha

(ex a priv. et baddha ligatus, a r. bandh s. ta) 1) non ligatus. 2) insanus, stultus. N. 26. 16.

abala abala

(BAH. ex a priv. et bala vis) debilis (fort. goth. ubils Th. ubila, nostrum übel, angl. evil; nisi haec ad adhara = lat. inferu-s pertinent, mutatā aspiratā in mediam, secundum generalem consonantium permutandarum legem. Sanscr. b autem in germ. item est b, unde goth. radix band ligare = bandh q. v.).

abalA abalā

f. (a praec.) femina.

abda abda

m. (ex ap aqua, et da dans, a r. s. a) 1) nubes. 2) annus (primit. pluvium anni tempus).

abdhi abdhi

m. (aquam tenens, ex ap aqua et dhi tenens a r. dhā s. i) mare. HIT. 105. 9.

abhaya abhaya

(ex a priv. et bhaya timor) 1) KARM. securitas. HIT. 59. 3. 2) BAH. intrepidus.

abhava abhava

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et bhava existentia) [greek] non esse (Nichtsein). SAV. 3. 10.

abhAva abhāva

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et bhāva existentia) i. q. praec. DR. 5. 9.

abhi abhi

Praep. praef. et sep. (ut videtur, a stirpe pronom. a s. bhi quod convenit cum casuum terminationibus bhyam, abje statim. Huc quoque retulerim nostrum bei, goth. bī, abjecto a initiali, sicut in sanscr. praeter api etiam pi dicitur; porro praefixum be, goth. bi.)

abhikAma abhikāma

m. (r. kam s. a) amor. N. 24. 13.

abhikrama abhikrama

m. (r. kram s. a) conatus, molitio. BH. 2. 40. (schol. abhikramasya prārambhasya).

abhighAtin abhighātin

m. (r. han in forma caus. ghātay - gr. 524.s. in) inimicus. HIT. 127. 18.

abhijana abhijana

m. (KARM. ex abhi et jana homines) familia. N. 12. 95.

abhijanavat abhijanavat

(a praec. s. vat) familiam (nobilem) habens, nobilis, generosus. BH. 16. 15.

abhijJa abhijña

(r. jñā scire, s. a) gnarus.

abhijJAna abhijñāna

n. (r. jñā scire s. ana) nota, signum. PAT. 26. 27.

abhitas abhitas

Adv. (ab abhi s. tas) ad, prope. SA. 3. 11. (cf. lat. apud).

abhitApa abhitāpa

m. (r. tap urere s. a) moeror.

abhidhAna abhidhāna

n. (r. dhā ponere s. ana) nomen. HIT. 26. 13.

abhinaya abhinaya

m. (r. ducere s. a) gesticulatio. UR. 28. 10.

abhinava abhinava

(KARM. ex abhi + nava) novus, recens.

abhiniveza abhiniveśa

m. (r. viś intrare praef. abhi + ni s. a) inclinatio, propensio, applicatio. UR. 35. 3. infr. (hṛdayābhi...)

abhiprAya abhiprāya

m. (a Rückertio recte deducitur a r. i ire praef. abhi + pra s. a cf. abhipreta HIT. 54. 17. et abhipretya apud Wils. ed. 2.) consilium, propositum. N. 9. 35. 24. 5. SA. 1. 13.

abhibhava abhibhava

m. (r. bhū s. a) actio praevalendi, superandi. BH. 1. 41.

abhibhASin abhibhāṣin

(r. bhāṣ s. in) alloquens. SA. 5. 74.

abhimarda abhimarda

m. (r. mṛd conterere, s. a) disturbatio, vastatio regionis. DR. 6. 8.

abhimAna abhimāna

m. (aut a r. man aut a mān s. a) superbia, insolentia, honoris, gloriae cupiditas. BH. 16. 4.

[Page 15b]
abhimukha abhimukha

(BAH. ex abhi et mukha os, vultus) adversum vultum habens. N. 12. 32. 20. 43. DR. 8. 14.

abhimukham abhimukham

(AVY. ex abhi et mukha os, vultus) coram.

abhiyoktR abhiyoktṛ

m. (r. yuj jungere s. tṛ) qui aggreditur, impugnat alqm. HIT. 97. 2.

abhiyoga abhiyoga

m. (r. yuj jungere s. a) invasio, impugnatio. AM.

abhirati abhirati

f. (r. ram se delectare s. ti) delectatio. HIT. 31. 17.

abhirAma abhirāma

(r. ram s. a) amoenus, venustus. SAK. 4. 6.

abhiruci abhiruci

f. (r. ruc splendere, placere s. i) 1) splendor. 2) voluptas, gaudium, delectatio. HIT. 13. 1. infr.

abhirUpa abhirūpa

(BAH. ex abhi et rūpa n. forma) formosus. N. 12. 30.

abhilASa abhilāṣa

m. (r. laṣ desiderare s. a) desiderium, optatum. HIT. 43. 10.

abhilASin abhilāṣin

(r. laṣ s. in) desiderans. UR. 12. 13.

abhilAsa abhilāsa

m. (r. las desiderare s. a) i. q. abhilāṣa. SAK. 21. 11. 48. 1. infr.

abhivadana abhivadana

n. (r. vad q. v. s. ana) corporis inclinatio. IN. 5. 19.

abhivandana abhivandana

n. (r. vand s. ana) id. SA. 2. 3.

abhivAdaka abhivādaka

m. (r. vad s. aka) salutator inclinato corpore. N. 21. 26. cum acc. p.

abhizApa abhiśāpa

m. (a r. śap s. a) exsecratio. N. 11. 16.

abhiSeka abhiṣeka

m. (r. sic humectare s. a) actio conspergendi (v. sic praef. abhi). HIT. 126. 10.

abhiSvaGga abhiṣvaṅga

m. (r. svañj v. gr. 109.) inclinatio, propensio, affectus. BH. 13. 9.

abhisara abhisara

m. (r. sṛ ire s. a) comes, socius. AM.

abhisaraNa abhisaraṇa

n. (r. sṛ ire s. ana) actio adeundi, visitandi. UR. 40. 7.

abhisArikA abhisārikā

f. (r. sṛ ire s. ikā) femina quae maritum vel amatorem adit. UR. 40. 8. infr.

abhisUcita abhisūcita

(r. sūc s. ta) praeditus, instructus. N. 23. 18.

abhisneha abhisneha

m. (r. snih amare s. a) amor, inclinatio, affectio. BH. 2. 57.

abhIkSNam abhīkṣṇam

(fortasse AVY. pro abhīkṣaṇam - ex abhi et īkṣaṇa n. oculus - ejecto a ante ṇa) identidem, iterum ac saepius. N. 9. 34. A. 10. 54.

abhIpsu abhīpsu

(ab īps Desid. irr. rad. āp adipisci - v. gr. 540. - praef. abhi s. u) adipiscendi cupidus. N. 5. 2.

abhISu abhīṣu

m. (r. iṣ ire, desiderare s. u) habena, frenum.

abhyaGga abhyaṅga

m. (r. añj ungere s. a) unctio. UP. 50.

abhyadhika abhyadhika

(ab adhi praef. abhi s. ka) superior. N. 21. 14. BR. 1. 8. v. adhika.

abhyantara abhyantara

n. 1) intervallum, loci et temporis. BH. 5. 27. HIT. 5. 17. 2) pars interior, medium. UP. 49.

abhyarcana abhyarcana

n. (r. arc praef. abhi s. ana) cultus, veneratio. N. 12. 78.

abhyarthanA abhyarthanā

f. (r. arth s. anā fem. ab ana) precatio, rogatio, petitio. SA. 4. 27.

abhyavahAra abhyavahāra

(r. hṛ afferre praef. abhi + ava s. a) cibus.

abhyavahArya abhyavahārya

n. (r. hṛ afferre praef. abhi + ava s. ya) cibus. UR. 39. 1.

abhyasUyaka abhyasūyaka

m. (r. denom. asūy q. v. s. aka) exsecrator. BH. 16. 18.

abhyAza abhyāśa

m. v. seq.

abhyAsa abhyāsa

m. (r. as cl. 1. q. v. s. a) 1) propinquitas, vicinitas. N. 9. 10. DR. 8. 13. 2) exercitatio, usus, experientia. BH. 12. 12. 18. 36. 3) educatio, disciplina, institutio. HIT. 5. 14. 7. 4. Scribitur etiam abhyāśa. (Cf. abhyasta abhyasana abhyasya apud Wils. ed. 2.)

abhyutthAna abhyutthāna

n. (r. sthā praef. abhi + ut ejecto s - v. gr. 694. - s. ana) actio surgendi. BH. 4. 7.

abhyudaya abhyudaya

m. (r. i ire praef. abhi + ut s. a) felicitas. UR. 94. 1. infr.

abhyupapatti abhyupapatti

f. (r. pad ire praef. abhi + upa s. ti) favor, benevolentia. SAK. 54. 2. infr.

abhr abhr

1. P. (gatyām) ire.

abhra abhra

n. (ut mihi videtur, ex abbhara aquam gerens, ejecto b et a (*) cf. ambuda et jalada) nubes (gr. [greek] lat. imber insertā nasali, nisi haec pertinent ad ambara coelum vel ambhas aqua; cf. etiam umbra).

(*), Confirmatam vidi hano explicationem linguā zendicā, ubi ābereta (acc. āberetārem), quod corruptum est ex abbereta, significat qui aquam affert (gr. comp. 44.).
am am

1. 1. P. (gatibhajanaśabdeṣu) ire, colere, sonare.

am am

2. 10. P. (roge) aegrotum esse.

amati amati

m. (ut videtur a r. am ire s. ti servato classis charactere a) tempus (lith. am[greek]is longum tempus; ad rad. am etiam referri possit lat. an-nus - ita ut sit pro am-nus - et gr. [greek]).

amara amara

(ex a priv. et mara moriens, in fine comp., a r. mṛ mori s. a) 1) Adj. immortalis. HIT. 3. 5. 2) m. deus. SU. 1. 22.

amaraprabha (BAH. e praec. et prabhā f. splendor) immortalium splendorem habens. N. 13. 54.
amaratva amaratva

n. (ab amara s. tva) immortalitas. SU. 1. 22. 23.

amarA amarā

f. (ab amara). Nomen Indri sedis aut urbis.

amarAvatI amarāvatī

f. (Indri sede praedita, a praec. s. vat in fem.). Nomen Indri urbis, sedis, palatii. IN. 1. 42.

amaropama amaropama

(BAH. ex amara et upamā f. similitudo) immortalium similitudinem habens. H. 2. 27.

amartya amartya

(KARM. ex a priv. et martya) immortalis.

amarSa amarṣa

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et marṣa patientia, tolerantia, a r. mṛṣ s. a) ardor animi, ira, iracundia. BH. 12. 15. UP. 43.

amarSaNa amarṣaṇa

(KARM. ex a priv. et marṣaṇa patiens, tolerans, a r. mṛṣ cl. 10. s. ana) iratus, iracundus, vehemens. DR. 7. 17. N. 12. 54.

amasa amasa

m. (r. am ire s. asa) tempus.

amA amā

Praep. cum. NALOD. 1. 53.

amAtya amātya

m. (a praec. s. tya) qui est a consiliis, Wils. "a minister, a counsellor".

amAnuSa amānuṣa

(KARM. ex a priv. et mānuṣa humanus) quod est supra hominem (übermenschlich). N. 23. 5.

amitra amitra

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et mitra n. amicus) inimicus, hostis. N. 12. 33.

amI amī

hi, illi, v. gr. 271.

amutra amutra

Adv. (ab amu stirpe pronominis adas in casibus obl. - gr. 271. - s. tra) illic i. e. in illo, futuro mundo, opp. vocabulis iha hic, et loke'smin in hoc (terrestri) mundo. BR. 2. 5. BH. 6. 40.

amRta amṛta

(KARM. ex a priv. et mṛta mortuus) 1) Adj. immortalis. BR. 3. 18. BH. 14. 27. 2) n. deorum cibus, immortalitatem afferens, ambrosia. IN. 1. 26.

amRtasvAdanIya amṛtasvādanīya

(KARM. e praec. et svādanīya quod jucunde sapit) Amritae jucundo sapore similis. IN. 1. 26.

amedhya amedhya

(KARM. ex a priv. et medhya purus) impurus, sordidus, contaminatus. BH. 17. 10.

ameya ameya

(ex a priv. et meya mensurabilis, a r. s. ya gr. 626.) quod metiri non possumus, immensus.

ameyAtman ameyātman

(BAH. e praec. et ātman m.) immensum animum habens. IN. 2. 22.

amogha amogha

(KARM. ex a priv. et mogha vanus) non fallens, haud dubius, certus. UR. 63. 10.

amb amb

1. 1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere.

amb amb

2. 1. A. (śabde grammatici scribunt ab gr. 110a).) sonare.

ambaka ambaka

n. (r. amb se movere s. aka) oculus. A. 3. 50.

ambara ambara

n. (r. amb s. ara) 1) vestis. SU. 1. 30. 2) coelum. SA. 1. 19. A. 6. 9. (v. abhra)

ambA ambā

f. mater (fortasse nostrum Amme, germ. vet. amma -Th. ammaon, ammūn - per assimil., nisi hoc vocabulum cohaeret cum ap aqua, unde ammaya q. v., quum voces hujus notionis plerumque etiam lac significent.

ambu ambu

n. (r. amb s. u) aqua. BH. 11. 28.

ambuda ambuda

m. (e praec. et da dans, a r. s. a) nubes.

ambudAbha ambudābha

(BAH. e praec. et ābhā f. similitudo) nubis similitudinem habens. H. 4. 48.

ambh ambh

1. A. (śabde K. dhvanau v. scribunt abh gr. 110a).) sonare.

ambhas ambhas

n. (r. ambh s. as) aqua. A. 6. 6. BH. 2. 67. (v. abhra).

ambhoja ambhoja

n. (in aqua natus ex praec. et ja) lotus flos. HIT. 107. 13.

ammaya ammaya

(ab ap aqua s. maya v. gr. 58. et 85.) aquosus. AM.

[Page 17b]
amra amra

m. nomen arboris (Wils. mango tree, magnifera indica). N. 12. 4.

amla amla

acidus. BH. 17. 9.

ay ay

1. A. (gatau) ire (sine dubio ad r. i pertinet, quae secundum 1. cl. in ATM. aye formaret).

ayajvan ayajvan

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et yajvan sacrificans) non sacrificans. IN. 2. 5.

ayana ayana

n. (r. i ire s. ana) via. BH. 1. 11.

ayam ayam

hic, v. gr. 270.

ayazas ayaśas

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et yaśas n. gloria) dedecus, infamia, ignominia. H. 3. 18.

ayazaskara ayaśaskara

(e praec. et kara faciens) dedecus, infamiam afferens; fem. ayaśaskarī. H. 3. 18.

ayas ayas

n. ferrum (lat. aes, aer-is pro aes-is, goth. ais Th. aisa, germ. vet. er aes, goth. eisarn ferrum, nostrum Eisen).

ayasmaya ayasmaya

(ab ayas s. maya contra gr. 58. et analogiam [greek] tejomaya quā ayomaya exspectaveris; etiam in ed. Calc. MAH. p. 644. lin. 2. infr. ayasmaya legitur) ferreus. A. 10. 31.

ayuta ayuta

n. (ex a priv. et yuta ligatus, a r. yu) decies mille.

ayutazas ayutaśas

Adv. a praec. s. śas v. gr. 652. s. śas. IN. 2. 8.

aye aye

Interj. SAK. 45. 13.

ayodhyA ayodhyā

f. (non impugnanda, ex a priv. et yodhya impugnandus in fem.) nomen urbis (Oude).

ara ara

(r. s. a) 1) Adj. celer, citus. 2) rotae radius.

arajas arajas

(BAH. ex a priv. et rajas n. pulvis) expers pulveris, purus. N. 24. 42.

araNya araṇya

n. sylva.

araNyAnI araṇyānī

f. (a praec. s. ānī v. gr. min. 218.) magna sylva. HIT. 17. 14.

aratni aratni

m. cubitus. DR. 9. 5.

aram aram

(Acc. [greek] ara) celeriter, cito. AM. (fortasse gr. [greek] cf. Hartung I. p. 423.).

aravinda aravinda

m. lotus flos. HIT. 59. 1. SAK. 45. 7.

arAjaka arājaka

(BAH. ex a priv. et rājan rex, s. ka v. gr. 665.) rege orbatus. DR. 6. 5.

[Page 18a]
arAti arāti

m. inimicus, hostis. HIT. 77. 7.

arAla arāla

curvus. N. 11. 33.

ari ari

m. inimicus, hostis.

arindama arindama

m. (e praec. et dama domitor, a r. dam s. a v. gr. 645. s. a) hostium domitor.

ariSTa ariṣṭa

1. (KARM. ex a priv. et riṣṭa a r. riṣ s. ta) non vulneratus. DR. 7. 20.

ariSTa ariṣṭa

2. m. nomen arboris (Wils. Melia azadaracta). N. 12. 3.

aruNa aruṇa

m. 1) Adj. fuscus, ex rubro subniger, purpureus; Wils. "tawny, dark red". DEV. 3. 7. 2) sol. SAK. 24. 8.

arundhatI arundhatī

f. (ex a priv. et rundhatī a r. rudh cl. 7. s. at in fem.) Vasischthi uxor, una ex Pleiadibus. HIT. 22. 7.

arus arus

m. n. ulcus, vulnus. AM.

are are

Interj. HIT. 22. 14.

aroga aroga

(BAH. ex a priv. et roga m. morbus) liber a morbo, sanus, salvus. BR. 3. 10.

ark ark

10. P. (stavane K. tāpastutyoḥ v.) urere, celebrare (fortasse Denom. a sq.).

arka arka

m. (a r. ark s. a nisi arkayāmi ab arka) sol.

argala argala

n. pessulus. UP. 46. HIT. 33. 18.

argalA argalā

f. id.

argalI argalī

f. id.

argh argh

1. A. (hiṃsāyām K. mūlye v.) offendere, laedere, occidere; constare, pretium habere, dignum esse. (Fortasse huc pertinet nostrum arg, ärgern, germ. vet. arg, ark, et inserto a: arag, arak avarus, pravus, impius, subst. arg malum.)

argha argha

m. (r. argh s. a) 1) pretium. 2) donum honorificum, quod diis eximiisque hospitibus offertur, constans ex octo rebus, nempe ex oryza, sacro gramine durva dicto, floribus etc. cum aqua, aut ex aqua sola in parvo vase. SA. 3. 6.

arghya arghya

(r. argh s. ya) 1) Adj. venerandus. 2) m. i. q. praec. sign. 2.

arc arc

1. P. A. 10. P. honorare, venerari, colere. IN. 3. 1. 4. 3. 5. N. 18. 19.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. BH. 18. 19.

arciSmat arciṣmat

(a sq. s. mat) 1) Adj. flammans. UR. 37. 7. 2) m. ignis. HEM.

arcis arcis

f. (r. arc s. is) splendor, flamma. IN. 1. 35. H. 1. 49. (cf. ark arka).

arj arj

1. P. 10. P. A. 1) colligere, coacervare, adipisci, acquirere. N. 26. 4. IN. 3. 7. 2) facere, perficere (prayatne K. saṃskāre v.): svarjitaṅ karma bene facta actio. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 34. 38.; svārjitan tapas a mement ipso effecta castigatio. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 47. 13. (fortasse lat. urgo et arguo, gr. [greek] nisi hoc est pro [greek] = vṛj vel pro [greek] = sṛj).

c. upa i. q. simpl. sign. 1. HIT. 33. 21. MAN. 9. 208.

arjana arjana

n. (r. arj s. ana) Nom. actionis [greek] arj sgnf. 1. HIT. 34. 1.

arjuna arjuna

m. (ut videtur, a r. arj s. una) 1) nomen arboris (Wils. Terminalia alata glabra). 2) nomen unius Pāndavorum.

arNava arṇava

m. mare.

arth arth

10. P. (v. artha) petere, postulare (gr. [greek] dissoluto r in vocalem i, cf. artha).

c. pra petere, appetere, desiderare, concupiscere. BR. 2. 11. 12. 13. 16. IN. 5. 33. SU. 1. 26. 3. 11.

c. sam cogitare, putare, existimare. UR. 18. 9. 18. 5. infr.

artha artha

m. (r. arth s. a nisi potius arthayāmi est Denominativum vocis artha) 1) res, materia. BR. 1. 16. 2. 2. 6. N. 8. 4. 12. 90. 15. 3. 18. 15. BH. 2. 6. 8. transl. sensus. 2) divitiae, opes. N. 17. 47. BH. 2. 6. 3) commodum, utilitas, fructus. BH. 3. 18. 4) causa, ratio. N. 15. 13. Acc. instr. dat. et loc. - artham arthena arthāya arthepraepositionis vice funguntur, ut latinum causā, gratiā, c. gen. aut in compositione cum nomine recto. N. 23. 10. BR. 1. 27. 29. 2. 3. H. 4. 28. -- In fine compositorum artha cum significatione res nonnunquam redundat. A. 4. 16. SA. 4. 25. (gr. [greek]).

arthakRt arthakṛt

(rem, commodum faciens, e praec. et kṛt faciens, q. v.) utilis, commodus, frutuosus. IN. 5. 56.

[Page 19a]
arthin arthin

(a r. arth s. in) petens, desiderans, egens, pauper. N. 13. 11. 50. BH. 7. 16.

arthIya arthīya

(ab artha s. īya) causam, originem habens, commotus, pendens ex alq. r., positus in alq. r., obnoxius alicui. BH. 17. 27.

arthepsu arthepsu

(ex artha et īpsu q. v.) divitiarum cupidus.

arthepsutA arthepsutā

f. (a praec. s. ) status ejus, qui divitiarum cupidus est, divitiarum cupido. BR. 1. 18.

ard ard

1. P. A. vexare. (Haec radix hucusque in part. pass. in ta solum inventa est, cum praef. ā conjuncta, formans ārdita et ārta abjecto d secundum gr. 615. Littera t formae ārta secundum gr. 103. duplicari potest, igitur primum t in ārtta non pro transformatione euphonica litterae d accipiendum est. Ubi ārdita et ārta vocem in a aut ā exeuntem sequuntur, propter vocales coalescentes ab ardita et arta non distingui possunt; cum autem ārta in positionibus non ambiguis inveniatur, in ambiguis quoque locis ārdita et ārta intelligenda esse censeo.) H. 1. 4. 2. 3. 5. N. 8. 24. 12. 106. 108. IN. 5. 44. (Lat. ardeo, quod fortasse sensum primitivum radicis ard exhibet).

arddha ardha arddha ardha

1) Adj. dimidius. 2) n. dimidium, dimidia pars.

arddhacandra arddhacandra

m. (e praec. et candra m. luna) 1) semiplena luna. 2) sagitta, cujus acumen semiplenae lunae formam habet. DR. 9. 9.

arddharAtra arddharātra

m. (ex arddha et rātra in fine comp. pro rātri nox) media nox.

arp arp

v. .

arpaNa arpaṇa

n. (ab arpay forma caus. r. ire - v. gr. 521. - s. ana) actio tradendi. HIT. 72. 19. BH. 9. 27.

arb arb

1. P. (hiṃsāyāṅ gatau) laedere, occidere; ire.

arbuda arbuda

m. n. centum milliones. A. 5. 21.

arbha arbha

m. (fortasse e garbha abjecto g) proles, natus. HEM. v. sq. (Huc referri possint lat. orbus, gr. [greek])

arbhaka arbhaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) proles, natus, pullus. SAK. 7. 7.

aryaman aryaman

m. (nom. irr. v. gr. 226.) 1) sol. 2) nom. propr. unus e majoribus, defunctis, manibus. BH. 10. 29.

[Page 19b]
arv arv

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe v.) ferire, laedere, occidere.

arvan arvan

(r. arv s. at in N. an gr. 229.) 1) humilis, vilis. (N. arvā arvatī arvat). 2) m. equus.

arvAk arvāk

Adv. (neut. sequentis arvāc) 1) post, postea. 2) pone, a tergo. 3) prope. SAK. 7. 9. infr.

arvAc arvāc

(ut videtur ex arvan et añc ire, secundum Wils. ex avara posterus + añc; N. m. arvāṅ f. arvācī n. arvāk secundum analogium [greek] prāc gr. 197.) propinquus. AM. p. 54. 8: parārvācī tīre remota et propinqua, ulterior et citerior ripa.

arh arh

1. P. 1) honorare, colere, v. arhaṇa. 2) aequare, parem esse. MAN. 3. 131. 3) dignum esse, c. acc. rei. H. 1. 36. N. 16. 24. 4) convenire, decere, c. nominat. pers. quam decet. DR. 3. 2. 5) posse. BH. 2. 17. HIT. 6. 11. 6) Saepissime temp. praes. hujus rad. ut verbum auxiliare in constructione cum infinitivo adhibetur, ad rogationem exprimendam, ubi Germanorum müssen maxime respondet. IN. 5. 41. 44. H. 4. 3. 6. BR. 2. 21. BH. 2. 26. -- Metri causa in ATM. usurpatur. H. 1. 36. (Littera h hujus radicis ex gh orta esse videtur, cf. argh et gr. [greek] quod fortasse primitivum conservavit sensum, ita ut arh ab origine significaverit primum esse, in principio esse.)

arha arha

(a praec. s. a) dignus, c. acc. H. 4. 50. SA. 3. 9. - c. inf. SA. 5. 15.

arhaNa arhaṇa

n. (r. arh s. ana) adoratio, cultus. AM.

arhaNA arhaṇā

f. (a r. arh s. ana in fem.) honoris testificatio, honor. N. 25. 4.

al al

1. P. A. (vāraṇavyāptibhūṣāsu v.) arcere, sufficere, ornare (fortasse lat. or-nare, nisi hoc e bhūṣ ortum, abjecto bh).

alaka alaka

m. (r. al s. aka) cincinnus. UR. 38. 15.

alakA alakā

f. nomen urbis Kuveri.

alakta alakta

m. (secundum Wils. pro arakta non rubrum habens, i. e. quo nihil rubrius est, cf. anuttama) gummi laccae.

alaktaka alaktaka

n. (a praec. s. ka) id. UR. 60. 16.

[Page 20a]
alakSita alakṣita

(KARM. ex a priv. et lakṣita a r. lakṣ s. ta) non visus, non inventus, non deprehensus. H. 1. 7.

alaGkaraNa alaṅkaraṇa

(r. kṛ praef. alam ornare) ornamentum. IN. 5. 2.

alaGkAra alaṅkāra

m. (r. kṛ praef. alam ornare s. a) ornamentum. HIT. 42. 1.

alaGkRta alaṅkṛta

(r. kṛ praef. alam ornare s. ta) ornatus. N. 2. 11. 25. 1.

alam alam

(r. al s. a cum accus. term.) 1) ornamentum, solum in comp. cum r. kṛ. 2) satis, par. DEV. 4. 3. 3) particula prohibitiva, cum instrumentali substantivorum abstractorum, vel, quod idem est, gerundio: apage, aufer, absit. DR. 4. 20.

alasa alasa

(r. las laborare, artem exercere, s. a praef. a priv.) piger, ignavus, iners.

alAta alāta

n. torris.

ali ali

m. 1) apis. 2) scorpio.

aliJjara aliñjara

m. hydria fictilis (Wils. an earthen water jar.) M. 10.

alin alin

m. apis.

alika alika

n. frons.

alIka alīka

(ut videtur, ex a priv. et līka quod simplex non invenitur) 1) Adj. falsus, non verus. 2) n. falsum, falsitas. UR. 30. 8. infr.

alu alu

f. parva hydria. HIT. 90. 15.

alpa alpa

Adj. (v. gr. 251 et 280.) parum, paulum, exiguus. IN. 5. 13. N. 25. 13. (Huc retulerim lith. alpstù, ap-alpstù animus me liquit ich falle in Ohnmacht; praet. alp-aù, fut. alp-su, v. gr. comp. 498.; alkstù, praet. alk-aù, fut. alk-su fame uri ejusdem originis esse videtur, permutatā labiali cum gutturali. Fortasse etiam gr. [greek] huc pertinet, mutatā tenui in mediam et inserto i sicut in [greek] contra dīrgha longus.)

alpaka alpaka

(a praec. s. ka) tenuis, exiguus, vilis. HIT. 14. 6.

alpakArya alpakārya

Adj. (BAH. ab alpa et kārya n. a r. kṛ s. ya faciendum) quod parvi momenti est. N. 21. 28.

alpadarzana alpadarśana

(parum visus habens, BAH. ex alpa et darśana n. visus) parum valens visu, parum intelligens, imprudens, stultus. H. 1. 45.

alpatA alpatā

f. (ab alpa s. ) paucitas, exiguitas. HIT. 82. 7.

alpaduHkhatA alpaduḥkhatā

f. Subst. abstr. ab alpaduḥkha parum doloris, s. . A. 10. 8.

alpamUlaphalodaka alpamūlaphalodaka

(BAH. ex alpa et comp. dvandvico, constante e mūla n. radix, phala n. fructus et udaka n. aqua) parum radicum, fructuum et aquae habens. H. 1. 16.

alpiSTha alpiṣṭha

(ab alpa s. iṣṭha) Superlat. vocis alpa. AM.

alpIyas alpīyas

(ab alpa s. īyas) Compar. vocis alpa. AM.

av av

1. P. servare, tueri. NALOD. 4. 18. (lat. aveo).

ava ava

Praep. praef. (ut mihi videtur a stirpe pronominali a s. va sicut eva iva ab e i; v. gr. comp. 380.) de, ab. (In lingua zendica [greek] est pronomen demonstrativum cui respondet slav. [greek] Th. [greek] hic, ille, fem. [greek] neut. [greek] Huc etiam trahimus gr. [greek] in composito [greek] et posteriorem partem vocum [greek] porro [greek] et particulam negativam [greek] lat. au-t et au-tem, quod posterius suffixo convenit cum katham et ittham; nostrum au-ch, goth. au-k; v. gr. comp. 377. sq.).

avakartana avakartana

n. (r. kṛt praef. ava s. ana) abscissio. N. 10. 16.

avakAza avakāśa

m. (r. kāś lucere s. a) locus, spatium, intervallum. SAK. 56. 2. 20. 13. 23. infr. UR. 41. 8. infr. 66. 15. 74. 4.

avakraya avakraya

m. (r. krī emere s. a) pretium. AM.

avagama avagama

m. (r. gam ire s. a) intellectio, intelligentia. HIT. 71. 13. BH. 9. 2.

avagAha avagāha

m. (r. gāh praef. ava submergi s. a) 1) actio submergendi. SAK. 17. 2. infr. 2) lavatio.

avagraha avagraha

m. (r. grah prehendere s. a) contemtio. HIT. 61. 14.

avajJA avajñā

f. (r. jñā scire) contemtio. HIT. 92. 3.

avajJAna avajñāna

n. (r. jñā s. ana) id. HIT. 103. 4.

avataMsa avataṃsa

m. n. (r. taṃs ornare s. a) 1) annulus auricularis. 2) crista.

[Page 21a]
avataMsaka avataṃsaka

(a praec. s. ka) i. q. praec. UR. 82. 4.

avatAra avatāra

m. (a r. tṝ s. a) descensus. Dicitur praecipue de deorum e coelo in terram descensu, ad quampiam hominis aut animalis formam assumendam.

avadAta avadāta

(r. dai purificare s.ta) 1) albus, clarus. 2) flavus. SA. 5. 8.

avadya avadya

(fortasse a praep. ava s.dya pro tya quod cum indeclinabilibus solum conjungitur; aut ex a priv. et vadya dicendus) 1) humilis, depressus, demissus. 2) transl. ignobilis, vilis, abjectus (v. anavadya).

avadhAna avadhāna

n. (r. dhā ponere s. ana) attentio, animus attentus. UR. 1. 2. infr.

avadhi avadhi

m. (r. dhā ponere s. i) finis, terminus, modus. UR. 89. 3. infr.

avadhIr avadhīr

10. P. (sine dubio ex praep. ava et dhīr quod cum dhī mens cognatum videtur, cf. avaman despicere a r. man) despicere, spernere. HIT. 42. 11.

avadhIraNA avadhīraṇā

f. (a praec. s. ana in fem.) contemtio. SAK. 51, 4. 7.

avadhya avadhya

(KARM. ex a priv. et vadhya a r. vadh q. v. s. ya) qui occidi nequit. BR. 2. 29.

avadhyatA avadhyatā

f. (a praec. s. ). Abstractum praecedentis.

avanata avanata

v. nam.

avani avani

f. terra. BH. 11. 26.

avanI avanī

f. id. GHAT. 1.

avantI avantī

f. (part. praes. fem. r. av) nomen montis. N. 9. 21. (cf. lat. aventinum).

avapAta avapāta

m. (r. pat s. a) actio decidendi, devolandi. HIT. 14. 19.

avabodha avabodha

m. (r. budh praef. ava s. a) vigilatio. BH. 6. 17.

avama avama

(ab ava s. ma) humilis, trop. vilis, abjectus. DR. 5. 11.

avamantR avamantṛ

(r. man cogitare s. tṛ) contemtor. HIT. 101. 1. infr.

avamAnin avamānin

(r. man cogitare s. in) despiciens, contemnens.

avayava avayava

m. (r. yu ligare s. a) membrum. HIT. 96. 4.

avara avara

(a praep. ava s. ra) 1) inferus, inferior. 2) posticus, ventus secundus; de lat. ora v. avāra).

avaraja avaraja

m. (ex praec. et ja natus) frater natu minor. AM.

avarati avarati

f. (r. ram se delectare praef. ava s. ti) cessatio, intermissio. AM.

avarodha avarodha

m. (r. rudh impedire, includere s. a) 1) impedimentum, perturbatio. SAK. 41. 7. UR. 88. 6. infr. 2) gynaeceum, v. sq.

avarodhana avarodhana

n. (r. rudh impedire, includere, s. ana) gynaeceum. AM.

avalagna avalagna

m. n. (r. laj pudore affici s. na) medium corpus, "the waist". AM.

avalambana avalambana

n. (r. lamb labi s. ana) actio adhaerendi, suspendendi, innitendi. HIT. 41. 16.

avalambin avalambin

(r. lamb labi s. in) pendens, dependens, suspensus. SA. 5. 104. HIT. 9. 5.

avalipta avalipta

v. lip.

avalepa avalepa

m. (r. lip oblinere, polluere s. a) arrogantia, insolentia, superbia. UR. 3. 8. DEV. 10. 2.

avaloka avaloka

m. (r. lok videre s. a) visus, conspectus, adspectus. UR. 37. 14.

avaza avaśa

(voluntatem, arbitrium non habens, KARM. ex a priv. et vaśa voluntas, arbitrium) 1) invitus. BH. 3. 5. 2) non subactus. HIT. 12. 8.

avazeSa avaśeṣa

m. (r. śiṣ relinquere s. a) reliquum, reliquiae. SAK. 30. 14.

avazyaka avaśyaka

(ex a priv. et vaśyaka arbitrio subjectus) arbitrio non subjectus, necessarius.

avazyakatA avaśyakatā

f. (a praec. s. ) necessitas. HIT. 116. 10.

avazyakaraNIya avaśyakaraṇīya

(KARM. ex avaśyam abjecto m et karaṇīya faciendus, a rad. kṛ s. anīya) quod necessario faciendum. BR. 3. 16.

avazyabhAvin avaśyabhāvin

Adj. (ex avaśyam abjecto m et bhāvin quod existit, fit) quod necessario fit, accidit. BR. 2. 2.

[Page 22a]
avazyam avaśyam

(AVY. ex a priv. et vaśya n. quod arbitrio subjici, quod regi potest) necessario, certe. BR. 2. 2. N. 13. 29.

avazyAya avaśyāya

m. (r. śyai ire s. a) pruina. AM.

avasakta avasakta

v. sajj.

avasara avasara

m. (r. sṛ ire s. a) occasio, opportunitas, tempus opportunum. UR. 10. 21. HIT. 54. 11. 14. 53. 11.

avasAna avasāna

n. (r. so finire s. ana) finis, obitus. UR. 5. 15. 37. 4. 47. 6. infr. SAK. 59. 7.

avasiktAGga avasiktāṅga

Adj. (BAH. ex avasikta conspersus, a r. sic s. ta et aṅga n. membrum, corpus) conspersa membra, vel conspersum corpus habens. SU. 4. 19.

avaskanda avaskanda

m. (r. skand salire s. a) incursio, impetus, impugnatio. HIT. 102. 9.

avaskara avaskara

m. (r. kṛ facere praef. ava cum s euphonico, s. a) excrementum, stercus. AM.

avastra avastra

(BAH. ex a priv. et vastra n. vestis) veste privatus.

avastratA avastratā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis. N. 10. 16.

avasthA avasthā

f. (a rad. sthā praef. ava) status, conditio. SA. 5. 89. In fine comp. BAH. SA. 4. 32. N. 17. 31.

avasthAna avasthāna

n. (r. sthā stare, esse s. ana) commoratio, statio, habitatio. HIT. 38. 13.

avasthita avasthita

v. sthā.

avahAsa avahāsa

m. (r. has ridere s. a) risus, jocus. BH. 11. 42.

avahita avahita

v. dhā.

avAk avāk

Adv. (ab avāc q. v. mutato c in k v. gr. 59.) 1) deorsum. 2) meridiem versus.

avAkizaras avākiśaras

(BAH. e praec. et śiras n. caput) deorsum caput habens, demisso capite. M. 4. DR. 8. 22.

avAGmukha avāṅmukha

(BAH. ex avāk v. gr. 58., et mukha n. vultus) deorsum habens vultum, demisso vultu. DR. 9. 24.

avAc avāc

(in casibus fortibus avāñc v. gr. 196. 197; a r. añc ire praef. ava) 1) inferus, inferior. 2) meridionalis. (Lat. aus-ter ortum esse videtur ex praep. ava - cum s euphonico sicut supra in avaskara - suff. comp. ter; cf. etiam nostrum Osten, germ. vet. ostar, ostana, v. gr. comp. 296.). AM.

[Page 22b]
avApti avāpti

f. (r. āp adipisci s. ti) adeptio, impetratio. HIT. 36. 15. 69. 2.

avAra avāra

n. ripa citerior fluminis (lat. ora).

avi avi

m. ovis (lith. awi-s, slav. ovjza, lat. ovis, gr. [greek]; goth. avistr ovile; huc etiam retulerim lat. aries, mutato v in r sicut e. c. in germ. vet. birumes sumus contra bhavāmas v. gr. comp. 20.).

avicAritam avicāritam

Adv. (AVY. ex a priv. et vicārita n. deliberatio, cogitatio) sine deliberatione, sine haesitatione, non cunctanter. SA. 1. 35.

avitatham avitatham

v. vitatha.

avidUra avidūra

(KARM. ex a priv. et vidūra longinquus) non longinquus. H. 2. 1.

avinaya avinaya

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et vinaya improbitas, mores pravi, immodestia, turpitudo. HIT. 71. 10. SAK. 16. 5.

avirata avirata

(ex a priv. et virata requiescens a r. ram praef. vi s. ta) perpetuus, continuus. AM.

aviratam aviratam

Adv. (acc. neut. praec.) sine intermissione, assidue, perpetuo. P. 17.

aviSaya aviṣaya

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et viṣaya q. v.) absentia. HIT. 56. 14.

avizeSam aviśeṣam

(AVY. ex a priv. et viśeṣa m. differentia, discrimen) omnino, prorsus, plane. A. 3. 32.

avaidhavya avaidhavya

(BAH. ex a priv. et vaidhavya viduitas a vidhavā s. ya) liber a viduitate, liberans a viduitate. SA. 4. 12.

avocam avocam

v. gr. 420. gr. min. 381. 382.

avyakta avyakta

(KARM. ex a priv. et vyakta q. v.) 1) invisibilis, quod sensibus percipi nequit. BH. 2. 25. 2) non perspicuus, obscurus. BR. 3. 21.

avyagra avyagra

(KARM. ex a priv. et vyagra q. v.) 1) imperturbatus. N. 26. 20. 2) consternatus, conturbatus, confusus, territus. DR. 9. 1. SU. 4. 1.

avyaya avyaya

(BAH. ex a priv. et vyaya m. interitus, exitium; quod non, sicut Wils. a r. vyay expendere, erogare derivari volo, sed a r. i ire praef. vi s. a) 1) interitūs, exitii expers. N. 2. 15. BH. 2. 17. 4. 1. 6. 13. 7. 24. 25. 9. 2. 14. 5. 27. 2) m. n. vox indeclinabilis.

[Page 23a]
avratika avratika

(KARM. ex a priv. et vratika qui vota facit aut solvit, a vrata votum s. ika) qui vota non facit aut solvit. IN. 2. 5.

az

5. A. 9. P. 1) edere, frui. aśnātiḥ HIT. 35. 15. aśnuteḥ BH. 3. 4. 5. 21. 2) secundum grammaticos occupare, coacervare. (Fortasse huc pertinet lat. cibus, abjectā vocali initiali, suff. bu-s, inserto i sicut in sq. aśitavya.

c. upa id. upāśnāmiḥ DEV. 5. 61. upāśnuteḥ MAN. 12. 20. 6. 82.

c. pra id. prāśyaḥ N. 23. 22.

c. sam id. samaśnīyātḥ MAN. 6. 19. samaśnuteḥ MAN. 2. 5. 3. 277. 11. 6.

azana aśana

(r. s. ana) qui edit, in fine comp.) N. 13. 56. H. 4. 2.

azani aśani

m. f. fulmen. IN. 1. 5. 3. 4.

azitavya aśitavya

n. (r. s. tavya) cibus. UR. 15. 9. infr.

aziraska aśiraska

(BAH. ex a priv. et śiras n. caput, s. ka v. gr. 665.) capite privatus. DR. 8. 30.

azizvI aśiśvī

f. (fem. ab aśiśu liberis carens - ex a priv. et śiśu - adjecto feminini signo ī) liberis carens femina. AM.

azIla aśīla

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et śīla q. v.) improbitas, mores pravi, turpitudo. UP. 82.

azubha aśubha

(KARM. ex a priv. et śubha q. v.) 1) Adj. improbus, scelestus. N. 13. 32. 2) infelix, infaustus. BH. 9. 1. 3) Subst. n. malum. BH. 2. 57.

azUnya aśūnya

(BAH. ex a priv. et śūnya n. vacuum) liber a vacuo, totus, universus.

azUnyam aśūnyam

Adv. (Accus. neut. praec.) omnino, plane, accurate. SAK. 33. 12.

azeSa aśeṣa

(BAH. ex a priv. et śeṣa n. residuum, reliquum) totus, universus. AM.

azeSatas aśeṣatas

(a praec. s. tas) omnino, plane. N. 16. 38. 6. 24.

azeSe aśeṣe

Adv. (Loc. ab aśeṣa) i. q. praec. N. 4. 31.

azeSeNa aśeṣeṇa

Adv. (Instr. ab aśeṣa) i. q. praec. N. 8. 21. BH. 4. 35. 10. 16.

[Page 23b]
azoka aśoka

(BAH. ex a priv. et śoka m. moeror) 1) Adj. moeroris expers. 2) m. nomen arboris. N. 12. 101.

azmagarbha aśmagarbha

m. (ex aśman lapis et garbha q. v.) smaragdus.

azman aśman

m. (ut videtur, a r. sg. 2. s. man) lapis (lith. akmu[greek] Th. akmen, slav. kamy Th. kamen, v. gr. comp. 139. et p. 364.; fortasse etiam huc referenda est prima syllaba graeci [greek] et lat. sma-ragdus, ita ut [greek] sma sit pro asma, et [greek] ragdus sit lapidis epitheton, quod retulerim ad rad. rañj colorare, unde rakta ruber; cf. aśmagarbha. Quod attinet ad sibilantem in voce graeca et latina, pro gutturali, quae plerumque sanscriti ś locum tenet in utraque lingua: respiciendum est, litteram ś etiam in sanscrita lingua non raro cum s permutari, et vice versa s cum ś e. c. in śvaśura quod lat. est socer, gr. [greek]).

azmanta aśmanta

m. (ab aśman s. ta) focus, fornax. AM. (fortasse gr. [greek] et lat. caminus, - haec sunt a [greek] - per metathesin ex [greek] sicut slav. KAMEN opponitur lithuanico AKMEN et scr. aśman).

azmasAra aśmasāra

m. n. (ex aśman et sāra q. v.) ferrum. AM.

azra aśra

n. lacryma (v. aśru).

azri aśri

f. acies ensis. AM. (lat. acies et acer lith. afs-mu).[greek]

azru aśru

n. lacryma (ut mihi videtur, e daśru abjecto d ar. daṃś mordere - gr. [greek] - s. ru; cf. gr. [greek] lat. lacryma pro dacryma; goth. tagrs Th. tagra respondet sanscrito aśra; angl. tear, nostrum Zähre; lith. áfzara).

azreyas aśreyas

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et śreyas n. felicitas) infortunium, malum, calamitas. UP. 32.

azva aśva

m. equus (lat. equus, gr. [greek] ex [greek] per assimilationem ex [greek] zend. [greek] as'pa - gr. comp. 50. - lith. áfzwa equa, russ. kobyla, abjecto a v mutato in b et inserto o sicut in sobàka canis = śvan).

azvattha aśvattha

m. nomen arboris (Wils. ficus religiosa). N. 12. 3. BH. 15. 1.

azvapati aśvapati

m. (equorum dominus, TATP. ex aśva et pati) nom. pr. SA. 1. 3.

[Page 24a]
azvamedha aśvamedha

m. (ex aśva et medha m. sacrificium) equi sacrificium. (*)

(*) Wils. ad hanc vocem: "The actual or emblematic sacrifice of a horse. This sacrifice is one of the highest order, and performed a hundred times, entitles the sacrificer to the domination of Swerga or paradise: it appears to have been originally typical; the horse and other animals being simply bound during the performation of certain ceremonies; the actual sacrifice is an introduction of a later period. See AS. R. Vol. 8, 442. Colebrooke, on the Vedas.
azvazAlA aśvaśālā

f. (TATP. ex aśva et śālā f. domus, porticus) equile. N. 19. 11.

azvAroha aśvāroha

m. (TATP. ex aśva et āroha ascendens, a r. ruh praef. ā) eques. AM.

azvin aśvin

m. DU. aśvinau gemini fratres insigni pulchritudine, coelestes medici, Sūryo, solis Deo, et nympha Asvinia nati.

aSTaguNAzraya aṣṭaguṇāśraya

(octo virtutum sedem habens, BAH. ex aṣṭaguṇa-aṣṭan + guṇa - octo proprietates, virtutes, et aśraya domus, sedes) octo virtutibus praeditus. IN. 4. 9.

aSTadhA aṣṭadhā

Adv. (a sq. s. dhā) in octo partes divisum. BH. 7. 4.

aSTan aṣṭan

m. f. n. (gr. 256.) octo (lat. octo, gr. [greek] goth. ahtau, nostrum acht, lith. afztu[greek]ni, slav. osmj.

aSTama aṣṭama

(fem. aṣṭamī) octavus.

aSTamI aṣṭamī

f. (fem. praecedentis) dies octavus mensis dimidiati. DEV. 12. 3.

aSTAGga aṣṭāṅga

n. (DVIGU ex aṣṭan et aṅga membrum) octo membra. Wils. "eight parts of the body, the hands. breast, forehead, eyes, throat and middle of the back; or four first, with the knees and feet; or these six with the words and mind."

aSTAGgapAta aṣṭāṅgapāta

m. (TATP. e praec. et pāta actio procumbendi) octo membrorum prolapsio ad salutandum. HIT. 40. 20. 91. 22.

aSTAdaza aṣṭādaśa

duodevicesimus. gr. 259.

aSTAdazan aṣṭādaśan

m. f. n. duodeviginti. gr. 256.

aSThIvat aṣṭhīvat

m. n. (Nom. m. aṣṭhīvān neut. aṣṭhīvat secundum Wils. ab asthi os s. vat ita ut sit pro asthivat) genu.

[Page 24b]
as as

1. 1. P. A. (dīptyādānayoḥ K. dīptigrahaṇagatiṣu v.) splendere, capere, ire.

as as

2. 2. P. (ATM. solum in conjunctione cum vyati irr. v. gr. 365, 366, 367, 457, 458.) 1) esse, existere. BH. 2. 12. 66. H. 1. 39. SU. 1. 25. 2) esse, ut verbum abstractum vel copulativum. SU. 1. 21. SA. 4. 7. 3) fieri. A. 8. 14. (Lith. es-mi, es-ti; slav. jes-mj, jes-tj; gr. [greek] [greek] prius per assimilationem ex [greek] lat. sum, es-t; goth. i-m, ex is-m, is-t; nostrum is-t.).

c. prādur (manifesto, palam. gr. 685.) apparere, in conspectum venire, oriri. A. 4. 8. 6. 16. 8. 13.

as as

3. 4. P. deponere, abjicere. NALOD. 4. 36.

c. apa 1) id. NALOD. 3. 8. 2) relinquere, deserere. HIT. 107. 5. 3) postponere, negligere. HIT. 70. 10.

c. abhi exercere, tractare, versari in alqāre. SAK. 32. infr.

c. ut praef. vi (vyudas) i. q. simpl. BH. 18. 51.

c. ni 1) deponere. DR. 1. 5. 7. 8. SA. 5. 9. c. vi + ni ponere, deponere, collocare. N. 24. 45. RAM. ed. Ser. III. 47. 7. 70. 5. c. sam + ni deponere. SA. 3. 18. BH. 3. 30. 4. 41. 5. 13.

c. nis ejicere. DEV. 1. 18.

c. vi part. vyasta consternatus, confusus, dejectus. A. 10. 64.

asaMzayam asaṃśayam

Adv. (AVY. ex a priv. et saṃśaya m. dubium) sine dubio. BR. 3. 9. 10.

asakRt asakṛt

(ex a priv. et sakṛt semel) non semel, saepius. H. 1. 14. 4. 11. BR. 1. 21. A. 8. 15.

asaGkhyeya asaṅkhyeya

(KARM. ex a priv. et saṅkhyeya a r. khyā praef. sam s. ya. v. gr. 626.) innumerabilis. N. 13. 56.

asajjana asajjana

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et sajjana ex sat bonus et jana homo) homo improbus. HIT. 74. 3.

asatI asatī

f. (ex a priv. et satī fem. [greek] sat bonus) femina impudica, non casta. AM.

asatkRta asatkṛta

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et satkṛta e sat bonus et kṛta n. factum) peccatum, delictum. N. 24. 31.

asatya asatya

(KARM. ex a priv. et satya verus) non verus, falsus. N. 19. 8.

[Page 25a]
asan asan

v. asṛj.

asambaddha asambaddha

(ex a priv. et sambaddha ligatus a r. bandh praef. sam s. ta) absurdus, ineptus, stultus de verbis. SAK. 21. 2. infr.

asahana asahana

(ex a priv. et sahana tolerans a r. sah s. ana) non tolerans, zelotypus. UR. 47. 8. V. sq.

asahamAna asahamāna

(ex a priv. et sahamāna tolerans, a r. sah s. māna) id. UR. 55. 19. 71. 16.

asAdhya asādhya

(ex a priv. et sādhya perficiendus, efficiendus a Caus. radicis sādh) insanabilis. UR. 48. 6. infr.

asi asi

m. (ut videtur, a r. as cl. 1. s. i) ensis, gladius (lat. ensis insertā nasali).

asita asita

(KARM. ex a priv. et sita albus) niger. N. 12. 66. 16. 21.

asiputrI asiputrī

f. (ex asi ensis et putrī filia) culter. AM.

asiheti asiheti

m. (ensem pro telo habens, BAH. ex asi et heti telum) ensifer. AM.

asu asu

(r. as esse s. u) 1) m. pl. num. (asavas) halitus, spiritus. DEV. 2. 67. V. gatāsu et vyasu. 2) n. consideratio, cogitatio, aut cor tanquam ejus sedes. 3) n. affectus, affectio.

asukha asukha

n. (KARM. ex a priv. et sukha n. delectatio, voluptas) dolor, sollicitudo, moeror. N. 13. 52. 15. 14.

asudhAraNa asudhāraṇa

n. (ex asu halitus, spiritus et dhāraṇa gestatio, portatio) vita. AM.

asura asura

m. nomen daemonum Kāsyapo et Dite natorum, diis inimicorum.

asuhRd asuhṛd

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et suhṛd m. amicus) inimicus. N. 26. 15.

asUy asūy

(Denominat. ab asu q. v. s. ya gr. 585.) conviciari, maledicere, exsecrari, devovere, fremere, murren. N. 14. 17. M. 19. BH. 3. 31. UR. 78. 2. infr.

c. abhi exsecrari. SA. 5. 90. BH. 3. 32. N. 12. 117.

asUyana asūyana

n. (ab asūy s. ana) nomen actionis verbi asūy.

asUyA asūyā

f. (ab asūy s. ā) id. AM.

asUyu asūyu

Adj. (ab asūy s. u) convicians, maledicens, fremens. BH. 9. 1.

[Page 25b]
asRgdharA asṛgdharā

f. (ex asṛj sanguis et dhara gerens, ferens in fem.) cutis. AM.

asRj asṛj

n. (non profundens pro non profundendum, a r. sṛj q. v., praef. a priv. nisi fortasse a mutilatum est ex ava vel ā ita ut sanguis nominatus sit a fluendo; notetur lith. srawaù sanguinem emitto, quod ad rad. sru fluere pertinet) sanguis (lat. sanguis abjecto a initiali; quod ad nasalem [greek] sanguis attinet, respicias formam asan quā in nonnullis casibus Thema asṛj suppleri potest, v. gr. 203.).

asRpATa asṛpāṭa

m. n. (ut mihi videtur, pro asṛkapāṭa e praec. et pāṭa extensio, expansio) rivus sanguinis.

asau asau

hic, haec, ille, illa v. adas et gr. 271.

asta asta

m. (r. as q. v. s. ta) 1) nomen occidentalis cujusdam montis, ultra quem solem occidere credunt. 2) solis occasus et occasus, finis in universum. SA. 4. 17. HIT. 73. 6.

astra astra

n. (r. as s. tra 1) telum quodcunque, praesertim missile. 2) arcus. A. 8. 2. 10. 29. (Huc traherem lith. afztrùs acer, nisi hoc syllabā suā radicali afz melius cum aśri acies conveniret, quum lith. fz saepissime sibilantibus palatalis et lingualis ordinis - ś ṣ - respondeat, rarissime dentali s. Ceterum afz-trùs, quod ad radicem suam attinet, ab afz-mu[greek] Th. afz-men acies, quod supra voci aśri apposui, non separari potest. Conferatur etiam slav. ostr acutus Th. ostro et russ. oselok cos.)

asthi asthi

n. (fortasse a r. sthā stare, ita ut a praepositio sit mutilata ex ā vel ava) os (lat. os, ossis per assimil. ex ostis, gr. [greek] slav. kostj Th. kosti, anteposito k.)

asthikRt asthikṛt

m. (e praec. et kṛt faciens) medulla. HEM.

asthibhuj asthibhuj

m. (ex asthi et bhuj edens) canis. HEM.

asma asma

v. idam et seq. et gr. 264. 266.

asmat asmat

(ex asma et ablativi signo t) pronominis primae personae Ablat. plur. qui in initio compositorum Thematis loco fungitur et a grammaticis tanquam Thema proponitur; scribunt tamen asmad. (Cf. gr. [greek] per assimilat. ex [greek] et goth. UNSA per metathesin ex USNA unde e. c. genit. unsa-ra, nostrum unser; v. gr. 264. et gr. comp. 166.)

asmattas asmattas

(a praec. s. tas) interdum ponitur pro Ablat. pl. asmat sicut in Sing. mattas pro mat. A. 4. 16.

asmadIya asmadīya

(ab asmat s. īya gr. 289.) noster. BH. 11. 26.

asmadvidha asmadvidha

(meam aut nostram indolem habens, BAH. ex asmat et vidha m. aut vidhā f. indoles, natura, species) mihi aut nobis aequalis. SA. 4. 7.

asyai asyAs asyAm asyai asyās asyām

v. gr. 270.

asra asra

n. 1) (fortasse a r. sṛ ire, cf. asṛj) sanguis. AM. 2) (pro aśra) lacryma. UR. 58. 12.

asru asru

n. lacryma (v. aśru).

asvapna asvapna

m. (liber a somno, ex a priv. et svapna) deus. AM.

asvastha asvastha

(KARM. ex a priv. et svastha sanus, validus) infirmus, invalidus, aegrotus. SA. 5. 4. N. 2. 5. 6. 7.

asvasthatA asvasthatā

f. (a praec. s. ) aegritudo. UR. 53. 2. infr.

ah ah

(radix verbi defectivi quod in praeterito redupl. solum sed saepissime invenitur, et cum praeteriti et cum praesentis significatione. Secunda persona sing. anomale format āttha; v. gr. 456b).) dicere. IN. 1. 12. BR. 1. 17. 2. 29. (Huc refero hibern. ag-all sermo, agaill loqui, eigh-im clamo; goth. af-aika nego, attenuato a in i, quod cum gunae incremento fecit ai, sicut skaida separo convenit cum chid et lat. scindo et maita abscindo cum bhid et findo, mutatā labiali in nasalem ejusdem organi. Gothico aika respondere videtur germ. vet. jihu dico, fateor, puto (v. Graff I. p. 581.), a radice JAH - gr. comp. p. 116. - ita ut j vocali initiali sit antepositum, (*) sicut fortasse in goth. jains Th. jaina, nostro jener, si hoc pertinet ad scr. ena q. v. A jihu praefixo bi est bijihu confiteor unde substantivum bijiht confessio, nostrum Beichte. Pottius apte confert lat. nego i. e. n'-ego cum g pro h et goth. k, sicut e. c. in ego contra aham goth. ik. Fortasse etiam ajo a nostra radice descendit, ejecto g et addito charactere quartae classis. Potest tamen ajo etiam a khyā praefixo ā derivari, item ejectā guturali. Respiciatur etiam goth. ah-ja cogito, quod si cum ah cognatum est, - ita ut aspirata tenuis loco fungatur quam ex generali consonantium permutandarum lege exspectaveris - primitivam significationem servaverit, quum linguae facile a notione cogitandi ad notionem loquendi transeant, sicut e. c. zendicum maṅthra loquela et nostrum Mund, ut loquelae instrumentum, a radice man cogitare descendunt.)

(*) Cf. gramm. comp. 255. n).

c. pra i. q. simpl. SU. 4. 23. BH. 6. 2. 13. 8. (Fortasse cum prāh dicere cohaeret nostrum SPRACH, spreche, ita ut s euphonicum sit antepositum, cum s sequenti p et t facile se adjungat, quam ob rem Pottius gothicum stautan, nostrum stofsen ad radicem sanscritam et latinam tud apte reduxit.)

c. prati respondere. N. 26. 11.

aha aha

in fine nonnullorum compositorum pro ahan e. c. ekāham per unum diem, pratyaham quotidie. SAK. 30. 3. 4. infr. (Cf. hibern. aga "leisure, time, opportunity".)

ahaGkAra ahaṅkāra

m. (ex aham ego et kāra faciens) sui conscientia, sui studium, superbia. BH. 2. 71. 7. 4.

ahaGkRta ahaṅkṛta

(ex aham ego et kṛta factus) sui studiosus, superbus. BR. 2. 11.

ahan ahan

m. (irr. gr. 228., fortasse mutilatum e dahan a r. dah urere s. an sicut aśru e daśru) dies. (Si goth. dags Th. daga, angl. day, nostrum Tag huc vel ad supra memoratum aha pertinent, lex consonantium permutandarum, quā goth. taks contra daha postularetur, dupliciter violata est. Respicias tamen goth. dauhtar filia et daur Th. daura porta, quae, cum duhitṛ et dvāra comparata, item antiquam Mediam conservarunt.)

aham aham

ego (v. asmat et gr. 264. et cf. gr. [greek] lat. ego, goth. ik, nostrum ich, lith. asz, slav. az, cambrobrit. ym, bret. am, em).

ahar ahar

n. dies. BH. 8. 17. 18. 19. SU. 1. 34. Hoc vocabulum, quod in lexicis desideratur, fortasse in nom. et acc. sg. et in initio compositorum solum usitatum est. Nititur, ut mihi videtur, forma ahar eo quod Liquidae facile inter se permutantur, inde ahar ex ahan sicut lat. aliu-s, goth. alji-s, Th. alja pro scr. anya (cf. gramm. comp. 374.).

aharpati aharpati

m. (diei dominus, e praec. et pati) sol. AM.

aharmaNi aharmaṇi

m. (diei gemma vel margarita, ex ahar et maṇi) id. HEM.

aharmukha aharmukha

n. (diei os, facies, ex ahar et mukha) tempus matutinum, diluculum. AM.

ahas ahas

m. (in nom., voc. et debilioribus casibus, nec non in initio nonnullorum compositorum pro ahan v. gr. 228.) dies.

ahaskara ahaskara

m. (diem faciens, e praec. et kara) sol. AM.

ahaha ahaha

Interj. HIT. 12. 3.

ahArya ahārya

m. (non capiendus, non abripiendus, ex a priv. et hārya a r. hṛ s. ya) mons. AM.

ahi ahi

m. (r. aṃh ire s. i) serpens (lat. anguis, gr. [greek] et [greek] cum aspiratae saepe inter se permutentur; lith. ungury-s, russ. ūgorj anguilla; ita nostrum Aal convenit cum scr. vyāla serpens).

ahiMsA ahiṃsā

f. (ex a priv. et hiṃsā offensio, a r. hiṃs suff. ā) mansuetudo, clementia, benevolentia. BH. 10. 5. N. 6. 10.

ahikAnta ahikānta

m. (a serpentibus amatus) ae7r, ventus. HEM.

ahita ahita

m. (KARM. ex a priv. et hita bonus) inimicus. BH. 2. 36.

ahibhaya ahibhaya

n. (ex ahi et bhaya timor) suspicio "fear of a lurking snake as it were". AM.

ahibhuj ahibhuj

m. (serpentes edens, ex ahi et bhuj) 1) Garuda (v. garuḍa). 2) pavo. AM.

aho aho

Interj. admirationis et lamentationis, ah! eheu. N. 3. 17. 13. 31. BR. 1. 35. SA. 2. 11.

ahorAtra ahorātra

m. (DVANDV. ex ahas q. v. et rātra pro rātri gr. 681. nox) dies et nox. N. 12. 61. 89. v. gr. 659.

ahosvit ahosvit

(ex aho et svit q. v.) an (oder) in interrogando. N. 21. 34. ubi nunc an pro fortasse posuerim. (v. utāhosvit).

[Page 271]
A ā

Praep. praef. 1) ad, v. gr. 111. 2) in conjunctione cum ablat. substantivi, usque ad, tenus, aut cum inclusione aut cum exclusione rei. BH. 8. 16. SAK. 21. 4. In compositione cum vocibus quae colorem indicant idem valet quod lat. sub et nostrum suffixum lich, e. c. anīla subniger, schwärzlich.

AM āṃ

Interj. nae, profecto, sane; sequente jñātam cognitum: UR. 2. 2. SAK. 43. 1. infr.

AH āḥ

vel ā Interj. (forma prior ante surdas, posterior ante sonoras litteras).

Akara ākara

m. (r. kṛ facere praef. ā s. a) 1) fodina. 2) multitudo.

AkarSaNa ākarṣaṇa

n. (r. kṛṣ trahere s. ana) actio attrahendi, abstrahendi, protrahendi. HIT. 96. 21.

[Page 271]
Akalpa ākalpa

m. (r. kḷp q. v. praef. ā s. a) aegritudo. URV. 93. 16.

AkAGghA ākāṅghā

f. (r. kāṅkṣ desiderare praef. ā s. ā) desiderium. HIT. 69. 21.

AkAya ākāya

m. (secundum Wils. a r. ci colligere, mutato c in k s. a) 1) rogus. 2) habitatio (hibern. acaidh habitatio, achad campus, v. Piktet p. 14.).

AkAra ākāra

m. (a rad. kṛ facere, praef. ā s. a) 1) species, forma, facies. SU. 2. 25. N. 2. 5. 13. 26. 2) animi securitas, animus aequus, bene compositus. UR. 27. 3. infr.

AkAravat ākāravat

(a praec. s. vat) formosus, pulcher. N. 5. 6.

AkAza ākāśa

m. (r. kāś lucere, praef. ā s. a) ae7r. N. 14. 10. BH. 13. 32.

[Page 28a]
AkIrNa ākīrṇa

(part. a r. kṝ s. na gr. 609.) impletus, plenus. N. 12. 2. 113.

Akula ākula

(r. kul praef. ā s. a) turbatus, perturbatus, confusus. N. 4. 18. 16. 14. BH. 2. 1.

AkRti ākṛti

f. (r. kṛ s. ti) species, forma, facies. N. 5. 10. BH. 11. 5. cf. ākāra.

AkRSTi ākṛṣṭi

f. (r. kṛṣ trahere s. ti) attractio. HIT. 25. 7.

AkrIDa ākrīḍa

m. (r. krīḍ ludere s. a) hortus regius publicus. AM.

Akhu ākhu

m. mus Rattus, "a rat, a mouse".

Akhubhuj ākhubhuj

m. (e praec. et bhuj edens) felis. AM.

AkheTa ākheṭa

m. (r. khiṭ vel kheṭ terrere s. a) venatio. AM.

AkhyA ākhyā

f. (r. khyā appellare) nomen. HIT. 26. 12.

AkhyAna ākhyāna

n. (r. khyā s. ana) sermo, loquela, narratio. N. 6. 9. 22. 21. IN. 4. 9. (ubi ākhyāna pro ākhyāya legendum).

AkhyAyin ākhyāyin

(r. khyā s. in inserto y euphonico) narrans. SAK. 15. 8.

Agata āgata

v. gam praef. ā.

Agantu āgantu

m. (r. gam praef. ā adire, advenire, s. tu) 1) advena. HIT. 18. 2. 2) hospes, Gast. AM.

Agantuka āgantuka

m. (a praec. s. ka) advena. HIT. 70. 10.

Agama āgama

(r. gam s. a) 1) Adj. adiens, adveniens, appropinquans. BH. 2. 14. 2) m. aditio, adventus, appropinquatio. IN. 1. 1. BR. 1. 15. N. 21. 4. BH. 8. 18.

Agamana āgamana

n. (r. gam s. ana) i. q. praec. sg. 2. SU. 2. 6. N. 3. 21. 17. 46.

Agamanatas āgamanatas

(e praec. s. tas) adventūs causā. IN. 5. 23. (ubi pro āgamavato legendum āgamanato).

Agas āgas

n. (r. ag tortuose ire, vel aṅg ire, vel aj ire v. gr. 645. s. a - s. a) peccatum (gr. [greek] cf. aṃhas).

Agrya āgrya

(ab agra n. cacumen, s. ya v. gr. 650.) insignis, egregius, eximius. DR. 7. 12.

AghATa āghāṭa

(r. ghaṭ s. a) limes, terminus. HEM.

AghAta āghāta

m. (r. han in forma caus. ghātay - v. gr. 524. - s. a) 1) occisio, caedes. 2) locus occisionis, locus extremi supplicii, Richtplatz. Secundum Wils. "a slaughter house, a place for killing animals or victims". HIT. 124. 6.

AghAtana āghātana

n. (r. han in forma caus. ghātay s. ana) i. q. praec.

AcamanIya ācamanīya

n. (r. cam praef. ā os eluere, s. anīya) ori eluendo inserviens aqua. IN. 3. 2.

AcAra ācāra

m. (r. car s. a) 1) actio; agendi, vivendi ratio, mores. BH. 3. 6. 9. 30. 2) honesta vita, mores boni, morum probitas. SA. 6. 16. (hibern. acara "convenience, conveniency, use", nisi pertinet ad r. kṛ unde ākāra; v. Pikt. p. 87.).

AcArya ācārya

m. (r. car s. ya) magister, praeceptor. BH. 1. 2. 34.

AchAdana āchādana

n. (r. chad tegere s. ana) 1) actio tegendi, inumbratio. SA. 3. 20. 2) vestis, vestitus. AM.

Achurita āchurita

n. (r. chur abscindere s. ta) cachinnus, hinnitus, v. sq.

Achuritaka āchuritaka

n. (a praec. s. ka) id. AM.

AjAneya ājāneya

m. equus egregii generis. DR. 7. 10.

Aji āji

f. (ut videtur, a r. aj ire) 1) campus planus. 2) pugna. A. 10. 74. (scot. àgh pugna, hibern. agh id. Pikt. p. 14.).

AjIva ājīva

m. (r. jīv vivere s. a) victus. AM.

AjIvana ājīvana

n. (r. jīv vivere s. ana) id.

AjJA ājñā

f. (r. jñā scire praef. ā) jussus, praeceptum. IN. 2. 12. N. 19. 11. (hibern. agna sapientia, prudentia. Pikt. p. 87.).

AjJAkara ājñākara

(e praec. et kara faciens) 1) Adj. obediens, subjectus. 2) m. servus, famulus.

AjJAkaratva ājñākaratva

n. (a praec. s. tva) obedientia, servitus. UR. 50. 16.

Ajya ājya

n. butyrum liquidum et purificatum. BH. 9. 16. DR. 6. 20.

ATopa āṭopa

m. superbia. HIT. 58. 15.

ADambara āḍambara

m. 1) clangor instrumentorum musicalium. 2) elephantorum rugitus. AM.

ADhaka āḍhaka

m. modus frumentarius: "a measure of grain equal to 4 Prasthas, or containing nearly 7 pounds, 11 ounzes Avoirdupois." HIT. 5. 10.

[Page 29a]
ADhya āḍhya

dives, opulentus. BH. 16. 15.

AtaGka ātaṅka

m. (r. taṅk in miseria vivere s. a) 1) aegritudo. 2) timor. DEV. 12. 30.

AtatAyin ātatāyin

(ex ātata extensus - a r. tan s. ta - et āyin iens a r. i s. in) Adj. et Subst. m. scelestus, fur, praedo. BH. 1. 36.

Atapa ātapa

m. (r. tap calefacere, urere, s. a) calor, ardor solis. UR. 62. 13. 90. 10. SAK. 43. 10.

Atapatra ātapatra

n. (a solis ardore tuens, e praec. et tra a r. trā s. a; cf. tanutra) umbella, "a large umbrella of silk or leaves". IN. 2. 17.

Atura ātura

aegrotus, impotens. N. 7. 11. 11. 36.

Atodya ātodya

n. (r. tud pulsare, percutere, s. ya) instrumentum musicale. AM.

Atta ātta

v. praef. ā.

Attha āttha

dixisti, v. ah.

Atmagatam ātmagatam

Adv. (ex ātman et gata qui ivit, in acc. neut.) ad semet ipsum loquens. UR. 7. 4.

Atmaja ātmaja

m. (TATP. ex ātman q. v. et ja natus) filius. IN. 1. 11.

Atmadarza ātmadarśa

m. (qui facit ut aliquis semet ipsum videat, ex ātman et darśa a r. dṛś in form. caus. s. a) speculum. HEM. (cf. ādarśa).

Atman ātman

m. (ut videtur a r. at ire aut productā, aut, quod minus mihi arridet, cum praef. ā compositā, suff. man; respicias tamen, radicem ah q. v. in 2. pers. praet. redupl. formare āttha permutato h cum t quam ob rem ātman eādem permutatione ab eādem radice deduci possit) 1) anima, animus, mens. BR. 1. 15. BH. 4. 21. 5. 7. 9. 5. N. 12. 27. 10. 8. SU. 3. 2. 2) saepissime pronominum trium personarum locum tenet, cum sensu reflexivo. ātmānam me: BR. 1. 32. N. 9. 31. ātmānam te: BR. 2. 28. N. 12. 57. ātmanas tui: IN. 5. 32. N. 9. 20. ātmanas sui: IN. 5. 51. N. 10. 16.; cum sensu plur.: A. 9. 3. - Non semper tamen ad sententiae Subjectum sed nonnunquam ad pronomen in obliquo casu positum refertur, e. c. H. 4. 14.: jñāsyasy adya samāgamya mayā" tmānam ba- lādhikam cognosces nunc congressus mecum me fortiorem. - Etiam Nominativus ātmā reflexive usurpatur, ita ut idem sit ac persona, a qua actio efficitur; e. c. SA. 7. 14. SAK. 18. 4. infr. kinnimitam āryeṇa sukumāreṇa ātmā tapovanagamanapariśrama upanīta iti cur a venerando tenero (te) tu ad castimoniae silvae adeundae lassitudinem adductus? 3) propria persona, das eigne Selbst. BR. 2. 3. 3. 11. 4) In fine compositorum BAH. ātman saepe suffixum ka assumit (v. gr. 665.) et significat natura, indoles, conditio, proprietas, aut suffixa aequat, quibus adjectiva e substantivis descendunt, Sic BH. 15. 13. rasātmaka succi naturam habens, idem est ac succosus et explicatur a schol. per rasamaya a rasa suff. maya (gr. 652.), vide quoque rāgātmaka BH. 14. 13. hiṃsātmaka (secundum schol. mārakasvabhāva) 18. 27. et paricaryātmaka 18. 44. Eodem modo ātmika ab ātman suff. ika in fine comp. usurpatur, BH. 2. 41. 44. (Germ. vet. ātum Th. ātuma inserto u, anglo - sax. oedhm, nostrum Athem, hibern. adhm cognitio, adhma gnarus - Piktet p. 109. - fortasse etiam adhmaighim confiteor, adhmail confessio; fortasse etiam amhne "himself". Si autem ātman est pro āhman et a r. ah q. v. descendit, convenit cum goth. ahma Th. ahman spiritus.).

Atmaprabha ātmaprabha

(BAH. e praec. et prabhā f. splendor) suimet ipsius, i. e. per semetipsum, splendorem habens. IN. 1. 37. N. 5. 38.

AtmabhU ātmabhū

m. (per semet ipsum existens, ex ātman et bhū) nomen Brahmae, Vischnūs, Sivi et Anangi.

Atmambhari ātmambhari

m. (ex ātma pro ātman cum signo accus. et bhari a bhṛ sustinere s. i) homo edax, heluo, abdomini natus. AM.

Atmavat ātmavat

(ab ātman s. vat) sui compos. BH. 4. 41.

AtmasAt ātmasāt

Adv. (ex ātman s. sāt v. gr. 652.) in propriam personam, zum eignen Selbst, zum Ich. HIT. 118. 15.: ātmasātkṛta propria alicujus persona factus, propriam personam alicujus valens; cf. BR. 3. 11.

[Page 30a]
AtmIya ātmīya

(ab ātman s. īya v. gr. 289.) proprius, meus, tuus etc. HIT. 52. 16.

Atyantika ātyantika

(ab atyanta quod supra finem est, infinitus, s. ika) infinitus. -BH. 5. 21.

Atyayika ātyayika

(ex atyaya q. v. s. ika) exitiosus, perniciosus, funestus. HIT. 68. 18.

Adara ādara

m. (r. dṛ praef. ā honorare, magni facere s. a) observantia, veneratio. HIT. 50. 7. 69. 3. (Hibern. adharadh adoratio, adharach qui adorat, nisi haec a lat. adorare. Piktet p. 87.).

Adarza ādarśa

m. (r. dṛś videre in form. caus. darśay s. a) speculum. BH. 3. 38. (cf. ātmadarśa).

AdarzanAt ādarśanāt

(ex ā usque ad et darśana visus in abl.) usque ad visum i. e. ita ut oculis cerni possit, ut adspectu sentiri possit. UR. 16. 3.

AdAna ādāna

n. (r. praef. ā sumere, accipere) actio sumendi, accipiendi. HIT. 128. 7.

Adi ādi

1) primus, BH. 11. 37. de ejus usu in fine compositorum BAH. v. gr. 666. BH. 4. 26. a et b. 2) Subst. m. initium, principium. BH. 11. 16. 15. 3. IN. 4. 1. (slav. jedin unus, de cujus j v. gr. comp. 255. n.).

Aditas āditas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) ab initio.

Aditeya āditeya

m. (ex aditi Aditis, deorum mater, s. eya) deus.

Aditya āditya

m. (ex aditi s. ya v. praec.) 1) sol. 2) pl. ādityās genii, duodecim numero (Wilson ad hanc vocem: "The Aditya's are 12 in number, they are forms of SURYA or the sun, and appear to represent him as distinct in each month of the year. AM.").

AdityatUpa ādityatūpa

(BAH. e praec. et rūpa n. forma) solis formam habens, soli similis. IN. 1. 30.

Aditsu āditsu

(a dits q. v. praef. ā s. u) capiendi cupidus, capere volens. HIT. 63. 4.

Adima ādima

(ab ādi s. ma) primus. AM.

AdiSTa ādiṣṭa

v. diś.

Adya ādya

(ab ādi s. ya) primus; de ejus usu in fine comp. BAH. v. gr. 666. N. 3. 5. 5. 39.

[Page 30b]
Adyantavat ādyantavat

(ab ādyanta n. - DVAND. ex ādi et anta - s. vat) initium et finem habens. BH. 5. 22.

AdhAra ādhāra

m. (r. dhṛ s. a) 1) fulcrum, fultura, transl. praesidium, subsidium. DEV. 11. 3. HIT. 41. 7. 2) fossa aquaria, canalis. AM. (ambhasāṃ yatra dhāraṇam).

Adhi ādhi

m. (r. dhyai meditari abjecto ai et y mutato in i) sollicitudo. N. 18. 11. (Piktetius confert hibern. ead "zele, jalousie").

Adhipatya ādhipatya

n. (ab adhipati dominus, imperator) dominium, imperium. BH. 2. 8.

Anaka ānaka

m. tympanum. BH. 1. 13.

Anana ānana

n. (r. an spirare vel anomale producto a vel praefixo praep. ā) 1) os. BH. 11. 24. 2) facies, vultus. IN. 5. 37.

Ananda ānanda

m. (r. nand gaudere s. a) gaudium, laetitia, voluptas. HIT. 42. 8. UR. 63. 10. infr.

Anandathu ānandathu

m. (r. nand s. athu) id. AM.

Anandana ānandana

n. (r. nand gaudere in form. caus. s. ana) actio exhilarandi, oblectandi. HIT. 43. 8.

Anayana ānayana

n. (r. s. ana) adductio. N. 24. 29.

AnAya ānāya

m. (r. ducere s. a) rete. AM.

AnIla ānīla

(ex ā usque ad et nīla niger) subniger, nigricans. UR. 84. 1.

AnupUrvya ānupūrvya

n. (ab anupūrva quod secundum ordinem est - BAH. ex anu secundum et pūrva n. prius - s. ya v. gr. 650.) ordo. A. 10. 35. (cf. anupūrveṇa).

AnRNya ānṛṇya

n. Subst. abstr. ab anṛṇa q. v. s. ya. SA. 5. 19.

AnRzaMsya ānṛśaṃsya

n. (ab anṛśaṃsa non malitiosus - ex a priv. et nṛśaṃsa - s. ya v. gr. 650.) humanitas, benignitas. N. 17. 43.

Ap āp

5. P. 1) attingere alqm. locum, pervenire, venire. NALOD. 2. 22. 2) adipisci, nancisci. IN. 4. 13. H. 2. 31. BH. 3. 2. (Lat. apio, aptus = āpta adipiscor, opto, quod sensu convenit cum DESID. īps pro āps; opus, opera, ubi respiciendum, verba motionis in sanscrito saepissime etiam actionem significare; conferatur etiam capio, c'-apio, cujus c ad praepositionem pertinere vide- pro [greek]) et formā et sensu non repugnant nostrae radici, quae cum sam format samāpta finitus; germ. vet. uoban, nostrum üben, v. supra memoratum opus, opera et cf. Pott I. 255. et Graff I. 70.).

c. abhi i. q. simpl.; in forma caus. abhīps (v. gr. 540.) desiderare. RAM. I. 47. 3.: svargaṅ gantum abhīpsati; I. 31. 31.: senāpatim abhīpsantaḥ.

c. ava i. q. simpl. H. 1. 2. IN. 5. 58. BR. 2. 31. SU. 4. 4. -- c. ava praef. sam id. RAM. I. 50. 29.: brahmatvaṃ samavāpsyasi.

c. pra id. IN. 1. 12. 4. 4. 5. 31. BH. 2. 57. Form. caus. A. 4. 23. -- c. pra praef. anu (anuprāp) venire, pervenire. IN. 5. 17. 34. H. 1. 1. -- c. pra praef. sam (samprāp) id. IN. 5. 4. H. 2. 24. 4. 27. BR. 1. 23. N. 13. 35. 21. 1. -- c. pra praef. upa + sam (upasamprāp) id. N. 10. 5.

c. vi occupare, complecti, implere. BH. 10. 16. 11. 20. A. 10. 53.

c. sam id. BH. 11. 40. - samāpta finitus. - Caus. perficere, e. c. yajñaṃ samāpayitum RAM. I. 48. 25. -- c. sam praef. pari (parisamāp) id. BH. 4. 33.

Apakva āpakva

(ex ā usque ad et pakva) semicoctus, semimaturus. AM. (Hib. āpuigh maturus).

ApagA āpagā

f. (ex āpa aqua quod separatum non invenitur - v. ap - et ga iens in fem.) fluvius. N. 12. 36.

ApaNa āpaṇa

m. (r. paṇ q. v. praef. ā s. a) forum. SU. 2. 23.

Apatti āpatti

f. (r. pad ire s. ti) infortunium, calamitas. MED.

Apad āpad

f. (r. pad ire) id. BR. 1. 19. 34. (Hib. āpadh mors, āpthach mortalis).

Apaddharma āpaddharma

m. (TATP. ex apad et dharma) infortunii officium; Wils. "practice or profession other than that proper to caste, but allowable in time of distress." BR. 2. 26. v. MAN. 10. 81. sq.

Apanna āpanna

v. pad praef. ā.

[Page 31b]
Apas āpas

n. (ut videtur, a r. āp unde etiam ap quod in casibus fortibus plenam radicis formam servavit) 1) aqua, 2) peccatum.

ApANDu āpāṇḍu

(ex ā usque ad et pāṇḍu pallidus) suppallidus.

ApAta āpāta

m. (r. pat cadere s. a) actio decidendi, delabandi, irruendi, incursus, impetus. H. 2. 9. de dentibus; UP. 6. de sagittis (cf. vāṇanipāta A. 7. 10.); A. 7. 10. de equis. 2) praesens momentum. MED.

ApAtaduHsaha āpātaduḥsaha

(KARM. e praec. et duḥsaha q. v.) impetu difficilis sustentu. H. 2. 9.

ApAna āpāna

n. (ex ā et pāna potus) locus potatorius. AM.

ApIDa āpīḍa

m. (r. pīḍ s. a) sertum, quod capitis vertici annectitur. A. 10. 38. N. 12. 103.

ApIna āpīna

n. (fortasse ab ap quod hīc lac significaret - cf. kṣīra payas - s. īna cum Vriddhi; nisi a bibere praef. ā vel, secundum Wils. ex praep. ā et pīna pinguis) uber, [greek] AM.

ApUpika āpūpika

m. (ex apūpa placenta, libum, s. ika) pistor. AM.

Apomaya āpomaya

(ex āpas aqua s. maya) aquosus, aqua praeditus. DEV. 1. 75. ubi āpomayaṃ pro apomayaṃ legendum.

Apta āpta

(r. āp s. ta) 1) obtentus, acceptus. 2) aptus, idoneus (lat. aptus) v. sq. 3) familiaris, consiliorum particeps. DEV. 1. 19.

AptakArin āptakārin

(KARM. e praec. et kārin faciens, agens, a r. kṛ s. in) apte agens, familiaris. N. 8. 11.

AptadakSiNa āptadakṣiṇa

(BAH. ex āpta aptus aut impetratus et dakṣiṇā f. donum quod Brahmanis in solemnibus sacrificiis impertitur) apto sacrificali dono instructus. N. 5. 46. 26. 37.

Apya āpya

Adj. (ab ap aqua s. ya) aquosus, aquaticus, humidus.

ApyAyita āpyāyita

(fortasse descendit ab āpyāy humectare, rigare - ut DENOM. a praec. suff. ya gr. 585. - suff. ta; etiam ab obsoleta radice pyai vel pyāy crescere, augere, suff. ta deduci potest) primitive humefactus, rigatus significare videtur, vel, si a pyai pyāy descendit, qui crevit, adultus, auctus; transl. recreatus, refectus, fortunatus. HIT. 25. 2. RAM. I. 56. 15. N. 24. 52.

[Page 32a]
Aplava āplava

m. (r. plu praef. ā lavare, submergere, s. a) lavatio, "bathing". AM.

AplAva āplāva

m. (r. plu s. a) id. AM.

AbAdhA ābādhā

f. (r. bādh s. ā) vexatio, molestia, afflictatio. A. 2. 17. H. 4. 12. Scribitur quoque āvādhā.

AbharaNa ābharaṇa

n. (r. bhṛ ferre, s. ana) ornamentum, ornatus. H. 2. 23. SA. 3. 19. (Sic gr. [greek] pallium a ferendo nominatur.)

AbhA ābhā

f. (r. bhā splendere) 1) splendor. 2) similitudo. H. 4. 48. N. 13. 63. 21. 9. (Hib. aoibh "likeness, similitude"; aoibe "neatness, elegance"; aoibheal "a spark of fire".)

AbhAs ābhās

(in fine compositorum, gr. 642.; a r. bhās) collustrans. BH. 13. 14.

AbhIla ābhīla

(ut videtur, a bhī timor s. la vel ila vel īla - gr. 652. - praef. ā) 1) Adj. terribilis, formidolosus. 2) m. dolor. AM. (Hib. abhéil "terrible, dreadfull".)

Abhoga ābhoga

m. (r. bhuj edere s. a) plenitas (secundum AM. = paripūrṇatā). SAK. 7. 3.

Ama āma

1) Adj. crudus, incoctus, v. sq. (Hib. amh "raw, unsodden, crude, unripe". Piktet p. 14.). 2) m. (a r. am aegrotum esse s. a) aegritudo.

Amakumbha āmakumbha

m. (e praec. et kumbha) vas aquarium ex argilla incocta. HIT. 124. 4.

Amatya āmatya

n. (ab āmata n. cogitatum - a r. man s. ta - s. ya) cogitatio, sententia, consilium. SA. 7. 5.

Amanasya āmanasya

n. (quod a sensu mentis abstrahit, ex amanas mentis expers, s. ya) tormentum, cruciatus. AM.

Amaya āmaya

m. (r. am aegrotum esse) morbus (v. anāmaya).

AmayAvin āmayāvin

(ex āmayā fem. praec. s. vin) aegrotus. AM.

AmarSa āmarṣa

m. (ex amarṣa q. v. s. a) ira, iracundia. AM.

AmAtya āmātya

m. (ab amātya q. v.) qui est a consiliis.

AmiSa āmiṣa

m. n. 1) caro. BR. 2. 12. 2) voluptas. DR. 8. 38. (cf. māṃsa lith. miesá caro).

AmnAya āmnāya

m. (r. mnā meditari s. ya) nomen Vedorum. N. 12. 59.

Ambhasa āmbhasa

(ab ambhas aqua, s. a) quosus. M. 43. (hīc neu- trum sensu aqua substantive positum est: sarvam āmbhasam evā "sīt khañca dyauśca universum erat aqua et ae7r et coelum).

Amra āmra

m. nomen arboris, "the mango tree, Magnifera Indica". AM.

Aya āya

m. (r. ire s. a) reditus, quaestus. HIT. 61. 3.

Ayata āyata

(r. yam s. ta) longus. IN. 2. 24. N. 11. 27.

Ayatana āyatana

n. (r. yat s. ana) 1) habitatio, sedes, domicilium. HIT. 26. 10. 2) altare, ara, etiam tectum, receptaculum ad peragendum sacrificium. IN. 5. 10.

Ayati āyati

f. (r. yam s. ti) 1) longitudo. 2) potestas. AM. (= prabhāva). 3) tempus futurum. AM.; HIT. 60. 18.

Ayatta āyatta

(r. yat s. ta) 1) propensus, pronus, propitius. H. 54. 5. 2) subjectus, obnoxius. HIT. 69. 17. 130. 4.

Ayatti āyatti

f. (r. yat s. ti) 1) inclinatio, propensio, favor. 2) actio se subjiciendi alicui, servitus, obedientia. cf. āyatta.

Ayasa āyasa

Adj. (ab ayas ferrum s. a) ferreus. A. 9. 14.

AyAma āyāma

m. (r. yam s. a) 1) refrenatio, retentio. BH. 4. 29. 2) longitudo cf. āyati.

AyAmavat āyāmavat

(a praec. s. vat) longus.

AyAsa āyāsa

m. (r. yas anniti, operam dare, s. a) contentio, labor. BH. 18. 24. 2) aerumna, miseria, calamitas. DR. 6. 3.

Ayudha āyudha

m. (r. yudh pugnare s. a) telum, arma.

AyuSmat āyuṣmat

(a sq. mat gr. 101a).) longam vitae aetatem promittens, longa aetate gaudens, ad summam senectutem veniens. N. 15. 12. 16. 29. UR. 92. 8.

Ayus āyus

n. (r. i ire s. us 1) aetas. 2) vitae tempus. SA. 2. 23. 25. 27. 6. 19. 41. (dor. [greek] fortasse etiam [greek] huc trahendum est, quanquam alio suffixo formatum, cf. Pott. 1. 114.).

Aye āye

Interj.

Ayodhana āyodhana

n. (r. yud s. ana) 1) pugna, proelium. 2) locus pugnae. DR. 8. 30.

Arakta ārakta

v. rañj praef. ā.

Arakta ārakta

(ex praep. ā et rakta ruber) subruber. UR. 60. 10.

[Page 33a]
AraNyaka āraṇyaka

(ab araṇya silva s. ka) 1) Adj. silvester. 2) m. silvicola, eremita.

Arati ārati

f. (r. ram s. ti) cessatio. AM.

Arabdha ārabdha

v. ram.

Arambha ārambha

m. (r. rabh praef. ā incipere, inserto m s. a) inceptio. BH. 3. 4. 12. 16.

Arava ārava

m. (r. ru sonare s. a) sonus, clamor. AM.

ArAt ārāt

Adv. 1) procul. 2) prope. AM.

ArAti ārāti

m. hostis, inimicus. AM. (cf. arāti).

ArAdhana ārādhana

n. (r. rādh praef. ā in forma caus. colere, s. ana) cultus, veneratio, actio exhilarandi (AM. toṣaṇe). N. 5. 21. UR. 90. 8. infr.

ArAma ārāma

m. (r. ram gaudere s. a) 1) gaudium. BH. 3. 16. 5. 24. 2) hortus. AM. (Gr. [greek] v. r. ram praef. vi et Pott. 1. 262.).

ArAva ārāva

m. (r. ru sonare, s. a) clamor, tumultus, strepitus. HIT. 111. 20. N. 13. 16.

ArurukSu ārurukṣu

(r. ruh in form. desid. rurukṣ s. u) ascendendi cupidus. BH. 6. 3.

Arogya ārogya

n. (ex aroga q. v. s. ya) sanitas. AM.

Aropay āropay

v. ruh.

Aroha āroha

m. (r. ruh praef. ā ascendere, s. a) 1) vectus equo, elephanto, etc. DR. 8. 7. 22. 2) medium feminae corpus," "the waist".

Arjava ārjava

n. (a ṛju rectus, erectus, s. a gr. 650.) Abstractumvocis ṛju rectus: "straightness", transl. sinceritas. HIT. 66. 10. BH. 13. 7.

Arta ārta

aut ārtta (r. ard vexare q. v. praef. ā s. ta) vexatus, afflictus, praecipue in fine comp. H. 1. 4. 2. 5. Extra compositionem, afflictus, tristis, miser. N. 12. 108. 13. 64. BH. 7. 16.

Artava ārtava

(a ṛtu s. a v. gr. 650.) anni tempori consentaneus. H. 1. 18.

Arti ārti

aut ārtti f. (r. ard q. v. praef. ā s. ti) dolor, moestitia, tristitia, angor. SU. 1. 16. 3. 1. BR. 1. 3.

Ardana ārdana

m. (r. ard vexare praef. ā suff. ana) vexator. BH. 1. 39.

[Page 33b]
Ardita ārdita

(r. ard vexare praef. ā s. ta) vexatus, afflictus. H. 2. 3. N. 12. 106. Cf. ārtta.

Ardra ārdra

madidus, uvidus, humidus. H. 4. 55. (sequitur ex hoc vocabulo, radicem ard vel ārd extitisse, quae irrigare vel simile quid significaverit et accurate cum gr. [greek] convenit).

Arya ārya

(ut videtur, a r. vel simpl. vel cum praep. ā comp. s. ya nisi corruptum est ex ārcya vel arcya a r. arc q. v.) venerandus, nobilis, generosus. H. 4. 30. BH. 2. 2. HIT. 117. 1. 4. (Cf. germ. vet. era, nostrum Ehre).

Aryaputra āryaputra

m. (e praec. et putra filius) in lingua scenica maritus. UR. 31. 2. infr.

Alambha ālambha

m. (r. labh insertā nasali, s. a) occisio, caedes. AM.

Alaya ālaya

m. (r. s. a) domicilium, domus, sedes. N. 7. 18. DR. 1. 13. SA. 6. 44. BH. 8. 15. A. 5. 25.

AlavAla ālavāla

m. fossa aquaria circa arboris radicem. UR. 34. 2. (cf. āvāla).

Alasya ālasya

n. (ab alasa piger s. ya) pigritia, ignavia, inertia. BH. 14. 8. 18. 39. HIT. 45. 13.

AlApa ālāpa

m. (r. lap s. a) loquela, sermo, colloquium. HIT. 21. 4. SAK. 18. 6. infr.

Ali āli

f. 1) linea, series. 2) feminae amica. AM.

Alikhita ālikhita

(Part. pass. a likh scribere s. ta) pictus. SAK. 3. 3. (cf. ālekhya).

AliGgana āliṅgana

n. (r. liṅg s. ana) amplexus. HIT. 74. 22.

AlI ālī

f. i. q. āli.

Alu ālu

f. hydria. AM.

Alekhya ālekhya

n. (r. likh s. ya) pictura, imago, effigies. UR. 23. 15. (cf. ālikhita).

Aloka āloka

m. (r. lok s. a) adspectus. SAK. 5. 4.

Ava āva

Thema pronominis primae pers. in Du. v. gr. 264.

Avapana āvapana

n. (r. vap s. ana) quodvis vas. AM.

AvaraNa āvaraṇa

n. (r. tegere s. ana) 1) tegumentum. 2) scutum, clypeus. HEM.

Avarta āvarta

m. 1) vortex. DEV. 1. 40. 2) secundum Wils. "A lock of hair that curls backwards, especially on a horse. N. 19. 14, ubi śuddhāna daśabhir āvartaiḥ nunc verterim "egregios, cum decem cincinnis". V. sq.

Avartin āvartin

m. (a praec. s. in) "A horse having curls of hair on various parts of his body; it is considered as a lucky mark.

Avali āvali

f. (r. val s. i) series. AM.

AvalI āvalī

f. i. q. praec. UR. 4. 10.

Avasati āvasati

f. (r. vas habitare s. ti servato classis charactere a cf. vasati) nox. A. 1. 13.

Avasatha āvasatha

m. (r. vas s. tha servato classis charactere a) habitatio, domus, domicilium.

Avaha āvaha

(r. vah s. a) afferens. BR. 2. 5.

AvAdhA āvādhā

v. ābādhā.

AvApa āvāpa

m. (r. vap s. a) 1) fossa aquaria circa arboris radicem. AM. 2) armilla. HEM. v. sq.

AvApaka āvāpaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) armilla. AM.

AvAm āvām

[greek] v. gr. 264.

AvAla āvāla

m. (r. val s. a) fossa aquaria circa arboris radicem. AM.

AvAsa āvāsa

m. (r. vas s. a) habitatio, domus. HEM. (Hib. aras id. arasaim habito, mutato v in r, v. gr. comp. 20. et cf. goth. razn domus.)

Avir āvir

v. āvis.

Avila āvila

(deduci solet a r. vil s. a) turbidus. N. 13. 7. (Secundum Haughtonium etiam "sinful, guilty" quod in memoriam mihi reducit nostrum übel, goth. ubils Th. ubila, angl. evil, quae supra (p. 14.) cum abala et adhara comparavimus. Litterae v et b autem saepissime inter se permutantur et quodvis sanscritum v in lingua bengalica sonat b, ubi vocabulum nostrum ābilo effertur.)

Avis āvis

Adv. insep. palam, manifesto. Componitur cum radicibus bhū esse et kṛ facere ad exprimendum apparere, in conspectum venire, oriri; manifestare. HIT. 63. 12. UR. 6. 12. āvirbhūte śaśini. Huc retulerim lat. or in orior ejectā syllabā vi, fere sicut malo pro mavolo. Probabiliter āvis ex origine est praepositio inseparabilis, ex non directe ad vahis sed ad suppositum avahis retulit. E goth. lingua ad āvis traxerim praep. plerumque praefixam us, germ. vet. ar, ur, ir, e7r, nostrum er, - Grimm III. 253. - quas formas ab āvis ita derivatas esse censeo, ut media syllaba vi sit ejecta, ā initiale autem in vocalem leviorem sit conversum; lith. ifz ex; hib. as ex.).

AvRtti āvṛtti

f. (r. vṛt s. ti) reditus, recessus. A. 5. 6.

Avega āvega

m. (r. vij s. a) sollicitudo, consternatio, perturbatio. UR. 31. 2. infr.

Aza āśa

m. (r. s. a) cibus, in comp. c. prātar q. v. (Hib. es, nisi hoc a lat. esca, v. Pikt. p. 64.).

AzaMsA āśaṃsā

f. (r. śaṃs praef. ā sperare, s. ā) spes. UR. 9. 3. infr. (cf. āśis).

AzaGkA āśaṅkā

f. (r. śaṅk s. ā) timor. SAK. 7. 15.

Azaya āśaya

m. (r. śī dormire, jacere, s. a) cubile, sedes, domicilium. BH. 15. 8. HIT. 39. 8. V. mahāśaya.

AzA āśā

f. spes. SA. 3. 11. BH. 16. 12. (cf. āśis).

AzAvat āśāvat

(a praec. s. vat) spe praeditus, sperans. HIT. 22. 16.

Azin āśin

(r. edere, s. in) edens. BH. 3. 13.

AziraHpAdam āśiraḥpādam

(AVY. ex ā usque ad et śiras + pāda in comp. DVANDV. v. gr. 660.) inde a capite usque ad pedes, ad litteram: usque ad caput et pedes. UP. 51.

Azis āśis

f. 1) spes. BH. 4. 21. 6. 10. 2) fausta precatio, benedictio. SA. 4. 12. (prior significatio a rad. śaṃs praef. ā sperare - cf. āśaṃsā - altera a śās fausta precari, benedicere, mutatā vocali radicali in i derivatur.)

AzI āśī

f. serpentis dens eminens; v. āśīviṣa.

AzIrvAda āśīrvāda

m. (TATP. ex aśis - v. gr. 73. et 192. - et vāda sermo) fausta precans dictum, benedictio. N. 18. 21. IN. 2. 11.

AzIviSa āśīviṣa

m. (BAH. ex āśī et viṣa venenum) serpens. AM.

Azu āśu

Adv. celeriter, cito. (Neutrum perditi Adjectivi cu gr. [greek] respondet; lat. acu-pedeus apud Festum. Huc etiam cum Pottio 2. 54. trahimus aqui-la, ita ut [greek] u vocis āśu vocalis i sit adjecta sicut e. c. in tenui-s e tanu; etiam accipiter, quod male ab accipiendo deducitur; est velociter volans vel potius veloces alas habens ([greek]), ita ut acci ortum sit assimilatione ex aqvi sicut e. c. gr. [greek] et prācr. cattāro = catvāras v. gr. comp. 312. E german. vet. huc retulerim Verba āhtian, āhten, āhton persequi, quae a Substantivo āh-ta persecutio, proscriptio, quod est nostrum Acht, descendunt. In Sanscrito ipso vox aśva equus originem trahere videtur ex nostro āśu ita ut sit correpta ex āśva vel āśava et equus a velocitate sit nominatus, cui qualitati etiam nomina turaga turaṅga et turaṅgama debet.

Azuga āśuga

m. (e praec. et ga iens, a r. suff. a) 1) ventus. 2) sagitta.

Azutva āśutva

n. (ab āśu s. tva) celeritas.

AzuzukSaNi āśuśukṣaṇi

m. (celeriter siccans ex āśu et śukṣaṇi a r. śuṣ adjectā sibilante, quā cum Desiderativis convenit, suff. ani) 1) ignis. AM. 2) ae7r, ventus.

Azcarya āścarya

(r. car praef. ā adjecto ś euphonico - v. gr. min. 111. ann. 2. - s. ya 1) Adj. mirus, mirabilis. 2) Subst. n. miraculum. N. 23. 14. BH. 2. 29. 11. 6.

Azcaryamaya āścaryamaya

Adj. (a praec. s. maya) miraculosus, mirabilis. BH. 11. 11.

Azrama āśrama

m. (r. śram s. a) eremitarum sedes.

Azraya āśraya

m. (r. śri ire, s. a) 1) aditio, appropinquatio, (praesertim tutelae, defensionis, patrocinii causā), actio confugiendi, refugiendi ad aliquem. 2) perfugium, refugium, domicilium, domus. 3) vicinitas. 4) fraus, fallacia, dolus. BH. 4. 20. SA. 6. 7. IN. 4. 9.

AzrayAza āśrayāśa

m. (ex āśraya domus et āśa edens) ignis. HIT. 76. 16.

ASTra āṣṭra

n. aether, coelum. (A. 10. 53. pro āṣṭraiś cum ed. Calc. legendum est āsyaiś).

As ās

2. A. 1) sedere. BR. 1. 2. N. 1. 18. BH. 2. 54. 3. 6. 2) esse (ita sthā stare item significat esse). N. 16. 30. HIT. 44. 11. UR. 70. 19.: tūṣṇīm evā "ste; 92. 8.: āyuṣmān āstām ayam; in Pass. HIT. 57. 17.: tūṣṇīm āsyatām. (Gr. [greek] e lat. lingua cum Pottio huc traxerim āsa, unde serior forma āra, porro ā-nus pro ās-nus (cf. āsana). Fortasseradix verbi substantivi as correpta est ex ās).

c. adhi 1) insidere c. acc. loci. UR. 62. 13.: jambhūviṭapam ādhyāste. 2) tenere, inhabitare. 2) tenere, inhabitare. SA. 7. 7. MAN. 7. 77. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 57. 2.

c. anu i. q. simpl. N. 7. 3.

c. ut v. udāsīna.

c. upa 1) assidere. SA. 6. 25. In Passivo: SAK. 45. 14. 2) colere, venerari, ministrare, servire. BH. 9. 15. (schol. upāsate sevante), 12. 2. 6. N. 26. 33. 3) peragere, perficere. RAM. I. 29. 21. ed. Ser.: svayaṃvaram upāsmahe. 4) perferre, tolorare. DR. 4. 20.

c. upa praef. pari (paryupās) 1) circumsedere, trop. colere. N. 1. 11. (paryupāsac chacīm secundum prim. classem PAR. pro paryupāsta śacīm). BH. 9. 22. 12. 1. 3. 2) adesse, interesse, e. c. pugnae. A. 8. 20.

c. sam simul, junctim sedere. SA. 6. 27.

Asa āsa

m. (r. as conjicere, s. a) arcus. HEM.

Asakta āsakta

v. sajj.

AsaGga āsaṅga

m. (r. sañj s. a) Subst. abstr. adhaesio, trop. addictum, deditum, studiosum esse. BH. 4. 20. (cf. saṅga).

AsaJjana āsañjana

n. (r. sañj s. ana) adhaesio. SAK. 24. 6. infr.

Asana āsana

n. (r. ās s. ana) 1) sessio. N. 2. 4. 2) mora, commoratio. HIT. 119. 17. 3) sedes, sedile. SA. 3. 6. IN. 2. 20.

[Page 36a]
Asanna āsanna

v. r. sad praef. ā.

Asava āsava

m. (r. su vel generare s. a v. āsuti) vini adusti species, Wils. "Rum, spirit distilled from sugar or molasses". UR. 69. 4.

AsAra āsāra

m. (r. sṛ praef. ā s. a) 1) incursus, incursio, impetus, impugnatio. AM. (= prasaraṇa; Colebrookius vertit: surrounding a fee). 2) imber. UR. 58. 1. 59. 16.: dhārāsāra.

AsIna āsīna

(part. praes. ATM. a r. ās s. īna pro āna gr. 599.) sedens. BH. 9. 9.

Asuti āsuti

f. (r. su s. ti) "distilling, distillation". HEM. (v. āsava).

Asura āsura

(fem. ī ab asura q. v. suff. a) asuricus, Asurorum naturā praeditus. BH. 7. 15. 9. 12. 16. 20.

AstaraNa āstaraṇa

n. (r. stṛ vel stṝ s. ana) 1) actio sternendi, expandendi. IN. 5. 3. 2) stratum, lectus. SAK. 56. 2.

Astikya āstikya

n. (ab āstika qui futurum mundum, futuram vitam credit - (ab asti est s. ka aut ika - s. ya) Subst. abstr. futurum mundum, futuram vitam credere. BH. 18. 42. (schol. āstikyam asti paro loka iti niścayam).

AstIrNa āstīrṇa

(r. stṝ s. na gr. 609.) extensus, spatiosus, amplus. SA. 7. 10.

AsthA āsthā

f. (r. sthā praef. ā) 1) conventus, coetus. AM. 2) nisus, cura. AM. (= yatna); HIT. 16. 6.

AsthAna āsthāna

n. (r. sthā s. ana) conventus, coetus. AM.

AsthAnI āsthānī

f. (Fem. praec.) id. AM.

[Page 36b]
Aspada āspada

n. (r. pad praef. ā cum s euphonico, s. a) locus. HIT. 31. 14. UR. 74. 4.

AsphAlana āsphālana

n. (r. sphal se movere s. ana) palpitatio, jactio. HIT. 35. 3.: pādāsphālana.

Asya āsya

n. 1) os. 2) vultus, facies. A. 10. 53. ubi āsyaiś pro āṣṭraiś legendum. (Lat. os).

AsvAda āsvāda

m. (r. svād praef. ā gustare, s. a) sapor. H. 1. 20. HIT. 125. 7.

AsvAdana āsvādana

n. (r. svād praef. ā s. ana) id. HIT. 31. 18.

AsvAdya āsvādya

v. svād praef. ā.

Aha āha

1. Interj.

Aha āha

2. dixi, dixit, v. ah.

AhartR āhartṛ

m. (r. hṛ praef. ā adducere, afferre, conficere sacrificium, s. tṛ) qui facit, conficit sacrificium. N. 12. 45. 81.

Ahava āhava

m. (r. hu sacrificare s. a) 1) sacrificium. 2) pugna, proelium. A. 8. 2. (fortasse lith. kowá pugna).

AhAra āhāra

m. (r. hṛ s. a) 1) Adj. afferens. SA. 4. 22. 2) victus, cibus. SA. 1. 5. 5. 68. N. 12. 62. (cf. gr. [greek] [greek]).

Ahuti āhuti

f. (r. hu s. ti) sacrificatio. HEM.

Aheya āheya

(ab ahi serpens s. eya) anguinus. AM.

Ahvaya āhvaya

n. (r. hve vocare s. a) nomen. AM.

AhvA āhvā

(r. hve mutato e in ā v. gr. min. 353.) nomen. AM.

AhvAna āhvāna

n. (r. hve vocare s. ana v. gr. min. 353.) advocatio, invitatio. HIT. 128. 5. (N. 7. 8. cum ed. Calc. legendum est samāhvānam pro tam āhvānam.)

[Page 361]
i i

1. 2. P. et praef. adhi A. v. gr. 346. (praet. redupl. iyāya aut iyaya du. īyiva pl. īyima v. gr. 694.; part. redupl. īyivas. N. 10. 9.) ire. (Hoc verbum, sicut omnia alia ejusdem significationis in constructione cum substantivis abstractis saepissime verborum, quae adipisci aut simile quid significant, vice fungitur. Dici- lat. eo, ī-mus producto i, quam ob rem hoc verbum etiam ad ī trahi posset; lith. ei-mi eo, slav. i-dū eo, i-ti ire; goth. anom. i-ddja ivi.)

c. ati 1) transire, transgredi, praeterire. RAM. ed. Ser I. 10. 19.: atītya vividhān deśān. BH. 14. 20. 21. 25.: guṇān etān atītya atīta. 2) obire, mori. RAM. III. 50. 25.: atīta mortuus; cf. atyaya.

c. ati praef. abhi (abhyati) discedere. RAM. III. 54. 27.

c. ati praef. vi (vyatī) practerire. BH. 4. 5.: vyatītāni janmāni; SA. 7. 1.: rātryāṃ vyatītāyām.

c. ati praef. sam (samatī) transgredi, praeterire. BH. 14. 26.: guṇān samatītya. 7. 26.: samatītāni vartamānica bhaviṣyāṇica bhūtāni.

c. adhi A. 1) legere. N. 6. 9. IN. 4. 9. A. 2. 16. 2) percipere, discere. A. 3. 10.: adhītya vidyāṃ tvayo 'ktām. -- Caus. adhyāpay (gr. 521.) legere jubere, facere ut aliquis legat. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 4. 67.

c. anu sequi, comitari. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 15. 13. - Part. pass. anvita praeditus. H. 1. 40. N. 9. 22. -- c. anu praef. sam:samanvita praeditus. N. 6. 5. 19. 21.

c. apa abire. MAN. 7. 197.: apetabhī. -- c. apa praef. vi (vyape) id. BH. 11. 49.

c. abhi accedere, venire. SA. 6. 4. MAN. 12. 125.

c. ava animo comprehendere, intelligere, scire. N. 9. 33. (cf. gam praef. ava). -- c. ava praef. sam (samave) convenire, congredi. BH. 1. 1.

c. ā adire, accedere, venire. MAN. 22. 125. N. 7. 4. -- c. ā praef. abhi (abhye) id. N. 18. 14. 22. 2. -- c. ā praef. upa (upe) id. DR. 6. 7. 8. -- c. ā praef. prati (pratye) redire, reverti. N. 18. 1. -- c. ā praef. sam (same) convenire, congredi. N. 8. 22. 24. 53. DR. 5. 14.

c. ut oriri, de stellis. IN. 2. 27. N. 24. 53. SA. 4. 10. --

c. ut praef. abhi (abhyudi) id. RAM. III. 79. 20. --

c. ut praef. sam (samudi) samudita praeditus. A. 10. 10.

c. upa adire, aggredi. N. 10. 4. 9. 24. 48. BH. 8. 10. 15. 16. Part. upeta praeditus. N. 6. 8. 13. 3. -- c. upa praef. abhi (abhyupe) id. DR. 6. 3. -- c. upa praef. sam (samupe) id. N. 3. 7.

c. parā contingere, adipisci. KIRAT. 1. 39.

c. pari circumire. HID. 2. 9.; ad praestandam reverentiam, DR. 7. 8. Part. parīta circumdatus, transl. pro impletus, plane indutus, affectus. BR. 3. 1. N. 15. 18. -- c. pari praef. vi part. viparīta oppositus, inversus, perversus, pravus. BH. 18. 32. N. 13. 24. RAM. I. 3. 99.

c. pra part. preta mortuus. RAM. ed. Ser. III. 60. 31. BH. 17. 4. Gerund. pretya post mortem (adverbii locum tenet, aequans amutra q. v. illic, in illo, futuro mundo, itemque opponitur vocabulo iha hīc, in hoc terrestri mundo, in hac vita). BR. 3. 5. (Fortasse cum preta mortuus cohaeret lat. le-tum, abjecto p et r mutato in l, sicut ex mea sentia lae-tus convenit cum prīta inserto Gunae incremento, quo vox sanscrita sonaret preta). -- c. pra praef. abhi statuere, decernere, placere. HIT. 54. 17. 129. 13.: yathābhipretam ex libidine. (cf. abhiprāya).

c. prati fidere, confidere, fiduciam collocare. UR. 41. 7. infr. - pratīta celeber. DR. 5. 14. -- c. prati praef. sam: sampratīta celeber.

c. vi abire, discedere. RAM. ed. Ser. I. 15. 54.: vyute te manaso jvaraḥ. Saepissime Part. vīta qui abiit in initio comp. BAH. usurpatur ad exprinendum expers, e. c. BR. 1. 6.: vītamanyu IN. 4. 8.: vītamatsara A. 10. 11.: vītaśoka.

c. sam congredi, convenire. N. 14. 23. 18. 20. DR. 6. 16. 8. 49.

i i

2. 10. P. (smṛtyām) meminisse.

i i

3. Stirps demonstrativa unde idam iti itas iyat etc., v. gr. 270. et gr. comp. 360. sq. (lat. i-s, goth. i-s, germ. vet. i-r, nostrum e-r; hib. e is et fem. i ea orta esse videntur ex Nominativis: ayam iyam; de gr. [greek] vel [greek] et - [greek] demonstr. v. gr. comp. 364. 365.; slav. i eum pertinet ad relat. ya gr. comp. 282. 383.).

ikSu ikṣu

m. arundo saccharifera.

ikSvAku ikṣvāku

Nom. propr. Dr. 2. 9.

ikh ikh

1. P. (gatau) ire (cf. [greek] et v. sq.).

[Page 38a]
iGkh iṅkh

1. P. (gatau grammatici scribunt ikh v. gr. 110a).) ire. (cf. īṅkh et hib. imchim "I go on, proceed, march".)

iGg iṅg

1. P. A. (Grammatici scribunt ig gr. 110a).) se movere, vacillare. M. 29. BH. 6. 19. 14. 23. (hib. ing "a stir, move").

iGga iṅga

Adj. (r. iṅg s. a) se movens. M. 29. (cf. aṅg et gr. [greek] et v. ikh).

iGgita iṅgita

n. (r. iṅg s. ta) gestus. N. 2. 5.

iGguda iṅguda

m. nomen plantae. N. 12. 3.

icchA icchā

f. (r. ich gr. 88., s. ā) desiderium. BH. 5. 28. 7. 27. (Hib. ithche "a petition, request, favor".).

icchu icchu

Adj. (r. ich s. u) desiderans.

ich ich

6. P. (icchāmi gr. 88.) desiderare, optare. In temp. specialibus solum usurpatur, ubi radicis iṣ quae his temp. caret, locum tenet. v. iṣ. (Germ. vet. eiscom posco, peto, nostrum heische; lith. jeszkau quaero; fortasse etiam germ. vet. forscom inquiro - nostrum forsche - huc pertinet, ita ut sit pro for-iscom; v. Pott. I. 269. et Graff. I. 493.; de sc pro ch v. gr. comp. 14.; e graeca lingua huc trahi possit [greek] ita ut cum particula negativa sit conflatum - sicut dedecus - et proprie significet non desiderandum, cum [greek] pro ch sicut in [greek] = chid.)

ij ij

v. yaj.

ijyA ijyā

f. (r. yaj q. v. s. ) sacrificium. BH. 9. 25. 11. 53.

iT iṭ

1. P. (gatyām) ire (ortum esse videtur ex trita radice aṭ attenuato a in i quā in re formae iṭ et aṭ eandem rationem inter se tenent quam goth. Praesentia veluti lisa lego eorumque Praeterita sing. quae primitivum a servarunt, sicut las, v. gr. comp. 109a). 1) p. 116.).

iTcara iṭcara

m. (ad voluntatem iens ex iṣ desiderans - v. gr. 74. - et cara iens) taurus libertate gaudens. AM.

iDA iḍā

f. i. q. ilā ex quo ortum esse dicitur, quum fere sicut r pronuncietur, r autem et l saepissime inter se permutentur.

it it

ut mihi videtur, neutrum stirpis pronominalis ī quod in dialecto Ved. aliis tertiae personae pronominibus adjungitur; v. Addenda ad gr. cr. 270. et gr. comp. 360. (Lat. id, goth. ita, germ. vet. iz, nostrum es).

itara itara

(a stirpe pronominali i s. tara gr. 277.) alius. BH. 3. 21. (lat. iterum, v. gr. comp. 292.; hib. itir id.).

itaretara itaretara

(ex itara + itara sensu et constructione cum anyonya q. v. convenit, a quo in formatione eo solum dissidet, quod prius itara quanquam nominativum exprimat, vera vocis stirps est, nisi itaretara in itarā + itara dissolvere mavis, ita ut, quod mihi magis placet, prius compositi membrum Nominat. fem. sit, qui aliorum generum quoque vice fungatur) i. q. anyonya q. v. A. 9. 16.

itas itas

Adv. (a stirpe pronominali i s. tas gr. 652.) 1) hinc, ab hoc loco. N. 2. 13. 12. 121. 18. 18. BH. 14. 1. 2) in comparativis constructionibus saepe ablativi asmāt substantive positi locum tenet. H. 1. 5. BH. 5. 7. 3) ante tatas aut itas repetitum, interposito ca accusativi, directionem versus locum exprimentis, vel locativi vim habet, et tum prius itas significat huc vel hīc, posterius illuc vel illic. N. 10. 4. 11. 13. 19. DR. 8. 25. Etiam semel positum itas interdum huc et hīc significat. SAK. 8. 9. 40. 10.

iti iti

Adv. (ut equidem puto, a stirpe pronom. i s. ti) sic. BH. 18. 78. UR. 16. Saepissime hoc adverbium, aut supplendo aut apposito verbo dicere vel cogitare, usurpatur ad indicandum sermonem vel cogitationem directe introductam, et plerumque introducta verba sequitur, nonnunquam etiam eis interponitur. H. 4. 21. BR. 3. 4. SU. 1. 23. 32. SA. 1. 23. DR. 1. 10. 7. 27. A. 9. 30. 31. RAM. ed. Ser. III. 44. 12. 14.

itikartavyatA itikartavyatā

f. (Abstractum vocis itikartavya sic faciendum s. ) rei faciendae status. SA. 3. 7. HIT. 42. 9.

itimAtra itimātra

(BAH. e praec. et mātra n. mensura, modis) talem mensuram i. e. qualitatem, conditionem habens, talis. BR. 3. 1.

itihAsa itihāsa

m. narratio, historia ex antiquissimo tempore. SU. 1. 1. (Ut videtur, ex iti sic, expletivo ha et āsa fuit, quod hac in compositione substantivi naturam assumsit.).

ittham ittham

(ex perdito Neutro it = lat. id - quod hac in formatione Thematis loco fungitur - v. gr. 263. - s. tham cui respondet lat. tem in i-tem, au-tem, gr. comp. 425.) sic, ita. SAK. 50. 4. HIT. 75. 6.

ityartham ityartham

Adv. (ex iti sic et artham propter) ideo, hanc ob causam. BR. 3. 4.

itvara itvara

(r. i ire s. vara inserto t) 1) iens, peregrinans. 2) vilis, abjectus.

itvarI itvarī

f. (Fem. praeced.) femina impudica. AM.

idam idam

Pronom. demonstr. (Nom. m. ayam f. iyam n. idam v. gr. 270. et cf. lat. idem) hic. Hoc pronomen, ubi ad sermonem spectat, semper verbis dicendis anteponitur, quā in re, quod primus Rückertus ingeniose observavit (*) ab etat et etāvat se distinguit, quippe quae ad res narratas referuntur; e. c. N. 6. 5.: uvāce'daṃ vacanam dixit hunc sermonem, qui sequentibus versibus continetur; 7. 4.: āhe'dam ehi dīvya nalena vai dixit hoc: veni, lude cum Nalo; N. 3. 25.: etadartham aham bhadre preṣitaḥ surasattamaiḥ . etac chrutvā śubhe buddhiṅ kuruṣva hujus (quod dixi) causā ego, beata! missus a Deorum optimis; hoc audito, pulchra! consilium fac. Violatur tamen haec lex N. 9. 15. ubi vākyam etad spectat ad verba sequentia. -- Nonnunquam nominativus hujus pronominis adverbiorum pronominalium loco fungitur, ita ut e. c. UR. 46. 10. dicatur ayam asmi hic sum pro ihā 'smi hīc sum; SAK. 51. 3.: ayaṃ sa hic is pro iha sa hīc is; H. 1. 34.: se 'yam ea haec pro se'ha ea hīc; 1. 36.: so 'yam is hic pro sa iha is hīc; 1. 38.: tau... imau uterque hic pro tau...iha uterque hīc. Has locutiones per attractionis vim explicandas esse censeo, quam Subjectum sententiae, vel pronomine separato vel Verbi terminatione indicatum, in alias expressiones pro- nominales exercet. Ita res se habet in pronomine tat cujus casus obliqui non raro per attractionis vim Nominativi item in Nominativum vertuntur, ita ut Adverbiorum aut Conjunctionum loco fungantur; e. c. BR. 2. 13. et H. 3. 4.: sā 'ham ideo ego = tenā'ham; BR. 2. 34.: sa... aham ideo ego; BR. 1. 7.: sā cintaye ideo cogito; SAK. 40. 4. infr.: sa bhavān ideo tu; DR. 5. 12.: sā kṣipram ātiṣṭha gajam ideo cito ascende elephantum. -- Eodem modo Pronomen etat usurpatur, e. c. H. 3. 19.: eṣa tān...haniṣyāmi ideo hos occidam; A. 3. 24.: eṣa te ...darpaṃ hanmi ideo tuam superbiam deleo; H. 4. 15. b.: eṣa tvām...nihanmi dum te occido. Ita quoque Relativum attractionis vi est subjectum, non solum Nominativi sed etiam obliquorum casuum, e. c. RAM. ed. Schl. I. 59. 5.: yas tvam quia tu; H. 1. 35.: yoham quod ego "dafs ich"; 1. 47. 22.: yasya me quia mei; H. 3. 19.: yān imān quia hos. (**)

(*), Berlin. Jahrb. Jul. 1831. p. 89.
(**) Cf. Rückert I. c. p. 92.
idAnIm idānīm

(e stirpe pronom. i s. dānīm nisi potius e perdito Adverbio idā - secundum analogiam vocum tadā yadā etc. - s. nīm v. gr. 652. suff. dānīm) nunc. HIT. 5. 20.; explet. SA. 2. 14.

idhma idhma

n. (r. indh urere ejecto n s. ma) lignum. AM. (Hib. adhmad nititur formā gunatā, cf. zend. [greek] aes'ma et v. Pikt. p. 19.).

ina ina

m. 1) sol. 2) dominus. AM. (Hib. ion sol.).

ind ind

1. P. (paramaiśvarye scribunt id gr. 110a).) regere, imperare.

indirA indirā

f. (r. ind s. ira in fem.) nomen deae Lakshmiae. AM.

indIvara indīvara

n. lotus caerulea (Nymphaea caerulea). IN. 1. 8.

indu indu

m. luna.

induzekhara induśekhara

m. (lunā coronatus, BAH. ex indu et śekhara sertum floreum, quod capiti imponitur). nomen Sivi. UP. 20.

[Page 40a]
indra indra

m. (r. ind s. ra) 1) in fine compositorum princeps, dominus, imperator. IN. 1. 1. 5. 62. H. 3. 18. 2) nomen principis deorum inferioris ordinis i. e. omnium praeter Brahmam, Vischnum et Sīvum. Deus est ae7ris et tempestatis, etiam unus est mundi custodum (lokapālānām) et ut talis orientalem plagam regit. N. 4. 11.

indragopa indragopa

m. (ex indra et gopa q. v.) scarabaeorum species, Wils. "a kind of lady bird". UR. 61. 3.

indradru indradru

m. (ex indra et dru arbor) nomen arboris cujusdam (Pentaptera arguna). AM.

indraprastha indraprastha

m. (ex indra et prastha planities in montis vertice) nomen antiquae urbis Dehli.

indrasena indrasena

m. (BAH. ex indra et senā exercitus) nom. pr. DR. 8. 15.

indrANI indrāṇī

f. (ex indra s. ānī v. gr. min. 218.) nomen Indri uxoris.

indrAyudha indrāyudha

m. (ex indra et āyudha telum, arma) arcus coelestis. AM.

indriya indriya

n. (ut videtur, ex indra s. iya) sensus (videndi, audiendi etc.). BH. 3. 40. 10. 22.

indh indh

7. A. (dīptau K. dyutau v.) lucere, flammare, flagrare. MAN. 8. 115.: yam iddho na dahaty agniḥ quem flagrans ignis non urit. (Gr. [greek] cum Guna immobili v. "Vocalismus" p. 196. - [greek] fortasse [greek] [greek] Pottius etiam [greek] confert; lat. aes-tus, aes-tas; germ. vet. eit ignis.

c. sam accendere, in dialecto Ved. Ros. Sp. p. 20. 3.: sam agnim indhate naraḥ ignem accendunt viri.

indhana indhana

n. (r. indh s. ana) lignum. N. 13. 3.

ibha ibha

m. elephantus. AM. (Ag. Benary ingeniose huc trahit gr. [greek] praefixo articulo semitico, et lat. ebur.).

ibhya ibhya

(a praec. s. ya) dives. AM.

imv imv

1. P. (vyāptau K. vyāptiprīṇanayoḥ V., scribunt iv gr. 110a).) occupare, exhilarare.

iyat iyat

(in casibus fortibus iyant a stirpe pronom. i s. at e vat abjecto v) tantum, tot. UR. 76. 18.: iyantam kālam. Huc traxerim lat. -iens, -ies in totiens, toties, quotiens, quoties, et in Adverbiis numeralibus veluti quinquies, v. gr. comp. 324.).

iyam iyam

f. haec, ea, v. idam.

iyAya iyāya

(r. i v. gr. 432. 436.) DR. 8. 49.: samiyāya.

iyIta iyīta

(r. i gr. 346.) A. 2. 16.: adhīyīta.

iyeSa iyeṣa

(r. iṣ v. gr. 432.) N. 26. 17.

irammada irammada

m. fulguratio, fulgetrum. AM.: = meghajyotis.

irA irā

f. 1) aqua. 2) potus fervidus. 3) sermo, loquela. 4) terra. AM.: bhūvāksurāpsu syāt (cf. ilā et hib. ire "ground, land, a field").

il il

1) 6. P. (gatau K. śaye gatau kṣepe v.) ire; jaculari; jacere, cubare. 2) 10. P. (preraṇe K. kṣepe v.) mittere; jaculari. (Germ. vet. īllu, īllo - per assimil. ex īlju - no - strum eile; cambro - brit. il progressio, motus; gr. [greek] Radix sanscr. orta esse videtur ex ar - v. - mutato r in l et a attenuato in i eādem ratione quā supra iṭ ex aṭ explicavimus.)

ilA ilā

f. (r. il s. ā) 1) vacca. 2) terra. 3) sermo, loquela. AM. (gobhūvācaḥ), cf. iḍā. 4) in Vedis cibus. Ros. Sp. p. 24. 3.

iva iva

(ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronom. i + va sicut ava eva ex a e + va v. gr. comp. par. 381. p. 552.) sicut. (semper rem cum qua alia comparatur, aut proxime aut aliis vocibus separatum, sequitur; quodsi res quae comparationi inservit, adjectivo instructa est, iva plerumque medium inter substantivum et adjectivum locum tenet, vel hoc vel illud sequens. Ex hac adamata et frequentissima constructione fortasse explicandum est, quod nonnunquam adjectivum, quod sensu ad rem comparatam pertinet, formā et positione ad rem transfertur cum quā illa comparatur, ut N. 26. 30.: bhrājamāna ivā'dityo vapuṣā sicut splendens sol, corpore, pro bhrājamāna āditya iva vapuṣā corpore splendens (erat) sicut sol, quod poe7ta dicere videtur velle; cf. quoque IN. 1. 29. Nonnunquam redundat, aut Adjectivum, praesertim Participium praes. Adverbii naturā afficit, e. c. N. 2. 22.: nacirād iva brevi. H. 2. 16.: tvaramāṇe 'va...jagāma festinanter ivit; 2. 23.: vilajjamāne'va natā pudenter inclinata. 4. 1.: prahasann iva...vacanam abravīt ridens sermonem dixit. (Hoc Adverbium pronominale recognoverim in goth. hvaiva quomodo, sive sit dissolvendum in hva-iva - quasi ka iva - sive in hvai-'va; porro in Adverbiis goth. in ba desinentibus, ut froda-ba prudenter, hardu-ba dure; et in Adverbiis lith. in ipo vel ip desinentibus, ut taipo vel taip sic, quasi ta iva kaipo vel kaip quomodo? quasi ka iva v. gr. comp. 383. p. 555.)

iS iṣ

1. 4. P. ire. (Huc retulerim gr. [greek] quasi ā - iṣyāmi assimilatione mutato y in [greek] v. gr. comp. 501.).

c. anu 1. P. interdum A. quaerere. IN. 11. 18.: anveṣamāṇā; 12. 10.: anveṣatī; 12. 30.: anveṣasi (v. iṣ 6. praef. anu).

c. pra Caus. (preṣayāmi) mittere. IN. 5. 32. H. 1. 47. N. 3. 7. -- c. pra praef. sam Caus. (sampreṣayāmi) id. H. 4. 30.

iS iṣ

2. 6. P. (in special. temp. substituitur ich gr. 337. praet. red. iyeṣa gr. 432.) desiderare, velle. BR. 2. 3. 3. 4. N. 9. 32. 26. 17. -- Part. iṣṭa desideratus, carus, dilectus. BR. 2. 25. N. 12. 96. 16. 32. BH. 18. 64. (Gr. [greek] sicut supra [greek] [greek] nisi utrumque ad ī q. v. pertinet; v. etiam ich et Pott. 1. 269.).

c. anu quaerere. BH. 2. 49. MAN. 11. 232. DR. 8. 38. (cf. iṣ ire, praef. anu).

c. prati i. q. simpl. SA. 3. 12.

iSikA iṣikā

f. v. sq.

[Page 41b]
iSIkA iṣīkā

f. (ut mihi videtur, a r. īkṣ videre, s. ika in fem., producto i in ī ita ut sit pro ikṣīkā) pupilla, praesertim elephanti. AM. Scribitur etiam iṣikā.

iSu iṣu

m. f. (r. iṣ ire s. u) sagitta (cf. gr. [greek] quo scr. iṣa exspectaveris).

iSudhi iṣudhi

m. (e praec. et dhi tenens, a r. dhā s. i v. gr. 645.) pharetra. A. 3. 21. (in du.).

iSTa iṣṭa

Part. pass. 1) ab iṣ desiderare. 2) a yaj deos colere, sacrificare, gr. 613.

iSTaka iṣṭaka

m. et iṣṭakā f. later coctus. HIT. 39. 1.

iSTatas iṣṭatas

Adv. (ab iṣṭa optatum s. tas) ad voluntatem. IN. 2. 13.

iSTi iṣṭi

f. 1) (a r. iṣ desiderare s. ti) desiderium. 2) (a r. yaj s. ti) sacrificium. AM.

iSya iṣya

m. (r. iṣ desiderare s. ya) ver. HEM.

iSvAsa iṣvāsa

m. (ex iṣu sagitta et āsa q. v.) arcus. BH. 1. 4. 17.

iha iha

(a stirpe pron. i s. ha quod primitive sonuit dha = gr. [greek] et zend. dha) 1) hīc, ibi. BR. 1. 21. DR. 6. 23. N. 5. 10. 11. BR. 3. 5.: iha vā...utavā pretya aut hīc (in hoc terrestri mundo) aut post mortem (i. e. in illo mundo). -- Locativi asmin loco fungitur SA. 2. 21.: yadi santī 'ha kecana si sunt in eo quaepiam vitia; HIT. 104. 15.: iha samaye hoc tempore. 2) huc. IN. 4. 6. (Zend. [greek] idha hīc; gr. [greek] vel [greek] in [greek] [greek] cf. Hartung "Casus" p. 117. et M. Schmidt "De pron. gr. et lat." p. 16.; goth. ith si, nam, vero, gr. comp. 420.; fortasse lat. igi-tur pro igi-tus ex iha + tas v. gr. comp. 421.)

[Page 411]
I ī

1. 4. A. (gatau) ire.

I ī

2. 2. P. (kāntigativyāptikṣepaprajanakhādaneṣu) desiderare; ire; occupare; jaculari; generare; edere. In Rosenii Vedorum specimine p. 14. invenitur forma ATM. īmahe quod Rosenius per precamur vertit; non minus v. 2. iṣ.).

IkS īkṣ

1. A. (Praet. augm. 1. aikṣe gr. 318. Hanc radicis for- videre, intueri, spectare. BH. 6. 29. PAT. 10.: aikṣata; IN. 5. 39. (Vocibus quas supra cum akṣa comparavimus, addendum est goth. haih-s, Th. haiha unoculus, de quo egimus in gr. comp. 308. annot.).

c. adhi id. HIT. 129. 22.

c. apa 1) respicere, considerare. RAM. III. 3. 58. 20.: yayā nā 'pekṣyate rājā. 2) exspectare. UR. 22. 8. infr. 64. 4.

c. ava 1) videre, intueri, observare. H. 1. 50. 2. 6. A. 4. 38. N. 23. 11. PAT. 25. 2) respicere. BR. 3. 14. N. 12. 16. SA. 4. 33. -- c. ava praef. anu (anvavekṣ) 1) videre. RAM. III. 70. 59.: vipradrutān sarvān yūthapān anvavaikṣata. 2) contemplari. MAN. 6. 65.: sūkṣmatāñcā'nvave kṣeta. -- c. ava praef. prati (pratyavekṣ) 1) videre. 2) respicere. RAM. I. 29. 28.: na dharmam pratyavekṣate. -- c. ava praef. sam (samavekṣ) 1) videre. GHAT. 19.: madhunaḥ samavekṣya kālatām. 2) visitare. GHAT. 13.: kim itica māṃ samavekṣase na dīnām.

c. ut videre, conspicere, intueri. A. 6. 6. SA. 5. 63.

c. upa 1) id. N. 22. 5. 2) ignoscere, indulgere, tolerare. MAH. Exord. 137.: dyutādīn anayān...upaikṣata. 3) spernere, repudiare, negligere. RAM. III. 66. 24.: ciran nā 'rhati mām upekṣitum.

c. nis (nir) conspicere, intueri, spectare, contemplari. H. 4. 41. BH. 1. 22. SA. 4. 32.: nirīkṣamāṇā (sic cum ed. Calc. legendum pro nirīkṣyamāṇā).

c. pari explorare. N. 24. 3.: Caus. MAN. 7. 194.: tāñca samyak parīkṣayet.

c. pra i. q. simpl. IN. 2. 26. DR. 2. 1.: prekṣamāṇā (sic cum ed. Calc. pro prekṣyamāṇā legendum). -- Part. praes. P. invenitur. H. 3. 7.: prekṣatyās te. -- c. pra praef. anu (anuprekṣ) id. DR. 5. 23. -- c. pra praef. abhi (abhiprekṣ) intueri, adspicere. DR. 8. 39. 9. 18. -- c. pra praef. ā (āprekṣ) i. q. simpl. H. 3. 21. -- c. pra praef. sam (samprekṣ) id. N. 6. 2. 19. 36. BR. 2. 18. BH. 6. 13. -- c. pra praef. abhi + sam (abhisamprekṣ) id. H. 2. 28. DR. 8. 57.

c. prati exspectare. IN. 1. 13. N. 20. 17. M. 39. -- c. prati praef. sam (sampratīkṣ) id. RAM. III. 76. 29.: tvān nagarī sampratīkṣate.

c. vi videre. N. 26. 21. BH. 11. 22. -- c. vi praef. abhi (abhivīkṣ) id. -- c. vi praef. ut (udvīkṣ) 1) id. RAM. III. 48. 80. 2) respicere. RAM. III. 45. 33.: udvīkṣamāṇā bhartāram -- c. vi praef. upa (upavīkṣ) i. q. simpl. RAM. III. 45. 33. -- c. vi praef. prati (prativīkṣ) id. RAM. I. 14. 37.

c. sam 1) videre, observare. H. 4. 5. 26. N. 16. 9. 23. 5. 2) respicere. BR. 2. 32.

IkSaNa īkṣaṇa

n. (r. īkṣ s. ana) 1) visus, conspectus. HIT. 129. 19. 2) oculus. N. 11. 27. 12. 30. 16. 21.

IGkh īṅkh

1. P. (scribunt īkh gr. 110a).) ire, transire. In dialecto Ved. haec radix etiam cl. 10mae normam sequitur, e. c. ya īṅkhayanti parvatān qui transeunt montes, v. Ros. Sp. p. 9. not.

Ij īj

1. A. (gatau K. kutse gatau v.) ire; contemnere, reprehendere.

Ije īje

v. yaj.

IJj īñj

1. P. A. (scribunt īj gr. 110a).) i. q. īj.

ID īḍ

2. P. 10. A. laudare, celebrare. In Vedis invenitur forma īl cl. 2. A. mutato in l nisi vice versā īḍ ortum est ex īl. Ros. Sp. p. 10. 1.: tvām...martāsa īlate te homines celebrant.

IDya īḍya

(r. īḍ s. ya) laudandus, celebrandus. DR. 5. 3. BH. 11. 44.

Iti īti

f. (ut videtur, a r. ī s. ti) 1) temporis calamitas. 2) habitatio in exteris locis. AM. (ḍimbapravāsayoḥ).

IdRk īdṛk

v. sq.

IdRz īdṛś

(N. m. n. īdṛk f. īdṛśī e stirpe pron. i producto i in ī et dṛś = gr. [greek] in [greek] v. gr. 287. et gr. comp. 415.) talis. BH. 11. 49.

IdRza īdṛśa

(e stirpe pron. i producto i in ī et s. dṛśa prācr. disa vel risa = gr. [greek] in [greek] etc., goth. LEIKA in hveleik'-s qualis? nostro welcher, svaleik'-s talis, nostro solcher; slav. liko, N. m. lik e. c. tolik talis; lat. li in tālis, quālis; v. gr. comp. 415. sq.) talis. N. 13. 72. 19. 15. BH. 6. 12.

Ips īps

Desid. irr. a r. āp q. v., gr. 540.

c. pari quaerere. DR. 8. 8.

IpsA īpsā

f. (a praec. s. ā) desiderium adipiscendi, perficiendi. SA. 1. 11.

Ipsu īpsu

(ab īps s. u) adipiscendi cupidus.

Iyivas īyivas

(Part. praet. redupl. a r. i s. vas gr. 694.) qui ivit. N. 11. 33.

Ir īr

1. 2. A. (gatau K. kampagatyoḥ v.) ire; tremere, commoveri, v. sq. (Huc traxerim lat. īra, ita ut a motu animi sit nominata - cf. īrkṣy et īrṣy-; scr. īr autem ex ar quae forma primitiva est radicis orta esse videtur.).

Ir īr

2. 1. et 10. (cl. 10. est Caus. praec.) P. mittere, emittere, e. c. śabdam sonum, vācam giram sermonem. N. 5. 30. 17. 50. MAN. 11. 35. SA. 5. 33.

c. ut mittere, emittere. A. 9. 12.: vajram astram udīraya. RAM. II. 56. 15.: dīnām vācam udīrayan.

c. pra 1) mittere. HIT.: kālaprerita. 2) dirigere, flectere, regere. UR. 4. 5.: aśvān preraya; SAK. 29. 1.: nayane prerayantyā.

c. sam 1) i. q. simpl. SA. 5. 36. 2) commovere, agitare. H. 1. 9.

IrkSy īrkṣy

1. P. (īrṣāyām equidem syllabam ya hujus radicis, quae in temp. gen. nondum inventa est, pro charactere 4tae cl. habuerim, ita ut īrkṣ sit radix, quae varietas est simplicioris formae īrṣ unde īrṣita q. v., porro Substant. īrṣā et Adject. īrṣu. īrṣ autem ex īr adjecto ortum esse videtur, quum sibilantes saepe simplicioribus radicibus adjungantur; cf. e. c. mās bhās c. mā bhā et mokṣ cum muc) invidere.

Irma īrma

n. vulnus. AM.

IrSA īrṣā

f. (v. īrkṣy) invidia. Scribitur etiam īrṣyā. HIT. 15. 5.

IrSita īrṣita

(Part. pass. a r. īrṣ - v. īrkṣy - s. ta) cui invidetur. HIT. 28. 19.

[Page 43b]
IrSu īrṣu

(v. īrkṣy) invidus, invidens. HIT. 13. 3.

IrSy īrṣy

1. P. (v. īrkṣy) invidere.

IrSyA īrṣyā

f. invidia. AM. (v. īrṣā).

Il īl

v. īḍ.

Ilita īlita

(Part. pass. praec. s. ta) celebratus. AM.

Iz īś

2. A. dominari, imperare, Wils. "to possess power, property or authority". (Fortasse huc pertinet goth. aigan habere cum Gunā et anomalā Mediā pro Aspiratā, quam ex scr. ś et gr. [greek] - v. īśvara - exspectaveris; germ. vet. eigan, Adj. eigan proprius - nostrum eigen - eh-t, Th. eh-ti f. possessio, facultas, substantia, opes, reditus, praedium.)

Iza īśa

m. (r. īś s. a) 1) dominus. IN. 5. 32. SU. 3. 19. 2) cognomen Sivi. AM.

IzAna īśāna

m. (Part. praes. a r. īś s. āna) nomen Sivi. DEV. 8. 23.

IzAnI īśānī

f. (Fem. praec.) nomen Durgae, Sivi uxoris. DEV. 8. 21.

Izvara īśvara

m. (r. īś s. vara) 1) dominus. H. 3. 1. N. 2. 6. BH. 4. 6. 2) nomen Sivi. AM. 3) Adj. potens, capax, par. cum Infin. DEV. 1. 64. HIT. 75. 14. (Huc retulerim gr. [greek] abjectā vocali initiali et correptā syllabā va in v sicut e śvan fit śunas etc. = [greek] gr. 225.; terminatio [greek] convenit cum suffixo Derivativi aiśvarya q. v. Vox [greek] autem alius originis est, v. śūr. Fortasse germ. vet. herro (nostrum Herr) per assimil. ex herjo, huc pertinet; hib. aesfhear, aesar deus, v. Pikt. p. 20.)

IzvarI īśvarī

f. (Fem. praecedentis) 1) domina. 2) nomen Durgae, v. īśānī.

IS īṣ

1. 1. P. (uñche) spicas colligere.

IS īṣ

2. 1. A. (gatidarśanahiṃsādāneṣu K. dānekṣahiṃse sarpaṇe) ire; videre; ferire, occidere; dare.

ISat īṣat

paululum praesertim in initio compositorum. DEV. 4. 11.: īṣatsahāsa; 7. 2.: īṣaddhāsa.

ISaduSNa īṣaduṣṇa

(e praec. et uṣṇa calidus) tepidus. HEM.

[Page 44a]
Ih īh

1. A. 1) desiderare. 2) adniti, contendere, quaerere, petere. BH. 7. 22. 16. 12. (Huc trahi possit gr. [greek] ita ut sit pro [greek] propter adamatam conjunctionem litterarum [greek]et[greek].)

c. sam 1) desiderare, samīhita n. optatum, desiderium. HIT. 44. 7. 2) assequi, adipisci. HIT. 103. 2. 3) pera- gere, perficere. RAM. I. 11. 33.: yajñakarma samīhantām bhavantaḥ.

IhA īhā

f. (r. īh s. ā) 1) desiderium. 2) nisus, appetitus, consectatio. HIT. 37. 6.: vittehā.

IhAmRga īhāmṛga

m. (e praec. et mṛga) lupus. AM.

[Page 441]
u u

1. 1. A. (śabde) sonare.

u u

2. Particula enclitica quae in classica lingua tantum cum kim na et atha conjuncta invenitur, no et atho idem valent ac simplices formae na atha; kimu autem significat 1) quanto magis. HIT. 4. 11.: ekaikam apy anarthāya kimu yatra catuṣṭayam; UR. 7. 17. 2) utrum in prioris sentiae parte, et an in posteriore. KATHAK. apud Poleium p. 16. 8.: kathan nu tad vijānoyāṅ kimu bhāti vibhāti vā; Amaru-Sataka: na jāne sammukhāyāte priyāṇi vadati priye . sarvāṇy aṅgāni me yānti śrotratāṅ kimu netratām. In dialecto Vedica haec particula saepe conjungitur cum pronominibus, sine certā, quae demonstrari possit, significatione, solum, ut videtur, ad orationis vim augendam, quā in re cum particula it q. v. convenit. E. c. KATHAK. ed. Pol. p. 4. 3. infr.: pra te bravīmi tadu nibodha; 13. 5. infr.: tadu nā 'tyeti kaścana; sic etiam l. c. 17. 11.; 14. 4.: sa evā 'dya sau śvaḥ. MUNDOP. p. 94. 7.: tad etad akṣaram brahma sa prāṇas tadu vāṅmanaḥ; KENOP. 155. 2.: kau devo yunakti. ISOP.: andhan tamaḥ praviśanti ye avidyām upāsate . tato bhūya iva te tamo yau vidyāyāṃ ratāḥ. In antiquioribus Vedorum partibus haec particula etiam cum Praepositionibus et Verbis conjuncta invenitur; Ros. Sp. p. 6. sl. 1.: udu saepius; abhūdu. (Cf. de hac particula Lassenium ad Hit. p. 4. et Frider. Windischm. Sankara p. 75.).

uMh uṃh

1. P. (arde scribunt uh gr. 110a).) vexare.

[Page 441]
ukta uktavat ukta uktavat

v. vac.

ukti ukti

f. (r. vac dicere, s. ti) sermo, loquela. HIT. 3. 3.

ukS ukṣ

1. P. conspergere, humectare. SA. 6. 5. śoṇitokṣita sanguine conspersus. (Lith. ūkana tempestas pluvia, cf. etiam hib. uisg, uisge "water, a river", uisgeach "aquatic, watery, fluid, moist, pluvial", transpositis litteris k ṣ nisi uisg pertinet ad r. viṣ irrigare, unde ukṣ ortum esse possit, ejecto i et additā sibilante, ratione habitā euphoniae legis 99.).

ukSan ukṣan

m. (ut videtur, a r. vah correpto va in u gr. 455., adjectā sibilante, s. an) bos, taurus, in Vedis etiam equus. Ros. Sp. p. 8. 5. (Goth. auhsa, Th. auhsan, germ. vet. auhso, Th. auhson, auhsun, notrum Ochs, lat. vacca ut videtur per assimil. e vacsa cf. Pott. I. 234.).

ukh ukh

1. 1. P. (gatau) ire (cf. uṅkh).

ukh ukh

2. 1. P. (śoṣaṇālamarthayoḥ) exsiccari; ornare.

ukhA ukhā

f. olla. AM.

ugra ugra

1) durus, asper, horrificus, terrificus. SU. 1. 7. IN. 1. 4. BH. 11. 30. 31. 2) m. nomen Sivi.

ugradarzana ugradarśana

(BAH. e praec. et darśana n. visus, adspectus, a r. dṛś videre s. ana) horrificus conspectu, horrificam speciem habens. SU. 2. 24.

ugrazAsana ugraśāsana

(BAH. ex ugra et śāsana n. jussus, a r. śās s. ana) asperum, severum jussum habens. SU. 2. 9.

uGkh uṅkh

1. P. (gatau) ire.

[Page 45a]
uc uc

4. P. (samavāye K. samavāyane v.) convenire, congredi.

ucita ucita

(a praec. s. ta) 1) congruus, conveniens. HIT. 14. 13. 18. 14. 24. 3. 43. 22. 2) dignus, merens. N. 16. 16. H. 1. 33. a. et b. 3) expertus. N. 23. 22.

ucca ucca

(a praep. ut s. ca) altus. AM. (Hib. uchdan "a hillock", cambro-bril. uched "élevé". Pikt. p. 21.).

uccaNDa uccaṇḍa

(r. caṇḍ irasci praef. ut s. a) celer. AM.

uccaya uccaya

v. śiloccaya.

uccAra uccāra

m. (r. car ire, praef. ut s. a) excrementum. AM.

uccAraNa uccāraṇa

n. (r. car in forma caus. s. ana) pronuntiatio. DEV. 10. 9.

uccaiHzravas uccaiḥśravas

m. (BAH. e sq. et śravas auris) Indri equus. AM.

uccais uccais

Adv. (instr. pl. ab ucca q. v. gr. 683.) clare, clarā voce. N. 11. 2.

ucchiSTa ucchiṣṭa

v. śiṣ praef. ut.

ucchRGkhala ucchṛṅkhala

(BAH. ex ut et śṛṅkhala vel śṛṅkhalā catena, vinculum) effrenatus, indomitus. HIT. 97. 11.

uccheda uccheda

m. (r. chid scindere, praef. ut s. a) exstinctio, eversio, excidium. HIT. 67. 19.: sarvapaśūccheda kriyate.

ucchoSaNa ucchoṣaṇa

m. (r. śuṣ siccari, in forma caus. praef. ut s. ana v. euph. gr. 61. et 94a).) exsiccans. BH. 2. 8.

ucchraya ucchraya

n. (r. śri ire, praef. ut s. a) altitudo. AM.

ucchrAya ucchrāya

m. (r. śri ire, praef. ut s. a) id. AM.

ucchrita ucchrita

v. śri praef. ut.

ucchvasita ucchvasita

v. śvas.

ucchvAsa ucchvāsa

m. (r. śvas praef. ut s. a) respiratio, halitus. UR. 68. 10.

uch uch

6 P. (nivāse K. varjane bandhane samāpane atikrame v.) habitare; relinquere; ligare; finire; transgredi.

ujjAsana ujjāsana

n. (r. jas praef. s. ana) occios, caedes. AM.

ujjRbha ujjṛbha

(r. jṛmbh oscitare praef. ut s. a) apertus, expansu, florens. HEM.

ujjvala ujjvala

(r. jval praef. ut s. a) Adj. 1) nitidus, splendilus. UR. 73. 2. infr. UP. 4. 2) apertus, expansus, florens. - Subst. m. amor. AM.

ujjh ujjh

6. P. relinquere. UR. 44. 5. SAK. 14. 2. infr.

[Page 45b]
uJch uñch

1. P. (scribunt uch gr. 110a).) spicas colligere. MAN. 3. 100.: śilān uñchan.

uTh uṭh

1. P. (upaghāte) ferire, percutere.

uDDIna uḍḍīna

n. (r. ḍī praef. ut s. na) actio evolandi. AM.

uDumbara uḍumbara

n. cuprum. MED. Scribitur etiam ūḍumbara et uḍumbara.

ut ut

Praep. praef. sursum (Gr. [greek] ut mihi videtur ex [greek] = uttara; hib. uas, quod separatum usurpatur et os, ois tanquam praefixa, e. c. in os-car "a leap, bound" quasi uccara os-nadh "a sigh, a groan" quasi unnāda os-griobhan "an epigram", ois-gribhin (*) "a superscription"; respicias etiam formam oin, cambro-brit. yn, in oin-mhid, yn-wyd stultus, fatuus = unmada v. gr. 58. et Piktet p. 88.; etiam udh in udhbhairt "an offering, a sacrifice" - a r. bhṛ? - nonnullisque aliis ab udh incipientibus vocabulis huc pertinere videtur; in dialecto bret. praeter uch et och, quae ex ucca orta esse puto, inveniuntur formae ut, ud et uz, quae egregie cum ut conveniunt; in goth. ūt ex, germ. vet. ūz nostro aus, si cum ut cohaerent, offendit vocalis producta contra tritam linguarum degenerantium rationem, quā fere semper vocales fortiores in debiliores transeunt, non vice versā.).

(*) Forma ois ex vi attractionis explicaverim quam i vel e sequentis syllabae in antecedentem exercere potest.
uta uta

1. vel, aut. SAK. 46. 4.; HIT. 101. 17.; v. utavā utāho et utāhosvit. Interdum redundans aut solum ad orationis vim augendam positum videtur, e. c. H. 4. 46.: raudre muhūrte rakṣāṃsi prabalāni bhavanty uta.

uta uta

2. v. r. ve.

utavA utavā

(ex uta et ) aut. BR. 3. 5.

utAho utāho

(ex uta et aho) aut, an. N. 12. 73. 120.

utAhosvit utāhosvit

(e praec. et svit) id. N. 19. 29.

utka utka

(ut videtur, a praep. ut s. ka cf. ucca) desiderans, desiderio flagrans. PAT. 23.

utkaTa utkaṭa

(e praep. ut s. kaṭa v. gr. 652.) 1) multus. HIT. 23. 15. 2) ebrius, furiosus. H. 4. 38. N. 13. 8. 3) m. elephantus coitūs appetens.

utkaNThA utkaṇṭhā

f. (r. kaṇṭh s. ā) animi demissio, animus afflictus, tristitia, moeror; desiderium. UR. 13. 1. infr. 62. 4.

utkaNThita utkaṇṭhita

(a praec. s. ita nisi directe a r. kaṇṭh s. ta) moerore afflictus, animo demissus. RAM. III. 55. 39.: paśyāmi janam utkaṇṭhitam pure; III. 49. 5.: utkaṇṭhitā te māte 'yam.

utkampa utkampa

m. (r. kamp s. a) tremor. PAT. 20.

utkara utkara

m. (ex ut et kara faciens, a r. kṛ s. a) fasciculus. IN. 5. 6.

utkarSa utkarṣa

m. (r. kṛṣ trahere s. a) excellentia. HIT. 52. 9. 91. 19. SAK. 32. 7.

utkalikA utkalikā

f. (r. kal s. ikā) i. q. utkaṇṭhā. AM.: utkaṇṭhotkalike same.

utkuNa utkuṇa

m. (r. kuṇ sonare s. a) pediculus.

utkruSTa utkruṣṭa

v. kruś praef. ut.

utkroza utkrośa

m. (r. kruś clamare s. a) haliaeetus. AM.

utkSepaNa utkṣepaṇa

n. (r. kṣip conjicere s. ana) levatio, allevatio. SAK. 22. 6. infr.

utta utta

(r. und madidum esse s. ta v. gr. 615.) madidus, humidus. AM.

uttaMsa uttaṃsa

m. (r. taṃs ornare s. a) 1) annulus auricularis. 2) crista. AM.

uttama uttama

(a praep. ut s. superl. tama) summus, supremus; optimus, praestantissimus; pulcherrimus. BR. 2. 13. N. 17. 5.

uttamarNa uttamarṇa

m. (BAH. ex praec. et ṛṇa debitum) creditor. AM.: uttamādhamarṇau dvau prayoktṛgrāhakau kramāt.

uttamAGga uttamāṅga

n. (KARM. ex uttama summus et aṅga membrum) caput. AM.

uttara uttara

(a praep. ut s. comp. tara) Adj. 1) superior. 2) septentrionalis. SU. 3. 26. Instr. uttareṇa Adv. septentrionem versus. SU. 3. 23. SA. 5. 108. - Subst. n. responsum. N. 17. 30. (gr. [greek] v. ut).

uttarApatha uttarāpatha

m. (ex uttarā f. septentrio et patha in fine compos. pro pathin via) terra septentrionalis, cf. dakṣiṇāpatha.

[Page 46b]
uttarAyaNa uttarāyaṇa

n. (BAH. ex uttara et ayana via, mutato n in v. gr. min. 94a). annot.) anni dimidium, quo sol borealem polum percurrit. BH. 8. 24.

uttarIya uttarīya

n. (ex uttara s. īya) vestis superior. IN. 5. 15. N. 20. 2.

uttarottara uttarottara

n. (DVANDV. ex uttara responsum + uttara) altercatio, ad litteram responsum et responsum, Antwort auf Antwort, Wils. "a reply to an answer". HIT. 21. 3.

uttarottaram uttarottaram

Adv. (ex uttara n. superius + uttara) magis magisque. HIT. 20. 20.

uttAna uttāna

(r. tan s. a) 1) tenuis, vadosus, non profundus. 2) sursum, in sublime conversus, Med. v. sq.

uttAnazaya uttānaśaya

m. (e praec. et śaya jacens, dormiens) infans. AM.

uttApa uttāpa

m. (r. tap urere s. a) aestus, calor, ardor. Trop. ardor animi. HIT. 89. 20.

uttuGga uttuṅga

(ex ut et tuṅga altus) altus. UR. 73. 4. infr.

utthApay utthAya utthita utthāpay utthāya utthita

v. sthā praef. ut.

utpatti utpatti

f. (r. pad s. ti) origo. DEV. 1. 1. (cf. utpādana et v. pad praef. ut unde intelligitur, hoc vocabulum non ex pat sed ex pad ortum esse).

utpala utpala

n. (r. pal s. a) 1) flos in universum. 2) lotus flos. 3) lotus caerulea (nymphaea caerulea).

utpATin utpāṭin

(r. paṭ ire in forma caus. s. in) extrahens, evellens. HIT. 49. 8.

utpAta utpāta

m. (r. pat s. a) 1) actio exsurgendi, exiliendi. HIT. 36. 18: pātotpātā manuṣyānām; A. 4. 40: prathamotpāte hayānām. 2) prodigium, portentum. AM.; DEV. 12. 7.

utpAdaka utpādaka

(r. pad in form. caus. s. aka) qui product, generat. HIT. 84. 2.

utpAdana utpādana

n. (r. pad in forma caus. s. ana) genratio. HIT. 50. 12.

utphulla utphulla

(r. phull s. a) expansus, apertus, de floribus

utphullanayana utphullanayana

(BAH. e praec. et nayana oculus) late di[??]ctos oculos habens. IN. 2. 26. BR. 3. 21.

utphullalocana utphullalocana

(BAH. ex utphulla et locana n. oculus) i. q. praec. IN. 5. 40.

[Page 47a]
utsa utsa

m. (ut videtur, a r. und s. sa) fons. AM.

utsaGga utsaṅga

m. (r. sañj s. a) i. q. aṅka i. e. gremium. SA. 5. 69.

utsannotsavayajJa utsannotsavayajña

(BAH. ex utsanna eversus, exstinctus - a rad. sad q. v. - et utsavayajña - utsava festum + yajña sacrificium) eversa, disturbata festa et sacrificia habens. SU. 2. 22.

utsarga utsarga

m. (r. sṛj praef. ut relinquere, s. a) 1) relictio. N. 10. 12. 13. 2) datio, donatio, largitio. SA. 1. 68. 3) alvi dejectio. HIT. 85. 9.: purīṣotsargaṅ kṛtvā.

utsava utsava

m. (r. su aut s. a) festum. IN. 5. 23. SU. 2. 1. 22.

utsAdana utsādana

n. (r. sad in form. caus. s. ana) 1) exstinctio, excidium. 2) purificatio unguentis suavibus.

utsAha utsāha

m. (r. sah s. a) 1) facultas, potestas, vis. N. 19. 36. 2) contentio, labor. DR. 8. 56.

utsuka utsuka

(ex ut et suka quod separatum non invenitur et fortasse a partic. insep. su descendit) 1) Adj. desiderans, desiderio confectus. UR. 8. 3. 45. 9. 65. 7. 9. N. 21. 7. SAK. 51. 3. 2) Subst. in fine compos. BAH. e. c. nirutsuka liber a desiderio. SAK. 30. 5.: mamā'pi kaṇvasutām anusmṛtya mṛgayām prati nirutsukañ cetaḥ; A. 10. 14. -- samutsuka qui est cum desiderio, desiderio confectus. UR. 7. 16.

utsUra utsūra

m. (ex ut et sūra sol) vespera, crepusculum. HEM.

utsRSTa utsṛṣṭa

v. sṛj praef. ut.

utsedha utsedha

m. (r. sidh ire s. a) 1) altitudo. AM. 2) corpus. AM.

uda uda

n. (r. und s. a) aqua praesertim in initio compositorum, e. c. udadhi (Cf. lat. unda, ar-undo i. e. "ad undam crescens" de Pottii sententia, qui etiam apte syllabam ūd vocis pal-us, pal-ūd-is huc refert, ita ut significet [greek] aquam; anglo-sax. ydhu unda, slav. voda aqua, lith. wandu[greek] Th. wanden, v. gr. comp. 139. et cf. udanyā udanvat; gr. [greek] goth. vato, Th. vatan aqua, germ. vet. wazar. E germ., slav. et lith. formis collegerim sanscritum uda et und correpta esse ex vada et vand sicut e. c. supta e svapta; v. und).

udaka udaka

n. (a praec. s. ka nisi directe a r. und s. aka) aqua. H. 1. 16. BH. 2. 46.

[Page 47b]
udakyA udakyā

f. (a praec. s. ya in fem.) mulier menstruans. AM.

udagra udagra

(BAH. ex ut et agra cuspis) 1) altus. AM. 2) vehemens, acer, intentus. UR. 91. 10.

udac udac

(in casib. fortibus udañc Nom. m. udaṅ f. udīcī n. udak; a r. añc ire praef. ut v. gr. 196. 198.) septentrionalis. AM.

udadhi udadhi

m. (ex uda aqua, et dhi tenens, a r. dhā s. i) mare.

udanta udanta

m. (ex ut + anta) nuntius, notitia, cognitio. AM.

udanyA udanyā

f. (hoc vocabulum et sq. udanvat descendere videntur a perdito Primitivo udan aqua, cui respondet goth. VATAN et lith. WANDEN) sitis. AM.

udanvat udanvat

m. (a perdito udan aqua, v. praec., s. vat) mare. AM.

udapAna udapāna

m. n. (BAH. ex uda aqua et pāna n. potus) puteus. BH. 2. 46.

udaya udaya

m. (r. i praef. ut oriri, s. a) ortus (stellarum) v. sq.

udayana udayana

n. (r. i praef. ut oriri, s. ana) i. q. praec. IN. 5. 5.

udara udara

m. (r. praef. ut s. a) venter (lat. uterus).

udarka udarka

m. futurum tempus. N. 12. 92. 21. 28. SA. 6. 42. (Ut videtur, ex arka sol, praef. ut ita ut primitive significet solis ortum sequens tempus.)

udavasita udavasita

n. (secundum Wils. ex uda aqua et vasita tectus, ita ut significet tectum, munitum ab aqua) domus. AM.

udAra udāra

(r. praef. ut s. a) 1) munificus, liberalis. BH. 7. 18. 2) magnus. AM.: dātṛmahatoḥ.

udAharaNa udāharaṇa

n. (r. hṛ praef. ut + ā s. ana) dictum, effatum, sententia. UR. 25. 16.

udAhAra udāhāra

m. (r. hṛ praef. ut + a) id. AM.: = upodghāta q. v.

udita udita

v. i praef. ut.

udIcI udīcī

f. (Fem. [greek] udac q. v.) septentrionalis plaga. DR. 3. 7.

udumbara udumbara

1) m. ficus glomerata. N. 12. 4. 2) n. cuprum, aes cyprium. AM. (v. uḍumbara).

udgata udgata

v. gam praef. ut.

udgama udgama

m. (r. gam ire s. a) 1) actio exsurgendi, se in altum tollendi. SAK. 7. 13.: ājyadhūmodgama. 2) proventus, ortus, germinatio, Aufgehen. UR. 75. 17.: puṣpodgama; HIT. 90. 4.: koṭapakṣodgama.

udgADham udgāḍham

(r. gāh praef. ut s. ta cum signo accus.) valde, ultra modum. AM.

udgAra udgāra

m. (r. gṝ deglutire praef. ut s. a) actio evomendi, ejiciendi ex ore. AM. HIT. 101. 16.: kathodgāra.

udgItha udgītha

m. (r. gai s. tha) pars Sāma-Vedi. DEV. 4. 9.

udghATita udghāṭita

v. ghad praef. ut.

udghATin udghāṭin

(r. ghad se movere praef. ut s. in) surgens, assurgens, se attollens. SAK. 4. 12.: udghāṭinī bhūmiḥ.

uddeza uddeśa

m. (r. diś monstrare, praef. ut s. a) 1) monstratio, descriptio. IN. 4. 16. 2) regio. H. 1. 16. N. 10. 18.

uddezatas uddeśatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) monstrationis causā, speciminis vice. BH. 10. 40.

uddharaNa uddharaṇa

n. (r. hṛ praef. ut s. ana) actio extrahendi. HIT. 13. 17.

uddharSa uddharṣa

m. (r. hṛṣ gaudere praef. ut s. a) festum. AM.

uddhava uddhava

m. (r. dhu vel dhū s. a) festum. AM.

uddhAna uddhāna

n. (ut videtur ex uddhmāna q. v. ejecto m) focus, furnax. AM.

uddhAnta uddhānta

m. elephantus, tempore quo coitum appetit elapso. AM.

uddhAra uddhāra

m. (r. hṛ nisi dhṛ praef. ut s. a) debitum, aes alienum. AM.

uddhRta uddhṛta

v. hṛ praef. ut.

uddhmAna uddhmāna

n. (r. dhmā flare s. ana) focus, furnax; v. uddhāna.

udbhava udbhava

m. (r. bhū esse, existere, praef. ut s. a) ortus, origo. N. 13. 10. A. 5. 24.

udbhijja udbhijja

(ex udbhid germinatio et ja natus) progerminando natus. MAN. 1. 46. V. sq.

udbhid udbhid

(r. bhid) 1) f. actio progerminandi (v. praec. et schol. ad MAN. 1. 46.: udbhedanam udbhid bhāve kvip tato jāyante ūrdhvam vījam bhūmiñca bhittve 'ty udbhijjā vṛkṣāḥ). 2) Adj. progerminans. AM.

udbhida udbhida

(r. bhid s. a) progerminans. AM. 2) m. planta. AM.: tarugulmādyāḥ.

[Page 48b]
udbhrama udbhrama

m. (r. bhram s. a) motus, agitatio animi. AM.: udvega udbhrame.

udya udya

m. (r. und s. ya) flumen. HEM.

udyata udyata

v. yam praef. ut.

udyama udyama

m. (r. yam praef. ut s. a) contentio, labor, opera. HIT. 7. 1.

udyAna udyāna

n. (r. s. ana) hortus regius publicus. AM.

udyoga udyoga

m. (r. yuj praef. ut s. a) i. q. udyama. HIT. 6. 10. 11.

udyogin udyogin

(a praec. s. in) qui operam dat, nititur, contendit. HIT. 6. 13.

udra udra

m. (r. und s. ra) lutra (Lith. ūdra, anglo - sax. oter, otor, angl. otter, nostrum Otter; gr. [greek] respiciatur etiam gr. [greek] a vivendo in aqua nominata, ratione habitā, vocem udra in composito samudra (mare) aquam significare, quam ob rem etiam lith. audrá accessus maris, inundatio, huc pertinet.).

udvatsara udvatsara

m. (ex ut et vatsara annus) annus. AM.

udvartana udvartana

n. (r. vṛt in forma caus. s. ana) purificatio unguentis suavibus, "cleaning with parfumes". AM.: utvartanotsādane dve same.

udvaha udvaha

(r. vah praef. ut s. a in fine compos. occurit). 1) propagans (genus). SA. 5. 44. 2) oriundus, originem trahens, proles. IN. 5. 28. A. 3. 14. 4. 31.

udvahana udvahana

n. (r. vah praef. ut s. ana) actio surgendi, turgescendi. IN. 5. 9.

udvASpa udvāṣpa

(ex ut et vāṣpa lacryma) prorumpentes lacrymas habens, v. sq.

udvASpatva udvāṣpatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis, lacrymatio. UR. 23. 16.

udvAha udvāha

m. (r. vah praef. ut s. a) matrimonium, conjugium. SU. 2. 23.

udvigna udvigna

v. vij praef. ut.

udvega udvega

m. (r. vij praef. ut s. a) tremor, timor, moeror. BH. 17. 15. A. 10. 14.

und und

7. P. (unadmi undmas v. gr. 379.) madidum esse (v. unna uda et cf. praeter voces ibi cum uda comparatas lat. ūdus; nisi hoc est correptum ex uvidus ab corruptum esse videtur ex [greek].

unduru unduru

m. (scribitur etiam undura quod ortum esse videtur a r. und s. ura) mus rattus. AM.

unna unna

(r. und s. na gr. 607. 617.) madidus.

unnata unnata

v. nam praef. ut.

unnati unnati

f. (r. nam inclinare praef. ut s. ti) allevatio. HIT. 36. 13.

unnaya unnaya

m. (r. ducere praef. ut s. a) id. AM.

unnAya unnāya

m. (r. praef. ut s. a) id.

unnidra unnidra

(exsomnis ex ut et nidrā somnus) apertus, expansus de floribus. HEM. (cf. vinidra UR. 76. 8.).

unmada unmada

(r. mad praef. ut s. a) mente alienatus, demens; DEV. 4. 22. (Hib. oin-mhid, v. ut).

unmadiSNu unmadiṣṇu

(r. mad praef. ut s. snu inserto i) id. AM.

unmanas unmanas

(ex ut et manas) desiderans, desiderio flagrans. AM. (= utka).

unmAda unmāda

m. (r. mad praef. ut s. a) insania, dementia. UR. 57. 7. infr.

unmAtha unmātha

m. (r. math vel manth praef. ut s. a) laqueus. AM.

unmArga unmārga

(ex ut et mārga) deverticulum, iter devium, Abweg. HIT. 4. 12. 115. 12.

unmukha unmukha

(BAH. ex ut sursum et mukha n. os, vultus) erectum vultum habens. N. 21. 7.

unmUlay unmūlay

(Denom. ab unmūla eradicatus - ut + mūla - adjecto charactere 10mae cl., v. gr. 586. 587.) eradicare, radicitus evellere. HIT. 59. 4.

up up

v. vap.

upa upa

Praep. praef. ad (Gr. [greek] lat. sub, adjectā sibilante vel spiritu asp. sicut in [greek] super = upari; goth. uf sub, germ. vet. oba super, nostrum ob-Obdach, obliegen - lith. po sub.).

[Page 49b]
upakaNTha upakaṇṭha

(ex upa et kaṇṭha gula) 1) Adj. propinquus. AM. 2) n. propinquitas, vicinia. HIT. 65. 10. SAK. 44. 4. infr.

upakaraNa upakaraṇa

n. (r. kṛ s. ana) instrumentum. HIT. 48. 12.

upakartR upakartṛ

m. (r. kṛ s. tṛ) adjutor, auxiliator. HIT. 61. 15.

upakAra upakāra

m. (r. kṛ s. a) auxilium. HIT. 51. 1. 61. 16.

upakAraka upakāraka

(r. kṛ s. aka) adjutor, auxiliator. HIT. 97. 21.

upakArikA upakārikā

f. (r. kṛ s. ika in fem.) palatium. UR. 81. 4. infr.

upakArin upakārin

Adj. (r. kṛ s. in) qui juvat, prodest, auxilium fert. HIT. 22. 17. UR. 11. 10. infr.

upakulyA upakulyā

f. (upa + kulyā) piper longum. AM.

upakRta upakṛta

v. r. kṛ praef. upa.

upakrama upakrama

m. (r. kram s. a) inceptio, inceptum, initium. AM.

upakroza upakrośa

m. (r. kruś s. a) vituperatio, objurgatio, maledictio. AM.

upagama upagama

m. (r. gam s. a) aditio, adventus, appropinquatio. SAK. 7. 9.

upagUhana upagūhana

n. (r. guh s. ana) amplexus. AM.

upagraha upagraha

m. (r. grah s. a) captivus. AM.

upagrAhya upagrāhya

n. (r. grah s. ya) donum, munus. AM.

upaghAta upaghāta

m. (r. han in formā caus. - gr. 524. - s. a) actio pulsandi, verberandi, percutiendi. SAK. 29. 7.: gātropaghāta v. sq.

upaghAtin upaghātin

(r. han in formā caus. s. in) pulsans, verberans, percutiens. SAK. 27. 3. infr.: karṇopaghātinā vanagamanakolāhalena prabodhye.

upacaya upacaya

m. (r. ci s. a) collectio, accumulatio, amplificatio. HIT. 8. 13.: jñānopacaye; 105. 12.: upacayāpacayau.

upacAra upacāra

m. (r. car s. a) 1) actio, factum. N. 23. 8. 2) ministerium, officium, servitium. SA. 3. 21.

upacitrA upacitrā

f. (upa + citra) in fem.) nomen plantae (Salvinia cucullata Rox.) AM.

upajagmivas upajagmivas

v. gam praef. upa.

upajApa upajāpa

m. (r. jap s. a) discordia, dissensio, dissidium. AM.: i. q. bheda; HIT. 106. 7.

upajIvin upajīvin

(r. jīv s. in) vivens. HIT. 13. 4.

upatApa upatāpa

m. (r. tap s. a) aegritudo. AM.

[Page 50a]
upatyakA upatyakā

f. (ut videtur, ab inusitato upatya - ab upa s. tya v. gr. 652. - s. ka in fem.) regio prope montis pedem. DR. 5. 5.

upadA upadā

f. (r. ) donum, munus. AM.

upadiz upadiś

f. (KARM. ex upa et diś f. plaga) intermedia plaga, cf. vidiś.

upadeza upadeśa

m. (r. diś s. a) consilium.

upadezin upadeśin

(r. diś s. in) monstrans, docens, monens, consilium dans. HIT. 11. 8.

upadrava upadrava

m. (r. dru s. a) calamitas, miseria, aerumna (cf. āpad āpatti). SAK. 47. 2. infr.

upadraSTR upadraṣṭṛ

m. (r. dṛś s. tṛ) spectator. BH. 13. 22.

upadhA upadhā

f. (r. dhā) investigatio, exploratio, quaestio, inquisitio. AM.: dharmādyair yat parīkṣaṇam; HIT. 83. 21.

upadhAna upadhāna

n. (r. dhā s. ana) pulvinar. AM.

upadhi upadhi

m. (r. dhā s. i) fraus. AM.

upadhyAya upadhyāya

(r. dhyai s. a) meditans, meditabundus. SA. 6. 14.

upaniSad upaniṣad

f. (r. sad praef. upa + ni) sic nominantur illae Vedorum partes, quae de philosophicis et theologicis rebus disserunt.

upanidhi upanidhi

m. (r. dhā praef. upa + ni s. i) depositum. AM. (= nyāsa).

upaniSkara upaniṣkara

m. (r. kṛ praef. upa + nis s. a) via, platea. AM.

upanyAsa upanyāsa

m. (r. as praef. upa + ni s. a) exordium. AM. (= vāṅmukham).

upapati upapati

m. (ex upa et pati maritus) nuptae adulter. AM.

upapanna upapanna

v. pad praef. upa.

upapArzva upapārśva

m. (KARM. ex upa et pārśva) ut videtur, oppositum latus. N. 19. 16.

upapura upapura

n. (ex upa et pura) suburbium. HEM.

upaplava upaplava

m. (r. plu praef. a) 1) impedimentum. SAK. 43. 4. (cf. upadrava). 2) eclipsis.

upabhoga upabhoga

m. (r. bhuj s. a) fructus, perceptio, usus. HIT. 34. 3. BH. 16. 11.: kāmopabhoga; SAK. 2. 12. UR. 41. 9. infr.

upamA upamā

f. (r. metiri) similitudo. IN. 1. 3. (In fine comp. BAH. saepissime occurrit, quod autem Wils. de adject. upama similis in comp. solum usitato dicit, ita intelligendum est, ut upamā correpto ā finali secundum gr. 664., sicuti quodvis aliud substantivum, in compos. BAH. adjectivi naturam possit induere.)

upayama upayama

m. (r. yam s. a) matrimonium, conjugium, nuptiae. AM.

upayAma upayāma

m. (r. yam s. a) id. AM.

upayoga upayoga

m. (r. yuj s. a) 1) utilitas, facultas rei efficiendae. HIT. 57. 2. 99. 12.: svāmirājyarakṣāyāṃ yasyo 'payogaḥ. 2) munus, officium, ministerium. HIT. 50. 5.

uparata uparata

v. ram praef. upa.

uparati uparati

f. (r. ram s. ti) cessatio, finis. DEV. 11. 8.

upari upari

Praep. super, c. gen. N. 1. 2. 13. 31. -- In compos. cum nomine praecedente: A. 7. 4. (Goth. ufar, germ. vet. obar, nostrum über, gr. [greek] lat. super, v. upa; etiam lith. per ubi super significat, ex upari abjecto u explicaverim.)

upariSTAt upariṣṭāt

(a praec. s. stāt) id. (cf. adhastāt).

uparodha uparodha

m. (r. rudh s. a) turbatio. SAK. 7. 6. infr. UR. 44. 1. infr.

upala upala

1) lapis. 2) lapis pretiosus, gemma. IN. 1. 6. (Lat. opalus.)

upalakSaNa upalakṣaṇa

(ex upa et lakṣaṇa) indicium, nota, signum. UR. 60. 17. 73. 20. 74. 5.

upalabdhi upalabdhi

f. (r. labh s. ti) adeptio, impetratio. UR. 69. 15. 90. 8.

upavana upavana

n. (KARM. ex upa et vana n. silva) nemus voluptarium, hortus. N. 5. 46.

upavartana upavartana

n. (r. vṛt s. ana) regio. AM.

upavarha upavarha

m. (r. vṛh s. a) pulvinar. AM.

upavasta upavasta

n. (r. vas s. ta) jejunium. AM. v. sq. (Fortasse huc pertinet nostrum Faste, abjectā praepositione et mutato v in f.)

upavAsa upavāsa

m. (r. vas s. a) id. SA. 6. 12.

upaviSTa upaviṣṭa

v. viś praef. upa.

upavIta upavīta

n. (r. vye s. ta) filum quod tres priores Indorum ordines super laevo et sub dextro humero gerunt. AM.

upazama upaśama

m. (r. śam s. a) 1) quies. SAK. 53. 3. infr. 2) placatio, sedatio. HIT. 57. 11.: bhayopaśamam pratijñāya. 3) cessatio. HIT. 80. 21.: vṛṣṭer upaśamaḥ

upazalya upaśalya

n. (upa + śalya a r. śal s. ya) finis, terminus vici, Colebr. "space near a village". AM.: grāmānta upaśalyaṃ syāt.

upazAnti upaśānti

f. (r. śam s. ti) placatio, sedatio. HIT. 75. 5.

upasaMhAra upasaṃhāra

m. (r. hṛ praef. upa + sam) retentio, inhibitio. A. 5. 6.

upasamvyAna upasamvyāna

n. (r. vye s. ana v. gr. min. 353.) vestis inferior. AM.

upasara upasara

m. (r. sṛ s. a) primus vaccae initus. AM.

upasarga upasarga

m. (r. sṛj s. a) portentum. AM.: ajanya...utpāta upasargaḥ saman trayam; DEV. 12. 7.

upasaryA upasaryā

f. (r. sṛ s. ya in fem.) vacca tauro submittenda. AM.

upasunda upasunda

m. (ex upa et sunda) n. pr. SU. 1. 3.

upasUryaka upasūryaka

m. (ex upa et sūrya s. ka) discus solis. AM.

upaskara upaskara

m. (r. kṛ praef. upa cum s euphonico, s. a) condimentum. AM.

upastambha upastambha

m. (r. stambh s. a) fulcrum, adminiculum, munimentum. HIT. 29. 19. 104. 6.

upastrI upastrī

f. (ex upa et strī) concubina (cf. upapati).

upastha upastha

m. (r. sthā s. a) 1) genitale. 2) in compos. cum antecedente ratha videtur esse i. q. tala i. e. superficies, nisi thopastha est currūs sedile. N. 21. 19. BH. 1. 47. (Cf. pṣṭha quod in compositione cum mahī teste Haughtonio itm superficiem significat, et, nisi fallor, ab A. G. Stilegelio alicubi apte e pra + stha correpto ra in eplicatur.)

upasthAna upasthāna

(r. sthā s. ana) 1) aditio, appropinquatio. UR. 266. infr. 2) propinquitas. IN. 5. 23.

upasthita upasthita

v. rad. sthā.

upasparza upasparśa

m. (r. spṛś s. a) actio abluendi, praesertim os aquāluendi. AM.: = ācamana.

[Page 51b]
upahAra upahāra

m. (r. hṛ s. a) 1) donum, munus. Wils. "a complimentary gift, a present to a superior, etc." UR. 31. 8. infr. 45. 1. infr. 2) victima. HIT. 99. 8. 17.

upahAraka upahāraka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. UR. 45. 2. infr.

upahvara upahvara

m. (r. hvṛ s. a) propinquitas. A. 1. 5.

upAMzu upāṃśu

(AVY. ex upa et aṃśu radius) secreto, clam. AM.

upAkRta upākṛta

m. (r. kṛ praef. upa + ā s. ta) victima. AM.: paśur asau yo 'bhimantrya kratau hataḥ.

upAGga upāṅga

m. (KARM. ex upa et aṅga) pl. upāṅgāḥ libri sacri sic dicti. N. 12. 17.

upAtyaya upātyaya

m. (r. i praef. upa + ati s. a) actio transscendendi, violatio, neglectio, derelictio. AM.: = atipāta.

upAdhyAya upādhyāya

m. (r. i praef. upa + adhi s. a) magister, praeceptor. AM.

upAnat upānat

v. sq.

upAnah upānah

f. (r. nah praef. upa + ā; Nom. upānat v. gr. 216.) calceus. HIT. 32. 13.

upAnta upānta

(ex upa et anta) 1) Adj. propinquus. HEM. 2) n. propinquitas. HIT. 91. 15.

upAya upāya

m. (upa + aya a r. i s. a) remedium; dolus. N. 4. 19. 19. 4. 24. 29. SU. 2. 21.

upAyatas upāyatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) remedio; dolo. BH. 6. 36.

upAyana upāyana

n. (r. i s. ana) donum, munus. HIT. 57. 12.

upAyAta upāyāta

(r. ire, praef. upa + ā s. ta) 1) Adj. qui adiit, advenit. 2) Subst. n. adventus. DR. 4. 24.

upAlambha upālambha

m. (r. lambh praef. upa + ā s. a) vituperatio, reprehensio. HIT. 13. 18.; v. sq.

upAlambhana upālambhana

n. (r. lambh praef. upa + ā s. ana) id. HIT. 87. 21.

upAsana upāsana

n. 1) (a r. ās sedere s. ana) servitium. AM. 2) (a r. as jaculari) actio sagittas conjiciendi. AM.

upAsti upāsti

f. (r. ās s. ti) servitium. HEM.

upAhita upāhita

m. (r. dhā s. ta) meteoron. AM.: agnyutpāta upāhitaḥ.

upekSaNa upekṣaṇa

n. (r. īkṣ s. ana) despicientia; neglectio. HIT. 69. 2.; v. sq.

[Page 52a]
upekSA upekṣā

f. (r. īkṣ s. ā) id. HIT. 50. 13. 62. 2. 102. 13.

upeta upeta

v. i praef. upa.

upeyivas upeyivas

(upa + īyivas part. praet. redupl. a r. i v. gr. 694.; praef. upa) qui adiit. N. 13. 58.

upoDha upoḍha

v. vah praef. upa.

upodghAta upodghāta

m. (r. han in formā caus. ghātay s. a) dictum, effatum, sententia. AM.: = udāhāra; PAT. 20.

ubj ubj

6. P. (ārjave) rectum esse.

ubh ubh

6. P. pūraṇe) implere.

ubha ubha

(du. nom. ubhau) ambo. SA. 5. 44. (slav. oba v. gr. comp. 273.; lith. abbù Nom. du. masc. a Th. abba; goth. bai, ba Nom. pl. masc. et neutr. a Th. ba, abjectā vocali initiali; gr. [greek] lat. ambo, insertā nasali; v. sq. Ex a intiali quā formae [greek] ambo et lith. abbù, abejets inter se conveniunt, et ex quo etiam slav. o vocis oba explicari potest - gr. comp. 255. a) - collegerim formam sanscritam primitive sonuisse abha; a enim saepissime attenuatur in leviorem vocalem u, non facile autem linguae ita se degenerant, ut leviores vocales in graviores convertantur, v. "Vocalismus" p. 227. sq.).

ubhaya ubhaya

n. utrumque, ambo. N. 17. 41. In sing. neut. solum usurpari videtur; secundum Wils. vero dualem solum excludit et plur. et sing. masc. admittit, quod vix fieri potest. (Huc pertinet lith. abéje-ts pro abéje-ta-s, Subst. masc. suff. ta formatum, quod significat ambo, uterque de animantibus, c. genit.; etiam Adverb. abbejeip utroque modo, de cujus suffixo v. gr. comp. 383. p 555.; goth. bajoths, N. pl., ambo, bajothum ambobus.).

ubhayatas ubhayatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) ab utroque latere. DR. 8. 16.

ubhayathA ubhayathā

(ab ubhaya s. thā) utroque modo. UR. 44. 1.

ubhayadyus ubhayadyus

Adv. (ex ubhaya et dyus quod mihi correptum videtur ex divas ejecto a quamobrem v transiit in u et i in y) utroque die, i. e. antecedente et sequente. AM.

ubhayedyus ubhayedyus

Adv. (ejusdem originis, mutato ubhaya in ubhaye) id. AM.

[Page 52b]
um um

Interj.

umA umā

f. nomen Durgae, Sivi uxoris.

umApati umāpati

(e praec. et pati conjux) nomen Sivi. AM.

umeza umeśa

m. (ex umā et īśa dominus) id. HEM.

umbh umbh

6. P. (pūraṇe) implere.

ura ura

in initio nonnullorum compositorum pro uras pectus.

uraga uraga

m. (a praec. et ga iens) serpens. IN. 5. 25.

uraNa uraṇa

m. aries. AM. (cf. urabhra quod laniger significare videtur, porro ūrṇā et ūrṇāyu).

urabhra urabhra

m. (ut mihi videtur, ex ura pro ūrṇā lana, et bhra ferens) id. AM. v. uraṇa.

urazchada uraśchada

m. (ex uras pectus et chada tegens) thorax, lorica. AM.

uras uras

n. pectus.

urasila urasila

(a praec. s. ila) lato pectore praeditus, fortis. AM.

urasya urasya

m. (ab uras s. ya) naturā filius. AM.: svajāte tv aurasorasyau; v. aurasa.

urasvat urasvat

(ab uras s. vat) i. q. urasila. AM.

uru uru

(fem. uru et subst. urvī q. v.; ut videtur, a r. vṛ s. u ita ut uru correptum sit e varu unde comp. varīyas et superl. variṣṭha v. gr. 251.) magnus (gr. [greek]; hib. ur "very", ur-ard "very high", uras "power, ability".).

uroja uroja

m. (ex uras et ja) mamma. HEM.

urd urd

1. P. (māne K. mitikrīḍāsvāde v.) metiri; lunder; gustare.

urv urv

1. P. (hiṃsāyām) ferire, laedere, occidere. (Hae radix ex idem valente arv orta esse videtur, attnuato a in u quā in re ambae radices eandem ra[??]onem inter se habent quam gothica Praeterita sing. [??] pl. veluti band, bundum, et sanscr. karomi ejusque duet pl. kurvas kurmas; v. gr. comp. 490.).

urvazI urvaśī

f. (ut videtur, pro uruvaśī ex uru et vaśī a vaśa signo fem. ī) nomen Apsarasis cujusdam. IN. 4. 2.

urvI urvī

f. (ab uru signo fem. ī) terra. AM., cf. mahī et pṛthivī.

ulUka ulūka

m. ulula (lat. ulula, germ. vet. uwila, ūla, [??]strum Eule).

[Page 53a]
ulkA ulkā

f. 1) torris. HIT. 23. 22. 2) meteoron ignitum. A. 1. 2. (Cambro-brit. ulw cinis. Piktet p. 21. Pottius I. 128. hanc et sq. vocem ulmuka deducit a r. jval abjecto j et va correpto in u; res si ita se habet, lat. Vulcanus nititur formā valkā mutato a in u ex vi euphonicā sequentis liquidae. Possunt tamen ulkā et ulmuka etiam ab uṣ urere, derivari, ita ut conversum sit in et igitur uṭkā uḍmuka sicut supra iṭcara a r. iṣ; ex uṭkā uḍmuka autem facta sint ulkā ulmuka quum litterae lingualis ordinis cognatione junctae sint cum r et l v. irā ilā iḍā et īḍ.).

ulmuka ulmuka

m. torris. A. 7. 9.; v. ulkā.

ullAgha ullāgha

(r. lāgh posse praef. ut s. a) sanus, valens, e morbo recreatus. AM.: nirgato gadāt.

ullikhat ullikhat

v. likh praef. ut.

ulloca ulloca

m. (r. loc praef. ut s. a) velum in sublime expansum, tegmen pensile, "an awning, canopy". AM.

ullola ullola

m. (r. lul vel luḍ mutato in l s. a) unda tumida. AM.

ulva ulva

n. 1) cavum, caverna. 2) uterus. BH. 3. 38. (Lat. alvus, vulva; lith. urwa quod Ruhig vertit per "Höhle der Schwalben etc.". cf. etiam lith. u[greek]la caverna; Piktetius p. 21. confert hib. uile angulus. Vocem sanscritam cum Pottio derivaverim a r. vṛ tegere, ita ut ulva ortum sit ex varva mutato r in l et correptā syllabā va in u.)

ulvaNa ulvaṇa

manifestus, evidens. A. 3. 33.

uz

v. vaś.

uzI uśī

f. (r. vaś s. ī) desiderium.

uzIra uśīra

m. n. (ab uśī) radix graminis fragantis cuusdam (Andropogon muricatum). AM.; SAK. 43..

uS uṣ

1. P. urere, lucere. (Lat. uro, us-tus, Pottits etiam vocem sitis huc trahit, separando s-i-tis prous us-i-tis, sicut supra vocem c-i-bus a r. edere q. v. derivavimus; probabiliter gr. [greek] ex [greek] hib. usga "incense"; fortasse etiam ad hanc radicom pertinet lith. usnis carduus.).

[Page 53b]
uSa uṣa

m. (r. uṣ lucere s. a) diluculum, v. uṣas.

uSaNa uṣaṇa

n. (r. uṣ s. ana) piper nigrum. AM.

uSarbudha uṣarbudha

m. (ex uṣar - quod separatum non invenitur - a r. uṣ s. ar (*) et budha sciens a r. budh s. a) ignis. AM.

(*), Cf. usas. Quod ad suffixum ar attinet, respicias vocem ahar, quae sicut ahas praesertim in initio compositorum invenitur.
uSas uṣas

n. (r. uṣ s. as) diluculum (lith. aufzra aurora, lat. aurora (= uṣāsā gr. 681.) cum Gunae vel Vriddhis incremento; goth. uh-tvo Th. uh-tvon diluculum, germ. vet. uohta Th. uohtūn (*)

(*). Littera h pro sanscr. s nititur eo quod haec sibilans cognata est cum k, cui ex consonantium permutandarum lege gothicum h respondet, cf. asṭāu, [greek] ahtau.
uSita uṣita

v. vas.

uSTa uṣṭa

m. (r. uṣ s. tra) camelus, ut videtur, a tolerando calore sic nominatus.

uSNa uṣṇa

(forma irr. a r. uṣ s. na v. gr. 94a).) 1) calidus, fervidus. H. 2. 11. 2) m. fervidum anni tempus. AM. (Huc trahi possit goth. auhn'-s fornax, hypocaustum, nisi pertinet ad agni v. uṣas.)

uSNaka uṣṇaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) fervidum anni tempus (menses Junim et Julius). MED.

uSNarazmi uṣṇaraśmi

m. (ex uṣṇa et raśmi radius) sol. AM.

uSNAMzu uṣṇāṃśu

m. (ex uṣṇa et aṃśu radius) sol. HEM.

uSNAgama uṣṇāgama

m. (ex uṣṇa et āgama aditio) i. q. uṣṇaka. AM.

uSNAlu uṣṇālu

(ab uṣṇa s. ālu nisi lu producto antecedente a) aestu affectus. UR. 34. 2.

uSNISa uṣṇīṣa

m. 1) tegumentum capitis "turban". 2) diadema. AM.: śiroveṣṭakirīṭayoḥ.

uSNopagama uṣṇopagama

m. (ex uṣṇa et upagama aditio) i. q. uṣṇaka. AM.

uSma uṣma

m. (r. uṣ s. ma) id.

uSmaka uṣmaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. AM.

uSman uṣman

m. (r. uṣ s. man) calor. N. 17. 9.

uSmapa uṣmapa

m. (e praec. - v. euph. r. 67. - et pa bibens, a r. s. a) nomen Geniorum ordinis. BH. 12. 22.

uSya uṣya

Gerund. a r. vas habitare, q. v. N. 5. 42.

[Page 54a]
U ū

Interj.

UM ūṃ

Interj.

UH ūḥ

Interj.

UDha ūḍha

v. vah.

Uta ūta

v. ve.

Udhas ūdhas

n. uber, [greek] AM. (Gr. [greek] anglo-sax. uder, germ. vet. ūtar, nostrum Euter, hib. uit, uitche, lat. ūber (*)

(*). Latina lingua saepe adhibet f pro sanscr. d et gr. [greek]; in vocum medio autem aspiratae praefert mediam (v. gr. comp. 18.) unde etiam ruber pro rufer respondet graeco [greek].
Udhasya ūdhasya

n. (a praec. s. ya) lac. HEM.; RAGH. 2. 66.

Una ūna

1) deminutus, minus, v. gr. 258. SA. 4. 26.: saṃvatsaraḥ kiñcidūnaḥ (sic legendum pro kiñcid ūnaḥ) pauo minus annus. 2) debilis. RAGH. 2. 14.: ūnan na sattvegh adhiko vavādha.

Uy ūy

1. A. (tantusantāne k. sevane v.) texere; nere, suere.

Uravya ūravya

m. (e femoribus natus ex ūru femur. ya) vir tertii i. e. agricolarum et mercatorum ordinis, qui secundum mythologiam ex Brahmae femoribus roctus est. AM., v. ūruja.

Uru ūru

m. femur. H. 1. 9.

Uruja ūruja

(ex praec et ja natus) i. q. ūravya. AM.

Uruparvan ūruparvan

m. (ex ūru et parvan internodium) genu. AM.

Urustambha ūrustambha

m. (ex ūru et stambha postis, pila) debilitatio, paralysis femorum. Wils. "1) paralysis of the lower extremities. 2) rheumatism of the thigh." SAK. 25. 4. infr.

Urj ūrj

10. P. (balaprāṇadharaṇayoḥ K. jīvane bale v.) valere, robustum, validum esse; vivere. ūrjita validus, potens. RAM. I. 1. 115.: ūrjitaśāsana; HIT. 131. 19.: ripur ūrjitaḥ. (Fortasse lat. urgeo, nisi hoc pertinet ad arj q. v.; hib. orc "a prince, a hero", orcaim "I kill, destroy" v. sq.)

[Page 54b]
Urj ūrj

m. (r. ūrj s. a) 1) vis, robur, potestas. 2) vis genitalis. 3) mensis Kārtika, October-November. (Hib. uirge "the private parts of a man".)

Urjasvat ūrjasvat

(a perdito Substantivo ūrjas - v. ūrja - s. vat) validus, robustus, fortis.

Urjasvala ūrjasvala

(ab ūrjas - v. praec. - s. vala) id. AM.

Urjasvin ūrjasvin

(ab ūrjas - v. praec. - s. vin) i. q. praec. AM.

UrNanAbha ūrṇanābha

m. (ex ūrṇa pro ūrṇā et nābha pro nābhi v. gr. 681.) aranea.

UrNA ūrṇā

f. (ut videtur, e varṇā a r. vṛ tegere, correptā syllabā va in ū; secundum Wils. ab ūrṇu q. v.) lana (Lith. wilna, russ. volna, goth. vulla per assimil., germ. vet. wolla, lat. villus, gr. [greek] hib. olann.)

UrNAyu ūrṇāyu

m. (a praec. s. yu) 1) aries. AM. 2) lodix lanea. AM.

UrNu ūrṇu

2. P. A. (āchādane; ut videtur, a r. vṛ tegere adjecto charactere 5tae classis, et correptā syllabā var quae primitiva forma est radicis vṛ in ūr) tegere, cf. ūrṇā.

Urddha ūrddha

v. ūddhva.

Urddhva ūrddhva

vel ūrdhva v. gr. 105. (ut videtur, a r. ṛdh vel vṛdh crescere, ita ut ortum sit ex arddhva vel varddhva sicut supra ūrṇā ūrṇu ex varṇā varṇu) erectus, altus. (Cf. lat. arduus, gr. [greek] hib. ard "a height, top, summit")

Urddhvakeza ūrddhvakeśa

(BAH. e ūrddhva et keśa capillus) erectos capillos habens.

UrddhvabAhu ūrddhvabāhu

(BAH. ex ūrddhva et bāhu m. brachium) erecta, sursum porrecta brachia habens. SU. 1. 10.

Urddhvam ūrddhvam

aut ūrddhvam Adv. (ab ūrddhva signo aecus.) sursum. IN. 1. 31 Post atas post, in posterum (v. atas).

UrddhvAGguli ūrddhvāṅguli

(BAH. ex ūrddhva et aṅguli f. digitus) erectos digito[??] habens. H. 2. 6.

Urmi ūrmi

f. (fortasse correptum e varmi - v. ūrṇā ūrṇu - ita ut descindat a r. vṛ tegere s. mi sicut bhūmi a bhū) unda, fluctus. M. 41. (Lith. wilni-s, germ. vet. wella, ut videtur, per assiml. ex welna.)

[Page 55a]
US ūṣ

1. P. (rujāyām K. rege V.) aegrotum esse.

USa ūṣa

m. solum salsum. AM.

USara ūṣara

(a praec. s. ra) solum salsum habens locus. AM.

USavat ūṣavat

(ab ūṣa s. vat) id. AM.

Uh ūh

1. P. A. concludere, colligere. HIT. 52. 15.: anuktam apy ūhati paṇḍito janaḥ; 88. 2.: varṇākārapratidhvānanetragātravikārataḥ . apy ūhanti manas tajjñāḥ. In utroque loco fortasse api tanquam praepositio radici est praefigendum: apyūhati apyūhanti. (Hib. uige "knowledge, skill, ingenuity, understanding", v. ūha; primitiva significatio hujus radicis, quae ex vah orta esse possit, colligere, coacervare, accumu- lare esse videtur, unde samūha multitudo, apoh et vyapoh auferre, demere; cf. lat. augeo, goth. auka, id. hib. ugtar "augmentation".)

c. apa auferre, demere. UR. 42. 2.: manasijaṃ rujam... apohitum. -- c. apa praef. vi (vyapoh) id. UR. 5. 71.: yo me darpam vyapohati; SAK. 43. 7.: sa hi vighnān vyapohati.

c. vi in ordinem redigere. MAN. 7. 191.: vyūhena vyūhya; BH. 1. 2.: dṛṣṭvā tu pāṇḍavānīkam vyūḍham.

Uha ūha

m. (r. ūh s. a) actio colligendi, concludendi. AM. (Hib. uga "choice, election".)

[Page 551]
R

1. 1 et e. P. (arāmi iyarmi v. gr. 369.; primitiva hujus radicis forma est ar quae syllaba et in hac et in aliis radicibus, quae apud grammaticos vocalem continent, in formis non gunatis corripitur in quae vocalis nusquam est primitiva, sed semper orta ex r antecedente vel subsequente quāpiam vocali, ut e. c. śṛṇomi a r. śru abjecto u quo facto consonans r vocalis naturam induit (*) ire, perveire, transl. adipisci (v. r. i). NALOD. 1. 32.: tāṅ gām...āra ad illam regionem pervenit; 42.: na riraṃsām āra non gaudium adepta est. -- Caus. arpay (gr. 521.) facere ut aliquis eat, perveniat; 1) movere, dirigere, conjicere. BH. 8. 7. 12. 14.: mayy arpitamanobuddhi; DR. 5. 19.: śarān arpayitum sagittas mittere. 2) uti aliquā re, impendere, adhibere. H. 4. 47. (Goth. airus nuntius mihi ortum esse videtur ex primitivā hujus radicis formā ar attenuato a in i et anteposito a ex generali euphoniae lege q. v. gr. comp. 82.; hib. ria vel do ria "he will come, arrive", ria "running, speed", riach "he came", riachtaim "I ar- a movendo nominatum et cum scr. ar cognatum esse videtur.)

(*) Fusius de vocalium ṛ et ṝ origine disserui in libro meo "Vocalismus" p. 157. sq.

c. sam caus. tradere. HIT. 7. 14.: tasya viṣṇuśarmaṇo... putrān samarpitavān; 40. 12.: svāminā" nīya samarpitavyā; 42. 3.: kulīnāṃ yuvatīm ānīya samarpaya.

R

2. 5. P. (hiṃsāyām) offendere, ferire, laedere, vexare, occidere. (Hib. ar "slaughter, destruction, plague; the slain in fight"; fortasse etiam aor "a satire; a curse".)

Rk ṛk

v. ṛc.

[Page 56a]
Rkatha ṛkatha

(r. ṛc s. tha nisi correptum ex idem valente rikatha) divitiae, opes. AM.

RkS ṛkṣ

5. P. (jighāṃsāyām K. vadhe v.) occidere, occidendi cupidum esse.

RkSa ṛkṣa

m. (fortasse a r. ṛkṣ s. a vel a r. ṛṣ ire s. sa mutato in k) ursus (ṛkṣa ex arkṣa v. et cf. gr. [greek] hib. art, lat. ursus, ejecto k; lith. lokys per metathesin ex olkys, mutato r in l.

RkSavat ṛkṣavat

m. (a praec. s. vat) nomen montis cujusdam. N. 9. 21.

RgyajuHsAmavedin ṛgyajuḥsāmavedin

(a ṛgyajuḥsāmaveda s. in) Vedos Ri[greek] (vulgo Rik) Ya[greek]us et Sāma habens aut noscens. IN. 2. 18.

Rc ṛc

6. P. (saṃvaraṇe K. nutyām v.) tegere; laudare, celebrare.

Rc ṛc

f. (nom. ṛk) nomen unius quatuor Vedorum. BH. 9. 17.

Rch ṛch

6. P. (ṛcchami gr. 38.) ire, adire. BH. 2. 72.: brahmanirvāṇam ṛcchati; 5. 29.: śāntim ṛcchati; MAN. 12. 55.: caṇḍālapukkaśānāñca...yonim ṛcchati; N. 4. 7. ubi in ed. Calc. legitur mṛtyum ṛcchati v. ann. ad h. l.

Rj ṛj

1. A. (gatau K. gatisthairyorjanārjane v.) ire; firmum esse; validum, robustum esse; acquirere. (Primitive idem atque arj v. ṛ; lat. rego rectus, goth. raih-ts, nostrum recht, v. sq., gr. [greek] hib. righim "I reach, arrive, stretch".

Rju ṛju

(sic etiam in fem.; a praec. s. u) rectus (hib. aroch, v. ).

RN ṛṇ

8. P. (gatau) ire (ut videtur ex adjecto charactere cl. 5. unde ṛ-ṇomi); cf. goth. rinnan r. RANN, nostrum rinnen.

RNa ṛṇa

n. (secundum Wils. a r. s. na) debitum, aes alienum. HIT. 5. 12.

Rt ṛt

1. P. (spardhanaiśvaryaghṛṇāgatiṣu) ire; aemulari, certare; imperare; vituperare. (Haec radix orta esse videtur ex ṛ - ar - adjecto t. Huc retulerim rad. goth. LITH ire - leitha, laith, lithum - mutato r in l et litteris transpositis pro ilth ex alth, arth, attenuato a in i, sicut in r. KIN germinare = jan; hib. rith "course, flight, gallop, race", rithim "I run, range, strull, rush".)

Rta ṛta

(ut videtur, a r. s. ta) verus. N. 2. 21. BH. 10. 14. SA. 5. 98.

Rti ṛti

f. (r. s. ti) 1) itio. 2) via. 3) felicitas. (Hib. raith "prosperity, encrease, profit, benefit, good"; raite "ways, passages, roads"; fortasse lat. rīte a th. rīti, nostrum Art, v. Graff. I. 403.)

RtIyA ṛtīyā

f. (r. ṛt s. īyā) vituperatio, reprehensio. AM.

Rtu ṛtu

m. (r. s. tu) 1) anni tempus. BH. 10. 35. (*) 2) mensis. 3) menstrua (Ita amas tempus a r. am ire; c. ṛtu cf. hib. raithe "a quarter of a year"; huc etiam traxerim hib. alt - ex primitivā formā artu mutato r in l - 1) "time". 2) "a joint, an article"; lat. ar-tus et ri-tus, ita ut utrumque a movendo sit nominatum).

(*) Wils. ad hanc vocem: The Hindu year is divided into six seasons, each consisting of two months. AM.
RtumatI ṛtumatī

f. (a praec. s. mat in fem.) mulier menstruans. AM.

RtuparNa ṛtuparṇa

m. (ex ṛtu et parṇa) n. pr.

Rte ṛte

Praep. praeter. SU. 1. 22. 3. 30. BH. 11. 32. c. acc. RAM. I. 54. 9. c. ablat.

Rtvij ṛtvij

m. (nom. ṛtvik ex ṛtu et ij a r. yaj sacrificare) sacerdos domūs, familiae. SA. 3. 2.

Rddha ṛddha

v. ṛdh.

Rddhi ṛddhi

f. (r. ṛdh s. ti) copia, ubertas, divitiae, felicitas. IN. 5. 26.

Rdh ṛdh

4. et 5. P. crescere, augeri. Part. pass. ṛddha dives, opulentus, felix. N. 12. 59. (Fortasse ex usitatiore vṛdh abjecto v; cum ṛdh primitive ardh cf. lat. olesco, ad-ultus, cujus l tam ex r quam ex d explicari possit, cum et r et d facile transeant in l. Pottius etiam apte huc trahit vocem rad-ix, sicut nostrum Wurzel, goth. vaurts Th. vaurti - fortasse corruptum ex vaurs-tī v. gr. comp. 102.- si, quod equidem puto, ad nostram radicem pertinet, proprie significaret qui crevit, unde erectus, ita lat. altus hib. alt "a high place, eminence, an edifice", nisi hoc directe venit a lat. altus; cf. etiam goth. alds Th. alda senex - ut mihi videtur ex ald-da = ṛddha ex arddha - ratione habitā, vocem scr. vṛddha qui crevit plerumque significare senex.

c. sam i. q. simpl. MAN. 9. 315.: kaḥ kṣiṇvaṃs tān samṛdhnuyāt. -- samṛddha adultus, auctus, magnus, plenus, totus. H. 1. 11.: samṛddhān vanaspatīn avarujya; BH. 11. 29.: samṛddhavega; 33.: bhuṅkṣva rājyaṃ saṃvṛddham. -- Transl. dives, opulentus. N. 10. 2.

Rph ṛph

6. P. (hiṃsāyām K.) offendere, laedere, ferire, vexare, occidere.

[Page 57b]
Rbhu ṛbhu

m. deus. AM.

RbhukS ṛbhukṣ

v. ṛbhukṣin.

RbhukSan ṛbhukṣan

v. ṛbhukṣin.

RbhukSas ṛbhukṣas

v. sq.

RbhukSin ṛbhukṣin

m. (Nom. ṛbhukṣās a Th. ṛbhukṣas reliqui casus fortes, Vocativo excepto, descendunt a Th. ṛbhukṣan debilissimi casus a ṛbhukṣ) cognomen Indri. AM.

Rmph ṛmph

6. P. (hiṃsāyām K.) i. q. ṛph.

RS ṛṣ

6. P. (gatau) ire. (Ortum esse videtur e ṛ - ar - adjecto . Huc retulerim goth. airz-ja seduco, germ. vet. irru, lat. erro.)

RSabha ṛṣabha

m. 1) taurus. 2) in fine compositorum princeps, optimus, clarissimus, (quia taurum maximopere venerantur Indi). H. 1. 17. (V. et cf. gr. [greek])

RSi ṛṣi

m. sapiens, sanctus (hib. arsan "a sage, a man old in wisdom", arsa, arsach "old, ancient, aged").

RSTi ṛṣṭi

f. (r. ṛṣ s. ti) gladius.

[Page 571]
RR

9. P.: ṛṇāmi gr. 385. (gatau) ire. (Haec radix origine eadem est atque q. v.) (*)

(*) De adulterinā vocali ṝ v. librum meum "Vocalismus" p. 181.
[Page 572]
eka eka

(ut equidem puto, ex stirpe pronom. e et interrog. ka v. gr. comp. 308.) unus, singulus, solus (gr. 255.). N. 12. 17. H. 1. 8. 40. 4. 7. DR. 3. 3. a. b.; idem, unus idemque. N. 3. 7. (Lith. ni-ékas nullus, hib. each "any", neach "any one, one, some one, he", neach-tar "neither", neachdarach "neutral"; gr. [greek], [greek] v. ekatara; lat. aequus, c-ocles ex ec-ocles, ita caecus = ca-icus primitive unoculus; goth. ha abjecto e in compositis: haihs unoculus Th. haiha, ha-iha, cujus nostrum Glied (Ge-lied); ha-lbs Th. ha-lba dimidius, proprie unam partem habens, cf. laiba reliquum et v. gr. comp. 308. annot.).

ekaka ekaka

(e praec. s. ka) solus, solitariusm. AM.

ekaja ekaja

(e eka et ja q. v. natus) qui solus natus est, solus progerminavit. H. 1. 39.

ekatama ekatama

(ab eka s. tama gr. 255.) unus plurium duobus.

ekatara ekatara

(ab eka s. tara gr. 255.) unus duorum, alter. N. 26. 10. (Gr. [greek] hib. n'-eachtar neuter.)

ekatas ekatas

Adv. (ab eka s. tas) singulatim, unice, solum. N. 12. 17. a. b. SA. 6. 26.

ekatAna ekatāna

(BAH. ex eka et tāna quae subsensus cadunt; materia, Object) i. q. ekāgra. AM.

ekatra ekatra

(ex eka s. tra) in uno, pro locativo ekasmin. N. 20. 8.

ekatva ekatva

n. (ex eka s. tva) unitas. BH. 9. 15.

ekadA ekadā

(ab eka s. ) aliquando. UP. 27.

ekanizcaya ekaniścaya

(ex eka et niścaya consilium, propositum). 1) KARM. unum et idem consilium. SU. 1. 7. 2) BAH. unum et idem consilium habens. SU. 1. 4.

ekapiGga ekapiṅga

m. (ex eka et piṅga nigricans e gilvo) nomen Kuveri, quippe qui unam maculam e gilvo nigricantem loco alterutrius oculi habeat. AM.

ekarAja ekarāja

m. (KARM. ex eka et rāja q. v., rex, dominus), qui solus regit. IN. 4. 6.

ekavastratA ekavastratā

f. (subst. abstr. ab ekavastra unicā veste indutus, s. ) unica veste indutum esse. N. 10. 16.

ekazIlasamAcAra ekaśīlasamācāra

(BAH. ex eka et DVAND. e śīla indoles et samācāra mores, vitae ratio) eandem indolem et vitae rationem habens. SU. 1. 6.

ekasarga ekasarga

(BAH. ex eka et sarga creatio) i. q. ekāgra. AM.

ekastha ekastha

(ex eka et stha qui est) eodem loco versans. SAK. 25. 5. infr.

ekAkin ekākin

Adj. (ex eka producto a s. kin) solus, solitarius. N. 12. 25. BH. 6. 10.

ekAgra ekāgra

(BAH. unum cacumen habens, ex eka et agra) in unum intentus, in meditatione defixus. BH. 6. 11.

[Page 58b]
ekAgra ekāgra

(a praec. s. ya) id. AM.

ekAnta ekānta

(BAH. ex eka et anta m. n. finis) 1) totus. 2) solitarius. N. 16. 33. UP. 42.

ekAntatas ekāntatas

(a praec. s. tas) omnino. HIT. 81. 22.

ekAntabhraSTavAsas ekāntabhraṣṭavāsas

Adj. (ex ekāntabhraṣṭa - ekāntam + bhraṣṭa a r. bhraṃs omnino lapsus - et vāsas n. vestis) cujus vestes omnino lapsae sunt. SU. 1. 15.

ekAntam ekāntam

(ekānta cum signo accus.) omnino. BH. 6. 16.

ekAyana ekāyana

(BAH. ex eka et ayana via) i. q. ekāgra. AM.

ekaika ekaika

(eka + eka) quivis singulus. HIT. 4. 11.: yauvanan dhanasampattiḥ prabhutvam avivekatā . ekaikam apy anarthāya kimu yatra catuṣṭayam; A. 7. 6.: tān aham vividhair vāṇaiḥ...abhyaghnam ekaikan daśabhiḥ śaraiḥ -- Interdum alterutra compositi pars ad diversam rem vel personam refertur et diversam casuum rationem exprimit; e. c. DR. 8. 17.: tomarair abhivarṣantau...ekaikena vipāṭhena jaghne mādravatīsutaḥ unum unā sagittā occidit.

ekaikazas ekaikaśas

Adv. (e praec. s. śas) singulatim. N. 1. 25.

ekonaviMzati ekonaviṃśati

undeviginti v. gr. 258.

ej ej

1. 1. P. (kampe) tremere (cf. iṅg īj īñj).

ej ej

2. 1. A. (dīptau) lucere, splendere. (Hib. eag luna v. Piktet p. 25.)

eTh eṭh

1. A. (vādhane) vexare, contristare, perturbare.

eDa eḍa

surdus. AM.

eDaka eḍaka

m. aries. AM.

eDUka eḍūka

m. (etiam eḍuka) murus ex ruderibus constructus. AM.

eNa eṇa

m. antilopae species, colore nigro, cruribus brevibus et pulcherrimis oculis. AM.

eNabhRt eṇabhṛt

m. (e praec. et bhṛt ferens, gerens) luna. HEM. (cf. mṛgāṅka śaśadhara śaśin).

eta eta

1. (fem. etā et etī) varius, versicolor. AM.

eta eta

2. v. etat.

etat etad etat etad

1. Pron. (Th. eta Nom. m. eṣa eṣo eṣaḥ f. eṣā n. etat v. gr. 269. et gr. comp. 369.) is, hic, iste, ille. N. 21. 30. 32. 22. 1. 3.; v. idam. (Hib. ise "he, himself", isa et isi "she, herself" conveniunt cum eṣa eṣā; et eadh "he, it" cum eta.)

etat etat

2. Adv. (acc. neut. praec.) nunc. N. 21. 27.

etarhi etarhi

(ab eta s. rhi nisi potius a perdito Adv. etar s. hi pro dhi = gr. [greek] in [greek] etc. (v. gr. comp. 381.) nunc, hoc tempore. AM.

etAdRza etādṛśa

(v. īdṛśa et gr. 287.) talis. DR. 5. 4.

etAvat etāvat

(gr. 283.) 1) hic, iste, ille, talis. BR. 1. 8. N. 4. 31. DR. 6. 25. DEV. 1. 74. HIT. 11. 5. 44. 8. 2) Adv. tam. HIT. 27. 15.: etāvad dūram utpatati. V. annot. ad N. 4. 31.

edh edh

1. A. 1) augere, praesertim in constructione cum accus. sukham. MAN. 4. 170.: ne'hā'sau sukham edhate; 5. 45.: na kvacit sukham edhate; HIT. 110. 8.: dvāv etau sukham edhete. 2) augeri, creascere. MAN. 7. 208.: hiraṇyabhūmisamprāptyā pārthivo na tathai'dhate. (Gr. [greek][greek]; fortasse etiam huc pertinet lat. aes-culus, ita ut a crescendo, non ab edendo sit nominata, mutato d in s, sicut in es-ca ex ed-ca, v. A. Benary p. 239.)

edha edha

m. (r. indh ejecto n s. a) lignum. AM., v. indhana et idhma edhas.

edhas edhas

n. (r. indh ejecto n s. as) lignum. BH. 4. 37.; v. praec.

ena ena

Pron. (solum in nonnullis casibus obliquis invenitur; f. enā n. acc. enat v. gr. 269. et gr. comp. 369.) is, hic, iste, ille. N. 22. 2. 4. UR. 71. 17. (Goth. ain-s Th. aina unus, fortasse etiam jains Th. jaina ille, si j est antepositum, sicut saepe in linguis slavicis, v. gr. comp. 255. n.; lat. vet. oinos, unde serius ūnus; gr. EN abjectā vocali finali, v. gr. comp. 308.; huc etiam trahimus conj. lat. enim = acc. enam vel enām v. gr. comp. 370.)

enas enas

n. peccatum. MED.

eraNDa eraṇḍa

n. nomen arboris cujusdam, "Palma Christi or ricinnus communis". AM.

eva eva

(e stirpe pronom. e + va sicut ava iva ex a i; videtur esse Instrumentalis analogiam sequens linguae Zendicae - gr. comp. 158. - ita ut correptum sit ex evā = ena q. v., oinos). 3) jam. SA. 4. 32.: mṛtam eva hi tam mene; SAK. 27. 3. infr.: mahaty eva pratyūṣe...prabodhye. 4) adhuc, noch. N. 23. 21. 5) quidem, zwar. BH. 7. 18.: udārāḥ sarva evai'te jñānī tv ātmai'va me matam. 6) post pronomina interdum significat ipse vel valet particulam dem in compositione cum is, e. c. N. 2. 13.: etasminn eva kāle tu hoc ipso tempore vero, vel eodem...; N. 19. 19.: yān (aśvān) manyase samarthāṃs tvaṅ kṣipran tān eva yojaya; 4. 28.: mām eva...vṛṇoti; 5. 19. 20. 21.: tam eva pradiśantu me. 7) nempe. N. 4. 26. 18. 20. 23. 14. 17. 8) saepissime etiam, non raro antecedente ca; de cai'va vero, autem v. ca. (Goth. aiv Th. aiva, germ. vet. eo, io, nostrum je, v. gr. comp. 381.; lat. aevum a similitudine dictum esse videtur, sicut scr. samā annus; fortasse etiam goth. ibus aequalis, germ. vet. ebaner, nostrum ebener huc pertinet, mutato v in b, v. p. 21. s. v. avara.)

evaMrUpa evaṃrūpa

(BAH. ex evam et rūpa n. forma, pulchritudo) talem formam, talem pulchritudinem habens. N. 6. 11.

evaMvidha evaṃvidha

v. evamvidha.

evaGguNa evaṅguṇa

(BAH. ex evam sic et guṇa virtus) tales virtutes habens. N. 6. 12.

evam evam

(v. eva) sic, ita. BR. 3. 2. SU. 3. 28. N. 6. 13. 11. 34. itaque.

evaMvidha evaṃvidha

(BAH. ex evam et vidha m. aut vidhā f. species) talem speciem habens. BH. 11. 53.

[Page 60a]
eS eṣ

1. A. (gatau) ire (proprie idem est atque iṣ cum Gunā, secundum generalem 1mae cl. legem).

eSa eSA eṣa eṣā

v. etat.

[Page 60b]
eSA eṣā

f. (r. iṣ s. ā) desiderium.

eSin eṣin

(a r. iṣ s. in) desiderans, in fine comp. SU. 2. 19.

[Page 601]
aikamatya aikamatya

n. (ab ekamati una opinio, s. ya) unanimitas, consensus. HIT. 19. 22.

aikAntika aikāntika

Adj. (ab ekānta s. ika) totus, plenus. BH. 14. 27.

aikya aikya

n. (ab eka s. ya) unitas. DEV. 2. 10.

aiNeya aiṇeya

m. (ab eṇa s. eya) fortasse idem atque eṇa q. v. DR. 4. 15.

aindra aindra

Adj. (ab indra s. a) quod Indri Dei est, aut ad eum spectat. A. 4. 32.

aindrI aindrī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) 1) nxor Indri. 2) nomen Durgae. DEV. 8. 34.

airAvata airāvata

m. (ex irāvat s. a; irāvat significat a aquam habens, mare, nubes, ab irā aqua s. vat) nomen elephanti Indri et plagae septentrionalis. IN. 1. 40.

[Page 601]
aila aila

m. (ab ilā Buddhi uxore, s. a) cognomen regis Pururavasis. UR. 83.

aizAna aiśāna

(ah īśāna Sivus, plagae inter septentriones et orientem sitae custos) inter septentriones et orientem situs, nordöstlich.

aizAnI aiśānī

f. (Fem. praec.) plaga inter septentriones et orientem sita.

aizvara aiśvara

(ab īśvara dominus s. a) augustus. BH. 9. 5. 11. 3. 8. 9.

aizvarya aiśvarya

n. (ab īśvara dominus s. ya v. gr. 650.) imperium, potestas, dominatio, dominium. N. 9. 18. BH. 2. 43. N. 17. 16.

aiSamas aiṣamas

Adv. (ut videtur, ex eṣa hic, cum Vriddhi, et amasa tempus, abjecto a initali et finali) hoc anno. AM. (Quod ad formationem hujus compositi attinet conferatur gr. [greek] v. tat et gr. comp. 345.)

[Page 602]
o o

Interj.

oka oka

m. (ut videtur, a r. uc convenire s. a v. gr. 645. suff. a) domus. AM., v. okas. (Lith. ūki-s Th. ūkja habitatio in heredio rūstico; ūkininkas hospes, Wirth; de gr. [greek] v. veśa.)

okas okas

m. (v. praec.) id. AM.

okh okh

1. P. (śoṣaṇālamarthayoḥ) siccari; ornare.

ogha ogha

m. (ut mihi videtur, a r. ūh colligere s. a mutato h in gh nisi gh est primitiva hujus radicis consonans; ita megha a mih vel primit. mibh) 1) multitudo, copia, turba. AM.; IN. 4. 17.: guṇaugha; 1. 26.: vāryogha quod etiam ad sq. sgn. referri potest. 2) flumen, cursus, aquarum pro a; v. r. ūh.)

oGkAra oṅkāra

m. (ex om q. v. et kāra faciens) syllaba mystica sanctissima oM. BH. 9. 17.

oN oṇ

1. P. (apanaye K. apasārane v.) abducere, auferre.

oj oj

10. P. (balatejasoḥ) validum esse; splendere, v. sq.

ojas ojas

n. (a praec. s. os) 1) vis, robur, potestas. BH. 15. 13. 2) splendor. DH. 7. 2. M. 2. N. 5. 35.; v. ojasvitā. (Cf. gr. [greek] hib. og "young, yuvenile, fresh"; oig "a chapion" oighe "fullnss, entireness; virginity".)

[Page 61a]
ojasvin ojasvin

(a praec. s. vin) 1) validus, robustus, potens. 2) splendidus.

ojasvitA ojasvitā

f. (a praec. s. ) i. q. ojas. UR. 44. 4. infr.

otu otu

m. felis. AM.

odana odana

n. (r. und ejecto n s. ana) oryza cocta. AM.

om om

syllaba mystica sanctissima, quae tribus suis litteris, a u (quae secundum gr. 36. in o coalescunt) et m tres Deos altissimos exprimit, nempe Brahmam per a Vischnum per u et Sivum per m.

olaND olaṇḍ

1. et 10. P. (utkṣepe scribitur olaḍ) extollere, in altum tollere (v. laṇḍ unde olaṇḍ praef.

o o

quod fortasse correptum ex ava).

[Page 61b]
oSa oṣa

m. (r. uṣ s. a) actio urendi, ardor. AM. (Fortasse huc vel ad r. uṣ cum Gunae incremento pertinet goth. azgo cinis, anglo-sax. asca, germ. vet. asga, nostrum Asche, ita ut u diphthongi o abjectum et a solum servatum sit; respicias gr. [greek] quod item cum verbo sensu urere cohaeret; v. tap.)

oSadhi oṣadhi

et oṣadhī f. (oṣa et dhi vel dhī a r. dhā) herba annua, quae post maturitatem evanescit. BH. 15. 13.

oSTha oṣṭha

m. labium, praesertim superius; du. oṣṭhau labia (slav. ūsta neut. pl., ūstna f. labium, v. gr. comp. 255. f.; lat. ostium.).

[Page 611]
au au

Interj.

aukSaka aukṣaka

n. (ab ukṣan s. ka vel aka) grex bovum. AM.

autsukya autsukya

n. (ab utsuka s. ya) desiderium. SAK. 26. 4. 58. 7.

audanika audanika

m. (ab odana s. ika) coquus. AM.

audarika audarika

m. (ab udara s. ika) ventri deditus, edax, vorax. UR. 39. 1.

audArya audārya

n. (ab udāra q. v. s. ya) ingenuitas, liberalitas. IN. 5. 33.

aupamya aupamya

n. (ab upamā similitudo s. ya) i. q. primit., praesertim in comp. cum ātman (ātmaupamya). BH. 6. 32. HIT. 11. 12. 120. 19.

aurabhraka aurabhraka

n. (ab urabhra s. ka vel aka) grex ovium. AM.

aurasa aurasa

(ab uras s. a) proprius, naturalis, ad proprium corpus spectans, ex eo procedens aut natus. SU. 4. 13. SA. 5. 37. 44. UR. 85. 5. infr. HIT. 38. 19.

aurddhvadehikA aurddhvadehikā

f. (ab. ūrddhvadeha defunctus - ex ūrddhvam sursum et deha corpus - s. ikā) funus, exsequiae, funebria. SA. 5. 19.

aurva aurva

m. (ab urva nomen sancti cujusdam, s. a) ignis marinus, Colebr. "submarine fire, a being, consisting of flame, but with a mare's head, sprung from the thigh of Urva and was received by the ocean". AM.; SAK. 44. 2.

aurvazeya aurvaśeya

(ab urvaśī s. eya) Urvasiā natus. UR. 92. 6.

auzInara auśīnara

(ab uśīnara nomen regis, Sivis patris s. a) Usīnaro natus. SA. 2. 17.

auSadha auṣadha

n. (ab oṣadhi aut oṣadhī q. v., s. a) medicamentum, remedium. N. 9. 29. BH. 9. 16.

[Page 612]
ka ka

1. v. kim.

ka ka

2. 1) m. ae7r, ventus, v. kapāṭa et cf. kha. 2) n. caput, v. kandharā.

kaMz kaṃś

v. kaṃs.

[Page 612]
kaMza kaṃśa

v. kaṃsa.

kaMs kaṃs

2. A. (gatiśātanayoḥ; scribitur kas gr. 110.[??] kaś) destruere; ire; v. kas.

kaMs kaṃs

m. 1) vas potorium. AM.; scribitur etiam kaṃśa. 2) n. pr.

[Page 62a]
kak kak

1. A. (laulye K. icchāgarbhacāpale v.) vacillare; desiderare. (*) (Huc trahi possit lat. vacillo, ita ut ortum sit e qVacillo abjectā gutturali, sicut vermis e qVermis = kṛmi et vivo e uivo e gVivo = jīv goth. qviv'-s vivus; gutturales enim et in lat. et in germ. saepe sibi adjunxerunt semivocalem v, quo facto, non raro ipsae evanuerunt, sicut e. c. in nostro wer = goth. hva-s, scr. et lith. ka-s; v. gr. comp. 389.)

(*) Adde superbum esse, si pro garb'a, quod hīc minime quadrat, legendum est garva. Wils. hanc radicem explicat per 1) to be proud. 2) to be unsteady. 3) to be thirsty.
kakud kakud

f. vertex montis, v. sq.

kakudmat kakudmat

m. (Nom. kakudmān a praec. s. mat) mons. (Cum fortiore et primitivā stirpe kakudmant contulerim lat. cacūmen, producto u ad compensandum ejectum d; etiam culmen huc trahi possit, ita ut sit pro ca-cul-men cum adamatā mutatione litterae d in l et abjectā initiali syllabā, quae pro reduplicatione haberi potest.)

kakubh kakubh

f. regio, plaga coeli, ut septentrio etc. AM.

kakk kakk

1. P. (hasane) ridere, v. kakkh kakkh et khakkh.

kakkh kakkh

1. P. (hasane) id., v. kakh.

kakkhaTa kakkhaṭa

durus, firmus, solidus. AM.

kakSa kakṣa

m. 1) gramen aridum, sylva aridis arboribus. DR. 5. 15. 2) porta. N. 4. 25.

kakSA kakṣā

f. septum, pars domūs. N. 21. 17.

kakh kakh

1. P. (hasane) ridere. (Gr. [greek] lat. cachinno.)

kag kag

1. P. (samvaraṇe K. kriyāsu v.) tegere; agere.

kaGk kaṅk

1. A. (gatau K. vrajane v., scribunt kak gr. 110a).) ire, v. kak. (Hib. cichet "walking", ciocair "a way, a road"; lith. kankù secundum Ruhig "ich finde Grund im Wasser, dafs ich nicht schwimmen darf", ifz-kankù pervenio.)

kaGka kaṅka

m. (r. kaṅk s. a) ardea. H. 4. 9.

kaGkaTa kaṅkaṭa

m. lorica.

kaGkaTaka kaṅkaṭaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. AM.

[Page 62b]
kaGkaNa kaṅkaṇa

n. 1) brachiale, armilla. AM.; HIT. 11. 5. 2) ut videtur, tintinabulum. DR. 8. 22. v. sq. (Lith. kankala-s tintinabulum.)

kaGkaNI kaṅkaṇī

i. q. kiṅkiṇī.

kaGkata kaṅkata

m. n. (ut videtur, a r. kaṅk s. ta servato charactere 1mae cl.) pecten.

kaGkatikA kaṅkatikā

f. (a praec. s. ika in fem.) id. AM.

kaGkatI kaṅkatī

f. (a kaṅkata signo fem.) id.

kaGkAla kaṅkāla

m. sceletum. SU. 2. 24.

kac kac

1. 1. A. (bandhane K. bandhatviṣoḥ v.) ligare; lucere, splendere; v. kañc. (Hib. cacht "a streight, a narrow place; bonds, fetters".)

kac kac

2. 1. P. (rave K.) sonare.

kaca kaca

m. (r. kac s. a) capillus. AM.

kaccara kaccara

(ut videtur, e kat q. v. et cara a r. car s. a) sordidus, lutulentus. AM.

kaccit kaccit

Adv. (ex inusitato neutro interrog. kat aut kad pro kim s. cit v. euph. r. gr. 61.) an, num.

kaccha kaccha

m. ripa. HIT. 47. 17.

kacchapa kacchapa

m. (e praec. et pa) testudo. A. 6. 3.

kacchura kacchura

(asq. correpto ū s. ra) scabiousus, porriginosus. AM.

kacchU kacchū

f. scabies. AM.

kaj kaj

1. P. (hikkane v.) singultire.

kajjala kajjala

n. (e kat q. v. et jala aqua) fuligo e lampadibus. UP. 45.

kaJc kañc

1. P. (dīptau K. bandhatviṣoḥ v. scribunt kac gr. 110a).) splendere; ligare.

kaJcuka kañcuka

m. 1) pellis anguina. AM. 2) lorica. AM.

kaJcukin kañcukin

m. (a praec. s. in) cubicularius reginae. UR. 36. 13.

kaT kaṭ

1. 1. P. (gatau) ire.

c. pra apparere, oriri; prakaṭita qui apparuit, manifestus, ortus. DEV. 4. 20. UR. 57. 7. infr.

kaT kaṭ

2. 1. P. (vṛtau K. vṛṣi v.) tegere; pluere.

kaT kaṭ

3. 1. P. (kṛcchrajīvane) in miseriā vivere.

[Page 63a]
kaTa kaṭa

m. (r. kaṭ s. a) 1) coxa, lumbus, clunis. AM. 2) elephanti tempus capitis. AM.

kaTaka kaṭaka

m. n. (r. kaṭ s. aka) castra; vicus; urbs. HIT. 34. 17. 39. 5. 44. 3. 97. 15. 133. 7.

kaTAkSa kaṭākṣa

m. (e kaṭa iens, se movens - a r. kaṭ s. a - et akṣa oculus) adspectus obliquus. IN. 2. 32.

kaTi kaṭi

f. (r. kaṭ s. i) i. q. kaṭa.

kaTu kaṭu

(fem. kaṭu et kaṭvī) acer, acutus, de sapore. BH. 17. 9.

kaTh kaṭh

1. P. (taṅkane) in miseriā vivere, v. kaṭ.

kaThina kaṭhina

(r. kaṭh s. ina) 1) durus, firmus, solidus. SAK. 11. 1. 59. 14. UR. 24. 4; v. kaṭhora. 2) n. vas fictile. SA. 5. 1. ubi corbem significare videtur. (Lat. catinum, gr. [greek] [greek].)

kaThinI kaṭhinī

f. (a praec. signo fem.) creta. HIT. 4. 20.

kaThora kaṭhora

(r. kaṭh s. ora) durus. AM., v. kaṭhina.

kaD kaḍ

1. 1. P. (made) ebrium esse, mente captum esse.

kaD kaḍ

2. 6. P. (made adane K. adane darpe v.) ebrium, mente captum esse; superbum esse; edere.

kaDaGgara kaḍaṅgara

m. palea, acus (eris). AM.

kaDAra kaḍāra

nigricans e gilvo, "tawny". AM.

kaDD kaḍḍ

1. P. (kārkaśye) durum, rudem, severum esse.

kaN kaṇ

1. 1. P. (gatau) ire.

kaN kaṇ

2. 1. P. (śabde K. ārtasvare v.) sonare; gemere.

kaN kaṇ

3. 10. P. (nimīlane) nictari.

kaNa kaṇa

(r. kaṇ s. a) 1) tenuis, exilis, parvus. UR. 19. 7. SAK. 45. 7. 2) m. granum. HIT. 9. 14. 113. 7.; v. kaṇīyas kaṇiṣṭha. (Gr. [greek].)

kaNiza kaṇiśa

m. spica. AM.

kaNiSTha kaṇiṣṭha

Superl. [greek] kaṇa v. kaniṣṭha.

kaNIyas kaṇīyas

Compar. [greek] kaṇa v. kanīyas.

kaNT kaṇṭ

1. P. (gatau scribitur kaṭ gr. 110a).) ire; v. kaṭ etsq.

kaNTaka kaṇṭaka

m. n. (r. kaṇṭ s. a) 1) spina, ut videtur a crescendo dicta, nisi r. kaṇṭ significavit pungere, sicut [greek] quod probabiliter cum kaṇṭ cohaeret. SA. 6. 5. 2) hostis. N. 26. 20. (Cf. gr. [greek][greek].)

kaNTakita kaṇṭakita

(a praec. s. ita) spinosus. DR. 1. 14.

kaNTh kaṇṭh

1. et 10. P. (scribitur kaṭh gr. 110a).) dolere, lugere, moerere. (Fortasse huc pertinent gr. [greek] [greek], lat. patior; mutatā guttuali in labialem.)

c. ut id. v. utkaṇṭhā utkaṇṭhita. Caus. GHAT. 5.: utkaṇṭhayanti pathikān jaladāḥ svanantaḥ.

kaNTha kaṇṭha

m. n. gula. (Fortasse huc pertinet lat. collum, liquidis n et l inter se permutatis, et ṭh per assimil. converso in l; respicias rationem quam gr. [greek] et scr. anya q. v. inter se tenent.

kaND kaṇḍ

10. P. (bhede K. bhede rakṣaṇe v.; scribunt kaḍ gr. 110a).) findere; servare. (Lith. kándu mordeo; ita nostrum beifsen, goth. rad. BIT, cohaeret cum scr. rad. bhid quae item findere significat; cambo-brit. cat fragmentum, v. Pikt. p. 9.)

kaNDu kaṇḍu

f. (r. kaṇḍ s. u) scabies, v. sq.

kaNDU kaṇḍū

f. (r. kaṇḍ s. ū) id.

kaNDUyana kaṇḍūyana

(Denom. a kaṇḍū vel kaṇḍū s. y v. gr. 585.) scabere, radere, fricare. H. 2. 6.

kaNDUyana kaṇḍūyana

n. (a praec. s. ana) actio scabendi, radendi. UR. 88. 13.

kaNDUyanaka kaṇḍūyanaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) fricator.

kat kad kat kad

Neutrum obsoletum Interrogativi, quod in initio compositorum deminutionem vel contemptionem exprimit, aeque ac kā kim ku v. gr. comp. 386.

katama katama

(a stirpe interr. ka s. tama v. gr. 277.) quis e pluribus quam duo. SAK. 18. 5. infr.

katara katara

(a stirpe interrog, ka s. tara gr. 277.) uter. BH. 2. 6. (Lith. katrà-s, gr. [greek] e [greek] cf. jon. [greek], [greek]; lat. uter, abjectā gutturali, v. gr. comp. 389. p. 565.; goth. hvathar Th. hvathara, germ. vet. huedar, angl. whether; slav. kotoryi qui. v. gr. comp. 297.)

kati kati

(a stirpe interrog. ka s. ti) quot. HIT. 117. 20. (Lat. quot; ita tot convenit cum tati v. gr. comp. 414.)

[Page 64a]
katicit katicit

(a praec. s. cit) aliquot. UR. 84. 2.

katipaya katipaya

(a kati s. paya Nom. payas payā payam) id. SAK. 2. infr.: katipayarātraṃ sārathidvitīyena bhavatā sanāthīkriyatām āśrama iti. (paya ortum esse videtur e kaya - ab Interrogativo ka s. ya - mutatā gutturali in labialem, sicut in gr. [greek] quod formā accurate cum paya convenit.)

katth katth

1. A. laudare, extollere, gloriari, se jactare. H. 4. 13. b. N. 20. 12. - Part. katthita n. gloriatio, jactantia. H. 4. 13.; v. kath.

c. vi conviciari, contumeliam dicere.

katr katr

1. P. (śaithilye) solvere, relaxare. (Videtur ortum esse e kart - v. kṛt - transpositis litteris, vel e kartr q. v. ejecto r.)

kath kath

1. 1. A. (ślāghāyām K.) i. q. katth.)

kath kath

2. 10. P. dicere, loqui, memorare, narrare. IN. 4. 16. 5. 22. BR. 1. 11. N. 1. 21. 3. 2. 11. 6. 16. 34. 24. 47. 49. BH. 10. 9. 18. -- Part. praes. ATM. (gr. 598.) kathayānaḥ N. 22. 17. (Goth. QVATH dicere (qvitha, qvath, qvethum), angl. quoth, servatā initiali tenui contra generalem regulam; gr. [greek] v. katth.)

kathaJcana kathañcana

(a katham s. cana) ullo modo. BR. 1. 17.

kathaJcit kathañcit

(a katham s. cit) 1) ullo modo. A. 10. 17. 2) aliquantulum, paululum, vix. UP. 36. UR. 6. 8. 49. 2. H. 1. 43.

katham katham

Adv. (a stirpe interrog. ka gr. 284., s. tham gr. 652.) quomodo. N. 11. 24. (Huc trahimus gr. [greek] cum praepositiones primitivae omnes a pronominibus descendant. (*)

(*) V. libros meos "Über einige Demonstrativstämme und ihren Zusammenhang mit verschiedenen Präpositionen und Conjunktionen" p. 9. sq. et "Einflufs der Pronomina auf die Wortbildung" p. 5. sq.
kathamapi(katham + api) kathamapi(katham + api)

i. q. kathañcit. UP. 29.; kathaṅ kathamapi vix: UR. 28. 18.

kathA kathā

f. (r. kath s. ā) mentio, commemoratio: N. 21. 25.; colloquium, dialogus: N. 22. 4.; narratio, historia. SA. 6. 7. HIT. 4. 2.

kad kad

1. A. (vaiklavye K.) commoveri, perturbari, terreri, v. kadana. (Gr. [greek] huc etiam traxerim goth. hatan odisse, quod formā egregie quadrat, et sensu in animi commotione cum rad. nostra convenit; fortasse etiam lat. odi huc pertinet, ita ut initialem gutturalem perdiderit, sicut amo = kam.)

kadadhvan kadadhvan

m. (e kat q. v. et adhvan) mala via. AM.

kadana kadana

n. (r. kad s. ana) terror, perturbatio, confusio. SU. 3. 1.

kadamba kadamba

m. nomen plantae (Nauclea Cadamba). N. 12. 4. DR. 2. 1.

kadambaka kadambaka

m. n. (a praec. s. ka) id.

kadartha kadartha

m. (e kat et artha) malum, miseria, infortunium, v. sq.

kadarthita kadarthita

(a praec. s. ita vel a verbo denomin. kadarthay vexare s. ta) miser, infortunatus, vexatus. BHARTRIHARI ed. Bohl. 2. 75. HIT. 55. 9. UP. 43.: khedāmarṣakadarthita.

kadarya kadarya

(e kat q. v. et arya dominus, possessor) avarus, miser. AM.

kadalI kadalī

f. nomen plantae. DR. 5. 9.

kadA kadā

(a stirpe interr. ka s. ) quando? (Lith. kadà, slav. kogda; v. gr. comp. 423.)

kadAcana kadācana

(a praec. s. cana) unquam, praesertim in constructione cum negativo na ad exprimendum nunquam. N. 18. 9. 21. 13.

kadAcit kadācit

(a kadā s. cit) aliquando, olim, de tempore praeterito et futuro. BR. 1. 2. N. 10. 11. 13. 59.

kadru kadru

(fem. item kadru) nigricans e gilvo, "tawny". AM.

kan kan

1. P. (dīptau K. prītigatidyutiṣu v.) splendere; amare; ire; v. kanaka. (Lat. canus, caneo, candeo, candela, adjecto d sicut in tendo = tan; fortasse gr. [greek] mutatā tenui in mediam; hib. cann plena luna.)

kana kana

v. kaniṣṭha kanīyas.

kanaka kanaka

n. (r. kan s. aka) aurum. N. 5. 3.

[Page 65a]
kanakabhUSaNa kanakabhūṣaṇa

(BAH. e praec. et bhūṣaṇa ornamentum) aureum ornamentum habens. IN. 1. 8.

kanana kanana

unoculus. HEM.

kaniSTha kaniṣṭha

Adj. (superl. ab inusitato positivo kana s. iṣṭha) natu minimus. H. 2. 32.

kaniSThA kaniṣṭhā

f. (Fem. praec.) digitus minimus.

kanI kanī

f. (ab obsoleto kana signo fem. ī) puella. HEM.

kanIyas kanīyas

(a kana s. īyas v. praec.) junior.

kanthA kanthā

f. pannus, "a rag". BH. 2. 79. 3. 16.

kand kand

1. 1. P. (āhvānarodanayoḥ K.; scribitur kad gr. 110a).) vocare; clamare, flere. Cf. krand.

kand kand

2. 1. A. (vaiklavye K.; scribitur kand gr. 110a).) i. q. kad.

kanda kanda

m. n. (r. kand s. a) radik bulbosa et exculenta. MR. 152. 13.

kandara kandara

m. (ut videtur, ex ka in acc. et dara findens, a r. dṝ s. a) caverna, specus. DR. 5. 7.

kandarA kandarI kandarā kandarī

(Fem. praec.) id. AM.

kandarpa kandarpa

m. (ut videtur, ex kam ab interr. ka et darpa superbia) nomen Anangi, Dei amoris. N. 1. 15.

kandala kandala

m. n. 1) germen, surculus. 2) gemma, calix. RAGH. 13. 29.

kandalA kandalā

f. 1) id. 2) sonus lenis.

kandalin kandalin

(a kandala s. in) surculis abundans.

kandalI kandalī

f. arboris species. Wils. "the banana". UR. 60. 10.

kanduka kanduka

m. pila lusoria. HIT. 36. 18.

kandhara kandhara

m. (e ka caput et dhara ferens) cervix. RAGH. 3. 34.

kandharA kandharā

f. (Fem. praec.) id. AM.

kanyakA kanyakā

f. (a kanyā correpto ā s. ka in fem.) i. q. kanyā.

kanyA kanyā

f. (ut videtur, a r. kan s. ya in fem.) 1) puella. N. 1. 25. 2) filia. BR. 1. 31. (Zend. [greek] kaine v. gr. comp. 137.; hib. cain "chaste, undefiled"; fortasse etiam huc pertinet caile "a country woman, a quean, a strumpet, a harlot"; mutato n in l sicut e. c. in eile alius = anya q. v.; caileamhuil "girlish, effeminate").

kapaTa kapaṭa

m. n. fraus. HIT. 21. 13.

[Page 65b]
kaparda kaparda

m. 1) coma implicata, involuta dei Sivi. AM. 2) parva concha pro moneta adhibita, "a Cowriye". HEM.

kapardaka kapardaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) i. q. praec. sgn. 2. HIT. 115. 2.

kapardin kapardin

m. (a kaparda s. in) nomen Sivi.

kapATa kapāṭa

m. n. (ex ka ae7r, ventus et pāṭa a r. paṭ ire s. a) porta. R. Schl. I. 5. 9. RAGH. 3. 34.

kapATI kapāṭī

f. (Fem. praec.) id.

kapAla kapāla

m. n. cranium (Gr. [greek] lat. caput, goth haubith, Th. haupida, nostrum Haupt).

kapi kapi

m. (r. kamp s. i) simia (Gr. [greek] anglosax. apa, Th. apan, abjectā initiali gutturali sicut in lat. amo = kam; angl. ape, germ. vet. affo, v. Graff I. 159.).

kapila kapila

(a kapi s. la) 1) nigricans e gilvo, "tawny". AM. 2) nomen sapientis cujusdam.

kapiza kapiśa

(a kapi s. śa) id. AM.; RAGH. 12. 28.

kapota kapota

m. columba.

kapola kapola

m. gena, mala. AM.; SAK. 52. 2.

kabandha kabandha

m. n. corporis truncus. RAGH. 7. 48.

kam kam

1. A. et 10. P. A. kame kāmayāmi kāmaye. 1) amare. NALOD. 1. 19.: cakame sā rājanyaśreṣṭhan tam; H. 2. 18.: kāmayāmāsa rūpeṇā'pretimam bhuvi; H. 4. 5.: kāmayaty adya mām bhīruḥ; RAM. I. 29. 16.: aham vaḥ kāmaye sarvāḥ. Part. pass. kānta amatus, dilectus. H. 4. 35. N. 11. 7. 2) desiderare, velle. N. 6. 11.: nalaṃ yo kāmayec chapitum; c. dat. rei MAH. 1. 3347.: santānasyā'vināśāya kāmaye. (Huc traxerim lat. comis et amo abjectā gutturali, nec non cum Ag. Benary cā-rus pro cam-rus, abjectā radicis consonā finali, sicut saepissime, e. c. in lumen pro lucmen, luna pro lucna, ve-nor ut mihi videtur pro ved-nor a vadh vel vyadh occidere, cf. island. vaidhi venatio, scr. vyādha venator; lingua Valachica offert vocem chamor amor; hib. caemh "love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant"; caomhach "a friend, a companion", caomhaim "I save, spare, protect"; fortasse germ. vet. scim, scimo splendor, praefixo s; v. kānta kānti chavi.)

kamaTha kamaṭha

m. testudo. BHAR. 2. 28.

[Page 66a]
kamaNDalu kamaṇḍalu

m. n. hydria. AM.; Wils.: "An earthen or wooden waterpot, used by the ascetic or religious student." HIT. 60. 16. DEV. 2. 23.

kamala kamala

n. lotus flos. N. 12. 1.

kamalapatrAkSa kamalapatrākṣa

(BAH. e kamalapatra et akṣa) loti foliis similes oculos habens. IN. 5. 31.

kamalinI kamalinī

f. (a kamala s. in in fem.) lotorum multitudo; locus abundans lotis.

kamp kamp

1. A. (scribitur kap gr. 110a).) tremere, commoveri. DEV. 2. 33.: samudrāśca cakampire; IN. 2. 32.: kampamānaiḥ payodharaiḥ. - kampita tremens, commotus. SU. 4. 20. Caus. (kampayāmi) tremefacere. N. 26. 3.: kampayann iva mahīm. (Huc pertinere videntur [greek] et [greek] utrumque a movendo dictum; cf. pamb; hib. cabhóg festinatio; lat. vibro? v. kṛmi.)

c. anu misereri, v. anukampā.

c. anu praef. sam id. c. acc. RAGH. 9. 14.

c. ā i. q. simpl. RAGH. 2. 13.

c. pra id. RAM. I. 52. 14.: prakampateca pṛthivī.

c. vi id. BH. 2. 31.: na vikampitum arhasi. - Caus. RAGH. 11. 19.

kampa kampa

m. (r. kamp s. a) tremor. UR. 6. 2. 7.; nutatio capitis. RAGH. 13. 44.

kampana kampana

(r. kamp in formā caus. s. ana) 1) tremefaciens. DR. 4. 22. 2) n. vibratio, e. c. clavae. MAH. 1. 2836.

kampra kampra

(r. kamp s. ra) tremens. AM.

kambala kambala

m. lodix lanea, "a blanket". HIT. 81. 15. R. Schl. I. 17. 14.

kambu kambu

m. n. concha.

kambugrIva kambugrīva

(BAH. e praec. et grīva) conchae similem cervicem habens. H. 2. 19.; v. sq.

kambugrIvA kambugrīvā

f. (KARM. e kambu et grīvā) conchae similis cervix, Wils. "a neck marked with three lines like a shell and considered to be indicative of exalted fortune." AM., v. praec.

kamra kamra

(r. kam s. ra) libidinosus. AM. (Lat. cā-rus, v. kam.)

kara kara

m. (r. kṛ s. a) 1) faciens in fine compp. BR. 1. 23. N. vero ad rad. hṛ capere pertinere videtur, sicut hib. lamh manus cohaeret cum labh AAB, mutato bh in mh.)

karaka karaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) anachoretarum urna. MAH. 1. 7085.

karaTa karaṭa

m. elephanti gena. SU. 2. 20.

karaTaka karaṭaka

m. cornix. MR. 202. 20.

karaNa karaṇa

(r. kṛ s. ana) 1) n. actio, negotium, officium. R. Schl. I. 13. 51.: ratāḥ svādhyāyakaraṇe vayam. 2) n. i. q. indriya i. e. sensus (videndi, audiendi etc.). RAGH. 8. 38. 3) (fortasse a r. kṝ) m. vir mixti ordinis, matre sūdricā et patre vaisyico natus. AM.

karaNDa karaṇḍa

m. (fortasse a kara manus) 1) canistrum, corbis. BHAR. 1. 76. 2) ensis. (Fortasse etiam lat. corbis cum kara cohaeret.)

karapAla karapāla

m. (e kara manus et pāla regens, tuens) ensis. AM., v. sq.

karabAla karabāla

m. (ut videtur, e praec. mutatā tenui in mediam) id. A. 6. 15.

karabha karabha

(ut videtur, e kara manus et bha a r. bhā s. a) carpus. Wils.: "The metacarpus, the hand from the wrist to the root of the fingers." AM.: maṇibandhād ākaniṣṭham; SAK. 51. 8. 57. 9.: karabhoru; RAGH. 6. 83.: karabhopamorūḥ. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

kararuha kararuha

m. (e kara manus et ruha crescens) unguis. SAK. 35. 13.

karazAkhA karaśākhā

f. (e kara manus et śākhā ramus) digitus. AM.

karAla karāla

1) magnus, ingens; horrendus, terribilis. RAGH. 12. 98.: vapur mahoragasye'va karālaphaṇamaṇḍam. 2) exsertos dentes habens. H. 2. 3. Saepe cum praecedente daṃṣṭrā in KARM. conjungitur. H. 2. 3. BH. 11. 23. 25. 27.

kariNI kariṇī

Fem. sequentis.

karin karin

m. (a kara proboscis s. in) elephantus.

karIra karīra

m. n. germen bambu arundinis. AM.

karuNa karuṇa

miserabilis, flebilis, queribundus. N. 5. 23. 9. 25.

[Page 67a]
karuNam karuṇam

Adv. miserabiliter, miserandum in modum. N. 10. 28.

karuNA karuṇā

f. (Fem. praec.) misericordia, miseratio. BH. 2. 63.: karuṇāpara.

kareNu kareṇu

(fortasse a kara proboscis) elephantus, m. masc. f. fem. RAGH. 16. 16.

karkaTa karkaṭa

m. cancer. (Cf. gr. [greek], lat. cancer.)

karkaTaka karkaṭaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id.

karkaTakI karkaṭakī

f. Fem. praec. DR. 5. 9.

karkaza karkaśa

durus, asper. SAK. 11. 4. RAGH. 3. 55. 9. 68.

karkoTaka karkoṭaka

m. n. pr. N. 14. 4.

karj karj

1. P. (vyathane K. pīḍe v.) vexare.

karN karṇ

10. P. findere.

c. ā audire (v. karṇa). Gerundium ākarṇya. HIT. 4. 12. RAM. I. 9. 63.; v. sq.

karNa karṇa

m. (r. karṇ s. a nisi karṇ est Denomin. a karṇa et hoc tanquam instrumentum audiendi venit a kṛ facere) 1) auris. 2) n. pl. Angades'i rex, dei Sūryi et Kuntiae filius. H. 1. 46.

karNapUra karṇapūra

m. (e praec. et pūra implens) inauris. RAGH. 7. 24.

karNikAra karṇikāra

m. nomen plantae, Wils. "The name of a plant, commonly Caniyar, Pterospermum acerifolium or Pentapetes acerifolia; in Dr. Roxburgh's catalogue, the Webera corymbosa. 2) a sort of Cassia (Cassia fistula.). Med." SU. 4. 10. N. 12. 40.

kart kart

10. P. (śaithilye) solvere, relaxare. (V. kṛt quod correptum est e kart v. ).

kartana kartana

n. (r. kṛt s. ana) actio findendi. HIT. 69. 1.

kartarikA kartarikā

f. (a sq. s. ika in fem.) culter venatorius. HIT. 43. 19.

kartarI kartarī

f. (ut videtur, e kartrī q. v., inserto a) forfex. AM. (Lal. culter, mutato r in l; lith. peilis id.)

kartR kartṛ

(r. kṛ s. tṛ) fabricator, effector, creator. N. 18. 6. BH. 11. 37. (Hib. cear-doir "a goldsmith".)

kartRtva kartṛtva

n. (Subst. abstr. a praec. s. tva) fabricatoris, effectoris status, conditio. BH. 5. 14. 13. 20.

[Page 67b]
kartr kartr

10. P. (śaithilye) solvere, relaxare. (videtur esse Denomin. a kartra - pro karttra - instrumentum findendi, vel a kartṛ qui findit; v. kartarī kartrī.)

kartrI kartrī

f. (vel karttrī a r. kṛt s. tṛ in fem.) i. q. kartarī.

kard kard

1. P. (kutsite śabde K. kutsite rave v.) crepitare, de intestinis. (Cf. pard; fortasse huc pertinet gr. [greek].)

kardama kardama

m. lutum, coenum, limus. RAGH. 4. 24.

karpaTa karpaṭa

m. vestis detrita, pannosa. UP. 5. 9.

karpara karpara

m. cranium. AM.

karpAsa karpāsa

m. n. erioxylon. (Gr. [greek] lat. carbasus.)

karpAsI karpāsī

f. (Fem. praec.) gossipion. AM.

karpUra karpūra

m. n. camphora. AM.

karb karb

1. P. ire. (Cf. kharb garb gharb carb car.)

karbura karbura

1) varius, versicolor. HIT. 29. 11. 2) n. aurum. AM.

karman karman

n. (r. kṛ facere, s. man) factum, opus, negotium. H. 4. 13. SA. 2. 28. DR. 5. 2.

karmavajra karmavajra

m. (e praec. et vajra) i. q. śūdra. MAH. 1. 6487.

karmAntika karmāntika

m. (e karmānta operis finis - karman + anta- s. ika) opifex. R. Schl. I. 12. 7.

karmin karmin

(a karman s. in v. gr. 652.) opera faciens. BH. 6. 46.

karv karv

1. P. (darpe) superbum esse; cf. garv.

karSaka karṣaka

m. (r. kṛṣ s. aka) arator, agricola. MAH. 2. 212.

karSaNa karṣaṇa

(r. kṛṣ s. aṇa) n. 1) actio trahendi. 2) actio intendendi arcum. RAGH. 7. 59. 3) aratio. m. vexator. N. 12. 24.: arikarṣaṇa. 20. 1.: śatrukarṣaṇa.

karhi karhi

(v. gr. 652. s. rhi gr. comp. 381.) quando. (Goth. hvar ubi? angl. where, nostrum war, wor in war-um, wor-aus etc.; lith. kur ubi?)

karhicit karhicit

(a praec. s. cit) unquam; plurimum in constructione cum na ad exprimendum nunquam. N. 1. 21. 17. 3. 19. 7. 22. 16. Sine na N. 24. 22.

kal kal

1. 1. A. (saṅkhyāne K. saṅkhyarutau v.) numerare; sonare. (Conf. lat. calculo, forma redupl.)

kal kal

2. 10. P. (Haec radix plerumque vocalem brevem retinet, interdum eam producit, unde e. c. MAH. lat. cello - excello, praecello - celsus; lith. kielù levo, elevo.)

c. ā 1) agitare, concutere. MAH. 1. 2853.: mārutākalitās tatra drumāḥ; BHAR. 1. 50.: keśān ākalayan. 2) scire. GITAG. III. 7. 7.: khinnam asūyayā hṛdayan tavā "kalayāmi. (Gr. [greek].)

c. pra (productā vocali radicali) id. MAH. 1. 7178.: prakālayann eva sa pārthivaughān; 2. 1952.: prakālayed diśaḥ sarvāḥ pratodene'va śārathiḥ. (Lat. procella.)

kala kala

(r. kal s. a) 1) lenis, mollis, placidus, de voce. RAGH. 8. 58.: kalam anyabhṛtāsu bhāṣitam (nihitam); 1. 41.: sārasaiḥ kalanihradaiḥ. N. 9. 25.; vāṣpakalayā vācā. 2) leniter, placide sonans. RAGH. 16. 12.: kalanūpurāṇām...abhisārikāṇām. 3) m. sermo lenis, placidus. BR. 3. 21. 4) n. semen virile. MED.

kalakala kalakala

m. (kala + kala) sonus lenis, placidus, praesertim cuculorum Indicorum. BHAR. 1. 34.

kalaGka kalaṅka

m. 1) macula. RAGH. 14. 37. 2) rubigo. RAGH. 13. 15.

kalatra kalatra

n. (ut videtur a kala sg. 3. et tra servans, cf. tanutra) 1) lumbus, femur. 2) uxor. HIT. 31. 16.

kaladhauta kaladhauta

n. 1) argentum. 2) aurum. AM.: rūpyahemayoḥ.

kalana kalana

n. macula. BHAR. 3. 72.

kalabha kalabha

m. catulus elephanti. UR. 91. 9.

kalarava kalarava

m. (BAH. e kala et rava sonus) 1) columba. 2) cuculus Indicus. (Fortasse etiam lat. columba cum kala cohaeret; lith. karwélis columba litteris transpositis explicari possit e kalréwis, vel e kar-léwis mutato l in r et r in l.)

kalaviGka kalaviṅka

m. passer. AM.

kalaza kalaśa

m. n. urna fictilis. HIT. 101. 8. (Gr. [greek] lat. calix.)

[Page 68b]
kalazA kalaśā

f. id.

kalasa kalasa

m. n. id. SU. 2. 18.

kalasA kalasā

f. id.

kalaha kalaha

m. rixa, altercatio, pugna. HIT. 8. 17.

kalahaMsa kalahaṃsa

m. (e kala et haṃsa) anas mas. AM.

kalahaMsI kalahaṃsī

f. Fem. praec. RAGH. 8. 58.

kalA kalā

f. (r. kal s. ā) 1) pars, portio. A. 11. 3. 2) pars sexta decima diametri lunaris. HIT. 3. 1. 3) divisio temporis, Wils. "equal to 30 Cāshthas or about 8 seconds". DEV. 11. 8. 4) ars. BH. suppl. 2. (Fortasse lat. par-s, par-tis et por-tio obsoletā suā radice cum hac voce cohaerent, cum gutturales et labiales, nec non semivocales r et l saepissime inter se permutentur.)

kalAnidhi kalānidhi

m. (e praec. e nidhi) luna. AM.

kalApa kalāpa

m. 1) ornamentum. 2) pavonis cauda. URV. 62. 9. 88. 14. 3) pharetra. 4) cumulus, multitudo. AM.: bhūṣaṇe varhe tūṇīre saṃhate.

kalApin kalāpin

m. (a praec. s. in) pavo. RAGH. 6. 9.

kalAbhRt kalābhṛt

m. (e kalā et bhṛt ferens) luna. HEM., v. kalānidhi.

kali kali

m. 1) pugna, bellum; discordia, dissidium. HIT. 90. 4. A. 11. 9. 2) Indorum quarta mundi aetas, in quā impietas praevalet, et nomen daemonis hujus aetatis. N. 6. 1.

kalikA kalikā

f. flos non aperta. AM.

kaliGga kaliṅga

m. nomen regionis. DR. 2. 7. (*)

(*) Wils.: The name Calinga is applied in the Purānas to several places, but it especially signifies a district on the Coromandel coast, extending from below Cuttack to the vicinity of Madras.
kalita kalita

(a kalā s. ita) praeditus. UR. 48. 18.

kalila kalila

invius, impenetrabilis. BH. 2. 52.

kaluSa kaluṣa

turbidus. N. 17. 7.

kalevara kalevara

n. corpus. SA. 5. 61. (Cf. lat. codāver.)

kalp kalp

v. kḷp.

kalpa kalpa

(r. kḷp s. a) 1) similis, in fine compositorum (v. gr. 652. suff. kalpa). DR. 5. 2. 5. 2) dies et nox Brahmae, intervallum 432,000,000 annorum. 3) nomen arboris in Indri coelo.

kalmaSa kalmaṣa

1) squalidus, sordidus. 2) n. peccatum. BH. 5. 17.

kalmASa kalmāṣa

varius, versicolor. AM.

kalya kalya

(r. kal s. ya) 1) praeparatus. 2) sanus. 3) n. diluculum, ortus lucis, tempus matutinum v. sq. (V. kalyāṇa et cf. gr. [greek] [greek] - per assimilationem e [greek] sicut [greek] ex [greek] v. anya.)

kalyam kalyam

Adv. (a praec. signo accus. m) cras. N. 24. 48.

kalyANa kalyāṇa

(e kalya s. āṇa cf. suff. fem. ānī āṇī in nom. pr. velut indrāṇī gr. min. 218.) 1) Adj. (f. ṇī) faustus, bonus, justus, eximius. BH. 6. 40. IN. 4. 14. BR. 1. 5. 2. 34. N. 12. 15. 92. 2) n. felicitas. RAGH. 2. 50. 17. 11.

kall kall

1. A. (avyakte śabde kūjane śabde aśabde v.) indistinctum sonum edere; sonare; mutum esse.

kallola kallola

m. (ut mihi videtur, e kat et lola v. ullola) unda tumida. AM.; UR. 72. 6. infr.

kav kav

1. A. (varṇe K. stutau varṇe v.) colorare, pingere, depingere, describere; celebrare. V. kavi cf. ku.

kavaca kavaca

m. n. lorica. A. 9. 5.

kavacin kavacin

(a praec. s. in) loricatus. A. 5. 25.

kavara kavara

(ut videtur, e ka caput et vara tegens, a r. vṛ s. a) plexus crinalis, Wils. "a braid, or fillet of hair".

kavarI kavarī

f. (Fem. praec.) id. AM.

kavala kavala

m. buccea. RAGH. 2. 5., v. kavya. (Hib. caomhna, caomhnadh "food, nourishment" v. sq.)

kavi kavi

m. (r. kav s. i) poe7ta. BH. 8. 9. (Hib. caomhdha "poetry, versification".)

kavoSNa kavoṣṇa

(ex uṣṇa praefixo kava quod ex ku q. v. ortum esse videtur) tepidus. RAGH. 1. 67.

kavya kavya

n. (ut videtur a r. ku s. ya sicut havya q. v. ab hu) cibus, qui Manibus offertur. SU. 2. 10.

kaz kaś

1. P. A. (hiṃsāyām K. śabde v.) pulsare, laedere, occidere; sonare; v. kaśā kaśya et cf. kaṣ. (Hib. casgairim macto, trucido.)

[Page 69b]
kazA kaśā

f. (r. kaś s. ā) flagellum. AM.

kazAya kaśāya

v. kaṣāya.

kazcana kaścana

v. kiñcana.

kazcit kaścit

v. kiñcit.

kazmala kaśmala

n. (ut videtur, a r. kaś s. mala) debilitas, animi demissio. BH. 2. 2.

kazya kaśya

(r. kaś s. ya) 1) flagellandus. AM.: kaśārhe. 2) n. latus equi. AM. 3) n. potus fervidus. AM.

kazyapa kaśyapa

m. (e kaśya et pa bibens a r. s. a) Kas'yapus, Marīcis filius, deorum et Asurorum pater.

kaS kaṣ

1. et 10. P. i. q. kaś; cf. caṣ chaṣ jaṣ jhaṣ.

kaSa kaṣa

m. (r. kaṣ s. a) lapis Lydius, "the touch-stone". AM.

kaSAya kaṣāya

(r. kaṣ s. āya) 1) adstringens de sapore. R. Schl. II. 12. 93. 2) ruber, fuscus. Lass. 60. 17. 3) m. n. gustus adstrictus. AM. (Scribitur etiam kaśāya.)

kaSTa kaṣṭa

(r. kaṣ vel kaś s. ta) 1) molestus, miser, aerumnosus. N. 13. 16. H. 1. 5. 29. HIT. 25. 18. 2) n. malum, infortunium. HIT. 72. 15. 3) kaṣṭam Interj. vae! BHAR. 2. 88. (Hib. ceas "sorrow, grief, sadness".)

kas kas

1. P. (gatau) ire. (Hib. cas, cos pes, coisighim eo.)

c. vi vikasita expansus, apertus, de floribus. UR. 53. 7.

kastIra kastīra

n. plumbum album. HEM. (Gr. [greek]).

kastUrikA kastūrikā

(a sq. s. ika in fem.) moschus. UP. 45.

kastUrI kastūrī

f. moschus. AM. (Cf. [greek])

kasmAt kasmāt

(Abl. Interrogativi) cur. N. 3. 9.

kasmin kasmai kasmin kasmai

v. gr. 273.

kahva kahva

m. grus. AM.

kA

in initio compositorum eodem modo usurpatur ac kat unde ortum esse videtur abjecto t et productā vocali ad compensandum omissum t.

kAMsya kāṃsya

m. n. 1) cuprum album. Wils. "White copper, Queen's metal, any amalgam of zinc and copper". 2) poculum. 3) mensura quaedam. R. Schl. I. 72. 23.

kAka kāka

m. cornix. AM.

kAkapakSa kākapakṣa

m. (e praec. et pakṣa ala) cincinnus ad capitis latera. R. Schl. I. 21. 9.

[Page 70a]
kAkAla kākāla

m. corvus. Lass. 4. 18.

kAkiNI kākiṇī

f. nomen mensurae et ponderis cujusdam.

kAkinI kākinī

f. id. HIT. 60. 18.

kAku kāku

f. mutatio vocis propter moerorem, timorem etc. AM.: vikāro yaḥ śokabhītyādibhir dhvane. UR. 36. 18.

kAkuda kākuda

m. palatum.

kAkola kākola

corvus. DR. 8. 31.

kAga kāga

m. cornix. Lass. 4. 18.

kAGkS kāṅkṣ

1. A. nonnunquam P. desiderare, optare. H. 4. 38. BH. 1. 32. 12. 17. 18. 54. (Hib. cach-ta fames, goth. huh-rus id., huggrja esurio, nostrum Hunger, ich hungere.)

c. abhi id. SA. 3. 14.

c. ā id. BR. 3. 6.

kAGghA kāṅghā

f. (r. kāṅkṣ s. ā) desiderium. N. 16. 1. 24. 2.

kAGghin kāṅghin

(r. kāṅkṣ s. in) desiderans, cupidus. SU. 2. 1.

kAca kāca

m. (r. kac lucere s. a) vitrum.

kAJc kāñc

1. A. (scribitur kāc gr. 110a).) i. q. kañc.

kAJcana kāñcana

n. (r. kāñc s. ana) 1) aurum. 2) Adj. (f. a subst. kāñcana s. a v. gr. 652.) aureus. SA. 1. 23. DR. 2. 7.

kAJcI kāñcī

f. (r. kañc ligare s. a in fem.) mulierum cingulum. BHAR. 1. 56.

kAThinya kāṭhinya

n. (a kaṭhina s. ya) durities. SAK. 47. 12.

kANa kāṇa

coecus. HIT. 4. 15.

kANDa kāṇḍa

m. n. 1) caulis, scapus; truncus. 2) sagitta. HIT. 85. 5. 3) equus. 4) classis, ordo, turba, multitudo. 5) occasio, tempus opportunum. 6) aqua. AM.: daṇḍavāṇārvavargāvasaravāriṣu.

kANDavat kāṇḍavat

m. (a kāṇḍa s. vat) sagittarius. AM.

kANDaspRSTa kāṇḍaspṛṣṭa

m. (e praec. et spṛṣṭa tactus) miles. AM.

kANDIra kāṇḍīra

m. (a kāṇḍa s. īra) id. AM.

kAtara kātara

(ut videtur, e et tara transgrediens, a r. tṝ s. a) 1) invalidus, insufficiens. RAGH. 11. 78. C. infinit. BHAR. 1. 60.: tatra pratyūham ādhātum brahmā khalu kātaraḥ. 2) pavidus, timidus, perculsus. HIT. 55. 4. SAK. 58. 8. UR. 26. 6. infr.; v. sq.

[Page 70b]
kAtaratA kātaratā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis. SAK. 48. 10.

kAtarya kātarya

n. (a kātara s. ya) id. RAGH. 17. 42.

kAtyAyanI kātyāyanī

f. (a kātyāyana - patronym. a katyāyana nomen sapientis cujusdam - signo fem. ī) nomen Durgae. DEV. 8. 28.

kAdamba kādamba

m. (a kadamba s. a) anas. RAGH. 13. 55.

kAnana kānana

n. silva. H. 1. 42.

kAnta kānta

(r. kam s. ta) 1) desideratus, dilectus, amatus. H. 4. 35. N. 11. 7. 2) splendens. DEV. 4. 11., v. sq. (Bret. koant pulcher.)

kAntAra kāntāra

m. n. 1) via mala. 2) silva. R. Schl. I. 30. 17.

kAnti kānti

f. (r. kam s. ti) 1) desiderium. 2) splendor, pulchritudo. IN. 5. 7. N. 3. 17.

kApatha kāpatha

m. (ex et patha quod in fine compp. pro pathin via) via mala. AM.; cf. kadadhvan.

kApiza kāpiśa

n. (a kapiśa s. a) potus fervidus. HEM.

kApuruSa kāpuruṣa

m. (KARM. e et puruṣa vir) vir vilis, abjectus. HIT. 13. 19.

kApota kāpota

n. (a kapota s. a) grex columbarum. AM.

kAma kāma

m. (r. kam s. a) 1) amor, cupido, cupiditas, desiderium, voluntas. BH. 2. 62. 18. 34. BR. 1. 16. SU. 4. 15. N. 1. 17. IN. 5. 61. SU. 1. 24. 2) Deus amoris. IN. 5. 49. 3) optatum, res optata. N. 17. 18.

kAmaga kāmaga

(e praec. et ga iens) qui secundum voluntatem vel desiderium it, i. e. qui quo vult potest ire. N. 18. 23. IN. 2. 8.

kAmagama kāmagama

(e kāma et gama iens) i. q. praec. H. 3. 5. SU. 2. 5.

kAmatas kāmatas

Adv. (e kāma s. tas) ad voluntatem, secundum desiderium. H. 2. 31.

kAmaduh kāmaduh

f. (nomin. -dhuk v. gr. 81a). e kāma et duh mulgens, a r. duh) quae mulgenti omnia optata praebet vacca. BH. 3. 10. 10. 28. N. 2. 18.

kAmam kāmam

Adv. (accus. a kāma) 1) libenter. H. 2. 34. N. 20. 20. 2) bene, facile, wohl. RAGH. 2. 43. 4. 13.

kAmarUpa kāmarūpa

(e kāma desiderium et rūpa forma) I. TATP. optata forma. II. BAH. 1) qui optatam quamcunque formam potest assumere. BH. 3. 39. 43.; cf. kāmarūpin. 2) optatam i. e. pulchram formam habens. SU. 3. 17.

kAmarUpin kāmarūpin

(a praec. s. in) Adj. qui optatam quamcunque formam potest assumere. H. 2. 22. SU. 1. 20. 34.

kAmA kāmā

f. (r. kam s. ā) voluntas. SA. 5. 10.: kāmayā cum voluntate, libenter.

kAmitA kāmitā

f. (a sq. s. ) 1) desiderium, cupido, libido. HIT. 28. 7. 2) amor, benevolentia. RAGH. 9. 57.

kAmin kāmin

(r. kam s. in) 1) amans, cupiens, volens. BH. 2. 70. 2) m. amasins. Lass. 60. 14.

kAminI kāminī

f. (a praec. s. ī) amatrix, amata. RAGH. 9. 69.

kAmuka kāmuka

(r. kam s. uka) libidinosus. AM.; RAGH. 19. 33.

kAmopahatacittAGga kāmopahatacittāṅga

(BAH. e kāmopahata - kāma + upahata v. rad. han - amore afflictus, et cittāṅga - citta + aṅga - animus et corpus) amore afflictum animum et corpus habens. H. 2. 29.

kAmyaka kāmyaka

n. (a kāmya desiderandus s. ka) nomen silvae cujusdam. DR. 1. 1. 7. 6. 5.

kAmyA kāmyā

f. (r. kam s. ) desiderium, optatio, votum. A. 9. 30. BH. 10. 1.

kAya kāya

1) m. n. corpus. BH. 5. 11. 2) m. domus, v. nikāya.

kAyastha kāyastha

(e praec. et stha) classis hominum hujus nominis et vir hujus classis. Wils. "The Cayeth or writer cast, proceeding from a Cshettriya father and Sūdra mother". HIT. 49. 10.

kAra kāra

m. (r. kṛ in forma caus. s. a) 1) nisus, contentio, labor. BH. 5. 12. 2) in fine composs. faciens, factor. v. andhakāra oṅkāra etc.

kAraka kāraka

(r. kṛ s. aka) faciens, efficiens. N. 13. 16. BH. 2. 43.

kAraNa kāraṇa

n. (r. kṛ in forma caus. s. ana) 1) actio, factum, opus. N. 23. 3. 2) causa, ratio. IN. 5. 11. SA. 4. 6. N. 16. 27.

kAraNatas kāraṇatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) causā. HIT. 14. 15.

kAraNDava kāraṇḍava

m. anatis species. AM.

kArava kārava

m. (e. et rava sonus) cornix (Lat. corvus, fortasse etiam gr. [greek] mutato v in k v. gr. comp. 19.; etiam [greek] et cornix quodam modo cum kārava cohaerere videntur.)

[Page 71b]
kArA kārā

f. (ut videtur, a r. kṛ in formā caus. s. ā) carcer. (Lith. kaliu captivus sum, in carcere sum; kaliny-s captivus, kaline carcer; v. sq.)

kArAgAra kārāgāra

m. (e praec. et āgāra domus) id. (Lat. carcer, quod etiam e repetita voce kārā explicari potest.)

kArAgupta kārāgupta

m. (e kārā et gupta custoditus) captivus. HEM.

kArin kārin

(r. kṛ s. in) faciens. H. 3. 18. 4. 16.

kAruNika kāruṇika

(a karuṇā s. ika) misericors. AM.

kAruNya kāruṇya

n. (a karuṇa miserabilis, s. ya) miseratio, misericordia. H. 1. 23. BR. 1. 4.

kArtasvara kārtasvara

n. aurum. AM.

kArttikeya kārttikeya

m. (a kṛttikā s. eya) Kārtikeyus, deus belli Sivo natus.

kArtsnya kārtsnya

n. (a kṛtsna totus s. ya) integritas, plenitudo. MAR. 3. 4031.

kArpaNya kārpaṇya

n. (a kṛpaṇa miser, s. ya) miseria. BH. 2. 7. HIT. 31. 4.

kArmuka kārmuka

(f. a karman s. uka) Adj. opus perficiens. Subst. 1) m. n. arundo Bambos. 2) n. arcus. DEV. 9. 27.

kArya kārya

(r. kṛ s. ya) 1) faciendus. H. 4. 44. 2) n. negotium, officium. H. 4. 27. BR. 2. 4.

kAryavat kāryavat

(a praec. s. vat) officiosus. N. 7. 12.

kArzya kārśya

n. (a kṛśa s. ya) macies, TROP. exilitas, tenuitas. RAGH. 5. 21. (Hib. caoile macies.)

kAl kāl

10. P. (kālopadeśe) tempus computare, Denomin. a sq.

kAla kāla

Adj. niger. Subst. m. 1) color niger. AM. 2) tempus. 3) mors et nomen Yami, dei mortis. A. 7. 5. 10. 31. (Goth. hveila tempus - nostrum Weile - attenuato ā in ei = ī et adjecto v, sicut saepe post gutturales, e. c. in hvas quis = kas v. gr. comp. 388.; gr. [greek]; fortasse etiam [greek] lat. hora; calendae, quod, si in calen-dae disolveretur, responderet sanscrito kālanda qui tempus dat - kālam + da cf. composita sicut arindama - vel kālandha qui tempus ponit. Ita pars prior vocis perendie convenit cum scr. accus. param alium, gr. comp. 375. Cum kāla mors convenit [greek] et hib. ceal "death and v. sq.).

kAlaka kālaka

m. (a kāla s. ka) 1) macula, naevus. AM.: piplu. 2) jecur. HEM. (Cf. gr. [greek], v. kāla.)

kAlakA kālakā

f. nomen Asuriae cujusdam. A. 10. 7.

kAlakAJja kālakāñja

(e praec. in accus. kālakā et ja) natus Asurorum genus. A. 10. 2.

kAlakUTa kālakūṭa

m. (e kāla et kūṭa) veneni species. HIT. 84. 16.

kAladharma kāladharma

m. (e kāla et dharma) mors. AM.; R. Schl. I. 43. 1.

kAladharman kāladharman

m. (e kāla et dharman) id. MAH. 1. 4877.

kAlayApa kālayāpa

m. (e kāla tempus et yāpa nom. actionis a r. ire in formā caus. yāpay s. a) procrastinatio. HIT. 96. 18.

kAlayApana kālayāpana

n. id. HIT. 54. 3.

kAlAyasa kālāyasa

n. (e kāla et āyasa ferrum) ferrum. AM.

kAliman kāliman

m. (a kāla s. iman) nigritudo. HIT. 84. 16.

kAlI kālī

f. (a kāla signo fem. ī) nomen Durgae. DEV. 9. 27.

kAvya kāvya

n. (a kavi poe7ta s. ya) poe7ma.

kAz kāś

1. et 4. A. 1) lucere, splendere. RAGH. 10. 87. 2) apparere, videri. M. 43.: nai'va bhūmir naca diśaḥ... cakāśire (sic legendum pro prakāśire).

c. nis expellere, ausleuchten. Lass. 9. 14.

c. pra i. q. simpl. RAM. III. 55. 21.: udyānāni prakāśante mamā 'nyathā. - Caus. (prakāśayāmi) collustrare, illustrare; manifestare. A. 1. 2. BH. 5. 16. HIT. 30. 20.

kAzmIra kāśmīra

nomen regionis. HIT. 46. 14.

kASTha kāṣṭha

n. lignum. SA. 5. 1. 2. HIT. 49. 11. (Cambro-brit. coed, bret. coat; e syllaba kāṣ gr. [greek] vocis [greek] litteris transpotis et ā attenuato in v explicari possit.)

kASThA kāṣṭhā

f. minuta pars temporis, v. kalā. DEV. 11. 8.

kAs kās

1. A. (dīptau śabdakutsāyām K. kuśabde v.) 1) lucere, splendere (v. cakās kāś et cf. goth. haiza fax; Benary huc refert [greek]). 2) tussire. (Lith. kos-tu tussio, kós-e-ti tussire, slav. kas'jljati; germ. vet. huosto tussis, v. Pott. I. p. 278.; scot. casad id., cambrobrit. pās.)

[Page 72b]
kAsa kāsa

m. (r. kās s. a) tussis. AM.

kAsara kāsara

m. bos bubulus. AM.

kAsAra kāsāra

m. stagnum, lacus. AM.

ki ki

1. 3. P. cikemi (jñāne) scire. (Fortasse lat. scio praefixo s; hib. ci "see, behold", ci-thi "you see", citear "it seems, appears"; v. kit.)

ki ki

2. stirps interrogativa, v. kim.

kiMzAru kiṃśāru

m. (ut videtur, e kim et śāru quod simplex non invenitur, a r. śṝ laedere s. u v. gr. 671.) aristae spicarum. AM.

kiMzuka kiṃśuka

m. (KARM. ex interrog. kim et śuka psittacus. gr. 671.) nomen arboris (Butea frondosa). N. 12. 3.

kiGkara kiṅkara

m. (e kim quid et kara faciens) servus, famulus. SA. 6. 30.

kiGkiNi kiṅkiṇi

f. cingulus cum parvis tintinnabulis, vel quodvis aliud ornamentum tinniens.

kiGkiNI kiṅkiṇī

f. i. q. praec.

kiGkiNIkin kiṅkiṇīkin

(e praec. s. kin) ornamento tinniente indutus. IN. 5. 12.

kiJcana kiñcana

(Nom. kaścana kācana kiñcana v. gr. 284.) aliquis, quispiam, ullus. SA. 2. 21.; praesertim in costructione cum negativo na e. c. SU. 4. 3. 24. - Accus. neut. kiñcana adverbialiter ponitur, praesertim in constructione cum na ad exprimendum nullo modo, neutiquam, nequaquam. BR. 1. 24. (Cum suffixo cana conferatur hun linguae goth., ubi ni hvas-hun idem valet ac sanscritum na kaścana v. gr. comp. 398.)

kiJcit kiñcit

(Nom. kaścit kācit kiñcit v. gr. 284.) id. BR. 1. 17. SU. 1. 25. HIT. 21. 5. - yaḥ kaścit id. HIT. 11. 5.: suvarṇakaṅkanaṃ yasmai kasmaicid dātum icchāmikiñcit Adv. paululum. SA. 4. 26. DR. 9. 24. (Particula enclitica cit quac in dialecto Vedicā etiam cun Substantivis conjungitur - e. c. vayaścit aves a vi - est neutrum stirpis ci quod ortum est e ki unde formis Vedicis mākis nakis respondent Zend. [greek] mā-[greek]is, [greek] nae-[greek]is, v. gr. comp. 328.)

kiJcilika kiñcilika

m. v. sq.

[Page 73a]
kiJculuka kiñculuka

m. (fortasse e kim et culuka pro caluka a r. cal se movere) vermis. AM. Scribitur etiam kiñcilika.

kiJjala kiñjala

m. (e kim et jala a r. jal tegere s. a) fibra loti, v. sq.

kiJjalka kiñjalka

m. (ut videtur, a praecedente, s. ka ita ut kiñcalka mutilatum sit e kiñcalaka) RAGH. 15. 52.: himakliṣṭakiñjalkam paṅkajam.

kiT kiṭ

1. P. (gatau K.) ire. (Cf. kaṭ ex quo kiṭ ortum esse censeo attenuato a in i sicut iṭ q. v. ex aṭ.)

kiTi kiṭi

m. (r. kiṭ s. i) aper. AM.

kiTTa kiṭṭa

n. sordes. AM.: = mala.

kiNa kiṇa

m. cicatrix. RAGH. 18. 47.

kit kit

1. 3. P. ciketmi (cf. ki unde kit ortum esse videtur adjecto t v. gr. comp. 109b).) 1) videre, cernere, percipere, animadvertere. RIGV. apud Rosen. p. 81. 3.: yathā no mitro varuṇo yathā rudraś ciketati "ut nos Mitras, Varunas, et Rudras animadvertat" (ciketati pro ciketti adjecto charactere 1*mae classis, ita ut cikiti pro radice haberi posset); p. 100. 7.: tava vajraś cikite bāhvor hitaḥ "telum conspicitur tuis in manibus positum" (praeter. redupl. hic sicut saepe in dialecto Vedicā praesentis loco fungitur; posset tamen etiam cikite pro praes. cognatae radicis ki haberi); p. 106. 3.: tave'd idam abhitaś cekite vasu "tua haec ubique conspicitur opulentia" (cekite pro cikite quod supra); 140. 5.: ciketad asmai "animum advertat huic" (ciketad pro ciked (ciket) sicut supra ciketati pro ciketti). 2) scire, nosse. RIGV. p. 137. 4.: ya īñ ciketa guhā bhavantam "qui eum novit in specu versantem"; p. 144. 4.: cikitvān agnim pade parame tasthivāṃsam "cognoscens Agnim loco summo insistentem". (In utroque tamen loco significationem cernere, percipere praetulerim; grammatici vero hanc radicem explicant per jñāne K. matau v.)

kit kit

2. 1. P. (rogāpanayane K. saṃśayecchāvāsārogyeṣu v.) sanare; dubitare; desiderare; habitare; valere. In dialecto Vedicā kit cl. 1. item significat cernere, animadvertere. RIGV. p. 3. 2.

kitava kitava

m. lusor, aleator. N. 17. 37.

kintu (kim + tu) kintu (kim + tu)

sed, autem, vero. HIT. 10. 11. 86. 4.

kinnara kinnara

(KARM. e kim quid, et nara vir, v. gr. 671.) nomen ordinis Geniorum, qui Kuveri sunt famuli et coelestes cantores et fidicines.

kinnu (kima + nu) kinnu (kima + nu)

1) an, num. N. 10. 10. 12. 98. 2) quanto minus, nedum. BH. 1. 35.

kim kim

1. (Nom. kas kā kim gr. 273.) quis; - Nota locutionem cum gen. personae et instr. rei, ad exprimendum, quid prodest? e. c. N. 12. 90.: ko nu me jīvitenā 'rthas tam ṛte puraṣarṣabham; RAGH. 2. 53.: kin rājyena tadviparītavṛtteḥ; nonnunquam part. fut. pass. radicis kṛ additur, e. c. Lass. 12. 20.: kim bahunā mama bhāṣitena kartavyam. In hujusmodi locutionibus part. pass. praet. gerundii loco fungitur, e. c. DR. 7. 4. H. 4. 2. - Antecedente quopiam vocabulo interrogativo aliquis; BH. 2. 21.: kathaṃ sa...kaṅ ghātayati hanti kam; cum sequente api aliquis, quispiam. HIT. 4. 7.; cum antecedente relativo et sequente api quisque, quicunque. N. 26. 9. (Litth. kas accurate convenit cum nomin. masc. kas; goth. hva-s quis? = kas hvo quae? = hva-ta quid? = obsoleto kat zendico [greek] kaṭ; lat. quis, quid, a Th. ki quo, quod (= kat), qui, quorum, quos, a Th. ka; de fem. et neut. pl. quae pro quā = goth. hvo v. gr. comp. 387. 394.; ad Th. ki etiam pertinet lat. hi-c, ci-s, ci-tra, l. c. 394. 395. et goth. HI, unde hi-mma, hi-na, hi-ta, hidre, angl. he, hi-s, hi-m, l. c. 397.; gr. HO jon. KO ([greek][greek] etc.); slav. ky-i, ka-ja, ko-e, gr. comp. 388.; hib. cia, scot. co, cambro-brit. pa quid?)

kim kim

2. Adv. 1) cur. BR. 3. 2. 2) an, num. HIT. 39. 4.: asmin nirjane vane kadācit kim vyādhā sañcaranti; v. kinnu kimvā. 3) utrum ob. HIT. 53. 18. 4) Cum sequente punar (kim punar) quanto magis vel quanto minus. BH. 9. 33. A. 5. 2.

kimartham kimartham

Adv. (TATP. e. kim tanquam interrogativi stirpe cum vi genitivi, et artham v. artha) cur, quam ob rem. H. 4. 28.

kimu kimu

v. u.

kimuta kimuta

Adv. (kim + uta) nedum, ne dicam. RAGH. 2. 62.

kimpacAna kimpacāna

(e kim et pacāna coquens a r. pac s. partic. praes. ATM. āna pro māna) miser. AM.

kimpuruSa kimpuruṣa

m. (e kim et puruṣa vir) i. q. kinnara. AM.

kimvadantI kimvadantī

f. (e kim et vadantī part. praes. fem. radicis vad dicere) rumor, fama. HIT. 39. 7.

kimvA (kim + vA) kimvā (kim + vā)

an, num. UR. 6. 1. infr.

kiyat kiyat

(Nom. kiyān kiyatī kiyat a stirpe interr. ki s. at e vat abjecto v mutato i stirpis ki in iy ex euphon. lege 51., v. iyat) quantus, quot. HIT. 56. 16. PAT. 4. -- kiyat Adv. aliquantulum, paululum. HIT. 86. 6.

kira kira

m. (r. kṝ s. a) aper.

kiraNa kiraṇa

n. (r. kṝ s. ana) radius luminis. RAGH. 5. 74.

kirAta kirāta

m. Kirātus, homo ferus, silvas vel montes habitans et venatu vivens.

kirITa kirīṭa

m. diadema, tiara. A. 5. 13.

kirITin kirīṭin

(a praec. s. in) 1) diadematus, tiaratus. A. 1. 3. BH. 11. 17. 2) cognomen Arguni. DR. 5. 15.

kirmIra kirmīra

(ut videtur, a r. kṝ) 1) varius, versicolor. AM. 2) m. malus aurantia. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

kil kil

1. 6. P. (śaityakrīḍanayoḥ K. śaukle krīḍe v.) frigidum esse; ludere; album esse; (v. keli et cf. hib. cal "a joke" ejectā vocali radicali post Gunae incrementum.)

kil kil

2. 10. P. (kṣepe K. nudau v.) jaculari; mittere.

kila kila

sane, certe, profecto. IN. 5. 28. BR. 3. 11. N. 12. 19.

kilviSa kilviṣa

1) Adj. improbus, scelestus. RAM. III. 75. 43.: karma kilviṣam. 2) Subst. n. a) peccatum. BH. 3. 13. 6. 45. b) piaculum. R. Schl. I. 62. 7.

kizala kiśala

m. n. gemma arboris, palmes, surculus, v. kisala.

kizalaya kiśalaya

m. n. id. v. kisalaya.

kizora kiśora

m. pullus. R. Schl. II. 20. 20.

[Page 74b]
kiSk kiṣk

10. A. (vadhe v.) occidere. (Hib. ceasaim "I torment, crucify, vex".)

kiSku kiṣku

m. f. cutibus. MAH. 2. 20.

kisala kisala

m. n. i. q. kiśala.

kisalaya kisalaya

m. n. id. UR. 57. 6. infr.

kIkasa kīkasa

n. os, ossis. AM.

kIcaka kīcaka

m. arundo bambos vento stridens. RAGH. 2. 12. 4. 73.

kIT kīṭ

10. P. (bandhe K. bandhavarṇayoḥ v.) ligare; tingere.

kITa kīṭa

m. insectum, vermis. HIT. 8. 7. (Gr. [greek].)

kIdRza kīdṛśa

(gr. 287.) qualis? HIT. 4. 21. (Prākr. kerisa slav. ko-lik, Th. ko-liko, gr. [greek], goth. hve-leiks, Th. hve-leika, nostrum we-lcher, lat. qū-lis, v. īdṛśa et gr. comp. 417.)

kIra kīra

m. psittacus. AM.

kIrNa kīrṇa

v. kṝ gr. 609.

kIrt kīrt

v. kṝt.

kIrti kīrti

f. (r. kṝ s. ti v. kṝt) gloria. N. 20. 33.

kIl kīl

1. P. (bandhe) ligare.

kIla kīla

m. 1) flamma. AM. 2) palus, sudes, stipes. AM.: = śaṅku v. sq.

kIlaka kīlaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) lignum transversarium. HIT. 49. 11. 13. 15.

kIlA kīlā

f. i. q. kīla.

kIlAla kīlāla

n. 1) aqua. 2) sanguis. AM.

kIza kīśa

m. simia. AM.

ku ku

1. 1. A. 2. P. 9. P. kave kaumi kunāmi (śabde) sonare.

ku ku

2. 6. A. kuve (ārttisvire) gemere. (Hib. caoi, caoidh "lamentation, mourning", cavidhim "I lament, mourn, grieve".)

ku ku

3. stirps interrogativa, unde descendunt Adverbia kutas et kutra. In initio compositorum nuda stirps adhibetur ad exprimendam contemptionem vel deminutionem (v. gr. 273.)

kuMs kuṃs

10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. bhāsane v. scribitur kus gr. 110a).) loqui; splendere. (cf. kas goth. hausja, nst. höre.)

[Page 75a]
kuk kuk

1. A. (ādāne) capere, sumere.

kukara kukara

(ex ku et kara manus) manum intortam vel debilem, languidam habens. AM.

kukRtya kukṛtya

n. (e ku et kṛtya n. faciendum, negotium) negotium exiguum, leve. HIT. 76. 14.

kukkuTa kukkuṭa

m. gallus. HIT. 106. 17.

kukkubha kukkubha

m. Phasianus gallus. AM.

kukkura kukkura

m. canis. HIT. 50. 3.

kukSi kukṣi

m. venter, uterus. RAGH. 10. 66.; trop. RAGH. 2. 38.: adrikukṣi; A. 5. 11.: samudrakukṣi. (Lat. coxa, coxendix, gr. [greek]? germ. vet. būh, nostrum Bauch, mutatā gutturali in labialem.)

kuGkuma kuṅkuma

m. crocus. AM. (Fortasse [greek], crocus per metathesin e [greek], corcus, mutatā nasali in r, v. gr. comp. 20.)

kuc kuc

1. 1. P. (rodhaparkakauṭilyalekhaneṣu) impedire, includere; conjungere, miscere, tangere; inflexum esse; ire. V. kuñc.

kuc kuc

2. 1. P. (tāraśabde) altum, acutum sonum edere.

kuc kuc

3. 1. 6. P. (saṅkoce) curvare, inflectere. V. kuñc.

c. sam id. BHAR. 3. 74.: gātraṃ saṅkucitam. -- Caus. id. MAH. 1. 2843.: kecid gajāḥ...saṅkocyā'grakarān bhītāḥ pradravanti sma.

kuca kuca

m. (r. kuc s. a) mamma; N. 12. 66. cf. cucuka cūcuka.

kucAgra kucāgra

n. (e praec. et agra) papilla. AM.

kuj kuj

1. P. (steyakaraṇe K. steye v.) furari.

kuJc kuñc

1. P. inflexum esse. kuñcita cincinnatus. IN. 5. 6. ubi kuñcita pro kuñjita legendum. (Hib. cuachaim "I fold, plait", cuach "a curl", cuachach "curled, frizzled"; v. kuc.)

c. vi corrugari. MAH. 1. 4112.: vikuñcitalalāṭabhṛt.

kuJj kuñj

1. P. (avyakte śabdhe K. scribitur kuj gr. 110a).) sonare.

kuJja kuñja

m. n. 1) locus repentibus plantis abundans. IN. 1. 25. 2) umbraculum, casa frondea. 3) elephanti dens prominens. 4) maxilla inferior.

kuJjara kuñjara

m. (a praec. sgnf. 3. suff. ra) elephantus. Nom. pr. DR. 2. 11.

kuJjararUpin kuñjararūpin

m. (a kuñjararūpa elephanti forma s. in) elephanti formam habens. SU. 2. 20.

kuT kuṭ

1. 6. P. (kauṭilye) inflexum esse, v. kuṭila.

c. pra torrere, assare. MAH. 1. 2842.: bhakṣayanti sma māṃsāni prakuṭya vidhivat tadā; v. sq. et kuṭṭ.

kuT kuṭ

2. 10. A. (pratāpane) calefacere, urere. (Cf. 2. kūṭ kuṭṭ. Hib. cuatan sol. v. Pict. p. 23.)

kuTa kuṭa

m. n. hydria. AM.

kuTi kuṭi

m. f. (r. kuṭ s. i) casa. AM. (Cf. angl. hut, nostrum Hütte.)

kuTila kuṭila

(r. kuṭ s. ila) curvus, inflexus, flexuosus. DEV. 2. 8.

kuTumb kuṭumb

10. A. (dhṛtyām) tenere, ferre, perferre.

kuTumba kuṭumba

m. progenies, stirps. RAGH. 7. 68.

kuTumbaka kuṭumbaka

(a praec. s. ka) 1) Adj. propinquus, cognatus. 2) n. familia. HIT. 21. 2.

kuTumbin kuṭumbin

(a kuṭumba s. in) pater familias. UR. 36. 15.

kuTumbinI kuṭumbinī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) uxor. RAGH. 8. 85.

kuTT kuṭṭ

1. 1. P. (pratāpane) calefacere, v. 2. kuṭ.

kuTT kuṭṭ

2. 10. P. (chedane K. kutsāchidoḥ v.) scindere; contemnere.

kuTTanI kuṭṭanī

f. (ut videtur, a r. kuṭṭ s. ana in fem.) lena, libidinis ministra, Kupplerin. HIT. 11. 8.

kuTTima kuṭṭima

m. n. pavimentum. RAGH. 11. 9.

kuTmala kuṭmala

m. n. calyx efflorescens. HIT. 39. 15.

kuTha kuṭha

m. arbor. AM.

kuThAra kuṭhāra

m. (e praec. et ara a r. s. a) securis. RAM. I. 4. 20.

kuThArI kuṭhārī

f. (Fem. praec.) id.

kuD kuḍ

6. P. (bālye k. adane v.) puerilem esse; edere.

kuN kuṇ

1. 6. P. (śabdopakaraṇayoḥ) sonare, adjuvare. (Cf. kaṇ kvaṇ caṇ svan lat. cano, sono, lith. [greek]wanù sono.)

[Page 76a]
kuN kuṇ

2. 10. P. (āmantraṇe K.) salutare, valedicere.

kuNapa kuṇapa

m. corpus mortuum. AM.

kuNi kuṇi

m. i. q. kukara. AM.

kuNT kuṇṭ

1. P. (vaikalye scribitur kuṭ gr. 110a).) conturbatum, mutilatum, dirutum esse.

kuNTh kuṇṭh

1. P. (ālasye K. khoṭane vaikalye ālasye v.; scribitur kuṭh gr. 110a).) claudum, mutilatum, pigrum esse; v. sq.

kuNTha kuṇṭha

(r. kuṇṭh s. a) segnis, tardus, piger. AM.: mandaḥ kriyāsu yaḥ.

kuND kuṇḍ

1. 1. P. (vaikalye scribitur kuḍ gr. 110a).) i. q. kuṇṭ.

kuND kuṇḍ

2. 1. A. (dāhe scribitur kuḍ gr. 110a).) urere, cf. kuṭ.

kuND kuṇḍ

3. 10. P. (rakṣaṇe scribitur kuḍ gr. 110a).) servare, tueri.

kuNDa kuṇḍa

1) n. urceus, urna, hydria. MAH. 1. 4500. 4504. 2) caverna in terrā facta ad servandum ignem sacrum. 3) puteus. RAGH. 1. 84. 4) adulterino sanguine natus e feminā, vivente marito. AM.

kuNDaka kuṇḍaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) i. q. kuṇḍa m. sgfc. 1. UP. 45.

kuNDala kuṇḍala

n. 1) annulus. N. 14. 3. (v. gr. 653.) 2) annulus de auricula suspensus. 3) vinculum, armilla, collare, monile.

kuNDalin kuṇḍalin

(a praec. s. in) Possess. praec.

kuNDalIkRta kuṇḍalīkṛta

Adj. (e kuṇḍala et kṛta v. gr. 653.) annulus factus. N. 14. 3.

kuNDina kuṇḍina

n. nomen urbis Vidarbhorum. N. 21. 2.

kutas kutas

(a ku q. v. s. tas) 1) unde? H. 2. 24. 4. 27. 2) nedum, multo minus. BH. 4. 31.; sequente eva. IN 1. 17. BR. 1. 28.

kutuka kutuka

n. i. q. sq. AM.

kutUhala kutūhala

n. 1) voluptas. N. 1. 16. 13. 48. 2) curiositas, cupiditas et studium novarum rerum. SAK. 19. 6. infr. UP. 78.

kutra kutra

(a ku q. v. s. tra) ubi?

kutracit kutracit

(e praec. et cit) alicubi.

kuts kuts

10. A. 1) spernere, contemnere. RAM. I. 49. 18.: ku- tsitā vicariṣyatha. 2) conviciari, maledicere. DHRIT. 57.: kutsayitvā vacobhiḥ; Part. praes. P.: kutsayan MAH. 1. 5286. (Lith. kussinu adversor.)

kuth kuth

4. P. (pūtībhāve K. pūtitve v.) foetere (cf. pūy).

kutha kutha

m. elephanti tegmentum versicolor. AM.

kuthA kuthā

f. id.

kunta kunta

m. jaculum uncinatum. AM. (= prāsa).

kuntala kuntala

m. capillus. TSCHAUR. 4.

kuntI kuntī

f. 1) nomen regionis. H. 1. 31. 2) regis Pāndūs uxor.

kunth kunth

1. 1. P. (hiṃsā saṅkleśayoḥ K. kleśe vadhe v., scribitur kuth gr. 110a).) offendere, laedere, ferire, vexare, occidere. (Cf. lat. quatio, per-cutio et scr. puth quod ex kuth mutatā gutturali in labialem ortum esse censeo.)

kunth kunth

2. 9. P. kuthnāmi (gr 387.) id.

kunda kunda

m. n. jasmini species, jasminum multiflorum vel pubescens. AM.

kundr kundr

10. P. (anṛtabhāṣaṇe K. mithyoktau V.; scribitur kudr gr. 110a).) mentiri.

kup kup

1. 4. P. irasci. HIT. 76. 13.; cum dat. pers. RAGH. 3. 56.: cukopa tasmai sa bhṛśam. kupita iratus. N. 20. 32. - ATM. cum accus. RAM. I. 39. 7: kupyate devān.(Lat. cupio, nostrum hoffe, angl. hope.)

c. ati valde irasci. RAM. III. 72. 66.

c. pra i. q. simpl. HIT. 74. 8. Caus. MAN. 9. 314.: ko na naśyet prakopya tān.

kup kup

2. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dyutau v.) loqui; splendere. (Cf. hib. cubhas "a word, a promise"; huc etiam trahi possit lat. cupo in nun-cupo; goth. HUF lamentare.)

kupUya kupūya

(e ku et pūya pus) vilis, abjectus. AM.

kupya kupya

n. quodvis metallum excepto auro et argento, ut cuprum etc. AM.

kubja kubja

gibbosus, gibberosus. AM. (Lith. kuprà gibber, kupotas gibbosus, gr. [greek] lat. gibbus, gibba, gibber; fortasse etiam nostrum Höcker, mutatā labiali in gutturalem.)

[Page 77a]
kubjaka kubjaka

(a praec. s. ka) id. Lass. 32. 13.

kumAr kumār

10. P. (Denominativum a sq.) ludere.

kumAra kumāra

m. (ut mihi videtur e ku et māra - a r. mṛ - quod secundum originem suam virum significare possit, sicut martya q. v.) 1) puer qui ad quintum annum nondum pervenit. BR. 2. 7. N. 1. 8. 2) princeps juventutis, regni heres. AM.: = yuvarāja. 3) cognomen Kārtikeyi. (Gr. [greek] ejectā syllabā mediā; huc etiam retulerim [greek] abjectā priore compositi parte.)

kumAravrata kumāravrata

n. (e praec. et vrata) votum coelibatūs. UR. 77. 5. infr.

kumArI kumārī

f. (a kumāra signo fem. ī) puella, a decimo usque ad duodecimum annum.

kumAl kumāl

10. P. (ortum est e kumār matato r in l) i. q. kumār.

kumud kumud

f. i. q. sq.

kumud kumud

n. 1) Nymphaea esculenta alba. 2) Nymphaea rubra.

kumudinI kumudinī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) cumudis floribus abundans locus.

kumudinInAyaka kumudinīnāyaka

(e praec. et nāyaka ductor, dux, dominus) luna. HIT. 79. 5.

kumudvat kumudvat

n. (a kumud s. vat) 1) lotis abundans. RAGH. 4. 19. 2) m. n. i. q. kumudinī. AM.

kumudvatI kumudvatī

f. (a praec. signo fem.) 1) i. q. kumudinī. SAK. 52. 6. infr. 2) nymphaeae species, Wils. "Menyanthes indica or cristata". RAGH. 6. 36.

kumb kumb

10. P. (chādane K. stṛtyām v.; scribitur kub gr. 110a).) tegere; sternere.

kumbha kumbha

m. 1) vas aquarium, urna. N. 23. 11. 2) modi frumentarii genus. 3) tumor in superiore parte frontis elephanti, Wils. "There are two of these projections, which swell in the rutting season." DEV. 3. 13. (Cf. [greek])

kumbhakAra kumbhakāra

m. (e praec. et kāra factor) figulus.

kumbhayoni kumbhayoni

f. (BAH. e kumbha et yoni) nomen Apsarasis cujusdam. IN. 2. 30.

[Page 77b]
kumbhin kumbhin

m. (a kumbha s. in) elephantus. HEM.

kumbhila kumbhila

m. fur.

kumbhIra kumbhīra

m. crocodilus. AM.; Wils. "the crocodile of the Ganges, the longnosed alligator".

kumbhIraka kumbhīraka

m. (a praec. s. ka) fur. UR. 32. 8. infr., cf. kumbhila.

kur kur

1. 6. P. (śabde) sonare.

kur kur

2. v. kṛ gr. 383.

kuraGga kuraṅga

m. antilope. UR. 77. 9. infr.

kurara kurara

(r. kur) m. haliaeetus. N. 12. 113.

kurarI kurarī

f. Fem. praec.

kuru kuru

m. Nom. pr., unus e majoribus Dhritarāschtri et Pāndūs.

kurukSetra kurukṣetra

n. (e kuru et kṣetra) nomen regionis prope urbem Dehli.

kururI kururī

f. probabile ter i. q. kurarī scilicet haliaeetus femineus. N. 11. 20. A. 10. 63. (in ed. Calc. legitur kurarī).

kuruvaka kuruvaka

m. nomen plantae, Wils. "1) The crimson amaranth. 2) A purple species of barleria. 3) Also a yellow kind."

kurd kurd

1. A. (krīḍāyām) ludere, cf. kūrd gud.

kul kul

1. P. (bandhusaṃhatyoḥ) colligere; cognatum esse.

c. ā turbare, perturbare. HIT. 39. 20.: smarākulitamati; RAM. III. 71. 10. śokenā " kulitendriya. Cum vi + ā id. RAM. I. 45. 7.: krodhavyākulita.

c. sam id. RAM. III. 49. 2.: saṅkulitendriya.

kula kula

n. (r. kul s. a) familia, genus. H. 4. 5. BR. 2. 14. (Hib. gaol "a family or kindred".)

kulagiri kulagiri

m. (e praec. et giri) mons principalis, quorum septem enumerantur, v. kulabhūbhṛt.

kulaTA kulaṭā

f. femina impudica. AM.; MR. 288. 11.

kulabhUbhRt kulabhūbhṛt

m. (e kula et bhūbhṛt) i. q. kulagiri. RAGH. 17. 78.

kulastrI kulastrī

f. (TATP. e kula et strī femina) femina generesā stirpe orta. N. 18. 8.; v. sq.

kulAGganA kulāṅganā

f. id. SA. 7. 15.

[Page 78a]
kulAya kulāya

m. (e kula et aya a r. i ire s. a) nindus. AM.

kuliza kuliśa

n. fulmen. DEV. 8. 34.

kulIna kulīna

(a kula s. īna) nobilis, generosus. N. 17. 42.

kulIra kulīra

m. n. cancer. HIT. 114. 9.; zodiaci constellatio. R. Schl. I. 19. 8.

kulya kulya

(a kula s. ya) Adj. 1) familiaris. BHAR. 3. 24. 2) generosā stirpe ortus. Subst. n. (ut videtur, a r. kul s. ya) os, ossis. AM.

kulyA kulyā

f. (r. kul s. ya in fem.) 1) flumen. RAGH. 7. 46. 2) canalis. SAK. 7. 12. RAGH. 12. 3.

kuvala kuvala

n. lotus flos. AM.

kuvalaya kuvalaya

n. id. AM.

kuvAda kuvāda

(ex ku et vāda dicens) maledicus, calumnians. AM.

kuvera kuvera

m. (KARM. e ku et vera m. n. corpus) Deus divitiarum, sic dictus propter deformitatem suam; fingitur enim cum tribus cruribus et octo dentibus.

kuvela kuvela

n. lotus flos. HEM.

kuz kuś

1. 4. P. (śilaṣi) amplecti, v. kus. (Fortasse gr. [greek] abjectā consonante finali.)

kuz kuś

2. 1. et 10. P. dyutau splendere.

kuza kuśa

1) m. n. graminis species (Poa cynosuroides) quam Indi venerantur et in multis sacris ritibus adhibent. 2) n. aqua. AM.; v. kuśeśaya.

kuzala kuśala

1) salvus, felix, prosper. N. 16. 29. BH. 18. 10. 2) habilis, dexter, peritus, gnarus. IN. 2. 28. N. 12. 83. 19. 18. 22. 12. 3) Subst. n. salus, fortuna, prosperitas. N. 2. 16. 12. 71. 13. 31. 22. 2.

kuzalin kuśalin

(a praec. s. in) salvus, felix. N. 2. 16. 16. 29.

kuzUla kuśūla

m. horreum, granarium. HIT. 5. 10. 66. 13. 18. 19.

kuzezaya kuśeśaya

n. (e kuśe in aqua et śaya qui jacet) lotus flos. RAGH. 6. 18.

kuS kuṣ

9. P. (niṣkarṣe) extrahere; cf. kṛṣ.

kuSTha kuṣṭha

n. (e ku et stha) leprae. AM.

kus kus

4. P. i. q. kuś.

kusarit kusarit

f. (e ku et sarit fluvius) fluvius tenui aquā. HIT. 30. 7.

[Page 78b]
kusuma kusuma

n. flos.

kusumAkara kusumākara

m. (florum multitudinem habens, e praec. et ākara fodina, multitudo) ver. BH. 10. 35.

kusumita kusumita

(a kusuma s. ita) floridus. SA. 4. 26.

kusumeSu kusumeṣu

m. (e kusuma et iṣu sagitta) nomen Anangi.

kusm kusm

10. A. (kusmite v.) distorto vultu ridere. (Luce clarius est verbum kusmaye compositum esse e particula ku et smaye rideo a r. smi; scribendum igitur est kusmi quod secundum 1mam cl. format kusmaye.)

kuh kuh

10. A. (vismāraṇe K. vismāpane v.) decipere, fallere; v. sq.

kuhaka kuhaka

m. (r. kuh s. aka) 1) deceptor. 2) actio decipiendi, destitutio. HIT. 129. 22.

kuhana kuhana

m. (r. kuh s. ana) n. pr. DR. 2. 11.

kuhanA kuhanā

f. (r. kuh s. ana in fem.) simulatio pietatis, sanctitatis. AM.

kuhara kuhara

n. caverna, specus. HIT. 58. 2.

kU

1. 6. A. kuve (śabde K. artasvare v.) sonare; gemere. (Cf. kūj [greek].)

kU

2. 9. P. A. kunāmi kune. id.

kUj kūj

1. P. sonare praesertim de avibus. R. Schl. prooem. 1.: kūjantam...vande vālmīkikokilam; de arundine RAGH. 2. 12.; v. kūjita.

c. ava id. RAM. III. 70. 12.: vihago bhṛṅgarājo'yam... kokilenā'vakūjati.

c. upa id. N. 12. 113.: cakravākopakūjita.

c. nis id. RAM. III. 69. 36.: niṣkūjantaḥ śubhā giraḥ.

kUjita kūjita

n. (r. kūj s. ta) sonitus. RAGH. 9. 26.: ṣaṭpada kokilakūjitam; 4. 62.: śārṅgakūjita.

kUT kūṭ

1. 10. P. (dāhe mantre) urere; consulere, deliberare. (Cf. angl. heat, hot; island. vet. hiti calor, heitr calidus, nostrum Hitze, heifs. V. 2. kuṭ.)

kUT kūṭ

2. 10. A. (aprasāde K. aprasādāpradoḥ v.) inclementem, non faventem, non munificum esse.

kUTa kūṭa

m. (r. kūṭ s. a) 1) vertex, cacumen. N. 12. 8. 2) acervus, v. kūṭaśas. 3) fraus. MAH. 1. 2476.: na kūṭamānair vaṇijaḥ paṇyam vikrīṇate tadā; v. kūṭabandha.

[Page 79a]
kUTaka kūṭaka

n. (r. kūṭ s. aka) vomer. AM.

kUTabandha kūṭabandha

m. (e kūṭa fraus et bandha) laqueus, Fallstrick. RAGH. 13. 39.

kUTazas kūṭaśas

Adv. (a kūṭa s. śas) acervatim. A. 9. 5.

kUD kūḍ

6. P. (ghasane K. ghānye bhakṣe v.) edere; solidum esse.

kUN kūṇ

10. P. A. (saṅkoce) curvare, inflectere.

kUp kūp

10. P. (daurbalye) debilem esse.

kUpa kūpa

m. 1) fovea, cavum, specus. 2) puteus. BHAR. 2. 41. (Gr. [greek] russ. [greek] fodio.)

kUrd kūrd

1. A. (krīḍāyām) ludere, v. kurd. (Huc trahi possit lat. lūdo, ita ut ortum sit ex ūldo pro ūrdo, abjectā gutturali sicut in amo - v. kam - et litteris transpositis.)

kUrdana kūrdana

n. (a praec. s. ana) Iudus, jocus. AM.

kUrma kūrma

m. testudo. N. 12. 113. (Fortasse gr. [greek], [greek] quodam modo cum kūrma cohaerent, mutato r in [greek])

kUrmapRSThonnata kūrmapṛṣṭhonnata

Adj. (KARM. e kūrmapṛṣṭha testudinis tergum et unnata v. nam praef. ut erectus) testudinis tergi instar erectus, altus (convexus). IN. 5. 12.

kUl kūl

1. P. (āvaraṇe K. āvṛtau v.) tegere, protegere, v. sq.

kUla kūla

n. (r. kūl s. a) ripa, littus. R. Schl. I. 1. 28.: gaṅgākūle. (Hib. cul "custody, guard, defence; the back part of any thing"; col "an impediment, a prohibition".)

kUvara kūvara

m. n. temo.

kR kṛ

1. 8. P. A. karomi kurve (irreg. v. gr. 383.; in dial. Ved. haec radix sequitur 5tam cl., e cujus charactere nu signum 8vae cl. u abjecto n ortum est) agere, facere, efficere, exercere. BH. 13. 31.: na karoti; HIT. 6. 19.: yathā mṛtpiṇḍataḥ kartā karoti yad yad icchati; N. 1. 26.: mānuṣīṅ giraṅ kṛtvā; 8. 18.: kuru madvacaḥ; 17. 39.: prasādaṅ kuru; DEV. 3. 23.: kopaṅ cakre; BR. 3. 2.: kriyatāṅ kṣamam; H. 4. 22.: vikramaṅ cakratuḥ param; BR. 2. 32.: vyavasāyaṅ karomi. -- Cum gemin. accus. facere aliquem aliquid. NALOD. 4. 23.: akṛta mudā yantāran tam; RAGH. 2. 46.: andhakāraṃ śakalāni kurvan tenebras dividens, ad litt. in frusta vertens. Nonnun- ad characterem 8vae cl. gunatum reducendum sit, qui ante vocales sonat av e. c. akaravam.)

c. adhi praeponere alqm. alicui rei MAN. 8. 11.: rājñaścā 'dhikṛto vidvān. 2) in animo habere, spectare, appetere. SAK. 34. 7.: ahan tu tām...śakuntalām adhikṛtya bravīmi; 44. 13.: tām adhikṛtya praharati; RAGH. 11. 62.: śāntim adhikṛtya.

c. anu imitari. MAH. 1. 3325.: na tat prājño'nukurvīta.

c. apa 1) abstrahere, abripere. RAM. I. 51. 13.: śabdenā 'pakṛtas tena. 2) offendere. apakṛta n. offensio. H. 4. 3.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. SU. 2. 26.: kurukṣetre niveśam abhicakratuḥ.

c. alam ornare. N. 2. 11. - c. alam praef. sam: samalaṅkṛ id.

c. ā praef. apa 1) auferre, demere. RAGH. 6. 57.: apākṛtasvedalavā. 2) relinquere. RAGH. 7. 47.: śivā bhujacchedam apācakāra (Schol. Calc. = tatyāja).

c. ā praef. upa tradere, dare. N. 25. 16.: tad upākartum icchāmi (Schol. Nil. upākartum per dātum explicat).

c. ā praef. nir arcere, repellere, rejicere, repudiare, irritum facere. SU. 2. 15.: śāpāḥ...varadānanirākṛtāḥ; RAM. I. 39. 3.: krodhāt sā nirākṛtāḥ R. Schl. II. 8. 37.: darpān nirākṛtā pūrvan tvayā...rāmamātā sapatnī te.

c. upa juvare, auxilium ferre, prodesse. HIT. 57. 12.: anupakurvāṇo na kasyā'py upāyanaṅ gṛhṇīyāt; RAGH. 17. 58., v. infra praef. vi. - upakṛta n. auxilium. BR. 1. 9. V. upakartṛ etc.

c. ni offendere, vexare. N. 19. 5.: mayā kṣudreṇa nikṛtā; 14. 15.: nikṛto duḥkhena.

c. nis rejicere, repudiare, despicere (v. nirākṛ). DEV. 1. 31.: niṣkṛtaḥ putraiḥ.

c. pra 1) facere. N. 3. 25.: buddhim prakuruṣva yathe'cchasi; GHAT. 18.: hṛdayam me prakaroṣi kiṃ sadāham. 2) vitium afferre virgini. MAN. 8. 370.: yā tu kanyām prakuryāt strī.

c. pra praef. vi vexare. RAGH. 10. 75.: rakṣoviprakṛtau.

c. pra praef. sam facere. MAH. 1. 2387.: tuṇḍayuddham... sampracakratuḥ.

c. prati 1) mutuum officium praestare, gratiam referre. pratikṛta n. officium mutuum. M. 8. 2) dare poenas alcjs rei, ulcisci, se vindicare ab alquo, c. dat. s. gen. pers. MAH. 1. 840.: yena te hiṃsitaḥ pitā tasmai pratikuruṣva tvam; 2018.: yo me hiṃsitavāṃs tātam...tasya tathā pratikuryām.

c. vi 1) facere. H. 4. 47.: purā vikurute māyām. 2) commovere. RAGH. 13. 42.: amum...nā'lam vikartum janitendriśaṅkam surāṅganāvibhramaceṣṭitāni (Schol. Calcutt. vikartum = skhalayitum). 3) nocere, damnum inferre. RAGH. 17. 58.: hīnāny anupakartṝṇi pravṛddhāni vikurvate (mitrāṇi) impotentes non prosunt, praepollentes nocent amici. (Schol. Calcutt. vikurvate = apakārañ ceṣṭante). 4) deformare. N. 13. 26.: vikṛtākārāḥ 14. 13.: dṛṣṭvā...ātmānam vikṛtam; A. 6. 19.: vāditrāṇi vikṛtasvarūpāṇi. 5) destruere. SU. 2. 19.: ubhau...vikurvate vadhaiṣiṇau.

c. sam (saṃskṛ gr. 111. praef. sam) 1) ornare. N. 17. 8.: rūpam asaṃskṛtam. 2) consecrare. RAGH. 15. 31.; sakhā daśarathasyā'tha janakasyaca mantravit . sañjaskāro'bhayaprītyā maithileyau yathāvidhi. 3) matrimonio jungere. MAN. 9. 173.: yā garbhiṇī saṃskriyate.

c. sam praef. upa parare de cibis. N. 23. 20.

kR kṛ

2. 5. P. A. laedere, vulnerare, occidere.

kRka kṛka

m. gula, fauces. HEM.

kRkaNa kṛkaṇa

m. perdicis species. AM.

kRkavAku kṛkavāku

m. (e kṛka et vāku a rad. vac s. u) 1) gallus. AM. 2) pavo. (Cum prima hujus comp. parte convenit hib. cearc gallina, v. kṛkaṇa).

kRcchra kṛcchra

(ut mihi videtur, e kṛt vel kṛta abjecto a et zra e śrama abjectā syllabā finali) 1) difficilis, molestus, aerumnosus. 2) n. difficultas, onus, molestia, miseria. H. 1. 15. BR. 3. 11. N. 15. 16. 24. 18.

kRj kṛj

1. A. (bharjane K.) assare, torrere. (Hib. sgreigim "I fry".)

kRt kṛt

1. 6. P. kṛntāmi (gr. 335.) findere, dissecare. DR. 8. 27.: cakarta niśitair bhallair dhanūṃṣica śirāṃsica; RAM. III. 74. 3.: drumaḥ paraśunā kṛttaḥ. (kṛt correptum est e kart - v. "Vocalismus" p. 168. et cf. kart - cui respondet lith. kertù caedo, infinit. kirs-ti; gr. [greek], [greek], abjecto t, quā in re convenit cum slav. korjū scindo; lat. curtus, cul-ter, v. kartrī; hib. ceartaighim "I prune, trim, cut", cuirc "a knife".)

c. ut i. q. simpl. H. 2. 13.: eṣām utkṛtya māṃsāni.

c. ni id. DR. 5. 24.: papāta śākhī'va nikṛttamūlaḥ.

c. nis abscindere. DR. 8. 21. ATM.: bhujam mūle khaṅgena nirakṛntata.

c. vi id. N. 10. 17.: katham vāso vikarteyam secundum 1mam classem.

kRt kṛt

2. (r. kṛ s. t gr. 643.) faciens, in fine compp. BH. 3. 5. A. 4. 30.

kRta kṛta

(part. pass. a r. kṛ s. ta 1) factus. 2) Subst. n. factum, facinus. Loc, kṛte et instr. kṛtena tanquam praepositiones significant propter, c. genit. aut in compositione cum nomine recto. N. 4. 3. 9. 19. SA. 5. 94. - V. kṛtam.

kRtakarman kṛtakarman

(BAH. e kṛta factus et karman factum, opus, negotium) factum negotium habens, qui negotium suum egit. H. 4. 31. A. 10. 67.

kRtakAma kṛtakāma

(BAH. e kṛta et kāma) factam i. e. expletam optationem, voluntatem habens. SU. 1. 19.

kRtakRtya kṛtakṛtya

(BAH. e kṛta et kṛtya n. faciendum) i. q. kṛtakarman. IN. 5. 1. SU. 4. 1. BH. 15. 20.

kRtaghna kṛtaghna

(qui factum destruit, e kṛta et ghna occidens, destruens) ingratus, immemor beneficii.

kRtajJa kṛtajña

(qui factum novit, e kṛta et jña q. v. noscens) gratus, beneficii memor.

[Page 81b]
kRtanAzaka kṛtanāśaka

(e kṛta factum et nāśaka destruens, a r. naś in form. caus. s. aka) ingratus. HIT. 105. 1., v. kṛtaghna.

kRtam kṛtam

(Acc. [greek] kṛta) particula prohibitiva, c. instrumentali substantivorum abstractorum. apage, aufer, absit; e. c. UR. 84. 8.: kṛtam parihāsena; RAGH. 11. 41.: kṛtaṅ girā.

kRtazrama kṛtaśrama

(e kṛta et śrama lassitudo) laboriosus, operosus, studiosus. MAH. 1. 852.

kRtAJjali kṛtāñjali

(BAH. e kṛta et añjali q. v.) factam manuum conjunctionem, implicationem habens. BH. 11. 14.

kRtAnta kṛtānta

m. (BAH. e kṛta et anta finis) 1) sors, fatum. 2) cognomen Yami, dei mortis. HIT. 9. 5. 3) conclusio demonstrata, Wils. "a demonstrated conclusion, proved or established doctrine". BH. 18. 13.

kRtArtha kṛtārtha

(factam rem habens, BAH. e kṛta et artha res) optatum consecutus, laetus, contentus. N. 16. 10. 18. 21.

kRtAstra kṛtāstra

(facta arma habens, BAH. e kṛta et astra telum) armorum gnarus. N. 12. 86.

kRti kṛti

f. (r. kṛ s. ti) 1) actio, opus, opera. HIT. 97. 7. 2) carmen. RAGH. 15. 33. (Hib. ceard f., island. gerdh, Th. gerdhi f., lat. ars, v. r. kṛ.)

kRtin kṛtin

(a kṛta factam s. in) 1) factam rem, factum negotium habens. RAGH. 3. 51. 2) habilis, dexter. RAGH. 11. 29.

kRtti kṛtti

f. (r. kṛt s. ti) 1) actio findendi. 2) pellis. 3) cortex arboris bhūrjapatra dictae. (Cf. hib. cart cortex, lat. cortex, quod ortum esse videtur e corti = karti adjecto c, sicut fem. suff. trī apud Romanos sonat trīc, e. c. genitrīc = janitrī; fortasse etiam cutis hic pertinet, ita ut ortum sit e curtis = karti.)

kRttikA kṛttikā

f. (a kṛtti actio findendi s. ka in fem.) 1) pl. sex nymphae, Kārtikeyi nutrices. RAGH. 14. 22. 2) tertia constellatio lunaris, sex stellas complectens.

kRttivAsas kṛttivāsas

m. (e kṛtti pellis et vāsas vestis) cognomen dei Sivi. AM.; MAH. 2. 1642.

kRtya kṛtya

(r. kṛ s. ya inserto t gr. 626.) 1) faciendus. 2) infensus, hostilis, v. sq. 3) Subst. n. negotium, officium.

[Page 82a]
kRtyakA kṛtyakā

f. (a praec. s. ka vel aka in fem.) vexatrix. N. 13. 29.

kRtyavat kṛtyavat

(a kṛtya s. vat) officiosus, officii colendi studiosus. DR. 7. 6.

kRtrima kṛtrima

(r. kṛ s. trima) artificiosus. RAGH. 13. 75. 19. 37. (v. kṛ et kṛti).

kRtsna kṛtsna

(ut videtur, a r. kṛ) totus, omnis, universus. BR. 1. 17. N. 24. 23. BH. 3. 29.

kRp kṛp

1. 1. A.: kalpe pro karpe (fortasse a kṛ i. e. kar adjecto p sicut saepe in formis caus. v. gr. 521. et cf. rad. kḷp quod idem est ac kṛp quum utrumque transeat in kalp) misereri. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

kRp kṛp

2. 10. P.: kalpayāmi v. praec. (daurbalye) debilem esse.

kRpaNa kṛpaṇa

(r. kṛp s. ana v. euph. r. 94a).) miserandus, miser, BR. 3. 12. N. 12. 34. BH. 2. 49.

kRpA kṛpā

f. (r. kṛp s. ā) miseratio, misericordia. BR. 1. 5.

kRmi kṛmi

m. (fortasse a r. kṛṣ) insectum, vermis. RAGH. 16. 20.: tiraskriyante kṛmitantujñālaiḥ...gavākṣāḥ (Schol. Calc. kṛmi explicat per ūrṇanābha); BHAR. 1. 63.: kṛmikulaśatāvṛtatanuḥ...śvā. (kṛmi correptum est e karmi v. . Lith. kirminis, kirmele, russ. [greek] ervj, mutato m in v; hib. cruimh, cambo-bret. pryv; goth. vaurms, Th. vaurmi, e hvaurmi, v. gr. comp. 388.; lat. vermi-s e quermi-s; fortasse gr. [greek] e [greek], cf. lith. kirminis.)

kRmila kṛmila

(a praec. s. la) verminosus.

kRz kṛś

4. P. attenuare, śokakarśiti moerore attenuatus, emaceratus. N. 12. 28. 16. 33. 20. 31. (Fortasse lat. parco, parcus, parum, parvus, paucus, gr. [greek], goth. favai pauci, angl. few, huc pertinent, mutatā gutturali in labialem, v. sq.)

kRza kṛśa

(r. kṛś s. a) macer, tenuis. N. 16. 9. (Hib. creas "narrow, straight", cuile "narrow ness, small" = kārśya q. v., mutato r in l; lat. parcus, parvus; v. r. kṛś.)

kRzAnu kṛśānu

m. ignis. RAGH. 2. 49. 7. 21.

kRS kṛṣ

1. 1. P. 1) trahere, abstrahere, rapere, abripere. DR. respondeat sanscrito S, quod cum k cognatum est, gr. 99.)

c. apa abstrahere, abripere, detrahere, tollere, exuere. N. 9. 33. 17. 11. 33.

c. apa preaf. viḥ vyapakarṣāmi. id. N. 24. 41.

c. ava abstrahere, abripere, retrahere. N. 10. 28.: avakṛṣṭas tu kalinā mohitaḥ prādravan nalaḥ; 10. 26.: sa kṛṣyamāṇaḥ kalinā sauhṛdenā 'vakṛṣyate.

c. ā attrahere, detrahere, deducere, protrahere. N. 10. 26.

c. ā praef. apaḥ apākarṣāmi abstrahere, amovere. RAGH. 12. 17.: tam aśakyam apākraṣṭum.

c. ut sursum trahere, levare, elevare. RAGH. 6. 14.: visrastam aṃsāt...prālambam utkṛṣya.

c. ni praef. sam v. sannikarṣa sannikṛṣṭa.

c. nis extrahere, educere. SA. 5. 16.

c. pari trahere circum. DR. 5. 21.

c. pra protrahere, extendere. prakṛṣṭa protractus, longus. N. 12. 111.: gatvā prakṛṣṭam adhvānam. - c. pra praef. vi removere. RAGH. 17. 45.: vāhyāḥ śatravo viprakṛṣṭāḥ.

c. vi 1) abstrahere, abripere. DR. 5. 22. H. 4. 21. 22. 2) vikraṣṭun dhanuḥ cāpam intendere arcum. SA. 3. 22.: vikṛṣya balavad dhanuḥ; RAM. I. 62. 4. 38.: vikarṣa cāpaṃ sandhāya vāṇenā 'nena.

c. sam abstrahere, abripere. SA. 5. 64.

[Page 83a]
kRS kṛṣ

2. 6. P.A. (vilekhane K. vilekhe V.) 1) radere, scabere, delineare, pingere (v. likh praef. vi). Huc traxerim nikṛṣ cujus Pass. invenitur in MAH. 1. 2616., ubi significare videtur quendam defordiendi, sepeliendi modum, minus profundum quam is qui per nikhan exprimitur, einscharren: yaḥ saṃsthito dahyate vā nikhanyate vā 'pi nikṛṣyate vā. 2) arare. R.Schl. I. 66. 14.: me kṛṣataḥ kṣetram v. kṛṣi. (Fortasse goth. FALH abscondere, sepelire, filha, falh, fulhum, mutatā gutturali in lab. et in gutturalem, v. gr. 99.)

kRSi kṛṣi

f. (r. kṛṣ s. i) aratio, agricultura. BH. 18. 44.

kRSin kṛṣin

m. (r. kṛṣ s. in) arator. SU. 2. 24.

kRSNa kṛṣṇa

1) niger, violaceus. 2) m. nom. propr. Krischnus, deus Wischnus humanā formā indutus. Dual. kṛṣṇau Krischnus et Argunus. (Russ. [greek] ernyī niger ejectā sibilante.)

kRSNavartman kṛṣṇavartman

m. (nigram viam habens, (BAH. e praec. et vartman via) ignis.

kRSNasarpa kṛṣṇasarpa

m. (e kṛṣṇa et sarpa) serpens niger. HIT. 67. 7.

kRSNasAra kṛṣṇasāra

(BAH. e kṛṣṇa et sāra q. v. 1) niger. N. 24. 16. 2) m. dorcas, antilope niger. AM.

kRSNA kṛṣṇā

f. nomen Pāndavorum uxoris.

kRSNAy kṛṣṇāy

(Denom. a kṛṣṇa gr. 585.) nigrare. HIT. 22. 74.: aṅgāraḥ śītaḥ kṛṣṇāyate karam. (Russ. [greek]ernjū nigro).

kRR kṝ

1. 6. P. kirāmi (gr. 334.) conjicere, spargere, perfundere, obruere, implere. GIT. GOV. 4. 14.: kirati sajalakaṇajālam; DR. 8. 6.: śaktitomaranārācaiḥ... kīryamāṇaḥ. (Gr. [greek] quorum ultimum formā cum kṛṇāmi cl. 9. convenit, cf. pṝ quod ex kṝ mutatā gutturali in labialem ortum esse videtur.)

c. anu implere. MAH. 1. 4340.: vaṇigbhiścā' nvakīryanta nagarāṇi. - anukīrṇa impletus. DR. 6. 2. 8. 48. A. 7. 2.

c. abhi implere. R. Schl. II. 14. 53.: abhyakīryata śokena.

c. ava 1) i. q. simpl. A. 3. 32.: astrapūgeta...bhūtam avākiram. avakīrṇa impletus, plenus. MAH. 1. 7840. 2) de- serere, relinquere. MAH. 1. 3057.: avakīryaca māṃ yātā parātmajam ivā 'satī. 3) Pass. deserere, se dispandere, dilatare. R. Schl. I. 38. 14.: samantād avakīryata (omisso augmento) samantatastu tān devīm abhyaṣiñcata pāvakaḥ.

c. ava preaf. sam i. q. simpl. A. 3. 25.: tam...śaravarṣeṇa samavākiram.

c. ā implere. ākīrṇa impletus, plenus. N. 12. 2. 113. A. 6. 7. (Cf. lat. acervus.)

c. ā praef. apa vacuefacere, ex inanire; MAH. 1. 2851.: nā 'puṣpaḥ pādapaḥ kaścit ṣaṭapadair nā 'py apākīrṇaḥ.

c. ā preaf. sam implere. samākīrṇa. N. 12. 38.

c. ut 1) superfundere. UR. 37. 5.: utkīrṇā iva vāsayaṣṭiṣu niśā nidrālasā varhiṇaḥ. 2) perforare? RAGH. 4. 59.: mattebharadanotkīrṇa; v. sq.

c. ut praef. sam id. RAGH. 1. 4.: maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe (Schol. Calc. = hīreṇa cchidrite.)

c. pari 1) circumfundere, undique implere. RAGH. ed. Calc. 8. 35.: bhramaraiḥ...parikīrṇā (Schol. paritaḥ sarvataḥ kīrṇā vyāptā). 2) committere, tradere. RAGH. 18. 32.: mahīm mahecchaḥ parikīrya sūnau.

c. pra se dissipare, se disspergere. RAM. I. 9. 20.: sarvataḥ prakiranti sma lalamānā varāṅganāḥ; - prakīrṇa expansus, elatus. A. 6. 2.: phenavatyaḥ prakīrṇāśca...ūrmayaḥ; 10. 63.: prakīrṇakeśī. (Cf. lat. procerus, quod etiam ad kṛṣ trahi potest, unde prakṛṣṭa longus.)

c. vi spargere, expandere. HIT. 9.: taṇḍulakaṇān vikīrya; MAN. 11. 196.: vikiret yavasaṃ gavām; A. 9. 18.: vikīrṇair iva parvataiḥ. - śvāsān vikaritum suspiria ducere. GIT. GOV. 5. 16.

c. sam 1) confundere, miscere. MAH. 1. 3479.: saṅkīrṇācāradharma; 2) implere. IN. 1. 28.: apsarogaṇasaṅkīrṇa; SU. 2. 24.: asthikaṅkālasaṅkīrṇa.

kRR kṝ

2. 9. P.: kṛṇāmi (= [greek], v. kṝ cl. 6., hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse v.) offendere, laedere, ferire, vexare, occidere. (Cf. ciri cīrṇa cūrṇ.)

[Page 84a]
kRR kṝ

3. 10. A.: kāraye (vijñāne v.) noscere. (Gr. [greek], lat. cerno, quae formā cum kṛṇāmi cl. 9. cohaerent, v. gr. comp. 109a). 5. 496.

kRRt kṝt

10. P. kīrtayāmi (ut mihi videtur, Denom. a kīrti gloria, quodipsum a kṝ quocum fortasse lat. CEL vocis celeber cohaeret, mutato r in l) 1) dicere, eloqui, enuntiare, memorare. MAN. 3. 36.: sarvaṃ śṛṇuta tam viprāḥ samyak kīrtayato mama; 10. 123.: viprasevai'va śūdrasya viśiṣṭaṅ karma kīrtyate. 2) laudare, celebrare. N. 20. 36.: yeca tvām manuṣyā loke kīrtayiṣyanty atandritāḥ; BH. 9. 14.: satataṅ kīrtayanto mām.

c. ut anu pari pra sam + pra sam id. RAGH. 10. 33.: mahimānam...utkīrtya tava; R. Schl. I. 14. 22.: avajñāya...mānuṣān nā'nvakīrtayat; MAN. 2. 122.: svan nāma parikīrtayet; M. 56. parikīrtita celebratus; MAN. 3. 27.: brāhmo dharmaḥ prakīrtitaḥ; BH. 18. 4.: tyāgo hi...trividhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ; N. 5. 10.: saṅkīrtyamāneṣu rājñān nāmasu.

klRp kḷp

1. 1. A., secundam grammaticos etiam P. (ut videtur, a r. kṛ adjecto p sicut saepe in formis caus. -- gr. 519. sq. - mutato in vel, in formis gunatis, ar in al; plerumque enim haec radix kalp sonat, unde Praes. kalpāmi kalpe v. kṛp) fieri, praesertim participem fieri alcjs rei, vel causam fieri alcjs rei, esse alicui rei, converti in alqd, afferre alqd, c. dat. rei, plerumque substantivorum abstructorum. BH. 2. 15.: so'mṛtatvāya kalpate is immortalitatis particeps fit; RAGH. 18. 32.: ajanmane 'kalpata liberationis a nativitate particeps factus est. - kḷpta factus, constitutus. MAN. 3. 69.: pañca kḷptā mahāyajñāḥ. (Huc traxerim nostrum helfe, goth. hilpa, praet. et radix halp, quod accuratissime cum kalp convenit, mutatā initiali tenui in aspiratam, ex generali lege, et servatā tenui finali, sicut in slepa dormio = svap v. gr. comp. 89.; lith. gélbmi juvo, v. kḷp cl. 10.)

c. upa i. q. simpl. MAN. 3. 202.: vāry api śraddhayā dattam akṣayāyo 'pakalpate (Schol. akṣayasukhahetuḥ sampadyate). - upakḷpta factus, praeparatus, apportatus (v. kḷp cl. 10. praef. upa). MAN. 3. 208.: āsaneṣū 'pakḷpteṣu... viprāṃs tān upaveśayet (Schol. upakḷpteṣu explicat per vinyasteṣu i. e. collocatis); 8. 333.: yas tv etāny upakḷptāni dravyāṇi stenayet (Schol. upabhogārtham kṛtasaṃskārāṇi).

c. vi haesitare, dubitare. HIT. 53. 10.: ādiṣṭo na vikalpeta.

klRp kḷp

2. 10. P. kalpayāmi. 1) facere, efficere, creare. RAGH. 8. 46.: mama bhāgyaviplavād aśaniḥ kalpita eṣa vedhasā; R. Schl. I. 35. 1.: pautrīm iṣṭim akalpayat; RAGH. 1. 94.: kalpayāmāsa vanyām evā 'sya saṃvidhām (Schol. Calc. = sampādayāmāsa). 2) dare, impertire. RAM. I. 53. 10.: bhāgān na kalpayatha me surāḥ; MAN. 11. 231.: kalpayitvā 'sya vṛttim; MAH. Ex. 58.: āsanaṅ kalpayāmāsa.

c. upa praeparare, apportare. RAM. I. 11. 58.: yajñe yad upakalpitam; III. 65. 17.: śayyā tvadartham upakalpitā; N. 23. 11.: tasya prakṣālanārthāya kumbhās tatro 'pa kalpitāḥ.

c. pari 1) facere, parare. RAGH. 4. 6.: parikalpitasānnidhyā...sarasvatī; 11. 23.: āsasāda munir ātmanas tataḥ śiṣyavargaparikalpitārhaṇam...tapovanam; MAN. 9. 152.: sarvam vā rikthajñātan tu daśadhā parikalpyaca (Schol. daśadhā kṛtvā). 2) constituere, definire. UP. 35.: tasyā'pi...tayā niśi saṅketakan dvitīyasmin prahare paryakalpyata.

c. pra 1) facere. daṇḍam prakalpitum punire, castigare. MAN. 8. 324. 2) dare, impertire. MAN. 11. 22.: vṛttin dharmyām prakalpayet v. simpl. sgf. 3.

c. sam cogitare. BHAR. 3. 63.: atītam api na smarann apica bhāvyasaṅkalpayan. (Schol. bhavitavyan na saṅkalpayan.)

kekA kekā

f. pavonum clamor. RAGH. 1. 39.

kekin kekin

m. (a praec. s. in) pavo. AM.

ket ket

10. P. advocare, invitare; consilium dare (proprie facere ut aliquis sciat, Caus. radicis kit scire).

keta keta

m. (r. kit s. a) 1) domus, habitatio. 2) in dial. Vedicā mens. Ros. L. 14. divyo gandharvo ketapūḥ ketan naḥ punātu.

ketaka ketaka

m. ketakī f. (r. kit s. aka) planta quaedam, Pandanus odoratissimus. RAGH. 13. 16.

ketana ketana

n. (r. kit s. ana) 1) signum, insigne. MAH. 1. 8138. 2) vexillum. 3) habitatio. R. Schl. I. 75. 8.

ketu ketu

m. (r. kit s. u) vexillum. N. 12. 38.

kep kep

1. A. (gatyām K. gatyāñ cāle v.) ire, se movere, vacillare. (Cf. kamp gep.)

keyUra keyūra

n. armilla. RAGH. 6. 68.; m. BHAR. 2. 16.

kel kel

1. P. (gatau K. cālagatyoḥ V.) ire, se movere, vacillare; cf. cal.

keli keli

m. f. (r. kil s. i) lusus, praesertim amatorius. HIT. 50. 1. (Hib. cal "a joke", v. kil.)

kev kev

1. A. (sevane K. seve V.) colere, venerari (Cf. sev quod ex kev ortum esse potest, quum gutturales facile in sibilantes transenant.).

kevarta kevarta

m. (e ke locat. vocis ka aqua, et varta iens) piscator, v. kaivarta.

kevala kevala

1) omnis, universus, totus. BH. 5. 11. A. 9. 7. DR. 4. 17. 2) unus, solus. RAGH. 2. 63. (Goth. hail sanus ?)

kevalam kevalam

Adv. (a praec. signo accus. m) solum. HIT. 4. 11.

keza keśa

m. (ut equidem puto, e locat. ke in capite et śa corrupto e śaya quod etiam in aliis hujusmodi compositis invenitur, e. c. jaleśaya piscis; keśa est igitur quod in capite jacet, sicut śiroruha quod in capite crescit, v. giriśa) coma, caesaries. (Lat. caesaries formā magis cum keśara convenit, quocum etiam nostrum Haar, anglosax. haer, contulerim, ita ut media syllaba vocis keśara ejecta sit, sicut kumāra apud Graecos sonat [greek] Cum priore compositi keśa parte i. e. cum ka caput conferri potest lat. ca vocis ca-pillus, quasi capitis pilus, nec non syllaba co, [greek] vocum co-ma, [greek] [greek])

kezara keśara

m. (a praec. s. ra) 1) juba leonis. Lass. 62. 20. 2) i. q. kesara (v. keśa).

[Page 85b]
kezarin keśarin

(a praec. s. in) 1) jubatus, de leone. MAH. 1. 8286.: siṃhāḥ keśariṇaḥ. 2) m. leo. AM.

kezava keśava

(a keśa s. va) 1) comam multam vel pulchram habens. 2) m. cognomen Krischni.

kezahasta keśahasta

m. (e keśa et hasta capillorum abundantia) coma multa vel ornata. AM. IN. 5. 6.

kezin keśin

m. (a keśa s. in) 1) comā pulchrā praeditus. 2) m. leo. 3) m. nomen Daityi, quem Krischnus interfecit. BH. 18. 1.

kezinI keśinī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) n. pr. N. 22. 1.

kesara kesara

m. n. (ut videtur, e keśara mutato ś in s) fibra, filum plantae. RAGH. 4. 67. 9. 34.

kai kai

1. P.: kāyāmi (śabde) sonare. (Hib. cail "a voice, a name", cailbhe "a mouth".)

kaikaya kaikaya

m. (a kekaya s. a) a Kekayo descendens. DR. 5. 16.

kaitava kaitava

n. (a kitava m. lusor, s. a) lusus. N. 26. 10.

kairava kairava

n. nymphaea alba esculenta. AM.

kairAta kairāta

Adj. (a kirāta q. v. suff. a) cirāticus. A. 3. 20.

kailAsa kailāsa

m. mons sic dictus, ad Himālayicos montes pertinens, Dei Kuveri sedes.

kaivarta kaivarta

m. (a kevarta s. a) piscator. AM.; HIT. 114. 1.

kokila kokila

m. cuculus niger vel indicus.

koTara koṭara

1) nudus. SAK. 7. 7. 2) m. n. cavum arboris. AM.

koTi koṭi

f. 1) extremitas, cuspis, cacumen. RAGH. 6. 14.: aṅgadakoṭi; 7. 43.: śyenanakhāgrakoṭi; 9. 12.: śitakoṭiṇā kuliśena; 11. 81.: bhūminihitaikakoṭi tat kārmukam. 2) numerus 10,000,000.

koTika koṭika

m. n. pr. DR. 1. 16.

koTikAzya koṭikāśya

m. id. DR. 1. 17.

koTizas koṭiśas

(a koṭi s. śas). Hoc adverbium cum primitivo koṭi eandem rationem habet, quam Latinorum catervatim cum caterva. SU. 3. 14.

koNa koṇa

m. (r. kuṇ s. a) plectrum. Wils. "a bow of a lute, a fiddle stick etc." RAM. III. 55. 26.

kodaNDa kodaṇḍa

m. n. (ut videtur, e daṇḍa praefixo ko) arcus. HIT. 35. 11.

[Page 86a]
kodrava kodrava

n. frumentum quoddam, quo egeni vescuntur, paspalum frumentaceum. BHAR. 2. 98.

kopa kopa

m. (r. kup s. a) ira, iracundia.

kopana kopana

(r. kup s. ana) 1) iracundus. MAH. 1. 1354. 2) iratus. UR. 60. 18.

komala komala

(fortasse cum kumāra cohaeret sicut kumāl q. v. cum kumār) 1) tener, debilis. Lass. 92. 9.: komalaḥ pāṇir asyāḥ; HIT. 15. 9.: aham alpaśaktirdantāśca me komalāḥ; RAGH. 9. 45. 2) lenis, mollis, placidus de sono. BHAR. 1. 97. 3) gratus, jucundus, amoenus. Lass. 52. 17.: vṛkṣān...sukomalān.

koraka koraka

m. n. gemma floris. AM.

kola kola

m. aper. (Lith. kuilys id., kiaule porca; hib. cullach aper; gr. [greek].)

kolAhala kolāhala

m. tumultus, strepitus, fremitus. HIT. 106. 11. SAK. 27. 2. infr.

kovida kovida

(ut videtur, e ko nomin. m. interr. et vida a r. vid scire s. a) gnarus. N. 1. 1.

koza kośa

m. (r. kuś s. a) 1) gemma floris. RAGH. 3. 8. 13. 29. 2) vagina. N. 10. 18. 3) aurum factum et rude, gaza, thesaurus. DR. 4. 11. (Scribitur etiam koṣa hib. gucog "a bud, sprout".)

kozala kośala

m. pl. nomen regionis. N. 9. 23.

koSa koṣa

m. i. q. kośa. N. 26. 19.

koSNa koṣṇa

(ex q. v. et uṣṇa calidus) tepidus. RAGH. 1. 84.

kaukSeyaka kaukṣeyaka

m. (a kukṣi venter s. eyaka) ensis, gladius. AM.

kautuka kautuka

n. (a kutuka s. a) 1) magna laetitia, eximia voluptas. P. 21. BHAR. 3. 15. 2) curiositas, cupiditas et studium novarum rerum. HIT. 80. 4. 123. 15. UP. 80. 3) matrimonium, nuptiae. RAGH. 11. 53.: kanayātanayakautukakriyām...vitenatuḥ (Schol. Calc. kautukakriyām = vivāhotsavam).

kautUhala kautūhala

n. (a kutūhala s. a) 1) voluptas. SA. 4. 26. 2) curiositas c. loc. rei. MAH. 1. 2284.: vistaraśravaṇe jātaṅ kautūhalam atīva me.

kaunteya kaunteya

m. (a kuntī s. eya) Kuntiā natus.

[Page 86b]
kaumAra kaumāra

(a kumāra puer s. a) 1) puerilis, juvenilis. SA. 6. 11. 2) n. pueritia.

kaumuda kaumuda

m. (a kumuda q. v. s. a) luna; cf. kumudinīnāyaka.

kaumudI kaumudī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī 1) lumen lunae. 2) festum.

kauravya kauravya

m. (a kuru s. ya v. gr. 650.) Kurūs progenies, a Kuru descendens. H. 1. 19.

kauza kauśa

(Fem. kauśī a kuśa s. a) e gramine kusa dicto confectus. SA. 3. 4.

kauzala kauśala

n. (a kuśala q. v. s. a) 1) felicitas. 2) dexteritas. BH. 2. 50.

kauzika kauśika

(a kuśa s. ika) 1) i. q. kauśa. DR. 3. 1. 2) ulula. HIT. 119. 14.

knaMs knaṃs

1. et. 10. A.: knaṃse knaṃsye (bhāsane scribitur knas gr. 110a).) splendere.

knath knath

1. et 10. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere. (Cf. krath et klath ratione habitā, litteras liquidas facile inter se permutari. Fortasse huc pertinet gr. KTEN, ita ut litteris transpositis ortum sit e KNET.)

knas knas

4. P. (hvṛtibhāsanayoḥ) inflexum esse; splendere.

knu knu

9. P. (śabde) sonare. Cf. ku.

knU knū

9. P. A. id.

knUy knūy

1. A. (śabde K. durgandhe ārdratve śabde V.) sonare; foetere; madidum esse. (Cf. pūy foetere.)

kmar kmar

1. P. (hūrchane K. kauṭilye V.) inflexum esse.

krakaca krakaca

m. n. serra. AM.

kratu kratu

m. (pro kartu a r. kṛ s. tu) 1) sacrificum. N. 5. 46. 2) in dial. vedicā a) perfector. RIGV. p. 26. 2. b) potentia. RIGV. P. 28. 1. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

krath krath

1. et 10. P. kathāmi krāthayāmi (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) occidere; v. knath.

krathana krathana

n. (r. krath s. ana) caedes. AM.

krad krad

1. A. i. q. krand.

krand krand

1. P. A. clamare, flere, lamentari, ejulare. RAGH. 14. 68.: sā...cakranda viganā kurarī 'va bhūyaḥ; 15. 42.: dvāri cakranda bhūpateḥ N. 11. 20.: tāṅ krandamānām atyartham kururīm iva vāśatīm; RAM. I. 2. 17.: niśamya krauñcīṅ krandantīm. - krandituṃ śaraṇam auxilium maximā voce petere. UR. 2. 6. (Goth. greta ploro, cum e ( = ā, v. gr. comp. 69.) pro an, sicut in teka = tango et fleka = plango; cf. kland quod e krand mutato r in l ortum esse puto.)

c. ā id. N. 11. 26.: ākrandamānāṃ saṃśrutya.

krandana krandana

n. (r. krand s. ana) lamentatio, lugubris clamor. HIT. 98. 19. 21.

krap krap

1. P. (ex karp transaposito ar in ra i. q. kṛp.

kram kram

1. 1. P. interdum A. (vocalis radicalis in temporibus specialibus Parasmaipadi, nec non in part. in ta et gerund. in tvā producitur, in Atmanepado, quod in compositione cum ati ā pra et vi invenitur, vocalis brevis retinetur; Caus. kramayāmi gr. 517.) ire, incedere, ambulare, pervenire. RAGH. 1. 14.: urvīṅ krāntvā in terram profectus. (Schol. Calc. = pṛthivīm ākramya.) Intens. caṅkramy (gr. 569.) id. MAH. 1. 716.: tataḥ so 'ndho 'pi caṅkramyamāṇaḥ kūpe papāta. (Fortasse lat. gra-dus, gra-dior huc pertinent, mutatā tenui in mediam et ejectā nasali; etiam gran-dis huc trahi posset, cf. utkram surgere, et vikrānta fortis. Huc etiam trahi posset goth. hlaupa curro, germ. vet. hlaufu, hloufu, et abjectā initiali, laufu, lofu, mutatā labiali nasali in mutam ejusdem organi, sicut lith. dewyni novem convenit cum navan et gr. [greek] cum mṛta mortuus (gr. comp. 317.); respiciatur etiam germ. vet. fūst, Th. fūsti, pugnus, quod Graffius apte confert cum muṣṭi; v. kram.)

c. ati transgredi, praeterire. N. 21. 25.: grāmān bahūn atikramya; BR. 1. 1.: aticakrāma sumahān kālaḥ; RAM. III. 52. 34.: tavai 'va vacanam vayam . nā 'tikramāmahe sarve velām prāpye'va sāgaraḥ. C. ablat. egredi, prodire. RAM. I. 9. 11.: aticakrāma āśramāt; MAN. 9. 78.: sa hi svāmyād atikrāmet. - atikrāntam vayas progressa aetas, grandis aetas. SA. 1. 4.

c. ati praef. abhi id. MAH. 1. 199.: abhyatikramya dharmam; RAM. III. 54. 26.: svaveśmābhyatikramya.

c. ati preaf. vi id. kāle banjutithe vyatikrānte; RAM. Schl. II. 14. 29.: vyaticakrāma tañ janam.

c. ati praef. sam id. N. 9. 21.: avantīm ṛkṣavantañca samatikramya parvatam; 2. 21.: rūpeṇa samatikrāntā sarvayoṣitaḥ.

c. adhi occupare, e. c. sedem (cf. kram c. ā preaf. sam) IN. 2. 22.: pārthaḥ śakrāsanaṅ gataḥ . adhyakrāmad ameyātmā dvitīya iva vāsavaḥ.

c. apa discedere. N. 11. 1. DR. 4. 22. - Cum apa praef. vi id. RAM. III. 65. 56.: vyapākrāmat sa lakṣmaṇaḥ.

c. abhi accedere. IN. 1. 41. - Praef. sam (samabhikram) id. N. 11. 27.

c. ā P. A. 1) aggredi, accedere, pervenire. HIT. 94. 13.: vijigīṣavo yathā parabhūmim ākrāmanti tat kathaya; RAM. III. 71. 12.: snehenā "krāntahṛdayaḥ; IN. 1. 30.: ūrdhvam ācakrame; SU. 2. 16.: nā "kramanta yadā śāpā vāṇā muktāḥ śilāsva iva; RAGH. 5. 71.: yāvat tāpanidhir ākramate na bhānuḥ.

c. ā praef. sam + upa id. RAM. I. 33. 21.: samupākrāntā diśam somavatīm.

c. ā praef. nir egredi, procedere. RAGH. 6. 81.

c. ā praef. sam occupare (cf. kram praef. adhi). RAGH. 4. 4.: samākrāntam tena siṃhāsanam pitryam akhilañca'rimaṇḍalam.

c. ut surgere, surgendo discedere, praesertim de spiritu, animā, e corpore discedente. MAN. 1. 55.: tado'tkrāmati mūrtitaḥ; 2. 120.: ūrdhvam prāṇā hyutkrāmanti; RAGH. 7. 50.: paraspareṇa kṣatayoḥ prahartror utkrāntavāyvoḥ samakālam eva. De colore a vultu discedente, RAGH. 16. 17.

c. ut praef. vi relinquere. RAGH. 13. 72.: vyutkramya lakṣmaṇam.

c. upa A. incipere. IN. 1. 21.: tam āpraṣṭhum upacakrame; H. 1. 23.: gamanāyo'pacakrame. - Praef. sam A. id. RAM. III. 56. 38.: praṣṭṃ samupacakrame.

c. nis: niṣkrāmāmi (gr. 79.) egredi, prodire. RAM. I. 9. 22.: niścakrāmā"śramāt. -- abhiniṣkram upaniṣkram id. MAN. 6. 41. RAM. III. 68. 4. N. 13. 36.

c. parā superare, vincere. DR. 8. 57.: parākrānta v. parākrama.

c. pari ambulare. Lass. 74. 6. - anuparikram circumgredi. MAN. 7. 122.: sa tān anuparikramya sarvān. - samparikram id. MAH. Ex. 12. bahūni samparikramya tīrthāni.

c. pra P. A. incipere. M. 55.: praṣṭum pracakrame; DEV. 2. 48.: devīṅ khaṅgaprahārais tu te tāṃ hantum pracakramuḥ.

c. prati recedere, gradum referre. DR. 6. 24.

c. vi A. i. q. simpl. H. 1. 9.: tena vikramamāṇena. - vikrānta fortis, validus. N. 12. 54. 21. 12.

c. sam ire, ingredi. RAGH. 5. 10.: kālo hy ayaṃ saṅkramitun dvitīyam...āśramam. - Caus. RAGH. 13. 3.: sankramite turaṅge; 9. 52.

kram kram

2. 4. P. A.: krāmyāmi krāmye (gr. 331a).) i. q. kram cl. 1.

krama krama

m. (r. kram s. a) 1) gradus, passus. RAM. I. 27. 24.: tribhiḥ kramais tathā lokān ājahāra trivikramaḥ. 2) ordo, series, successio. N. 12. 49.: kramaprāptaṃ rājyam. -- krameṇa kramāt ex ordine, deinceps. N. 16. 31.: paryapṛcchata tān sarvān krameṇa suhṛdaḥ svakān; RAGH. 3. 30.: kramāc catasraḥ...tatāra vidyāḥ. 3) modus, ratio, vitae ratio. HIT. 8. 15.: prastāvakrameṇa sa paṇḍito 'bravīta; 68. 21.: amātyānām eṣaḥ kramaḥ; UP. 68.: kaṣṭo hy avinayaḥ kramaḥ. -- In fine compositorum interdum redundare videtur; e. c. HIT. 39. 4.: digvijayakrameṇa i. q. digvijayena i. e. post regionum superationem. (Huc retulaerim scot. et hib. ceum, céim passus, ejecto r.)

kramazas kramaśas

(a krama s. śas) 1) gradatim, paulatim. HIT. 46. 11. 2) ex ordine, deinceps. RAGH. 12. 47.

kraya kraya

m. (r. krī s. a) emtio. HIT. 32. 1.

krayya krayya

(r. krī s. ya v. gr. 629.) emptione comparandus. AM.

kravya kravya

n. caro. (Lith. krauja-s sanguis, russ. [greek] krovj lat. cruor, cruentus, crūdus, caro.)

krI krī

9. P. A. krīṇāmi krīṇe emere. RAM. I. 48. 9.: anyam vā 'pya ānaya krītvā; HIT. 32. 1.: krayakrītañca maithunam. (Hib. creanaim "I buy, purchase" tam radice quam adjectā syllabā egregie cum krīṇāmi convenit; graec. [greek] quorum posterius litteris transdpositis ex [greek] pro [greek] ortum esse videtur, mutatā gutturali in labialem, quā in re cum cambo - brit. pyrnu emere convenit; itaque origine alienum est [greek] vendo a [greek] transeo, in posteriore enim verbo, quod cum scr. pārayāmi cognatum est, labialis littera est genuina. Fortasse etiam lith. prékis emtio, perkù emo, lat. pretium et angl. hire huc pertinent.)

c. upa id. HIT. 115. 3. 4.

c. vi vendere. RAM. I. 46. 18.: na vikreṣyāmy aham putram; HIT. 87. 2.

c. sam emere. MAH. 1. 6219.: naca me vidyate vittaṃ saṅkretum puruṣaṅ kvacit.

krID krīḍ

1. P. delectari, jocari, ludere. H. 4. 47.: mā krīḍa jahi rakṣo vibhīṣaṇam; HIT.: mṛtasya krīḍanti dārair api dhanair api.

c. sam P. A. id. SU. 1. 34.: tais tair viharaiḥ...saṅkrīḍatān teṣām; RAM. I. 9. 55.: citraṃ saṅkrīḍamānās tāḥ krīḍanair vividhais tadā.

krIDa krīḍa

m. (r. krīḍ s. a) oblectatio, jocus, ludus. AM.

krIDana krīḍana

n. (r. krīḍ s. ana) id. RAM. I. 9. 15., v. krīḍ praef. sam.

krIDA krīḍā

f. (r. krīḍ s. ā) id. AM.

kruJc kruñc

1. P. (kauṭulyālpībhāvayoḥ K. gatyām V.) inflexum esse, exiguum esse, ire. (Pictetius huc trahit hib. cruinn rotundus.)

kruddha kruddha

v. krudh gr. 83a).

krudh krudh

4. P. irasci. N. 18. 9.: na krudhyanti varastriyaḥ; H. 3. 15.: puṃskāmāṃ śaṅkamānaśca cukrodha puruṣādakaḥ; c. gen. N. 22. 28.: ādhibhir dahyamānasya śyāmā na kro- et hoc e [greek]; nostrum Groll, mutato d in l? hib. corruidhe "anger, wrath, motion"; corruigh "fury, resentment".)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. c. acc. UR. 36. 1.: na tām abhikruddho muniḥ.

c. pari id. RAM. III. 76. 45.

c. prati iram rependere. MAN. 6. 4.: krudhyantan na pratikrudhyet.

c. sam i. q. simpl. saṅkrudha iratus. H. 3. 4.

krudh krudh

f. (r. krudh) ira.

krudhA krudhā

f. (r. krudh s. ā) id. AM.

krunth krunth

9. P. kruthnāmi (śilaṣi kliśi) amplecti, vexare. (Cf. kunth krath knath.)

kruz kruś

1. P. clamare. RAM. I. 9. 61.: cukrośa ṛṣyaśṛṅge'ti. (Lith. [greek] clamo, de infantibus, kryksztauju vociferor; hib. cruisigh "music, song"; fortasse lat. crocio, crocito; gr. [greek], [greek]; goth. hrukja crocito.)

c. ā coviciari, maledicere. R. Schl. II. 12. 77.: tan tu māñ jīvaloko 'yan nūnam ākroṣṭhum arhati; MAN. 6. 48. 8. 267.

c. ut conclamare, exclamare. A. 7. 2.: nivātakavacāḥ sarve...abhyadravan mām...utkrośanto mahārathāḥ. utkruṣṭa sonans. SU. 1. 33.: mahānādair utkruṣṭatalanāditaiḥ.

c. pra 1) i. q. simpl. SU. 1. 15.: trāhī 'ti pracukruśuḥ; N. 11. 2. 23. 23. 24. 43. A. 19. 21. 2) acclamare, inclamare, c. acc. DR. 5. 23.: bhītā dhaumyam pracukrośa purohitaṃ sāḥ; 6. 29.

c. vi id. RAM. III. 44. 11.: hā rāme'ti vicukruśuḥ; c. acc. pers. DR. 6. 26.

c. sam praef. abhi id. III. 72. 39.: ārye 'ty evā 'bhi saṅkruśya.

krUra krūra

(fortasse mutilatum e krudhra a r. krudh productā vocali ad compeensandum omissum dh cf. lat. crudelis et v. r. krudh) Adj. crudelis, saevus, ferus, terribilis, horrificus, horrendus. H. 2. 2. SU. 1. 3. H. 1. 17. 4. 31. - krūram Adv. terribilem in modum. DR. 6. 3.

krUrabuddhi krūrabuddhi

(BAH. e krūra et buddhi mens, intellectus) crudelem mentem habens. H. 4. 31.

krUramAnasa krūramānasa

(BAH. e krūra et mānasa n. mens) i. q. praec.

krUropasaMhita krūropasaṃhita

(TATP. e krūra quod hoc in composit. neutrum est substantive positum, crudele, crudelitas, et upasaṃhita conjunctus, a r. dhā s. ta) cum crudelitate conjunctus. H. 2. 20.

kreNi kreṇi

m. (r. krī s. ni v. euphon. r. 94a).) emtio. AM.

kroDa kroḍa

n. kroḍā f. 1) pectus. AM. 2) gremium. HIT. 80. 14.: nīḍakroḍe pakṣiṇaḥ sukham varṣāsu nivasanti.

krodha krodha

m. (r. krudh irasci, s. a) ira, iracundia. N. 6. 5.

krodhana krodhana

(r. krudh s. ana iracundus. HIT. 13. 3.

kroza krośa

m. (r. kruś s. a) mensura distantiae (Wils. a league, a Cós' containing 4000 cubits). DR. 8. 53.

kroSTu kroṣṭu

m. (Nom. kroṣṭā a th. kroṣṭṛ 181.) canis aureus, anglice jackal. DR. 1. 17.

kroSTR kroṣṭṛ

v. kroṣṭu et gr. 181.

krauJca krauñca

m. nomen avis, ardeae species; Wils. "a Kind of heron or curlew". R. Schl. I. 2. 12.

krauJcI krauñcī

Fem. praec. R. Schl. I. 2. 14.

klath klath

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere. (Cf. ślath knath krath khad lat. clades.

klad klad

1. A. (vaiklavye K. rudi V.) dolore affici, flere. (Cf. kland krad krand.)

kland kland

1. P. (āhvānarodanayoḥ; grammatici scribunt klad gr. 110a).) clamare, ejulare, flere. (Cf. klad krad krand; hib. glaodhaim "I call, bawl, roar, shout".)

klap klap

10. P. klāpayāmi (avyaktāyām vāci) indistincte loqui. (Cf. jalp et lith. kalpū loquor, praet. kalpejau, fut. kalpesu, gr. comp. 506.)

[Page 90a]
klam klam

4. P. klāmyāmi (gr. 332.) defatigari, confici. klānta defatigatus. N. 21. 27. (Cum hac radice cohaeret idem valens śram cujus ś ortum est e k; gr. [greek] ex utraque forma explicari potest, ejecto l vel r, nisi, quod Pottius suspicatur, ortum est e kṣam ejectā sibilante; lat. len-tus e clen-tus? = klānta; fortasse claudus e clan-dus, nisi pertinet ad khoḍ q. v.; nostrum lahm, germ. vet. lam, lith. lu-mas, abjectā guttrali.)

c. pari id. H. 1. 21.: tṛṣāpariklānta siti confectus.

klama klama

m. (r. klam s. a) fatigatio, lassitudo, languor, confectio. A. 4. 47.: na śītoṣṇenaca klamaḥ.

klav klav

1. A. (bhaye) timere, v. vaiklavya.

klid klid

4. P. humectari. HIT. 29. 4.: klidyati. - klinna irrigatus. RAM. III. 61. 24.: aśruklinna. - Caus. kledayāmi humectare. BH. 2. 23.: nacai 'naṅ kledayanty āpaḥ. (Pottius p. 243. confert gr. [greek], quod consonantibus egregie cum klid convenit, vocali autem et sensu ad formam causalem kledayāmi pertinet, ita ut posterius diphthongi e elementum omissum et a in v attenuatum sit; lith. sklys-ti e sklyd-ti fluere, praet. sklyd-au, cujus s e praepos. su cum = sam sa [greek], explicari potest, nisi est additamentum euphonicum, propter adamatam litterarum s et k conjunctionem; angl. wet humidus, anglo-sax. hwet, hwoet id., mutato l in w, v. gr. comp. 20.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. pariklinna irrigatus. RAM. III. 61. 24.: varṣatoyapariklinna.

c. sam id. saṅklinna irrigatus. MR. 177. 8.

klind klind

1. P. A. (parivedane K.; grammatici scribunt klid gr. 110a).) lugere. (Cf. kland unde klind attenuatā vocali ortam esse censeo.)

klinna klinna

v. klid gr. 607.

kliz kliś

4. P. A. 9. P.: kliśyāmi kliśye kliśnāmi dolore afficere, vexare. RAGH. 13. 73.: kliśyann ivā 'sya bhujamadhyam uraḥsthalena; 11. 58.: marutaḥ pratīpagāḥ ...cikliśur bhṛśatayā varūthinīm. -Pass. N. 13. 50.: janena kliśyate bālā; H. 4. 41.: rākṣasena tadā bhīmaṅ kliśyamānan nirīkṣya tu; RAM. I. 29. 1.: akliṣṭavrata qui vota non violat; I. 31. 37.: vacanam akliṣṭam verbum non violatum. (Cambo-brit. gloesi "to pain, to cause a pang, to suffer a pang".)

c. pari i. q. simpl. UP. 19.: śuśrūṣāparikliṣṭha; MAH. 1. 2288.: parikliśyan = parikliśyamāna v. gr. 597.

klIv klīv

1. A. (ādhārṣdye K.; scribitur etiam klīb) impotentem esse; v. klīva klaivya.

klIva klīva

(r. klīv s. a) 1) debilis, impotens; piger, iners. HIT. 32. 19.: klīvavacana. 2) m. eunuchus. N. 21. 14. (Scribitur etiam klīva; cf. hib. cailltean "eunuch", caill-te "castrated", caillim "I geld, castrate, I loose, destroy", cailleadh "emasculation".)

kleda kleda

n. (r. klid s. a) humor, liquor. RAGH. 7. 24. 15. 32.

kledan kledan

m. (r. klid s. an) luna.

kledu kledu

m. (r. klid s. u) id.

klez kleś

1. A. (vādhane K. vadhe v.; grammatici perperum kleś pro radice habent, quia verbum kleśe ex 1mae classis lege venit a kliś) vexare, occidere.

kleza kleśa

m. (r. kliś s. a) molestia, aerumna. H. 1. 44. BR. 3. 18.

klaivya klaivya

n. (a klīva s. ya) debilitas, debilitatio, demissio animi, mollitia. BH. 2. 3.

kva kva

ubi? SA. 6. 9.; quo? Lass. 24. 11.: kva gacchasi. Notentur locutiones veluti kvaca te kṣatriyabalaṅ kvaca brahmabalam mahat ubi tua cschatriyica potentia? ubi brahmanica potentia magna? i. e. quantum interest inter illam et hanc. R. Schl. 56. 4. - Exempla, ubi res vel persona superior in priore loco posita est, sunt; RAGH. 1. 2.: kva sūryaprabhavo vaṃśaḥ kvacā 'lpaviṣayā matiḥ; MAH. 1. 3065.: kva maharṣiḥ sacai'vā "gryaḥ sā 'psarāḥ kvaca menakā . - kvā'pi alicubi. N. 16. 6.

kvacit kvacit

(a praec. s. cit) alicubi. N. 15. 15. - Repetitum, ubique. IN. 3. 10.

kvaN kvaṇ

1. P. sonare. HIT. 58. 21.: ḍiṇḍimo hastipakāhataḥ kvaṇan; - kvaṇita sonans, susurrans. UR. 68. 1.: padmam antaḥkvaṇitaṣaṭpadam. (Cf. kaṇ kuṇ caṇ svan ratione habitā, gutturales facile in sibilantes degenerare; lat. cano, goth. hana gallus.)

kvaNa kvaṇa

m. (r. kvaṇ s. a) sonus. AM.

kvaNana kvaṇana

n. (r. kvaṇ s. ana) id. AM.

kvaNita kvaṇita

n. (r. kvaṇ s. ta) sonitus. RAGH. 7. 38.: vijajñe vilolaghaṇṭākvaṇintena nāgaḥ.

kvath kvath

1. P. coquere. MAN. 6. 20.: aśanīyād yavāṅūṅ kvathitām.

kvANa kvāṇa

m. (r. kvaṇ s. a) i. q. kvaṇa. AM.

kvel kvel

1. P. (gatau K. cālagatyoḥ V.) ire, se movere. V. (Cf. kel et kṣvel.)

kSaj kṣaj

1. A. (dānagatyoḥ) dare; ire.

kSaJj kṣañj

1. 1. P. (grammatici scribunt kṣaj gr. 110a).) id.

kSaJj kṣañj

2. 10. P. (taṅke;grammatici scribunt kṣaj gr. 110a).) id.

kSaN kṣaṇ

8. P. A. kṣaṇomi kṣaṇve (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) vulnerare, ferire, occidere. Lass. 33. 19.: akṣataśarīra. (Cf. kṣiṇ et kṣi cl. 5.; gr. [greek] = kṣaṇute; [greek] fortasse [greek] e [greek].)

c. pari id. UR. 8. 3. infr.: aparikṣataśarīra; RAM. I. 47. 24.: guruśāpaparikṣata.

c. vi id. A. 11. 1.: śaravikṣata; 10. 30.: vikṣatañcā "yasair vāṇaiḥ...mahīm abhyapatad rājan prabhagnam puram.

kSaNa kṣaṇa

m. 1) pars temporis definita, Wils. "equal to thirty Calas or four minutes". 2) momentum. - Acc. kṣaṇam Adv. per momentum. BHAR. suppl. 7. Lass. 2. 7. Instr. kṣaṇena statim. H. 4. 10. N. 2. 3. (Pottius recte, ut mihi videtur, hoc vocabulum explicat ex īkṣaṇa abjecto ī; respicias nostrum Augenblick.)

kSaNadA kṣaṇadā

f. (e praec. et da dans, in fem.) nox. RAGH. 8. 73.

kSaNadAcara kṣaṇadācara

m. (e praec. et cara iens) cognomen Rākschasorum, significans noctuiens. DR. 2. 3.

kSaNika kṣaṇika

(a kṣaṇa s. ika) per momentum temporis durans. HIT. 20. 6.

kSaNikA kṣaṇikā

f. (Fem. praec.) fulmen. HEM.

[Page 91b]
kSata kṣata

(r. kṣaṇ s. ta) 1) vulneratus, occisus. 2) n. vulnus. RAGH. 2. 53.

kSataja kṣataja

(e praec. et ja natus) sanguis. RAGH. 7. 40.

kSati kṣati

f. (r. kṣaṇ s. ti) eversio, exstinctio, vastatio. SAK. 32. 16. HIT. 28. 18.

kSatra kṣatra

m. (ut mihi videtur, e kṣam terra, abjecto m vel kṣā id. correpto ā et tra servans, a r. trā igitur esset = mahīpāla terrae custos; scribitur etiam kṣattra et deduci solet a kṣata vulnus et tra servans, v. RAGH. 2. 53.) Kschatrus i. e. vir secundi vel militaris et regii ordinis.

kSatriya kṣatriya

vel kṣattriya (a praec. s. iya) id. DR. 7. 1.

kSap kṣap

10. P.: kṣapayāmi (preraṇe K. kṣepe V. 1) sternere, prosternere, dejicere, excidere, destruere. MAH. 1. 4128.: akṣataḥ kṣapayitvā 'rīn saṅkhye 'saṅkhyeyavikramaḥ; RAGH. 8. 46.: tarur na pātitaḥ kṣapitā tadviṭapāśritā laṭā; RAM. II. 12. 69.: vaidehī vata me prāṇān śocantī kṣapayiṣyati; IN. 5. 57.: tatra taṃ (śāpaṃ) kṣapāyiṣyasi. 2) lavare, purgare. MAN. 5. 157.: kāman tu kṣapayed deham; 5. 69.: kṣapeyus tryaham. Schol. śaucaṅ kuryuḥ. (Cf. kṣip; fortasse huc pertinet goth. skapa creo, transpositis litteris ks' in sk, et servatā in fine radicis tenui labiali, sicut in slepa = svap. Quod ad sensum attinet, rationem habeas, verba movendi facile significationem faciendi assumere; v. e. c. car sṛj.)

kSapas kṣapas

n. (r. kṣap s. as) nox, in dial. ved., v. Ros. Sp. 18. 5. apud Lass. P. 100. (Lat. crepus-culum, mutatā sibilante in r, sicut in gr. [greek] pro [greek] = kṣip [greek] = kṣipra q. v.,[greek] = kṣayan v. kṣi; etiam [greek], [greek] ad kṣapas et crepus-culum traxerim, mutatis liquidis [greek] et v, [greek] et [greek], mutatā gutturali in labialem.)

kSapA kṣapā

f. (r. kṣap s. ā) nox. SA. 5. 80.; v. kṣapas.

kSapAkara kṣapākara

m. (e praec. et kara faciens) luna. AM.

kSam kṣam

1. 1. A. interdum P. tolerare, perferre, pati. N. 7. 8.: na cakṣame tato rājan samāhvānm BR. 1. 8.: rorudyamānāṃs tān dṛṣṭvā...kāruṇyāt sādhubhāvācca kuntī rājan na cakṣame; HIT.: ājñābhaṅgakarān rājā na kṣa- met. 2) ignoscere, condonare, indulgere. N. 3. 8.: tat kṣamantu maheśvarāḥ; 25.: 12.: yadi...mayā kṛtāny akāryāṇi tāni tvaṅ kṣantum arhasi. - Caus. kṣamayāmi veniam petere ab aliquo, orare alqm ut ignoscat, se excusare alicui, c. acc. pers. N. 25. 9.: tam ānāyya nalo rājā kṣamayāmāsa pārthivam . saca tan kṣamayāmāsa hetubhiḥ. (Fortasse goth. hramja crucifigo proprie significat vexare, ita ut nitatur formā causali kṣamayāmi facio ut alqs patiatur, mutatā sibilante in r (v. kṣapas kṣudh); anglo-sax. hremman "to hinder, disquiet"; v. kṣama.)

kSam kṣam

2. 4. P.: kṣamyāmi id.

kSam kṣam

3. (r. kṣam) terra, in dial. ved. RIGV. p. 41. 18.: kṣami in terra; 203. 15.: kṣmas terrae, v. kṣamā et kṣmā.

kSama kṣama

(r. kṣam s. a) Adj. 1) tolerans, perferens, perpetiens. DR. 6. 4.: kleśakṣama. 2) capax, potens, c. loc. vel infinit. RAGH. 11. 5.: sā hi rakṣaṇavidhau tayoḥ kṣamā; 8. 59.: hṛdayan na tva avalambituṅ kṣamāḥ. 3) aptus, idoneus, conveniens. RAGH. 9. 50.: mṛgavanopagamakṣamaveṣabhṛt; R. Schl. I. 1. 49.: na virodho balavatā kṣamo rāvaṇa tena te; SAK. 2. 9.: ubhabhogakṣamaṅ grīṣmasamayam āśritya. - Subst. n. 1) patientia, to leratio. BR. 3. 2.: kriyatāṅ kṣamam. 2) facultas, vis. BR. 1. 35.: na tu me jīvituṅ kṣamam. (Cum sgn. 2. cf. hib. cam "strong, stout, mighty", subst. "power, might", cama "brave", abjectā sibilante.)

kSamA kṣamā

f. (r. kṣam s. ā) 1) patientia, toleratio. RAGH. 18. 8. R. Schl. I. 34. 33. sq. 2) terra. (Cf. kṣam et kṣamā; gr. XAMA, unde [greek] conferatur etiam [greek] inserto [greek] sicut in [greek] = hyas.)

kSamAvat kṣamāvat

(e praec. s. vat) patientiā praeditus, patiens, tolerans. IN. 4. 8.

kSamin kṣamin

(a kṣama vel kṣamā patientia, s. in) patientiā praeditus. BH. 12. 13.

kSamp kṣamp

10. P. (kāntau K. śaktau V.; scribunt kṣap gr. 110a).) lucere; posse.

[Page 92b]
kSaya kṣaya

m. (r. kṣi s. a) 1) occasus, interitus, exitium. H. 4. 48. BR. 2. 20. N. 26. 12. 2) domus, domicilium, sedes, praesertim deorum. H. 1. 47. M. 1. 2510.: nirjagāma kṣayān narāyaṇasya; R.Schl. II. 6. 27.: indrakṣayasannibham puram. (Hib. cai domus.)

kSayin kṣayin

(r. kṣi s. in) periens, evanescens, decrescens. RAGH. 17. 71.

kSar kṣar

1. P. 1) stillare, effundere. MAH. 1. 797.: kṣaranta iva jīmūtāḥ; 5471.: kṣaranto rudhiram bahum; RAGH. 13. 74.: kṣaratsu (gajeṣu) bahudā madavāridhārāḥ. 2) diffluere, dilabi, dissolvi, evanescere. MAN. 2. 99.: indriyāṇān tu sarveṣāṃ yady ekaṅ kṣaratī'ndriyam . tenā 'sya kṣarati prajñā dṛteḥ patrād ivo'dakam. 4. 237.: yajño'nṛtena kṣarati tapaḥ kṣarati vismayāt. - Caus. calumniari, falso accusare, c. loc. vel. instr. rei. MAH. 2. 238.: kaccid āryo viśuddhātmā kṣāritaś caurakarmaṇi; RAM. III. 72. 87.: kaccid āryo 'pi śuddhātmā kṣāritaścā'pakarmaṇā. (Fortasse lat. scateo cum hac radice cohaeret, ita ut in sca-teo dissolvendum et ortum sit e perdito quodam nomine, cujus suffixum a t inceperit; sca pro scar igitur litteris transpositis ortum esset e csar; v. kṣara.)

c. ā Caus. ākṣārayāmi conviciari, maledicere. MAN. 8. 275.: mātaram...ākṣārayan.

kSara kṣara

(r. kṣar s. a) Adj. caducus, fragilis, mortalis. BH. 8. 4. 15. 16. - Subst. 1) m. nubes. 2) n. aqua. MED. (Hib. suir "water, a river", nisi hoc pertinet ad saras vel sarit.)

kSal kṣal

1. 1. P. (calane K. cāle caye V.) se movere; colligere. (Cf. cal śal sal.)

kSal kṣal

2. 10. P. kṣalayāmi lavare, abluere. HIT. 123. 8.: kṣālayam api vṛkṣāṅghrīn nadīvego nikṛntati. (Lith. skalauju eluo, abluo, skalbju lavo, transposito ks in sk; huc etiam traxerim nostrum spüle, mutatā gutturali in labialem.)

c. pra id. N. 11. 29.: prakṣālya salilenaca; 23. 23.: prakṣālyaca mukham.

[Page 93a]
kSA kṣā

f. (ut mihi videtur, e kṣmā ejecto m) terra in dial. ved. RIGV. 196. 10.

kSAtra kṣātra

(a kṣatra s. a) cschatricus, militaris, regius. BH. 18. 43.

kSAnta kṣānta

(r. kṣam s. ta gr. 616.) 1) tolernas, patiens. RAGH. 18. 8. 2) n. patientia. R. Schl. I. 34. 32.

kSAnti kṣānti

f. (r. kṣam s. ti patientia. BH. 18. 42.

kSAma kṣāma

(r. kṣai s. ma pro ta vel na) 1) emaciatus, macer. BHAR. 1. 63.: kṣudhākṣāma. UP. 27. 2) tenuis, gracilis. BHAR. 1. 92. 3) debilis. Lass. 11. 14.

kSAra kṣāra

m. (r. kṣar s. a) vitrum. AM.

kSi kṣi

1. 1. P. A. 1) perire. Caus. destruere, perdere, delere. BH. 4. 30.: yajñakṣayitakalmaṣa (Schol. nāśita); RAM. III. 60. 47.: kṛtsne vai kṣayite puṇye (kṣayita pro kṣāyita sicut cayita pro cāyita gr. 521.) 2) regere, dominari, unde kṣit q. v., et in dialecto vedicā kṣaya dominas, in composito urukṣaya = [greek] v. Ros. ad Rigv. p. 11.; simplici kṣaya respondet zend. [greek] csahya, gr. comp. 48. (Ad kṣyāmi rego, dominor Rosenius l. c. apte trahit gr. [greek] ita ut comp. [greek] utraque compositi parte cum urukṣaya conveniat; enim antecedente k saepius in r transiit, v. kṣapas.)

kSi kṣi

2. 5. et 9. P.: kṣiṇomi kṣiṇāmi laedere, vexare, occidere. UR. 18. 16.: mano me pañcavāṇaḥ kṣiṇoti. MAN. 2. 100.: akṣiṇvan yogatas tanum (Schol. apīḍayan); 8. 196.: akṣiṇvan nyāsadhāriṇam. - Pass. kṣīye perdi, deleri, destrui, perire. MAN. 7. 112.: rājñām prāṇāḥ kṣīyante; HIT. kāyaḥ kṣīyamāṇo lakṣyate. (Laudatae passivae formae etiam ad cognatam radicem kṣī trahi possent, a quā e gramm. r. 495. Pass. [greek] kṣi non differt. Cf. kṣiṇ kṣaṇ.)

c. sam in Pass. id. DEV. 3.: saṅghīyamāṇe svsainye.

kSi kṣi

3. 6. A.: kṣiyāmi habitare, v. kṣaya.

kSiN kṣiṇ

8. P.: kṣiṇomi (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere. (Cf. kṣaṇ unde kṣiṇ attenuato a in i ortum esse videtur, nisi verbum kṣiṇomi re verā idem est ac kṣi cl. 5.)

[Page 93b]
kSit kṣit

m. (r. kṣi s. t gr. 643.) dominus, imperator, in fine compp. N. 2. 20. 5. 4.

kSiti kṣiti

f. (r. kṣi habitare s. ti) 1) habitatio, domicilium. 2) terra. BHAR. 3. 5.

kSid kṣid

v. kṣvid.

kSip kṣip

1. 6. P. 1) jacere, conjicere, mittere, cum locat. loci, quo alqd. conjicitur. RAM. I. 28. 22. 23.: astram... cikṣepa paramakruddho mārīcorasi rāghavaḥ; BH. 16. 19.: tān kṣipāmi āsurīṣu yoniṣu; HIT. 79. 10.: bhṛtye doṣān kṣipati; BHAR. 1. 93.: amī...dṛṣṭipātāḥ kiṅ kṣipyante. - dāruṇayā vācā kṣeptum acriter increpare alqm. MAN. 8. 270. 2) prosternere, dejicere. Lass. 53. 5.: kṣeptun tapas tasya mahātmanaḥ. 3) dimittere. UP. 34.: tena kṣiptā. (Cf. kṣap unde fortasse kṣip attenuato a in i; lat. sipo, dissipo, e xipo, abjectā gutturali; graecum [greek] e [greek] explicaverim, abjectā gutturali, et mutatā sibilante in [greek], v. kṣapas; cambo-brit. hipiaw "to cast or dash suddenly", cujus h, ut saepius, respondet sanscritae sibilanti, abjectā gutturali, sicut in gr. [greek]; fortasse etiam nostrum werfe, goth. vairpa pro virpa gr. comp. 82. - huc pertinet, transpositis litteris e vripa pro hvripa, cum hv pro k sicut hvas quis = kas gr. comp. 388.).

c. adhi spernere, contemnere. HIT. 83. 16.: eṣa duṣṭo devapādān adhikṣipati; v. kṣip praef. ā.

c. ava praef. sam prosternere, dejicere. DR. 5. 24.: taṃ samavākṣipat sā.

c. ā 1) id. Caus. ākṣepayāmi facere ut alqs prosternat. DR. 8. 18.: ratham ākṣepayāmāsa gajena gajayānavit. 2) spernere, contemnere. DR. 4. 23.: avamatyā 'sya tad vākyam ākṣipyaca; N. 3. 13.: ākṣipantīm iva prabhām aśinaḥ svena tejasā.

c. ā praef. sam sicut praec. 1) prosternere, projicere. DR. 5. 24.: tayā samākṣiptatanuḥ sa pāpaḥ papāta. 2) spernere. MAH. 1. 1253.: samākṣipan bhānumataḥ prabhām.

c. ut extollere, levare. H. 4. 49.: lutkṣipyā 'bhrāmayad deham; RAGH. 15. 83.

c. ni 1) dejicere, deponere. Lass. 12. 9.: laḍḍūkām ekāṃ śuno'gre nikṣiptavatī. - nikṣiptākṣa dejectos oculos habens, c. loc. loci. GITA GOV. 12. 1.: śayane nikṣiptākṣīm uvāca hariḥ priyām; - varṇān nikṣeptum litteras dejicere, i. e. scribere (cf. UR. 24. 15.: bhūrjapatragato 'yam akṣaravinyāsaḥ); Caus. facere ut aliquis scribat vel inscribat. RAGH. 7. 62.: saśonitais tena śilīmukhāgrair nikṣepitāḥ ketuṣu parthivānām...varnāḥ (Schol. Calc. nikṣepitāḥ = anyair niveśitāḥ); H. 1. 24.: tatra nikṣipya tān sarvān. 2) tradere, c. loc. pers. N. 8. 20.: mama jñātiṣu nikṣipya dārakau; MAN. 8. 179.: ārye nikṣepan nikṣiped budhaḥ.

c. pari circumjicere, circumspergere, circumfundere. RAM. III. 60. 100.: annāstaraṇakaṃ rājñaḥ samantāt paricikṣipuḥ; MAH. 1. 1306.: kānanañca manoramaṃ sāgarāmbuparikṣiptam.

c. pra projicere. SU. 2. 14.: agnihotrāṇi prakṣipanty apsu; M. 15.

c. vi e. c. bāhū brachia jactare, dispergere. RAM. III. 56. 15.

c. sam contrahere, corripere. MAN. 7. 34.: saṅghipyate yaśo loke (Schol. saṅkocam eti); N. 4. 9.

kSip kṣip

2. 4. P. id.

kSipra kṣipra

(r. kṣip s. ra) celer. kṣipram Adv. cito. IN. 5. 51. (Cf. [greek] v. kṣapas.)

kSiv kṣiv

1. et 4. P.: kṣevāmi kṣīvyāmi gr. 332. (nirasane K. nivāse V.) ejicere; habitare (kṣiv ex kṣip ortum esse videtur, attenuato p in v sicut pivāmi bibo dicitur pro pipāmi v. .)

kSI kṣī

1. P. perdere, exstinguere, delere. Part. pass. kṣīṇa perditus, deletus. HIT.: kṣīṇeṣu vitteṣu. kṣīṇapāpa. (Haec radix cohaeret cum kṣi et kṣai.)

kSIv kṣīv

1. 1. P. i. q. kṣiv unde productā vocali ortum est.

kSIv kṣīv

2. vel kṣīb 1. A. (made K. darpe V.) ebrium esse; superbum esse. (Hib. siobhas "rage, madness".)

kSIra kṣīra

n. (ut mihi videtur e kṣāra a r. kṣar s. a attenuato ā in ī cf. gr. 308. 1) aqua. 2) lac.

[Page 94b]
kSu kṣu

2. P.: kṣaumi (śabde K. kṣute V.) sonum edere, sternutare. (Huc retulerim lith. c [greek] audmi sternuto = kṣaumi adjecto d (cf. kṣut) et mutato kṣ in c [greek] = c.)

kSuNNa kṣuṇṇa

v. kṣud gr. 607.

kSut kṣut

f. (r. kṣu adjecto t sicut in fine compp. gr. 643.) sternutamentum. AM.

kSuta kṣuta

m. et kṣutā f. (r. kṣu s. ta) id. AM.

kSud kṣud

7. P. A. kṣuṇadmi kṣunde contundere, conterere. Part. pass. kṣuṇṇa. DEV. 3. 24.: khurakṣuṇṇamahītalaḥ; 9. 35.: daṃṣṭrākṣuṇṇaśirodhara. (Fortasse huc pertinet gr. [greek], pro [greek], adjecto Gunnae incremento; si ita est, sibilans in formis [greek] ad radicem pertinet, mutato, ex generali euphoniae lege, v in [greek] Lith. skausti dolet, e skaud-ti, skaudejimas dolor; pra-skunda dolere incipit, nu-skaudinu noceo, transposito ks in sk.)

c. vi id. DEV. 3. 25.: vegabhramaṇavikṣuṇṇā mahī.

c. sam id. RAM. III. 63. 10.: babandhur bandhanīyāṃśca kṣodyān sañckṣudus tathā.

kSudra kṣudra

(r. kṣud s. ra) 1) parvus, debilis. M. 6. 2) trop. vilis, abjectus, humilis. IN. 2. 6. DR. 9. 21. (Cf. lith. kūdikis infans, pers. [greek] kūdek parvus, puer.)

kSudh kṣudh

1. 4. P. esurire. kṣudhita esuriens. N. 11. 12. 18. 12. (Goth. gredon esurire, mutatā sibilante in r, sicut in lat. crepusculum = kṣapas in gr. [greek] = kṣip v. kṣam.)

kSudh kṣudh

2. f. (a praec.) fames. SU. 1. 8.

kSudhA kṣudhā

f. (r. kṣudh s. ā) fames.

kSupa kṣupa

m. frutex. H. 1. 18.

kSubdha kṣubdha

v. kṣubh.

kSubdhatA kṣubdhatā

f. (a praec. s. ) agitatio. BHAR. 3. 94.: abdheḥ kṣubdhatā.

kSubh kṣubh

1. A. 4. P. kṣobhe kṣubhyāmi commoveri, agitari, conturbari. Part. pass. kṣubdha vel kṣubhita. RAM. I. 52. 14.: kṣubhitāḥ sāgaraḥ sarve; III. 79. 20.: uṣṇakṣubdhasalila; I. 52. 14.: yat tejaḥ kṣubhitaṃ hy adya tad dharā dhārayiṣyati. Caus. et cl. 9. P.: kṣobhayāmi kṣubhāmi agitare. M. 42.: kṣobhyamāṇā mahāvātaiḥ sā naus tasmin maho- dadhau; RAM. I. 16. 27.: kṣobhayeyuśca vegena samudram. (Cambo - brit. hwbiau "to make a sudden push", abjecto k et mutato in h, v. Pictet p. 76.; Pottius apte confert gr. [greek], ejecto ṣ; huc etiam trahimus nostrum schiebe, cujus radix in germ. vet. sonat scub vel scup, transpositis k + ṣ in sc.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. MAN. 9. 254.: tasya prakṣubhyate rāṣṭram. -- c. pra praef. sam id. RAM. I. 52. 15.: samprakṣubhitamānasa.

c. vi Caus. id. DR. 7. 19.: senān tave'mam...vikṣobhitān drakṣyasi.

c. sam id. DEV. 2. 35.: dṛṣṭvā samastaṃ saṅkṣubdhan trailokyam.

kSur kṣur

b. P. (chedane K. vilekhe khanane V.) findere, radere, scalpere, fodere; v. kṣura et cf. khur. (Gr. [greek] v. kṣura.)

kSura kṣura

m. (r. kṣur s. a) 1) culter tonsorius. DR. 8. 24., ubi ensem vel sagittam significare videtur; RAGH. 7. 43. 2) ungula, cf. khura. (Gr. [greek] v. kṣur.)

kSurapra kṣurapra

m. (e kṣura ungula et pra quae fortasse est praepositio in compositi fine posita) sagitta, cujus cuspis soleae ferreae formam habet. RAGH. 9. 62. 11. 29.

kSurin kṣurin

m. (a kṣura s. in) tonsor. AM.

kSurI kṣurī

f. (a kṣura signo fem. ī) culter.

kSetra kṣetra

n. (r. kṣi s. tra) 1) campus. BH. 1. 1. (Goth. haithi, Th. haithjo ager nostrum Heide, ejecto ). 2) corpus. BH. 13. 1. 3) uxor. MAH. 1. 4661.

kSetrajJa kṣetrajña

m. (e praec. et jña qui novit) anima. MAH. 1. 3018.

kSepa kṣepa

m. (r. kṣip s. a) contemtio. MAH. 1. 559.

kSepaNIya kṣepaṇīya

n. (r. kṣip s. anīya) jaculum, missile. RAGH. 4. 77.

kSepiSTha kṣepiṣṭha

Superl. [greek] kṣipra v. gr. 251.

kSepIyas kṣepīyas

Compar. [greek] kṣipra v. gr. 251.

[Page 95b]
kSema kṣema

1) bonus, felix, faustus. SA. 5. 97. 2) m. n. felicitas. H. 4. 51. BR. 1. 20.

kSemaGkara kṣemaṅkara

m. (e kṣema in accus. et kara faciens) n. pr. DR. 2. 7.

kSemin kṣemin

(a kṣema s. in) felix. N. 12. 121.

kSai kṣai

1. P. kṣāyāmi (kṣaye) perire, interire; cf. kṣi et kṣī.

kSoNi kṣoṇi

f. terra.

kSoNI kṣoṇī

f. id. AM.

kSobha kṣobha

m. (r. kṣubh s. a) agitatio, permotio, perturbatio. SU. 1. 16.

kSaudra kṣaudra

n. (a kṣudrā apis s. a) mel. R. Schl. II. 14. 33.

kSauma kṣauma

(Fem. kṣaumī) linteus. R. Schl. I. 74. 3.

kSaura kṣaura

n. (a kṣura s. a) actio barbam tondendi. HIT. 101. 6.: kṣauraṅ kṛtvā.

kSNu kṣṇu

1. 2. P. kṣṇaumi (tejane) acuere.

kSNu kṣṇu

2. 2. A.: kṣṇuve (apanayane) abducere, auferre.

kSmA kṣmā

f. (e kṣamā ejecto a) terra. RAGH. 18. 8.

kSmAy kṣmāy

1. A. (vedhūnane; ut videtur, Denominativum a kṣama vel kṣamā ejecto a) agitare, concutere, quassare.

kSmIl kṣmīl

1. P. (nimeṣaṇe K. nimeṣe V.) oculos dejicere, nictari (kṣmīl compositum esse censeo ex kṣ mutilato ex akṣi vel akṣa oculus, et mīl quod idem valet ac kṣmīl.)

kSvid kṣvid

1. 1. P. (avyakte śabde K. kūjane v.; scribitur etiam kṣid) sonare.

kSvid kṣvid

2. 1. A. (mokṣe snehe; scribitur etiam kṣid) liberare; amare.

kSvid kṣvid

3. 4. P. (mocane; scribitur etiam kṣid) liberare.

kSvel kṣvel

1. P. (gatau K. cālagatyoḥ V.) ire, se movere. (Fortasse huc pertinet germ. vet. suillu turgeo, rad. et praet. sual vel suall suppresso posteriore diphthongi e elemento.)

[Page 96a]
kha kha

n. ae7r, coelum. N. 12. 53. (Cf. gr. [greek] et lat. halare.)

khakkh khakkh

1. P. (hāse) ridere. (Cf. kakk kakh kakkh praeter verba cum kakh comparata, goth. hlaha rideo, quod e kak explicaverim, mutatis secundum generalem regulam tenuibus in aspiratas, et insertā liquidā, sicut e. c. in hlei-thra casa, tentorium, quod ad radicem śī [greek] referimus; nostrum lache initialem gutturalem abjecit.)

khaga khaga

(e kha ae7r et ga iens) 1) in ae7re, iens, se movens. A. 10. 61. 2) m. avis.

khagama khagama

m. (e kha et gama iens) avis. N. 1. 24.

khac khac

1. 6. P. (bhūtipūtyorutpattau) felicem, potentem fieri; purum fieri.

khac khac

2. 10. P.: khacayāmi (bandhane) ligare, nectere, connectere, contexere, consererere. Schol. ad [greek]aur. 19.; Lass. 73. 13.

c. ut id. RAGH. 13. 54.: mālā sitapaṅkajānām indīvarair utkhacitāntarā (Schol. Calc. sahagrathitamadhyā).

khacara khacara

(e kha ae7r et cara iens) in ae7re iens. A. 10. 26.

khaj khaj

1. A. (manthane K. manthe V.) commovere, agitare.

khajaka khajaka

m. (r. khaj s. aka) instrumentum, quo lactis flos agitatur ad butyrum conficiendum, "churning stick". HEM.

khaJj khañj

1. P. (scribitur khaj gr. 110a).) claudicare, v. sq. (Huc traxerim nostrum hinke, germ. med. hinke, cujus rad. et praet. sonat hanc, v. gr. comp. 109a). 1); consonantes nituntur formā kañj mutatā tenui in aspiratam et mediā in tenuem, v. gr. comp. 87.)

khaJja khañja

(r. khañj 8. a) claudus. BHAR. 1. 63. (Germ. med. hanc.)

khaJjakhela khañjakhela

m. (e khañja et khel iens, v. khel) motacilla.

khaJjana khañjana

m. (r. khañj s. ana) id. AM.

khaT khaṭ

1. P. (kāṅkṣye K. kāṅghi V.) desiderare.

[Page 96b]
khaTT khaṭṭ

10 P. (vṛtau) tegere; cf. khuḍ guṇṭha.

khaTvA khaṭvā

f. (r. khaṭṭ abjecto alterutro s. va in fem.) lectus. HIT. 86. 6. 8.

khaD khaḍ

10. P. khāḍayāmi findere, frangere, rumpere, dividere, divellere, laxare, v. sq. et cf. khuḍ khuṇḍ.

khaDga khaḍga

m. 1) rhinoceros. RAGH. 9. 62. 2) rhinocerotis cornu. 3) ensis. N. 10. 18.

khaND khaṇḍ

1. P. A. (scribitur khaḍ gr. 110a).) 1) i. q. khaḍ. HIT. 64. 10.: rajanīcayanāthena khaṇḍite timire; 73. 7.: strībhiḥ kasya na khaṇḍitam bhuvi manaḥ; UR. 12. 16.: khaṇḍitāgrāt...mṛṇālāt. 2) deserere, relinquere. RAGH. 5. 67.: abalā niśi khaṇḍitā. (Cf. khuṇḍ khuḍ khard. Lith. kándu mordeo.)

khaNDa khaṇḍa

m. n. (r. khaṇḍ s. a) pars, portio, sectio, fragmentum, frustum; tomus. HIT. 111. 10. 27. 15. A. 8. 1. BHAR. 2. 98. SA. 5. 108. -- khaṇḍīkṛ in frusta dissercare, frangere. RAGH. 16. 51.

khaNDana khaṇḍana

n. (r. khaṇḍr s. ana) 1) actio frangendi, rumpendi, destruendi. HIT. 54. 3. 112. 21. RAGH. 9. 35. 2) perfidia. RAGH. 19. 21.

khad khad

1. 1. P. occidere. DEV. 8. 37.: patitāṃs tāṃś cakhādā 'tha sā tadā. (Cf. knath klath lat. clades.)

khad khad

2. 10. P.: khādayāmi edere, vorare, de animalibus. N. 12. 35.: māṅ khādaya; M. 7.: durbalam balavanto hi matsyā matsyam...khādayanti; v. khād.

khadira khadira

m. nomen arboris, Wils. "Khayar or catechu, Mimosa catechu" N. 12. 4.

khan khan

1. P. fodere, perfodere. HIT. 30. 1.: mama vivaraṅ khanitvā; RAM. I. 32. 52.: pṛthivī sarvā khanyate. - Part. pass. khāta gr. 616.; Gerund. in ya khanya vel khāya; Pass. khanye vel khāye. (Gr. [greek] germ. vet. ginem, ginom hio, nostrum gähne, anglo-sax. cina rima, cinan hiare; lat. cuniculus, canalis; v. khani khāni.)

c. ut effodere. BHAR. 3. 5.: utkhātan nidhiśaṅkayākṣi- titalam; evellere, eruere. RAGH. 4. 36.: vaṅgān utkhāya...nausādhanoddhatān . nicakhāna jayasthambhān gaṅgaśreto'ntareṣu saḥ; ubi utkhan effodere opponitur verbo nikhan infodere, defodere, hī infodiendo erigere; Schol. Calc. utkhāya explicat per utpāṭya.

c. ut praef. pra id. RAM. I. 32. 40.: protkhananta ekaikayojanam bhūmeḥ.

c. ni infodere, defodere. HIT. 124. 16.: nikhanyante hṛdaye śokaśaṅkavaḥ; RAGH. 4. 36.; v. khan praef. ut.

khanaka khanaka

m. (r. khan s. aka) fossor. R. Schl. I. 12. 7.

khanana khanana

n. (r. khan s. ana) actio fodiendi. BHAR. 3. 76.

khani khani

f. (r. khan s. i) fodina, cuniculus. RAGH. 17. 66. 18. 21. (Lat. cuni-culus.)

khanitR khanitṛ

m. (r. khan s. tṛ) fossor. HIT. 52. 8.

khanitra khanitra

n. (r. khan s. tra) ligo. HIT. 30. 1.

khamb khamb

1. P. (gatau) ire; cf. gamb ghamb camb. khara Adj. 1) calidus, fervidus. 2) acer, vehemens, austerus. RAGH. 8. 9.: na kharo na bhūyasā ṃṛduḥ; de voce, R. Schl. II. 20. 42. - Subst. 1) m. n. calor. AM. 2) m. asinus.

kharj kharj

1. P. (mārjane K. vyathāmṛjoḥ V.) purificare, abstergere; vexare, v. karj. (Hib. cairtim vel cartaim purifico.)

kharjUra kharjūra

m. palma. Wils. "Phoenix or Elate sylvestris". N. 12. 5.

khard khard

1. P. (daśane) mordere. (Cf. khaṇḍ khaḍ lith. kandu mordeo.)

kharb kharb

1. P. (gatau) ire. (Cf. garb gharb carb; germ. vet. HWARB, HWARP reverti, hwirbu, hwarb, hwurbumes; goth. bi-hvairba circumeo.)

kharba kharba

n. billio. MAH. 2. 1749.

kharv kharv

1. P. (darpe K. garve V.) superbum esse; v. karv et garv.

khal khal

1. P. (calane K. cāle caye V.) se movere; colligere; cf. cal.

khala khala

malus, vilis, improbus. HIT. 52. 3. 70. 19.

khalu khalu

1) sane, profecto, ad orationis vim augendam ponitur, praesertim post voces negativas vel interrogativas. SAK. 5. 15. 16.: bho rājan āśramamṛgaḥ khalv ayam . na khalu na khalu vāṇaḥ sannipātyo 'yam asmin ja nicht! ja nicht!; RAGH. 9. 28.: na khalu tāvat aśeṣam apohitum ravir alam viralam kṛtavān himam; Lass. 1. 3.: prārabhyate na khalu vighnabhayena nīcaiḥ; N, 16. 22.: kadā nu khalu duḥkhasya pāraṃ yāsyati vai śubhā wann doch?; SAK. 23. 15.: kiṅ khalu; 44. 2. infr.: kva khalu; 59. 14.: katham...khalu. 2) enim, praesertim antecedente na. SAK. 26. 5.: mandautsukhyo 'smi nagarāgamanam prati ...na khalu śakto 'smi śakuntalādarśanavyāpārād ātmānan nivartayitum; RAGH. 3. 51.: gṛhāṇa śastram... na khalv anirjitya raghuṅ kṛtī bhavān. 3) khalv api sed etiam, antecedente na kevalam. RAGH. 18. 48.

khaluj khaluj

m. (N. khaluk ut videtur, e kha et luj a r. luj laedere, occidere) obscuritas, caigo. (Cf. lat. caligo.)

khalliTa khalliṭa

calvus.

khallITa khallīṭa

id.

khalvATa khalvāṭa

id. BHAR. 2. 86., v. Bohlen ad h. l. (Cf. lat. calvus, nostrum kahl, germ. vet. chalawan capillo nudare.)

khav khav

9. P. khavnāmi vel khaunāmi vel khunāmi (bhūtiprādurbhave K. bhūtipūtyor utpattau V.) potentem, felicem fieri; purificari.

khaS khaṣ

1. P. (vadhe) occidere, ferire; cf. kaṣ caṣ chaṣ jaṣ juṣ jhaṣ jhūṣ.

khANDavaprastha khāṇḍavaprastha

m. nomen urbis. MAH. 1. 2264.

khAnta khānta

n. (r. khan q. v. s. ta) fossa. HIT. 90. 14.

khAd khād

1. P. edere, praesertim de animalibus. HIT. 11. 6.: vyāghro mānuṣaṅ khādati; etiam de hominibus. HIT. 86. 13.: kiṅ khādi tavān katham vā prasuptaḥ. - Caus. khādayāmi. MAN. 8. 371.: tāṃ śvabhiḥ khādayed rājā. (Scot. cuid cibus; hib. caithim edo.)

khAni khāni

m. f. (r. khan s. i) cuniculus, specus subfossus; v. khani.

khiT khiṭ

1. P. (bhayabhīṣayoḥ) timere, terrere. (V. ākheṭ kheṭa et cf. khid.)

[Page 98a]
khid khid

1. 6. P. dolore afficere, moestitiam inferre, conturbare; v. sq.

khid khid

2. 4. et 7. A.: khidye khinde (khidye etiam pro Pass. praecedentis haberi potest) dolore, moestitiā affici, conturbari. HIT. 71. 4.: sa puruṣo yaḥ khidyate ne 'ndriyaiḥ. - Part. pass. khinna 1) dolore affectus, conturbatus. GITA GOV. 3. 7.: khinnam asūyayā hṛdayan tavā"kalayāmi; 3. 2.: anaṅgavāṇavraṇakhinnamānasaḥ; UP. 19. 2) fessus, fatigatus, languidus, confectus, exhaustus. MAN. 7. 141. BHAR. 1. 47. (Lith. [greek]eid[greek]iù laedo, offendo? gr. [greek] fortasse pro [greek] ex [greek] ejecto l et productā vocali antecedente; v. kheda.)

khinna khinna

v. khid gr. 607.

khila khila

1) inanis, khilīkṛta vastatus, vacuus, deletus. RAGH. 11. 14. 87. 2) m. n. et fem. khilā ager incultus. AM.

khu khu

1. A. sonare, v. ku.

khuj khuj

1. P. (steyakaraṇe K. steye V.) furari. (Fortasse lith. wagiù furor, ita ut mutilatum sit e kwagiù, abjectā gutturali et relicto w euphonico, sicut e. c. in lat. vermis e quermis et goth. vaurms e hvaurms = kṛmi q. v. Res si ita se habet, vocalis a verbi wagiù formis gunatis radicis khuj respondet, e. c. Caus. khojayāmi abjecto u radicali. Posset tamen wa etiam litteris transpositis ex au explicari.)

khuD khuḍ

1. 1. P. (bhede) i. q. khaḍ unde khuḍ ortum esse videtur attenuato a in u (v. gr. comp. 490.)

khuD khuḍ

2. 6. P. (sambaraṇe) tegere. (Hib. cuidighim protego "I aid, assist, succour".)

khuND khuṇḍ

1. 1. P. (bhede scribitur khuḍ gr. 110a).) i. q. khaṇḍ unde khuṇḍ attenuato a in u; v. khuḍ.

khuND khuṇḍ

2. 1. A. (khañje) claudicare.

khur khur

6. P. (chedane) findere. (Cf. chur kṣur et kṛt ratione habitā, plures voces, quas cum kṛt comparavimus, etiam e khur explicari posse.)

khura khura

m. (r. khur s. a) 1) culter tonsorius. 2) ungula. DR. 6. 26. (Cf. kṣura.)

[Page 98b]
khurd khurd

1. A. (krīḍāyām scribitur etiam khūrd) ludere; cf. kurd kūrd gurd gud.

khullaka khullaka

humilis, vilis. AM.

khecara khecara

(TATP. e LOC. khe in ae7re, v. gr. 673., et cara iens) in ae7er iens. SU. 2. 7.

kheT kheṭ

1. 1. P. (uttrāsane K.) terrere. (Cf. khiṭ unde kheṭ adjecto gunae incremento.)

kheT kheṭ

2. (bhakṣaṇe K.) edere.

kheda kheda

m. (r. khid s. a) 1) dolor, moestitia, tristitia. UP. 43. 2) lassitudo, languor. UR. 78. 2. RAGH. 18. 44. (Cf. gr. [greek] v. khid.)

khel khel

1. P. vacillare; v. khela et cf. kel kvel kṣvel cel cal.

khela khela

(r. khel s. a) vacillans. UR. 66. 5. 78. 17. MAH. 1. 7042.

khev khev

1. A. (sevane) ministrare, colere, venerari. (Cf. cognatas et idem valentes radices kev gev glev sev.)

khai khai

1. P. (sthairye khananahiṃsayoḥ K. V. khedane K.) firmum esse, fodere, laedere, occidere; dolore, moestitiā affici, defatigari. Cf. kṣai khan glai jai.

khoT khoṭ

1. P. (gatyāghāte) claudicare. Cf. kuṭ cl. 6., khoḍ khuṇḍ khor khol.

khoD khoḍ

1. 1. P. (gatipratīghāte K. kheṭane V.) claludicare, V. khoṭ. Huc trahi posset claudus insertā liquidā, nisi pertinet ad klam q. v.)

khoD khoḍ

2. 10. P. (kṣepe) jacere, conjicere.

khoDa khoḍa

(r. khoḍ s. a) claudus. AM. (V. 1. khoḍ.)

khor khor

1. P. (gatipratīghāte) i. q. khoḍ unde ortum est, mutato in r; ex khor autem factum est khol mutato r in l.

khol khol

1. P. (gatipratīghāte K. khoṭane V.) i. q. khor. (Cf. gr. [greek])

khyA khyā

2. P. dicere, praedicare, celebrare, apellare. N. 17. 42.: khyātaḥ prājñaḥ kulīnaśca; DHRIT. 42.: khyātarūpaḥ. - Caus. khyāpayāmi (gr. 519.), MAN. 7. 201.: abhayāni quod tamen radice ab inquam place alienum est (v. Pott. I. p. 180.). Ad scr. khyā autem lat. hia-re etiam trahi possit, quod sensu os apecrire cum notione dicendi cohaeret.)

c. ā dicere, indicare, memorare, nuntiare, narrare, ex- ponere. N. 9. 34. 23. 6. SA. 6. 37. 42. DR. 7. 5. M. 56. BH. 18. 63. (Fortasse lat. ajo ejectā gutturali, v. ah.)

c. ā praef. prati (pratyākhyā) depellere, repellere, repudiare. N. 4. 4. 13. 42. SA. 3. 11.

c. ā praef. vi (vyākhyā) laudare, celebrare. RAM. III. 76. 69.

c. ā praef. sam 1) narrare. A. 1. 13. 2) numerare. A. 5. 11.

c. pra id. IN. 4. 7. N. 16. 8.

c. vi i. q. simpl. IN. 5. 50. N. 12. 84.

c. sam numerare. N. 20. 15. 40.

c. sam praef. pari (parisaṅkhyā) id. MAN. 1. 71.

khyAti khyāti

f. (r. khyā s. ti) gloria. SA. 5. 56.

khyAp khyāp

v. khyā.

[Page 991]
ga ga

(r. s. a gr. 645.) iens, in fine composs. BH. 12. 3.

gagaNa gagaṇa

n. (fortasse forma redupl. a r. ) ae7r, coelum.

gaggh gaggh

1. P. (hasane) ridere. (Cf. kakk kakkh khakkh ghagh.)

gaGgA gaṅgā

f. (ut videtur, pro gaṅgamā ar. gam cum syllabā redupl. gaṅ e gam cf. Intens. jaṅgam gr. 569.) flumen Ganges.

gaGgAdvAra gaṅgādvāra

n. (e praec. et dvāra n. porta) nomen loci. DR. 9. 24.

gach gach

1. P. gacchāmi v. euph. r. 88.; in tempp. specialibus solum usurpatur, loco rad. gam q. v.

gaj gaj

1. P. (śabde K. made svane V.) sonare; ebrium esse.

gaja gaja

m. (ut videtur, a r. gaj ebrium esse, s. a) elephantus.

gaN gaṇ

P. interdum A. 1) numerare. N. 14. 11. 20. 13. 22. SA. 4. 3. 2) putare, existimare. RAGH. 11. 75.: pāvakasya mahimā sa gaṇyate; 8. 68. 3) respicere, rationem habere, dignari, aestimare. UR. 64. 8.: praṇayam agaṇayitvā mama.

c. vi reputare, considerare, animo volvere. N. 10. 29. 21. 23.

gaNa gaṇa

m. (r. gaṇ s. a nisi gaṇ est Denom. a gaṇa) turba, grex, caterva, multitudo. M. 45. N. 12. 65. (Lith. ganà adv. satis; ganau pasco greges.)

gaNaka gaṇaka

m. (r. gaṇ s. aka) atrologus. AM.

gaNana gaṇana

n. (r. gaṇ s. ana) actio numerandi. HIT. 4. 20.

gaNanA gaṇanā

f. (r. gaṇ s. anā) 1) actio numerandi. 2) consideratio. HIT. 21. 1.

gaNanAtha gaṇanātha

m. (e gaṇa et nātha dominus) cognomen Ganesi. Lass. 1. 2.

gaNazas gaṇaśas

(a gaṇa s. śas) catervatim. A. 9. 23.

gaNi gaṇi

f. (r. gaṇ s. i agmen, turba. RAGH. 9. 53.

gaNikA gaṇikā

f. (r. gaṇ s. ikā) meretrix. HIT. 94. 2.

gaNeza gaṇeśa

m. (e gaṇa et īśa dominus) Ganesus, deus sapintiae, Sivo et Pārvatiā natus.

gaNDa gaṇḍa

m. gena, mala, totum faciei latus complectens. (Lith. [greek]ndas maxilla; (*) fortasse etiam huc referenda sunt goth. kinnus mentum, per assimil. e kindus, nostrum lat. gena, nisi pertinent ad hanu quod ipsum cum gaṇḍa cognatum esse possit, mutatā gutturali mediā in aspiratam mediam ejusdem organi.)

(*) Lith. z pronunciatur fere scut j et sicut hoc cognatione conjunctum est cum gutturalibus litteris, praesertim cum g.
gata gata

(r. gam s. ta gr. 616.) 1) quiivit, abiit. 2) n. incessus. UR. 66. 6.

gatavyatha gatavyatha

(profectum moerorem habens. BAH. e praec. et vyathā f. moeror, sollicitudo) moeroris, sollicitudinis expers. IN. 1. 23. SU. 4. 1.

gatasaJja gatasañja

(profectam mentem, profectam conscientiam habens. BAH. e gata et sañjñā conscientia, intellectus) mentis non compos. IN. 5. 21.

gatAsu gatāsu

(profectos spiritus, profectam vitam habens. BAH. e gata et asu q. v.) exanimis, mortuus. BH. 2. 11.

gati gati

f. (r. gam ire, s. ti gr. 616.) 1) itio, itus, iter. BR. 1. 35. 2. 22. BH. 4. 17. 6. 45. 8. 26. 2) perfugium, refugium. BR. 1. 25. (Hib. gaeth ventus, v. sadāgati satataga.)

gatya gatya

(r. gam s. ya) v. gr. 637.

gatvA gatvā

(a r. gam s. tvā) v. gr. 632. 616.

gad gad

1. 1. P. dicere, loqui. N. 15. 9.: ślokam ekañ jagāda; DR. 9. 10.: hetum me gadataḥ śṛṇu. (Cf. kath;) lith. gádijos appellor, v. gr. comp. 476. 506.; [greek]adas lingua, oratio, [greek]odis verbum (*) giedmi cano, v. gai canere; polon. gadac loqui; hib. gadh vox.)

(*) De [greek] pro g v. s. v. gaṇḍa.

c. ni i. q. simpl. HIT.: evam astu iti nigadya; RAGH. 2. 33.: bhūpālasiṃhan nijagāda siṃhaḥ; 11. 70.: rāghavo ...nijagade yuyutsunā; R. Schl. I. 51. 16.: tan me nigadataḥ śṛṇu.

gad gad

2. 10. P. (meghaśabde K. abhradhvanau V.) tonare.

gada gada

m. (r. gad s. a) 1) dictum, sermo. MAH. 1. 1787. 2) (fortasse alius originis) morbus. RAGH. 9. 4. (Hib. gadh vox, lith. [greek]adas lingua, oratio.)

gadA gadā

f. clava. SU. 4. 17.

gadin gadin

(a praec. s. in) claviger. BH. 11. 17.

gadgada gadgada

(r. gad repet. s. a cf. Intens. jāgad) 1) lallans, balbutiens. A. 3. 2.: harṣagadgadayā vācā; BHAR. 3. 22. 2) m. actio balbutiendi. BH. 11. 35.: āha kṛṣṇaṃ sagadgadam bhītabhītaḥ praṇamya; RAGH. 8. 43.

gandh gandh

10. A. (ardane K. druhi V.) vexare, odisse, infestare. (Lith. gandinu terreo.)

gandha gandha

m. (fortasse primitive odor malus, ar. gandh s. a) 1) odor. N. 5. 39. 2) suavis, jucundus odor. IN. 5. 2.

gandharva gandharva

m. nomen Geniorum ordinis, qui musicam tractant, in Indri coelo habitantes.

gandhavaha gandhavaha

m. (e gandha et vaha vehens) ventus. AM.

gandhavahA gandhavahā

f. (e gandha et vaha vehens in fem.) nasus. AM.

gandhAzman gandhāśman

m. (e gandha et aśman lapis) sulphur. AM.

gabhasti gabhasti

m. f. (ut videtur, e ga pro go q. v., et bhasti a bhas splendere s. ti luminis rdius. AM.

gabhastimat gabhastimat

m. (a praec. s. mat) sol. RAGH. 3. 37.

gabhIra gabhīra

profundus. HIT. 111. 4., v. gambhīra.

gam gam

1. 1. P. interdum A. (in tempp. spec. substituit gach gr. 328., praet. redupl. jagāma pl. jagmima gr. 453., praet. mltf. agamam ghr. 417., fut. part. gantāsmi fut. aux. gamiṣyāmi part. pass. gata gr. 616., inf. gantum) 1) ire, adire, abire, proficisci, praeterire, de tempore, in forma caus. degere; c. acc., nonnunquam c. dat. loci IN. 5. 6.: lalanā jagāmā 'tha virājatī; HIT.: na naur gacchati sthale; IN. 1. 1.: gateṣu lokapaloṣu; SA. 5. 27. 32.: nivarta gacchasva; N. 20. 39.: gatajvara remotam difficultatem habens. liber a difficultate; 16. 30.: gatasattva; v. gatavyatha etc.; HIT.: eṣām māṃsair māsatrayaṃ sukhena gamiṣyati; RAGH. 8. 24.: kāścid gamayitvā samāḥ; SU. 4. 20.: pātālam agaman sarvāḥ; DR. 9. 24.: jagāma gaṅgādvārāya; RAGH. 2. 15.: nilayāya gantum pracakrame. Pass. BH. 5. 5.: yat sāṅkhyaiḥ prāpyate sthānan tad yogair api gamyate. Nota locutiones; doṣeṇa gantuṅ kañcit delictum alicui imputare. MAH. 1. 7455.: tvāṃ loko doṣeṇa gacchati; aśvair gantum aurigare, equos agere. N. 24. 30. De locutionibus ut harṣaṅ gantum bhayaṅ gantum v. r. i. (Cf. goth. QVAM venire, qvima venio, qvam veni, nostrum komme, kam, gr. comp.) fari, sed ad kath goth. QVATH traxerim.)

c. ati praef. vi praeterire, de tempore. A. 3. 3.: katham arjuna kālo 'yaṃ svarge vyatigatas tava.

c. adhi 1) adire, advenire, pervenire, adipisci. N. 19. 30.: adhyagacchat kṛśān aśvān; MAN. 2, 218.: khanan vāry adhigacchati. Pass. inveniri, es gibt. M. 50.: mat paran nā 'dhigamyate. 2) legere. HIT. 4. 12.: putrāṇām anadhigataśastrāṇām; cf. i praef. adhi. 3) praeterire, praetermittere, omittere, negligere, solum in constructione cum na. N. 17. 49.: te purāṇi sarāṣṭrāṇi anveṣanto nalaṃ rājan nā 'dhijagmuḥ; H. 1. 30.: śayaneṣu parārdhyeṣu...nā 'dhijagmus tadā nidrām; R. Schl. I. 7. 17.: nā 'dhyagacchad viśiṣṭam vā tulyam vā śatrum ātmanaḥ.

c. adhi praef. sam obtinere. RAGH. 9. 1.: uttarakośalān samadhigamya (Schol. Calc. samadhigamya = prāpya).

c. anu sequi. N. 13. 48.

c. antar 1) intro ire, intro abire, intus recondi. HIT.: netravaktravikārābhyāñ jñāyate 'ntargatam manaḥ. 2) interire, perire. BH. 7. 28.: yeṣām antargatam pāpam.

c. apa abire. Lass. 48. 23. - C. apa praef. vi id. IN. 5. 62.

c. abhi adire, aggredi. IN. 2. 19. SU. 1. 17. 4. 6.

c. ava scire, nosse; putare. BH. 10. 41.: yad yad vibhūtimat sattvam...tat tad evā 'vagaccha tvam mama tejoṃśasambhavam; N. 12. 84.: tasya mām avagacchadhvam bhāryām; RAGH. 8. 87.: avagacchati mūḍhacetanaḥ priyanāśaṃ hṛdi śalyam arpitam. (Cf. i praef. ava.)

c. ā adire, accedere, advenire. IN. 1. 2. 3. 6. SU. 4. 21. - āgata n. casus, eventus. N. 13. 24.

c. ā praef. abhi id. - abhyāgata m. advena, hospes. HIT.: patir eko guruḥ strīṇāṃ sarvatrā 'bhyāgato guruḥ.

c. ā praef. upa id. N. 16. 27. 19. 11. SU. 4. 2. - c. upa praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 768. c. loc.: jarāsandhasya nidhane kālo 'yaṃ samupāgataḥ.

c. ā praef. pari circumgredi. MAH. 1. 4567.: vidhiparyāgatān arthān.

c. ā praef. prati 1) redire, reverti. IN. 5. 51. DR. 8. 50. 2) ad se redire, animum recipere. UR. 6. 9.: urvaśī pratyāgacchati.

c. ā praef. sam 1) adire, aggredi, advenire, c. acc. IN. 2. 15.: tān sarvān sa samāgamya; N. 21. 21. 2) congredi, convenire, c. instr. DR. 5. 22.; ad pugnandum H. 4. 4. BH. 1. 23.

c. ut 1) provenire, exire. RAGH. 7. 16.: udgatāḥ pauravadhūmukhebhyaḥ śṛṇvan kathāḥ. 2) crescere, adolescere; udgata adultus. H. 2. 18.: śālapotam ivo'dgatam; RAGH. 18. 19.: udgatanāmadheya excelsum, praeclarum nomen habens.

c. ut praef. prati obviam ire. RAGH. 2. 20.: pratyudgatā... patnyā.

c. ut praef. sam prodire. Lass. 61. 9.: samudgatasvedacitāṅgasandhi.

c. upa adire, accedere. N. 21. 11. IN. 3. 10. Part. praet. redupl. upajagmivas. SU. 1. 29. SA. 1. 4. - striyam upagantum concumbere cum feminā. MAN. 4. 40.

c. ni subire, śāntim tranquillitatem. BH. 9. 31. 18. 36.

c. nis (nirgam) exire. IN. 5. 5. H. 1. 1. - Praef. abhi (abhinirgam) id. R. Schl. I. 9. 13. - Praef. vi (vinirgam) id. MAH. 1. 1341.

c. pari 1) circumgredi. N. 12. 108. SA. 6. 3.; hrīparigata pudore circumfusus. HIT. 2) cognoscere. RAGH. 7. 68.: parigatārtha (Schol. Calc. jñāto 'rtho yena).

c. prati redire. N. 5. 40.

c. vi abire, discedere. SU. 4. 17. BH. 11. 1.; vigatabhī expers timoris. BH. 6. 14.

c. sam 1) congredi. A. 3. 1.; ad pugnandum H. 4. 7. ATM. -Caus. facere ut alqs congrediatur, conjungere. RAGH. 9. 77.: idam āyudhañ jyayā saṅgamayya saśaram vikṛṣyatām. Connubio jungere. RAGH. 7. 17.: vadhūvarau saṅgamayāñcakāra.

gam gam

2. terra, in dialecto Ved., unde genitivus gmas ejecto a. Ros. 41. 20. (Huc nunc traxerim zend. [greek] zem, contra eam, quam alibi de hac voce dixi sententiam; lith. [greek]émie, slav. [greek] emlje (*) russ. [greek] emlà cum l epenthetico, radice ad eandem vocem pertinent, derivatione autem cum cognato Vedico gmā conveniunt, quod e gamā ejecto a ortum est.)

(*) V. Kopitar. Glagol. p. 73, de lith. [greek] pro g v. p. 100. not.
gama gama

(r. gam s. a) iens, in fine compp.

gamana gamana

n. (r. gam s. ana) actio eundi, veniendi. N. 20. 26. H. 1. 23. 4. 27.

gambhIra gambhīra

profundus, transl. ad sonum N. 12. 57. 21. 4. RAGH. 1. 36. (V. gabhīra et cf. lith. gillybe, gelme, gyle altitudo, profunditas, gillus profundus, liquidis m et l inter se mutatis, sicut in lat. fla-re = scr. dhmā gr. comp. 20.; slav. glūbok profundus, glūbina profunditas.)

gambhIravedin gambhīravedin

(e praec. et vedin a r. vid nisi a veda s. in) pertinax, contumax, obstinatus, de elephantis. RAGH. 4. 29.

gara gara

m. n. (r. gṝ deglutire, s. a) venenum. R. Schl. I. 70. 30.

garala garala

n. (a praec. s. la) id. AM.

gariSTha gariṣṭha

(Superl. [greek] guru gr. 251.) gravissimus.

garIyas garīyas

(Compar. a guru s. īyas gr. 251.) gravior, valde gravis, melior, carior, valde bonus, valde carus. RAGH. 14. 35. DR. 7. 14. BH. 11. 43.

garuDa garuḍa

m. Garudus, avis fabulosa, in quā Vischnus vehitur.

garut garut

m. ala. AM.

garutmat garutmat

m. (alatus, e praec. s. mat) avis. N. 1. 23.

[Page 102b]
garj garj

1. 1. P.A. clamare, strepere, crepare, increpare. H. 4. 36. M. 41.; part. pass. garjita n. clamor, strepitus. H. 4. 13. (Cf. gṝ gir gard; lat. garrio assimilatione e gargio explicari possit; fortasse etiam gurges huc pertinet, ita ut ab aquae strepitu dictus sit, sicut M. 41. de mari legitur: garjamānam ivā 'mbhasā; germ. vet. kurran garrire, strepere, stridere, (nostrum quarren, girren), krago (e kargo) gula, kragil garrulus, krachon crepare; mutatis rr in ll: gellan tinnire, ar-gellan insonare, kallon, challon clamare, effari, challonte garriens, kallari verbosus (Graff III. 178. 383.); gr. [greek] quod Thierschius ex [greek] explicat.)

c. abhi acclamare. M. 1. 1184.: parasparam bhṛśam abhigarjatām.

c. prati reclamare, repugnare. RAGH. 9. 9.: nideśam alaṅghayatām abhūt suhṛd ayohṛdayaḥ pratigarjatām.

garj garj

2. 10. P. i. q. garj 1.

garjana garjana

n. (r. garj s. ana) strepitus, fragor. HIT. 34. 20.

garjita garjita

v. garj.

garta garta

m. caverna. AM.; MAH. 1. 1034.

gard gard

1. et 10. A. (śabde K. rave v.) sonare; cf. garj.

gardabha gardabha

m. (ut videtur, a r. gard) asinus. HIT. 49. 21.

gardh gardh

10. P. desiderare, v. gṛdh.

garb garb

1. P. (itau) ire, v. kharb.

garbha garbha

m. (ut videtur, a grabh sumere, transpotis litteris, s. a) 1) uterus. HIT. 6. 4. 7. 4. 2) florum calyx. UR. 60. 10. N. 13. 63. 3) pars interior, e.c. domūs. HIT. 100. 8. 115. 9. 4) foetus. BH. 3. 38. SA. 1. 18. 5) proles, natus, in fine compp. H. 2. 28. (Hib. cilfin "the belly"; anglo-sax. hrif venter, uterus; fortasse nostrum Kalb, mutato r in l; gr. [greek] mutatā gutturali mediā in lingualem, sicut in [greek] pro [greek] cf. Pott. p. 281.)

garv garv

1. P. 10. A. superbum esse; v. garvita garva.

garva garva

m. (r. garv s. a) superbia. (Lith. garbe honor, gloria; germ. vet. gelban gloriari, gelf jactantia.)

[Page 103a]
garvita garvita

(a r. garv s. ta nisi a garva s. ita) superbus. DEV. 8. 24. R. Schl. I. 7. 6. RAGH. 9. 55. 19. 20.

garh garh

1. 10. P.A. vituperare, maledicere, conviciari. MAN. 11. 229.: duṣkṛtaṅ karma garhati; H. 4. 6.: nai 'nāṅ garhitum arhasi; RAM. III. 59. 23.: kasmād ajānantaṅ garhase; BR. 1. 33.: nṛśaṃso garhito buddhaiḥ; HIT. 109. 13.: viṣamāṃ hi daśām prāpya daivaṅ garhayate naraḥ. (Haec radix e grah sumere orta esse videtur, transposito ra in ar; quod ad significationem attinet, respicias lat. reprehendo. E. garh mutato r in l ortum est galh q. v.)

c. pari id. RAM. III. 75. 43.: tātan na parigarhe'ham.

c. vi id. R. Schl. II. 17. 10.: svātmā 'py enam vigarhate; MAN. 11. 232.: karma vigarhitam.

garhA garhā

f. (r. garh s. ā) vituperatio, reprehensio, objurgatio. MAH. 1. 6056.

gal gal

1. P. 10. A. (śrāve) defluere, delabi, decidere, excidere. RAGH. 19. 22.: galitāśruvindu; 16. 58.: galitāṅgarāga; BHAR. 1. 89.: galatkuṣṭhābhibhūta; HIT. 10. 22.: galitanakhadanta; RAGH. 7. 10.: galantī kasyāścid āsīd rasanā. - galitavayas elapsam juventutem habens, senex, decrepitus. RAGH. 3. 70. (Primitiva hujus radicis significatio fluere esse videtur, quam ob rem germ. vet. QUALL scaturire, - quillu, qual, quullumes - huc traxerim, unde quella fons; cf. jala aqua.)

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 1409.: samāgalitapādapaḥ.

c. nis id. RAGH. 5. 17.: nirgalitāmbugarbhaṃ śaradmeghan nā 'rdati cātako 'pi.

c. vi id. CAUR. 28.: vigaladaśrujalākulākṣī; UR. 62. 10.; RAGH. 9. 67.: rativigalitabandhaḥ keśapāśaḥ; GIT. GOV. I. 3. 31.: vigalitalajjita.

gala gala

m. collum. H. 2. 4. (Fortasse a r. gṝ e gar devorare, mutato r in l v. Wils. et cf. galla cui formā respondere vldetur lat. collum, mutatā mediā in tenuem; germ. Hals, cujus initialis aspirata nititur lat. collum, gr. comp. 87.; cf. etiam lat. gula et nostrum Kehle.)

galahasta galahasta

m. (e gala et hasta manus) actio collum tor- quendi. UP. 66.: anicchan galahastena tābhir nirvāsitas tataḥ.

galbh galbh

1. A. (ādhārṣṭye K. dhṛṣṭatve V.) fortem, audacem, strenuum esse. (Hib. galbha "rigour, hardness".)

galla galla

m. gena. HEM., v. gala.

galh galh

1. A. i. q. garh unde ortum est mutato r in l.

gavaya gavaya

m. (ut videtur, a go s. aya) bovis species "the Gayal". DR. 4. 15.

gavAkSa gavākṣa

m. (bovis oculus, e TATP. go et akṣa) fenestra rotunda. RAGH. 7. 7.

gaveS gaveṣ

10. P. (ut mihi videtur, e gava a go et. iṣ desiderare, v. gr. 652. suff. goyuga goṣṭha) quaerere, venari.

gavya gavya

(a go s. ya) bubulus, bovinus. AM.

gah gah

10. P. densum, impervium esse; cf. gāh.

gahana gahana

(r. gah s. ana) 1) densus, spissus, impervius. H. 1. 4. 5. 2. 26. BH. 4. 17. 2) n. silva. UR. 57. 7. infr.

gahvara gahvara

(r. gah s. vara) 1) m. caverna. RAGH. 2. 26. 46. 2) n. silva. AM.

gA

3. P. (grammatici radicem P.A. ire perperam ad 1mam classem referunt, et praeterea radicem 3. P. admittunt, quam per stutau janmani laudare, generare, explicant) ire. RAGH. 11. 73.: anyadā jagati rāma ity ayaṃ śabda uccarita eva mām agāt; NALOD. Schol. 4. 4.: bhīmagṛham agāt; RIGV. Ros. 2. 3.: vāyo tava prapṛñcatī dhenā jigāti dāśuṣe "Vayus! tua approbans vox adit cultorem". (Hujus radicis, tam simplicis quam compositae, huc usque in linguā classicā fere solum praeteritum multiforme inveni. Praeteritum redupl. Atmanepadi occurrit in adhigam legere, q.v. Supra laudata forma vedica jigāti nisi cum Skandasvāmi-bhāschyo jagāti est legendum, v. Ros. p. IX., anomala est pro jagāti mutato a syllabae reduplicativae in i quā in re analogiam sequitur verborum tiṣṭhāmi et jighrāmi gr. min. 295., et accurate convenit cum gr. [greek] quod ortum esse censeo, e [greek] mutatā gutturali me- respondet praeterito mltf. agām. Germ. vet. gām eo, gās is, gāt it, praeclare convenit cum sanscrito jagāmi etc., omissā syllabā reduplicativā; goth. ga-tvo platea; angl. I go; nostrum ich gehe; lett. gaju eo. De goth. gagga eo, nostro ich gieng, Gang et lith. [greek]engiù v. r. gam.)

c. ati praeterire, de tempore, c. acc. pers. BR. 3. 16.: mā tvāṅ kālo 'tyagād ayam. - Praef. vi (vyatigam) praeterire, c. acc. rei. RAGH. 6. 52.: nṛpan tam...sā vyatyagād anyavadhūr bhavitrī. (*)

(*) Notetur forma b'avitrī cum sensu participii futuri "alius uxor futura".

c. adhi 1) adire. N. 10. 16.: adhyagād rājā vastrārdhasyā 'vakartanam. 2) A. legere. MAH. 1. 1928.: vedāṃścā 'dhijage; 4001.: vedān adhijage; 5106. et 6332.: adhyagīṣṭa (*) sa vedāṃśca vedāṅgānica sarvaśaḥ.

(*) Notetur forma ad'yagīs'ṭa quippe quae a grammaticae regulis recedat, e quibus exspectaveris aut ad'yagita aut adyagāsta. Formam ad'yagīs'ṭa, si lectio vera est, explicaverim ex ad'yagāsta, attenuato ā in ī, eādem ratione, quā e.c. ayunāt in ATM. sonat ayunīta. Forma agāsta invenitur apud Forsterum p. 335. s. r. i.

c. anu sequi. N. 9. 11.: damayantī tam anvagāt; RAGH. 8. 49.: dayitām...anvagāt.

c. abhi adire. IN. 4. 4.: apsarasam abhyagād urvaśīm; RAGH. 11. 35.: abhyagāt.

c. pari circumgredi. MAH. 1. 3467.: jarā balīca mān tāta palitānica paryaguḥ.

gADha gāḍha

(r. gah s. ta gr. 102.) 1) gravis. RAGH. 16. 60.: gāḍhāṅgadair bāhubhiḥ. 2) vehemens. Lass. 11. 12.: gāḍhāliṅgana.

gADham gāḍham

Adv. (a praec. signo acc.) graviter, valde. CAUR. 6.

gANDIva gāṇḍīva

m. nomen Arguni arcūs.

gAtra gātra

n. (r. s. tra) 1) membrum. H. 4. 9. N. 5. 9. 2) corpus. SU. 3. 14. 16. 30.

gAtraka gātraka

n. (a praec. s. ka) corpus. UR. 48. 18.

gAthA gāthā

f. (r. gai canere, s. thā) cantus. IN. 2. 28. N. 24. 27.

[Page 104b]
gAdh gādh

1. A. (pratiṣṭhālipsayoḥ K. pratiṣṭhāgranthayoḥ lipse V.) stare; desiderare; componere, serere.

gAdha gādha

(r. gādh s. a) vadosus, non profundus. RAGH. 4. 24.: saritaḥ kurvatī gādhāḥ.

gAndharva gāndharva

(a gandharva s. a) 1) Adj. gandharvicus. IN. 3. 10. 2) n. ars, scientia gandharvica. A. 4. 58.

gAndhAra gāndhāra

m. nomen regionis, Candahar.

gAndhArI gāndhārī

f. (nom. pr. a praec.) Duryodhani mater.

gAmin gāmin

(r. gam s. in) iens, in fine compp. A. 4. 52.; RAGH. 2. 30.: dvitīyagāmī śabdaḥ in alium cadens appellatio.

gAmbhIrya gāmbhīrya

n. (a gambhīra s. ya) altitudo, profunditas. RAGH. 3. 32.

gAyatrI gāyatrī

f. (r. gai canere s. tṛ in fem. servato charactere 1mae cl.) nomen sanctissimi Vedorum cantūs.

gAyana gāyana

m. (r. gai s. ana) cantor.

gAruDa gāruḍa

m. (a garuḍa s. a) smaragdus. RAGH. 13. 53.

gAh gāh

1. A. (part. pass. gāḍha gr. 102.) immergi, submergi, ingredi. RAGH. 9. 72.: tapasvigāḍhāṃ tamasām prāpa nadīm; 2. 14.: vanaṅ goptari gāhamāne; HIT. 26. 6.: siṃho vanaṅ gāhate.

c. anu submergi. RAM. III. 53. 31.: tailam evā 'nvagāhata.

c. ava id. RAM. I. 2. 7.: asminn evā 'vagāhiṣye tīrthe; III. 46. 30. 61. 28.: avagāḍhaḥ suduṣpāraṃ śokasāgaram.

c. ava praef. vi (vyavagāh) adire, advenire, de tempore. SA. 5. 72.: rajanī vyavagāhate; v. sq.

c. vi adire, advenire. DR. 6. 22.: śṛgālo malinīm vigāhate; RAGH. 13. 1.: padam vimānena vigāhamānaḥ; 14. 30.: paśyan vigāhyamānaṃ śarayūñca naubhiḥ; de tempore, RAGH. 16. 53.: tasmin samaye vigāḍhe; SA. 5. 66.: vigāḍhām paśya śarvarīm; 5. 73.: vigāḍhā śarvarī; IN. 5. 5.: vigāḍhe rajanīmukhe; cf. ava praef. vi.

gi gi

pro ji in formis redupl.

gir gir

f. (r. gṝ sonare) vox. N. 1. 26. 8. 12. 12. 101. DR. 6. 2. (Hib. gair "an outcry, shout"; v. r. gṝ.)

giri giri

m. mons. H. 2. 30. (giri ortum est e gari mutato a in i per vim assimilationis i finalis, sicut guru q.v., e garoiṭ, v. gr. comp. 41. 180.; slav. gora; fortasse etiam gr. [greek].)

girijA girijā

f. (monte nata, e giri et v. ja) cognomen deae Durgae.

giriza giriśa

m. (in monte dormiens, vel jacens, e giri et śa pro śaya a r. śī v. Wils. et cf. keśa. Posset tamen giriśa etiam e girīśa q. v. explicari, correpto ī) cognomen dei Sivi. RAGH. 2. 41.

girIza girīśa

m. (e giri et īśa dominus) cognomen dei Sivi. MED.

gilita gilita

(pro girita a r. gṝ s. ta) voratus.

gIta gīta

v. gai.

gIrNa gīrṇa

v. gṝ.

gIrNi gīrṇi

f. (r. gṝ s. ni pro ti) actio vorandi AM.

gu gu

1. 1. A. (śabde K. dhvanau V.) sonare, in dial. ved. laudare. RIGV. Ros. p. 124. 14.: upo venasya joguvāna oṇim "dilecti Indri iterum iterumque laudans levamen"; cf. ku khu ghu.

gu gu

2. 6. P. (viṣṭotsarge) cacare.

guj guj

1. 1. P. (kūjane) sonare, praesertim de avibus, v. sq. et cf. kūj guñj.

guj guj

2. 6. P. (śabde K. dhvanau V.) sonare.

guJj guñj

1. P. (scribitur guj gr. 110a).) susurrare. Lass. 69. 7.: vikasitanavamallīkuñjaguñjaddvirephaḥ; v. sq. et cf. kuñj.

guJjakRt guñjakṛt

m. (e guñja susurrus et kṛt faciens) apis magna nigra.

guTikA guṭikā

f. parvus globus, pila, cf. guḍa.

guD guḍ

6. P. (rakṣāyām K. rakṣe vyāghāte V.) servare, sustentare; arcere.

guDa guḍa

m. globus. IN. 1. 5.

guDA guḍā

f. nomen plantae (euphorbia).

guDAkeza guḍākeśa

m. (BAH. e praec. et keśa capillus) cognomen Arguni.

[Page 105b]
guN guṇ

10. P. (āmantraṇe K. mantre V.) salutare, consulere; cf. gaṇ et guṇa sgf. 4. unde colligi possit, radicem guṇ ortam esse e gaṇ attenuato a in u et primitive significasse numerare.

guNa guṇa

m. (r. guṇ q. v. s. a nisi guṇayāmi est Denominativum a guṇa) 1) qualitas, praesertim bona qualitas, virtus. BH. 4. 13. 13. 19. 14. 5. 21. BR. 2. 15. IN. 4. 17. 2) arcūs nervus. RAGH. 9. 54. 3) sertum. RAGH. 6. 83. 4) in compositione cum numeralibus format multiplicativa, e. c. dviguṇa duplex, triguṇa triplex, śataguṇa centuplex. UP. 12.: dviguṇībhūtatāpa duplicatum ardorem habens (de dviguṇībhū v. gr. 653.); RAGH. 2. 25.: sapta triguṇāni dināni septem triplices dies (Schol. ekaviṃśati dināni). Notetur constructio cum ablativo, quā in re hujusmodi voces cum comparativis conveniunt, e. c. MAH. 1. 1449.: indrāc chataguṇaḥ śaurye in comparatione cum Indro (accuratius, ab Indro incipienti) centuplex in fortitudine, i. e. Indro centies fortior. (Hib. gaoine "goodness, honesty".)

guNatas guṇatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) secundum qualitates. BH. 18. 19.

guNatva guṇatva

n. (a guṇa arcūs nervus s. tva) arcūs nervi status, conditio. HIT. 20. 5.

guNamaya guṇamaya

(a guṇa s. maya) qualitatibus praeditus. BH. 7. 13. 14.

guNavat guṇavat

(a guṇa s. vat) virtute praeditus. N. 1. 31.

guNin guṇin

(a guṇa s. in) bonis qualitatibus praeditus. HIT. p. 5. 1. 21.

guNTh guṇṭh

10. P. (scribitur guṭh gr. 110a).) tegere. N. 10. 6. DR. 9. 13.; cf. guḍ guṇḍ guh et boruss. vet. pokuntu custodio, protego, kuns-t custodire; fortasse lat. cus-tos e cut-tos vel cud-tos (gr. comp. 99.); v. guṇḍ gudh guh.

c. ava id. MAN. 4. 49.

guND guṇḍ

1. et 10. P. (veṣṭane K. rakṣe veṣṭe cūrṇīkaraṇe V.) tegere, servare; conterere; cf. guṇṭh.

gud gud

1. P. (kroḍāyām K. khele V.) ludere. (Cf. gudh kud kūd.)

[Page 106a]
guda guda

n. ānus. AM.

gudh gudh

1. 1. A. (krīḍe) ludere, V. gud.

gudh gudh

2. 4. P. (pariveṣṭane K. veṣṭe V.) tegere, cf. guṇṭh guṇḍ guh chad; gr. [greek] nostrum Haut, germ. vet. hūt, Th. hūti, anglo-sax. hyde, hyd; lat. cutis, nisi pertinet ad kṛtti litterā t melius convenit cum kuṇṭh q.v.; germ. vet. cozo lacerna, umbi-chuzī amictus.)

gudh gudh

3. 9. P. (roṣe K. ruṣi V.) irasci; cf. krudh.

gundr gundr

10. P. (kundre V.) mentiri, cf. kundr.

gup gup

1. 1. P.A. 10. P. custodire, tueri, servare. N. 17. 22.: guptām balena mahatā; H. 4. 43.: nakulaḥ sahadevaśca mātaraṅ gopayiṣyataḥ. (*) -- Desid. jugups 1) latere velle, abscondere. RAM. III. 53. 42.: jugupsann iva ātmānam; III. 75. 42.: karma jugupsitam facinus celandum. 2) spernere, vituperare. MAN. 11. 189.: kṛtanirṇejanāṃścā 'pi na jugupseta karhicit (Schol. nindet); 3. 209.: viprān ajugupsitān (Schol. aninditān). (Haec radix explicari possit ex go + pā correpto o in u gr. 33. annot., et abjecto ā radicis pā; v. quod supra de gavekṣ diximus.)

(*) Grammatici gup 10. explicant per b'ās'ārt'e b'āsi i.e. loqui, lucere.

c. abhi id. DR. 2. 14.: marudgaṇair indra ivā 'bhiguptaḥ.

gup gup

2. 4. P. (vyākulatve) perturbare.

guptaka guptaka

(a gupta s. ka) n. pr. DR. 2. 11.

gupti gupti

f. (r. gup s. ti) carcer. MED.

guph guph

6. P. (granthe) componere, serere, nectere; v. sq.

gumph gumph

6. P. id. MR. 4. 13.: sumanasaḥ gumphati.

gur gur

1. et 6. P. gorāmi gurāmi (udyame) tollere, sublevare; cf. gurv grah.

c. ava 6. P. invadere, impetum facere in alqm., c. loc. MAN. 4. 169.: na kadācid dvije tasmād vidvān avagured api; 11. 206. 208.: avagūrya v. gr. 635. 5. (Schol. avagur per daṇḍādyudyamane explicat.)

guru guru

1) Adj. (f. gurvī) gravis, transl. eximius, venerandus. goth. kauriths gravatus; lith. giéras bonus.)

gurutalpa gurutalpa

m. (BAH. e praec. et talpa lectus) qui incestum fecit, qui Gurūs uxorem incestavit. IN. 2. 6.

gurd gurd

1. A. 10. P. (niketane krīḍāyām K. niketane kurde V.) habitare; ludere; cf. kurd kūrd gud.

gurv gurv

1. P. (vocalis radicalis producitur, e.c. gūrvāmi jugūrva) i.q. gur.

gulpha gulpha

m. n. talus pedis. IN. 5. 12.

gulma gulma

m. frutex. H. 1. 12. N. 13. 12.

guh guh

1. P.A. (haec radix in formis, quae Gunam postulant, vocalem u producit, e.c. gūhati gūhate jugūha pro gohati etc.) tegere, abscondere. MAN. 7. 105.: gūhet kūrma ivā 'ṅgāni. Part. pass. gūḍha gr. 102a). IN. 5. 12.: gūḍhagulphadhara N. 22. 15.: gūḍha occultus. (guh ortum est ex idem valente gudh relictā solā aspiratione litterae dh v. gr. comp. 23. Cum gudh cognatum est guṇṭh et gr. [greek] mutatā mediā in aspiratam; de [greek] pro dh v. gr. comp. 16. Huc etiam trahi possit gr. [greek] lat. en-duo, mutatā gutturali mediā in lingualem, sicut in [greek] pro [greek] pro [greek] v. jana; [greek] pro [greek] v. jñā.

c. upa amplecti. RAGH. 18. 46.: tam...upajugūha lakṣmīḥ; R. Schl. I. 26. 9.: ayodhyām upagūhate saraḥpravṛttā sarayūḥ; RAGH. 6. 13.: karābhyām upagūḍhanālam...bhramayāñcakāra; SA. 5. 70.

c. upa praef. sam id. CAUR. 6.: aṅgair ahaṃ samupaguhya.

c. ni i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 9. 6: kin na smarasi kaikeyi smarantī vā nigūhase.

guha guha

m. (r. guh s. a) cognomen Kārtikeyi. AM.

guhA guhā

f. (r. guh s. ā) caverna, spelunca.

guhya guhya

(r. guh s. ya) Adj. tegendus, abscondendus, secretus. Subst. n. mysterium, arcanum, secretum. BH. 9. 2. 10. 38. 18. 63.

guhyaka guhyaka

m. nomen Geniorum, qui Dei Kuveri ministri et divitiarum ejus custodes sunt.

gU

6. P. guvāmi (purīṣotsarge K. viṭsṛjau V.) cacare; cf. gu.

gUDha gūḍha

v. guh.

gUtha gūtha

m. (r. s. tha) excrementum, stercus.

gUr gūr

1. 4. A. (hiṃsāyām) laedere, occidere; cf. gur.

gUr gūr

2. 10. A. (bhakṣaṇe K. udyame V.) edere; tollere, sublevare; v. gur.

gUrd gūrd

1. A. 10. P. i. q. gurd.

gR gṛ

1. P. (secane K. sece V.) humectare, irrigare, conspergere.

gRj gṛj

1. P. i. q. garj unde ortum est, correpto ar in .

gRJj gṛñj

1. P. (scribitur, gṛj gr. 110a).) id.

gRdh gṛdh

4. P. desiderare, appetere. Yagurv. ap. Carey gr. p. 309.: mā gṛdhaḥ kasyacid dhanam; gṛddha desideratus. MAH. 1. 2642. (gṛdh e gardh v. ṛ; huc trahimus germ. vet. gir, kir cupido, nostrum Gier, servatā primitivā mediā, gr. comp. 92., et abjecto dh finali; fortasse etiam angl. greedy ad hanc radicem pertinet; goth. gredags famelicus, gaurs moestus; hib. greadaim "I burn", greadhnach "joyful, glad", gradh m. "love, charity, Adj. dear, affectionate", graidheog "a beloved female", graidheoir "a lover", gradhuighim amo; lith. godùs avidus, ejecto r; v. Ruhig s.v. gierig; gedù lugeo, moereo; slav. glad fames, cf. kāṃkṣ desiderare, unde nostrum Hunger; sl. schelajū cupio; v. sq.)

gRdhnu gṛdhnu

(r. gṛdh s. nu) avidus, desiderio incensus. (Goth. gairns, Th. gairna, cupidus, quod suffixum na exhibet pro nu; gairnja desidero; lith. godùs avidus.)

gRdhra gṛdhra

(r. gṛdh s. ra) 1) i. q. praec. 2) m. vultur. DR. 8. 31. (Germ. vet. gīr id., nostrum Geier.)

gRSTi gṛṣṭi

f. vacca, quae semel vitulum peperit. RAGH. 2. 18.

gRh gṛh

10. A. i. q. grah unde ortum est correpto ra in .

gRha gṛha

m. (r. grah s. a) 1) domus. SU. 1. 32. 2) plur. uxor. AM.; cf. dāra. (gṛha e graha (v. ), quo fortasse nititur nostrum Kirche, germ. vet. kiricha, island. kyrkia, anglosax. ciric, inserto i, pro circ; v. Graff III. 481.)

gRhamedhin gṛhamedhin

m. (e gṛha et medhin intelligens) pater familias. DR. 5. 3.

gRhastha gṛhastha

m. (e gṛha et stha stans) pater familias.

gRhin gṛhin

m. (a gṛha s. in) id. AM.

gRhiNI gṛhiṇī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) 1) hera, mater familias. HIT. 110. 22. 2) uxor. RAGH. 2. 24. 8. 66.

gRhIta gṛhīta

v. grah.

gRhItAstra gṛhītāstra

Adj. (BAH. e praec. et astra telum) capta arma habens, qui arma cepit, accepit. IN. 3. 5.

gRR gṝ

1. 6. P. girāmi et, mutato r in l gilāmi gr. 334. (proprie gar - v. - unde girāmi attenuato a in i et mutato r in l: gilāmi; girāmi cum praet. redupl. jagara s. jagāra eandem rationem habet ac praesent. goth. ut lisa cum praet. ut las, gr. comp. 109a). 1.; part. pass. gīrṇa v. gr. 609.) deglutire. (Lith. gérrù bibo, praet. ge~rau, girtoju perpoto; lat. glu-tio, gula, v. gala gurgulio per reduplic. pro gurgurio, voro, ut videtur, e guoro, v. kṛmi; slav. gr-lo guttur, russ. [greek] schora homo edax, abdomini natus; cf. Pott. p. 227.)

c. ni id. MAH. 1. 8239.: tasya pūva śiro grastam puccham asya nigīryate.

gRR gṝ

2. 9. P. gṛṇāmi (gr. 334.) sonare, mussare. BH. 11. 21.: kecid bhītāḥ prāñjalayo gṛṇanti; RAGH. 10. 64.: brahmarṣibhiḥ param brahma gṛṇadbhir upatasthire. In dial. ved. laudare, celebrare. RIGV. Ros. 21. 2.: gṛṇanti vipra te dhiyaḥ "canunt, sapiens! tua facinora". Schol. tvadīyāni karmāṇi kathayānte. (V. gir et cf. hib. goi- rim (*) clamo; gr. [greek] zacon. [greek] v. "Vocalismus" p. 173. Huc etiam germ. vet. QUAR gemere, quir, quar, quār; boruss. vet. gerbu dico, loquor, trahi possent, adjecto b; ita lat. verbum e guerbum, sicut vivo e guivo = jīv; etiam nostrum Wor-t, goth. vaur-ds abjectā gutturali ad r. gar reduci possint. Cum formā gilāmi e galāmi conferatur anglo-sax. gale cano, nostrum gal in Nachtigal, germ. vet. nahti-gala luscinia; lat. gallus, a canendo dictus, sicut goth. hana, nostrum Hahn convenit cum lat. cano, et lith. gaidys id. cum giédmi cano. Sed liquida l vocum laudatarum etiam a d radicis gad deduci posset, sicut lith. gaidys gallus apud Lettos sonat gailis. Ita etiam scr. gṝ i.e. gar cum gad cohaerere videtur. Lat. gallus etiam ad garj referri potest. In dialecto ved. etiam jṝ cl. 1. A. pro gṝ 9. P. invenitur, quum gutturales facile in palatales transeant; V. RIGV. Ros. p. 2.)

(*) goirim nititur formā primitivā garāmi mutato a in o et inserto i ex vi attractionis i sequentis, v. librum meum "Die Celtischen Sprachen" p. 11.

c. abhi in dial. ved. affari, alloqui, laudare, celebrare. RIGV. Ros. p. 14. 4.: ehi stomāṃ (*) abhisvarā 'bhigṛṇīhy āruva "Veni, hymnos comproba, affare, alloquere"; 95. 14.: sā naḥ stomāṃ abhigṛṇīhi "Tu nostras preces comproba".

(*) De scriptione stomāṅ pro stomān v. Ros. p. IV.

c. ut effari, enuntiare. RAGH. 14. 53.: mahīpateḥ śāsanam ujjagāra.

gep gep

1. A. (gaticālayoḥ K. gatyāñ cāle V.) ire, se movere. (Cf. unde gep ortum esse videtur adjecto p sicut in formis caus., et anomale mutato ā in e.)

geya geya

n. (r. gai canere, s. ya v. gr. 626.) cantus. IN. 5. 27.

gev gev

1. A. (sevane) venerari, colere. (Cf. kev glev et sev.)

geS geṣ

1. A. (anveṣāyām K. anveṣe V.) quaerere. (Cf. gaveṣ unde fortasse geṣ ejecto av nisi geṣ e go correpto o in a et iṣ desiderare.)

[Page 108b]
geha geha

n. domus, habitatio. N. 17. 16. BH. 6. 41. (Cf. gṛha quod ipsum e garha (v. ), unde geha ejecto r et mutato a in e ortum esse videtur; respicias formas prācritas ut gehṇadu pro gṛhṇātu et v. Höfer p. 35.)

gehin gehin

m. (a geha s. in) i.q. gṛhin.

gehinI gehinī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) uxor. RAGH. 8. 72.

gai gai

1. P.A. canere. IN. 2. 28.: gāthā gāyanti; N. 15. 15.; SU. 1. 32.: pīyatāṅ gīyatāñca v. gr. 501.; gīta n. cantus. IN. 3. 6. (Cf. kai; fortasse lith. [greek] áidziu "ich spiele scherzend oder auf Saitenspielen", praet. [greek] aidau, adjecto d, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1); de [greek] pro g v. s. v. gaṇḍa; de giedmi cano v. gad.)

c. adhi decantare, recitare. MAN. 1. 59.: etad dhi matto 'dhijage.

c. anu cantum alicujus sequi. GITA GOV. 1. 8.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. RAM. I. 4. 77.: rāmāyaṇam abhyagāyatām.

c. ut id. RAGH. 2. 12.: śuśrāva kuñjeṣu yaśaḥ svam uccair udgīyamānam.

c. upa id. RAGH. 10. 22.: saptasāmopagītan tvām... ācākhyuḥ.

gairika gairika

n. (a giri s. ka vel ika) aurum. RAGH. 5. 72.

go go

(nom. gaus fortasse a r. ) 1) m. f. bos masc. et fem., taurus, vacca. 2) f. terra. RAGH. 1. 26.; locus, spatium, sedes. SA. 3. 6. 3) m. coelum. 4) m. luminis radius. R. Schl. I. 7. 18.: tejomayair gobhir ivo 'dito 'rkaḥ. 5) f. oculus. 6) f. oratio, sermo. RAGH. 5. 12.: raghor udārām api gān niśamya. (Cum go bos, vacca, cf. gr. [greek] quod primitive lac vaccinum significaverit, et cujus pars posterior convenit cum lat. LACT et, nisi fallor, cum scr. dugdha pro dukta mutato d' in l; [greek] mutatā gutturali in labialem; lat. bos, bovis, gr. comp. 123.; germ. vet. chuo, Th. et genit. chuoi, quod adjecto i propius accedit ad gavya unde explicari possit, ita ut a finale abjectum et chuoi per metathesin e chowi ortum sit; angl. cow, nostrum Kuh; lett. gohw (= gow) vacca; lith. werfzin-ga vacca praegnans, cujus ejecto F.)

gokula gokula

n. (e go et kula familia, genus) boum grex. R. Schl. I. 9. 61.

gocara gocara

m. (e go et cara iens) quod sensibus percipitur, ut sonus, forma etc. BH. 13. 5.: vāṇagocara teli jactus, quae sagittā attingi potest distantia. DR. 8. 28.

gotra gotra

n. (e go et tra servans, tuens, a trā vel trai s. a cf. tanutra) 1) familia. HIT. 8. 3. 2) nomen, appellatio. RAGH. 19. 24.

gotrabhid gotrabhid

m. (e praec. et bhid findens) cognomen Indri. RAGH. 6. 73.

godA godā

f. (e go et da dans in fem.) Godāvarī flumen. RAGH. 13. 35.

godAvarI godāvarī

f. (e praec. et varī; fem. [greek] vara) id. RAGH. 13. 33.

godhA godhā

f. (r. gudh s. a in fem.) tegmen scorteum, quod sagittarii in brachio laevo gerunt, ne arcūs nervo laedatur. R. Schl. I. 24. 9.

godhi godhi

m. (fortasse a r. gudh s. i) frons. AM.

gopa gopa

m. (e go et pa servans) 1) bubulcus. 2) dominus, princeps, rex.

gopAy gopāy

(Denominativum a praec. s. y v. gr. 585.) custodire. N. 18. 8. 22. 25. (*)

(*) Forsterus gopāy radicibus primitivis adscribit; Wilkinsius, in libro suo, The Radicals etc. perperam deducit gopāyāmi a gup cl. 4. quod gopāmi, gopasi etc. formare debet.
gopAla gopāla

m. (e go et pāla servans, tuens) i. q. gopa.

gopuccha gopuccha

m. (e go et puccha cauda) simiarum genus. R. Schl. I. 16. 19.

gopura gopura

n. (r. gup s. ura) porta, praesertim urbis. A. 10. 3.

[Page 109b]
goptR goptṛ

m. (a r. gup s. tṛ) custos, servator, gubernator. BH. 11. 18. N. 12. 47.

gomAyu gomāyu

m. canis aureus (angl. jackall). H. 4. 9. DR. 6. 7.

gomukha gomukha

m. (e go bos et mukha os) musicum instrumentum (Wils. a sort of horn, or trumpet?). BH. 1. 13.

gorakSa gorakṣa

m. (e go et rakṣa servans) bubulcus.

gorocanA gorocanā

f. (e go et rocanā a r. ruc splendere s. ana in fem.) pigmentum flavum, splendidum. (*) UR. 67. 2. infr. 91. 20.

(*) Wils. "A bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine of a cow or vomited in the shape of a scibulae by the animal; it is employed in painting and dying and is of especial virtue in marking the foehcads of the Hindus with the Tilaca or sectarial mark; it is also used in medecine."
gorda gorda

n. cerebrum. AM.

golAGgula golāṅgula

m. (e go et lāṅgula cauda) i. q. gopuccha. MAH. 1. 2628.

govardhana govardhana

m. (e go et vardhana) mons quidam prope Mathuram situs. RAGH. 6. 51.

govRSa govṛṣa

m. (e go bos et vṛṣa taurus) taurus.

govRSadhvaja govṛṣadhvaja

m. (BAH. e praec. et dhvaja vexillum) taurum in vexillo habens, cognomen Sivi. A. 3. 54.

goSTh goṣṭh

1. A. (saṅghāte; ut mihi videtur, Denominativum a goṣṭha vel goṣṭhī q. v.) colligere.

goSTha goṣṭha

m. n. (a go et stha stans, gr. 109.) bubile, in fine compositorum quodvis stabulum vel ferarum specus (v. gr. 652. suff. goṣṭha). DR. 4. 9.

goSThI goṣṭhī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) 1) concio. 2) colloquium. BHAR. 1. 35.

goSpada goṣpada

n. (e go et pada adjectā sibilante, quam ex nominativi signo explicaverim, ita ut gaus correptum sit in gos mutato s in propter antecedens o v. gr. 79.) vaccae vestigium. MAH. 1. 1444.

gaura gaura

(fem. -rā et -rī fortasse a go s. ra) flavus. RAGH. 2. 35.: gauram vṛṣam; Lass. 65. 6.: kanakagaura. (Huc traxerim lat. gil-vus cum l pro r, ejecto u diphthongi āu, et schiltyi, nostrum gelb; de nostro Gold v. jvalitaḥ lat. aurum fortasse e gaurum mutilatum est, sicut amo e camo, ars e cars.)

gaurI gaurī

f. (a gaura signo fem.) 1) puella octo annos nata. AM.; etiam quaevis puella adhuc libera a menstruis. 2) cognomen Pārvatiae. RAGH. 2. 26. (Fortasse angl. girl, quasi gaurilā.)

gaurava gaurava

n. (a guru s. a v. gr. 650.) gravitas. N. 20. 28. RAGH. 14. 18.

grath grath

1. A. (kauṭilye K.) incurvatum, inflexum esse.

granth granth

1. 1. A. (kauṭilye K. jaihaye V., scribitur grath gr. 110a).) id.

granth granth

2. 1. 9. 10. P.: granthāmi grathnāmi gr. 387., granthayāmi part. pass. grathita (gr. 615.) jungere, nectere, serere, componere. RAGH. 8. 69.: karuṇārthagrathitam (Schol. grathitam = yuktam); kusumair grathitām apārthivaiḥ srajam...aharat; 16. 43.: ratnagrathitottarīya; MAH. 1. 82.: tac chlokakuṭam adyā 'pi grathitaṃ sudṛḍham mune na bhettum śakyate. (Fortasse lat. glut-en mutato r in l; rete e grete?)

c. ut id. RAGH. 2. 8.: latāpratānodgrathitaiḥ sa keśaiḥ.

grantha grantha

m. (r. granth s. a) liber, codex. HIT. 4. 4.

granthana granthana

n. (r. granth s. ana) conjunctio, nexus. Lass. 4. 4.: puṣpagranthana.

granthi granthi

m. (r. granth s. i) 1) conjunctio, contextus, nexus. MAH. 1. 8. 2) nodus, articulus. BHAR. 3. 17.)

gras gras

1. P.A. 10. P. grasāmi grase grāsayāmi vorare, glutire, deglutire. MAN. 3. 133. N. 4. 9.: grasate; 16. 14.: rāhugrastaniśākara; BH. 11. 30.: grasamānaḥ samantāl lokān; capere. N. 11. 22. 23. (Cf. gṝ i. e. gar unde gras transposito ar in ra et adjecto s sicut e. c. in dās bhās a dā bhā. E. gras ortum est glas mutato r in l. Fortasse huc pertinent lat. gra-men et nostrum Gras, ita ut proprie pabulum significent, sicut scr. ghāsa q. v., et gra-men mutilatum sit e gras-men; gr. [greek].)

[Page 110b]
grasiSNu grasiṣṇu

(fem. ṇu a r. gras s. snu inserto i v. gr. 645. s. snu) vorax. BH. 13. 16.

grah grah

1. 10. P. praesertim 9. P.A. grahāmi grahayāmi gṛhṇāmi gṛhṇe. (Haec radix in iis, quae Gunam non assumunt, formis, syllabam ra in corripit et vocalem intermediam i in ī producit, unde part. in ta gṛhīta gerundd. gṛhītvā gṛhya praet. mltf. agrahiṣam; Pass. gṛhye; Desid. jighṛkṣ (*) gr. 102. d.) 1) capere, sumere, accipere, prehendere, tollere. BHAG. 2. 22.: vāsāṃsi navāni gṛhṇāti; IN. 1. 27.: pītvā pāṇīyam teṣām arthena jagrāha; RAGH. 1. 18.: balim agrahīt; MAN. 5. 157.: na nāmā 'pi gṛhṇīyāt parasya; RAGH. 5. 59.: astramantraṅ jagrāha tasmāt; IN. 2. 20.: pāṇau gṛhītvai 'nam; N. 1. 19.: teṣām ekañ jagrāha pakṣiṇam; 20.: paṭe nipatite tadā grahīṣyāmī (**) 'ti taṃ rājā nalam āha. 2) captare. N. 1. 24.: grahītuṅ khagamāṃs tvaramāṇo 'pacakrame. 3) percipere, audire. RAGH. 11. 15.: jyāninādam atha gṛhṇatī tayoḥ. - Caus. facere ut aliquis capiat etc. RAGH. 15. 88.: ātodyaṅ grāhayāmāsa samatyājayad āyudham; HIT. 7. 21.: nītividyāṅ grāhayituṃ śakyante. (Primitiva huius radicis forma est grabh unde grah relictā solā aspiratione litterae bh; v. gr. comp. 23.; forma grabh servata est in dialecto ved., quae item syllabam ra ubi grammaticae leges Gunam non postulant, in corripit; in lingua zend. haec radix sonat [greek] gerep ante t, et [greek] geuro ante vocales, v. gram. comp. 109b). 2. Cf. goth. greipa, nostrum greife, lith. grebju prehendo, pagrebju abripio, slav. grabljū rapio, cum l euphonico; hib. grabaim "I devour; I stop, interrupt, disturb"; v. vigrah pugnare; gabhaim "I take, receive, conceive" ejecto r; fortasse eodem modo nostrum gebe, a rad. gab, goth. giba, gaf, gebum, huc per- et hib. lamh manus confirmetur.

(*) Nonnunquam etiam in formis gunandis ṛ pro ra invenitur, ut videtur, propter productam intermediam vocalem; ita in HIT. 13. 6. legitur anugṛhītum pro aṇugrahītum; RAM. III. 56. 12. gṛhīs'ye pro grahīs'ye.
(**) Sic legendum pro grahis'yāmi.

c. anu 1) favere, fortunare, beare, adjuvare, c. acc. pers. et instr. rei. HIT. 17. 6.: mām maitryeṇā 'nugṛhītum arhasi; 33. 12.: anena mitreṇā 'haṃ snehānuvṛttyā 'nugṛhītaḥ; RAGH. 8. 85.: kuṭumbinīm anugṛhṇīṣva nivāpadattibhiḥ; UR. 75. 8.: anugṛhīto 'ham amuno 'padeśena; RAM. I. 11. 13.: anugṛhṇantu mām atra bhavantaḥ śaraṇāgatam.

c. upa tollere. HIT. 45. 12.: avyavasāyinam alasam... pramade 'va hi vṛddhapatin ne 'chaty upagṛhītuṃ lakṣmīḥ; RAM. III. 51. 2.: upagṛhya śiro rājñaḥ.

c. ni 1) deorsum sumere, deorsum tenere. H. 4. 18. 19.: vegena prahitam bāhun nijagrāha hasann iva . nigṛhya tam etc. 2) deprimere, supprimere, devincere, cohibere. N. 22. 24.: nigṛhyā "tmano duḥkham; MAN. 11. 32.: svenai'va vīryeṇanigṛhṇīyād arīn; HIT. 72. 10. 67. 13. 3) retinere, inhibere, sustinere, sistere, e. c. equos. N. 20. 4.: nigṛhṇīṣva...hayān etān.

c. ni praef. vi id. A. 9. 9.: vinigṛhya hayāṃścā 'tha rathañca mama.

c. ni praef. sam jaculari, sagittas conjicere, telis petere. DR. 7. 21.: rathānīkaṃ śaravarṣāndhakārañ cakruḥ kruddhāḥ sarvataḥ sannigṛhya; cf. pratigrah et nigrah.

c. pari 1) amplecti. SA. 5. 101.: patim utthāpayāmāsa bāhubhyām parigṛhya vai. 2) accipere. DR. 4. 14.: padyam parigṛhāṇe 'dam āsanañca. 3) inhibere. Lass. 85. 9.: vāgartham parigṛhya mokṣapadavīn dhyāyanti nirmatsarāḥ.

c. pra tollere, levare, sublevare, protendere. H. 4. 17.: bāhum pragṛhya...abhyadravata...bhīmasenam; DR. 8. 4.: gadām pragṛhyā 'bhyadravat; 5. 25. A. 5. 25. 6. 16. 7. 11.

c. prati 1) prehendere. IN. 2. 19.: sacai 'nam vṛttapīnābhyām bāhubhyām pratyagṛhṇata. (*) RAM. III. 56. 3.: pratijagrāha jananyāś caraṇau. 2) accipere. A. 6. 24. N. 25. 4. 18.; vākyam vacanam ājñām pratigrahītum sermonem, jussum alicujus accipere, excipere. R. Schl. I. 1. 22.: śiṣyas tu tasya bruvato muner vākyam anuttamam . tathe 'ti pratijagrāha; 11. 18.: tathe 'tica nṛpasyā "jñām mantriṇaḥ pratigṛhya te. 3) recipere, excipere hospitio. N. 21. 20.: tam bhīmaḥ pratijagrāha pūjayā parayā. -- astraiḥ pratigrahītum sagittis petere. A. 10. 28. -- Caus. facere ut aliquis capiat. IN. 3. 2.: pādyam ācamanīyañca pratigrāhya nṛpātmajam.

(*) Notetur forma pratyagṛhṇata pro pratyagṛhnīta, correpto charactere nā ante terminationem gravem in na pro nī, in analogia linguae graecae, ubi e.c. [greek] [greek] opponitur formae activae [greek] v. gr. comp. 485.

c. vi 1) capere, prehendere. A. 9. 8.: antarbhūmigatāścā 'nye hayānām caraṇāny atha . vyagṛhṇan. 2) pugnare c. aliquo. HIT. 67. 13.: katham anena balavatā sārddham bhavān vigrahītuṃ samarthaḥ; 118. 9.: etaiḥ sandhin na kurvīta vigṛhṇīyāt tu kevalam; A. 10. 29.: tato śa- rajālena...vyagṛhṇaṃ (*) saha daiteyaiḥ; v. vigraha.

(*) De formā vyagṛhṇam pro vyagṛhṇām v. gr. 324.: gr. min. 293.

c. sam 1) capere, sumere, prehendere. SU. 4. 17.: gade bhīme saṅgṛhṇītām ubhau tadā (omisso augmento). 2) colligere, continere, zusammennehmen, e. c. vestem. DR. 3. 1.: saṅgṛhṇatī kauśikam uttarīyam. 3) flectere, moderari, regere, currum, equos. A. 1. 2.: sa (indravāhaḥ) ...mātalisaṅgṛhītaḥ; 8. 19.: vṛtrasya vadhe saṅgṛhītā hayā mama; 29.: susaṅgṛhītair haribhiḥ.

graha graha

m. (r. grah s. a) 1) actio prehendendi. RAGH. 10. 48. 2) solis et lunae eclipsis (v. rāhu). 3) cognomen Rāhūs. RAGH. 12. 28. 4) planeta. SU. 2. 25. N. 13. 24.

grahaNa grahaṇa

n. (r. grah s. ana v. euphon. r. 94a).) actio capiendi, prehendendi. IN. 2. 25.; nāmagrahaṇa nominis pronunciatio. RAGH. 7. 38.

grAma grāma

m. (ut mihi videtur, e grāhma ejecto h a r. grah s. ma cf. gṛha) 1) pagus, vicus. H. 1. 39. 2) turba. N. 4. 10. BH. 6. 24. BHAR. 3. 23. (Fortasse lith. kiema-s vicus, ejecto r et mutatā mediā in tenuem; hib. gramaisg "the mub", gramasgar "a flock, company".)

grAmin grāmin

m. (a praec. s. in) vicanus. N. 13. 48.)

grAmINa grāmīṇa

Adj. (a grāma s. īna) rusticus. BHAR. 1. 89.

gramya gramya

(a grāma vicus, s. ya) cicur, mansuetus. N. 13. 8.

grAvan grāvan

m. (fortasse a r. grah s. van ejecto h) lapis, saxum, rupes. BHAR. 3. 29. 79. HIT. 43. 11. (Lith. riewa rupes, abjecto g, hib. creag id. mutato v in g, v. gr. comp. 19.)

grAha grāha

m. (r. grah s. a) 1) prehensio. 2) ut videtur, serpens aquaticus (Wils.: a shark; according to some, the gangetic alligator, according to others, the water elephant, the hippopotamus? AM. 3. any large fish or marine animal.). N. 11. 21. 22. 23. cf. N. 11. 27.

grAhin grāhin

(r. grah s. in) sumens, prehendens, tenens, in fine compp. BHAR. 3. 67.

grIvA grīvā

f. (ut videtur, e gīrvā quodipsum e garvā sive gārvā a r. gṝ s. ) collum, cervix. (Lith. galwà caput, mutato r in l, v. gṝ; russ. glavà et golovà id.)

grISma grīṣma

Adj. calidus, fervidus. Subst. m. 1) calor, aestas. 2) fervidum anni tempus. RAGH. 16. 54. Lass. 50. 7. (Hib. gris ignis, griosgaim "I fry, broil", griosach "burning embers"; lith. karsz-tas calidus, karsz-tis calor, karszty-métis fervidum anni tempus.)

gruc gruc

1. P. (caurye) furari, cf. gluc glah grah.

graiva graiva

n. (a grīvā s. a) collare, catena collaris, praesertim elephantorum. RAGH. 4. 48.: kariṇāṅ graivam v. sq.

graiveya graiveya

n. (a grīvā s. eya) id. RAGH. 4. 75.: mātaṅgagraiveya; R. Schl. I. 53. 17.: hiraṇyakakṣagraiveyān...dadāmi kuñjarāṇān te sahasrāṇi caturdaśa (*)

(*) Notetur, Adjectivum supra laudatum solo casu convenire cum substantivo, ad quod pertinet, genere autem cum illo, ad quod sensu refertur; sic sl. 18.
glas glas

1. A. i. q. gras.

glah glah

1. A. i. q. grah unde ortum est mutato r in l. (Hib. glacaim "I accept, receive, take, seize, feel, apprehend".)

glaha glaha

m. (r. glah s. a) ludus talarius. MAH. 2. 1968.

glAna glāna

v. glai.

glAni glāni

f. (a r. glai s. ni pro ti gr. 645.) 1) fatigatio, lassitudo, languor. SA. 5. 27. BH. 4. 7. 2) tristitia. BHAR. 1. 45.: mudañca glāniñca kathayati pathiṣu.

glAsnu glāsnu

(r. glai s. snu fem. snu) fessus, defessus, lassus, fatigatus. AM. (Cf. lat. lassus, quod fortasse e glassus, sicut natus e gnatus; glassus vero per assimilationem ortum esse potest e glasnus, quod sanscrite glasnas sonaret.)

gluc gluc

1. 1. P.i.q. gruc.

gluc gluc

2. 1. P. (gatau) ire, v. sq.

gluJc gluñc

1. P. id.

glep glep

1. A. (dainye K. dainye gatyāñ cāle V.) miserum esse; ire, se movere; cf. gep glai.

[Page 113a]
glev glev

1. A. (sevane) colere, venerari; cf. gev kev khev sev.

gleS gleṣ

1. A. i. q. geṣ et gaveṣ q.v.

glai glai

1. P. (part. pass. glāna gr. 611.) 1) fatigare, defatigare. 2) contristare, dolore afficere. Pass. glāye. SA. 3. 23.: sāvitryā glāyamānāyās tiṣṭhantyāśca divāniśam. - Caus. glāpayāmi et glapayāmi (gr. 519. 520.) facere ut alqs defatigetur, contristetur. RAGH. 16. 38.: nidāghaglapitām ivo 'rvīm. (V. glāni glā- snu et cf. lat. lābor quod a fatigatione nominatum esse potest et formā cum Caus. glāpayāmi convenit, mutatā tenui in mediam et abjectā initiali gutturali, sicut in lassus, si hoc cum glāsnu q. v. cohaeret.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. pariglāna languore confectus, exhaustus. N. 11. 25.: śrāntasya te kṣudhārtasya pariglānasya.

c. pari praef. abhi id. MAH. 1. 4489.: kṣucchramābhipariglāna.

glau glau

m. luna.

[Page 1131]
ghaMS ghaṃṣ

1. A. (kṣare scribitur ghaṣ) stillare, effundere.

ghaMs ghaṃs

1. A. (kṣaraṇe scribitur ghas gr. 110a).) id.

ghaggh ghaggh

1. P. (hasane) ridere; cf. idem valentes formas gaggh kakh kakkh khakkh kakk et lat. cachinnari, gr. [greek] goth. hlaha, v. khakkh.

ghaT ghaṭ

1. A. (ceṣṭāyām K. ceṣṭe V.) 1) ire, pervenire. Lass. 18. 8.: yadi mama haste pustakī'yaṅ ghaṭati (ghaṭate?) tadā 'han tām priyāñ jīvāpayāmi; c. ablat. exire. Lass. 36. 7.: tena hastād ghaṭito ratho darśitaḥ. 2) conjungere, conglutinare. UR. 49. 9. infr.: vajralepaghaṭitam iva me hastayugalan na samarthā 'ham apanetum. 3) facere, conficere. CAUR. 22.: snehaikapātraghaṭitām avanīśaputrīm (Schol. editionis Serampur. ghaṭitām explicat per nirmitām).

c. ut 10. P. (udghāṭayāmi) 1) aperire. BHAR. 1. 62.: nirayanagaradvāram udghāṭayantī; MAH. 1. 4504.: udghāṭanīyāny etāni kuṇḍāni; UP. 78.: sadasy udghāṭitā tatra mañjuṣā. 2) erigere, levare, sublevare (v. udghāṭin et apud Wils. udghāṭana udghāṭita. udghāṭin fortasse non ab udghaṭ sed a substantivo udghāṭa elevatio descendit). HIT. 109. 11.: kāryam udghāṭitam.

c. vi 1. A. dissolvi, perire. HIT. 109. 11.: kāryam udghāṭitaṅ kvā 'pi madhye vighaṭate yataḥ (Ed. Ser. kāryaṃ sughaṭitaṅ kvā 'pi daivayogād vinaśyati). MR. 66. 4. infr.: cārudattasya vibhave vighaṭite.

c. sam excitare. RAM. III. 55. 26.: bherīmṛdāṅgavīṇānāṅ koṇasaṅghaṭitaḥ...śabdaḥ; v. ghaṭṭ praef. vi.

ghaTa ghaṭa

m. (ut videtur, a r. ghaṭ s. a) magna hydria fictilis.

ghaTanA ghaṭanā

f. (r. ghaṭ s. ana in fem.) caterva elephantorum bellicorum. AM.

ghaTT ghaṭṭ

1. A. 10. P. (calane K. cāle V.) movere, commovere, vīṇām vighaṭṭitum lyram pulsare. MR. 20. 3. Cf. ghaṭ.

c. vi 1) movere, commovere. BHAR. 3. 36.: vāyuvighaṭṭitābhrapaṭalī. 2) aperire. MAH. 2. 1674.: dvāram... vighaṭṭayan karābhyām.

c. sam terere, conterere, fricare. RAGH. 6. 73.: saṅghaṭṭayann aṅgadam aṅgadena (Schol. gharṣayan).

ghaTTana ghaṭṭana

n. (r. ghaṭṭ s. ana) tactio, ictus. RAGH. 11. 71.: suptasarpa iva daṇḍaghaṭṭanād roṣito'smi (Schol. saṃyogāt); v. ghāṭa.

ghaN ghaṇ

8. P. (dīptau) fulgere; cf. ghaṇṭ kan.

ghaNT ghaṇṭ

10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dyutau V.; scribitur ghaṭ gr. 110a).) loqui, splendere; v. ghaṇ.

ghaNTA ghaṇṭā

f. (r. ghaṇṭ s. ā) tintinnabulum. A. 2. 3.

ghana ghana

(ut videtur, a han s. a mutato h in gh v. gr. 357.) 1) crassus, pinguis, turgidus. Lass. 6. 8.: ghanair vṛkṣaiḥ; CAUR. 15.: ghanerudeśe; GITA GOV. 10. 6.: ghanajaghanamaṇḍale. 2) impervius, impenetrabilis. RAGH. 8. 90.: vacaḥ...alabdhapadaṃ hṛdi śokaghane pratiyātam (Schol. niviḍe); 11. 18.: cakāra vivaraṃ śilāghane tāḍakorasi sa rāmasāyakaḥ (Schol. niviḍe). 3) Subst. m. nubes. RAM. I. 29. 14.

ghamb ghamb

1. P. (gatau) ire; cf. idem valentes radices gam khamb camb bamb gharb garb carb.

gharb gharb

1. P. (gatau) ire, v. ghamb.

gharma gharma

m. (secundum Wils. a r. ghṛ s. ma ita ut gharma proprie significet id quod sudore conspergit; cf. ghṛṇ) 1) calor, aestus. 2) fervidum anni tempus, aestas. RAGH. 16. 43. 3) sudor. (Hib. garaim "I warm, heat", garamhuil "warm, snug"; nostrum warm, goth. varmja calefacio, abjectā initiali gutturali, cui v se adjunxerat, sicut saepe; v. kṛmi; russ. [greek] gorjū uro, [greek] schar aestus; gr. [greek] mutato aspiratae organo; huc etiam traxerim lat. ferveo, cujus v ex m ortum esse videtur; quod ad f pro [greek] attinet, eandem hic habemus rationem, quam in fumus contra dhūma [greek].)

ghas ghas

1. P. edere. (Ex hac radice ortum esse censeo jakṣ quod correptum est e jaghas expulso a v. gr. 354.; cf. lat. gus-tus, gusto, vescor, quod explicaverim e guescor, abjectā gutturali, sicut in vivo e guivo, vermis e quermis, v. kṛmi; gr. [greek] huc etiam traxerim nostrum Gast, goth. gasts, Th. gas-ti; lat. hos-tis, hos-pes, hospit-is, tanquam is qui edere vel cibum petit, qui esum it; Pottius I. 278. apte confert gā-nea, e gas-nea; lith. gaspadà hospitium, tanquam locus edendi, v. pada; gafzlùs libidinosus.)

ghasi ghasi

m. (r. ghas s. i) cibus. HEM.

ghasmara ghasmara

(r. ghas s. mara) edax, vorax.

ghATA ghāṭā

f. (r. ghaṭ conjungere, s. ā) cervix. AM. (Etiam lat. cervix a conjungendo nominatum esse videtur, ita ut in cer-vix dissolvendum sit, cujus pars prior cohaeret cum śiras caput, et posterior cum vincio; v. kandhara et śirodhi cervix.)

[Page 114b]
ghAta ghāta

m. (a ghātay s. a) eversio, vastatio, excidium. A. 10. 70.

ghAtay ghātay

forma caus. r. han gr. 524. 4.

ghAtin ghātin

m. (a praec. s. in) occisor, in fine compp. N. 12. 33.

ghAsa ghāsa

m. (r. ghas s. a) gramen. AM. (Germ. vet. wisa pratum, nostrum Wiese, v. kṛmi et Graff. I. 1977.)

ghi ghi

v. hi gr. 443. 544.

ghiN ghiṇ

1. A. (grahaṇe) capere, prehendere; cf. ghuṇ.

ghu ghu

1. A. (śabde K. dhvanau V.) sonare, cf. gu ku khu.

ghuT ghuṭ

1. 1. A. (parivartane K. parivarte V.) redire.

ghuT ghuṭ

2. 6. P. (pratighāte K. pratihatau V.) repellere, repulsare, arcere.

ghuTikA ghuṭikā

f. (r. ghuṭ s. ikā) talus pedis. AM.

ghuN ghuṇ

1. 6. P. 1. A. (bhramaṇe) currere, vagare, circumerrare.

ghuN ghuṇ

2. 1. A. (grahaṇe) capere, prehendere; cf. ghiṇ.

ghur ghur

1. 6. P. (bhīmārtiśabde K. dhvanau bhīmārthe V.) prae timore, terrore clamare. (Goth. gaurs tristis, gaurida tristitia; v. ghora.)

ghur ghur

2. 4. A. ghūrye (hiṃsājyānyoḥ) laedere, occidere; senescere; scribitur etiam ghūr cf. gūr.

ghuS ghuṣ

1. 10. P. proclamare, pronuntiare. N. 9. 8.: ghoṣayāmāsa vai pure; RAGH. 9. 10.: jayam aghoṣayad asya...camūḥ; GITA GOV. 10. 16.: ghoṣayatu manmathanideśam. (Cf. ghu; hib. gioscan "the grating noise made by the turning of a wheel or hinge that wants grease or oil"; gioscanach "gnashing, grating"; gusgar "roaring, making lamentation".)

c. ut clamare, clamitare. udghuṣṭa n. clamor, strepitus. MR. 85. 10. infr.: atrā 'ntare udghuṣṭañ janena; R. Schl. I. 73. 36.: tūryodghuṣṭa.

c. ut praef. pra sonare, personare. N. 12. 113.: hradinīm prodghuṣṭāṅ krauñcakuraraiḥ.

c. upa id. DR. 6. 2.: mahāvanan tad vihaghopaghuṣṭam.

c. pari praef. sam circumsonare. N. 12. 6.: nikuñjān parisaṅghuṣṭān.

[Page 115a]
ghUrN ghūrṇ

6. A. 1) commoveri, vacillare. M.: sā naus tasmin mahodadhau ghūrṇate capale 'va strī. 2) flare, spirare. A. 6. 6.: vāyuśca ghūrṇate bhīmaḥ. (Huc trahi posset lat. volvo, quod in priore hujus libri editione p. 206. cum vṛ tegere contulimus, ad quod sensu in-volvo quadrat. Si autem ad ghūrṇ pertinet, mutilatum est e guolvo, mutato r in l. Conferatur etiam goth. valvja volvo, nostrum wälze, Welle, germ. vet. wella unda, fluctus, lith. wilnis id., quod formā propius ad ghūrṇ accedit.)

c. ā id. DEV. 12. 26.: āghūrṇito vātena. - C. ā praef. vi id. HID. 1. 10.: ūruvegasamīritam vanam vyāghūrṇitam ivā 'bhavat.

c. vi P. se volutare. R. III. 48. 79.: vighūrṇato viceṣṭasya vepamānasya bhūtale; ed. Schl. I. 32. 18.: vicetanam vighūrṇantaṃ śiteṣubalapīḍitam.

ghUrNa ghūrṇa

(r. ghūrṇ s. a) se movens, se volvens. CAUR. 45.: ghūrṇanetra.

ghR ghṛ

1. 1. A. (seke V.) conspergere, humectare.

ghR ghṛ

2. 3. P. jigharmi (kṣaraṇadīptyoḥ K. bhāsi seke v.) stillare, effundere, conspergere, humectare; splendere.

ghR ghṛ

3. 10. P. ghārayāmi (kṣaraṇadīptyoḥ K. seke chādane V.) stillare, effundere, conspergere, humectare; splendere; tegere.

c. ā praef. vi conspergere, humectare. MR. 121. 3. infr.: vyāghāritan tailaghṛtaiḥ.

ghRN ghṛṇ

8. P. A. ghṛṇomi ghṛṇve (dīptau) splendere, v. ghṛṇi et cf. gharma.

ghRNA ghṛṇā

f. miseratio, misericordia. RAGH. 9. 81. 11. 65. 11. 17.

ghRNi ghṛṇi

m. (r. ghṛṇ s. i) radius.

ghRNin ghṛṇin

(a ghṛṇā s. in) misericors. DR. 9. 8. 20.

ghRNN ghṛṇṇ

1. A. ghṛṇṇe (grahaṇe; scribitur ghṛṇ; gr. 110a).) capere, prehendere; cf. grah gṛhṇāmi.

ghRta ghṛta

n. (r. ghṛ s. ta) butyrum liquefactum. BHAR. 1. 65. 3. 97.

ghRtAcI ghṛtācī

f. (e ghṛta et acī a r. añc s. a in fem.) n. pr. Apsarasis. IN. 2. 29.

ghRS ghṛṣ

1. P. fricare, terere, conterere. CAUR. 12.: kanakaku- ṇḍalaghṛṣṭagaṇḍa; MR. 140. 9. infr.: ghṛṣyante vaidūryāḥ; 7. infr.: ghṛṣyate candanarasaḥ. (Huc referri posset lat. verro pro guerro, nisi pertinet ad kṛṣ; v. hanc radicem et vocem ghṛṣṭi cui verres respondet.)

c. ut id. RAGH. 17. 28.: cūḍāmaṇibhir udghṛṣṭapādapīṭha.

c. sam 1) i. q. simpl. saṅghṛṣyat contritus (v. gr. 597.). MAH. 1. 1134.: saṅghṛṣyantaḥ parasparam nyapatan...parvatāgrān mahādrumāḥ. 2) certare, aemulari. RAGH. 19. 36.: prayoktṛbhiḥ sañjagharṣa saha (Schol. saṅgharṣaḥ parābhibhaveṣā).

ghRSTi ghṛṣṭi

(r. ghṛṣ s. ti) Fem. 1) frictio, tritus. 2) aemulatio, certatio. Masc. porcus, sus. (Lat. verres e guerres pro guerses, sicut vivo pro guivo = jīv.)

ghoTaka ghoṭaka

m. equus. AM.

ghoNA ghoṇā

f. (ut videtur, a r. ghrā s. anā ejecto r et mutato ā in o sicut in soḍhum ṣoḍaśa v. gr. 468. 40. et cf. prācr. ghāṇa pro scr. ghrāṇa) nasus. DR. 7. 7.

ghoNin ghoṇin

(a praec. s. in) porcus, sus. AM.

ghora ghora

(r. ghur s. a) terribilis, terrificus, atrox. IN. 5. 62. H. 1. 17. BR. 1. 3. (Goth. gaurs, Th. gaura tristis, nisi pertinet ad gṛdh; hib. gorg "fierce, cruel".)

ghoradarzana ghoradarśana

(BAH. e praec. et darśana n. visus, conspectus) terribilem speciem habens, terribilis visu. H. 2. 5.

ghoSa ghoṣa

m. (r. ghuṣ s. a) 1) proclamatio, pronuntiatio. MAH. 1. 5333.: sukhapuṇyāhaghoṣa. 2) sonus, strepitus. N. 2. 11. 19. 25. 21. 2. DR. 6. 7. 3) pastoralis sedes. N. 17. 49.

ghoSaNA ghoṣaṇā

f. (r. ghuṣ s. ana in fem.) proclamatio. AM.; RAGH. 12. 72.: jayaghoṣaṇa.

ghna ghna

(f. ghnī r. han s. a v. gr. 645.) occidens, in fine compp. N. 12. 18. 13. 28.

ghrA ghrā

1. P. jighrāmi (proprie cl. 3. correpto ā in a et in syllabā redupl. attenuato a in i ob duas sequentes consonantes, sicut in tiṣṭhāmi pro tasthāmi a r. sthā) odorari. RAM. I. 12. 42.: dhūmagandhaṅ jighrati; HIT.: jighrann api bhujaṅgamo hanti. (Pottius ingeniose confert lat. fra-gra-re, ita ut fra sit syllaba reduplicativa pro ghra;

c. ava 1) id. MAN. 3. 218.: avajighrecca tān piṇḍān. 2) osculari. R. Schl. II. 20. 21.: avaghrātaśca mūrdhani.

c. ā id. H. 2. 8.: āghrāya mānuṣaṅ gandham.

c. ā praef. upa osculari. IN. 2. 21.: mūrddhnicai 'nam upāghrāya.

ghrANa ghrāṇa

n. (r. ghrā s. ana) 1) odoratus, odoratio. 2) nasus. H. 2. 12. (Gr. [greek] abjectā gutturali, attenuato ā in ī.)

[Page 1161]
Gu ṅu

1. A. (dhvanau) sonare.

[Page 1162]
c c

Haec littera orta est e k et in comparandis linguis cognatis non aliter accipienda est, ac si k in ejus loco inveniretur; v. gr. comp. 14.

ca ca

Partic. enclit. (a stirpe interr. ka mutato k in c v. gr. comp. 398.) 1) et, que, saepissime; repetitum et - et, tum - quum. N. 24. 50. 26. 5. 2) enim. N. 10. 14. 3) si. DR. 9. 10. 4) tamen. N. 21. 32. 5) vero, autem. N. 23. 28. HIT. 43. 10. 6) expletive sive ad vim orationis augendam. H. 1. 26. BR. 3. 20. 22. -- Cum sequente api 1) et etiam. H. 2. 24. 2) vero, autem. DR. 8. 52. BR. 2. 26. -- Cum sequente eva 1) et etiam. BR. 2. 26.; repetitum et-et, tum-quum. BR. 2. 25. 2) vero. H. 4. 33. (Lat. que, gr. [greek] (gr. comp. 401.); goth. uh, h, e. c. quethunuh dixeruntque, hvazuh quisque, nih neque (Grimm III. 23.); slav. [greek] sche, gr. comp. 402.)

cak cak

1. P. A. terrere. cakita territus, timens. BHAR. 3. 10.: maraṇopāyacakita; RAGH. 10. 74.: paulastyacakiteśvara (secundum K. dīptau lucere); v. cakk.

cakak cakak

10. P. (vyasane K. ārtau V.) dolore afficere, vexare; v. cak cikk cukk.

cakAs cakās

2. P. (dīptau) splendere; v. kās unde reduplicatione oritur cakās.

[Page 1162]
cakora cakora

m. (ut videtur, a r. kur sonare, cum syllabā redupl. s. a sic etiam Lass.; cf. kurara) perdix rufa. Lass. 52. 20. (Lith. kurrapkà perdix.)

cakra cakra

m. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a r. kram se movere, abjecto m; secundum v. a r. kṛ) 1) rota. A. 9. 8. 2) orbis, circulus. Lass. 63. 8. 3) discus, telum missile circulare. IN. 1. 5. 4) regio, provincia. 5) exercitus. (Ut videtur, gr. [greek] pro [greek] attenuato a in v.)

cakradhara cakradhara

m. (e praec. et dhara tenens) cognomen Vischnūs. RAGH. 16. 55.

cakrapANi cakrapāṇi

m. (e cakra et pāṇi manus) id. AM.

cakravartin cakravartin

m. (e cakra et vartin) rex supremus, terrae dominus. AM.

cakravAka cakravāka

m. (e cakra et vāka sermo) anseris genus. Wils. "the ruddy goose or Brahmani goose, Anas casarea". N. 12. 113.

cakravAla cakravāla

m. (e cakra et vāla a r. val circumdare) horizon. AM.

cakrin cakrin

m. (a cakra s. in) disco praeditus. BH. 11. 17.

cakS cakṣ

2. A. (v. gr. 362.) dicere, loqui, narrare, indicare. (Hanc radicem equidem ad kās splendere reduxerim, ejecto a sicut jakṣ e ghas explicavimus. Quod ad origine idem esse ac sanscritum bhāmi splendeo.)

c. ā id. H. 4. 28.: ācakṣva mān tat sarvam; N. 11. 31.: sarvam etat...ācacakṣe 'sya; 16. 39.: ācaṣṭe damayantyāḥ; DR. 2. 5.: ācakṣva bandhūṃśca patiṅ kulañca.

c. ā praef. prati repudiare. MAN. Schol. 4. 250. ubi nirṇudet explicatur per pratyācakṣīta.

c. ā praef. sam i. q. ācakṣ. DR. 4. 5.: tāṃ samācakṣva yadi syāc chaivya mānuṣī.

c. pari nominare. MAN. 2. 171.: vedapradānād ācāryam pitaram paricakṣate; BH. 17. 13. 17.

c. pra 1) dicere, profiteri, declarare. RAGH. 8. 85.: svajanāśru...dahati pretam iti pracakṣate. 2) nominare. MAN. 2. 17.: tan devanirmitan deśam brahmāvartam pracakṣate.

c. vi dicere. YAGURV. Carey 904.: ye nas tad vicacakṣire.

cakSuSmat cakṣuṣmat

(a cakṣus s. mat v. euph. r. 101a).) oculos i.e. oculorum usum habens, videns. SA. 7. 8.

cakSuSmattA cakṣuṣmattā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis, visus, videndi facultas. RAGH. 4. 13.

cakSuSya cakṣuṣya

(a cakṣus s. ya) speciosus, pulcher, amoenus. (Hib. cais "agreeable, pleasant" v. cakṣus.

cakSus cakṣus

n. (r. cakṣ s. us) oculus. IN. 4. 1. N. 5. 8. (Hib. cais oculus, abjectā penultimā gutturali radicis cakṣ quā in re cum anomalis formis ut caṣṭe dicit convenit, gr. 362.)

caGkura caṅkura

m. n. (ut mihi videtur, a forma intensiva r. car i.e. a cañcur servatā primitivā radicis gutturali). (Cf. currus et v. car.)

caJc cañc

1. P. vacillare, tremere. Lass. 4. 20.: cañcaccitāgnitaḍita; GITA GOV. 4. 8.: roditi cañcati. (Cf. car et cal quorum Intensiva sonant cañcur cañcal unde cañc explicaverim abjecto ur vel al; hib. ceangtha "they go, travel", ceangastair "walking, pacing"; fortasse lat. cunctari, a lento progressu dictum.)

caJcatka cañcatka

(a cañcat part. praes. radicis cañc s. ka) se movens, tremens.

[Page 117b]
caJcal cañcal

Intens. radicis cal gr. 569. (V. sq. et cf. gall. chanceler.)

caJcala cañcala

(a praec. s. a) se movens, vacillans, mobilis. BH. 6. 26. 34. RAGH. 9. 51. R. Schl. I. 44. 23.

caJcalatva cañcalatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) mobilitas. BH. 6. 33.

caJcu cañcu

f. (ut mihi videtur, a cañcam Intens. radicis cam edere, abjecto m) rostrum. CAUR. 8. (Hib. caoinse "the face".)

caJcU cañcū

f. id.

caT caṭ

1. 10. P. (caṭāmi cāṭayāmi) findere, rumpere, frangere. (Cf. idem valens paṭ ratione habitā gutturalium et, quod ad idem redit, palatalium cum labialibus frequentissimae permutationis; cf. etiam cuṭ cuṇṭ caṇ.)

c. ut 10. P. id. BHAR. 4. 1.: mohatimiraprāgbhāram uccāṭayan (Schol. dūrīkurvan).

caTaka caṭaka

m. (r. caṭ s. aka) passer. AM.; cf. cātaka.

caTula caṭula

se movens, tremens. RAGH. 9. 58.: caṭulaiḥ...netraiḥ.

caN caṇ

1. 1. P. (śabde) sonare. (Cf. can kaṇ kuṇ kvaṇ svan lat. cano, goth. hana gallus.)

caN caṇ

2. 1. P. (hiṃsāgatyoḥ dāne) laedere, ferire, abscindere (*) ire; cf. cuṇ caṭ cuṭ.

(*) Vocem dāna non a dā dare sed a do abscindere derivandum esse censeo.
caND caṇḍ

1. 10. A. caṇḍe caṇḍayāmi (kope K. roṣe V.; scribunt caḍ gr. 110a).) irasci; cf. cand.

caNDa caṇḍa

(r. caṇḍ s. a fem. caṇḍā et caṇḍī) 1) iratus, iracundus. RAGH. 2. 49.; 12. 5.: caṇḍī; UR. 75. 18.: caṇḍī. BHAR. 2. 47. DEV. 8. 37. 2) n. ira. (Huc referri posset goth. hata odi, angl. I hate, nostrum hasse, mutatā secundum generalem legem tenui in aspiratam et mediā in tenuem, gr. comp. 87.; lat. odi, si huc pertinet, initialem gutturalem perdidit, sicut amo e camo, v. kam.)

caNDAla caṇḍāla

m. Tschandālus, homo abjectissimae conditionis, ad nullum quatuor legitimorum ordinum pertinens, natus Sūdrico patre et Brahmanicā matre.

caNDI caṇḍī

f. (a caṇḍa signo fem. ī) 1) irata; v. caṇḍa. 2) cognomen Durgae.

[Page 118a]
cat cat

1. P. (yācane K. yāce V.) poscere, petere, orare, supplicare. (Gr. [greek] mutatā tenui in aspiratam; cf. cad.)

catasR catasṛ

v. catur gr. 255.

catuHzAlA catuḥśālā

f. (e catur et śālā) locus quadratus quatuor domibus inclusus. AM., v. catvara.

catur catur

1. (in casibus fortibus catvār unde catur ejecto ā; fem. catasṛ gr. 255.) quatuor. (Cum nom. masc. catvāras conferatur gr. [greek] per assimilationem e [greek] sicut prācr. cattāro e catvāro; aeol. [greek] mutatā gutturali in labialem, quā in re cum goth. fidvor et cambo-brit. pedwar masc., pédair fem. convenit; lat. quatuor, lith. keturi, slav. [greek] cetyrje; hib. ceathair masc., ceteora fem. = catasras; v. gr. comp. 312., Pictet p. 145.)

catur catur

2. Adv. (pro caturs unde per metathesin zend. [greek] athrus) quater. (Lat. quater.)

catura catura

1) aptus, idoneus; dexter, versutus, callidus. Lass. 20. 17. RAGH. 9. 47. 68. 18. 14. UR. 48. 11. 2) pulcher. RAGH. 8. 94.

caturtha caturtha

(a catur s. tha pro thama vel tama v. gr. comp. 321.) quartus. (Lith. ketwirtas, slav. [greek] cetvertyi, fem. [greek] cetverta-ja, gr. [greek] lat. qua(tu)rtus, goth. fidvārda, nisi fidurda, nostrum vierter.)

caturdanta caturdanta

(BAH. catur et danta dens) quatuor dentes habens. IN. 1. 40.

caturdaza caturdaśa

(f. ī gr. 259.) decimus quartus. IN. 2. 27.

caturdazan (catur + dazan) caturdaśan (catur + daśan)

quatuordecim. (Lat. quatuordecim, lith. keturolika, mutato d in l, v. gr. comp. 318. not.)

caturddhA caturddhā

s. caturdhā Adv. (v. gr. 262.) in quatuor partes. MAH. 1. 7160. (Hib. ceathardha, gr. [greek] e [greek] v. Pictet p. 145., gr. comp. 325.)

caturbhuja caturbhuja

(BAH. e catur et bhuja) 1) quatuor manus habens. 2) m. cognomen Vischnūs.

[Page 118b]
caturmukha caturmukha

(BAH. e catur et mukha os, facies) quatuor facies habens. SU. 3. 28.

catuSTaya catuṣṭaya

n. (a catur s. taya gr. 652. s. taya) quaternio, [greek] [greek] HIT. 4. 11.

catvara catvara

n. (ut mihi videtur, a catur vel potius pleniore et primitivā formā catvār correpto ā suff. a) aulea. MR. 11. 14.

catvAr catvār

v. catur.

catvAriMzat catvāriṃśat

(e catvāri nom. acc. neut. [greek] catur et śat quod ex daśat a daśan decem mutilatum esse censeo, insertā nasali, v. gr. min. 229. not. 3.) quadraginta. (Lat. quadraginta pro quadra(de)cinta, gr. [greek] ([greek] v. gr. comp. 320. not.)

cad cad

1. P.A. (yācane K. yāce V.) poscere, petere, orare, supplicari; cf. cat.

can can

1. 1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) laedere, ferire, occidere. (Cf. caṇ han; fortasse goth. han-dus manus, nostrum Hand huc pertinet.)

can can

2. 1. P. (śabde) sonare. (Cf. caṇ kaṇ kvan svan lat. cano, goth. hana gallus.)

cana cana

(ut mihi videtur, e stirpe interrogativa ka adjecto na). Particula enclitica, quae vocibus interrogativis adjuncta sensum interrogativum in indefinitum convertit. (Goth. hun, v. gr. comp. 398.)

cand cand

1. P. (āhlādane dīptau K. hlāde dīptau V.; scribunt cad gr. 110a).) exhilarare, lucere; v. canda cand. (Cf. kan splendere et voces cum hac radice comparatas, quorum candeo, candela melius ad cand referuntur; ad kan autem reduxerim goth. skeina luceo, rad. SKIN, attenuato a in i et praefixo s, sicut e.c. in stauta verbero, nostrum stosse = tud tundo; cum cand vel, quod ad idem redit, cum kan conferatur etiam bret. sked splendor; v. Pict. p. 43.)

canda canda

m. (r. cand s. a) luna. (V. tritiorem formam candra et cf. hib. cann "full moon" per assimilationem e cand, quod etiam e candra abjecto r ortum esse potest.)

[Page 119a]
candana candana

m.n. (r. cand s. ana) santalum. IN. 5. 8.

candra candra

m. (r. cand s. ra) luna. SU. 2. 25.; v. canda.

candrakAnta candrakānta

(e praec. et kānta splendens, a r. kam) 1) sicut luna splendens. BHAR. 1. 20. 2) m. gemma quaedam fabulosa, quae radiis lunae congelatis nasci creditur. Lass. 92. 7.

candracUDa candracūḍa

m. (lunam in vertice gerens, BAH. e candra et cūḍā vertex) cognomen Sivi. BHAR. 1. 97.; v. candraśekhara.

candramas candramas

m. (e candra et mas luna, quod simplex non invenitur et ex mās correptum esse videtur) luna. N. 17. 6. Lass. 60. 3.

candramauli candramauli

m. (BAH. e candra et mauli q.v.) cognomen Sivi. RAGH. 6. 34.

candrazAlA candraśālā

f. (e candra et śālā) conclave in superiore domūs parte. RAGH. 13. 43.

candrazekhara candraśekhara

(BAH. e candra et śekhara) cognomen Sivi. AM.

candrikA candrikā

f. (a candra s. ika in fem.) lunae lumen. RAGH. 19. 39.

cap cap

1. 1. P. (sāntvane K. sāntve V.) consolari, blandiri.

cap cap

2. 1. P. se movere, vacillare; v. capala et cf. cup kamp; hib. tap "quick, swift", tapadh "haste, activity"; v. Pict. p. 41.

cap cap

3. 10. P. capayāmi (kalke) conterere. (Cum voce kalka quā radix cap a grammaticis explicatur, conferatur lat. calcare; v. cal.)

capala capala

(r. cap s. ala) 1) tremens, vacillans. M. 42. RAGH. 11. 8. 2) celer, citus, alacer. SAK. 56. 3. infr. 3) vagus, mobilis, levis, inconstans. HIT. 24. 1. Cf. camp et kamp.

capalatA capalatā

f. (a praec. s. ) levitas, mobilitas animi. HIT. 49. 15.

cam cam

1. 5. P. camāmi camnomi part. pass. cānta (adane K. bhakṣe V.) edere, vesci; v. cāmya. (Cf. jam jham jim; hib. toimhil "eatings" - v. Pictet p. 41. - toimhlim "I eat, waste, spend, consume".)

c. ā productā vocali radicali in tempp. spec. 1) os aquā eluere. MAN. 2. 51.: aśnīyād ācamya; 5. 144.: ācāmed eva bhuktvā; v. ācamanīya. 2) se lavare, purificare in universum. MAN. 2. 222. 3. 217.: ācamya; 5. 143.: ācāntaḥ śucitām iyāt. - Caus. ācāmayāmi; MAN. 5. 142.: spṛśanti vindavaḥ pādau ya ācāmayataḥ parān (Schol. anyeṣām ācamanārthañ jalan dadato ye vindavo pādau spṛśanti.)

camara camara

(r. cam?) bos grunniens. Wils.

camasa camasa

m. (r. cam s. asa) patera sacrificalis. R. Schl. I. 32. 10.

camU camū

f. (ut videtur, a r. cam s. ū) 1) exercitus. RAGH. 4. 30. 2) pars exercitūs. MAH. 1. 292.

camp camp

1. P. ire, se movere; v. capala et cf. camb kamp.

campaka campaka

m. arbor quaedam gilvis, fragrantibus floribus, Michelia Campaka. CAUR. 1.

camb camb

1. P. (gatyām) ire; cf. khamb gamb ghamb.

cay cay

1. A. (gatau) ire. (Cf. śai śyai nec non car cum semivocales facile inter se mutentur; gr. [greek] lat. cieo, cio, citus; hib. cai "a way, a road"; lith. koja pes, kettur-kójis quadrupes.)

caya caya

m. (r. ci colligere, s. a) cumulus, multitudo. (Cambro-brit. cai collectio; hib. sceo "plenty, abundance".)

cayana cayana

n. (r. ci colligere, s. ana) strues lignorum, rogus. DR. 2. 7.

car car

1. 1. P. 1) ire, incedere, ambulare. N. 24. 34.: ayañ carati loke 'smin bhūtasākṣī sadāgatiḥ; 33. 34.; SA. 5. 74. b.: mṛgāṇāñ caratām vane; IN. 1. 23.: svargam prāptāś caranti sma devaiḥ saha; ATM. ut videtur metri causā, SA. 5. 74.: naktañcarāś carante te. 2) permeare, peragrare. N. 19. 32.: pracchannā hi mahātmānaś caranti pṛthivīm imām; 24. 23.: dūtāś caranti pṛthivīṅ kṛtsnām; SU. 4. 24. 3) facere, agere, committere. BR. 2. 31.: dharmaśca carito mayā; N. 24. 31.: yathā nā 'sat kṛtaṅ kiñcin manasā 'pi carāmy aham; BH. 3. 36.: pāpañ carati; mṛgayāñ caritum venari. DR. 6. 9. - goth. fara proficiscor, nostrum fahre, mutatā gutturali in labialem, sicut in fidvor = catvāras et fimf = pañcan; germ. vet. hor-sc celer, anglosax. et angl. hor-s, hor-se equus; lith. kieláuju proficiscor, mutato r in l, sicut in scrto cal kiélias via, kielóne iter.)

c. ati P. A. transgredi, peccare. N. 19.; c. acc. pers. quam peccando offendimus. DR. 5. 21.: nā 'ticare kathañcit patīn mahārhān manasā 'pi jātu.

c. anu percurrere. RAM. I. 46. 20.: lokān anucarantu; III. 64. 50.: te kīrtir lokān anucariṣyati. Caus. MAN. 9. 266.: deśān cāraiḥ...anucārayet.

c. anu praef. sam ambulare, migrare. MAH. 1. 3606.: pṛthivyām anusañcaranti.

c. abhi 1) adire, visitare, frequentare. R. Schl. 34. 10.: māgadhī...pūrvābhicaritā. 2) offendere. MAN. 5. 165.: patiṃ yā nā 'bhicarati manovāgdehasaṃyatā (Schol. vyabhicarati).

c. abhi praef. vi id. sgnf. 2. MAH. 1. 3234.: abrāhmaṇaṅ kartum icchanti raudrās te māṃ yathā vyabhicaranti nityam.

c. ā 1) adire, frequentare. N. 15. 19.: śvāpadācarite nityam vane. 2) facere, agere, peragere, committere. N. 4. 7.; vipriyaṃ hy ācaran martyo devānām; UR. 7. 15. 86. 8. infr. BR. 2. 4.

c. ā praef. sam id. sgnf. 2. MAN. 10. 111.: iman dharmaṃ samācaret; H. 2. 29. BH. 3. 9. 19.

c. ut 1) provenire, praesertim de sono. RAGH. 9. 73.: uccacāra ninado 'mbhasi; 11. 73.: rāma ity ayaṃ śabda uccaritaḥ. 2) alvum evacuare. MAN. 4. 49.: uccaret (Schol. mūtrapurīṣotsargaṅ kuryāt).

c. ut praef. vi offendere, laedere, praesertim adulterio. MAH. 1. 4732.: vyuccarantyāḥ patin nāryāḥ; 4733.: bhāryāṅ tathā vyuccarataḥ; ATM. 4720.: tāsām vyuccāramāṇānām ...patīn; v. car praef. abhi vyabhi.

c. upa ministrare, servire, curare. RAM. I. 9. 71.: svayam upacacārai 'nam; N. 21. 30.: sa mocayitvā tān aśvān upacaryaca śāstrataḥ; SAK. 43. 11.: yatnād upacaryatām; c. instr. rei RAGH. 14. 17.: sugrīvavibhīṣaṇādīn upācarat kṛtrimasamvidhābhiḥ; MAH. 1. 769.: na yuktam bhavatā 'ham anṛteno 'pacaritum. (*)

(*) Notatu dignissimus est supra laudatus locus propter passivam Infinitivi vim sine ullo verbo auxiliari, quo vulgo passiva forma, quae Infinitivo deest, suppletur, in sententiis ut getuṅ s'akyate.

c. nis egredi. BH. 6. 26.: niścarati manaḥ.

c. pari circumgredi. N. 10. 17.; reverentiae causā. RAM. III. 47. 6.: lakṣmaṇaścā 'pi rāmasya pādau paricaran vane.

c. pra 1) progredi, proficisci, ambulare, migrare. RAM. I. 2. 42.: rāmāyaṇakathā lokeṣu pracariṣyati. 2) facere, agere, peragere. MAN. 10. 100.: karmabhiḥ pracaritaiḥ.

c. vi ambulare, migrare, peragrare. IN. 5. 50.: ṣaṇḍavad vicariṣyasi; H. 2. 31. 4. 32.; SU. 4. 24.: ādityacaritāṃ llokān vicariṣyasi; MAN. 9. 20.

c. sam id. Lass. 74. 4. infr.: itastataḥ sañcarat; Caus. sañcārayāmi commovere. RAGH. 6. 8.: sañcārite...dhūpe.

car car

2. 10. P.: comperire, certiorem fieri, erfahren. R. Schl. I. 9. 13.: cārayitvā tu tam ṛṣim āśramād abhinirgatam. (Huc trahi posset lat. peritus, com-perio, ex-perior, mutatā gutturali in labialem, nisi perio compositum est ex per et eo.)

c. vi secum volvere, perpendere, cogitare, deliberare, considerare, dubitare, haesitare. N. 5. 15.: sā viniścitya bahudhā vicāryaca punaḥ punaḥ; 19. 35.: evam vicārya bahuśas; SA. 5. 107.: mā vicāraya non haesita. - vicārita n. dubitatio, haesitatio. SA. 3. 13.; v. avicāritam.

cara cara

(r. car s. a) 1) iens, mobilis, agens, in fine compp. et in initio compp. DVANDV. carācara n. (cara + acara) mobile et immobile. BH. 9. 10. 10. 39. 2) m. explorator. HIT. 92. 22.)

caraNa caraṇa

n. (r. car s. ana v. gr. 94a).) 1) actio, effectio, perfunctio. N. 12. 77. 2) pes. A. 9. 8. (Huc traxerim gr. et lat. [greek] perna, mutatā gutturali in labialem; goth. fairzna calx, insertā sibilante, nisi z pertinet ad suffixum, cf. scr. suff. snu; nostrum Ferse; lith. kul-nis calx, mutato r in l, v. cal; gr. [greek] adjecto [greek] sicut in [greek] [greek] pro [greek] = purī; de lat. calx v. cal; hib. cairine crura; etiam lat. crus radice cum caraṇa cohaerere videtur, ejecto a radicali.)

carama carama

(ut videtur, a r. car) 1) ultimus. caramam Adv. ultimo. MAH. 1. 3628. 2) m. occidens, occasus. (Hib. iar "the end, every thing last, the west", abjectā litterā initiali, v. Pict. P. 45.)

carita carita

v. 1. car.

caritra caritra

n. (r. car s. tra inserto i) agendi ratio. Lass. 26. 18. 27. 1.

caru caru

m. (ut videtur, a carv edere) cibus, praesertim sacrificalis, e lacte et butyro paratus. RAGH. 10. 52. payaścaru (Schol. payasā dugdhena paktam carum annam.)

carc carc

1. 1. 10. P. A. (paribhāṣaṇatarjanayoḥ K. uktau bhartse itau v.; videtur esse forma redupl. pro carcar v. cañc) reprehendere, minari, dicere, ire; cf. jarc garj tarj.

carc carc

2. 10. P. A. (adhyayane K.) legere.

carcA carcā

f. (r. carc s. ā) 1) consideratio, cogitatio. HIT. 49. 19. 125. 20. (v. 2. car praef. vi). 2) unctio. AM.; v. sq.

carcita carcita

(a carcā s. ita nisi part. pass. a r. carc s. ta) unctus, pollutus. DEV. 11. 28.: asurāsṛgvasāpaṅkacarcita; Lass. 26. 7.: rudhiracarcitasarvāṅgī.

carb carb

1. P. (gatau) ire; cf. car kharb garb gharb.

carmakAra carmakāra

m. (e carman et kāra faciens) sutor. AM.

[Page 121b]
carman carman

n. (r. car s. man) 1) cutis. HIT. 82. 10.: dvīpicarmaparicchanna. 2) corium. HIT. 125. 14.: carmabandha. 3) scutum. DR. 8. 19. (Lat. corium radicali syllabā accurate cum car-man convenit; fortasse cal-ceus, mutato r in l (v. carmakāra sutor); hib. croi-cionn "a skin, hide" per metathesin e coir-cionn ortum esse videtur; gr. [greek] solea, calceus, etiam suffixo cum carman cohaeret, mutatā nasali in tenuem ejusdem organi, siout e. c. in 'ONOMAT = nāman nomen etc.)

caryA caryā

(r. car s. ) 1) actio eundi, ambulandi, migrandi. R. Schl. I. 19. 19.: rathyacaryā vectio, vectura. 2) perfunctio, effectio, exsecutio. R. Schl. I. 9. 40.: vratacaryā. 3) servitium, munus, officium. l. c. 40. 6.: aśvacaryā. 4) agendi ratio. BHAR. 2. 59.

carv carv

1. P. mandere, manducare. DEV. 7. 10.: nikṣipya vaktre daśanaiś carvati. (Hib. carbad "the jaw"; carbal "the palate of the mouth"; creimim "I gnaw", creim "corrosion, exesion, arrosion, mordication", mutato v in m, v. gr. comp. 124. Pict. p. 58. sq.; lith. kramtau mando; conferatur etiam russ. [greek] schevátj mandere, ratione habitā, litteram [greek] cum g cognatam esse atque saepe cum scr. j convenire. Fortasse kravya caro ad hanc radicem, quae e karv orta est, pertinet.)

carvaNa carvaṇa

n. (r. carv s. ana) actio mandendi.

cal cal

1. 1. P. 1) se movere, vacillare. N. 5. 9.: dṛṣṭir mahātmanāñ cacāla. 2) ire, abire, decedere, recedere. HIT. 26. 9.: calaty ekena pādena tiṣṭhaty ekena buddhimān; BH. 6. 21. 37.: calati tattvataḥ; MAN. 7. 15.: svadharmān na calanti; HIT. 9. 8.: vyākulaś calitaḥ; Lass. 42. 19.: svāgāram vihāya yāvac calati; ATM. 30. 15.: dhāvate calate tathā. - Caus. cālayāmi commovere. R. III. 76. 47.: na hy ahan te tu vacanaiḥ... tvayā cālayituṃ śakyo vātair iva mahīdharaḥ. (Cf. kel kvel khal car unde cal mutato r in l ortum esse censeo. E. cognatis linguis huc, sive, quod ad idem redit, ad car traxerim gr. [greek] quae sensu ad formam caus. pertinent; [greek] lat. celer, lat. pello; cf. Pott s. r. kṝ p. 227.; de vacillo v. cal praef. vi.)

c. ut surgere. RAGH. 2. 6.: sthitaḥ sthitām uccalitaḥ prayātān niṣeduṣīm āsanabandhadhīraḥ...chāye 'va tām bhūpatir anvagacchat; 12. 27.: kānanaṃ sā cakārā 'ṅgarāgeṇa puṣpoccalitaṣaṭpadam.

c. pra 1) ire, progredi, proficisci, abire. HIT. 46. 14.: kāśmīram pracalitaḥ; 60. 70.: paśūn hantum pracalitaḥ. 2) cadere. RAM. I. 18. 23.: vyathitamanāḥ pracacālacā "sanāt.

c. vi 1) dimovere. N. 14. 7.: na śakto 'smi padād vicalitum padam; A. 9. 6. 2) se movere, vacillare. vicalan prathamotpāte hayānām. - Caus. RAM. I. 16. 27.: vicālayeyuḥ śailendrān; MAN. 7. 14.: tan dharman na vicālayet. - Caus. Pass. BR. 2. 13.: vicālyamānā vai prārthyamānā durātmabhiḥ; BH. 6. 22.: duḥkhena vicālyate. (Lat. vacillo huc melius quadrat quam ad kak ire, q. v.; esset igitur va-cillo vocalibus transpositis ortum e vicallo; syllaba va etiam ad praep. ava referri (avacal) vel e syllabā redupl. explicari posset, ita ut vacillo pro vacallo mutilatum sit e quacallo.)

c. vi praef. pra dimovere. BHAR. 2. 81.: nyāyyāt pathaḥ pravicalanti padan na dhīrāḥ.

c. sam 1) ire, Caus. movere. SAK. 57. 7.: sañcālayāmi nalinīdalatālavṛntam. 2) surgere. R. I. 66. 47.: sañcacālā "sanāt tūrṇam.

cal cal

2. 6. P. (vilasane K. vilāse V.) ludere, jocari, nu- gari, to dally, praesertim de mulieribus cum marito ludentibus et jocantibus. K.: calati bhartrā nārī. (Cf. cull kil keli hib. cal "a joke", cail "desire, longing, appetite".)

cal cal

3. 10. P. (bhṛtyām K. bhṛtau V.) sustentare, nutrire. (Hib. cail "protection, keeping".)

cala cala

(r. cal s. a) mobilis, vacillans. N. 19. 6. BH. 6. 35.

caS caṣ

1. 1. P. A. (bhakṣaṇe K. bhakṣe V.) edere, comedere; v. caṣaka et cf. cūṣ.

caS caṣ

2. 1. P. (vadhe) occidere; cf. kaṣ.

caSaka caṣaka

(r. 1. caṣ s. aka) poculum. RAGH. 7. 46.

cah cah

1. 10. P. (parikalkane K. śāṭhye V.) conterere, laedere, fallere, decipere. (Hib. cagnaim "I chew, gnaw".)

cATa cāṭa

m. (r. caṭ s. a) deceptor. MR. 154. 2. infr.

cATu cāṭu

m. n. (r. caṭ convincere? s. u) gratus sermo, blandimentum, blanditiae. BH. 2. 26. CAUR. 24.

cANDAla cāṇḍāla

m. i. q. caṇḍāla. Lass.

cAtaka cātaka

m. (r. cat s. aka nisi a pat volare, mutatā labiali in gutturalem, deinde in palatalem) cuculus melanoleucus. GHAT. 10. (Cum radice hujus vocis convenit lat. cot-urnix, cujus pars altera graeco [greek] respondet.)

cAturvarNya cāturvarṇya

n. (Collectivum a caturvarṇa s. ya) quatuor tribus. N. 12. 44.

cAndramasa cāndramasa

(f. ī a candramas s. a) lunaris. BH. 8. 25. RAGH. 2. 39.

cAndrAyaNa cāndrāyaṇa

n. (a candra luna s. ayana) quaedam observantia religiosa, quā per obscurum mensis dimidium quovis die diuturnus cibus bucceā deminuatur et simili modo per clarum mensis dimidium augeatur. HIT. 19. 1.

cApa cāpa

m. (r. cap s. a) arcus. DR. 6. 19. (Hib. tabhal "a sling out of which darts and stones were cast", taifeid "a bowstring"; fortasse etiam gr. [greek] radice cum cāpa cohaeret, mutatā labiali in gutturalem et initiali gutturali, quam pro c exspectaveris, in lingualem, sicut in [greek] [greek] = catvāras [greek] = pañca.)

[Page 123a]
cApala cāpala

n. (a capala s. a) 1) mobilitas, instabilitas. 2) festinatio. RAGH. 3. 16. (Cf. hib. tap "quick, swift".)

cAmara cāmara

n. (a camara s. a) flabellum e cauda bovis grunnientis factum.

cAmIkara cāmīkara

n. (a camīkara cuniculus, s. a) aurum. N. 21. 11.

cAmya cāmya

n. (r. cam s. ya) cibus.

cAy cāy

1. P. A. (pūjāniśāmanayoḥ K. niśāme'rce V.) honorare, venerari, colere; animadvertere, videre, audire.

cAra cāra

m. (r. car s. a) 1) actio eundi. 2) explorator, emissarius. HIT. 88. 11. 3) carcer. (Cf. lat. carcer.)

cAraNa cāraṇa

m. (r. car in forma caus. s. ana) 1) saltator. 2) Geniorum ordo, Wils.: "a panegyrist of the gods". IN. 2. 1.

cAritra cāritra

n. (r. car s. tra inserto i) vitae ratio, bona vitae ratio. N. 18. 9. R. Schl. I. 1. 3.

cArin cārin

(r. car s. in) iens, ambulans, in fine compp. IN. 1. 31. H. 1. 25. RAGH. 19. 33.

cAru cāru

(f. ut videtur, a r. car s. u) pulcher. IN. 2. 17. DR. 6. 19. (Cf. angl. fair, v. car; bret. kaer pulcher.)

cArulocana cārulocana

(e praec. et locana n. oculus) pulchros oculos habens. H. 2. 36.

cArusarvAGgadarzana cārusarvāṅgadarśana

(BAH. e cāru et comp. TATP. significans, omnium membrorum visus, e sarva omnis, aṅga membrum et darśana visus) pulchram omnium membrorum speciem habens. N. 12. 26.

cAlana cālana

n. (r. cal in forma caus. s. ana) motio, agitatio. HIT. 51. 16.

ci ci

1. 5. P. A. cinomi cinve (Caus. cāpayāmi gr. 521.) 1) colligere, cumulare. SU. 4. 9.: vane puṣpāṇi cinvatī; RAGH. 9. 24.: citavikrama. 2) tegere, obruere. A. 9. 9.: sarvato mām acinvanta sarathan dharaṇīdharaiḥ. 3) quaerere. N. 16. 6.: cinvanto naiṣadhaṃ saha bhāryayā. (Cambro-brit. cai collectio, lat. cu-mulus, cujus u aut e Gunae vocali a explicaverim aut ex ā formae caus. cāpayāmi ad quam Pottius p. 204. apte, ut mihi videtur, refert polon. kupa cumulus, et nostrum Haufen; forma russ. [greek] kūca nititur eo, quod palatales facile in gutturales et hae in palatales transeunt.)

c. apa deminuere, attenuare. SAK. 31. 15.: apacitaṅ gātram.

c. ava colligere. SA. 5. 107.: phalāny avacitāni.

c. ā tegere. MAH. 1. 3993.: śarair ācita; RAGH. 7. 10.: arddhācitā rasanā (Schol. arddhā maṇibhir gumphitā).

c. ā praef. sam id. N. 17. 8.: malasamācita.

c. upa id. SU. 1. 9.: malopacita; A. 3. 35. a.: vāṇaiḥ so 'pacīyata (omisso augmento); 35. b.; 9. 10.: upacīyat part. pass., v. gr. 597.

c. ni tegere. GAT. 1.: nicitaṅ kham upetya nīradaiḥ.

c. nis decernere. N. 19. 9.: iti niścityaṃmanasā; v. gr. 635. niścita decretus, certus. BH. 18. 6.: iti me niścitam matam; R. I. 19. 11.

c. nis praef. vi 1) id. BH. 13. 4.: viniścita; cf. viniścaya SU. 3. 10. 2) considerare, deliberare, perpendere. N. 5. 15.: sā viniścitya bahudhā vicāryaca punaḥ punaḥ; 10. 13.: sa viniścitya bahudhā. 3) perficere. BHAR. 2. 72.: viniścitārthād viramanti dhīrāḥ.

c. pari 1) colligere, cumulare, augere. RAGH. 3. 24.: tat tayoḥ (prema) parasparasyo 'pari paryacīyata; 8. 18.: paricetun dhāraṇām; 9. 29.: abhinayān paricetum ivo 'dyatā. 2) detegere, patefacere, notum facere. HIT. 92. 7.: yathā 'yam paricīyate tathā kuruta; UR. 86. 1. infr.: āśramam paritaḥ paricitā etasya śākhāmṛgāḥ.

c. pra colligere. SU. 4. 10.: nadītīreṣu jātān sā karṇikārān pracinvatī; N. 20. 11. TROP. se recolligere, vires recuperare, reficere, recreare. RAGH. 3. 7.: pracīyamānāvayavā rarāja sā.

c. vi 1) quaerere. SA. 5. 83.: vicinoti hi me mātā; RAGH. 12. 61.: dṛṣṭā vicinvatā tena...jānakī. 2) perquirere, perscrutari. N. 16. 7.: cedipurīm...vicinvāno 'tha vaidarbhīm apaśyat; SA. 6. 3.: āśramān nadīścai 'va...vicinvantau.

c. sam colligere, coacervare. HIT. 30. 1.: cirasañcitan dhanam. SA. 6. 11.

ci ci

2. 10. P. i. q. ci 5.

cikits cikits

Desid. radicis kit.

[Page 124a]
cikitsaka cikitsaka

m. (a praec. s. aka) medicus. AM.

cikitsA cikitsā

f. (a cikits s. ā) morborum curatio. MAH. 1. 67.

cikIrS cikīrṣ

(Desid. rad. kṛ facere, gr. 543.) BR. 2. 25. cikīrṣita n. consilium, propositum. N. 17. 47.

cikIrSA cikīrṣā

f. (a praec. s. ā) desiderium faciendi, peragendi. R. Schl. I. 34. 3.

cikIrSu cikīrṣu

(a cikīrṣ s. u) faciendi cupidus. BH. 1. 23. 3. 25.

cikura cikura

m. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a quapiam in r vel, quod ad idem redit, in ṛ ṝ desinente radice; fortasse a car e kar ita ut crinis a mobilitate sit nominatus; cf. cañcur caṅkura; sive a kṝ) crinis. (Cf. gr. [greek] quod assimilatione e [greek] explicari posset; lat. cincinnus, quod syllabā redupl. cum scr. cañcur convenit; cirrus.)

cikk cikk

1. P. i. q. cakk unde ortum est attenuato a in i; cf. cukk.

cikkaNa cikkaṇa

adiposus, unctus, oleo imbutus. SAK. 36. 4. infr.: iṅgudītailacikkaṇa.

ciT ciṭ

1. 10. P. (preṣye) mittere, ablegare; v. ceṭa ceṭaka.

cit cit

1. 1. P. 10. A. cetāmi cetaye noscere, animadvertere, cogitare. RIGV. Ros. p. 3. 2.: vāyav indraśca cetathaḥ sutānām vājinīvasū "Vayus et Indra! animadvertite parata libamina apud sacrificia commorantes". (V. cetas cetana et cf. cint kit quod ex ki adjecto t explicavimus, ita cit a ci colligere deduci potest, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1. et cf. Pott. s. rad. ci; lith. kettu consilium capio alcjs rei, statuo, decerno; lett. sch-keettu opinor.)

cit cit

2. (r. ci s. t) Nomen agentis radicis ci in fine compp.

citA citā

f. (part. pass. r. ci s. ta in fem.) 1) cumulus. 2) rogus. RAGH. 8. 56.

citi citi

f. (r. ci s. ti) id.

citta citta

n. (r. cit s. ta) mens, animus, cogitatio. IN. 2. 31. 5. 4. N. 10. 8. BH. 4. 21. 10. 16. 15. 16. 18. 57.

[Page 124b]
cittayoni cittayoni

m. (ex animo originem ducens; e praec. et yoni) amor. RAGH. 19. 46.

citr citr

10. P. citrayāmi (citrīkaraṇe K.; ut mihi videtur, Denom. a citra) pingere.

citra citra

(r. ci cumulare, tegere, s. tra) 1) varius, versicolor. N. 4. 8. A. 7. 14. 2) admirabilis, mirandus. BHAR. 3. 39. 3) dexter, habilis, agilis, callidus, exercitatus. A. 10. 36. (Lith. kytras callidus, astutus.) 4) n. tabula picta. RAGH. 2. 31.

citrakara citrakara

m. (e citra tabula picta et kara faciens) pictor. AM.

citragata citragata

(e citra et gata qui ivit) pictus. HIT. 62. 11.

citrabhAnu citrabhānu

m. (BAH. e citra et bhānu lumen) 1) ignis. MAH. 1. 2036. 2) sol.

citraphalaka citraphalaka

m. (e citra et phalaka scutum) pictura, imago. UR. 23. 3. infr. (Cum phalaka cf. gr. [greek] et [greek].)

citraratha citraratha

m. (e citra et ratha currus) 1) sol. 2) n. pr. Gandharvi.

citralekhA citralekhā

f. (BAH. e citra et lekhā) n. pr. Apsarasis. IN. 2. 30.

citrasena citrasena

m. (BAH. e citra et senā exercitus) n. pr. Gandharvi. IN. 3. 8.

citrA citrā

f. (Fem. a citra) stella, Virginis Spica. RAGH. 1. 46.

citrita citrita

(a citra s. ita) vario colore praeditus. HIT. 37. 2.

cint cint

10. P.A. cintayāmi cintaye (scribitur cit v. gr. 110a).) cogitare, considerare, meditari, c. acc. rei. IN. 1. 1.: cintayāmāsa...devarājarathāgatim; 2.: cintayamānasya guḍākeśasya; SU. 3. 12.: cintayitvā punaḥ punaḥ; N. 9. 26.: tava pārthiva saṅkalpañ cintayantyāḥ; 13. 18.: cintayadhvaṃ sakātarāḥ; N. 9. 28.: cintayānasya tat sukham (v. gr. 598.). -- Excogitare. N. 19. 4.: asmadarthe bhaved vā 'yam upāyaś cintito mahān. (Cf. cit kit; goth. thagkja cogito, quod per metathesin explicaverim e kanthja, cujus a pro scr. i adjecto gunae incremento ortum esse posset, ita ut thagkja correptum sit e thaigkja; fortasse lat. censeo, mutato t in s, et sentio, mutatā initiali gutturali in sibilantem.)

c. anu id. N. 15. 9.: vaidarbhīm anucintayan; RAM. III. 51. 11.: vaidehīm anucintayan; BH. 18. 8.

c. pari id. BH. 10. 17.: sadā paricintayan.

c. pra id. A. 10. 3. 5.: pracintya tat.

c. vi 1) id. IN. 5. 59.: naca śāpam vyacintayat; N. 10. 17.: vicintyai 'vam. 2) oblivisci. MAH. 1. 4885.: tam vicintayataḥ śāpam praharṣaḥ samajāyata.

c. sam i. q. simpl. N. 21. 24.: manasā samacintayat; SU. 3. 10.; SA. 4. 3.

cintana cintana

n. (r. cint s. ana) deliberatio. MAH. 2. 242.

cintA cintā

f. (r. cint s. ā) cogitatio. BH. 16. 11. N. 2. 2.

cintApara cintāpara

Adj. (BAH. e praec. et para n. praecipuum, eximium, optimum, v. gr. 666.) cogitationem tanquam excellentissimum habens, in cogitatione defixus, cogitatione absorptus. N. 2. 2. RAM. I. 34. 34.

cira cira

(ut videtur, a r. ci s. ra) longus, de tempore; hinc Adverbia ciram quod in initio compp. cira sonat (gr. 686.), cirasya cirāt cireṇa q. v. (Hib. sir longus.)

ciram ciram

Adv. (Acc. neut. a cira) diu, in initio compp. cira (gr. 686.). IN. 5. 35.: māciram statim (v. ). H. 4. 13.

cirarAtrAya cirarātrāya

Adv. (Dat. a cirarātra e cira et rātra nox in fine compp. v. gr. 681.) per longum tempus, diu. SA. 7. 7.

cirasya cirasya

Adv. (Gen. a cira) post longum tempus, tandem, denique. H. 2. 8. 9.

cirAt cirāt

Adv. (Ablat, a cira) id. RAGH. 11. 63. (Schol. bahukālena); 12. 87.

cirAy cirāy

(Denominat. a cira s. y v. gr. 585.) tardare, cunctari. H. 4. 34.

cirAya cirāya

Adv. (Dat. a cira) diu. HIT. 51. 19.

ciri ciri

5. P. ciriṇomi (hiṃse V.) offendere, ferire, laedere, occidere; cf. ṛ ṛṇomi cīrṇa kṝ jṝ jiri.

cireNa cireṇa

Adv. (Instr. a cira) post longum tempus, sero, tarde. RAGH. 5. 64.

cil cil

6. P. (vasane K. vāse V.) vestire. (V. cela et cf. hib. ceilim "I conceal, hide, cover", caille "a veil or cowl"; lat. celare, fortasse etiam velum, velare, quae e quelum, quelare explicaverim, sicut vermis e quermis, v. kṛmi; germ. vet. hilu celo, a rad. HAL, quod nititur formā gunatā cel abjecto i; helm galea, heliu velo, heli velamentum; goth. hulja occulo; lat. oc-culo.

cill cill

1. P. (śauthelye K. śaithilye hāvakṛtau v.) 1) relaxari, solvi, mitigari. K.: cillati sādhur dayayā. 2) i. q. 2. cal et cull.

civuka civuka

n. mentum. AM.

cihna cihna

n. 1) nota, signum, macula. IN. 2. 25. N. 17. 7. 2) vexillum.

cIk cīk

1. et 10. P. (amarṣaṇe K. marśe V.) tolerare, patientem esse; tangere.

cItkAra cītkāra

m. (e cīt quod vocabulum a sono factum, et kāra faciens) clamor, ruditus, rugitus. HIT. 49. 21. de asino; v. sq. et cf. cukkāra.

cItkAravat cītkāravat

(a praec. s. vat) clamore praeditus. MALATI-MADH. 1. 8.

cIna cīna

m. 1) capreae genus. 2) vexillum; cf. cihna. 3) nomen terrae, Sina.

cIbh cībh

1. A. (katthane K. katthe V.) laudare, extollere, gloriari, se jactare.

cIb cīb

1. A. (ādānasamvaraṇayoḥ K.) sumere, capere, tegere. (Cf. cīv; hib. cib manus; cambro-brit. cipiaw sumere.)

cIy cīy

1. P. A. (samvṛtyādānayoḥ) tegere, sumere, capere; cf. ci tegere et 1. cīv.

cIra cīra

n. (ut videtur, a r. ci tegere s. ra vel a cil q. v., mutato l in r) 1) vestis. 2) cortex. 3) vestis e cortice. M. 5. R. Schl. II. 11. 23.

cIrNa cīrṇa

scissus, divisus, trop. impletus, solutus, de votis (a r. cṝ descendere videtur, non tamen haec syllaba a grammaticis inter radices recepta est). RAM. I. 18. 5.; SA. 6. 12. 41. (lege cīrṇāni cīrṇaṃ. - Cf. ciri cūrṇa kṝ jṝ.)

cIv cīv

1. 1. A. (grahasamvṛtyoḥ) sumere, capere, tegere; cf. ci cīy cīb.

cIv cīv

2. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dīptau V.) loqui, lucere.

cIvara cīvara

n. vestis pannosa. RAGH. 11. 16.

[Page 126a]
cukk cukk

10. P. (vyasane K. ārtau V.; e cakk attenuato a in u) i. q. cakk et cikk quae tres radices eandem inter se habent rationem, quam gothicae formae, ut band ligavi, bundum ligavimus, binda ligo.

cukkAra cukkāra

m. (e cuk et kāra faciens, v. cītkāra) leonis rugitus.

cucuka cucuka

m. n. (e cūṣ bibere?) papilla. (Hib. cioch mamma.)

cuT cuṭ

1. 1. P. (alpībhāve K. tucchane V.) parvum, debilem esse; cf. cuṭṭ cuṇṭ.

cuT cuṭ

2. 6. 10. P. cuṭāmi coṭayāmi. i. q. caṭ unde cuṭ attenuato a in u.

cuTT cuṭṭ

10. P. cuṭṭayāmi. i. q. 1. cuṭ; cf. cuṇṭ.

cuDD cuḍḍ

1. P. (hāvakaraṇe K.) i. q. 2. cal cill et cull; respiciatur, lingualem fere ut r pronunciari, r autem facile in l converti.

cuN cuṇ

6. P. (chede K. chidi V.; mutilatum esse videtur e cuṇṭ vel cuṇḍ) findere. (Hib. guinim "I wound, prick, sting", guinneach "sharp-pointed", gun-ta "wounded".)

cuNT cuṇṭ

1. 1. P. cuṇṭāmi (e cuṭ insertā nasali; scribitur cuṭ v. gr. 110a).) i. q. 1. cuṭ.

cuNT cuṇṭ

2. 10. P. cuṇṭayāmi. i. q. caṭ et 2. cuṭ.

cuND cuṇḍ

1. 1. P. (alpībhāve K. tauchye V.; scribitur cuḍ gr. 110a).) i. q. 1. cuṭ et 1. cuṇṭ.

cuND cuṇḍ

2. 1. 10. P. (chedane K. chidi V., scribitur cuḍ v. gr. 110a).) i. q. caṭ 2. cuṭ et 2. cuṇṭ.

cut cut

1. P. (āsecane K. kṣare V.) stillare, fundere, effundere. (Cf. cyut goth. GUT - giuta, gaut, gutum - pro quo e generali consonantium permutandarum lege HUTH exspectaveris, gr. comp. 87.; gr. [greek] abjectā litterā finali et mutatā tenui in aspiratam.)

cud cud

10. P. 1) mittere, impellere, incitare, stimulare. IN. 5. 2.: śarair manmathacoditaiḥ; H. 4. 4.: coditai 'ṣā hy anaṅgena; SU. 3. 9.: pitāmaham acodayan; DR. 8. 1.: viparidhāvata iti sma...codayāmāsa tān nṛpān; MAH. 1. 1916.: tatas tvā 'ham acūcudam; A. 9. 30. - ATM. R. I. 11. 51.: codayasva nṛparṣabhān. 2) instituere, praefixo [greek].)

c. abhi 1) i. q. simpl. R. I. 34. 6.: rājñābhicoditaḥ; 15. 45.: abravīt prasṛtam vākyaṃ rājñā yad abhicoditam. 2) interrogare, percunctari de alquā re, c. acc. rei. MAH. 1. 2913.: ṛṣiḥ kaścid ihā "gamya mama janmā 'bhyacodayat.

c. pari i. q. simpl. MAN. 3. 233.: guṇaiśca paricodayet.

c. pra 1) i. q. simpl. IN. 5. 3.: manmathena pracoditā; DR. 8. 6.: nārācair vīrabāhupracoditaiḥ; A. 8. 2. 2) pronunciare, proclamare. MAN. 3. 228.: guṇān sarvān pracodayan (Schol. kathayan).

c. pra praef. abhi id. MAH. 1. 575.: daivenā 'bhipracoditaḥ.

c. pra praef. sam id. A. 7. 7.: hayās te sampracoditāḥ.

c. sam id. SA. 2. 6.: pitrā sañcoditā.

cund cund

1. P. A. (niśāne K., scribitur cud gr. 110a).) acuere.

cup cup

1. P. se movere (explicatur per mandāyāṅ gatau K. śanair gatau V.; i. e. lente ire). MAH. 3. 10648. 10649.: kiṃ svit svapnaṅ na nimiṣati kiṃ svij jātan na copati . kasya svid dhṛdayan nā 'sti kiṃ svid vegena varddhate .. matsyaḥ supto na nimiṣaty aṇḍañ jātan na copati . aśmano hṛdayan nā 'sti nadī vegena varddhate... (Cf. cap se movere, vacillare, unde cup attenuato a in u; conferatur etiam kup irasci, quod a motione animi dictum esse censeo; huc trahi posset lith. kópu scando, nostrum hüpfen, angl. to hop.)

cumb cumb

1. 10. P. (scribitur cub gr. 110a).) osculari. HIT. 27. 20.: cumbati patin nirdayam āliṅgya. (Goth. kukja osculor, servatā initiali tenui contra regulam, gr. comp. 87. et mutatā finali labiali in gutturalem, positā tenui pro mediā, e generali lege, gr. comp. 87.; hib. pogaim osculor, mutatā gutturali in labialem et vice versā; etiam lith. bucioju id. transpositum esse videtur, e cubioju; lett. sz-kūpstit osculari.)

c. pari id. CAUR. 14.: muktākalāpaparicumbitacūcukāgrā; cf. l. c. sl. 17.

cumbin cumbin

(r. cumb s. in) osculans, in fine compp. CAUR. 17.

cur cur

1. 4. A.: cūrye (*) (dāhe) urere. (Lith. kurrù calefacio cubiculum, per assimil. e kurju, v. gr. comp. 501., praet. kuriau; sukurrù ugniṅ ignem accendo; goth. hauri et gr. [greek] abjecto r finali, nituntur formā Vriddhi auctā kaur.

(*) Radix cur in tempp. special. vocalem suam producit, in analogiā cum Passivis radicum in ir vel ur desinentium (gr. 495.). Wils. et Forsterus hanc rad. scribunt cūr.
cur cur

2. 1. 10. P. corāmi corayāmi furari. MAN. 8. 331.: yas tv agniñ corayed gṛhāt. (Vide caura et cf. lat. fūr, gr. [greek] mutatā gutturali in labialem et tenui in aspiratam; gr. [greek] nititur formā Vriddhi auctā caur abjecto u; hib. COIR "false, deceitfull" in initio compp.; coire "trespass, offence", coireach "criminal, a malefactor", cuireat "the knave at cards", cuireadach "knavish".)

cul cul

10. P. (nimajjane) submergere.

culump culump

1. P. (lope) findere, rumpere, abscindere; cf. lup lumpāmi lumpe unde culump quodam reduplicationis modo ortum esse videtur.

cull cull

1. P. (hāvakarane K. hāvakṛtau V.) i. q. 2. cal unde cull attenuato a in u et reduplicato l. K.: cullati priyeṇa nārī.

cUcuka cūcuka

m. n. (etiam cucuka forma reduplicata, ut videtur, a cūṣ bibere, sicut gr. [greek] nec non nostrum Zitze, cum dhe bibere (cf. [greek]) cohaerent, et lat. papilla tanquam forma redupl. ad pātum po-tum, reduci posset) papilla. UR. 84. 1. CAUR. 14. (Hib. cioch mamma, fortasse etiam coicht "children" huc pertinet.)

cUDA cūḍā

f. 1) vertex, culmen, cacumen, praesertim capitis vertex. RAGH. 17. 28. HIT. 55. 19. 2) cincinnus singulus in vertice. RAGH. 18. 50. 3) crista. 4) caput. Wils. (Cf. kūṭa et hib. cuit caput.)

[Page 127b]
cUN cūṇ

10. P. (saṅkoce) curvare, inflectere; cf. kūṇ.

cUta cūta

m. arbor, Mangifera Indica. RAGH. 7. 18.

cUrN cūrṇ

10. P. (peṣaṇe K. peṣe V., ut videtur Denom. a cūrṇa q. v.) frangere, conterere. DEV. 3. 35.: tān (bhūdharān) prahitāṃs tena cūrṇayantī śarotkaraiḥ; 9. 12.: muṣṭipātena devī taccā 'py acūrṇayat (śūlam); A. 8. 2.: tad (aśmavarṣam) acūrṇayam vegavadbhiḥ śaraiḥ; 3.: cūrṇyamāne'śmavarṣe tu. (Cf. cīrṇa ciri 2. kṝ śṝ jṝ jūr; hib. coirneach "a part", crinim "I knaw, bite".)

cUrNa cūrṇa

m. (ut videtur, part. pass. ab obsoletā rad. cṝ unde supra cīrṇa deduximus; forma cūrṇa convenit cum formā, quam vulgo post labiales assumit; e. c. pūrṇa a pṝ) pulvis. A. 8. 3.

cUS cūṣ

1. P. sugere, coṣya sugendus. MAH. 2. 316.: lehyañ coṣyañca peyañca. (Fortasse cūṣ e cukṣ ejecto k mutilatum est, cf. cucuka cūcuka; cukṣ autem e quadam simpliciore radice in gutturalem vel palatalem desinente deducendum esset, sicut dhikṣ accendere a dah bhakṣ edere a bhag vel bhaj cf. [greek] et bhuj; res si ita se habet, cum cūṣ e cuk et cucuka papilla contulerim lat. sugo et succus, mutatā initiali gutturali in sibilantem, nostrum saugen, gr. [greek].)

cRt cṛt

1. 6. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse granthe V.) offendere, laedere, occidere; cf. kṛt.

cRt cṛt

2. 1. 10. P. (sandīpane) collustrare, illustrare, celebrare.

c. vi id. RIGV. p. 137. 4.: vi ye cṛtanti (agnim) "qui Agnim hymnis canunt".

ceTa ceṭa

m. (r. ciṭ mittere, nisi ciṣṭ ejecto s. a) servus, famulus. HEM.

ceTaka ceṭaka

m. (r. ciṭ nisi ceṣṭ s. aka) id. HIT. 65. 16. BH. 1. 91.

ceTikA ceṭikā

f. (Fem. praecedentis, v. gr. 645. s. ika) ancilla. UP. 49.

ceTI ceṭī

f. (a ceṭa signo fem. ī) id. UP. 38. 41.

cet cet

Conj. (ut equidem puto, e ca et it q. v.) si, postponitur. BR. 2. 17. N. 17. 29. R. Schl. II. 8. 34. - Cum antece- dente yadi 1) si quidem. R. Schl. II. 8. 34. b.: yadi ced bharato dharmāt pitryaṃ rājyam avāpsyati. 2) etsi, etiamsi. MAH. 1. 4203.: yady asti ced dhanaṃ sarvam vṛthābhogā bhavantu tāḥ. (Gr. [greek])

cetanA cetanā

(r. cit s. anā) animus sui compos, Besinnung, Bewufstsein. UR. 76. 14. RAGH. 17. 1. BH. 13. 6. -- In fine compp. possess. N. 2. 3. 7. 14. 9. 20. 10. 19. 13. 60.

cetas cetas

n. (r. cit s. as) mens, animus. IN. 2. 32. RAGH. 14. 60. N. 9. 33. 21. 8. -- In fine compp. possess. BH. 4. 23. 5. 26. 8. 14.

cedi cedi

m. nomen regionis. N. 12. 132.

cel cel

1. P. (gatau K. cālagatyoḥ V.) se movere, ire; scribitur etiam cell; cf. cal praet. redupl. pl. celima.

cela cela

m. n. (r. cil s. a) vestis. BH. 6. 11.; Schol. celam vastram. (Lat. velum, v. sq. et rad. cil.)

celI celī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) id. (Hib. caille fem. "a veil or cowl", v. r. cil.)

ceST ceṣṭ

1. A. (ceṣṭāyām K. īhe V.) 1) se movere. MAN. 1. 52. yadā sa devo jāgarti tade 'dañ ceṣṭate jagat; R. Schl. I. 2. 14.: taṃ śoṇitaparītāṅgañ ceṣṭamānam mahītale dṛṣṭvā; M. 22.: gaṅgāyān na hi śaknomi vṛhattvāc ceṣṭitum. 2) ire, adire, frequentare. RAGH. 6. 51.: ruruceṣṭita bhūmiṣu. 3) niti, tendere, operam dare. RAM. III. 47. 51.: daśā kṛtāntopahate 'yam āvilā kim atra śakyam puruṣeṇa ceṣṭitum; c. acc. rei. BH. 3. 33.: sadṛśañ ceṣṭate svasyāḥ prakṛter jñānavān api. ceṣṭita n. nisus, opera, factum. N. 23. 18. RAGH. 4. 68. -- Part. praes. PAR. R. Schl. I. 34. 25. -- Caus. commovere, agitare. MAN. 12. 15.: bhūtāni satatañ ceṣṭayati. (Cf. iṣ ire, desiderare, anviṣ quaerere, iṣṭa desideratus, unde ceṣṭ praefixo ca ortum esse videtur; lat. QUAES, quaero, quaesivi; cambo - brit. cais contentio, labor.)

c. ati ultra modum se movere, ultra modum niti, operam dare. HIT. 36. 21.: vṛttyarthan nā 'ticeṣṭeta sā hi dhātrai 'va nirmitā.

c. vi 1) niti, operam dare, agere. MAN. 8. 334.: yena yena ...aṅgena steno nṛṣu viceṣṭate. - viceṣṭita n. nisus, contentio, actio. N. 23. 3. RAM. III. 65. 12. 2) reniti, obniti, reluctari. DR. 9. 13. part. praes. PAR.: tata enam viceṣṭantam badhvā. 3) ultro citroque se movere, se volutare. RAM. III. 62. 19.: śatrughnabharatāv ubhau dharāyāṃ sma vyaceṣṭetām bhagnaśṛṅgāv ivā 'rṣabhau; III. 51. 23.: tā vāṣpeṇaca samvītāḥ...vyaceṣṭanta nirānandāḥ.

c. sam niti, operam dare, agere. N. 23. 3.: sañceṣṭamānasya lakṣayantī viceṣṭitam.

ceSTA ceṣṭā

f. (r. ceṣṭ s. ā) nisus, actio. HIT. 110. 22. RAGH. 6. 12.

ceSTita ceṣṭita

v. ceṣṭ.

caitanya caitanya

n. (a cetana s. ya) anima. RAGH. 5. 4.

caitya caitya

(ut videtur, a citā vel citi s. ya) 1) n. locus sacrificii. 2) n. monumentum sepulcrale. Lass. 17. 3) m. arbor sacra, ficus religiosa, in vici vicinitate. H. 1. 40.

caitra caitra

m. (a citra vel citrā s. a) mensis Caitrus, Martius-Aprilis. BHAR. 1. 35.

caitraratha caitraratha

m. (a citraratha Gandharvus, qui Kuveri horti custos est, s. a) Kuveri hortus. RAGH. 5. 60.

codanA codanā

f. (r. cud impellere, s. ana in fem.) impulsus, incitatio. BH. 18. 18.

cora cora

m. (r. cur s. a) fur, v. caura.

coSa coṣa

m. (r. cūṣ s. a) actio sugendi.

coSaNa coṣaṇa

n. (r. cūṣ s. ana) id.

coSya coṣya

v. cūṣ.

caura caura

m. (r. cur s. a) fur. Lass. 23. 10. 25. 5. (v. 2. cur.)

caurya caurya

n. (a praec. s. ya) furtum. (Hib. coire "trespass, offence".)

caula caula

n. (pro cauḍā a cūḍā s. a) tonsura capitis. RAGH. 3. 28.

cyu cyu

1. 1. P. A. cadere, labi, elabi, trop. egredi (cf. bhraṃś). SU. 4. 19.: dvāv ivā 'rkau nabhaścyutau; BH. 9. 24.: na tu mām abhijānanti tattvenā 'taś cyavanti te; MAN. 12. 96.: utpatanti cyavanteca (Schol. naśyanti); SA. 3. 9.: cyutāḥ sma rājyāt vanavāsam āśritāḥ; 5. 26.: cyutaḥ svarājyāt; RAM. III. 56. 7.: adya me saptamī rātriś cyutasyā "ryakaveśmanaḥ; MAN. 12. 72.: cailāśakaśca bhavati śūdro dharmāt svakāc cyutaḥ. -- Caus. facere ut alqs cadat. RAM. III. 60. 48.: gatan nā 'rhasi taṃ svargāt punaś cyāvayitum. In dialecto Ved. excitare. RIGV. Ros. p. 72. 12.: janāṃ (pro janān) acucyavītana girīṃr (*) acucyavītana "homines excitate, nubes excitate". (Cf. jyu chyu ju jhu; scot. siab "motu celere transiens"; hib. seabhais "wandering, strolling, straying"; seabhasach "fatigued, weary".

(*) Notatu dignissima est forma girīnr et alii hujusmodi Accusativi pl. in dialecto vedicā, ubi Masculina in i et u desinentia in accus. pl. formant īṅr et ūnr, siquidem sequens vocabulum a vocali vel y incipit. Sine dubio forma ṅr ex ṅs orta est, cujus s ex euphoniae lege 75. propter sequentem sonoram litteram in r transiit. Conveniunt igitur laudatae vedicae formae cum gothicis accusativis in ns, ut gasti-ns, sunu-ns, et cum zendico neraṅs' viros, unde jam alibi collegimus, omnes, qui in classicā linguā sanscr. in n desinunt accusativos, primitive in ṅs exiisse, quam sententiam nunc novo et forti argumento confirmatam video Vedicis formis in ṅr (v. gr. comp. 236. 239.). Rosenius in egregio libro suo "Rigveda-Sanhita" p. XXXIX. duas diversas terminationis ṅr proponit explicationes, quae parum mihi plausibiles videntur. -- Cum accusativis in ṅr desinentibus origine cohaerent, ut equidem puto, formae Accus. pl. in nt exeuntes, quae ante voces ab s incipientes in dialecto vedicā inveniuntur, et quorum t eodem lege modo ex s ortum esse censeo quā e. c. radix vas in futuro format vat-syāmi (gr. 100.); ita RIGV. p. 13. 6.: asmānt su tatra codaya "nos bene ibi dirige". Ita etiam t finale primitivum, antecedente n et sequente voce ab s incipiente, servatur in tertiā pers. pl. temporum secundariorum, e. c. RIGV. p. 99. 2.: ab'i "m avanvant svab'is'ṭ'im "illum colebant fauste aggredientem".

c. pari paricyuta pauper, miser. N. 10. 2.

c. pra i. q. simpl. N. 9. 18.: yeṣām prakopād aiśvaryāt pracyuto 'ham; MAN. 12. 116. -- Caus. A. 9. 28.: nivātakavacair itaḥ pracyāvitāḥ surāḥ.

cyu cyu

2. 10. P. (hāsasahanayoḥ K. hāse sahane V.) ridere; sustinere. (Hib. tibhim "I laugh, joke".)

cyut cyut

1. P. i. q. cut. (Hib. cioth "a peal, a hawy shower"; ciothmhar "showery".)

cyuti cyuti

f. (r. cyu s. ti) lapsus. HIT. 7. 4.

cyus cyus

10. P. (hānau) relinquere.

[Page 1291]
cha cha

Haec littera, ubi in initio vocabulorum invenitur, e sk vel skh orta esse videtur, atque hoc loco in cognatis linguis fere semper sibilanti cum gutturali conjunctae respondet.

chaga chaga

m. caper, capra. HEM. v. chāga. (Fortasse nostrum Bock, anglo-sax. bucca, germ. vet. boch, poch, pog huc pertinent, - v. Graff. III. 30. - mutatā initiali gutturali in labialem et abjectā sibilante, quam ex ch = sk exspectaveris; lat. caper, Th. capru, quod cum chagala vel chāgala contulerim, in secundā syllabā gutturalem in labialem et mediam in tenuem convertit; etiam hircus ad chagala trahi possit, ita ut litteris transpositis e hicrus ortum sit.)

chagala chagala

m. (a praec. s. la) caper. (Lat. caper, Th. capru, capro, v. chaga.

chagalA chagalā

f. (Fem. praec.) capra. (Lat. capra, v. chaga.)

chagalI chagalī

f. (a chaga signo fem. ī) capra. (Hib. gabhar, gen. gabhair, v. chaga.)

chaTA chaṭā

f. lux, splendor. Lass. 67. 18.

chatra chatra

n. (pro chatra r. chad s. tra) umbella. RAGH. 3. 16. V. chad.

chad chad

1. 1. P. A. (Part. pass. channa gr. 607.) tegere. N. 17. 6.: channo 'bhreṇe 'va candramāḥ. (Cf. sku tegere; hib. scailim "I shade, shelter" = chadāmi mutato d in l; scailein "a fan, umbrella" v. chatra; scail "a shadow", scaileachd "darkness", scath "shadow, shade, protection, a veil, covering", mutato d radicis in th, nisi th ad suffixum derivationis pertinet, abjecto d radicali, sicut in scr. chāyā umbra q. v.; gr. [greek] etiam in goth. sca-dus umbra syllaba du ad derivationis suffixum trahenda esse videtur; lith. skyda scutum, skidéle parvum scutum; nostrum Schil-d e scil-d, mutato d in l; goth. skal-ja tegula; germ. med. schal cutis, cortex, putamen, nostrum Schale; lat. squā-ma, abjectā radicis consonante finali, sicut saepissime, v. chadman; spolium, mutatā gutturali in labialem, et d in l.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. HIT. 81. 10.: dvīpicarmaparicchanna.

c. pra id. pracchanna occultus. N. 19. 32.; HIT. 9. 14.

c. prati id. RAM. I. 9. 5.: muniveśapraticchanna.

chad chad

2. 10. P. A. chādayāmi tegere. DEV. 7. 17.: śaravarṣaiḥ... chādayāmāsa; GAT. 6.: chādite dinakarasya bhāvane.

c. ā 1) id. DEV. 10. 10.: tataḥ śaraśatair devīm āchādayata so'suraḥ. 2) abscondere. HIT. 22. 1.: tatsamīpe ātmānam āchādya sthitaḥ.

c. pra id. R. Schl. II. 8. 36.: pracchādyamānaṃ rāmeṇa bhāratan trātum arhasi.

chad chad

3. 10. P. chadayāmi (ūrjane) (*) educare, nutrire liberos. K.: chadayati putraṅ ghṛtena pitā.

(*) Sic legimus pro uggane apud Wilkins., quod ex ūrggane corruptum esse censeo; ūrgana autem hoc loco ad Caus. ūrg'ayāmi facio ut alqs fortis fiat, pertinet.
chada chada

m. (r. chad s. a) 1) folium. A. 4. 50. 2) ala. N. 9. 12. (Hib. sgiath ala.)

chadis chadis

n. (r. chad s. is) tectum domūs. AM.

chadman chadman

n. (r. chad s. man) occultatio, alienae formae assumptio. RAGH. 12. 2.; v. sq. (Cf. nostrum Schir-m, germ. vet. scer-m, Th. scer-ma scutum, mutato d in r; v. chad.)

chadmin chadmin

(a praec. s. in v. gr. 651.) alienā formā indutus. N. 25. 8.

chanda chanda

n. (r. chad insertā nasali, s. a nisi ab ich pro iṣ desiderare, abjecto i suff. anda pro anta) desiderium. N. 23. 15.; svacchanda in initio compp. suā sponte HIT. 20. 9.: svacchandavanajātena śākena. -- svacchandam Adv. id. UR. 63. 20.: vane svacchandam bhramantī. (Huc refero lat. spon-s, spon-te, pro spond-te, mutatā gutturali in labialem, v. sq.)

chanday chanday

(Denom. a chanda vel chandas v. gr. 587.) donare, augere, mactare, c. instr. rei. SU. 1. 18.: vareṇa cchandayāmāsa; 4. 22.; MAH. 1. 2166.: varaiś chandyamāne rājñā; 6365.: chandayan kāmaiḥ. (Cf. spondeo et v. chanda.)

chandas chandas

n. (r. chad insertā nasali, s. as nisi a chanda adjecto s) 1) desiderium. R. Schl. II. 9. 7.: mayo 'cyamānaṃ yadi te śrotuñ chandaḥ. 2) rhythmus, metrum, praesertim Vedorum. BH. 10. 35. 13. 4. 3) scriptum sacrum, Vedus. RAGH. 1. 11.: chandasām (Schol. vedānām).

channa channa

v. chad.

cham cham

1. P. (adane) edere; cf. cam jam jim jham.

champ champ

10. P. (gatau K. sarpe V.; scribitur chap gr. 110a).) ire. (Huc trahi posset goth. skapa creo, servatā tenui finali, sicut in slepa dormio = svap; respiciatur, verba movendi plerumque etiam agere, facere significare, v. e. c. car; fortasse etiam gr. [greek] quae formā egregie ad champ quadrant, a motione dicta sunt.)

chard chard

10. P. (vamane) vomere. (Hib. sceithim "I vomit, spew"; lat. screo.)

chardana chardana

n. (r. chard s. ana) vomitus.

chardi chardi

f. (r. chard s. i) id.

chala chala

n. (ut mihi videtur, a chad tegere, abscondere, mutato d in l suff. a) alienae formae assumptio, dissimulatio; dolum, fraus. HIT. 4. 2. RAGH. 6. 54. 16. 28. HIT. 4. 2. RAGH. 7. 27.; v. chadman chadmin. (Cf. lat. scelus.)

chalay chalay

(Denom. a praec. s. ay) decipere, fraudare. RAGH. 16. 61.: śirīṣaprasavāvataṃsāḥ...śaivāvalolāṃś chalayanti mīnān; BH. 16. 36.: dyūtañ chalayatām asmi tejas tejasvinām aham.)

challi challi

f. (ut mihi videtur, a r. chad tegere, mutato d in l s. li) cutis, pellis, cortex. (Germ. med. schal m. schale f. id.; lat. pellis, pro scellis? abjectā sibilante et mutatā gutturali in lab.)

challI challī

f. id.

[Page 131a]
chavi chavi

f. 1) splendor. UR. 31. 4. infr.; RAGH. 9. 34. 2) pulchritudo. (Germ. vet. scieri lucidus, mutato v in r, sicut e. c. in birumes sumus = bhavāmas gr. comp. 20.; hib. sceimh "beauty, bloom", sceimheach "handsome, bloomy", v. Pictet p. 60.)

chaS chaṣ

1. P. (vadhe) occidere; cf. kaṣ khaṣ caṣ jaṣ jhaṣ jūṣ.

chAga chāga

m. caper, capra. HIT. 120. 20. (v. chaga et voces ibi comparatas.)

chAya chāya

v. sq.

chAyA chāyā

f. (ut mihi videtur, e chadyā a r. chad tegere s. ejecto d et productā antecedente vocali) umbra. N. 5. 26. 13. 57. -- chāya n. id. RAGH. 4. 20. (v. not.); 7. 4. 12. 50. (Gr. [greek] v. r. chad.)

chita chita

Part. pass. rad. cho q. v.

chid chid

1. 7. P. A. (chinadmi chinde praet. multf. acchaitsam MAH. 2. 1942., acchidam A. 7. 21., part. pass. chinna gr. 607.) scindere, abscindere. DEV. 10. 14.: chinnadhanvan; 15.: cicchedā "patatas tasya mudgaran niśitaiḥ śaraiḥ; BH. 2. 23.: nai 'nañ chindanti śastrāṇi; N. 17. 37.: chittvā vastrārdham; 26. 17.: iyeṣa sa śiraś chettuṅ khaṅgena; DEV. 7. 19.: śiras tenā 'sinā 'chinat. Notentur locutiones: saṃśayañ chettum dubitationem eximere. BH. 6. 39.; tṛṣṇāñ chettum sitim exstinguere. HIT. ed. Lond. 37. 8. -- Caus. abscindi jubere. MAN. 8. 283.: hastau chedayet. (Cf. chuṭ chur; lat. scindo, scidi; gr. [greek] [greek] fortasse etiam [greek] huc pertinet, cujus a e formā gunatā ched q. v. explicari potest, abjectā vocali radicali; etiam goth. skaida separo, nostrum scheide nituntur formā gunatā, servatā contra regulam primitivā mediā; etiam goth. dis-skreita disscindo huc traxerim, insertā liquidā, nisi, quod minus mihi arridet, deducendum est e kṛt praefixo s et servatā contra regulam finali tenui; germ. med. schīte findo, praet. scheit, schiten; shinde glubo, praet. schant, schunden, cujus a, sicut in gr. [greek] nititur gunatā formā; sic etiam no- lith. skedra ramentum, assula, skaldau findo, skirru separo; hib. scaithim "I cut off, lop"; mutatā gutt. in lab. et d in l: spialaim "I dilacerate, dilaniate"; servatā gutt. et mutatā d in l vel r (v. chur): scaoilim "I loose, untie, scatter, disperse", scairim "I disperse, scatter"; servatā nasali formae chind scind, et abjecto d vel mutato per assimilationem in n, sicut in cann luna = chanda: scainim dirumpor "I burst", scinnim "I spring, start, burst out".)

c. ava abscindere, dividere. BHAR. 2. 1.: dikkālānavachinna.

c. ā 1) scindere. HIT. 10.: āchidya dhamanīm. 2) separare. RAM. III. 44. 22.: āchidya putre niryāte kauśalyā yatra jīvati.

c. ā praef. ava abscindere, avellere, eripere. UR. 10. 14.: daityahastād avāchidya.

c. ut 1) i. q. simpl. MAN. 7. 139.: no 'cchindyād ātmano mūlam pareṣāñcā 'titṛṣṇayā . ucchindan hy ātmano mūlam ātmānan tāṃśca poḍayet. 2) evertere, extinguere, destruere, delere. RAGH. 2. 23.: ucchinnaripu; 5. 71.: kim vā ripūṃs tava guruḥ svayam ucchinatti. 3) detrahere, subtrahere, subducere, derogare, Pass. desiderari. HIT. 19. 9.: tṛṇāni bhūmir udakam...etāny api satāṅ gehe no cchidyante kadācana; v. sq.

c. ut praef. vi id. BR. 3. 8. gate svarge vinaṣṭeca mamā 'nuje piṇḍaḥ pitṝṇām vyucchidyet (de passiv. formā vyuccidyet v. gr. 493.)

c. pari 1) abscindere. N. 13. 62.: vāsaso'rdham paricchidya. 2) terminare, terminis sepire, definire. RAGH. 6. 77.: yasya nacā 'nubandhi yaśaḥ paricchettum iyattayā 'lam cujus adjuncta gloria definiri quantitate nequit; 10. 29.: aparicchedyo...mahimā tava. 3) statuere, decernere. RAGH. 15. 51.: tam aghāvahaṃ śīrṣacchedyam paricchidya (Schol. śiraśchedārhan niścitya) niyantā śastram ādade; UR. 48. 21. 4) perpendere, considerare. RAGH. 17. 59.: parātmanoḥ (Schol. śatror ātmanaśca) paricchidya śaktyādīnām balābalam.

c. vi disjungere, separare. RAGH. 16. 20.: vicchinnadhūmaprasārā gavākṣāḥ; SAK. 5. 5.

c. sam i. q. simpl. BH. 4. 41.: jñānasañchinnasaṃśaya.

chid chid

2. 10. P. chedayāmi. Grammatici radicem hujus verbi scribunt ched q. v.

chidr chidr

10. P. chidrayāmi (vibhede K. bhede V.; Denom. a chidra) findere, dissecare.

chidra chidra

n. (r. chid s. ra) 1) cavum, cavitas. 2) vitium, in corpore. SA. 2. 8.; in sacrificio. R. Schl. I. 11. 16.; ed. Ser. I. 32. 34.

chinna chinna

v. chid.

chuT chuṭ

6. 10. P. (chede K. saṃhatau V.) findere; coacervare. (Cf. kuṭṭ cuṭ cuṇṭ khaḍ khuḍ chid chur jaṭ jhaṭ; hib. sgoth "a cut", sgothan "a small flock".)

chup chup

6. P. (sparśe) tangere.

chur chur

6. P. (chede K. lope V.) findere, abscindere. (Cf. khur kṛt chid; hib. scuirim vel sguirim "I cease, desist" = churāmi; ita lat. finis - pro fidnis? - cum findo cohaerere videtur; v. cheda cessatio, finis; huc etiam trahi possent scaoilim, scairim et spialaim, quae supra cum chid comparavimus; germ. vet. SCAR tondere, secare, sciru, scar, scārumes, nostrum Schere, quae nituntur formā char unde fortasse chur attenuato a in u; SCAR etiam e ched explicari posset, ejecto posteriore diphthongi e elemento, et mutato d in r.)

c. vi perfundere, diffundere, spargere, dispergere. CAUR. 12.: āsyam...śramajalasphuṭasāndravindumuktāphalaprakaravicchuritam (Schol. vyāptam); UR. 78. 9.: sphuratā vicchuritam idaṃ (te mukham) rāgeṇa maṇer lalāṭanihitasya.

churikA churikā

f. (r. chur s. ika in fem.) culter. AM.

churI churī

f. (r. chur s. a in fem.) id. (Cf. germ. vet. scāri forfex, et v. chur; etiam lat. for - compositi for-fex ad rad. chur vel ad cognatam khur vel ad kṛt e kart trahi possit, mutatā gutturali in lab.)

chRd chṛd

1. 7. P.A. chṛṇadmi chṛnde (devanadyutivamaneṣu) ludere, splendere, vomere, v. sq. et chard. (Cum chṛnd quod ortum est e skarnd vel skrand conferri possit lat. splendeo, mutatā gutturali in labialem et r in l; lith. spind[greek]iu splendeo, spindulys splendor, solis lumen; skais-tus, skais-tas clarus, splendidus; huc etiam trahi posset nostrum Glanz, germ. med. glanz splendidus, glenze splendeo, abjectā sibilante; etiam glize splendeo, praet. gleiz, nostrum gleifze, Gleifsner.)

chRd chṛd

2. 1. 10. P. chardāmi chardayāmi (sandīpane) splendere.

cheka cheka

cicur, mansuetus, de bestiis. AM.

chettR chettṛ

m. (r. chid s. tṛ) scissor. HIT. 13. 17.: chettāraḥ saṃśayānām; 19. 6.: chettuḥ pārśvagatāñ chāyān no 'pasaṃharate drumaḥ.

ched ched

10. P. (dvaidhīkaraṇe K. chede V.; a chid v. 2. chid) dividere. (Lith. skéldeju rumpor, dirumpor, v. 1. chid.)

cheda cheda

m. (r. chid s. a) 1) scissio, scissura. 2) cessatio, intermissio, finis. UR. 59. 15.: gharmacheda. 3) fragmentum, pars. UR. 82. 8.

chedin chedin

(r. chid s. in) findens, frangens, rumpens, in fine compp. RAGH. 4. 48.

cho cho

4. P. chyāmi v. gr. 330. (chedane K. lūnau V.) findere, abscindere; cf. chur unde fortasse cho abjecto r et adjecto Gunae incremento.

chyu chyu

1. P. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire; cf. cyu jyu ju ku.

[Page 133a]
j j

Haec littera orta est e g et in cognatis linguis ei respondent g et litterae, quae sicut scr. j originem traxerunt a gutturali mediā; ita nonnunquam in lith. [greek] (= dsch) in slav. [greek] et in gae7licis dialectis d, quod ante e et i in dialecto scot. fere ut j sonat, locum tenent sanscriti j vel g.

ja ja

(r. jan s. a v. gr. 645. s. a) natus, ortus, progerminatus, in fine compp. H. 1. 42.

jaMs jaṃs

10. P. (rakṣaṇe K. rakṣe V.; scribitur jas gr. 110a).) servare, tueri.

jakS jakṣ

2. P. jākṣimi (ut mihi videtur, forma redupl. pro jaghas ejecto a a r. ghas v. gr. 354. not.) edere.

jagat jagat

(Part. praes. neut. radicis ire) se movens, mobilis. AM. - Subst. n. 1) ventus. 2) mundus. Lass. 91. 16. (Hib. diogg "a breath, life"; respiciatur syllaba redupl. verborum dioghalaim "I revenge", diogan "revengefull, fierce, cruel", quae conveniunt cum scr. han caedere, occidere, quod secundum tertiam cl. formaret jahanmi.)

jagatI jagatī

f. (Fem. praec.) terra. HIT. 69. 18.: jagatīpāla; R. Schl. I. 12. 36.: jagatīpati.

jagannAtha jagannātha

m. (e jagat et nātha) mundi dominus, cognomen Vischnūs.

jaghana jaghana

(forma redupl. a r. han quae praef. sam coacervare significat) 1) lumbi. UR. 73. 4. infr. jaghanabharālasā; SAK. 45. 11.: jaghanagauravāt; IN. 5. 11.; RAGH. 9. 28. 60.; v. sq. 2) muliebria. AM.

jaghanya jaghanya

(a jaghana s. ya) ultimus, postremus. BH. 14. 18. DR. 5. 8. (Hib. deaghanach "late, last".)

jaghanyaja jaghanyaja

(e praec. et ja natus) natu minimus. DR. 7. 16.

jaGgam jaṅgam

Intens. rad. gam ire, v. gr. 569. (Goth. gagga, abjecto m, nostrum gieng, Gang; lith. pér-[greek]éngimas transgressio, uz-[greek]engimmas ascensio, nu-[greek]engimmas descensio, [greek]engiu eo, abjecto m, sicut in goth. gagga.)

jaGgama jaṅgama

(a praec. s. a) se movens, mobilis. SU. 1. 25.

jaGghA jaṅghā

f. (ut mihi videtur, pro jaṅgā a vel gam ire cum syllabā redupl.) crus. (Cf. nostrum Schenkel, germ. vet. scinkel, quod initio melius cum chaṅghā et fine cum sq. conveniret.

jaGghAla jaṅghāla

m. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a rad. vel gam s. la pro ra) viator agilis, velox; v. jaṅghā.

jaj jaj

1. P. (yuddhe K. yudhi V.) pugnare, v. sq. (Fortasse hib. fighim "I fight", nostrum fechte, germ. vet. vihtu, lat. pugno, mutatā gutturali in lab., v. jañj.

jajJivas jajñivas

Part. praet. redupl. radicum jan et jñā.

jaJj jañj

1. P. (a jaj insertā nasali, scribitur jaj gr. 110a).) pugnare. (Lith. [greek]inc[greek]iju "ich streite mich, drohe"; v. jaj.)

jaT jaṭ

1. P. (saṃhatau) coacervare, cf. jhaṭ.

jaTA jaṭā

f. (r. jaṭ s. ā) coma implicata, involuta (*) SU. 1. 8.

(*) Wils.: The hair matted as worn by the god Siwa, and by ascetics; the long hairs occasionally clotted together, and brought over the head, so as to project like a horn from the forehead, at other times allowed to fall carelessly over the back and shoulders.
jaTAyu jaṭāyu

et jaṭāyus m. (e jaṭa accumulatus et āyu vel āyus vita) n. pr. vulturis fabulosi, Aruni, solis aurigae, filii, quem Rāvanus occidit. R. Schl. I. 1. 51.: gṛdhraṃ hatvā jaṭāyuṣam.

jaTila jaṭila

(a jaṭā s. ila) implicatam comam habens.

jaTula jaṭula

m. (r. jaṭ s. ula) macula, nota in corpore. AM.: = piplu.

jaThara jaṭhara

m. venter. H. 2. 3. (Goth. qvithrs, Th. qvithra in comp. lausqvithrs inanem ventrem habens, quithus uterus; fortasse lat. venter e guenter, insertā nasali.)

jaDa jaḍa

1) frigidus. 2) hebetatus, obtusus, conturbatus, mente captus, stolidus, stupidus. UR. 7. 9. RAGH. 8. 74. BHAR. 3. 59. (Cf. hib. fiod f. frigus, fuar frigidus, quae, si huc pertinent, gutturalem in labialem converterunt.)

jatru jatru

n. os collare, clavicula. R. Schl. I. 1. 12.: gūḍajatru.

jan jan

1. 3. P. jajanmi gignere, generare. Participia janita gen-tis cognatus; goth. KIN germinare, keina, kain, kinum; kuni, Th. kunja, genus; nostrum keime, Kin-d i.e. genitus; v. jana janī.)

c. adhi id. RAGH. 18. 23.: īśvareṇa tena kṣiter viśvasaho 'dhijajñe.

c. pra parere. prajātā quae peperit. MAH. 1. 3046.: prajātā 'ham...imaṅ kumāram.

jan jan

2. 4. A. jāye (v. gr. 332.) 1) nasci. HIT. 4. 19.: mṛto ko vā na jāyate; c. loc. matris et ablat. patris: MAN. 10. 64.: śūdrāyām brāhmaṇāj jātaḥ; MAH. 1. 371.: śakuntalāyān duṣmantād bharataścā 'pi jajñivān. 2) oriri. RAM. I. 35. 15.: sapta srotāṃsi jajñire; 48. 5.: yaṣṭum matir ajāyata; III. 55. 19.: śabdo jāyate tumulaḥ. 3) fieri. NALOD. 1. 42.: āyatayā vīkṣya dṛśā taṃ smarāturā 'jayata; MAH. 1. 6625.: kṣudhārttā jajñire janāḥ. - Caus. janayāmi Praet. mltf. ajījanam (gr. 526.) facere ut aliquis nascatur, oriatur, gignere, procreare, parere, c. loc. feminae ex quā aliquis liberum gignit. N. 5. 47.: janayāmāsaca nalo damayantyām...indrasenaṃ sutañcā 'pi indrasenāñca kanyakām; A. 6. 13.: sa tu śabdaḥ...pratiśabdam ajījanat; R. I. 15. 83.: kauśalyā 'janayad rāmam.

c. anu postea nasci. MAN. 9. 134.: yadi putro 'nujāyate.

c. abhi nasci, oriri. BH. 2. 62.: kāmāt krodho 'bhijāyate; 16. 5.: sampadan daivīm abhijāto 'si ad divinam sortem natus es.

c. upa id. HIT. 8. 3.: asmin na nirguṇaṅ gotre apa- tyam upajāyate; BH. 2. 62.: saṅgas teṣū 'pajāyate propensio erga eas (res sensuales) oritur; 14. 2.: sarge 'pi no 'pajāyante.

c. pra id. MAH. 1. 4660.: iha tasmāt prajāhetoḥ prajāyante narottamāḥ. De prajātā quae peperit v. jan cl. 3.

c. vi active parere. R. Schl. I. 27. 8.: yakṣī putram vyajāyata.

c. sam 1) nasci. R. I. 57. 20.: tasmād marīciḥ sañjajñe; 40. 49.: aṣṭau sañjajñire putrāḥ. 2) oriri. H. 1. 14.: pāṇḍuputrāṇām mūrche 'va samajāyata; SA. 5. 2.

jana jana

m. (r. jan s. a) 1) vir, homo, persona, praesertim in plur. DR. 3. 5. BR. 2. 12. N. 13. 35. 49. 14. 14. -- Sing. praecedente pronomine demonstrativo interdum pronominis 1mae personae utriusque generis loco fungitur; e. c. UR. 24. 6.: tasmin jane mihi (regi); 28. 2. infr.: paravaśo 'yañ janaḥ ego (Urvasia); 19.: ayañ janaḥ ego (rex); RAGH. 8. 80. 2) Collect. homines, die Leute. N. 10. 10. 13. 50.; SA. 7. 5.; in fine compp. turba. N. 17. 24.: bandhujanaḥ; RAGH. 14. 13. 60.: śvaśrūjana. (Hib. duine "man either male or female"; gr. [greek] vocis jana fortasse Fem. janā mulier exstitit, cui responderet goth. qvino, Th. qvinon, mulier, adjecto n, v. gr. comp. 142.; slav. [greek] schenà.)

janaka janaka

(r. jan s. aka) Adj. generans. Lass. 83. 14. Subst. m. 1) genitor, pater. 2) n. pr. regis Mithilae. RAGH. 11. 38. (Nostrum König, germ. vet. cuning, chuning rex; v. janī mulier, angl. queen; fortasse vocis janaka exstitit Fem. janakā vel janakī cum quo conveniret gr. [greek] [greek] quod e [greek] regresso i finali in antecedentem syllabam, explicaverim; lith. [greek]mogùs homo e [greek]amogus correptum esse videtur, mutato radicis n in m, sicut in gamù; v. jan.)

jananI jananī

f. (r. jan s. ana in fem.) genitrix. IN. 5. 40. (Lith. [greek]monà mulier, quod e [greek]amonà correptum esse puto, nititur formā jananā v. jan et jam.)

janapada janapada

n. (e jana et pada n. locus) regio, terra, rus. N. 12. 132. 26. 33.

[Page 135a]
janAntikam janāntikam

Adv. (e jana et antika propinquitas in accus.) in linguā scenicā, ad personam aliquam secreto loquens. UR. 31. 17.

janArdana janārdana

m. (hominum vexator, e jana et ārdana vexator) cognomen Krischni.

jani jani

v. janī.

janitR janitṛ

m. (r. jan s. tṛ) genitor, pater. (Lat. genitor, gr. [greek] hib. genteoir "a begetter, sower, planter".)

janitrI janitrī

f. (Fem. praecedentis) genitrix, mater. N. 16. 34. (Lat. genitrī-x, gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 119.)

janI janī

correptum jani f. (a jana vir signo fem. ī correptum i) mulier; cf. jāni. (Hib. gean "a woman"; goth. qvens, Th. qveni uxor, qveins, Th. qveini id., angl. queen; de goth. qvino et slav. [greek] schena v. jana.)

janiman janiman

n. (r. jan s. man inserto i) nativitas, natales, ortus. AM.; v. janman. (Hib. geineamhuin "birth, conception".)

jantu jantu

m. (r. jan s. tu) animal, animans, creatura. RAGH. 8. 86. BHAR. 2. 9. 3. 45. BH. 5. 15.

janman janman

n. (r. jan s. man) nativitas, natales, origo. N. 1. 29. BH. 4. 5. (Formā respondet lat. ger-men, quod jam Vossius a geno deduxit, mutato n in r, sicut in ger-mānus, cf. jāyamāna; hib. geanamhuin "engendering".)

janya janya

1. m. (fortasse a janī s. ya; Schol. ad RAGH. ed. Calc. 6. 30. janyān explicat per: janīm vadhūm vahanti) nymphagogus, Brautführer, v. janyā; secundum AM. sponsi amicus: janyāḥ snigdhā varasya ye. MAH. 1. 7203.

janya janya

2. n. (fortasse a han occidere, mutatā gutturali in palat., sicut in syllabā redupl. [greek] jaghāna) proelium. RAGH. 4. 27.

janyA janyā

f. (Fem. [greek] janya m.) paranympha, Brautführerin. RAGH. 6. 30. (in ed. Calc. legitur janyā).

jap jap

1. P. submissā voce dicere, praesertim preces. R. Schl. I. 2. 10.: japtvā japyañca vāgyataḥ; IN. 1. 20.: jajāpa japyam; R. Schl. I. 25. 3.: jepatuḥ paramañ japam; Lass. 18. 6.: ekam mantrañ japitvā; GITA GOV. 4. 16.: ha- rir iti japati sakāmam; cf. jalp unde fortasse jap ejectā liquidā.

c. upa 1) submissā voce loqui. RAM. Schl. I. 9. 38.: śrotramūleco 'pajepuḥ. 2) sibi conciliare. MAN. 7. 197.: upajapyān upajapet.

japa japa

m. (r. jap s. a) submissā voce dictae preces. R. Schl. I. 25. 3.

jabh jabh

1. 1. P. (yamane K. jabhane V.) refraenare, cohibere.

jabh jabh

2. 1. A. (gātravināme K. jṛmbhe V.) oscitare; cf. 2. jambh jṛmbh. (Lith. is-si-[greek]oju os aperio, [greek]ó-tis rima, fissura, [greek]epsa patet, [greek]opsnu os apertum habeo, [greek]oplys os apertum.)

jam jam

1. 1. P. (adane K. bhakṣe V.) edere. (Cf. cam jham jim; hib. diamann "food, sustenance", v. jamana; gion "the mouth"; germ. vet. gouma, kouma coena, prandium, convivium, pastus; gaumo palatum, faux, guttur. gaumian, gaumon, epulari.)

jam jam

2. Indecl. uxor in comp. jampatī uxor et conjux. (jam e jan ortum esse videtur, e vi euphon. sequentis labialis; cf. hib. gamh "a woman", gr. [greek] [greek].)

jamadagni jamadagni

nom. pr. (BAH. e jamat edens et agni ignis) Sanctus quidam, Paras'urāmi pater. MAH. 1. 2611.

jamana jamana

n. (r. jam s. ana) 1) actio edendi. 2) cibus. (Hib. diamann "food, sustenance".)

jambAla jambāla

m. n. lutum, argilla. AM.

jambu jambu

f. nomen arboris (Wils.: The rose apple - Eugenia Jambu). N. 12. 4.

jambuka jambuka

m. canis aureus. AM.

jambudvIpa jambudvīpa

m. (e jambu et dvīpa m. insula, paeninsula) India (*) N. 26. 37.

(*) Wils.: Jambu Dwīpa, said to be so named from the preceding plant abounding in it, and implying according to the Purana's, the central division of the world or the known world: according to the Bauddha's it is confined to India.
[Page 136a]
jambh jambh

1. 1. P. (yamane K. jabhane V.; scribitur jabh gr. 110a).) refraenare, cohibere; v. jabh.

jambh jambh

2. 1. A. (gātravināme K. jṛmbhe V.; scribitur jabh gr. 110a).) oscitari. (Cf. jṛmbh 2. jabh jam; gr. [greek] v. sq.)

jambha jambha

m. (r. jambh s. a) 1) cibus. 2) mentum. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

jaya jaya

m. (r. ji vincere s. a) Adj. vincens, in fine compp. N. 19. 28. Subst. m. 1) cognomen Ar[greek]uni, victor. DR. 3. 7. 2) victoria.

jayin jayin

(r. ji s. in) vincens. Subst. m. victor. RAGH. 4. 34.

jaraTha jaraṭha

durus, solidus. (Nostrum hart, goth. hardus, mutatā initiali mediā in aspiratam pro tenui, sicut in hors = jāra q. v.)

jarat jarat

(N. jaran jaratī jarat; Part. praes. r. jṝ) senex, infirmus. AM. (Gr. [greek] hib. gearait "a saint, a holy, a wise, a prudent, a learned"; fortasse nostrum krank, germ. med. kranc debilis, adjectā gutturali, sicut in jung = yuvan yūn gr. 225.)

jaras jaras

f. (r. jṝ s. as; Nomen defectivum, quod Nomin. et eos obliquos casus, quorum suffixum a consonante incipit, format e jarā) senectus, infirmitas. (Gr. [greek] cujus [greek] ad thema pertinet, v. gr. comp. 128.)

jarA jarā

f. (r. jṝ s. ā v. gr. 159.) senectus, infirmitas. A. 4. 47.

jarAyu jarāyu

m. uterus. AM.

jarita jarita

(a jarā s. ita) senectute confectus. R. Schl. II. 2. 5.

jarc jarc

6. P. (paribhāṣaṇatarjanayoḥ) reprehendere, minari; cf. carc jharc jarch jharch jhark jarj jarjh jarts bharts garj tarj.)

jarch jarch

6. P. id.

jarj jarj

6. P. id.

jarjara jarjara

(forma redupl. a r. jṝ s. a) 1) laceratus, dilaceratus. HIT. 107. 18. 2) infirmus, confectus, fractus. Lass. 7. 9.

jarjh jarjh

6. P. id.

[Page 136b]
jarts jarts

6. P. id.

jal jal

1. 10. P. jalāmi jalayāmi (apavāraṇe K. dhānye pidhāne V.) tegere. (Cf. lat. galea et r. cil.)

jala jala

(ut videtur, partim a r. jal partim a gal fluere, s. a) Adj. 1) frigidus. 2) mente captus, turbatus, stupidus, stultus, cf. jaḍa. - Subst. n. 1) frigus. 2) (a r. gal fluere?) aqua, saepissime. (Cf. lat. gelu, goth. kalds frigidus; lith. szála gelascit, su-szalú frigore necor, szaltas frigidus; russ. [greek] cholodnyi id.; hib. gil aqua.)

jalaja jalaja

n. (in aquā natum, e jala et ja) 1) lotus flos. 2) concha. RAGH. 7. 60. 10. 61.

jalada jalada

m. (aquam dans, e jala et da dans) nubes. GHAT. 3. 4.

jaladhara jaladhara

m. (aquam gerens, e jala et dhara q.v.) nubes.

jaladhi jaladhi

m. (aquam tenens, e jala et dhi a r. dhā s. i) mare, oceanus. Lass. 77. 1.

jalanidhi jalanidhi

m. (e jala et nidhi receptaculum) id. BHAR. 2. 78.

jalamuc jalamuc

m. (aquam fundens, e jala et muc) nubes. Lass. 96. 9.

jalAy jalāy

(Denom. a jala) in aquam converti. BHAR. 2. 78.: vahnis tasya jalāyate jalanidhiḥ kulyāyate.

jalezaya jaleśaya

m. (in aquā jacens, dormiens, e locat. jale et śaya) piscis.

jalaukas jalaukas

f. (BAH. e jala et okas domus) erinaceus. AM. (Hib. dallog id.)

jalp jalp

1. P. dicere, loqui. HIT.: dūtaḥ sarvaṃ hi jalpati; BHAR. 1. 81.: jalpanti sārddham anyena. jalpita n. sermo. R. III. 44. 20.: strīṇāṃ śuśrāva jalpitam. (Cf. jap gṝ gir; lith. kalbù loquor, kalbà sermo; hib. gaill "speech", ad gaill "he spoke".)

c. upa id. R. III. 47. 15.: idam eva smarāmy asyāḥ sahasai 'vo 'pajalpitam.

c. pra id. H. 1. 22.: tac chrutvā...prajalpitam.

c. sam id. H. 3. 12.: tathā sañjalpatas tasya; R. I. 61. 27.: sarve sañjajalpur atho mithaḥ.

[Page 137a]
jalpa jalpa

m. (r. jalp s. a) sermo. R. III. 47. 15. (Lith. kalbā id.; hib. gaill id.)

jalpaka jalpaka

(r. jalp s. aka) loquax, garrulus. BHAR. 2. 48.

java java

m. (r. ju s. a) celeritas. N. 19. 19. DR. 6. 27. (Hib. deibheadh "haste, speed"?)

javana javana

(r. ju s. ana) 1) n. celeritas. AM. 2) Adj. celer. AM. (Lith. szaunas celer; v. jala.)

jaS jaṣ

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere. (Cf. jas jhaṣ jūṣ jhūṣ kaṣ khaṣ caṣ; hib. gus mors.)

jas jas

1. 4. P. (mokṣaṇe K. mokṣe V.) dimittere, liberare. K.: jasyati vatsaṅ gopaḥ.

jas jas

2. 10. P. jāsayāmi (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe anādare V.) laedere, occidere, spernere. (V. ujjāsana jasuri et cf. jaṣ etc.; goth. fra-qvistja, us-qvistja deleo, vasto, fra-qvistna perdor; fortasse lat. vasto e guasto.)

jasuri jasuri

m. (r. jas s. uri) Indri fulmen.

jahi jahi

v. han gr. 357.

jahnu jahnu

m. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a r. han s. u) rex quidam sanctus, Kurūs filius. R. Schl. I. 44. 35.; v. sq.

jahnutanayA jahnutanayā

f. ([greek]ahnūs filia) cognomen Gangae; v. R. Schl. I. 44. 35. sq.

jAgara jāgara

m. (r. jāgṛ s. a) vigiliae, pervigilatio. CAUR. 5. RAGH. 19. 34.; v. jāgṛ.

jAgarA jāgarā

f. (Fem. praecedentis) id. AM.

jAgarin jāgarin

(r. jāgṛ s. in nisi a jāgara s. in) vigil.

jAgarUka jāgarūka

(r. jāgṛ s. ūka) vigilans. RAGH. 10. 25.

jAgR jāgṛ

2. P. (forma redupl., quae Intensivorum speciem prae se fert; v. gr. 108.) vigilare. H. 1. 51.; BH. 2. 69.: yā niśā sarvabhūtānān tasyāñ jāgārti samyamī . yasyāñ jāgrati bhūtāni sā niśā paśyato muneḥ; c. loc. vel accus. rei cujus causā alqs vigilat vel a quā sibi cavet, quam custodit. RAGH. 8. 23.: śatruṣuce 'ndriyeṣuca ...jāgratau; CAUR. 35.: nakhapadaṃ stanamaṇḍale yad dattam...jāgarti rakṣati vilokayati. - Caus. expergefacere. HIT. 50. 4.: kathaṃ svāminan na jāgarayasi. (Gr. [greek] lat. vigil, vigilo, e guigil, guigilo? mutato r in l et abjectā initiali gutturali, sicut in vivo pro guivo = jīvāmi; sic etiam germ. vet. wachar vigil e quachar vel huachar explicandum esse censeo; wachal id., mutato r in l, sicut in lat. vigil; abjectā finali radicis syllabā: wachem vigilo, goth. waka; fortasse etiam hib. mosgalaim vigilo huc pertinet, ita ut in mos-galaim dissolvendum sit; nescio tamen, unde deduci possit syllaba mos.)

jADya jāḍya

n. (a jaḍa s. ya) 1) frigus. 2) stultitia. BHAR. 2. 12.

jAta jāta

(Part. pass. r. jan s. ta) 1) natus. 2) n. species, genus, classis, tribus. RAGH. 5. 1. 11. 71. (Huc trahimus nostrum Kin-d, ratione habitā, scr. jāta mutilatum esse e janta; lith. gentis cognatus, attenuato a in i.)

jAtaputra jātaputra

(BAH. e praec. et putra filius) natos filios habens, in fem. quae filios peperit. BR. 2. 32.

jAtamanmatha jātamanmatha

(BAH. e jāta et manmatha m. amor) natum amorem habens, amore captus, amans, c. loc. rei. IN. 4. 17.

jAtarUpa jātarūpa

n. (natam formam, pulchritudinem habens. BAH. e jāta et rūpa) aurum. R. Schl. I. 38. 22.

jAtavedas jātavedas

m. (natos Vedos habens, qui Vedos genuit, e jāta et vedas Collect. Vedi) 1) cognomen dei Agnis. (*) 2) ignis. MAH. 1. 883. RAGH. 12. 104. 15. 72.

(*) Wils.: One legend makes the Vedas to have issued from the mouth of Agni.
jAtasneha jātasneha

(BAH. e jāta et sneha amor, desiderium) natum amorem, desiderium habens, desiderio captus, desiderans c. loc. BR. 1. 18.

jAti jāti

f. (r. jan s. ti cf. jāta 1) nativitas, natales, origo. R. Schl. I. 59. 18. 2) familia, stirps, genus, species, tribus, classis. N. 13. 25. 55. DR. 4. 16. SU. 2. 8. (Lat. gens e gen-ti-s, servatā nasali, quam scr. jāti e janti expulit; lith. pri-gentis f. natura.)

jAtIya jātīya

(a praec. s. īya) gentilicius. R. Schl. II. 15. 13.

jAtu jātu

(fortasse a stirpe interr. ka mutatā tenui gutt. in mediam palat.; cf. cit) Adv. unquam, praecipue in constructione cum na occurrit, ad exprimendum nunquam. H. 2. 20. 4. 44.

[Page 138a]
jAtya jātya

(a jāti s. ya) generosus, nobilis, excellens, praestans. RAGH. 17. 4. R. Schl. II. 9. 40.

jAnapada jānapada

m. (a janapada s. a) rusticus. N. 26. 32.

jAni jāni

f. (ut mihi videtur, a jana vir, productā vocali a sicut in nārī a nara adjecto signo fem. ī quod correptum est in i) uxor. RAGH. 15. 61. PAN. V. 4. 134. (Hoc vocabulum accuratius quam jani cum goth. qvens, Th. qveni, uxor convenit, quum goth. e praeter o respondeat scrto ā; v. gr. comp. 69.)

jAnu jānu

n. genu. N. 19. 21. jānu dātum genu imponere alicui. DR. 9. 5.: tasya jānu dadau. (Lat. genu, gr. [greek] goth. kniu, Th. kniva, nostrum Knie; fortasse etiam hib. glun, insertā liquidā; slav. [greek] koljeno, lith. kiélis.)

jApay jāpay

Caus. radicis ji gr. 521.)

jAmAtR jāmātṛ

m. (ut mihi videtur, e pro jāyā et mātṛ mater, qui uxoris matrem tanquam matrem suam habet) gener. (Lat. gener, nisi directe venit a rad. GEN, ita ut genitorem significet, separari possit in ge-ner = jānara uxoris (i. e. filiae) vir, correpto ā in e; etiam gr. [greek] ad jānara reduxerim, mutatā dentali nasali in labialem, quam ab rem [greek] euphonicum, quod in [greek] etc. videmus, transierit in [greek] cf. [greek].)

jAmi jāmi

f. 1) soror. 2) casta mulier. AM. cf. jam.

jAyA jāyā

f. (r. jan s. ya in fem.) uxor. RAGH. 2. 1. 7. 68.; v. jāmātṛ. (Cf. lat. Gāja, v. "Vocalismus" p. 207.)

jAmbUnada jāmbūnada

n. aurum. (Wils.: E jambunadī (*) a river flowing from mount Sumeru, the Indian Pactolus, and a aff.) DR. 7. 7. A. 2. 5. Ejus originis mythus exponitur RAM. I. 31. 49.

(*) Potius gambūnadī, scribitur enim quoque gambū pro gambu.
jAyu jāyu

m. medicamentum. AM.

jAra jāra

m. (fortasse e pro jāyā v. jāmātṛ et ra a r. ram abjecto m) adulter, amasius adulterinus. (Goth. hors, Th. hora moechor, nostrum Hure.)

[Page 138b]
jAla jāla

n. (r. jal tegere) 1) rete. HIT. 9. 14.; transl. turba, multitudo, copia. A. 10. 29. RAGH. 9. 27. 10. 62. 2) fenestra. RAGH. 6. 43. 3) flos non aperta.

jAlaka jālaka

n. (a praec. s. ka) id. RAGH. 9. 43. 68. Lass. 63. 17.

jAlma jālma

m. (ut videtur, a r. jal s. ma) 1) crudelis, severus, ferox, durus. 2) homo vilis, abjectus, nebulo. MR. 251. 13. (Hib. galmha "hardness, hardihood, rigour, valour".)

jAhnavI jāhnavī

f. (a jahnu s. a in fem.) cognomen Gangae, v. jahnutanayā.

jAhnavIya jāhnavīya

(a praec. s. īya) ad Gangem pertinens. RAGH. 10. 27.

ji ji

1. P. jayāmi praet. redupl. jigaya jigāya gr. 443.) 1) vincere, expugnare. BH. 2. 6.: nacai 'tad vidmaḥ kataran no garīyo yad vā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ; 11. 34.: jetāsi raṇe sapatnān; N. 7. 5.: akṣadyūte nalañ jetā bhavān; SU. 2. 9.: sarvām mahīñ jetum. 2) ludendo auferre ab alquo, eludere aliquem aliquid, c. acc. pers. et rei; Pass. c. nom. pers. et accus. rei. N. 3. 5.: jitvā rājyan nalan nṛpam; 12. 83.: jito rājyam vasūnica; cf. Stenzler. ad Kumāra Sambh. p. 111. Caus. jāpayāmi (v. gr. 521.) vincere jubere. SAK. 29. 4. infr., PASS.: na me hastaḥ prasarati vāṅmātreṇa jāpyase. - Desid. jigīṣāmi; BH. 10. 38.: nītir asmi jigīṣatām. (Fortasse lith. galu possum, galybe potestas, ap-galu, per-galu supero, vinco, pergale victoria, quorum l a y [greek] jayāmi deduci potest - v. gr. comp. 20. - sicut in nostro Leber = yakṛt jecur, [greek] et prācr. laṭṭī = scr. yaṣṭi (Lass. gr. prācr. 195.), et sicut r pro y invenitur in hib. treigim relinquo = tyajāmi; hib. gar "profit, advantage, gain, good.)

c. ava recuperare. MAH. 1. 7765.: avajityaca tad dhanam.

c. ni i. q. simpl. SU. 2. 7.: tāv indralokan nijitya yakṣarakṣogaṇāṃs tataḥ.

c. nis id. RAM. I. 50. 28.: kāmakrodhāv anirjitya; N. 12. 47.: nirjitārigaṇa; 13. 58.: dyūte sa nirjitaḥ; victo- riā acquirere. MAH. 1. 152.: yadā 'śrauṣam draupadīṃ raṅgamadhye lakṣyam bhittvā nirjitām arjunena.

c. nis praef. vi id. MAN. 11. 205.: vivāde vinirjitya.

c. parā id. DEV. 2. 2.: asurair mahāvīryair devasainyam parājitam; N. 26. 19.: ekapāṇena vīreṇa nalena sa parājita. Praet. multf. ATM. MAH. 1. 6378.: droṇaḥ parājaiṣṭa māṃ sa sakhivigrahe (parājeṣṭa?).

c. vi P. A. id. SU. 2. 8.: sarvā mlecchajātīr vijigyatuḥ; MAH. 1. 2268.: dakṣiṇāṃ sahadevas tu vijigye; RAGH. 12. 104.

jigIS jigīṣ

Desid. r. ji v. gr. 544.

jigISu jigīṣu

(a praec. s. u gr. 645.) vincendi cupidus. RAM. I. 36. 16.

jighatsu jighatsu

(a jighats Desid. r. ghas s. u) famelicus. AM.

jighAMs jighāṃs

Desid. r. han v. gr. 551.

jighAMsA jighāṃsā

f. (a praec. s. ā) necandi cupido. RAGH. 15. 19.

jighRkS jighṛkṣ

Desid. r. grah v. gr. 102. d. 551.

jighRkSA jighṛkṣā

f. (a praec. s. ā) prehendendi cupido. RAGH. 9. 46.

jijJAsA jijñāsā

f. (a jijñās Desid. r. jñā s. ā) exploratio. HIT. 20. 13. 72. 14.

jijJAsu jijñāsu

(a jijñās Desid. r. jñā s. u) cognoscendi, explorandi cupidus. BH. 6. 44.

jit jit

(r. ji s. t gr. 643.) vincens, expugnans; in fine compp. DR. 9. 11.

jitakrodha jitakrodha

(BAH. e jita et krodha iracundia) victam iracundiam habens, expers iracundiae. SA. 3. 2.

jitaklama jitaklama

(BAH. e jita et klama lassitudo) victam lassitudinem habens, lassitudinis expers. H. 1. 52.

jitAtman jitātman

(BAH. e jita et ātman q. v.) victam, domitam animam habens, victum semetipsum habens, qui animi affectiones vicit. SU. 2. 2.

jitendriya jitendriya

(BAH. e jita et indriya n. sensus) victos, domitos sensus habens. SU. 3. 2. SA. 1. 2.

jinv jinv

1. P. (prīṇane scribitur jiv gr. 110a).) exhilarare.

[Page 139b]
jim jim

1. P. (adane K. bhakṣe V.) edere; cf. jam cam et v. jemana.

jiri jiri

5. P. jiriṇomi (hiṃsāyām) offendere, ferire, laedere, occidere; cf. ciri jṝ jūrv ṛ. (Hib. gearaim "I sharpen, whet, cut, bite, knaw".)

jiS jiṣ

1. P. (secane K. seke V.) humectare, irrigare, conspergere.

jiSNu jiṣṇu

(fem. -ṣṇu r. ji s. snu; v. gr. 645. s. snu) 1) Adj. vincens, victoriosus. RAGH. 4. 85. 10. 18. 2) cognomen Arguni.

jihIrS jihīrṣ

Desid. r. hṛ v. gr. 543.

jihIrSu jihīrṣu

(a praec. s. u) capiendi, rapiendi cupidus. N. 9. 16.

jihma jihma

(ut videtur, forma redupl. a r. s. ma cf. gr. 370.) 1) curvus, flexus. A. 7. 6. 2) transl. pravus. N. 12. 83. (Hib. giomh "a lock of hair; a fault".)

jihmaga jihmaga

(e praec. et ga iens) serpens. MAH. 982.

jihvA jihvā

f. (fortasse forma redupl. a r. hve vocare, v. Pott. p. 230.; sec. Wils. a r. lih lingere, mutato l in j s. ) lingua. H. 2. 9. (Si jihvā descendit a lih huc trahenda sint lith. lie[greek]uwis, cf. lai[greek]u lingo, lat. lingua. Goth. tuggo, nostrum Zunge et hib. teanga, si huc pertinent, ita e jihvā explicari possunt, ut soni j = dsch solum prius elementum relictum sit; zend. [greek] hizva autem sibilantem solam, mutato s in h, servavit; v. gr. comp. 53.)

jIna jīna

m. (r. jyā s. na v. gr. 608.) senex. AM.

jImUta jīmūta

m. nubes. N. 12. 57.

jIrNa jīrṇa

v. jṝ.

jIv jīv

1. P. A. vivere. N. 11. 17.: jīvatv asukhajīvikām; H. 1. 39.: sa jīveta sukhaṃ loke. -- na jīvitum mori. SA. 5. 99.: purā mātuḥ pitur vā 'pi yadi paśyāmi vipriyam . na jīviṣye. -- Caus. facere ut alqs reviviscat, vitam recipiat. MAH. 1. 1994.: vṛkṣam jīvayāmāsa; 1995.: pārthivañ jīvayiṣyati. (*) -- tanquam Denominativum, cui responderet scr. jīvayāmi a jīva vita.)

(*) In recentioribus libris invenitur forma caus. anomala gīvāpayāmi (Lass. XVIII. 6. 9. 14. 16.), cujus analogiam sequuntur Prācritae formae ut moābehi (UR. XX. 12.), quod sanscrite sonaret mocāpaya; cf. Lass. Institut. linguae Prācr. p. 360.

c. anu vivendo sequi alqm. SA. 5. 94.: jīvantāv anujīvāmi; RAGH. 19. 15.: anvajīvad amarālakeśvarau (Ed. Calc. atyajīvad; quod Schol. explicat per atikramya jīvitavān tato 'py utkṛṣṭajīvita āsīt.)

c. upa 1) obsequi, obedire c. acc. pers. MAN. 9. 105.: śeṣās tam upajīveyuḥ; MAH. 2. 1625.: bāndhavās tvo 'pajīvantu sahasrākṣam ivā 'marāḥ. Pass. RAM. III. 76. 58.: sujīvaṃ nityaśas tena yaḥ parair upajīvyate. 2) c. acc. rei exsequi, perficere, observare. MAN. 10. 74.: te samyag upajīveyuḥ ṣaṭ karmāṇi. 3) c. ablat. dependere ab alquo. RAM. III. 76. 58.: tena tu durjīvaṃ yaḥ parād upajīvati.

c. upa praef. prati reviviscere, vitam recipere. Mr. 122. 3. infr.: pratyupajīvitā 'smi.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 2002.: dvijaprabhāvād rājendra vyajīvat sa vanaspatiḥ.

c. sam i. q. simpl. N. 26. 25.: sañjīva śaradāṃ śatam; DR. 9. 4.: punaḥ sañjīvamānasya. - Caus. facere ut alqs reviviscat, in vitam revocare. RAGH. 12. 74.: sītām...samajīvayat. - Desid. formae causalis MAH. 1. 2012.: sañjijīvayiṣu in vitam revocandi cupidus.

jIva jīva

(r. jīv s. a) 1) Adj. vivus. DR. 7. 20. 2) Subst. m. hib. beo "living, alive".)

jIvana jīvana

1. n. (r. jīv s. ana) vita. BH. 7. 9.

jIvana jīvana

2. (a jīvay Caus. r. jīv s. ana) vivificus. A. 4. 51.

jIvala jīvala

m. (r. jīv s. ala) n. pr. N. 15. 7.

jIvikA jīvikā

f. (r. jīv s. ika in fem.) vita. N. 11. 17.

jIvita jīvita

n. (r. jīv s. ta) vita. DR. 9. 11. BR. 1. 27. (Lith. gywatà; slav. [greek] schivot; lat. vita e vivita.)

ju ju

1. P. A. javāmi jave ire, festinare, v. java. (Cf. jyu jhu lith. zūwu venio fut. zu-su.)

jugups jugups

Desid. r. gup q. v.

jugupsA jugupsā

f. (a praec. s. ā) vituperatio. MR. 15. 5.

juGg juṅg

1. P. (tyāge scribitur jug gr. 110a). videtur esse forma redupl. pro jaṅg v. jaṅgam) relinquere.

juD juḍ

1. 6. P. (bandhe) ligare.

juD juḍ

2. 6. P. (gatau) ire.

juD juḍ

3. 10. P. (preraṇe K. node V.; Caus. praecedentis) mittere.

jut jut

1. A. (bhāsane K. dyutyām V.) lucere, fulgere; cf. jyut dyut div.

jun jun

6. P. (gatau) ire.

juS juṣ

1. 1. 10. P. joṣāmi joṣayāmi (paritarkaṇe K. tarke tṛptau V.) investigare, exhilarare.

juS juṣ

2. 6. A. (prītisevanayoḥ K. mudi seve V.) amare, desiderare; colere. BH. 2. 2.: anāryajuṣṭa; N. 12. 65.: āśramamaṇḍalan nānāmṛgagaṇajuṣṭam; MAH. 1. 3569.: amararājajuṣṭāt puṇyāl lokāt patamānaṃ yayātiṃ samprekṣya. In dial. Ved. benevole accipere. Ros. RIGV. Sp. 12. 2.: juṣasva girim mama; 13. not.: juṣasva naḥ samidham. Caus. joṣayāmi facere ut alqs colat, peragat. BH. 3. 26.: joṣayet sarvakarmāṇi. (Cf. zend. [greek] zaos'a voluntas gr. comp. 58.; hib. gus "a desire, inclination"; goth. KUS eligere, kiusu, kaus, kusum, nostrum kiese, lat. gus-tus, nisi hoc pertinet ad ghas; gr. [greek] [greek] v. Pott p. 277.)

juhvat juhvat

v. hu.

[Page 141a]
jUti jūti

f. (r. ju s. ti produetā radicis vocali) celeritas. AM.

jUr jūr

1. P. (jīrṇe K. jyānau vadhe V.) contritum esse, senescere, occidere, cf. jūrv gūr jṝ i.e. jar unde jūr mutato a in ū.

jUrti jūrti

f. (r. jvar s. ti) febris. AM. (Hib. gurt "pain, trouble, fierceness".)

jUrv jūrv

1. P. (vadhe) occidere. (Hib. gearbaim "I grieve, hurt, wound".)

jUS jūṣ

1. P. A. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere, cf. jaṣ chaṣ jas jhaṣ jhūṣ.

jR jṛ

1. P. (nyakkāre) humilius, brevius reddere. (Cf. nostrum kur-z, scot. gearr, goirid brevis.)

jRbh jṛbh

1. A. jarbhe hiare, aperire, expandere, os diducere, oscitare; v. sq. et cf. jabh jambh. (Germ. vet. CHLUP findere, chliupu findo, attenuato a [greek] jarbh in u; germ. med. KLUB hiare, separari; transfindere; nostrum klaffe, Kluft; huc etiam traxerim goth. graba fodio, nostrum grabe, gr. [greek] hib. grabhaim "I carve, grave, insculp", grafaim "I write, inscribe, scrape, grub", grafan "a grubbing-ax".)

jRmbh jṛmbh

1. A. (scribitur jṛbh gr. 110a).) 1) id. H. 2. 6.: jṛmbhamāṇa; PAR. BHAR. 3. 4.: tṛṣṇe jṛmbhasi pāpakarmanirate nā 'dyā 'pi santuṣyasi. 2) laxare arcum. R. Schl. I. 75. 17.: tadā tu jṛmbhitaṃ śaivan dhanur...hūṅkāreṇa; 19.: jṛmbhitan tad dhanur dṛṣṭvā. V. jṛbh jṛmbhaṇa.

c. ut hiare, aperire, se expandere. Lass. 69. 5.: vasantaḥ santato 'jṛmbhetānaṅgaśṛṅgāraḥ.

c. ut praef. sam conari, contendere. BHAR. 2. 6.: vyālam bālamṛṇālatantubhir asau roddhum ujjṛmbhate.

c. vi hiare, se expandere; diffundi, dispergi. UR. rajanyām vijṛmbhate madanavādhā; RAGH. 3. 19.: sukhaśravā maṅgalatūryanisvanāḥ...vyajṛmbhanta.

jRmbhaNa jṛmbhaṇa

n. (r. jṛmbh s. ana) actio aperiendi, expandendi, efflorescendi. BHAR. 1. 24.: mālatī śirasi jṛmbhaṇonmukhī.

jRR jṝ

1. 4. 9. 10. P. jarāmi jīryāmi (gr. 330.), jṛṇāmi (gr. 385.), jārayāmi. 1) conteri, consumi, confici, praeser- schernov lapis molaris; goth. qvairnus mola, germ. med. quirn, kurn, id.; cf. Pott. p. 228.)

jetR jetṛ

m. (r. ji s. tṛ) victor. AM.

jemana jemana

n. (r. jim edere s. ana) cibus, victus. AM. (Hib. diamann "food, sustenance", v. jam.)

jeS jeṣ

1. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire.

jeh jeh

1. A. (yatne. Fortasse forma redupl. a r. hi abjecto i) operam dare, niti.

jai jai

1. P. (kṣaye) perire; cf. kṣai.

jaitra jaitra

Adj. (Fem. trī ut videtur, a perdito primitivo jitra a r. ji s. tra sicut citra a ci) victor, victoriosus. RAGH. 4. 16. 12. 85.

jJa jña

(r. jñā s. a) sciens, noscens, in fine compp. N. 2. 17.

jJap jñap

Haec a grammaticis tanquam radix proposita syllaba nil aliud est quam Caus. radicis jñā cujus Caus. vulgo sonat jñāpay (gr. 519.), unde jñap correpto ā in a quam correptam formam ibi tantum adhibitam videmus, ubi suff. ta part. pass. proxime cum radice conjungitur, ita ut praeter jñāpita inveniatur jñapta quae forma ejecto i convenit cum tāpta pro tāpita v. tap. Exempla formae jñapta praef. ā et vi v. DEV. 6. 5.: tenā "jñapta ab hoc jussus; HIT. 67. 19.: sarvaiḥ paśubhir militvā siṃho vijñaptaḥ ab omnibus animalibus conjunctis leoni dictum est; HIT. ed. Ser. 87. 16.: garutmatā prabhur bhagavān nārāyaṇaḥ...vijñaptaḥ (ed. Bonn. vijñāpitaḥ).

jJA jñā

9. P. A. jānāmi jāne (gr. 386.). 1) scire, nosse, cognoscere, intelligere. N. 12. 13.: jānāti vārṣṇeyaḥ kva nu rājā nalo gataḥ; SA. 6. 35.: tvam atra hetuñ jānīṣe; N. 20. 8.: sarvaḥ sarvan na jānīte sarvajño nā 'sti kaścana. C. accus. rei, de qua scimus. N. 12. 14.: nai 'ṣa jānāti naiṣadham; H. 1. 6.: tañca pāpan na jānīmo yadi dagdhaḥ purocanaḥ; subintellecto verbo substantivo in constructionibus, quae latino Infin. cum accus. respondent: N. 12. 77.: tasya mān tanayāṃ sarve jānīta hujus me filiam esse cuncti scite; 17. 46.: yathāca vo na jānīyād bruvato mama śāsanāt ne sciat, vos dicentes esse jussu meo. C. nomin. participii pass. in ta R. Schl. II. 7. 23.: na jānīṣe tenai 'vam atisandhitā nescis ab illo sic decepta (te deceptam esse). Cum Infinit., BH. 1. 39.: kathan na jñeyam asmābhiḥ pāpād asmān nivartitum. 2) sciscitari, percontari, exquirere. N. 17. 44.: sa nalaḥ sarvathā jñeyaḥ kaścā 'sau kvaca vartate; H. 2. 11.: gaccha jānīhi ke nv ete śerate vanam āśritāḥ; DR. 1. 14.: gaccha jānīhi saumyai 'nāṅ kasya vā 'tra kuto 'pi vā; 1. 16. N. 22. 1. - Caus. jñāpayāmi (gr. 519.) part. pass. jñāpita et jñapta (v. jñap) 1) facere ut alqs sciat, nunciare. MAH. 1. 5864. c. gen. pers. et acc. rei: tatas te jñāpayāmāsur dhṛtarāṣṭrasya nāgarāḥ . pāṇḍavān agninā dagdhān; 2. 558.: tam...ajñāpayat svam prayojanam. 2) jubere. HIT. 98. 21.: yad ājñāpayati devaḥ. - Desid. ATM. sciendi, cognoscendi, sciscitandi, explorandi cupidum esse; explorare. N. 19. 12.: aśvān jijñāsamāno vicāryaca punaḥ punaḥ; R. Schl. II. 12. 15.: atha jijñāsase mān tvam bharatasya priyāpriye; jā-nāmi ortae sint, sicut in persico dānem scio, aut ita ut per metathesin e jñā ortum sit kann (*) reduplicatā nasali, nisi separandum est kan-n et altera nasalis ad radicem primitivam altera ad derivationem pertinet. Lith. [greek]innaù scio, [greek]inne scientia, sa[greek]inne conscientia; quae duplice nasali cum germ. cann conveniunt; slav. [greek] [greek] novi primitivam radicis formam accuratius servavit. Hib. gnia "knowledge", gnic id., gno "ingenious", gnas "custom, use".)

(*) Respicias scr. d'mā flare, quod in specialibus tempp. transponitur in d'am.

c. anu 1) permittere. MAH. Exord. 136.: anvajānāt tato dyūtam; N. 24. 5.: anvajānāt sa pārthivaḥ. 2) frequentissime dimittere, proficiscendi veniam dare. H. 1. 26.: anujñātaḥ sa gacche 'ti bhrātrā jyeṣṭhena; BR. 2. 28.: anujānīhi mām ārya; A. 4. 54. N. 17. 19. 18. 5. 24. 4. - Caus. facere ut alqs permittat sive dimittat, veniam proficiscendi petere. MAH. 1. 2414.: sa mātaram anujñāpya v. sq.)

c. anu praef. abhi 1) mandare, jubere. IN. 4. 14.: tava śakrābhyanujñātaḥ pādāv adya prapadyatām; 5. 49.: tava pitrā 'bhyanujñātām...yasmān mān nā 'bhinandethāḥ. 2) dimittere. IN. 5. 29.: tava pitrā 'bhyanujñātā gatāḥ svaṃ svaṅ gṛhaṃ surāḥ - Caus. 35.: jagmatuśca yathākāmam anujñāpya parasparam.

c. anu praef. sam 1) permittere. N. 6. 7.: asmābhiḥ samanujñāte damayantyā nalo vṛtaḥ. 2) mandare, jubere. IN. 5. 34.: tato'haṃ samanujñātā tena pitrāca te'nagha. 3) dimittere. SU. 2. 2.: suhṛdbhiḥ samanujñātau.

c. abhi 1) i. q. simpl. N. 20. 14.: ahaṃ hi nā 'bhijānāmi bhaved evan na ve 'ti vā; 21. 21.: nā 'bhijajñe sa nṛpatir duhitrarthe samāgatam; N. 5. 11.: nā bhyajānān nalan nṛpam; 13. 73.: sairandhrīm abhijānīṣva.

c. abhi praef. sam agnoscere, cognoscere, erkennen. N. 23. 24.: indrasenāṃ saha bhrātrā samabhijñāya.

c. ava spernere. BR. 2. 19.: avajñātāca lokeṣu; BH. 9. 11.: avajānanti mām mūḍhā mānuṣīn tanum āśritam.

c. ā percipere, cognoscere. IN. 3. 1.: śakrasya matam ājñāya; H. 2. 16.: bhrātur vacanam ājñāya. - Caus. jubere. IN. 5. 20.: kim ājñāpayasi devi. SU. 2. 1.

c. ā praef. sam Caus. jubere, c. acc. pers. et loc. rei. RAGH. 16. 75.: samajñāpayad āśu sarvān ānāyinas tadvicaye.

c. pari cognoscere, animadvertere, observare. HIT. 18. 21.: vyavahāram parijñāya vadhyaḥ pūjyo 'tha vā bhavet; 20. 14.: tad parijñāya mārjāraḥ...palāyitaḥ; MAN. 8. 126.

c. pra cognoscere, animadvertere, cernere, discernere. R. III. 52. 33.: aho tama ive 'daṃ syān na prajñāyeta kiñcana . rājā cen na bhavel loke; N. 17. 3.: damayantyā gataḥ sārddhan (nalaḥ) na prājñāyata karhicit; BH. 11. 31.: na prajānāmi tava pravṛttim; 18. 31.: dharmam adharmañca...ayathāvat prajānāti. - striyam prajñātum cum feminā concumbere. MAH. 1. 2471.: naca striyam prajānāti kaścid aprāptayauvanaḥ.

c. prati 1) P. consentire, assentire. N. 19. 10.: pratijānāmi te vākyaṅ gamiṣyāmi narādhipa; SU. 3. 22.: sā tathe 'ti pratijñāya. 2) P. praestare alqd. spondere de alquā re. R. Schl. I. 55. 13.: brahman na pratijānīmo nāstiko jāyate janaḥ. 3) A. polliceri. A. 5. 8.: pratijānīṣva taṅ (gurvartham) kartum; BH. 18. 65.: mām evai 'ṣyasi satyan te pratijāne; MAH. 1. 7234.: pratijajñeca rājyāya drupado vadatām varaḥ; R. Schl. I. 1. 61.: pratijñātañca rāmeṇa tadā bālivadham prati. 4) A. confiteri. BH. 3. 31.: kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati.

c. vi scire, cognoscere, intelligere, percipere, dignoscere. N. 12. 75. 124.: mānuṣīm mām vijānīta; BH. 2. 19.: ya enam vetti hantāraṃ yaścai 'nam manyate hatam . ubhau tau na vijānītaḥ; 4. 4.: katham etad vijānīyām "quomodo istud intelligam"; IN. 4. 1.: pārthasya cakṣur urvaśyāṃ saktam vijñāya; N. 8. 6.: vijñāya nalaśāsanam; H. 1. 3.: vijñāya niśi panthānam; 6.: diśaśca na vijānīmaḥ. - Caus. facere ut sciat, cognoscat alqs, nuntiare. RAGH. 5. 20.: samāptavidyena mayā maharṣir vijñāpito 'bhūd gurudakṣiṇāyai; 14. 60.

jJAti jñāti

m. (r. jñā s. ti) cognatus, propinquus (*) H. 1. 39. 41. N. 9. 35. 16. 37. (Goth. kno-ds, Th. kno-di f., genus.)

(*) Wils.: A distant Kinsman, one who does not participate in the oblations of food or water offered to deceased ancestors.
jJAna jñāna

n. (r. jñā s. ana) 1) scientia. N. 20. 8. BH. 3. 3. 41. 8. 2. 2) mens, intellectus. N. 10. 25. A. 8. 16.

jJAnavat jñānavat

(a praec. s. vat) scientiā praeditus. BH. 10. 38.

jJAnin jñānin

(a jñāna s. in) id. BH. 3. 39. 6. 46.

jyA jyā

9. P. jināmi gr. 386. (jarāyām) tabescere, senescere; cf. jai.

jyA jyā

f. nervus arcūs. (Cf. gr. [greek] v. jīv.)

jyAyas jyāyas

(gr. 251.) 1) natu major. 2) melior. BH. 3. 1. 8. 3) peregregius, optimus. RAGH. 18. 33.

jyu jyu

1. A. (gatyām) ire; cf. ju jhu.

jyut jyut

1. P. A. lucere, fulgere. IN. 1. 32.: jyotate pāvakaḥ - Caus. IN. 1. 30.: jyotayann iva bhāskaraḥ. Cf. jut dyut.

jyeSTha jyeṣṭha

(gr. 251.) 1) natu maximus. H. 1. 26. 2. 32. 2) optimus. R. Schl. I. 62. 2. (Hib. gast "an old woman"; giostaire "an active old man", giostaireas "old age".)

jyaiSTha jyaiṣṭha

m. (a jyeṣṭha constellatio quaedam s. a) nomen mensis, Maius - Junius. AM.

jyotis jyotis

n. (r. jyut s. is) 1) lumen, splendor. BH. 5. 24. 13. 17. 2) stella, sidus. BH. 10. 21.

jyotsnA jyotsnā

f. (ut videtur, a jyotis s. na in fem., ejecto i) lumen lunae. SA. 5. 106.

jri jri

1. P. (abhibhave) superare, vincere; cf. ji.

jrI jrī

9. 1. 10. P. jriṇāmi jrayāmi jrāyayāmi (jyāne) senescere; cf. jṝ jyā.

jvar jvar

1. P. (roge) aegrotare, febrire. CAUR. 6.: dīrghavirahajvaritāṅgayaṣṭi; ubi Schol. jvarita per pīḍita explicat. (V. jūrti jvara et cf. jṝ jūr lat. ae-ger, v. jṝ; hib. gurt "pain, trouble, fierceness", v. jūrti; fortasse huc pertinet nostrum schwer, germ. vet. swār et swāri gravis, germ. med. swār, swoere gravis, molestus, tristis, aeger animi, mutatā gutturali in sibilantem, vel abjectā gutturali et deinde praefixo s euphonico, sicut nostrum schwätze, germ. med. swaze garrio cum vad dicere cohaerere videtur; cf. germ. vet. var-wāzu maledico. Huc etiam referri possit nostrum Qual, quälen, mutato r in l.)

jvara jvara

m. (a praec. s. a) aegritudo, transl. molestia, difficultas, labor, dolor. BR. 1. 15. N. 20. 39. BH. 3. 30. RAGH. 8. 83.

jval jval

1. P. flammare, flagrare. IN. 1. 6.: jvalitāsya; H. 4. 48.: roṣajvalan. - Caus. accendere. SA. 5. 78.: tato 'gnim ānayitve 'ha jvālayiṣyāmi pāvakam. (Hib. guallaim "I blacken, burn", gual "coal, coals, fire"; huc etiam nunc traxerim nostrum Kohle, germ. vet. colo, angl. coal, quae supra minus apte cum aṅgāra comparata sunt; fortasse lith. swelù amburo, ustulo, mutatā gutturali in sibilantem; germ. vet. wallu ferveo, aestuo, bullio, walm fervor (aestatis), wāli tepor, abjectā initiali gutturali, sicut in warm, v. gharma; fortasse etiam lat. bullio huc pertinet, mutato v in b, sicut in bis = dvis.)

c. pra P. A. id. IN. 5. 26.: prajajvalamāneṣu agniṣu; N. 23. 13.: atha prajvalitas tatra sahasā havyavāhanaḥ; DR. 6. 28.: krodhaḥ prajajvāla. - prajvalita flammans. A. 13. 38. Caus. accendere. HIT.: dīpam prajvālya.

c. vi praef. abhi id. BH. 11. 28.: vaktrāṇy abhivijvalanti.

c. sam Caus. accendere. SA. 6. 25.: agnin tatra sañjvālya.

jvala jvala

(r. jval s. a) flagrans. H. 2. 7. BHAR. 1. 95.

jvalana jvalana

(r. jval s. ana) 1) Adj. flammans, flagrans. A. 10. 43. 2) Subst. n. flamma. BH. 11. 29.

jvalAnana jvalānana

(BAH. e praec. et ānana n. vultus) flagrantem vultum habens. H. 2. 7.

jvalita jvalita

(r. jvala s. ta) 1) flagrans, flammans, v. jval. 2) n. splendor. RAGH. 8. 83. (Aut huc aut ad gaura flavus trahi posset nostrum Gold, ita ut aut a flavo colore aut a splendore dictum sit, servatā initiali mediā (gr. comp. 92.), quae in voce Kohle secundum generalem legem in tenuem se convertit; v. kanaka a kan splendere.)

jvalitAsya jvalitāsya

(BAH. e praec. et āsya vultus) flagrantem vultum habens. IN. 1. 6.

jvAla jvāla

m. (r. jval s. a) flamma. AM.; v. sq. (Hib. gual m. "coal, coals, fire"; v. jval.)

jvAlA jvālā

f. (Fem. praec.) id. RAGH. 15. 16.

[Page 145a]
jhaGkAra jhaṅkāra

m. (e sono jhaṅ et kāra faciens, v. cītkāra) sonus quidam lenis, susurrus, bombus; e. c. apium (v. UR. 72. 2.). BHAR. 1. 8.; UR. 73. 6.

jhaT jhaṭ

1. P. (saṅghāte K. saṃhatau V.) i. q. jaṭ.

jhaTiti jhaṭiti

Adv. celeriter, subito. BHAR. 1. 69.

jham jham

1. P. edere; v. jam.

jhampa jhampa

m. saltus, Sprung, a jump. HIT. 63. 15. (Cf. cup chap kamp angl. jump.)

jhara jhara

m. (ut videtur, a r. jhṝ s. a) catarrhacta. AM.; v. nirjhara.

jharc jharc

6. P. i. q. jarc.

jharch jharch

6. P. id.

jharj jharj

6. P. id.

jharjh jharjh

6. P. id.

jhalA jhalā

f. 1) lux solis, lux splendida, splendor. 2) filia. MED. (Cf. jval hib. gal m. "heat", galla f. "fairness, brightness, beauty", gallad "a lass, a young girl"; sic scr. yuvan a splendore dictum esse videtur, ita ut e dyuvan mutilatum sit, cf. dyuvan sol a div splendere.)

jhalla jhalla

m. gladiator "a prize fighter". MAH. 2. 102.

jhaS jhaṣ

1. 1. P. A. (grahe pidhāne) capere, tegere.

jhaS jhaṣ

2. 1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, occidere; cf. kaṣ jhūṣ jaṣ jūṣ chaṣ.

jhaSa jhaṣa

m. (ut videtur, a r. jhaṣ capere, tegere) piscis. BH. 10. 31. (Fortasse hib. iasg id. abjectā consonante initiali; de sg = v. Pictet p. 65. Huc etiam referri potest lith. [greek]uwis piscis, abjecto et attenuato a in u, cui euphoniae causā w additum sit.)

jhilli jhilli

f. (a sono dictum) gryllus. (Cf. gryllus, nostrum Grille.)

jhillikA jhillikā

f. (a praec. s. ka in fem.) id. N. 12. 1.

jhu jhu

1. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire; cf. ju jyu chyu.

jhUS jhūṣ

1. P. i. q. jhaṣ.

jhRR jhṝ

4. P. jhīryāmi (vayohānau K. jyānau V.) senescere; v. jṝ.

[Page 1451]
TaGk ṭaṅk

10. P. (bandhe scribitur ṭak gr. 110a).) ligare.

TaGka ṭaṅka

m. n. 1) scalprum. RAGH. 12. 80. 2) pondus quoddam (Wils. "equal to 4 mashas".). HIT. 98. 11.; Lass. 29. 5.

Tal ṭal

1. P. (viklave) commotum, perturbatum, perterritum esse; v. ṭval.

Tik ṭik

1. A. (gatyām) ire; cf. ṭīk ṭauk ḍhauk taṅk taṅg tik tauk traṅk trauk traṅg tvaṅg tañc tvañc tañj.

TiTTibha ṭiṭṭibha

m. avis quaedam (Wils. "Parra jacana or goensis".). HIT. 72. 5.

TiTTibhI ṭiṭṭibhī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) Fem. praecedentis. HIT. 72. 7.

[Page 1451]
Tip ṭip

10. P. (kṣepe K. nudi V.) conjicere, mittere; cf. ṅip ḍimb ḍamb dimbh dabh dambha.

TIk ṭīk

1. A. (gatyām) ire; v. ṭik.

Tauk ṭauk

et ḍhauk 1. A. ire, accedere, appropinquare. BHAT. 2. 23.: kṛtaghātayatnā yāntaṃ vane rātricarī ḍuḍhauke; 14. 71.: ḍuḍhaukire punar laṅkām; SAK. 63. 14.: vyavasito vaktraṇ ḍhaukate. (V. ṭik et cf. germ. vet. TUH aquam subire, nostrum tauchen; cf. Graff 5. 367.).

Tval ṭval

1. P. i. q. ṭal.

[Page 146a]
Dap ḍap

10. P. A. ḍāpayāmi ḍāpaye (saṃhatau) coacervare. Cf. ḍamp ḍip ḍimp ḍimbh ḍumbh dimp dimbh.

Damp ḍamp

10. P. A. (scribitur ḍap; gr. 110a).) id.

Damb ḍamb

10. P. (scribitur ḍab gr. 110a).) i.q. ṭip.

c. vi imitari. RAGH. 4. 17.: tam...ṛtur viḍambayāmāsa na punaḥ prāpa tacchriyam; 13. 29.; BHAR. 1. 21.

Dambh ḍambh

10. P. A. i. q. ḍap (scribitur ḍabh gr. 110a).).

DiNDima ḍiṇḍima

m. tympanum parvum. HIT. 58. 21.

Dip ḍip

1. 4. 6. 10. P. ḍipyāmi ḍipāmi ḍepayāmi (kṣepe K. nudi V.) conjicere, mittere; v. ṭip.

Dip ḍip

2. 10. A. (saṃhatau) coacervare; v. ḍap.

[Page 146b]
Dimp ḍimp

10. A. (scribitur ḍip gr. 110a).) id.; v. ḍap.

Dimb ḍimb

10. P. (kṣepe K. node V.; scribitur ḍib gr. 110a).) conjicere, mittere; v. ṭip.

Dimbh ḍimbh

10. P. A. (saṅghāte K. saṅghe V.; scribitur ḍibh gr. 110a).) coacervare; v. ḍap.

Dimbha ḍimbha

m. pullus, catulus.

DI ḍī

1. et 4. A. ḍaye ḍīye volare.

c. ut 4. A. uḍḍīye (gr. 61.) evolare, alis se levare. HIT. 38. 11.: uḍḍīyamānaḥ kāko vṛkṣam ārūḍhaḥ.

DIna ḍīna

n. (r. ḍī s. na) volatus.

Dumbh ḍumbh

10. A. (saṅghāte K. saṅghe V.; scribitur ḍubh gr. 110a).) coacervare; v. ḍap.

[Page 1461]
DhakkA ḍhakkā

f. tympanum magnum.

Dhola ḍhola

m. id.

[Page 1461]
Dhauk ḍhauk

1. A. v. ṭauk.

[Page 1462]
De radicibus, quae apud grammaticos a linguali nasali incipiunt v. gr. 109.
[Page 1463]
ta ta

v. tat gr. 267.

tas tas

1. et 10. P. (alaṅkāre K. alaṅkṛtau V.; scribitur tas gr. 110a).) ornare; v. avataṃsa. (Boruss. vet. teisint honorare, teisi honor.)

tak tak

1. P. (sahanahāsayoḥ K. sahane hāse V.) sustinere, perferre; ridere.

takS takṣ

1. et 5. P. 1) frangere, dissecare, findere. MAH. 3. 1585.: śarais tatakṣāte parasparam; 4. 1883.: anyonyan tatakṣur iṣubhiḥ. 2) in dial. Ved. facere, fabricari. RIGV. 32. 2.: tvaṣṭā 'smai vajraṃ svaryan tatakṣa "Tvashtris ei telum laude dignum paravit"; 20. 2.; 52. 7.; 61. 6.; 111. 1. (Lith. taszau dolo, ascio; russ. tesatj dolare; polon. cie[greek]la faber lignarius, v. sq.; lat. tig-num, cf. Pott. I. 270.; boruss. vet. tikint facere, tikinnimai facimus, teikusna creatio, creatura; gr. TEK, [greek].)

takSan takṣan

m. (r. takṣ s. an) faber lignarius, v. takṣ.

taGk taṅk

1. 1. A. (gatau K. scribitur tak gr. 110a).) ire. (V. ṭik et cf. hib. teicheamh "a going, passage", tochamhlaim "I march", tochar "a causeway, pavement", toichim "going, departing"; lith. tekù curro, tákas semita, tekūnas cursor; slav. tekū curro.)

[Page 147a]
taGk taṅk

2. 1. P. (kṛcchrajīvane K. dauṣṭhye V.; scribitur tak gr. 110a).) in miseriā vivere; v. ātaṅka.

taGg taṅg

1. P. (skhalane K. kampe gate V.; scribitur tag gr. 110a).) vacillare, ire. (V. ṭik et cf. hib. tagaidh "come ye on, advance", tigim "I come, go, consent".)

taJc tañc

1. 1. P. (gatau K. itau V.) ire.

taJc tañc

2. 7. P. tanacmi (saṅkuci) curvare, inflectere; v. sq.

taJj tañj

7. P. tanajmi (saṅkoce) id.

taT taṭ

1. 1. P. (ucchrāye K. ucchraye V.) surgere; extollere, sublevare. (Fortasse lith. tesiu levo, erigo, mutato t in s.

taT taṭ

2. 10. P. tāṭayāmi (āhatau) percutere, ferire; cf. taḍ tuḍ tud.

taTa taṭa

m. n. (r. taṭ surgere s. a) 1) ripa. HIT. 126. 9. 2) montis planities. UR. 41. 5. 3) clunis. IN. 2. 32.

taTinI taṭinī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) fluvius.

taD taḍ

10. P. pulsare, ferire, percutere, tundere. MAN. 4. 164.: śiṣṭyarthan tāḍayet tu tau; 8. 299.: tāḍyāḥ syū rajvā; MAH. 1. 2368. 5302.: tam padā 'tāḍayat; DR. 9. 3.: śiro gṛhītvā rājānan tāḍayāmāsa; A. 3. 21.: atāḍayaṃ śareṇā 'tha tad bhūtam; 27.: tānicā 'sya śarīrāṇi śarair aham atāḍayam. (V. taṇḍ tuḍ tuṇḍ tud et cf. hib. tathaim "I kill, destroy", tathog "a clash, a slap".)

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 8273.: devān vyatāḍayetāṃ śaraiḥ.

taDAga taḍāga

n. piscina, lacus. N. 12. 8.; 13. 2.

taDit taḍit

f. (r. taḍ s. it) fulmen.

taDitvat taḍitvat

(a praec. s. vat) fulmine praeditus. UR. 9. 18.

taND taṇḍ

1. A. (scribitur taḍ gr. 110a).) i. q. taḍ.

taNDula taṇḍula

m. (r. taṇḍ s. ula) frumenti granum, praecipue oryzae. HIT. 14. 31.

tat tat

1. (Them. ta Nom. m. sa so saḥ f. n. tat v. gr. 267.) is, hic, ille; repetitum, hic et ille. SA. 6. 20.: tāṃs tān vigaṇayann arthān. -- Ad respondendum ad repetitum relativum (yo yaḥ quicunque) etiam demon- slav. TO, TA, nom. t' hic, ta haec, to hoc; lat. is-te, is-ta, is-tud, tam, tum, tunc. Hib. so hic = sa. Sé is, er; si ea, sie, et ti is, is qui ad sya tya pertinere videntur; v. tyat et gramm. comp. parpar. 343. sq. 353. sq.)

tat tat

2. (Acc. neut. praec.) 1) ideo. N. 17. 43. 2) in recentioribus scriptis sicut nostrum so ad particulam conditionalem respondet. Lass. 43. 8.

tata tata

v. tan.

tatas tatas

Adv. (a stirpe ta gr. 267., s. tas) 1) inde, ab hoc tempore. N. 20. 34., sequente paścāt postea, H. 4. 16. Hinc frequentissime tum, deinde. H. 4. 26. N. 1. 20. 2) in constructione cum comparativo ablativi tasmāt substantive positi locum tenet. H. 1. 37. BR. 1. 8. 18. 3) cum vi accusat. illuc. BR. 1. 20. -- Post itas q. v. vel accusativi vel locativi vim habet, illuc, illic. N. 10. 4. DR. 8. 25. 4) repetitum, iterum iterumque. N. 11. 19. 5) in apodosi respondet ad yadi. Lass. 45. 2. 77. 14. (Gr. [greek] slav. ot-tūdū; v. gr. comp. par. 421.)

tatkSaNAt tatkṣaṇāt

Adv. (e tat et ablat. kṣaṇāt) eodem momento, statim. N. 23. 21.

[Page 148a]
tattva tattva

vel tatva n. cf. gr. 633. (a pronom. neut. tat id, hoc, illud, s. tva) 1) veritas. DR. 2. 5. N. 16. 38. BH. 3. 28. 2) natura, vera natura. N. 19. 2. 28. A. 4. 37. BH. 18. 1.

tattvatas tattvatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) secundum veritatem, veram naturam; accurate, penitus. BH. 4. 9.

tatpara tatpara

(hunc, hanc, hoc, hos etc. tanquam praecipuum habens. BAH. e tat et para n., v. gr. par. 666.) plane addictus, plane deditus, in fine compp. ubi tat redundat, e. c. N. 16. 26.: dhyānatatpara = dhyānapara meditationi addictus.

tatparatA tatparatā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praec. HIT. 128. 21.

tatra tatra

(a stirpe pronominali ta s. tra) 1) ibi, hic, illic. IN. 1. 6. -- Pro locat. tasmin. BR. 1. 22. (tatra vāse i.e. tasmin vāse in hac habitatione, cf. ekatra). tatra tatra hic et illic, ubique. IN. 2. 31. SU. 1. 33. N. 17. 36. 2) illuc, in illum locum. H. 2. 16. BR. 2. 3. (Cf. goth. thathro inde, v. gr. comp. par. 420.)

tatratya tatratya

(a praec. s. tya) qui illic est, dortig. HIT. 88. 12.

tatrabhavat tatrabhavat

m. (e tatra illic et bhavat) in linguā scenicā excellens, praeclarus, dominus, de persona absente, (ita atrabhavat de personā praesente "der Vortreffliche hier"). UR. 15. 12. infr.

tatrabhavatI tatrabhavatī

Fem. praec. UR. 15. 11. infr.

tatva tatva

v. tattva.

tathA tathā

(e stirpe pronom. ta s. thā) sic, ita. DR. 4. 1.; tam. H. 3. 3. A. 7. 13. -- Particula assentiendi ita, vero, sane. H. 4. 59. SU. 3. 22. Repetitum respondet ad yathā yathā (quomodocunque). N. 8. 14. -- tathā 'pi nihilominus, tamen. HIT. 11. 5. 15. 10.

tathya tathya

(a praec. s. ya) Adj. verus. Subst. n. verum. N. 5. 23.

tad tad

v. tat.

tadanantara tadanantara

(TATP. e tat et anantara intervalli expers, proximus) ejus proximus. N. 22. 16.

tadA tadā

Adv. (a stirpe pronom. ta s. ) illo tempore, tunc. H. 1. 15. -- Respondet ad yadā quando. BH. 2. 52. 4. 7. DR. 5. 18. -- Saepe redundat, ubi in narrationibus eventus tempus definit, quod jam aliis temporis adverbiis suffi- cienter indicatum est. H. 1. 30. N. 20. 3. -- In apodosi post yadi valet nostrum s o. Lass. 7. 13.: yady eṣā mama bhāryā bhavati tadā jīvāmi.

tadAnIm tadānīm

(v. gr. 652. s. dānīm et cf. idānīm) tunc. DR. 6. 10.

tadIya tadīya

(a tat s. īya v. gr. 288.) 1) qui ejus, hujus, illius, eorum, earum est. RAGH. 2. 28. 2) i. q. primitivum tat e. c. RAGH. 1. 81.: sutān tadīyāṃ surabheḥ kṛtvā pratinidhim "filiam hanc"; P. 2.: tadīyam asti nau dhanam.

tadvat tadvat

(e tat hoc et vat sicut) ita, sic. Lass. 24. 7.

tan tan

1. 8. P. A. tanomi tanve extendere, expandere, facere, perficere, creare. RAGH. 3. 25.: pitur mudan tatāna; NALOD. 1. 20.: gatim iha nalo'tanod yānena (Schol. akarot). -- Pass. tanye et tāye (gr. 504.); part. pass. tata. BH. 2. 17. 8. 22.: yena sarvam idan tatam. (Gr. [greek] lat. tendo, adjecto d, tenuis, tener; goth. thanja tendo; russ. tonju tenuo; lith. tempju tendo, adjecto p; hib. tana "thin, slender, lean", tanaighim "I make thin" = Caus. tānayāmi; cambrobrit. taenu "to spread, to expand".)

c. anu i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 12681.: dharmam evā 'nutanvatī.

c. ava tegere. R. Schl. I. 17. 14.: yānaṅ kambalāvatatam; II. 93. 4.: avatatā vāraṇair bhūḥ.

c. vi i. q. simpl. NALOD. 1. 54.: vyatanot surayogam (Schol. devārcanam akarot); BHAG. 4. 32.: evam bahuvidhā yajñā vitatā brahmaṇo mukhe; MAN. 3. 28.: vitate yajñe.

c. sam praef. anu extendere, expandere. BHAG. 15. 2.: adhaśca mūlāny anusantatāni.

tan tan

2. 1 et 10. P. tanāmi tānayāmi (śraddhopatāpayoḥ K.) credere; vexare.

tanaya tanaya

m. (r. tan s. aya cf. santāna) filius. N. 13. 34.

tanayA tanayā

f. (fem. praec.) filia. N. 12. 12.

tanu tanu

(r. tan s. u) 1) Adj. (fem. tanu tanū tanvī) tenuis. DR. 7. 7. 2) Subst. f. n. corpus. DR. 6. 20. IN. 1. 33. (Gr. [greek] in initio compp.; lat. tenuis, adjecto i, v. guru; germ. tjelo.)

tanutra tanutra

n. (e tanu et tra servans, v. sq.) lorica, thorax.

tanutrANa tanutrāṇa

n. (e tanu corpus, et trāṇa servans, a r. trā s. ana) lorica, thorax. A. 11. 4.

tanus tanus

n. (r. tan s. us) corpus. (v. tanu sgn. 2.)

tanU tanū

f. (v. tanu) corpus.

tanUnapa tanūnapa

n. butirum purificatum.

tanUnapAd tanūnapād

m. (e praec. et ad edens) ignis. HIT. 55. 10. (cf. hutabhuj hutāśana.)

tanUruha tanūruha

m. n. (e tanū vel tanus secundum euph. r. 75. et ruha crescens, a r. ruh s. a) pilus corporis. N. 26. 32.

tanti tanti

m. (r. tan s. ti) textor.

tantu tantu

m. (r. tan s. tu) filum. HIT. 24. 20.

tantuka tantuka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. BHAR. 1. 95.

tantr tantr

10. A. (scribitur tatr gr. 110a). sed videtur esse Denom. a tantra quod a tan extendere) sustentare, praesertim familiam. SAK. 91. 13.: prajāḥ prajāḥ svā iva tantrayitvā.

tantra tantra

(r. tan s. tra) I. m. textor (cf. tanti). II. n. 1) filum (cf. tantu). 2) sustentatio familiae. 3) nomen librorum, qui precum formulas mysticas et sacros ritus tractant.

tandrA tandrā

f. 1) lassitudo. N. 24. 53. 2) pigritia, segnitia.

tanvaGga tanvaṅga

(f. ī BAH. e tanu et aṅga corpus) tenue, gracile corpus habens. H. 2. 37.

tap tap

1. P. calefacere, urere. A. 4. 47.: na tatra sūryas tapati; BH. 11. 19.: paśyāmi tvāṃ svatejasā viśvam idan tapantam; HIT. 24. 6.: sutaptam pānīyam. -- Intrans. ardere, uri. MAH. 1. 2037.: tapanti vahnau. -- Transl. dolore afficere, vexare. H. 1. 23.: kāruṇyena manas taptam; BR. 2. 31.: na mān tapsyaty ajīvitam; R. Schl. I. 8. 1.: sutārthan tapyamānasya nā "sīd vaṃśakaraḥ sutaḥ. -- Intrans. dolere, moerere. BR. 1. 32.: ātmānam apico 'tsṛjya tapsyāmi paralokagaḥ. -- Caus. vel cl. 10. P. A. 1) calefacere, urere. HIT. 23. 22.: na hi tāpayituṃ śakyaṃ sāgarāmbhas tṛṇolkayā; MAH. deinde in spir. asp.; russ. tepl calidus, teplota calor; hib. tebhot "intense heat"; german. vet. damf. Ad hanc radicem etiam traxerim lat. tempus, quod primitive fervidum anni tempus significaverit, deinde tempus in universum, sicut sanscr. varṣa (pluvia) et abda (aquam dans) pro pluvio anni tempore annum ipsum significant. Quod ad suffixum attinet, tempus cum tapas convenit.)

c. anu Pass. uri, dolore affici, dolere, moerere. R. Schl. II. 42. 11.: spṛṣṭvā 'gnim iva pāṇinā . anvatapyata dharmātmā putraṃ sañcintya tāpasam; MAH. 3. 992.: yas tvām...vanam prasthāpya nā 'nvatapyata durmatiḥ; 13720.: anutapye bhṛśan tāta tava ghoreṇa karmaṇā. -- Caus. dolore afficere, moerorem afferre. RAGH. 8. 88.

c. anu praef. prati Pass. dolore affici, poenitentiā vexari. R. Schl. II. 12. 36.: yadi dattvā varau rājan punaḥ pratyanutapyase.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. RAGH. 8. 43.: abhitaptam ayaḥ calens ferrum; transl. R. Schl. II. 62. 5.: dvābhyām api mahārājaḥ śokābhyām abhitapyate (cf. Sl. 6.: dahyamānas tu śokhābhyām).

c. upa id. R. Schl. II. 59. 9.: upataptodakā nadyaḥ; MAH. 3. 71.: duḥkhena śarīram upatapyate. -- Caus. id. MAH. 3. 10708.: sa samiddhe mahaty agnau śarīram upatāpayan.

c. upa praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 856.: manaḥ samupatapyate.

c. nis (mutato s in et t in ) exurere, comburere. MAH. 1. 8215.: dagdhaikadeśā bahavo niṣṭaptās tathā 'pare.

c. pari urere, torrere. MAH. 1. 4784.: sūryeṇa sa ha dharmātmā paryatapyata bhārata. -- Transl. Pass. dolore affici, dolere, moerere. MAH. 1. 1747.: paryatapyata tat pāpaṅ kṛtvā; 8441.: yadartham paritapyase. -- Act. id. R. Schl. II. 66. 7.: rāmaṃ vivāsitaṃ sabhāryañ janako śrutvā paritapsyaty aham iva. -- Caus. dolore afficere. HIT. 103. 8.: kaṃ svīkṛtā na viṣayāḥ paritāpayanti.

c. pra 1) urere, comburere, exurere. BH. 11. 30.: jagat samagram bhāsas tavo 'grāḥ pratapanti; MAH. 3. 13086.: ṣadbhir anyaiśca sahito bhāskaraḥ pratapiṣyati. 2) dolere, moerere. R. Schl. II. 12. 1.: cintām abhisamāpede muhūrtam pratatāpaca. -- Caus. calefacere, urere. SU. 1. 10.: tayos tapaḥprabhāvena dīrghakālam pratāpitaḥ . dhūmam pramumuce vindhyaḥ.

c. sam 1) urere. R. Schl. II. 85. 17.: vanadāhāgnisantaptam pādapam; IN. 5. 44.: hṛcchayena santaptaḥ. 2) Pass. dolore affici, moerere. SA. 5. 83.: divā 'pi mayi niṣkrānte santapyete gurū mama. -- Cl. 4. A. se castigare, corpus sum vexare. MAH. 1. 4639.: śataśṛṅge mahārāja tāpasaḥ samatapyata. -- Caus. 1) urere. R. Schl. II. 85. 17.: antardāhena dahanaḥ santāpayati rāghavam. Transl. vexare, dolore afficere. HIT. 103. 7.: santāpayanti kam apathyabhujan na rogāḥ. 3) collustrare, illuminare. MAH. 3. 11970.: tataḥ santāpitā lokā matprasūtena tejasā.

tapa tapa

(r. tap s. a) urens, vexans, in comp. cum para v. parantapa qui hostem vexat.

tapas tapas

n. (r. tap s. as) 1) calor, fervor. Lass. 5. 7.: grīṣme pañcatapā bhūtvā. 2) fervidum anni tempus. 3) nomen mensis. 4) corporis cruciatus; castimonia, devotio. IN. 5. 43. N. 24. 20. BHAG. 4. 10. 28. (Lat. tempus, v. r. tap.)

[Page 150b]
tapasy tapasy

Denomin. (a praec. s. y gr. 585.) se ipsum castigare, corpus suum vexare. M. 5. BH. 9. 27.

tapasya tapasya

Adj. (a praec. s. a nisi a tapas s. ya) qui corpus suum vexat, qui vitam austeram, tormentuosam, castam agit. BH. 18. 67.

tapasvin tapasvin

Adj. (a praec. s. vin) i. q. praec. SU. 3. 5. BH. 6. 45. 7. 9.

tapodhana tapodhana

(BAH. e tapas et dhana divitiae) castigationis, castimoniae, devotionis dives. SU. 2. 15.

tam tam

4. P. tāmyāmi dolore affici, moerere, languescere, tabescere, confici. R. Schl. II. 52. 25.: tāmyati śokena; 106. 31.: bharatena tāmyatā. -- Caus. tamayāmi vexare; MAH. Ros. punar yuddhāya sañjagmus tamayantaḥ parasparam. (Fortasse lat. tabeo huc pertinet, mutatā nasali in mediam ejusdem organi, sicut in gr. [greek] in lith. dewyni novem; russ. tomlju fatigo, vexo.)

c. ā i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 63. 50. in ATM. tasya tv ātāmyamānasya taṃ vāṇam aham uddharam.

c. ni Part. pass. nitānta multus, immodicus, immoderatus. RAGH. 3. 8 et 35. 14. 43. UR. 24. 4. 74. 8. RITU-S. 1. 5.

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 12. 105.: pratāmya vā prajvala vā praṇaśya vā.

c. sam id. GITA-GOV. 4. 21.: cintāsu santāmyati.

tamas tamas

n. (r. tam s. as) caligo, obscuritas, tenebrae. SA. 5. 76. (Lith. tamsà caligo, tamsùs obscurus; russ. temnyi obscurus, temno-ta caligo; hib. teim "dark, obscure", teimhen "darkness", teimheal "an eclipse, darkness"; germ. vet. demar crepusculum, mutato s in r, nisi demar pertinet ad tamisra; sax. vet. thim obscurus, attenuato a in i; anglo-sax. dim id.; lat. tenebrae ad tamisra vel timira trahi posset, ita ut ortum sit e tembrae, inserto b euphonico, sicut in gr. [greek] [greek] cf. Pott. 1. 260.

tamasvinI tamasvinī

f. (a praec. s. vin in fem.) nox. AM.

tamisra tamisra

n. (a tamas s. ra attenuato penultimo a in i) i. q. tamas. AM.

[Page 151a]
tamisrA tamisrā

f. (fem. praec.) nox obscura. AM.

tamonud tamonud

m. (e tamas et nud mittens) 1) ignis. 2) sol. 3) luna. AM.

tamomaya tamomaya

(a tamas s. maya) caliginosus, obscurus. SA. 6. 43.

tamb tamb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere; cf. tarb.

tay tay

1. A. (gatirakṣayoḥ) ire, se movere; tueri, servare; cf. trai.

tarakSu tarakṣu

m. canis hyaena. AM.

taraGga taraṅga

m. (r. tṝ s. aṅga) fluctus, unda. AM.

taraGgiNI taraṅgiṇī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) flumen.

taraNa taraṇa

n. (r. tṝ s. ana) trajectio, trajectus. HIT. 75. 4.

tarala tarala

(r. tṝ s. ala) tremens, tremulus. SAK. 20. 11.

taras taras

n. (r. tṝ s. as) velocitas. HEM.

tarasa tarasa

n. caro. AM.

tarasvin tarasvin

(a taras s. vin) celer, velox. AM.

taru taru

m. (a r. tṝ s. u nisi a tṛh crescere, sicut druma q. v. a dṛh crescere, vṛkṣa a vṛh id.) arbor.

taruNa taruṇa

(fem. -ṇā et -ṇī r. tṝ s. una v. taru) 1) Adj. adolescens, juvenis. HIT. 28. 11.: taruṇī bhāryā. -- taruṇī subst. HIT. 5. 15. (Germ. vet. diorna virgo, puella, famula; island. vet. therna famula, serva.)

tark tark

10. P. 1) intueri, spectare. N. 11. 36.: durdharṣān tarkayāmāsa. 2) cogitare, considerare, reputare, perpendere, explorare. N. 16. 9.: tāṃ samīkṣya...tarkayāmāsa bhaimī 'ti; 5. 14.: śrutāni devaliṅgāni tarkayāmāsa; 21. 35.: evan tarkayitvā. 3) putare. M. 1. 6540.: sa hi tān tarkayāmāsa rūpato nṛpatiḥ śriyam . punaḥ santarkayāmāsa raver bhraṣṭām iva prabhām. (Huc trahi posset goth. thagkja (= thankja) cogito, mutatis liquidis r et n, nisi litteris transpositis ortum est e cint q. v.; fortasse lith. tikiu credo e tirkiu.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. IN. 1. 9.: devam anvatarkayat.

c. pra id. MAN. 1. 5. 12. 29.: avitarkyam avijñeyam.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 3571.: kinnu svid etat patatī 'ti sarve vitarkayantaḥ parimohitāḥ smaḥ.

c. sam putare. MAH. 1. 6540. (v. tark sgn. 3.)

[Page 151b]
tarj tarj

1. P. 1) minari. RAM. II. 70. 25.: tarjadbhir iva vānaraiḥ. 2) reprehendere, conviciari. BHATT. 14. 80.: tan tatarja. -- Cl. 10. P. A. 1) minari c. acc. pers. et instr. rei RAGH. 4. 28.: ahitān aniloddhūtais tarjayann iva ketubhiḥ; 12. 41.: aṅkuśākārayā 'ṅgulyā tāv atarjayat; MAH. 4. 567.: iti bruvāṇā vākyāni sā mān nityam atarjayat. 2) reprehendere, conviciari. RAM. II. 58. 24. paruṣair vākyais tena tarjitā. (Fortasse huc pertinet germ. vet. TRUG, DRUK, triugu, driuku fallo.)

c. abhi 10. A. i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 11716.: abhitarjayamānāśca ruvantaśca mahāravān.

c. sam id. RAGH. 15. 19.: iti santarjya śatrughnam.

tarjanI tarjanī

f. (r. tarj s. ana adjecto fem. signo ī) digitus index. AM.

tarNa tarṇa

m. vitulus. HEM.

tarNaka tarṇaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. AM.

tard tard

1. P. ferire, occidere, vexare, offendere, laedere. (Cf. tṛd; goth. us-THRUT molestiam facere, us-thriuta, us-thraut, us-thrutum, attenuato a in u.)

tarb tarb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere; cf. tamb.

tarman tarman

n. (r. tṝ s. man) cacumen pali sacrificalis. AM. (Gr. [greek] lat. ter-minus; v. tṝ.)

tarSa tarṣa

m. (r. tṛṣ s. a) sitis. AM. (v. tṛṣ.)

tarhi tarhi

(a stirpe pronom. ta s. rhi v. karhi etarhi) nunc, jam. HIT. 89. 1. Lass. 9. 3. 18. 14. 32. 18. 36. 15. 44. 7.

tal tal

1. et 10. P. (pratiṣṭhāyām K. pratiṣṭhitau V.) condere. K.: talati (tālayati) devālayaṃ rājā.

tala tala

n. (r. tal s. a) 1) solum, fundus. (AM. = adhas) Loe. tale sub. HIT. 58. 15.: tarutale; RITU-s. 1. 13.: mayūrasya tale; 18.: bhoginaḥ phaṇātapatrasya tale. 2) planta pedis. SU. 1. 33. 3) palma manus. HIT. 36. 4. A. 3. 40. 4) superficies rei, ut terrae: IN. 5. 57. SU. 4. 19. H. 1. 35. 38.; rupis: N. 12. 12.; domus: N. 13. 51. -- nabhastala (Luftraum) N. 2. 30. (Hib. talamh "the world, the earth, land, ground, soil, a country, nation"; lat. tellus.).

[Page 152a]
talatra talatra

n. (e praec. et tra servans, v. tanutra) tegumentum manuum. DR. 5. 19. (MAH. 3. 15657.)

talAGguli talāṅguli

f. (e TATP. tala et aṅguli) pedis digitus. IN. 12.

talpa talpa

m. n. lectus, cubile.

taSTR taṣṭṛ

m. (r. takṣ s. tṛ) faber lignarius.

tas tas

4. P. (utkṣepaṇe K. utkṣepe V.) levare, allevare. K.: tasyati mallo mallam. Cf. das.

taskara taskara

m. fur. N. 12. 2.

tasmAt tasmāt

Adv. (Ablat. pronom. tat) eo, ideo, propterea. BR. 2. 21.

tAta tāta

m. amicus, carus, dilectus (in vocativo solum invenitur). IN. 5. 55. BR. 1. 8. 3. 12. BH. 6. 40. M. 18.

tAdRz tādṛś

m.f.n. (v. gr. 287.) talis. N. 1. 13. 13. 50. (v. sq.)

tAdRza tādṛśa

(fem. -śī v. gr. 287.) id. (Prākr. tārisa dor. [greek] [greek] slav. tolik, lat. tālis; v. kīdṝsa et gr. comp. 415419.)

tApa tāpa

m. (r. tap s. a) calor, fervor, aestus; transl. dolor, moeror, sollicitudo. DR. 5. 20. (V. tap.)

tApasa tāpasa

m. (a tapas s. a) qui corpus suum vexat, qui vitam austeram, tormentuosam, castam agit; asceticus. N. 12. 61. 62. 98.

tApasI tāpasī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) fem. praec. UR. 84. 11.

tAmara tāmara

n. aqua.

tAmarasa tāmarasa

n. (ut videtur, a praec. s. sa) nymphaea, lotus. AM.

tAmbUla tāmbūla

n. 1) nux areca. 2) piper betel.

tAmra tāmra

n. cuprum. RAM. I. 31. 50. -- Adj. (fem. tāmrī) colore cuprino. IN. 5. 12. N. 26. 17. (Hib. umha cuprum.)

tAy tāy

1. A. (santāne pālane K. pālanasantatyoḥ V.) 1) servare, tueri (cf. tay et trai unde trāye servo, ex hoc vero tāye ejecto r ortum esse videtur). 2) extendi (nihil aliud quam Pass. radicis tan).

tArA tārā

f. (ut mihi videtur, e stārā q. v. abjecto s) stella SU. 2. 25. IN. 33. (V. stṛ stella et cf. zend [greek] s'tāre pro [greek] s'tār, v. gr. comp. 30.; gr. [greek] [greek] praefixo [greek] goth. stairno fem.; lat. aster, astrum, stella, quod e sterna ortum esse videtur, mutato r in l, cui se assimilaverit sequens. n.)

tArApati tārāpati

m. (e praec. et pati dominus) luna. SA. 1. 19.

tArArUpa tārārūpa

(BAH. e tārā et rūpa n. forma) stellae formam habens. IN. 1. 33.

tAruNya tāruṇya

n. (a taruṇa s. ya) juventus, adolescentia. AM.

tArkSya tārkṣya

m. cognomen Garudi (v. garuḍa).

tAla tāla

m. (a tala s. a) 1) palma manus. 2) plausus manuum, quo numerus musicus notatur. H. 2. 15. Lass. 39. 10. 3) genus palmae, borassus flabelliformis.

tAlavRnta tālavṛnta

m. (e praec. et vṛnta) flabellum. SAK. 57. 7.

tAlavRntaka tālavṛntaka

n. (a praec. s. ka) id. AM.

tAlu tālu

n. palatum. AM.

tAvat tāvat

1. (tāvān tāvatī tāvat v. gr. 283.) 1) tantus, tam magnus. SA. 5. 41. 2) tantum, tot. N. 20. 24. -- Neut. tāvat c. acc. temporis: tāvat kālam tantum temporis, tam diu. SA. 6. 31. (Lat. tantus correptum e tavantu-s, adjecto u; de gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 412.)

tAvat tāvat

2. Adv. (neut. praec.) 1) nunc, hoc tempore. H. 4. 15. 53. N. 12. 41. HIT. 10. 17. -- In apodosi post yāvat e.c. HIT. 43.: yāvad evā 'yaṃ vyādho vanān na niḥsarati tāvan mantharam mocayituṃ yatnaḥ kriyatām; 43. 22.: pratyāvṛtya yāvad asau lubdhakas tarutalam āyāti tāvat kūrmam apaśyann acintayat. 2) tam diu. N. 5. 23. (Huc traxerim gr. [greek] mutato v in [greek] sicut e. c. in [greek] = dravāmi t in [greek] sicut in [greek] [greek] e [greek] v. gr. comp. 352.)

tik tik

1. 1. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire, se movere. Cf. tak tauk ṭik ṭīk ṭauk ḍhauk trak trauk tag trag.

tik tik

2. 5. P. (jighāṃsāyām K. āskande vadhe V.) adoriri, oppugnare; occidere velle; laedere, occidere. Cf. tig.

tig tig

5. P. id.

tigma tigma

(r. tij s. ma) calidus, fervidus, urens, acer. A. 7. 20. -- Subst. n. calor. (Hib. time "heat, warmth".)

tigmAMzu tigmāṃśu

m. (e praec. et aṃśu radius) sol.

[Page 153a]
tiGguda tiṅguda

m. nomen plantae. N. 12. 3.

tij tij

1. A. (niśāne kṣamāyāñca K. kṣāntau śite V.) 1) acuere. 2) perferre, tolerare. -- tikta 1) amarus. 2) suave olens. MEGH. 20. -- Desid. titikṣ perferre, sustinere. MAH. 3. 1393.: kleśāṃs titikṣase; MAN 6. 47.: ativādāṃs titikṣeta; BH. 2. 14. -- Cl. 10. vel Caus. P. tejayāmi acuere. (Lith. tékinu cote acuo, tékelis cos magna; russ. tocù cote acuo, tocílo cos; gr. [greek] fortasse etiam [greek] lat. tango; goth. teka tango; v. tejas splendor et cf. cambro-brit. teg "clear, fair; beautifull, pretty, bland".)

titikSu titikṣu

(a Desid. titikṣ - v. tij - s. u) patiens. AM.

tittiri tittiri

m. perdrix, "the francoline partridge". AM.

tithi tithi

m. f. dies lunaris. N. 5. 1. SA. 3. 2.

tiduka tiduka

m. nomen arboris, Diospyros glutinosa. Lass. 52.

tintiDa tintiḍa

m. nomen arboris, Tamarindus Indica. AM.

tintiDA tintiḍā

f. id.

tip tip

1. et 10. A. (kṣaraṇe K.) stillare. K.: tepate jalaṅ ghaṭāt. Cf. tim.

tim tim

4. P. humidum esse, madefieri. HIT. SER. 97. 5.: vānarāṃs timyataḥ śītārttakampamānān avalokya.timita humidus, madidus. AM. Cf. tip.

timi timi

m. piscis fabulosus, qui centum Yo[greek]anorum longitudinem habere dicitur. A. 6. 3.

timiGgila timiṅgila

m. ingens piscis fabulosus. A. 6. 3.

timira timira

n. (ut videtur, e tamira vel tamara v. tamas) obscuritas.

tirazc tiraśc

v. tiryac.

tiras tiras

(r. tṝ i.e. tar tīr s. as) 1) Praep. in dialecto vedica, trans, per (v. Lass. p. 34.) e. c. tiraḥ purūcid aśvinā rajāṃsi...eha yātam "per tenebras multas huc venite, As'vini!" ya īṅkhayanti parvatān tiraḥ samudram arṇavam "qui trans mare undosum nubes propellunt". 2) Adv. flexuose, tortuose. (Ad tiras trans, per, referri possunt lat. trans, goth. thairh, nostrum dur-ch, hib. tar, tair "beyond, over, across, through, above", tri "through, by"; lith. ties e regione, ex ad- verso; zend. taro trans (Burnouf Yacna Note LXVI.) nititur formā primitivā taras. Ad tiras tortuose traxerim hib. tar "bad"; v. tṝ.)

tiraskarin tiraskarin

m. (r. kṛ praef. tiras s. in) aulaeum. R. Schl. II. 15. 20.

tiraskariNI tiraskariṇī

f. (fem. praec.) 1) i.q. praec. 2) velum. UR. 22. 4. infr.

tiraskAra tiraskāra

m. (a squ. s. a) convicium, maledictio, contumelia. HIT. 13. 14. 114. 20.

tiraskR tiraskṛ

(r. kṛ q. v. praef. tiras) 1) obtegere. RAGH. 16. 20.: tiraskriyante kṛmitantujālaiḥ...gavākṣāḥ; R. Schl. II. 12. 89.: kālarātrir me nūnam bhāryārūpatiraskṛtā tvam rājaputri. 2) superare. RAGH. 3. 8.: tadīyam ānīlamukhaṃ stanadvayam . tiraścakāra...sujātayoḥ paṅkajakośayoḥ śriyam; HIT. 81. 8.: sa tiraskriyate 'ribhiḥ. 3) conviciari, contumeliam dicere. HIT. 13. 11.: taṃ sarve tiraskurvanti.

tirodhA tirodhā

v. dhā praef. tiras.

tirohita tirohita

v. dhā praef. tiras.

tiryak tiryak

Adv. (Acc. neut. sequentis) flexuose, tortuose, oblique, ex obliquo. UR. 65. 16.: tiryag avalokya.

tiryac tiryac

(e tiri pro tiras et ac pro añc ire, in casib. fortibus tiryañc in debilissimis tiraśc quod e tiras et c pro ac; Nom. m. tiryaṅ f. tiraścī n. tiryak.) 1) Adj. curvus, flexuosus, tortuosus, obliquus. MEGH. 52. 58. 2) Subst. m. animal, quadrupes. HIT. 53. 19.

til til

1. 6. et 10. P. tilāmi telayāmi unctum, oleosum esse; v. tila taila.

til til

2. 1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere (cf. till tṝ i. e. tar unde til ortum esse videtur, attenuato a in i et mutato r in l).

tila tila

m. (r. 1. til s. a) 1) nomen plantae, cujus semen oleum praebet, Sesamum orientale. 2) nota, macula, quae sesami semini comparatur. SU. 3. 18.

tilaka tilaka

1) m. n. macula in fronte, unguento aut terrā coloratā facta. RAGH. 9. 40. 2) arbor quaedam. ibd.

tilottamA tilottamā

f. (e tila et uttamā) n. pr. SU. 3. 18.

[Page 154a]
till till

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere; v. 2. til.

tisR tisṛ

(Nom. tisras ut videtur, forma reduplic. pro titṛ mutato t in s sicut in pers. [greek] sih, tres, correptā syllabā ri in sicut in tṛtīya tertius.) Fem. [greek] tri q. v.

tIk tīk

1. A. i. q. 1. tik.

tIkSNa tīkṣṇa

(r. tij s. sna) calidus, acer, acutus. SU. 2. 9. H. 2. 7. 9.; N. 20. 30.

tIkSNadaMSTra tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra

(BAH. e praec. et daṃṣṭrā f. dens) acutos dentes habens. H. 2. 7.

tIm tīm

4. P. i. q. tim.

tIr tīr

10. P. (samāptau K. karmaṇāṃ samāptau V.; ut mihi videtur, Denom. a tīra sicut idem valens pār a pāra) finire.

tIra tīra

m. (r. tṝ i. e. tar tīr s. a) ripa. M. 5.

tIrNa tīrṇa

v. tṝ.

tIrtha tīrtha

m. n. (r. tṝ s. tha) 1) locus sacer, lavationi destinatus. SA. 1. 38. 2. 2. 2) magister. RAGH. 17. 88.

tIv tīv

1. P. (sthaulye) magnum, crassum, corpulentum, turgidum esse.

tIvra tīvra

(r. tīv s. ra) magnus, violentus, vehemens, acer. N. 11. 13.; 24. 8.: tīvraśoka; M. 3.: tīvran tapaḥ; SU. 2. 7.: tīvravikrama; Lass. 58. 17.: krodhatīvreṇa vahninā.

tu tu

1. 2. P. taumi et tavīmi (PAN. VII. 3. 95.) crescere. RIG-V. 94. 2.: yasmai tvam āyajase...sa tūtāva "cui tu sacra perficis, is crescit". (Cambro-brit. tyv-u crescere; pers. [greek] tuvān potestas, [greek] tuvānem possum; zend. tav posse, v. gr. comp. par. 538.)

tu tu

2. (fortasse a stirpe demonstrat. ta attenuato a in u sicut in interrog. ku e ka) 1) vero, autem. IN. 3. 5. 4. 7. BR. 1. 17. 3. 18. N. 23. 9. 2) et, etiam. N. 25. 14. BR. 3. 22. A. 3. 23. DR. 5. 17. 3) post pron. interrog. kim valet nostrum doch. BR. 1. 7. 35. 13. 17. 4) in apodosi post cet valet nostrum so. BR. 2. 17.: tañ ced ahan na ditseyam...pramathyai 'nāṃ hareyus tu. -- Enunciationem nunquam incipit.

tuGga tuṅga

(r. tuñj s. a) 1) Adj. altus. RAGH. 6. 3. 2) Subst. m. lith. tunkù pinguesco; russ. tucnyi pinguis, cf. Benfey II. 235. I. 591.; hib. tonngo "a billowy sea", tonnghail, tonnta "waved", tonnaim "I undulate, dip in water", nisi haec pertinent ad taraṅga fluctus.)

tuccha tuccha

inanis, vacuus. AM. (Lith. tuszcias id.)

tuj tuj

1. P. (in dial. ved. 6. P. A.) 1) ferire, vulnerare, occidere. RIG.-V. 61. 6.: vṛtrasya marma tujan vajreṇa tujatā. 2) tremere. RIG.-V. 61. 14.: asya bhiyā dyāvāca bhūmā tujete. 3) festinare, properare. RIG.-V. 3. 5. 61. 12.: tūtujāna properans.

tuJj tuñj

1. 1. P. (hiṃsābalaveṣṭanaprāṇaneṣu K. prāṇe bale V.; scribitur tuj gr. 110a).) offendere, laedere, ferire, occidere; robustum esse; vestire; vivere (V. tuṅga).

tuJj tuñj

2. 10. P. (bhāṣaṭṭārthe; scribitur tuj gr. 110a).) loqui; superare, occidere, ferire.

tuT tuṭ

6. P. (kalahakarmaṇi K. kalahe V.) rixari, altercari, contendere.

tuD tuḍ

1. 6. P. frangere, rumpere, lacerare, findere; occidere. Cf. tuṇḍ tud.

tuDD tuḍḍ

1. P. (anādare) contemnere, spernere. Cf. tūḍ toḍ.

tuN tuṇ

6. P. (kauṭilye K. jaihmye V.) curvum, inflexum esse.

tuND tuṇḍ

1. A. (scribitur tuḍ gr. 110a).) id.

tuNDa tuṇḍa

m. rostrum. M. 1. 1474.

tutth tutth

10. P. (stṛtau K.) sternere, obtegere.

tud tud

6. P. A. tundere, ferire, pungere. BHATT. 14. 81.: tutoda gadayā 'rim; 15. 4.: atautsuḥ śūlaiḥ; DR. 8. 52.: aśvāṃs tudantau; MAH. 3. 335.: pratodena tudyamāna; 2. 2530.: tudasi marmāṇi vākśaraiḥ. -- Part. pass. tunna R. Schl. II. 14. 23.: tunna iva tīkṣṇena pratodenaḥ. (Lat. TUD, tundo; goth. STAUT, stauta; nostrum stofse, praefixo s; fortasse e santud.)

c. ā i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 195.: dhanuḥkoṭyātudya vīram.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 3559.: vākkaṇṭakair vitudan mānuṣān.

[Page 155a]
tund tund

1. P. (ceṣṭāyām K.; scribitur tud gr. 110a).) se movere, ire; operam dare, anniti. K.: tundati sukhāya. Cf. trand.

c. ni discedere? RIG-V. 58. 1.: sahojā amṛto nitundate "robore genitus immortalis discedit".

tunda tunda

n. venter. AM.

tup tup

1. 6. P. pulsare, ferire, occidere. (Cf. tump tuph tumph tumb tubh trup trump truph trumph; gr. [greek]).

tuph tuph

6. P. id.

tubh tubh

1. A. 4. et 9. P. tobhe tubhyāmi tubhnāmi. id.

tumula tumula

Adj. 1) turbatus, perturbatus, confusus. A. 6. 22. RAGH. 5. 49. (Schol. = saṅkula.) 2) tumultuosus. BH. 1. 13. 19. A. 2. 2. (Cf. lat. tumultus.)

tump tump

1. P. et 10. P. (tump 10. scribitur tup gr. 110a).) i. q. tup.

tumph tumph

6. P. id.

tumb tumb

1. et 10. P. (ardane K. arde V.; scribitur tub gr. 110a).) vexare. Cf. tup.

tumburu tumburu

m. nom. pr. Gandharvi. IN. 2. 28.

tur tur

3. P. tutormi properare (v. tvar unde tur ejecto a. Cf. dru).

turaga turaga

m. (celeriter iens e tura quod seorsim non invenitur, et ga) equus. RAGH. 1. 42.

turaGgama turaṅgama

m. (e tura in acc. et gama) id. A. 7. 11.

turAsAh turāsāh

m. (Nom. turāṣāṭ e turā i. q. tvarā et sāh perferens a r. sah) cognomen Indri. RAGH. 15. 40.

turIya turīya

(a catur abjectā syllabā initiali, s. īya pro tīya cf. dvitīya tṛtīya) quartus.

turya turya

(e praec. ejecto ī) id.

turv turv

1. P. tūrvāmi (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) ferire, laedere, occidere; cf. thurv durv dhurv jūṃrv.

tul tul

1. et 10. P. tollere, sublevare. RAM. I. 54. 15.: dhanus tolayiṣyāmi pāṇinā. -- Part. pass. tulita sublevatus. RAGH. 4. 80.: paulastyatulitasyā 'dreḥ; 12. 89.: tulitakailāśa. (Cf. dul lat. tollo, tuli; gr. (v. tulā); goth. thula tolero; nostrum dulde; lith. turrù habeo, ap-turru adipiscor.)

c. ā id. RAM I. 48. 42.: na śekur ātolayitum.

tulay tulay

(Denom. a tulā) ponderare. MAH. 3. 10583.: utkṛtya svayam māṃsan tulayāmāsa kapotena samam.

tulA tulā

f. (r. tul s. a in fem.) 1) libra. HIT. 133. 1. 2) similitudo. RAGH. 5. 68.; cum instr. ibd. 8. 15.

tulya tulya

(a praec. s. ya) aequalis, similis, c. instr. N. 4. 6. DR. 6. 12.

tuS tuṣ

4. P. gaudere, contentum esse. MAH. 3. 1109.: tuṣya mā krudhaḥ; 2. 149.: tutoṣa pūjām prāpya; A. 4. 49.: nityan tuṣṭāśca te rājan prāṇinaḥ suraveśmani. C. instr. MAN. 12. 37.: yena tuṣyaticā "tmā 'sya. C. gen. MAH. 1. 3017: karmasākṣī kṣetrajño yasya tuṣyati na tu tuṣyati yasyai 'ṣa puruṣasya. C. loc. HIT. 40. 7.: yasyām bhartā na tuṣyati. C. acc. MAH. 1. 4198.: na tutoṣa patin tadā. -- Caus. exhilarare. N. 1. 7.: taṃ sa bhīmaḥ...toṣayāmāsa...satkāreṇa; MAH. 3. 9943.: tan toṣaya tapasā. (Cf. tūṣ; lith. tesziju recreo, reficio.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 2. 33.: utsaveṣu parituṣyati. -- Caus. SA. 3. 21.: bhartāram paryatoṣayat.

c. sam id. BH. 3. 17.: ātmani santuṣṭaḥ; 12. 14. 19. -- Caus. MAH. 3. 13685.: guruṃ santoṣayeta; HIT. 25. 16.: bhojanaviśeṣair vāyasan santoṣya.

tuSa tuṣa

m. folliculus, gluma oryzae etc. DR. 6. 21. (cf. tvac tegere, tvac cutis, cortex.)

tuSAra tuṣāra

m. pruina, nix, gelu. RAGH. 9. 68. 14. 84.; R. Schl. I. 49. 17.

tuSTi tuṣṭi

f. (r. tuṣ s. ti) gaudium, satisfactio. IN. 5. 13. SA. 1. 7.

tus tus

1. P. (śabde K. dhvāne V.) sonare. (Fortasse lat. tus-sis ex tus-tis.)

tusta tusta

n. pulvis. (Cf. angl. et anglo-sax. dust.)

tuh tuh

1. P. (ardane) vexare. Cf. 2. duh.

tuhina tuhina

n. pruina, nix, gelu. AM. (Hib. deigh "ice".)

[Page 156a]
tuhinAdri tuhinādri

m. (Schneeberg e praec. et adri) i. q. himālaya. RAGH. 8. 53.

tUN tūṇ

1. 10. P. (saṅkoce) curvare, inflectere.

tUN tūṇ

2. 10. A. (pūraṇe) implere.

tUNa tūṇa

m. pharetra. RAGH. 7. 54. (Slav. [greek] tūl id., mutato n in l; v. anya = alius etc.)

tUNI tūṇī

f. (a praec. adjecto signo fem. ī) id. RAGH. 9. 56.

tUNera tūṇera

m. (a praec. s. era vel ra mutato a finali in e) id. AM.

tUr tūr

4. A. festinare. tūrṇa celer. tūrṇam Adv. celeriter. H. 1. 2.; 2. 14.; 4. 18. (V. tur tvar et cf. cum tūrṇa hib. tonn "quick".)

tUrNa tūrṇa

v. tūr.

tUrya tūrya

n. quodvis instrumentum musicale. A. 4. 60.

tUla tūla

m. n. 1) morus Indica. 2) lana arborea. MAH. 1. 6740.

tUS tūṣ

1. P. i. q. tuṣ.

tUSNIka tūṣṇīka

(a tūṣṇīm vel potius ab ejus themate tūṣṇī s. ka) taciturnus. (Fortasse huc pertinet lith. tykas silens.)

tUSNIm tūṣṇīm

Adv. (ut videtur, a perdito part. pass. tūṣṇa fem. tūṣṇī a r. tūṣ s. na) tacite. DR. 9. 24. BH. 2. 9. (Russ. tis inà silentium, tranquillitas, tíchil silens, tranquillus; lith. tylà silentium, tylù sileo, quorum l ex n ortum esse videtur, ejecto s'; hib. tosd "silence, taciturnity, quietness", tosdadh "silencing, confutation", tosdaighim "I confute".)

tRMh tṛṃh

1. 6. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) ferire, occidere, laedere.

tRMh tṛṃh

2. 1. P. (vṛddhau K.; scribitur tṛh gr. 110a).) crescere. (Cf. dṛṃh dṛh gr. TPIX, [greek] v. Benfey 1. 95.)

tRkS tṛkṣ

1. P. (gatau K. ityām V.) ire, se movere. (Cf. stṛkṣ quod fortasse e santṛkṣ; gr. [greek] goth. thragja curro, treiha urgeo, trudo; hib. teilg "go", teilgin "a shock, rencounter".)

tRN tṛṇ

8. P. (adane K. bhakṣe V.) edere.

tRNa tṛṇa

n. (r. tṛṇ s. a nisi, quod Benfeyus putat, tṛṇa cor- ruptum e tṛhṇa ita ut ad 2. tṛṃh crescere pertineat) 1) gramen. 2) arundo? v. sq. BR. 3. 23. N. 13. 28. (Cum tṛṇa e tarṇa cf. goth. thaurnu-s euphonice pro thurnus (gr. comp. 82.), utroque a attenuato in u; nostrum Dorn; russ. tern id.; hib. dreas, dris "a briar, bramble".)

tRNaketu tṛṇaketu

m. (e praec. et ketu vexillum) arundo Bambos. Wils.

tRtIya tṛtīya

(a tri correpto ri in suff. tīya) tertius. (Zend. thri-tya; lith. tré-cia-s e trétias; lat. ter-tius; goth. thridja (Them. thri-djan); slav. tre-til; scot. tri-teamh; hib. triugha.)

tRd tṛd

7. P. A. ferire, occidere, destruere. BHATT. 6. 38.: bhūtin tṛṇadmi yakṣāṇāṃ hinasmī 'ndrasya vikramam. -- Quae gunam assumunt formae tam ad tard quam ad tṛd referri possunt, e.c. BHATT. 14. 108.: rathāśvāṃśca ripos tatarda śākhinā; 33.: rāmaśca bahūn (rākṣasān) tatarda. (V. tard et cf. tṛh quod fortasse e tṛdh.)

c. anu in dialecto Ved. findere, dividere. RIG. - V. 32. 1.: anv apas tatarda (Rosenius vertit "aquas effudit"); Vv. 82. 3. (v. Westerg.): anv apāṅ khāny atṛndam ojasā.

c. vi discindere, dirumpere, dilacerare. BHATT. 16. 15.: raṇe kartsyati gātrāṇi marmāṇi vitartsyati.

tRp tṛp

1. P. exhilarare, satiare. -- Cl. 4. P. A. 5. P. 6. P. 1) gaudere. HIT. 76. 14.: ko na tṛpyati vittena. 2) satiarī. SA. 7. 2.: nā 'tṛpyan kathayantaḥ punaḥ punaḥ; IN. 2. 26.: guḍākeśam prekṣamāṇaḥ...nacā 'tṛpyata vṛtrahā; MAH. 3. 2247.: atṛpyan hatānām māṃsaśonitaiḥ C. gen. HIT. 66. 8.: nā 'gnis tṛpyati kāṣṭhānān nā 'pagānām mahodadhiḥ. -- Caus. exhilarare, delectare, satiare. H. 2. 12.: mānuṣyo gandho ghrāṇan tarpayatī 'va me; N. 17. 27.: atarpayat sudevañca gosahasreṇa; MAH. 1. 6803.: tan dhanena tarpayāmāsa; IN. 1. 21.: pitṝn yathānyāyan tarpayitvā; MAH. 1. 8126.: ājyadhārābhis tarpayase'nalam. (Cf. tṛmp tṛph tṛmph; gr. [greek] boruss. vet. en-terpo prodest; lith. tarpstu incrementa capio, augesco, praet. tarpau; tarpà incrementum; huc etiam in nasalem ejusdem organi, nisi trom e tromp, inserto m, abjecto p, cf. tṛmp; tromaighim = tarpayāmi "I aggravate, load, burden, make heavy", tromaim id.; tormach "increase, augmentation"; torp "bulk"; tormad "pregnant growing, big".)

c. pari Caus. saturare. MAH. 3. 8537.: devā haviṣā paritarpitāḥ.

c. sam saturari. RIG.-V. 110. 1.: svāhākṛtasya sam utṛpnuta "rite effusi libaminis potu nunc satiamini". -- Caus. saturare, exhilarare, delectare, satiare. MAH. 1. 4470.: suhṛdaḥ...dhanena samatarpayat; RAGH. 13. 45.: santarpya samidbhir agnim; MAH. 3. 946.: tān mūlaphalaiḥ santarpayāmāsa.

tRpti tṛpti

f. (r. tṛp s. ti) satietas. BH. 10. 18. (Gr. [greek].)

tRph tṛph

6. P. i. q. tṛp.

tRmp tṛmp

6. P. satiari. RIG. - V. 23. 7.: sajūrgaṇena tṛmpatu; v. tṛp.

tRmph tṛmph

6. P. i. q. tṛp.

tRS tṛṣ

4. P. sitire. tṛṣita sitiens. N. 11. 12. (tṛṣ e tarṣ; cf. goth. THARS arefieri, thairsa, thars, thaursum; thaursus siccus, thaursja sitio, nostrum Durs-t sitis; lith. tróksztu sitio, praet. trószkau; trószkulys sitis; hib. tart (tar-t) "thirst, drought", tart-mhar "thirsty, dry"; gr. [greek] lat. torreo e torseo, tos-tum e tors-tum.)

tRS tṛṣ

f. (r. tṛṣ) sitis. RIT. - S. 1. 11.

tRSA tṛṣā

f. (r. tṛṣ s. ā) id. N. 9. 27.

tRSNA tṛṣṇā

f. (r. tṛṣ s. in fem., v. gr. 94a).) id. H. 1. 19.

tRh tṛh

6. P. 7. P. tṛhāmi tṛṇehmi (v. gr. 380.) occidere. BHATT. 1. 19.: rakṣāṃsi tṛṇeḍhu; 17. 15.: atṛṇeṭ śatrūn.

[Page 157b]
tRR tṝ

1. P. interdum A. (Praet. redupl. tatāra terima gr. 448.; part. pass. tīrṇa) transgredi, trajicere. RAM. II. 53. 17.: terur ikṣumatīn nadīm; BH. 18. 58.: sarvadurgāṇi... tariṣyasi; R. Schl. I. 25. 16.: śvas tariṣyāmahe vayam; BR. 3. 4.: taradhvam plavavan mayā; NALOD. 3. 34.: svaroṣajaladhin taran. pratijñān tartum fidem exsolvere, promissum servare. R. Schl. I. 68. 9. -- Caus. (tārayāmi) 1) facere ut alqs transgrediatur, trajicere, transvehere. MAH. 1. 5853.: tārayāmāsa...gaṅgān nāvā nararṣabhān; 4230.: tāryamāṇo yamunām. 2) servare, liberare, facere ut alqs trajiciat periculum, infortunium, dolorem etc. (cf. tartum āpadam BR. 1. 34.) BR. 3. 4.: iha vā tārayed durgād uta vā pretya tārayet; SA. 7. 15.: tārayiṣyati vaḥ sarvān. (Vera radicis forma est tar; cf. lat. ter-minus, v. gr. comp. 478., trans, in-trare, penetrare, tero, ter-e-bra; gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] quod naturam transgreditur, cf. adbhuta; [greek] = tārayāmi; goth. thair-ko foramen, thair-h per, v. tiras; lith. triniù tero; slav. trū id.; hib. tar, tair, tri, v. tiras ex taras; toir "a pursuit, diligent search, pursuers, aid, help"; tór "a pursuer"; tóramh "pursuit"; toras "a journey"; teirin "a descent" (v. taraṇa et tṝ praef. ava); tearnadh "descending", tearanaim "I descend"; tarradh "protection"; tur "a journey, a tour, a search"; tarthaighim "I assist, defend, protect"; tarthadoir "a saviour"; v. trai trā. Mutato r in l: gr. [greek] [greek] lat. telum, a penetrando dictum; lith. til-tas pons, tolùs longinquus, distans; v. til.

c. ati i. q. simpl. BH. 13. 25.: atitaranti mṛtyum.

c. ati praef. vi id. BH. 2. 52.

c. ava descendere. IN. 2. 16.: avatīrya rathottamāt; H. 3. 1. N. 21. 18. MAH. 3. 1889.: naranārāyaṇau...avatīrṇau tau pṛthvīm. -- Caus. facere ut alqus descendat; demere, tollere, auferre. MAH. 3. 9917.: gaṅgām avatārayāmāsa; DR. 8. 33.: draupadīm avatārya (rathāt); MAH. 4. 164.: jyāpāśan dhanuṣas tasya bhīmaseno'vatā- rayat. Avertere oculos. RAGH. 6. 30.: aṅgarājād avatārya cakṣuḥ.

c. ut 1) transgredi, trajicere. N. 12. 112.: uttarantan (sic legendum pro uttaran tan) nadīṃ ramyām; RAGH. 12. 71.: teno 'ttīrya pathā laṅkām. 2) egredi, emergere. RAGH. 2. 17.: palvalottīrṇavarāhayūtha; MAH. 3. 211.: jalād uttīrya. -- Caus. 1) servare. MAH. 8306.: uttārayati santatyā daśa pūrvān daśā 'parān. 2) evomere. MAN. 11. 160.: ajñānabhuktan tū 'ttāryam.

c. ut praef. prati c. ablat. egredi; descendere. R. Schl. II. 103. 31.: pratyuttīrya nadītaṭāt.

c. ut praef. sam 1) transgredi. BHATT. 6. 59.: samuttarantāv avyathyau nadān. 2) c. ablat. egredi. MAH. 1. 3283.: jalāt samuttīrya kanyās tāḥ.

c. nis 1) transgredi. RAGH. 3. 7.: nistīryaca dohadavyathām; HIT. 68. 4.: sa nistarati durgāṇi. -- Caus. servare, liberare. MAN. 3. 98.: nistārayati durgācca mahataścā 'pi kilviṣāt.

c. pra extendere, dilatare. MAH. 3. 8149.: pratarecca kulam puṇyam; RIG. - V. 25. 12.: pra ṇa āyūṃṣi tāriṣat "nostras vitas longas faciat"; 33. 13.: pra svām matim atirat (= atarat). -- ATM. crescere. RIG. - V. 104. 4.: pra pūrvābhis tirate rāṣṭi śūraḥ "implentibus eum aquis crescit et splendet heros. -- Caus. extendere. MAH. 3. 8647.: eṣā bhāgīrathī puṇyā...pratāryamāṇā kūṭeṣu. 2) decipere. MR. 161. 10.: kim mām pratārayasi.

c. vi concedere, dare. N. 26. 24.: svam aṃśam vitarāmi te; 28.: yo me vitarasi prāṇān. MAH. 1. 4498. A. 3. 47.

c. sam i. q. simpl. H. 1. 14.: santīrya dūrapāram bhujaplavaiḥ; MAN. 9. 161.: santaran jalam; BH. 4. 36. -- Caus. 1) traducere. R. Schl. II. 89. 8.: gaṅgām...santārayantu naḥ. 2) ferre, portare, vehere. MAH. 3. 10857.: mādrīnandanakāv ubhau durge santārayiṣyāmi yatrā 'śaktau bhaviṣyataḥ. 3) servare. MAN. 9. 139.: dauhitro'pi hy amutrai 'naṃ santārayati.

tejas tejas

n. (r. tij s. as) 1) splendor. BH. 7. 9. SU. 4. 24. 2) vis, robur. IN. 4. 8. N. 19. 13. 3) semen virile. RAM. I. 31. 18. 42. (Hib. teas "warmth, fervor".)

tejasvin tejasvin

(a praec. s. vin) splendore, vi, robore praeditus. SU. 1. 2. BH. 10. 36. N. 20. 41.

tejomaya tejomaya

(a tejas s. maya) splendidus. SU. 4. 22. BH. 11. 47.

tema tema

m. (r. tim s. a) humor, mador, vapor. AM.

tev tev

1. A. (devane) ludere. Cf. div.

taila taila

n. (a tila s. a) oleum sesami. RAGH. 8. 38.

toka toka

m. proles. AM.

toD toḍ

1. P. i. q. tūḍ.

totra totra

n. (pro tottra r. tud s. tra) baculus aculeatus, quo elephanti concitantur.

tomara tomara

m. n. vectis ferreus. DR. 8. 6.

toya toya

n. aqua. RAGH. 8. 94. (Slav. taja-ti liquare.)

toyada toyada

m. (aquam dans, e praec. et da dans) nubes. RAGH. 6. 65.

toyadhara toyadhara

m. (aquam tenens, e toya aqua et dhara tenens) nubes.

toraNa toraṇa

m. n. (ab intrando dictum, r. tur s. ana) porta; arcus portae ornamentis instructus. N. 5. 3. RAGH. 1. 41. 7. 4. (Cf. dvār et rad. tvar.)

tolana tolana

n. (r. tul s. ana) levatio. R. Schl. I. 66. 19.

toSa toṣa

m. (r. tuṣ s. a) gaudium. HIT. 74. 5.

tyakta tyakta

v. tyaj.

tyaj tyaj

1. P. interdum A. deserere, relinquere. N. 9. 31.: nacā 'han tyaktukāmas tvām; 33.: na tu mān tyaktum arhasi; ibd.: mān tyajethāḥ; BH. 4. 9.: tyaktvā deham punarjanma nai 'ti. Renuntiare, cedere, dimittere, abjicere. BR. 3. 15.: tyaktavyām māñca santyaja; N. 2. 17.: tyaktajīvitayodhinaḥ; BH. 1. 9.: śūrā madarthe tyaktajīvitāḥ. (Hib. treigim "I leave, forsake", treigthe "forsaken" = tyakta; treigean subst. "leaving, forsaking, abandonment" = tyajana; treigtheoir "a deserter, forsaker" = tyaktṛ acc. tyaktāram mutatis semivocalibus y et r, v. gr. comp. 20.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. H. 1. 3.: nāvam parityajya; BR. 1. 27. 28.

c. sam id. BR. 3. 15.: tyaktavyām māñca santyaja.

tyat tyat

(ut mihi videtur, e stirpe demonstrat. ta abjecto a et relat. ya Nom. m. syaḥ sya f. syā n. tyat) is, hic, ille, in dial. Ved. (Huc trahimus germ. vet. de7r e diar, f. diu, acc. dia = tyām N. pl. m. die = tye f. dio = tyās n. diu = tyāni v. gr. comp. 355. 356.; ad syā pertinet germ. vet. siu, acc. sia; de nostro dieser (dieser) v. gr. comp. 357.; de lith. et slav. szis, sj hic = syaḥ szi, si haec = syā v. gr. comp. 358.)

tyAga tyāga

m. (r. tyaj s. a) 1) relictio, renuntiatio. BR. 1. 33. BH. 12. 11. 18. 1. 2. 4. 2) actio dandi, donandi, largiendi. RAGH. 1. 7. 22. HIT. 34. 14.

tyAgitA tyāgitā

f. (a sq. s. ) munificentia. HIT. 24. 21.

tyAgin tyāgin

(a tyāga s. in) munificus.

traMs traṃs

1. et 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. bhāsi V.) loqui; lucere.

trakh trakh

1. P. ire; v. sq.

traGk traṅk

1. A. (gatau; scribitur trak gr. 110a).) ire; cf. taṅk tik tauk trauk traṅkh triṅkh traṅg.

traGkh traṅkh

1. P. (scribitur trakh gr. 110a).) id.

traGg traṅg

1. P. (scribitur trag) id. (Hib. tairgim "I escape, get away"; tairgeadh "a going, passing".)

trand trand

1. P. (scribitur trad gr. 110a).) i. q. tund quod e trand ortum esse videtur ejecto r et attenuato a in u.

trap trap

1. A. pudere, praesertim c. praef. apa. (Fortasse primitive convertere, converti; cf. gr. [greek] pudore afficio; lith. trópiju ico; slav. trepet tremor; lat. trepido.)

c. apa i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 110.: yenā 'patrapate sādhur asādhus tena tuṣyati; 5. 262.: krūreṇa nā 'patrapase kathaṃ śakre 'ha karmaṇā. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 2. 1433.: vibhīṣakābhir bahvībhir bhīṣayan sarvapārthivān na vyapatrapase kasmāt; R. Schl. II. 37. 10.: sā vyapatrapamāne 'va. -- PAR. ibd. II. 57. 28.: adye 'mam anayaṅ kṛtvā vyapatrapasi rāghava; c. gen. MAH. 1. 4585.: vyapatrapan manuṣyāṇām.

[Page 159b]
trapa trapa

m. (r. trap s. a) pudor. AM.

trapu trapu

n. stannum. HIT. 55. 21. R. Schl. I. 38. 20.

traya traya

n. (a tri s. a ut dvaya par, a dvi) trium numerus, trinitas, [greek] BH. 11. 20. 43.

trayI trayī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) tres Vedi, (Ri[greek]Ya[greek]us et Sāman). BH. 9. 21.

trayodaza trayodaśa

(f. ī gr. 259.) decimus tertius.

trayodazan trayodaśan

(Comp. anom. pro tridaśan; e trayas Nom. pl. m. [greek] tri et daśan v. gr. 254.) tredecim. (Lat. tredecim, lith. trylika e trydika, v. gr. comp. 319. annot.)

tras tras

1. et 4. P. 1) tremere; praesertim timore. MAH. 3. 3080.: bhayāt trasyasi; DEV. 9. 21.: taiḥ śabdair asurās tresuḥ. -- trasta tremens. MAH. 3. 841.: gandharvāṇām bhayatrastāḥ. 2) timere c. ablat. vel gen. BHATT. 15. 58.: rākṣasasya nā 'trāsīt. -- Caus. terrere. A. 9. 22.: trāsayan rathaghoṣeṇa nivātakavacastriyaḥ; ibd. 24.; DR. 5. 10. (Russ. trjasu quasso, agito = Caus. trāsayāmi trjasu-sj tremo; lett. trīfseht tremere; gr. [greek] [greek] lat. tris-tis = trasta tre-mo, terreo ex terseo pro treseo = Caus. trāsayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; hib. tor "fear, dread".)

c. vi i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 103. 41.: varāhamṛgāśca... vitresuḥ; A. 6. 13.: vitresuśca vililyuśca bhūtāni. vitrasta perterritus. H. 3. 3. SU. 1. 14. -- Caus. terrere. MAN. 7. 196.: vitrāsayet; N. 16. 15.: vitrāsitavihaṅgama.

c. sam id. santrasta perterritus. N. 11. 1. 13. 19. A. 8. 16.

trasa trasa

(r. tras s. a) mobilis. M. 29.

trA trā

2. P. (in imperat. supponitur radici trai a qua trā in formis generalibus distingui nequit; a grammaticis trā in radices non receptum est) servare, liberare. BR. 3. 3.: trāhi sarvam mayai 'kayā; SU. 1. 15.: trāhī 'ti pracukruśuḥ; MAH. 3. 15931.: tato nas trātu bhagavān. (V. trai.)

trANa trāṇa

1. v. trai.

trANa trāṇa

2. n. (r. trai s. ana) 1) servatio, tutela. DEV. 11. 47.; RAGH. 15. 3. 2) lorica. A. 6. 14. (cf. tanutrāṇa); śirastrāṇa galea. RAGH. 4. 64. (Hib. troiath "a helmet".)

[Page 160a]
trAtR trātṛ

m. (r. trai s. tṛ) servator. MAH. 3. 15931.

trAsa trāsa

m. (r. tras s. a) metus, terror. RAGH. 9. 58.

tri tri

(N. m. trayas f. tisras pro tisaras a stirpe tisṛ n. trīṇi) tres. (Gr. lat. lith. slav. hib. TRI, nom. m. f.: gr. [greek] lat. tres, lith. trys, hib. tri, slav. masc. [greek] fem. [greek] tri; goth. THRI, nom. m. f. threis. Ad fem. tisras referuntur hib. vet. teora, cambro-brit. fem. tair, armor. teir; v. Pictet p. 145., gr. comp. par. 310.)

triMzat triṃśat

(ut mihi videtur, pro tridaśat mutatā mediā in nasalem, sicut vice versā lith. et slav. d vocum dewyni, devjatj novem ortum est ex n; v. gramm. comp. 317.) triginta. (Lat. triginta, gr. [greek] hib. triochat.)

trika trika

n. spinae pars inferior. RAGH. 6. 16.

trigarta trigarta

m. nomen regionis (Wils.: A country in the northwest division of India, apparently part of Lahore.) DR. 2. 7.

triGkh triṅkh

1. P. (scribitur trikh gr. 110a).) ire; v. traṅk.

tritaya tritaya

n. (e tri s. taya) trium numerus, trinitas. BR. 2. 21. (Hib. treidhe "three things, three parts".)

tridaza tridaśa

m. pl. (ut mihi videtur, a trayodaśan tredecim, quod pro tridaśan) Dii, exceptis Brahmā, Vischnu et Sivo. N. 4. 31.; Lass. 15. 8.

tridazatva tridaśatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) divinitas. RAGH. 16. 30.

tridazAlaya tridaśālaya

(e tridaśa et ālaya domus, habitatio) 1) TATP. deorum habitatio. IN. 5. 36. 2) BAH. deorum habitationem habens i. e. Deus. IN. 1. 12.

tridiva tridiva

n. (DVIGU. gr. 674. e tri et diva coelum, tres coeli) Indri coelum. IN. 4. 6. cf. tripiṣṭapa.

tridhA tridhā

(e tri s. dhā) trifariam. BH. 18. 19. (Gr. [greek] dor. [greek] v. gr. comp. 325.)

trinetra trinetra

m. (tres oculos habens, BAH. e tri et netra oculus) cognomen Sivi.

tripatha tripatha

n. (DVIGU. e tri et patha) trivium. HEM.

tripathagA tripathagā

f. (e praec. et ga iens in fem.) nomen Gangis. UP. 28.

tripiSTapa tripiṣṭapa

n. (DVIGU. gr. 674. e tri et piṣṭapa mundus, tres mundi) Indri coelum, v. tridiva.

[Page 160b]
tripura tripura

(e tri et pura n. urbs) 1) n. nomen regionis (Wils.: the modern Tipperah). 2) m. nomen unius Asurorum, Tripuri regis.

tripuraghna tripuraghna

m. (e praec. et ghna q. v. occidens) cognomen Sivi.

trirAtra trirātra

n. (DVIGU, gr. 674., e tri et rātra pro rātri gr. 681.) tres noctes. N. 9. 7. 10.

trivikrama trivikrama

m. (BAH. e tri et vikrama passus) nomen Vischnūs. AM.

triviSTapa triviṣṭapa

n. (e tri et viṣṭapa i. q. piṣṭapa) i. q. tripiṣṭapa. RAGH. 6. 78.

triyAmA triyāmā

f. (BAH. e tri et yāma vigilia) nox. UP. 57.

tris tris

(a tri s. s) ter. (Gr. [greek] lat. ter.)

truT truṭ

4. et 6. P. 10. A. (chedane K. chidi V.) findi, rumpi. HIT. 15. 10.: yāvan me dantā na truṭyanti tāvad bhavataḥ pāśañ chinadmi; BHAR. 1. 95.: anaṅgakalahakrīḍātruṭattantukam muktājālam. (Cf. gr. [greek])

truTi truṭi

f. (r. truṭ s. i) parvum momentum. MAH. 1. 1292.

truTI truṭī

f. id.

trup trup

1. P. (vadhe) ferire, occidere. (V. tup et cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lith. truppù frior, minutatim conteror, truppinu frio, trumpa-s brevis, trumpinu in brevius contraho.

truph truph

1. P. id.

trump trump

1. P. id.

trumph trumph

1. P. id.

trai trai

1. A. (ortum esse videtur ex tāray i.e. tṝ in formā caus.) servare, liberare. MAN. 9. 138.: narakāt trāyate pitaraṃ sutaḥ; R. Schl. I. 62. 12.: trāyase'nyasutān. Pass. BH. 2. 40.: trāyate mahato bhayāt. Se servare. N. 13. 16.: trāyadhvan dhāvata. -- Part. pass. trāta et trāṇa. (V. trā et tṝ in form. caus.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. BR. 3. 6.: tān svayaṃ vai paritrāsye.

c. sam id. MAH. 1. 6819.: santrātum arhasi.

traiguNya traiguṇya

n. (a triguṇa n. tres qualitates, gr. 674., s. ya) Abstractum vocis triguṇa. BH. 2. 45.

[Page 161a]
trailokya trailokya

n. (e trilokī tres mundi - gr. 674. - s. ya) tres mundi. SU. 1. 7. 24. 4. 1. N. 13. 16.

traividya traividya

(a trividya n. - gr. 674. - tres scientiae, tres libri sacri - Vedi - s. ya) trium Vedorum peritus. BH. 9. 20.

troTaka troṭaka

n. (r. truṭ s. aka) genus fabulae (Wils. "a minor drama, such as the Vikramorvasi").

trauk trauk

1. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire; v. ṭik ṭauk.

tryakSa tryakṣa

m. (tres oculos habens e tri et akṣa) nomen Sivi. MAH. 1. 7315.

tryambaka tryambaka

m. (e tri et ambaka) id. A. 3. 50.

tvakS tvakṣ

1. 1. P. i. q. takṣ.

tvakS tvakṣ

2. 1. P. (tvaco grāhe) cutem accipere. Cf. tvac.

tvac tvac

6. P. (saṃvaraṇe K. vṛtyām V.) tegere. (Fortasse huc pertinent lat. tego, mutatā tenui in mediam; german. vet. dekiu; lith. dengiù; v. Graff. 5. 99.)

tvac tvac

f. (a praec.) 1) cutis. RAGH. 3. 26. 2) cortex.

tvaca tvaca

n. (r. tvac s. a) id.

tvaJc tvañc

1. P. (gatau K. itau V.) ire; v. tañc ṭik.

tvat tvat

Ablat. sg. pron. 2dae pers., qui in initio compp. thematis vice fungitur; v. gr. 265. et 679.

tvattas tvattas

(a praec. s. tas) i. q. tvat.

tvadguNAkRSTacitta tvadguṇākṛṣṭacitta

Adj. (BAH. e TATP. tvadguṇa-tvat + guṇa tui virtutes - et BAH. ākṛṣṭacitta ākṛṣṭa + citta attractam mentem habens) tuis virtutibus attractam mentem habens. IN. 5. 35.

tvam tvam

(gr. 265.) tu. (Lat. tu, lith. tù, gen. tawes, hib. tu, goth. thu, slav. ty, gr. [greek].)

[Page 161b]
tvar tvar

1. A. interdum P. festinare. H. 4. 47.: tvarasva bhīma; N. 20. 17.: tvarate bhavān; IN. 5. 52. H. 2. 16.: tvaramāṇa; SA. 1. 33.: bhartur anveṣaṇe tvara; MAH. 1. 7539.: draṣṭun tān tvaranti. -- tvarita festinans. N. 2. 26. 23. 21. -- Caus. tvarayāmi incitare. R. Schl. II. 64. 63.: dūtā vaivasvatasyai 'te kauśalye tvarayanti mām; N. 19. 12.: sa tvaryamāṇo bahuśaḥ. (V. tur tūr tṝ i. e. tar et cf. slav. tvorjū facio, tvarj creatura, ratione habitā, radicem car q. v. et ire et facere significare; hib. tuairim "I go round, encompass, draw a circle".)

tvarA tvarā

f. (r. tvar s. ā) festinatio.

tvaSTR tvaṣṭṛ

m. (r. tvakṣ s. tṛ) 1) faber lignarius. 2) Vis'vakarmanus, deorum artifex. RAGH. 6. 32. (v. taṣṭṛ).

tviS tviṣ

1. 1. P. A. 1) lucere, splendere. BHATT. 14. 70.: titviṣuḥ; RIG - V. 52. 6.: titveṣa. 2) in dial. Ved. collustrare, ornare. RIG-V. 102. 7.: amātran tvā dhiṣaṇā titviṣe mahī "immensum te hymnus ornavit magnus".)

tviS tviṣ

2. f. (a praec.) splendor, lumen. RAGH. 3. 15. 4. 75.; v. tviṣāmpati.

tviSA tviṣā

f. (r. tviṣ s. ā) id.

tviSAmpati tviṣāmpati

m. (luminum dominus e tviṣ in gen. pl. et pati) sol. AM.

tsar tsar

1. P. (chadmagatau) clam, occulto ire. (Cf. sṛ i.e. sar.)

c. ava in dial. Ved. aufugere. RIG - V. 71. 5.: avatsarat pṛśaṇyaḥ "aufugit pugnax hostis".

[Page 1611]
thaD thaḍ

6. P. (saṃvṛtau) tegere, operire. (Cambro-brit. tuzaw id.)

[Page 1611]
thurv thurv

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, ferire, occidere. (Cf. turv durv dhurv jurv.)

[Page 1612]
da da

(r. s. a) dans, in fine compp. ut jalada.

daMz daṃś

1. 1. P. (in tempp. special. nasalem ejicit) mordere. N. v. daṃśita daṃś praef. sam; goth. tahja lacero; lat. lacero, mutato d in l, densus; cambro-brit. danhezu mordere; hib. dan-t "a morsel, portion, share"; russ. desnà gingiva; v. daṃṣṭrā.)

c. vi mordere, edere. MAH. 1. 3362.: vidaśantyaḥ phalāni.

c. sam collidere dentes, labra, arcte adjungere, applicare. M. 2. 1485.: dantān sandaśatas tasya; DR. 7. 9.: sandaṣṭauṣṭha; RAGH. 16. 65.: sandaṣṭavastreṣṭh abalānitambeṣu.

daMz daṃś

2. 10. A. (daṃśane K. darśadaṃśane V. scribitur daś gr. 110a).) mordere; videre (daṃś videre ortum esse censeo e darś - v. dṛś - mutato r in ṅ; sic. Prācr. Caus. daṃsemi = darśayāmi).

daMz daṃś

3. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. tviṣi V.; scribitur daś gr. 110a).) loqui; splendere.

daMza daṃśa

m. (r. daṃś s. a) 1) morsus, actio mordendi. 2) vespa, asilus. RAGH. 2. 5. 3) lorica.

daMzana daṃśana

n. (r. daṃś s. ana) lorica. MAH. 1. 564.

daMzita daṃśita

(a daṃśa s. ita) 1) loricatus. A. 6. 14. 10. 19. (DR. 6. 19. (lege daṃśanāni pro daṃśitāni.)

daMSTrA daṃṣṭrā

f. (r. daṃś s. tra in fem.) dens magnus, prominens, exstans. H. 2. 3. 9. (Russ. desnà gingiva radice cum hoc vocabulo convenit, nisi cum danta cohaeret, ita ut s ex t ortum sit.)

daMSTrAkarAlavadana daṃṣṭrākarālavadana

(BAH. e daṃṣṭrākarāla - v. karāla - et vadana os, vultus) exsertis dentibus os habens. H. 2. 3.

daMSTrin daṃṣṭrin

(a daṃṣṭrā s. in) Adj. exstantes dentes habens. Subst. m. aper. N. 14. 18.

daMs daṃs

1. 10. A. (scribitur das gr. 110a).) i. q. 2. daṃś.

daMs daṃs

2. 10. P. (scribitur das) i. q. 3. daṃś.

daMh daṃh

10. P. (dīptau dāhe scribitur dah gr. 110a).) lucere, urere. (V. dah unde daṃh insertā nasali.)

dakS dakṣ

1. 1. A. (vṛddhau K. syande vṛddhau V.) crescere; se move- re. (Huc trahi posset goth. THIH crescere - nostrum ge-deihen - nisi pertinet ad tṛṃh.)

dakS dakṣ

2. 1. A. (hiṃsāyām K. hantyarthe V.) laedere, ferire, occidere.

dakSa dakṣa

(ut videtur, a r. dakṣ s. a) 1) aptus, idoneus, habilis, dexter. BHAR. 1. 58. N. 11. 5. 2) rectus, probus, honestus. BH. 12. 16. SA. 1. 3. (Primitive dexter, v. dakṣiṇa.)

dakSiNa dakṣiṇa

(v. gr. 279.; ut videtur, a r. dakṣ s. in) 1) dexter. SU. 4. 12. 2) meridionalis, quia meridionalis plaga ei qui ad orientem se convertit, a dexterā est. H. 1. 3. SU. 3. 25. 3) humanus, urbanus, comis. UR. 33. 9. infr., v. dākṣiṇya. dakṣiṇena Adv. ad meridiem. SU. 3. 23. (Gr. [greek] [greek] lat. dex-ter, dex-timus; hib. deas dexter, meridionalis; lith. dészine f. dextera manus = dakṣiṇā; goth. taīhsvo f. id.; germ. vet. zeso dexter, zesawa subst. f. dextera manus; fortasse russ. [greek] jug merdionalis plaga; [greek] juschnyi meridionalis, abjecto d, sicut lat. Jupiter, Jovis e Diupiter, Diovis, gr. comp. 122.)

dakSiNA dakṣiṇā

1. f. (fem. praec.) 1) meridionalis plaga. DR. 3. 7. 2) merces, pretium educationis; RAGH. 5. 20.; peracti sacrificii, BH. 17. 13. RAGH. 4. 86. in fine compp.

dakSiNA dakṣiṇā

2. Adv. (a dakṣiṇa s. ā) meridiem versus.

dakSiNApatha dakṣiṇāpatha

m. (e praec. et patha via in fine compp.) meridionalis regio Indiae. N. 9. 23.

dakSiNAvat dakṣiṇāvat

(a dakṣiṇā s. vat) pretio sacrificali praeditus. N. 12. 45.

dagdha dagdha

v. dah.

dagh dagh

5. P. (ghātane) ferire, occidere; cf. tigh.

daGgh daṅgh

1. P. (scribitur dagh gr. 110a).) id.

daND daṇḍ

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a daṇḍa quod fortasse ipsum a dam s. ḍa nisi a taḍ mutato t in ḍ; cf. Lass.) percutere, punire. N. 13. 69. RAGH. 1. 25.

daNDa daṇḍa

m. (v. praec.) 1) baculus, sceptrum; poena. N. 4. 10. DR. 6. 20. 2) plantae caulis. RAGH. 16. 46.

daNDagaurI daṇḍagaurī

f. (e praec. et gaurī) n. pr. Apsarasae. IN. 2. 29.

[Page 163a]
daNDadhAraNa daṇḍadhāraṇa

n. (TATP. e daṇḍa baculus et dhāraṇa actio ferendi) supplicium. N. 6. 6.

daNDAdhipati daṇḍādhipati

m. (e daṇḍa et adhipati) judex. UP. 56.

dat dat

m. (in fine compp. tantum usurpari videtur, e. c. sudat pulchros dentes habens, in declinatione analogiam part. praes. sequitur; itaque nom. dan acc. dantam; fortasse primitive edens, ita ut mutilatum sit ex adat a r. ad) dens. (Gr. [greek] lat. DENT; v. danta.)

datta datta

datus (v. gr. 608.)

datti datti

f. (pro dadāti abjecto ā servatā reduplicatione) donum. RAGH. 8. 85. (Gr. [greek] lat. do-s, quod e dotis correptum esse videtur; hib. dath "a gift".)

dad dad

1. P. A. (proprie dada forma reduplicata a rad. correpto ā in a quod characteris 1mae vel 6tae classis analogiam sequitur, sicut a sthā venit tiṣṭhati pro tiṣṭhāti a ghrā jighrati pro -ghrāti v. gr. min. 295.) dare. MAH. 1. 3482.: yauvanaṃ svan dadasva; 3. 10836.: śarma dadasva; 2. 1880.: śatāni catvāry adadad dhayānām; 3. 10207.: vedīñcā 'py adadad dhaimīṅ kaśyapāya.

dadh dadh

1. A. (proprie dadha a rad. dhā correpto ā in a v. dad) i. q. dhā.

dadhi dadhi

n. (fortasse a dhe bibere, cum redupl.) lac coagulatum. (V. dhe et cf. goth. daddja lacto.)

danta danta

m. (ut mihi videtur, a r. ad s. anta ita ut mutilatum sit ex adanta) dens. H. 3. 20. (Lith. dantis, goth. tunthus; germ. vet. zant, zand, zan; cambro-brit. dant; hib. déad; de lat. dens et gr. [greek] v. dat; de russ. desnà gingiva v. daṃṣṭrā.)

dantacchada dantacchada

m. (e praec. et chada tegens) labium. CAUR. 13.

dantin dantin

m. (a danta s. in dentatus) elephantus.

dandh dandh

1. P. (pālane K., scribitur dadh; equidem dandh vel potius dandha reduplicatione explicaverim e dhā correpto ā in a et insertā nasali; v. dad dadh) sustentare, nutrire.

danv danv

1. P. (vraje; scribitur dav; gr. 110a).) ire; cf. du dhanv dhāv; gr. [greek] = Caus. danvayāmi.

dabh dabh

1) 10. P. dabhayāmi (node K.) mittere. 2) 1. P. in dial. Ved. laedere, occidere, v. dambh cl. 5. RIG-V. 84. 20.: mā ta ūtayo vaso 'smān kadācanā dabhan "non tua auxilia, domicilii largitor! nos unquam perire sinant"; Vv. 32. 12. (v. Westerg. s. r. dambh): na tan dabhanti ripaḥ (hostes). -- Desid. in dial. Ved. dips (e didhaps ejectā syllabā dha) laedendi, occidendi cupidum esse. RIG-V. 25. 14.: na yan dipsanti dipsavaḥ "quem deum non caedere affectant caedendi cupidi"; Vv. (v. Westerg. s. r. dambh): yo no divā dipsati yaśca naktam.

dam dam

1. 4. P. dāmyāmi domare. BHATT. 18. 20.: yamo dāmyati rākṣasān. Part. pass. dānta domitus, mansuetus. BR. 1. 25. SU. 2. 17. -- Caus. damayāmi i. q. primit. MAH. 1. 2995.: sarvan damayaty asau; ibd. 5537.: sauvīram adamayac charaiḥ. (Goth. TAM decere, ga-timith, ga-tam; germ. vet. zimit decet, zam decuit; fortasse lat. damnum. Ad Caus. damayāmi referimus gr. [greek] [greek] lat. domo, goth. tamja, nostrum zähme, zahm, v. gr. comp. 19. 109a). 6.)

dam dam

2. Indecl. (r. dam) uxor in comp. dampatī uxor et maritus. SA. 6. 3. (V. 2. jam et cf. gr. [greek])

dama dama

m. (r. dam s. a) 1) domitus, refrenatio, sedatio perturbationum animi. IN. 4. 7. N. 6. 10. BH. 10. 4. 16. 1. 2) poena, mulcta. MAN. 8. 59. 3) in fine compp. domans, domitor. 4) nom. pr. N. 1. 9. (Gr. [greek] sicut scr. arindama.)

damana damana

m. (r. dam s. ana) domitor; nom. pr. N. 1. 9.

damayantI damayantī

f. (part. praes. Causativi damayāmi v. dam) quae domat; nom. pr. N. 1. 9.

dampatI dampatī

v. 2. dam.

dambh dambh

1. 10. P. (node scribitur dabh gr. 110a).) mittere; v. ṭip.

dambh dambh

2. 5. P. dabhnomi. 1) fallere, decipere, e.c. dabhnoti dhūrtaḥ K. 2) laedere, occidere, praesertim in dial. Ved. NIGH. 2. 19. (v. Westerg.) dabhnoti (vadhaḥ); RIG - V. 24. 10.: adabdhāni varuṇasya vratāni; 41. 1.: yaṃ rakṣanti pracetaso varuṇo mitro aryamā . nūcit sa dabhyate janaḥ "quem protegunt dii Varunus, Mitrus, Aryamanus, non sane laeditur ille vir (nūcit = nai 'va v. Westerg.); YAGURV. 1. 31. (Westerg.): adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣā 'vapaśyāmi (dabhnoti dabdha dabhyate etiam ad dabh referri possunt. Cf. tubh et v. dalbha).

dambha dambha

m. (r. dambh s. a) fraus, simulatio; superbia. BH. 16. 4. IN. 5. 62. MAH. 2. 877. (V. dalbha.)

damya damya

m. (r. dam s. ya) taurus juvencus. RAGH. 6. 78.

day day

1. A. (gatau dāne hiṃsāyām ādāne K. grahaṇe gatau vadhe dāne avane V.) ire, dare, laedere, occidere, sumere, tueri. dayita amatus. IN. 1. 7. 3. 4. N. 16. 28. (Cf. de hib. deidh f. "desire, longing", deidh m. "a protector, defender", deide "obedience, submission".)

dayA dayā

f. (r. day s. ā) misericordia.

dayAlu dayālu

m. f. n. (a praec. s. ālu) misericors, ad misericordiam propensus. HIT. 77. 20.

dara dara

m. n. (r. dṝ findere s. a) caverna, specus.

daridra daridra

(r. daridrā s. a) pauper.

daridratA daridratā

f. (a praec. s. ) paupertas.

daridrA daridrā

2. P. (forma redupl. a r. drā v. gr. 108.) pauperem esse, fieri. HIT. 45. 10.: upary upari paśyanto sarva eva daridrati.

darI darī

f. (a dara signo fem. ī) id. RAGH. 13. 46.

dardura dardura

m. (forma redupl. incerti orig.) 1) rana. 2) nubes. 3) mons quidam. 4) instrumentum musicum.

darpa darpa

m. (r. dṛp i.e. darp s. a) superbia. BH. 16. 4.

darpaNa darpaṇa

m. (r. dṛp in Caus. superbum reddere, s. ana) speculum. RAGH. 10. 10. 14. 37.

darbha darbha

m. (r. dṛbh s. a) i. q. kuśa sgn. 1. RAGH. 1. 31.

darza darśa

m. (r. dṛś in CAUS. s. a) novilunii dies. RAGH. 14. 80. 18. 34.

darzaka darśaka

(r. dṛś in CAUS. s. aka) 1) Adj. monstrans. HIT. ed. Ser. 2. 8. 2) Subst. m. janitor. AM.

darzana darśana

n. (r. dṛś s. ana) 1) visus, conspectus; aspectus, species. A. 2. 11. H. 2. 5. N. 17. 14. 2) respectus, ratio. RAGH. 8. 71. 3) consilium, propositum, institutum. R. Schl. I. 58. 18. -- A formā caus. 1) monstratio. Lass. 87. 3. 2) speculum.

darzanIya darśanīya

(r. dṛś s. anīya) spectandus, spectatu dignus. SU. 3. 13. DR. 2. 9.

darzin darśin

(r. dṛś s. in) cernens, perspiciens. N. 92. 91. BH. 4. 34.

dal dal

1. P. findi. BHATT. 14. 20. 99.: dadāla bhūḥ; GITAGOV. 7. 35.: dalati sā hṛdi virahabhareṇa. -- Caus. vel cl. 10. dalayāmi et dālayāmi findere. BATT.: muṣṭinā 'dālayat tasya mūrddhānam; BHAR. 2. 36.: hetidalito nāgaḥ. (Cf. dṝ i. e. dar unde dal mutato r in l; lith. dalis pars v. dala dallykas pars, fragmentum, daliju divido; goth. dails pars; germ. vet. tail, teil; tīlo deleo, tīligo id. = dalayāmi mutato y in g (gr. comp. 109a). 6); lat. dolo; hib. dail "a share, portion", dailim "I give, deal out" (nisi haec pertinent ad dā dadāmi unde dailim mutato d in l ortum esse posset), duil "partition, distribution", duillean "a spear", duillean "a pin, thorn".)

c. vi findi, diffindi. NAIS'. 4. 88.: tvadiṣubhir vyadaliṣyad vajro 'pi.

c. vi praef. antar Caus. vel cl. 10. diffindere, dilacerare. BHAR. 2. 77.: kaṭhinadṛṣadantarvidalitaḥ.

dala dala

(r. dal s. a 1) n. pars, portio, fragmentum. 2) m. n. folium, ab erumpendo, emergendo dictum. RAGH. 4. 42. (Hib. duille folium; quae ad dala pars spectant voces v. s. r. dal.)

dalana dalana

n. (r. dal s. ana) actio findendi, fissio. BHAR. 1. 58. a. et d.

dalbha dalbha

m. (ut mihi videtur, e dambha mutato m in l v. gr. comp. 20.) i. q. dambha. (Hib. dalbh "a lye, contrivance".)

dava dava

m. (fortasse e dahva ejecto h v. dah nisi e deva abjecto i diphthongi e = a + i; v. div) 1) calor. 2) ignis. 3) ardens sylva, sylvae conflagratio. 4) sylva. (Cambro - brit. daiv combustio.)

davAgni davāgni

m. (e praec. et agni ignis) sylvae incendium. RAGH. 2. 14.

dazan daśan

(v. gr. 256.) decem. (Graec. [greek] lat. decem - pro- prie a daśama decimus - goth. taihun pro tihun (gr. comp. 82.) e tahun; armor. dek; hib. déagh, deich; lith. deszimtis, deszim-ts, deszim-t; slav. desja-tj; v. gr. comp. 318.)

dazana daśana

m. n. (r. daṃś ejectā nasali, s. ana) dens. BH. 11. 27. RAGH. 10. 38.

dazama daśama

(f. a daśan s. ma) decimus. N. 14. 12. (Cf. lat. decimus, scot. deicheamh, hib. deachmad.)

dazA daśā

f. status, conditio, vitae spatium, aetas, ut juventus.

dazAnana daśānana

m. (BAH. e daśan et ānana) cognomen Rāvani. RAGH. 10. 76.

dazArNa daśārṇa

m. in. Plur. nomen regionis (Wils.: A country, part of central Hindostan, lying on the south-east of the Vindhya mountains). N. 17. 15.

daSTa daṣṭa

v. daṃś.

das das

4. P. (utkṣepe) i. q. tas. (Cf. angl. toss, cum tenui pro mediā secundum generalem regulam, gr. comp. 87.)

c. upa in dial. Ved. diminui. RIG-V. 62. 12.: tava rāyo gabhastau na kṣīyante no 'padasyanti "tuā in manu divitiae non pereunt, non diminuuntur".

c. vi in dial. Ved. diminui, interire. RIG-V. 11. 3.: pūrvīr indrasya rātayo na vidasyanti "larga Indri dona non minuuntur"; 121. 15.: mā sā te asmat sumatir vidasat (praet. mtf.) "ne ille tuus nobis favor intereat".

dasyu dasyu

m. (ut mihi videtur, a r. dās laedere, occidere, correpto ā in a s. yu) 1) hostis. MAH. 1. 3153. 2) latro. RAGH. 9. 53. (V. 2. dās.)

dasra dasra

m. i. q. aśvinau v. aśvin.

dah dah

1. 1. P. dahāmi adhākṣiṣam (gr. 103. b.), dhakṣyāmi vel dahiṣyami dagdhum (gr. 103. a.) urere; comburere, exurere. BH. 2. 23.: nai 'nan dahati pāvakaḥ; MAH. 2. 1140.: te dahyante sma vahninā; N. 11. 39.: agnidagdha iva drumaḥ; MAH. 1. 1058.: janamejayasya vo yajñe dhakṣyaty anilasārathiḥ; DR. 6. 4.: mano me dūyate dahyateca; N. 15. 15.: dahyamānaḥ sa śokena; GITA-GOV. 10. 19. 2.: madanānalo dahati me mānasam. -- Notetur Potent. Futuri dhakṣyet MAH. 1. 8383.: katham agnir na no ejecto h; fortasse goth. dag-s, Them. daga, dies a lucendo dictum, sicut scrt. divasa et ahan q. v.; lat. lig-num, mutato d in l, sicut scrt. idhma lignum ab indh flagrare (v. Pott. p. 282.); eādem mutatione nititur gr. [greek].)

c. anu comburere. R. Schl. II. 63. 41.: na tvām anudahet kruddho vanam agnir ivai 'dhitaḥ.

c. upa id. suptān upādhākṣīd bālakān vāraṇāvate.

c. ni id. MAH. 1. 4454.: pāṇḍupāvakam āsādya nyadahyanta narādhipāḥ.

c. nis id. MAN. 11. 246.: edhas tejasā vahnir nirdahati.

c. nis praef. vi id. A. 3. 52.: jagad vinirdahet (astram).

c. pari id. BH. 1. 30.: tvakcai 'va paridahyate.

c. pra id. MAH. 1. 8362.: pradahan khāṇḍavan dāvam; 1. 2120.: na pāvakas tvām pradahiṣyati; R. Schl. II. 94. 15.: na māṃ śokaḥ pradhakṣyati.

c. pra praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 5796.: nas tatra hutāśaḥ sampradhakṣyati.

c. vi vidagdha doctus, eruditus, aptus, habilis. UR. 11. 12. BHAR. 1. 52. 97.

c. sam comburere. BHAR. 2. 32.: sandahyatāṃ vahninā. -- CAUS. comburendum curare. MAH. 1. 4954.: ghṛtāvasiktaṃ rājānaṃ samadāhayan.

dah dah

2. 4. P. ardere, flagrare. N. 14. 1.: dadarśa dāvan dahyantam; SA. 5. 3.: aṅgānicai 'va sāvitri hṛdayan dahyatī 'vaca; MAH. 1. 2061.: dahyanty aṅgāni me.

c. pari praef. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 10067.: gātram me samparidahyatī 'va.

c. pra id. MAH. 3. 2394.: vṛkṣasya pradahyataḥ.

dA

1. 3. P. A. (anom. v. gr. 694.) dare c. acc. rei et dat. vel gen. vel loc. pers. N. 5. 37.: lokān ātmaprabhāṃścai 'va dadau tasmai hutāśanaḥ; BH. 3. 12.: iṣṭān bhogān hi vo devā dāsyante; MAN. 3. 95.: gān datvā vidhivad guroḥ; R. II. 79. 15.: yas tvam jyeṣṭhe nṛpasute pṛthivīn dātum icchasi. -- In matrimonium dare. R. Schl. I. 66. 27.: sītān dadyān dāśaratheḥ. -- Notentur locutiones: jānu dātum genu imponere, DR. 9. 5.; argalan dātum "obdere pessulum", UP. 58.; dvāran dātum portam aperire, MR. 94. 6. infr.; panthānan dātum dare viam alicui, decedere alicui de viā, MAH. 1. 6703.; bhayam vel bhayāni dātum metum injicere alicui, UP. 60.; parirambhaṇan dātum amplecti, GITA-GOV. III. 7. 8.; jhampan dātum saltare, HIT. 63. 15. -- Cum Infin. 1) jubere. MAH. 1. 1188.: dadauca tan nidhim amṛtasya rakṣitum kirīṭine. 2) permittere, sinere. 1528.: na dāsyāmi samādātuṃ somaṅ kasmaicid apy aham (cf. II. I. 338.: [greek]). punar dātum reddere, MAH. 3483. -- Pass. dīye (gr. 494.), Caus. dāpayāmi 1) facere ut alqs. det c. 2. acc. MAN. 7. 127.: vaṇijo dāpayet karān; 8. 59.: tau nṛpeṇa hy adharmajñau dāpyau tadidvaguṇan damam. 2) dandum curare. R. Schl. II. 70. 4.: imāni vastrāṇi mātulasya dāpaya. -- Desid. dits e didās ejecto a. BR. 17.: tāñ ced ahan na ditseyam; DR. 4. 17.: sarvam me ditsitan tvayā. (V. dās rā lā et cf. gr. [greek] = dadāmi; lith. dumi do pro dudmi, dus-ti dat e dud-ti, gr. comp. 457., dus-te datis e dud-te; slav. damj e dadmj, gr. comp. 436.; lat. da-re; hib. daighim "I give"; dailim "I give", e daidim, nisi pertinet ad dal q. v.; cambrobrit. dodi dare.)

c. abhi dare. MAH. 3. 13309.: abhyadāt.

c. ā A. interdum P. sumere, capere, tollere, levare, abripere, demere, accipere (proprie sibi dare). BR. 3. 23.: tṛṇam ādāya; H. 1. 9.: ādāya kuntīm bhrātṝṃśca (cf. sl. 7.); SU. 4. 2.: devagandharvayakṣāṇām...ādāya sarvaratnāni; RAM. I. 19. 27.: vīryavatāṃ vīryam ādatte yudhi; RAGH. 8. 18.: āsanam ādade; MAH. 1. 3483.: svañcā 'dāsyāmi bhūyaḥ pāpmānan jarayā saha; RAGH. 3. 14.: hutam agnir ādade. -- paddhatim ādātum viam ingredi, inire. RAGH. 3. 46.: vacanam ādātum dicere, loqui. A. 3. 48.: aham...vacanam ādade. -- Part. pass. ātta (ex ādāta ejecto ā mutato d in t) captus, arreptus. RAGH. 15. 46.: āttaśastra.

c. ā praef. upa A. id. H. 1. 7. N. 13. 75. 23. 16. 25. 19. -- PAR. dare. R. Schl. II. 96. 36.: upādadād bhrātror madhu māṃsañca.

c. ā praef. sam + upa (samupādā) A. i. q. ādā. MAH. 3. 11876.: tejāṃsi samupādatte.

c. ā praef. prati A. zurücknehmen, retractare, revocare, rescindere. MAH. 1. 785.: nacā 'haṃ śaktaḥ śāpam pratyādātum.

c. ā praef. vi aperire, praesertim os. Part. pass. vyātta e vyādāta ejecto ā et vyādita sicut sthita a sthā. N. 12. 20.: vyāttāsya; BH. 12. 24.: vyāttānana; MAH. 2. 946. 3. 11115.: vyāditāsya. -- vyādadāna os suum aperiens, omisso asya. M. 3. 11502.

c. ā praef. sam A. i. q. ādā. DEV. 9. 31.: saca śūlaṃ samādade. IN. 3. 1. N. 23. 13. 20. MAH. 3. 11395.

c. parā in dial. Ved. 1) prodere. RIG - V. 104. 8.: mā no vadhīr indra mā parādāḥ. 2) dare. RIG. - V. 81. 6.: yo aryo martabhojanam parādadāti dāśuṣe "qui dominus mortali idoneum cibum largitur sacrificanti".

c. pari dare. MAN. 9. 326.: vaiśyāya paridade paśūn; MAH. 3. 17039.: pṛthām paridadau dvijāya.

c. pra 1) id. IN. 3. 8. N. 5. 37. 38. DR. 4. 16. -- In matrimonium dare. SA. 2. 26.: sakṛt kanyā pradīyate. 2) prodere. MAH. 1. 6219.: suhṛjjanam pradātun na śakṣyāmi. 3) divulgare, narrare. MAH. 1. 6306.: pravṛttim pradaduḥ pure. -- Part. pass. pratta ex pradāta ejecto ā.

c. pra praef. sam dare. MAH. 2. 148. 3. 8531. -- Caus. dan- dum curare. R. Schl. II. 32. 16.: tasya vastrāṇi sampradāpaya.

c. prati 1) reddere. uktam vacanam pratidātum ad dictum sermonem respondere. CAUR. 36. 2) dare. MAH. 1. 6721.: nivṛtto pratidāsyāmi bhojanan te yathepsitam.

dA

2. 2. P. (lavane K. lūne V.) desecare, abscindere, decidere. (Cf. do dal; gr. [greek] nisi pertinent ad dare; cambro-brit. de "to part, to separate"; Adj. "separate, parted, divided"; dead "a parting, separation".)

dAkSiNAtya dākṣiṇātya

(a dakṣiṇā ad meridiem s. tya) 1) meridionalis. 2) e meridionali Indiae regione oriundus. MAH. 2. 1914.

dAkSiNya dākṣiṇya

n. (a dakṣiṇa s. ya) comitas, humanitas, benignitas, urbanitas. UR. 18. 5. BHAR. 2. 19. HIT. 130. 9. -- adākṣiṇya inhumanitas. UR. 14. 5. infr.

dAkSya dākṣya

n. (a dakṣa rectus, probus, s. ya) probitas, integritas. IN. 4. 10. N. 6. 10. BH. 18. 43.

dAtR dātṛ

m. (r. s. tṛ) dator. (Them. primit. dātār gr. [greek] lat. dator.) SA. 1. 3. N. 6. 10.

dAna dāna

n. (ut videtur, obsoletum part. pass. a rad. s. na v. gr. 607.) donum. (Lat. donum.)

dAnatas dānatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) pro Ablat. dānāt. SA. 2. 17.

dAnava dānava

1. m. (a danu Danus, Dakschi filia, uxor Kasyapi et Asurorum mater, s. a) i. q. asura q. v.

dAnava dānava

2. Adj. (f. a praec. s. a) ad Dānavos spectans, dānavicus. A. 10. 24.

dAnta dānta

v. dam.

dAman dāman

n. (fortasse a r. dam s. an nisi a 2. vel do s. man) funis; taenia, infula. UR. 5. 9. H. 3. 13. (Cf. gr. [greek] hib. damhnadh "a band or tye".)

dAy dāy

1. A. (ut videtur cl. 4. radicis ) dare. (Huc referri posset hib. daighim do, mutato y in gh.)

dAya dāya

n. (r. s. ya) donum; portio. R. Schl. I. 29. 4.

dAyAda dāyāda

m. (e praec. et āda sumens, accipiens) 1) filius. MAH. 1. 871. 2) oriundus ab aliquo, proles, prognatus. R. Schl. I. 60. 2.

dAyin dāyin

(r. s. in inserto y) dans. BHAR. 1. 30.

dAra dāra

m. plur. uxor. N. 14. 23. IN. 5. 37. -- In comp. DVANDV. (gr. 660.). BR. 1. 19.

dAraka dāraka

m. (ut videtur, a praec. s. ka vel aka) puer. BR. 2. 35. N. 8. 20. ubi Dual. dārakau pueri, parvuli, puerum et puellam exprimit.

dArikA dārikā

f. (a praec.) puella. UR. 45. 2. infr.

dAridra dāridra

n. (a daridra s. a) paupertas. HIT. 31. 11.

dAru dāru

m. n. (ut videtur, a r. dṝ s. u) lignum. AM. (Gr. [greek] russ. dérevo, drova, hib. doireach "woody". Russ. drova et derevo etiam e druma arbor explicari possent, mutato m in v.)

dAruNa dāruṇa

(r. dṝ s. una) horridus, horribilis, terribilis. H. 1. 17. SU. 1. 3.

dAruNAkRti dāruṇākṛti

(BAH. e praec. et ākṛti f. forma, species) horridam speciem habens. H. 2. 2.

dAva dāva

m. i. q. dava. N. 14. 1. (V. dava.)

dAvAgni dāvāgni

m. i. q. davāgni. H. 4. 39.

dAz dāś

1) cl. 1. P. A. dare (cf. dā dās dare). 2) cl. 5. P. (hiṃsane) laedere, ferire, occidere (cf. daṃś mordere).

dAza dāśa

m. piscator. MAH. 1. 2397.

dAs dās

1) cl. 1. P. A. dare (a r. adjecto s sicut mās a mā bhās a bhā). 2) cl. 5. P. laedere, ferire, occidere. (Cf. dāś cl. 5., daṃś daṃs mordere, dasyu praedo. Fortasse huc pertinent gr. [greek] mutato d in l, sicut in scr. sumere, secundum K. etiam dare, quod sicut dare e ortum esse censeo; cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. la-tro.)

dAsa dāsa

m. (r. dās dare s. a) famulus. H. 1. 2. (Sic gr. [greek] [greek] a dando, porrigendo nominatum esse videtur.)

dAsatva dāsatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) servitudo. N. 26. 21.

dAsI dāsī

f. (a dāsa signo fem. ī) serva. N. 1. 11.

dAsya dāsya

n. (a dāsa s. ya) servitudo.

dAha dāha

(r. dah s. a) 1) actio urendi. RAGH. 11. 42. 2) exustio, conflagratio. H. 1. 44.

[Page 168a]
dik dig dik dig

v. diś.

digdha digdha

v. dih.

digvAsas digvāsas

(plagas pro veste habens, BAH. e diś et vāsas n. vestis) nudus. N. 9. 15.

diti diti

f. una Kasyapi uxorum, Asurorum mater. RAM. I. 37. 1.

dits dits

Desid. radicis .

ditsu ditsu

(a praec. s. u) dandi cupidus, dare volens. SU. 4. 23.

didRkS didṛkṣ

Desid. radicis dṛś.

didRkSA didṛkṣā

f. (a praec. s. ā) cupido videndi. N. 21. 16. SA. 6. 8.

didRkSu didṛkṣu

(a didṛkṣ s. u) videndi cupidus, videre desiderans, c. acc. SA. 5. 109.

dina dina

m. n. (a Lassenio apte e divana ejectā syllabā va explicatur, v. divan) dies. RAM. I. 28. 8. GHAT. 21. (Lith. diena f. dies, slav. denj m. id.; cf. lat. peren-dinus, peren-dinatio, quorum pars prior ad para pertinet. Cum Pottio (II. 148.) huc trahimus goth. sin-teins, Them. sinteina quotidianus; sin = sam.)

dinAnta dinānta

m. (e praec. et anta finis) vesper. RITU - S. 1. 1.

dinAvasAna dināvasāna

n. (e dina et avasāna finis) id. RAGH. 2. 45.

dinv dinv

1. P. (prītau; scribitur div gr. 110a).) diligere, gaudere, exhilarare; cf. jinv.

dimbh dimbh

1. 10. P. (node scribitur dibh gr. 110a). mittere); cf. dambh et 1. dabh.

dimbh dimbh

2. 10. A. (saṅghāte) coacervare.

div div

1. 4. P. dīvyāmi (gr. 332.), Part. pass. dyūta praet. mltf. adeviṣam 1) splendere (v. 3. div diva divan divas et cf. dīp). 2) ludere. N. 7. 4.: ehi dīvya nalena vai. C. instr. rei, de quā luditur, MAH. 2. 261.: etad rājan mama dhanan tena dīvyāmy ahan tvayā. C. dat. rei, MAH. 1. 1192.: ehi sārddham mayā dīvya dāsībhāvāya bhāmini; 2. 2468.: punar dīvyāma bhadran te vanavāsāya pāṇḍavaiḥ. -- Part. praes. A. N. 7. 10.: dīvyamānam arindamam. -- vāṇān devitum tela emittere. BHATT. 5. 81. (Huc trahi posset lat. lu-do, mutato d in l, cf. dyūta ludus; Pottius confert jocus quod e djo-cus explicari potest sicut Jupiter, Jovis e Djupiter, Djovis (v. gr. comp. 122.); lith. jukas jocus, jukoju jocor. Quae ad div splendere referendae sunt voces v. s. diva divasa dyu dyo. Fortasse etiam lith. [greek]ibbu splendeo huc pertinet.)

c. pari Part. pass. paridyūna moestus, tristis. MAH. 3. 306. 12433. R. Schl. II. 47. 2. 72. 50. Cf. dev.

c. prati ludere cum aliquo, c. acc. pers. MAH. 3. 1356.: māṅ kitavaḥ pratyadevīt. -- ATM. MAH. 2. 2057.: yena mān tvam mahārāja dhanena pratidīvyase.

c. vi lusu perdere. MAH. 2. 2384.: imāṃ sabhāmadhye yo vyadevīd glaheṣu.

div div

2. 10. P. devayāmi (proprie Caus. praec.) vexare; queri, lamentari. Cf. dev.

div div

3. f. (Nom. dyaus a Them. dyo gr. 208.; r. div splendere) coelum. N. 12. 37. Lass. 39. 1. (V. diva dyo.)

diva diva

n. (r. div splendere, s. a) id. (Lat. divum, sub divo; sic nostrum Himmel, goth. himins coelum cum kam splendere, et lith. dangùs id. cum dah degu cohaerere videtur, mutato in germanicā voce, e generali regulā, k in h.)

divan divan

m. (r. div splendere s. an) dies; v. dina.

divasa divasa

m. n. (r. div splendere s. asa) dies. SA. 4. 2. (De lat. dies v. dyo; cambro-brit. diev et hib. dia dies tam huc quam ad divan trahi possunt, nisi pertinent ad part. praes. dīvyat splendens, unde armor. diez explicaverim.)

divasamukha divasamukha

n. (TATP. e praec. et mukha os) mane, tempus matutinum.

divA divā

Adv. die (ut videtur, instrum. vocis div cf. dyu.)

divAkara divākara

m. (diem faciens, e divā dies, quod separatim non invenitur, et kara faciens) sol. RAGH. 6. 66.

divAniza divāniśa

n. (DVANDV. e divā dies, v. praec. et niśā nox. v. gr. 660.) dies et nox. N. 13. 62.

divArAtra divārātra

n. (DVANDV. e divā dies et rātra pro rātri gr. 681. nox) dies et nox. N. 15. 14., cf. praec.

[Page 169a]
diviSad diviṣad

m. (e locat. divi et sad sedens, commorans; mutato s in propter antecedens i) coelicola, deus. Lass. 66. 3.

divispRz divispṛś

(e divi in coelo et spṛś tangens, v. gr. 673.) coelum tangens. N. 12. 37.

divaukas divaukas

m. (coelum tanquam domicilium habens, BAH. e diva coelum et okas domus, domicilium) coelicola, deus. IN. 5. 29. SU. 2. 25.

divya divya

(a div vel diva s. ya v. gr. 650.) coelestis. N. 14. 25. IN. 2. 17.

divyaprabhAva divyaprabhāva

(BAH. e divya et prabhāva majestas, potentia, vis) coelestem potentiam habens. IN. 1. 4.

diz diś

6. P. A. diśāmi diśe adikṣam adikṣi deṣṭāsmi deṣṭāhe dekṣyāmi dekṣye. 1) monstrare, ostendere. MAN. 8. 57.: sākṣiṇaḥ santi me 'ty (*) uktrā diśe 'ty ukto diśen na yaḥ. 2) decernere. A. 9. 31.: diṣṭam atre 'ti. 3) dare, largiri. RAGH. 16. 72.: yat (jaitrābharaṇam)...rāmaḥ kuśāya rājyena saman dideśa (Schol. dattavān). (Gr. [greek] = Caus. deśayāmi abjecto i diphthongi e; fortasse [greek] e [greek] sicut scrt. aśru q. v. e daśru = [greek] lat. dico, decet = deśayatiṃ (v. ādiś jubere), decus; licet, mutato d in l; goth. TIH, ga-teiha dico, narro, nuntio (gataih, ga-tihum); taikns signum, taiknja monstro; germ. vet. zīhu, zeigom; nostrum zeihe, zeige; fortasse lith. [greek]énklas signum huc pertinet, sicut [greek]ibbu ad div.)

(*) contra regulam pro ma ity.

c. apa 1) monstrare, indicare. MAN. 8. 54.: apadiśyā 'padeśyam. 2) simulare, praetexere. RAGH. 19. 31.: mitrakṛtyam apadiśya; ibd. 54.: rogaśāntim apadiśya.

c. apa praef. vi 1) falso, simulate indicare. R. Schl. I. 9. 41.: svam āśramapadan tasya vyapadiśyā 'vidūrataḥ. 2) appellare, nominare (v. vyapadeśa apud Wils.). MAH. 3. 16189.: bhrātaram...dhaneśvaram vyapadiśan kathan na lajjase.

c. ā 1) docere. In. 3. 9.: gītavāditranṛtyāni bhūya evā "dideśa ha. 2) jubere. N. 17. 21.: śīghram me yānam ādiśa; HIT. 40. 9.: yad yad ādiśati prāṇeśvaras tat tad evā 'ham avicāritaṅ karomi. 3) collineare, dirigere telum ad alqd., telo petere. DR. 8. 35.: vidrutaṃ sainyam...ādiśyā "diśya nārācair ājaghāna; A. 3. 34.: brahmāstram aham ādiśam.

c. ā praep. upa assignare, dare in matrimonium. MAH. 1. 7239.: tasya kṛṣṇām upādiśa.

c. ā praef. prati 1) renarrare, c. acc. pers. MAH. 3. 14717.: yat kathayet patis te parrikṣitavyam; kācit sapatnī tava tam pratyādiśet. 2) revocare. HIT. 71. 14. 3) rejicere, repellere, zurückweisen. RAGH. 1. 61. 6. 25. 39. Supervacaneum reddere, superare. RAGH. 10. 69.: tenā 'pratimatejasā rakṣāgṛhagatadīpāḥ pratyādiṣṭā ivā 'bhavan.

c. ā praef. vi jubere, c. acc. pers. SU. 3. 11. RAGH. 11. 43. R. Schl. I. 12. 27.

c. ā praef. sam 1) id. SU. 2. 12. N. 17. 38. 2) monstrare. N. 20. 22.

c. ut 1) monstrare. N. 9. 24. 2) respicere, rationem habere. BH. 17. 21.: phalam uddiśya. 3) scopum petere, zielen. HIT. 23. 12.: tam uddiśya kṣetrapatinā laguḍaḥ prakṣiptaḥ. 4) decernere. SA. 4. 3.: vratan trirātram uddiśya.

c. ut praef. sam 1) explicare, docere. MAH. 12. 82. 2) decernere. MAH. 3. 10.: tayor vadhaṃ samuddiśya.

c. upa monstrare, docere. N. 14. 7. A. 8. 8. SA. 4. 16. MAN. 12. 107.

c. upa praef. sam monstrare. N. 9. 32.

c. nis (nirdiś) 1) demonstrare, explicare. BH. 12. 3. MAN. 11. 143. 2) decernere. A. 10. 15.: mānuṣo mṛtyur eteṣān nirdiṣṭo brahmaṇā purā.

c. nis praef. vi 1) monstrare, indicare. N. 21. 28. 2) decernere. MAH. 5. 413.

c. pra 1) monstrare, ostendere. N. 5. 19. 20. 21. 2) dare. MAH. 3. 1700.: idan divyam (astram) te pradiśāmi; NALOD. 1. 52. -- Caus. incitare. N. 17. 34.: tayā pra- deśito rājā brāhmaṇān vaśavartinaḥ prāsthāpayat.

c. sam 1) docere, edocere. N. 14. 26. 2) mandare, jubere, c. acc. pers. N. 16. 2. IN. 5. 31. 3) dare. BHATT. 6. 141.: bhrātri rājyaṃ sandiśya.

diz diś

2. f. (r. diś) plaga, regio coeli. H. 1. 18.

diSTa diṣṭa

n. (r. diś s. ta) fatum. MAH. 1. 3584.

diSTi diṣṭi

f. (r. diś s. ti) voluptas, felicitas.

diSTyA diṣṭyā

(instrum. praec.) exclamatio gaudii, macte! proh felicitatem! N. 13. 72. 25. 11. SA. 6. 23.

dih dih

2. P. A. oblinere, polluere. N. 24. 46.: maladigdhāṅgīm; RAGH. 16. 15.: asradigdha. Ungere. BH. 17. 54.: adihaṃś candanaiḥ śubhraiḥ. (Lat. pol-lingo, mutato d in l, li-no, li-tum, abjectā gutturali; fortasse tingo mutatā mediā in tenuem, sicut e. c. sanscrit. dṛh et tṛh idem valent; germ. vet. zehom tingo nititur formā caus. dehayāmi; ita lith. da[greek]au intingo, coloro. (*)

(*) Cf. Pott I. p. 282. Ag. Benary Römische Lautlehre p. 200.

c. pra i. q. simpl. BH. 2. 5.: rudhirapradigdha.

c. sam sandigdha 1) pollutus. UR. 37. 6. 2) oppressus, suffocatus, de voce. N. 12. 100.: vāṣpasandigdhayā girā; 22. 24.: vāṣpasandigdhayā vācā; MAH. 1. 6565.: sandigdhākṣarayā girā. 3) dubius, incertus (cf. sandeha). HIT. 116. 1.: sandhim icchet samenā 'pi sandigdho vijayo yudhi. -- sandehayāmi (ut mihi videtur, Denom. vocis sandeha dubium) dubium, incertum reddere, confundere. MAH. 1. 5183.: tan me sandehayad diśaḥ. -- ATM. dubitare. R. Schl. II. 65. 15.

dI

4. A. perire, evanescere. dīna (gr. 607.) consternatus, perturbatus, miser, moestus, tristis. SU. 3. 6. N. 12. 100. (Cf. 2. dā do du.)

dIkS dīkṣ

1. A. 1) sacrificare. 2) consecrare, initiare, caerimonias sacrificii praevias facere. BHATT. 20. 14.: dīkṣasva turagādhvare; RAGH. 4. 5.: sāṃrājyadīkṣita; R. Schl. I. 42. 24.: rājānan dīkṣitam; MAN. 2. 128. 4. 130. 210. C. dat. rei ad quam alqs consecratur, RAGH. 8. 74.: sava- nāya dīkṣitaḥ. -- Caus. MAH. 2. 12417.: tan dīkṣayāñcakrire viprā rājasūyāya.

dIkSA dīkṣā

f. (r. dīkṣ s. ā) sacrificium; consecratio, sacrificii caerimonia initialis. RAGH. 3. 33. 65. SU. 1. 7.

dIkSApay dīkṣāpay

(Denom. a praec.) consecrare. MAH. 2. 1224.: dīkṣāpaya govinda tvam ātmānam.

dIdhiti dīdhiti

f. (r. dīdhī correpto ī s. ti) luminis radius. RAGH. 3. 22. 8. 30.

dIdhI dīdhī

2. A. (forma reduplicata) splendere, lucere, in dial. Ved. (v. Westerg.). RIG-V.: uṣaso dīdhyānāḥ. -- Etiam dīdī. Ros. RIG-V. Spec. p. 18. 8.: kṣapa usraśca dīdihi (pro didīhi) "noctu luceque flagra". (V. praec. et div dīp.)

dIna dīna

v. .

dInaka dīnaka

(a praec. s. ka vel aka) miserabilis.

dInakam dīnakam

Adv. (a praec. signo accus.) miserabiliter. A. 10. 64.

dInamanas dīnamanas

(BAH. e dīna et manas n. mens) tristem, afflictam mentem habens. H. 1. 49.

dInamAnasa dīnamānasa

(BAH. e dīna et mānasa n. mens) i. q. praec. H. 1. 49.

dIp dīp

4. A. fulgere, splendere, flagrare. HIT. 8. 9. 10.: yatho 'dayagirau dravyaṃ sannikarṣeṇa dīpyate . tathā satsanni dhānena hīnavarṇo 'pi dīpyate; RAGH. 5. 47.: punar didīpe madadurdinaśrīḥ (nāgasya); MAN. 2. 232.: dīpyamānaḥ svavapuṣā. -- dīpta flagrans. BH. 11. 17.: dīptānalārkadyuti; N. 11. 36.; DR. 2. 10. -- Caus. 1) collustrare. GITA-GOV. 7. 1.: vṛndāvanāntaram adīpayad induḥ. 2) accendere. MAH. 1. 5828.: jatugṛhadvāran dīpayāmāsa pāṇḍavaḥ. -- Intens. N. 3. 12.: dedīpyamānām vapuṣā; DR. 2. 1.: dedīpyamānā 'gniśikhe 'va naktam. (Cf. tap div dīdhī; lith. [greek]ibbu splendeo; gr. [greek] (a = e i. e. a + i, abjecto i, mutato d in l; lat. limpidus.)

c. ā Caus. incendere, inflammare. MAH. 1. 5822.: āyudhāgaram ādīpya; R. Schl. I. 65. 8.: trailokyam ādīpitam ivā 'bhavat; -- ādīpta pro ādīpita. MAH. 1. 5829.: tad gṛhaṃ sarvam ādīptam (cf. tāpta pro tāpita p. 149. b.).

c. ut Caus. accendere. MAH. 1. 2724.

c. upa Caus. id. MAH. 1. 5828. 3. 10230.

c. pra pradīpta flagrans. N. 11. 13. BH. 11. 29. -- Caus. accendere. MAH. 1. 5600.

c. pra praef. sam sampradīpta flagrans. MAH. 6587.

c. vi Caus. collustrare. A. 3. 36.

c. sam sandīpta flagrans. H. 1. 48.: krodhasandīptamānasa. -- Caus. accendere. MAH. 1. 8366.: agnir jagat sandīpayan.

dIpa dīpa

m. (r. dīp s. a) lucerna. IN. 1. 34. BH. 6. 19. (Gr. [greek].)

dIpaka dīpaka

(r. dīp s. aka) Adj. fulgens, flagrans. Subst. m. lucerna.

dIpikA dīpikā

f. (Fem. praec. mutato penult. a in i) lucerna. UR. 37. 8. 11. RAGH. 4. 75.

dIpti dīpti

f. (r. dīp s. ti) lux, splendor.

dIptimat dīptimat

(a praec. s. mat) splendore praeditus, lucidus, splendidus. BH. 11. 17. IN. 1. 34.

dIrgha dīrgha

(r. dṛh crescere s. a mutato h in gh sicut in megha a mih; cf. Pott. Lass. et Benfey 1. 98.) longus, de spatio et tempore. SA. 2. 27. UR. 37. 18. (Fortasse e dārgha attenuato ā in ī; Zend. daregha (v. Vocalismus p. 186.); gr. [greek] mutato [greek] in [greek] insertā vocali auxiliari, [greek] [greek] russ. dolog longus, dolgà longa = dīrghā dolgo n.; lith. ilga-s, abjecto d, ifz-drykeṅs, ifz-drykelis "lang-gewachsen", v. Ruhig s. v. lang; fortasse etiam lat. longus et nostrum lang huc pertinent, abjectā syllabā initiali; Benfeyus l. c. huc refert lat. in-dulgeo.)

dIrghasUtra dīrghasūtra

(longum filum habens. BAH. e praec. et sūtra filum) tardus, cunctans, segnis.

dIrghasUtrin dīrghasūtrin

(a dīrghasūtra longum filum s. in) id. BH. 18. 28.

dIrNa dīrṇa

v. dṝ.

du du

1. 5. P. 1) vexare, dolore afficere, contristare. RAGH. 8. 54.: mukhan tava viśrāntakathan dunoti mām; v. 2. du; fortasse lat. doleo e doveo, v. gr. comp. 20.; hib. leirim "I pain, torment" aut huc, i.e. ad Caus. dāvayāmi aut ad darāmi - v. dṝ - pertinere videtur.)

c. ā A. vexari, angi, dolore affici. MAH. 1. 3289.: ādhunvasva vidunvasva pro ādunuṣva vidunuṣva adjecto charactere 1mae classis, sicut saepe in linguā zend. (gr. comp. 519.)

c. vi A. id. v. praec.

du du

2. 1. P. (gatau) ire. (Cf. danv dru; gr. [greek] v. danv.)

duHkh duḥkh

10. P. (Denom. a sq.) dolore afficere.

duHkha duḥkha

n. (BAH. e dus q. v. et kha ae7r) dolor. SA. 4. 4.; cf. sukha -- Acc. duḥkham Adv. difficulter. BH. 5. 6. -- Scribitur quoque duṣkha v. euph. gr. 79. (Hib. diuic "pain, sorrow, grief"; fortasse doilghe "sore, hard, troublesome", mutato r in l, v. dus dur; doilgheas "sorrow, mourning, affliction".)

duHkhatara duḥkhatara

Compar. (a praec. s. tara) dolentior, molestior, acerbior. H. 1. 35. -- Scribitur quoque duṣkhatara; v. euph. gr. 79.

duHkhaparItAGga duḥkhaparītāṅga

(BAH. e duḥkhaparīta dolore circumdatus - v. i praef. pari - et aṅga corpus, membrum) dolore circumdata membra habens. BR. 3. 1.

duHkhita duḥkhita

(a duḥkha s. ita) tristis, moestus, afflictus. BR. 3. 1. N. 24. 18.

duHprApa duḥprāpa

(e dus et prāpa a r. āp praef. pra adipisci, s. a) difficilis ad adipiscendum (v. gr. 645. s. a). BH. 6. 36.

duHzalA duḥśalā

f. (BAH. e dus et śala) n. pr. DR. 9. 6.

duHzAsana duḥśāsana

m. (BAH. e dus et śāsana) nom. pr. IN. 3. 9.

duHsaha duḥsaha

(e dus et saha a r. sah perferre, s. a) difficilis ad perferendum, difficilis sustentu (v. gr. 645. s. a) N. 13. 9.

[Page 172a]
dukUla dukūla

n. 1) sericum textum. AM. 2) vestis serica. BHAR. 3. 54.

dugdha dugdha

n. (Part. pass. a r. duh s. ta) lac. BHAR. 2. 15. (Lat. LACT, cujus a respondet scto o = a + u, abjecto u; e. c. in infin. dogdhum; gr. [greek] v. go.)

dundubhi dundubhi

m. tympanum.

dur dur

v. dus.

duratyaya duratyaya

(e dus et atyaya a r. i praef. ati transgredi, s. a) difficilis transgressu (v. gr. 645. s. a). BH. 7. 14.

durAtman durātman

(BAH. e dus et ātman anima, animus) pravam animam habens. IN. 2. 6. BR. 2. 13.

durAsada durāsada

(e dus et āsada a r. sad praef. ā adire, s. a) difficilis aditu (v. gr. 645. s. a). DR. 8. 37. A. 3. 55.

durita durita

n. (KARM. e dus et ita a r. i ire) peccatum, scelus. HIT. 31. 20. RAGH. 8. 2. 17. 74.

durga durga

(e dus et ga a r. ire, s. a) Adj. difficilis accessu, impervius. N. 12. 88. Subst. n. 1) locus difficilis accessu, impervius. H. 2. 30. 2) urbs munita, arx. 3) difficultas, labor, aerumna. BR. 3. 5.

durgata durgata

(e dus et gata a r. gam) pauper, egens, inops. HIT. 11. 17.

durgati durgati

f. (KARM. e dus et gati f. itio, iter) malum iter, Tartarus (AM.). BH. 6. 40.

durNIta durṇīta

n. (KARM. e dus et nīta a r. cf. gr. 94b).) malefactum. HIT. 17. 1.

durdina durdina

n. (KARM. e dus et dina dies) imber, procella, tempestas. RAGH. 4. 41. 82.

durdharSa durdharṣa

(e dus et dharṣ a r. dhṛṣ opprimere, vincere, s. a) difficilis oppressu, victu (v. gr. 645. s. a). A. 10. 10.

durbala durbala

(BAH. e dus et bala vis, robur) debilis. DR. 5. 13.

durbuddhi durbuddhi

m. (BAH. e dus et buddhi mens, intellectus) pravam, stultam mentem habens. H. 1. 45.

durbhikSa durbhikṣa

n. (BAH. e dus et bhikṣā fames) fames, Hungersnoth. HIT. 102. 5.

durmati durmati

(BAH. e dus et mati f.) pravam intelligentiam habens, stultus. H. 1. 46. 3. 17.

durmada durmada

(BAH. pravam ebrietatem habens, e dus et mada ebrietas) ebrius, furiosus. A. 8. 11.

[Page 172b]
durmedha durmedha

(BAH. e dus et medhā mens, intellectus) pravum intellectum habens, stultus. BR. 1. 21.

durlabha durlabha

(e dus et labha a r. labh s. a) difficilis ad adipiscendum (v. gr. 645. s. a). IN. 1. 15. BH. 6. 42.

durv durv

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) laedere, ferire, occidere. (Cf. turv thurv; lith. durru pungo; hib. durb "a distemper, a disease".)

durvRtta durvṛtta

(BAH. e dus et vṛtta n. factum, vitae ratio) pravam vitae rationem habens. H. 4. 4.

dul dul

10. P. tollere, jacere, conjicere. akṣān dolitum talos jacere. BHAR. 3. 43.

duS duṣ

4. P. 1) peccare. MAN. 5. 32.: khādan māṃsan na duṣyati; 8. 349.: ghnan dharmena na duṣyati. duṣṭa improbus. N. 11. 35. H. 2. 27. 2) vitiari, contaminari. MAH. 3. 7802.: dharmo na duṣyati. ATM. MAH. 1. 2405.: tvatsaṃyogācca duṣyeta kanyābhāvo mamā 'nagha. -- Caus. (dūṣayāmi gr. 524.) 1) corrumpere, vitiare, foedare, dedecorare. HIT. 96. 1.: dūṣayeccā 'sya satataṃ yavasānnodakendhanam; MAN. 8. 364.: yo 'kāmān dūṣayet kanyām; H. 4. 5.: nai 'ṣā dūṣayate kulam; HIT. 55. 4.: sādhvasadūṣitahṛdaya; R. Schl. 59. 17.; MAH. 2. 21331. 2) offendere, offensionem alicui afferre, injuriam inferre. R. Schl. II. 74. 3.: kinnu te'dūṣayad rājā rāmo vā bhṛśadhārmikaḥ. (Cf. dus dviṣ.)

c. abhi Caus. laedere, ferire. DEV. 8. 37.: asurāḥ śivadūtyabhidūṣitāḥ petuḥ pṛthivyām.

c. pra 1) peccare. MAH. 3. 13815. 2) vitiari, corrumpi stupro. MAN. 11. 177. BH. 1. 41.

c. pra praef. vi id. sgnf. 2. MAN. 11. 176.

c. pra praef. sam peccare, crimine contaminari. MAH. 2. 2397.

c. prati Caus. corrumpere, contaminare. MAN. 4. 65.

duSkara duṣkara

(e duṣ pro dus (euph. r. 101b).) et kara a r. kṛ s. a) difficilis factu. BR. 1. 10. N. 15. 4. 17.

duSkRt duṣkṛt

(e dus et kṛt faciens, v. euph. r. 101b).) maleficus, sceleratus. BH. 4. 8.

[Page 173a]
duSkRta duṣkṛta

n. (KARM. e dus et kṛta n. factum, euph. r. 101b).) malefactum, peccatum. BH. 2. 50. N. 13. 37.

duSkRtin duṣkṛtin

(a praec. s. in) malefacta, peccata habens, i. e. qui malefacta commisit. BH. 7. 15.

duSkha duṣkha

v. duḥkha.

duSkhatara duṣkhatara

v. duḥkhatara.

duSTa duṣṭa

v. duṣ.

duSTabhAva duṣṭabhāva

(BAH. e praec. et bhāva animus) improbum animum habens. H. 2. 27.

duSTAtman duṣṭātman

Adj. (BAH. e duṣṭa et ātman anima, animus) i. q. praec. H. 3. 4. 4. 6.

duSpUra duṣpūra

(e dus et pūra a r. pūr implere, s. a v. euph. r. 79a).) difficilis impletu, satiatu. BH. 3. 39.

duSprasAha duṣprasāha

(e dus et prasāha a r. sah praef. pra perferre, sustinere, v. euph. r. 101b).) difficilis sustentu (v. gr. 645. s. a). A. 3. 55.

duSprekSya duṣprekṣya

(KARM. e dus et prekṣya videndus, intuendus, a r. īkṣ praef. pra s. ya) difficulter intuendus, horribili specie. SU. 2. 25.

dus dur dus dur

Praef. 1) malus, pravus. 2) difficilis. (Cf. duṣ dviṣ; gr. [greek] hib. do, cum vi aspirationis, e. c. dodhail "bad luck", do-dhuine "a bad man", do-dheanta "hard to be done", do-bhasuighte "immortal"; huc etiam trahi posset particula hib. do vel dos, dus (etiam, ro, ros, mutato d in r) quae praeteritis anteponitur, sicut scr. augmentum a coharet cum a privativo, v. gr. comp. 537. sq.; lith. durnas stultus, demens, durnys-te stultitia ad scr. durmanas pravam mentem habens - gr. [greek] [greek] - referri possent, ejectā syllabā ma.)

duh duh

1. 2. P. A. mulgere, extrahere, emulgere, c. 2. acc. BHATT. 12. 73.: payo gān duhanti; MAN. 8. 231.: gān duhyāt; RAGH. 1. 26.: dudoha gāṃ yajñāya; MAH. 1. 6657.: kāmadhuk kāmān duhyate sadā. -- Caus. emulgere, extrahere. MAN. 2. 77.: vedebhyaḥ pādam pādam adūduhat. (Hib. diugaim "I drink off", diughailfainn "sucking"; scot. deoghail mammas sugere; goth. TUH trahere (tiuha, tauh, tuhum); nostrum ziehe; lat. duco?)

c. nis emulgere, extrahere. MAN. 2. 76.: akāram...vedatrayān niraduhat.

duh duh

2. 1. P. (ardane) vexare.

duhitR duhitṛ

f. (r. duh s. tṛ inserto i) filia. N. 21. 23. (Gr. [greek] [greek] goth. dauhtar, lith. dukte, genit. dukteres, russ. docj, hib. dear.)

dU

4. A. (proprie Pass. rad. du) agitari, perturbari, vexari, dolore, moerore affici. DR. 6. 4.: mano hi me dūyate dahyateca; RAGH. 1. 70.: tayā hīnāṃ vidhātar māṅ katham paśyan na dūyase; GITA-GOV. 7. 30.: tvan dūti kin dūyase. -- Etiam cum terminationibus PAR. (v. gr. 493.) e. c. MAH. 1. 8369.: hṛdayan dūyatī 'va me; 4. 591.: dūyāmi. -- Part. pass. dūna. UR. 57. 11. infr.: cintādūnamanasikā.

c. pari i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 1136.: mano me paridūyate.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 9922.: hṛdayena vidūyatā.

dUta dūta

m. (r. s. ta) nuntius. N. 2. 31.

dUtI dūtī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) nuntia. N. 21. 57.

dUra dūra

(ut videtur, a r. vel du s. ra) longinquus, distans, remotus. H. 4. 38. -- Neutr. c. gen. SA. 5. 38. 45.: dūram patho gatan tvayā. -- dūrāt longe. HIT. 37. 7.

dUratas dūratas

(a praec. s. tas) procul, e longinquo. HIT. 48. 21.

dUrapAra dūrapāra

m. (ulteriorem ripam remotam habens, i. e. latus, BAH. e praec. et pāra ulterior ripa) cognomen Gangis fluminis. H. 1. 14.

dUS dūṣ

v. duṣ.

dR dṛ

6. A. praef. ā respicere, curare, colere, aestimare. R. Schl. I. 75. 10.: anādṛtya tu tadvākyam. -- Pass. HIT. 4. 9.: dvitīyā "driyate sadā; MAN. 2. 234.: sarve tasya "dṛtā dharmā yasyai 'te traya ādṛtāḥ . anādṛtās tu yasyai 'te sarvās tasyā 'phalāḥ kriyāḥ. -- ādṛta etiam sensu activo respiciens, curans, curam habens. MAN. 11. 225.: sarveṣv eva vrateṣv evam prāyaścittārtham ādṛtaḥ (Schol. yatnavān prāyaścittārtham anutiṣṭhet); MAN. 7. 150.: tasmāt tatrā "dṛto bhavet (Schol. tadapasāraṇe yatnavān syāt). Cf. dṛś.

[Page 174a]
dRMh dṛṃh

1. (scribitur dṛh gr. 110a).) In dial. Ved. PAR. firmare, firmum reddere. YA[greek] -V.: pṛthivīn dṛṃha; -- pṛthivīm upareṇā 'dṛṅghīḥ. -- ATM. firmum esse. YA[greek] -V. dṛṃhasva (Schol. dṛḍhībhava); dṛṃhantān duryā (domicilia) pṛthivyām. (V. Westerg. et cf. dṛh.)

dRDha dṛḍha

v. dṛh (gr. 102. a.).

dRDhavikrama dṛḍhavikrama

(BAH. e praec. et vikrama fortitudo) magnam fortitudinem habens. SU. 1. 18.

dRDhavrata dṛḍhavrata

(BAH. e dṛḍha et vrata votum) firma vota habens. SU. 1. 10.

dRti dṛti

m. (r. dṝ s. ti) corium. MAN. 2. 99.

dRp dṛp

1. 4. P. 1) gaudere. BHATT. 14. 106. praef. atiḥ vijigye tāṃ senām...atidadarpaca. 2) superbire. MAH. 1. 162.: varadānād dṛptāḥ. -- Caus. superbum reddere. HIT. 103. 7.: kaṃ śrīr na darpayati. (Cf. tṛp.)

dRp dṛp

2. 1. et 10. P. (sandīpane) illuminare, illustrare. (Cf. dīp.)

dRp dṛp

3. 6. P. (vādhane) vexare. (V. sq. et cf. hib. drip "affliction".)

dRph dṛph

6. P. i. q. praec.

dRmp dṛmp

1. P. A. i. q. dṛp.

dRmph dṛmph

6. P. i. q. dṛp.

dRz dṛś

6. P. interdum A. (in tempp. special. substituitur paś cl. 4. q. v.) videre, conspicere. N. 12. 96.: patin drakṣyasi; SA. 5. 30.: sā vanāni vicitrāṇi...dadarśa; N. 12. 8.: sarito nirjharāṃścaiva dadarśa; MAH. 1. 2830.: dadṛśe dhīmān nandanapratimam vanam; ibd. 7888.: dadṛśāte anyo'nyan tau; 4972.: mā drākṣīs tvaṅ kulasyā 'sya ghoraṃ saṅghayam; R. Schl. I. 20. 8.: pratyudyayau munin draṣṭum. -- Etiam auditu percipere. BR. 1. 4.: rorudyamānāṃs tān dṛṣṭvā. -- Pass. DR. 8. 10.: dadṛśe nakulas tatra. Cum. term. PAR. (gr. 493.) M. 2. 2345.: sā 'ham adya dṛśyāmi janasaṃsadi. -- Caus. P. A. ostendere, monstrare. N. 20. 20.: yadi sūryan darśayitāsi me; BH. 11.: tad eva me darśaya deva rūpam; MAH. 3. 2369.: darśayā "tmānam ostende te, appare, 1. 175.: ātmā- erkolo id.; hib. dearcaim "I see, behold", dreach "form, figure, image, a looking-glass", deicsin "seeing"; mutato d in l: léir "sight, perception".)

c. anu 1) videre, conspicere. A. 6. 18.: nā 'nvapaśyan tadā kiñcit; BH. 1. 31. 13. 30. 15. 10. 2) respicere, rationem habere. MAH. 3. 1082.: na kāryan naca māryādāṅ kruddho 'nupaśyati. -- Caus. ostendere. R. Schl. I. 1. 25.

c. anu praef. sam putare. MAH. 1. 5037.: svenā 'numānena paraṃ sādhuṃ samanupaśyati.

c. abhi videre, conspicere, aspicere. MAH. 3. 9982. MAN. 9. 308. -- Caus. ostendere. MAH. 1. 7740.

c. ā Caus. ostendere. RAGH. 4. 38.

c. ut exspectare. RAGH. 2. 60.: utpaśyan siṃhanipātam.

c. upa conspicere, intueri. MAH. 1. 8440. -- Caus. ostendere. HIT. 83. 15.

c. ni Caus. monstrare. RAGH. 6. 31.

c. pari videre, conspicere. MAH. 3. 224.: śeṣasya paripaśyāmy upāyam.

c. pra videre, conspicere. BR. 1. 19. 2. 6. N. 16. 6. BH. 1. 39.

c. pra praef. sam id. R. Schl. I. 3. 4. II. 69. 18. MAH. 3. 8445.

c. prati id. MAH. 3. 12005.: dakṣiṇasyān diśi yamam pratyapaśyam. -- Pass. iterum conspici, denuo apparere. A. 10. 37.: pratyadṛśyanta saṅgrāme. -- Caus. ostendere. MAH. 3. 16425.

c. vi videre. R. Schl. II. 20. 36. -- Pass. videri, appa- rere. MAH. 3. 405.: kālakalpo vyadṛśyata. -- Caus. ostendere. MAH. 2. 2633.

c. sam 1) videre, conspicere, spectare. R. Schl. I. 1. 53.; MAN. 12. 118. 7. 143.; BH. 3. 20. -- Pass. A. 1. 3. 2) considerare. R. Schl. II. 9. 3.: idaṃ sampaśya keno 'pāyena sa prāpnuyād rājyam.

dRz dṛś

f. (r. dṛś) oculus. AM.

dRzad dṛśad

f. lapis, saxum; v. dṛṣad.

dRSad dṛṣad

f. lapis, saxum; v. dṛśad. RAGH. 4. 74.

dRSTa dṛṣṭa

v. dṛś.

dRSTapUrva dṛṣṭapūrva

(v. gr. 680.) visus antea. N. 1. 14. 30.

dRSTi dṛṣṭi

f. (r. dṛś s. ti) visus, aspectus. SU. 3. 16. SA. 6. 1. RAGH. 6. 80.

dRh dṛh

1. P. (vṛddhau) crescere. Part. pass. dṛhita qui crevit, et dṛḍha (gr. 618.) extensus, multus, firmus, solidus. SU. 1. 10. 18. N. 6. 10. M. 30. -- dṛḍham Adv. valde. N. 23. 8. A. 8. 1. (V. dṛṃh dīrgha 2. tṛh et cf. hib. daingean "strong, secure, close"; daingne "strength, stability"; Pottius apte huc trahit anglosax. telg planta, virgultum, et goth. tulgjan firmare, roborare, Etym. Forsch. I. 251.; gr. [greek] v. Benf. I. 96.)

dRR dṝ

1. 9. P. dṛṇāmi part. pass. dīrṇa (gr. 385. 609.) lacerare, dilacerare, dissecare, rumpere, findere. MAH. 3. 16426.: brahmāstreṇa dadārā 'drim; H. 4. 8.: śiro rākṣasa dīryatām; N. 21. 15.: hṛdayan dīryata idaṃ śokāt. -- Caus. findere, proprie facere ut alqd findatur. R. Schl. I. 16. 24.: dārayeyuḥ kṣitim padbhyām; MAH. 1. 795.: vajran tad vilam adārayat. (Vera rad. forma est dar unde dal q. v.; cf. gr. [greek] slav. derū excorio; russ. dra-tj rumpere, seindere, dratj koschu detrahere pellem; goth. ga-TAR (ga-taira, ga-tar) dirumpere, scindere; angl. tear; germ. vet. ZAR (ziru, zar); nostrum zehre, zerre.)

c. ava i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 17300.: hṛdayam avadīryate me. -- Caus. findere. RAGH. 13. 3.: urvīm avadārayadbhiḥ.

c. ava praef. vi id. R. Schl. II. 72. 28.: vyavadīrṇam mano mama.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 1477.: prahārair devān vidadāra; 3. 673.: jālaṃ vidīrya; N. 9. 4.: manyunā vyadīryate 'va hṛdayam; 19. 3. -- Caus. id. BHAG. 1. 19.: sa ghoṣo...hṛdayāni vyadārayat.

dRR dṝ

2. 1. P. et 9. P. darāmi dṛṇāmi (bhaye K. bhiyi V.) timere.

de de

1. A. (pālane) tueri; cf. day.

dedIpy dedīpy

Intens. rad. dīp.

dev dev

1. A. (a div adjectā gunā) 1) ludere. BHATT. 17. 102.: adevata śāyakaiḥ. 2) queri, lamentari. (Lith. dejoju ejulor, lamentor; fortasse lat. lā-mentum e dai-mentum, mutato d in l; v. div.)

c. pari Caus. P. queri, lamentari. N. 13. 30.: ātmānam paryadevayat; BR. 1. 4.: rorudyamānāṃs tān dṛṣṭvā paridevayataśca sā. -- paridevita n. planctus, querimonia. BR. 3. 20. N. 24. 25.

deva deva

m. (r. div splendere s. a) Adj. splendens, in dial. Ved.; v. Rosenii Rig-Vedae Sp. p. 13. -- Subst. m. 1) deus. SU. 3. 4. 2) rex. HIT. 7. 21. (Lith. diewa-s deus; lat. deus; gr. [greek] hib. dia deus.)

devatA devatā

f. (a praec. s. ) dea. H. 4. 28. N. 12. 74. 75.

devatva devatva

n. (a deva s. tva) divinitas.

devadatta devadatta

m. (e deva et datta datus) Ar[greek]uni concha. A. 5. 24.

devana devana

n. (r. div ludere, s. ana) lusus. N. 8. 1. 12. 83.

devara devara

m. levir, praesertim mariti frater junior. MAH. 1. 4181. (Lith. deweris; lat. levir, Them. leviru, e devir; slav. dever; anglo-sax. tacur, tacor; germ. vet. zeihur, mutato v in gutturalem, v. gr. comp. 19.; gr. [greek] pertinet ad devṛ i. e. devar.)

devarUpin devarūpin

(a devarūpa - deva + rūpa - deorum forma, s. in) divinā formā praeditus. H. 2. 24.

devarSi devarṣi

m. (TATP. e deva deus et ṛṣi sapiens, sanctus) divinus sapiens. BH. 10. 13.

devI devī

f. (a deva signo fem. ī) 1) dea. IN. 5. 20. 2) regina. N. 7. 12.

devR devṛ

m. i. q. devara. (Gr. [greek] v. devara.)

deza deśa

m. (r. diś s. a) regio, locus. H. 4. 19.; DR. 5. 8.

[Page 176a]
deha deha

m. n. (r. dih s. a) corpus. (Goth. leik n., Them. leika, corpus, cadaver, caro; germ. vet. līh id.; nostrum Leiche.)

dehabhRt dehabhṛt

m. (e praec. et bhṛt ferens) corpus gerens, vivus, homo. BH. 14. 14.

dehavat dehavat

(a deha s. vat) corporeus, corporalis. BH. 12. 5.

dehin dehin

m. (corpore praeditus, corpore inclusus, a deha s. in) 1) homo, mortalis. BH. 2. 59. 17. 2. 2) anima. BH. 2. 13. 22. 5. 13. Cf. śarīrin. BH. 2. 18.

dai dai

1. P. (śodhane) purificare.

daiteya daiteya

(Diti natusa diti q. v. s. eya) nomen Asurorum. A. 10. 19.

daiteyI daiteyī

f. (a praec. adjecto signo fem. ī) fem. praec. A. 10. 7.

daitya daitya

m. (a diti q. v. s. ya) i. q. daiteya. SU. 1. 2.

dainya dainya

n. (a dīna s. ya) animi demissio, tristitia, animus afflictus, demissus. A. 4. 48.

daiva daiva

(a deva s. a) 1) Adj. (fem. ī) divinus. BH. 9. 13. 16. 3. 2) Subst. n. fatum. N. 13. 15. BH. 18. 14.

daivajJa daivajña

m. (fati gnarus e deva et jña) astrologus. Lass. 2.

daivata daivata

(a devatā s. a) 1) Adj. divinus. 2) Subst. m. n. deus. A. 10. 14. N. 12. 80.

do do

4. P. dyāmi gr. 330. (avakhaṇḍane K. chede V.) abscindere. dāta abscissus. AM.

dogdhrI dogdhrī

f. (a dogdhṛ qui mulget - r. duh s. tṛ - adjecto signo fem. ī) vacca. RAGH. 2. 23.

dodhUy dodhūy

Intens. rad. dhū.

dola dola

m. (r. dul s. a) oscillum.

dolA dolā

f. (fem. praec.) id. N. 10. 27.

dolAy dolāy

(Denom. a dola vel dolā) agitare. HIT. 121. 6.: dolāyamānamati; 8.: matir dolāyate satām api khaloktibhiḥ.

doSa doṣa

m. (r. duṣ s. a) delictum, peccatum. H. 4. 6. N. 4. 21. 24. 26.

doSatas doṣatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) delicti causā. N. 23. 29.

doSA doṣā

1. f. (ut videtur, a r. duṣ s. ā) nox. Wils.

doSA doṣā

2. Adv. noctu.

[Page 176b]
doSAkara doṣākara

m. (e doṣā nox et kara faciens) luna; cf. niśākara.

doSAtana doṣātana

(fem. a doṣā Adv. noctu s. tana v. gr. 652. s. tana) nocturnus. RAGH. 13. 76.

dos dos

m. n. (gr. 233.) brachium. RAGH. 10. 52.: dorbhyām ādadhānaḥ payaścarum; 15. 23.: udyamya dakṣiṇan dor niśācaraḥ.

doha doha

m. (r. duh s. a) lac.

dohada dohada

m. (e praec. et da dans) 1) graviditas. RAGH. 3. 1. 6. UR. 83. 20. 2) desiderium. RAGH. 14. 45.

dohana dohana

n. (r. duh s. ana) 1) mulctus. 2) vas ad lac recipiendum.

dautya dautya

n. (a dūta nuntius, s. ya) nuntii munus.

daurjanya daurjanya

n. (a durjana homo pravus, s. ya) pravitas. HIT. 85. 9.

daurbalya daurbalya

n. (a durbala debilis, s. ya) infirmitas, debilitas. BH. 2. 3.

dauvArika dauvārika

m. (a dvār s. ika v. gr. 649.) janitor. SAK. 31. 5.

dauhitra dauhitra

m. (a duhitṛ s. a) filiae natus, progenies. BR. 1. 29. MAN. 9. 139.

dyAvApRthivyau dyāvāpṛthivyau

f. (DVANDV. e dyāvā dual, Ved. [greek] dyo et pṛthivyau a pṛthivī v. gramm. min. 589. annot.) coelum et terra.

dyu dyu

2. P. dyaumi (abhigamane K. abhisarpaṇe V.) aggredi. BHATT. 6. 18.: siṃho mṛgan dyuvan (cf. dru unde dyu ortum esse videtur mutatā semivocali r in y; v. gr. comp. par. 20.). -- dyu splendere in dial. Ved. ortum est e div mutato v in u.

dyu dyu

n. (r. div mutato v in u) 1) dies. 2) coelum, ae7r. (Lat. nu-dius, Abl. diu; Ju-piter e Dju-piter, coeli pater; v. dyo.)

dyut dyut

1. A. (ut mihi videtur, a r. div mutato v in u adjecto t) splendere. MAH. 3. 1744.: dyotate pāvakaḥ. -- Caus. collustrare. MAH. 3. 1743.: dyotayann iva bhāskaraḥ; R. Schl. I. 51. 2.: tapasā dyotitaprabhaḥ. (Cf. jyut quod e dyut ortum esse videtur, mutato d in j.)

c. ut Caus. collustrare. RAGH. 10. 81.

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 180.: vidyotante prāvṛṣi tava raśmayaḥ. -- Caus. collustrare. N. 13. 50.

dyuti dyuti

f. (a r. dyut s. i nisi potius a r. div s. ti mutato v in u) lumen, splendor. N. 12. 72.

dyumatsena dyumatsena

(BAH. e dyumat - a dyu s. mat - splendidus? et senā) n. pr. SA. 2. 18.

dyUta dyūta

m. n. (r. div ludere, mutato v in ū s. ta) lusus. N. 7. 5.

dyo dyo

f. (r. div splendere, mutato v in u adjectā Gunā) coelum. M. 43. (Cf. div dyu; lat. Jov-is e Djov-is; gr. [greek] cujus Z respondet sanscrito y sicut e. c. in [greek] = yunajmi jungo, [greek] pro [greek] = divas; v. gr. comp. 122.)

dram dram

1. P. (gatau) ire. (Cf. dru dravāmi unde fortasse dramāmi mutato v in m sicut in gr. [greek] [greek] v. gr. comp. par. 109b). 1.)

drava drava

(r. dru s. a) fluens, liquidus, liquefactus. RAGH. 7. 7.

dravatva dravatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) liquiditas, fusura. HIT. 24.

draviNa draviṇa

n. (r. dru s. ina cf. dravya) res, divitiae, opes. N. 13. 17. 17. 27.

dravya dravya

n. (r. dru s. ya v. gr. 626.) opes, divitiae. BR. 2. 26. BH. 4. 28. N. 8. 5.

dravyamaya dravyamaya

(a praec. s. maya) divitiis oriundus. BH. 4. 33.

draSTukAma draṣṭukāma

(BAH. e draṣṭum videre, v. gr. 667, et kāma cupido, desiderium) videndi cupidinem habens. SU. 3. 25.

draSTuzakya draṣṭuśakya

(KARM. e draṣṭum videre, v. gr. 667, et śakya part. fut. pass. r. śak posse, s. ya) quod cerni, conspici potest. IN. 2. 6.

drA drā

2. P. fugere. (Gr. [greek] cf. dru.)

drAk drāk

Adv. (r. drā s. k) cito. AM.

drAkSA drākṣā

f. uva. RAGH. 4. 65. (Fortasse germ. vet. drūbo; nostrum Traube, mutatā gutturali in labialem; hib. dearc bacca; gr. [greek] abjecto [greek] lat. racemus.)

drAkh drākh

1. P. arescere. K.: drākhati himena vṛkṣaḥ. (Cf. dhrākh tṛṣ; germ. vet. trukan; anglo-sax. drig, drigg aridus; island. vet. thurka exsiccare.

[Page 177b]
drAgh drāgh

1. A. (āyāse K. śramāyāmaśaktiṣu V.) operam dare, adniti; defatigari; longum esse; valere. -- Caus. extendere, augere. BHATT. 18. 33.: drāghayanti me śokaṃ smaryamāṇā guṇās tava. (Cf. dīrgha comp. drāghīyas superl. drāghiṣṭha.)

drAGkS drāṅkṣ

1. P. (ghoravāśite K. kāṅkṣe ghorarute V.; scribitur drākṣ gr. 110a).) horrendum sonum edere, de avibus; desiderare. (Cf. dhrāṅkṣ.)

drAD drāḍ

1. A. (viśaraṇe K. śīrṇe V.) frangi, findi, destrui, perire, tabescere, marcescere. K.: drāḍate puṣpam. (Cf. dhrāḍ dṝ.)

drAh drāh

1. A. (jāgare K. jāgare nikṣepe V.) vigilare; dejicere, deponere.

dru dru

1. 1. P. 1) currere, fugere. SU. 2. 17.: tayor bhayād dudruvus te; BH. 11. 36.: rakṣāṃsi bhītāni diśo dravanti. drutam Adv. celeriter. N. 23. 15. 2) fluere. BH. 11. 28.: nadīnām bahavo 'mbuvegāḥ samudram...dravanti. druta fluens, BHATT. 2. 12.: salilan drutam; circumfusus, MEGH. 100.: aśradrutam (Schol. vāṣpaplutam); v. drava. (Gr. [greek] = adravam mutato v in [greek] cf. dram; goth. DRIB pellere (us-dreiba expello = dravāmi attenuato a in i, mutato v in b) sensu convenit cum Caus. drāvayāmi; germ. vet. TRIB pellere, TRUF stillare (triufu, trauf, trufumes); anglosax. driope stillo; lith. drebu tremo, drimba vehementer stillat, pa-dribbà lippitudo; hib. driogaim "I trickle, drop, distil"; drabh currus. Fortasse etiam nostrum Thau, germ. vet. tau, gen. touwes ros huc pertinet, ita ut tau mutilatum sit e trau. Denique huc traxerim nomen fluminis Dravi, dravu-s = dravas fluens.)

c. anu sequi. RAGH. 3. 38.: taṃ rājasutair anudrutam; 16. 25.: anudruto vāyur ivā 'bhravṛndaiḥ sainyaiḥ.

c. abhi accurrere, incursare. N. 23. 24.: indrasenām... abhidrutya; DR. 5. 20.: gadāhastam bhīmam abhidravantam; SA. 6. 43.: vyasanair abhidrutaṅ kulam. -- ATM. H. 4. 17.: abhyadravata saṅkruddhaḥ.

c. abhi praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 6287. 3. 10990.

c. ā id. NALOD. 3. 15.: nalā "drava.

c. ā praef. pra aufugere. MAH. 1. 2843.: bhītāḥ prādravanti.

c. ā praef. sam accurrere, incursare. R. Schl. I. 18. 14.: samādravat. ATM. N. 13. 8.: samādravanta.

c. upa id. MAH. 2. 1091. 3. 1299.

c. upa praef. pra id. N. 1. 25.

c. pra procurrere, profugere, aufugere. BR. 1. 19.: pradraveyam anāmayam; N. 10. 19.: suptām utsṛjya vaidarbhīm prādravad gatacetasaḥ; 12. 116. 13. 30. 22. 11. DR. 8. 56. A. 6. 8. Incursare. MAH. 1. 8269.

c. pra praef. vi diffugere, aufugere. MAH. 3. 861.: diśaḥ sarve vipradudruvuḥ; R. Schl. I. 55. 22.: vipradrutā bhītā munayaḥ śataśo diśaḥ; MAH. 1. 8323.: niveśanād viprādravan.

c. pra praef. sam procurrere, profugere, aufugere. MAH. 3. 239. 571. 888.

c. vi discurrere, diffugere, aufugere. N. 13. 18.: vidravanti bhayāt tadā; SA. 7. 4. DR. 8. 25. 35. 40. -- ATM. SU. 2. 16.: vyadravanta.

dru dru

2. 5. P. (anutāpe) poenitere. (Germ. vet. DRUZ, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1., ga-driuzit, ar-driuzit piget.)

druD druḍ

1. P. 6. P. (majjane) mergi, submergi.

druN druṇ

6. P. (gatau K. jaihmye gatau vadhe V.) ire; curvum, flexuosum esse; occidere.

druma druma

m. (ut videtur pro druhma a r. dṛh crescere, s. ma sicut jam in priore hujus libri editione roman pro rohman a r. ruh crescere deduximus, cf. Benfey I. 96.) arbor. N. 11. 39. (Cf. gr. [greek] goth. triu arbor, nisi pertinent ad dāru q. v., ejecto ā; gr. [greek] forma redupl., v. gr. 570.)

drumAy drumāy

A. (Denom. a druma s. y v. gr. 585.) arborem aequare, arborem haberi, videri. HIT. 20. 22.

druh druh

4. P. interdum A. 1) nocere, infestare, inimicum, infensum esse alicui, offendere, laedere alqm, cum dat. vel. loc. vel acc. pers. HIT. 70. 14.: tat kathan druhyati; R. Schl. II. 25. 17.: mahādvipāśca siṃhāśca...na te druhyantu putraka; II. 75. 22.: tasmai sa druhyatām pāpo yasyā "ryo 'numate gataḥ; MAH. 3. 11471.: drogdhavyan naca mitreṣu; 2. 2107.: pāṇḍavān mā druhaḥ; MAN. 2. 144.: tan na druhyāt kadācana. 2) rem malam, perniciesam moliri, c. acc. rei. HIT. 69. 14.: sa nṛpateḥ prāṇāntikan druhyati. (Cf. drū; hib. driuch "fretfulness, anger", droch "bad, evil"; subst. m. "death"; germ. vet. TRUG fallere, fraudare, (triugu, troug, trugumes); drawian minari; lett. drau-deht minari (deht facere); lat. trux, atrox, ādruh?)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 10102.: mā parasvam abhidrugdhāḥ; c. gen. RIGV. 5. 10.: mā no martā abhidruhan tanūnām "ne nostra mortales laedant corpora".

drU drū

9. P. A. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe gatau V.) ferire, laedere, occidere; ire. Cf. druh.

drek drek

1. A. (śabdotsāhayoḥ K. svanotsāhe V.) sonare; posse.

drai drai

1. P. dormire; v. nidrā. (Lat. dor-mio; gr. [greek] sax. vet. drom somnium; nostrum Traum; slav. drjemati dormitare.

droNa droṇa

m. nom. pr. A. 11. 3.

droha droha

m. (r. druh s. a) offensio, laesio. BH. 1. 38.

draupadI draupadī

f. (a draupada quod a drupada s. a v. gr. 648.) n. pr. DR. 1. 5.

dva dva

v. dvi.

dvanda dvanda

n. par animalium, v. sq.

dvandva dvandva

n. (forma redupl. a dva insertā nasali) 1) duplicitas. BH. 2. 45. 2) par animalium. AM. 3) rixa, lis, altercatio, certamen. HIT. 87. 20. 4) compositum copulativum (gr. 655.). BH. 10. 33.

dvAdaza dvādaśa

(fem. -śī gr. 259.) duodecimus. N. 17. 2.

dvAdazan dvādaśan

(e dva producto a et daśan) duodecim. (Gr. [greek] [greek] lat. duodecim; hib. dadeug; hindost. bā-reh, mutato d in r; lith. dwy-lika, mutato d in l; ita goth. tva-lif cum gutturali pro labiali, nostrum zwö-lf; v. gr. comp. 319. annot.)

[Page 179a]
dvAr dvār

f. (fortasse e tvār cf. toraṇa) janua, porta. N. 25. 7. DR. 1. 8. (v. sq.)

dvAra dvāra

n. id. (Russ. dverj; goth. daur n. id., Them. daura, ejecto ā mutato v in u, praefixo a secundum generalem regulam, v. gr. comp. 82.; lith. durrys fem. pl. fores valvatae, wartai m. pl. porta cohortalis; hib. dor, doras "a door, gate, boundary"; gr. [greek] lat. foris, cujus f respondet gr. [greek] fortasse etiam [greek] et porta huc pertinent, abjecto d, mutato v in p sicut e. c. in zend. [greek] as'pa equus = aśva gr. [greek])

dvArastha dvārastha

m. (e praec. et stha stans) janitor. IN. 5. 17.

dvi dvi

duo in initio compp. (Thema primitivum est dva cf. slav. dva nom. masc. dual.; lith. du; goth. tvai nom. m. pl.; gr. [greek] lat. duo; hib. da, do, di; cum dvi in initio compp. cf. gr. [greek] lat. bi, ita zend. bi, v. gr. comp. 309.)

dvija dvija

m. (bis natus, e praec. et ja natus) 1) avis. N. 12. 7. 2) dens. N. 12. 66. 3) Brāhmanus. BR. 2. 13.

dvijAti dvijāti

f. (BAH. e dvi et jāti natales, origo) Brāhmanus. SU. 2. 16.

dvitaya dvitaya

n. (a dvi s. taya) par. (Hib. deidhe "two things, a double proportion, a pair or couple".)

dvitIya dvitīya

(a dvi s. tīya) secundus. -- dvitīyam Adv. iterum. N. 8. 7.

dvidat dvidat

(-dan -datī -dat BAH. e dvi et dat q. v.) bidens. HEM. (Lat. bidens.)

dvidha dvidha

Adj. (a dvi s. dha) bipartitus. SU. 1. 6.

dvidhA dvidhā

Adv. vel Adj. indecl. bipartito, bifariam, bipartitus. N. 10. 27. SA. 4. 33. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

dvipa dvipa

m. (bis bibens, e dvi pro dvis et pa bibens) elephantus.

dvipad dvipad

m. (bipes, BAH. e dvi et pad pes) homo. N. 5. 42. (Lat. bipes, gr. [greek].)

dvirada dvirada

m. (bidens, BAH. e dvi et rada) elephantus.

dviS dviṣ

1. 2. P. A. odisse, infestum esse, c. acc. vel dat. BH. autem, si re verā huc pertinet, nititur formā caus. dveṣayāmi abjecto priore diphthongi e elemento, et producto posteriore, sicut e. c. in lat. cecīdi a caedo. Etiam praefixum nostrum mis huc vel ad dvis pertinere videtur; goth. missa in missa-deths, missa-quiss, missa-leiks; v. Graff. II. 862.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. BH. 16. 18.: mān pradviṣantaḥ.

c. vi id. MAN. 2. 57.: lokavidviṣṭam.

dviS dviṣ

2. m. (nom. dviṭ r. dviṣ) inimicus. SU. 2. 11.

dviSat dviṣat

v. dviṣ.

dvis dvis

(a dvi s. s) bis. (Gr. [greek] lat. et zend. bis; etiam lat. praefixum dis- (discedo, discerpo) huc pertinere videtur.)

dvIpa dvīpa

m. (secundum Wils. e dvi et āpa aqua abjecto a et producto i; cf. samīpa pratīpa) insula. N. 12. 113.

dvIpin dvīpin

m. (a praec. s. in) tigris, pardus, a maculosā pelli. N. 12. 2. 129.

dveSa dveṣa

m. (r. dviṣ s. a) odium. IN. 5. 62.

dveSTR dveṣṭṛ

m. (r. dviṣ s. tṛ) osor, inimicus. BH. 12. 13.

dveSya dveṣya

(r. dviṣ s. ya) odiendus, odiosus, invisus. BH. 6. 9. 9. 29.

dvaidha dvaidha

n. (a dvidha bipartitus, s. a) duplicitas. BH. 5. 25.

dvairatha dvairatha

n. (a dviratha - pl. dvirathās - duo heroes, duo pugnatores, s. a) singulare certamen, duorum inter se certamen. N. 26. 8.

[Page 180a]
dhakk dhakk

10. P. (nāśane) destruere, occidere; cf. nakk.

dhaN dhaṇ

1. P. (dhvane) sonare; cf. dhan dhvaṇ dhraṇ dhvan svan kaṇ kuṇ caṇ can.

dhan dhan

1. 3. P. (dhānye) fruges ferre, parere. K.: dadhanti śālim bhūmiḥ.

dhan dhan

2. 1. P. (rave) sonare; v. dhaṇ.

dhana dhana

n. (r. 1. dhan s. a) divitiae, opes. SU. 4. 12.

dhanaJjaya dhanañjaya

m. (divitias vincens ex acc. dhanam et jaya vincens) nomen Ar[greek]uni.

dhanin dhanin

(a dhana s. in) dives.

dhanurdhara dhanurdhara

m. (e dhanus et dhara) arcitenens, sagittarius.

dhanuSmat dhanuṣmat

(a dhanus s. mat v. euph. r. 101a).) arcu praeditus, arcitenens, sagittarius. DR. 2. 8.

dhanus dhanus

n. (a dhan formā primitivā radicis han q. v., s. us) arcus; v. dhanva dhanvan.

dhanya dhanya

(a dhana s. ya) dives, fortunatus, felix. IN. 4. 16.

dhanv dhanv

1. P. (vraje; scribitur dhav gr. 110a).) ire; cf. dhāv.

dhanva dhanva

n. (a dhan s. va; v. dhanus) arcus.

dhanvan dhanvan

m. n. (a dhan s. van v. dhanus) arcus. DR. 5. 19. in fine compp. BAH.

dhanvin dhanvin

m. (a dhanva vel dhanvan v. gr. 651., s. in) arcitenens, sagittarius. N. 1. 4.

dham dham

v. dhmā.

dhamanI dhamanī

f. (r. dham = dhmā s. ana in fem.) vena. H. 2. 10.

dhara dhara

(r. dhṛ s. a) ferens, tenens, gerens, in fine compp. IN. 5. 11. A. 6. 10.

dharaNI dharaṇī

f. (quae fert, r. dhṛ s. ana in fem.) terra. H. 1. 28. DR. 6. 11.

dharaNIdhara dharaṇīdhara

m. (terram ferens, e praec. et dhara) mons.

dharA dharā

f. (fem. [greek] dhara) terra. (Cambro-brit. daiar id.; armor. duar; v. Pictet p. 46.; fortasse etiam lat. terra huc pertinet.)

dharAbhRt dharābhṛt

m. (terram ferens, e praec. et bhṛt ferens) mons. A. 7. 27.

[Page 180b]
dharitrI dharitrī

f. (quae fert, r. dhṛ s. tṛ adjecto fem. signo ī) terra. AM.

dharma dharma

m. (r. dhṛ s. ma) 1) jus, justitia, officium. N. 4. 10. 17. 5. 27. 38. 45. 6. 8. 7. 13. 10. 24. 2) nomen dei Yami. H. 1. 34.

dharmatas dharmatas

Adv. (e praec. s. tas) ex jure, juste. BR. 3. 3. N. 6. 9.

dharmarAj dharmarāj

m. (nom. -rāṭ e dharma et rāj regens, justitiam regens, justitiae rex) nomen Yudhischṭhiri. DR. 8. 13.

dharmarAja dharmarāja

m. (juris, justitiae rex, e dharma et rāja rex, regens). 1) nomen dei Yami. 2) nomen Yudhischṭhiri. H. 1. 8.

dharmarAjatA dharmarājatā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstr. praec., nominatum esse Dharmarādscha. SA. 5. 40. cf. yamatva.

dharmavidya dharmavidya

(BAH. e dharma et vidyā f. scientia) juris, officiorum scientiam habens. H. 1. 36.

dharmazIla dharmaśīla

(BAH. e dharma et śīla natura, indoles) in jure versantem indolem habens. IN. 1. 22.

dharmAtman dharmātman

(BAH. e dharma et ātman animus) justum animum, in jure versantem animum habens. H. 1. 48.

dharmin dharmin

(a dharma s. in) juri, officio deditus. SU. 2. 3.

dharmya dharmya

(a dharma s. ya) justus, legitimus. BH. 9. 2.

dharSa dharṣa

v. durdharṣa.

dharSaNa dharṣaṇa

n. (r. dhṛṣ s. ana) oppressio, actio inferendi vim in aliquem. DR. 6. 28.

dhava dhava

m. 1) vir. 2) maritus. AM. (V. vidhavā vidua, et cf. hib. dea, dae "a man, a person" v. Pictet p. 29.)

dhavala dhavala

(r. dhāv purificare, correpto ā s. ala) albus.

dhA dhā

3. P. A. (anom. v. gr. 694.) 1) ponere. BH. 14. 3.: tasmin garbhan dadhāmy aham; HIT. 76. 9.: niḥśaṅkan dhīyate lokaiḥ paśya bhasmacaye padam; -- mano dhātum matin dhātum animum intendere, convertere ad alqd, constituere; c. dat. vel locativo. N. 13. 4.: niveśāya mano dadhuḥ; R. Schl. I. 9. 40.: gamanāya matin dadhuḥ; MAN. 12. 23.: dharme dadyān manaḥ. -- Cum infin. R. Schl. lat. do in compositis nonnullis (condo, abdo, credo = śraddadhāmi v. gr. comp. 632.); lith. demi, dedú pono, colloco; goth. de-ths, Them. dedi factum, in missadeths; sax. vet. dom facio, dos facis, dot facit = dadhāmi dadhāsi dadhāti (v. dhātṛ dhā praef. vi zend. dhā facere, creare); germ. vet. tom, toam, tuam, tuon facio; nostrum thue; huc etiam pertinet syllaba te in praeteritis ut suchte, machte, goth. sokidedum quaesivimus, sokidedjau quaererem; v. gr. comp. 620. sq.; slav. dje-jū facio, dje-lo opus; hib. deanaim "I do, make act, work", dan "work".)

c. anu favere. RAGH. 17. 36.: anudadhyur anudheyam.

c. antar in se accipere. RAGH. 15. 81.: pṛthivi mām antardhātum arhasi. 2) tegere, occulere. MAH. 4. 1042.: iṣubhir vyatisarpadbhir ādityo 'ntaradhīyata; 1683.: karṇam...antardadhe ghoraśaraughavṛṣṭyā; 1. 8713.: antardhāyā "tmānam. Se occulere. (ATM.) BATT. 5. 32.: antardhatsva rāmāt. -- Pass. invisibilem fieri, evanescere. SU. 1. 17.: tataḥ striyas tā'dbhutan tat sarvam antaradhīyata; N. 12. 96.: tāpasā'ntarhitāḥ sarve; 14. 12. 26.; MAH. 1. 119.: antarhitānām bhūtānān nisvano 'bhavat; 1. 4710.: vāg antarhitā 'bravīt.

c. api vel pi tegere, claudere. IN. 5. 36.: karṇau hastābhyām pidhāya; A. 6. 11.: dvārāṇi pidadhuḥ.

c. abhi 1) referre, narrare, exponere. N. 12. 76.: vistareṇā 'bhidhāsyāmi; 13. 18. BH. 18. 68. 2) nominare. BH. 13. 1.: kṣetram ity abhidhīyate; 18. 11. 3) oppugnare, invadere. MAH.: māgadhān abhyadhād balī.

c. ava 1) ponere. MAH. 1. 4503.: kuṇḍeṣu garbhān avadadhe. 2) animum intendere. HIT. 83. 15.: deva avadhīyatām; R. Schl. II. 63. 4.: avahita.

c. ava praef. abhi tegere. RAM. Schl. II. 40. 33.: aśrubhiḥ patitair abhyavahitam praśaśāma mahīrajaḥ.

c. ava praef. vi id. RAGH. 9. 57.: hariṇasya vyavadhāya deham.

c. ā 1) ponere, imponere, apponere, applicare. SA. 1. 18.: mahiṣyāṅ garbham ādadhe; N. 13. 69.: iti me vratam āhitam; 24. 19.: agnāv agnir ivā "hitaḥ; BH. 12. 8.: mayy eva mana ādhatsva; BR. 2. 15.: kathaṃ śakṣyāmi bāle'smin guṇān ādhātum; RAGH. 7. 17.: tam ādhāya vivāhasākṣye. 2) dare, tribuere. SU. 4. 23.: indre trailokyam ādhāya.

c. ā praef. abhi ponere, apponere. MAN. 8. 372.: abhyādadhyuḥ kāṣṭhāni tatra.

c. ā praef. upa facere. R. Schl. II. 35. 28.: mā tvam... bhartāraṃ lokabhartāram asaddharmam upādadhāḥ.

c. ā praef. sam 1) id. N. 22. 10. 23. 12. SU. 1. 7. BH. 12. 9. 17. 11. 2) animum intendere. N. 22. 2. 5. SA. 6. 12.: samāhita. 3) animadvertere. HIT. 110. 14.: utpannām āpadaṃ yas tu samādhatte sa buddhimān. 4) emendare, corrigere. HIT. 88. 22.: mantrabhede'pi ye doṣāḥ sambhavanti mahīpateḥ . na śakyās te samādhātum.

c. upa ponere, apponere, imponere, supponere, adhibere. R. Schl. II. 42. 16.: aśmānam upadhāya śayiṣyate; II. 61. 7.: śete bhujam upadhāya; RAGH. 8. 29.: kriyā hi vastūpahitā prasīdati; 8. 76.: śṛṇu...tāṃ (sarasvatīm) hṛdicai 'nām upadhātum arhasi.

c. tiras Pass. invisibilem fieri, evanescere. RAGH. 10. 48.: kṛṣṇameghas tirodadhe; 11. 91.: ṛṣis tirodadhe; UR. 73. 2.: yatra me nayanayoḥ sā tirohitā.

c. ni 1) deponere. HIT. Ser. 40.: mṛgan nidhāya; RAGH. 3. 50.: mā nidhāḥ padan padavyām; 4. 1.: dinānte nihitan tejaḥ savitrā. kriyān nidhātum operam convertere in alqm rem. HIT. 8. 1. 2) sepelire. MAN. 5. 68.: ūnadvivārṣikam pretan nidadhyur bāndhavā vahiḥ. -- Caus. deponi, asservari jubere. MAN. 8. 30.: praṇaṣṭasvāmikaṃ rikthaṃ rājā tryabdan nidhāpayet.

c. ni praef. upa deponere. MAN. 8. 37.: pūrvopanihitanidhiḥ.

c. ni praef. pra deponere, infigere. MAN. 55. 21.: yadi maṇis trapuṇi praṇidhāyate. -- kāyam praṇidhātum corpus prosternere. BH. 11. 44. mano buddhim praṇidhātum animum, intellectum intendere, convertere ad alqd. BHATT. 6. 142. R. Schl. II. 22. 14.

c. ni praef. sam + pra seponere, negligere. MAH. 3. 13194.: tavai 'vā "jñāṃ sampraṇidhāya.

c. ni praef. vi deponere. MAH. 1. 2984.: vinidhāya tato bhāraṃ sannidhāya phalāni ca; GITA-GOV. 4. 11.: stanavinihitaṃ hāram.

c. ni praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 482.: sannidadhus tatra...āyudhāni; 1. 2984.: sannidhāya phalāni. -- dṛṣṭiṃ sannidhātum adspectum convertere aliquo, c. loc. RAGH. 13. 44.: dṛṣṭiṃ sahasrārciṣi sannidhatte. -- sannihita propinquus. HIT. 22. 5.; v. sannidhi.

c. pari circumponere, induere. R. Schl. I. 2. 10.: paridhāya valkalam.

c. puras 1) praeponere. MAH. 3. 1973. 2) magni facere. RAGH. 12. 43.

c. vi 1) ponere, collocare. RAGH. 6. 37.: tām agrataḥ... anūparājasya vidhāya. 2) dare, tribuere. SU. 1. 23.: yuvayor hetunā 'nena nā 'maratvam vidhīyate; BH. 7. 21. N. 17. 21. 3) facere. N. 13. 26.: taye 'yam vihitā pūrvam māyā; HIT. 27. 5.: asmai pūjām vidhehi; N. 12. 121. 4) ATM. accipere (sibi dāre). R. Schl. I. 8. 27.: putrān vidhāsyate mahāyajñe. IN. 4. 3. 5) decernere, con- stituere. RAM. I. 40. 4.: deśo vidhīyatāṃ yatra vatsyāmahe; v. vidhāna vidhi.

c. vi praef. anu sequi; obsequi, obtemperare. R. Schl. II. 22. 26.: tvam apy anuvidheya mām pratisaṃhāraya kṣipram ābhiṣecanikīṅ kriyām. In Pass. id. MAH. 1. 4721.: tañcai 'va dharmam...anuvidhīyante; BH. 2. 67. (cf. MAH. 3. 13945.)

c. vi praef. prati facere, parare. R. Schl. II. 32. 2.: camūḥ pratividhīyatām.

c. vi praef. sam 1) ponere, imponere. MAH. 2. 1510.: putran dāmodarotsaṅge devī samvyadadhāt. 2) facere, efficere. RAGH. 1. 72.: tasmān mucye yathā...tathā vidhātum arhasi. 3) decernere, constituere. R. Schl. I. 38. 4.: yad atrā 'nantaraṅ kāryam...samvidhatsva; N. 24. 4.: viditam vā 'thavā 'jñātam pitur me samvidhīyatām; DR. 7. 11.

c. sam 1) conjungere. R. Schl. I. 32. 19.: mantrasaṃhita. Reconciliare. MAN. 7. 66.: dūta eva hi sandhatte bhinatty evaca saṃhatān; HIT. 24. 15.: sujanas tu kanakaghaṭavad durbhedyaścā "śu sandheyaḥ. Se conjungere, societatem inire, pacem inire, cum instrum. HIT. 24. 5.: śatruṇā na hi sandadhyāt; 119. 15.: satyadharmavyapetena na sandadhyāt. 2) imponere, praesertim sagittam arcui. RAGH. 3. 53.: dhanuṣy amoghaṃ samadhatta sāyakam; 11. 28.: sandadhe dhanuṣi vāyudaivatam (astram); MAH. 1. 5280.: sandhatsva vāṇam. 3) appropinquare. DR. 8. 11.: sandhāya rathena (v. sannidhā). -- dhanuḥ sandhātum arcum intendere. RAM. I. 62. 32. 38.

c. sam praef. anu investigare, explorare, exquirere. HIT. 90. 21.: durgam anusandhehi; 87. 21.; MAN. 12. 106.; v. anusandhāna. -- ātmānam anusandhātum mentem colligere. HIT. 125. 20.

c. sam praef. abhi vincere, superare. MAN. 7. 159.: tān sarvān abhisandadhyāt sāmādibhir upakramaiḥ (Schol. vaśīkuryāt).

c. sam praef. sam + abhi 1) imponere. MAH. 3. 10452.: pradeśinīn tato 'syā "sye śakraḥ samabhisandadhe. 2) facere. MAH. 3. 12714.: tapaḥ samabhisandhāya.

c. sam praef. upa conjungere. H. 2. 20.: vacaḥ krūrābhisaṃhitam.

c. sam praef. prati 1) conjungere. SU. 2. 4.: vijayasaṃhita. 2) dirigere. c. acc. MAH. 3. 1926.: manyus tasya kathaṃ śāmyen māñcai va pratisaṃhitaḥ.

dhAtu dhātu

m. (ut videtur, a r. dhā s. tu) 1) metallum. N. 1. 2. 2) radix verbi. RAGH. 3. 21.

dhAtR dhātṛ

m. (r. dhā s. tṛ) 1) creator. BH. 9. 17. 2) nomen dei Brahmae. BR. 1. 29.

dhAtrI dhātrī

f. (r. dhā vel dhe s. tṛ cum signo fem. ī) nutrix. N. 8. 4. 13. 49.

dhAtreyI dhātreyī

f. (a praec. s. eya in fem.) collactanea.

dhAtreyikA dhātreyikā

f. (a praec. s. ika in fem.) nutrix. DR. 6. 9. 10. 17.

dhAnya dhānya

n. (a dhana s. ya) frumentum. R. Schl. I. 1. 90.

dhAman dhāman

n. (r. dhā s. man) 1) domus, domicilium. BH. 8. 21. 2) corpus. 3) splendor. RAGH. 6. 6. 18. 22. 4) robur. RAGH. 11. 85. (Cf. lat. do-mus, hib. dai-m "a church, a house, people".)

dhAra dhāra

(r. dhṛ s. a) ferens, gerens, in fin. comp.

dhAraNa dhāraṇa

n. (r. dhṛ cl. 10. s. ana) gestatio, portatio. N. 5. 24.

dhAraNA dhāraṇā

f. (fem. praec.) servatio, conservatio, perseverantia. BH. 8. 12.

dhArA dhārā

f. (fem. a dhāra) 1) gutta, stilla. A. 8. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2) acies ensis, securis. HIT. 94. 12. RAGH. 6. 42.

dhArAsAra dhārāsāra

m. (e praec. et sāra) imber. UR. 59. 16.

dhArin dhārin

(r. dhṛ s. in) ferens, gerens. IN. 5. 6. SU. 1. 8. 30. 2. 3. A. 10. 52.

dhArtarASTra dhārtarāṣṭra

m. (a dhṛtarāṣṭra s. a) Dhritarāschtri filius. H. 1. 15.

dhArmika dhārmika

Adj. (a dharma s. ika) juri, officio deditus, probus, honestus. SA. 1. 2.

dhAv dhāv

1. P. A. 1) currere, accurrere. N. 11. 19.: itaśce 'taśca dhāvati; 8. 12.: vanagulmāṃśca dhāvantaḥ; SA. 6. 5.: unmattāv iva dhāvataḥ; MAH. 3. 12929.: satatan dhāvamānaḥ. 2) lavare, abluere. BHATT. 14. 50.: dadhāvā 'dbhiś cakṣus tasya. Part. pass. dhauta. RAGH. 11. 80.: hib. deifir "haste, speed, quickness"; lat. lavo, mutato dh in l, nisi pertinet ad plu Caus. plāvayāmi abjecto p. Ad Caus. dhāvayāmi etiam trahi posset goth. daupja; sax. vet. dopju baptizo; mutato v in p (v. dru); nostrum taufe. Cf. dhu dhū.)

c. anu 1) cursu celeriter sequi. MAH. 3. 13171. 2) accurrere. N. 11. 23.: mām...kimarthan nā 'nudhāvasi.

c. apa abire, decedere, recedere. MAN. 8. 54.

c. abhi accurrere. N. 14. 2. DR. 6. 10. 27. A. 3. 24.

c. ā accurrere, currere. N. 13. 13.: bhayād ādhāvamānāḥ.

c. upa accurrere. DR. 8. 33.

c. upa praef. sam id. N. 1. 23.

c. nis nirdhauta ablutus. RAGH. 5. 70.

c. pari circumcurrere, circumerrare. BR. 3. 17. N. 10. 18. 13. 66.

c. pari praef. vi circumvenire, cingere hostem. DR. 8. 1.

c. pra procurrere, aufugere. N. 13. 17. SA. 5. 39. Progredi, exire. MAN. 4. 38.: na pradhāvecca varṣati. -- Caus. 1) lavare jubere. MAH. 4. 275.: yo me na dadyād ucchiṣṭan naca pādau pradhāvayet. 2) lavare. MAH. 3. 14024.: pādau pradhāvaye.

c. prati contra aliquem currere. MAH. 3. 431.

c. sam concurrere. MAH. 3. 8873.: saṅkruddhāḥ samadhāvanta.

dhAvana dhāvana

n. (r. dhāv s. ana) lavatio. N. 13. 68. R. Schl. I. 9. 58.

dhi dhi

6. P. dhiyāmi (dhāraṇe K. dhṛtau V.; ut mihi videtur e dhā attenuato ā in i) tenere, ferre.

dhik dhik

Interj. (fortasse a r. dih regressā aspiratione, v. gr. 81a).) exclamatio aversationis, detestationis, c. acc. H. 3. 18. BR. 1. 14. 35.

dhikS dhikṣ

1. A. (sandīpane jīvane kleśane K. sandīpe kleśe jīve V.) flagrare; vivere; languescere. K.: sandhikṣate vahniḥ kāṣṭhena. (Cf. dah unde dhikṣ ortum esse censeo, adjectā sibilante et regressā reduplicatione in radicis litteram initialem, sicut in Desid. didhakṣ; v. dhukṣ.)

dhinv dhinv

5. P. (prīṇane K. prītigatau V., scribitur dhiv gr. 110a).; tempora specialia format e dhi inde dhinomi) exhilarare; ire. K.: dhinoti dravyena hiraṇyaretasam.

dhiS dhiṣ

3. P. (śabde K. rave V.) sonare.

dhiSNya dhiṣṇya

n. locus, regio. IN. 1. 34. RAGH. 15. 59.

dhI dhī

1. 4. A. (anādare K. ārādhe anādare V.) spernere; colere, venerari, exhilarare.

dhI dhī

2. f. (a r. dhyai cogitare, abjecto ai et mutato y in ī) mens, intellectus. BH. 2. 54.

dhIti dhīti

f. (r. dhe s. ti) sitis. HEM.

dhImat dhīmat

(r. dhī s. mat) mente, intellectu praeditus, sapiens. IN. 1. 31. N. 17. 2.

dhIra dhīra

(a r. dhṛ i. e. dhar mutato a in ī suff. a) 1) firmus, solidus, constans, fortis. 2) profundus. RAGH. 18. 3.; de sono RAGH. 3. 43. 3) (ut videtur, a dhī intellectus s. ra) sapiens. BH. 2. 13. RAGH. 3. 10.

dhIratA dhīratā

f. (a praec. s. ) fortitudo. RAGH. 8. 43.

dhIratva dhīratva

n. (a dhīra s. tva) id. HIT. 89. 19.

dhIvara dhīvara

m. piscator. HIT. 110. 2.

dhu dhu

5. P. A. agitare, commovere, concutere. H. 2. 6.: dhunvan rūkṣān śiroruhān; MAH. 2. 2704.: gadān dhunvānaḥ. Pass. dhūye et Intens. dodhūy tam a dhu quam a dhū derivari possunt; v. gr. 495. (V. dhū et cf. gr. [greek] [greek] a motione animi; hib. doineann "inclement weather, a tempest", doineannach, doineannta "stormy, tempestuous"; nisi in his vocabulis do est particula privativa.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 23. 4.: agrahastam vidhunvan; MAH. 1. 7035.: vidhunvanto 'jināni.

dhukS dhukṣ

1. A. (ut mihi videtur, a r. dah attenuato a in u v. dhikṣ) i. q. dhikṣ.

c. sam ardere, flagrare. BHATT. 14. 109.: sandudhukṣe tayoḥ kopaḥ. Caus. accendere. BHATT. 2. 28.: śarāgniḥ sandhukṣyatām; MAH. 1. 5628.: agnistokam ivā "tmānaṃ yaḥ sandhukṣayati naraḥ. Recreare. MAH. 1. 2344.: kṛśān sandhukṣayanti; GITA-GOV. 3. 12.

dhur dhur

f. (Nom. dhūr dhūḥ gr. 73a)., a r. dhṛ i. e. dhar attenuato a in u v. kṛ unde karomi kurmas) 1) temo. DR. 8. 18.; transl. frons, primus locus. RAGH. 1. 91. 2. 2. 2) onus. RAGH. 1. 34.

dhurINa dhurīṇa

m. (ut videtur, forma anom. part. praes. ATM. radicis dhṛ mutato suffixo āna in īna cf. āsīna gr. 599.) jumentum. HIT. 27. 6.

dhurya dhurya

(a dhur s. ya) jumentum, equus. RAGH. 6. 78. 1. 54.

dhU dhū

1. 5. P.A. dhūnomi dhūnve (Part. pass. dhūta et dhūna) agitare, commovere, concutere, quatere. RAGH. 4. 67.: dudhuvur vājinaḥ skandhān; N. 17. 40.: vāyunā dhūyamānaḥ pāvakaḥ; RAM. I. 35. 32.: dhūtapāpa excussum peccatum habens, i. e. peccato solutus. Intens. DR. 2. 1.: agniśikhe 'va dodhūyamānā pavanena. (dudhuvuḥ Pass. dhūye et Intens. dodhūye etiam ad dhu q. v., referri possunt.)

c. ava excutere, abjicere. MAH. 3. 2032.: avadhūya pāpam; RAGH. 3. 61.: avadhūya tadvyathām; 9. 20.: avadhūtabhayāḥ. Concutere. MAN. 5. 125.: avadhūtam. Repellere, rejicere. UR. 75. 19.: mām avadhūya pādapatitam. Caus. dhāvayāmi vel dhūnayāmi (gr. 523.) concutere. MAN. 3. 229.: nai 'tad (annam) avadhūnayet.

c. ava praef. vi excutere, abjicere. R. Schl. II. 60. 5.: vyavadhūya santāpam.

c. ā i. q. simpl. RAGH. 14. 11. BHATT. 8. 54. MAH. 2. 2240.

c. ā praef. vi id. MAH. 3. 15588.: sā vyādhūyamānā pavanena; UR. 59. 14.

c. ā praef. sam id. R. Schl. I. 32. 15.

c. ut id. DR. 6. 4.: samanyur uddhūyate prāṇapatiḥ śarīre. Excitare, de pulvere. DR. 6. 26.: apaśyaṃs tasya sainyasya reṇum uddhūtam; R. Schl. I. 28. 14.: uddhūnvānā rajo ghoram; MAH. 3. 13538.: vātena raja uddhūyate.

c. ut praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 1336.: rajaḥ samuddhūya.

c. nis excutere. BH. 5. 17.: jñānanirdhūtakalmaṣāḥ. Concutere. R. Schl. II. 35. 1.: nirdhūya śiraḥ. -- nirdhavi- tun daṇḍam supplicium sumere de aliquo. MAN. 8. 318.: rājanirdhūtadaṇḍāḥ.

c. vi removere, abjicere, relinquere. RAM. II. 47. 21.: vidhūya śokam; RAGH. ed. Calc. 9. 72.: vidhūtanidra. Agitare. IN. 2. 17.: vyajanena vidhūyatā; MAH. 3. 11703.: vāyunā vidhūyamānāḥ patākāḥ.

dhU dhū

2. 6. P. et 9. P. dhuvāmi dhunāmi (gr. 385.) i. q. dhū cl. 5.

dhUp dhūp

1. 1. P. dhūpāyāmi PAN. III. 1. 28. (ut videtur, Denom. a dhūpa v. gr. 585.) 1) suffire. DEV. 4. 28.: divyair dhūpais tu dhūpitā; R. Schl. I. 10. 30.: kriyatām puran dhūpitam. 2) fumare. MR. 166. 17.: nīlaiḥ sāndram ivā 'hibhir jaladharair dhūpāyatī 'vā 'mbaram. (Gr. [greek] transpositā aspiratione e [greek] v. Pott. I. 257.)

c. ava suffire. RAM. II. 60. 83.: divyadhūpāvadhūpitaḥ.

dhUp dhūp

2. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dīptau V.) loqui; lucere.

dhUpa dhūpa

m. (ut videtur, a r. dhū adjecto p s. a cf. rr. hu et dhu) thus, suffimentum. (Gr. [greek] v. 1. dhūp.)

dhUma dhūma

m. (r. dhū s. ma) fumus. H. 4. 39. (Lith. dūmai m. pl. fumus; slav. dym; germ. vet. daum, toum vapor; hib. dluimh "a cloud, darkness, smoke", v. Pictet p. 46.; lat. fūmus; gr. [greek])

dhUmaketu dhūmaketu

m. (e praec. et ketu) cometa.

dhUr dhūr

4. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe gatau V.) ferire, laedere, occidere; ire. (Cf. dhū dhurv.)

dhUrjaTi dhūrjaṭi

m. (e dhur onus, v. euph. r. 73a). et jaṭi i.q. jaṭā q. v.) cognomen Sivi. HIT. 3. 1.

dhUrta dhūrta

(ut videtur, a r. dhūr vel dhurv vel dhvṛ s. ta) fraudulentus. HIT. 76. 15.

dhUli dhūli

m. f. (r. dhū s. li) pulvis. AM.

dhUz dhUS dhUs dhūś dhūṣ dhūs

10. P. splendidum, pulchrum reddere.

dhUSara dhUsara dhūṣara dhūsara

(fem. ) canus, pallidus. HIT. 81. 13.: dhūṣara; RAGH. 5. 42. 16. 17.: dhūsara.

dhR dhṛ

1. 1. P. A. 1) tenere, ferre, gerere. HIT. 68. 13.: kanakasūtrañ cañcvā dhṛtvā; N. 15. 5.: śīghrayāne sadā baddhir dhriyate me; MAH. 2. 81.: dadhāra paramam vapuḥ; RAGH. 10. 59.: tābhir garbhaḥ prajābhūtyai dadhre devāṃśa- lat. fera, quae fortasse a portando dicta, ita ut primitive jumentum onerarium significaverint, sicut scr. dhurīṇa.)

c. abhi Caus. sustinere, conservare. MAH. 3. 16221.

c. ava Caus. intelligere. MR. 162. 10.: na samyag avadhārayāmi; MAH. 1. 1749.: anukrośātmatān tasyā 'vadhārya; 3. 11210.: madvākyam avadhārya.

c. upa Caus. scire, intelligere. BH. 9. 6.: yathā "kāśasthito nityam vāyuḥ...tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni matsthānī 'ty upadhāraya; 7. 6.; MAH. 1. 7805. MAN. 12. 27. 29.

c. pari Caus. ferre. MAH. 3. 10907.

c. pra Caus. considerare, perpendere. MAH. 1. 3581.: evam pradhārya.

c. pra praef. sam Caus. 1) tradere. MAH. 3. 11741.: draupadīm ārṣṭiṣeṇāya sampradhārya; 3. 8772.: samudrasya kṣaye buddhiḥ sampradhāryatām. 2) considerare, perpendere. MAH. 2. 1652.: sampradhārya yat kṣemam; RAM. 2. 96. 54. 3) comparare, c. acc. MAN. 10. 73.: anāryam āryakarmāṇam āryañcā 'nāryakarmiṇaṃ sampradhārya.

c. vi 1) tenere, retinere. BHAR. 3. 58. 2) ferre, gerere. RAGH. 13. 40.: vidhṛtāsiḥ (Schol. dhṛtakhaṅgaḥ). Caus. 1) retinere, sistere. MAH. 3. 676.: vegam vegavato vidhārayan. 2) denegare, abnuere. R. Schl. II. 13. 3.: mamacai 'nam varaṅ kasmād vidhārayitum icchasi. 3) ordinare, instituere. MAH. 1. 5549.: sarvakāryāṇi daṇḍenai 'va vidhārayet.

c. sam Caus. 1) tenere, gerere, habere. MAH. 1. 6383.: brāhmaṃ sandhārayaṃs tejas. 2) sustentare, conservare. MAH. 3. 168.: tvayā sandhāryate lokaḥ. 3) perferre, pati. R. Schl. II. 63. 38.: tau...kaṣṭān tṛṣṇāṃ sandhārayiṣyataḥ. 4) retinere, cohibere, reprimere. MAH. 1. 3323.: yaḥ sandhārayate manyum.

dhR dhṛ

2. 1. A. (avadhvaṃse) decidere, delabi.

dhRk dhṛk

ferens, gerens in fine compp. DR. 8. 10.: khaṅgadhṛk; A. 3. 5.: pinākadhṛk. Quum hoc vocabulum hucusque solum in nomin. invenerim, dubium mihi est de verā ejus thematis formā et origine; nominativus enim dhṛk ortus esse potest e thematis dhṛk dhṛc dhṛj dhṛṣ; nec non e dṛh regressā aspiratione secundum euphoniae r. 84a).

dhRj dhṛj

1. P. (gatau) ire; v. dhṛñj dhrañj dhrij.

dhRJj dhṛñj

1. P. (scribitur dhṛj gr. 110a).) id.

dhRtarASTra dhṛtarāṣṭra

m. (BAH. e dhṛta et rāṣṭra) n. pr.

dhRti dhṛti

f. (r. dhṛ s. ti) constantia. N. 6. 10. BH. 18. 33. 34.

dhRS dhṛṣ

1. 5. P. 1) audere. MAH. 1. 35. 73.: na tvān dhṛṣṇumaḥ praṣṭum. Part. pass. dhṛṣṭa audax. BHAR. 3. 48. R. Schl. II. 96. 43. 2) sustinere, resistere. MAH. 6. 453.: vayaṃ hi śaktisampannā akāle tvām adhṛṣṇuma. (V. 2. dhṛṣ et cf. gr. [greek] lith. drasùs audax, drystu audeo, praet. drysau; goth. ga-DARS audere, ga-dars audeo, audet, ga-daursum audemus (praet. cum signif. praes.); germ. vet. TARR, DARR per assimil. e TARS, DARS, ge-tars-t audes, v. Graff. 5. 441.; hib. dasachd "fierceness, boldness", dasidh "furious, mischievous", donaighim "I dare, defy, adventure".)

dhRS dhṛṣ

2. 1. et 10. P. laedere, violare, opprimere, superare. N. 3. 15.: tejasā tasya dharṣitāḥ; R. Schl. I. 24. 13.: na suptan dharṣayiṣyanti nairṛtāḥ; I. 25. 11.: tapasyantam iha sthāṇum...adharṣayad durmedhāḥ; MAH. 1. 3454.: jarā tvām acirād dharṣayiṣyati; 1. 1677.: na hi taṃ rājaśārdūlam adharṣayan. -- dharṣayituṃ striyam feminam violare, stuprare. R. Schl. I. 49. 6.: ṛṣipatnīn dharṣayitvā; N. 10. 14.: nacai 'ṣā tejasā śakyā kaiścid dharṣayitum pathi.

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. I. 97. 9. 34. 27. A. 5. 3. N. 11. 36.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 1421.: rajāṃsi mukuṭāny eṣām utthitāni vyadharṣayan.

dhRR dhṝ

9. P. dhṛṇāmi senescere. Cf. jṝ.

dhe dhe

1. P. bibere. MAN. 4. 59.: na vārayed gān dhayantīm; MAH. 3. 10452.: dhāsyati kim; 10453.: mām ayan dhāsyati; NALOD. 2. 11.: madhu nānāvidham adhayat. (Cf. dadhi; slav. dojū mulgeo; lith. de-le sanguisuga; goth. daddja lacto, mammam praebeo; gr. [greek] [greek] germ. vet. tuta, tutta mamma (nostrum Zitze), cujus syllaba reduplicativa respondet sanscrito da in praet. redupl. dadhau (a dhā v. gr. min. 353.), attenuato a in u; hib. daif f. "drink" fortasse forma redupl. cum f pro dh sicut e. c. in lat. fumus = dhūma v. gr. comp. 11.).

dhenu dhenu

f. (r. dhe s. nu) vacca lactaria.

dhairya dhairya

n. (a dhīra firmus, s. ya) firmitas, constantia. IN. 5. 55. SU. 3. 24. N. 3. 17.

dhor dhor

1. P. (gaticāturye) ire, currere; habilem, dexterum esse. (Cf. tur tūr tvar.)

dhauta dhauta

v. dhāv.

dhaumya dhaumya

m. (a dhūma s. ya) n. pr.

dhmA dhmā

1. (in tempp. special. dham) flare, inflare, sufflare, flando excitare ignem. BH. 1. 12.: śaṅkhan dadhmau; SA. 5. 77.: vāyunā dhamyamānaḥ...agniḥ; MAH. 2. 2483.: dhamec chāntam pāvakam. TROP. dhmāta inflatus. (Lat. flare, cum f pro dh sicut in fumus = dhūma mutatis liquidis m, l; v. gr. comp. 20.; germ. vet. dun-s-t, tun-s-t procella, cum s euphon., v. gr. comp. 95.; blājan, blāhan, blāsan flare; gr. [greek] pro [greek] sicut e. c. in [greek] pro [greek] cf. Pott. I. 187.)

c. ā id. HIT. 68. 9.: darpādhmāta.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 1925.: śaṅkhān samādadhmuḥ.

c. upa id. MAH. 3. 11706.: śaṅkham upādhmāsīt; MAN. 4. 53.: nā 'gnim mukheno 'padhamet.

c. pra id. A. 6. 12.: śaṅkham upādāya...prādhaman tam; BH. 1. 14.: divyau śaṅkhau pradadhmatuḥ.

c. vi difflare, dispellere, discutere. A. 3. 28.: (ubi cum ed. Calc. vyadhamam pro nyadhamam legendum) śarīrāṇi ekībhūtāni...tāny aham vyadhamam punaḥ; 7. 24.: tān (vāṇān) vyadhamaṃ śaraiḥ; 8. 10.: tato 'ham agniṃ vyadhamaṃ salilāstreṇa; MAH. 1. 5462.: vyadhamad anīkāni kṣaṇāt; R. Schl. II. 80. 8.: apare vīraṇastambān...vyadhamanti sma durgāṇi sthalānica.

dhmAGkS dhmāṅkṣ

1. P. (ghoravāsite K. kāṅghe ghorarute V.; scribitur dhmākṣ v. gr. 110a).) i. q. drāṅkṣ. V. dhrāṅkṣ drāṅkṣ dhvāṅkṣ.

dhyA dhyā

v. dhyai.

dhyAna dhyāna

n. (r. dhyai s. ana) contemplatio, meditatio. BH. 12. 12. N. 2. 3.

dhyai dhyai

1. P. interdum A., etiam dhyā 2. meditari, cogitare. R. Schl. I. 1. 71.: dhyāyantīn dadarśa; 9. 43.: dhyāyamānañca tan dṛṣṭvā; N. 12. 100.: dhyātvā ciram. Cum acc. rei. MAN. 9. 21.: dhyāyaty aniṣṭañ cetasā; BH. 2. 62. 12. 6.: dhyāyan viṣayān; MAH. 3. 13209.: śivena dhyāhi saputrabāndhavam. (Gr. [greek] respiciatur sanscritum vid scire in latinā, budh scire in zendicā linguā significare videre; respiciatur etiam [greek] cf. Pott. I. 231.)

c. apa et samapa devovere, exsecrari; mala precari alicui. MAH. 3. 13652-56.: tām avekṣya tataḥ kruddhaḥ samapadhyāyata dvijaḥ apadhyātāca vipreṇa nyapatad dharaṇītale.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. MAN. 1. 8. MAH. 3. 11238.

c. ava spernere. R. Schl. I. 25. 12.: avadhyāta (cf. avadhīr avaman.

c. upa i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 3848.: so 'padhyātā bhagavatā.

c. ni id. BHATT. 14. 65.: tan nidadhyau.

c. ni praef. abhi id. R. Schl. I. 28. 7.

c. pra id. N. 19. 3.: pradadhyauca mahāmanāḥ; MAH. 1. 1783.: pradadhyau rājānam prati. Putare, credere, habere. MAH. 1. 7013.: dṛṣṭvā tu tān...bhasmāvṛtān iva havyavāhān kṛṣṇaḥ pradadhyau.

c. pra praef. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 1411.

c. sam id. M. 2. 8.

dhraj dhraj

1. P. (gatau) ire. Cf. dhṛj dhrañj dhrij dhvaj dhvañj.

dhraJj dhrañj

1. P. (scribitur dhraj gr. 110a).) id.

dhraN dhvaN dhvraN (dhvAne) dhraṇ dhvaṇ dhvraṇ (dhvāne)

sonare. V. dhaṇ dhvan svan.

dhras udhras dhras udhras

(ut videtur, pro uddhras i. e. dhras praef. ut) 9. P. 10. P. dhrasnāmi udhrasnāmi dhrāsayāmi udhrāsayāmi (utkṣepe K. utkṣepe ucche V.) extollere, levare; spicas colliger. (Cf. dhvaṃs.)

dhrAkh dhrākh

1. P. i. q. drākh.

dhrAgh dhrāgh

1. A. (śaktau) posse. Cf. drāgh.

dhrAGkS dhrāṅkṣ

1. P. (scribitur dhrākṣ gr. 110a).) i. q. drāṅkṣ. V. dhmāṅkṣ dhvāṅkṣ.

dhrAD dhrāḍ

1. A. i. q. drāḍ.

dhrij dhrij

1. P. i. q. dhraj.

dhru dhru

1. P. et 6. P. dhravāmi dhruvāmi (sthairye sarpaṇe) 1) fixum esse. 2) ire. (V. dhruva dhrū dru et cf. lith. drūtas firmus, solidus, robustus; goth. traua confido, nostrum traue.)

dhruva dhruva

(a praec. s. a) certus. BR. 1. 15. N. 6. 11. 26. 11. -- dhruvam Adv. certe. H. 1. 26. BR. 1. 9. N. 13. 27. (Hib. dearbh "sure, certain, true, fixed"; germ. vet. triu, triuwi, ga-triu, ga-triuwi, ga-triwi fidelis; nostrum treu, getreu.)

dhrek dhrek

1. A. i. q. drek.

dhvaMs dhvaṃs

1. A. decidere, labi. MAH. 1. 3596.: nandane sthitam mām abravīd dhvaṃse 'ti. TROP. perire. BHATT. 14. 55.: prāṇā dadhvaṃsire; R. Schl. II. 34. 24.: mriyatān dhvaṃsatām ve 'yam. -- pāṃśudhvasta pulvere obrutus. N. 12. 115.; rajasā dhvasta id. R. Schl. II. 58. 3. Caus. caedere. BHATT. 15. 94.: mūrdhānam adadhvaṃsan naradviṣaḥ. TROP. interrumpere. R. Schl. II. 60. 15.: dhvaṃsayitvā tadvākyam. (Cf. dhvaṃs cum bhraṃs sicut supra dhṛ cum bhṛ. Ad dhvaṃs trahimus goth. DRUS eadere - driusa, draus, drusum- mutatā semivocali v in r, attenuato a in u; v. gr. comp. 20. Caus. drausja praecipito = dhvaṃsayāmi; germ. vet. troriu fundo, v. Graff. 5. 545. sq. Ad dhvaṃs etiam hib. tuitim cado referri posset, mutato s in t, vel ut Denom. a dhvasta lapsus, ejecto s.)

c. apa rejicere, repudiare, repellere. MAH. 1. 5596.: nacā 'py anyam apadhvaṃset kopasaṃyutaḥ; MR. 235. 8.: mūrkha apadhvasto 'si.

c. ut praef. sam samuddhvasta obrutus. R. Schl. II. 42. 10.: reṇusamuddhvasta.

c. pari i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 33. 18.: paridhvastājirāṇi... veśmāni.

c. vi 1) labi. N. 16. 15.: vidhvastaparṇa; SU. 2. 24.: vidhvastanagarāśrama; A. 10. 62.: vidhvaste pure. 2) Transit. caedere, profligare. MAH. 1. 7765.: śarair vidhvasya caurān; R. Schl. I. 66. 9.: vidhvasya tridaśān. Caus. caedere, profligare. MAH. 1. 4455. 8282. 3. 16501.

[Page 188b]
dhvaj dhvaj

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere; v. dhraj.

dhvaj dhvaj

m. (r. dhvaj s. a) vexillum. IN. 1. 8.

dhvajin dhvajin

(a praec. s. in) vexillo praeditus, vexillifer. DR. 2. 10.

dhvajinI dhvajinī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) exercitus. DR. 5. 15.

dhvaJj dhvañj

1. P. (scribitur dhvaj gr. 110a).) v. dhvaj.

dhvaN dhvaṇ

1. P. v. dhraṇ.

dhvan dhvan

1. P. 10. P. dhvanāmi dhvanayāmi sonare. GITA-GOV. 5. 4.: dhvanati madhupasamūhe murmurante apum turbā. V. dhraṇ.

dhvani dhvani

m. (r. dhvan s. i) sonus. RAGH. 4. 56.

dhvasta dhvasta

v. dhvaṃs.

dhvAGkS dhvāṅkṣ

1. P. (scribitur dhvākṣ gr. 110a).) i. q. drāṅkṣ dhrāṅkṣ. Cf. dhvan.

dhvAGgha dhvāṅgha

m. (a praec. s. a) cornix. BR. 2. 17. (Hib. dúis "a crow".)

dhvAnta dhvānta

m. obscuritas. AM.

dhvR dhvṛ

1. P. (varṇe K. kauṭilye V.) colorare; curvare. (Cf. hvṛ.)

dhvraN dhvraṇ

1. P. v. dhraṇ.

[Page 1881]
na na

(ut mihi videtur, a stirpe demonstrativā na quae in fine pronominum compp. ana ena invenitur, in linguā Palicā etiam simplex usurpatur; v. gr. comp. 369. 370. 371.) non. H. 2. 35. 36. In dial. Ved. etiam sicut. RIGV. 66. 5. (Cf. lat. ne, non; gr. [greek] lith. ne; slav. [greek] goth. ni; hib. ni.)

nakula nakula

m. 1) viverra ichneumon. MAH. 1. 5582. 2) nomen unius quinque Pāndavorum.

nakk nakk

10. P. (nāśane) necare, destruere, perdere. (Cf. naś e nak.)

naktaJcara naktañcara

m. (noctu iens, e naktam q. v. et cara iens) cognomen Rākschasorum (cf. kṣaṇadācara). SA. 5. 74.

naktam naktam

Adv. noctu (ut videtur, accus. [greek] nakta quod in nonnullis compositis solum occurrit; v. apud Wils. na- hib. nochd; russ. no[greek]j.)

naktamAla naktamāla

m. (e nakta nox et māla) nomen arboris (Galeduba arborea, Rox.). RAGH. 5. 42.

nakra nakra

n. crocodilus. RAGH. 7. 27.

nakS nakṣ

1. P. A. (gatau) in dial. Ved. 1) ire, adire. RIGV. 30. 20.: kan nakṣase vibhāvari "quemnam visitas potentissima?"; 66. 5.: astan na gāvo nakṣante "stabulum sicut vaccae adeunt". 2) obtinere, adipisci. RIGV. v. Westerg.: nakṣat kāmam. (Lat. NAC, nanciscor, nactum; de nakṣ praef. abhi ā prā vyā ut pra in dial. Ved. v. Westerg.)

nakSatra nakṣatra

n. (ut videtur, a r. nakṣ s. tra servatā vocali interme- diā classis 1mae) stella; constellatio lunaris. IN. 2. 12. BH. 10. 21.

nakSatreza nakṣatreśa

m. (TATP. e praec. et īśa dominus) nomen lunae. AM.

nakh nakh

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere.

nakha nakha

m. n. unguis. (Lith. nága-s id.; russ. nogotj; gr. [greek] praefixo [greek] lat. unguis; hib. ionga fortasse litteris transpositis e nioga; de nostro Nagel v. sq.)

nakhara nakhara

m. (a praec. s. ra) unguis. AM. (Germ. vet. nagal, them. nagala, cum l pro r; lat. ungula.)

nakhin nakhin

(a nakha s. in) unguibus, ungulis praeditus. HIT. 12. 11.

naga naga

m. (noniens, e na et ga) 1) arbor. N. 12. 99. 2) mons.

nagara nagara

n. urbs. H. 1. 1.

nagarI nagarī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) id.

nagna nagna

(Part. pass. a r. naj q. v., s. na) nudus. N. 13. 60. (Lith. noga-s id., russ. nagil, goth. naqvaths, island. vet. nakt-r, germ. vet. nachat, nostrum nackt, hib. nochd.)

nagnatva nagnatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) nuditas. HIT. 6. 6.

nacirAt nacirāt

Adv. (e na non et ablat. cirāt) mox, brevi. N. 2. 22. 17. 24.

nacireNa nacireṇa

Adv. (e na non et instr. cireṇa v. cira) mox, brevi. BH. 5. 6.

naj naj

1. A. (hriye K. hriyi V.) pudere. (V. nagna et cf. laj lajj ratione habitā, litteras liquidas facile inter se mutari; v. gr. comp. 20.)

naT naṭ

1. et 10. P. naṭāmi nāṭayāmi (secundum Lassen. prācritice depravatum e nṛt; prācr. naṭṭati = nartati) gestibus indicare, gesticulari. UR. 8. 16.: rathāvatārakṣobhan nāṭayantī.

naTa naṭa

m. (r. naṭ s. a) histrio. BHAR. 3. 51.

naD naḍ

10. P. nāḍayāmi (bhraṃśe) cadere, decidere.

naDa naḍa

m. (r. naḍ s. a) arundinis species, arundo tibialis. (Lith. néndre arundo.)

naDvat naḍvat

(a praec. abjecto a s. vat) arundinosus.

naDvala naḍvala

(a naḍa abjecto a s. vala) id. RAGH. 18. 4.

[Page 189b]
nata nata

v. nam.

nad nad

1. 1. P. sonum edere, sonare, strepere, clamare, vociferari. H. 4. 55.: nanāda vipulaṃ svanam; R. Schl. I. 19. 10.: dundubhayo neduḥ; MAH. 4. 2363.: śaṅkhā bheryaśca neduḥ; RAGH. 1. 78.: nadati śrotasi; N. 21. 4.: meghasya nadataḥ; R. Schl. II. 66. 10.: nadatām mṛgapakṣiṇām. Caus. sonare facere. N. 21. 2.: nādayan rathaghoṣeṇa sarvāḥ savidiśo diśaḥ; A. 8. 11.: śaṅkhadundubhināditam. ATM. MAH. 3. 12378.: parvatāgrāṇi mṛdnan nādayānaśca. (Cf. vad nard; cambro-brit. nadu clamare.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. Part. pass. formae Caus. anunādita. N. 12. 39. 102. IN. 1. 28.

c. anu praef. vi id. Caus. BH. 1. 19.: nabhaśca pṛthivīñca vyanunādayan.

c. abhi id. Caus. R. Schl. II. 16. 30.

c. ā id. Caus. MAH. 1. 5468.

c. ut id. MAH. 3. 8812.

c. ni id. R. Schl. II. 65. 2. RAGH. 5. 75. Caus. R. Schl. I. 5. 19.

c. pra praṇadāmi (v. gr. 94b).) id. N. 11. 7.

c. prati id. Caus. MAH. 3. 14057.

c. vi id. H. 4. 20. DR. 8. 22. Caus. pass. GHAT. 10. IN. 2. 7.

c. vi praef. anu id. R. Schl. II. 103. 48.

c. sam id. Caus. R. Schl. 65. 26.

nad nad

2. 10. P. nādayāmi (bhāṣārthe K. bhāsi V.) loqui; lucere.

nada nada

m. (r. nad s. a) fluvius. MAH. 1. 3730.

nadI nadī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) id. MAH. 2. 751.

nadISNa nadīṣṇa

(e nadī et sna a r. snā s. a mutato sna in ṣṇa propter antecedens ī) in fluvio se lavans. RAGH. 16. 75.

naddha naddha

v. nah.

nadh nadh

v. nah.

nand nand

1. P. (scribitur nad gr. 110a).) gaudere. A. 1. 6.: tān prekṣya kirāṭamālī nananda; MAH. 3. 11636.: mānitās tvayā nandanti sādhavaḥ. Caus. exhilarare. R. Schl. II. 34. 24.: nandayiṣyanti māṃ sāmnā. (Lat. ludo, quod supra cum dyūta comparavimus, etiam huc referri posset, mutatis liquidis n et l, attenuato a in u; v. nandi ludus.)

c. abhi 1) i. q. simpl. BH. 2. 57.: nā 'bhinandati na dveṣṭi. C. acc. rei. MAN. 6. 45.: nā 'bhinandeta maraṇan nā 'bhinandeta jīvitam; A. 1. 9.: tān apy asau mātalir abhyanandat. 2) rationem habere, curare. IN. 5. 49.: yasmān mān nā 'bhinandethāḥ kāmavāṇavaśaṅ gatām; SU. 3. 12.: tadvākyam abhinandya; N. 8. 16. 17. 3) salutare, gratulari. R. Schl. II. 59. 13.: praviśantan na kaścid abhinandati; RAGH. 7. 66.: vāgbhiḥ sakhīnām priyam abhyanandat; N. 25. 10.: diṣṭyā sameto dāraiḥ svair bhavān ity abhyanandata. 4) agnoscere. MAN. 8. 54.: samyak praṇihitañcā 'rtham pṛṣṭaḥ san nā 'bhinandati. -- Caus. exhilarare. N. 5. 34.: damayantīn tathā vāgbhir abhinandya.

c. abhi praef. prati Caus. salutare. SAK. 108. 1.: tataḥ pratyabhinandya śuddhāntam enām praveśayiṣyāmi.

c. prati P. A. 1) gaudere, c. acc. rei. MAH. 4. 1134.: pratinandāma te vākyam. 2) rationem habere, curare. N. 8. 7.: nyavedayad bhīmasutā na sa tat pratyanandata; 8.: vākyam apratinandantam bhartāram. 3) salutare. RAGH. 1. 57.: tau gurur gurupatnīca prītyā pratinanandatuḥ; N. 24. 44.: svasutaucā 'pi yathāvat pratyanandata. Caus. exhilarare. MAH. 3. 16444.: hṛtvā śatrūn pratinandaya mām.

c. vi A. gaudere. MAH. 3. 2607.: sā tatra pūjyamānā vyanandata.

nandana nandana

(r. nand s. ana) 1) m. exhilarator. H. 1. 42. -- In fine compositorum saepissime ad significandum filium, progeniem usurpatur, ut H. 1. 4. 2) n. nomen horti vel nemoris voluptuarii dei Indri. IN. 2. 3. (Hib. naoidhin "an infant".)

nandi nandi

m. n. (r. nand s. i) 1) gaudium. 2) ludus, lusus. (V. nand et cf. lat. ludus.)

nandinI nandinī

f. (a nandin exhilarans - r. nand s. in- signo fem. ī) filia, in fine compp. N. 12. 9. 60.

naptR naptṛ

m. nepos. IN. 5. 43. (Lat. NEPOT, germ. vet. nefo, anglo-sax. nefa, v. sq.)

naptrI naptrī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) neptis. (Lat. neptis e neptris, germ. vet. neft.)

nabh nabh

1. A. 4. P. 9. P. nabhe nabhyāmi nabhnāmi (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) ferire, laedere, occidere.

nabhazcara nabhaścara

m. (e nabhas et cara iens) deus. RAGH. 18. 5.

nabhas nabhas

n. (ut videtur, e na et bhas pro bhās ita ut proprie significet non splendens, sicut nubes dicitur nabhrāj cf. A. Benary p. 229.) n. ae7r, coelum. IN. 1. 3. H. 3. 6. SU. 6. 19. BH. 11. 24. (Slav. nebo id., them. nebes, gen. nebes-e, v. gr. comp. 264.; gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 128.; lat. nubes, nebula; germ. vet. nibul nebula; lith. débesis nubes, mutatā nasali in mediam ejusdem organi sicut in dewyni novem, gr. comp. 317.; hib. neamh "heaven"; cambro-brit. nev.)

nabhasvat nabhasvat

m. (nom. -vān a nabhas s. vat) ventus. RAGH. 4. 8.

nabhrAj nabhrāj

m. (nom. -bhrāṭ e na et bhrāj splendens) nubes. HEM.

nam nam

1. P. A. inclinare, curvare, flectere, praesertim reverentiae causā se inclinare, c. acc. dat. gen. pers. NALOD. 4. 44.: nanāma nalasya praṇato 'ṅghrī; MAH. 3. 1200.: namasvai 'nam; 3. 977.: samudranemir namate tasmai; 3. 1036.: sarvabhūtānicā 'py asya na namante. Part. pass. nata inclinatus. DR. 5. 1.: natonnatabhruvā. Caus. nāmayāmi et namayāmi inclinare, inclinare facere. IN. 5. 9.: stanodvahanasaṅghobhān nāmyamānā pade pade; N. 26. 10.: nāmyatān dhanuḥ; HIT. 70. 16.: śvapuccham iva nāmitam; RAGH. 9. 18.: namayati sma sa kevalam unnatam vanamuce namucer araye śiraḥ; 8. 9. (Cf. yam unde Pottius deducit nam ita ut compositum sit e praep. ni + yam ergo nam e niyam ejecto iy sicut lat. nolo pro nevolo, ejecto ev.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. IN. 2. 19.: śirasā 'bhyanamad balī.

c. ava id. MAH. 1. 5336.: kecid bhayāc chirāṃsy ava- nanāmire (contra regulam pro nemire). avanata inclinatus. IN. 2. 21. N. 12. 68. Caus. inclinare. MAH. 3. 10043.

c. ava praef. abhi id. Caus. MAH. 3. 10062.: abhyavanāmya vaktram.

c. ā id. MAH. 7088.: dhanur ānamya. Caus. MAH. 1. 5561.: ānāmya śākhām.

c. ut extollere, sublevare, se erigere, surgere. DR. 5. 1.: natonnatabhruvā; HIT. 78. 6.: unnatacaraṇa; MR. 166. 11.: unnamati...meghaḥ. -- unnata altus. IN. 5. 10.: nitambonnatapīvaram; 12.: kūrmapṛṣṭhonnata. Caus. unnāmita sublevatus. HIT. 100. 2.: unnāmitakhaṅga.

c. ut praef. sam id. HIT. 76. 6.: samunnatatalāṅgulaḥ.

c. upa 1) inclinare. RAGH. 8. 80.: upanatām inclinatam. 2) appropinquare, transl. facere, commitere. (V. car.) RAGH. 10. 40.: akāmopanatam enaḥ invite commissum peccatum.

c. pari 1) inclinare. MEGH. 2.: pariṇata (gr. 94b).). 2) convertere, mutare, c. instr. UR. 55. 11. infr.: latābhāvena pariṇatam asyā rūpam; 71. 16.: nadībhāvene 'yam pariṇatā. -- pariṇata maturus. MEGH. 18.

c. pra praṇamāmi praṇame (gr. 94b).) i. q. simpl. N. 12. 43.: praṇame tvā 'bhigamyā 'ham; 17. 17.; BH. 11. 14. 44.; MAH. 3. 8681.: prāṇamad viṣṇutejasam. -- praṇata inclinatus. SA. 3. 11.

c. pra praef. abhi id. R. Schl. II. 58. 12. MAH. 3. 15306.

c. vi id. N. 23. 9.: vinata inclinatus. BR. 1. 13. GHAT. 18. Caus. DR. 2.: vināmya śākhām.

c. sam id. MAH. 3. 1374.: tasmai śatravaḥ sannamante. -- sannata inclinatus. IN. 1. 10.

namas namas

n. indecl. (r. nam s. as) inclinatio, adoratio. namaskartum adorare (v. gr. 653.). SU. 3. 12. 19. (Cf. hib. naomh m. "a saint", Adj. "sacred, holy", naomhachd "holyness, sanctity"; nisi sicut lat. nu-men pertinent ad nu adorare, unde etiam namas derivari posset, ita ut ortum sit e navas mutato v in m.

namasy namasy

(Denom. a namas s. y gr. 585.) adorare. BH. 9. 14. 11. 36.

[Page 191b]
namuci namuci

m. nomen asuri, quem Indrus occidit.

namb namb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere. Cf. narb.

namra namra

(r. nam s. ra) inclinatus. RAGH. 3. 25. 11. 4.

nay nay

1. A. (rakṣaṇe K. gatirakṣayoḥ V.) tueri, servare; ire.

nayana nayana

n. (r. ducere s. ana) oculus. N. 11. 32.

nara nara

m. vir, homo. BR. 1. 30. H. 4. 7. (V. nṛ et cf. hib. naoi "a man, a person".)

naraka naraka

m. tartarus. N. 6. 13.

nararSabha nararṣabha

m. (TATP. e nara et ṛṣabha q. v.) virorum, hominum princeps.

naravAhin naravāhin

(a naravāha - nara + vāha equus - suff. in) viros equorum loco habens, a viris vectus. N. 17. 23.

nartana nartana

m. (r. nṛt s. ana) saltator. IN. 5. 50.

nard nard

1. P. interdum A. sonum edere, mugire, rugire. R. Schl. I. 16. 25.: kapayo nardamānā nādena; MAH. 1. 4114.: vṛṣāv iva nardantau; RAM. II. 74. 31.: śabdaḥ siṃhānān nardatām iva. Cantare, de avibus. RAM. I. 16. 29.: nardamānāṃśca nādena pātayeyur vihaṅgamān. -- nardita n. mugitus. HIT. 47. 18. (Cf. nad; huc referri potest hib. nuailim "I roar, howl", nuail "roaring, howling", abjecto d vel r, mutato d vel r in l.)

c. vi mugire, rugire. MAH. 3. 11108.: vinardamāno 'tibhṛśaṃ savidyud iva toyadaḥ.

narb narb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere; cf. namb.

narman narman

n. (fortasse a nṛt s. man ita ut mutilatum sit e nartman) ludus, jocus. RAGH. 19. 28.

nal nal

1. P. (bandhe) ligare.

nala nala

m. 1) arundo. DR. 5. 9. 2) nomen regis Nischadhorum. (Cf. naḍa.)

nalina nalina

n. lotus, nymphaea. RAGH. 18. 4.

nalinI nalinī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) 1) nymphaea. 2) caulis nymphaeae. MEGH. 40. 3) nymphaearum multitudo vel locus nymphaeis abundans. RAGH. 6. 44. DR. 6. 22.

nava nava

(r. nu laudare s. a nisi, quod Pottius putat, a praep. anu post, abjecto a) novus, recens. UR. 1. 9. H. 2. 11. MEGH. 66. (Lat. novus; slav. nov, them. novo; gr. [greek] hib. nua, nuadh; de lith. nauja-s; goth. niuji-s v. navya.)

navan navan

novem. (Lat. novem - proprie a navama nonus; goth. niun; lith. dewyni e newyni; slav. devjatj; gr. [greek] praefixo [greek] reduplicato v; cambro - brit. naw; hib. naoi; v. gr. comp. 317.)

navati navati

f. nonaginta. (V. gr. comp. 320. annot.)

navama navama

(f. a navan s. ma e tama) nonus. (V. gr. comp. 321.)

navIna navīna

(a nava s. īna) novus. AM.

navoDhA navoḍhā

f. (e nava et ūḍha in fem., a r. vah) nova nupta. HIT. 44. 11.

navya navya

(r. nu s. ya ergo proprie laudandus, nisi a praep. anu s. ya v. nava) novus, recens, juvenis. AM. (Lith. nauja-s, goth. niuji-s.)

naz naś

4. P. interdum A. (fut. part. naśitāsmi et naṣṭāsmi fut. aux. naśiṣyāmi et naṅkṣyāmi gerund. naśitvā et naṣṭvā) perire, mori. BR. 1. 8.: kṛtaṃ yasmin na naśyati; MAH. 3. 10701.: putro 'naśyata muneḥ; 7014.: aśubhaṅ kṛtan naśyate tatra snātamātrasya. -- naṣṭa perditus. N. 10. 29.: naṣṭātman; 13. 10.: mārgā naṣṭāḥ; 22. 15.: naṣṭarūpaḥ. Caus. P.A. delere, extinguere. N. 9. 28.: śrāntasya te...nāśayiṣyāmy ahaṅ klamam; BH. 10. 11.: teṣām ajñānajan tamaḥ...nāśayāmi; R. Schl. II. 62. 15.: śoko nāśayate dhairyam. Praet. mltf. anīnaśam. MAH. 3. 2027.: dharmyān mā nīnaśaḥ pathaḥ. (Cf. lat. NEC, nex; ratione habitā, sanscritum ś ortum esse e k; necare et nocere conveniunt cum Caus. nāśayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; vinco trahi posset ad naś praef. vi ejectā radicis vocali; sic vincio retulerim ad nah praef. vi; gr. [greek] fortasse [greek] mutato [greek] in [greek] fortasse [greek] = nāśayāmi; attenuato ā in ī; hib. nas "death"; goth. nau-s mortuus, gen. navi-s, Them. navi e nahvi, ejecto h, sicut nostrum wer = goth. hva-s e has pro kas, adjecto v; v. gr. comp. 388.)

c. pra praṇaśyāmi (gr. 94b).; ubi tamen finalem radicis litteram consonans muta vel sibilans sequitur, primitivum n servatur, unde part. pass. pranaṣṭa fut. pranaṅkṣyāmi vel praṇaśiṣyāmi v. Pān. VIII. 4. 36.; non raro autem in libris editis et manuscriptis contra hanc regulam invenitur ṇa pro na e. c. SU. 2. 22.: praṇaṣṭanṛpatidvijā sic etiam in edit. Calc. 1. 7673.; N. 24. 17.: mama rājyam praṇaṣṭam in ed. Calc. pranaṣṭam) i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 40.: praṇaśyanti kuladharmāḥ.

c. pra praef. sam id. sampranaṣṭa qui evanuit. N. 20. 40.: sampranaṣṭe kalau (sic cum ed. Calc. legendum pro sampraṇaṣṭe).

c. vi id. BR. 2. 20. 21. 3. 7. 8. BH. 8. 20.; MAH. 3. 2861.: vinaṅkṣyāmi na saṃśayaḥ. Caus. necare, perdere. MAH. 1. 4169.; mā naḥ sarvān vyanīnaśaḥ. R. Schl. I. 55. 27. RAGH. 2. 56.

nas nas

1. 1. A. (kauṭilye K. hvṛtau V.) curvum, flexuosum esse.

nas nas

2. f. (nom. nās) nasus, praesertim in fine compositorum. DR. 6. 22.: sunas. (V. nāsā.)

nah nah

4. P. A. nahyāmi nahye (bandhane K. bandhe V. Formae, quae consonantem mutam vel sibilantem proxime cum radice conjungunt, derivantur a nadh quae primitiva radicis forma esse videtur; unde e. c. praet. multf. anātsam fut. aux. natsyāmi part. pass. naddha) ligare, nectere, praesertim thorace se induere. MAH. 4. 1016.: yotsyamānā anahyanta. -- naddha conjunctus, indutus, praeditus. N. 12. 6.: nānādhātuśatair naddhaḥ. (Lat. nec-to, neo; fortasse vi-ncio = vinahyāmi ejectā radicis vocali, v. naś; gr. [greek] goth. nehva prope; germ. vet. nah prope, post; nāhan, nāvan nere, sarcire; ga-nah sufficit, praet. sensu praes. (v. Graff. II. 1005.); nog, anglo-sax. noh satis, ge-nug; hib. nasgaim "I bind, tye, chain", nas "a band, tie", v. Pictet p. 67.)

c. apa exuere. MAH. 3. 13309.: apanahye vāsam.

c. api vel pi induere. BHATT. 3. 47.: kavacam pinahya; MAH. 1. 759.: kuṇḍale...tasya kṣatriyayā pinaddhe; SAK. 10. 3. infr.: pinaddhenai 'tena valkalena priyamvadayā dṛḍham pīḍitā 'smi; 10. 10.: kusumam iva pinaddham pāṇḍupatrodareṇa; 146. 8-12.: mama...mandāramālā hariṇā pinaddhā.

c. ava induere, tegere. MAN. 6. 76.: carmāvanaddham (Schol. carmāchāditam).

c. ut id. RAGH. 17. 23.: muktāguṇonnaddham maulim. Cum ablat. se exuere, liberare aliquā re. salilād unnaddhum ex aquā se emergere. MAH. 3. 10116.: tataḥ prasannā pṛthivī...punar unnahya salilāt.

c. sam induere, cum loc. pers. SAK. 11. 15.: kusumam iva lobhanīyaṃ yauvanam aṅgeṣu sannaddham. Sibi induere. DR. 6. 19.: sannahyadhvaṃ sarva eve 'ndrakalyā mahānti cārūṇica daṃśanāni (sic cum ed. Calc. legendum pro daṃśitāni); M. 3. 14958.: samanahyanta kavacāni. Cum instr. se induere. BHATT. 17. 4.: samanahyaṃśca varmabhiḥ. Armare. BHATT. 15. 11.: samanātsīt sainyam. Absol. MAH. 2. 894.: samanahyaj jarāsandhaḥ kṣātran dharmam anusmaran. sannaddha loricatus, armatus. MEGH. 8.: tvayi sannaddhe (Schol. sajjībhūte udite vā upasthite vā).

c. sam praef. abhi id. abhisannaddha armatus. MAH. 3. 14883.

nahuSa nahuṣa

m. nom. propr. regis.

nAka nāka

m. coelum. RAGH. 1. 5. 15. 96.

nAga nāga

m. (a naga mons. s. a) 1) serpens (Wils.: A serpent in general, or especially the Spectacle snake, or Cobra Capella (Coluber Naga).) SU. 2. 8. BH. 10. 29. 2) elephantus. N. 13. 10.

nAgarika nāgarika

m. (a nagara s. ika) oppidanus, civis. UR. 82. 11.

nATya nāṭya

n. (a naṭa s. ya) repraesentatio, actio scenica. UR. 4. 17.

nADI nāḍī

f. 1) caulis. 2) fistula. 3) vena. 4) intestinum.

nAth nāth

1. P. 1) rogare, petere. NAIS'. 3. 25.: nāthanti ke nāma na lokanātham (Schol. yācante). 2) ATM. appetere, optare, c. gen. rei. PAN. II. 3. 55.: madhuno nāthate; BHATT. 8. 120.: dhṛtyā nāthasva. 3) aegrotum esse. YAGUR - V. (v. Westerg.): avatān (avatāt) mā nāthatāt. 4) dominari, imperare; v. nātha. (Cf. nādh. Huc vel ad nādh traxerim germ. vet. not "necessitas, tribulatio, angor"; anglosax. nead, neod; goth. nauthjan cogere, naudi-band necessitatis vinculum.)

[Page 193b]
nAtha nātha

m. (r. nāth s. a nisi anom. a r. s. tha v. nītha) dominus, tutor.

nAthavat nāthavat

(a praec. s. vat) domino, tutore praeditus. DR. 6. 15.

nAda nāda

m. (r. nad sonum edere, s. a) strepitus. N. 21. 5. SU. 1. 33.

nAdh nādh

1. P. A. i. q. nāth. RIGV. 118. 10.: nādhamānāḥ "opes desiderantes"; 110. 5.: upaman nādhamānāḥ "sufficientem sibi cibum optantes"; 109. 3.: iti nādhamānāḥ "sic precantes". (V. nāth.)

nAnA nānā

Indecl. (ut videtur, reduplicatio stirpis demonstr. na quae invenitur in fine pron. compp. ana ena producto a) multus, varius. H. 1. 19. BH. 11. 5.

nAndI nāndī

f. (r. nand s. ī) benedictio, a qua incipit prologus dramatum. UR. 1.

nApay nāpay

v. .

nApita nāpita

m. tonsor. HIT. 63. 6.

nAbhi nābhi

f. 1) modiolus rotae. 2) umbilicus. MEGH. 29.; 80. 3) moschus. (Germ. vet. naba f. modiolus rotae, nabalo m. umbilicus; gr. [greek] litteris transpositis e [greek] mutato [greek] in [greek] propter sequentem labialem, nisi ex [greek] [greek] ejecto [greek] praefixo [greek] sicut in [greek] [greek] ita lat. umbilicus e nubilicus vel u-nabilicus, sicut unguis ex u-naguis, v. nakha.)

nAma nāma

(accus. [greek] nāman) 1) Adv. nomine. H. 2. 1. SU. 1. 2. N. 1. 1. 18. 5. DR. 7. 9. 12. 2) particula interrog. N. 11. 4.; 12. 19.: nanu nāma; SAK. 51. 2. infr. et HIT. 75. 2.: ko nāma; N. 24. 10.

nAmatas nāmatas

Adv. (a nāman s. tas) nomine. N. 18. 5.

nAmadheya nāmadheya

m. (e nāman nomen et dheya a dhā ponere, s. ya ponendus) nomen. HIT. 4. 5.

nAman nāman

n. (ut videtur, a r. jñā s. man abjectā radicis litterā initiali, sicut in lat. nosco e gnosco, gr. [greek] v. jñā) nomen. SU. 3. 18. (Lat. nomen; goth. NAMAN, nom. namo, gen. namin-s, attenuato a in i, v. gr. comp. 140.; gr. O-NOMAT, praefixo [greek] mutato n in tenuem ejusdem organi, sicut in universum gr. suff. [greek] re- slav. imja, Them. imen e nimen, gen. imen-e, abjectā finali in nom. et acc. sicut in scr. nāma in goth. namo; scot. ainm; cambro-brit. env.)

nAmya nāmya

(a nāman s. ya) ut videtur, clarus, celeber, magni nominis, namhaft. DR. 4. 12.

nAyaka nāyaka

m. (a r. s. aka) dux. BH. 1. 7.

nAra nāra

n. (fortasse a r. snā abjecto s sicut in lat. natare) aqua. (Gr. [greek] madidus; neogr. [greek] aqua; lith. naras urinator, nardau demergor, submergor.)

nArada nārada

m. nom. pr. divini sapientis, dei Brahmae filii. BH. 10. 26. IN. 2. 14.

nArAca nārāca

m. sagitta ferrea. DR. 8. 6. A. 10. 20.

nArAyaNa nārāyaṇa

m. (e nāra et ayana mutato n in vi euphon. antecedentis r) cognomen dei Wischnus.

nArikera nārikera

m. -rī f. nux Indica, Cocosnufs.

nArI nārī

f. (a nara vir, productā mediā vocali et adjecto signo fem. ī) femina.

nAla nāla

m. n. caulis, praesertim loti. RAGH. 6. 13. 15. 52. (V. nālī et cf. nāḍī.)

nAlikera nālikera

m. i. q. nārikera. RAGH. 4. 42.

nAlI nālī

f. (a nāla signo fem. ī) i. q. nāla.

nAlIka nālīka

m. 1) sagitta. 2) jaculum, missile, pilum.

nAvya nāvya

(a nau s. ya) navigabilis. RAGH. 4. 31.

nAza nāśa

m. (r. naś perire, s. a) occasus, interitus, mors. BH. 2. 63. RAGH. 8. 87.

nAzana nāśana

(a Caus. radicis naś suff. ana) delens, exstinguens. BH. 16. 21. N. 12. 95.

nAzin nāśin

(r. naś perire, s. in) periens. BH. 2. 18. in composit. cum a priv.

nAs nās

1. A. (śabde K. dhvāne V.) sonare.

nAsatya nāsatya

m. Du. nāsatyau As'vini, v. aśvin. MAH. 1. 445.

nAsA nāsā

f. (fortasse a r. snā abjecto s, cf. nau; ita Vossius lat. nasus deducit a [greek] "quia per eum fluit humor") nasus. (Germ. vet. nasa f. id.; lith. nosis f.; lat. nasus; naris e nasis; slav. nos m.; fortasse gr. [greek] huc perti- net, ita ut insula a similitudine nasi appellata sit, sicut hibern. sron et nasum et promontorium significat. Sron autem cum sroth, sruth flumen, srothadh "sneezing" ad rad. sru fluere retulerim, unde sruta fluens, fluidus, srotas flumen; ad nāsā autem trahi posset hib. neas "a hill, a promontory".)

nAsikA nāsikā

f. (a praec. s. ika in fem.) nasus. BH. 6. 13.

nAstika nāstika

m. (e nāsti - na + asti - non est, substantive posito, s. ka) qui vitam futuram esse negat, qui brahmanicae religioni non addictus est. RAM. I. 52. 15.: nāstiko jāyate janaḥ.

ni ni

Praep. insep. deorsum, sub, de. (V. gr. 111. et cf. nostrum nie-der, germ. vet. ni-dar, quod suffixo compar. cum latinis praepp. prae-ter, prop-ter, sub-ter, in-ter, cum scr. an-tar, zend. nis-tare extra - a nis q. v. - convenit; v. gr. comp. 293. 294.)

niMs niṃs

2. A. (cumbane K. cumbe V.; scribitur nis gr. 110a).) osculari.

niH niḥ

v. nis.

niHzabda niḥśabda

(BAH. e nis et śabda strepitus) strepitūs expers, silens. N. 13. 6.

niHzeSa niḥśeṣa

(reliqui expers, BAH. e nis et śeṣa n. reliquum, residuum) totus, integer, universus. RAGH. 5. 1.

niHzreyasa niḥśreyasa

n. (melioris expers, quod ipsum optimum est, BAH. irregulare e nis et śreyas n. melius, adjecto a) beatitudo. BH. 5. 2.

niHzvAsa niḥśvāsa

m. (r. śvas praef. nis s. a) 1) spiritus, halitus. RAGH. 1. 43. 16. 43. 2) gemitus. N. 2. 2.

niHsaMzaya niḥsaṃśaya

(BAH. e nis ex et saṃśaya m. dubium) dubii expers. BR. 2. 30.

niHsapatna niḥsapatna

(BAH. e nis ex et sapatna m. inimicus) inimicorum expers. SU. 2. 26.

niHsAra niḥsāra

m. (r. sṛ praef. nis s. a) exitio, egressus. HIT. 124. 19.

nikaTa nikaṭa

(a ni s. kaṭa cf. utkaṭa) propinquus. AM.

nikara nikara

m. (r. kṝ praef. ni s. a) copia, multitudo. MAH. 1. 1496. BHAR. 1. 37. UR. 59. 2. infr.

[Page 195a]
nikaSa nikaṣa

m. (r. kaṣ praef. ni s. a) lapis Lydius. AM.

nikAya nikāya

m. (ut videtur, a r. ci servatā primitivā gutturali, s. a; cf. gr. 544.) 1) conventus, coetus, turba, multitudo. 2) domus, habitatio.

nikuJja nikuñja

m. n. (e kuñja q. v. praef. ni) virgultum. N. 12. 6.

nikumbha nikumbha

m. nom. pr. asuri. S. 1. 1.

nikRta nikṛta

v. kṛ.

nikRntana nikṛntana

m. (r. kṛnt praef. ni s. ana) qui findit. A. 3. 55.

niketa niketa

m. (r. kit habitare, praef. ni s. a) domus, habitatio. BH. 12. 19. RAGH. 8. 33. 14. 58.

nikS nikṣ

1. P. (cumbane K. cumbe V.) osculari.

c. pra (ad arbitrium praṇikṣ vel pranikṣ) id. BHATT. 9. 106.: praṇikṣiṣyati no bhūpaḥ.

nikSepa nikṣepa

m. (r. kṣip praef. ni dejicere, deponere, s. a) depositum, pignus, hypotheca. N. 20. 29. MAN. 8. 179.

nikhila nikhila

(BAH. e ni et khila n. vacuum, inane; fortasse ni hujus compositi ortum est e na non, attenuato a in i cf. akhila) totus, integer. R. Schl. I. 5. 4. -- Instr. nikhilena Adv. omnino, plane. R. Schl. I. 37. 4.

nigaDa nigaḍa

m. (r. gaḍ praef. ni s. a) vinculum, compes. SAK. 60. 2.

nigama nigama

m. (r. gam praef. ni s. a) 1) urbs. 2) forum 3) mercatura, mercatus, v. naigama.

nigraha nigraha

m. (a r. grah praef. ni cohibere, refrenare, s. a) coe7rcitio, refrenatio, oppressio. BH. 6. 34. RAGH. 11. 55. 12. 52.

nighAtin nighātin

Adj. (a Caus. radicis han praef. ni - nighātayāmi gr. 524. n. 4. - suff. in) sternens, prosternens, caedens, occidens, diruens. A. 7. 26.

nighna nighna

(r. han praef. ni s. a v. gr. 645.) alius arbitrio subjectus. RAGH. 14. 58.

nighnat nighnat

Part. praes. radicis han praef. ni q. v. DR. 5. 15.

nicaya nicaya

m. (r. ci colligere, s. a) acervus. N. 26. 19.

nicula nicula

m. (ut videtur, a r. cul praef. ni s. a) arboris genus (Wils. Barringtonia acutangula). UR. 59. 14.

[Page 195b]
nij nij

3. P. A. (śoce K. poṣe śuddhau V.) purificare, lavare; nutrire. (V. niñj et cf. hib. nighim "I wash", nighte "washed" = nikta; lat. ninguis, nix e nig-s, nivis e niguis, ninguo, ningo; graec. [greek] XEP-NIB, mutatā gutturali in labialem.)

c. nis lavare, abluere, purificare, lustrare. MAN. 5. 127.: adbhir nirṇiktam; RAGH. 17. 22.: toyanirṇiktapāṇayaḥ; MAN. 11. 189.: enasvibhir anirṇiktaiḥ.

nija nija

(r. jan praef. ni s. a v. gr. 645.) 1) innatus. RAGH. 3. 15. 2) indigena. HIT. 21. 1. 3) proprius; in recentioribus scriptis pronominum possessivorum vice fungitur; meus, tuus, suus, noster etc. UP. 3. et 87.: nijam suum; RAGH. 18. 27.: nije in suo.

niJj niñj

2. A. (scribitur nij gr. 110a).) i. q. nij.

nitamba nitamba

m. (r. tamb praef. ni s. a; fortasse ni in hoc comp. ortum est e na attenuato a in i ita ut nitamba proprie significet non se movens; cf. naga mons et v. nikhila) 1) collis. N. 12. 110. 2) nates, clunes. IN. 5. 10. RAGH. 4. 52. 6. 17.

nitambinI nitambinī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) pulchris clunibus praedita femina, [greek]. RITU-S. 1. 5.

nitarAm nitarām

Adv. (a ni s. tarām acc. fem. suff. comp. tara v. gr. 652. suff. tama tara) semper, in perpetuum. MR. 267. 5. CAUR. 42. RAGH. 1. 95. Lass. 58. 20. -- Cf. nitya.

nitAnta nitānta

v. tam praef. ni.

nitya nitya

(a praepos. ni s. tya v. gr. 652. et cf. nitarām) sempiternus. -- Acc. nityam Adv. semper. IN. 3. 10. 5. 61. H. 4. 10. BR. 3. 6. SU. 1. 31., v. gr. 652.

nityatva nityatva

n. (a nitya s. tva) aeternitas, perennitas, constantia, perseverantia. BH. 13. 11.

nityadA nityadā

(a nitya s. ) semper.

nityazas nityaśas

(a nitya s. śas) semper. N. 26. 14. 16.

nid nid

1. P. A. (kutsāyām K. sannidhau kutsane V.) 1) i. q. nind. 2) propinquum, prope esse. (V. nind et cf. gr. [greek] praef. [greek] goth. ga-naitja contumeliā afficio; germ. vet. nīd invidia.)

[Page 196a]
nidarzana nidarśana

n. (a Caus. r. dṛś s. ana) exemplum. RAGH. 8. 45.

nidAgha nidāgha

m. (r. dah praef. ni s. a mutato h in gh vel servato primitivo gh; cf. hib. daghaim uro) 1) aestus, calor. RAGH. 10. 5. 2) aestas. RAGH. 10. 84. RITU-S. 1. 1. et 65.

nidAna nidāna

n. (r. vel do s. na vel ana) causa principalis. RAGH. 3. 1.

nideza nideśa

m. (r. diś s. a) jussus, praeceptum, imperium, auctoritas. M. 19.

nidrA nidrā

f. (a r. drai dormire, praef. ni mutato ai in ā) somnus. H. 1. 4.

nidhana nidhana

m. (r. han cujus forma primitiva est dhan = gr. [greek] s. a; v. gr. 104.) mors, exitium. BR. 2. 2. N. 2. 17. BH. 3. 35. (Hib. nidh, nith "manslaughter, homicide, a battle"; v. r. han.)

nidhAna nidhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. ni deponere, s. ana) thesaurus, gaza. BH. 9. 18. 11. 38.

nidhi nidhi

m. (r. dhā praef. ni s. i nisi potius sine suffixo, attenuato ā in i) receptaculum, thesaurus, gaza. A. 6. 6. N. 24. 37.

ninAda nināda

m. (r. nad praef. ni s. a) sonus, stridor, strepitus. RAGH. 11. 15. RITU - S. 1. 25.

nind nind

1. P. interdum A. (scribitur nid gr. 110a).) 1) reprehendere, vituperare. RAM. II. 76. 92.: nindāmy ahaṅ karma kṛtam pitus tat; MAN. 8. 19.: nindārho yatra nindyate; MAH. 3. 15229.: anindyan nindate yo hi. 2) spernere. BH. 2. 36.: nindantas tava sāmarthyam. -- anindita non spretus. N. 12. 120. IN. 4. 15. (V. nid.)

c. prati reprehendere, vituperare. DR. 5. 18.: svabuddhim pratininditāsi.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 13700.: vinindan svam ātmānam.

nindA nindā

f. (r. nind s. ā) vituperium. BH. 12. 19.

ninv ninv

1. P. (seke; scribitur niv gr. 110a).) irrigare.

nipAta nipāta

m. (r. pat s. a) 1) actio decidendi, delabendi. A. 8. 6. 2) impetus. RAGH. 2. 60.

[Page 196b]
nipAtana nipātana

n. (a Caus. r. pat praef. ni s. ana) actio caedendi, occidendi. RAGH. 9. 49.

nipAtin nipātin

(r. pat praef. ni s. in) 1) decidens. UR. 87. 8. RAGH. 9. 40. 2) (a Caus.) cadere faciens, caedens, occidens. RAGH. 11. 21. N. 12. 93.

nipuNa nipuṇa

(r. puṇ praef. ni s. a) aptus, idoneus, habilis, peritus, doctus; v. naipuṇa naipuṇya.

nibandha nibandha

m. (r. bandh s. a) actio ligandi, constringendi. BH. 16. 5.

nibandhana nibandhana

n. (r. bandh praef. ni s. ana) causa. RAGH. 8. 51. UP. 11.

nibha nibha

(r. bhā splendere, praef. ni s. a) similis, in fine compp. H. 3. 9. V. sannibha.

nibhartsana nibhartsana

n. (r. bharts praef. ni s. ana) imminatio, comminatio. DR. 6. 20.

nimitta nimitta

n. (fortasse e nimita reduplicato t a r. vel mi praef. ni s. ta) 1) causa. Accus. adverb. (nimittam) praepositionis loco fungitur, ad exprimendum causā, propter (gr. 691.). N. 9. 34. 2) signum. N. 23. 5. 8. BH. 1. 31. N. 13. 20. 16. 26. 3) vestigium. HIT. 24. 16.

nimeSa nimeṣa

m. (r. miṣ s. a) nictatio. N. 5. 26. DR. 8. 9. -- nimeṣāt momento temporis. RAGH. 9. 63.

nimeSamAtra nimeṣamātra

n. (TATP. e praec. et mātra n. mensura) momentum. DR. 8. 9.

nimna nimna

(r. mnā praef. ni s. a) profundus. MAH. 2. 784.

nimnagA nimnagā

f. (e praec. et ga iens in fem.) fluvius. RAGH. 8. 8. 16. 61. (Cf. nomen fluminis Nemeni.)

niyata niyata

v. yam.

niyantR niyantṛ

m. (r. yam praef. ni s. tṛ) auriga. RAGH. 1. 17.

niyama niyama

m. (r. yam s. a) actio cohibendi, coe7rcendi, domandi, sedandi; votum. BR. 2. 24. SU. 2. 16. R. Schl. I. 8. 14. RAGH. 5. 8. UR. 43. 6. infr.

niyuta niyuta

m. n. (r. yu praef. ni s. ta) decem milliones. Cf. ayuta.

niyuddha niyuddha

n. (r. yudh praef. ni s. ta) singulare certamen. Lass. 48. 8.

niyoktR niyoktṛ

m. (r. yuj praef. ni s. tṛ) qui jubet, dominus. RAGH. 2. 56.; v. sq.

[Page 197a]
niyoga niyoga

m. (r. yuj s. a v. gr. 645. s. a) jussus, praeceptum. IN. 2. 22. 3. 5. 4. 17. H. 4. 5.

niyogatas niyogatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) jussu, propter jussum.

niyogin niyogin

m. (a niyoga s. in) imperio alcjs subjectus, famulus, minister. HIT. 61. 13. 62. 3. 6. 7.

nir nir

v. nis.

nirata nirata

v. ram.

nirantaram nirantaram

Adv. (AVY., gr. 675., e nis et antara intervallum, spatium interjectum) sine intervallo, simul, una. SU. 1. 4. De tempore statim, protinus. Lass. 9. 2.

nirapAya nirapāya

(BAH. e nis et apāya q. v.) deverticuli expers, non devius, infallibilis. N. 4. 19.

niraya niraya

m. (BAH. e nis et aya felicitas) tartarus. MAH. 1. 1825.

niravadyA niravadyā

f. (fem. a niravadya non humilis, non vilis, pulcher - BAH. e nis et avadya n.q.v.) pulchritudo. IN. 5. 11.

nirAbAdha nirābādha

vel nirāvādha m. (BAH. e nis et ābādha vel āvādha vexatio, turbatio, perturbatio) vacuus a vexatione, turbatione; securus. H. 4. 12.

nirAmaya nirāmaya

(BAH. e nis et āmaya m. morbus) vacuus a morbo, incolumis, salvus, felix. IN. 3. 8. H. 1. 41.

nirAzis nirāśis

(BAH. e nis et āśis spes, v. gr. 192. et 210.) vacuus a spe. BH. 3. 30. 4. 21.

nirAsvAda nirāsvāda

(BAH. e nis e āsvāda m. sapor) saporis expers, non amoenus, insuavis, injucundus. H. 1. 20.

nirIha nirīha

(BAH. e nis et īhā) vacuus a desiderio, a nisu, ab appetitu. HIT. 10. 25.

nirIhatA nirīhatā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstract. praecedentis. HIT. 37.

nirudyoga nirudyoga

(BAH. e nis et udyoga m. negotium, opera, labor) negotiorum, laborum expers. SU. 4. 3.

nirudvigna nirudvigna

v. vij praef. ut praef. nis.

nirUpaNa nirūpaṇa

n. (r. rūp praef. ni s. ana v. gr. 94a).) exploratio, investigatio. HIT. 48. 1.

nirRti nirṛti

f. (e nis et ṛti felicitas) infortunium, calamitas. MAH. 1. 3559.

nirgharSaNa nirgharṣaṇa

n. (r. ghṛṣ praef. nis s. ana) frictio, tritus.

[Page 197b]
nirgharSaNaka nirgharṣaṇaka

(a praec. s. ka) fricans, terens. HIT. 55. 6.

nirghAta nirghāta

n. (Caus. r. han praef. nis - nirghātayāmi gr. 524. - suff. a) impetus venti. IN. 1. 5.

nirghoSa nirghoṣa

m. (r. ghuṣ praef. nis s. a) strepitus. N. 21. 3. 8.

nirjhara nirjhara

m. (fortasse a r. gṝ mutato g in jh praef. nis s. a) catarrhacta. N. 12. 8.

nirNaya nirṇaya

m. (r. praef. nis s. a) inquisitio, investigatio, exploratio. MR. 294. 6. HIT. 72. 4.

nirNejana nirṇejana

n. (r. nij praef. nis s. ana) purificatio, lustratio, expiatio. MAN. 3. 209.

nirdaya nirdaya

(BAH. e nis et dayā) immisericors, crudelis, vehemens. RAGH. 19. 32. nirdayam Adv. crudeliter, vehementer. RAGH. 11. 84. HIT. 27. 21.

nirdeza nirdeśa

m. (r. diś praef. nis s. a) designatio, descriptio. BH. 17. 23.

nirnAtha nirnātha

Adj. (BAH. e nis et nātha dominus, tutor) domini, tutoris expers.

nirnAthatA nirnāthatā

f. (a praec. s. ) ejus, qui domini, tutoris expers est, status. N. 13. 35.

nirbandha nirbandha

m. (e nis et bandha) pertinacia, importunitas. RAGH. 5. 21. 14. 32. SAK. 48. 4. infr.

nirbhara nirbhara

(BAH. e nis et bhara q. v.) immodicus. nirbharam Adv. ultra modum. HIT. 29. 13.: nirbharam āliṅgya; 50. 2.: nirbharam prasuptaḥ.

nirmama nirmama

(BAH. e nis et mama mei, gen. pron. primae pers., qui hac in compp. substantivi vim habet, sensu cupiditas, aviditas) liber a sui cupiditate, aviditate. BH. 2. 71. RAGH. 15. 28.

nirmala nirmala

(vacuus a luto, a sordibus, BAH. e nis et mala lutum, sordes) purus, mundus. IN. 5. 18.

nirmalatva nirmalatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) puritas. BH. 14. 6.

nirmAna nirmāna

n. (r. praef. nis s. ana) effectio, creatio. R. Schl. I. 26. 17.

nirmoka nirmoka

m. (r. muc praef. nis s. a) anguina pellis. RAGH. 16. 17.

niryAsa niryāsa

m. (r. yas praef. nis s. a nisi adjecto s suff. a) resina. RAGH. 1. 38.

[Page 198a]
nirvANa nirvāṇa

(r. praef. nis) 1) (suff. na) Part. pass. v. 2. praef. nis. 2) (suff. ana) exstinctio. HIT. 62. 6. 31. 5.; BH. 2. 72. 5. 24.: brahmanirvāṇam exstinctio in summo numine, quā quis coalescit cum numine supremo. 3) delectatio, oblectatio. SAK. 45. 13.: labdhan netranirvāṇam.

nirvApana nirvāpana

n. (Caus. r. praef. nis s. ana) 1) exstinctio. SAK. 51. 2. infr. 2) refrigeratio. SAK. 43. 11.

nirviNNa nirviṇṇa

v. vid praef. nis.

nirvRti nirvṛti

f. (r. vṛ praef. nis s. ti) 1) laetitia, voluptas. N. 22. 3. RAGH. 9. 37. 2) temeritas, audacia. HIT. 110. 20.

nirveda nirveda

m. 1) (a r. vid praef. ni s. a) humilitas. Lass. 71. 2.; modestia, pudor, sui contemptus. UP. 24. R. Schl. I. 55. 10.; v. vid praef. nis. 2) (BAH. e nis et veda scientia) ignorantia. BH. 2. 52.

nil nil

1. P. (gahane) densum, impervium esse.

nilaya nilaya

m. (r. praef. ni s. a) domus, habitatio. RAGH. 2. 15. Cf. ālaya.

nivarhana nivarhana

vel nibarhaṇa m. (r. varh vel barh cl. 10. ferire, occidere, s. ana) feritor, occisor, exstinctor, in fine compp. IN. 1. 1. A. 10. 55.

nivasana nivasana

n. (r. vas praef. vi s. ana) vestis. RAGH. 19. 41.

nivaha nivaha

m. (r. vah praef. ni s. a) multitudo, copia. BHAR. 3. 42.

nivAta nivāta

(e ni sub et vāta ventus) qui sub vento est, ideo vento non expositus, non ventosus, quietus, tranquillus. BH. 6. 19. 2) securus, firmus; v. sq.

nivAtakavaca nivātakavaca

m. (securam loricam habens, bene loricatus BAH. e praec. et kavaca lorica) nomen Dānavorum stirpis. A. 5. 10.

nivApa nivāpa

m. (r. vap praef. ni s. a) donum sacrificale, quod Manibus datur, libatio Manibus facta. RAGH. 5. 8. 8. 61. et 85. 16. 91.

nivAraNa nivāraṇa

(r. vṛ cl. 10. praef. ni s. ana) 1) qui arcet, in fine compp. A. 10. 70. 2) n. actio arcendi. N. 7. 10.

[Page 198b]
nivAsa nivāsa

m. (r. vas habitare, s. a) domus, habitatio. H. 4. 29. BH. 11. 25. 37.

niviDa niviḍa

(ut videtur, intervallum non habens, e ni pro na non - v. nikhila - et viḍa pro vila v. Wils.) spissus, densus, arctus. RAGH. 9. 58. 11. 15. 19. 44.

nivRtta nivṛtta

v. vṛt praef. ni.

nivRttakRSigorakSa nivṛttakṛṣigorakṣa

(BAH. e nivṛtta evanidus et comp. DVANDV. e kṛṣin arator et gorakṣa bubulcus) evanidos aratores et bubulcos habens. SU. 2. 24.

nivRttadevakArya nivṛttadevakārya

(BAH. e nivṛtta evanidus et devakārya n.deva deus et kārya n. faciendum, officium) evanidum deorum cultum, evanidas res divinas vel sacras ceremonias habens. SU. 2. 23.

nivRttavipaNApaNa nivṛttavipaṇāpaṇa

(BAH. e nivṛtta evanidus et DVANDV. e vipaṇa venditio et āpaṇa forum) evanidas venditiones et fora habens. SU. 2. 23.

nivRttayajJasvAdhyAya nivṛttayajñasvādhyāya

(BAH. e nivṛtta evanidus et DVANDV. e yajña sacrificium et svādhyāya q. v.) evanida sacrificia et Vedorum lectiones habens. SU. 2. 22.

nivRtti nivṛtti

f. (r. vṛt praef. ni interire, s. ti) interitus, occasus, cessatio. BH. 16. 7.

niveza niveśa

m. (r. viś intrare, praef. ni s. a) 1) introitus, ingressio. SU. 2. 26. 2) castra. RAGH. 5. 49.

nivezana niveśana

n. (r. viś praef. ni s. ana) 1) introitus, ingressio. 2) domus, domicilium, sedes. IN. 3. 2. BR. 1. 3.

niz niś

1. 1. P. (samādhau K. śīle V.) cogitare, meditari.

niz niś

2. f. (Nom. nik ut videtur, a śī dormire praef. ni abjecto ī; v. niśītha) nox. IN. 5. 18. H. 1. 3.

nizA niśā

f. (v. niś niśītha) id. N. 13. 61. BH. 2. 69.

nizAkara niśākara

m. (noctem faciens, e niśā et kara faciens) luna. N. 16. 14.

nizAcara niśācara

m. (nocte iens, e niśā et cara iens) nomen Rākschasorum.

nizAnta niśānta

n. (r. śam praef. ni s. ta) domus. RAGH. 16. 40.

nizApati niśāpati

m. (noctis dominus, e niśā et pati) luna. AM.

nizita niśita

v. śo praef. ni.

[Page 199a]
nizItha niśītha

m. (r. śī praef. ni s. tha) nox. MAH. 1. 4275.

nizcaya niścaya

m. (r. ci praef. nis s. a) 1) decisio, judicium, dijudicatio. BR. 2. 27. 29. BH. 18. 4. 2) consilium, decretum, institutum, sententia. SA. 7. 6. BH. 2. 37. 3) certum, veritas. N. 19. 8. -- Instr. niścayena Adv. certe.

nizcala niścala

(KARM. e nis et cala se movens) immotus. BH. 2. 53.

nizcita niścita

v. ci praef. nis.

nizceSTa niśceṣṭa

(BAH. e nis et ceṣṭa) motionis, nisūs expers, immobilis, immotns. -- Acc. niśceṣṭam Adv. A. 3. 40.

niSaGga niṣaṅga

m. (r. sañj praef. ni s. a) pharetra. RAGH. 2. 30.

niSaGgin niṣaṅgin

m. (a praec. s. in) pharetrā instructus. RAGH. 7. 53.

niSadha niṣadha

m. pl. Nischadhi, nomen regionis (Wils. a country in the south-east division of India). N. 1. 3. 27.

niSAda niṣāda

m. (r. sad praef. ni s. a) i.q. kirāta. RAGH. 14. 52. et 70.

niSAdin niṣādin

(r. sad praef. ni s. in) sedens. RAGH. 1. 52. 4. 20.

niSUdana niṣūdana

n. (r. sūd occidere, praef. ni - v. gr. 80. - suff. ana) occisor, in fine compp. N. 2. 23.

niSk niṣk

10. A. (parimāṇe K. māne V. Denom. esse videtur, a sq.) pendere, metiri.

niSka niṣka

m. n. (fortasse a praep. nis suff. ka cf. utka) 1) pondus quoddam auri. HIT. 104. 9. 2) pectoris ornamentum. R. Schl. I. 6. 9.

niSkraya niṣkraya

m. (r. krī praef. nis s. a) pretium. RAGH. 2. 55. 5. 22. 15. 55.

niSThA niṣṭhā

f. (r. sthā praef. ni v. gr. 80.) 1) sedes, habitatio (cf. pariṇiṣṭhā). BH. 18. 50. 2) status, conditio, agendi, vivendi ratio. BH. 3. 3. 5. 17. 17. 1. 3) finis, extremum; interitus, v. naiṣṭhika.

niSThIvana niṣṭhīvana

n. (r. ṣṭhīv praef. ni s. ana) actio spuendi, exspuendi. BHAR. 1. 91.

niSThura niṣṭhura

(r. sthā praef. ni s. ura) durus, asper, atrox. RAGH. 3. 62. 8. 64. HIT. 100. 14.

niSThyUta niṣṭhyūta

v. ṣṭhiv ṣṭhīv praef. ni.

[Page 199b]
niSNAta niṣṇāta

v. snā praef. ni.

niSpanda niṣpanda

(ut mihi videtur, BAH. e nis et obsoleto subst. spanda abjectā praepositionis sibilante et mutato radicis s in quanquam vulgo haec radix litteram s immutatam retinet. Scribitur etiam nispanda quod Wils. sicut niṣpanda a rad. pad praefixo nis deducit; nis + pad autem proprie egredi significaret et r. pad insertam nasalem non admittit) immotus. RAGH. 6. 40. 15. 37. R. Schl. I. 55. 15.

niSpanna niṣpanna

v. pad praef. nis.

niSpiSTa niṣpiṣṭa

v. piṣ praef. ni.

nis nis

Praep. insep. ex. (Cf. hib. particulas negativas nis, nios, nir, nior et v. composita ut niḥśabda.)

nisarga nisarga

m. (r. sṛj praef. ni s. a) 1) natura, indoles. RAGH. 3. 35. 6. 29. 2) jussus. SA. 1. 15.

nistAra nistāra

m. (r. tṝ praef. nis s. a) actio gratiam referendi, rependendi. HIT. 99. 18.

nisvana nisvana

m. (r. svan praef. ni s. a) sonitus, strepitus. IN. 2. 11. N. 21. 34.

nihata nihata

v. han praef. ni.

nihantR nihantṛ

m. (r. han praef. ni s. tṛ) occisor. A. 1. 7.

nihita nihita

v. dhā praef. ni.

nI

1. P. A. 1) ducere. H. 4. 7.: nayiṣyāmi tvām adya yamasādanam; Lass. 45. 8.: tām...svagṛhan ninye; SU. 2. 20. R. Schl. I. 42. 20. Secum ducere. R. Schl. II. 30. 19.: mām vanan na cen nayiṣyasi viṣam pāsyāmi. -- netum vaśam in potestatem redigere. RAGH. 8. 19.: anayat...vaśam eko nṛpatīn anantarān. 2) abducere. R. Schl. I. 22. 4.: na rāman netum arhasi. 3) ferre, portare. M. 14.: uddhṛtyā 'liñjarāt...tam matsyam anayad vāpīm mahatīm; ibd. 18. 20. 22. 23. 24.; H. 3. 5.: āruhe 'mām mama śroṇīn neṣyāmi tvām vihāyasā. 4) de tempore traducere, transigere. RAGH. 1. 33.: kālaṃ sa nināya; 1. 95.: kuśaśayane niśān nināya. Caus. portandum curare. MAN. 5. 104.: na vipram...mṛtaṃ śūdreṇa nāpayet (nāpayet pro nāyayet sicut e. c. māpayāmi a gr. 521.). (Cf. gr. [greek] lith. neszu; slav. nesū fero, adjectā sibilante, cf. fut. neṣyāmi.)

c. anu 1) propitiare, reonciliare, placare. RAGH. 5. 54.: kruddho mayā 'nunītaḥ praṇatena; 19. 38.: parāṅmukhīr nā 'nunetum abalāḥ sa tatvare; 19. 43.: anvanaiṣur avadhūtavigrahās tan durutsahaviyogam aṅganā; Lass. 45.: tāṃ sukomalavacanair anunīya. -- anunīta jucundus, gratus. UR. 51. 7. 2) rogare, supplicare. R. Schl. I. 8. 20.: na gacchema ṛṣer bhītā anuneṣyanti tan nṛpam. 3) suadere. MAH. 1. 3528.: bhavato 'nunayāmy evam purū rājye 'bhiṣicyatām; RAM. II. 47. 46.: anunītā 'smi rāmeṇa. 4) dare, tradere. MAH. 1. 6481.: anuneṣyāmy aham vidyāṃ svayan tubhyam.

c. anu praef. prati recusare, c. acc. pers. MAH. 1. 776.: etat pratyanunaye bhavantāv aśvinau.

c. apa abducere, removere. H. 4. 33.: apanetuñca yatito nacai 'va śakito mayā; R. Schl. II. 83. 9.: dṛṣṭa eva hi naḥ śokam apaneṣyati rāghavaḥ. Abjicere. RAGH. 4. 64.: apanītaśirastrāṇāḥ śeṣās taṃ śaraṇaṃ yayuḥ.

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 1. 6017. R. Schl. II. 10. 37.

c. abhi adducere. RIGV. 42. 8.: abhi sūyavasan (suyavasam) naya (naḥ) "bono gramine insignem ad locum duc nos"; MAH. 3. 769.: śaro jyām abhinīyamānaḥ.

c. ā 1) adducere. H. 2. 12. N. 16. 3. 2) afferre, apportare. N. 20. 4.: enam me paṭam ānayatām iha; SA. 5. 78.: agnim ānayitve 'ha (pro ānīya). Caus. adducendum curare. IN. 5. 54.: ānāyya tanayam; N. 8. 11.: sūtam ānāyayāmāsa puruṣair āptakāribhiḥ. R. Schl. I. 4. 25. RAGH. 12. 12. MAH. 1. 2974. -- ānāpayitum pro ānāyayitum R. Schl. II. 14. 21. (v. simpl.)

c. ā praef. sam + abhi adducere. MAH. 3. 10656.: vandiṃ samabhyānaya matsakāśam.

c. ā praef. upa afferre, apportare. R. Schl. I. 19. 22.: annam upānītam; M. 10.

c. ā praef. sam + upa adducere, congregare. MAH. 1. 7460.: mantrāya samupānītās te.

c. ā praef. pari circumducere. MAH. 2. 2685.: ko nu tām...sabhāmadhye paryānayet.

c. ā praef. prati reducere. MAH. 2. 2475.: tūrṇam pratyānayasvai 'tān.

c. ā praef. sam 1) adducere. SA. 6. 6. N. 18. 17. 2) afferre, apportare. SU. 4. 7.: samānīteṣu tatra vai varāsaneṣu. 3) congregare. SU. 3. 13. et 18.

c. ut sursum ducere. MAH. 1. 3103.: putra unnayati yamakṣayāt.

c. upa 1) adducere. N. 26. 35.: damayantīm upānayat (nisi hoc compositum ex upa + ā + anayat. 2) afferre, offerre. MAN. 3. 228.: upanīya tu tat sarvam; MR. 275. 20.: āryasyā "sanam upanaya; RAGH. 10. 53.: upanītan tad annam pratyagrahīn nṛpaḥ; R. Schl. II. 54.: upānayata dharmātmā gām arghyam udakan tathā. 3) ATM. sacro filo cingere. MAN. 2. 69.: upanīya guruḥ śiṣyam; 2. 140.: upunīya tu yaḥ śiṣyam vedam adhyāpayed dvijaḥ; RAGH. 3. 29.: upanītam...vininyur enaṅ guravo gurupriyam.

c. nis 1) educere. HIT. 73. 22.: kim vā durjanaceṣṭitan na vā ity etad vyavahārān nirṇetun na śakyate. 2) exquirere, invenire, explorare, cognoscere, herausbringen (v. nirṇaya). HIT. 101. 16.: purāvṛttakathodgāraiḥ kathan nirṇīyate paraḥ; 94. 9.: nirṇīya śubhalagnam.

c. parā abducere, asportare, auferre. MR. 315. 1. infr.: parāṇayāmi etaṃ laghum.

c. pari 1) circumducere. agnim pariṇetum circum ignem ducere alquam matrimonii causā. R. Schl. II. 42. 8.: agṛhṇāṃ yacca te pāṇim agnim paryaṇayañca yat. 2) uxorem ducere in matrimonium. BR. 1. 26.: mantravat pariṇīya; HIT. 63. 1.: enāṅ gandharvavivāhena pariṇayatu bhavān. 3) explorare, cognoscere. MAN. 7. 122.: teṣām vṛttam pariṇayet samyag rāṣṭreṣu taccaraiḥ. (V. nirṇī.)

c. pra 1) producere, proferre, afferre. RAGH. 14. 67.: dharmo manunā praṇītaḥ. -- daṇḍam praṇetum punire, castigare, c. loc. vel gen. MAN. 7. 20.: yadi na praṇayed rājā daṇḍam daṇḍyeṣu; 8. 238.: na tatra praṇayed daṇḍan nṛpatiḥ paśurakṣiṇām; 7. 31.: praṇetuṃ śakyate daṇḍam. 2) amare, favere. N. 4. 2.: praṇayasva (v. praṇaya).

c. pra praef. sam id. sgf. 1. MAH. 2. 2126.: yaśaḥ sampraṇītam; MAN. 7. 16.: tam (daṇḍam)...yathārhataḥ sampraṇayen nareṣu.

c. prati reducere. R. Schl. II. 98. 22.: nau...gṛhāya pratiṇeṣyati.

c. vi 1) abducere, amovere. R. Schl. II. 69. 3.: āyāsam vinayiṣyantaḥ; RAGH. 2. 49.: śakyo 'sya manyur bhavatā vinetum; 5. 72. et 9. 71.: vinītanidra. 2) educare, instruere. RAGH. 3. 29.: vininyur enaṅ guravaḥ; MAH. 3. 12585.: śūrān astreṣu...vinayet. -- vinīta submissus, modestus. N. 26. 30.: vinītaiḥ paricārakaiḥ; RAGH. 10. 13.: upasthitam prāñjalinā vinītena garutmatā; domitus de bestiis. MAN. 4. 67.: nā 'vinītair vrajed dhuryaiḥ; 68.: vinītais tu vrajet (dhuryaiḥ); RAGH. 14. 75.: tapasvisaṃsargavinītasatve tapovane.

nIca nīca

(fem. -cī correptum e nyaca nyacī; a rad. añc praef. ni suff. a v. nyac) humilis; transl. vilis, pravus. N. 21. 14.: raho 'nīcānuvartī; Lass. 1. 3.: prārabhyate nakhalu vighnabhayena nīcaiḥ.

nIcaga nīcaga

(e praec. et ga iens) humiliter iens, de flumine, tenui aquā fluens.

nIDa nīḍa

m. n. nidus. (Lat. nīdus, hib. nead, cambro-brit. nyth, germ. et anglo-sax. nest.)

nIti nīti

f. (r. s. ti) 1) ductus, ductio. 2) vitae ratio, mores. 3) doctrina de moribus, Ethica. HIT. 3. 4.

nItha nītha

m. (r. s. tha) dux. V. nātha.

nIpa nīpa

m. nomen arboris (Nauclea cadamba).

nIra nīra

n. (ut videtur, e nāra attenuato ā in ī) aqua.

nIrajaska nīrajaska

(BAH. e nis et rajas adjecto suff. ka v. gr. 665.) liber a pulvere. R. Schl. I. 24. 4.

nIrava nīrava

(BAH. e nis et rava) soni expers. RAGH. 8. 57.

nIrasa nīrasa

(BAH. e nis et rasa) saporis expers, insipidus. UR.

[Page 201b]
nIrAjana nīrājana

n. (r. rāj praef. nis s. ana) lustratio; v. sq.

nIrAjanA nīrājanā

f. (fem. praec.) id. RAGH. 4. 25. 17. 12.

nIl nīl

1. P. nigrum, violaceum, caeruleum, lividum esse; colore nigro etc. afficere. V. sq.

nIla nīla

(r. nīl s. a nisi potius nīl Denom. a nīla hoc autem a niś nox suff. la abjecto ś et producto i; cf. lat. niger, Them. nigru, quod e nic-ru explicari potest, mutatā tenui in mediam; v. Benfey. II. 57.) niger, caeruleus, violaceus; lividus. H. 1. 37. 4. 29. N. 16. 17.

nIlakaNTha nīlakaṇṭha

m. (nigrum vel violaceum collum habens, BAH. e praec. et kaṇṭha collum) 1) pavo. UR. 59. 15. 2) nomen dei Sivi.

nIlamaNi nīlamaṇi

m. (BAH. e nīla et maṇi) sapphirus.

nIlinI nīlinī

f. (a nīla s. in adjecto signo fem. ī) Indigofera tinctoria.

nIlI nīlī

f. (a nīla signo fem. ī) id.

nIv nīv

1. P. (sthaulye) magnum, crassum, corpulentum, turgidum esse.

nIvara nīvara

m. oryza sylvestris. RAGH. 1. 50.

nIvI nīvī

f. vestimentum, quo feminarum medium corpus tegitur, feminalia. RAGH. 7. 9. MEGH. 69.

nIhAra nīhāra

m. (ut videtur, a r. hṛ praef. ni producto i s. a) pruina. H. 4. 40. R. Schl. I. 55. 25. RAGH. 7. 57.

nu nu

1. 2. P. naumi vel navīmi (gr. 350.) laudare. NALOD. 1. 30.: indirājātanutaḥ; BHATT. 14. 112.: nīlan nunāva. (Cf. lat. nu-men.)

nu nu

2. particula interrogativa, quae praecipue invenitur post kim ejusque derivata, et post negationem na. H. 2. 32. N. 12. 28. 29. 98. 19. 26. 22. 13. 11. 4. (Lat. num, v. gr. comp. 370.)

nud nud

6. P. A. nudāmi nude part. pass. nunna 1) mittere, agere, impellere, incitare. DR. 8. 24.: sūtasya nudato vāhān. 2) depellere, removere, repellere. RAGH. 6. 68.: saśayam asya...nunoda; MAH. 3. 1341.: eno rājā nudate yajñaiḥ. -- Caus. agere, pellere, incitare, e. c. equos. A. 6. 17.: tān hayān anodayat; N. 19. 23.: te nodyamānāḥ...hayottamāḥ.

c. apa depellere, repellere, removere. BH. 2. 8.: na hi prapaśyāmi mamā 'panudyād yac chokam.

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 3. 10695.: alakṣmīm vyapanotsyatha.

c. ā praef. apa id. MAN. 11. 102.: pāpam vratair ebhir apānudet; MAH. 3. 16973.: purandarasya buddhim etām vyapānuda.

c. ā praef. vi id. MAH. 4. 1319.

c. nis nirṇudāmi nirṇude (gr. 94b).) 1) id. R. Schl. I. 13. 40.: nirṇudan pāpam ātmanaḥ. 2) repudiare, fastidire, rejicere. MAN. 4. 250.: payo māṃsaṃ śākañcai 'va na nirṇudet.

c. pra praṇudāmi praṇude (gr. 94b).) i. q. simpl. A. 6. 18.: tena teṣām praṇunnānām (hayānām); 10. 56.: gāṇḍīvāstrapraṇunnāṃs tān gatāsūn...dṛṣṭvā.

c. pra praef. sam id. MAH. 3. 377.

c. vi Caus. abigere, pellere, depellere. GITA-GOV. 10. 13.: tāpam vinodaya. 2) exhilarare, animum relazare. UR. 16. 12.: kene 'dānīm ātmānam vinodayāmi; RAGH. 14. 77.: vinodayiṣyanti...munikanyakās tvām; MAH. 3. 46.: rājānan tu te haṃsamadhurasvarāḥ āśvāsayanto viprāgryāḥ kṣapāṃ sarvām vyanodayan.

c. sam Caus. agere, pellere, impellere. N. 20. 42.: hayottamān...nalaḥ sannodayāmāsa.

nunna nunna

v. nud.

nU

6. P. nuvāmi i. q. nu.

nUtana nūtana

(a nava correpto in s. tana) novus, recens, juvenis. HIT. 77. 7.

nUnam nūnam

fortasse, forsitan; sane, certe. N. 8. 17. 13. 22. 33. 38. 21. 33. H. 1. 45.

nUpura nūpura

m. n. ornamentum, quod feminae in pedibus gerunt. UR. 30. 7. infr.

nR nṛ

m. vir, homo. BR. 2. 34. IN. 3. 7. (Proprium Them. est nar - gr. min. 124. - cui respondet gr. ANEP, praefixo a. V. nara.)

nRt nṛt

4. P. interdum A. saltare. IN. 2. 31.: etāścā 'nyāśca na- nṛtus tatra. MAH. 1. 5187.: nanarta tan dṛṣṭvā nṛtyamānam.

c. ā Caus. agitare, commovere. RAGH. 5. 42.: marudbhir nartitanaktamāle.

c. upa coram aliquo saltare, c. acc. R. Schl. II. 91. 45.: upānṛtyas tu bharatam.

c. pari circum aliquem saltare. MAH. 2. 2532.: duḥśāsanas tam parinṛtyati.

nRtta nṛtta

n. (r. nṛt s. ta) saltatio. Lass. 39. 11.

nRtya nṛtya

n. (r. nṛt s. ya) id. IN. 3. 6. SU. 4. 8.

nRpa nṛpa

m. (viros, homines regens, e nṛ et pa) princeps, rex. IN. 2. 14.

nRpati nṛpati

m. (e nṛ et pati dominus) 1) virorum dominus. 2) dominus, rex in universum. N. 12. 35.

nRloka nṛloka

m. (TATP. e nṛ et loka mundus) hominum mundus, i. e. terra. IN. 3. 7.

nRzaMsa nṛśaṃsa

(homines vulnerans, occidens, e nṛ et śaṃsa a rad. śaṃs vulnerare, occidere, suff. a) 1) Adj. improbus, scelestus. BR. 1. 24. HIT. 123. 17. 2) m. scelus. BR. 1. 33. N. 29. 3.

netR netṛ

m. (r. s. tṛ) dux. N. 12. 128.

netra netra

n. (r. ducere, s. tra) oculus. Cf. nayana.

netramuS netramuṣ

Adj. (e praec. et muṣ furans) oculos furans, rapiens. IN. 1. 7. cf. N. 5. 7.

ned ned

1. P. V. nid.

nediSTha nedIyas nediṣṭha nedīyas

v. gr. 251.

nepathya nepathya

n. 1) vestis splendida, pretiosa. RAGH. 6. 6. 14. 9. 2) postscenium.

nemi nemi

f. rotae orbis. RAGH. 1. 17.

neS neṣ

1. A. (gatau) ire, se movere.

naika naika

(e na non et eka unus) varius, multus. N. 12. 37.

naigama naigama

m. (a nigama s. a) mercator. UR. 59. 16., v. append. p. 22.

naipuNa naipuṇa

n. (a nipuṇa s. a) dexteritas, habilitas, ingenium; peritia, cognitio, doctrina, disciplina. N. 15. 3.

naipuNya naipuṇya

n. (a nipuṇa s. ya) id. SA. 3. 21.

[Page 203a]
nairAzya nairāśya

n. (a nirāśa vacuus a spe - nis + āśā - suff. ya) vacuitas a spe. HIT. 32. 17.

nairRta nairṛta

(a nirṛti quod nom. pr. esse dicitur, s. a) I. subst. m. 1) daemon, malus genius. 2) Nom. pr. Genii, qui plagae ad Africum sitae praeest. AM. II. Adj. nirriticus. A. 4. 30.

nairRtI nairṛtī

f. (a praec. adjecto signo fem. ī) plaga ad Africum sita.

naiza naiśa

(f. -śī a niś vel niśā s. a) nocturnus. UR. 6. 13.

naiSadha naiṣadha

(a niṣadha s. a) Nischadhensis, Nischadhis natus, cognomen Nali.

naiSkarmya naiṣkarmya

n. (a niṣkarman actionis expers - BAH. e nis ex et karman actio, opus, euph. r. 79. - suff. ya) vacuitas ab actione, otium. BH. 3. 4. 18. 49.

naiSkRtika naiṣkṛtika

(a niṣkṛta vacuus ab opere s. ika) operum expers, otiosus. BH. 18. 28.

naiSThika naiṣṭhika

(f. ī a niṣṭhā finis, extremum, s. ika) extremus, ultimus, supremus. BH. 5. 12. RAGH. 8. 25.

naiSThurya naiṣṭhurya

n. (a niṣṭhura s. ya) duritia, animus durus. HIT. 25. 8.

no no

(e na et u q. v.) non. HIT. 108. 12. Lass. 41. 15. 77. 2. Praesertim sequente cet. HIT. 18. 18. UP. 76. Lass. 7. 13.

nau nau

f. (fortasse a r. snā abjecto s) navis. H. 1. 3. (Gr. [greek] lat. navis; anglo-sax. naca; germ. vet. nacho, mutato v formarum nāvam nāvā etc. in gutturalem, v. gr. comp. parpar. 19. 124.; hib. naoi, noi a lat. navis deduci potest.)

naukA naukā

f. (a praec. s. ka in fem.) navis. M. 36.

naubandhana naubandhana

n. (e nau navis et bandhana ligatio) nomen Himavantis montis cacuminis. M. 49.

nyagrodha nyagrodha

m. Ficus indica. H. 1. 24.

nyaGku nyaṅku

m. capreae species. DR. 4. 15.

nyac nyac

(nyaṅ nīcī nyak r. añc praef. ni; v. gr. 196.) brevis, humilis, vilis; v. nīca.

nyAya nyāya

m. (r. i ire, praef. ni s. a - ni + ai + a) decentia, convenientia, decorum, apta ratio. N. 12. 69. AVY.

nyAyya nyāyya

(a praec. s. ya) conveniens, justus, meritus. N. 6. 6.

nyAsa nyāsa

m. (r. as deponere praef. ni suff. a) 1) actio deponendi, exuendi. SA. 2. 23. 2) depositum. BR. 1. 29. UP. 70.

[Page 2031]
pa pa

Adj. in fine comp. (r. s. a) 1) bibens. IN. 2. 6. 2) regens, e. c. nṛpa adhipa.

paMz paMs paṃś paṃs

10. P. (scribitur paś pas gr. 110a).) destruere, perdere.

pakS pakṣ

1. et 10. P. (parigrahe) amplecti, capere, accipere. (Huc trahi posset goth. faha capio, nostrum fange.)

pakSa pakṣa

m. 1) latus. BH. 14. 25. 2) etiam neut. ala. RAGH. 12. 102. 3) dimidia pars mensis. HIT. 23. 14. 4) in compos. cum vocibus, quae comam significant, copia, multitudo. 5) amicus, assecla. UR. 10. 17. (V. pakṣin et cf. lith. pauksz-tis avis; goth. fug-ls id.; nostrum Vogel; fortasse lat. passer e paxer.)

pakSin pakṣin

m. (alas habens, a praec. s. in) avis. N. 1. 19. (V. pakṣa.)

[Page 2031]
pakSman pakṣman

n. (ut videtur, a r. pakṣ s. man) 1) pilus. DR. 5. 6. 2) cilium. N. 11. 33. 3) floris fibra.

paGka paṅka

m. n. (r. pañc s. a) 1) lutum. 2) pulvis. RITU-S. 1. 6. (Goth. fani lutum.)

paGkaja paṅkaja

m. (in luto natus, TATP. e praec. et ja) nymphaea, lotus.

paGkti paṅkti

f. (r. pañc s. ti) linea, series, turba. A. 7. 23.

pac pac

1. 1. P. A. coquere. BH. 15. 14.: pacāmy annañ caturvidham; MAH. 3. 13234.: śākam pacate; 3. 10501.: sa narake pakṣyamānaḥ. -- Pass. maturescere. RAGH. 11. 50.: sukṛtāṃ hi pacyate kalpadrumaphaladhami kāṅghitam. Caus. coquendum curare. MAH. 3. 104.: ātmane pācayen nā 'nnam. (Gr. [greek] pro [greek] mutatā gutt. in lab., [greek] abjectā initiali, lat. coquo, mutatā initiali labiali in gutt.; coctus = paktas coctum = paktum; fortasse pā-nis e pacnis, abjectā gutturali, sicut in lū-na, lū-men pro luc-na, luc-men, nisi po-nis cohaeret cum pa-sco, pā-bulum, ([greek]) et scr. 2. pā; serb. pecem asso; russ. pecj fornax, pecenyi coctus; kipjetj bullare, fervere, mutatā lab. in gutt., gutt. in lab.; lith. pec[greek]énka caro assa, pecius furnus, keppú asso, fut. kep-su, infin. kep-ti; nostrum koche, germ. vet. cocho fortasse a lat. coquo; de nostro backe v. bhṛj.)

pac pac

2. 1. A. (vyaktīkaraṇe) explicare.

paJc pañc

1. 1. A. (scribitur pac gr. 110a).) id.

paJc pañc

2. 10. P. (vistāre K. tatau V.; scribitur pac) expandere, extendere.

paJcatva pañcatva

n. (a pañcan s. tva) [greek] praesertim quinque elementorum, inde pañcatvaṅ gantum mori, a dissolutione corporis in quinque elementa. HIT. 35. 13. 101. 14. Lass. 21. 18. 31. 3.

paJcan pañcan

quinque. (Lith. penki masc.; slav. pjatj; gr. [greek] [greek] armor. pémp; cambro-brit. pump; goth. fimf; lat. quinque; hib. cuig.)

paJcama pañcama

(a praec. s. ma) quintus.

paJcazara pañcaśara

m. (quinque sagittas habens, BAH. e pañcan et śara) cognomen Anangi, dei amoris. AM.

paJcazAkha pañcaśākha

m. (e pañcan et śākhā ramus) manus. AM.

paJcAzat pañcāśat

(ut mihi videtur, e pañcadaśat ejecto d) quinquaginta. (Gr. [greek] lat. quinquaginta; hib. caogat; v. gr. comp. 320. annot.)

paJjara pañjara

n. cavea avium. UR. 34. 5.

paT paṭ

1. 1. P. ire. Caus. findere. SA. 5. 1.: kāṣṭhāny apāṭayat; N. 11. 28.: mukhataḥ pāṭayāmāsa śastreṇa; DEV. 6. 13.: pāṭayāmāsa nakhaiḥ koṣṭhāni keśarī; IN. 1. 3.: jaladān pāṭayann iva. (V. caṭ.)

c. ut Caus. evellere. MAH. 1. 7076.: utpāṭya dorbhyān drumam; RAGH. 15. 19.: prāṃśum utpāṭayāmāsa...drumam.

c. ut praef. sam Caus. eximere, promere, extrahere. DEV. 2. 20. et 21.

c. vi discerpere, divellere. RAGH. 6. 17.: ketakavarham... vipāṭayāmāsa yuvā nakhāgraiḥ.

paT paṭ

2. 10. P. pāṭayāmi (bhāṣāyām K. tviṣi V.) dicere; splendere. BR. 1. 20.: paṭitam vai mayā pūrvam... yato kṣeman tato gantum (pro paṭitam exspectaveris pāṭitam; in ed. Calc. legitur yatitam; cf. puṭ paṭh).

paT paṭ

3. 10. P. paṭayāmi (granthe K. veṣṭane V.) ligare, circumdare, vestire. (Cf. puṭ.)

paTa paṭa

m. (r. 3. paṭ s. a) 1) pannus. UR. 4. 12. HIT. 80. 15. 2) vestis. N. 20. 3. et 4.

paTala paṭala

n. (r. paṭ s. ala) cumulus, copia, multitudo. HIT. 80. 15.: jalapaṭala; RAGH. 4. 63.: kṣaudrapaṭala; v. sq.

paTalI paṭalī

f. (fem. praec.) id. BHAR. 3. 36.: abhrapaṭalī.

paTu paṭu

m. f. n. (r. paṭ s. u) 1) acer de sono. RITU-S. 1. 22. et 25. 2) aptus, habilis, dexter, peritus, eruditus. HIT. 75. 1.: māyāpaṭu; v. sq.

paTutva paṭutva

n. (a praec. s. tva) dexteritas, habilitas, peritia, prudentia, ingenium. HIT. 25. 11.

paTTa paṭṭa

m. 1) fascia. RAGH. 16. 17. 18. 43. 2) sedes. UR. 19. 4. infr.

paTTiza paṭṭiśa

m. teli genus. SU. 2. 3.

paTh paṭh

1. P. interdum A. recitare, legere. R. Schl. I. 1. 94.: yaḥ paṭhed rāmacaritam; MAH. 3. 8172.: gāyatrīm paṭhate yaḥ; 8173.: sāvitrīm paṭhan; SA. 1. 31.: śrutaṃ hi dharmaśāstreṣu paṭhyamānan (sic legendum pro paṭyamānaṃ) dvijātibhiḥ; MAH. 1. 1438.: etad icchāmy ahaṃ śrotum purāṇe yadi paṭhyate. -- Caus. facere ut aliquis loquatur, loqui docere aliquem. HIT. 8. 2.: na śukavat pāṭhyate vakaḥ. Facere ut aliquis legat, ad legendum exhortari, instruere: pitā vairī yena bālo na pāṭhyate. (Cf. 2. paṭ kath.)

c. ati celebrare, nominare. MAH. 3. 12813.

c. pari id. MAH. 1. 2020.

c. sam i. q. simpl. MAN. 4. 98.

paN paṇ

1. A. interdum P. 1) ludere, tesseris, c. gen. rei quā luditur. N. 26. 6.: prāṇayośca paṇāvahe; 26. 6.: paṇāvaḥ. 2) in lusum ponere, in aleam dare. MAH. 2. 2172.: paṇasva kṛṣṇām pāñcālīn tayā "tmānam punar jaya; 2254.: draupadī paṇyate. 3) lucrifacere. N. 26. 19.: sa ratnakoṣavicayaiḥ pāṇena paṇito 'pica. 4) vendere. paṇya vendendus, venalis, v. paṇyastrī. (Cf. lith. pantas pignus; germ. vet. phant id.; lat. veneo, vendo; v. vaṇij.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 1191.

paNa paṇa

m. (r. paṇ s. a) 1) ludus. N. 7. 8. 9. 3. 2) pretium. HIT. 131. 16. 18.

paND paṇḍ

1. 1. A. (gatau) ire.

paND paṇḍ

2. 10. P. (saṃhatau) coacervare, accumulare, colligere. (Cf. piṇḍ.)

paNDA paṇḍā

f. (r. paṇḍ s. ā) scientia.

paNDita paṇḍita

m. (a praec. s. ita) doctus, sapiens. HIT. 7. 12. 13.

paNyastrI paṇyastrī

f. (e paṇya venalis et strī femina) meretrix. HIT. 48. 11.

pat pat

1. 1. P. interdum A. 1) cadere, c. loc. loci. BH. 16. 16.: patanti narake; DR. 5. 4.: pātālamukhe patantam; 24.: papāta śākhī 'vā nikṛttamūlaḥ; MAH. 1. 3569.: puṇyalokāt patamānaḥ. TROP. peccare. MAN. 9. 200.: bhajamānāḥ patanti (Schol. pāpino bhavanti). 2) volare. RIGV. 46. 3.: yad vāṃ ratho vibhiṣ patāt; 48. 6.: vayaḥ paptivāṃsaḥ; BHATT. 5. 100.: pakṣī papāta kham. -- Caus. facere nt aliquis cadat. H. 4. 43.: pātayiṣyāmi rākṣasam; DR. 8. 11. Facere ut volet, de sagittis. R. Schl. II. 63. 22.: śaram...apātayam. (Cf. path pad; gr. [greek] c. redupl., aor. dor. [greek] [greek] ut videtur cum redupl. ex [greek] abjecto [greek] lat. peto, impeto; penna, ut videtur, per assimil. e petna, sicut e. c. scr. panna a pad; v. patatra; hib. ite "feather, a wing, a fin" e pite? iteach "winged", itealadh "flying, volitation", itealaighim "I fly", faoth, faodh "a fall, falling"; cambro-brit. pydu cadere, nisi haec pertinent ad pad q. v.)

c. abhi advolare, irruere, accurrere. MAH. 1. 1383.: khago drutam abhipatya; H. 3. 20.: vadhāyā 'bhipapātai 'nām; R. II. 34. 18.: taṃ rāmo 'bhyapatat kṣipram.

c. ā id. NALOD. 1. 21.: patataḥ kāṃścid apaśyat hitāyā "patataḥ; H. 3. 3.: tam (rākṣaseśvaram) āpatantan dṛṣṭvā; 3. 4.: āpataty eṣa duṣṭātmā; 3. 21. N. 13. 9.

c. ā praef. abhi exsilire. MAH. 4. 807.: abhyāpatad bhīmaḥ śayanāt.

c. ā praef. sam adire. MAH 1. 7213.: harṣaṃ samāpetuḥ. Coire cum femina. MAH. 1. 2461.

c. ut evolare, auffliegen. MAH. 1. 1335.: vitatya pakṣau nabha utpapāta. Exsilire. N. 11. 14.: muhur utpatati bālā muhur patati vihvalā; H. 4. 37.: utpapāta yudhiṣṭhiraḥ. -- utpatita qui evolavit, exsiluit; de sono, clarus. BR. 1. 3.: śabdam bhṛśam utpatitaṃ śuśrāva.

c. ut praef. sam id. N. 1. 22.: haṃsāḥ samutpatya; 3. 15.: āsanebhyaḥ samutpetuḥ.

c. ni 1) cadere, decidere, decumbere, procumbere. N. 13. 14.: nipetur dharaṇītale; SA. 2. 26.: sakṛd aṃśo nipatati. 2) devolare, niederfliegen. N. 1. 23.: nipetus te garutmantaḥ. 3) accidere. HIT. 9. 13.: maraṇavyādhiśokānāṅ kim adya nipatiṣyati. Caus. nipātayāmi prosternere, dejicere. H. 4. 52.: śīghram eṣa nipātyatām; HIT. 52. 6.: nipātyate kṣaṇena 'dhaḥ (śilā).

c. ni praef. pra procumbere, se prosternere reverentiae causā, c. acc. pers. A. 2. 9.: dhanañjayaśca tejasvī praṇipatya purandaram.

c. ni praef. vi i. q. nipat. Caus. MAH. 1. 5279.: śiro 'sya vinipātyatām; MAN. 11. 127.: rājanyam vinipātya (Schol. nihatya).

c. ni praef. sam concurrere. MAH. 2. 2003. 3. 14899. -- Caus. congregare, convocare. N. 4. 3.

c. nis (niṣpat gr. 79.) excidere, evolare, excurrere, effugere, se ejicere, se proruere, egredi. MAN. 12. 15.; A. 10. 62.

c. nis praef. vi id. MAN. 7. 106. MAH. 5. 268.

c. pari 1) cadere, procumbere. N. 19. 20.: paryapatan bhū- mau jānubhis te hayottamāḥ. 2) cingere, circumvenire, circumsedere, c. loc. pers. A. 8. 30.: paryapatan...mayi.

c. pra 1) cadere. A. 8. 15.: hastāt...pratodaḥ prāpatad bhuvi. 2) volare, advolare. MAH. 4. 1893.: sahasrāṇi śarāṇām prāpataṃs tatra droṇasya ratham antikāt. Caus. prapātayāmi cadere facio. SU. 1. 14.

c. vi Caus. facere ut volet, de sagittis, jaculari. MAH. 4. 1862.: vyapātayac charān.

c. sam convenire, congredi. N. 18. 23. 23. 29. IN. 1. 36.

pat pat

2. 4. A. dominari. RIGV. (v. Westerg.) pṛthivīm patyamānaḥ. (Cf. unde pat ortum esse videtur, correpto ā sicut in pati adjecto t v. gr. comp. 109b).)

pataga pataga

m. (volatu iens, e pata volatus, in initio compositorum tantum usurpato, et ga iens) 1) avis. 2) sol. RAGH. 2. 15.

pataGga pataṅga

m. (ut equidem puto, ex Accus. vocis pata volatus et ga iens, v. gr. 646.) avis. DR. 5. 18.

patat patat

m. (volans, a pat suff. Part. praes. at) avis. RAGH. 13. 19.

patatra patatra

n. (secundum Wils. a r. pat suff. unād. atra; verisimiliter autem descendit, tanquam instrumentum volandi, a pat volare suff. krit. tra servato charactere 1mae classis) ala. AM. (Cf. gr. [greek] quod fortasse e [greek] germ. vet. fedara f.; anglo-sax. fether penna; lith. pátalas culcita plumea; russ. pero penna; v. pat.)

patatrin patatrin

m. (alas habens, a praec. s. in) avis. N. 12. 39.

patAkA patākā

f. (r. pat s. āka in fem.) vexillum N. 25. 6.

patAkin patākin

m. (a praec. s. in) vexillarius. UR. 38. 15.

patAkinI patākinī

f. (a patākā s. in in fem.) exercitus. RAGH. 4. 82.

pati pati

m. (ut videtur, a r. regere, correpto ā s. ti) 1) dominus. N. 1. 2. 2) conjux, maritus. BR. 2. 12. (Lith. pati-s dominus in comp. wiesz-patis "Landesherr, ein grofser Herr" = Ved. viśpati; pat-s pro pati-s, conjux, maritus; slav. gos-podj; russ. gospodin dominus; lat. potis.)

patitva patitva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis, conjugium feminae cum conjuge. N. 3. 6.

pattana pattana

n. (r. pad s. tana) urbs. HIT. 63. 16. (Sensu et radice convenit lat. oppidum, ob-pidum; v. pad.)

patti patti

m. (r. pad ire s. ti) pedes. HIT. 95. 8.

patnI patnī

f. (a pati abjecto i s. cf. formas velut indrāṇī v. gr. min. 218.) uxor. N. 12. 174. (Cf. gr. [greek] lith. pati uxor.)

patra patra

n. (etiam pattra r. pat s. tra) 1) ala. 2) folium. 3) (r. pad) currus. RAGH. 15. 48. (Gr. [greek])

patrin patrin

m. (a praec. s. in) 1) avis. RAGH. 11. 29. 2) sagitta. RAGH. 3. 53.

path path

1. 1. P. ire. (Cf. pad et pathin.)

path path

2. v. patha pathin.

patha patha

m. (r. path s. a) via, regio, in fine compp. IN. 1. 31. (V. pathin et cf. gr. [greek] germ. vet. pad, fad, phat, pfat, Them. padi etc. via, semita; anglo-sax. padh, paedh; hib. fath "a district, a field, a green, a lawn", fatha "a plain". V. pathin.)

pathika pathika

m. (r. path s. ika) viator.

pathin pathin

m. (in casibus fort. panthan Nom. panthās e panthaṃs v. gr. min. 198. not., in casibus debilissimis path v. gr. 223.) via. (V. patha = [greek] cum panthan conferatur lat. PONT, pons; slav. pūtj via e pontj, v. gr. comp. 255. g.; hib. fathan "journey".)

pathya pathya

(a path ire, nisi a pathin vel patha via, s. ya v. gr. 651.) conveniens, aptus.

pad pad

1. 4. A. (Part. pass. panna Praet. mltf. apatsi in tertia pers. apādi ad analogiam Pass.; v. Pan. III. 1. 60.) ire, adire. MAH. 1. 4288.: maharṣis tām apadyata. (V. pad pes et cf. pat path pal lat. cado, cedo, mutatā lab. in gutt. sicut e. c. in coquo = pac; pello, nisi pertinet ad cal q. v., per assimilationem explicari posset ex peljo pro pedjo, mutato d in l; gr. [greek] convenit cum russ. padaju cado = Caus. pādayāmi; hib. faoidhim "I go, depart, send", faidh "departure, going".

c. anu A. interdum P. 1) sequi. MAH. 1. 7962. 2) intrare. MAH. 3. 239.: anvapadyad antarveśma; 3. 12714.: vanam evā 'nvapadyata. -- akṣān anupattum talos jacere, talis ludere. MAH. 2. 2185.: tān akṣān anvapadyata; 3. 1356.: akṣān anvapadyam.

c. abhi adire, accedere. MAH. 1. 8130.: ṛtvijo nā 'bhyapadyanta; R. Schl. II. 63. 16.: snātāḥ pādapān abhipedire.

c. abhi praef. sam accedere, venire. MAH. 3. 12539.: prāvṛṭ samabhipadyata omisso augmento, ita MAH. 1. 5515.: droṇaḥ samabhipadyata et 3. 10441.: yuvanāśvaḥ...samabhipadyata.

c. ā 1) adire, aggredi. N. 21. 5.: param vismayam āpannā; BR. 1. 34.: kṛcchram aham āpannaḥ; MAH. 1. 5305.: pañcatvam āpede; BHATT. 15. 89.: eṣa rāvaṇir āpādi vānarāṇām bhayaṅkaraḥ. 2) in calamitatem incurrere, calamitate obrui, (v. āpad āpatti). R. Schl. II. 53. 13.: yaḥ kāmam anuvartate . evam āpadyate kṣipraṃ rājā daśaratho yathā. āpanna infelix. UR. 6. 3. infr. -- Caus. 1) adducere. MAH. 1. 1832.; R. Schl. II. 54. 5. 2) perdere, calamitatem alicui inferre. UR. 32. 11.: balād aparādhinam mām āpādayasi.

c. ā praef. vi Caus. interficere. HIT. 24. 12.: anāhāreṇā "tmānam bhavaddvāri vyāpādayiṣyāmi; 111. 21.

c. ā praef. sam adire, aggredi. MAH. 1. 6747.

c. ā praef. sam + abhi id. R. Schl. II. 12. 1.: cintāṃ samabhyāpede.

c. ut oriri, nasci. RAM. I. 57. 23.: kukṣer vikukṣiḥ udapadyata; MAN. 10. 66.: anaryāyāṃ samutpanno brāhmaṇāt; MAH. 3. 379.: yuddham utpatsyate mahat; 2. 2395.: anayo bharateṣu 'dapādi. -- Caus. producere, generare. BR. 1. 30.: svayam utpādya tām bālām; MAH. 3. 8634.: utpādaya mahyam apatyam; R. Schl. I. 19. 25.: tuṣṭim utpādayāñcakruḥ pituḥ Profundere, de sanguine. MAN. 4. 167.: utpādya brāhmaṇasyā 'sṛg aṅgataḥ.

c. ut praef. sam id. oriri, nasci. MAN. 10. 66.; MAH. 3. 15278.

c. upa 1) adire, aggredi. MAH. 3. 3078.: arthās tasyo 'papatsyante; 3081.: upapadyasva kaunteya; c. dat. BH. 13. 18.: madbhāvāyo 'papadyate. Pass. inveniri, es gibt. BH. 6. 39.: tvad anyaḥ saṃśayasyā 'sya cchettā na hy upapadyate (cf. gam praef. adhi). upapanna act. aggressus. H. 2. 8.: upapannaś cirasyā dya bhakṣo 'yam; pass. praeditus. N. 1. 1.: upapanno guṇair iṣṭaiḥ. 2) accidere, evenire, fieri. MAH. 2. 777.: yathā vadasi govinda sarvan tad upapadyate. 3) convenire, decere; c. loc. BH. 2. 3.: nai 'tat tvayy upapadyate; MAH. 3. 15179. -- Caus. 1) afferre, approtare. MAH. 2. 6271.: tad annam upapādayan; RAGH. 14. 8.: rakṣaḥkapīndrair upapāditāni ...jalāni. 2) dare. MAN. 3. 96.: bhikṣām...brāhmaṇāyo 'papādayet; 9. 72.; 11. 76. Cum acc. pers. et instr. rei. MAH. 6724.: tam anneno 'papādaya. 3) facere, perficere, peragere. RAGH. 11. 91.: devakāryam upapādayiṣyataḥ. 4) colligere, concludere. N. 16. 9.: tarkayāmāsa bhaimī 'ti kāraṇair upapādayan.

c. upa praef. sam accidere, evenire, fieri, perfici. MAH. 2. 779.: kṣipram eva yathā tv etat kāryaṃ samupapadyate ...tathā kuru.

c. nis oriri, nasci. MAN. 9. 247.: niṣpadyante śasyāni yatho 'ptāni; R. Schl. I. 6. 23.: añjanād api niṣpannair vamanād apica dvijaiḥ; HIT. 15. 18.

c. pra 1) ire, adire, proficisci. DR. 6. 13.: yady eva devī ...divam prapannā; N. 20. 18.: śaraṇan tvām prapanno 'smi; R. Schl. I. 8. 17.: cintām prapatsyate. 2) se inclinare. IN. 4. 14.: tva pādāv adya prapadyatām; 5. 47.: mūrddhnā prapanno 'smi pādau te; MAH. 1. 8217.: punar agnau prapedire. -- prapanna inclinatus, pronus, propensus, propitius. A. 4. 14.: prapannas tvān dhanañjayaḥ.

c. pra praep. anu sequi. SA. 5. 24. BH. 9. 21.

c. prati 1) adire, aggredi, pervenire. H. 1. 4.: vanaṃ rājan gahanam pratipedire; IN. 2. 11.: pratipede...nakṣatramārgam; R. Schl. I. 23. 7.: svadharmam pratipadyasva. 2) nancisci, obtinere. MAN. 7. 40.: vanasthā api rājyāni vinayāt pratipedire. 3) comperire, cognoscere. N. 18. 16.: na nṛpatir bhīmaḥ pratipadyeta me matim. 4) recuperare, recipere. SA. 5. 32.: svam eva rājyam pratipatsyate 'cirāt. 5) reddere, restituere. MAN. 8. 183.: saṃ yadi pratipadyeta yathā nyastam. 6) respondere. R. Schl. I. 10. 15.: tac cchrūtvā tathe 'ti pratyapadyata. 7) promittere. UP. 77.: sarvam banik tat pratyapadyata; Lass. 4. 5. 24. 2. 44. 9. 8) facere. MAH. 2. 1420.: yat pratipattavyan tan me brūhi; 4. 705.: me samayam pratipadyasva; c. 2. accus. RAGH. 11. 79.: taddhanurgrahaṇam eva rāghavaḥ pratyapadyata samartham uttaram. -- Caus. 1) facere ut alqs aggrediatur, perveniat, obtineat. R. Schl. II. 74. 6.: ayaśo jīvaloke tvayā 'ham pratipāditaḥ. 2) dare, tradere. MAN. 11. 6.: dhanāni vipreṣu pratipādayet; MAH. 1. 5213.: gṛhan tasya pratyapādayata.

c. prati praef. vi averti. BH. 2. 53.: śrutivipratipannā... buddhiḥ.

c. prati praef. sam Caus. dare, tradere. M. 13.; me 'dyā 'nyat sthānaṃ sampratipādaya.

c. vi perire. HIT. 4. 46.: bahuśatrur vipadyate; R. Schl. II. 64. 68. -- vipanna calamitate afflictus. HIT. 13. 15.

c. sam 1) adire, aggredi, pervenire. BH. 13. 30.: brahma sampadyeta saḥ. 2) oriri, nasci. MAH. 1. 3143.: pururavā ilāyāṃ samapadyata; 1. 2995.: sa sarvadamano nāma kumāraḥ samapadyata. 3) fieri, effici. A. 9. 10.: sa deśaḥ... guhe va samapadyata; MAH. 2. 942.: samapadyanta vismitāḥ; N. 16. 3.: asmin karmaṇi sampanne; HIT. 104. 2.: katham amunā svalpabalenai 'tat sampatsyate. 4) obtingere, obvenire. UR. 41. 9.: sampadyate punar bhavataḥ. -- sampanna praeditus. BR. 1. 27.: śīlasampannā. -- Caus. facere, perficere, explere. RAGH. 7. 26.: svasuḥ... sampādya pāṇigrahaṇaṃ sa rājā; MAH. 3. 15278.: mama spṛhāṃ sampādaya; UR. 47. 4. infr.: sampāditam priyaprasādanavratam.

c. sam praef. upa upasampanna act. aggressus. MAN. 5. 81.; pass, praeditus. N. 12. 26. -- Caus. afferre. R. Schl. II. 25. 26.: samidhaśco 'pasampādayāmāsa.

pad pad

2. 10. A. padaye ire.

pad pad

3. 1. P. (sthairye) firmum esse. Cf. bad.

pad pad

4. m. (r. pad ire) pes. SA. 3. 3. N. 13. 12. (Gr. [greek] [greek] lat. PED, pes; v. pada pāda.)

pada pada

n. (r. pad ire s. a) 1) pes. A. 9. 6. 2) gradus, gressus, passus. IN. 5. 9. 3) versuum sectio, articulus. BH. 13. 4. 4) locus, regio, provincia. SA. 7. 7. BH. 15. 5. (Gr. [greek])

padavI padavī

f. via. DR. 6. 19.

padAti padāti

m. (e pad et ati vel āti a r. at ire) pedes, miles pedester. N. 26. 2.; v. sq.

padAtin padātin

m. (e pada et ātin a r. at ire s. in) id. DR. 2. 12.

paddhati paddhati

f. (ut videtur, e pad pes et dhati pro dhāti a r. dhā ponere) via. RAGH. 3. 46.

padma padma

m. n. 1) lotus flos (Wils. Nelumbium speciosum). 2) magnus numerus, decem billiones.

padmarAga padmarāga

m. (loti colorem habens. BAH. e praec. et rāga color) rubinus. HIT. 8. 3.

padmalocana padmalocana

(BAH. e padma lotus et locana oculus) loto similes oculos habens. IN. 2. 31.

padmA padmā

f. (fem. [greek] padma) cognomen deae Laks'miae. HIT. 57. 13.

padminI padminī

f. (a padma s. in in fem.) nymphaearum multitudo, lacus nymphaeis abundans. N. 13. 10. 16. 15.

pan pan

P. A. (panāyāmi panāye PAN. III. 1. 28.; refertur ad 1mam classem, quanquam analogiam classis 10mae sequitur, producto a initiali characteris aya; in dialecto Ved. tamen haec productio omittitur) laudare, celebrare. RIGV. 20. 6. not.: tat panayad vaco vaḥ "illud comprobavit sermonem vestrum"; 87. 3.: svayam mahitvam panayanta dhūtayaḥ "ipsi potentiam suam declarant quassatores".

panth panth

10. P. (scribitur path gr. 110a).) ire. V. path panthan pathin.

[Page 209a]
panna panna

v. 1. pad (gr. 607.).

pannaga pannaga

m. (pedibus non iens e pad pes, na non, et ga iens, v. euph. r. 58.) serpens (cf. uraga).

pamb pamb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere. (V. kamp et cf. parb bamb barb mamb marb namb narb khamb kharb gamb garb ghamb gharb camb carb tamb tarb.

pay pay

1. P. A. (gatau) ire.

c. vi sternere. (in dial. Ved. nisi vipayāmi cohaeret cum rad. vap attenuato a in i). RIGV. (v. Westerg.) vipayanti varhiḥ. (Schol. stṛṇanti.)

paya paya

Suffixum, v. katipaya.

payas payas

n. (r. bibere s. as) 1) aqua. MEGH. 23. 25. 41. 2) lac.

payoda payoda

m. (e praec. et da dans) nubes. MEGH. 7.

payodhara payodhara

m. (e payas et dhara tenens) 1) nubes. AM. 2) mamma, IN. 2. 32.

payodhi payodhi

m. (e payas et dhi tenens, a r. dhā) mare. Lass. p. 77.

payomuc payomuc

m. (e payas et muc dimittens) nubes. UR. 78. 18.

payoSNI payoṣṇī

f. (ut videtur, e payas et sna se baignant in fem., ar. snā s. a) nomen fluminis. N. 9. 22.

para para

(ut videtur, ex apara abjecto a initiali) 1) alius. H. 4. 3. 2) remotior, ulterior, posterior. DR. 2. 8. (v. param). 3) eximius, praecipuus, altus, altissimus, summus. H. 4. 22. N. 21. 20. BH. 5. 16. -- In construct. cum ablat. Comparativi vim habet. M. 50. BH. 3. 42. De para n. eximium, praecipuum in fine compositorum v. gr. 666. N. 2. 2. 3. 12. 78. 80. BH. 18. 52. 4) hostis. IN. 5. 59. N. 12. 30. DR. 6. 29. (Cum accus. param convenit lat. peren in vocibus peren-die, peren-dinus, peren-dinatio; huc etiam cum Pottio, II. 230., traxerim par aequalis, quasi alter; germ. vet. fer procul (v. pāra et pāradeśya); angl. far; goth. fairra id., fortasse per assimil. e fairna quod ab Adv. param deduci posset, mutato m in n, adjecto a sicut in acc. pronom. (ut thana = tam [greek]); fairnjis, Them. fairnja vetus; nostrum fern; germ. vet. furiro prior, furist primus; lat. prior ejectā vocali mediā; pri- pre trans, e. c. preidū transibo, pre-voditi traducere. V. pāra puras pūrva pra.

paratas paratas

Adv. (a para s. tas) ultra. BH. 3. 42.

paratra paratra

(a para s. tra) alibi, praesertim in illo, futuro mundo, opp. [greek] iha (cf. amutra). HIT. 32. 7.

parantapa parantapa

Adj. vel Subst. m. (e para hostis in Acc. v. gr. 645. suff. a et tapa qui urit, vexat) qui hostem urit, hostium vexator. H. 3. 6. BH. 4. 2.

parapuSTa parapuṣṭa

m. (ab alio nutritus, e para et puṣṭa a r. puṣ) i. q. kokila i. e. cuculus indicus. Fem. parapuṣṭā. UR. 63. 5. infr.

parabhRta parabhṛta

m. (e para et bhṛta sustentatus) id. Fem. -bhṛtā. UR. 63. 8. infr.

param param

Adv. (acc. neut. vocis para) 1) ultra, ulterius, post, deinde. Lass. 13. 1. Antecedente atas ad tempus vel locum relato. BH. 12. 8.; N. 9. 23.; antecedente asmāt MEGH. 98. -- param muhūrtāt post temporis momentum, statim. UR. 39. 12. 2) sed, verum. Lass. 40. 10.; 43. 7.; parantu id. Lass. 41. 17. 44. 8. (V. apara et cf. nostrum aber.)

parama parama

(a para s. ma) eximius, altissimus, summus. IN. 5. 23. BH. 13. 31. In fine compositi BAH. (v. gr. 666.). BH. 16. 11. (Cf. lith. pirma-s primus; lat. primus, v. para; goth. fruma, Them. fruman, prior, primus; frumoza prior, frumists primus.)

paramarSi paramarṣi

m. (KARM. e praec. et ṛṣi) summus Rischis. IN. 2. 10. SU. 3. 1.

paramArtha paramārtha

m. (e parama et artha) veritas. SAK. 41. 15.

paramArthatas paramārthatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) re verā. UR. 37. 24. (v. not. LX.); 72. 15. Penitus, accurate. SAK. 47. 4. infr.

paramika paramika

(a parama s. ika omissā Vriddhi) i. q. parama. IN. 5. 59. BR. 1. 16. 25.

parameSThin parameṣṭhin

m. (e Loc. parame in altissimo et sthin qui est, mutato s in ad analogiam r. 80., v. etiam euph. r. 101a).) nomen dei Brahmae.

[Page 210a]
parampara parampara

(e para alius in Acc. et para) successivus, ab alio ad alium progrediens.

paramparA paramparā

f. (Abstractum praecedentis) successio, progressio ab alio ad alium, e. c. a patre ad filium. BH. 4. 2.

paraloka paraloka

m. (e para et loka) alius, futurus mundus, coelum. HIT. 73. 17.

paravat paravat

(-vān -vatī -vat a para s. vat) alius potestati obnoxius. SAK. 36. 2. 43. 16.

paravattA paravattā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praec. UR. 91. 3.

parazu paraśu

m. securis, ascia. SA. 4. 18. (Gr. [greek])

parastAt parastāt

Adv. (a para ulterior, s. stāt) ultra, cum abl. BH. 8. 9.

paraspara paraspara

(e paras - nom. sing. masc. hac in compositione Fem. et Neut. vice etiam fungente, servato s ante p secundum r. 79. - et para quod hac in compositione in obliquis sing. casibus solnm usurpatur) i. q. anyonya q. v. H. 4. 36. SU. 4. 15. N. 13. 14. BH. 3. 11. 10. 9. M. 35.

parA parā

(fortasse a para alius sicut dakṣiṇā a dakṣiṇa) Praep. insep. retro. (Cf. gr. [greek] lith. par (praep. insep.) retro, e. c. par-wadinu revoco, par-eimi redeo; hib. frea-, far- e. c. freagaraim "I answer", far-bhuille "a backblow", v. Pictet p. 89. Fortasse etiam lat. re-, osset. ra- huc pertinent, abjectā syllabā initiali. E goth. linguā fair- huc retulerim, attenuato a in i, praefixo a, v. gr. comp. 82.; germ. vet. far, fir; nostrum ver, v. Grimm III. 256. 4. c.; etiam faur pro e parā ortum esse potest, abjecto ā finali, attenuato a medio in u; germ. vet. furi; nostrum für; island. vet. fyri, attenuato ā in i; v. pari.)

parAkrama parākrama

m. (r. kram ire praef. parā s. a) vis, robur, fortitudo. H. 2. 36.

parAkrAnta parākrānta

v. kram praef. parā.

parAga parāga

m. (e parā et ga iens) pulvis. RAGH. 4. 30.

parAGmukha parāṅmukha

(BAH. e parāk - secundum r. 59. pro parāc aversus, mutato k in secundum r. 58. - et mukha os, vultus) aversum os habens. IN. 2. 4. N. 8. 9.

parAc parāc

Adj. (r. añc praef. parā v. gr. 196.) aversus.

[Page 210b]
parAjaya parājaya

m. (r. ji praef. parā s. a) 1) clades, strages. 2) separatio. N. 13. 34.

parAjita parājita

v. ji praef. parā.

parAdhIna parādhīna

Adj. (TATP. e. para alius et adhīna q. v.) alii subjectus, alius potestati obnoxius. BR. 1. 14.

parAbhAva parābhāva

m. (r. bhū praef. parā s. a) clades, destructio. A. 10. 45.

parAyaNa parāyaṇa

(e para et ayana itio) in fine compositorum BAH. aequat vocem para (v. gr. 666.); e. c. śokaparāyaṇa moerorem tanquam praecipuum habens, moerori deditus, in moerore defixus. N. 12. 83. 23. 1. BH. 5. 17.

parArdhya parārdhya

vel parārḍya (a parārdha - para + ardha - praecipuum dimidium, s. ya) eximius, excellens. H. 1. 30.

parAvara parāvara

n. (DVANDV. ex para remotus et avara posterior) remotum et posterius, i. e., ut equidem puto, praeteritum et futurum. SA. 6. 34.

parAsu parāsu

(BAH. ex para remotus et asu q. v.) remotos vitales spiritus habens, mortuus. N. 11. 38.

parAhna parāhna

n. (ex para et ahna pro ahan dies) pomeridianum tempus, posterior diei pars (cf. pūrvāhna). A. 4. 7.

pari pari

Praep. insep. circum; in comp. cum adjectivis valde, v. parilaghu pariśuṣka. (Gr. [greek] hib. faoi "about, around" ejecto r; germ. vet. furi, island. fyri, nostrum für huc referri possent, nisi i finale in linguis germanicis ubique evanuisset, quam ob rem vocalem i hujus praepositionis ab ā formae parā deduxerim, quod primum in a breve, deinde, quod saepissime accidit, in i se attenuaverit. De lat. et lith. per v. pāra.)

pariklAnta pariklānta

v. klam.

parikleSTR parikleṣṭṛ

m. (r. kliś vexare praef. pari s. tṛ) vexator. DR. 9. 7.

parikhA parikhā

f. (r. khan fodere praef. pari abjecto an suff. a in fem.) fossa quae urbem cingit.

parigraha parigraha

m. (r. grah praef. pari s. a) 1) amplexus. Lass. 85. 2. infr. 2) comitatus, familia. BH. 6. 10. in comp. c. a. 3) uxor. UR. 70. 14.

parigha parigha

m. (r. han ferire, praef. pari h mutato in gh cf. gr. 367., abjecto an ante suffixum a) 1) clava. 2) pessulus. SAK. 38. 9.

paricaya paricaya

m. (r. ci s. a) exercitatio, experientia. RAGH. 9. 49.

paricAra paricāra

(r. car praef. pari s. a) ut videtur, officiosus, studiosus alicujus rei. SA. 3. 19.

paricAraka paricāraka

m. (r. car praef. pari s. aka) servus, famulus. N. 26. 30.

paricArikA paricārikā

f. (fem. praec. v. gr. 645. suff. ika) serva, famula, ancilla. N. 8. 4.

paricchada paricchada

m. (r. chad tegere praef. pari s. a) comitatus. (Wils. court, train, attendants, retinue). SA. 3. 16. N. 17. 23. in fine comp. BAH.

pariccheda pariccheda

m. (r. chid praef. pari s. a) distinctio, discretio. HIT. 33. 2.

parijana parijana

m. (KARM. e pari et jana) comitatus, famuli, famulae, ancillae. SU. 1. 14. UR. 39. 9.

parijJAtR parijñātṛ

m. (r. jñā praef. pari s. tṛ) cognitor. BH. 18. 18.

parijJAna parijñāna

n. (r. jñā praef. pari s. ana) cognitio. SAK. 15. 16.

pariNata pariṇata

v. nam praef. pari.

pariNati pariṇati

f. (r. nam praef. pari s. ti v. gr. 94b).) 1) inclinatio. 2) maturitas. MEGH. 24.

pariNAma pariṇāma

m. (r. nam praef. pari s. a v. gr. 94b).) 1) mutatio, conversio, transfiguratio, vicissitudo. UR. 55. 9. infr. 70. 6. HIT. 70. 8. A. 9. 33. 2) finis, extremum. BH. 18. 37. 38. Lass. 57. 6. 3) ultima aetas. RAGH. 8. 11.

pariNAha pariṇāha

m. (r. nah praef. pari s. a) amplitudo, latitudo. AM.; v. sq.

pariNAhavat pariṇāhavat

(a praec. s. a) amplus, latus. UR. 6. 3.

pariNiSThA pariṇiṣṭhā

f. (r. sthā praef. pari + ni v. euph. r. 94b).) sedes, domicilium. N. 20. 8.

paritas paritas

(a pari s. tas) circum, c. acc. UR. 86. 1. infr.

paritApa paritāpa

m. (r. tap praef. pari s. a) 1) calor, aestus. SAK. 53. 6. 2) sollicitudo; v. parītāpa.

parityAga parityāga

m. (r. tyaj relinquere praef. pari s. a) relictio, renunciatio. HIT. 37. 22.

parityAgin parityāgin

(a praec. s. in) qui relinquit, renunciat. BH. 12. 16. 17.

[Page 211b]
paritrANa paritrāṇa

n. (r. trā vel trai praef. pari s. ana) servatio. BH. 4. 8.

paridevana paridevana

n. (r. dev praef. pari s. ana) lamentatio.

paridevanA paridevanā

f. (fem. praec.) id. BH. 2. 28.

paridevita paridevita

v. dev.

paridhAna paridhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. pari s. ana) tunica interior. N. 9. 14.

paridhvaMsa paridhvaṃsa

m. (r. dhvaṃs cadere praef. pari s. a) 1) actio delabendi, ruina. HIT. 68. 20. 2) actio circumerrandi, circumcurrendi. N. 10. 9.

paripanthin paripanthin

m. (r. panth ire praef. pari s. in) adversarius, hostis. BH. 3. 34.

pariprazna paripraśna

m. (r. prach praef. pari s. na v. euph. r. 87. e.) percunctatio. BH. 4. 34.

pariprepsu pariprepsu

(ab īps q. v. praef. pari s. u) adipiscendi cupidus. N. 18. 11.

paribhava paribhava

m. (r. bhū praef. pari s. a) 1) contemtio. UR 74. 4. 2) clades. HIT. 81. 6.

paribhraSTa paribhraṣṭa

v. bhraṃś.

parimala parimala

m. (r. mal praef. pari s. a) suaveolentia. MEGH. 26.

parirambha parirambha

m. (r. rambh praef. pari s. a) amplexus. UR. 85. 2.

parilaghu parilaghu

(e pari et laghu) perlevis, perexiguus. MEGH. 13.

parivarta parivarta

m. (r. vṛt praef. pari s. a) commutatio, permutatio; v. parīvarta.

parivartin parivartin

(r. vṛt ire praef. pari s. in) circumiens, circumgrediens. N. 11. 21. SU. 3. 26.

parivarha parivarha

m. (r. vṛh praef. pari s. a) comitatus. DR. 1. 7.

parivAra parivāra

v. parīvāra.

parivArita parivārita

v. vṛ.

parivrAjaka parivrājaka

m. (r. vraj praef. pari s. aka) mendicans, mendicandi voto addictus. HIT. 27. 11.

parizuSka pariśuṣka

(e pari et śuṣka) valde siccus. RITU-S. 1. 11.

parizrama pariśrama

m. (r. śram praef. pari s. a) lassitudo. SA. 4. 21.

parizrAnta pariśrānta

v. śram.

pariSad pariṣad

f. (r. sad ire praef. pari) coetus. SAK. 2. 1.

[Page 212a]
pariSoDaza pariṣoḍaśa

(ex pari et ṣoḍaśa sextus decimus) ut videtur i. q. ṣoḍaśan i. e. sedecim. N. 26. 2.

pariSkRta pariṣkṛta

(Part. pass. a kṛ praef. pari inserto euphonico, suff. ta (v. gr. min. 111. not. 2.) ornatus. A. 2. 5.

pariSvaGga pariṣvaṅga

m. (r. svañj praef. pari s. a) amplexus. UR. 75. 20.

parisara parisara

m. (r. sṛ praef. pari s. a) circuitus, ambitus. UR. 73. 5. MEGH. 68.

parispanda parispanda

m. (r. spand ire praef. pari s. a) vis, robur? H. 3. 8.

parisrava parisrava

(r. sru praef. pari s. a) circumfluens, fluens. N. 24. 16.

parihAsa parihāsa

m. (r. has ridere praef. pari s. a) jocus. N. 11. 8.

parIkSaNa parīkṣaṇa

n. (r. īkṣ praef. pari s. ana) spectatio, inspectio, exploratio. HIT. 62. 3.; v. sq.

parIkSA parīkṣā

f. (r. īkṣ videre praef. pari s. ā) id. N. 19. 11. 23. 2. A. 4. 28.

parItApa parītāpa

m. (r. tap praef. pari producto i v. gr. 111. not., s. a) i. q. paritāpa. HIT. 15. 5.

parIvarta parīvarta

m. i. q. parivarta. HIT. 62. 1.

parIvAra parīvāra

m. (r. vṛ praef. pari circumdare, producto i - gr. 111. annot. - suff. a) famulus, comitatus. N. 26. 1. 21. scribitur etiam parivāra. HIT. 73. 19.

parIvAha parīvāha

m. (r. vah praef. pari producto i s. a) defluxus, decursus aquae. HIT. 33. 22.

paruSa paruṣa

1) Adj. a) asper, horridus. MEGH. 62. 88. RITU-S. 1. 22. A. 8. 14. b) maledicens, convicians. 2) Subst. n. sermo contumeliosus, probrum. DR. 6. 24.

pareNa pareṇa

Praep. (Instr. [greek] para) super, c. Acc. N. 24. 33. MAH. 1. 8414.

paredyus paredyus

Adv. (e pare loc. [greek] para et dyus v. aparedyus) postero die. AM. (Cf. perendie, v. para.)

parokSa parokṣa

(ut mihi videtur, ex praepositione paras ultra, seorsum non conservatā - cf. para parastāt et analogam formam puras ante - et akṣa oculus, v. euph. r. 76b). parokṣa esset igitur, quod est ultra oculos) invisibilis, non visus. N. 20. 12. RAGH. 7. 13.

[Page 212b]
parokSatA parokṣatā

f. (a praec. s. ) invisibilitas. N. 20. 13.

parkaTI parkaṭī

f. nomen arboris. Wils. "the wawed leaf fig tree, Ficus infectiosa". HIT. 18. 5.

parjanya parjanya

m. 1) nubes. BH. 3. 14. 2) nomen dei Indri.

parN parṇ

10. P. (haritabhāve K. hāritye V.; fortasse Denom. a parṇa) viridem esse, virescere.

parNa parṇa

n. (r. parṇ s. a nisi parṇa Denom. a parṇ) frons, praesertim delapsa. H. 1. 18. SA. 5. 74. MEGH. 30. RITU-S. 1. 22. (Fortasse lat. FROND adjecto d.)

pard pard

1. A. (kutsite śabde K. apānotsarge V.) pedere. (Gr. [greek] lith. pérd[greek]iu id., pirdis m. pirdà f. [greek] russ. perditj pedere; germ. vet. firzo pedo; lat. pedo.)

parpaTI parpaṭī

f. placenta. (Wils. a thin crisp cake made of any sort of pulse.)

parb parb

1. P. ire, se movere; v. pamb.

paryaGka paryaṅka

m. (ut videtur, e pari et aṅka) lectus, cubile. HIT. 42. 8.

paryanta paryanta

m. n. (e pari et anta) finis, terminus. HIT. 116. 20. BH. 8. 17.

paryaya paryaya

m. (r. i praef. pari s. a) negligentia, temporis jactura. R. Schl. I. 26. 3.

paryavasAna paryavasāna

n. (e pari et avasāna) finis. HiT. 116. 20.

paryazru paryaśru

(BAH. e pari et aśru) lacrymis circumfusus. RAGH. 13. 70.

paryApta paryāpta

(Part. pass. r. āp praef. pari s. ta) sufficiens, aptus, idoneus. MAN. 7. 76. 11. 7. BH. 1. 10. N. 11. 8. (v. annot. ad hunc locum.)

paryAya paryāya

m. (r. i cum Vriddhi praef. pari s. a) 1) circuitus, ordo, orbis. UR. 54. 12. infr. 2) decursus temporis. Lass. 21. 18.

paryuSita paryuṣita

v. vas praef. pari.

parv parv

1. P. (pūraṇe K. pūrtau V.) implere. (Cf. purv pūr pṝ.)

parvata parvata

m. (ut videtur, a r. parv suff. ata vel ta inserto a) mons. UR. 70. 15. (Serb. brdo id.; fortasse goth. fairguni mons huc pertinent, mutato v in gutturalem, v. gr. comp. 19.)

[Page 213a]
parvan parvan

n. (r. parv s. an) Wilsonus explicat: 1) a knot, a joint in a cane or body etc. 2) a name given to certain days in the lunar month, as the full and change of the moon and the 6th, 8th and 10th of each half month. 3) Particular periods of the year, as the equinox, solstice etc. 4) the moment of the sun's entering a new sign. 5) a festival, a holiday. 6) Opportunity, occasion. MED. 7) a chapter, a book, the division of a work. OR. D. 8) a moment, an instant SABD. CH. SA. 1. 25. UR. 70. 15.

parS parṣ

1. P. A. (snehane K. snehe V.) amare. RIGV. 86. 7.: yasya prayāṃsi (Ros. "cibos") parṣatha.

pal pal

1. 1. P. (gatau ut mihi videtur, e pad mutato d in l v. Delii Radd. Prācr. p. 3.) ire. (V. pad.)

pal pal

2. 10. palayāmi (rakṣaṇe K. rakṣe V.) servare, tueri; v. pāl pā.

pala pala

1) n. caro. AM. 2) m. stramen. (Hib. feol, feoil caro; anglo-sax. flesc, floesc, flee; germ. vet. fleisk id.; lat. palea; gall. paille.)

palala palala

n. 1) id. 2) limus, lutum. (Hib. poll mire, dirt; gr. [greek])

palAy palāy

(pro parāy a r. ay i. e. i cl. 1. praef. parā mutato r in l. PAN. VIII. 2. 19.) fugere. DR. 5. 6.: palāyamāna; 8. 36.: palāyantañ jayadratham; 8. 59.: palāyase.

palAyana palāyana

n. (r. ay i. e. i cl. 1. praef. palā pro parā s. ana) fuga. DR. 8. 32. 58.

palAza palāśa

n. 1) folium. 2) nomen arboris rubros ferentis flores (Butea frondosa).

palita palita

Adj. canis capillis praeditus. Subst. n. pl. palitāni cani capilli. MAH. 1. 3467. HIT. 28. 7. (Cf. lat. pallidus; gr. [greek] slav. plaw flavus; lith. balta-s albus, palwa-s flavus; germ. vet. falo flavus, Them. falawa, gen. falawe-s.)

palyul palyUl palyul palyūl

10. P. (lūnipūtyām K. lūnipūtyoḥ V.; ut mihi videtur, e pari + lū mutato r in l transposito in ūl) findere, abscindere, evellere; purificare.

pall pall

1. P. i. q. 1. pal.

[Page 213b]
pallava pallava

m. n. gemma arboris; surculus. N. 12. 102. Lass. 59. 9. 10.

palvala palvala

m. n. palus, lacus, stagnum. N. 12. 8. 85. (Cf. lat. palus, palūd-is.)

pavana pavana

(r. s. ana) 1) n. purificatio. HIT. 108. 13. 2) m. ventus. N. 24. 40. (De cambro-brit. fwn, quod Pictetius huc trahit, v. prāṇa.)

pavamAna pavamāna

m. (purificans, Part. praes. ATM. rad. ) ventus. AM.

pavitra pavitra

(r. s. tra inserto i) 1) Adj. purus, purificatus. BH. 4. 38. 2) n. aqua. (Hib. beathra "water", fothragaim "I bathe, cleanse", fothragadh "a bath, well of purification".)

paz paś

1. 1. P. A. 10. P. (paśāmi paśe pāśayāmi) ligare. (V. pāśa et cf. paṣ spaś; cambro-brit. fasgu "to bind, or tie in a bundle", fasgiad "a ligation, a tying in a bundle"; gr. [greek] lat. pango, fascia, fortasse etiam fas huc pertinet sicut jus a Pottio apte ad yu ligare refertur; russ. pojas cingulum, nisi po est praep.; v. Pott. 1. 267.)

paz paś

2. 4. P. (in tempp. specialibus tantum usurpatur et a grammaticis Indicis in radices non receptum est) videre, v. dṛś. (Hib. faicim "I see", feachaim "I look, view", faochog "oculus"; lat. specio, praefixo s, fortasse e praep. sam nisi paś corruptum e spaś v. 1. paś; germ. vet. speho speculor; gr. [greek] mutatā lab. in gutt. et vice versā, v. Pott. p. 267.)

pazu paśu

m. (ut videtur, a r. paś ligare s. u sicut fortasse lat. bestia a bandh ligare, mutato dh in s sicut in zendico bas'ta ligatus, v. gr. comp. 102.) animal, pecus. HIT. 5. 21. 22. H. 4. 54. (Lat. pecus, boruss. vet. pecku, germ. vet. fihu, nostrum Vieh.)

pazcAt paścāt

Adv. (Ablat. ab inusitato paśca a quo etiam paścima descendit) 1) pone, a tergo. MEGH. 37. (Schol. pṛṣṭhadeśe). 2) occidentem versus. MEGH. 16. 3) retro. SAK. 26. 7. UR. 60. 15. 4) postea, in posterum, deinde. N. 18. 7. 21. 28.; -- tataḥ paścāt inde, ab hoc, ab illo tem- pore in posterum, deinde, postea. H. 4. 16. N. 18. 18. (Cf. lith. paskuy postea, paskuttinnis, paskiausas ultimus; boruss. vet. pans-dan postea, quod suffixo convenit cum pirsdan antea. Fortasse etiam lith. pas prope et lat. post huc pertinent. Hib. feasd, feasda "hereafter, henceforward, forthwith" fortasse a lat. post, postea.)

pazcAtkR paścātkṛ

(e paścāt et kṛ facere) superare. RAGH. 17. 18.

pazcAttApa paścāttāpa

m. (e paścāt et tāpa) poenitentia. AM.; HIT. 33. 19.

pazcima paścima

Adj. (a paśca - v. paścāt - suff. ima) 1) posticus, posterior. 2) occidentalis. SU. 3. 26. N. 13. 5.

pA

1. 1. P. (pivāmi in dial. Ved. pibāmi e pipāmi v. gr. min. 295.; gerund. pītvā; Pass. pīye; part. pīta) bibere. MAN. 11. 8.: somam pivati; H. 1. 52.: pāsyantī 'me jalam; RAGH. 2. 19.: tam papau sā locanābhyām; H. 1. 27.: pītvā pānīyam; 4. 16.; DR. 6. 5.: pītarasaśca kumbhaḥ; HIT. 6. 8.: ayam agadaḥ kin na pīyate. -- Caus. pāyayāmi pro pāpayāmi (gr. 519.) bibere dare, potionem dare. MAH. 1. 192.: hayān pāyayitvā. (Gr. [greek] attenuato ā in [greek] cf. pīta pīye et v. pī; lat. PO, po-tum = pātum po-turus = pātṛ po-culum, bibo = pivāmi; lith. penas lac, v. pāna; boruss. vet. pouton bibere; russ. pi-tj id., pívo cerevisia; germ. vet. bier; anglo-sax. beor id.; hib. pótaim "I drink", nisi hoc a lat. poto.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. RAGH. 8. 67.

c. ā id. MAH. 2. 2302.: āpiveyan tasya rudhiraṃ yudhi. (Pottius apte huc trahit vocem ap aqua, in casibus fortibus āp.)

c. pra id. H. 2. 11.

pA

2. 2. P. (rakṣaṇe; Pass. pāye Caus. pālayāmi) servare, tueri, sustentare. RAM. I. 13. 18.: naḥ pāhi rākṣasāt; GHAT. 12.: śokasāgare 'dya pātitān tvadguṇasmaraṇam eva pāti tām; RAGH. 2. 48.: upaplavebhyaḥ prajāḥ pāsi. (V. pa pati pal pāl pātra et cf. lat. PĀ in pā-vi, pā-bulum; gr. [greek] lith. po-nas dominus, pé-nas pabulum, pastus, cibus; pénù pasco, cibo; russ. pitáju id.; goth. fodja id., fodeins cibus; nostrum Futter.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. DEV. 11. 32.: tvam paripāsi viśvam.

pAMzu pāṃśu

m. pulvis. N. 13. 28. (V. pāṃsu et cf. cambro-brit. pain "bloom, fine powder, or dust"; v. Pict. p. 15.; lat. pulvis pro pulcvis, mutato n in l, adjecto i, sicut e. c. in levis pro leguis = laghu v. Ag. Benary Römische Lautlehre p. 209.; lith. peska arena.)

pAMsana pāṃsana

vilis, abjectus, contemnendus. H. 1. 39. 4. 12.

pAMsu pāṃsu

m. pulvis. DR. 9. 13.; v. pāṃśu.

pAka pāka

m. (r. pac coquere suff. a) maturitas. UR. 64. 10.

pAkazAsana pākaśāsana

m. (maturitatis dominator, e praec. et śāsana) nomen Indri.

pATala pāṭala

ex rubro pallens. UR. 19. 5.

pATava pāṭava

n. (a paṭu dexter, aptus, suff. a) dexteritas, habilitas, peritia. HIT. 3. 4.

pATha pāṭha

m. (r. paṭh s. a) lectio.

pANa pāṇa

m. (r. paṇ s. a) ludus. N. 26. 19. a. et b.

pANi pāṇi

m. manus. IN. 2. 20.

pANDava pāṇḍava

m. (a pāṇḍu nom. pr. suff. a v. gr. 650.) a Pāndu oriundus.

pANDu pāṇḍu

1) Adj. m. f. n. pallidus, flavescente albo colore (Wils.: pale or yellowish white). N. 2. 3. 2) m. n. pr. regis Hastināpuri, Judhischthiri ejusque quatuor fratrum patris nominalis. (Hib. buidhe "yellow".)

pANDura pāṇḍura

(a praec. s. ra) i. q. pāṇḍu sgf. 1. H. 2. 17.

pAta pāta

m. (r. pat s. a) 1) lapsus, casus. HIT. 36. 18. 2) volatus.

pAtaka pātaka

n. (a pātay CAUS. rad. pat cadere) peccatum, crimen. BH. 1. 38. HIT. 20. 10.

[Page 215a]
pAtAla pātāla

n. (fortasse a r. pat vel a subst. pāta) infernum, tartarus. SU. 4. 20.

pAti pāti

m. (r. s. ti) i. q. pati. MEGH. 10.

pAtra pātra

n. (r. 2. servare s. tra) 1) vas. HIT. 27. 17. TROP. HIT. 143. 9. (cf. bhājana l. c. 34. 2. 68. 19. 77. 3.). Dignum vas i. e. homo dignus qui accipiat. BH. 17. 20. 2) actor, histrio. UR. 1. 10. (Goth. fodr, Them. fodra vagina; lat. patera; hib. putraice "a vessel, a pot".)

pAtha pātha

I. n. (a bibere s. tha) aqua. MED. II. m. (a 2. servare, sustentare) 1) sol. 2) ignis. (Hib. bot ignis, bath "the sea"; cf. scr. pāthis mare; gr. [greek] lat. pontus; cf. etiam [greek])

pAthas pāthas

n. (r. s. thas) aqua. AM.; v. pātha.

pAtheya pātheya

n. (a pathin via s. eya) viaticum. UR. 65. 13.

pAda pāda

m. (r. pad ire s. a) 1) pes. 2) radix arboris. 3) radius. UR. 41. 1. infr. (V. pad pes et cf. lith. páda-s planta pedis, peda-s vestigium; goth. fotu-s pes, attenuato a in u; de o pro ā v. gr. comp. 69. Cum pāda radius cohaeret fortasse hib. fadadh "kindling, lighting", fadaidhim "I kindle, excite, provoke", v. Pictet p. 48.)

pAdapa pādapa

m. (radice bibens, TATP. e praec. et pa) arbor.

pAdarakSa pādarakṣa

m. (e pāda pes et rakṣa servans, tuens, a r. rakṣ s. a) pedes. DR. 8. 10.

pAdAGguSTha pādāṅguṣṭha

m. (ex pāda pes et aṅguṣṭha pollex) hallex. SU. 1. 9.

pAdukA pādukā

f. (a pādū s. ka correpto ū nisi a pad ire vel a pāda pes suff. uka in fem.) calceus. HIT. 113. 2.

pAdU pādū

f. (a pad ire, nisi a pāda vel pad pes s. ū) id. AM.

pAdya pādya

m. n. (a pāda s. ya) aqua ad pedes lavandos. IN. 3. 2.

pAna pāna

n. (r. bibere s. ana) potus. (Lith. pena-s lac.)

pAnIya pānīya

n. (bibendum a r. s. anīya) aqua. H. 1. 25.

pAntha pāntha

m. (a panthan - v. pathina - s. a v. gr. 223.) viator. HIT. 10. 10.

pApa pāpa

1) Adj. improbus, scelestus. H. 1. 6. 2) n. peccatum, crimen. BH. 2. 33. (Cf. lat. peccare; gr. [greek] mutatis labb. in gutturales; lith. pykiù iratus sum, paika-s, pikta-s iracundus, iratus.)

[Page 215b]
pApaka pāpaka

(a pāpa s. ka) improbus. IN. 5. 61.

pApakRta pāpakṛta

n. (KARM. ex pāpa improbus et kṛta n. factum) improbum factum, peccatum. N. 13. 40.

pApAcAra pāpācāra

(BAH. ex pāpa et ācāra actio, vivendi ratio, mores) scelestam vivendi rationem habens, scelestam vitam agens, improbus. H. 1. 48.

pApAtman pāpātman

Adj. (BAH. ex pāpa et ātman) scelestam animam habens, improbus. H. 2. 26.

pApman pāpman

m. peccatum. MAH. 1. 3483.

pAr pār

10. P. A. (Fortasse Denom. a pāra sicut idem valens tīr q. v. a tīra nisi pār est Caus. radicis pṝ) finire, absolvere, perficere, praesertim votum. SA. 4. 6.: pārayiṣyāmy ahan tapaḥ; 7.: vratam pāritan tvayā. In dialecto Prācritā nec non in recentiore Sanscr. posse, v. Hoefer "Vom Infinitiv" p. 82. (Cf. pāraga et gr. [greek])

pAra pāra

m. (fortasse a para alius s. a cum Vriddhi, nisi a pṝ trajicere) ripa opposita, ulterior. (V. para pār et cf. gr. [greek] etc.; lat. per; lith. per trans, ultra, per; slav. pere v. para.)

pArakya pārakya

(a paraka quod ipsum a para alius, alienus, hostis, suff. ya) hostilis, inimicus. HIT. 109. 6.

pAraga pāraga

(e pāra et ga iens) ad ripam ulteriorem iens, transiens, translat. perlegens. N. 12. 81. 13. 44.

pArada pārada

m. argentum vivum. AM.

pAradezya pāradeśya

m. (a paradeśa alia regio s. ya) peregrinator, peregrinus. (Cf. priorem partem lat. per-egrinus, V. pāra.)

pArAvata pārāvata

m. columba. UR. 37. 6.

pAriSada pāriṣada

m. (a pariṣad coetus s. a) unus e coetu, e multitudine. N. 18. 4.

pAruSya pāruṣya

n. (a paruṣa s. ya) 1) asperitas, severitas. HIT. 102. 22. 2) sermo contumeliosus. BH. 16. 4.

pArtha pārtha

m. (a pṛthā s. a) a Prithā oriundus, Prithā natus, cognomen Pāndavorum, praecipue Ar[greek]uni.

pArthiva pārthiva

(a pṛthivī terra s. a) 1) Adj. (fem. ī) terrenus, terrester. SA. 6. 18. 2) m. princeps, rex. H. 4. 39.

pArvatIya pārvatīya

(a parvata mons s. īya) montanus. DR. 8. 8.

pArzva pārśva

m. n. latus. SU. 3. 26. N. 19. 16. (Fortasse gr. [greek] L. Diefenbach apte huc trahit lith. pusse dimidium, per assimil. e purse.)

pArzvatas pārśvatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) ad latus, a latere. SU. 3. 25. 27.

pArSNi pārṣṇi

m. f. calx. (Goth. fairzna pro firzna - v. gr. comp. 82. - attenuato ā in i; et germ. vet. fersna nituntur formā pārṣṇā; ita gr. [greek] adjecto [greek] cf. pṛṣṭha dorsum, tergum.)

pAl pāl

10. P. interdum A. (rakṣaṇe K. rakṣe V.) 1) servare, tueri. R. Schl. I. 45. 29.: pālayā 'smān; MAH. 1. 8414.: ṛṣīn asmān bālakān pālayasva. 2) regere. R. Schl. I. 5. 11.: tām purīm pālayāmāsa; DEV. 1. 11. 12. (V. unde pāl quod etiam pro Caus. radicis habetur, adjecto l; cf. hib. fal "guarding, tending cattle", falaim "I hedge, inclose"; v. pāla.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. sens. 1. MAN. 1. 27. R. Schl. I. 1. 24.: pratijñām; II. 34. 43.: nideśam.

c. abhi id. MAH. 3. 8472.

c. pari 1) i. q. simpl. BR. 2. 28. N. 5. 44. 2) exspectare. R. Schl. II. 70. 13.: muhūrtam paripālyatām.

c. prati 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 3521. 4080. 2) exspectare. UR. 37. 14.: enam avalokamārge paripālayāmi; SAK. 8. 13.: yāvad etāḥ...pratipālayāmi. Intrans. MAH. 3. 8793.: yāvad āgamanam mahyan tāvat tvam pratipālaya.

c. sam servare. MAH. 3. 15249.: pratijñām.

pAla pāla

m. (r. pāl s. a) servator, custos, dominus, rex, in fine compp. N. 2. 8. 21. 17. BH. 11. 26. IN. 1. 1. (Hib. fal "a king, privileged person".)

pAlana pālana

n. (r. pāl s. ana) servatio, tuitio. HIT. 96. 9.

pAvaka pāvaka

m. (r. purificare s. aka) ignis. (Conferantur, quod ad syllabam radicalem attinet, gr. [greek] germ. vet. fiur. Goth. fon, Them. fona ignis formā convenit cum pavana et pāvana quae ejecto v coalescerent in pāna quod gothice sonaret fona. Fortasse lat. focus e pocus, foveo e poveo sicut fluo e pluo = plavāmi a r. plu.)

[Page 216b]
pAvana pāvana

(r. s, ana) 1) n. purificatio, lustramen. BH. 18. 5. 2) Adj. (fem. ī) purus. RAGH. 15. 101.

pAza pāśa

m. (r. paś ligare s. a) funis. SA. 5. 16. (V. r. 1. paś.)

pAzava pāśava

(a paśu s. a v. gr. 650.) pecuinus. N. 23. 11.

pAzupata pāśupata

m. (a paśupati - animalium dominus, nomen Sivi - suff. a) sagitta miraculosa Sivi. A. 3. 51.

pASANa pāṣāṇa

m. lapis. HIT. 57. 4.: nikaṣapāṣāṇa "lapis Lydius". (Cf. r. [greek])

pi pi

1. 6. P. piyāmi (gatau) ire. In dial. Ved. opimare, fecundum reddere, augere; fecundum fieri, augeri. (V. Westerg. et cf. pyai pīna.)

pi pi

2. Praep. insep. pro api; v. gr. 111.

piMs piṃs

1. et 10. P. (bhāṣārthe tviṣi; scribitur pis) loqui; lucere.

pika pika

m. (fem. pikī) cuculus Indicus. NALOD. 2. 12. (Cf. lat. pīca.)

piGga piṅga

(r. piñj tingere, colorare) nigricans e gilvo (Wils. tawny). H. 2. 2.

piGgala piṅgala

(r. piñj s. ala) id. RAGH. 12. 71.

piGgAkSa piṅgākṣa

(BAH. e piṅga et akṣa v. gr. 681.) e gilvo nigricantes oculos habens. H. 2. 2.

picc picc

10. P. (kuṭṭane K. chede V.) scindere, abscindere.

piccha piccha

n. cauda pavonis. Cf. puccha.

pich pich

6. P. picchāmi (bādhe) vexare. Cf. mich.

piJj piñj

1. 2. A. (varṇe K. varṇapūjayoḥ samparke V.; scribitur pij gr. 110a).) pingere, honorare, conjungere. (V. piṅga pūj pṛj i. e. parj quod fortasse e pañj mutatā liquidā r in n; cf. lat. pingo.)

piJj piñj

2. 10. P. (V.; scribitur pij gr. 110a). secundum K. i. q. hiṃs; secundum V. i. q. bhā et saṭṭ (bhāṣaṭṭārthe).

piT piṭ

1. P. (saṃhatau K. saṃhatau dhvanau V.) coacervare, sonare. (Cf. piṇḍ.)

piND piṇḍ

1. A. 10. P. coacervare, colligere. MAH. 1. 298.: akṣauhiṇyaḥ...piṇḍitā 'ṣṭaudaśa; RAM. I. 26. 5. (Cf. 2. paṇḍ unde piṇḍ attenuato a in i.)

[Page 217a]
piNDa piṇḍa

m. (r. piṇḍ s. a) 1) frustum. RAGH. 2. 59. 2) libum, popanum, quod majoribus offertur. BR. 3. 8. 3) corpus. RAGH. 2. 57.

pitAmaha pitāmaha

m. (e pitā pro pitṛ - vel potius e pitar abjecto r et producto a v. gr. 179. - et maha v. gr. 681.) 1) avus paternus, in Plur. majores. BR. 3. 6. 2) deus Brahma tanquam primitivus pater. SU. 1. 17. 18. 3. 2.

pitR pitṛ

m. (ut equidem puto, e patṛ attenuato a in i patṛ autem pro pātṛ a r. servare, nutrire, suff. tṛ) pater. SA. 5. 93. -- Dual. pitarau parentes. SA. 5. 99. -- Plur. pitaras majores, patres. BR. 3. 8. 19. (Zend. patare, nom. pata, acc. pathrem pro patarem, v. gr. comp. p. 324.; gr. [greek] lat. pater; germ. vet. fatar, fater; goth. fadrein parentes; hib. athair pater pro pathair.)

pitRpaitAmaha pitṛpaitāmaha

Adj. (e pitṛ pater et paitāmaha avitus a pitāmaha suff. a) paternus et avitus. BR. 2. 14. SA. 7. 7.

pitRrAja pitṛrāja

m. (majorum rex, e pitṛ et rāja rex in fine compp.) nomen dei Yami. SA. 5. 14.

pitRvya pitṛvya

m. (a pitṛ s. vya) patruus. AM. (Fortasse lat. patruus, ita ut suff. uu = vya ejecto y mutato v in u.)

pitta pitta

n. bilis.

pitrya pitrya

(a pitṛ s. ya) paternus. MAN. 10. 59.

pits pits

(e pipats ejectā syllabā pa) Desid. radicis pat.

pitsat pitsat

m. (volare volens, part. praes. praec.; nom. pitsan) avis. AM. (Cf. psittacus.)

pidhAna pidhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. pi pro api s. ana) tegumentum. (Cambro-brit. fedon "a skreen".)

pinaddha pinaddha

v. nah.

pinAka pināka

m. n. 1) Sivi arcus. A. 3. 5. 2) tridens. AM.

pinAkin pinākin

m. (a praec. s. in) nomen dei Sivi.

pinv pinv

1. P. (scribitur piv gr. 110a).) 1) effundere. RIGV. 64. 6.: pinvanty apo marutaḥ; 34. 4.: triḥ pṛkṣo asme akṣare 'va (akṣarā iva) pinvatam "ter cibum nobis, aquarum instar, effundite (Asvini!)". 2) conspergere, irrigare. RIGV. 64. 5.: bhūmim pinvanti payasā. 3) implere. RIGV. (v. Westerg.) pinvatam apitaḥ (Schol. jalarahitā nadīḥ) pinvatan dhiyaḥ. ATM. impleri, turgere. RIGV. 8. 7.: yaḥ kukṣiḥ...samudra iva pinvate. (Fortasse pinv reduplicatione ortum est e 1. bibere - cf. pivāmi - ita ut sensu caus. primitive significet bibere facere; cf. minv.)

pipAsA pipāsā

f. (a pipās DESID. rad. bibere suff. ā) bibendi desiderium, sitis. H. 1. 4. SU. 1. 8. (Fortasse gr. [greek] e [greek] pro [greek])

pipAsita pipāsita

(a praec. s. ita v. gr. 652.) sitiens. SA. 5. 36.

pippali pippalI pippali pippalī

f. piper. (Gr. [greek] lat. piper.)

pippalImUla pippalīmūla

n. (e praec. et mūla) radix arboris piperis. AM.

piplu piplu

m. (fortasse forma redupl., nisi e praep. pi et rad. plu) nota, macula, naevus. N. 17. 5.

pil pil

10. P. (kṣepe K. nudi V.) jacere, conjicere, mittere.

piv piv

v. 1. .

piz piś

6. P. piṃśāmi v. gr. 335. (avayave) in dial. Ved. induere, vestire? RIGV. 68. 5.: pipeśa nākaṃ stṛbhiḥ Ros. "decoravit coelum stellis"; Ved. apud Mādh. (v. Westerg.): nakṣatrebhyaḥ pitaro dyām apiṃśan; tvaṣṭā rūpāṇi piṃśatu; RIGV. V.: vācam pipiśur vadantaḥ. (Cf. paś ligare, unde piś ortum esse videtur attenuato a in i. Westerg. redicem piś explicat per formare, figurare, decorare. Fortasse huc pertinet lat. fingo, mutatā tenui (ś = k) in mediam.)

c. ā i. q. simpl. RIGV. 5. (v. Westerg.): ā rodasī piśānāḥ.

c. nis id. RIGV. 110. 8.: niś carmaṇa ṛbhavo gām apiṃśata "Ribhues! cute vaccam induistis".

pizAca piśāca

m. Pis'ā[greek]us, nomen malorum daemonum. N. 12. 7.

pizAcI piśācī

f. Fem. praecedentis.

pizita piśita

n. caro. H. 2. 10.

pizitepsu piśitepsu

Adj. (TATP. e praec. et īpsu q. v.) carnis cupidus. H. 2. 3.

piS piṣ

1. 7. P. interdum A. pinsere, terere, conterere. MAH. 4. 632.: pinaṣmy ahañ candanam; 4. 261.: piṃṣe pro [greek])

c. ut i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 457.

c. nis (niṣpiṣ gr. 79.) id. H. 4. 54.: niṣpiṣyai 'nam balād bhūmau; DR. 9. 3.: tam bhīmo niṣpipeṣa mahītale; MAH. 4. 465.: dantair dantān niṣpipeṣa.

c. nis praef. vi id. H. 4. 35. Fricare. RAM. Schl. II. 35. 1.: pāṇim pāṇau viniṣpiṣya.

c. prati id. pratyapiṃṣat pro pratyapinaṭ. MAH. 1. 2004. 4. 361.

c. sam id. RAM. Schl. I. 45. 48.

piS piṣ

2. 10. P. (hiṃsāyām K.) laedere, ferire, occidere.

piS piṣ

3. 1. P. (gatau K.) ire, se movere. Cf. pis.

pis pis

1. 1. P. (gatyām) ire, se movere.

pis pis

2. 10. P. (niketanahiṃsābaladāneṣu) habitare; laedere, ferire; robustum esse; dare.

pI

4. A. (e attenuato ā in ī) bibere. MAH. 3. 13611.: so 'pīyata vāri. (V. .)

pITha pīṭha

m. n. 1) sella, sedile. RAGH. 17. 10. 2) scabellum. RAGH. 4. 84. 6. 15.

pIThA pīṭhā

f. id.

pID pīḍ

10. P. 1) premere. R. Schl. II. 50. 27.: bhujābhyām vṛttapīnābhyām pīḍayan; HIT. 62. 8.: asakṛt pīḍitaṃ snānavastram muñced bahū 'dakam. 2) ferire, percutere, icere. A. 10. 39.: śaravarṣais tān...nā 'śaknuvam pīḍayitum. 3) vexare, contristare, dolore afficere. BR. 3. 14.: pīḍitā 'ham bhaviṣyāmi; N. 9. 11.: kṣudhayā pīḍyamānaḥ; MAN. 5. 50.: vyādhibhiśca na pīḍyante. (Cf. piṭh.)

c. abhi vexare. N. 12. 90.: bhartṛśokābhipīditā.

c. ava premere, tundere. MAH. 1. 6292.: tato 'sya jānunā pṛṣṭham avapīḍya balāt.

c. ā vexare. HIT. ed. Ser. p. 116.: āpīḍayan balaṃ śatroḥ. -- āpīḍita coronatus (N. 12. 102.) ab āpīḍa s. ita.

c. upa 1) vexare. MAN. 8. 67.: kṣuttṛṣṇopapīḍitaḥ. 2) vastare. MAN. 7. 195.: rāṣṭrañcā 'syo 'papīḍayet (Schol. utsādayet).

c. ni 1) premere. R. Schl. I. 44. 1.: aṅguṣṭhāgranipīḍitaṅ kṛtvā mahītalam; RAGH. 2. 23.: guroḥ sadārasya nipīḍya pādau. 2) vexare. MAH. 2. 6106.; MAN. 7. 23.

c. ni praef. abhi id. MAH. 3. 14759.: karaṅ kareṇā 'bhinipīḍya; 1. 7009.: kandarpavāṇābhinipīḍitāṅgāḥ.

c. ni praef. upa pulsare, percutere, icere. TROP. daivenopanipīḍitaḥ MAH. 2. 2498.

c. pari 1) amplecti. HIT. 65. 13.: bāhubhyām paripīḍitaḥ. 2) ferire, percutere, icere. A. 10. 39.: te tu mām paryapīḍayan (śaraiḥ). 3) vexare. R. Schl. II. 10. 38.

c. pra vexare. H. 1. 19.: śrameṇa...tṛṣṇayāca prapīḍitāḥ.

c. sam ferire, percutere, icere. MAH. 3. 12121.

pIDA pīḍā

f. (r. pīḍ s. ā) tormentum, cruciatus. BH. 17. 19.

pIta pīta

v. .

pIna pīna

v. pyai.

pIl pīl

1. P. (pratiṣṭambhe K. rodhe V.) stabilire, immobilem reddere; arcere.

pIlu pīlu

m. elephantus. AM. (Pers. [greek] pīl.)

pIv pīv

1. P. (sthaulye) magnum, crassum, pinguem esse. Cf. pyai mīv.

pIvara pīvara

(r. pyai s. vara) crassus, turgidus. IN. 5. 10. (V. pyai et cf. [greek])

puMzcalI puṃścalī

f. (e puṃs mas et cala iens in fem.) meretrix.

puMs puṃs

1. 10. P. (marde) conterere. Cf. 1. piṣ.

puMs puṃs

2. (casus fortes, vocativo sing. puman excepto, format e pumāṃs unde nom. pumān acc. pumāṃsam v. gr. 238.) mas, vir. BH. 2. 62. 71. (Huc traxerim lat. mas, mar-is pro masis, mas-culus, abjectā syllabā initiali pu, ad quam lat. pu [greek] pu-bes referri posset, quod fortasse e pumes, mutato m in mediam ejusdem organi, sicut in gr. [greek] fortasse etiam nostrum Mann; germ. vet. man, gen. mannes, quod per assimil. e manses explicari posset, cum pumāṃs cohaeret, nisi pertinet ad mānava.)

[Page 219a]
puMskAma puṃskāma

(BAH. e praec. et kāma desiderium) maris desiderium habens, maris cupidus. H. 3. 15.

pukkaza pukkaSa pukkasa pukkaśa pukkaṣa pukkasa

m. i. q. caṇḍāla. AM. pukkasa Adj. (fem. ī) vilis, abjectus. HEM.

puGkha puṅkha

m. pars pennata sagittae. AM.

puGgava puṅgava

m. (e pum et gava bos, in compositis solum usurpato, a go suff. a; vid. gavarāja apud Wils.) 1) taurus. 2) in fine compositorum optimus, princeps (cf. ṛṣabha).

puch puch

1. P. (pramāde) negligentem, socordem esse. Cf. much yuch.

puccha puccha

m. n. cauda. DR. 5. 8. Cf. piccha.

puT puṭ

1. 6. P. (saṃśleṣaṇe K. śleṣe V.) amplecti.

puT puṭ

2. 10. P. poṭayāmi (bhāṣārthe K. cūrṇabhāsi V.) loqui; lucere; conterere. Cf. paṭ paṭh puth muṇṭ.

puT puṭ

3. 10. P. puṭayāmi (saṃsarge) conjungere, ligare, nectere.

puTT puṭṭ

10. P. (alpībhāve K. tauchye V.) exiguum esse; vacuum esse.

puN puṇ

6. P. (śubhe K. dharme V.) purum fieri; justum, honestum esse vel fieri. K.: puṇati snānena janaḥ. (Cf. cl. 9. punāmi.)

puND puṇḍ

1. P. (marde; scribitur puḍ gr. 110a).) conterere. Cf. 2. puṭ puṃs muṇṭ muṭ.

puNDarIka puṇḍarīka

n. alba lotus; v. sq.

puNDarIkodaraprabha puṇḍarīkodaraprabha

(BAH. e puṇḍarīkodara - puṇḍarīka + udara albae loti venter - et prabhā splendor) albae loti ventris splendorem habens. H. 1. 32.

puNya puṇya

(r. puṇ s. ya) 1) Adj. purus, justus, bonus, pulcher. N. 12. 37. IN. 2. 1. 9. 23. BH. 7. 9. 2) n. Subst. virtus. N. 15. 17. Lass. 34. 7. IN. 2. 4.

puNyakartR puṇyakartṛ

m. (e praec. et kartṛ) qui virtutem exercet, justus, probus, sanctus. IN. 2. 4.

puNyakarman puṇyakarman

(BAH. ex puṇya et karman factum) bona, justa facta habens i. e. agens. IN. 1. 22.

puNyakRt puṇyakṛt

(ex puṇya et kṛt q. v. faciens) i. q. puṇyakartṛ. BH. 6. 41.

[Page 219b]
puNyagandha puṇyagandha

(BAH. ex puṇya et gandha odor) suavem odorem habens, bene olens. IN. 2. 23.

puNyagandhin puṇyagandhin

(a puṇyagandha suavis odor suff. in) suavi ordore praeditus. IN. 2. 2.

puNyavat puṇyavat

(a puṇya s. vat) 1) virtute praeditus, bonus, justus, probus. 2) felix, fortunatus. AM.

puNyAha puṇyāha

n. (e puṇya et aha dies, v. gr. 681.) dies festus (Wilson: A holy day).

putra putra

m. filius. In Plur. et ubi in initio comp. pluralem habet sensum, 1) filii, 2) liberi, tam masculini quam feminini. BR. 1. 19. Scribitur etiam puttra. (Armor. paotr puer; pers. pusr filius, puer; lat. puer; v. putrī.)

putraka putraka

m. (a praec. s. ka) filius. Lass. 2. 15.

putradAra putradāra

n. (DVANDV. e putra et dāra v. gr. 660.) liberi et uxor. BR. 1. 19.

putrapautrin putrapautrin

(ex comp. DVANDV. putrapautra suff. in) filios et filiorum filios habens vel liberos et liberorum liberos habens. SA. 5. 57.

putrikA putrikā

(Fem. [greek] putraka mutato penultimo a in i) filia. N. 16. 6.

putrin putrin

(a putra s. in) liberos habens. N. 24. 13.

putrI putrī

f. (a putra signo fem. ī) filia. SA. 1. 29. (Hib. piuthar "a sister".)

putrIya putrīya

(a putra s. īya) ad filium, ad filios, ad liberos spectans. RAGH. 10. 4.

puth puth

4. P. praesertim 10. P. puthyāmi pothayāmi conterere. DR. 8. 22.: gajaḥ...patann avākśiro bhūmau hastyārohān apothayat; MAH. 4. 643.: tasya pothayāmi padā śiraḥ; 3. 11106.: mahāvṛkṣān pothayan; 5. 5021.: pothayāmāsa tān sarvān; 3. 545.: sarvān sarpān apothayat. (Cf. punth puṇḍ 2. puṭ math manth muṭ muṇṭ kunth lat. quatio, concutio, mutatā labiali in gutturalem, sicut e. c. in quinque = pañca; v. kunth.)

c. vi id. DEV. 2. 57.: vipothitā nipātena gadayā bhuvi śerate; MAH. 4. 1105.: aśvān asya vyapothayat.

punar punar

Adv. 1) iterum, denuo, rursus. N. 8. 8. 15. 16. Sacpe repetitur. N. 7. 16. 2) retro. punar eṣyati redibit. DR. 6. 16. 3) adhuc. DR. 9. 4. 4) autem, vero. UR. 47. 9. 58. 8. - kim punar v. kim.

punarukta punarukta

(e punar et ukta dictus) 1) repetitus, v. sq. 2) superfluus, supervacuus. UR. 39. 10. 89. 9.

punarjanman punarjanman

(e punar et janman) 1) KARM. n. regeneratio, nova nativitas. BH. 8. 15. 2) BAH. m. (repetitam, alteram nativitatem habens) Brāhmanus, v. dvija dvijāti.

punarlAbha punarlābha

m. (ex punar et lābha adeptio) recuperatio. N. 16. 23.

punth punth

1. P. (hiṃsāyāṃ saṅkleśe K. kunthe V.; scribitur puth gr. 110a).) vexare, occidere. V. puth.

punnAga punnāga

m. nomen arboris (Wils. Rottleria tinctoria). N. 12. 40.

pumAMs pumāṃs

v. puṃs.

pur pur

1. 6. P. (agragamane K. agragatyām V.) praecedere, ire. Cf. para.

pur pur

2. f. (Nom. pūr pūḥ) urbs. RAGH. 16. 23. v. sq.

pura pura

n. (ut videtur, a rad. pṝ vel pūr implere, v. Lass.) urbs. V. purī.

puraHsara puraḥsara

m. (e puras q. v. et sara a rad. sṛ suff. a) antecedens, dux.

puratas puratas

Adv. (a puras abjecto s suff. tas) coram. Vaivarta-Pur. Stenzl. 2. 70.

purandara purandara

m. (urbem findens, urbium destructor, e pura in Acc. et dara a rad. dṝ suff. a v. gr. 645.) nomen Indri. IN. 3. 2.

puras puras

Praep. 1) ante, in initio compp.; v. dhā puraḥsara purogama etc. 2) coram, c. gen. MEGH. 3. (Cf. para goth. faur ante pro fur, v. gr. comp. 82.; germ. vet. fora, for, nostrum vor; fortasse lat. coram e poram, palam e param; boruss. vet. pirs-dan ante, coram.)

puraskR puraskṛ

(e puras et kṛ facere) primo loco ponere. SU. 3. 9.

purastAt purastāt

(a puras s. stāt v. gr. 652.) coram, c. gen. A. 4. 10. Absol. in fronte. BH. 11. 40.

purA purā

Adv. 1) antea, olim. H. 1. 30. 4. 10. N. 10. 8. 2) prius- quam, antequam. DR. 6. 20. 21.; cum ablat. A. 4. 20. SA. 5. 99. (Cf. puras et v. para.)

purANa purāṇa

(a purā) 1) Adj. (fem. ā et ī) antiquus, priscus. M. 56. BH. 2. 20. 15. 4. 2) n. nomen carminum mythologicorum, octodecim numero.

purAtana purātana

Adj. (fem. ī a purā suff. tana) antiquus, pristinus. SU. 1. 1. N. 24. 49. BH. 4. 3.

purI purī

f. (a pura n. urbs, signo fem. ī) urbs. IN. 1. 42. N. 13. 47. (Gr. [greek] fortasse lat. urbs, litteris transpositis.)

purISa purīṣa

n. faeces, excrementum. HIT. 85. 9.

puru puru

1) Adj. m. f. n. (r. pṝ i. e. par implere s. u) multus. AM. 2) m. nom. pr. regis. (Cf. pul pula pūr pūrṇa; gr. [greek] goth. filu, germ. vet. filu, filo, vilo, nostrum viel, lat. plus quasi purīyas plurimus e plusimus; fortasse hib. mor "great, big, bulky, many, noble", moradh "augmentation" mutatā labiali mutā in nasalem ejusdem organi; ita lat. mul-tus; v. pūr pūrṇa.)

puruSa puruṣa

m. 1) vir, mas, homo. IN. 4. 2. H. 2. 30. BR. 1. 8. 2) famulus, minister. N. 13. 65. 18. 5. 11. 18. SA. 5. 15. 3) anima, animus, spiritus. BH. 8. 10. 22. 13. 19. etc. 15. 16. etc. 4) nomen arboris. SA. 6. 5.

purogama purogama

m. (ex puras et gama iens) praeiens, dux. N. 12. 123.

puroDAza puroḍāśa

m. butyrum purificatum sacrificum. DR. 6. 23.

purodhas purodhas

m. (ex puras ante et dhas a dhā ponere suff. as) sacerdos. BH. 10. 24. cf. purohita.

purohita purohita

m. (antepositus ex puras et hita) id.

purv purv

1. P. (pūraṇe K. pūrtau V.) implere. Cf. parv pūr pṝ.

pul pul

1. 1. et 6. P. polāmi pulāmi (mahatve) magnum esse vel fieri. (l pro r cf. puru.)

pul pul

2. 10. P. (saṅghāte K. ucchritau V.) coacervare; eminere, altum, magnum esse; v. 1. pul.

pula pula

(r. pul s. a) 1) Adj. magnus, amplus. 2) Subst. m. erectio pilorum. (Cf. lat. pilum, v. sq.)

pulaka pulaka

m. (r. pul s. aka) erectio pilorum. (Cf. lith. plauka-s coma, quod etiam a plu volare derivari potest.)

pulina pulina

n. (r. pul s. ina) 1) insula. MEGH. 42. 2) ripa. RAGH. 14. 52.

[Page 221a]
puloman puloman

m. nom. pr. Asuri. A. 10. 7.

puS puṣ

1. 1. 9. 10. P. poṣāmi puṣṇāmi poṣayāmi. Nutrire. BH. 15. 13.: puṣṇāmicau 'ṣadhīḥ sarvāḥ; MAH. 3. 1963.: sutān iva pupoṣa tān; 13639.: putrān nāryaḥ puṣṇanti; HIT. ed. Ser. p. 37.: kim aham parapiṇḍenā "tmānam poṣayāmi; H. 4. 50.: māṃsaiḥ puṣṭaḥ. -- Caus. nutriendum curare. SAK. 107. 7.: svam apatyajātam anyādvijaiḥ parabhṛtāḥ poṣayanti.

c. pari 10. nutrire, sustentare. BHAR. 2. 38.: tasmiṃśca (loke) paripoṣyamāṇe.

c. sam 9. augeri, crescere. BHAR. 2. 13.

puS puṣ

2. 4. P. 1) nutrire. BHATT. 17. 32.: deham ihā 'puṣyaḥ surāmiṣaiḥ. 2) frui, possidere. R. Schl. 94. 10.: śriyam puṣyaty ayaṅ giriḥ; RAGH. 16. 58.: varṇam puṣyaty anekaṃ sarayūpravāhaḥ; 18. 31. 3) adipisci. RAGH. 3. 22.: dine dine pupoṣa vṛddhim (Schol. lebhe).

puSkara puṣkara

m. 1) piscina, lacus. 2) lotus flos (Wils. Nelumbium speciosum or Nymphaea nelumbo). 3) n. pr. regis, fratris Nali.

puSkarAkSa puṣkarākṣa

(BAH. ex praec. et akṣa oculus) loto similes oculos habens. H. 2. 19.

puSkariNI puṣkariṇī

f. (a puṣkara s. in in fem., v. euph. r. 94a).) lotorum lacus, lacus in universum. A. 4. 50.

puSkala puṣkala

excellens, eximius. SU. 4. 4. BH. 11. 21.

puSTi puṣṭi

f. (r. puṣ s. ti) incrementum; prosperitas. RAGH. 18. 32.

puSp puṣp

4. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a puṣpa) florere. V. puṣpita.

puSpa puṣpa

m. (ut videtur, a r. puṣ) flos.

puSpalih puṣpalih

m. (nom. -liṭ e puṣpa et lih lambens) apis. AM.

puSpavat puṣpavat

(a puṣpa s. vat) 1) floribus praeditus. 2) m. Du. puṣpavantau sol et luna. AM.

puSpavatI puṣpavatī

f. (fem. praec.) mulier menstrualis. AM.

puSpita puṣpita

(a puṣpa s. ita v. gr. 652. et cf. kusumita SA. 4. 26.) flores habens, floridus, florens. H. 1. 11. N. 12. 102. SA. 4. 31. TROP. BH. 2. 42.

[Page 221b]
pust pust

10. P. (ādarānādarayoḥ K. bandhe anādṛtyādṛtyoḥ V.) venerari; spernere; ligare. (Cf. pūj bast.)

pustaka pustaka

n. (r. pust s. aka) liber, codex.

pU

9. P. A. et 1. A. punāmi pune (gr. 385.), pave. Purificare, lustrare. R. Schl. prooem. 3.: punāti bhuvanam puṇyā rāmāyaṇamahānadī; MAH. 3. 6030.; MAN. 11. 248.: bhrūṇahaṇam...punanti; MAH. 3. 7081.: kulam punīte; BHATT. 6. 61.: pavase haviḥ; 1. P. BH. 10. 31.: pavanaḥ pavatām asmi. -- Pass. MAN. 2. 62.: hṛdgābhiḥ (adbhiḥ) pūyate vipraḥ pūta lustratus. BH. 4. 10. 9. 10. Caus. facere ut alqs lustretur, lustrare. MAH. 5. 414.: pāvayiṣyāmi vajriṇam. (Cf. lat. pū-rus, pu-tare; lith. pūs-tas desertus, vastus (e put-tas? v. gr. comp. 102.), pus-tau acuo, v. tij tejas; germ. vet. bar purus, nudus, inanis fortasse a Caus. pāvayāmi mutato v in r sicut in birumes sumus = bhavāmas gr. comp. 20. V. pāvaka pavitra.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. MAN. 8. 330. 331.

c. vi id. MAH. 2. 1150.

pUga pūga

m. acervus, multitudo, turba. A. 3. 32. (Cf. idem valentia puṅga m. n., puñja m.)

pUj pūj

10. P. interdum A. honorare, colere, venerari. H. 4. 57.: apūjayan naravyāghram; SU. 4. 21.: pūjayiṣyaṃs tilottamām; N. 2. 14.: supūjitau; 13. 22.; MAH. 1. 4117.: apūjayanta vāgbhir naravyāghram; HIT. 71. 13.: badhnīyāt pūjayeta vā. -- pūjita ornatus. H. 1. 31.: kuntīṃ sarvalakṣaṇapūjitām.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. N. 3. 16.: manobhis tv abhyapūjayan. R. Schl. II. 76. 12.: tathe 'ti vākyan tasyā 'bhipūjya.

c. prati id. MAN. 1. 1.: pratipūjya yathānyāyam (manum); R. Schl. I. 26. 4.: tān ṛṣīn pratipūjya; I. 11. 10.: sādhū iti tadvākyam pratyapūjayan.

c. sam id. IN. 2. 10. 3. 3. 5. 47.

pUjA pūjā

f. (r. pūj s. ā) honor, reverentia, veneratio, cultus. N. 21. 20. IN. 5. 19.

pUN pūṇ

10. P. (saṅghāte) coacervare. (Cf. pūrṇa plenus, unde pūṇ ortum esse videtur ejecto r.)

[Page 222a]
pUti pūti

f. 1) (a. r. s. ti) purificatio. 2) (a. r. pūy foetere abjecto y s. ti) foetor, odor malus. BH. 17. 10.

pUpa pūpa

m. placenta. AM.

pUy pūy

1. A. (viśaraṇe durgandhe K. durgandhaśīrṇyoḥ V.) dissolvi, putrescere; foetere. (Cf. lith. pūwu putresco, fut. pù-su; gr. [greek] v. pūya [greek] lat. pūteo denomin. esse videtur a perdito nom. substant. vel adject., v. pūti; puter, putresco; foeteo mutatā tenui in aspir. sicut e. c. in fluo = plu; goth. fūls putridus; hib. putar "putrid, stinking".)

pUya pūya

n. (r. pūy s. a) pus. (Gr. [greek] lat. pus.)

pUr pūr

10. P. interdum A. 1) implere (Part. pass. pūrita; pūrṇa pertinet ad pṝ). SA. 5. 1.: kaṭhinam pūrayāmāsa; N. 2. 11.: ghoṣeṇa pūrayanto vasundharām; HIT. 46. 11.: jalavindunipātena kramaśaḥ pūryate ghaṭaḥ; MAH. 3. 8819.: pūrayasva samudram; RAGH. 9. 63.: śarapūritavaktrarandhrān; R. Schl. I. 75. 3.: pūrayasva dhanuḥ śareṇa; inde 2) tendere arcum. R. Schl. I. 67. 8.: dhanū rājabhir aśakyam pūritum. 3) satisfacere, respondere. HIT. 49. 2.: pūrayanti manorathān; MAH. 1. 6489.: kāmam pūrayiṣyanti me hayāḥ. (V. pṝ puru pūrṇa pul et cf. lat. pleo = pūrayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6. - ejectā vocali, mutato r in l; de gr. [greek] v. pṝ piparmi; hib. furain "plenty, abundance, excess", furthanach "plentiful", furthain "satiety, sufficiency".)

c. anu explere, satisfacere. GITA-GOV. 1. 25.: anupūrayatu priyam vaḥ.

c. abhi praef. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 10723.: bālukābhiḥ...gaṅgāṃ samabhipūrayan.

c. ā id. BH. 11. 30.: tejobhir āpūrya jagat; DEV. 2. 32.: nādena ghoreṇa kṛtsnam āpūritañ jagat; MAH. 1. 1302.

c. ā praef. sam 1) implere. MAH. 1. 2473. 2) tendere arcum. RAM. I. 28. 41.: tan na devāḥ samāpūrayituṃ śaktāḥ.

c. pra implere. HIT. 20. 9.: prapūryate (udaraḥ).

c. pra id. H. 1. 3.: diśaḥ sampūrayan nādaiḥ.

[Page 222b]
pUruSa pūruṣa

m. vir, mas. HIT. 28. 17.

pUrNa pūrṇa

v. pṝ.

pUrva pūrva

(de declin. v. gr. 279.) 1) prior. BR. 2. 34. H. 3. 18. BH. 4. 15. 2) orientalis. SU. 2. 12. De pūrva in fine compp. v. gr. 680. (Cf. para puras purā prathama; zend. [greek] paoirya primus; russ. pervyi id.; hib. foirfe "old, ancient, perfect, worthy".)

pUrvacitti pūrvacitti

f. (e pūrva et citti quod seorsim non invenitur) nom. pr. Apsarasae. IN. 2. 29.

pUrvataram pūrvataram

Adv. (Acc. neut. a pūrvatara prior a pūrva suff. tara) prius, antea. BH. 4. 15.

pUrvatas pūrvatas

Adv. (a pūrva s. tas) orientem versus. RAGH. 3. 42.

pUrvam pūrvam

Adv. (Acc. neut. [greek] pūrva) 1) prius. SU. 4. 18. 2) antea, olim. IN. 1. 41. BR. 1. 20. SA. 3. 13.

pUrvAhna pūrvāhna

m. (KARM. e pūrva et ahna dies in fine compp.) prior pars diei, tempus antemeridianum.

pUl pūl

1. et 10. P. (saṅghāte K. saṃhatau V.) coacervare. (Cf. pūr unde pūl mutato r in l).

pUS pūṣ

1. P. i. q. puṣ.

pUSan pūṣan

m. (r. pūṣ s. an) sol. AM.

pR pṛ

1. 5. P. pṛṇomi (prītau) exhilarare. Cf. prī pṛḍ.

pR pṛ

2. 6. A. priye (vyāyāme) laborare, operam dare, occupatum esse.

c. ā praef. vi id. vyāpṛta occupatus. MAH. 2. 2126.: mā vyāpṛtaḥ parakāryeṣu bhūḥ; 1. 7281.: vaivasvato vyāpṛtaḥ satrahetoḥ; 4. 597.: vyāpṛto goṣu; R. Schl. II. 39. 14.: vyāpṛtam vittasañcaye. -- Caus. occupare, occupatum tenere. RAGH. 2. 38.: vanadvipānān trāsārtham asminn aham vanakukṣau vyāpāritaḥ śūlabhṛtā; 7. 54.: sa dakṣiṇan tūṇamukhena vāmam vyāpārayan hastam; 6. 19.: ekam vyāpārayāmāsa karaṅ kirīṭe. (Cf. pṝ pūr implere; pṛta occupatus proprie oneratus, chargé.)

pR pṛ

3. 10. P. pārayāmi (pūraṇe K. pālane pūrtau V.) implere; nutrire, sustentare. Cf. pṝ pūr.

pRc pṛc

1. 7. P. pṛṇacmi. 1) miscere, conjungere. RAGH. 213.: pṛktas tuṣāraiḥ pavanaḥ; BHATT. 6. 39.: apṛṇag dhanu- servatum est; lat. plico, plecto; germ. vet. FLAHT, flihtu, flaht, fluhtumes.)

c. sam conjungere. sampṛkta conjunctus. MAN. 9. 322. 12. 14. 19.; R. Schl. II. 65. 8. RAGH. 1. 1.

pRc pṛc

2. 1. et 10. P. 2. A. i. q. pṛc cl. 7.

pRcchA pṛcchā

f. (r. prach correptā syllabā ra in suff. ā) interrogatio, quaestio. AM.

pRch pṛch

v. prach.

pRj pṛj

2. A. i. q. pṛc.

pRJc pṛñc

2. A. (scribitur pṛc gr. 110a).) id.

pRJj pṛñj

2. P. A. (scribitur pṛj gr. 110a).) id.

pRD pṛḍ

6. P. (sukhe K. mudi V.) voluptate frui, gaudere, laetari. (Cf. mṛḍ mud pṛ.)

pRN pṛṇ

6. P. in dial. Ved. implere. (V. Westerg. et cf. pṛ pṝ pūr pūṇ.) De abhipṛṇ āpṛṇ upapṛṇ in dial. Ved. v. Westerg.

pRth pṛth

10. P. (prakṣepe) jacere, projicere, extendere. (V. prath unde pṛth ejecto a.)

pRthak pṛthak

Adv. separatim, seorsum, singulatim. DR. 6. 1. A. 2. 3. BH. 5. 4. 13. 4. Repetitum. BH. 1. 18. -- pṛthakkartum abscindere. DEV. 3. 15. (Ag. Benary huc trahit lat. prīvus, ita ut mutilatum sit e prith-vus, "Römische Lautlehre" p. 293.)

pRthaktva pṛthaktva

n. (a pṛthak s. tva) specialitas. BH. 9. 15.

pRthagjana pṛthagjana

m. (KARM. e pṛthak et jana) homo inferioris ordinis, plebejus, de plebe. H. 1. 50.

pRthagbhAva pṛthagbhāva

m. (KARM. ex pṛthak et bhāva existentia) i. q. pṛthaktva. BH. 13. 30.

pRthA pṛthā

f. cognomen Kuntiae. IN. 5. 55.

pRthivI pṛthivī

f. (v. pṛthvī) terra.

pRthivIpati pṛthivīpati

m. (terrae dominator e praec. et pati dominus, dominator) rex.

[Page 223b]
pRthivIkSit pṛthivīkṣit

m. (e pṛthivī et kṣit q. v.) terrae dominator, rex. N. 5. 4.

pRthu pṛthu

(fem. pṛthu et pṛthvī compar. prathīyas superl. prathiṣṭha r. prath s. u) latus, amplus, magnus. N. 19. 13. IN. 5. 5. 27. (Gr. [greek] lith. platùs id.; anglo-sax. brād; goth. braid-s; nostrum breit; hib. farsaing "wide, ample" mutato th in s, farsneachd "width", farsnighim "I widen"; lat. latus e platus?)

pRthula pṛthula

(a praec. s. la) id. AM.

pRthulocana pṛthulocana

Adj. (BAH. ex pṛthu et locana oculus) magnos oculos habens. IN. 5. 27.

pRthuzroNI pṛthuśroṇī

f. (e pṛthu et śroṇī lumbus, femur, clunis) lata, turgida femora habens. IN. 5. 5.

pRthvI pṛthvī

f. (magna, lata, fem. a pṛthu) terra, cf. mahī; usitatius est pṛthivī quod e pṛthvī inserto i ortum esse censeo. (*) (Cambro-brit. prīz "mould or earth".)

(*) Wilsonus deducit pṛthvī a pṛthu nomine regis, prathivī vero a rad. prath celebrem esse.
pRS pṛṣ

1. P. (seke) inspergere, adspergere, irrigare. Cf. vṛṣ.

pRSat pṛṣat

(Part. praes. rad. pṛṣ) inspergens, adspergens, irrigans. -- Subst. 1) n. gutta. AM. 2) m. (nom. pṛṣan) nomen animalis, Wils. "the porcine deer". AM. Fem. pṛṣatī. RAGH. 8. 58.

pRSata pṛṣata

m. (r. pṛṣ s. ata) 1) gutta. RAGH. 3. 3. 2) nomen animalis (v. praec.). DR. 4. 15.

pRSTa pṛṣṭa

v. prach.

pRSTha pṛṣṭha

n. (fortasse e praep. pra et stha stans, nisi, quod sensui magis congruit, e parā correpto arā in et stha v. upastha) dorsum, tergum. H. 1. 16.

pRSThatas pṛṣṭhatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) a tergo. SU. 3. 26. 27. BH. 11. 40.

pRR pṝ

3. et 9. P. piparmi pṛṇāmi (v. gr. 385.) 1) implere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): yaḥ samudrān piparti. Part. pass. pūrṇa (gr. 607.) impletus, plenus. MAH. 3. 16625.: pūṇe varṣe. Etiam pūrta. PAN. VIII. 2. 57. 2) satiare. RIGV. (v. Westerg.): pipṛtan no bharīmabhiḥ (= bharimabhiḥ). cum piparmi; cum part. pass. pūrṇa impletus, plenus cf. lith. pilna-s, lat. plenus, goth. fulls, Them. fulla per assimil. e fulna; cum formā pūrta cf. hib. pailt "abundant, plentiful, copious", lith. pri-pilta-s plenus.)

c. ati trajicere, traducere. RIGV. 97. 8.: sa naḥ sindhum iva nāvayā 'tiparṣā (= atiparṣa imper. praet. mtf.); 99. 1.: sa naḥ parṣad ati duḥkhāni.

c. abhi implere. abhipūrṇa impletus, plenus. DR. 4. 19.

c. tiras trajicere, traducere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): durgā pipṛtan tiro naḥ.

c. pari paripūrṇa impletus, plenus. N. 13. 64.

peTa peṭa

m. (r. piṭ s. a) corbis, canistrum. AM. V. sq.

peTaka peṭaka

m. n. (r. piṭ s. aka) id. UR. 86. 3.

peN peṇ

1. P. (peṣagatiśleṣeṣu) conterere, ire, amplecti.

pel pel

1. P. (gatau K. cāle gatau V., proprie pil q. v.) ire, se movere, vacillare. (Cf. cal e kal.)

pelava pelava

tener, tenuis, subtilis. AM.

pev pev

1. A. (sevane K. seve V.) servire, colere, venerari. Cf. mev mlev plev sev.

pezala peśala

(r. piś s. ala) 1) pulcher, gratus, suavis, amoenus. MEGH. 75. (Schol. manohara). 2) ut videtur, indutus, conjunctus, praeditus. SA. 5. 35.: śaktipeśala; UP. 3.: prītipeśala.

paitAmaha paitāmaha

(a pitāmaha avus paternus) avitus, ad avum paternum spectans.

paitRka paitṛka

(a pitṛ s. ka) paternus. MAN. 9. 104.

paizuna paiśuna

n. (a piśuna crudelis, vilis) crudelitas, improbitas.

pota pota

1. m. (fem. potī fortasse a r. puṣ abjecto nisi potius pota pro pāta a r. nutrire, ita ut ā attenuatum sit in ū unde o adjecto gunae incremento; v. potra et cf. Pott. I. 193.) pullus, catulus. H. 2. 18. (Cf. lith. pauta-s ovum; gr. [greek] lat. pullus, pūsus; goth. fula pullus, Them. fulan; germ. vet. folo m., fuli n.; v. r. pāl.)

pota pota

2. m. (ut videtur, a r. s. ta) navicula, scapha. 75. 4.

potra potra

n. (ut videtur, pro pātra a r. s. tra v. pota) rostrum suis. RITU-S. 1. 17. (Hib. bus "a mouth, a lip, a snout", pus "a lip".)

potrin potrin

m. (a praec. s. in) sus. AM.

poSaNa poṣaṇa

n. (r. puṣ s. ana) actio alendi, nutriendi. BR. 2. 8.

pautra pautra

m. (a putra s. a) filii filius, nepos.

paura paura

m. (a pura urbs s. a) oppidanus. N. 25. 7.

paurava paurava

(a puru s. a v. gr. 650.) ad Purum pertinens, Purūs proprius, a Puru oriundus. IN. 5. 40.

pauruSa pauruṣa

n. (a puruṣa s. a) 1) virilitas. 2) actio hominum. HIT. 6. 14. 3) semen virile.

paurNamAsa paurṇamāsa

(fem. ī a pūrṇamāsa plenilunium suff. a) ad plenilunium pertinens, plenilunium habens, e. c. paurṇamāsī niśā plenilunii nox. N. 16. 14.

paurvadehika paurvadehika

(a pūrvadeha prius corpus suff. ika) ad prius corpus pertinens, prioris corporis proprius. BH. 6. 43.

paurvAhnika paurvāhnika

(a pūrvāhna q. v. s. ika) antemeridianus. SA. 4. 10. 7. 1.

pauloma pauloma

(a puloman s. a) a Pulomano oriundus. A. 10. 2.

paulomI paulomī

f. (Pulomani filia, a praec. signo fem. ī) cognomen Saciae, Indri uxoris. UR. 49. 4.

pyAy pyāy

1. A. i. q. pyai.

pyuS pyuṣ

1. 4. P. (bhāge dahi) dividere, distribuere; urere. (Cf. uṣ unde pyuṣ urere praef. pi.)

pyuS pyuṣ

2. 10. P. (utsṛje K. utsṛji V.) dimittere. Cf. vyuṣ.

pyai pyai

1. A. (vṛddhau) pinguescere, crescere. Part. pass. pīna pinguis, corpulentus, crassus, turgidus. N. 5. 6. Etiam pyāna. PAN. VI. 1. 28. (V. pīvara et cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. pinguis; island. vet. feit-r pinguis; anglo-sax. faett; germ. vet. feizt; nostrum feist, fett; v. Graff. III. 738.)

c. ā 1) pinguescere, crescere. RIGV. 91. 16.: āpyāya- sva. -- āpyāna pinguis, turgidus. BHATT. 5. 16. 9. 2. 2) augere, corroborare. MAH. 5. 508.: apyāyadhvan tapasā tejasā mām. -- Caus. 1) pinguefacere, augere, amplificare. MAH. 3. 13542.: tejasā tava tejo viṣṇur āpyāyiṣyati; R. Schl. I. 28. 30.: tapoyogabalenai 'nam āpyāyayitum arhasi. 2) exhilarare, oblectare. MEGH. 45.: āpyāyayes tam mayūram. V. āpyāyita.

c. ā praef. sam id. BHATT. 14. 62.: manyur asya samāpipye. -- Caus. MAH. 3. 8725.: sa samāpyāyito viṣṇunā balavān samapadyata.

pra pra

(fortasse e para q. v.) Praep. insep. v. gr. 111. (Gr. [greek] lat. pro; lith. pra, pri, pro; slav. pro, pri; goth. fra, fri; germ. vet. fra, far; hib. fur, for, foir, v. Pictet p. 90.; huc etiam traxerim hib. fri "with, by, through, on".)

prakara prakara

m. (r. kṝ praef. pra s. a) acervus, multitudo. A. 8. 3.

prakarSa prakarṣa

m. (r. kṛṣ praef. pra s. a) excellentia, praestantia. HIT. 121. 2.

prakAmatas prakāmatas

Adv. (a prakāma voluptas s. tas) voluptarie, cum voluptate. H. 2. 14.

prakAra prakāra

n. (r. kṛ praef. pra s. a) modus. N. 13. 23.

prakAza prakāśa

(r. kāś praef. pra s. a) 1) clarus, lucidus, collustratus. BH. 14. 11. 2) manifestus. BH. 7. 25. -- prakāśam Adv. clare, clarā voce. HIT. 10. 15. -- prakāśa m. lumen, lux. UR. 70. 5.

prakAzaka prakāśaka

(r. kāś praef. pra s. aka) clarus, lucidus. BH. 14. 6.

prakAzatA prakāśatā

f. (a prakāśa s. ) claritas, celebritas. N. 26. 37.

prakIrti prakīrti

f. (r. kṝ praef. pra s. ti; v. kṝt kīrti) gloria. BH. 11. 36.

prakRti prakṛti

f. (r. kṛ facere praef. pra s. ti) 1) natura. BH. 3. 5. 33. 7. 4. 9. 7. 8. 10. 2) plur. prakṛtayas subditi. N. 7. 13.

prakRSTatva prakṛṣṭatva

(a prakṛṣṭa excellens, praestans - v. kṛṣ praef. pra- suff. tva) excellentia, praestantia. HIT. 131. 5.

prakopa prakopa

m. (r. kup praef. pra s. a) irritatio, actio iratum reddendi. HIT. 80. 10.

prakSaya prakṣaya

m. (r. kṣi perire praef. pra s. a) interitus, exitium, ruina. DR. 4. 19. A. 7. 16.

[Page 225b]
prakSAlana prakṣālana

n. (r. kṣal cl. 10. praef. pra s. ana) lavatio, ablutio. N. 23. 11.

prakhya prakhya

(r. khyā dicere praef. pra s. a v. gr. 645.) similis. N. 13. 63. 21. 11.

pragalbha pragalbha

(r. galbh praef. pra s. a) fortis, audax, strenuus. HIT. 48. 20. 84. 12. 100. 14.

pracaNDa pracaṇḍa

(r. caṇḍ praef. pra s. a) Adj. calidus, fervidus, aestuosus, ardens; transl. iracundus, irā incensus. RITUS. 1. 1. Lass. 85. 1. DR. 7. 7. -- Subst. m. nomen plantae, Wils. "a sort of Nerium with white flowers".

pracura pracura

Adj. (r. cur praef. pra s. a) multus. HIT. 50. 21. 77. 20. Lass. 44. 3.

pracchanna pracchanna

v. chad.

pracchAdana pracchādana

Adj. (r. chad cl. 10. praef. pra s. ana) tegens. N. 17. 10.

prach prach

6. P. A. (pṛcchāmi pṛcche v. gr. 336.) interrogare. BH. 2. 7.: pṛcchāmi tvāṃ yac chreyaḥ; IN. 1. 37.: papraccha mātalim. Cum acc. rei. N. 2. 15.: tau...kuśalam avyayam papraccha; A. 1. 8.: sarvān...divaukasaśca papṛcchur enam. (Goth. FRAH, praes. fraiha e friha pro fraha, gr. comp. 82.; nostrum frage; lat. proco, precor; posco ejecto r; ut videtur, rogo e progo; lith. perszu procus sum, uxorem mihi deposco; praszau rogo, precor; russ. pros'u id.; hib. fiafrach "inquisitive", fiafraighe "a question", fiafruighim "I inquire, ask", ut videtur per redupl.; fortasse etiam friscim "I hope", friscart "an answer". -- Pottius apte explicat prach e praep. pra et rad. ich desiderare, et confert gr. [greek] ad quod etiam Passow refert lat. precor, proco.)

c. anu i. q. simpl.; c. 2. acc. R. Schl. II. 57. 29.: rāmam anupṛcchasi sārathim.

c. anu praef. id. MAH. 2. 2142.

c. abhi id. MAH. 3. 13339.

c. ā valedicere. IN. 1. 21.: śailarājan tam āpraṣṭum upacakrame; M. 33.: āpṛṣṭo 'si gacchāmy aham; MAH. 1. 3270.: āpṛcche tvām; 2. 1602.: āpṛcchāmo naravyāghram.

c. pari i. q. simpl. N. 3. 1.: etān paripapraccha. C. acc. p. et r. N. 16. 31. DR. 4. 13.

c. prati id. R. Schl. I. 8. 18.: amātyān samāhūya pratiprakṣyati niścayam.

c. sam id. MAH. 3. 11364.

prajA prajā

f. (r. jan praef. pra abjecto an suff. a in fem., v. gr. 645. suff. a) 1) progenies. N. 1. 5. 2) creatura. 3) Plur. prajās subditi. N. 5. 45. SA. 1. 17.

prajAgara prajāgara

m. (r. jāgṛ praef. pra s. a) vigiliae, pervigilatio. HIT. 102. 9.

prajAgarA prajāgarā

f. (r. jāgṛ praef. pra s. a in fem.) nom. pr. Apsarasae. IN. 2. 30.

prajApati prajāpati

m. (TATP. e prajā et pati) cognomen dei Brahmae. M. 1.

prajAyinI prajāyinī

f. (r. jan praef. pra abjecto n et producto a suff. in in fem., inserto y euphonico, v. gr. min. 49a).) genitrix.

prajAvat prajāvat

(a prajā s. vat) progeniem, liberum vel liberos habens. HIT. 40. 5.

prajJA prajñā

f. (a r. jñā praef. pra) intellectus, intelligentia, sapientia. BH. 2. 11. N. 15. 12. in fine comp. BAH.

prajJAcakSus prajñācakṣus

Adj. (intellectus oculos habens, BAH. ex praec. et cakṣus oculus) coecus. SA. 5. 92.

prajJAvat prajñāvat

(a prajñā s. vat) intellectu praeditus, intelligens, sapiens. HIT. 52. 12.

praNaya praṇaya

m. (a r. praef. pra s. a v. gr. 94a).) affectio, benevolentia, amor. SA. 5. 41. DR. 9. 17. in fine comp. BAH.

praNayin praṇayin

(a praec. s. in) 1) Adj. appetens, desiderans. MEGH. 3. 10. UR. 46. 4. infr. 2) Subst. m. amator, amasius, amatus. MEGH. 40. 64. 95.

praNava praṇava

m. (a r. nu laudare praef. pra s. a v. gr. 94b).) syllaba mystica om q. v. BH. 7. 8.

praNaSTa praṇaṣṭa

v. naś.

praNAza praṇāśa

m. (r. naś praef. pra s. a v. gr. 94b).) occasus, interitus, ruina. BR. 1. 23.

praNidhAna praṇidhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. pra + ni s. ana) meditatio. UR. 54. 9. infr.

[Page 226b]
praNidhi praṇidhi

m. (r. dhā praef. pra + ni s. i) explorator, emissarius. HIT. 88. 8.

praNipAta praṇipāta

m. (r. pat c. ni praef. pra v. gr. 94b).) actio procumbendi. BH. 4. 34.

praNunna praṇunna

v. nud praef. pra.

pratAna pratāna

m. (r. tan praef. pra s. a) planta repens. RAGH. 2. 8.

pratApa pratāpa

m. (r. tap praef. pra s. a) 1) calor, aestus, ardor. MED. 2) majestas. 3) nom. pr. DR. 2. 11.

pratApavat pratāpavat

Adj. (a praec. s. vat) majestate praeditus, augustus, excelsus. M. 1. SA. 5. 40. BH. 1. 12.

prati prati

(ut videtur, a pra s. ti) Praep. insep. et separ. (v. gr. 111.) contra, e regione, erga, versus, retro, ad. C. Acc. IN. 5. 5. H. 3. 6. DR. 8. 30. Circa, quod attinet ad. N. 19. 32. (Gr. [greek] e [greek] hib. frith, frioth, e. c. in frithbeart "I object, oppose", frithbhuille "a back stroke", frithshearc "a return of love, mutual regard", friothchuirim "I oppose, obstruct", friothbharamhuil "a paradoxe"; bohem. proti; russ. protiv, v. pratīpa; lett. pretti; lith. priesz; lat. prae = prai e prati; e pot = [greek] per assimil. orta esse videntur por, pol, pos in formis ut por-rigo, pol-liceor, pol-luo, pos-sideo; cf. Pott. I. 92. Ag. Benary 185.)

pratikUla pratikūla

(BAH. e prati et kūla n. ripa, littus) adversus, iniquus. SAK. 6. 16.

pratikRta pratikṛta

v. kṛ praef. prati.

pratikRti pratikṛti

f. (r. kṛ praef. prati s. ti) imago, effigies, portrait. UR. 23. 3. infr.

pratikriyA pratikriyā

f. (r. kṛ facere praef. prati s. mutato in ri cf. gr. 498.) 1) officium mutuum. 2) actio resistendi, repugnandi; defensio. HIT. 130. 13.

pratikSaNam pratikṣaṇam

Adv. (AVY. e prati et kṣaṇa momentum) 1) momento, statim. HIT. 97. 15. 2) quovis momento, perpetuo. HIT. 59. 17. Cf. anukṣaṇam.

pratigraha pratigraha

m. (r. grah praef. prati s. a) donum. SAK. 23. 5.

pratighAta pratighāta

m. (a ghātay Caus. r. han ferire - v. gr. 524. 4. - praef. prati s. a) actio arcendi, avertendi, defendendi. A. 5. 7. (Schol. TSCHATURBH pratighātaḥ paraprayuktāstranivāraṇam). A. 3. 53.

pratighAtana pratighātana

(a pratighātay - Caus. r. han praef. -ti - s. ana) ut videtur, i. q. praec. A. 4. 26.

pratinizam pratiniśam

Adv. (AVY. e -ti et niśā) quāvis nocte. P. 24.

pratidinam pratidinam

Adv. (AVY. e -ti et dina) quotidie. Lass. 28. 12. V. pratyaham pratiniśam.

pratidhvAna pratidhvāna

m. (KARM. e -ti et dhvāna) echo, vox repercussa. AM.

pratipakSa pratipakṣa

m. (BAH. e -ti et pakṣa latus) hostis. UR. 21. 6. infr.

pratipatti pratipatti

f. (r. pad praef. -ti s. ti) 1) impetratio, adeptio. RAGH. 1. 1. 2) reverentia. RAGH. 14. 22. 3) actio accipiendi hospitem, cibus potusque, quo aliquis excipitur, Bewirthung. RAGH. 15. 12. 4) intellectus, intelligentia, comprehensio. RAGH. 8. 64.

pratipad pratipad

f. (a r. pad ire praef. -ti) mensis lunaris dimidiati primus dies; lunae crescentis vel decrescentis primus dies. N. 17. 7.

pratipadam pratipadam

Adv. (AVY. e -ti et pada) quovis gradu.

pratipANa pratipāṇa

m. (e prati et pāṇa quod ponitur in ludo) 1) ludus contrarius, mutuus. N. 26. 7. 2) quod contra ponitur in ludo. N. 9. 2.

pratipAdana pratipādana

n. (a pratipāday - Caus. r. pad praef. -ti - s. ana) i. q. pratighāta. A. 10. 74.

pratibandha pratibandha

n. (r. bandh ligare praef. -ti s. ana) impedimentum. N. 23. 4.

pratibala pratibala

(BAH. ex prati et bala vis) capax, potens, par. H. 3. 8.

pratibimba pratibimba

vel -vimba n. (e -ti et bimba vel vimba imago) imago quae ex aquā repercutitur. HIT. 68. 9. 83. 10.

pratibhaya pratibhaya

(BAH. ex -ti et bhaya timor) timendus, terribilis. SU. 2. 25.

pratibhayAkAra pratibhayākāra

(BAH. ex praec. et ākāra forma) terribilem formam habens. SU. 2. 25.

pratibhA pratibhā

f. (a r. bhā praef. -ti) 1) splendor. 2) intellectus. 3) animus, fortitudo, audacia.

[Page 227b]
pratibhAna pratibhāna

n. (r. bhā praef. prati s. ana) ut videtur, i. q. praec.; v. sq.

pratibhAnavat pratibhānavat

(a praec. suff. vat) Videtur significare: 1) splendidus. 2) intellectu praeditus, intelligens, prudens, sapiens. 3) animosus, fortis, audax. IN. 4. 8. (v. annot.).

pratibhAvat pratibhāvat

(a pratibhā s. vat) intellectu praeditus, intelligens, sapiens, prudens. UP. 30.

pratimA pratimā

f. (r. metiri praef. -ti) similitudo.

pratiyoddhR pratiyoddhṛ

m. (r. yudh pugnare praef. -ti s. tṛ) qui repugnat, defensor. SU. 4. 3.

pratirAtram pratirātram

Adv. (AVY. e -ti et rātra pro rātri) quāvis nocte; v. pratiniśam.

prativacas prativacas

n. (KARM. ex -ti et vacas sermo) responsio, responsum.

prativAkya prativākya

n. (KARM. ex -ti et vākya sermo) id. N. 22. 4.

pratizabda pratiśabda

m. (KARM. ex -ti et śabda sonitus) sonitus, clamor repercussus. A. 6. 13.

pratizraya pratiśraya

m. (r. śri ire praef. -ti s. a) domus, habitatio, sedes. N. 24. 6. In fine comp. N. 13. 56.

pratiSedhana pratiṣedhana

(r. sidh praef. -ti s. ana) arcens. A. 3. 54.

pratiSThA pratiṣṭhā

f. (a r. sthā stare, esse praef. prati v. gr. 80.) 1) habitatio, sedes, domus. BH. 14. 27. 2. 70. In fine comp. BAH. BH. 6. 38. (Schol. apratiṣṭha explicat per nirāśraya). 2) gloria. N. 12. 66. in fine comp. BAH.

pratihasta pratihasta

m. (e -ti et hasta manus) vicarius, v. sq.

pratihastaka pratihastaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. HIT. 50. 12.

pratIkAra pratīkāra

m. (r. kṛ facere praef. -ti - producto i v. ann. ad gr. 111. - s. a) actio resistendi, repugnandi, defendendi. HIT. 13. 19. 39. 10. -- BH. 1. 46. in fine BAH.

pratIkAza pratīkāśa

(r. kāś lucere, apparere praef. -ti producto i - v. annot. ad gr. 111. - s. a) similis. H. 4. 11.

pratIkSin pratīkṣin

(r. īkṣ videre praef. -ti s. in) exspectans. N. 17. 28.

pratIcI pratīcī

f. (a pratyac q. v. signo fem. ī v. gr. 198.) occidentalis regio, orienti opposita. DR. 3. 7.

pratIta pratīta

v. i praef. prati.

[Page 228a]
pratIpa pratīpa

(ut videtur, e -ti et āpa aqua, abjecto ā v. dvīpa samīpa) adversus, contrarius; repugnans. UR. 18. 12. HIT. 77. 18. (Cf. russ. protiv contra, protivnyi contrarius.)

pratIhAra pratīhāra

m. (r. hṛ praef. -ti producto i s. a) janitor. HIT. 89. 2. Lass. 28. 10.

pratoda pratoda

m. (r. tud praef. pra s. a) baculus aculeatus (Wils. a goad). A. 8. 15. v. tud.

pratta pratta

v. praef. pra.

pratyakSa pratyakṣa

(BAH. ex prati et akṣa oculus) visibilis. N. 5. 36. 20. 13.

pratyakSam pratyakṣam

Praep. (AVY. - v. gr. 675. - ex -ti et akṣa) coram, in conspectu, ante oculos. C. gen. N. 20. 14.

pratyagra pratyagra

(e -ti et agra) recens, de floribus. MEGH. ed. Wils. 4.

pratyac pratyac

(in casib. fortibus pratyañc Nom. m. pratyaṅ f. pratīcī n. pratyak; a r. añc praef. prati; v. gr. 196. 198.) occidentalis.

pratyanIka pratyanīka

m. (KARM. ex -ti et anīka exercitus) adversus exercitus. BH. 11. 32.

pratyaya pratyaya

m. (r. i praef. -ti s. a) fiducia. HIT. 122. 21.

pratyavayava pratyavayava

(BAH. e -ti et avayava membrum) quodvis membrum spectans; integer, plenus. UR. 17.

pratyavAya pratyavāya

m. (r. i praef. -ti + ava) detrimentum? BH. 2. 40.

pratyaham pratyaham

Adv. (AVY. e prati et aha) quotidie. HIT. 20. 12.

pratyAgata pratyāgata

v. gam c. ā praef. -ti.

pratyAdeza pratyādeśa

m. (r. diś praef. prati s. a) actio rejiciendi, repellendi. UR. 3. 3. infr.

pratyAzA pratyāśā

f. (e -ti et āśā) fiducia. UR. 40. 7.

pratyuttara pratyuttara

n. (e -ti et uttara) responsum. HIT. 92. 21.

pratyupakAra pratyupakāra

m. (r. kṛ c. upa praef. prati s. a) officium mutuum. BH. 17. 21.

pratyuSa pratyuṣa

m. (e -ti et uṣa) tempus matutinum.

pratyuSas pratyuṣas

n. (e -ti et uṣas) id.

pratyUSa pratyūṣa

m. (e -ti et ūṣa i. q. uṣa) id. MEGH. 31.

pratyUSas pratyūṣas

n. (e -ti et ūṣas i. q. uṣa ūṣa uṣas) id. Lass. 57. 9.

[Page 228b]
pratyUha pratyūha

m. (ut mihi videtur, a. r. vah correpto va in ū praef. -ti s. a) obstaculum. HIT. 89. 20.

pratyekam pratyekam

Adv. (AVY. ex -ti et eka) singulatim. RAGH. 7. 31. 12. 3.

prath prath

1. A. 1) extendi, expandi. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): arṇāṃsi paprathānā aquae extensae. TROP. divulgari. R. Schl. II. 61. 2.: triṣu lokeṣu prathitan te yaśaḥ; MAN. 11. 45.: yaśo 'sya prathate. 2) laudari, celebrari. BH. 15. 18.: ato 'smi loke vedeca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ; R. Schl. I. 8. 9.: lokeṣu prathitan tapas tasya bhaviṣyati; RAGH. 15. 101.: tadākhyayā tīrtham pāvanam bhuvi paprathe. - prathita celeber. DR. 3. 4. - Caus. prathayāmi praet. mltf. apapratham. 1) extendere. RIGV. 103. 2.: dhārayat pṛthivīm paprathacca; MAH. 1. 4794.: eṣa yaśas te prathayiṣyati. 2) divulgare, celebrare. R. Schl. I. 4. 1.: ko nv etal loke 'smin prathayet (kāvyam). (V. pṛthu.)

c. vi extendi, expandi; in dial. Ved. c. ablat. Majorem, ampliorem, latiorem esse. RIGV. 55. 1.: divaścid asya varimā vipaprathe "coelo quoque illius amplitudo major est". Divulgari. MAH. 2. 2667.: dṛṣṭadyumno droṇamṛtyur iti viprathitam vacaḥ. -- Caus. 1) expandere. RIGV. 62. 5. 2) celebrare. MAH. 3. 10277.

prathama prathama

(ut mihi videtur, a pra suff. thama = superl. suff. tama; mutatā tenui in asp.) primus, prior. MEGH. 2. 17. -- prathamam Adv. primum, prius. N. 13. 23. 22. 17. UR. 18. 16.

prathiman prathiman

m. (a pṛthu quod e prathu suff. iman) latitudo, amplitudo, magnitudo. RAGH. 18. 48.

prada prada

(r. praef. pra s. a) dans. BH. 2. 43.

pradakSiNa pradakṣiṇa

(e pra et dakṣiṇa dexter) 1) Adj. dextrorsus, praesertim de salutatione. SU. 3. 22. 24. 2) Subst. n. honorifica salutatio, quae praestatur circumgrediendo aliquem, ita ut dexterum latus ei advertatur). A. 1. 7.

pradAtR pradātṛ

m. (r. praef. pra s. tṛ) dator, praecipue filiae in matrimonium. SA. 1. 32., in comp. c. a privativo.

pradAna pradāna

n. (r. praef. pra s. ana) actio dadi, SU. 4. 13.; praesertim filiam in matrimonium, connubium. SA. 1. 29. 2. 30. 32. 3. 1.

pradiz pradiś

f. (e pra et diś plaga coeli) plaga intermedia. M. 43.

pradIpa pradīpa

m. (r. dīp praef. pra s. a) lampas. HIT. 36. 4.

pradeza pradeśa

m. (e pra et deśa) locus, regio. UR. 22. 9. infr.

pradezinI pradeśinī

f. (r. diś praef. pra s. in in fem.) digitus index. MAH. 3. 10452.

pradoSa pradoṣa

m. (e pra et doṣa) vespera. UR. 51. 3. infr.

pradhAna pradhāna

n. (r. dhā s. ana) praecipuum, praestans, primarium, summum, supremum. SA. 5. 24. In initio comp. primus, summus. HIT. 49. 18. 112. 19.: pradhānamantrin. -- apradhāna Adj. inferior. HIT. 51. 22.

prapaJca prapañca

m. (r. pañc praef. pra s. a) 1) latitudo, anfractus, ambages, prolixitas. HIT. 130. 5. 2) actio decipiendi, fallendi. HIT. 125. 17.

prapada prapada

m. (KARM. ex pra et pada pes) pedis cacumen. DR. 5. 7.

prapanna prapanna

v. pad c. pra.

prapAta prapāta

m. (r. pat praef. pra s. a) ripa. RAGH. 2. 26.

prapitAmaha prapitāmaha

m. (KARM. ex pra et pitāmaha avus paternus) proavus. BH. 11. 39.

prabala prabala

(BAH. ex pra et bala vis, robur) praecipuam vim habens, praevalidus. H. 4. 46.

prabAla prabāla

m. n. germen, surculus. BH. 15. 2. in fine comp. BAH.

prabuddha prabuddha

v. budh praef. pra.

prabandha prabandha

m. (r. bandh praef. pra s. a) perseveratio, continuatio. HIT. 21. 13. RAGH. 6. 23.

prabhava prabhava

m. (r. bhū esse, fieri, praef. pra s. a) 1) origo. BH. 7. 6. 18. 41. 2) stirps, familia. DR. 2. 5.

prabhavat prabhavat

v. bhū praef. pra.

prabhaviSNu prabhaviṣṇu

(r. bhū praef. pra s. snu) eximius, pracclarus, excelsus, augustus. BH. 13. 16.

prabhA prabhā

f. (r. bhā praef. pra) splendor. IN. 1. 33.

prabhAta prabhāta

v. bhā praef. pra.

prabhAva prabhāva

m. (r. bhū praef. pra s. a nisi KARM. ex pra et bhāva existentia) potestas, praepotentia. N. 3. 24. 13. 42. A. 4. 44. 8. 24. In fine comp. BAH. IN. 1. 4. BH. 11. 43. Adj. praepollens, praevalidus, excelsus. A. 1. 3.

prabhAvat prabhāvat

(a prabhā s. vat) lucidus, splendidus. IN. 1. 34.

prabhASita prabhāṣita

v. bhāṣ praef. pra.

prabhinna prabhinna

v. bhid praef. pra.

prabhinnakaraTa prabhinnakaraṭa

Adj. (BAH. ex praec. et karaṭa elephanti gena) fissas genas habens, dicitur de elephantis, quibus ardoris coe7undi tempore succus mada dictus ex temporibus effluit. SU. 2. 20.

prabhu prabhu

m. (a r. bhū praef. pra et correpto ū v. not. ad gr. 49.) dominus, excelsus, augustus. H. 1. 25. SU. 1. 19. 2. 6. BH. 5. 14. -- Cum infin. qui par, idoneus est alicui rei efficiendae. RAGH. 2. 62. (Fortasse goth. frauja dominus e frabuja; germ. vet. fro dominus, frowa domina; nostrum Frau.)

prabhutva prabhutva

n. (a praec. s. tva) imperium. RAGH. 18. 6.

prabhRti prabhṛti

Adv. (Acc. neut. [greek] prabhṛti f. a r. bhṛ praef. pra s. ti) in posterum, c. antecedente ablat. vel formā in tas vel compositi membro ablativi vice fungente; e. c. bālyāt prabhṛti ab infantiā in posterum, inde ab infantiā, tataḥprabhṛti abhinc in posterum, inde ab hoc tempore. N. 2. 1. yataḥprabhṛti ex quo - tempore. SA. 4. 27. janmaprabhṛti inde a natalibus. RAM. adyaprabhṛti inde ab hodierno die. SA. 2. 23. In fine compositorum DVANDV. declinationem plur. assumit; e. c. viśvāvasuprabhṛtayo gandharvāḥ Visvāvasus et posteri (ceteri) Gandharvi. IN. 2. 18.

pramadA pramadā

f. (r. mad praef. pra s. a in fem.) femina. SU. 3. 11.

pramadAvana pramadāvana

n. (ex praec. et vana sylva) nemus voluptarium regium. N. 1. 25.

pramANa pramāṇa

n. (r. metiri praef. pra s. ana v. gr. min. 94b). annot.) 1) mensura, modus. RAGH. 18. 37. 41. 2) dijudicatio, arbitrium, auctoritas. BH. 3. 21. 16. 24. SA. 2. 28. N. 4. 31. 18. 13. 19. 32. 33. -- Plur. masc. id. DR. 9. 17.

pramAtha pramātha

m. (r. math praef. pra s. a) actio commovendi, agitandi, perturbandi, vexandi, praecipue feminae rap- tus; ita Mahābhārati quoddam episodium inscribitur draupadīpramātha Draupadiae raptus. DR. 5. 13.

pramAthin pramāthin

(a r. math praef. pra s. in) qui agitat, commovet, tremefacit. BH. 2. 60. (Schol. pramāthīni pramathanaśīlāni kṣobhakāni), 6. 34. DR. 7. 13.

pramAda pramāda

m. (r. mad mente captum esse, praef. pra s. a) negligentia, incuria, error. SA. 4. 28. (comp. c. a neg.); BH. 11. 41. 14. 17.

pramAdin pramādin

(r. mad praef. pra s. in) negligens, incuriosus. HIT. 77. 18.

pramukha pramukha

(ex pra et mukha os, vultus) praecipuus, eximius, optimus. N. 26. 33. In fine comp. BAH. IN. 2. 14. Loc. pramukhe in conspectu, coram. BH. 2. 6.

pramukhatas pramukhatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) in conspectu, coram.

pramRSTa pramṛṣṭa

v. mṛj praef. pra.

pramokSa pramokṣa

m. (r. mokṣ praef. pra s. a) liberatio. BR. 2. 26.

pramoda pramoda

m. (r. mud praef. pra s. a) laetitia, gaudium. HIT. 133. 13.

pramoha pramoha

m. (r. muh stupescere praef. pra s. a) stupor. DR. 6. 20.

prayatna prayatna

m. (r. yat niti praef. pra s. na) contentio, nisus, studium. SU. 3. 15. SA. 2. 22. BH. 6. 45.

prayANa prayāṇa

n. (r. praef. pra s. ana mutato n in v. gr. min. 94b). annot.) 1) itio, iter, gressus. HIT. 125. 16. 2) obitus, mors. BH. 7. 30. 3) pars corporis (tergum?). N. 19. 17.

prayoktR prayoktṛ

m. (r. yuj praef. pra s. tṛ) actor, histrio. RAGH. 19. 36.

prayoja prayoja

m. (r. yuj praef. pra s. a) 1) actio; actio scenica. RAGH. 19. 36.; v. prayoktṛ. 2) usus, usurpatio. HIT. 93. 1. Adv. prayojatas. 3) actio tela mittendi. A. 5. 6.

prayojana prayojana

n. (r. yuj praef. pra s. ana) 1) negotium. N. 24. 21. 2) usus, utilitas, commodum; c. instr. rei. HIT. 93. 5. Lass. 23. 3. 33. 16. 3) causa. UR. 92. 10.

praroha praroha

m. (r. ruh praef. pra s. a) germen, surculus. UR. 91. 3. 23.

pralaya pralaya

m. (r. solvere praef. pra s. a) dissolutio, exstinctio, mors. BH. 14. 15. M. 27.

[Page 230b]
pralApa pralāpa

m. (r. lap loqui praef. pra s. a) querela, querimonia, lamentum. N. 13. 43.

pralobhana pralobhana

n. (a Caus. r. lubh cupere praef. pra s. ana) actio pelliciendi. SU. 3. 20.

pravaNa pravaṇa

(e pra et vaṇa incertae originis, nisi pravaṇa e prapanna inclinatus, mutato p in v sicut in pivāmi pro pipāmi) 1) declivis. 2) propensus, deditus, addictus. P. 9. (Fortasse lat. pronus e provonus.)

pravara pravara

Adj. (KARM. ex pra et vara eximius) praeclarus, praecipuus, eximius, optimus, excellentissimus. IN. 5. 20. DR. 2. 13. 3. 1. A. 5. 23.

pravayas pravayas

m. (BAH. e pra et vayas aetas) senex. RAGH. 8. 18.

pravAda pravāda

m. (r. vad praef. pra s. a) dictum, proverbium. HIT. 11. 6.

pravAsa pravāsa

m. (r. vas praef. pra s. a) habitatio extra patriam, peregrinatio, exilium. RAGH. 16. 4.

pravAha pravāha

m. (r. vah praef. pra s. a) fluxio, fluxus, flumen. UR. 39. 17.

pravIra pravīra

m. (KARM. ex pra et vīra heros) 1) eximius heros. 2) princeps, dominus. DR. 5. 22.

pravRddha pravṛddha

v. vṛdh praef. pra.

pravRtta pravṛtta

v. vṛt praef. pra.

pravRtti pravṛtti

f. (r. vṛt ire praef. pra s. ti) 1) actio prodeundi, procedendi, progrediendi, oppos. voci nivṛtti. BH. 16. 7. 2) origo. BH. 18. 46. 3) actio. BH. 14. 12. SA. 6. 18. 4) nuntius, Nachricht. UR. 61. 4. 65. 14.

praveza praveśa

m. (r. viś praef. pra s. a) introitus. HIT. 90. 17.

pravezaka praveśaka

m. (a Caus. r. viś s. aka) qui personas intrantes annuntiat histrio. UR. 15. 15.

prazAkhikA praśākhikā

f. (ex pra et śākhikā a śākhā ramus s. ika) ramulus. N. 20. 11.

prazAsitR praśāsitṛ

m. (r. śās praef. pra s. tṛ inserto i) dominator, moderator. N. 12. 51.

prazna praśna

m. (r. prach s. na) interrogatio, quaestio. HIT. 74. 22. 123. 14.

prazraya praśraya

m. (r. śri ire praef. pra s. a) modestia. IN. 2. 21. SA. 3. 19.

[Page 231a]
pras pras

1. A. (vistāre prasave K. prasave tatau V.) extendere, expandere; procreare. (Cf. prath.)

prasaGga prasaṅga

m. (r. sañj adhaerere praef. pra s. a) amor, studium, appetitus, desiderium. HIT. 27. 14. SAK. 18. 9. UR. 36. 2. infr.

prasanna prasanna

v. sad praef. pra.

prasabham prasabham

Adv. vi, violenter. SU. 2. 13. A. 3. 34. BH. 2. 60. 11. 41.

prasara prasara

m. (r. sṛ praef. pra s. a) aditus. HIT. 37. 17.

prasava prasava

m. (r. su vel praef. pra s. a) 1) partus, partura, puerperium. HIT. 72. 7. bis. 2) proles, progenies, suboles. RAGH. 1. 22. 10. 85. BR. 3. 15.

prasAda prasāda

m. (r. sad ire praef. pra s. a) 1) favor, gratia, benevolentia c. Loc. SA. 5. 21. 49. 2) serenitas animi. BH. 2. 64. 65. UR. 84. 18.

prasAdana prasādana

n. (a prasāday Caus. r. sad praef. pra) actio conciliandi sibi aliquem. IN. 2. 31.

prasAdhana prasādhana

n. (r. sādh praef. pra s. ana) vestis splendida, pretiosa. UR. 17. 11.

prasiddhi prasiddhi

f. (r. sidh praef. pra s. ti) laus, gloria, celebritas, fama. HIT. 83. 8.

prasRti prasṛti

f. (r. sṛ praef. pra s. ti) 1) partus, partura. UR. 83. 21. 2) progenies. BR. 1. 31. 2. 31.

prastAva prastāva

m. (r. stu praef. pra s. a) occasio, opportunitas, tempus idoneum. HIT. 52. 16. 17. 54. 8.

prastAvanA prastāvanā

f. (r. stu praef. pra s. ana in fem.) prologus fabulae scenicae. UR. 1. 1.

prastha prastha

m. (KARM. ex pra et stha stans) planities in vertice montis. SU. 4. 6.

prasthAna prasthāna

n. (r. sthā s. ana) profectio, iter, abitus, discessus. MEGH. 42. UR. 29. 9.

prasthAnika prasthānika

(a praec. s. ika omissā Vriddhi) id. SU. 2. 2.

prasrava prasrava

m. (r. sru praef. pra s. a) flumen, cursus. UR. 87. 10.

prasravaNa prasravaṇa

n. (r. sru praef. pra s. ana v. gr. 94a).) 1) profluvium, effluvium. N. 13. 7. 2) flumen, nisi fortasse rivus. IN. 1. 25. 27.

[Page 231b]
prahara prahara

m. (r. hṛ praef. pra s. a) i. q. yāma i. e. vigilia, tertia noctis pars. UP. 33.

praharaNa praharaṇa

n. (r. hṛ praef. pra pugnare s. ana) telum. A. 7. 22.

prahartR prahartṛ

m. (r. hṛ praef. pra s. tṛ) pugnator. UR. 83. 13.

praharSa praharṣa

m. (r. hṛṣ praef. pra s. a) gaudium. A. 1. 6. SU. 1. 29.

prahasana prahasana

n. (r. has praef. pra s. ana) irrisio, illusio. HIT. 28. 19.

prahAra prahāra

m. (r. hṛ praef. pra pugnare s. a) 1) pugnator. DR. 9. 5. 2) ictus, percussio, vulneratio. UR. 23. 13.

prahArin prahārin

m. (a r. hṛ praef. pra s. in) id. DR. 8. 9. A. 7. 5.

prahita prahita

V. hi praef. pra.

prahRSTa prahṛṣṭa

v. hṛṣ praef. pra.

prahlAda prahlāda

m. (r. hlad praef. pra s. a) 1) laetitia, gaudium. 2) n. pr. Asuri. A. 8. 20.

prahlAdana prahlādana

m. (a Caus. r. hlad praef. pra s. ana) nom. propr. Asuri. A. 8. 20.

prahva prahva

(e pra et hva quod corruptum esse videtur e hvara a r. hvṛ curvum esse; v. Benfey II. 320.) inclinatus. A. 2. 5. (Pottius I. 265. confert lat. pravus.)

prAMzu prāṃśu

(BAH. e pra et aṃśu) altus, magnus. RAGH. 15. 19. SAK. 38. 9.

prAk prāk

Adv. (pro prāc v. euph. r. 59.) priusquam, ante, de tempore. BH. 5. 23. c. Ablat. 2) ad orientem.

prAkAra prākāra

m. (a r. kṛ nisi kṝ praef. pra + ā) vallum. HIT. 52. 8.

prAkRta prākṛta

m. (a prakṛti s. a v. gr. 648. et 650.) homo vilis. BR. 2. 1. BH. 18. 28.

prAktana prāktana

(fem. ī a prāk s. tana) prior. HIT. 15. 1.

prAGgaNa prāṅgaṇa

n. (r. aṅg s. ana) area domus, aulea. HIT. 50. 2.

prAGmukha prāṅmukha

(orientem versus vultum habens, e prāk pro prāc et mukha os, v. euph. r. 58.) qui orientem versus est. SU. 3. 23.

prAc prāc

(quod coram, ex adverso est, ex pra et añc ire, v. gr. 197.) orientalis.

prAcI prācī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) orientalis plaga. DR. 3. 7.

prAjJa prājña

(a prajñā sapientia s. a) sapiens, doctus. DR. 4. 19. N. 17. 42. BH. 17. 14.

[Page 232a]
prAJjali prāñjali

(BAH. ex pra et añjali q. v.) implicatas manus habens. SU. 1. 19.

prANa prāṇa

m. (r. an spirare praef. pra s. a mutato n in v. ann. ad gr. min. 94b).) 1) halitus, spiritus. BH. 4. 28. 2) plur., et sing. in initio comp. vita. BR. 2. 4. N. 18. 9. 13. 63. (Cf. gr. [greek] v. prāṇapati; fortasse [greek] = ut; v. Benfey I. 120.; cambro-brit. fion "the breath or respiration, a puff of breath expelled; a sigh", ejecto r.)

prANapati prāṇapati

m. (vitae dominus, ex prāṇa et pati) cor. DR. 6. 4.

prANabhRt prāṇabhṛt

(e prāṇa et bhṛt ferens, gerens) vivus. HIT. 28. 10.

prANin prāṇin

(a prāṇa s. in) qui vitam habet, animans. BH. 15. 14.

prAtar prātar

Adv. (ut mihi videtur, a praep. pra producto a s. tar ut latinum subter a sub, inter ab in etc., v. gr. comp. 293.) mane. (Cf. gr. [greek] germ. vet. fro, fruo; nostrum frühe.)

prAtarAza prātarāśa

m. (e praec. et āśa cibus) jentaculum. DR. 4. 17.

prAdus prādus

Adv. insep. palam, manifesto. Componitur cum radd. as et bhū esse, q. v., ad exprimendum apparere, in conspectum venire, oriri. (Cambro-brit. fedus "apparent, manifest, plain".)

prAnta prānta

m. (e pra et anta) finis, margo. UR. 4. 10. RITU-S. 1. 25.

prApta prāpta

v. āp praef. pra.

prApti prāpti

f. (r. āp adipisci praef. pra s. ti) impertratio, adeptio. BR. 1. 17. BH. 2. 13.

prAya prāya

(r. i praef. pra s. a) 1) m. multitudo, abundantia. Lass. 79. 15. 2) in fine compp. similis. HIT. 96. 12. Lass. 74. 2. Instr. prāyeṇa. Adv. 1) plerumque, vulgo. MEGH. 85. 2) verisimiliter. HIT. 10. 3.

prAyazas prāyaśas

Adv. (a prāya s. śas) plerumque, vulgo. MEGH. 10.

prAyazcitta prāyaścitta

n. (e prāyas et citta) piaculum. R. Schl. I. 61. 8.

prAyas prāyas

Adv. (ut videtur, acc. perditi subst. a r. i praef. pra s. as) i. q. praec. SA. 5. 35. MEGH. 72. et 91.

[Page 232b]
prArthana prārthana

n. (r. arth praef. pra s. a) actio appetendi, concupiscendi. IN. 5. 1.

prArthanA prārthanā

f. (r. arth praef. pra s. ana in fem.) 1) precatio, rogatio, petitio. SAK. 58. 7. 2) desiderium, amor. SAK. 41. 10.

prArthanIya prārthanīya

(Part. fut. pass. a r. arth praef. pra s. anīya) desiderandus, appetendus. SU. 3. 11.

prArthayitR prārthayitṛ

(r. arth praef. pra s. tṛ) concupiscens, appetens. HIT. 29. 1.

prAleya prāleya

n. (r. c. ā praef. pra s. a) pruina. MEGH. 40.

prAvRT prāvṛṭ

v. sq.

prAvRS prāvṛṣ

f. (nom. -ṭ a r. vṛṣ pluere c. ā praef. pra) pluviosum anni tempus, duos complectens menses, qui fere Julio et Augusto respondent. H. 2. 1.

prAvRSA prāvṛṣā

f. (r. vṛṣ c. ā praef. pra s. ā) id. MEGH. 113.

prAvRSeNya prāvṛṣeṇya

(a prāvṛṣ s. enya) ad pluviosum anni tempus pertinens. UR. 10. 11.

prAsa prāsa

m. (r. as conjicere praef. pra s. a) jaculum uncinatum. IN. 1. 4.

prAsAda prāsāda

m. (r. sad ire c. ā praef. pra s. a) palatium. H. 1. 34. N. 13. 49. 21. 6. 22. 5.

prAhna prāhna

m. (KARM. ex pra et ahna dies in fine compp.) dies antemeridianus.

priya priya

(r. prī diligere s. a) amatus, dilectus, carus, gratus. IN. 5. 32. H. 2. 34. BH. 5. 20. 7. 17. N. 18. 16. SA. 5. 95. -- Subst. m. 1) amasius. MEGH. 29. Lass. 25. 13. 2) maritus. AM. (Cambro - brit. priawd "a maried person, a spouse".)

priyaMvada priyaṃvada

vel priyamvada (ex priya in acc. et vad dicens, v. gr. 645. s. a) gratum dicens, dulciloquus, suaviloquus. IN. 4. 11. SU. 1. 5.

priyakAma priyakāma

(BAH. ex priya et kāma desiderium, amor) grati desiderium habens, benevolus. BR. 2. 23.

priyakAra priyakāra

(ex priya et kāra faciens) gratum faciens. SU. 1. 5.

priyAtithi priyātithi

(dilectos hospites habens, BAH. ex priya et atithi) hospitalis. DR. 3. 8.

priyAla priyāla

m. nomen arboris (Wils.: A tree, commonly Piyal, Buchanalia latifolia, Roxburgh's catalogue, but the name is applied to different trees).

prI prī

1. 9. P. A. (tarpaṇe K. kāntau tarpaṇe V.) prīṇāmi prīṇe. 1) exhilarare. MAH. 3. 4007.: tan me prīṇāti hṛdayam; BHAR. 2. 58.: prīṇāti yaḥ sucaritaiḥ pitaraṃ sa putraḥ. -- prīta exhilaratus. IN. 4. 15. SU. 1. 20. 2) amare. BH. 10. 1.: yat te 'ham prīyamāṇāya vakṣyāmi hitakāmyayā (amato?). (Goth. frijo amo, frijonds amans, amicus, fria-thva fem. amor, quasi priyatva quod e priya formari posset; faihu-freiks pecuniam amans, avarus; germ. vet. friunt amicus, fri-du m. fri-da f. pax, friudil, fri-del, fre-del amasius, quod cum lith. prie-telus amicus, russ. prijatelj ad comparat. priyatara traxerim, mutato r in l; frao, fraw, fro laetus; frawī laetitia; unde denomin. frawon, froon laetari, frawjan exhilarare; gr. [greek] ut videtur, litteris transpositis [greek] e [greek] cum [greek] pro [greek] fortasse lat. pla-ceo, pla-co nituntur formā gunatā pre = prai, abjecto i; fortasse pius e prius = priya; lae-tus e plae-tus explicari potest, sicut latus e platus, v. pṛthu; fortasse filius, nisi est e fidius, primitive significat amatus, ita ut sit = priya; de cambro-brit. priawd v. priya; de hib. frith v. prīti.)

prI prī

2. 4. A. gaudere, laetari (proprie Pass. praec.) MAH. 1. 1070.: prīyāmahe bhṛśan tāta; 2173.: prīyatām ayam; 4. 275.: prīyeraṃs tena vāsena; RAGH. 15. 30.: paśyan yamunām...pipriye. -- Cum acc. R. Schl. I. 52. 11.: prīyetān tau parasparam alter altero (prīyetām omisso augmento pro aprīyetām). Cum terminatione PAR. MAH. 3. 15025.: prīyāmo darśanena vaḥ. -- Caus. prīṇayāmi prīṇaye (v. gr. 523.) facere ut quis laetetur, exhilarare. MAH. 1. 6414.: vanāni prīṇayanti naḥ; 1. 5047.: prīṇayate cakṣus tasya saḥ.

c. sam i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 48. 18.: ko nv anena... samprīyetā 'manojñena vāsena.

prI prī

3. 1. P. A. prayāmi praye i. q. prī cl. 9.

[Page 233b]
prI prī

4. 10. P. A. prāyayāmi prāyaye (proprie Caus. reg. pro anom. prīṇayāmi v. 2. prī) exhilarare.

prIti prīti

f. (r. prī s. ti) 1) gaudium, voluptas. IN. 1. 37. 3. 10. H. 2. 31. SU. 4. 8. 2) amor, amicitia. HIT. 17. 10. et 11. 22. 19. (Hib. frith f. "service, attendance".)

pru pru

1. A. (gatau K. sarpaṇe V.) ire. Cf. plu.

pruS pruṣ

1. 1. P. (dāhe K. dahi V.; ut mihi videtur, e praep. pra abjecto a et uṣ) urere, ardere. RIGV. 58. 2.: pruṣita flagrans. (Cf. pluṣ germ. vet. FRUS frigere, v. Graff. III. 828., nostrum frieren, Frost.)

pruS pruṣ

2. 9. P. pruṣṇāmi (snehanamocanapūraṇeṣu K. sekapūrtyoḥ snehe V.) amare, dimittere, implere, conspergere, effundere. Cf. pṛṣ pūr.

prekSaNIya prekṣaṇīya

Adj. (Part. fut. pass. a r. īkṣ praef. pra s. anīya v. euph. r. 94a).) spectandus, spectatu dignus. IN. 5. 13. in Comparativo.

preta preta

v. i praef. pra.

pretya pretya

Adv. v. i praef. pra.

prepsu prepsu

(a DESID. īps q. v. praef. pra s. u) adipiscendi cupidus, captans. BH. 18. 23. N. 5. 2. DR. 8. 33.

preman preman

n. (r. prī s. man) gaudium, voluptas, amor. IN. 2. 23. MEGH. 45.

preraNA preraṇā

f. (r. īr praef. pra s. ana in fem.) missio.

preS preṣ

v. iṣ praef. pra.

preSya preṣya

m. (mittendus ex preṣay - Caus. rad. iṣ praef. pra - s. ya) servus, famulus, minister. IN. 5. 20. N. 17. 33. 21. 30.

preSyatA preṣyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) servitudo. N. 16. 1.

preSyavadhU preṣyavadhū

f. (KARM. ex preṣya et vadhū femina) famula, serva. DR. 6. 9.

prota prota

v. ve praef. pra.

protha protha

m. n. nasus animalis, ut equi, apri. N. 19. 13. A. 3. 19.

prauDha prauḍha

v. vah praef. pra.

plakS plakṣ

1. P. A. (bhakṣaṇe) edere. Cf. bhakṣ.

plakSa plakṣa

m. nomen arboris (Wils.: 1) The waved leaf fig tree, ficus infectoria. 2) Another tree, Hibiscus po- pulneoides. 3) The holy fig, Ficus religiosa). N. 12. 4.

plav plav

1. A. (gatau) ire. Cf. plu unde plav adjecto Gunae incremento.

plava plava

m. (r. plu natare s. a) 1) saltus. 2) natatio, natatus. 3) navis. BR. 3. 4. H. 1. 14. BH. 4. 36. (Gr. [greek] [greek] hib. falc "a flood" e flac, quod e flav? v. plu.)

plavaga plavaga

m. (e plava saltus et ga iens) 1) simia. RAGH. 12. 70. 2) rana. MED.

plavaGga plavaṅga

m. (e plava in acc. et ga iens) simia. AM.

plavaGgama plavaṅgama

(e plava in acc. et gama iens) id. AM.

plavin plavin

m. (r. plu s. in) avis.

plih plih

1. A. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire, se movere.

plihan plihan

m. (ut videtur, a r. plih s. an) lien. (Gr. [greek] [greek] praefixo [greek] nisi plihan e splihan; lat. lien abjecto p.)

plI plī

9. P. plīṇāmi ire. Cf. plu lī.

plu plu

1. A. interdum P. 1) natare. MAH. 2. 2196.: śilāḥ plavante...ambhasi; A. 6. 5.: tatra ratnasaṅghāḥ plavanti; R. Schl. II. 69. 9.: plavamānaśca hrade. Intens. R. Schl. II. 95. 10.: poplūyamānān aparān paśya tvañ jalamadhyagān (puṣpasañcayān). 2) navigare, navi proficisci. M. 36.: sāgaram pupluve tadā naukayā; MAH. 1. 4207.: plavamānaḥ yadṛcchayā jagāma subahūn deśān andhas teno 'ḍupena ha. 3) volare (in ae7re navigare). MAH. 3. 11767.: plavamānā vihāyasā gandhamādanam ājagmuḥ (yakṣāḥ); 2. 386.: sabhā...guhyakair uhyamānā sā khe...plavamāne 'va dṛśyate; v. plāvin avis. 3) transsilire. R. Schl. I. 1. 70.: śatayojanavistīrṇam pupluve lavaṇārṇavam; MAH. 3. 11227.: plavataḥ (transilientis); 16255.: pupluve 'ham mahārṇavaṃ śatayojanavistīrṇam. 4) flare. MAH. 3. 11070.: plavamāno vāyuḥ. -- Caus. alluere, perfundere. R. Schl. I. 42. 19.: bhaśmarāśīkṛtān etān plāvayel lokapāvanī (gaṅgā); 44. 43.: atha gaṅgāmbhasā tatra plāvitāḥ sāgarātmajāḥ; MAH. 3. 12885.: jaladā ghorāḥ...sarvataḥ plāvayanti...vasundharām. -- ATM. nisi, quod minus mihi arridet, pertinent ad dhāv; germ. vet. flewiu lavo, flewitin lavarent, ar-flawem eluo; v. Graff. III. 740.; hib. falcaim "I bathe" e flacaim pro flavaim? mutato v in c, v. gr. comp. 19.)

c. abhi perfundere, obruere. MAN. 4. 41.: rajasā 'bhiplutān nārīm menstruis pollutam mulierem.

c. abhi praef. sam id. MAN. 4. 42.: rajasā samabhiplutām (nārīm). TROP. MAH. 3. 2016.: sarvān śokaḥ samabhipupluve.

c. ava desilire. DR. 6. 10.: rathād avaplutya.

c. ā 1) natare. A. 6. 20.: āplavanta gataiḥ sattvaiḥ ma- tsyāḥ śatasahasraśaḥ. 2) submergere, lavare. MAH. 3. 8514.: āplutya gātrāṇi. Se submergere, se lavare. MAN. 11. 202.: sacelaḥ...āplutya. -- āpluta qui se submersit, se lavavit. IN. 1. 20.: gaṅgāyām āplutaḥ; 2. 5.: anāplutais tīrtheṣu. TROP. N. 18. 12. 22. 29.: vyasanāpluta in calamitate submersus. -- Cum acc. loci se immergere. MAN. 5. 77.: savāsā jalam āplutya. -- Caus. 1) facere ut alqs se lavet. MAH. 1. 7334.: kṛṣṇām āplāvya. 2) humectare. MAN. 3. 244.: annādyam...āplāvya vāriṇā. TROP. 11. 97. 3) transsilire (v. plu sens. 3.). R. Schl. I. 16. 24.: āplāveyur mahārṇavān (vānarāḥ).

c. ā praef. sam irrigare. N. 4. 13.: samāplutābhyān netrābhyāṃ śokajenā 'tha vāriṇā.

c. ut subsilire. HIT. 27. 13. 111. 4. RITU-S. 1. 18.

c. upa perfundere, obruere; invadere, irruere. R. Schl. II. 7. 13.: upaplutam aghaughena; MAN. 4. 118.: caurair upaplute grāme; RAGH. 10. 5.: devāḥ paulastyopaplutāḥ (Schol. rāvaṇenopadrutāḥ); 14. 64.

c. pari circumfluere. MAH. 3. 12884.: pṛthivī...salilaughapariplutā; N. 24. 7.: aśrupariplutaḥ; 24. 46.: śokapariplutaḥ.

c. pari praef. abhi id. M. 9.

c. vi 1) circumagi. HIT. 79. 10.: akarṇadhārā jaladhau viplavete 'ha naur iva. 2) confundi. MAH. 2. 1429.: viplu- tācā 'sya...buddhiḥ; 1430.: tasya viplavate buddhiḥ. 3) concumbere cum aliquā, vipluta qui concubuit. MAN. 8. 277.: brāhmaṇyā guptayā saha viplutau (vaiśyapārthivau); 2. 249.: aviplutaḥ. -- Caus. divulgare, profanare arcanum. MAN. 11. 198.: vedam viplāvya (Schol. anadhyāpyaṃ vedam adhyāpya).

c. sam 1) confluere. BH. 2. 46.: udapāne sarvataḥ samplutodake. 2) perfundere, obruere, implere. A. 2. 12.: harṣasamplutam. -- Caus. inundare. R. Schl. I. 44. 34.: gaṅgā samplāvayāmāsa yajñavaṭam.

pluS pluṣ

1. 1. et 4. P. urere. RAM. II. 79. 20.: agnipluṣṭa. V. pruṣ et cf. plus.

c. ut comburere. RITU-S. (Lass.) 1. 22.: vanadāhotpluṣṭaśaspaprarohāḥ...vanāntāḥ.

pluS pluṣ

2. 9. P. 1) i. q. praṣ cl. 9. 2) urere. BHATT. 20. 34.: pāpam pluṣṇātu vā 'nalaḥ; 20. 37.: mā pluṣāṇa vahne.

plus plus

4. P. (dāhavibhāgayoḥ K. dāhavibhāge V.) urere, distribuere. V. pluṣ.

plev plev

1. A. (sevane K. seve V.) servire, ministrare, colere, venerari. Cf. pev mev.

psA psā

2. P. (bhakṣaṇe) edere. BHATT. 15. 6.: māṃsam apsāsīt. (Cf. bhas unde in dialecto ved. forma reduplicata baps v. Westerg.; germ. vet. spīsa cibus.)

psAna psāna

n. (r. psā s. ana) cibus. AM.

[Page 2351]
phakak phakak

1. P. (nīcairgatau K. asadvyavahāre śanairgatau V.) repere, tarde incedere, improbe agere.

phaN phaṇ

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere. -- Caus. 1) phaṇayāmi facere ut alqs se moveat. 2) phāṇayāmi pingue lactis auferre. K.: phāṇayati dugdham "he skims the milk".

phaNa phaṇa

m. n. (r. phaṇ s. a) crista expansa in collo serpentis Cobra di Capella dicti. RAGH. 10. 7. 12. 98. RITUS. 1. 13.

phaNA phaṇā

f. (fem. praec.) id.

phaNin phaṇin

m. (a phaṇa vel phaṇā s. in) serpens. RITU-S. 1. 13. 18.

[Page 2351]
phal phal

1. 1. P. findi, dirumpi, dissilire. R. Schl. II. 61. 9.: hṛdayam me...phalatī 'daṃ sahasradhā; 64. 21.: phalen mūrddhāca te rājan sadyaḥ śatasahasradhā; DEV. 3. 7.: tasyāḥ khaḍgo bhujam prāpya paphāla. -- Part. pass. phulla (PAN. VIII. 2. 55.) per assimil. e phalna attenuato a in u cf. phull.

c. ut utphulla expansus, late apertus; e. c. utphullalocana. IN. 2. 26. BR. 3. 21. -- Caus. distendere, diducere, late aperire, e. c. oculos. H. 3. 16.: utphālya vipule netre.

c. pra phulla floridus. MAH. 5. 436.: padmāni praphullāni. V. pull.

phal phal

2. 1. P. proferre, producere fructum, fructum edere. HIT. 70. 20.: phalanty amṛtaseke 'pi na pathyāni viṣadrumāḥ. TROP. MAN. 4. 172.: nā 'dharmaś carito loke sadyaḥ phalati gaur iva; MAH. 1. 3275.: adhyāpayiṣyāmi tu yan tasya vidyā phaliṣyati; HIT. 58. 18.: viruddhan te phaliṣyati. -- Pass. imps. HIT. 21. 13.: phalitan tāvad asmākaṅ kapaṭaprabandhena. (Cambro-brit. pāl "a spread", palad "a spreading or shooting out", paladu "to spread or shoot out".)

phala phala

n. (r. 2. phal s. a) 1) fructus. N. 20. 9. TROP. N. 13. 22. (v. 2. phal). 2) cuspis sagittae; v. phalin.

phalaka phalaka

n. scutum, parma. AM.

phalavat phalavat

(a phala s. vat) fructibus praeditus. N. 20. 6. RAGH. 4. 44.

phalasaMstha phalasaṃstha

(TATP. ex phala et saṃstha qui stat cum aliquo) cum fructu conjunctus, scopum consecutus. BR. 3. 13.

[Page 236b]
phalita phalita

(a phala s. ita v. gr. 652.) fructibus praeditus. H. 1. 11.

phalin phalin

(a phala s. in) 1) id. Lass. 52. 17. 2) cuspide praeditus. RAGH. 7. 42.

phalguna phalguna

n. cognomen Ar[greek]uni.

phAla phāla

m. (r. 1. phal s. a) vomer. MED.

phull phull

1. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a phulla v. 1. phal) se expandere, de floribus; florescere. (Cf. gr. [greek] = phulla v. 1. phal; lat. folium; flos, floris e flov-is, a flu per metath. e ful? sicut ploro = plāvayāmi a plu q. v.; anglo - sax. blovan florere; germ. vet. bluon, pluon id.; blomo, Them. blo-mon; goth. blo-ma, Them. blo-man, flos, suff. man = māna gr. [greek] part. praes. med.)

phulla phulla

v. phal.

phena phena

m. spuma. HIT. 3. 2. (Slav. pjena id.)

phenavat phenavat

(a praec. s. vat) spumosus. A. 6. 2.

phenin phenin

(a phena s. in) spumans, spumosus. H. 2. 11.

phenila phenila

(a phen s. ila) id. RAGH. 13. 2.

phel phel

1. P. i. q. pel.

[Page 2361]
baMh baṃh

vel vaṃh 1. A. (vṛddhau K.; scribitur bah vah gr. 110a).) crescere. (Cf. vṛh quod e vṛdh ita baṃh vaṃh e bandh vandh cum n pro r; v. bahu = [greek] et cf. [greek])

baMhiSTha baṃhiṣṭha

Superl. a bahula v. gr. 251.

baMhIyas baṃhīyas

Compar. a bahula v. gr. 251.

baT baṭ

v. vaṭ.

baTh baṭh

v. vaṭh.

baN baṇ

1. P. (śabde) sonare. Cf. bhaṇ dhvaṇ dhraṇ dhvan svan.

baNij baṇij

vel vaṇij m. (nom. -k r. paṇ mutato p in b vel v s. ij) mercator. N. 12. 131.

baNT baṇṭ

v. vaṇṭ.

bad bad

1. P. (sthairye) firmum esse. Cf. 3. pad.

baddha baddha

v. bandh.

[Page 2361]
badh badh

1. 1. A. (bandhane K. ninde bandhe V.) ligare, vituperare, spernere. V. bandh.

badh badh

2. 10. P. bādhayāmi (saṃyamane K. bandhe V.) ligare. V. bandh.

badh badh

3. v. vadh.

badha badha

v. vadha.

badhira badhira

(ut videtur, a r. bandh s. ira) surdus. AM. (Hib. bodhar, cambro - brit. byzar, armor. byzar id.)

badhaiSin badhaiṣin

v. vadhaiṣin.

badhU badhū

v. vadhū.

ban ban

v. van.

bandh bandh

1. 9. P. interdum A. (badhnāmi badhne v. gr. 387.) Pass. badhye (gr. 503.), part. baddha. 1) ligare, alligare, religare. SA. 5. 17.: yamas tu tam...baddhvā; M. 47.: himavataḥ śṛṅge nāvam badhnīta; A. 5. 13.: babandhacai 'va me foed-us = foidus, regressā aspiratione, v. gr. comp. 104., Ag. Benary "Römische Lautlehre p. 190.", cf. Pott. I. 251.; lith. bandà pecus, a ligando dictum sicut paśu a paś; slav. vja[greek]ati ligare. V. bandha bandhana bandhu.)

c. anu 1) ligare, alligare. R. Schl. I. 72. 8. DEV. 1. 22. 2) adhaerere. HIT. 24. 20.: bhaṅge 'pi mṛṇālānām anubadhnanti tantavaḥ. 3) durare. N. 13. 31.: nā 'nubadhnati kuśalam.

c. ā illigare. R. Schl. II. 96. 31. MEGH. 9.

c. ni 1) ligare, adstringere. BH. 9. 9. 14. 7. N. 16. 8. MAH. 4. 982.

c. pari id. TROP. R. Schl. II. 58. 11.: vācā...vāṣpaparibaddhayā.

c. prati id. TROP. RAGH. 1. 79.: pratibadhnāti hi śreyaḥ pūjyapūjāvyatikramaḥ.

c. sam id. A. 8. 7. -- Caus. alligandum curare. R. Schl. I. 62. 24.

bandh bandh

2. 10. P. ligare. R. Schl. II. 84. 4.: bandhayiṣyativā pāśair athavā 'smān badhiṣyati.

[Page 237b]
bandha bandha

m. (r. bandh s. a) nexus, vinculum. BH. 2. 39. 18. 30. RAGH. 6. 81. (Cf. hib. bad "a bunch, bush, cluster, tuft, thiket"; armor. bód "touffe, buisson, trousseau".)

bandhakI bandhakī

f. (a bandhaka quod a r. bandh s. aka) femina impudica, adultera, meretrix. HIT. 86. 4.

bandhana bandhana

n. (r. bandh s. ana) 1) alligatio. M. 49. 2) vinculum. RAGH. 3. 30. 12. 76. (Goth. bindan ligare; hib. badan "a tuft of trees, a tuft of hair".)

bandhu bandhu

m. (r. bandh s. u) 1) affinis, cognatus. BR. 1. 23. N. 16. 18. 30. 2) amicus. BH. 6. 5. 9. (Cf. hib. badh "love, friendship".)

bandhukAma bandhukāma

(BAH. e bandhu et kāma amor, desiderium) erga propinquos amorem habens. BR. 1. 23.

bandhura bandhura

(r. bandh s. ura) iniquus, undatus, undulatus. RAGH. 13. 47.

bandhya bandhya

(r. bandh s. ya) sterilis. RAGH. 1. 70. HIT. 4. 21.

babhr babhr

et vabhr 1. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.; ut videtur, forma redupl.; cf. bhram) ire, errare. HIT. 82. 13.: vayam...andhā iva babhrāmaḥ.

babhru babhru

1) (fem. u et ū) flavus, rutilus. RAGH. 15. 16. 19. 25. 2) m. ichneumon. Lass. 46. 3.

barb barb

1. P. (gatyām) ire, se movere. V. pamb.

barbara barbara

stultus, stupidus, baro. HIT. 50. 8. (Cf. lat. baro.)

barh barh

1. vel varh 1. et 10. P. (vadhe dīptau) ferire, occidere, lucere. Cf. vṛh balh.

c. ni in dial. Ved. prosternere. RIGV. 100. 18.: dasyūn... hatvā pṛthivyāṃ śarā nibarhīt "hostes feriendo humi tela prostravit".

barh barh

2. vel varh 1. P. (smṛtihiṃsādānavākṣu) meminisse; ferire, laedere, occidere; dare; loqui. Cf. vṛh balh.

barh barh

3. vel varh 1. A. (śreṣṭhe) excellere. Cf. balh.

bal bal

1. 1. P. (dhānyāvarodhe K. dhānyāvarodhe jīvane V.) opulentiam, fortunam alcjs impedire, perturbare; vivere.

bal bal

2. 1. A. (dānavadhanirūpeṣu) abscindere (dāna a do?); ferire, occidere; explorare, investigare. Cf. bhal 1. A., bil bhil.

bal bal

3. 10. P. bālayāmi (bhṛtau K.) sustentare, nutrire. K.: bālayati bālam pitā. (Cf. bhṛ i. e. bhar.)

bal bal

4. 10. P. balayāmi (nirūpaṇe K. nirūpe V.) explorare, investigare. V. 2. bal.

bala bala

(r. bal s. a) 1) n. vis, robur. IN. 4. 8. H. 4. 14. 2) n. exercitus. N. 2. 11. 17. 22. 3) m. nom. pr. Daityi, quem Indrus occidit. (Cf. lat. valor, validus, valeo, cum praep. de: debilis.)

balavat balavat

(a praec. s. vat) 1) Adj. vi, robore praeditus, robustus, fortis. H. 1. 8. 42. 2. 12. 2) Adv. valde. A. 7. 24.

balAkA balākā

v. valākā.

balAhaka balāhaka

m. nom. pr. DR. 2. 13.

bali bali

1. m. (r. bal s. i) 1) nutrimentum, cibus. RAGH. 2. 24. 2) tributum. RAGH. 1. 18. 3) sacrificium. 4) nom. pr. Daityi. A. 5. 16.

bali bali

2. f. (r. bal s. i) ruga.

balin balin

(a bala s. in) vi, robore praeditus, fortis, robustus. H. 4. 14.

balibha balibha

(a bali s. bha) rugosus.

baliSTha baliṣṭha

Superl. a balavat vel balin. Etiam sensu Compar. (v. gr. min. 227.). RAGH. 17. 59.: baliṣṭhaś cet parasmāt.

balI balī

f. i. q. bali f. MAH. 1. 3467.

balIyas balīyas

(Compar. a balavat vel balin v. gr. min. 227.) valde fortis. H. 4. 8.

balh balh

1. vel valh 1. A. i. q. 2. barh et 3. barh.

balh balh

2. vel valh 10. P. (tviṣi) splendere. Cf. 1. barh.

bahis bahis

v. vahis.

bahu bahu

(fem. vel u scribitur etiam vahu r. baṃh vel vaṃh ejectā nasali suff. u) multus. SA. 1. 11. -- Adv. multum. N. 13. 64. (Gr. [greek] cf. lat. pro-fundus, v. baṃh et Benfey II. 67.)

bahutitha bahutitha

(e praec. s. titha) multus, de tempore. N. 13. 2. 61. SA. 4. 1.

[Page 238b]
bahupatnIkRt bahupatnīkṛt

(multas uxores faciens e bahupatnībahu et patnī uxor - et kṛt faciens) multas uxores in matrimonium ducens. BR. 2. 34.

bahudhA bahudhā

(a bahu s. dhā) multipliciter. N. 10. 13. BH. 9. 15. 13. 4.

bahumAna bahumāna

m. (r. man praef. bahu magnifacere - v. gr. 653. - suff. a) observantia, cultus. A. 4. 56.

bahula bahula

(a bahu s. la) 1) multus. N. 13. 13. 2) niger, obscurus. RAGH. 11. 15.

bahuvidha bahuvidha

(BAH. ex bahu et vidha vel vidhā genus, species, modus) multimodus, multifarius, varius. BR. 3. 20. BH. 4. 32.

bahuzas bahuśas

Adv. (a bahu s. śas) multum, saepe. N. 18. 7. 23. 22. SA. 5. 84.

bahvAzcarya bahvāścarya

(BAH. e bahu et āścarya miraculum) multa miracula, multa mirabilia habens. IN. 5. 14.

bAD bāḍ

vel vāḍ 1. A. (āplāve) lavare, se lavare, se baigner. K. bāḍate (vāḍate) gaṅgāyām muniḥ. (Germ. vet. bad balneum, badon se lavare; lat. bal-neum cum l pro d; gr. [greek])

bANa bāṇa

v. vāṇa.

bAdh bādh

v. vādh.

bAdhA bādhā

v. vādhā.

bAndhava bāndhava

m. (a bandhu s. a v. gr. 648. et 650.) affinis, cognatus. H. 1. 42. BR. 2. 23.

bAla bāla

m. (r. 3. bal nutrire s. a) 1) puer, parvulus, infans. Collective, in Plur. vel initio compos. pueri, parvuli, infantes utriusque sexus. BR. 1. 28. 3. 7. N. 12. 123. SA. 2. 8. 2) pilus. 3) cauda. RAGH. 9. 66. MEGH. 54. -- Adj. infans, aetate parvus, juvenis, novus, novellus, recens. UR. 75. 13.: bālam ive 'ndum; RAGH. 3. 22.: bālacandramāḥ; SAK. 8. 9.: bālaviṭapibhyaḥ. (Lith. wála-s pilus caudae equi. V. sq.)

bAlaka bālaka

(a praec. s. ka) puer, parvulus. N. 9. 23. (Hib. ballach "a boy".)

bAlakhilya bālakhilya

m. Geniorum genus pollicis magnitudinem aequans (Wils.: A divine personage of the size of the thumb; sixty thousand of whom were produced from the hair of Brahma's body). SU. 3. 5.

bAlaputra bālaputra

(e bāla et putra) parvulos liberos habens. BR. 2. 10. SA. 2. 8.

bAlabhAva bālabhāva

m. (e bāla et bhāva existentia, natura) infantia, pueritia, puerilis aetas. N. 13. 40.

bAlA bālā

f. (fem. vocis bāla) 1) puella, parvula. BR. 1. 30. 2. 14. 2) femina. H. 4. 4. BR. 1. 30.

bAlAtapa bālātapa

m. (e bāla novus, recens et ātapa solis ardor) sol novus, sol oriens. RAGH. 6. 60.: bālātaparaktasānuḥ. Sic etiam cum Medhātithi hoc vocabulum intelligimus apud MAN. 4. 69. (V. sq. et cf. Holzmann Thierkreis p. 10. sq.)

bAlArka bālārka

m. (e bāla et arka sol) id. R. Schl. II. 96. 19.

bAliza bāliśa

(ut videtur, a bāla s. iśa quod fortasse ex ika) imperitus, rudis, stultus, stolidus. DR. 9. 8.

bAlukA bālukā

f. arena, glarea. MAH. 3. 10723.

bAlya bālya

n. (a bāla s. ya) infantia, pueritia. N. 24. 12. Trop. insania, stultitia. DR. 5. 6.

bAh bāh

v. vāh.

bAhu bāhu

vel vāhu m. (si vāhu primitiva esset forma, deducendum esset a r. vah vehere, ferre; forma bāhu autem sustentatur zendico [greek] bāzu, gr. [greek] lat. brachium) brachium. IN. 2. 24. (Gr. [greek] mutatā mediā in tenuem, [greek] lat. brachium insertā liquidā sicut in frango, [greek] goth. BRAK = bhañj nisi formae scrtae bāhu bhañj mutilatae sunt e brāhu bhrañj.)

biT biṭ

v. viṭ.

bind bind

1. P. (aṃśe; scribitur bid gr. 110a).) dividere, findere. Cf. bhid bil.

bibhakSayiS bibhakṣayiṣ

Desid. a r. bhakṣ.

bil bil

1. et 10. P. (bhedane) findere. Cf. bhil bind bhid.

bis bis

4. P. (kṣepe) jacere, conjicere, mittere.

bIbhats bībhats

Desid. a rad. badh v. gr. 553.

bIbhatsu bībhatsu

(a praec. s. u) cognomen Ar[greek]uni. A. 3. 1. (ubi bībhatsur pro bi - legendum); MAH. 3. 551.

[Page 239b]
bukk bukk

1. et 10. P. (śvasvanau K. śvādiśabde V.) latrare.

buT buṭ

1. et 10. P. (hiṃse) ferire, occidere, laedere.

buD buḍ

6. P. (samvaraṇe K. utsargasamvṛtau V.) tegere, emittere, relinquere. Cf. baḍ bhuṇḍ cuḍ.

bud bud

1. P. A. (niśāmane) audire. Cf. bund bundh budh.

buddha buddha

v. budh.

buddhi buddhi

f. (r. budh s. ti) 1) animus, mens, intellectus. N. 5. 12. 24. 15. 5. SA. 2. 29. BH. 2. 41. 44. 53. 3. 40. 42. (manasas tu parā buddhiḥ). 2) sententia, consilium. N. 3. 25. 26. 10. 25. 12.

buddhimat buddhimat

(a praec. s. mat) mente, intellectu praeditus, sapiens. SA. 2. 14. BH. 4. 18.

budh budh

4. P. A. etiam 1. P. A. 1) cognoscere, percipere. N. 22. 4.: prativākyañca...budhyethāḥ; MAH. 2. 2506.: buḍyā budhyen navā budhyed ayam; 3. 557.: tām abudhyad ameyātmā balavān...paryapṛcchata tām bhīmaḥ. 2) scire. H. 4. 42.: na tvām budhyāmahe vayaṃ sametam bhīmarūpeṇa rakṣasā; DR. 6. 15.: na budhyate nāthavatīm ihā 'dya vahiścaraṃ hṛdayam pāṇḍavānām; 8. 25.: na bubodha hataṃ sūtaṃ sa rājā bāhuśālinā. -- buddha doctus, sapiens. BR. 2. 27. 3) nosse. MAH. 1. 5148.: nā 'budhyantaca tañ janāḥ. 4) putare. RAM. 1. 50. 13.: tāni varṣāṇya atītāni bubodhai 'kam ahar yathā. 5) (ATM.) expergisci. R. Schl. I. 46. 19.: tato ditir abudhyata; N. 10. 17.: naca budhyeta me priyā; 13. 19.: damayantīca bubudhe. -- Caus. 1) certiorem facere, docere, nuntiare. M. 28.: bodhayāmy adya yat te hitam anuttamam; BH. 10. 9.: bodhayantaḥ parasparam. 2) expergefacere. H. 2. 35.: sukhasuptān...na bhayād bodhayiṣyāmi. (Cf. bud bund bundh audire; zend. [greek] budh videre, [greek] būidhye video, [greek] būidyoimaidhe videamus (gr. comp. 41. 472.); lith. bundu vigilo, budrùs vigil, vigilans, nu-bundù expergiscor, praet. nu-buddau; pa-budinu expergefacio; russ. bdju vigilo, bodryi vigil; slav. būditj expergefacit = Caus. bodhayati v. gr. comp. 562.; goth. BUD jubere, mandare, biuda, bauth, budum mutatā mediā in tenuem, v. bandh; fortasse lat. puto e pudo.)

c. anu 4. A. 1) comperire, cognoscere. MAH. 14799.: anubudhyeta nṛpo 'smākañ cikīrṣitam. 2) recordari. MAH. 1. 4874.: sa tu kāmaparītātmā taṃ śāpam nā 'nvabudhyata. 3) expergisci. MAH. 1. 5024.: daṣṭo 'nvabudhyata.

c. ava 4. A. 1) sentire, percipere, animadvertere. MAH. 1. 5051.: susrāva reto 'sya saca tan nā 'vabudhyata. 2) scire. R. Schl. II. 74. 10.: kin nā 'vabudhyase krūre niyatam bandhusaṃśrayam jyeṣṭham pitṛsamaṃ rāmam. 3) cognoscere. MAH. 2. 1371.: dharmam avabudhyeta; 3. 1363.: tvāñ cet śrutvā tāta tathā carantam avabhotsyante bharatānāñ carāḥ. 4) expergisci. RAM. II. 72. 50.: kaccit kāle 'vabudhyase. -- Caus. certiorem facere. MAH. 1. 5811.: asmān avabodhayat.

c. ava praef. sam 4. A. intelligere. R. Schl. II. 9. 31.: nā 'haṃ samavabudhyeya...rājñaś cikīrṣitam.

c. ni 1. P. interdum A. 1) comperire, percipere, cognoscere, praesertim in 2. p. Imper. N. 22. 6.: damayantyā vacaḥ...nibodha; SA. 5. 28.: vaco nibodha me; 6. 13.: satyam etan nibodha tvam; MAN. 1. 119.: idam matsakāśān nibodhata; MAH. 1. 1353.: nibodhasva. 2) scire. N. 12. 43.: rājaputrīn nibodha mām.

c. pra 1) 1. A. expergefacere. MAH. 3. 10653.: vyāghraṃ śayānam prati mā prabodha. 2) 4. A. expergisci. HIT. 107. 13.: sūryodaye prabudhyate. -- Caus. 1) certiorem facere. RAGH. 3. 68. 2) expergefacere. H. 2. 34. 3. 6. 4. 2.

c. prati 4. A. expergisci. R. Schl. II. 14. 50. Etiam Par. MAH. 1. 5053.: tan dṛṣṭvā pratibudhyantam. -- Caus. 1) certiorem facere. RAGH. 1. 74. 2) mandare, jubere. R. Schl. II. 52. 35.: rāmeṇa sumantraḥ pratibodhitaḥ. 3) expergefacere. R. Schl. II. 65. 12.: bhartāram pratyabodhayan.

c. vi 4. A. expergisci. MAH. 2. 162.: kaccit kāle vi- budhyase; H. 4. 24.: tayoḥ śabdena mahatā vibuddhās te.

c. sam 4. A. P. 1) nosse. MAH. 2. 1498.: kasmān na sambudhyeta...sasurāsuralokānām aśeṣeṇa manogatam. 2) intelligere, sapere. MAH. 2. 2187.: na manda sambudhyase. -- Caus. monere. MAH. 1. 1427.: yuṣmān sambodhayāmy eṣa yathā na sa hared balāt.

c. sam praef. prati resipiscere. MAH. 12519.: so 'ham aiśvaryamohena...patitaḥ pratisambuddhaḥ.

budha budha

(r. budh s. a) 1) sciens, sapiens, doctus. BR. 3. 5. 2) nom. pr. UR. 93. 12.

bund bund

1. P. A. (niśāmane) audire. Cf. bud budh bundh.

bundh bundh

1. 1. P. A. id.

bundh bundh

2. 10. P. (bandhe) ligare. (Cf. bandh unde bundh attenuato a in u sicut in linguā goth. bundum ligavimus a band ligavi.)

bubhukSA bubhukṣā

f. (a Desid. r. bhuj edere s. ā) fames. HIT. 35. 11.

bul bul

10. P. (majjane) mergi, submergi.

bus bus

4. P. (utsarge) dimittere. Cf. ṣyus vyus.

bust bust

10. P. 1) venerari. 2) spernere. Cf. pust.

bRR bṝ

v. vṝ.

bodhana bodhana

n. (r. budh s. ana) notio, cognitio, scientia. RAGH. 9. 49.

byus byus

4. P. (hāne) relinquere. Cf. bus vyus.

brahmacarya brahmacarya

n. (e brahman et carya quod seorsum non invenitur et vitae rationem significare videtur, a car ire, facere suff. ya) castimoniae vel coelibatus votum, castimonia. IN. 4. 10.

brahmacArin brahmacārin

m. (e brahman et cārin iens, agens) coelibatus voto obstrictus. SA. 1. 5. A. 2. 17. BH. 6. 14.

brahmaNya brahmaṇya

(a brahman s. ya) Brahmae deo addictus, Brahmae cultor, pius. SA. 1. 2. N. 1. 3.

brahman brahman

(secundum Wils. a r. vṛh crescere, mutato va in ba s. man) 1) m. Deus Brahma. SU. 1. 22. 2) Brahmanus, homo primi i. e. sacerdotalis ordinis. 3) n. summum incorporeum numen, causa primitiva. BH. 4. 24. 14. 3. 4.

[Page 241a]
brahmarSi brahmarṣi

m. (e brahman et ṛṣi v. gr. 67.) Brahmanicus sapiens. IN. 2. 13. SU. 3. 3.

brahmaloka brahmaloka

m. (e brahman et loka mundus) Brahmae coelum. SU. 4. 25.

brAhma brāhma

(fem. ī a brahman s. a v. gr. 651.) brahmicus, ad deum Brahmam pertinens. BH. 2. 72.

brAhmaNa brāhmaṇa

m. (a brahman s. a) i. q. brahman sens. 2.

brAhmaNI brāhmaṇī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) femina primi vel sacerdotalis ordinis.

brU brū

2. P. A. bravīmi bruve (in tempp. specialibus solum usurpatur, v. gr. 352.) dicere, loqui, c. acc. rei et pers. IN. 1. 10.: vākyam arjunam abravīt. Cum dat. vel gen. pers. BH. 10. 13.: svayañcai 'va bravīṣi me; N. 22. 6.: kuśalan te bravīmy aham.

c. ati conviciari. DR. 5. 2.: mahārathān atibruvan mūḍha na lajjase katham. (Cf. ru; boruss. vet. billa dico; lith. bravīmi mutato v in gutturalem, v. gr. comp. 19., praefixo s, v. Graff. 6. 369., nostrum spreche, sprach.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. MAH. 176.

c. pra id. SA. 2. 21. MAN. 10. 1. et 2.

c. prati respondere. N. 17. 44.

c. vi i. q. simpl. N. 24. 35. MAN. 8. 75. 390.

[Page 2411]
bhakta bhakta

v. bhaj.

bhakti bhakti

f. (r. bhaj s. ti) 1) cultus, amor. SA. 1. 9. 5. 21. 50. BH. 7. 17. 8. 10. 9. 26. 2) divisio, partitio. SAK. 52. 4. infr.

bhaktimat bhaktimat

(a praec. s. mat) colens. BH. 12. 17.

bhaktR bhaktṛ

m. (r. bhaj s. tṛ) cultor.

bhaktRtva bhaktṛtva

n. (a praec. s. tva) cultus.

bhakS bhakṣ

1. P. A. 10. P. interdum A. edere, vorare. H. 2. 14.: eṣām utkṛtya māṃsāni...bhakṣayiṣyāvaḥ sahitau; 4. 10.: tvayā bhakṣayatā narān; N. 12. 20.: bhakṣayaty eṣa māṃ raudraḥ; IN. 1. 26.: phalānica sugandhīni bhakṣitāni; MAH. 3. 409.: vaḥ sarvān bhakṣayiṣye; R. Schl. I. 9. 34.: phalāny āśramajātāni bhakṣayasva. -- bhakṣita n. cibus. HIT. 50. 20. -- Desid. bibhakṣayiṣāmi (gr. 554.). H. 2. 27.: bhrātrā...bibhakṣayiṣatā māṃsaṃ yuṣmākam. (Cf. bhalakṣ plakṣ bhuj. -- bhakṣ ortum esse videtur e bhaj - primitive bhag - unde bhuj attenuato a in u; cf. gr. [greek] et [greek] nituntur formā bhakṣ abjectā gutturali vel sibilante; ita goth. basi n. bacca (nostrum Beere) them. basja = bhakṣya q. v.; lat. bacca per assimil. e bacsa; fortasse etiam bucca, nisi pertinet ad mukha ab edendo nominatum est, attenuato a in u sicut in scr. bhuj; maxilla e baxilla explicari posset, mutatā mediā in nasalem ejusdem organi; fauc-s aut huc aut ad bhuj referri potest; Ag. Benary, Röm. Lautlehre p. 155., fa-mes et fa-ba huc trahit, ita ut mutilata sint e fag-mes, fag-ba; cf. Pott. p. 271.; de hib. maise "food, victuals" v. māṃsa.)

c. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 422.

bhakSa bhakṣa

m. (r. bhakṣ s. a) edens, vescens in fine compp. N. 12. 63. (Gr. [greek])

bhakSaka bhakṣaka

m. (r. bhakṣ s. aka) edens. HIT. 75. 8.

bhakSya bhakṣya

(r. bhakṣ s. ya) 1) Adj. edendus. 2) m. cibus. H. 2. 8. N. 9. 13. (Goth. basi, them. basja n. bacca.)

bhaga bhaga

m. (r. bhaj s. a) 1) portio. 2) bona fortuna, felicitas, beatitudo. 3) vulva. AM. (Huc vel ad bhāga traxerim goth. ga-bigs dives, ita ut proprie significet qui cum divitiis est, them. ga-biga = sabhaga; cf. etiam lith. nabagas homo miser, pauper, na = scr. na non; bagotas dives; russ. ū-bogil pauper, bogatyi dives; cf. Pott. pp. 235. 236.)

bhagavat bhagavat

(a bhaga s. vat) felix, beatus, excelsus, excellens, praeclarus, venerabilis. SU. 3. 24. 4. 23. BH. 10. 14. RAGH. 8. 80. (Cf. slav. bog deus.)

bhaginI bhaginī

f. (a bhaga s. in in fem.) soror.

bhagna bhagna

v. bhañj.

bhaGga bhaṅga

m. (r. bhañj s. a) 1) fractio, fractura. RAGH. 16. 14. -- puṣpabhaṅga florum contritio. N. 25. 7. (Schol. Nīl. puṣpasammardaḥ). TROP. repudiatio. RAGH. 13. 78. 2) fragmentum. UR. 69. 4. 3) unda, fluctus, v. sq. (Lith. bangà unda, fluctus; gr. [greek] v. bhañj.)

bhaGgi bhaṅgi

f. (r. bhañj s. i) 1) fractio, fractura. 2) unda, fluctus. RAGH. 16. 63. 3) fraus, fallacia, dolus. UP. 50.

bhaGgura bhaṅgura

(r. bhañj s. ura) fragilis. HIT. 43. 5.

bhaj bhaj

1. 1. P. A. 1) dividere. MAN. 9. 104.: bhrātaraḥ samam bhajeran paitṛkaṃ riktham; 9. 200.: patyau jīvati yaḥ strībhir alaṅkāro dhṛto bhavet . na tam bhajeran dāyādā bhajamānāḥ patanti te; 9. 119. 209. 2) colere, venerari, deditum esse, amare. (sevāyām K.) BH. 4. 11.: ye yathā mām prapadyante tāṃs tathai 'va bhajāmy aham; 6. 31.: sarvabhūtasthitaṃ yo mām bhajati; 7. 16.: caturvidhā bhajante māñ janāḥ; H. 2. 29.: kāmopahatacittāṅgīm bhajamānām bhajasva mām; N. 5. 32.: yat tvam bhajasi...pumāṃsan devasannidhau; MAN. 8. 365.: kanyām bhajantīm utkṛṣṭam. -- bhakta colens, deditus, devotus, amaus. IN. 5. 44.: hṛcchayenaca santaptām bhaktañca bhaja; N. 10. 14.: madbhaktā; 13. 57. SA. 5. 95. BH. 4. 3. 7. 21. 23. 3) c. acc. loci petere, ire, proficisci. R. Schl. I. 16. 28.: nānāvidhān śailān kānanānica bhejire; BHATT. 6. 72.: vanāni bhejatur vīrau; MAH. 3. 11113.: śukāḥ puṃskokilāḥ krauñcā visañjñā bhejire diśaḥ. Considere. MAH. 1. 5.: nirdiṣṭam āsanam bheje; 1. 3867.: rājarṣeḥ... ūrum bheje śubhānanā. 4) adipisci, obtinere. R. Schl. I. 27. 11.: rākṣasatvam bhajasva; 72. 11.: kuśadhvajasute ime patnyau bhajetāṃ sahitau śatrughnabharatāv ubhau; MAN. 10. 59. 5) exercere, facere, exequi. MAN. 4. 204.: niyamān kevalān bhajan. (Cf. bhāj bhañj bhuj; hib. fuighim "I get, obtain", fuigheall "profit, gain", "relique, remainder", faghail "getting, finding, obtaining"; Pottius apte huc trahit goth. and-bah-ts servus, minister; Ag. Benary confert lat. fa-mulus, quod etiam ad FAC referri potest, ita ut mutilatum sit e fac-mulus. V. bhaga.)

c. nis secernere, segregare, excludere. MAN. 9. 207.: sa nirbhājyaḥ svakād aṃśāt.

c. vi 1) dividere. MAH. 3. 10208. MAN. 9. 164. 210. 216. 2) distinguere, discernere. MAN. 1. 65.: ahorātre vibhajate sūryaḥ. R. Schl. II. 67. 31.: vibhajan sādhvasādhunī. 3) distribuere. MAH. 2. 2053.: te dvandvaśaḥ pṛthakcai 'va ...siṃhāsanāni...vibhejire; RAGH. 10. 55.: sa tejo vaiṣṇavam patnyor vibheje; 11. 29.: taṅ kṣurapraśakalīkṛtaṅ kṛtī patriṇāṃ vyabhajat.

c. vi praef. pra id. MAH. 3. 16140. MAN. 8. 166. 9. 268. BH. 11. 13. 18. 41.

bhaj bhaj

2. 10. P. bhājayāmi (viśrāṇane K. pāke V.) dare, largiri (?) (*), coquere. (Cf. bhrajj bhṛj germ. vet. BACH, PACH, BAKK torrere, coquere, nostrum backen.)

(*) Fortasse pro viśrāṇane a r. śraṇ dare legendum est viśrāṇe a r. śrā coquere.
bhaJj bhañj

1. 7. P. bhanajmi praet. mtf. abhāṅgham fut. bhaṅkṣyāmi pass. bhajye part. bhagna (gr. 607. 615.) frangere. H. 1. 12.: vane bhañjan mahādrumān; 4. 23.: babhañjatus tadā vṛkṣān. TROP. MAH. 1. 6868.: asya mā bhaṅgham pratijñām. (Fortasse bhañj mutilatum est e bhrañj cf. lat. frango, goth. BRAK, ga-brika, ga-brak, ga-brekum; gr. [greek] et abjectā initiali, [greek] lett. braks fragilis; hib. brisim "I break, dismember, disunite", brit "fraction", breadach "broken".)

c. ava i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 7081. 3. 10043.

c. nis praef. vi id. MAH. 3. 12447.: vātavinirbhagnā drumāḥ.

c. pra id. MAH. 3. 11121.

bhaJj bhañj

2. 10. A. (bhāṣārthe K. bhāṣe V.; scribitur bhaj gr. 110a).) loqui, dicere, lucere. (Hib. faighim "I speak, talk", faighle, faighleadh "words, talk, conversation", faigh "a prophet".)

bhaT bhaṭ

1. 1. P. (bhṛtau) nutrire, sustentare; mercede conducere.

bhaT bhaṭ

2. 1. P. (paribhāṣaṇe K. bhāṣaṇe V.) loqui, dicere.

bhaTa bhaṭa

m. (r. 1. bhaṭ s. a) miles. HIT. 104. 17.

bhaTTAra bhaṭṭāra

(forma Prācr. a bhartṛ in casibus fort. bhartār suff. a mutato t in cui se assimilavit antecedens r; v. bhaṭṭiṇī et cf. Lass. s. vv. bhaṭṭa et bhaṭṭāraka) venerabilis, sanctus.

bhaTTAraka bhaṭṭāraka

(a praec. s. a) id. HIT. 21. 21.

bhaTTiNI bhaṭṭiṇī

f. vox Prācrit. = scr. bhartrī. UR. 43. 13.

bhaN bhaṇ

1. P. loqui, dicere, in recentioribus scriptis, praeser[??]tim in dial. Prācrit. (v. Delii Radices Prācr. p. 19.). Lass. 3. 2.: rājñā...bhaṇitam; BHATT. 14. 46.: babhāṇa; 15. 15.: abhāṇīt. (Cf. bhāṣ.)

bhaNT bhaṇṭ

1. P. (pratāraṇe K. scribitur bhaṭ gr. 110a).) fallere, decipere.

bhaND bhaṇḍ

1. 1. A. (parihāse K. vāci V.; scribitur bhaḍ gr. 110a).) irridere; loqui.

bhaND bhaṇḍ

2. 1. et 10. P. (śive; scribitur bhaḍ gr. 110a).) felicem esse. Cf. bhand.

bhadra bhadra

(r. bhand ejecto n suff. ra) 1) Adj. laetus, felix, excellens, optimus, praesertim in Vocat. fem. SU. 3. 20. N. 22. 2. 2) Subst. n. salus, felicitas, praesertim in salutationibus vel. benedictionibus. N. 15. 5. SA. 2. 32. (Goth. batiza melior, batista optimus; germ. vet. baz melius, beziro melior, felicior, bezisto optimus; hib. feodhas "better", badhach "famous, great, noble"; fortasse maith; cambro-brit. mad "good, excellent", mutato bh in m, sicut e. c. in mais = bhās q. v.; lat. faus-tus e faud-tus et hoc e fand-tus, mutato n in u?)

bhand bhand

1. A. 10. P. gaudere, felicem esse, praestantem esse. V. bhadra.

[Page 243b]
bhaya bhaya

n. (r. bhī s. a) timor. H. 1. 7. 2. 13. (v. bhī.)

bhayaGkara bhayaṅkara

(timorem faciens ex Accus. vocis bhaya et kara faciens, v. gr. 645. suff. a) 1) timendus, terribilis. 2) m. nom. pr. DR. 2. 11.

bhayAnaka bhayānaka

(r. bhī s. ānaka nisi e bhaya et anaka a r. an s. aka) timendus, terribilis. H. 3. 2. BH. 11. 27.

bhayAvaha bhayāvaha

(e bhaya et āvaha afferens a r. vah praef. ā s. a) timorem afferens, timendus, terribilis. SA. 5. 8.

bhara bhara

m. (r. bhṛ s. a) onus. (v. Lass.)

bharaNa bharaṇa

n. (r. bhṛ s. ana) sustentatio, nutritio. RAGH. 1. 24.

bharatarSabha bharatarṣabha

m. (e bharata v. gr. 647., et ṛṣabha q. v.) Bharatidarum princeps. H. 2. 16.

bhartR bhartṛ

m. (r. bhṛ s. tṛ) 1) qui sustentat, altor, nutritor. BH. 9. 18. 13. 16. 2) dominus. MEGH. 1. 34. 3) maritus. H. 11. 19.

bharts bharts

10. P. 1) minari, terrere. H. 3. 21.: tam āpatantam ...bhartsayāmāsa tejasvī tiṣṭha tiṣṭhe 'ti; MAH. 4. 357.: śabdena mahatā bhartsayantau parasparam. 2) deridere. MAH. 2. 434.: bhartsayantī 'va bhāskaram.

c. abhi minari, terrere. R. Schl. I. 28. 13.

c. ava id. MAH. 3. 15096.

c. nis 1) id. MAH. 1. 4190. 2) deridere. HIT. 64. 22.

c. nis praef. abhi minari, terrere. R. Schl. II. 78. 19.

c. pari id. MAH. 3. 16008. Cl. 1. MAH. 3. 16141.: paribhartsantī.

c. sam reprehendere. R. Schl. II. 75. 16.: vākyaiḥ krūraiḥ sambhartsitaḥ.

bharbh bharbh

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) laedere, ferire, occidere. V. sq.

bharv bharv

1. P. id.

bhal bhal

1. 1. A. i. q. 2. bal (scribitur etiam bhall).

bhal bhal

2. 10. A. (nirūpe) explorare, investigare.

bhall bhall

v. 1. bhal.

bhalla bhalla

m. (r. bhall s. a) sagittae genus. A. 10. 20.

bhava bhava

m. (r. bhū s. a) 1) existentia. SA. 3. 10. 2) ortus, origo. RAGH. 3. 14. 9. 73. 8. 94.

[Page 244a]
bhavat bhavat

1) (nom. masc. bhavan part. praes. a r. bhū s. at) qui est. 2) (nom. bhavān a bhā splendor, correpto ā s. vat cf. bhāvin) splendens, excellens, praeclarus; reverentiae causā ponitur pro pronom. 2dae pers. cum tertiā verbi personā. IN. 1. 11. SU. 1. 24.

bhavana bhavana

n. (r. bhū s. ana) domus, palatium. IN. 3. 3. 5. 5. SU. 1. 28.

bhavAdRz bhavādṛś

(e bhavat abjecto t producto a et dṛś a r. dṛś videre; v. gr. 287.) tibi vel vobis similis. HIT. 38. 10.

bhavAnI bhavānī

f. (a bhava nomen Sivi s. ānī) nomen Durgae.

bhavitavya bhavitavya

(r. bhū s. tavya) esse debens.

bhavitavyatA bhavitavyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis, fatum. UR. 55. 15. infr.

bhavitR bhavitṛ

(fem. -trī r. bhū s. tṛ) futurus. RAGH. 6. 52. (Lat. futurus.)

bhaviSya bhaviṣya

(r. bhū cum charactere Futuri auxil. sya inserto i) futurus. BH. 7. 26.

bhavya bhavya

(r. bhū s. ya v. gr. 626.) esse debens, futurus. SA. 5. 47.

bhas bhas

3. P. babhasmi (bhartsanadīptyoḥ K. dyutau bhartse V.) lucere, splendere; minari, terrere. (V. bhās et cf. bharts.)

bhastrA bhastrā

f. (r. bhas s. tra in fem.) follis. HIT. 43. 6.

bhasman bhasman

n. (r. bhas s. man) cinis.

bhasmasAt bhasmasāt

Adv. (a praec. s. sāt) in cinerem, ut bhasmasāt kartum in cinerem vertere. BH. 4. 37.

bhA bhā

2. P. A. 1) splendere, fulgere. N. 12. 103.: ayam agamaḥ...āpīḍair bahubhir bhāti; 13. 52.: bhāsi vidyud ivā 'bhreṣu; 17. 8. 2) apparere, videri. H. 1. 10.: jaṅghāvāto babhaucā 'sya śuciśukrāgame yathā. (Cf. bhās bhas bhāṣ; gr. [greek] forma anomale redupl. sicut [greek] a bhī bibhemi; lat. fā-ri.)

c. ati valde splendere. RAM. II. 46. 11.

c. abhi splendere. GHAT. 10.

c. ā 1) id. R. Schl. I. 15. 19. 2) videri, apparere. RAGH. 13. 14.

c. ut apparere. MAN. 1. 7.: svayam udbabhau.

c. nis elucere, exoriri. MAN. 5. 113.: apām agneśca saṃyogād dhemaṃ rūpyañca nirbabhau.

c. pra i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 10054. -- prabhāta n. ortus lucis, diluculum. Loc. prabhāte diluculo, ad primam auroram. SA. 5. 80.

c. prati 1) splendere. GHAT. 15. 2) apparere, c. gen. R. Schl. I. 55. 17.: yāni deveṣucā 'strāṇi...pratibhāntu mama; c. acc. MAH. 3. 10169.: tan tu kṛtsno dhanurvedo pratyabhāt. 3) videri. DR. 4. 4. A. 4. 39.

c. prati praef. sam videri. MAH. 1. 8095.

c. vi splendere. R. Schl. II. 72. 20. RAGH. 5. 72.

c. sam praef. pra apparere, videri. MAH. 3. 10055.

bhAga bhāga

m. (r. bhaj vel bhāj s. a) 1) pars, portio. RAGH. 5. 9. 7. 42. et 57. 10. 46. 2) bona fortuna, felicitas.

bhAgadheya bhāgadheya

(e bhāga et dheya ponendus a r. dhā s. ya) 1) m. heres. 2) n. fatum, sors. N. 8. 6.

bhAgirathI bhāgirathī

f. (fem. [greek] bhāgiratha a bhagiratha nom. pr. regis, suff. a) nomen Gangis fluminis.

bhAgya bhāgya

n. (a bhaga vel bhāga s. ya) sors, fatum; fortuna secunda. N. 17. 42. RAGH. 3. 13. UR. 67. 18.

bhAGgAsuri bhāṅgāsuri

m. nom. pr. regis. N. 19. 11.

bhAj bhāj

1. 10. P. (pṛthakkarmaṇi) dividere, distribuere. Cf. bhaj.

bhAj bhāj

2. f. (r. bhaj) 1) veneratio, cultus. BH. 9. 30. in fine comp. BAH. 2) i. q. bhāga. H. 1. 29. in fine comp. BAH. (Ad bhāj sgf. 2. vel ad bhāga sgf. 2. traxerim lat. fe vocis fe-lix, v. gr. comp. 419.)

bhAjana bhājana

n. (r. bhaj s. ana) vas. (Wils. "any vessel, as a pot, or cup, a plate".) HIT. 34. 2. RAGH. 5. 22.

bhANDa bhāṇḍa

n. vas, supellex, utensilia. SA. 3. 1. HIT. 64. 19.

bhAnu bhānu

m. (r. bhā s. nu) 1) lumen. 2) sol.

bhAnumat bhānumat

(a praec. s. mat) lucidus, splendidus. DR. 7. 2.

bhAm bhām

1. A. 10. P. (krodhe; ut videtur, Denom. a sq.) irasci. bhāmita iratus (nisi hoc a bhāma ira s. ita). RIGV. 114. 8.

bhAma bhāma

m. (r. bhā s. ma) 1) lumen, splendor. 2) sol. MED. 3) ira, furor. (Fortasse lat. furo, furor radice cum hoc vocabulo cohaerent, ita ut ad bhā vel potius ad bhas vel bhās referenda sint.)

bhAmin bhāmin

(ut videtur, a bhāma ira s. in) iracundus. Fem. bhāminī. RAGH. 8. 28.

bhAra bhāra

m. (r. bhṛ ferre s. a) onus. H. 4. 52. SA. 5. 104.

bhArata bhārata

m. (a bharata nom. pr. s. a) Bharati proles. H. 1. 7.

bhAratI bhāratī

f. 1) (a praec. signo fem. ī) dea sermonis. 2) sermo. N. 12. 21.

bhArgava bhārgava

m. (a bhṛgu s. a) a Bhrigu oriundus.

bhAryA bhāryā

f. (sustentanda, nutrienda, a r. bhṛ s. ya in fem.) uxor (cf. bhartṛ maritus). N. 12. 22.

bhAva bhāva

m. (r. bhū s. a) 1) existentia. N. 5. 39. BH. 2. 16. 2) substantia. BH. 4. 10. 8. 5. 3) status, conditio. HIT. 6. 5. 4) natura, indoles. N. 10. 15. BH. 7. 12. 13. 24. 9. 11. 5) proprietas. BH. 10. 5. 6) animus. M. 11. H. 4. 32.

bhAvana bhāvana

m. (a bhāvay Caus. r. bhū s. ana) qui facit ut aliquis existat, auctor, effector, creator, servator. SU. 3. 32. BH. 9. 5. SA. 1. 11.

bhAvanA bhāvanā

f. (a Caus. r. bhū s. ana in fem.) cogitatio, meditatio. BH. 2. 66.

bhAvitAtman bhāvitātman

(e bhāvita Part. pass. formae Caus. radicis bhū et ātman anima, mens) effectam mentem habens, meditabundus. SU. 2. 14. Cf. jātasaṅkalpa. N. 3. 8.

bhAvin bhāvin

1. (r. bhū s. in) existens. BR. 2. 2. HIT. 6. 5. 7.

bhAvin bhāvin

2. (a bhā splendor s. vin) splendidus. Fem. bhāvinī transl. praeclara, excellens femina. IN. 5. 37. H. 4. 30. SU. 4. 24.

bhAS bhāṣ

1. A. interdum P. loqui, dicere, c. acc. pers. et rei. SU. 4. 16.: iti sundo 'py abhāṣata; BH. 2. 11.: prajñāvādāṃśca bhāṣase; MAH. 1. 7186.: yathā bhāṣanti parasparam; R. Schl. II. 78. 19.: kaikeyīm...babhāṣe paruṣam vacaḥ; MAN. 4. 255. -- Pass. c. nom. pers. BHATT. 2. 37.: vacaśca bhūyo babhāṣe muninā kumāraḥ; N. 18. 4.: bhāṣyamāṇo mayā 'sakṛt. (V. bhā et cf. scot. beas "a speech, dialect".)

c. anu i. q. simpl. MAN. 3. 30. Confiteri. MAN. 11. 228.

c. abhi 1) alloqui. BR. 3. 1.: kanyā tāv abhyabhāṣata; SA. 5. 11. 2) loqui, dicere. MAN. 4. 57.: no 'dakyayā 'bhibhāṣeta; MAH. 3. 2549.: evam evā 'bhibhāṣantaḥ. Confiteri. MAN. 11. 103.: abhibhāṣyai 'naḥ.

c. abhi praef. sam loqui. MAH. 3. 12697.: uccaiḥ samabhibhāṣantau.

c. ā 1) alloqui. N. 18. 22. 2) loqui, dicere. DEV. 2. 36.: āḥ kim etad iti krodhād ābhāṣya.

c. ā praef. vi loqui, dicere. MAH. 15169.: vyābhāṣamāṇā anyonyan na me jīvan vimokṣyase.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 4198.: ity anyonyaṃ samābhāṣya.

c. pari persuadere. MAH. 1. 4287.: punar eva tu sā devī paribhāṣya snuṣām.

c. pra i. q. simpl. SA. 2. 12. N. 13. 68. -- prabhāṣita n. dictum, sermo. N. 8. 11.

c. prati 1) respondere. N. 12. 25.: abhibhāṣe tvāṅ kim mān na pratibhāṣase. 2) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 5294.: tam punaḥ pratyabhāṣata.

c. sam i. q. simpl. SA. 4. 18. MAN. 8. 55.

bhASin bhāṣin

(r. bhāṣ s. in). MAN. 11. 33.

bhAs bhās

1. 1. A. interdum P. 1) lucere, splendere. MAH. 3. 12299.: na babhāse sahasrāṃśuḥ. 2) videri. RAM. II. 51. 28.: purī babhāsa rahitā. -- Caus. collustrare. BH. 15. 6.: na tad bhāsayate sūryaḥ; 6. 12. (V. bhā et cf. hib. beosach "bright, glittering", boisgim fulgeo, "to flash", nisi hoc mutilatum est e boillsg (v. scot. boillsg), quod cum lat. fulgeo ad bhrāj referri potest; mais "sparkling, shining, brilliancy", mutato bh in nasalem ejusdem organi; lat. fes-tra; fenes-tra, insertā nasali, adjectā vocali sicut in verbis scr. cl. 7.; fas-tus, quod Schellerius a gr. [greek] deducit; fes-tus.)

c. ava lucere, splendere. R. Schl. I. 35. 16. -- Caus. collustrare. MAH. 3. 1674.

c. ut Caus. collustrare. RAGH. 7. 16.

c. pra lucere, splendere. MAH. 3. 5005.: yathā somaḥ prabhāsate; 3. 17090.: prabhāsantam bhānumantam. -- Caus. collustrare. MAH. 1. 6532.

c. vi lucere, splendere. R. Schl. II. 13. 10.

bhAs bhās

2. f. (r. bhās) splendor. BH. 10. 12.

bhAsura bhāsura

(r. bhās s. ura) lucidus, splendidus. RAGH. 5. 30.

bhAskara bhāskara

m. (lucem faciens e bhās et kara) sol. IN. 1. 29.

bhAsvat bhāsvat

(a bhās s. vat) luminosus. BH. 10. 12.

bhAsvara bhāsvara

(r. bhās s. vara) id. A. 10. 2.

bhikS bhikṣ

1. A. mendicare. MAN. 2. 184.: guroḥ kule na bhikṣeta. C. acc. pers. et rei. MAN. 2. 50.: mātaram bhikṣeta bhikṣām; c. ablat. pers. MAN. 11. 24.: na dhanaṃ śūdrād vipro bhikṣeta. (Fortasse bhikṣ e Desid. bibhakṣ ejectā mediā syllabā et regressā aspiratione, cf. e. c. śikṣ pro śiśakṣ lips pro lilaps v. gr. 552.)

bhikSA bhikṣā

f. (r. bhikṣ s. ā) eleemosyna. HIT. 27. 12.

bhikSu bhikṣu

m. (r. bhikṣ s. u) mendicus.

bhid bhid

7. P. A. bhinadmi bhinde findere, perforare. R. Schl. II. 80. 10.: bibhidur bhedanīyāṃśca tāṃs tān deśān; MAH. 1. 1490.: tān pakṣanakhatuṇḍāgrair abhinat; HIT. 89. 21.: atiśītalam apy ambhaḥ kim bhinatti na bhūbhṛtaḥ. TROP. rumpere, violare. SA. 4. 7.: vratam bhindhī 'ti vaktun tvān nā 'smi śaktaḥ; RAGH. 15. 94.: samayam abhinat. -- Pass. 1) findi, perforari. R. Schl. I. 28. 9.: bhidyeran darśanād asyā bhīrūṇāṃ hṛdayāni. 2) differre, diversum esse. RAGH. 5. 37.: na kāraṇāt (a patre) svād bibhide kumāraḥ. bhinna (gr. 607.) 1) fissus, perforatus. 2) diversus. RAGH. 2. 50. -- Caus. 1) findere. R. Schl. I. 16. 23.: bhedayeyur drumān; HIT. ed. Ser. 80. 8.: anayor mahān...snehaḥ katham bhedayituṃ śakyaḥ. 2) dissociare, abalienare, disjungere, discordes reddere. MAH. 1. 7399.: kuśalair vipraiḥ...kuntīputrān bhedayāmaḥ. 3) vincere. R. Schl. I. 64. 7.: rūpam bahuguṇaṅ kṛtvā...tam ṛṣiṅ kauśikaṃ rambhe bhedayasva tapasvinam; MAH. 1. 5592.: bhayena bhedayed bhīruṃ śūram añjalikarmaṇā lubdham arthapradānena. (Lat. findo; fi-nis e fid-nis? goth. BIT mordere, beita, bait, bitum; germ. vet. BIZ id.; huc etiam traxerim goth. maita abscindo, mutatā labiali mediā in nasalem ejusdem organi sicut e. c. in zend. mrū = scr. brū dice- E linguis celticis huc referri possent hib. birin "a little pin", mutato d in r, cf. bhil bior "a sharp point", bioradh "a piercing, pricking", biorach "sharp pointed" etc.; fi "piercing, wounding, fastning".)

c. anu dissolvere. MAH. 2. 2483.: baddhaṃ setum ko 'nubhindyād dhamec chāntañca pāvakam.

c. ut erumpere. RAGH. 13. 21.: udbhinnavidyudvalayo ghanaḥ.

c. ut praef. pra id. SAK. 128. 18.: prodbhinna.

c. nis 1) effodere, e. c. oculos. MAH. 3. 10328.: kaṇṭakena...nirbibhedā 'sya locane. 2) i. q. simpl. R. Schl. I. 40. 15.: ekaikaṃ yojanam bhūmer nirbhindantaḥ; II. 35. 4.: vākyavajrair anupamair nirbhindann iva...kaikeyyāḥ sarvamarmāṇi; HIT. 69. 12.: madālasyena nirbhidyate.

c. nis praef. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 8551.

c. pra id. prabhinna ebrius, de elephanto, tempore, quo coitum appetit (v. prabhinnakaraṭa). DR. 5. 5.

c. prati i. q. simpl. DR. 6. 15.: kasya kāyam pratibhidya ghorā mahīm pravekṣyanti śitāḥ śarāgryāḥ. -- TROP. RAGH. 19. 22.: pratyabhaitsur avadantya eva tam...aśrubhiḥ.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 709.: tasya marma vibhidya sa vāṇaḥ. -- Caus. disjungere, alienare. R. Schl. II. 7. 18.: kaikeyīṃ... rāmād vibhedayiṣyantī.

bhinna bhinna

v. bhid (gr. 607.).

bhil bhil

10. P. findere. (Cf. bhid unde bhil mutato d in l; germ. vet. billi, anglo-sax. bill, sax. vet. bil ensis, v. Graff. 3. 95.)

bhiSaj bhiṣaj

m. medicus. N. 9. 29.

bhI bhī

1. 3. P. bibhemi (in formis puris tempp. specialium ī ante conson. corripi potest, PAN. VI. 4. 115.; e. c. MAN. 4. 191.: bibhiyāt pro bibhīyāt) timere, c. abl. H. 3. 17.: na bibheṣi hideimbe kim mat kopāt; MAH. 3. 11479.: mā bhaiṣṭa rākṣasān mūḍhāt. -- mā bhais pro mā bhaiṣīs H. 3. 7. N. 14. 3. -- Etiam mā bhaiṣīs R. Schl. I. 59. 2. 64. 5. -- C. gen. R. Schl. I. 1. 4.: kasya bibhyati devāḥ; N. 12. 11.: na 'bibhyat...kasyacit nisi pertinet ad Caus. bhāpay; fortasse etiam huc pertinet hib. fi "fretting, anger, indignation". E lat. linguā cum Pottio huc traxerim foe-dus.)

bhI bhī

2. f. (r. bhī) timor.

bhIma bhīma

(r. bhī s. ma) 1) Adj. timendus, terribilis. IN. 1. 4. SU. 4. 17. 2) m. nom. pr.

bhImaparAkrama bhīmaparākrama

(BAH. ex praec. et parākrama vis, fortitudo) terribilem fortitudinem habens. H. 4. 18.

bhImarUpa bhīmarūpa

(e bhīma et rūpa forma) terribilem formam habens.

bhIru bhīru

(fem. bhīru vel bhīrū a r. bhī s. ru) timidus. MAH. 1. 5592.

bhIruka bhīruka

(r. bhī s. ruka) id. HIT. 118. 2.

bhIrU bhīrū

f. (Fem. [greek] bhīru) timida femina, saepissime in Vocat. H. 3. 7.

bhIlu bhīlu

(f. -lu r. bhī s. lu) i. q. bhīru.

bhIluka bhīluka

(r. bhī s. luka) id. HIT. 118. 2.

bhIS bhīṣ

v. bhī Caus.

bhISma bhīṣma

(a praec. s. ma) 1) Adj. terribilis. 2) m. nom. pr., avus Pāndavorum. A. 11. 3.

bhukta bhukta

v. bhuj Cl. 7.

bhugna bhugna

v. bhuj Cl. 6.

bhuj bhuj

1. 6. P. bhujāmi part. pass. bhugna (gr. 607.) flectere, curvare. (Cf. bhañj; goth. BUG id, biuga, baug, bugum, v. gr. comp. 489.; part. pass. bug-a-ns, them. bug-a-na = bhugna; nostrum biege, bog, Bug; cum Caus. e [greek])

c. ava i. q. simpl. avabhugna inflexus. H. 1. 19.

bhuj bhuj

2. 7. P. A. bhunajmi bhuñje part. pass. bhukta. 1) edere, vesci. SU. 1. 5.: vinā 'nyonyan na bhuñjāte; BH. 2. 5.: bhoktum bhaikṣyam; 3. 12.: tair dattān (bhogān) na pradāyai 'bhyo yo bhuṅkte; R. Schl. I. 13. 17.: bubhujire 'nnāni; 18.: annapānāni tatrā 'bhuñjata; N. 13. 68.: ucchiṣṭan nai 'va bhuñjīyām (sic etiam in ed. Calc. pro bhuñjīya). 2) frui, gaudere, uti, possidere. N. 4. 8.: virajāṃsica vāsāṃsi divyāś citrāḥ srajas tathā...bhuṅkṣva; MAH. 1. 3901.: āsādya śāntanus tāñca bhubhuje kāmato vaśām; RAGH. 8. 7.: bubhuje mahābhujaḥ...medinīn navapāṇigrahaṇām vadhūm iva; 12. 8.: tasya rājyan nyāsam ivā 'bhunak; BH. 2. 37.: hato vā prāpsyase svargañ jitvā vā bhokṣyase mahīm; R. Schl. I. 46. 14.: trailokyavijayam putraṃ sa ha bhokṣyasi. -- Pass. absol. BR. 2. 31.: bhuktam...mayā. -- Caus. 1) cibare, cibos porrigere. MAN. 3. 106.: na vai svayan aśnīyād atithiṃ yan na bhojayet; 113.: itarān api ...annam...bhojayet. Cum instr. rei. MAH. 3. 1007.: bhrātṝn...abhojayanta mṛṣṭānnaiḥ sūdāḥ. 2) fruendum, possidendum dare. BHATT. 8. 83. -- Desid. 1) edere, velle, esurire. MAH. 1. 887.: nā 'ham annam bubhukṣe. -- bubhukṣita esuriens. MAN. 10. 105. 2) frui, possidere velle. MAH. 1. 5667.: sa rājyam bubhukṣati. (Cf. bhakṣ lat. fungor, fruor e frugor, inserto r, fruges, fructus, faux; island. vet. brūka uti; germ. vet. brūchan, prūchan id.)

c. adhi frui, possidere. HIT. 130.: rājyam.

c. anu frui. MAN. 4. 240.

c. upa 1) edere, vesci, bibere. R. Schl. II. 30. 16.: phalāni; RAGH. 1. 67.: payaḥ. 2) frui, gaudere, uti, possidere. MAH. 1. 8343. HIT. 28. 12. MAN. 12. 8.

c. sam Caus. cibare, c. instr. rei. MAH. 3. 12672.

bhuj bhuj

3. (r. 2. bhuj) edens, vescens, in fine compos. BH. 4. 31.

bhuja bhuja

m. (r. 1. bhuj s. a) 1) brachium. 2) manus. H. 1. 2. 3) elephanti proboscis. DR. 8. 21. (Fortasse lat. pugnus pro fug-nus = part. pass. bhugna.)

bhujaga bhujaga

m. (tortuose iens e bhuja quod hic flexum, incurvationem significat, e ga iens) serpens. N. 11. 28. V. bhujaṅga et cf. pataga pataṅga.

bhujagI bhujagī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) Fem. praec. HIT. 121. 19.

bhujaGga bhujaṅga

m. i. q. bhujaga (cf. pataṅga). UR. 91. 10.

bhujamadhya bhujamadhya

n. (e bhuja brachium et madhya medium) pectus. RAGH. 13. 73.

bhujAntara bhujāntara

n. (e bhuja et antara) id. UR. 70. 14.

bhujiSya bhujiṣya

m. (ut videtur, a r. 1. bhuj s. sya inserto i) servus, famulus.

bhujiSyA bhujiṣyā

f. (fem. praecedentis) serva, famula. N. 13. 55.

bhuvana bhuvana

n. (r. bhū s. ana omisso Gunae incremento, v. euph. r. 51.) mundus. RAGH. 1. 26.: bhuvanadvaya mundorum par i. e. coelum et terra; RAGH. 2. 53. N. 24. 33. MEGH. 6.

bhU bhū

1. 1. P. A. (bhavāmi bhave; abhūvam (gr. 414.), abhaviṣi; babhūva babhūve (gr. 445.); bhaviṣyāmi bhaviṣye) 1) esse, existere. BH. 16. 13.: idam api me bhaviṣyati punar dhanam; N. 10. 22.: katham buddhvā bhaviṣyati. -- Cum antecedente na mori. H. 4. 50.: adya na bhaviṣyasi; N. 21. 10.: na bhaviṣyāmy asaṃśayam. 2) esse ut verb. substant. BR. 3. 18.: bhaviṣyāmi sukhānvitā; N. 1. 28.: saphalan te bhavej janma; BR. 3. 8.: tat teṣām vipriyam bhavet; 12.: anāthā kṛpaṇā...bhaviṣyāmi. -- Cum dat. esse alicui rei, praeditum esse aliquā re. BR. 3. 19.: devāśca pitaraśca...tvayā dattena toyena bhaviṣyanti hitāya. Causam esse alicujus rei. MAH. 3. 12312.: trailokyasya...bhavanti sma vināśāya. -- Pass. impers. c. instrum. pers. et praedic. HIT. 17. 20.: adhunā tavā 'nucareṇa mayā sarvadā bhavitavyam; UR. 38. 3. infr.: pratyāsannena candreṇa bhavitavyam. 3) fieri, oriri. BH. 14. 17.: pramādamohau tamaso bhavataḥ; N. 23. 11.: te tenā'vekṣitāḥ kumbhāḥ pūrṇā evā 'bhavas tataḥ; A. 3. 27.: bhāvayasi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6. et cf. scr. bhavana domus.)

c. anu 1) adesse, interesse. N. 5. 40.: anubhūyā 'sya vi- vāham. 2) percipere, sentire, experiri, perpeti. RAGH. 1. 21.: asaktaḥ sukham anvabhūt; 8. 3.: anubhūya...abhiṣecanam; MAH. 3. 10789.: īdṛśīm āpadam ko 'tra dvitīyo 'nubhaviṣyati.

c. anu praef. sam id. RAGH. 9. 48.: ārtavam utsavaṃ samanubhūya.

c. antar inesse. MAN. 12. 87.

c. abhi aggredi, accedere. MAH. 3. 10592.: eṣā te bhāsvatī kīrtir lokān abhibhaviṣyati; BH. 1. 40.: dharme naṣṭe kulaṅ kṛtsnam adharmo 'bhibhavati. Hostiliter aggredi, invadere. SAK. 15. 3. infr.: paritrāyethām mām anena duṣṭamadhukareṇā 'bhibhūyamānām. 2) superare, vincere. A. 3. 30.: yadā 'bhibhavitum vāṇair naca śaknomi tam; 11. 2.: na tvā 'bhibhavituṃ śakto mānuṣo bhuvi kaścana.

c. ut Caus. facere ut alqs existat, procreare. RAGH. 2. 62.: māyām udbhāvya.

c. ut praef. sam oriri. GHAT. 5.: śokaḥ samudbhavati.

c. tiras evanescere. RAGH. 16. 23.: pūr api...tirobabhūva. Caus. delere, evertere, frangere. R. Schl. I. 44. 9.: tasyā 'valepanam...tirobhāvayitum buddhiñ cakre.

c. parā perire. MAH. 1. 4167.: yathā dharmo na parābhavet.

c. pari despicere, contemnere. HIT. 30. 11.: śaśinas tulyavaṃśo 'pi nirdhanaḥ paribhūyate; DR. 6. 17.: pañce 'ndrakalpān paribhūya; BR. 2. 16.

c. pari praef. sam id. MAH. 3. 13230.

c. pra 1) esse. BH. 16. 9.: prabhavanty ugrakarmāṇaḥ. 2) fieri, prodire, oriri, nasci. BH. 8. 18.: avyaktād vyaktayaḥ sarvāḥ prabhavanty aharāgame; RAGH. 10. 51.: puruṣaḥ prababhūvā 'gneḥ; HIT. 13. 8.: lobhāt krodhaḥ prabhavati. 3) valere, praevalere, potentem, parem esse, c. dat. vel infin. HIT. 25. 6.: prītyai (cetasaḥ) sajjanabhāṣitam prabhavati; UR. 7. 9.: katham...nirmātum prabhaven manoharam idaṃ rūpam purāṇo muniḥ; RAGH. 8. 44. R. Schl. II. 23. 38. -- Cum gen. pers. MAN. 5. 2.: viprāṇāṃ svadharmam anutiṣṭhatāṅ katham mṛtyur prabhavati; MAH. 3. 12669.: nā 'smākam mṛtyur prabhavate. -- Absol. HIT. 24. 3.: viśvāsāt prabhavanty ete viśvāsas tatra no 'citaḥ. -- prabhavat praevalens, praepotens. H. 2. 32. 4) abundare. prabhūta abundans, multus, copiosus. N. 13. 3.: prabhūtayavasendhanam; HIT. 45. 6.: prabhūte 'pi vitte.

c. vi Caus. proprie facere ut aliquid foras sit, inde 1) explorare, investigare, indagare. MAN. 8. 25.: vāhyair vibhāvayel liṅgair bhāvam antargatan nṛṇām (Schol. nirūpayet). 2) probare, demonstrare. MAN. 8. 56.: uktañca na vibhāvayet. 3) observare, percipere, sentire. MAN. 7. 147.: mantrayed avibhāvitaḥ; RAGH. 11. 10.: uhyamāna iva vāhanocitaḥ pādacāram api na vyabhāvayat. -- Pass. videri. MAH. 1. 932.: sūryāṃśubhiḥ spṛṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ śuci vibhāvyate. HIT. 124. 63.

c. sam 1) una esse, conjunctum esse. SU. 2. 11.: teṣām ...sambhūya sarvair asmābhiḥ kāryaḥ sarvātmanā vadhaḥ. Coire cum femina. MAH. 1. 4398.: sambabhūva tayā saha. 2) fieri. SU. 1. 30.: tatas tau tu jaṭā bhittvā maulinau sambabhūvatuḥ; 4. 11.: dṛṣṭvai 'va tām varārohām vyathitau sambabhūvatuḥ; MAH. 3. 8843.: garbhiṇyau sambabhūvatuḥ; 3. 16478.: tathā samabhavaccā 'pi yad uvāca vibhīṣaṇaḥ. 3) oriri. H. 1. 17.: ghorā samabhavat sandhyā; BR. 3. 24.: harṣaḥ samabhavad mahān. 4) nasci, c. ablat. patris et loc. matris. MAH. 1. 8028.: sāttvatyām atirathaḥ sambabhūva dhanañjayāt. 5) esse posse, sufficiens spatium habere in aliquo loco, valere. M. 12.: aliñjare yadācai 'va nā 'sau samabhavat. -- Caus. 1) facere ut alqs existat, sustentare, servare. MAN. 2. 142.: yaḥ... sambhāvayaticā 'nnena; MAH. 1. 1343.: sambhāvayā "tmānam ajīrṇam mama tejasā. 2) facere. MAH. 3. 13316.: svastivācanam samabhāvayam; 13317.: svastivācanāni suṣṭu sambhāvitāni. 3) committere. MAH. 1. 2088.: sambhāvaya...mayi sarvam. 4) convenire, congredi, adire. MAH. 3. 1982.: kāmyake pārthān samabhāvayad acyutaḥ; UR. 9. 6. infr. 5) cogitare. RAGH. 7. 6.: sambhāvitaḥ (Schol. cintitaḥ). 6) putare, existimare. RAGH. 6. 42.: dhārāṃ śitāṃ rāmaparaśvadhasya sambhāvayaty utpalapatrasārām. 7) magni aestimare, honorare. BH. 2. 34.: sambhāvitasya (Schol. bahumatasya); RAGH. 10. 56.: sambhāvitān tābhyāṃ sumitrām; 5. 11.: prāpto 'si sambhāvayitum vanān mām. Cum instr. honestare, dignari, colere, ornare alquā re. RAGH. 16. 40.: anyair anujīvilokaṃ sambhāvayāmāsa gṛhaiḥ (Schol. satkṛtavān); 7. 8.: vilocanan dakṣiṇam añjanena sambhāvya (Schol. alaṅkṛtya).

bhU bhū

2. f. (a r. bhū) terra. H. 2. 18. SU. 2. 24. (V. bhūmi.)

bhUtapUrva bhūtapūrva

(e bhūta qui fuit et pūrva prior, loco Adverbii pūrvam prius, antea, v. gr. 680.) prior. BR. 1. 22.

bhUti bhūti

f. (r. bhū s. ti) 1) existentia. DR. 5. 9. 2) felicitas, prosperitas, salus. RAGH. 1. 18. 10. 59. 3) succus, qui ex elephantorum temporibus fluit. MEGH. 19. (Gr. [greek] [greek] e [greek])

bhUdhara bhūdhara

m. (terram ferens e bhū et dhara) mons. IN. 5. 10.

bhUbhRt bhūbhṛt

m. (terram ferens, sustinens e bhū et bhṛt) 1) mons. MED. 2) rex. Up. 79. RAGH. 11. 81.

bhUmi bhūmi

f. (r. bhū s. mi) 1) terra. IN. 1. 31. 2) locus. RAGH. 4. 42. 6. 31. (Cf. lat. humus, hib. uim "the earth, a country".)

bhUmikA bhūmikā

f. (a praec. s. ka in fem.) in linguā scenicā partes, Rolle. UR. 35. 4. infr.

bhUya bhūya

n. (r. bhū s. ya) substantia. BH. 14. 26. 18. 53.

bhUyas bhūyas

(Compar. [greek] bahu ejecto a correpto b + h in bh suff. yas pro īyas v. gr. 251. annot. et 234.) 1) Adj. [greek] BR. 2. 6. N. 18. 19. 2) Adv. a) plus. N. 8. 14. b) iterum, denuo. BR. 1. 11. N. 23. 2. 24. 2. 25. 5. BH. 2. 20.: nā 'yam bhūtvā bhavitā vā na bhūyaḥ "non ille extitit, existetque non iterum". -- Instr. bhūyasā nimis. RAGH. 8. 9. (Hib. bhus "a sign of the comparative degree, and has always ni before it, as ni bhus airde higher".)

bhUyiSTha bhūyiṣṭha

(Superl. [greek] bahu v. praec. et gr. 251. annot.) plurimus, permultus. H. 1. 19. -- bhūyiṣṭham Adv. 1) valde, admodum; prorsus, plane, omnino. RAGH. 13. 14. DR. 8. 40.

[Page 250b]
bhUri bhūri

multus, praesertim in initio compp. e. c. bhūritejas magnum splendorem, magnam vim habens. MAH. 1. 3849.; v. sq. (Huc traxerim gr. [greek] mutato bh in nasalem ejusdem organi; huc etiam trahi possent hib. mor et lat. mul-tus, nisi pertinent ad puru q. v.)

bhUridakSiNa bhūridakṣiṇa

(BAH. e bhūri et dakṣiṇā q. v.) multa dona sacrificalia habens vel praebens. N. 12. 14. IN. 1. 16. A. 2. 8.

bhUrja bhūrja

m. nomen arboris (Wils. "The Bhoj or Bhojpatr, a tree growing in the snowy mountains, and called by travellers a kind of birch; the bark is used for writing on"). RAGH. 4. 73. UR. 24. 15.

bhUS bhūṣ

1. et 10. P. ornare. R. Schl. II. 39. 17.: bhūṣayāmāsa gātrāṇi tair...vibhūṣaṇaiḥ; I. 48. 5.: bhūṣayantāv iman deśañ candrasūryāv ivā 'mbaram; H. 2. 23.: divyābharaṇabhūṣitā. (Hib. beosaighim "I ornament, deck out, beautify" = bhūṣayāmi; huc, vel ad bhūṣaṇa q. v., trahi potest lat. orno abjectā initiali; respicias formam osnamentum apud Varr. et hornamentum pro fornamentum in inscript. apud Gruter.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. IN. 1. 9.: hemavibhūṣitam.

bhUSaNa bhūṣaṇa

n. (r. bhūṣ s. ana v. euph. r. 94a).) ornamentum. N. 9. 5.

bhR bhṛ

1. et 3. P. A. (bharāmi bhare bibharmi vibhre; praet. redupl. babhāra babhre vel bibharāñcakāra -cakre) 1) Cl. 3. ferre, gestare, gerere. A. 1. 3.: navāny ābharaṇāni bibhrat; RAGH. 18. 44.: dhuram dharitryā bibharāmbabhūva; BH. 15. 17.: yo lokatrayam āviśya bibharty avyaya īśvaraḥ; H. 3. 14.: tām...mānuṣarūpam bibhratīm; N. 13. 52.: bibharṣi paramam vapuḥ; MAN. 2. 157.: nāma bibhrati. 2) Cl. 1. et 3. sustentare, nutrire. N. 17. 41.: bhartavyā...patnī hi patinā; HIT. 1. 13.: daridrān bhara; MAH. 1. 3042.: aṇḍāni bibhrati svāni pipīlikāḥ; na bharethāḥ kathan nu svam ātmajam. 3) Cl. 1. A. mercede conducere alqm. (v. bhṛti bhṛtya). N. 15. 4.: bharasva mām. (Gr. [greek] lat. fero, fer-s, fer-t, fer-tis = bhibharṣi bibharti bibhṛtha abjectā syllabā redupl.; for-tis; fortasse por-to e for-to; etiam pario, nisi pertinet ad kṛ huc trahi posset, mutatā aspiratā in tenuem; fortasse vi-bro = bhṛ praef. vi; goth. BAR ferre, bar tulit, tulit, baira fero; germ. vet. be7ro pario, bur-di onus; fortasse etiam goth. BRAH afferre (brigga, brah-ta, nostrum bringe) huc pertinet, adjectā gutturali, ita bairga occulo, cf. nibhṛta occultus; v. Graff. 3. 139.; fortasse goth. bairg mons a ferendo dictum est sicut scr. bhUdhara, bhUbhRt, mahIdhara et aliae quae tam terram sustentans quam mons significant voces; hib. beirim "I bear, carry"; slav. brjemja onus.)

c. ni nibhṛta occultus. N. 17. 91.: nibhṛto 'gniḥ; RAGH. 8. 15.: nabhasā nibhṛtendunā; HIT. 21. 8.: jambukena sunibhṛtam uktam.

c. sam 1) comportare. R. Schl. I. 11. 13.: sambhriyantāṃ sambhārāḥ; II. 56. 8.: madhūni madhukāribhiḥ sambhṛtāni nage nage. -- sambhṛta compositus. HIT. 124. 13.: pañcabhiḥ sambhṛte dehe. 2) sustentare. R. Schl. I. 52. 8.: kaccit te sambhṛtā bhṛtyāḥ. 3) perficere, peragere. RAGH. 11. 32.: sambhṛtakratuḥ (Schol. sampāditayajñopakaraṇaḥ). Parare. UR. 93. 3.: upanīyatām mantreṇa sambhṛtaḥ kumārasyā 'bhiṣekaḥ. -- Caus. comportari jubere. R. Schl. I. 11. 3.

bhRkuTi bhṛkuṭi

et bhṛkuṭī f. (e bhrū supercilium, correpto in et kuṭi kuṭī a rad. kuṭ flectere, curvare) superciliorum contractio. DR. 7. 9. Dicitur etiam bhrukuṭi bhrukuṭī.

bhRkuTImukha bhṛkuṭīmukha

(BAH. e bhṛkuṭī et mukha vultus) superciliorum contractione praeditum vultum habens. SU. 4. 14.

bhRGga bhṛṅga

m. apis nigra. RAGH. 8. 52.

bhRj bhṛj

1. A. assare, frigere, torrere. (V. bhrajj.)

bhRt bhṛt

(r. bhṛ s. t v. gr. 643.) ferens, gerens, sustinens in fine compp. BH. 8. 4. N. 12. 93.

bhRti bhṛti

f. (r. bhṛ s. ti) 1) actio sustentandi, nutriendi. 2) merces, operae pretium. N. 8. 25.

bhRtya bhṛtya

m. (nutriendus, r. bhṛ s. ya inserto t v. gr. 629.) servus, famulus. A. 2. 9.

bhRtyatva bhṛtyatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) servitus, ministerium. HIT. 51. 7.

[Page 251b]
bhRz bhṛś

4. P. i. q. bhraṃś.

bhRza bhṛśa

multus. -- bhṛśam Adv. multum, valde. IN. 5. 36. In initio compp. bhṛśa (gr. 686.). BR. 2. 36.

bhRzatA bhṛśatā

f. (a praec. s. ) vehementia. RAGH. 11. 58.

bheka bheka

m. rana. RITU-S. 1. 18.

bheDa bheḍa

m. aries. MED.

bheda bheda

m. (r. bhid s. a) 1) fissio, divisio. 2) separatio. HIT. 4. 3. 3) rima. UR. 74. 8. 4) decisio, discrimen. N. 19. 32. 5) diversitas. BH. 18. 29.

bhedatas bhedatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) secundum diversitatem, pro discrimine. BH. 18. 19.

bherI bherī

f. tympanum (Wils.: A kettle drum). BH. 1. 13.

bheS bheṣ

1. P. A. (bhaye) timere. (Cf. bhī et ejus Caus. bhīṣ.)

bheSaja bheṣaja

n. medicamentum. N. 9. 30.

bhaikSa bhaikṣa

n. (a bhikṣā eleemosyna, stips, quae datur vel accipitur, s. a) 1) mendicatio. 2) Collect. mendicata. BR. 1. 2.

bhaikSya bhaikṣya

n. (a bhikṣā eleemosyna, stips suff. ya) cibus emendicatus (cf. bhaikṣa). BH. 2. 5.

bhaimI bhaimī

f. (a bhaima patronym. a bhīma signo fem. ī) nomen Damayantiae. (Cf. lith. baime timor.)

bhairava bhairava

(a bhīru timidus s. a v. gr. 650.) terribilis, horrendus.

bhaiSajya bhaiṣajya

n. (a bheṣaja s. ya) medicamentum. HIT. 28. 8.

bhais bhais

(pro bhaiṣīs v. bhī). H. 3. 7.

bho bho

Interj. heus! IN. 1. 11.

bhoktukAma bhoktukāma

(BAH. e bhoktum edere a bhuj - v. gr. 667. - et kāma desiderium, cupiditas) edendi cupiditatem habens. H. 3. 17.

bhoktR bhoktṛ

m. (r. bhuj s. tṛ) qui edit, fruitur, consumptor. BH. 5. 29. 9. 24.

bhoktRtva bhoktṛtva

n. (a praec. s. tva). BH. 13. 20. Abstractum praecedentis. BH. 12. 20.

bhoga bhoga

1. m. (r. bhuj edere s. a) 1) fructus, perceptio, voluptas. BH. 5. 22. N. 16. 18. 2) cibus. BH. 2. 5.

bhoga bhoga

2. m. (r. bhuj flectere s. a) serpens.

bhogapati bhogapati

m. (e 1. bhoga et pati dominus) praeses, praefectus, praepositus. HIT. 39. 19.

[Page 252a]
bhogavatI bhogavatī

f. (a bhoga serpens s. vat in fem.) nomen urbis a serpentibus inhabitatae in tartaro. N. 5. 5.

bhogin bhogin

(a 1. bhoga s. in) 1) Adj. fructibus, perceptionibus, voluptatibus, cibis praeditus. BH. 16. 14. 2) Subst. m. dominus, rex.

bhojana bhojana

n. (r. bhuj s. ana) 1) actio edendi, fruendi. SA. 4. 18. 2) cibus. N. 18. 6. 22. 12.

bhojanIya bhojanīya

(r. bhuj s. anīya) 1) edendus, fruendus. 2) n. cibus. N. 23. 10.

bhojya bhojya

(r. bhj s. ya) i. q. praec. SU. 4. 4.

bhauma bhauma

(a bhūmi terra s. a) terrenus, terrester. M. 27.

bhraMz bhraṃś

4. P. A. 1. A. (bhraśyāmi bhraśye bhraṃśe) cadere, elabi. N. 20. 2.: uttarīyam adho 'paśyad bhraṣṭam; SU. 1. 15.: bhraṣṭābharaṇakeśāntāḥ. Adhibetur praesertim ad indicandam separationem vel privationem, cum ablat. rei; e. c. N. 16. 37.: bhraṣṭā jñātibhyaḥ; M. 7. 111.: bhraśyate rājyāj jīvitācca; R. Schl. II. 74. 2.: rājyād bhraṃśasva; 75. 34.: satāṃ lokāt satāṅ kīrtyāḥ...bhraśyatu. -- Caus. dejicere, ejicere, privare. N. 6. 15.: bhraṃśayiṣyāmi taṃ rājyāt. (V. bhraṃs et cf. sraṃs dhvaṃs - gr. comp. 19. - germ. vet. RIS cadere, etiam HRIS, attenuato a in i, v. Graff. 2. 536.; ur-RIS surgere, sicut scr. pat praef. ut; reisa iter, reison proficisci.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. N. 16. 23.: rājyaparibhraṣṭaḥ; 18. 10.: paribhraṣṭasukhena.

c. pra id. RAGH. 14. 54.: prabhraśyamānābharaṇaprasūnā. Cum instr. rei, quā alqs privatur. MR. 14. 12.: prabhraśyate tejasā (cf. yuj praef. vi). -- Caus. dejicere, privare. RAGH. 13. 36.: padān maghonaḥ prabhraṃśayāṃ yo naghuṣañ cakāra; MAH. 3. 601.: rājyāt prabhraṃśitaḥ.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 3.: rājyavibhraṣṭa.

bhraMza bhraṃśa

m. (r. bhraṃś s. a) lapsus, exitium, ruina. BH. 2. 63.

bhraMs bhraṃs

1. A. i. q. bhraṃś.

bhrajj bhrajj

6. P. A. (scribitur bhrasj gr. 110b)., bhṛjjāmi bhṛjje gr. 336.) assare, frigere, coquere. BHATT. 14. 86.: babhrajja śoko rāvaṇam agnivat. (V. bhṛj et 2. bhaj et cf. gr. [greek] lat. frigo; hib. bruighim "I boil, seeth"; island. vet. BAK; germ. vet. BACH, BAKK; nostrum BACK coquere; v. pac.)

bhraN bhraṇ

1. P. (śabde) sonare. Cf. dhraṇ dhvaṇ dhvan svan.

bhram bhram

1. et 4. P. bhramāmi bhrāmyāmi etiam bhramyāmi (P. III. 1. 70.) vagari, circumerrare, peregrinari. N. 15. 14.: viprayuktaḥ sa mandātmā bhramati; MAH. 3. 12892.: loke 'smin bhramāmy eko 'ham; 14377.: babhrāma tatra tatra vai; BHATT. 12. 72.: bhrāmyanty abhītāḥ paritaḥ puran naḥ; BH. 1. 30.: bhramatī 'va ca me manaḥ; MAH. 1. 2062.: dṛṣṭir bhrāmyati me. -- Pass. impers. R. Schl. II. 96. 8.: bahuśo 'bhrāmi te. -- Cum acc. peragrare. N. 16. 30.: anveṣṭāro brāhmaṇāśca bhramanti śataśo mahīm; MAH. 1. 5184.: te deśam bahuśo 'bhraman. -- Pass. impers. c. acc. loci. BHAR. 3. 4.: bhrāntan deśam anekadurgavi ṣamam. bhrānta act. currens. A. 4. 38.: tathā bhrānte rathe. -- Caus. 1) circumvolvere, vibrare, rotare, agitare, quassare. MAH. 2. 762.: bhrāmayitvā śataguṇam...gadā kṣiptā balavatā; 3. 117.: bhrāmyamāṇo 'tha cakravat; BHATT. 15. 53.: śaktim abibhramat; H. 4. 49.: utkṣipyā 'bhrāmayad dehan tūrṇaṃ śataguṇādhikam. 2) i. q. primit. R. Schl. I. 44. 12.: tatra 'vā 'bibhramad devī saṃvatsaragaṇān bahūn. (Cf. kram gr. [greek].)

c. ut exsilire. DR. 8. 19.: rathāt...udbhramya. -- udbhrānta commotus, agitatus, perturbatus. GITA-GOV. 4. 1.: premabharodbhrāntam mādhavam; HIT. 107. 7.: bhave 'smin pavanodbhrāntavīcivibhramabhaṅgure.

c. pari circumerrare. A. 10. 31.: paryabhramanta...asurāḥ.

c. vi circumerrare, peragrare, pervagari. NALOD. 3. 26.: vibhrāntam vaneca devyā; N. 15. 16.: sa vibhraman mahīṃ sarvām. -- vibhrānta commotus, perturbatus. BH. 16. 16.: anekacittavibhrāntāḥ.

c. sam sambhrānta commotus, perturbatus. A. 6. 10.: sarve sambhrāntamanasaḥ; N. 13. 15.

bhramara bhramara

m. apis (Wils.: A large black bee).

bhraSTa bhraṣṭa

(a r. bhraṃś v. gr. 615.) v. bhraṃś.

bhraSTAbharaNakezAnta bhraṣṭābharaṇakeśānta

(BAH. e bhraṣṭa elapsus et DVANDV. ābharaṇakeśānta ābharaṇa + keśānta keśa et anta (*)) elapsa ornamenta et capillos habens. SU. 1. 15.

(*) keśānta idem significare videtur ac keśa cf. subhrūnāsākṣikeśānta. H. 3. 14.
bhraz bhraś

v. bhraṃś.

bhrAj bhrāj

1. P. A. lucere, splendere. H. 4. 40.: babhrājatur yathā śailau nīhāreṇā 'bhisamvṛtau; N. 2. 29.: bhrājamanaṃ yathā ravim. (Cf. rāj; gr. [greek] lat. fulgeo, flam-ma e flag-ma, flagro; goth. BAIRH, unde bairhtei lux et Denom. bairh-tja manifesto; anglo-sax. blican splendere; angl. brigh-t; germ. vet. blich, blic, blig fulmen, lumen, bleih pallidus (nostrum bleich), blanch candidus, blinchan lucere; lith. blizgù scintillo, radio; russ. bles'cu splendeo; scot. boillsg "splendor, fulgor", boillsgeach "coruscus, emicans, fulgidus, splendeus".)

c. vi i. q. simpl. Dr. 1. 9.: vibhrājamānām vapuṣā.

bhrAtR bhrātṛ

m. (rad. incerta, suff. tṛ v. gr. 178. annot.) frater. (Goth. brothar; lat. frāter; gr. [greek] hib. brathair; russ. brat; lith. brolis mutilatum esse videtur e brotris, ejecto t, mutato r in l.)

bhrAnti bhrānti

f. (r. bhram s. ti) circumactus. UR. 4. 10.: cakrabhrāntiḥ.

bhrAz bhrāś

1. et. 4. A. splendere, lucere. RIGV. 66. 3.: citro yad abhrād "versicolor quum splendet". (Cf. bhrāj bhlāś.)

bhrI bhrī

9. P. (bharaṇe K. bhṛtyām bhītyām V.) sustentare, timere. (Cf. bhṛ bhī.)

bhrukuTi bhrukuTI bhrukuṭi bhrukuṭī

V. bhṛkuṭi.

[Page 253b]
bhruva bhruva

supercilium, in fine compositorum possessivorum (v. gr. 681.). N. 5. 7.

bhrU bhrū

f. supercilium. DR. 1. 14. (Gr. [greek] praefixo o; russ. brovj f. id.; germ. vet. brāwa f. Etiam hib. fabhar "the eye-brow, eye-lid, eye" nisi descendit a lat. palpebra, huc referri posset, ita ut fa significet oculum; v. paś.)

bhrUkSepa bhrūkṣepa

m. (TATP. e praec. et kṣepa conjectio, jactus, a rad. kṣip s. a) superciliorum jactus, oculorum lusus, nictatio. IN. 5. 7.

bhrUkSepAlApa bhrūkṣepālāpa

m. (e praec. et ālāpa sermo, loquela, a rad. lap praef. ā s. a) oculorum loquela, nictationis loquela. IN. 5. 7.

bhrUkSepAlApamAdhurya bhrūkṣepālāpamādhurya

(BAH. e praec. et mādhurya dulcedo) oculorum loquelae dulcedinem habens. IN. 5. 7.

bhrUN bhrūṇ

10. A. (āśāyām K. āśāviśaṅkayoḥ V.) sperare, timere.

bhrUNa bhrūṇa

m. (fortasse forma anomala a r. bhṛ) fetus utero matris inclusus, [greek]

bhrej bhrej

1. A. lucere, splendere, fulgere. Cf. bhrāj.

bhreS bhreṣ

1. A. (cale bhaye) 1) ire, se movere, vacillare. BHATT. 14. 87.: sa bibhreṣa (Schol. calitaḥ). 2) timere; cf. bheṣ.

bhlakS bhlakṣ

1. P. A. i. q. bhakṣ.

bhlAz bhlāś

1. et. 4. A. i. q. bhrāś.

bhleS bhleṣ

1. P. A. i. q. bhreṣ.

[Page 2531]
maMh maṃh

1. 1. A. (vṛddhau scribitur mah gr. 110a).) crescere. (V. mahat magnus, mahiman magnitudo et cf. mah māh vṛṃh vakṣ; goth. MAG posse, mag possum, mah-ta potui, mah-ts potestas, ma-iza major, mag-us puer, magath virgo, mikils magnus; slav. mogū possum; lith. mac- lat. mag-nus, mac-tus; fortasse etiam mā-turus a crescendo dictum, sicut scr. vṛddha senex a vṛdh crescere; cf. Ag. Benary Römische Lautlehre p. 258.; hib. mochd "promotion, Adj. great", mead "encrease, bigness, bulk, size", v. mahat; meadhaighim "I encrease, enlarge"; moid "bulk, hight".)

maMh maṃh

2. 10. P. (tviṣi) lucere.

[Page 254a]
maMhiSTha maṃhiṣṭha

Superl. [greek] mahat in dialecto Ved. RIGV. 51. 1. (Gr. [greek] goth. maists maximus.)

makara makara

m. nomen piscis immani magnitudine (Wils.: 1) A marine monster, confounded usually with the crocodile and shark, but properly a fabulous animal; as a fish it might be conjectured to be the horned shark or the unicorn fish, but it is often drawn, as in the pictured signs of the zodiac, with the head and fore legs of an antelope, and the body and tail of a fish; it is the emblem of the god of love. 2) One of the signs of zodiac corresponding with capricorne and like the Greek representation of that sign being an animal in the fore parts, and ending in the tail of a fish.). DR. 7. 19. A. 6. 4. BH. 10. 31.

makaraketu makaraketu

m. (BAH. e praec. et ketu vexillum) nomen Anangi, dei amoris. UR. 16. 4.

makaradhvaja makaradhvaja

m. (BAH. e makara et dhvaja vexillum) id. AM.

makk makk

1. A. (gatau) ire, se movere. Cf. makh maṅk etc.

makS makṣ

1. P. (saṅghāte K. roṣe saṅghāte V.) coacervare, irasci. Cf. mrakṣ mṛkṣ.

makSikA makṣikā

f. (ut videtur, a r. makṣ s. ika in fem.) musca. (Lat. musca; germ. vet. mucca culex; russ. mucha; lith. musse, per assim. e. mukse; gr. [greek].)

makh makh

1. P. (sarpaṇe) ire, see movere.

makha makha

m. (cf. mah colere, venerari) sacrificium. DR. 2. 10.

magadha magadha

m. nomen regionis "South Behar". Wils.

magna magna

v. majj.

magha magha

m. (r. mah colere, venerari, s. a) beatitudo.

maghavan maghavan

(a praec. quod etiam sacrificium significare videtur, s. vat v. makha) 1) Adj. in dial. Ved. sacrificans. Lass. 148. 2) m. nomen dei Indri. N. 2. 15. A. 11. 4.

maghA maghā

f. plur. (fem. [greek] magha) decimum astrum lunare (Wils.: The tenth lunar asterism, containing five stars figured by a house, apparently [greek] and [greek] Leonis). SU. 2. 2.

maghon maghon

v. maghavan.

maGk maṅk

1. A. (maṇḍane gatau K. bhūṣe gatau V. scribitur mak) ornare; ire, se movere. Cf. makk, makh, maGkh, maGgh etc.

maGkh maṅkh

1. P. (gatau K. sarpaṇe V.) ire, se movere. Cf. makk makh maṅk etc.

maGg maṅg

1. P. (sarpaṇe; scribitur mag) ire, se movere. Cf. makak maṅk maṅgh makh maṅkh.

maGgala maṅgala

(ut videtur, a r. maṅg s. ala) I. Adj. salutaris, felix. SU. 2. 4. II. Subst. 1) n. fortuna, felicitas. N. 18. 17. 2) m. nomen plantae, Wils. "a bent grass (Panicum dactylon) with white blossoms". UR. 44. 3.

maGgh maṅgh

1. 1. A. (kaitave K. kaitavagatau nindārambhajaveṣu V.; scribitur magh) ludere; ire, properare; vituperare; incipere. Cf. maṅg maṅkh makh makk margh.

maGgh maṅgh

2. 1. P. (bhūṣe) ornare. Cf. maṅk.

mac mac

1. A. (kalkane K. kalkane dambhe śāḍhye V.) decipere, fallere; gloriari.

majj majj

6. P. interdum A. (scribitur masj gr. 110b).) mergi, submergi, aquā hauriri, c. loc. vel acc. N. 6. 13.: kṛcchre sa narake majjed agādhe vipule hrade; R. Schl. I. 1. 89.: nā 'psu majjanti jantavaḥ; MAN. 4. 81.: tamaḥ ...majjati; MAH. 2. 605.: yamunāmbhasy amajjata; 2203.: mā majjīḥ śokasāgare; M. 8.: bhayaughān mahato majjantam mām...trāhi. -- magna submersus. A. 6. 4.: jale magnā ivā 'drayaḥ. -- Caus. mergere, immergere. H. 2. 10.: aṣṭau daṃṣṭrā deheṣu majjayiṣyāmi. (majj per assimil. e marj ortum esse videtur; cf. mṛj i. e. marj mārj mañj muj muñj; lat. mergo; lith. merkia macero, mazgóju lavo = Caus. majjayāmi.)

c. ut emergi, emergere. MAH. 3. 13163.: vāpīn nyamajjan na punar udamajjat. -- Caus. MAN. 8. 115.

c. ni submergi, submergere, aquā hauriri. HIT. ed. Ser. 126. 16.: kāryābdhau sa nimajjati; SA. 6. 43.: nimajjamānam...tamomaye hrade; MAH. 1. 6747.: ambhasi nimajjeyam; BHATT. 3. 20.: śoke nyamāṅkṣīt. -- Trans. demergere. MAH. 1. 4156.: mā nimajjīḥ pitāmahān. -- Caus. submergi jubere. MAN. 8. 114.: apsucai 'nan nimajjayet.

[Page 255a]
majjan majjan

m. (r. majj s. an) medulla. (Germ. vet. marag, anglo-sax. mearg, merg id., v. sq. et r. majj e marj.)

majjA majjā

f. (r. majj s. ā) id.

maJc mañc

1. 1. A. (dhāraṇe K. ucchrāyadhṛtyarcābhāḥsu V.; scribitur mac) tenere, altum esse vel fieri, venerari, splendere.

maJc mañc

2. 1. P. (gatyām) ire, se movere. Cf. maṅk sq.

maJca mañca

m. (r. 1. mañc s. a) lectus, cubile. AM.

maJj mañj

10. P. (mṛjādhvanayoḥ K. mṛjādhvanyoḥ V.) abstergere, purificare; sonare. (Cf. muj muñj mārj mṛj i. e. marj unde mañj ortum esse videtur, mutatis liquidis; v. majj.)

maJjari mañjari

i. q. sq.

maJjarI mañjarī

f. (r. mañj s. ara in fem. cf. suff. ala) 1) surculus. UR. 59. 14. 2) unio, margarita. (Cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. margarita; v. radd. mañj majj e marj.)

maJju mañju

Adj. m. f. n. (r. mañj s. u) pulcher, gratus, amoenus. UR. 64. 11.

maJjUSA mañjūṣā

f. corbis, canistrum. UP. 46.

maTh maṭh

1. P. (nivāse K. vāsamardane V.) habitare, conterere.

maNi maṇi

m. f. 1) gemma. 2) margarita. (Cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. monile.

maNibhad maṇibhad

m. (e praec. et bhadra) nomen Kuveri, dei divitiarum. N. 12. 130.

maNTh maṇṭh

1. A. (śoke K. ādhyāne V.; scribitur maṭh) lugere, meditari.

maND maṇḍ

1. 10. P. (sukhe K. mode V.; scribitur maḍ gr. 110a).) gaudere, exhilarare. (Cf. mand mad mṛḍ mud.)

maND maṇḍ

2. 1. P. A. 10. T. (scribitur maḍ gr. 110a).) ornare. N. 16. 17.: maṇḍanārhām amaṇḍitām. Etiam 10. A. MAH. 1. 7572.: maṇḍayāñcakrire tad vai puraṃ svargavat. (Lat. mundus, mundo.)

maNDa maṇḍa

m. (r. maṇḍ s. a) ornamentum.

maNDana maṇḍana

n. (r. maṇḍ s. ana) id. N. 16. 17.

maNDapa maṇḍapa

m. n. (e maṇḍa et pa) umbraculum. SAK. 45. 9. MEGH.

[Page 255b]
maNDala maṇḍala

m. n. orbis, circuitus. SU. 3. 22. 24. N. 12. 64. 13. 15. -- sūryamṇḍala discus solis. SA. 7. 1.

maNDUka maṇḍūka

m. rana. AM.

maNDUra maṇḍūra

m. n. rubigo, ferrugo.

mat mat

Ablat. pronominis primae personae, qui in initio compositorum thematis vice fungitur, cum significatione Singularis (v. gr. 264. et 679.). H. 2. 33. 3. 17.

mata mata

v. man.

mataGga mataṅga

m. (ut videtur, pro mattaṅga a r. mad; v. mada madakala) elephantus. H. 1. 13.

mati mati

f. (r. man cogitare s. ti) 1) animus, mens. N. 11. 36. 22. 21. in fine compos. BAH. 2) opinio. H. 1. 26. N. 19. 32. BH. 18. 78. 3) consilium, propositum. SU. 2. 12. N. 18. 16. In fine comp. BAH. BH. 12. 19. 18. 64. (Gr. [greek][greek] goth. ga-mun-ds, Them. ga-mun-di memoria; lat. mentis, mens.)

matimat matimat

(a mati sgf. 1. s. mat) mente praeditus, sapiens. DR. 7. 16.

matta matta

v. mad.

mattas mattas

v. gr. 652. suff. tas.

matsara matsara

m. invidia (ut mihi videtur, e pronomine 1. pers. mat q. v. et sara iens a rad. sṛ s. a). BH. 4. 22. in fine compos. BAH.

matsya matsya

m. piscis. M. 5. (Hib. meas "a fish", measach "fishy".)

matsyaka matsyaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. M. 35.

math math

1. P. V. manth.

mathana mathana

n. (r. math s. ana) agitatio. R. Schl. I. 45. 19.

mad mad

1. 4. P. mādyāmi ebrium esse, mente captum esse, laetari, gaudere. MAH. 1. 4688. et 3. 8331.: amādyad indraḥ somena dakṣiṇābhir dvijātayaḥ. -- matta ebrius, inebriatus. H. 4. 23.: mattāv iva...vāraṇau; SU. 2. 20.: matau bhūtvā kuñjararūpiṇau; 4. 13.: varapradānamattau; 14.: sarvair etair madair mattau. -- Caus. mādayāmi 1) inebriare. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): te tvā madā indra mādayantu. 2) exhilarare. MAH. 3. 10678.: tvāṃ stutayo mādayanti. (Cf. mud mand maṇḍ angl. mad; fortasse goth. wods furiosus e mods, servatā primitivā mediā; mes-t ebrius e med-t, v. gr. comp. 102.; de oin-mhid, on-mhith v. mad praef. ut.)

c. ut unmādyāmi (v. euphon. r. 58.) insanire. MAH. 3. 14503.: yaḥ paśyati naro devān unmādyati sa kṣipram. unmatta insaniens, demens. N. 2. 3. 8. 1. SA. 6. 5. (Huc referri possunt hib. oin-mhid "a fool, a nidged, a mute", oin-mhideachd "folly", on-mhith "a fool, an idle" (v. Pictet p. 87.) nisi mhid, mith pertinent ad mati q. v. ad quod Pictet. trahit hib. amad "a madman, a fool", quod etiam in praep. ā et rad. mada dissolvi potest; cambrobrit. ynwīd "furious, frantick, mad, foolish".).

c. pra aberrare, negligentem, socordem esse, c. ablat. vel loc. rei. BHATT. 18. 8.: svahitācca pramādyati (Schol. hitād bhraṣṭo bhavati); MAH. 3. 1291.: dharmārthayor nityan na pramādyanti paṇḍitāḥ. -- pramatta socors, negligens. A. 5. 4.

c. pra praef. sam id. sampramatta socors, negligens. MAH. 2. 1467.

c. sam i. q. simpl. SU. 4. 12.: ubhauca kāmasammattau; 4. 17.: tasyā rūpeṇa sammattau.

mad mad

2. 10. P. madayāmi 1) exhilararc. RAGH. 9. 29.: amadayat sahakāralatā manaḥ. 2) laetari, gaudere. MAH. 1. 4736.: madayantī; 6910.: madayantyā.

mada mada

m. (r. mad s. a) 1) ebrietas, dementia. SU. 4. 14. BH. 18. 35. 2) succus, qui elephantis, tempore quo coitum appetunt, e temporibus effluit. N. 13. 7.

madakala madakala

m. (e praec. et kala) elephantus. UR. 69. 13.; cf. mataṅga.

madana madana

m. (qui inebriat a r. mad s. ana) 1) potus fervidus, inebrians. IN. 5. 13. 2) amor, deus amoris. UR. 41. 11.

madirA madirā

f. (r. mad s. ira in fem.) potus inebrians, vinum. madirekṣaṇā inebriantes oculos habens femina. UR. 25. 17.

madIya madīya

Pron. poss. (v. gr. 289.) meus. N. 14. 15. A. 3. 50.

madya madya

n. (r. mad s. ya) potus inebrians.

[Page 256b]
madra madra

m. pl. nomen regionis. SA. 1. 2.

madvidha madvidha

(BAH. e mat q. v. et vidha vel vidhā species, genus) mei genus, speciem, naturam, indolem habens, mihi aequalis. H. 2. 33.

madhu madhu

(fortasse a r. mad mutato d in dh) I. n. 1) mel. 2) potus inebrians, vinum. RAGH. 4. 60. II. m. ver. (Gr. [greek] mutato [greek] vel [greek] in [greek] lat. mel, mellis fortasse per assim. e melvis pro medvis; lith. medù-s mel; slav. med id.; anglo-sax. medu, medo; germ. vet. meto mulsum; hib. mil, gen. meala mel.)

madhukara madhukara

m. (e praec. et kara faciens) apis. UR 68. 8.

madhupa madhupa

m. (e madhu et pa bibens) id. AM.

madhura madhura

(a madhu s. ra) dulcis, suavis. H. 4. 26. -- madhuram Adv. dulce, suaviter. H. 1. 25.

madhulih madhulih

m. (nom. -ṭ e madhu et lih lambens) apis.

madhya madhya

Adj. medius. Subst. m. n. 1) medium. SA. 2. 1. 2) medium corpus (Anglis waist). IN. 5. 9. (Lat. medius, medium; goth. MIDJA, nom. m. midji-s, v. gr. comp. 287. annot. 7.; hib. meadhon "the middle, midst, centre"; gr. [greek] per assim. e [greek] pro [greek] lith. widdurys medium, mutato m in w, widdù naktis media nox; serv. medju; slav. [greek] meschdju inter.)

madhyatas madhyatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) in medio. H. 1. 21.

madhyama madhyama

1) Adj. medius. 2) Subst. m. n. medium corpus, the waist. N. 1. 10. (Goth. MIDUMA, midums medius.)

madhyamaloka madhyamaloka

m. (e praec. et loka) medius mundus i. e. terra, quippe quae inter coelum et infernum. UR. 92. 2. (Cf. goth. midjun-gards id., ad literam: media domus, medius hortus.)

man man

1. 4. et 8. A. manye manve praet. mltf. amaṃsi fut. aux. maṃsye. 1) cogitare. N. 1. 21.: yathā tvad anyam puruṣan na sā maṃsyati karhicit (ubi PAR. metri causā). 2) putare, credere, opinari. N. 5. 12.: yaṃ yaṃ hi dadṛśe teṣān tan tam mene nalan nṛpam; 16.: śaraṇam prati devānām prāptakālam amanyata; 19. 18.: yān anyān manyase brūhi tān; 19.: yān manyase samarthāṃs tvam; H. 4. 19.: balinam manyase yacca ā- lith. menū recordor, pri-manùs prudens, intelligens; russ. mnju opinor; hib. muinim "I teach, instruct"; fortasse smuainim "I think, imagine, devise, consider" e man praef. sam nisi pertinet ad smṛ i. e. smar mutatā liquidā r in n.)

c. anu 1) consentire, assentire, comprobare. MAN. 9. 97.: yadi kanyā 'numanyate; R. Schl. II. 2. 13.: yad idam... mayā sādhu sumantritam bhavanto me 'numanyantām. C. na rejicere, repudiare. RAGH. 16. 85.: imāṃ svasārañca yavīyasīm me...nā 'rhasi nā 'numantum. 2) veniam dare, c. acc. pers. R. Schl. II. 21. 45.: anumanyasva mān devi gamiṣyantam ito vanam. -- Caus. facere ut alqs assentiatur, comprobet. R. Schl. II. 2.

c. abhi 1) opinari, credere. BHATT. 5. 71.: abhimanye 'han tvāṃ harantīṃ śriyaṃ śriyaḥ. 2) assentiri, permittere. MAH. 1. 5743.: adharmyam idam atyantaṅ katham bhīṣmo 'numanyate vivāsyamānān asthāne nagare yo 'bhimanyate. 3) appetere, desiderare. R. Schl. II. 72. 45.: kaccin na paradārān vā rājaputro 'bhimanyate; MAN. 10. 95.: na jyāyasīṃ vṛttim aṃbhimanyeta.

c. ava spernere. H. 3. 10.: mā 'vamaṃsthāḥ pṛthuśroṇi matvā mām iha mānuṣam; MAN. 4. 135. 8. 84. Pass. HIT. 56. 12.: sa sarvair avamanyate.

c. ava praef. abhi id. MAN. 4. 249.

c. vahu magni aestimare (v. gr. 653.). IN. 4. 15.: sammānam bahumanyaca; N. 15. 13.: bahumatā nārī; MAH. 3. 747.: na jīvitam bahumanye.

c. sam 1) cogitare, putare. sammata n. assensus, consensus. N. 13. 5. SA. 1. 23.: prāpte 'yan devakanye 'ti dṛṣṭvā sammenire janāḥ. 2) magni aestimare, honorare. sammata magni aestimatus, honoratus. IN. l. 11. 4. 8. BR. 2. 25. DR. 4. 6. 3) respicere, rationem habere, observare, curare. R. Schl. II. 38. 15.: mayā vihīnām...adṛṣṭapūrvavyasanām bhūyaḥ sammantum arhasi.

man man

2. 1. P. (arce V.) honorare. Cf. mān.

manas manas

n. (r. man s. as) 1) animus, mens. N. 5. 16. 19. 35. 13. 32. 71. 16. 21. 21. 25. 26. SA. 2. 28. BH. 3. 40. 42. 2) cor. IN. 5. 3. SU. 3. 17. N. 5. 8. IN. 2. 32. (Gr. [greek] cujus [greek] ad themā pertinet, v. gr. comp. 128.)

manasija manasija

m. (in corde natus e loc. manasi et ja) amor et deus amoris. UR. 9. 2.

manasvin manasvin

(a manas s. vin) mente praeditus, sapiens. DR. 7. 16. SU. 1. 29.

manAk manāk

Adv. parum. paulum. AM. (Cf. lat. minor, goth. minniza minor, minnists minimus, slav. mjnit minor, hib. min "small, fine" etc., mion "small, little".)

manISA manīṣā

f. (a r. man) mens, intellectus.

manISin manīṣin

(a praec. s. in) mente, intellectu praeditus, sapiens, intelligens. DR. 7. 13. BH. 2. 51.

manu manu

m. (r. man s. u) nom. pr. regis. M. 1. sq.

manuja manuja

m. (e praec. et ja natus) a Manu oriundus, homo. IN. 5. 22. N. 1. 2.

manuSya manuṣya

m. (a manu Manus s. ṣya pro sya v. gr. 101a).) homo. SA. 5. 35. (V. mānava et cf. germ. vet. mannisco, nostrum Mensch.)

manojJa manojña

(e manas cor et jña noscens) pulcher, suavis, amoenus. Lass. 53. 2.

manobhava manobhava

m. (in corde natus e manas et bhava origo) amor. HIT. 64. 10. V. sq. et manasija hṛcchaya.

manobhU manobhū

m. (e manas et bhū existens) amor, deus amoris. P. 17.

manoratha manoratha

m. (e manas et ratha currus) gaudium, voluptas. IN. 5. 4. 35. BH. 16. 13.

manorama manorama

(e manas et rama exhilarans) cor exhilarans, pulcher, suavis, amoenus. IN. 5. 27.

manohara manohara

(e manas et hara capiens, rapiens) cor rapiens, pulcher, suavis, amoenus. IN. 5. 18.

manohArin manohārin

(e manas et hārin capiens, rapiens) i. q. praec. N. 13. 4.

mantr mantr

10. P. A. (guptabhāṣaṇe K. guptoktau V., ut videtur, Denom. a sq.) 1) dicere, loqui, in recentiore linguā. UR. 50. 1. infr.: nā 'sti me vācāvibhavo 'to 'param mantrayitum. Praesertim secreto, in occulto loqui, inde consulere, deliberare; c. instr. pers. et acc. rei. HIT. 64. 6.: sa gopaḥ svavadhūn dṛtyā saha mantrayantīm apaśyat; R. Schl. I. 34. 36.: tāsām pradānam...mantrayāmāsa mantribhiḥ; MAN. 7. 146.: mantrayet saha mantribhiḥ; MAH. 3. 290.: mantrayadhvaṃ hitam mama. Cum acc. pers. MAH. 1. 8074.: mantrayāmāsur anyāśca rahasyāni parasparam. (Goth. mathlja loquor.)

c. anu 1) benedicere, laeta precari, sacrare, consecrare. A. 9. 14.: gāṇḍīvam anumantrya; 3. 26.: śaraiḥ...anumantritaiḥ. 2) valedicere, dimittere. MAH. 3. 39.: tathā 'numantritās tena dharmarājena tāḥ prajāḥ.

c. abhi id. sgf. 1. DR. 8. 54.: śarair astrābhimantritaiḥ; MAH. 1. 8248.: astram abhimantrya.

c. ā 1) alloqui. R. Schl. I. 1. 8.: śrūyatām iticā "mantryā 'bravīt. 2) salutare. N. 6. 5.: devān āmantrya tān sarvān uvāce 'daṃ vacaḥ Praesertim valedicere. IN. 1. 24.: gacchāmy āmantrayitvā tvām; N. 8. 24. 26. 1. SA. 4. 22. 3) advocare, invitare. MAH. 2. 1244.: āmantrayadhvaṃ rāṣṭreṣu brāhmaṇān bhūmipān atha.

c. ā praef. sam alloqui, compellare. MAH. 2. 42.: taṃ samāmantrya nivartasve 'ti.

c. upa 1) alloqui, compellare. MAH. 4. 531.: teno 'pamantryamāṇāyāḥ...hṛdayam me vidīryate. 2) invitare. RAM. I. 46. 12.: tavo 'pamantritāḥ sarve munayo 'smābhir ājñayā.

c. ni advocare, invitare. R. Schl. I. 12. 18.: nimantrayasva nṛpatīn.

c. ni praef. sam id. N. 2. 9.: sa sannimantrayāmāsa mahīpālān.

c. pari i. q. mantr praef. anu sgf. 1. A. 7. 18.: brahmāstraparimantritaiḥ...śāyakaiḥ.

c. sam 1) deliberare, consulere. R. Schl. I. 8. 3.: mantribhiḥ saha sammantrya. 2) salutare. MAH. 1. 5454.: pūrvam eva sammantrya droṇam abravīt.

mantra mantra

m. (r. man s. tra) 1) consilium. BR. 1. 26. 2) hymnus, carmen sacrum, vel precum formula. BH. 9. 16. (V. mantr et cf. zend. [greek] maṅthra sermo, goth. mathlei id.; munths, them. muntha, os.)

mantrin mantrin

m. (a praec. s. in) consiliarius. N. 7. 11.

manth manth

9. P. interdum A. mathnāmi (v. gr. 387.), Pass. mathye part. praet. pass. mathita (gr. 615.); etiam math et manth 1. P. Commovere, agitare, perturbare, disturbare, diruere. RAM. I. 36. 18.: kṣīrodasāgaraṃ sarve mathnīmaḥ; R. Schl. I. 45. 19.: manthānam mandharaṅ kṛtvā mamanthuḥ; MAH. 1. 1111.: mathnadhvam udadhim; 3330.: vāgduruktam mahāghoram...mama manthāti hṛdayam; 6555.: mām mathnātī 'va manmathaḥ; BR. 1. 5.: mathyamāne 'va duḥkhena; SU. 2. 18.: mathitair āśramaiḥ. (Cf. mānth mith munth vyath path panth puth punth; goth. witho commoveo, agito; hib. meadar "a churn, a milk pail", muidhe id.)

c. ā i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 26. 2.: hṛdayāny āmamanthe 'va janasya.

c. ut unmanth unmath (v. euphon. r. 58.) 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 14327.: unmamantha mahārṇavam; N. 10. 8.: śokeno 'nmathitacitta. 2) abscindere. MAH. 3. 10267.: śiraḥ śarottamair unmathitāsmi.

c. nis i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 1120.: amṛtasyā 'rthe nirmathiṣyāmahe jalam.

c. pra 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 194.: nāgabalaiḥ suduḥsahan droṇānīkam...pramathya; 3. 16435. 2) conterere. A. 7. 8.: hayās te...prāmathnanta diteḥ sutān; MAH. 3. 16435.: mahatā grāvnā...pramāthinam abhidrutya pramamātha. 3) vim inferre. BR. 2. 17.: tāñ ced ahan na ditseyam...pramathyai 'naṃ hareyus tu.

c. pra praef. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 4876. 7143.

c. vi diruere, delere, e. c. urbem. A. 10. 1.: puram etat... tvayā vimathitam vīra.

mantha mantha

m. (r. manth s. a) agitatio. RAGH. 10. 3.

manthara manthara

(r. manth s. ara) tardus, lentus, segnis, languidus. RAGH. 19. 21. Cf. manda.

manthAna manthāna

m. (r. manth s. āna) rudis, rudicula. R. Schl. I. 45. 19. (Hib. maide "a stick, wood, timber".)

mand mand

1. A. (scribitur mad gr. 110a).) in dial. Ved. 1) gaudere. RIGV. 26. 5.: asya no mandasva sakhyasyaca "hoc nostro sacrificio gaude, consortioque"; 51. 12.: yeṣu mandase "quibus gaudes". PAR. exhilarare. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): somo mandatu tvā. 2) laudari, celebrari. RIGV. 51. 11.: mandiṣṭayad uśane kāvye sacā indraḥ "cum laudaretur Indras ipsum desiderante carmine". 3) dormire. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): agne tvaṃ sujāgṛhi vayaṃ sumandiṣīmahi. -- Caus. exhilarare. RIGV. 4. 7. (Cf. maṇḍ mad mud vand; germ. vet. menden gaudere e mandjan, praet. manta; mendi gaudium; hib. meadhrach "glad, joyful, merry", meadhradh "mirth, song, melody", molaim "I praise".)

c. ut exhilarare. RIGV. 8. 6.: ut tvā sutāso rabhasā amandiṣuḥ "te parata libamina cito inebriantia laetificarunt".

manda manda

(r. mand s. a) 1) paucus. mandam Adv. parum, paululum. N. 16. 8. DR. 3. 1. 2) tardus. 3) stultus, stolidus. N. 15. 10. 14. (Hib. mall "slow, dilatory, tardy, tedious, prolix".)

mandabhAgya mandabhāgya

n. (KARM. e manda et bhāgya fortuna, felicitas) fortuna adversa. N. 13. 38.

mandabhAj mandabhāj

(BAH. paululum felicitatis habens e praec. et bhāj fortuna, felicitas) infelix. H. 1. 29.

mandAy mandāy

(Denom. a manda s. y v. gr. 585.) cunctari, tardari. ATM. UR. 48. 10.: mandāyamānā.

mandAra mandāra

m. (r. mand s. āra) 1) arbor, erythrina fulgens. UR. 6. 2. 2) arborum coelestium genus. RAGH. 6. 23. MEGH. 68. 73.

mandira mandira

n. (r. mand dormire s. ira) domus. IN. 5. 52.; cf. mandurā.

mandurA mandurā

f. (r. mand dormire s. ura in fem.) stabulum.

mandra mandra

(r. mand s. ra) profundus, gravis, de sono. UR. 69. 15.

manmatha manmatha

m. (cor agitans e man pro manas cor et matha agitans, concutiens) amor, deus amoris. IN. 5. 3.

manmaya manmaya

(e pronom. 1. pers. mat q. v. s. maya) mihi devotus. BH. 4. 10.

manyu manyu

m. (r. man s. yu) 1) moeror, aegritudo. N. 9. 4. 2) ira. SU. 4. 16. (Cf. gr. [greek] v. man.)

mayUka mayūka

m. radius. RITU-S. 1. 13. RAGH. 2. 46.

mayUra mayūra

m. pavo. Fem. mayūrī.

marakata marakata

m. smaragdus. MEGH. 74. (Gr. [greek] lat. smaragdus.)

maraNa maraṇa

n. (r. mṛ s. ana) mors. H. 4. 50. N. 10. 10.

marica marica

n. piper. AM.

marIci marīci

m. f. luminis radius. RAGH. 9. 13. 13. 4.

marIcipa marīcipa

m. (e praec. et pa bibens) nomen cujusdam Geniorum ordinis. SU. 3. 5.

maru maru

m. (ut videtur, a r. mṛ s. u) aquā carens locus, desertum. RAGH. 4. 31. HIT. 8. 7.

marut marut

m. 1) ventus. 2) ventorum Genius. IN. 2. 13.

marutvat marutvat

m. (ventis, ventorum Geniis praeditus, circumdatus) cognomen Indri. A. 4. 12.

markaTa markaṭa

m. simia. Lass. 2. 10.

marc marc

10. P. i. q. mārj.

[Page 260a]
martya martya

m. (r. mṛ s. ya inserto t) mortalis, homo. IN. 1. 31. N. 4. 7. BH. 9. 21.

mardana mardana

(r. mṛd s. ana) 1) n. actio conterendi. 2) n. frictio, affrictus. UP. 55. 3) m. contritor. DR. 6. 14.

marman marman

n. (r. mṛ s. man) 1) articulus corporis. BHATT. 16. 15. 2) sensus secretus, secretum. HIT. 84. 13.

marmara marmara

m. (a sono dictum) susurrum, murmur. RAGH. 6. 57.: tīreṣu tālīvanamarmareṣu. (Cf. lat. murmur, gr. [greek][greek] germ. vet. murmuron murmurare.)

maryA maryā

f. limes, finis, terminus.

maryAdA maryādā

f. (e praec. et da dans vel āda sumens, in fem.) id.

marv marv

1. P. (pūrṇe K. pūrtau gatau V.) implere, ire. Cf. pṝ pūr.

mal mal

1. A. 10. P. male malayāmi (dhāraṇe K. dhṛtau V.) tenere.

mala mala

m. n. sordes, lutum. N. 16. 13. 17. 6. 8. (Lett. māls lutum, argilla; lith. molis id.; germ. vet. māl, māli in compp. aug-māli collyrium, ana-māli nota, stigma, cicatrix, macula, wund-māli cicatrix, Wund-Mal, līch-māl stigma, signum in corpore; nostrum Mal. Fortasse lat. macula e malicula.)

malapaGkin malapaṅkin

Adj. (e DVANDV. malapaṅka sordes et pulvis suff. in) sordibus et pulvere obductus. N. 24. 9.

malaya malaya

m. nomen montis. Wils.: "a mountain or mountainous range answering to the western Ghāts in the peninsula of India." RAGH. 4. 46.

malina malina

(a mala s. ina) sordidus, lutulentus. N. 10. 6. 12. 23. (Pottius apte huc trahit gr. [greek] lith. melina's caeruleus; v. sq.)

malinAmbu malināmbu

m. (e praec. et ambu aqua) atramentum librarium. MED.

malImasa malīmasa

(a mala) sordidus, turpis. RAGH. 2. 53. 3. 46.

mall mall

1. A. i. q. mal.

malla malla

m. pugil.

malli malli

f. planta, Jasminum Zambae.

mallikA mallikā

(a praec. s. ka in fem.) id. RAGH. 9. 41.

mallI mallī

f. id. Lass. p. 69.

[Page 260b]
mav mav

1. P. (nahi) ligare, vincire. BHATT. 9. 90.: tam mevuḥ śṛṅkhalādibhiḥ. V. mū mavy.

mavy mavy

1. P. id.

maz maś

1. P. (śabde K. dhvanau kope v.) sonare; irasci. Cf. miś.

mazaka maśaka

m. culex.

maS maṣ

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) ferire, occidere, laedere. Cf. muṣ.

maSi maṣi

f. atramentum librarium.

maSI maṣī

f. id. UP. 67.

mas mas

1. P. metiri. V. .

masi masi

et masī f. i. q. maṣi maṣī. AM.

masta masta

n. caput. Lass. p. 70.

mastaka mastaka

m. n. (a praec. s. ka) id. HIT. 85. 13.

mastiska mastiska

m. (ut mihi videtur, a masta caput) cerebrum. (Cf. slav. mo [greek] jg.)

mah mah

1. et 10. P. mahāmi mahayāmi (pūjāyām K. pūje V.) honorare (magni aestimare). MAH. 3. 13326.: mahitvā; RAGH. 11. 49.: prāhinocca mahitam...purodhasam. -- Praef. sam in dial. Ved. parare. RIGV. 94. 1.: imaṃ stomam arhate jātavedase ratham iva sammahemā manīṣayā "huncce hymnum Agni venerabili, currum veluti faber, paramus mente"; 111. 3. (V. maṃh et cf. hib. mogh, modh "respect, honour"; cambro-brit. myged id., mygaw venerari; germ. vet. machon; anglo-sax. macian facere, formare, parare; gr. [greek].)

maha maha

m. (r. maṃh vel. mah crescere s. a) bos bubulus. HEM. (Cf. mahiṣa cambro-brit. mohyn taurus.)

mahat mahat

(r. maṃh vel mah crescere s. at in casibus fortibus, vocativo excepto, ānt pro ant v. gr. 220.) magnus, transl. gravis. N. 1. 3. 2. 24. 8. 2. (V. maṃh.)

mahattva mahattva

n. (a praec. s. tva) magnitudo.

maharSi maharṣi

m. (KARM. e mahā q. v. et ṛṣi sapiens, sanctus) magnus sapiens, magnus sanctus. IN. 5. 25.

mahA mahā

in initio compp. BAH. et KARM. pro mahat v. gr. 681.

[Page 261a]
mahAkAya mahākāya

(BAH. e mahā et kāya corpus) magnum corpus habens.

mahAkaTitaTazroNI mahākaṭitaṭaśroṇī

Adj. fem. (BAH. e mahā et kaṭi taṭa śroṇī) magnas coxas, clunes et magna femora habens. IN. 2. 32.

mahAghora mahāghora

(KARM. e mahā et ghora) valde terribilis. UP. 22.

mahAtman mahātman

(BAH. e mahā et ātman) magnam animam, magnam mentem habens. H. 1. 32.

mahAdeva mahādeva

m. (KARM. e mahā et deva deus) magnus deus, sic praesertim Sivus nominatur.

mahAdyuti mahādyuti

(BAH. e mahā et dyuti) magnum splendorem habens. H. 3. 2.

mahAnana mahānana

(BAH. e mahā et ānana os) magnum os habens. H. 3. 2.

mahAnasa mahānasa

m. n. culina (ut videtur, e mahā et anas cocta oryza adjecto a). N. 23. 20.

mahAnAda mahānāda

m. (BAH. e mahā et nāda) magnum sonum habens. IN. 3. 4.

mahApRSThagalaskandha mahāpṛṣṭhagalaskandha

Adj. (BAH. e mahā et pṛṣṭha gala et skandha) magnum dorsum, collum et magnos humeros habens. H. 2. 4.

mahAbala mahābala

(BAH. e mahā et bala) magnam vim habens. H. 1. 1.

mahAbAhu mahābāhu

(e mahā et bāhu brachium) magna brachia habens.

mahAbhAga mahābhāga

(BAH. e mahā et bhāga fortuna, felicitas) magnam felicitatem habens, praestans, excellens. IN. 1. 16.

mahAbhAgya mahābhāgya

n. (KARM. e mahā et bhāgya n. felicitas) magna felicitas, praestantia, divinitas. SA. 1. 1. 7.

mahAbhuja mahābhuja

(BAH. e mahā et bhuja) magna brachia vel magnas manus habens. IN. 5. 55.

mahAmeghasvana mahāmeghasvana

(BAH. e mahāmegha magna nubes et svana sonus) magnae nubis sonum habens. IN. 1. 5.

mahAmukha mahāmukha

m. (magnum os habens e mahā et mukha) nom. pr. DR. 8. 16.

mahAyazas mahāyaśas

Adj. m. f. n. (e mahā et yaśas n. gloria) magnam gloriam habens. SU. 1. 42.

[Page 261b]
mahAratha mahāratha

m. (e mahā et ratha currus, heros) 1) magnus currus. IN. 1. 17. 2) saepissime magnus heros. H. 2. 4.

mahArthavat mahārthavat

(a mahārtha - mahā + artha - suff. vat) magnā re vel magno fructu, magno commodo praeditus, gravissimus. SA. 5. 50.

mahArha mahārha

(KARM. e mahā et arha dignus) valde dignus, praestans. H. 1. 33. SU. 1. 30.

mahAvaktra mahāvaktra

(e mahā et vaktra) magnum os habens. H. 2. 6.

mahAvIrya mahāvīrya

(e mahā et vīrya vis, virtus, fortitudo) magnam fortitudinem habens. SU. 1. 3.

mahAvIryaparAkrama mahāvīryaparākrama

Adj. (e mahā et DVANDV. vīrya + parākrama) magnam virtutem et fortitudinem habens. H. 2. 2.

mahAvrata mahāvrata

(e mahā et vrata votum) magnum votum habens vel voti studiosus, memor, voto fidus. SU. 1. 13.

mahAzaya mahāśaya

(BAH. e mahā et āśaya mens, animus) magnanimus. AM.; HIT. 120. 5.

mahAsena mahāsena

m. (BAH. e mahā et senā exercitus) nomen Kārtikeyi.

mahiman mahiman

m. (a mahat s. iman) magnitudo. BH. 11. 41. UR. 5. 13.

mahiSa mahiṣa

m. (r. maṃh vel mah crescere suff. iṣa) bos bubulus. (V. maha.)

mahiSI mahiṣī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) 1) Femina bovis bubuli. 2) uxor regis. N. 1. 7. 12. 95. SA. 1. 18. DR. 4. 6. M. 18.

mahI mahī

f. (ut mihi videtur, a maha pro mahat magnus, signo fem. ī cf. pṛthvī) terra. SU. 2. 9. (Hib. meag id.)

mahIkSit mahīkṣit

m. (TATP. e praec. et kṣit dominus, imperator) terrae dominus, rex (cf. pṛthivīkṣit). N. 2. 20.

mahIbhRt mahībhṛt

m. (terram sustinens e mahī et bhṛt q. v.) mons. N. 12. 73.

mahezvara maheśvara

m. (magnus dominus KARM. mahā et īśvara) deus Sivus. SU. 3. 23.

mahodadhi mahodadhi

m. (KARM. e mahā et udadhi mare) magnum mare. SU. 2. 12.

mA

1. 2. P. 3. et 4. A. māmi mime (gr. 270.), māye. 1) metiri. mita mensuratus, praesertim modicus, paucus, exiguus. Sa. 1. 6. (cf. mitāśana mitampaca apud Wils.). quasi amitam pro amātam; lat. me-tior, mo-dus, im-mā-nis; goth. MAT metiri, mita, mat, adjecto t, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1.; lith. mattóju metior, más-tas euphon. pro mát-tas cubitus, mácius e matius modus, mensura, mé-tas annus, v. samā; russ. mje-ra modus, mensura, mje-ritj mensurare; hib. mead "a balance, a scale", meadaighim "I weigh, balance, consider".)

c. upa upamita similis. BHAR. 3. 17.

c. nis efficere, creare. SU. 3. 12.: nirmame yoṣitan divyām; 18.: nirmitā; MAN. 1. 13.: divam bhūmiñca nirmame. HIT. 21. 20.: snāyunirmitā ete pāśāḥ.

c. nis praef. vi id. N. 17. 7.: dhātrā vinirmitaḥ.

c. pari admetiri, transl. destinare. BHAR. 3. 50.: āyur varṣaśatan nṛṇām parimitam. -- parimita modicus, paucus, exiguus. SA. 1. 5.

c. pra i. q. simpl. aprameya non mensurabilis, immensus. DR. 1. 8. BH. 11. 17.

c. sam sammita 1) similis. N. 16. 4.: grāmān nagarasammitān. 2) consentaneus, congruens. SA. 5. 50.: yathā yathā bhāṣasi dharmasammitam manonukūlam.

mA

2. 3. P. A. sonare. RIGV. 38. 8.: vāśre 'va vidyun mimāti "mugientis instar vaccae fulmen sonat".

mA

3. ne, particula prohibitiva, quae construitur cum Imperativo vel temporibus, quae loco Imperativi ponuntur. H. 3. 7. Imperativo subintellecto. DR. 4. 23. (Gr. [greek].)

mAMsa māṃsa

n. caro. H. 2. 2. 7. (Salv. mjaso neut. id.; lith. miesà fem. id.; germ. vet. mos neut., Them. mosa, cibus; nostrum Mus, Ge-müse; hib. maise "food, victuals".)

[Page 262b]
mAkSa mākṣa

m. (ut videtur, a makṣā quod etiam apem significare videtur, suff. ika; secundum Wils. a makṣikā apis) mel. (Huc trahi posset germ. vet. wahs neut. cera; angio-sax. väx, vex, veax; lith. waszka-s masc.; russ. vosk, mutato m in v.)

mAkSaja mākṣaja

n. (e praec. et ja natus) cera.

mAGkS māṅkṣ

1. P. (kāṅghāyām K. spṛhi V.; scribitur mākṣ) desiderare. Cf. kāṅkṣ.

mAgadha māgadha

(f. ī a magadha nomen regionis s. a) magadhensis. RAGH. 1. 57.

mAciram māciram

Adv. (e et ciram diu) sine morā, statim, c. Imperativo vel ejus vice fungentibus temporibus. H. 4. 13. N. 3. 9. 18. 17. M. 47. SA. 5. 99.

mAtaGga mātaṅga

m. elephantus (cf. mataṅga). DR. 8. 29.

mAtali mātali

m. Mātalis, Indri auriga.

mAtula mātula

m. (fortasse e mātura a mātṛ i. e. mātar attenuato a in u suff. a) avunculus. BH. 1. 26.

mAtR mātṛ

f. (ut mihi videtur, a r. s. tṛ v. praef. nis) mater. (Verum thema est mātar v. gr. 179. et cf. lat. māter; dor. [greek] germ. vet. muoter; slav. nom. mati = mātā them. mater = mātar gen. mater-e; lith. mote uxor, genit. moter-s; hib. mathair mater.)

mAtRSaSTha mātṛṣaṣṭha

(BAH. e mātṛ et ṣaṣṭha sextus, v. gr. 666.) matrem tanquam sextam habens. H. 1. 1.

mAtra mātra

n. (r. s. tra) 1) mensura. A. 8. 1. 2) materies, elementum, res. BH. 2. 14. 3) in fine compositorum, ubi a grammaticis pro suffixo Taddhitico habetur (v. gr. 652.) solus, solum, tantummodo. N. 9. 10. 11. 39. DR. 5. 12. 14. A. 10. 46. (Gr. [greek].)

mAtraka mātraka

(a praec. s. ka) mensura, modus. N. 14. 9.

mAtsyaka mātsyaka

(a matsya m. piscis s. ka vel aka) ad piscem attinens, piscarius. M. 56. (Hib. measach "fishy", v. matsya.)

mAdRz mādṛś

(v. gr. 687.) mei similis, mihi aequalis. Lass. 41. 17.

mAdravatI mādravatī

f. (a mādra madrensis s. vat in fem.) i. q. sq. DR. 8. 17.

[Page 263a]
mAdrI mādrī

f. (a mādra Madrensis signo fem. ī) regis Pāndus uxor, Nakuli et Sahadevi mater.

mAdhava mādhava

m. (a madhu s. a) 1) nomen mensis Vais'ākhi, Aprilis-Maii. 2) ver.

mAdhavI mādhavī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) planta repens (Gaertnera racemosa). MEGH. 76.

mAdhurya mādhurya

n. (a madhura dulcis s. ya) dulcedo. IN. 5. 7.

mAn mān

1. 1. P. (pūjāyām K. arce V.) honorare, colere. -- 1. A. (pūjāyām K. vicāre arce V.) honorare, cogitare, deliberare, perpendere; Desid. mīmāṃse 1) perpendere, considerare. MAN. 4. 224.: mīmāṃsitvo 'bhayam. 2) comperire. MAH. 1. 3878.: tat sarvam eva putras te na mīmāṃseta. Cf. man.

mAn mān

2. 10. P. (fortasse Denom. a māna honor) honorare, colere. N. 12. 24.: na mānayasi mām ārya rudatīm; MAH. 1. 4467.: yathārham mānayāmāsa paurajānapadān api; R. Schl. I. 38. 8.: śailendrasutā mānayiṣyati taṃ sutam. -- mānya honorandus, venerandus. SA. 51. Cf. man.

c. sam i. q. simpl. sammānita honoratus. DR. 3. 8.

mAna māna

n. (r. mān vel. man s. a) honor. IN. 5. 50. SA. 5. 49. BH. 6. 7.

mAnada mānada

m. (e praec. et da qui dat) qui honorem tribuit, in Vocativo fere solum invenitur, ad venerationem erga áliquem exprimendam. IN. 5. 44. N. 4. 4. SA. 5. 51.

mAnayitR mānayitṛ

m. (r. mān Cl. 10. s. tṛ) honorator. IN. 4. 9.

mAnava mānava

m. (a Manu oriundus, e manu s. a v. gr. 650.) homo. IN. 5. 6. BR. 2. 2. (Goth. manna id., them. mannan, quod fortasse per assimil. e manvan; nostrum Mann.)

mAnasa mānasa

n. (a manas s. a) 1) animus, mens. N. 13. 19. 19. 9. DR. 1. 11. in fine compp. BAH. 2) lacus hujus nominis in Himālayo. MEGH. 11.

mAnin mānin

(a māna honor s. in) superbus. RAGH. 13. 38.

mAnuSa mānuṣa

(a manu producto a s. ṣa pro sa v. gr. 101a).) 1) m. homo. H. 2. 12. 13. 2) Adj. (fem. ī) humanus. H. 2. 8. BH. 4. 12. N. 1. 2. mānuṣī Subst. N. 13. 55.

[Page 263b]
mAnuSya mānuṣya

(a mānuṣa s. ya nisi a manuṣya s. a) humanus. H. 2. 12. N. 19. 27.

mAnth mānth

1. P. (kunthe scribitur māth) i. q. kunth. Cf. manth.

mAmaka māmaka

Pron. poss. (fem. ī v. gr. 289.) meus. BH. 1. 1. 9. 7.

mAyA māyā

f. (r. s. ) praestigiae, magia. H. 4. 47. SU. 1. 13. 20. BH. 4. 6. N. 13. 26.

mAyAmaya māyāmaya

(a praec. s. maya) magicus, magiā effetus, praestigiis praeditus. IN. 1. 7.

mAyu māyu

m. bilis.

mArakata mārakata

(f. ī a marakata s. a) smaragdinus. HIT. 7. 16.

mAriSa māriṣa

m. persona venerabilis, in linguā scenicā histrio primarius. Wils.: "the title of the manager, or principal actor". UR. 1. 7.

mAruta māruta

m. (a marut s. a) ae7r, ventus. AM.

mArkaNDeya mārkaṇḍeya

m. sapiens, sanctus hujus nominis.

mArg mārg

1. P. A. et 10. P. quaerere. N. 12. 125.: tam mārgāmy aparājitam; 13. 62.: tam mārgamāṇā bhartāram. Cf. mṛg i. e. marg.

c. pari id. BH. 15. 4.

mArga mārga

m. (r. mārg s. a) via. IN. 5. 26. 2. 12. N. 13. 10.

mArgaNa mārgaṇa

n. (r. mārg s. ana) actio quaerendi. N. 17. 33.

mArgazIrSa mārgaśīrṣa

m. (a mṛgaśīrṣa - dorcadis caputhabens, nomen astri, in quo luna est plena - s. a) nomen mensis, November-December. BH. 10. 35.

mArj mārj

10. P. (śabde K. mṛjādhvanyoḥ V.) sonare; abstergere, purificare. N. 13. 46.: amārjitām. V. mṛj i. e. marj.

mArjAra mārjāra

m. (r. mṛj vel mārj s. āra) felis. AM.

mArdava mārdava

n. (a mṛdu mitis, mansuetus s. a) mansuetudo. BH. 16. 2.

mAlatI mālatī

f. planta, Jasminum grandiflorum. MEGH. 96.

mAlA mālā

f. sertum floreum.

mAlya mālya

n. (a mālā s. ya) id. SU. 4. 4. N. 2. 11.

mAs mās

m. (r. mas) 1) luna. 2) mensis (Cf. gr. [greek] [greek] e [greek] ejecto [greek] sicut e.c. in [greek] = haṃsa anser; russ. mjesjaz luna; lith. menu- luna, mensis, a them. MENES, genit. menesio a them. MENESIA, v. gr. comp. 147.; goth. mena; germ. vet. māno luna; v. sq.)

mAsa māsa

m. (r. mas metiri s. a) mensis. (Lat. mensi-s insertā nasali, attenuato a finali in i; hib. mios id.; cambro-brit. mis, v. mās.)

mAh māh

P. A. (māne) honorare. Cf. mah.

mi mi

5. P. A. (prakṣepaṇe K. kṣepe V.) jacere, projicere, prosternere, dejicere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): tvā māruto minotu.

mich mich

6. P. micchāmi (vādhe) vexare. Cf. pich.

mita mita

v. et mi.

mitra mitra

(scribitur etiam mitra a r. mid amare s. tra) 1) n. amicus. H. 1. 42. N. 9. 30. 2) m. sol.

mitratA mitratā

f. (a mitra s. ) amicitia.

mith mith

1. P. A. (vadhe K. vadhe medhāyām V.) 1) ferire, laedere, occidere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): saṃ yan mahī mithatī spardhamāne (Schol. mahatyau parasparaṃ hiṃsantyau sene.) 2) intelligere. Cf. meth 1. mid med medh.

mithuna mithuna

n. (r. mith v. meth suff. una) par animantium diversi sexus, ut puer et puella. BR. 2. 10. N. 5. 39. 23. 24.

mithyA mithyā

Adv. falso, fallaciter, frustra. N. 12. 14. 13. 17. SA. 6. 14. BH. 18. 59.

mid mid

1. 1. P. A. i. q. mith.

mid mid

2. 1. A. 4. et 10. P. mede medyāmi (gr. 332.), medayāmi (snehane K. snihi V.) 1) pinguem, adiposum, unctum esse vel fieri. K.: śrameṇa kāyo na medyati. 2) amare. K.: medate putre pitā. -- Part. pass. minna medita. (Cf. mind mand; lith. myliu amo, mielas carus, mutato d in l; russ. milyi comis, benignus.)

mind mind

10. P. (scribitur mid gr. 110a).) i. q. 2. mid. (Cf. mid mand; germ. vet. minna, minni amor, fortasse per assimil. e. minda, mindi.)

minv minv

1. P. minvāmi (seke scribitur miv) irrigare. Cf. pinv ninv mih.

mil mil

6. P. A. obviam fieri, obviam venire, occurrere, con- venire, societatem inire. HIT. 43. 11.: yecā 'nye suhṛdaḥ samṛddhisamaye dravyābhilāṣākulāḥ...te sarvatra milanti; 67. 19.: sarvaiḥ paśubhir militvā siṃho vijñaptaḥ; 38. 9.: kadācic citrāṅganāmā mṛgaḥ kenā 'pi trāsitas tatrā 'gatya militaḥ. (Fortasse mil e mid mutato d in l cf. meth mithun.)

miz miś

1. P. i. q. maś.

mizr miśr

10. P. miscere (ut videtur, Denom. a miśra). MAH. 1. 5724.: lākṣayācā 'py analpayā mṛttikām miśrayitvā; SAK. 24. 1.: vācan na miśrayati yady api madvacobhiḥ. (Cf. 1. miṣ; gr. [greek] lat. misceo; lith. maiszau; slav. mjes 'ū; germ. vet. miskiu; hib. measgaim "I mix"; measg "among, amongst", cambro-brit. ymmusk.)

mizra miśra

(ut videtur, a r. miś cf. miṣ suff. ra) mixtus. BH. 18. 12. IN. 2. 2.

miS miṣ

1. 1. P. conspergere. miṣṭa 1) conspersus. 2) dulcis, suavis. miṣṭa n. cibus lautior, delicatior. N. 18. 6. Cf. mṛṣ.

miS miṣ

2. 6. P. (spadhīyām K. spardhe V.) aemulari, certare. -- Part. praes. in gen. abso. invito. MAH. 1. 7179.: tau pārthivānām miṣatān narendra kṛṣṇām upādāya gatau narāgryau; 8159.: tvan dhakṣyase 'nagha kāṇḍavan dāvam adyai 'va miṣato 'sya śacīpateḥ; 2. 2535.: dhārtarāṣṭrān raṇe hatvā miṣatāṃ sarvadhanvinām śamaṅ gantāsmi na cirāt; 3. 10464.: tena dvādaśavārṣikyām anāvṛṣṭyām mahātmanā vṛṣṭam...miṣato vajrapāṇinaḥ. (V. praef. ut et ni et cf. mīl; russ. migaju et mischu nictor; lith. mirkloju id., megmi dormio; fortasse lat. nico, nic-to e nimic-0, nimic-to = nimiṣāmi. -- Benfey huc trahit lat. micare.)

c. ut aperire oculos, proprie aufschlagen. BH. 5. 9.: unmiṣan nimiṣann api.

c. ni claudere oculos, proprie niederschlagen. MAH. 3. 10649.: matsyaḥ supto na nimiṣati.

mih mih

1. P. mehāmi fut. aux. mekṣyāmi part. pass. mīḍha lith. my[greek]u mingo, meszlas fimus, mez[greek]ustercus egero, mig-la nebula, v. megha; anglo - sax. MIG mingere, mīge, māh, migon; island. vet. MIG id.; goth. maihs-tus fimus, adjectā sibilante; nostrum Mist.)

mI

1. 9. P. A. mīnāmi mīne in dial. Ved. mināmi mine (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) Ferire, occidere, delere. RIGV. 71. 10.: rūpañ jarimā mināti; 92. 12.: aminatī daivyāni vratāni; 117. 3.: minantā (= minantau) dasyor aśivasya māyāḥ. -- Part. pass. mīna.

c. ā i. q. simpl. RIGV. 79. 2.: ā te suparṇā aminanta evaiḥ "tuae bene alatae luces feriunt nubem cum properantibus ventis". ATM. sibi mutuo aliquid delere. RIGV. 113. 2.: dyāvā varṇañ carata āmimāne "coelum percurrunt (nox et aurora) suum mutuo colorem delentes".

c. pra i. q. simpl. RIGV. 32. 4.: māyinām amināḥ pro 'ta māyāḥ "praestigiatorum fregisti praestigias"; 25. 1. 92. 11.

mI

2. 4. A. perire. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): durmitrāso mimānā jahur bhojanā. -- Caus. māpayāmi v. gr. 521. (Cf. mriye morior, unde fortasse mīye ejecto r producto i.)

c. pra perire, mori. MAN. 9. 247.: bālāśca na pramīyante; R. Schl. II. 75. 28.: anapatyaḥ pramīyatām. pramīta mortuus. MAN. 3. 245. -- Caus. occidere, delere. MAN. 1. 57.: idaṃ sarvañ carācaraṃ sañjīvayaticā 'jasram pramāpayaticā 'vyayaḥ; 8. 295.: sa cet...pramāpayet prāṇabhṛtaḥ; 11. 89. 129. MAH. 3. 13322.

mI

3. 1. P. (gatau) ire. (V. sq. et cf. sgf. 2.)

mI

4. 10. P. (gatau matyām) ire; intelligere. (V. 3. et cf. lat. meare.)

mIDha mīḍha

v. mih.

mIna mīna

m. piscis.

[Page 265b]
mIm mīm

1. P. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a r. 3. ) ire; sonare.

mImAMs mīmāṃs

v. mān.

mIl mīl

1. P. (nimeṣaṇe K. nimeṣe V.) nictari, connivere. GITA-GOV. 10. 16.: yatra svidyati mīlati (Schol. śrīkṛṣṇe kṣaṇaṃ svidyati mīlati sati). Se claudere, de oculis. BHATT. 14. 54.: tasyā mimīlatur netre. -- Caus. claudere, de oculis. MEGH. 109.: locane mīlayitvā.

c. ut aperire oculos, aufschlagen. BHATT. 15. 102.: udamīlīl locane; MAH. 3. 11155.: īṣad unmīlya (*) locane. Se aperire, de oculis. BHATT. 16. 8.: unmīliṣyati cakṣur me vṛthā. -- Caus. aperire oculos. UR. 5. 14.: etad unmīlaya cakṣur āyatam.

(*) unmīlya et nimīlita etiam ad Caus. referri possunt.

c. ni 1) claudere oculos, niederschlagen. UR. 5. 9.: bhayanimīlitākṣī. Etiam omissā oculos exprimente voce. RAGH. 8. 37.: nimimīla narottamapriyā hṛtacandrā tamase 'va kaumudī. nimīlita = nimīlitākṣa clausos oculos habens. RAGH. 1. 68.: prajālopanimīlitaḥ (*). 2) dormire. MAN. 1. 52.: yadā svapiti dharmātmā tadā sarvan nimīlati; HIT. 107. 13.: nareśvare jagat sarvan nimīlati nimīlati. -- Caus. claudere oculos, expressā vel omissā oculos significante voce. MAH. 3. 400.: santrāsān nyamīlayata locane; 1. 4278.: devī nyamīlayat.

(*) unmīlya et nimīlita etiam ad Caus. referri possunt.

c. pra i. q. simpl. GITA-GOV. 4. 19.: pramīlati patati.

c. sam se claudere. SAK. 45. 4.: sammīlanti na tāvad bandhanakoṣās tayā 'vacitapuṣpāḥ.

mIv mīv

1. P. i. q. pīv unde ortum esse videtur mutato p in nasalem ejusdem organi.

mukuTa mukuṭa

n. crista, diadema, tiara. A. 10. 38.

mukura mukura

m. speculum.

mukula mukula

m. n. gemma arboris. RAGH. 9. 27. 15. 99.

mukulita mukulita

(a praec. s. ita) semiclausus, gemmae arboris instar. UR. 49. 2.

[Page 266a]
muktA muktā

f. (Part. pass. r. muc s. ta in fem.) margarita. RAGH. 4. 50.

muktAphala muktāphala

n. (e praec. et phala) margarita. RAGH. 6. 28. 16. 67.

muktAvalI muktāvalī

f. (e muktā et āvalī) linea margaritarum. RAGH. 13. 48.

mukha mukha

n. 1) os. N. 23. 23. 2) vultus. IN. 2. 23. SU. 3. 25. 26. 3) cuspis. A. 3. 26. in fine comp. BAH. Transl. frons, e. c. exercitūs. DR. 8. 8.

mukhatas mukhatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) in conspectu, coram. N. 11. 28.

mukhara mukhara

(a mukha s. ra) 1) Adj. sonans, strepens, crepans. RAGH. 5. 72. 13. 40. 2) m. dux, ductor, princeps. HIT. 13. 13.

mukhya mukhya

(a mukha s. ya) praecipuus, excellentissimus. N. 22. 9. DR. 4. 3. BH. 11. 26.

mukhyazas mukhyaśas

Adv. (a praec. s. śas) praecipue. N. 8. 21.

mugdha mugdha

v. muh.

mugdhatva mugdhatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) Abstractum praecedentis. UR. 19. 8.

muc muc

1. 6. P. A. muñcāmi muñce (v. gr. 335.). Solvere, liberare, dimittere. DR. 9. 17.: muñce 'mam; 18.: dāso 'yam mucyatām; 8. 42.: na hi me mokṣyate jovan; N. 24. 32.: eṣa me muñcatu prāṇān; H. 1. 44.: muktā vyan dāhāt; RAGH. 3. 20.: mumuce (pass.) sa bandhanāt; MAH. 3. 2613.: śāpān mokṣyasi matkṛtāt (Pass.) cum term. PAR.) Etiam c. instr. MAN. 11. 228.: tvace 'vā 'his tenā 'dharmeṇa mucyate; (cf. yuj praef. vi c. instr.). varṣam jalam vāṣpam pluviam, aquam, lacrymas effundere. BR. 2. 36.: mumoca vāṣpam; MAH. 1. 8154.: jalasantatim mumucuḥ; 3. 670.: vāṇamayam varṣam...mumoca. -- śakṛt mūtram stercus edere, urinam reddere. MAH. 3. 11115.: śakṛn mūtrañca muñcānāḥ (pro muñcamānāḥ). -- śabdam sonum emittere. N. 5. 29.: hā he 'ti ...muktaḥ śabdo narādhipaiḥ. -- Cum vocibus, quae missilia exprimunt, emittere, mittere, conjicere. SU. 2. 16.: vāṇā muktāḥ śilāsu; R. Schl. I. 54. 23.: astrāṇi... mumoca. Omissā missile exprimente voce, MAH. 1. 5296.: mūcus, mungo e munco = muñcāmi; russ. moca urina, mocu humecto, mocu-sj mingo (mūtram muñcāmi); hib. mun urina, munaim mingo.)

c. ava i. q. simpl. -- aśvān equos disjungere. N. 21. 18. -- vāsāṃsi vestes deponere. MAH. 2. 2520.

c. ā induere. RAGH. 12. 86.: mātalis tasya māhendram āmumoca tanucchadam; 13. 21. 17. 25. MAH. 1. 4095.

c. ut solvere, liberare. R. Schl. I. 1. 74.: astreṇo 'nmucyacā "tmānam. Exuere. BHATT. 3. 22.: vibhūṣaṇāny unmumucuḥ.

c. nis i. q. simpl. BH. 7. 28.

c. nis praef. abhi abhinirmukta relictus. MAH. 2. 221.

c. nis praef. vi i. q. simpl. N. 13. 21.

c. pra 1) i. q. simpl. SU. 1. 11. N. 13. 11. 2) induere. R. Schl. II. 9. 39.: atra te 'ham pramokṣyāmi mālām.

c. pra praef. vi i. q. simpl. H. 1. 7.: kathan nu vipramucyema bhayād asmāt.

c. prati 1) id. MAN. 10. 118.: kilviṣāt pratimucyate. 2) alligare. MAH. 2. 2323.: pāśān ātmani pratimuñcati.

c. vi i. q. simpl. N. 13. 14. 14. 16. 20. 32. 44. A. 6. 21. BH. 18. 35. Exuere, deponere. MAH. 1. 4095.: teṣām...ābharaṇāni vimuñcatām.

c. vi praef. pra id. DR. 3. 1.

c. sam i. q. simpl. vāri sammoktum aquam effundere. MAH. 3. 10236.

muc muc

2. 10. P. i. q. 1. muc. MAN. 3. 37.: mocayaty enasaḥ pitṝn; MAH. 1. 5850.: iyam (naur)...mocayiṣyati vaḥ sarvān asmād deśāt.

[Page 267a]
much much

1. P. i. q. puch.

muj muj

1. P. (mṛjādhvanayoḥ) abstergere, purificare; sonare. (V. muñj mṛj majj mārj marc et cf. lat. mūgio, gr. [greek].)

muJc muñc

1. 1. A. (kalkane K. mokṣe V.; scribitur muc gr. 110a).) decipere, fallere; liberare.

muJc muñc

2. 1. P. (gatyām) ire.

muJj muñj

10. P. (scribitur muj) i. q. muj.

muT muṭ

1. 1. et 10. P. (sañcūrṇane K. kṣudi V.) conterere. Cf. muṇṭ muṇḍ mṛd 2. puṭ.

muT muṭ

2. 6. P. (ākṣepamardanayoḥ) prosternere, nisi contemnere; conterere. V. 1. muṭ.

muN muṇ

6. P. (pratijñāne) promittere, polliceri. Cf. man.

muNT muṇṭ

1. P. (marde) conterere. Cf. muṇḍ mṛd.

muNTh muṇṭh

1. P. (palāyane K. palāye V.; scribitur muṭh) aufugere.

muND muṇḍ

1. 1. P. (scribitur muḍ) 1) conterere. 2) tondere, radere. Cf. muṭ muṇṭ puṇḍ.

muND muṇḍ

2. 1. P. A. 1) purificari, purum esse. 2) sidere, submergi. (Cf. maṇḍ lat. mundus, mundare.)

muNDa muṇḍa

(r. muṇḍ s. a) 1) Adj. calvus, nudo capite. 2) m. n. caput.

muNDaka muṇḍaka

m. (r. muṇḍ s. aka) tonsor. HEM.

muNDin muṇḍin

m. (r. muṇḍ s. in) id. AM.

mud mud

1. 1. A. gaudere, laetari. SA. 3. 17.: tām bhāryāṃ labdhvā ...mumude; N. 13. 74.: etayā saha modasva; H. 2. 21.: modiṣye śāsvatīḥ samāḥ. -- mudita laetus. N. 24. 49. (Cf. mad mand maṇḍ mṛḍ lith. mudrùs animosus, alacer, promtus.)

c. anu concedere, permittere. MAH. 2. 1787.: ke dyūtam anvamodanta kecai 'nam pratyaṣedhayan; 4. 800.

c. anu praef. abhi Caus. valedicere. MAH. 1. 4447.: āmantrya prayayau rājā taiścai 'vā 'bhyanumoditaḥ.

c. pra i. q. simpl. PAR. R. Schl. I. 1. 84.: kṛtakṛtyaḥ...pramumoda; 44. 61.: pramumodaca lokas tan nṛpam āsādya. -- pramudita laetus. SU. 1. 31. 33. -- Caus. exhilarare. MAN. 3. 61.

c. prati i. q. simpl. PAR. MAH. 1. 6781.: tam prajāḥ pratimodantyaḥ sarvāḥ pratyudgatās tadā.

mud mud

2. 10. P. (samparke) miscere.

mud mud

3. f. (r. 1. mud) gaudium. IN. 5. 59.

mudgara mudgara

m. (e mud et gara deglutiens) malleus bellicus (Wils.: A mallet, a mace, a weapon like a carpenter's hammer). SU. 2. 3. A. 10. 5.

mudrA mudrā

f. sigillum.

mudrita mudrita

(a praec. s. ita) obsignatus. UR. 43. 8. infr.

mudhA mudhā

Adv. frustra, incassum. HIT. 107. 6.

muni muni

m. (ut videtur, a r. man attenuato a in u suff. i) anachoreta, sanctus sapiens, vates. SU. 2. 14. BH. 2. 56. 10. 37.

mumukSu mumukṣu

(a mumukṣ DESID. r. muc s. u) emancipationem cupiens. BH. 4. 15. -- śarān mumukṣu sagittas emittere cupiens. RAGH. 9. 58.

mumUrS mumūrṣ

DESID. r. mṛ v. gr. 539. et. 543.

mumUrSu mumūrṣu

Adj. (a praec. s. u) mori cupiens vel moriturus. DR. 7. 5.

mur mur

6. P. (samveṣṭane K. veṣṭane V.) circumdare, vestire. K.: murati kaṇṭakena vāḍīṅ kṛṣakaḥ. (Cf. vṛ i. e. var; lat. murus; lith. múras; germ. vet. mūra; anglo - sax. et island. vet. mūr id.)

murch murch

1. P. (proprie mūrch vocalis brevis enim nusquam apparet) 1) animo conturbari; deliquium animi pati, animo linqui. GITA - GOV. 4. 19.: pataty udyāti mūrchaty api; BHATT. 15. 55.: amūrchīd asau kṣataḥ; R. Schl. II. 34. 17.: papāta bhuvi mūrchitaḥ; IN. 5. 48.: krodhamūrchitā. 2) implere, penetrare, occupare. RAGH. 6. 9.: parito digantān tūryasvane mūrchati (Shol. vyāpnuvati sati). 3) crescere. RAGH. 12. 57.: mumūrcha sakhyaṃ rāmasya samānavyasane harau (Schol. vavṛdhe); 10. 80.: svābhāvikam vinītatvan teṣām vinayakarmaṇā mumūrche (Schol. vṛddhim prāpa) sahajan tejo haviṣe 'va havirbhujām. 4) valere, potentem esse. RAGH. 2. 34.: na pādaponmūlanaśakti raṃhaḥ śiloccaye mūrchati mārutasya.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. sgf. 1. MAH. 1. 7794.: kandarpeṇā 'bhimūrchitā.

c. sam valere, magnum, potentem esse. RAGH. 16. 64.: śrotreṣu sammūrchati...vārimṛdaṅgavādyam.

murv murv

1. P. (bandhane K. nahi V.) ligare, nectere.

muzala muśala

v. muṣala.

muS muṣ

1. 9. P. furari, rapere. N. 5. 7.: muṣṇantī prabhayā rājñāñ cakṣūṃṣica manāṃsica; H. 42. 12.: mahatā bhayena muṣitaḥ. Cum acc. pers. RIGV. 93. 4.: amuṣṇītam avasam paṇiṅ gāḥ "cripuistis alimentum Pani, nempe vaccas." -- muṣ cl. 4. v. mus. (V. mūṣ mūṣa.)

c. pari furtum alicui facere, c. acc. pers. MAH. 3. 13030.: anyonyam parimuṣṇanto hiṃsayantaśca mānavāḥ.

muS muṣ

2. 1. P. (vadhe) ferire, occidere, laedere. Cf. maṣ.

muS muṣ

3. Adj. in fine composs. (r. 1. muṣ) furans.

muSala muṣala

vel muśala vel musala m. pistillum, teli genus. A. 10. 5.

muSka muṣka

m. testiculus. HIT. 34. 21. 49. 14.

muSTI muṣṭī

m. f. (ut videtur, a r. 2. muṣ s. ti) pugnus. (Huc traxerim germ. vet. fūst id., them. fūsti, mutatā labiali nasali in mutam.)

muh muh

4. P. interdum A. Part. pass. mugdha et mūḍha gerund. mugdhvā et mūḍhvā (v. euph. r. 102a. a.). 1) animo conturbari, mentis errore affici, mente capi. BH. 2. 13.: dhīras tatra na muhyati; 5. 15.: tena muhyanti jantavaḥ; MAH. 4. 425.: mā muhyasva. 2) deliquium animi pati, animo linqui. R. Schl. I. 21. 21.: śokena mahatā "viṣṭaś cacālaca mumohaca; MAH. 3. 709.: mumohaca papātaca. -- mūḍha animo conturbatus, mente captus, stultus, amens. N. 6. 12. 18. 10. -- mugdha amore captus. RAGH. 9. 44. -- Intens. valde conturbari. MAH. 3. 402.: momuhyamāna. -- Caus. conturbare, stupefacere. N. 19. 24.: rathinam mohayann iva; DEV. 1. 66.: mohayai 'tau durādharṣāv asurau. -- mohita conturbatus, stupefactus, mentis suae non compos, mente captus. N. 8. 16. 9. 4. 10. 28. SU. 4. 18. (Pottius huc trahit gr. [greek] lat. mo-rus.)

c. ā praef. vi Caus. conturbare. MAH. 3. 12138.

c. pari Caus. id. MAH. 1. 3571.

c. pra i. q. simpl. pramūḍha animo conturbatus. M. 54. -- Caus. conturbare. DR. 6. 21.

c. pra praef. vi Caus. conturbare. vipramohita i. q. mohita. H. 3. 17.

c. vi i. q. simpl. R. Schl. I. 9. i. 39.: sukumāraiśca tair aṅgais tābhiḥ spṛṣṭo vyamuhyata. BH. 2. 72. -- vimugdha conturbatus. HIT. ed. Ser. p. 49.: mahatā bhayena vimugdhaḥ. vimūḍha id. BH. 3. 27.: ahaṅkāravimūḍhātmā. -- vimūḍha m. Geniorum ordo. SU. 3. 5. -- Caus. conturbare. A. 8. 7.: vyamohayanta mām; 10. 22.: vyamohayañca tān sarvān rathamārgaiś caran raṇe.

c. sam i. q. simpl. BH. 3. 7.: dharmasammūḍhacetāḥ; DR. 6. 29.: diśaḥ sammumuhuḥ pareṣām. -- Caus. conturbare. MAH. 2. 1949.

c. sam praef. abhi abhisammūḍhaḥ conturbatus. A. 10. 22.

muhus muhus

Adv. identidem, iterum iterumque. N. 10. 26. Saepe bis ponitus (muhurmuhus) IN. 2. 25. N. 15. 20.

muhUrta muhūrta

m. n. 1) momentum. H. 2. 21. N. 17. 12. SA. 5. 6. 2) hora (Wils.: The thirtieth part of a day and night, or an hour of forty - eight minutes). H. 4. 46.

mU

1. A. (bandhane K. bandhe V.) ligare, vincire. mūta ligatus. AM. Cf. mav.

mUka mūka

mutus (ut mihi videtur, a r. ligare, sicut badhira surdus a bandh ligere; cf. lat. mū-tus = mūta ligatus.)

mUDha mūḍha

v. muh.

mUtr mūtr

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a mūtra) mingere.

mUtra mūtra

n. (ut videtur, a r. miv mingere, correpto iv in ū suff. tra) urina. N. 7. 3.

mUrkha mūrkha

(ut videtur, a r. murch i. e. mūrch c. kh pro ch suff. a) stultus, stupidus.

mUrch mūrch

v. murch.

mUrchA mūrchā

f. (r. murch i. e. mūrch s. ā) stupor. H. 1. 14.

mUrta mūrta

(a mūrti s. a) corporeus. RAGH. 2. 69. P. 17.

mUrti mūrti

f. (ut videtur, a r. mṛ - cf. mumūrṣ - s. ti) corpus.

mUrtimat mūrtimat

(a praec. s. mat) corporeus. N. 1. 15.

[Page 269a]
mUrddhaja mūrddhaja

vel mūrdhaja m. (e sq. et ja natus) capillus.

mUrddhan mūrddhan

vel mūrdhan m. (v. gr. annot. ad r. 224.) caput. R. Schl. I. 44. 10. Transl. princeps. locus, frons. N. 1. 2. HIT. 31. 7. Cacumen montis. MEGH. 17.

mUl mūl

(ut videtur, Denom. a mūla radix q. v.) Cl. 1. P. A. (pratiṣṭhāyām K. ropaṇe V.) fixum esse; plantare. -- Cl. 10. P. (rohaṇe K. ropaṇe V.) crescere, plantare.

c. ut 10. P. eradicare, evellere. MAH. 3. 11106.: unmūlayan mahāvṛkṣān.

c. ut praef. sam id. HIT. 90. 8.: samunmūlayitum vṛkṣān; 127. 15.

mUla mūla

n. (ut videtur, a r. maṃh vel mah crescere, abjecto h mutato a in ū cf. Pott. II. 108.) radix. N. 9. 11. Transl. origo. BR. 1. 40.

mUlya mūlya

n. pretium, merces. AM.

mUS mūṣ

1. P. furari. V. 1. muṣ.

mUSa mūṣa

m. (r. mūṣ s. a) mus. (Lat. mūs, mūr-is e mūs-is; gr. [greek] germ. vet. mūs, Them. mūsi; russ. mys'j.)

mUSika mūṣika

m. (r. mūṣ s. ika) mus. HIT. 113. 6.

mR mṛ

6. A. interdum P. (nisi potius cl. 4., v. gramm. min. 299.) mori. BH. 2. 20.: na jāyate mriyate vā; N. 13. 38.: nā 'prāptakālo mriyate; BR. 1. 34.: mariṣyanti mayā vinā; 2. 19.: mariṣyāmi; 3. 9.: mriyeyam. -- mṛta mortuus. Subst. n. mors. BR. 1. 35. -- Caus. occidere. MAH. 1. 7276.: tato yamaḥ...nā 'mārayat kañcit. (Lat. morior, morbus; gr. [greek] pro [greek] = mṛta e marta [greek] pro [greek] cf. amṛta; lith. mirsztu morior, praet. mirriau, fut. mir-su, infin. mir-ti; s-mertis mors; russ. u-miraju morior, mertvyi mortuus, s-mer-tj mors. Ad Caus. mārayāmi trahimus hib. marbhaim "I kill, slay", marbhan "a corpse, dead body" etc.; goth. maur-thr caedes.)

mRkS mṛkṣ

1. et 10. P. V. mrakṣ.

mRg mṛg

10. A. interdum P. etiam 4. A. mṛgayāmi mṛgaye (gr. 342.), mṛgye. Quaerere. H. 1. 25.: pānīyam mṛgayā- mi; N. 12. 118.: kim vā mṛgayasevane; 13. 65.: mṛgayiṣyanti te bhadre bhartāram; 16. 2.: mṛgayadhvan nalam. mṛgayāṇa quaerens (gr. 598.). N. 18. 2. -- Perscrutari. MAH. 4. 865.: mṛgayitvā bahūn grāmān. Cf. mārg.

mRga mṛga

m. (r. mṛg s. a) 1) actio quaerendi. 2) venatio. DR. 6. 4. 3) quadrupes in universum et specialiter dorcas, antilope. (Wils.: 1) A deer, an antelope. 2) an animal in general.). N. 11. 25. SA. 5. 74. H. 1. 17. DR. 6. 3.

mRgajIvana mṛgajīvana

m. (venatione vitam habens BAH. e mṛga et jīvana n. vita) venator. N. 11. 28. 38. 39.

mRgatRSNA mṛgatṛṣṇā

f. (e mṛga et tṛṣṇā sitis) vapores supra desertorum arenam, aquae speciem habentes, quā animalia decipiuntur. UR. 15. 5. infr. 17. 3. infr.

mRgayA mṛgayā

f. (r. mṛg servato charactere 10mae classis, suff. ā cf. gr. 459. 3.) venatio. DR. 1. 3. 4. 3. 6.

mRgayANa mṛgayāṇa

v. mṛg.

mRgalAJcana mṛgalāñcana

m. (BAH. e mṛga et lāñcana signum, nota) luna. UR. 43. 4. infr.

mRgAGka mṛgāṅka

m. (BAH. e mṛga et aṅka signum, nota) id. AM.

mRgendratA mṛgendratā

f. (e mṛgendra animalium princeps, dominus, suff. ) imperium animalium. HIT. 47. 16.

mRj mṛj

1. et 2. P. interdum A. cl. 1. (in omnibus formis auctis Vriddhim sumit loco Gunae, e. c. mārjmi mṛjmas mārjāmi mārjāmas mamārja mamṛjima; in tertiis personis pl. tempp. specialium et praet. redupl. tam formam auctam quam puram admittit) 1) abstergere, siccare, purificare. BHATT. 14. 22.: khaḍgān mamārjuśca mamṛjuśca paraśvadhān; MAN. 8. 317.: annāde brūṇahā mārṣṭi...kilviṣam; MAH. 4. 722.: aśru mama mārjasva. -- mṛṣṭa purificatus, purus, clarus; de aquā. N. 12. 36.: mṛṣṭasalilām āpagām. 2) mulcere. R. Schl. I. 46. 7.: pāṇinā sa mamārja tām; v. praef. pra. (Cf. mārj mṛś majj mañj muj muñj; lat. mulageo, mulceo; gr. [greek] germ. vet. milchu mulgeo; goth. miluks lac; lith. mél[greek]u mulgeo; slav. ml[greek]ū id.; fortasse hib. breugaim "I sooth, flatter, decoy, delude" e mreugaim, sicut gr. [greek] e [greek] = mṛdu; bleaghaim "I milk".)

c. apa auferre. MAN. 2. 27.: gārbhikañcai 'no dvijānām apamṛjyate.

c. ava detrahere, demere. MAH. 1. 5487.: dhanurjyām avamṛjya.

c. ā abstergere. M. 2. 2224.: sā vivarṇam āmṛjya mukhaṅ kareṇa.

c. ni id. MAN. 3. 216.: teṣu darbheṣu taṃ hastan nimṛjyāt.

c. pari abstergere, siccare, purificare. R. Schl. II. 72. 31.: yena (pāṇinā) māṃ rajasā dhvastam abhīkṣṇam parimārjati; MAH. 3. 584.: cakṣuṣī parimārjantī. Trop. RAGH. 14. 35.: vācyaṃ tyāgena patnyāḥ parimārṣṭum aicchat.

c. pra 1) abstergere, purificare, abluere. BHATT. 17. 55.: khaḍgān; MAN. 2. 60.: dviḥ pramṛjyāt tato mukham; RAGH. 3. 41.: jalena locane pramṛjya; N. 5. 4.: pramṛṣṭamaṇikuṇḍala. Trop. auferre, demere. RAGH. 6. 41.: ayaśaḥ pramṛṣṭam. 2) mulcere. IN. 2. 24.: pramārjamānaḥ śanakair bāhūcā 'sya; SA. 5. 102.

c. vi abstergere, purificare. SA. 5. 96.: vimṛjyā 'śrūṇi netrābhyām; DR. 6. 17.: cārumukham vimṛjya.

c. sam id. MAH. 2. 2186.

mRD mṛḍ

6. et 9. P. exhilarare. BHATT. 7. 96.: amṛḍitvā sahasrākṣam (Schol. asukhinaṅ kṛtvā). In dial. Ved. mṛḍ mṛl et mṛL 1) exhilarare, laetificare. RIGV. 36. 12.: sa no mṛla mahān asi "tu nos exhilara: magnus es"; 17. 1. 114. 2.; YAGURV. (v. Westerg.): na tvad anyo maghavann asti marḍitā. 2) cum dat. blandiri, favere, propitium esse. RIGV. 114. 6.: tanayāya mṛla. 3) reficere, corrigere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): yad āgaś cakṛma tat su mṛLa. 4) intrans. gaudere. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): mṛLa sukṣatra mṛLaya. -- Caus. c. dat. in dial. Ved. favere, propitium esse. RIGV. 12. 9.: tasmai pāvaka mṛLaya. (Cf. maṇḍ mad mand mud pṛḍ lat. blandus.)

mRN mṛṇ

6. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) occidere, ferire, laedere. Cf. mṛ.

mRNAla mṛṇāla

m. n. fibra in caule loti floris.

mRNAlI mṛṇālī

f. (a praec. signo fem.) id. N. 16. 13.

[Page 270b]
mRtaka mṛtaka

n. (a mṛta mortuus s. ka) corpus hominis mortui, cadaver. Lass. 4. 11.

mRti mṛti

f. (r. mṛ s. ti) mors. HEM. (Lat. mors e mor-ti-s.)

mRttikA mṛttikā

f. i. q. mṛd f. MAH. 1. 5724.

mRtyu mṛtyu

m. (ar. mṛ adjecto t s. yu cf. gr. 635.) mors. SU. 1. 22.

mRd mṛd

1. 9. P. interdum A. 1) conterere. N. 13. 11.: sa tam mamarda...mahītale; 39.: mṛditā hastiyūthena; 23. 16.: puṣpāṇy upādāya hastābhyām mamṛde; R. Schl. II. 27. 7.: mṛdnantī kuśakaṇṭakān. 2) fricare. MAH. 4. 467.: hastena mamṛdecai 'va lalāṭam. -- Caus. 1) conterere. R. Schl. I. 1. 72.: mardayāmāsa toraṇam. 2) fricare. UP. 52. (Cf. mrad rad mordere; prācr. mal e mard mutato r vel d in l; lat. mordeo = Caus. mardayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; mando, mutatā liquidā r in n; molo, mola, malleus e mardeus; gr.[greek] [greek] v. mṛdu; goth. malvja contero, mala molo, malo tinea; anglo - sax. s-melte, germ. vet. smilzu liquefio = [greek] praefixo s, quod ad praef. sam referri potest, v. Pott. 1. 245.; anglo-sax. smylt serenus, placidus, tranquillus, tenuis, v. mṛdu; lith. malù molo, mald-inu et mal-inu molendum curo; russ. melju comminuo, molo, molj tinea; hib. meilim "I grind, pound, bruise", millim "I spoil, ruin, marr".)

c. ava 1) conterere. R. Schl. II. 93. 8.; MAH. 3. 16346.: nagaradvāram avāmṛdnāt. 2) fricare. MAH. 4. 468.

c. ā conterere. R. Schl. 96. 20.

c. pari 1) fricare, abstergere. R. Schl. II. 77. 26.: aśrūṇi parimṛdnantau. 2) superare. MAH. 1. 4979.: jave lakṣyābhiharaṇe sarvān sa parimardati (cl. 1.).

c. pra conterere, devastare. MAH. 1. 4467.: pramṛdya purarāṣṭrāṇi.

c. vi id. MAN. 4. 70.: na mṛlloṣṭam vimṛdnīyāt; MAH. 1. 5504.: vimṛdya rāṣṭram. -- Caus. id. R. Schl. II. 88. 2.: vimardita.

mRd mṛd

2. f. (r. mṛd) terra, humus, lutum, argilla. (v. mṛdā.)

mRdaGga mṛdaṅga

m. (ut mihi videtur, e perdito substant. mṛda in acc. et ga iens, cf. pataṅga et v. gr. 646.) tympanum (Wils.: 1) A tabour, a small drum. 2) A double drum.). DR. 7. 6.

mRdA mṛdā

f. (r. mṛd s. ā) i.q. 2. mṛd. (Goth. mulda pulvis.)

mRdu mṛdu

(Fem. r. mṛd s. u) tener, mollis, mitis, suavis. In. 5. 6. N. 11. 34.; AGHR. 9. 57.: kṛpāmṛdumanas. -- Tardus, lentus. SA. 4. 32. 5. 105.: mṛdugāminī. (Gr. [greek][greek] e [greek] sicut [greek] lat. mollis per assimil. e molvis pro modvis vel morvis, mutato d vel r in l; nostrum mild; germ. vet. milti; anglo-sax. mild; hib. meirbh "slow, tedious, weak"; russ. molodyi juvenis.)

mRdh mṛdh

1. P. A. (unde K. klidi V.) humidum esse, humectari. -- In dial. Ved. occidere (v. Westerg.) RIGV. V. 73. 4.: mā no mardhiṣṭam; 25. 4.: na mardhīḥ. (V. mṛdha et cf. mṛ mṛd.)

mRdha mṛdha

n. (r. mṛdh s. a) pugna. H. 4. 9. N. 12. 82.

mRnmaya mṛnmaya

(a mṛd f. suff. maya) v. euph. r. 85.) terreus, luteus, ex argilla confectus. SA. 2. 13.

mRz mṛś

6. P. 1) tangere. 2) considerare, reputare. Saepe scripturā confunditur cum mṛṣ. (V. mṛj et cf. lat. mulcere; fortasse hib. mear "a finger, a toe" a tangendo nominatum; mearacht "a fingering or the act of touching a musical instrument".)

c. anu considerare, reputare. R. Schl. II. 11. 9.: hṛdayam apy etad anumṛśyo 'dvarasva me.

c. parā 1) tangere, attingere. MR. 166. 20.: jaladhara nirlajas tvam yan mām...stanitena bhīṣayitvā dhārāhastaiḥ parāmṛśasi; N. 16. 15.: hastihastaparāmṛṣṭām... padminīm; SAK. 125. 3.: vayasya kaḥ pativratām anyaḥ parāmarṣṭum utsahate. Mulcere, permulcere. RAGH. 3. 68.: parāmṛśan harṣacalena pāṇinā tadīyam aṅgam. -- nārīm stuprare. BHATT. 17. 38.: nārīr anyadīyāḥ parāmṛśan; MAH. 3. 16153.: śapto hy eṣa purā pāpo vadhūṃ rambhām parāmṛśan (sic legendum pro parāmṛṣan). 2) prehendere, capere. BHATT. 12. 16.: śūlāni parāmṛśantaḥ; MAH. 4. 461.: pradhāvantīṅ keśapāśe parāmṛśat.

c. pari 1) mulcere. R. Schl. II. 10. 25.: snehāt parimamarśa tām; 26.: parimṛśyaca pāṇibhyām. 2) prehen- dere. R. Schl. II. 23. 5.: khaḍgam parimṛśan roṣāt. 3) considerare, reputare. R. Schl. I. 2. 20.: vākyan tat parimṛśya.

c. vi 1) mulcere. R. Schl. II. 20. 32.: vimamarśaca pāṇinā. 2) considerare, reputare. SA. 1. 30. BH. 18. 63. Etiam A. MAH. 3. 15477.: vākyam vimamṛśe (ed. Calc. vimamṛṣe) dhiyā.

c. vi praef. pra considerare, reputare. DR. 6. 7.: tat pravimṛśya rājā provāca.

mRS mṛṣ

1. 1. 4. et 10. P. A. tolerare, sustinere, perferre. MAN. 4. 217.: mṛṣyanti yeco 'papatim; R. Schl. I. 1. 74.: mamarṣa rākṣasān vīro mantriṇas tān yadṛcchayā; MAN. 8. 313.: yaḥ kṣipto marṣayaty ārtaiḥ; MAH. 5. 416.: kañcit kālam iman devā marṣayadhvam; 2. 1571.: duḥkham mahan marṣayāmi. -- na mṛṣ non perferre = irasci (v. amarṣa amarṣaṇa) c. acc. rei. MAH. 1. 5135.: nā 'mṛṣyata vaco 'sya tat. Absol. MAH. 3. 706.: sa tair abhihataḥ saṅkhye nā 'marṣayata. -- Condonare. UR. 76. 2. infr.: marṣayatu mahārājaḥ. (Cf. bhṛ unde fortasse mṛṣ mutato bh in nasalem ejusdem organi, additā sibilante.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 15441.

mRS mṛṣ

2. 1. P. (secane) conspergere, irrigare. Cf. vṛṣ.

mRSA mṛṣā

Adv. falso. Lass. 57. 9.

mRSTa mṛṣṭa

v. mṛj mṛś.

mRl mṛl

v. mṛḍ.

mRL mṛL

v. mṛḍ.

me me

1. A. mutare, commutare. (Cf. mā; lith. mai-nas commutatio, mainau muto, commuto; russ. mje-na commutatio, mjenaju muto, commuto; lat. mu-to; gr.[greek] [greek].)

mekhalA mekhalā

zona, cingulum praesertim feminarum. RAGH. 8. 63. 6. 63.

megha megha

m. (r. mih e megh s. a) nubes. (Goth. milh-ma nubes, insertā liquidā; lith. mig-la nebula; gr. [greek].)

meghanirghoSa meghanirghoṣa

(BAH. e praec. et nirghoṣa m. strepitus) nubis strepitum habens. N. 21. 11.

[Page 272a]
meghavarNa meghavarṇa

(BAH. e megha et varṇa m. color) nubis colorem habens. IN. 5. 15.

meT meṭ

1. P. (unmāde) mente captum esse, insanire. Cf. mreṭ meḍ meḍ mreḍ mleḍ mad.

meD meḍ

1. P. id.

meDhra meḍhra

m. (r. mih s. tra) 1) penis. 2) hircus.

meth meth

1. P. (saṅge K. saṅge vadhe medhāyām V.) 1) adhaerere. In dial. Ved. A. sibi obviam venire. RIGV. 113. 3.: na methethe na tasthatuḥ sumeke naktoṣāsā "non sibi obviam veniunt (Rosen. "se laedunt", cf. Westerg.) non subsistunt grato rore stillantes Nox et Aurora". 2) laedere, occidere; in dial. Ved. conviciari. RIGV. 42. 10.: na pūṣaṇam methāmasi. 3) intelligere. (Cf. mith medh 1. mid.)

medas medas

n. (r. 2. mid s. as) medulla. A. 10. 54. (Fortasse medulla per assimil. e medusla vel medurla, v. medur; gr. [greek] fortasse litteris transpositis e [greek] ejecto [greek] productā antecedente vocali.)

medinI medinī

f. terra. N. 11. 39.

medura medura

(r. 2. mid s. ura) adiposus, unctus. AM. (V. medas.)

medh medh

1. P. A. (saṅgame K. vadhamedhasaṅgeṣu V.) convenire; laedere, occidere; inteligere. (V. medhas medhā et cf. meth mith 1. mid; lat. meditor; gr. [greek] [greek].)

medhas medhas

n. (r. medh s. as) mens, intellectus. BH. 18. 35. in fine comp. BAH. (Cf. gr. [greek] v. medh.)

medhA medhā

f. (r. medh s. ā) mens, intellectus (cf. medhas). IN. 4. 9. BH. 10. 34.

medhAvin medhāvin

(a praec. s. vin) mente, intellectu praeditus. BH. 18. 10.

menakA menakā

f. nom. pr. Apsarasae.

mep mep

1. A. (gatyām) ire; se movere. Cf. vep.

meru meru

m. mons fabulosus.

mela mela

m. (r. mil s. a) congregatio, conventus.

melaka melaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. HIT. 20. 17.

mev mev

1. A. (sevane) servire, colere, venerari. Cf. mlev pev sev.

[Page 272b]
meSa meṣa

m. (fortasse e mekṣa ejecto k mekṣa autem deduci posset a r. mih in Des. mimikṣ cf. meḍhra meha) hircus. AM.

meha meha

m. (r. mih s. a) 1) urina. 2) hircus. (Cf. meḍhra meṣa gr. [greek] v. mih.)

maitra maitra

(a mitra amicus s. a) 1) Adj. (fem. ī) benignus, benevolus. BH. 12. 13. 2) n. amicitia.

maitrI maitrī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) amicitia. HIT. 131. 2.

maithuna maithuna

n. (a mithuna q. v. suff. a) coitus. HIT. 5. 21.

mokS mokṣ

1. et 10. P. interdum A. solvere, liberare. H. 2. 34.: etān...mokṣayiṣyāmy ahaṅ kāmaṃ rākṣasāt; N. 11. 29.: mokṣayitvā sa tām vyādhaḥ; MAH. 1. 3917.: jātañ jātam mokṣayiṣye janmato mānuṣāt. (Cf. muc unde mokṣ adjectā sibilante cum Gunā.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 7880.)

mokSa mokṣa

m. (r. mokṣ s. a) solutio, liberatio. BH. 18. 30. 7. 29. praesertim animae liberatio a sensuum vinculis, a corporis gaudiis vel doloribus, aequanimitas. BR. 1. 17. BH. 5. 28.

mogha mogha

(r. muh mutato h in gh - cf. gr. 357. - suff. a) vanus, irritus. SA. 5. 49. -- mogham Adv. frustra. BH. 3. 16.

modaka modaka

(a Caus. r. mud s. aka) 1) Adj. exhilarans. 2) Subst. m. n. cupediarum genus. UR. 16. 2. infr.

moha moha

m. (r. muh s. a) 1) stultitia, mentis error. DR. 7. 20. M. 53. BH. 4. 35. 2) animi defectus, animi deliquium. UR. 6. 14.

mohana mohana

(fem. ī a mohay Caus. r. muh s. ana) qui mentem abripit, stupefacit. BH. 14. 8. mohanī. A. 8. 26.

mohin mohin

(a mohay Caus. r. muh s. in) qui mentem abripit, stupefacit. BH. 9. 12. (Schol. mohinī buddhibhraṃśakarī).

mauna mauna

n. (a muni anachoreta s. a) silentium.

maunin maunin

(a praec. s. in) taciturnus.

maurvI maurvī

f. (a mūrvā nomine plantae repentis, e cujus fibris arcus nervi conficiuntur, suff. a adjecto femin. signo ī) nervus arcuum. DR. 5. 17.

maula maula

(fem. ī a mūla s. a) 1) radicalis. 2) generosā stripe oriundus, nobilis, generosus. HIT. 84. 1.

[Page 273a]
mauli mauli

m. f. (a mūla s. i) 1) caput. HEM. 2) diadema, tiara. SA. 5. 7.: baddhamauli; v. candramauli. 3) cincinnus, coma crispata. (Cf. germ. vet. muāla f., island. vet. mūli m. os, nostrum Maul.)

maulin maulin

(a praec. s. in) cincinnatus. SU. 1. 30.

mauhUrtika mauhūrtika

m. (a muhūrta s. ika) astrologus. HIT. 94. 9.

mnA mnā

1. P. (in tempp. special. man quod vera radix est, unde litteris transpositis et productā vocali mnā sicut e. c. graece dicitur [greek] a BAA, [greek] a [greek]) memorare, enunciare, laudare, celebrare. RIGV. 24. 1.: kasya nūnaṅ katamasyā 'mṛtānām manāmahe cāru devasya nāma; 26. 8. (V. man et cf. gr. [greek][greek] fut. [greek] = mnāsyāmi.)

c. ā id. BHATT. 17. 30.: āmanan mantram.

mrakS mRkS mrakṣ mṛkṣ

1. 1. 10. P. ungere. V. mrakṣaṇa makṣ mṛj.

c. ni poliri. RIGV. 64. 4.: aṃseṣv eṣām mimṛkṣur ṛṣṭayaḥ "in humeris eorum polita sunt arma".

mrakSaNa mrakṣaṇa

n. (r. mrakṣ s. ana) oleum. HEM.

mrad mrad

1. A. conterere. Cf. mṛd i. e. mard rad.

mradiSTha mradiṣṭha

Superl. [greek] mṛdu gr. 251. (Gr. [greek] v. mṛdu.)

mradIyas mradīyas

Compar. [greek] mṛdu gr. 251. (Gr. [greek] v. mṛdu.)

mruc mruc

1. P. (gatyām) ire. Cf. mruñc 2. mañc 2. muñc mluc mluñc.

mruJc mruñc

1. P. id.

mreT mreṭ

1. P. i. q. meṭ.

[Page 273b]
mreD mreḍ

1. P. id.

mlAna mlāna

v. mlai.

mluc mluc

1. P. i. q. mruc.

mluJc mluñc

1. P. i. q. mruñc.

mleccha mleccha

m. (r. mlech s. a nisi potius mlech est Denom. a mleccha) barbarus, externus (Wils.: The generic term for a barbarian or foreigner; that is for one speaking any language but sanscrit, and not subject to the usual Hindu institutions.). SU. 2. 8.

mlech mlech

1. et 10. P. (avyaktāyām vāci K. deśyoktau V.) indistincte, non perspicue loqui, linguā terrae alicujus propriā, barbarā, vernaculā uti. MAH. 2. 2040.: nāryā mlechanti bhāṣābhiḥ.

mleT mleṭ

1. P. i. q. meṭ.

mleD mleḍ

1. P. id.

mlai mlai

1. P. mlāyāmi. Part. pass. mlāna. 1) Flaccescere, marcescere. MAH. 3. 15455.: mlāyanti srajaḥ; N. 5. 26.: mlānasrak; MAH. 3. 15683.: mlānti vṛkṣāḥ (pro mlāyanti). 2) languescere, fatigari. RAGH. 11. 9.: pathi ...mamlatur na. (Cf. mṛ; gr. [greek] lat. marc-esco adjectā gutturali; fortasse flacc-esco mutatā labiali nasali in aspiratam; huc etiam referri posset germ. vet. welh marcidus, welchen marcescere, mutato m in w, v. Graff. I. 816.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. parimlāna flaccidus. R. Schl. II. 59. 8.: vṛkṣāḥ parimlānāḥ

[Page 2731]
ya ya

v. 3. yat.

yakan yakan

v. sq.

yakRt yakṛt

n. (in casibus debil. etiam yakan v. gr. 205.) jecur. (Lat. jecur; gr. [greek] mutatā gutt. in lab.; germ. vet. lebara, lebera f., mutatā sem. y in l v. gr. comp. 20., Graff. 2. 80.; slav. jatra neut. pl.; huc for- tasse etiam scot. cruthan pertinet, abjectā syllabā initiali.)

yakS yakṣ

10. A. (pūjāyām K. mahi V., ut mihi videtur, a yaj adjectā sibilante) honorare, colere, venerari.

yakSa yakṣa

m. Yakschus, nomen Geniorum, qui Kuveri, Dei divitiarum, sunt ministri ejusque horti divitiarumque custodes. IN. 5. 25. SU. 2. 7.

[Page 274a]
yakSarAj yakṣarāj

m. (Yaks'orum rex e praec. et rāj nom. rāṭ) nomen Kuveri.

yakSI yakṣī

f. (a yakṣa signo fem. ī) Yakschia. N. 12. 120.

yach yach

v. yam.

yaj yaj

1. 1. P. A. (in formis puris, Precativo A. excepto, nec non in syllabā repetitā praet. redupl., syllaba ya corripitur in i) 1) colere deos. BH. 9. 23.: ye 'py anyā devatā bhaktā yajante...te 'pi mām eva...yajanti. 2) sacrificare. MAH. 1. 4687.: asmiṃśca yajamāne...upāgamaṃs tato devāḥ; R. Schl. I. 15. 14.: lapsyase putrān yadarthaṃ yajase. C. instr. sacrificii. SU. 2. 13.: yajñair yajanti ye kecid yājayantica ye dvijāḥ; N. 5. 45.: ījecā 'py aśvamedhena; 12. 14.: aśvamedhādibhir vīra kratubhiḥ...iṣṭvā; 36. 38.: ījeca vividhair yajñaiḥ. Etiam c. acc. sacrificii. R. Schl. I. 31. 5.: yajñaṃ yajamāne; 15. 3.: ayajat putrīyām iṣṭim putrepsuḥ. C. acc. pers. R. Schl. I. 14. 7.: iṣṭavān aśvamedhena bhavataḥ (cf. hu c. acc.). 3) initiare, inaugurare. R. Schl. II. 56. 18. 21.: śālāṃ yakṣyāmahe 4) dare. BHATT. 8. 49.: yajantībhiḥ svavigrahān (Schol. dadatībhiḥ kāmibhyaḥ). -- Caus. sacrificium alicujus peragere, de sacerdote. SU 2. 13.: R. Schl. I. 10. 26.: putrakāmam iman tāta tvaṃ yājayitum arhasi. -- Desid. sacrificare velle. MAH. 2. 59.: yiyakṣamāṇa. (Gr. [greek] = yajya e yajya v. yāga.)

yaj yaj

2. (r. yaj) colens, adorans deos, in fine compos. BH. 7. 23.

yajus yajus

n. (r. yaj s. us) nomen unius quatuor Vedorum. BH. 9. 17.

yajJa yajña

m. (r. yaj s. na v. euph. r. 93.) sacrificium. BR. 2. 24. BH. 9. 15. 20.

yajvan yajvan

m. (r. yaj s. van) sacrificator. IN. 1. 16.

yat yat

1. 1. A. interdum P. operam dare, niti, studere, c. loc. vel infin. N. 15. 4.: sarvaṃ yatiṣye tat kartum; 17. 29.: nalasyā "nayane yata; 34.: yatadhvan nalamārgaṇe; H. 4. 33.: apanetuñca yatito nacai 'va śakito mama. -- Absol. H. 1. 4.: yatamānā vanaṃ rājan gahanam pratipedire. (Cf. yas gr. [greek] = Caus. vel cl. 10. yātayā- mi. Cum Pottio huc traxerim lat. nītor = ni + yat ejectā syllabā ya vel correpto ya in i.)

c. ā niti, inniti aliquā re, pendere ex aliquā re. HIT. 52. 9.: svayatnāyattaḥ; 48. 7.

c. ā praef. sam id., cum loc. MAH. 3. 10484.: āsām prāṇāḥ samāyattā mamacā 'trai 'kaputrake.

c. pra i. q. simpl. N. 17. 33.: prayatantu tava preṣyāḥ puṇyaślokasya mārgaṇe; 18. 16.

yat yat

2. 10. P. (nikāropaskārayoḥ K. khedopaskarayoḥ V.) offendere, vexare; parare.

c. nis 1) reddere, restituere. MAH. 3. 16596.: tasmai tad bharato rājyam...niryātayāmāsa; 13182. 2) condonare, ignoscere. MAH. 1. 3018.: yamaḥ...tasya niryātayati duṣkṛtam.

c. nis praef. prati reddere. MAH. 3. 13183.

c. prati removere, abjicere, finire. MAH. 3. 14728.: dhārtarāṣṭravadhaṅ kṛtvā vairāṇi pratiyātyaca.

c. vi non condonare, punire, c. acc. pers. et rei. M. 1. 3019.: taṃ yamaḥ pāpakarmāṇam viyātayati duṣkṛtam.

yat yat

3. (nom. yas yā yat gr. 272.) qui. DR. 2. 5. 6. 7. -- Repetitum, quicunque. N. 5. 12. BH. 3. 21. -- Antecedente vel sequente Relativo vi attractionis etiam notio aliquis per Relativum exprimitur (cf. locutiones ut kaḥ kam quis aliquem, v. kim), e. c. HITOP. 20. 60.: yo 'tti yasya yadā māṃsam qui alicujus; 53. 2.: yad eva rocate yasmai quod alicui; 17. 9.: yad yena yujyate quo aliquid. Repetitum, HIT. 53. 3.: yasya yasya hi yo bhāvaḥ quae alicujus est natura. -- Cum sequente ko 'pi quivis, quisque. N. 26. 9. Cum sequente kaścit quicunque, wer irgend. SU. 2. 13. -- De constructionibus ut yas tvam quia tu, yān imān quia hos v. p. 39. s. v. idam. (Gr. [greek] c. spir. asp. pro y sicut in [greek] = yaj yuṣme dial. Ved., yudh; lith. ji-s is pro ja-s, dat. ja-m = yasmai loc. jame = yasmin; slav. i eum, jū eam, i-she qui, ja-sche quae; goth. ja-bai si, jau an. Huc etiam pertinet particula enclitica ei = ī, quod cum demonstrativo conjun- gitur ad exprimendum Relativum, e. c. saei qui, than-ei quem. V. gr. comp. 282. sq.)

yat yat

4. Conj. (acc. neut. praec.) 1) quod, dafs. H. 1. 5. 29. 2. 4. BR. 3. 16. In recentioribus scriptis etiam sicut gr. [greek] pers. keh ad introducendem orationem directam adhibetur. Lass. 45. 5.: tvam mamā 'gra iti jalpasi yat tvām vinā mamā 'nyā vallabhā nā 'sti (cf. yathā). 2) quam ob rem, quā de causā. N. 24. 18. 3) quia. H. 4. 14.

yata yata

v. yam.

yatas yatas

Adv. (a stirpe Relativi ya v. gr. 272. suff. tas) 1) unde, relative. 2) ex quo, de tempore, seitdem. R. Schl. II. 7. 1.: yato jātā ex quo nata. 3) ubi, relative. BR. 1. 20. 4) quo, quem in locum, relative. SA. 5. 28. 5) nam. HIT. 27. 5. SAK. 53. 16. (Gr. [greek] slav. jūdū-sche, v. gr. comp. 421.)

yati yati

m. (r. yam cohibere, refraenare suff. ti) cujus animi appetitus cohibiti sunt, temperans. BH. 4. 28.

yatin yatin

m. i. q. praec. (ut videtur, a yata cohibitum, refraenatum, suff. in). BH. 5. 26.

yatna yatna

m. (r. yat s. na) opera, nisus, studium. N. 1. 6. 4. 16. 9. 36. 20. 16.

yatnatas yatnatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) studiose, diligenter. HIT. 30. 22.

yatra yatra

Adv. et Conj. (a stirpe Relativi ya s. tra) 1) ubi, relative H. 2. 16. Interdum pro Locativo yasmin ponitur, e. c. yatra kāle. BH. 8. 23. 2) quia. N. 11. 7. 3) quod, dafs. N. 8. 17.

yatrakvacana yatrakvacana

Adv. (e yatra et kvacana alicubi - a kva suff. cana) ubicunque, quoquo versus. BR. 3. 12.

yathA yathā

(a stirpe Relat. ya s. thā) 1) Adv. sicut. DR. 2. 7. Repetitum, utcunque, quomodocunque. N. 18. 14. 2) Conj. ut. H. 4. 51. SU. 3. 21. N. 1. 21. 3) in recentioribus scriptis sicut yat adhibetur ad introducendam orationem directam. UR. 13. 4. infr.

yathAkAmam yathākāmam

Adv. (AVY. et yathā sicut et kāma m. desiderium) ad arbitrium, ad libidinem, ex optato, ad voluntatem. IN. 4. 18.

[Page 275b]
yathAtatham yathātatham

Adv. (AVY. e yathā et tathā sic, quod hac in compositione Substantivi loco fungitur et veritatem significat, v. gr. 675.) secundum veritatem. IN. 5. 52. N. 3. 2. 16. 39. 21. 27.

yathAnyAyam yathānyāyam

Adv. (AVY. e yathā et nyāya m. convenientia, decentia, apta ratio) sicut convenientia, secundum convenientiam. IN. 1. 21. BR. 1. 26.

yathAvat yathāvat

Adv. (e yathā sicut et vat sicut in fine compos.) apte, convenienter, congruenter. SA. 4. 16. SU. 1. 26. N. 6. 8. 8. 16. 24. 44. 25. 5.

yathAvidhi yathāvidhi

Adv. (AVY. e yathā et vidhi praescriptum, praeceptum, lex) secundum legem. IN. 1. 21.

yathAvRttam yathāvṛttam

Adv. (AVY. e yathā et vṛtta n. quod fuit, accidit, evenit) sicut evenit, secundum veritatem. IN. 5. 52. N. 11. 31.

yathAsukham yathāsukham

Adv. (AVY. e yathā et sukha voluptas) ad voluptatem, ad libidinem. H. 4. 15.

yathepsita yathepsita

Adj. (KRAM. e yathā et īpsita optatus) sicut optatus. SU. 4. 5.

yadA yadā

Adv. (a stirpe Relativi ya s. ) quando, quo tempore. BH. 2. 52. yadā yadā quandocunque. BH. 4. 7.

yadi yadi

Conj. (ut mihi videtur, a stirpe Relat. ya suff. di pro ti cf. iti nisi a neutro yat adjecto i) 1) si. SA. 4. 22. 5. 97.; c. Potent. N. 17. 44. 2) an, num, germanice ob, e. c. H. 1. 6.: na jānīmo yadi dagdhaḥ purocanaḥ. (Fortasse gr. [greek] ex [greek])

yadivA yadivā

Conj. (e yadi et vel) 1) vel, sive. BH. 2. 6. 2) utrum in antecedente et an in consequente orationis membro. H. 4. 28. N. 17. 47.

yadRcchA yadṛcchā

f. (e Relativo yat et ṛcchā quod hac in compositione solum invenitur, a r. ṛch ire s. a in fem.) libera voluntas. BH. 4. 22. -- yadṛcchayā sponte, cum liberā voluntate, cum voluptate. BH. 2. 32. H. 2. 4. R. Schl. II. 7. 1. RAGH. 3. 40.

yadvat yadvat

Adv. (e Relat. yat et vat sicut in fine compos.) sicut. BH. 2. 70.

yadvA yadvā

(e Relativo yat et ) vel, sive.

[Page 276a]
yantR yantṛ

m. (r. yam refraenare s. tṛ) auriga. N. 20. 18.

yantra yantra

n. (r. yam s. tra) machina, machinamentum, compages. BH. 18. 61.

yam yam

1. 1. P. interdum A. (in tempp. special. yach gr. 328.; praet. mtf. ayaṃsam fut. aux. yaṃsyāmi part. pass. yata) refrenare, cohibere. raśmīn habenas. N. 20. 15.: raśmīn yacchatu vājinām. -- hayān flectere, moderari equous. IN. 1. 19.: hayān yemeca raśimabhiḥ. -- ratham currum flectere. A. 4. 32.: apaśyaṃ hariyujaṃ ratham...yatam mātalinā. 2) dare. HIT. 59. 2.: abhayavācam me yaccha; MAN. 2. 55.: pūjitaṃ hy aśanan nityam balam ūrjañca yacchati. 3) A. prehendere, sumere (sibi dare, v. praef. ā). RIGV. 52. 8.: ayacchathā bāhvor vajram āyasam. (Cf. gr. [greek] lat. jejūnus ad Intens. yaṃyam referri posset; Pottius apte huc trahit emo proprie sumo, quod e sub-imo, ex-imo; demo e de-imo; fortasse premo ex pra-imo = prayam; lith. immu sumo, per assimil. ex imju, v. gr. comp. 501., praet. emjau, fut. im-su; slav. imamj habeo; russ. imaju capio, deprehendo; fortasse goth. NAM sumere (nima, nam, nemum) ex praep. in, abjecto i et AM pro JAM; hib. 1) ivmainim "I drive, toss, twirl", 2) iomainim "I force, compel, oblige"; scot. iomain "a driving, act of driving or urging".)

c. ā extendere, v. āyata longus. ATM. SAK. 73. 4.: svāṅgam āyacchamānaḥ. -- dhanus arcum intendere. MAH. 3. 8665.: dhanur āyaccha.

c. ā praef. nis extendere. SAK. 4. 17.: nirāyatapūrvakāyāḥ...vājinaḥ.

c. ā praef. vi extendere, vyāyata longus. RAGH. 3. 34. ATM. se extendere, vires contendere, niti, conniti. MAH. 3. 12740.: idaṃ śreyaḥ paramam manyamānā vyāyamante munayaḥ.

c. ut 1) tollere, extollere, sublevare. BH. 5. 20.: dhanur udyamya; DR. 9. 1.: bhrātarāv udyatāyudhau; R. Schl. I. 28. 2.: udyamya bāhū. 2) offerre. R. Schl. I. 52. 14.: satkriyāṃ hi bhavān etām pratīchatu mayo 'dyatām. 3) con- tendere, operam dare, niti, studere. BH. 1. 45.: hantuṃ svajanam udyatāḥ; RAGH. 10. 50.: surakāryodyatam... viṣṇum. -- udyata festinans. N. 10. 25.: ātiṣṭhad udyataḥ (v. Subst. udyama). 4) luctari. UR. 18. 12.: srotase 'vo dyamānasya (= udyamamānasya).

c. ut praef. abhi 1) tollere, sublevare, extollere. MR. 327. 5.: abhyudyate śastre. 2) offerre. MAN. 4. 247.: annam abhyudyatam.

c. ut praef. sam 1) tollere, sublevare, extollere. DR. 9. 3.: samudyamyaca tam bhīmo niṣpipeṣa mahītale; MAH. 1. 6278.: samudyamya karāv ubhau. 2) contendere, operam dare, studere. R. Schl. I. 14. 8.: iṣṭim...kartuṃ samudyataḥ. 3) i. q. simpl. sgf. 1. N. 19. 23.: aśvān...raśmibhiśca samudyamya.

c. upa 1. A. capere, sumere (sibi dare). BHATT. 15. 21.: upāyaṃsta mahāstrāṇi. Praesertim uxorem accipere, in matrimonium ducere. MAN. 3. 11.: no 'payaccheta tām prājñaḥ; MAH. 1. 1047.: bhaikṣyavat tām aham upayaṃsye vidhānataḥ; 3765. 3791. 5181. Etiam PAR. MAN. 11. 172.: etās tisras tu bhāryārthe no 'payacchet.

c. ni 1) opprimere, coe7rcere, cohibere. N. 20. 38.: nyayacchat kopam ātmanaḥ; BH. 3. 7.: indriyāṇi manasā niyamya; BH. 7. 20.: prakṛtyā niyatāḥ svayā; RAGH. 3. 45. -- aśvān equos refraenare, domare. MAH. 4. 1953.: nā 'haṃ śakṣyāmi...niyantun te hayottamān. -- niyata demissus, submissus, humilis. SA. 3. 5. 4. 11. 2) ligare, constringere. R. Schl. I. 13. 33.: paśūnān triśatan tva āsīd yūpeṣu niyatam (v. saṃyam). TROP. niyata necessarius. BH. 3. 8.: niyataṅ kuru karma tvam. -- niyatam Adv. necessario, utique. BH. 1. 44.: utsannakuladharmāṇām. narake niyatam vāsaḥ. 3) celare. MAN. 10. 59.: na kathañcana duryoniḥ prakṛtiṃ svān niyacchati. 4) adipisci. MAN. 2. 93. et 12. 11.: tataḥ siddhin niyacchati; 10. 93. 5) facere, perficere. MAN. 5. 44.: yā vedavihitā hiṃsā niyatā.

c. ni praef. sam id. sgf. 1. BH. 12. 4.: sanniyamye 'ndriyagrāmam; MAN. 2. 93.

c. pra dare. A. 4. 27.: tāni divyāni me 'strāṇi prayaccha; 11. 4.: idam me tanutrāṇam prāyacchat; BH. 9. 26. MAN. 8. 158. Reddere. MAN. 8. 183.: yo nikṣepan nikṣeptur na prayacchati. -- prayata deditus, demissus, devotus. N. 25. 2. MAH. 3. 5001.

c. pra praef. sam id. R. Schl. II. 7. 7.: dhanaṅ kinnu janebhyaḥ samprayacchati. Uxorem ducere. SA. 2. 4.: kimarthaṃ yuvatīm bhartā nacai 'nāṃ samprayacchati.

c. sam 1) coe7rcere, cohibere, opprimere. indriyāṇi sensus. BH. 2. 61. SA. 2. 10. kopam iram. N. 20. 33. hayān equos regere. MAH. 3. 12110. dvārāṇi portas occludere. BH. 8. 12. 2) ligare, colligare. M. 40.: saṃyatas tena pāśena; SA. 5. 101.: keśān saṃyamya.

yam yam

2. 10. P. yamayāmi vel yāmayāmi 1) coe7rcere, refrenare. 2) dare.

c. ni cohibere, refrenare. SAK. 12. 20.: niyamayasi vimārgaprasthitān āttadaṇḍaḥ.

yama yama

1. m. (r. yam refrenare, coe7rcere, domare suff a) Yamus, deus mortis et justitiae.

yama yama

2. (r. yam ligare, conjungere s. a) 1) n. par. 2) m. du. gemini. DR. 6. 29.

yamaja yamaja

m. (e yama par et ja natus) Dual. gemini. DR. 3. 17.

yamatva yamatva

n. (a yama Yamus s. tva) Abstractum nominis yama nominatum esse yama (cf. dharmarājatā). SA. 5. 33.

yamunA yamunā

f. nomen fluminis (Jumna).

yayAti yayāti

m. nom. pr. regis. SA. 2. 17.

yava yava

hordeum. RAGH. 9. 42. (Lith. jáwa-s frumentum, gr. [greek].)

yavasa yavasa

m. gramen. N. 13. 3. In dialecto Ved. cibus.

yaviSTha yaviṣṭha

Superl. [greek] yuvan (v. sq. et cf. germ. vet. jungisto.)

yavIyas yavīyas

Comp. [greek] yuvan (v. gr. 251. et cf. goth. juhiza junior.)

yazas yaśas

n. (a perditā r. yaś s. as) 1) gloria. 2) splendor. Zend. [greek] āyes'e celebro, per vim assimil. pro ā-yas'e; cambro-brit. iesin "radiant, glorious, fair, beautiful, gairish".)

[Page 277b]
yazaskara yaśaskara

(e yaśas et kara faciens, vid. euph. r. 79.) gloriam faciens, praebens. BR. 2. 5.

yazasvin yaśasvin

(a yaśas s. vin) gloriā praeditus, celeber.

yazohara yaśohara

(a yaśas et hara abripiens) gloriam abripiens, delens. H. 4. 4.

yaSTi yaṣṭi

m. f. 1) baculum. SA. 5. 89. 2) pertica, e. c. caveae. UR. 37. 5.

yaSTI yaṣṭī

f. id. SA. 5. 88.

yaSTR yaṣṭṛ

m. (r. yaj s. tṛ) sacrificator. N. 12. 51.

yas yas

4. et 1. P. anniti, operam dare. Cf. yat.

c. ā 4. 1) id. R. Schl. II. 14. 62.: rāmābhiṣekārtham ihā "yasyati dharmabhāk. 2) languescere, affligi, vexari. BHATT. 6. 69.: nā "yasyasi tapasyantī; R. Schl. II. 20. 8.: bhṛśam āyastaḥ; 30. 22.: cukrośa...āyastā. -- Caus. vexare. R. Schl. II. 96. 39.: tān dadarśa bhartā kākenā "yāsitām; UR. 15. 10. infr.

yA

2. P. A. ire, proficisci. N. 8. 19.: kundinaṃ yātum arhasi; 16. 22.: duḥkhasya pāraṃ yāsyati; IN. 1. 31.: adarśanapathaṃ yātaḥ; R. Schl. I. 58. 18.: divaṃ yāyām; BH. 4. 35.: na punar moham evaṃ yāsyasi. Absol. N. 6. 1.: yānto dadṛśur āyāntan dvāparam. -- Caus. facere ut eat, abeat, removere. RAGH. 9. 27.: madayāpitalajjā. (Gr. [greek] ut mihi videtur forma redupl. pro [greek], cum spir. asp. pro y sicut in [greek] etc. v. yaj yakṛt yat; sensu caus. [greek] convenit cum [greek] [greek] pro [greek] fut. [greek] = yāsyāmi; Pottius apte [greek] refert ad Caus. yāpayāmi ita lat. jācio, mutatā lab. in gutturalem; lith jóju equo vehor, fut. jó-su = yāsyāmi.)

c. ati transire, transgredi, pergredi. R. Schl. II. 49. 3.: grāmān...vanānica paśyann atiyayau.

c. ati praef. sam praeterire, de tempore. R. Schl. I. 19. 1.: ṛtūnāṃ ṣaṭ samatyayuḥ.

c. anu sequi. N. 9. 7. DR. 6. 18.

c. apa abire, aufugere. DR. 8. 35.

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 3. 775. De tempore, R. Schl. II. 49. 2.: vyapāyād rajanī.

c. abhi adire, accedere. R. Schl. I. 25. 10. ATM. RAGH. 5. 30.: hemarāśiṃ labdhaṅ kuverād ābhiyāsyamānāt. -- abhiyāta iens. IN. 2. 8.

c. ā adire, aggredi. NALOD. 3. 2. -- Venire. MAH. 300.: kuto 'yam āyāti.

c. ā praef. abhi id. MAH. 3. 246.

c. ā praef. prati redire. RAGH. 2. 67.: pratyāyayāv āśramam.

c. ā praef. sam advenire. N. 3. 5. a. et b.

c. ut surgere. GITA - GOV. 4. 19.

c. ut praef. prati obviam ire. R. Schl. I. 20. 8.: pratyudyayau munin draṣṭum. V. gam praef. pratyut.

c. upa 1) adire. N. 18. 21.: gṛhān upayayau; SU. 1. 16.: kṣobhan no 'payāti nā " tirm. 2) advenire. RAGH. ed. CAlc. 9. 24.: upayayau...madhuḥ (= vasantaḥ).

c. nis exire. R. Schl. II. 68. 7.

c. pra 1) progredi, ire. N. 20. 2. 41. DR. 6. 25. N. 14. 9. 15. 1. 2) praeterire, de tempore. UP. 21.: prayātāḥ sapta vāsarāḥ.

c. sam i. q. simpl. BH. 2. 22.: śarīrāṇy anyāni saṃyāti dehī.

c. sam praef. anu id. MAH. 3. 10094.: tīrthāny anyāny anusaṃyāhi.

yAga yāga

m. (r. yaj primitive yag s. a) sacrificium. RAGH. 8. 30.

yAc yāc

1. P. A. poscere, rogare, petere. N. 23. 4.: yācate na jalan deyam; SA. 1. 28.: yauvanasthāṃ tu tāṃ dṛṣṭvā ...ayācyamānāñca varaiḥ. -- Cum acc. pers. et rei. MAN. 3. 258.: yācete 'mān varān pitṝn; R. Schl. II. 107. 5.: ayācata naraśreṣṭhan dvau varau. Etiam c. abl. pers. BR. 3. 17.: yācamānāḥ parād annam. -- Orare, supplicare. DR. 8. 46.: bhāyāvihartā vairī yaḥ...yācamāno 'pi saṅgrāme na moktavyaḥ.

c. pra i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 8780.: prayācāmo varan tvām.

c. pra praef. sam id. MAH. 3. 8696.

c. sam supplicare, obsecrare. MAH. 3. 8837.: tam...putrārthaṃ samayācata.

[Page 278b]
yAcanA yācanā

f. (r. yāc s. ana in fem.) precatio, obsecratio, supplicatio, sollicitatio. R. 11. 78.

yAcJA yācñā

f. (r. yāc s. v. cuph. r. 93.) id. HIT. 31. 8.

yAjin yājin

(r. yaj s. in) colens, venerans. BH. 9. 34.

yAjJasenI yājñasenī

f. (patronym. a yajñasena s. a in fem.) nomen Draupadiae.

yAtanA yātanā

f. (a Caus. r. yat s. ana in fem.) tormentum, cruciatus. MAN. 12. 17.

yAtayAma yātayāma

(BAH. e yāta praeteritus et yāma q. v. praeteritam vigiliam, vel praeteritas vigilias habens) vetustus, corruptus, de cibo. BH. 17. 10.

yAtu yātu

m. (a r. s. unād. tu) 1) viator. 2) Daemonum genus (Wils.: A demon, a goblin, an imp or evil spirit).

yAtudhAna yātudhāna

m. (e praec. et dhāna quod seorsum non invenitur, a r. dhā s. ana) i. q. praec. sgnf. 2. A. 10. 52.

yAtR yātṛ

f. (ut videtur, a r. yam abjecto m producto a suff. tṛ v. yam praef. upa in matrimonium ducere) mariti fratris uxor. AM. (Polon. jatrew (jaṅtrew) fratris uxor.)

yAtrA yātrā

f. (r. s. tra in fem.) 1) itus, iter. RAGH. 18. 15. 17. 56. 2) victus. N. 18. 11. BH. 3. 8.

yAthAtathya yāthātathya

n. (a yathātatham s. ya) veritas. HIT. 130. 7.

yAthAtmya yāthātmya

n. (a yathātman - yathā + ātman - s. ya) natura, indoles. RAGH. 10. 25.

yAdas yādas

n. bestia aquatilis. BH. 10. 29.

yAdRz yādṛś

m. f. n. (v. gr. 287.) qualis. BH. 13. 3. (Gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 415.)

yAdRza yādṛśa

(fem. ī v. gr. 287.) id. MAH. 3. 1370. (Gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 415.)

yAna yāna

n. (r. s. ana) 1) itio, incessus, ingressus, cursus. DR. 8. 18. N. 18. 6. 2) vehiculum, currus. N. 7. 9. 17. 21. 23. (Cf. lat. janua.)

yApana yāpana

n. (a Caus. r. s. ana) actio faciendi ut eat, transeat. kālayāpana temporis profusio. HIT. 54. 3.

yAma yāma

m. (r. yam s. a) vigilia, quae tertiam noctis partem complecti videtur, appellatur enim nox triyāmā tres vigilias habens. UP. 44.

[Page 279a]
yAmana yāmana

m. (r. yam s. ana) Dual. gemini. H. 1. 38. Cf. yama yamaja.

yAmika yāmika

(a yāma s. ika) vigilias spectans. yāmikaḥ puruṣaḥ vigil nocturnus. P. 18.

yAminI yāminī

f. (a yāma s. in in fem.) nox. RAGH. 15. 13.

yAyin yāyin

(r. s. in inserto y euphonico) iens. N. 22. 9.

yAvat yāvat

1. Adj. (v. gr. 283.) quantus, quot. BH. 2. 46. BR. 1. 8.

yAvat yāvat

2. Adv. et Conj. (acc. neut. praecedentis) 1) quatenus. SA. 5. 19. 2) quam diu. N. 5. 33. 14. 16. SA. 5. 87. 3) quoties. BH. 13. 26. 4) dum, quo tempore, antecedente na sequente tāvat. HIT. 42. 7.: ekasya duḥkhasya na yāvad antaṅ gacchāmi...tāvad dvitīyaṃ samupasthitam me; 43. 12. 5) quum, de tempore, sequente tāvat. HIT. 12. 1. 43. 21. UP. 34. Lass. 6. 18. 7. 1. 16. 2. 6) donec. N. 14. 6. 7) nunc. SAK. 8. 3. 45. 13. UR. 15. 1. infr. 8) ut, dafs. BH. 1. 22. A. 10. 17.

yiyakSu yiyakṣu

(a yiyakṣ Desid. r. yaj s. u) sacrificare cupiens. RAGH. 13. 3.

yu yu

1. 2. P. et 9. P. A. yaumi (gr. 343.), yunāmi yune. Conjungere. yuta conjunctus, praeditus. N. 12. 2.: vanam ...mahiṣarkṣagaṇair yutam; 12. 10.: lakṣmyā sthityāca parayā yutā. (Cf. yuj. Fortasse lat. jūs, jūro ab obligando; huc etiam traxerim, juvare, ita ut proprie significet se adjungere alicui; formā pertinere videtur ad Caus. yāvayāmi; lith. jau-tis bos tanquam jumentum, jus-mi vel jus-u cinctus sum; gr. [greek] = y v. gr. comp. 19., [greek] = au abjecto u); cf. Pott. 1. 213.; cambro-brit. ieuad "a putting in a team, a yoking", ieuaeth "a yoked state", ieuaw "to put in a team, to yoke".)

c. ā i. q. simpl. N. 12. 39.: varāharkṣamṛgāyutam; 65.: śākhāmṛgagaṇāyutam.

c. pra prayuta n. millio.

c. sam i. q. simpl. SA. 5. 33.: niyamena saṃyutāḥ.

yu yu

2. 10. P. arcere. RIGV. 5. 10.: yavayā (= yavaya) vadham; RIGV. 5. (v. Westerg.): viśvā 'smad duritā yāva- yantu. In dial. Ved. etiam cl. 3. P. YAGURV. (v. Westerg.): yuyodhy asmaj juhurāṇam enaḥ.

c. apa cl. 3. P. in dial. Ved. arcere, repellere (proprie disjungere). RIGV. 92. 11.

c. vi cl. 3. P. privare (disjungere) in dial. Ved. RIGV. 39. 8.: vi taṃ yuyota śavasā "eum private cibo".

yukta yukta

v. yuj.

yuga yuga

n. (r. yuj jungere s. a) 1) par. N. 14. 25. 2) mundi aetas. BH. 8. 17. (Lat. jugum; gr. [greek]; goth. juk n., them. juka jugum; lith. junga-s jugum; slav. igo n. id.)

yugapad yugapad

Adv. simul, una. BH. 11. 12. A. 3. 22. RAGH. 4. 15. 5. 68. (Cf. yaugapadyena.)

yugamAtra yugamātra

(e praec. et mātra q. v.) in initio comp. commodum, commodo, tantum quod, proxime. SA. 4. 10.: yugamātrodite sūrye.

yugya yugya

(r. yuj s. ya) 1) m. jumentum. RAGH. 5. 49. 2) n. vehiculum, currus. N. 17. 9.

yuGg yuṅg

1. P. (varjane) relinquere. Cf. juṅg.

yuch yuch

1. P. i. q. puch much.

yuj yuj

1. 7. P. A. 1) jungere, conjungere. DR. 4. 24.: vākyair vākyāni yuñjatī (sic cum ed. Calc. pro yojatī cl. 1. legendum esse videtur); N. 12. 89.: ātmānaṃ śreyasā yokṣye. Jungere currum equis etc. vel jungere equos etc. curru. MAH. 3. 11761.: yujyatām (rathaḥ); 3. 13035.: yokṣyanti dhuri dhenukāḥ; RIGV. 14. 12.: yuṅkṣva hy aruṣī rathe "junge utique impigras currui equas". Se conjungere matrimonio cum aliquā (ATM.). MAH. 1. 4421.: tayā...yuyuje. Instruere aliquem aliqū re. R. Schl. I. 9. 68.: bhogair enaṃ yuyoja; MAH. 1. 7982.: tām āśīrbhir yuñjata. Alligare. A. 11. 5.: kirīṭam me svayam indro yuyoja. -- yukta junctus, de curru. N. 19. 20. Praeditus. H. 4. 8.: tejasā yuktaḥ. 2) injungere, adhibere, praeficere, c. loc. rei (v. praef. ni). MAH. 2. 1290.: tān sarvān...yuyoja sa yathāyogam adhikāroṣu. 3) emittere, conjicere, jaculari sagittas. MAH. 3. 12309.: lith. jungiu jugum impono, junga-s jugum; slav. igo, v. yuga. Huc etiam traxerim goth. liuga nubeo, liugaith nubet = yojayati (v. yuj cl. 10. et gr. comp. 109a). 6.) mutatā semivocali y in l, v. yakṛt servatā mediā contra generalem legem, sicut e. c. in BUG = 1. bhuj.)

c. anu 1) interrogare. MAN. 8. 79.: sākṣiṇaḥ...anuyuñjīta; 8. 259.: imān apy anuyuñjīta (sākṣiṇaḥ); RAGH. 5. 18.: kim vastu vidvan gurave pradeyam...iti tam anvayuṅkta. 2) jubere. MAH. 4. 105.: yad yad bhatī 'nuyuñjīta tat tad evā 'nuvartayet.

c. abhi 1) i. q. simpl. sgf. 3. abhiyukta in cogitatione defixus. BH. 9. 22. 2) aggredi, impugnare, offendere, conturbare, perturbare. R. Schl. II. 10. 27.: kenā 'bhiyuktā 'si kena vā 'si vimānitā; MAN. 8. 50. 183. V. abhiyoga abhiyoktṛ.

c. ā jungere equos. MAH. 1. 7948.: turagān kecid āyuñjan.

c. ā praef. sam conjungere. N. 25. 8.: damayantyā samāyuṅktam.

c. ut udyukta excitatus. R. Schl. I. 1.: sūrpaṇakhavākyād udyuktān sarvarākṣasān. -- Caus. excitare. MAH. 5. 70.: balāny udyojayantu naḥ.

c. upa ATM. 1) jungere equos. RIGV. 39. 6.: upo ratheṣu pṛṣatīr ayugdhvam (pro ayuṅgdhvam) "vehiculis maculatas cervas junxistis". 2) sibi adjungere alqm. DR. 4. 19.: na vai prājñā gataśrīkam bhartāram upayuñjate . yuñjānam upayuñjīta na śriyaḥ prakṣaye vaset. 3) sibi assumere, suum facere alqd. MAN. 8. 40.: dātavyaṃ sarvavarṇebhyo rājñā caurair hṛtan dhanam . rājā tad upayuñjānaś caurasyā "pnoti kilviṣam. 4) adhibere, uti. MAH. 3. 12739.: yaccai 'va dravyam upayujyate; RAGH. 8. 21.: guṇān ṣaḍ upāyuṅkta. upayukta utilis. HIT. 98. 14. 5) convertere, impendere, collocare. MAH. 2. 1223.: icchāmi tat sarvam (dhanam)...upayoktun dvijāgrebhyo havyavāheca. 6) consumere, edere. MAH. 1. 702.: bhaikṣyan no 'payoktavyam; 709.: nai 'tan nyāyyam paya upayoktum; 3. 57.: annāni upayokṣyāmahe vayam. Etiam P. MAH. 3. 6221.: upayokṣyati; 12410.: upayokṣyāmi.

c. ni 1) alligare. R. Schl. I. 13. 31.: niyuktās tatra paśavaḥ. 2) coe7rcere. R. Schl. I. 2. 92.: caturvarṇyañca loke 'smin sve sve dharme niyokṣyati. 3) ponere, collocare. IN. 5. 42.: gurusthāne na mām vīra niyoktun tvam ihā 'rhasi; BR. 2. 14.: katham...imām bālām anāgasam pitṛpaitāmahe mārge niyoktum aham utsahe. 4) adhibere, uti, praeficer, c. loc. rei. MAN. 1. 28.: yan tu karmaṇi yasmin sa nyayuṅkta prathamam prabhuḥ; 7. 62.: niyuñjīta śūrān...śucīn ākarakarmānte bhīrūn antarniveśane; 8. 9.: niyuñjyād brāhmaṇam vidvāṃsaṅ kāryadarśane; R. Schl. I. 1. 92. 5) mandare, jubere. N. 18. 15.: niyokṣye 'haṃ sudevam. R. Schl. I. 54. 16.: niyuṅkṣva mām. -- niyukta jussus. R. Schl. I. 14. 34. 35. V. niyoga.

c. ni praef. vi mandare, jubere. MAH. 1. 4152.: kārye tvām viniyokṣyāmi.

c. ni praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 2500.

c. nis praef. vi emittere, conjicere, jaculari. R. Schl. II. 23. 37.: viniryokṣyāmy aham vāṇān nṛvājigajamarmasu.

c. pra 1) jungere. R. Schl. I. 17. 14.: yānena...gobhiḥ śvetaiḥ prayuktena. 2) adhibere, applicare. MAN. 2. 159.: vākcai 'va madhurā ślakṣṇā prayojyā dharmam icchatā; 8. 130.: eṣu sarvam apy etat prayuñjīta catuṣṭayam (daṇḍam). 3) emittere, conjicere, jaculari sagittas. A. 4. 26.: nā 'han divyāny astrāṇi...mānuṣeṣu prayokṣyāmi; RAGH. 7. 58.: prāyuṅkta rājasu...gāndharvam astram; MAH. 1. 6734.: śāpaḥ prayukto 'yam mayi tvayā. 4) dare. RAGH. 11. 5.: āśiṣam prayuyuje na vāhinīm "benedictionem dedit, non exercitum"; R. Schl. I. 13. 38.: kauśalyāyāḥ...prāyuñjanta tadā "śiṣaḥ. 5) jubere. BH. 3. 36.: kena prayukto 'yam pāpañ carati. 6) facere. IN. 5. 19.: gurupūjām prayuktavān; MAN. 2. 248.: prayuñjāno 'gniśuśrūṣām.

c. pra praef. vi disjungere, privare, c. instr. R. Schl. I. 22. 8.: viprayukto hi rāmeṇa; II. 53. 20.: mayā...viprāyujyata kauśalyā; N. 15. 14.

c. pra praef. sam conjungere. MAH. 1. 4475.

c. vi disjungere, privare, c. instr. vel abl. N. 15. 13.: tayā mando vyayujyata; MAN. 7. 46.: viyujyate 'rthadharmābhyām; MAH. 3. 10924.: enam...viyunajmi dehāt.

c. sam conjungere. IN. 1. 2. Instruere, c. instr. rei. R. Schl. I. 1. 21.: rāmam...yauvarājyena saṃyoktum aicchat.

c. sam praef. vi disjungere, privare. MAN. 2. 80.

yuj yuj

2. 10. P. 1) jungere equos, currum. N. 8. 19.: aśvān yojayitvā manojavān; 19. 18. 19. 20.; R. Schl. II. 82. 31.: ayūyujann uṣṭrakharān rathāṃśca nāgān hayāṃścai 'va. 2) conjungere, instruere. MAN. 1. 26.: dvandvair ayojayacce 'māḥ sukhaduḥkhādibhiḥ prajāḥ; 7. 218.: viṣaghnair a- gadaiścā 'sya sarvadravyāṇi yojayet; MAH. 1. 3582.: tapasā yojya deham. Donare alqm aliquā re. MAH. 1. 6477.: yo ripuṃ yojayet prāṇaiḥ. 3) adhibere, praeficere, c. loc. rei. MAH. 2. 1290.: bhakṣyabhojyādhikāreṣu duḥśāsanam ayojayat. 4) emittere, conjicere, jaculari sagittas. A. 10. 35.: divyāny astrāṇy ayojayam.

c. ā praef. sam conjungere, instruere. MAH. 1. 7200.: na tad dhanur mandabalena śakyam maurvyā samāyojayitum.

c. ni 1) mandare. R. Schl. I. 38. 10.: agnin niyojayāmāsuḥ putrārtham. 2) ducere, dirigere, impellere. c. loc. rei. BR. 3. 11.: māñca dharme niyojaya; BH. 3. 1.: karmaṇi ghore mān niyojayasi; 3. 36.: balād iva niyojitaḥ.

c. ni praef. vi 1) adhibere. HIT. 20. 19.: tan tatra niyojayet. 2) imponere, committere alicui negotium, c. loc. pers. MAN. 7. 226.: sarvam etat tu bhṛtyeṣu viniyojayet.

c. ni praef. sam mandare, c. acc. pers. MAH. 2. 1291. R. Schl. I. 38. 23.

c. pra facere, exercere. MAN. 3. 112.: ānṛśaṃsyam prayojayan.

c. pra praef. sam conjungere. MAH. 3. 1153.: samprayojya viyojya.

c. vi disjungere, privare c. instr. rei. RAGH. 9. 66.: tān (camarān) viyojya sadyaḥ sitabālavyajanaiḥ. Solvere, resolvere. MAH. 1. 6225.: prāṇān viyojayan (v. muc).

c. sam 1) jungere, equis currum. MAH. 3. 11762.: rathaṃ saṃyojayāmāsur gandharvaiḥ (= hayaiḥ). 2) adjungere, annectere. A. 5. 15.: jyām...gāṇḍīve samayojayat. 3) instruere, c. instr. rei. MAH. 1. 6474.: gāndharvyā māyaye 'chami saṃyojayitum arjunam. 4) emittere, conjicere, jaculari sagittas. MAH. 3. 816.: prajñāstram samayojayam.

yuj yuj

3. 10. A. (ninde) reprehendere, vituperare; spernere.

yuj yuj

4. Adj. (Nom. yuk) junctus, conjunctus, in fine compos. A. 4. 32. (Cf. lat. con-jug, conjux.)

[Page 282a]
yut yut

1. A. (bhāsane K. dīptau V. splendere. (Cf. dyut jyut jut; hib. iudh "a day", an-iudh "to-day", an = ana; iodhna subst. "brightness, purity"; adj. "clean, pure, undefiled".)

yuddha yuddha

n. (r. yudh s. ta) punga. IN. 2. 4.

yudh yudh

1. 4. A. interdum P. (fut. aux. yotsye praet. mtf. ayutsi) pugnare. BH. 11. 34.: yudhyasva; DEV. 2. 42.: ayutānāṃ śataiḥ ṣadbhir...yuyudhe raṇe; 43.: yuddhe tasmin ayudhyata; MAH. 1. 177.: na yotsye; 3. 15172.: yotsyanti ...śatrubhis tava. Cum acc. impugnare. MAH. 3. 15175.: yotsyate keśavārjunau. Pass. impers. HIT. 96. 13.: yudhyate bhuvi mānavaiḥ. Caus. yodhayāmi 1) pugnare jubeo. MAN. 7. 193.: dīrghāl laghūṃścai 'va narān agrānīkeṣu yodhayet. 2) impugno, c. acc. MAH. 1. 3190.: yodhayāñcakrire surān; 2. 2120.: mā yūyudho bhārata pāṇḍaveyān. Desid. yuyutse pugnare volo. MAH. 4. 1252.: kimarthan na yuyutsase. (Hib. iodhna "spears, arms", v. āyudha; iodnach "valiant, warlike, martial"; iodhlan "a hero"; gr. [greek] e [greek] sicut e. c. [greek] [greek] e [greek] Huc etiam trahi possent anglosax. gudh f., island. vet. gudh-r, gunn-r m., germ. vet. gund f. pugna, nisi pertinent ad han.)

c. ā P. c. acc. impugnare alqm. DR. 5. 7.: kruddham āyotsyasi jiṣṇum. -- Caus. id. MAH. 3. 15054.: āyodhitāstu gandharvāḥ suciraṃ sodarair mama.

c. pra Desid. pugnare velle. DR. 5. 8.: yaḥ pāṇḍavābhyām ...prayuyutsase tvam.

c. prati P. A. c. acc. impugnare alqm. BH. 2. 4. MAH. 1. 1703. -- Caus. id. MAH. 1. 7116.: ko duryodhanaṃ śaktaḥ pratiyodhayitum.

c. sam A. c. acc. impugnare. MAH. 1. 5177. -- Caus. id. MAH. 1. 7098.

yudh yudh

2. f. (r. yudh) pugna. IN. 1. 35. (V. r. yudh.)

yudhiSThira yudhiṣṭhira

m. (e loc. yudhi et sthira firmus, v. euphon. r. 80. annot.) nom. pr. natu maximi Pāndavorum.

yudhma yudhma

m. (r. yudh s. ma) pugna.

[Page 282b]
yup yup

4. P. (vyākulatve K. vimohe V.) perturbare, violare. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): yat tava dharmā yuyopima. (dharmā = dharma a dharman n. i. q. dharma; yuyopima pro yuyupima. Cf. rup.)

yuyutsA yuyutsā

(a yuyuts Desid. r. yudh s. ā) pugnandi desiderium. A. 5. 25.

yuyutsu yuyutsu

(a yuyuts Desid. r. yudh s. u) pugnandi cupidus. A. 10. 33.

yuva yuva

Thema pronominis 2dae pers. in Du.; v. gr. 265.

yuvatI yuvatī

f. (ab obsoleto yuvat signo fem. ī v. gr. 225.) femina juvenis, a decimo sexto usque and tricesimum annum, virgo nubilis, virgo matura. SA. 2. 4.

yuvan yuvan

(ut videtur, pro dyuvan abjecto d a r. div vel dyu splendere, sicut yut = dyut; v. ojas. In casibus debilissimis yūn fem. yūnī vel yuvatī v. gr. 225.) juvenis. DR. 2. 9. N. 12. 123. (Lat. juveni-s, adjecto i, jūn-ior = correptae formae yūn; Lith. jauna-s juvenis; slav. jūn juvenis, jūnosti juventus; anglo-sax. iung, iong, geong juvenis; goth. juggs i. e. jung-s, them. jugga, e yūn adjectā syllabā ga; cambro - brit. ieuanc, ieuant juvenis, iau junior, ieuav natu minimus.)

yuvarAja yuvarāja

m. (juvenisrex e praec. et rāja rex in fine compos.) princeps juventutis, heres regni.

yuSmat yuṣmat

(e yuṣma euphonice pro yusma et ablativi signo t) pronominis 2dae pers. ablat. plur., qui in initio compositorum Thematis loco fungitur et a grammaticis tanquam Thema proponitur; scribunt tamen yuṣmad. (Cf. aeol. [greek] per assimil. ex [greek] goth. IZVA, correpto ju in i (nom. jus), mutato m in v, v. gr. 265. gr. comp. 167. 334. 335.; v. sq.)

yuSme yuṣme

nom. pl. pronom. 2dae pers. in. dial. Ved. (Zend. yūs, lith. jūs, goth. jus, germ. vet. ir, correpto ju in i, mutato s in r; v. yuṣmat et gr. comp. 335.)

yUka yūka

m. pediculus.

yUkA yūkā

f. id.

yUtha yūtha

n. (ut videtur, a r. yu producto u s. tha) grex. N. 13. 6.

yUthazas yūthaśas

Adv. (a praec. s. śas) gregatim. N. 12. 9.

[Page 283a]
yUthikA yūthikā

f. jasminum auriculatum. UR. 69. 13.

yUn yūn

v. yuvan.

yUpa yūpa

m. columna sacrificalis. RAGH. 1. 44. R. Schl. I. 13. 33.

yUS yūṣ

1. P. (hiṃsāyām vadhe) ferire, laedere, occidere. V. jūṣ.

yUSa yūṣa

m. n. jus pisinum; Wils. "pease soup, pease porridge, the water in which pulse of various kinds has been boiled". (Lat. jūs, jūr-is e jūs-is.)

yena yena

Adv. et Conj. (Instrum. Relativi) 1) ubi. DR. 8. 33. 56. 2) quo, quorsum. SU. 3. 29. 3) ut. N. 15. 6.

yeS yeṣ

1. A. (prayatne K. yatne V.) anniti, operam dare; cf. yas.

yoktra yoktra

n. (r. yuj jungere s. tra) vinculum, ligamen, praecipue lorum jugale.

yoktray yoktray

(Denominat. a praec. s. ay v. gr. 585.) amplecti, bāhubhyām brachiis. H. 4. 56.

yoga yoga

m. (r. yuj s. a) 1) junctio, junctura, conjunctio. SA. 3. 1. 2) meditatio, cogitatio intima, in qua quis plane defixus est. SA. 4. 13. BH. 6. 12. 3) remedium. BR. 1. 19. 4) negotium. N. 15. 6.

yogin yogin

m. (a praec. s. in) qui in intimā cogitatione yoga dictā defixus est. BH. 6. 10.

yogya yogya

(r. yuj s. ya) aptus, conveniens. DR. 1. 7.

[Page 283b]
yojana yojana

n. (r. yuj s. ana) distantia aequans undecim milliaria anglica, secundum alios quatuor vel quinque milliaria anglica.

yojayitR yojayitṛ

m. (r. yuj cl. 10. s. tṛ) qui jungit, conjungit. HIT. 55. 22.

yoddhR yoddhṛ

m. (r. yudh s. tṛ) pugnator. N. 12. 51.

yodha yodha

m. (r. yudh s. a) pugnator, miles. DR. 8. 38.

yodhin yodhin

(r. yudh s. in) pugnans. A. 10. 36.

yoni yoni

m. f. uterus, vulva, transl. origo.

yoSaNA yoṣaṇā

f. (fortasse a r. yu jungere adjectā sibilante, suff. ana in fem.; ita yoṣā suff. ā yoṣit suff. it; cf. lat. uxor pro juxor, con-jux) mulier, femina, in dial. Ved. Lass. 99. 8.

yoSA yoṣā

f. (v. praec.) id. AM.

yoSit yoṣit

f. (v. yoṣaṇā) id. SU. 3. 12. RAGH. 3. 19.

yaugapadyena yaugapadyena

Adv. (Instrum. ab obsoleto Substant. yaugapadya a yugapad s. ya) i. q. yugapad q. v. DR. 1. 4.

yauvana yauvana

n. (a yuvan juvenis s. a) juventus. BH. 2. 13.

yauvanastha yauvanastha

(e praec. et stha qui est, stat) pubes. SA. 1. 22.

yauvarAjya yauvarājya

n. (a yuvarājan q. v. suff. ya) regni hereditas, regni successio. SA. 7. 12.

[Page 2831]
raMh raṃh

1. 1. P. (scribitur rah gr. 110a).) currere, festinare. BHATT. 14. 38.: na raraṃhā 'śvakuñjaram. -- Caus. concitare. RIGV. 85. 5.: vāje adrim maruto raṃhayantaḥ "Marutes! cibi caussa nubem concitantes". (V. rahas et cf. rah rakh raṅkh 2. raṇ raṅg raṅgh laṅgh.)

raMh raṃh

2. 10. P. id.

raMhas raṃhas

n. (r. raṃh currere s. as) celeritas, velocitas.

rak rak

10. P. rākayāmi (āsvādane K. svāde āpane V.) gustare; adipisci. Cf. rag ragh lak lag ras.

rakta rakta

v. rañj.

raktAnta raktānta

(BAH. e rakta ruber et anta finis, extremum) rubra extrema, rubros angulos oculorum habens. SU. 2. 27.

raktazmazruziroruha raktaśmaśruśiroruha

(BAH. e rakta ruber et DVANDV. śmaśruśirāruha - śmaśru + śiroruha - barba et capilli) rubram barbam et rubros capillos habens. H. 3. 27.

rakS rakṣ

1. P. interdum A. praet. mltf. arakṣiṣam. 1) servare. BR. 3. 6.: rakṣantī jīvitam pituḥ; MAN. 7. 213.: āpadarthan dhanaṃ rakṣed dārān rakṣed dhanair api . ātmānaṃ satataṃ rakṣed dhanair api dārair api; IN. 5. 47.: rakṣyo 'ham putravat tvayā; MAH. 2. 2186.: yaśo rakṣasva. 2) custodire, tueri. N. 3. 10.: surakṣitāni veśmāni; MAN. 7. 105.: rakṣed vivaram ātmanaḥ; 9. 328.: na v. Pott. p. 271.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 11.: bhīṣmam abhirakṣantu bhavantaḥ; 1. 10.: balam bhīṣmābhirakṣitam.

c. pari id. BR. 3. 15.: ātmānam parirakṣasva; DR. 7. 14.: yam pāṇḍavāḥ parirakṣanti sarve; MAH. 3. 14366.: mahāsenam putravat paryarakṣata; UR. 91. 11.: bhuvam...parirakṣitum. -- Reservare. R. Schl. II. 96. 38.: śiṣṭam māṃsam...sītā kākebhyaḥ paryarakṣata.

c. sam 1) servare, tueri. MAN. 7. 135.: saṃrakṣet sarvataścai 'nam pitā putram iva. 2) regere. HIT. 79. 9.: prajāṃ saṃrakṣati pitā. 3) arcere. R. Schl. I. 32. 2.: śrotum icchāvo yasmin kāle niśācarau saṃrakṣaṇīyau.

rakSaka rakṣaka

m. (r. rakṣ s. aka) custos. HIT. 79. 11.

rakSaNa rakṣaṇa

n. (r. rakṣ s. ana v. euph. r. 94a).) 1) servatio, conservatio, custodia, tutela. BR. 2. 8. 2) rectio, gubernatio, imperium. HIT. 79. 12.

rakSas rakṣas

n. (r. rakṣ s. as) nomen daemonum ingentis magnitudinis et roboris, hominibus inimicorum. SU. 1. 14.

rakSA rakṣā

f. (r. rakṣ s. ā) i. q. rakṣaṇa. N. 14. 17. M. 26. HIT. 50. 6.

rakSitR rakṣitṛ

m. (r. rakṣ s. tṛ) servator, tutor, dominator. N. 1. 4. SA. 1. 32. 5. 49. IN. 4. 10.

rakh rakh

1. P. (gatyām K. sarpaṇe V.) ire. Cf. raṅkh raṃh rikh riṅkh raṅg riṅg raṅgh lakh laṅkh liṅkh laṅg laṅgh.

rag rag

1. 1. P. (śaṅkhāyām K. śaṅkhe V.) i. q. śaṅkh.

rag rag

2. 10. P. rāgayāmi i. q. rak. (Lith. ragauju gusto.)

ragh ragh

10. P. rāghayāmi i. q. rak.

raGkh raṅkh

1. P. i. q. rakh.

[Page 284b]
raGg raṅg

1. P. (gatau) ire. V. rakh.

raGga raṅga

(r. raṅg vel rañj s. a) 1) m. scena, circus. N. 5. 3. 8. 2) n. stannum. AM.

raGgh raṅgh

1. 1. A. (gamane K. gatau V.) ire, currere. Etiam P. BHATT. 14. 15.: dvāraṃ raraṅghatuḥ. V. rakh.

raGgh raṅgh

2. 10. P. (bhāsi) lucere, splendere.

rac rac

10. P. racayāmi (pratiyatne K. kṛtyām V.) facere, apparare. R. Schl. II. 13. 12.: mayā 'yaṃ racito 'ñjali; P. 33.: nagaram māyāracitam; GITA-GOV. 5. 10.: śayanaṃ racayati; 4. 23.: racayati cikure...kuruvakakusumam.

c. vi id. RAGH. 5. 75.: viracitavāgbhir vandiputraiḥ kumāraḥ sapadi vigatanidraḥ; 5. 76.: kuśalaviracitānu kūlaveṣaḥ (Schol. kuśalair viracitaḥ kṛtaḥ); Lass. 15. 19.: śivadāsaviracitāyām...kathāyām.

raja raja

m. n. (r. rañj ejectā nasali s. a) pulvis. HIT. 33. 16. V. rajas.

rajaka rajaka

m. (r. rañj ejectā nasali s. aka v. rajata "albus") lavator. HIT. 50. 1.

rajata rajata

(r. rañj ejectā nasali vel rāj correpto ā suff. ata) 1) Adj. albus. 2) n. argentum. (Cf. lat. argentum; gr. [greek] hib. airgiod argentum; ut videtur, litteris transpositis e ragentum etc.)

rajanI rajanī

f. (r. rañj colorare, ejecto ñ s. ana in fem.) nox. SA. 5. 73. (Hib. reag id.)

rajanIcayanAtha rajanīcayanātha

m. (noctis dominus e rajanīcaya - rajanī + caya cumulus, ut videtur i. q. simpl. rajanī - et nātha) luna. HIT. 64. 10. Cf. niśāpati.

rajanImukha rajanīmukha

n. (noctis os e praec. et mukha os) vespera.

rajas rajas

n. (r. rañj ejecto ñ s. as) 1) pulvis. H. 4. 39. 2) menstrua. 3) affectuum impetus. BH. 3. 37. 6. 27. (V. rajanī nox et cf. goth. riquis n., Them. riquisa tenebrae, caligo; v. rajobala)

rajasvalA rajasvalā

f. (a rajas s. vala in fem.) femina menstruans. Lass. 10. 7.

rajobala rajobala

n. (e rajas et bala vis) tenebrae, caligo. V. rajas.

[Page 285a]
rajju rajju

m. funis. N. 4. 4. Etiam fem. MAN. 8. 299. (Cf. lat. ligare; v. rañj.)

raJj rañj

1. et 4. P. A. rañjāmi rañje rajyāmi rajye (gr. 331b).) 1) tingere, colorare. rakta ruber. H. 2. 3. 2) adhaerere, deditum, addictum esse (fortasse primitive ligare, cl. 4. A. vel Pass. ligari, cf. rajju funis et v. yuj Pass. sgf. 3.). Caus. tingere, collustrare. MAH. 1. 6772.: nṛpas tad vanam mahat tejasā rañjayāmāsa sandhyābhram iva bhāskaraḥ. 2) deditum sibi facere, sibi conciliare. MAN. 7. 19.: sarvā rañjayati prajāḥ (Schol. sānurāgāḥ karoti); MAH. 1. 4009.: pauravān śāntanoḥ putraḥ pitarañca... rāṣṭrañca rañjayāmāsa vṛttena; 6264.: prajā rañjayate. (Cf. rāj gr. [greek] cum rakta ruber cf. hib. rot, gr. [greek] ejectā gutturali, mutatā tenui in mediam sicut in [greek] pro [greek] de germ. rot v. rohita rudhira.)

c. anu 4. P. A. deditum, addictum esse. BH. 11. 36.: jagat prahriṣyaty anurajyateca. C. loc. MAN. 3. 173.: bhrātur mṛtasya bhāryāyāṃ yo 'nurajyeta kāmataḥ. -- anurakta deditus. N. 22. 18.: utsṛjya...anuraktām priyām; R. Schl. I. 7. 2.: anuraktāśca rājyakāryeṣu. C. acc. R. Schl. II. 21. 16.: anurakto 'smi bhāvena bhrātaram. C. instr. R. Schl. II. 1. 10.: anuraktaḥ prajābhiḥ (v. praef. abhi). -- Caus. deditum sibi facere, sibi conciliare. R. Schl. II. 1. 10.: prajāścai 'vā 'nurañjayan; MAH. 1. 3504.: atithīn annapānaiśca viśaśca paripālanaiḥ...dharmeṇa prajāḥ sarvā yathāvad anurañjayan.

c. abhi 4. A. deditum, addictum, studiosum esse, c. instr. R. Schl. II. 67. 13.: kathābhir abhirajyante. -- Caus. tingere, collustrare. R. Schl. I. 38. 21.: tejobhir abhirañjitam.

c. upa uparakta obscuratus. R. Schl. I. 55. 9.: uparakta ivā "dityaḥ; II. 34. 3.: uparaktam ivā "dityam bhaśmacchannam ivā 'nalam.

c. vi 4. A. averti, alienum, alienatum fieri. MR. 45. 13.: cirānurakto 'pi virajyate janaḥ; HIT. 24. 10.: yo vi- śvasiti śatruṣu bhāryāsuca viraktāsu; 27. 16.: mama kathāvirakto 'nyāsakto bhavān.

c. sam tingere, collustrare. H. 4. 46. Pass.: purā saṃrajyate prācī; MAH. 1. 6443.: sandhyā saṃrajyate ghorā; 5. 273.: krodhasaṃraktanayanaḥ.

c. sam praef. anu anusaṃrakta deditus. R. Schl. I. 17. 16.: bhartāram anusaṃraktā.

raT raṭ

1. 1. P. vociferari, mugire, ululare. BHATT. 14. 81.: papāta rākṣaso bhūmau rarāṭaca bhayaṅkaram; 14. 5.: santrastāḥ karabhā reṭuḥ (Schol. karabhā uṣṭrāḥ); 15. 27.: ghorāścā 'rāṭiṣuḥ śivāḥ; MR. 297. 11.: raṭantaḥ...vāyasāḥ. V. sq. et raṭh.

raT raṭ

2. 10. P. raṭayāmi (paribhāṣaṇe) loqui. V. sq.

raTh raṭh

1. P. (bhāṣaṇe) loqui. (V. 1. et 2. raṭ et cf. germ. vet. redion, redinon; sax. vet rethjon, rethinon loqui; goth. raz-da sermo, loquela, ut mihi videtur, e rath-da, mutato th in sibilantem sonoram, propter sequens d, v. gr. comp. 102.)

raN raṇ

1. 1. P. 1) sonare, clamare, inclamare. In dial. Ved. cl. 4. RIGV. 38. 2.: kva vo gāvo na raṇyanti "ubi vos, vaccae veluti, inclamant?"; 10. 5.: śakro yathā suteṣu no rāraṇat "ut potens ille inter filios nostros resonet". (Intens. in dial. Ved. rāraṇ pro raṃraṇ sicut rāram a ram q. v.). -- raṇita n. sonitus. UR. 67. 7. infr. 2) gaudere (cf. ram). RIGV. 91. 14.: yaḥ soma sakhye tava rāraṇad deva martyaḥ "Lucide Soma! qui consortio tuo gaudet mortalis". (Cf. dhraṇ bhraṇ dhvaṇ hib. ran "a squeal, a roar", ranach "a squealing, roaring".)

raN raṇ

2. 1. P. ire. (Cf. goth. RANN currere, fluere; rinna, rann, runnum; nostrum renne, rinne.)

raNa raṇa

m. n. (r. raṇ s. a) bellum, pugna. N. 12. 83.

raNv raṇv

1. P. (vraje; scribitur rav) ire. Cf. raṇ riṇv ramb rimb

rata rata

v. ram.

rati rati

f. (r. ram gaudere s. ti) voluptas. BR. I. 22. 2) uxor dei Anangi; dicitur etiam ratī. N. 16. 12.

[Page 286a]
ratI ratī

v. rati.

ratna ratna

n. gemma, margarita. SU. 1. 12. 3. 14. A. 6. 5.

ratnadruma ratnadruma

m. (e ratna et druma arbor) corallium (cf. ratnavṛkṣa apud Wils.).

ratnadrumamaya ratnadrumamaya

(e praec. s. maya) videtur significare e coralliis factus, coralliis similis. A. 10. 2.

ratnasaGghAtamaya ratnasaṅghātamaya

(fem. ī e ratnasaṅghāta gemmarum vel margaritarum cumulus, suff. maya) quod e gemmarum vel margaritarum cumulo constat. SU. 3. 14.

ratha ratha

m. (ut videtur, a r. s. tha) 1) currus. N. 19. 20. 2) heros. DR. 3. 7. 7. 3. (Lith. rátas rota = nom. rathas; lat. rota; germ. vet. rad n., Them. rada id.; hib. roth id.)

rathAGga rathāṅga

(e ratha et aṅga membrum) 1) n. rota. 2) nomen avis, anas casarea, the ruddy goose. UR. 67. 7.

rathin rathin

m. (a ratha s. in) curru praeditus, currus dominus, possessor, curru vectus. DR. 2. 12. N. 19. 23.

rathopastha rathopastha

v. upastha.

rad rad

1. P. findere, fodere. -- rad dara, in dial. Ved. ortum esse videtur e dad mutato d in r. RIGV. 116. 7. 117. 11. (V. rada radana dens et cf. mrad mṛd lat. rodo, ros-trum.)

rada rada

(r. rad s. a) 1) Adj. findens. GHAT. 1. 2) m. dens.

radana radana

m. (r. rad s. ana) dens. AM.

radanacchada radanacchada

m. (e praec. et chada tegens) labium. AM.

radh radh

4. P. radhyāmi praet. mtf. arandham praet. redupl. rarandha fut. aux. ratsyāmi et radhiṣyāmi. 1) occidi, perire. RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): śatravaḥ rāradhuṣ ṭe (= rarandhus te). 2) ferire, laedere, occidere. BHATT. 9. 29.: akṣaṃ radhitum ārebhe raddhā laṅkānivāsinām (Schol. hiṃsitum). -- Caus. randhayāmi ferire, laedere, vexare, occidere. R. Schl. II. 81. 3.: bharataṃ śokasantaptam bhūyaḥ śokair arandhayat; RIGV. 51. 6.: arandhayo 'tithigvāya śambharam "necasti propter festum, hospitibus visitandum, Sambharam". (Cf. vadh vādh; lat. laedo.)

randhra randhra

(fortasse a r. radh insertā nasali, suff. ra) n. cava, caverna, fissura. MEGH. 43. 58. P. 14.

rap rap

1. P. 1) loqui. 2) in dial. Ved. laudare. RIGV. 119. 9.: uta syā vām madhumanmakṣikā 'rapat "etiam illa vos mellifica apis laudavit". (Cf. lap.)

raph raph

1. P. (gatyām K. gatyām vadhe V.) ire; occidere. Cf. ramph rark ramb sṛp i. e. sarp; lat. repo, serpo.

rabh rabh

1. A. (rabhe 3. per. sing. praet. mef. Pass. arambhi; Caus. rambhayāmi) c. ā incipere. R. Schl. I. 12. 37.: karmāṇy ārebhire; MAN. 9. 300.: ārabhetai 'va karmāṇi...karmāṇy ārabhamāṇaṃ hi puruṣaṃ śrīr niṣevate; BH. 18. 25.: mohād ārabhyate karma; BHATT. 15. 58.: akrodhi kumbhakarṇena peṣṭum arambhica kṣitau. -- Part. ārabdha tam active quam passive usurpatur. 1) qui incepit. SU. 2. 9. N. 14. 12. 2) coeptus. SA. 4. 5. N. 5. 21. (Simplex rabh primitive capere significare videtur, cf. labh [greek][greek] lat. rabies, v. praef. sam.)

c. ā praef. anu capere, accipere, recipere. R. Schl. II. 64. 60.: yadi māṃ saṃspṛśed rāmaḥ sakṛd anvārabheta vā dhanam vā yauvarājyam vā jīveyam.

c. ā praef. abhi incipere. MAH. 3. 10724.

c. ā praef. pra id. BH. 18. 15.: karma prārabhate.

c. ā praef. sam id. R. Schl. I. 45. 13.: ākhyātun tat samārebhe.

c. pari amplecti. GITA-GOV. 1. 38.: harim parirabhya sarāgam; 2. 13. -- Desid. amplecti cupere. RAGH. 13. 32.: pariripsamānaḥ.

c. sam saṃrabdha 1) perturbatus. N. 13. 14. 2) iratus, furens. HIT. 4. 23. R. Schl. II. 55. 30.

ram ram

1. A. interdum P. praet. mltf. araṃsi fut. aux. raṃsye. 1) se delectare, voluptate frui, gaudere, oblectari. IN. 3. 8.: sa tena saha saḍgamya reme pārthaḥ; 5. 60.: citrasenena sahitaḥ...reme sa svargasadane; N. 5. 43.: avāpya nārīratnam...reme saha tayā; 15. 7.: etābhyāṃ raṃsyase sārdham; BH. 10. 9.: tuṣyantica ramantica. C. loc. rei. BH. 5. 22.: na teṣu ramate budhaḥ. -- rata delectatus, laetus, gaudens, c. loc. N. 5. 32. BH. 2. 42. 12. 4. 2) ludere. BHATT. 6. 15.: mā raṃsthā jīvitena naḥ. -- Caus. ramayāmi 1) exhilarare. IN. 5. 4.: ramayantī 'va phālgunam; 5. 43.: tapasā ramayanty asmān. 2) se delectare, gaudere, ob- lectari. MAH. 3. 11371.: pivanti ramayantica. -- Intens. raṃram in dial. Ved. rāram. RIGV. 91. 13.: rārandhi no hṛdi. (Hib. reamhain "pleasure"; lith. ramù quietus, tranquillus, rim-ti quiescere, v. praef. ā upa vi; gr. [greek].)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. IN. 5. 62.

c. ā 1) id. MAN. 4. 175. 2) desinere, quiescere. MAN. 2. 73.: virāmo 'stv iticā "ramet.

c. ā praef. upa 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 4183. 3) requiescere, desinere, desistere. H. 4. 53.: pariśrāntaḥ sādhu tāvad upārama; RAGH. 16. 3.: reṣān dānapravṛtter anupāratānām.

c. upa requiescere, desinere, cessare. BH. 2. 20.: yatro 'paramate cittam; MAH. 1. 2174.: halahalāśabdaḥ upararāma; R. Schl. II. 3. 5.: rājñas tū 'parate vākye. Cum ablat. BH. 2. 35.: raṇād uparataḥ.

c. ni i. q. simpl. N. 6. 10. MAN. 3. 45.

c. vi 1) quiescere, desinere, desistere. MAH. 1. 8475.: pāvakaśca tadā dāvan dagdhvā...ahāni pañcacai 'kañca virarāma. Cum ablat. UR. 32. 16.: virama saṃrambhāt; RAGH. 8. 22.: virarāma karmaṇaḥ. 2) silere. MAH. 1. 8112.: etāvad uktvā vacanam virarāma sa pārthivaḥ; 2. 1401. R. Schl. I. 21. 20.

ramaNa ramaṇa

m. (r. ram s. ana) amator. UR. 64. 3.

ramaNIya ramaṇīya

(r. ram s. anīya v. euphon. r. 94a).) amoenus. H. 1. 24. N. 5. 45.

ramaNIyatA ramaṇīyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) amoenitas, jucunditas, pulchritudo. UR. 43. 3. infr.

ramph ramph

1. P. i. q. raph.

ramb ramb

1. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.; scribitur rab) ire. Cf. ramph raph rarph.

rambh rambh

1. A. (śabde; scribitur rabh) sonare.

rambhA rambhā

f. (r. rambh s. ā) nom. pr. Apsarasae.

ramya ramya

(r. ram s. ya) amoenus. IN. 2. 1. DR. 1. 2.

ray ray

1. A. (gatau) ire, currere. Cf. lay vay.

rarp rarp

1. P. i. q. raph.

[Page 287b]
rava rava

m. (r. ru sonare s. a) sonus. IN. 1. 3. H. 4. 20.

ravi ravi

m. 1) sol. RAGH. 9. 25. 2) nom. pr. DR. 2. 21.

razmi raśmi

m. 1) radius luminis (cf. las ruc splendere). 2) habena. IN. 1. 19. N. 19. 22.

ras ras

1. 1. P. sonare, strepere, vociferari, clamare, ululare. GITA-GOV. 10. 6.: rasatu rasanā; RAGH. 16. 78.: hradaḥ...karī 'va vanyaḥ paruṣaṃ rarāsa; BHATT. 3. 26.: gomāyuśāraṅgagaṇāśca...arāsiṣuḥ; 14. 9.: resur vavalguśca padātayaḥ. Etiam A. NALOD. 1. 22.: rasamānaḥ sa vihaṅgagaṇaḥ. -- rasita n. fragor. GHAT. 14.: gambhīramegharasita.

c. ā i. q. simpl. NALOD. 1. 11.: ajayad dviṣatām paṅktim ārasamānām; 3. 14.

c. vi id. BHATT. 15. 42.

ras ras

2. 10. P. rārayāmi (āsvāde K. āsvāde snehe V.) gustare, amare.

rasa rasa

m. (r. 2. ras s. a) 1) sapor, gustus. N. 5. 38. 2) succus, liquidum, aqua. 3) animi affectus. UR. 28. 9. (Cf. lith. rassà ros; russ. rosa id.; lat. ros, ror-is e ros-is; gr. [greek] praefixo [greek] sicut in [greek] etc.)

rasana rasana

n. (r. 2. ras s. ana) sapor, gustus. BH. 15. 9.

rasanA rasanā

f. (r. 1. ras s. ana in fem.) cingulum, zona feminarum.

rasAla rasāla

m. (ut videtur, a r. 2. ras) arundo saccharifera. AM.

rasya rasya

(a rasa s. ya) sapidus. BH. 17. 8.

rah rah

1. et 10. P. rahāmi rahayāmi. Relinquere, deserere. rahita relictus; N. 18. 9.: rahitā bhartṛbhiścai 'va na krudhyanti (kulastriyaḥ). Privatus, orbatus. c. instrum. R. Schl. I. 70. 35.: patinā rahitā tasmāt putran devī vyajāyata; II. 47. 17.: rāmeṇa nagarī rahitā nā 'tiśobhate; N. 16. 19. (V. rahas secretum et cf. gr. [greek] [greek] v. gr. 104.; lat. lateo; lith. léidmi vel léid[greek]iu linquo, at-léid[greek]iu exsolvo, remitto; goth. LET; germ. vet. LAZ (lāz) sinere; cf. Benf. II. 24. sq.)

c. vi i. q. simpl. RAGH. ed. Calc. 9. 26.: virahayan malayādrim. -- virahita relictus, privatus. N. 10. 23.: katham...mayā virahitā śubhā cariṣyati vane; BH. 17. 13.: śraddhāvirahito yajñaḥ. Separatus, disjunctus. UR. 92. 5.: avirahitau dampatī bhūyāstām.

[Page 288a]
rahas rahas

(r. rah s. as) 1) Subst. n. secretum, occultum, locus occultus. BH. 6. 10. 2) Adv. secreto, clam. IN. 4. 1. N. 1. 18. 18. 14. (V. r. rah.)

rahasya rahasya

(a praec. s. ya) Adj. secretus. Subst. n. secretum. SA. 6. 35.

rA

2. P. A. dare, in dial. Ved. RIGV. 114. 6.: rāsvāca no amṛta martabhojanam; 114. 9. 117. 23. Adjectā sibilante: rās cl. 1. P. A. RIGV. 96. 8.: rāsate dīrgham āyuḥ; RIGV. V. (v. Westerg.): tā no rāsan vasūni. Etiam cl. 2. RIGV. 46. 6.: tām asme rāsāthām iṣam "talem nobis date cibum (Asvini!)". (Cf. dā dās unde rā rās orta esse censeo, mutato d in r.)

rAkSasa rākṣasa

m. (a rakṣas q. v. s. a) i. q. rakṣas. H. 2. 29.

rAkSasI rākṣasī

Fem. praeced. H. 2. 16.

rAkS rākṣ

1. P. (śoṣāṇālamarthayoḥ) arescere, ornare. Cf. lākh okh.

rAga rāga

m. (r. rañj ejecto ñ s. a) 1) amor, cupido, studium, affectus. N. 5. 24. BH. 2. 56. 64. 3. 34. 7. 11. 8. 11. 2) rubor (cf. rakta a r. rañj tingere). DR. 5. 1. (V. rañj; et cf. gr. [greek] quod fortasse per metath. e. [greek].)

rAgin rāgin

(a praec. s. in) affectus habens, affectibus commotus. BH. 18. 27.

rAgh rāgh

1. A. (sāmarthye K. śaktau V.) potentem, valentem esse. V. lāgh.

rAj rāj

1. 1. P. A. 1) splendere. N. 1. 12.: tatra sma rājate bhaimī...vidyut saudāminī yathā; IN. 5. 11.: sūkṣmavastradharaṃ reje jaghanan niravadyayā (reje gr. 441.); R. Schl. I. 1. 32.: citrakūṭo rarāja. In dial. Ved. etiam. cl. 2. RIGV. 104. 4.: rāṣṭi. 2) c. gen. in dial. Ved. regere, imperare. RIGV. 25. 20.: tvaṃ viśvasya modhira divaśca gmaśca rājasi "tu universi, sapiens! coelique terraeque imperium habes"; 36. 12. (V. rājan et cf. rañj bhrāj; lat. rego, rex; goth. ragino rego, impero, servatā mediā sicut in BUG = bhuj; reiki, them. reikja n. imperium = rājya attenuato ā in ei i. e. ī; reik-s princeps; germ. vet. rīchi dives.)

c. abhi splendere. MAH. 3. 10960.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 8106.: virājati yathā somo meghair muktaḥ; IN. 5. 6. N. 12. 37. -- Caus. facere ut alqus splendeat, collustrare. R. Schl. II. 26. 2.: virājayan rājasuto rājamārgam; II. 39. 18.: vyarājayata...veśma tat. -- virājita collustratus, splendens, splendidus. N. 5. 3.

c. sam in dial. Ved. regere, imperare. RIGV. 27. 1.

rAj rāj

2. m. (Nom. rāṭ a r. rāj) rex, in fine compos. (Lat. rex.)

rAja rāja

m. (r. rāj s. a) rex in fine compos. IN. 1. 24.

rAjata rājata

(fem. ī a rajata s. a) argenteus.

rAjan rājan

m. (r. rāj s. an) rex. N. 1. 1.

rAjamArga rājamārga

m. (e praec., v. euph. r. 67., et mārga via) regis via, via regia, via praecipua. N. 25. 7.

rAjarSi rājarṣi

m. (e rājan et ṛṣi sapiens, sanctus, v. euph. r. 67.) regius sapiens. IN. 5. 25. SU. 2. 10.

rAjasUya rājasūya

n. (e rājan et sūya quod seorsum non invenitur, a r. su vel s. ya) sacrificium regium, quod rex victor conficit, ita ut in eo reges subacti ministrent. IN. 1. 15.

rAjahaMsa rājahaṃsa

m. (e rājan et haṃsa anser) anseris genus, Wils. "a white goose with red legs and bill, or more properly perhaps the flamingo". MEGH. 11.

rAji rāji

f. (r. rāj s. i) linea, series.

rAjI rājī

f. id.

rAjIva rājīva

n. (ut videtur, a r. rāj splendere) lotus flos.

rAjIvalocana rājīvalocana

(BAH. e praec. et locana oculus) loto similes oculos habens. IN. 4. 41.

rAjJI rājñī

f. (a rājan rex signo fem. ī v. euph. r. 93. et r. 224.) regina.

rAjya rājya

n. (a rājan s. ya) regnum. N. 6. 15. (Goth reiki, them. reikja n. imperium.)

rAT rāṭ

v. 2. rāj.

rAtra rātra

n. nox in fine compos. (v. gr. 681.). N. 13. 6. V. sq. et. cirarātrāya.

rAtri rātri

f. (ut videtur, a r. ram quiescere - v. ram praef. ā upa + ā upa vi - abjecto m productā vocali, suff. tra attenuato a in i) nox. SA. 5. 56. V. niś niśītha.

[Page 289a]
rAdh rādh

4. et 5. P. 1) cl. 5., in dial. Ved. cl. 1. facere, efficere, perficere. RIGV. 41. 7.: kathā rādhāma sakhāyaḥ stoma mitrasya "quomodo efficiamus, amici! laudem Mitrae?" 2) 4. P. rādhyāmi perfici.

c. apa cl. 5. et 4. 1) offendere, injuriam facere, c. gen. MAH. 1. 1885.: kathan nā 'syā 'parādhuyām; 3. 11415.: purā sa nā 'parādhnoti siddhanām brahmavādinām; 3. 5988.: tava nai 'ṣā 'parādhyati. 2) peccare. R. Schl. II. 18. 11.: kaccin mayā nā 'parāddham ajñānāt; MAH. 4. 1611.: kathan dharme 'parādhuyuḥ; MR. 277. 7.: yauvanam atrā 'parādhyati na cāritryam.

c. abhi Caus. propitiare, propitium facere, sibi conciliare. R. Schl. II. 30. 33. et. 34.: abhirādhyate. V. sq.

c. ā Caus. 1) id. MAH. 1. 6368.: ārādhayiṣyan drupadaḥ sa tam paryacarat punaḥ; RAGH. 10. 86.: guṇair ārādhayāmāsus te gurum; R. Schl. I. 17. 31.: dharmeṇā "rādhaya prajāḥ; A. 3. 5. 2) colere, servire. MAN. 10. 122.: svargārtham...viprān ārādhayet tu saḥ (śūdraḥ).

c. ā praef. upa Caus. servire. MAN. 10. 121. b.

c. ā praef. sam Caus. sibi conciliare. MAH. 3. 10344.

rAma rāma

(r. ram s. a) 1) Adj. amoenus, pulcher. UR. 71. 7. 2) m. nom. pr.

rAvaNa rāvaṇa

m. (Caus. r. ru s. ana) nom. pr. Rākschasi.

rAz rāś

1. A. (śabde) sonare. Vid. rās ras.

rAzi rāśi

m. cumulus. N. 13. 17.

rASTra rāṣṭra

n. (r. rāj s. tra v. euph. r. 89. b.) regnum. BR. 1. 1.

rAs rās

1. A. (śabde) sonare. Cf. ras rāś.

rAsabha rāsabha

m. (r. rās s. abha) asinus. AM.

rAhu rāhu

m. Daemon, e Daityorum stirpe, serpenti posticā corporis parte similis, a quo lunam et solem eclipsis tempore voratos mythologia fingit. N. 16. 14.

ri ri

1. 5. P. i. q. cl. 5.

ri ri

2. 6. P. riyāmi (gatau) ire. -- In dial. Ved. ri cl. 9. educere. RIGV. 56. 6.: tvaṃ sutasya made ariṇā apaḥ "tu libaminis gaudio e nube elicuisti aquas".

c. sam cl. 9. in dial. Ved. sanare. RIGV. 117. 19.: srāmam (vulneratum) ...saṃriṇīthaḥ.

riktha riktha

n. (r. ric s. tha) facultates, bona, divitiae, opesi [??] 9. 104.

rikh rikh

1. P. ire. V. rakh.

riGkh riṅkh

1. P. id. V. rakh.

riGg riṅg

1. P. id. V. rakh.

ric ric

1. 7. P. A. riṇacmi riñce disjungere, separare, liberare. RAGH. 14. 85.: rājyaṃ rajoriktamanāḥ śaśāsa; BHATT. 6. 36.: rinacmi jaladhes (disjungo a mari) toyam vivinacmi divaḥ surān. (V. 2. ric et cf. lat. LIC, linquo; gr. [greek] mutatā gutt. in lab.; lith. pa-lekmi relinquo; goth. af-lifnan relinqui, superesse; laibos reliquiae cum mediā pro aspir.; island. vet. leifar reliquiae; germ. vet. LIB, bi-lību remaneo, bi-leib, bi-libumes, nostrum bleibe).

c. ati Pass. proprie disjungi, inde conspici, excellere, praecellere, praevalere, dominari; potiorem esse. HIT. 12. 7.: svabhāva evā 'tra tathā 'tiricyate yathā prakṛtyā madhuraṅ gavām payaḥ; 35. 7.: daivam atrā 'tiricyate; MAN. 12. 25.: yo yadai "ṣāṅ guṇo dehe sākalyenā 'tiricyate. C. acc. superare, excedere. MAN. 2. 145.: sahasran tu pitṝn mātā gauraveṇā 'tiricyate. C. ablat. potiorem, meliorem, praestantiorem esse aliquā re, excedere alqm rem. HIT. 133. 2.: aśvamedhasahasrād dhi satyam evā 'tiricyate; BH. 2. 34.: akīrtir maraṇād atiricyate "infamia ultra obitum porrigitur". Etiam c. instr. (cf. yuj praef. vi) MAH. 3. 10588.: kapotas tu māṃsenā 'tyatiricyate "columba vero carne regis multo gravior est". V. praef. pra.

c. ut Pass. id. MAH. 1. 3070.: mamai 'vo 'dricyate janma duṣyanta tava janmanaḥ (praestantior est).

c. pra Passiv. c. abl. excedere aliquam rem, porrigi ultra aliquam rem. RIGV. divaścit te...praririce mahitvam "ultra coelum tua exporrecta est magnitudo"; 61. 9.: asyed (asya it) eva praririce mahitvan divaspṛ- thivyāḥ "illius utique excedit magnitudo coelum et terram".

c. vi alvum exonerare. virikta qui alvum exoneravit. MAN. 5. 144.

ric ric

2. 1. et 10. P. (viyojanasamparkanayoḥ K.) relinquere; conjungere. recita relictus. RAGH. 6. 7.

rij rij

1. A. frigere, assare. Cf. bhṛj bhrajj.

riNv riṇv

1. P. (vraje scribitur riv gr. 110a)) ire. V. raṇv.

ripu ripu

m. hostis. N. 6. 93. Cf. radd. riph rimph.

rips rips

v. rabh.

riph riph

6. P. (katthanayuddhanindāhiṃsādāneṣu K.) gloriari; pugnare; reprehendere; laedere, occidere; dare. Cf. rimph ṛph ṛmph.

rimph rimph

6. P. (vadhe) ferire, occidere. V. riph.

riz riś

6. P. (hiṃsāyām) ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. riṣ.

riS riṣ

1. et 4. P. laedere, vulnerare, occidere. DR. 7. 20.: ariṣṭadehaḥ. -- In dialecto Ved. etiam cum productā vocali. RIGV. 36. 15.: pāhi rīṣataḥ "serva nos ab occisore".

rih rih

1. P. in dialecto Ved. 1) colere, laudare (cf. arh). 2) rogare. 3) dare. V. Westerg. -- In dialecto Ved. etiam rih cl. 2. = lih q. v.

rI

1. 4. A. fluere. RIGV. 85. 3.: vartmāṇy eṣām anu rīyate ghṛtam "in tramite eorum post ipsos manat aqua". Cf. ri ṛ.

c. ā affluere, adire. RIGV. 30. 2.

rI

2. 9. P. riṇāmi (gr. 385.) ire. V. 1. .

c. ni adoriri. RIGV. 61. 13.: niriṇāti śatrūn.

ru ru

1. 2. P. raumi ravīmi (v. gr. 343. 350.) sonare, strepere, murmurare, susurrare, clamare, vociferari, ululare, ejulare. HIT. 23. 2.: karṇe kalaṅ kimapi rauti; H. 1. 25.: ete ruvanti (sic legendum pro bruvanti) sārasā jalacāriṇaḥ; MAH. 1. 3022.: na khalv aham idaṃ śūnye raumi; 3. 11716.: ruvantaśca mahāravān...rākṣasāḥ; 4. 1463.: gomāyur eṣa...ruvan; MAN. 4. 115.: śvakharoṣṭreca ruva- cum Pottio ad ru praef. ā retulerim.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. Part. pass. abhiruta personitus, circumsonitus. MAH. 3. 1535.: nadīḥ...sārasābhirutāḥ.

c. ā i. q. simpl. BHATT. 17. 24.: vīrau rāghavāv ārutām.

c. vi id. SA. 5. 75.: etā ghorān śivā nādān...viruvanti; UR. 67. 14.; HIT. 55. 22.

c. sam id. BHATT. 17. 71.: samaraud itaro janaḥ.

ru ru

2. 1. A. (roṣe K. vadhe gatyām V.) irasci; occidere; ire.

rukama rukama

n. (ut videtur, a r. ruc e ruk servatā primitivā gutturali, sicut e. c. in vākya a vac e vak) aurum. HIT. 39. 4.

rukSa rukṣa

i. q. rūkṣa.

ruc ruc

1. 1. A. 1) lucere, splendere. RIGV. 6. 1.: rocante rocanā divi "fulgent fulgores ejus in coelo; MAH. 1. 6613.: ruruce sā 'dhikam subhrūr āpatantī nabhastalāt saudāminī 'va. 2) placere. HIT. 53. 2.: yad eva rocate yasmai bhavet tat tasya sundaram; MAH. 1. 7442.: na rocate vigraho me. -- rucita n. libitum, gratum. SA. 5. 80.: rucitaṃ yadi te; MAH. 1. 7952.: yad asya rucitaṃ kartun tat kurudhvam. 3) approbare, gaudere. MAH. 1. 7444.: vigrahaṃ tair na roce. -- Caus. P. A. 1) velle, cupere, appetere. MAN. 2. 243.: yadi tv ātyantikaṃ lū-na luna; hib. loiche, loichead "a light, candle, lamp; lightning, flame, splendour", logha "splendid", logh-mhar "bright". Huc etiam trahi possunt hib. leos "light", leosaim "I light up, kindle"; les "light, illumination" mutatā gutturali in sibilantem, nisi pertinent ad las; v. lok.)

c. ati P. splendore vincere, überstrahlen. MAH. 3. 486.: atyarocaśca bhūtātman bhāskaraṃ svena tejasā.

c. anu Caus. i. q. Caus. simpl. MAH. 3. 12679.: vanam evā 'nvarocayat.

c. abhi Caus. id. R. Schl. II. 30. 27.: na devi tava duḥkhena svagmi evā 'nurocaye. Cum infin. vel nomine actionis in ana R. Schl. II. 29. 19.: nā 'bhirocayase netun tvam māṅ kenai 'va hetunā; R. Schl. I. 36. 2.: gamanāyā 'bhirocaya (cf. gamanāyo 'pacakrame p. 87.).

c. ā Caus. id. R. Schl. II. 30. 28.

c. prati Caus. id. MAH. 3. 11546.: prasthānam pratyarocayan sie beliebten fortzugehen.

c. vi splendere. N. 17. 11.: piplus tasyā vyarocata... vyabhre nabhasī 'va niśākaraḥ; IN. 1. 40.

ruc ruc

2. f. (r. ruc) splendor. MEGH. 45. (Cf. lat. luc-s.)

ruci ruci

f. (r. ruc s. i) 1) id. MEGH. 15. 2) desiderium, appetitus. HIT. 19. 15.

rucira rucira

(r. ruc s. ira) splendens, pulcher, amoenus. N. 4. 28. 5. 3. A. 4. 52.

ruj ruj

1. 6. P. frangere. rugna fractus. MAH. 3. 678.: vātarugna iva...vanaspatiḥ. -- Cl. 10. (hiṃse) ferire, laedere, occidere. (V. rujā roga aegritudo et cf. lith. láu[greek]u frango, praet. láu[greek]iau = Caus. vel. 10. cl. rojayāmi mu- etc.)

c. ava i. q. simpl. HID. 1. 12.: avarujya...gulmān.

c. ā A. id. MAH. 2. 2113.: viṣāṇaṅ gaur iva madāt svayam ārujate 'tmanaḥ.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 4. 1082.

c. vi diffringere. SAK. 24. 16.: dharmāraṇyaṃ virujati gajaḥ.

ruj ruj

2. f. (N. ruk r. ruj) morbus, aegritudo. UR. 42. 4.

rujA rujā

f. (r. ruj s. ā) id. SA. 5. 68. 81.

ruT ruṭ

1. 1. A. (pratighāte K. dīptipratihatayoḥ V.) arcere, avertere; splendere. Cf. 2. ruṭh 2. luṭ.

ruT ruṭ

2. 10. P. (ruṣi K. ruṣi dyutau V.) irasci (cf. ruṣ); splendere (cf. ruc).

ruTh ruṭh

1. 1. P. (upaghāte) ferire, occidere, perturbare.

ruTh ruṭh

2. 1. A. (pratighāte) arcere, avertere. Cf. 1. ruṭ.

ruNT ruṇṭ

1. P. (steye; scribitur ruṭ gr. 110a).) furari. Cf. ruṇḍ luṇṭ luṇḍ.

ruNTh ruṇṭh

1. P. (gatyālasyasteyakhoṭe) ire; pigrum esse; furari; claudicare.

ruND ruṇḍ

1. P. furari. V. ruṇṭ.

rud rud

2. P. interdum A. (anom. v. gr. 354.) Praet. mltf. arodiṣam et arudam. Flere. N. 11. 14.: krośati roditi; 16. 34.: rudite bhṛśam; BR. 3. 20.: rurudus trayaḥ; MAH. 3. 593.: mā rodīḥ; R. Schl. I. 46. 20.: mā rudo mā rudaḥ; II. 52. 19.: rurude. -- Etiam cl. 6. P. A. BR. 3. 22.: mā pitā ruda; MAH. 1. 5597.: śocetaca rudetaca. -- Trans. deflere, c. acc. BHATT. 5. 5.: arodīt sā bhrātarau. -- Intens. valde flere. BR. 3. 2.: kim evam bhṛśaduḥkhartau rorudyethām; 1. 4.: rorudyamānās tān dṛṣṭvā. (Cf. ru lat. rudo, germ. vet. RUZ flere, -- riuzu, roz, ruzumes; lith. raudoju lamentor et slav. rydajū fleo = Caus. rodayāmi v. gr. comp. 505. 506.

c. anu i. q. simpl. RAM. II. 55. 21.: anurudanti; NALOD. 3. 32.: anururoda.

c. pra id. N. 17. 31. 22. 30.: prarudita flens. BR. 3. 21.: praruditān sarvān niśamya.

rudra rudra

m. (r. rud s. r) 1) cognomen Sivi. 2) quidam ordo undecim Geniorum. IN. 5. 24. N. 10. 24.

rudh rudh

1. 7. P. A. ruṇadhmi rundhe. 1) impedire, praecludere, retinere, obstruere. BH. 4. 29.: prāṇāpānagatī ruddhvā; RAGH. 7. 32.: tām udvahantam pathi bhojakanyāṃ rurodha rājanyagaṇaḥ; UR. 68. 1.: idaṃ ruṇaddhi mām padmam. 2) arcere. R. Schl. I. 28. 22.: yakṣīm aśmavarṣābhivarṣiṇīm ...rurodha sa sāyakaiḥ. 3) includere. MAN. 9. 12.: gṛhe ruddhāḥ. Obsidere. MAH. 3. 638.: arundhat tāṃ (purīṃ) suduṣṭātmā sarvataḥ. (De formā arundhat pro aruṇat v. gramm. min. ed. 2. par. 341b.). -- Caus. includi jubere. RAGH. 12. 71.: laṅkāṃ rodhayāmāsa piṅgalaiḥ (vānaraiḥ). -- (Fortasse hib. rundha "secret, mysterious" a rundh sicut lat. arcanus ab arcendo; rundhachd "secrecy", ruindiamhar "a mystery, a dark secret", ruine "secrecy" abjecto d; goth. runa mysterium. Germ. vet. rānen susurrare - nostrum raunen - rūnazjan mussitare ad ru sonare referri possunt. Ag. Benary huc trahit lat. rudens, Röm. Lautlehre p. 223.

c. anu impedire, retinere. SAK. 151. 1.: ayam anurudhyamānas tāpasībhyām...bālaḥ.

c. abhi perturbare. SAK. 33. 3.: yathāca sainikās tapovanan nā 'bhirundhanti.

c. ava impedire, cohibere, refrenare. R. Schl. II. 30. 9.: yasyacā 'rthe 'varudhyase; MAN. 8. 236. -- Intens. R. Schl. II. 58. 20.: mā smai 'nam avarorudhaḥ.

c. ā id. BHATT. 17. 49.: bandhutā śucam āruṇat. -- Caus. impedire, incommodare, molestum esse, perturbare. R. Schl. II. 96. 40.: kākenā "rodhyamānān tāṃ rāmo 'vāhasat.

c. upa impedire, incommodare, perturbare. MAN. 8. 348.: dharmo yatro 'parudhyate; RAM. Schl. II. 36. 14.: anārye kṛtyam ārabdhaṅ kin na pūrvam upārudhaḥ; MAN. 7. 125.: uparudhyā 'rim. Arcere, praecludere. RAGH. 7. 36.: reṇuḥ...uparurodha sūryam.

c. ni 1) impedire, retinere. UP. 34.: yāvat kiñcid gatā tāvan niruddhā sā purodhasā. 2) praecludere, obstruere, e. c. viam. BHATT. 17. 49. 3) coe7rcere, refrenare, comprimere. HIT. 34. 1.: nijasaukhyan nirundhānaḥ; MAH. 3. 13633.: nirudhyace 'ndriyagrāmam. 4) includere. MAN. 11. 1176.: vipraduṣṭāṃ striyam bhartā nirundhyād ekaveśmani.

c. ni praef. sam retinere, inhibere, sistere. MAN. 8. 83.: sā sadyaḥ sanniroddhavyā.

c. prati impedire. MAN. 11. 11.

c. vi impedire, retinere, prohibere. MAH. 2. 227.: kaccit paurā na...virudhyante paraiḥ krītāḥ; R. Schl. II. 36. 10.: svaraścā 'pi vyarudhyata. -- viruddha impeditus, prohibitus, vetitus. R. Schl. I. 7. 8.: paraspareṇa viruddhāḥ; MAN. 7. 152.: parasparaviruddhānām; BH. 7. 11.: dharmāviruddho bhūteṣu kāmo 'smi.

c. sam i. q. simpl. N. 13. 10.: mārgaṃ saṃrudhya; SA. 5. 82.: mātā saṃruṇaddhi mām; MAH. 3. 13633.: manaḥ saṃrudhya; MAN. 8. 235.: ajāvike tu saṃruddhe vṛkaiḥ (schol. parivṛte).

c. abhi praef. sam arcere. R. Schl. II. 14. 12.

rudh rudh

2. 4. A. interdum P. (primitive Pass. praecedentis, v. gr. 492. annot.)

c. anu amare. DR. 4. 18.: pārthān nā 'nuroddhun tvam arhasi; MAH. 3. 13891.: doṣan nā 'nurudhyate; N. 4. 10.: dharmam evā 'nurudhyanti; MAH. 4. 492.: bhartāram anurudhyantyaḥ.

rudhira rudhira

n. (r. ruh crescere - servato primitivo dh pro h v. gr. 315. et cf. rohita ruber - suff. ira) sanguis. H. 2. 11. (rudhira n. a perdito Adj. rudhira ruber, cf. rohita e rodhita gr. [greek] lat. ruber, cujus b pro f - v. gr. comp. 18. - respondet scrto dh graeco [greek] sicut in fumus = dhūma q. v.; radice etiam huc pertinent lat. rūfus; lith. raudà color ruber, raudónas ruber, ruddas subruber, rudis rubigo, aerugo; slav. vet. rd-je-ti rubescere, ryschdj [greek] rschda rubigo in segetibus (Miklosich p. 75); ryschil rufus, polon. rusy id.; island. vet. raud-r ruber, saxon. vet. rod id., german. vet. rot, nostrum roth; hib. ruadh "red, reddish, Welsh rhydh"; ruaid id., ruaidhim "I redden".)

rup rup

4. P. (vyākulatve K. vimohe V.) perturbari, conturbari, mentis errore affici.

ruru ruru

m. (ut videtur, a r. ru per redupl.) capreae genus (Wils: A kind of a deer). DR. 4. 15.

ruz ruś

6. P. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) ferire, laedere, occidere, (cf. ruṣ riś) -- ruśat in dial. Ved. rutilans. RIGV. 58. 4. 62. 8. 113. 2. (cf. ruc).

ruS ruṣ

1. 1. et 4. P. ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. ruś.

ruS ruṣ

2. 4. et 10. P. irasci. ruṣṭa iratus. SRINGARA-T. 7.; ruṣita id. MAN. 9. 83.; roṣita id. H. 1. 12. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

ruS ruṣ

3. f. (Nom. ruṭ r. ruṣ) ira, furor. N. 11. 37.

ruh ruh

1. P. 1) prodire, nasci, crescere. MAN. 9. 36.: yādṛśan tū 'pyate vījañ kṣetre...tādṛg rohati tat tasmin vījam; MAH. 3. 12855.: nacā 'pi sarvavījāni samyag rohanti. 2) adire, adipisci (v. p. 36. rad. i). RIGV. 110. 6.: ṛbhavo vājam aruhan divo rajaḥ "Ribhues cibum nacti sunt coelestis mundi". -- Caus. rohayāmi et ropayāmi (gr. 521. 6.) serere, plantare. MAH. 3. 13116.: prayanti sarvavojāni ropyamāṇāni; R. Schl. II. 80. 7.: avṛkṣeṣuca deśeṣu kecid vṛkṣān aropayan. (ruh mutilatum est e rudh sicut vṛh crescere ex idem valente vṛdh; v. rudhira et gr. 315. -- Cum primitivā formā rudh cf. ṛdh i. e. ardh crescere; goth. LUD crescere, liudith crescit = rohati pro rodhati iu = o i. e. a + u debilitato gunae incremento a in i (v. gramm. comp. 27. 109a).) lauths, gen. laudi-s homo; germ. vet. liut populus, liuti homines (nostrum Leute), sumarlota virgulta, palmites (Grimm II. 21.), ruota pertica, virga, sax. vet. ruoda, anglo-sax. rod (Graff. II. 491.); slav. vet. rod-i-ti parere, generare = Caus. rohāyitum e rodhayitum na-rod populus (Miklosich p. 74.); scot. aut huc aut ad ṛdh pertinent, cf. Pott. I. 250., Benary "Römische Lautlehre" p. 218. Fortasse lat. rūs, rūr-is a crescendo dictum, mutato d in r vel in s deinde in r. Cum ruh adire (adhiruh āruh uparuh adscendere) cf. hib. roidhim "I run", ruidh "running".)

c. adhi P. A. adscendere. R. Schl. II. 83. 2.: adhiruhya... rathān; MAH. 3. 4095.: vimānañcā 'dhirohati; 14943.: adhirohadhvam...imān rathān. Intrans. evolare, subvolare, alis se levare, sublime petere. R. Schl. II. 95. 11.: dvijā adhirohanti. -- Caus. tollere, levare, elevare. RAGH. 11. 81. (v. āruh Caus.)

c. apa praef. vi Caus. privare c. ablat. MAH. 3. 1579.: jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; 10246.: putrān apāpān vyaparopya rājyāt.

c. abhi adscendere. R. Schl. I. 44. 3.: himavataḥ śṛṅgam abhiruhya.

c. ava descendere. A. 2. 6.: rathād avaruroha; 1. 4. -- Caus. P. 1) facere ut alqs descendat. RAGH. 1. 54.: tām avāropayat patnīṃ rathād avatatāraca. 2) deferre, deorsum ferre, tollere. MAH. 4. 1318.: avaropaya vṛkṣāgrād dhanūṃṣi. 3) facere ut quis perdat, privare. MAN. 1. 82.: itareṣv (yugeṣu) āgamād dharmaḥ pādaśas tva avaropitaḥ (schol. hīnaḥ kṛtaḥ). -- Caus. A. avaropaye descendo (me descendere facio). DR. 3. 8.: vimucya vāhān avarohayadhvam.

c. ava praef. prati Caus. privare. MAH. 4. 536.: pratyavaropitaḥ privatus.

c. ā P. A. adscendere, c. acc. vel loc. IN. 1. 11.: ārohatu bhavān...ratham; 14.: devalokam...ārohasva; N. 13. 14.: vṛkṣeṣv āruhya; H. 3. 5.: āruhe 'mām mama śroṇīm; M. 30.: tatra...āruhethāḥ (*) Adire, adipisci. HIT. 10. 16.: saṃśayam punar āruhya; BH. 6. 4.: yogārūḍhaḥ. -- Caus. efficere ut quis adscendat; tollere, levare, collocare in aliquo loco. N. 8. 19. 13. 52. IN. 2. 21. SA. 5. 62. DR. 8. 34. 9. 13. M. 31.

(*) āruha est Imperat. et āruhethās Potentialis praeter. multiformis formationis sextae respondentque formis graecis ut [greek] v. gramm. min. ed. 2. par. 381b). et 374b).

c. ā praef. adhi adscendere. MAH. 1. 6395. Caus. efficere ut quis adscendat. R. Schl. II. 55. 16.

c. ā praef. anu post aliquem ascendere. MAH. 2. 36.: anvārurohacā 'py enam.

c. ā praef. anu praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 3818.: tatra 'nañ citrāgnistham mādrī samanvāruroha.

c. ā praef. upa ascendere. MAH. 2. 37.: upāruhyā 'rjunaścā 'pi. Adire, adipisci. RAGH. 17. 30.

c. ā praef. pra id. MAH. 3. 10594.

c. ā praef. sam adscendere. N. 19. 20. Adire, adipisci. RAGH. 8. 15.

c. upa id. MAH. 2. 37.

c. pra prodire, crescere. HIT. 14. 7.: tuṣeṇā 'pi parityaktā na prarohanti taṇḍulāḥ.

c. prati Caus. facere ut quis iterum crescat. RAGH. 17. 42.: śatrūn uddhṛtya pratiropayan (schol. śatrūn uddhṛtya utkhāya pratiropayan punaḥ sthāpayan).

c. vi se dispandere, diffundere. BH. 15. 3.: aśvattham enaṃ suvirūḍhamūlam...chittvā; RAGH. 2. 26.: virūḍhaśaṣpa.

c. sam 1) crescere. BHATT. 11. 5. 2) se colligere, animum confirmare. saṃrūḍha confirmatus, animo promtus. A. 11. 1. Caus. facere ut quis crescat, augeatur, progeniem habeat. SAK. 130. 1.: saṃropite "tmani dharmapatnī mayā tyaktā.

ruha ruha

(r. ruh s. a) crescens, in fine compp., v. tanūruha śiroruha.

ruhvan ruhvan

m. (r. ruh s. van) arbor.

[Page 294b]
rUkS rūkṣ

10. P. (pāruṣye; ut videtur, Denom. a rūkṣa q. v.) horridum, asperum, durum esse.

rUkSa rūkṣa

(ut videtur, a ruh crescere) Adj. asper, horridus, immitis, durus, acerbus, austerus. H. 2. 6. BH. 17. 9. Subst. m. arbor. HEM. (Scribitur etiam rukṣa. Cf. germ. vet. rūh, nostrum rauh, anglo-sax. ruh, rug, reoh, angl. rough.)

rUDha rūḍha

v. ruh et gr. par. 107b).

rUp rūp

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a rūpa forma) 1) formare. 2) gestibus exprimere, indicare, repraesentare, proponere, oculis subjicere. SAK. 7. 2.: rathavegaṃ rūpayati (v. naṭ); UR. 21. 11.

c. ni 1) facere, perficere, peragere. MAN. 6. 38.: nirūpye 'ṣṭim. 2) percipere, videre, animadvertere. HIT. 23. 3.: chidran nirūpya. 3) considerare, reputare, perpendere. HIT. 10. 3.: tan nirūpyatām; 10. 17.: tan nirūpayāmi tāvat. 4) examinare, inquirere, explorare, investigare. HIT. 20. 15.: pakṣibhir itas tato nirūpayadbhis tarukoṭare śāvakāsthīni prāptāni; 90. 1.: aham api gatvā kim etad iti nirūpayāmi. Pervestigare, perquirere, perscrutari. HIT. 68. 14.: koṭare nirūpyamāṇe. 5) eligere, ausersehen. HIT. 41. 2.: aṭavīrājye 'bhiṣektum bhavān...nirūpitaḥ.

c. vi (Denom. a virūpa deformis) deformare. HIT. 65. 1. R. Schl. I. 1. 44.

rUpa rūpa

n. (ut videtur, a r. ruh crescere, Caus. ropayāmi) 1) forma. H. 2. 5. 2) pulchritudo. SA. 2. 18. 3) natura, indoles.

rUpatas rūpatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas v. gr. 652. suff. tas) formā. N. 19. 32.

rUpavat rūpavat

(a rūpa s. vat) formosus, pulcher. IN. 4. 12.

rUpin rūpin

(a rūpa s. in) id. SA. 1. 26.

rUS rūṣ

1. P. ornare. IN. 5. 8.: divyacchandanarūṣitau...stanau.

re re

Interj. vituperationis. HIT. 10. 19.

rek rek

1. A. (śaṅkāyām) suspicari; dubitare.

rekhA rekhā

f. i. q. lekhā.

[Page 295a]
rej rej

1. A. (dīptau) 1) splendere (cf. rāj). 2) in dial. Ved. tremere. RIGV. 31. 3.: arejetaṃ rodasī; pṛthivī...bhiyā...rejate; 80. 14.: jagacca rejate.

c. pra tremere. RIGV. 38. 10.: arejanta pra mānuṣāḥ.

reT reṭ

1. P. (paribhāṣaṇe K. yāce vāci V.) loqui; petere. (V. raṭh).

reNu reṇu

m. f. pulvis. H. 4. 40.

retas retas

n. (r. s. tas vel, secundum grammaticos, suff. as radice auctā adjecto t v. srotas) semen virile. Cf. retra.

retra retra

n. (r. s. tra) id.

rep rep

1. A. (śabde K. śabde gamane V.) sonare; ire. Cf. rebh rev.

repha repha

1) Adj. humilis, TROP. vilis, abjectus. AM. 2) Subst. m. nomen litterae ra.

reb reb

1. A. i. q. rev.

rebh rebh

1. A. (śabde) sonare. In dial. Ved. laudare. RIGV. 120. 6.: ahañcid dhi rirebhā "śvinā vām; 105. 9. Cf. rambh rap lambh lap.

rev rev

1. A. (plave gatau K. plutau braje V.) ire, natare. Cf. riṇv.

reS reṣ

1. A. (avyakte śabde K. hreṣāyām V.) hinnire. Cf. hreṣ heṣ.

rai rai

1. 1. P. latrare, allatrare, c. acc. RIGV. V. 55. 3.: stenaṃ rāya sārameya stotṝn indrasya rāyasi kim. (V. Westerg.)

rai rai

2. m. res, divitiae, opes. RIGV. 36. 12.: rāyas pūrdhi "opes, largire". (Nom. sg. rās lat. res, v. gr. comp. 137.)

[Page 295b]
roga roga

m. (r. ruj s. a) morbus, aegritudo.

rogin rogin

(a praec. s. in) aegrotus.

roD roḍ

1. P. (anādare) contemnere, spernere.

rodana rodana

n. (r. rud s. ana) fletus. Lass. 30. 7.

rodas rodas

n. 1) coelum. 2) terra. Dual. rodasī coleum et terra. UR. 1. 4.

rodhas rodhas

n. (r. rudh impedire s. as) ripa, litus.

rodhin rodhin

(r. rudh s. in) impediens. SAK. 21. 5.

ropay ropay

Caus. r. ruh gr. 521. 4.

roman roman

n. (ut mihi videtur, a r. ruh crescere, abjecto, h suff. man cf. śiroruha tanūruha) pilus corporis. (Cf. loman hib. romach "hairy", romachad "hairiness", roinfaith "hair-cloth"; roin, roine "hair fur", roineach "hairy, crinose".)

romantha romantha

m. ruminatio. SAK. 32. 15. (Cf. lat. rumino.)

rorudya rorudya

Intens. r. rud. BR. 1. 4. 3. 2.

roSa roṣa

m. (r. ruṣ s. a) ira. H. 4. 48.

roSita roṣita

v. ruṣ.

rohiNI rohiṇī

f. (r. ruh s. in in fem.) astrum lunare (*) in, mythologia una e Dakshi filiis et dei Tschandri (lunae) conjugibus. N. 16. 22.

(*) Wilson: The fourth lunar asterism figured by a wheeled carriage and containing five stars, probably, a, [greek]
rohita rohita

(part. pass. Caus. rad. ruh - e rudh - suff. ta) ruber. (V. rudhira lohita.)

rauT rauD rauṭ rauḍ

1. P. i. q. roḍ.

raudra raudra

(a rud Sivus s. a) 1) ad Sivum pertinens, Subst. neut. nomen teli Sivi. A. 3. 50. 10. 42. 2) terribilis. H. 4. 46. N. 12. 20.

[Page 2951]
lak lak

10. P. lākayāmi i. q. rak.

lakS lakṣ

10. P. 1) videre, conspicere, animadvertere, observare. N. 3. 21.: katham asi na lakṣitaḥ; 2. 7.: duhitā me 'dya nā 'tisvasthe 'va lakṣyate; 21. 34.; SA. 4. 8.: tiṣṭhantīcā 'pi sāvitrī kāṣṭhabhūte 'va lakṣyate; N. 23. 2.: caritāny asya lakṣaya; SA. 5. 4.: asvastham sarvā lakṣayāmāsa. (Fortasse lakṣ e dakṣ pro darkṣ vel drakṣ cf. dṛś fut. drakṣyāmi.)

c. ā i. q. simpl. sens. 1. A. 10. 19.: te mām ālakṣya daiteyāḥ.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 5249.

c. upa id. N. 4. 27. SA. 5. 27. A. 4. 40.

c. upa praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 1557.

c. vi id. H. 1. 51.

c. sam id. RAGH. 1. 10.: hemnaḥ saṃlakṣyate hy agnau viśuddhiḥ śyāmikā 'pi vā.

lakSa lakṣa

n. (r. lakṣ s. a) 1) nota, signum. MAH. 3. 14852. 2) numerus 100,000. HIT. 115. 4.

lakSaNa lakṣaṇa

n. (r. lakṣ s. ana v. euph. r. 94a).) nota, signum. N. 16. 27. 19. 13.

lakSman lakṣman

n. (r. lakṣ s. man) nota, signum. SAK. 10. 14.

lakSmaNa lakṣmaṇa

m. (f. lakṣmaṇī) grus indica. A. 9. 21.

lakSmI lakṣmī

f. (ut videtur, a lañj splendere, adjectā sibilante, suff. ma in fem.) 1) Lakschmia, Dei Wischnūs uxor, abundantiae et felicitatis dea. 2) felicitas. 3) pulchritudo, splendor. N. 12. 10. A. 4. 13. (Cf. lith. laime dea felicitatis.)

lakSya lakṣya

(r. lakṣ s. ya) 1) spectandus. 2) n. scopus.

lakh lakh

1. P. ire; v. rakh.

lag lag

1. 1. P. (saṅge) adhaerere. lagna; 1) adjunctus, adhaerens. HIT. 4.: yan nave bhājane lagnaḥ saṃskāro nā 'nyathā bhavet; 35. 12.: kodaṇḍāṭanīlagnaṃ snāyubandhaṅ khādāmi. 2) secutus (v. lag praef. anu). Lass. 25. 6.: pṛṣṭhato lagnaḥ; -- Subst. n. ortus signi Zodiaci. Lass. 20. 8.: śubhe lagne; HIT. 97. 13. (Huc trahi potest lat. ligare, nisi pertinet ad rajju.)

c. anu anulagna secutus. Lass. 30. 10.: śabdānulaganaḥ śmaśānabhūmiṅ gataḥ.

lag lag

2. 10. P. lāgayāmi (svādāpane) gustare, adipisci; v. rak.

laguDa laguḍa

m. fustis, baculus. HIT. 101. 8.

lagna lagna

v. 1. lag et lajj.

[Page 296b]
laghay laghay

Denom. (a laghu levis) levare. UR. 42. 4.: manasijarujaṃ sā...rahasi laghayet; RAGH. 3. 35. 11. 62.

laghiman laghiman

m. (a laghu s. iman v. gr. 652. suff. iman) levitas.

laghiSTha laghiṣṭha

Superl. [greek] laghu (v. gr. min. ed. 2. 226.)

laghIyas laghīyas

Compar. [greek] laghu (v. gr. min. ed. 2. 226.)

laghu laghu

(fem. laghu et laghvī r. laṅgh s. u ejectā nasali) levis. N. 14. 8. (Gr. [greek] praefixa vocali; v. gr. comp. 326.; lat. levis e leguis ejecto g, adjecto i, v. p. 106. s. v. guru; lith. lengwa-s, adjecto a, russ. legkil, adv. legko; germ. vet. līht, anglo-sax. leoht, liht; hib. lag "weak, feeble, faint", compar. laige; lagudhadh "diminution, weakening", laguighthe "weakened, lessened"; laghad "fewness, weakness", lagaighim "I weaken, diminish, lessen" v. laghay; laigidh, laigse, laigsinn "weakness, debility, infirmety"; lugh "little, swift, active", lughad "littleness".)

laGkh laṅkh

1. P. (scribitur lakh gr. 110a).) ire. Cf. lakh liṅkh.

laGg laṅg

1. P. (gatikhañjanayoḥ K. gatau khañjane V.; scribitur lag gr. 110a).) ire, claudicare. Cf. raṅg.

laGgh laṅgh

1. 1. P. (scribitur lagh gr. 110a).) salire, insilire. BHATT. 15. 32.: anye (kapayaḥ) śailān alaṅghiṣuḥ (schol. ārūḍhāḥ); v. 2. laṅgh et cf. raṅk rah goth. laika salio; fortasse graec. [greek] sicut scrt. śaśa nostrum Hase, a saliendo dictum; v. Pott I. 232.)

laGgh laṅgh

2. 10. P. interdum A. transsilire, transgredi. MAH. 3. 11173.: nā 'sti śaktir mamo 'tthātum...laṅghayitvā prayāhi mām; 11174.: tam...na laṅghaye; 11178.: sāgaraḥ plavagendreṇa krameṇai 'kena laṅghitaḥ. TROP. UR. 36. 7. infr.: yena mama tvayo 'padeśo laṅghitaḥ; MAN. 5. 151.: tam (patim) śuśrūṣeta jīvantaṃ saṃsthitañja na laṅghayet "mortuum non transgrediatur" (novo matrimonio), cf. BR. 2. 34.; aliter Kullùkabhattus hoc praeceptum explicat: mṛtañca nā 'tikrāmed vyabhicāreṇa tadīyaśrāddhatarpaṇādi virahitayā pāralaukikakṛtyakhaṇḍanenaca); MAH. 8. 371.: bhartāraṃ laṅghayed yā tu strī (schol. yā strī...patim puruṣāntaropagamanāl laṅghayet).

c. abhi transsilire. MAN. 4. 54.

c. ava kālam ava- tempus transigere. GHAT. 7.

c. vi transgredi, peccare. RAGH. 9. 741. Relinquere, abjicere. RAGH. 3. 4.: abhilāṣe...tathāvidhe mano babandhā 'nyarasān vilaṅghya (schol. tyaktvā).

laGghana laṅghana

n. (r. laṅgh s. ana) 1) transgressio. BR. 2. 34. 2) contemtio, repudiatio, rejectio. UR. 33. 15.

lach lach

1. P. lacchāmi (lakṣaṇe) notare; v. lāñch.

laj laj

1. 6. A. erubescere, pudere. V. lajj et cf. lañj rañj.

laj laj

2. 1. P. (bhartsane) minari; deridere. V. lañj.

lajj lajj

6. P. A. (scribitur lasj gr. 110b).) erubescere, pudere. DR. 5. 2.: mahārathān atibruvan mūḍha na lajjase katham; MAN. 12. 35. 37.: lajjati; MAH. 3. 13837.: lajjanti. -- Part. pass. lagna et lajjita pudore affectus, pudibundus. V. 1. laj.

c. vi id. MAH. 3. 2217.: vilajjamānā.

c. sam id. R. Schl. II. 55. 16.: saṃlajjamānā.

lajjA lajjā

f. (r. lajj s. ā) pudor. IN. 5. 36.

lajjAvat lajjāvat

(a praec. s. vat) pudore affectus, pudibundus. N. 3. 18.

laJj lañj

1. 1. P. (bharsane scribitur laj gr. 110a).) i. q. 2. laj.

laJj lañj

2. 10. P. (bhāniketanahiṃsābaladāneṣu K. bhāṣaṭṭārthe V.; scribitur laj gr. 110a).) splendere; habitare; laedere, occidere; robustum esse; dare; loqui.

laJj lañj

3. 10. P. (bhāsane) splendere.

laT laṭ

1. P. (bālye K. bālyoktau V.) puerilem esse; pueriliter, inepte loqui.

laD laḍ

1. 1. P. (vilāse) ludere, jocari. Cf. lal.

laD laḍ

2. 10. P. laḍayāmi (ākṣepe K. kṣepe V.) jacere, conjicere, dejicere, prosternere. V. lāḍ laṇḍ.

laD laḍ

3. 10. P. laḍayāmi (jihvonmathane K.) linguam exserere.

laD laḍ

4. 10. P. lāḍayāmi (upasevāyām K. upasevane V.) colere, venerari; ministrare. Cf. lal.

[Page 297b]
laD laḍ

5. 10. A. lāḍaye (vīpsāyām K. vīpse V.) desiderare, optare.

laND laṇḍ

1. 1. et 10. A. (utkṣepe) extollere, in altum tollere. V. olaṇḍ.

laND laṇḍ

2. 1. et 10. P. (bhāṣaṇe K. bhāṣe V.) loqui.

latA latā

f. planta repens. H. 4. 23.

lap lap

1. P. 1) loqui. GITA-G. 1. 41.: lapituṅ kim api śrutimūle. 2) queri, lamentari. NALOD. 3. 27.: lalāpa (schol. vilalāpa.). -- Intens. queri, lamentari. MAH. 3. 10200.: lālapyai 'va sakaruṇam; R. Schl. II. 75. 45.: lālapyamānasya...muhurmuhur niḥśvasataśca gharmaṃ sā tasya śokena jagāma rātriḥ; MAH. 1. 968.: lālapyatas tasya bhāryārthe duḥkhitasyaca (lālapyatas pro lālapyamānasyaṃ v. gr. 597.); 1. 4168. 6557. 8449. (Cf. rap hib. labhraim "I say, speak", labhradh "speech, speaking, discoruse"; lat. loquor, mutato p in qu sicut e. c. in quinque = pañca; lā-mentum, gr. [greek] per redupl., abjectā radicis litterā finali; lith. lepju jubeo. Huc etiam pertinere videntur nonnullae quae labium vel lambare significant voces: lith. lupa labium, russ. ruba, pers. leb, lat. labium, labrum, lambo; anglo-sax. lapie lambo, germ. vet. laffu lambo, lefs labium; v. lapana.)

c. apa recusare, denegare. R. Schl. II. 75. 24.: yajñadakṣiṇām.

c. ā loqui, alloqui. DR. 3. 3.: araṇye katham ekam ekā tvām ālapeyam.

c. pra 1) loqui. BH. 5. 9. 2) blaterare, garrire. SAK. 32. 3.: pralapaty eṣa vaidheyaḥ. 3) lamentari. R. Schl. II. 64. 1. 4) cum lamentatione alloqui aliquem, c. acc. MAH. 2. 2339.: tām...pralapantīṃ sma pāṇḍavān duḥśāsanaḥ sabhāmadhye vicakarṣa.

c. vi queri, lamentari. H. 1. 28.: śokaparītātmā vilalāpa. ATM. N. 21. 16.: evaṃ vilapamānā. Trans. 1) cum lamentatione eloqui aliquid. MAH. 2. 2343.: patitā vilalāpe 'dam; N. 13. 43.: evamādīni...vilapya va- rāṅganā pralāpāni. 2) lamentari, deplorare aliquem. R. Schl. I. 1. 33.: vilapan sutam.

lapana lapana

n. (r. lap s. ana) os, oris. AM.

labdha labdha

v. labh (gr. 83.).

labh labh

1. A. interdum P. adipisci, obtinere. BH. 4. 39.: jñānaṃ labhate; 11. 33.: yaśo labhasva; SA. 5. 31.: svam eva rājyaṃ labhatāṃ sa pārthivaḥ; IN. 3. 9.: nā 'labhac charma; 5. 59.: mudam paramikāṃ lebhe; R. Schl. I. 10.: 10.: lapsyateca tataḥ kāmam ṛṣiputrāt; 15. 14.: tāsu tvam lapsyase putrān. Concipere garbham foetum. MAH. 3. 10496.: sarvāśca garbhān alabhan. -- Caus. lambhayāmi (gr. min. ed. 2. 471. 5.) facere ut quis adipiscatur, dare, inde tradere, c. acc. pers. et rei. RAGH. 18. 8.: putram... kṣmāṃ lambhayitvā; MAH. 2. 1529.: dehabhedañca lambhitaḥ. -- Desid. lips (gr. 552.) obtinere cupere. MAN. 7. 99.: alabdhañcai 'va lipseta labdhaṃ rakṣet. (Cf. rabh gr. AAB, [greek] quod insertā nasali convenit cum Caus. lambhayāmi et Pass. praet. multif. 3. p. alambhi; lith. laba-s bonus, lóbis "Hab' und Gut", boruss. vet. labba-s bonum, possessio = lābha Nom. lābhas lab-s honus; pal-lapsitwei, pal-lapsitwei appetere, desiderare ad Desid. lips e lilips referri potest; slav. lov-i-ti captare; hib. lamh manus, a sumendo dictum esse censeo, sicut gr. [greek] convenit cum hṛ i. e. har sumere; mh = bh sicut in neamh = nabhas v. Pictet p. 50, 51.

c. abhi Desid. abhilipsāmi sumere, tollere cupio. MAH. 1. 2940.: sā 'gacchat tvaritā bhūmiṃ vāsas tad abhilipsatī.

c. ā 1) tangere. MAN. 11. 202.: gām ālabhya viśudhyati. 2) occidere(?). SA. 5. 99.: na jīviṣye varārohe satyenā "tmānam ālabhe V. ālambha.

c. ā praef. upa 1) adipisci, obtinere. SAK. 14. 13.: tattvata enām upālapsye. 2) vituperare, reprehendere. SA. 5. 84.: mātrā pitrāca...upālabdhaḥ subahuśaś cireṇā "gacchasī 'ti ha; RAGH. 7. 41.

c. ā praef. sam tangere, mulcere. R. Schl. I. 29. 25. 41. 23. II. 25. 35.

c. upa 1) adipisci; concipere (utero). R. Schl. I. 15. 25.: garbhān upalebhire śubhān. 2) percipere, animadvertere, videre, intelligere. N. 8. 3.: nalañca hṛtasarvasvam upalabhya; 11. 35.

c. pra decipere. N. 14. 5. 13. 15.

c. pra praef. vi 1) id. SAK. 107. 9. 2) violare. MAH. 3. 223.: sa vai dharmo vipralabdhaḥ...pāpātmabhiḥ.

c. prati recuperare. MAH. 3. 712.: pratilabhyaca cetanām.

lamb lamb

1. A. interdum P. (scribitur lab gr. 110a)) labi, cadere, praecipitare, incidere. MAH. 1. 1038.: tena lambāmahe garte; 2. 2187.: prapāte tvaṃ lambamāno na vetsi; 3. 8555.: gartam etam anuprāptā lambāmaḥ; R. Schl. II. 40. 21.; DR. 6. 18.: vṛkṣāśca lambanti tathai 'va bhagnāḥ. Occidere, de sole, R. Schl. I. 33. 20.: lambamāne divākare; 65. 34.: lambate ravimaṇḍalam. -- V. lambay. (Cf. lat. lābor, lābo; lith. rambùs, v. praef. vi; de remju, remjo-s v. praef. ava.)

c. ava 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 1035.: avalambante garte; 4. 1040.: sūrye 'valambati. 2) inniti, c. acc. UR. 8. 16: rājānam avalambate; R. Schl. II. 52. 51.: tvayā tva idānīm...rājatvam avalambyatām; HIT. 32. 17.: yena...nairāśyam avalambitam. Prehendere. RAGH. 7. 9.: hastena tasthāv avalambya vāsaḥ (schol. gṛhītvā). -- Caus. fulcire, sustentare, sustinere. UR. 33. 3. infr. bubhukṣitasya me jīvitam avalambayatu bhavātn. (Cf. lith. remju fulcio, remjo-s innitor, ramtis, ramstis fulcrum.)

c. ava praef. sam fulcire. MAH. 3. 10988.: bāhubhyām... ūrū samavalambata.

c. ā 1) fulcire. MAH. 3. 10989.: ālambamānā sahitāv ūrū. 2) prehendere. BHATT. 14. 95.: ālalambe mahāstrāṇi (schol. G. gṛhītavān BH. jagrāha).

c. ā praef. sam 1) inniti, morari. HIT. 44. 9.: janapade lakṣmī samālambatām. 2) prehendere. BHATT. 11. 1.: samālalambe (Pass.) ...padmaiḥ prahāsaḥ.

c. ut ullambita erectus. MR. 68. 3.

c. ut praef. sam samullambita id. MR. 68. 10.

c. vi cunctari. N. 20. 16.: nā 'yaṅ kālo vilambitum. (Cf. lith. rambus piger.)

lamba lamba

(r. lamb s. a) amplus, magnus, longus, latus, turgidus. H. 2. 3.

lambajaThara lambajaṭhara

(BAH. e praec. et jaṭhara venter) turgidum ventrem habens. H. 2. 3.

lambay lambay

(Denom. a lamba v. gr. 589.) extendere. RAGH. 6. 75.: ko lambayed āharaṇāya hastam (schol. lambaṅ kuryāt).

lambasphic lambasphic

(BAH. e lamba et sphic clunis) turgidas clunes habens. H. 2. 3.

lay lay

1. A. (gatau) ire. Cf. ray vay.

laya laya

m. (r. 2. s. a) domus, habitatio. MED.

lal lal

1. P. interdum A. lascivire, ludere, hilarem esse, voluptate frui. R. Schl. I. 9. 19.: lalamānā varāṅganāḥ; IN. 1. 27.: śiśur yathā pitur aṅke susukhaṃ vartate... tathā tavā 'ṅke lalitaṃ śailarāja mayā prabho. -- lalita amoenus, gratus, suavis, venustus, pulcher. Lass. 65. 16. 70. 2. 91. 14. SAK. 34. 15. MEGH. 33, 65. Subst. n. venustas. R. Schl. I. 9. 16. -- lalitam Adv. pulchre, belle, suaviter. DEV. 10. 27.: gandharvā lalitañ jaguḥ. -- Caus. exhilarare, gaudio afficere. R. Schl. II. 47. 6.: yo naḥ sadā lālayati pitā putrān ivau "rasān; 43. 15.; MAH. 2. 1797.

lalana lalana

lasciviens, ludens, praescertim fem. lalanā. IN. 5. 6.

lalATa lalāṭa

n. frons, frontis. N. 19. 16.

lalAma lalāma

n. decus, ornamentum. SAK. 34. 7.

lalita lalita

v. lal.

lava lava

m. (r. s. a) frustillum, particula, res minuta, paululum quiddam, praesertim in fine compj. UR. 74. 10.: āmiṣalava; 72. 13.: aparādhalava; MEGH. 21, 71, 91.

lavaNa lavaṇa

n. (r. s. ana anomale mutato n in ṇa) sal. V. sq.

lavaNAmbhas lavaṇāmbhas

n. (aqua salsa, TATP. e lavaṇa et ambhas aqua) mare salsum. M. 40.

lavaNoda lavaṇoda

m. (aqua salsa, TATP. e lavaṇa et uda aqua) id. AM.

lavalI lavalī

f. nomen plantae repentis. UR. 84. 1.

[Page 299b]
laz laś

10. P. v. 2. las.

laS laṣ

1. 1. et 4. P. A. desiderare, optare, appetere. (Cf. las lālasa gr. [greek] [greek] v. Pott. I. 271.)

c. abhi id. MAH. 1. 6580.: kā...kanyā nā 'bhilaṣen nātham bhartāram; IN. 5. 35.: cirābhilaṣito vīra mamā 'py eṣa manorathaḥ; SA. 3. 13.: pūrvam evā 'bhilaṣitaḥ sambandho me tvayā saha.

laS laṣ

2. 10. P. v. 2. las.

las las

1. 1. P. (śleṣaṇavilāsayoḥ K. śliṣikrīḍe V.) 1) amplecti, ludere, jocari. Ut videtur, primitive se movere (v. Caus. et las praef. ut). 2) radiare. lucere, splendere. MAH. 3. 15533.: lasatkaustubhabhūṣaṇa; NALOD. 1. 34.: kṣiptalasannālīkān (schol. lasanto dīpyamānāḥ); 46.: lasamānān (schol. dedīpyamānān). -- Caus. lāsayāmi ludere, jocari facio; agito. UR. 18. 4.: latāṅ kaundīñca lāsayan (vāyuḥ). V. lālasa et cf. lal lat. lascivus, lascivire.

c. ut se movere; splendere. BHATT. 9. 86.: ullasatkusumām puṇyāṃ hemaratnalatām iva (schol G. calatpuṣpām BH. rājatpuṣpām). -- Caus. exhilarare. ullāsita exhilaratus. ullāsitam Adv. laete. HIT. 21. 15.: tan dṛṣṭvo 'llāsitam brūte.

c. vi ludere, jocari, se oblectare, praesertim ludo amatorio frui, c. instr. HIT. 42. 9.: nirdayam āliṅgya paryaṅke tayā vilalāsa; GITA-G. 7. 13. 14.; sq.: kā 'pi madhuripuṇā vilasati yuvatiḥ. C. loc. GITA-G. 1. 38. sq.: harir iha mugdhabadhūnikare vilāsini vilasati. Absol. l. c. 11. 14.: iha vilasa. 2) splendere. BHATT. 10. 68. -- vilasita n. splendor. UR. 78. 15.: aciraprabhāvilasitaiḥ.

las laS laz las laṣ laś

2. 10. P. lāsayāmi etc. (śilpayoge) artem exercere, manu operari.

lA

2. P. (dāne ādāne K. grahe V.) 1) dare. 2) sumere. BHATT. 14. 92.: laluḥ khaḍgān; 15. 53. (Cf. dā rā.)

lAkSA lākṣā

f. genus pigmenti rubri. RITU-S. 1. 5.

[Page 300a]
lAkh lākh

1. P. (śoṣaṇālamarthayoḥ) arescere; ornare. Cf. rākh p. 288, ubi rākh pro rākṣ legendum.

lAgh lāgh

1. A. i. q. rāgh.

lAghava lāghava

n. (a laghu levis s. a) levitas; trop. contemtus. BH. 2. 35.

lAGgula lāṅgula

n. (ut videtur, a r. laṅg s. ula) cauda pilosa. HIT. 26. 5. 76. 6.

lAGgUla lāṅgūla

n. id. HIT. 51. 16.

lAj lāj

1. P. (bhartsane K. bhartsane bharge V.) minari, terrere; frigere, assare, torrere.

lAJch lāñch

1. P. i. q. lach.

lAJchana lāñchana

n. (r. lāñch s. ana) nota, signum.

lAJj lāñj

1. P. (scribitur lāj gr. 110a).) i. q. lāj.

lAbh lābh

10. P. (preraṇe K.) mittere.

lAbha lābha

m. (r. labh s. a) 1) adeptio, impetratio. HIT. 4. 3. 2) lucrum. N. 12. 132. BH. 2. 38. (V. labh.)

lAlasa lālasa

(a lālas - INTENS. rad. las - s. a) desiderans. IN. 5. 1. N. 12. 84. 124. 13. 1.

lAlA lālā

f. saliva. RITU-S. 1. 5.

lAvaNya lāvaṇya

n. (a lavaṇa sal s. ya) 1) salsitudo. 2) pulchritudo, venustas. HIT. 31. 20. 63. 15.

likh likh

1. 6. P. 1) scarificare, leviter incidere, radere, scalpere, (v. compp. c. ut pra vi). HIT. 43. 15.: kākaś ca tasyo 'pari cañcvā kimapi likhatu. Tangere. BHATT. 15. 22.: mūrdhnā divam ivā 'lekhīt (schol. BH. spṛṣṭavān; v. praef. ut). 2) scribere. HIT. 4. 4.: mitralābhaḥ...likhyate. 3) delineare, pingere. MAH. 2. 731.: yo mām bhaktyā likhet kuḍye. (Huc trahi posset lat. ri-ma, cf. rekhā pro lekhā.)

c. abhi scribere. UR. 24. 12.: abhilikhya.

c. ā delineare, pingere. SA. 2. 13.: citre 'picā "likhaty aśvān.

c. ut scarificare, radere. MAH. 3. 374.: caraṇeno 'llikhan mahīm. Tangere. N. 12. 53.: kham ullikhadbhiḥ...śṛṅgaśataiḥ.

c. pra sacrificare, radere. MAN. 4. 55.: na...pralikhed bhūmim.

c. vi id. A. 3. 19.: pṛthivīṃ vilikhaṃś caraṇaiḥ; RAGH. 6. 15.: pādena haimaṃ vililekha pīṭham.

liGkh liṅkh

1. P. (scribitur likh gr. 110a).) ire. V. rakh.

liGg liṅg

1. 1. P. (gatau scribitur lig gr. 110a).) ire. V. rakh.

c. ā amplecti. HIT. 42. 9.: nirdayam āliṅgya. -- ATM. R. Schl. II. 64. 30.: kin nu nā "liṅgase.

c. ā praef. prati vicissim amplecti. MR. 176. 13.

c. ā praef. sam amplecti. H. 4. 20. BR. 2. 36.

liGg liṅg

2. 10. P. (citrīkaraṇe K. citre V.; scribitur lig) pingere. Cf. likh.

liGga liṅga

n. (r. liṅg s. a) 1) signum, indicium. N. 5. 14. BH. 14. 21. 2) penis. 3) phallus.

lip lip

6. P. A. limpāmi limpe (gr. 335.) ungere, oblinere, contaminare, polluere. BHATT. 19. 11.: ramyair limpeta (schol. vilepsyatha) varṇakaiḥ; HIT. 21. 14.: māṃsāsṛgliptāny asthīni. TROP. BH. 4. 14.: na māṅ karmāṇi limpanti; 5. 10.: lipyate na sa pāpena. (Cf. gr. [greek] lat. li-no, lī-mus, de-lībuo, lith. pri-lip-ti adhaerere, ankleben, praes. pri-limpù = pralimpāmi; slav. ljep-i-ti glutinare; hib. laib, laibe "mire, dirt, clay"; germ. vet. līm gluten; Pottius I. 258. huc trahit goth. salbon - sa-lbon - nostrum salben, ita ut sa respondeat praep. sam vel sa et lb radici lip.

c. anu i. q. simpl. HIT. 42. 1.: rājaputreṇa snātānuliptena; N. 16. 13.: malapaṅkānuliptāṅgīm.

c. ava avalipta vanus, fastuosus, superbus. BR. 1. 11. 19.

c. ā i. q. simpl. MAH. 2624.

c. upa id. MAH. 2. 2625.: pāṃśūpaliptasarvāṅgaḥ; BH. 13. 32. Caus. oblinendum curare. MAN. 3. 206.

c. vi i. q. simpl. HIT. 128. 12.

c. sam Caus. ungere. MAH. 1. 4950.: candanena...samalepayan.

lips lips

Desid. rad. labh (gr. 552.).

liz liś

1. 6. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire.

liz liś

2. 4. P. (alpībhāve K. tauchye V.) parvum, exiguum esse. V. leśa. (Benfey huc trahit gr. [greek] lith. lesas macer; cf. boruss. vet. likuts parvus; v. leśa.)

lih lih

2. P. A. lingere, lambere (leḍhi līḍhe v. gr. 102.). HIT. 28. 13.: asthi nirdaśanaḥ śve 'va jihvayā leḍhi. -- Intens. lelih lelihya. MAH. 3. 10394.: lelihajjihvayā; A. 10. 43.: lelihānair mahānāgaiḥ; BH. 11. 30.: lelihyase...lokān samagrān vadanair jvaladbhiḥ. -- In dial. Ved. rih pro lih RIGV. 22. 14.: payo viprā rihanti. (Cf. gr. AIX, [greek] [greek] hib. lighim, im-lighim "I lick"; lat. lingo; goth. laigo lingo = Caus. lehayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; lith. lai[greek]au lingo, lie[greek]uwis lingua; slav. ob-li[greek]-a-ti lingere.)

c. ava i. q. simpl. DR. 6. 21.: purā somo 'dhvarago 'valihyate śunā; MAH. 1. 667.

c. ā id. RAGH. 2. 37.: senānyam ālīḍham ivā 'surāstraiḥ.

c. pari circumlambere, part. pass. parilīḍha. R. Schl. II. 61. 16.

c. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 10653.

c. sam praef. pari circumlambere. MAH. 3. 11500.: bhīmaḥ sṛkkaṇī parisaṃlihan.

lI

1. 1. P. (dravīkaraṇe K. drāvaṇe V.) liquefacere, solvere. līna solutus, dirutus, exstinctus. R. ed. Ser. II. 46. 10.: līnapuṣkarapatra. (Cf. 1. lith. ly-ti pluere, lyj-a pluit ([greek] = i), ly-tus pluvia; slav. li-ja-ti fundere; hib. leaghaim "I melt, thaw, dissolve" = layāmi cum gh pro y; leaghan "liquor"; lat. liqueo, liquo.)

c. ā Pass. dissolvi, tabescere. N. 11. 14.: muhur ālīyate bhītā.

c. pra Pass. dissolvi, perire, evanescere, mori. BH. 8. 18.: rātryāgame pralayante; MAN. 4. 240.: ekaḥ prajāyate jantur ekaḥ pralīyate (schol. mriyate); pralīna mortuus. BH. 14. 15.

c. vi Pass. id. v. sq.

c. vi praef. pra Pass. id. BH. 4. 23.: karma samagram pravilīyate; MAH. 1. 6462.: phenavat pravilīyate.

c. sam v. 2. .

[Page 301b]
lI

2. 9. P. 4. A. lināmi (gr. 385.) adhaerere, inhaerere, insidere (secundum K. et V. amplecti, śleṣaṇe K. śliṣi V. cf. liṅg) līna adjunctus, adhaerens, inhaerens, insidens, morans. BHATT. 2. 19.: na paṅkajan tad yad alīnaṣaṭpadam; RAGH. 9. 65.: kuñjalīnān... siṃhān; MAH. 1. 4310. 4314.: dadṛśus tatra (āśrame) līnāṃs tāṃś caurān.

c. abhi incumbere, inniti, c. acc. MEGH. 37.: bhujataruvanam...abhilīnaḥ.

c. ni 1) considere, c. acc. vel loc. MAH. 3. 10560.: ūruṃ rājñaḥ samāsādya kapotaḥ śyenajād bhayāt...nililye; BHATT. 14. 76.: nililye mūrdhni gṛdhro 'sya. nilīna insidens. BHATT. 2. 5.: puṣpaiḥ...nilīnabhṛṅgaiḥ. Incessus, habitatus. R. Schl. II. 46. 3.: araṇyāni...nilīnāni mṛgadvijaiḥ. nilīyamāna sedens. UR. 86. 4. infr.: āśramapādapaśikhare nilīyamānaḥ. 2) procidere, procumbere. MAH. 3. 11109.: nililyur vanavāsinaḥ samutpetuḥ khagās trastāḥ; 10975.: bhītā vāyor nililyire; A. 6. 13.: vitresuśca nililyuśca bhūtāni (sic legendum pro vililyuśca).

c. ni praef. sam sedere. MAH. 3. 13654.: upariṣṭācca vṛkṣasya valākā sannyalīyata.

c. sam morari, versari. SU. 2. 20.: saṃlīnam api durgeṣu ninyatur yamasādanam.

lIDha līḍha

v. lih (gr. 102.).

lIlA līlā

f. 1) ludus, praesertim feminarum amore captarum. MEGH. 36. 66. SRINGARA-T. 1. 8. 9. 2) derisus. R. Schl. I. 62. 13.

luJc luñc

1. P. evellere. BHATT. 14. 59.: keśān luluñca. (Cf. rup lup; slav. luc-i-ti separare; goth. raupja evello, nostrum raufe.)

c. ava id. MAH. 3. 10760.: avaluñcya jaṭām ekām; 10761.: avaluñcya parām.

c. vi BHATT. 18. 38.

luJj luñj

10. P. (scribitur luj; gr. 110a).) i. q. 2. lañj.

luT luṭ

1. 1. et 4. P. se volutare. BHATT. 3. 32.: luṭyan saśoko bhuvi; 18. 11.: bhūmau luṭyanti. V. luṭh.

[Page 302a]
luT luṭ

2. 1. A. i. q. 1. ruṭ.

luT luṭ

3. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. bhāṣe V.) loqui. Cf. 2. raṭ raṭh.

luTh luṭh

1. 6. P. se volutare. HIT. 123. 18.: patitaḥ pṛthivītale luloṭha; 55. 11.: maṇir luṭhati pādeṣu. (V. 1. luṭ et cf. hib. liuth "I move, I hasten".)

luTh luṭh

2. 1. P. (upaghāte K. pratīghāte V.) ferire, occidere, perturbare; arcere, avertere. Cf. ruṭh.

luTh luṭh

3. 1. A. (pratīghāte) arcere, avertere. Cf. ruṭh.

luTh luṭh

4. 10. P. furari. Cf. luṇṭ luṇṭh luṇḍ.

luD luḍ

1. 1. P. agitare, perturbare. Caus. id. MAH. 1. 2833.: tad vanam...loḍayāmāsa duṣyantaḥ; R. Schl. II. 95. 18.: mṛgayūthaloḍitām. Cf. 1. luṭ 1. luṭh lul.

c. ā Caus. 1) agitare. MAH. 1. 7921.: kāmenā "loḍyate manaḥ. 2) miscere. R. Schl. II. 48. 24.: viṣam pivatā "loḍya; MAH. 4. 689.: viṣam āloḍya pāsyāmi; v. sq.

c. ā praef. sam Caus. miscere. MAH. 3. 11477.: viṣam etat samāloḍya prāśitan tvayā.

luD luḍ

2. 6. P. (saṃvṛtau K. śliṣi V.) tegere; amplecti.

luNT luṇṭ

1. 1. P. (steye K. hnutau V.; scribitur luṭ gr. 110a).) furari. Cf. ruṇṭ luṇḍ 4. luṭh.

luNT luṇṭ

2. 1. et 10. P. (steye K. avajñācaurye V.) furari; spernere, despicere. V. 1. luṇṭ.

luNTh luṇṭh

1. P. (scribitur luṭh gr. 110a).) i. q. ruṇṭh.

luND luṇḍ

10. P. (caurye) furari. V. 1. luṇṭ.

luNth luṇth

1. P. hiṃsāsaṅkleśayoḥ; scribitur luth gr. 110a).) ferire, laedere, occidere; dolore afficere.

lup lup

1. 6. P. A. lumpāmi lumpe (gr. 335.). Findere, rumpere, interrumpere, irrumpere, conturbare, perdere, destruere. MAH. 1. 5560.: lokān viśvāsayitvai 'va tato lumped yathā vṛkaḥ; HIT. 113. 3.: svāminaṃ loptum icchāmi; MAN. 2. 189.: tasya vratan na lupyate; 9. 211.: tasya bhāgo na lupyate; BR. 2. 15.: bāle 'smin anāthe...sarvato lupte; BH. 1. 42. -- Caus. laedere, hib. reubaim "I tear, lacerate", reuban "plundering, destroying, robbery"; lomaim "I sheer, shave, make bare" = lumpāmi ejecto p.)

c. ava irrumpere. MAN. 7. 106.: vṛkavaccā 'valumpeta.

c. pra disturbare, destruere. MAH. 1. 7750.: brāhmaṇasya... havir dhvāṅghaiḥ pralupyate.

c. pra praef. vi perturbare, disturbare, destruere. MAN. 3. 225.: tad (annam) vipralumpanty asurāḥ.

c. vi id. MAN. 3. 204.: rakṣāṃsi hi vilumpanti śrāddham ārakṣavarjitam; R. Schl. I. 20. 3.: tasya yajño hi rakṣobhis tadā vilulupe; II. 64. 63.: smṛtir mama vilupyate. -- Caus. id. MAH. 1. 7752. Exstinguere. MAH. 1. 5233.: tena (vāyunā) tatra pradīpaḥ sa dīpyamāno vilopitaḥ.

lup lup

2. 4. P. i. q. rup 4. P.

lubdha lubdha

v. lubh (gr. 83.).

lubdhaka lubdhaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) venator. N. 11. 33.

lubh lubh

1. 4. P. cupere, desiderare. lubdha cupidus, avidus. HIT. 10. 2.: taṇḍulakaṇalubdhān kapotān; BH. 18. 27. -- Caus. pellicere, excitare. R. Schl. I. 64. 8.: lobhayāmāsa lalitā viśvāmitram; 12.: yan mām lobhayase rambhe. (Cf. lith. lūbju appeto, concupisco, praesertim nuptias; slav. liub-i-ti amare; germ. vet. liubiu amo = Caus. lobhayāmi liub carus, dilectus, liubi amor; lat. lubet, libet, libido.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. MAN. 9. 20.: pralulubhe. Caus. pellicere. SU. 1. 12.: ratnaiḥ pralobhayāmāsuḥ strībhiśco 'bhau.

c. vi Caus. pellicere, excitare. RAGH. 19. 10.: aṅganās tam adhikaṃ vyalobhayan. Concitare in iram; DR. 4. 24.: vilobhayāmāsa paraṃ vākyair vākyāni yojatī. Delectare. R. Schl. II. 94. 1.: svañca cittaṃ vilobhayan.

lubh lubh

2. 6. P. perturbare. Part. pass. lubhita. Cf. lup.

c. vi id. BHATT. 9. 40.: vilubhitaṃ vātaiḥ keśaram.

lumb lumb

1. et 10. P. (ardane; scribitur lub) vexare.

lul lul

1. P. agitare, perturbare. R. Schl. II. 42. 29.: babhūva lulitam manaḥ; 65. 18.: śokāśrululitānanā. Cf. luḍ.

luS luṣ

1. P. (steye V.) furari. (Cf. lūṣ muṣ.)

luh luh

1. P. (gārdhye) desiderare, appetere. (Cf. 1. lubh et v. gr. 104.)

lU

9. P. A. lunāmi lune (v. gr. 385.) findere, abscindere, desecare, evellere. RAGH. 3. 59.: patatriṇā śarāsanajyām alunāt; DR. 5. 6.: siṃhasya pakṣmāṇi mukhāl lunāsi. BHATT. 9. 80.: nāsām...lulāva. -- Part. pass. lūna. R. Schl. I. 55. 10.: lūnapakṣa iva dvijaḥ. (Cf. lup gr. [greek] lat. so-lvo, so-lū-tum = saṃlū; goth. LUS (fra-liusa perdo, laus, lusum) adjectā sibilante; lausja solvo; lith. láuja desino, cesso = Caus. lāvayāmi; slav. rv-a-ti evellere, runo, gen. runes-e vellus, v. Miklosich p. 75.; rus'-i-ti evertere.)

lUna lūna

v. .

lUp lūp

10. P. (vadhe steye V.) occidere; furari. (Cf. luṣ muṣ lū.)

lekha lekha

n. (r. likh s. a) epistola. UR. 24. 5. infr.

lekhA lekhā

f. (r. likh s. a in fem.) linea, virga. IN. 5. 15.

lep lep

1. A. (gamane) ire.

lepa lepa

m. (r. lip s. a) unguentum.

lepana lepana

n. (r. lip s. ana) id. Lass. 11. 2.

leza leśa

m. (r. liś s. a) particula, res minuta, parva. AM. (= lava q. v.) in fine compp. MEGH. 105.: aśruleśāḥ. (V. liś.)

lok lok

1. A. videre. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dīptau V.) loqui; splendere. (Cf. loc ruc lith. laukiu exspecto; lett. lūk-o-t (luhkoht) videre; germ. vet. logen, luogen videre; angl. look; v. ruc.)

c. ava 1. A. et 10. P. videre, conspicere, aspicere, intueri. HIT. 10. 1.: tāṃs taṇḍulakaṇān avalokayāmāsa; 85. 15.: ūrdhvam avalokate; 22. 2.: mṛgam anāgatam avalokya; 120. 16.: cakravākasadṛśaśca mantrī na kvā 'py avalokyate.

c. ava praef. sam 10. P. inspicere, perlustrare. HIT. 106. 1.: yodhān samavalokayet.

c. ā 1. A. et 10. P. intueri, aspicere, inspicere, conspicere, spectare, contemplari. N. 9. 5.: puṣkaram ālokya; DR. 1. 14.: mām evā "lokya sundarī bhajet; RAGH. 14. 29.: ālokayiṣyan muditām ayodhyām prāsādam...āruroha; BHATT. 2. 24.: āluloke...tapovanam; MAH. 3. 11024.: vanāny upavanānica ālokayantas te jagmuḥ.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 775. 3. 16850.

c. vi 1) videre, conspicere, spectare, contemplari. RAGH. 2. 11.: asya...vilokayantyo vapuḥ...hariṇyaḥ. 10. A. R. Schl. I. 44. 19.: vyalokayanta te tatra gaganād gāṅ gatān nadīm. 2) ultra aliquid prospicere. MAN. 8. 239.: vṛtin tatra prakurvīta yām uṣṭro na vilokayet.

c. vi praef. pra prospicere. R. Schl. I. 9. 59.: sarvataḥ pravilokayan.

loka loka

m. (r. lok s. a) 1) mundus. IN. 1. 14. H. 1. 36. BR. 1. 14. SU. 1. 25. 2) in plur. vel initio comp. homines. Lass. 1. 2. 12. 13. (Cf. lat. locus, lith. laukas campus.)

loc loc

1. A. videre. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. bhāse V.) loqui; lucere. (Cf. lok unde loc mutatā gutturali in lab.)

c. ā 1) videre, conspicere. MAH. 2. 617.: ālocya girimukhyan tam. 2) considerare, reputare, cogitare. HIT. 10. 10.: lobhākṛṣṭena kenacit pānthenā "locitam; 14. 17. et 91. 19.: ity ālocya.

locana locana

n. (r. loc s. ana) oculus. MEGH. 28. RAGH. 3. 41. H. 2. 36.

loT loṭ

1. P. (unmāde) mente captum esse; v. loḍ lauḍ.

[Page 304a]
loD loḍ

1. P. i. q. loṭ.

lodhra lodhra

m. (pro rodhra a primitivā formā radicis ruh crescere q. v. suff. ra) nomen arboris. N. 12. 4.

loptra loptra

n. (r. lup s. tra) raptum, rapina. MAH. 1. 4309.

lobha lobha

m. (r. lubh cupere s. a) cupiditas, aviditas. DR. 7. 13. A. 4. 49.

lobhanIya lobhanīya

(r. lubh s. anīya) desiderandus, v. sq.

lobhanIyatamAkRti lobhanīyatamākṛti

(BAH. e lobhanīyatama maxime desiderandus, amoenissimus et ākṛti forma) amoenissimam formam habens. IN. 5. 14.

loman loman

n. (pro roman q. v., r mutato in l) corporis pilus.

lomaharSaNa lomaharṣaṇa

(BAH. ex praec. et harṣaṇa erectio) corporis pilorum erectionem efficiens, terribilis. A. 3. 21.

lola lola

(r. lul s. a) 1) tremulus. MEGH. 28. 2) cupidus. MEGH. 101. c. infin.; v. laulya.

loST loṣṭ

1. A. (saṅghāte K. saṃhatau V.; fortasse Denom. a loṣṭa) coacervare.

loSTa loṣṭa

m. n. (v. loṣṭ) gleba.

[Page 304b]
loSTu loṣṭu

id.

loha loha

m. n. (pro roha sicut lohita pro rāhita q. v.) ferrum (a colore).

lohakAra lohakāra

m. (e praec. et kāra faciens, factor) faber ferrarius.

lohita lohita

(pro rohita q. v.) ruber. H. 3. 2.

lohitAkSa lohitākṣa

(BAH. ex praec. et akṣa q. v. oculus) rubros oculos habens. H. 3. 2.

lohitAGga lohitāṅga

m. (BAH. e lohita et aṅga) planeta Mercurius. AM.

lohitekSaNa lohitekṣaṇa

(BAH. e lohita ruber et īkṣaṇa q. v. oculus) i. q. lohitākṣa.

laukika laukika

(a loka s. ika) 1) mundanus. 2) humanus.

lauD lauḍ

1. P. i. q. loḍ loṭ.

laulya laulya

n. (a lola s. ya) desiderium, cupiditas, aviditas. HIT. 113. 18.

lpI lpī

(lyī?) 9. P. i. q. 9. P.

[Page 3041]
vaMza vaṃśa

m. 1) arundo. IN. 1. 8. 2) turba, multitudo. DR. 8. 5. 3) stirps, gens, familia. IN. 5. 41. 43. (Cf. goth. raus, them. rausa, arundo, mutato v in r, n in u (v. gr. comp. parpar. 20. 432.); germ. vet. ror.)

vaMh vaṃh

1. v. baṃh.

vaMh vaṃh

2. 10. P. (dyutau; scribitur vah gr. 110a).) splendere.

vaka vaka

m. grus.

vakula vakula

m. nomen plantae (Wils.: mimusops elengi). N. 12. 40.

vakk vakk

1. A. (gatau) ire. Cf. vaṣk vask vaṅk vakh vaṅkh vaṅg valg.

vaktR vaktṛ

(r. vac s. tṛ) Subst. orator. HIT. 70. 9. Adj. eloquens. IN. 4. 12. DR. 7. 17.

vaktra vaktra

n. (r. vac s. tra) 1) os. 2) vultus. N. 21. 9. 24. 4. (Fortasse lat. latrare e vactrare, v. gr. comp. 20.)

[Page 3041]
vakra vakra

(r. vaṅk ejectā nasali, suff. ra) curvus, flexuosus. MEGH. 28. (Cf. lat. vārus, hib. fiar "crooked, inclined"; "wicked, perverse"; fiaras "crookedness"; fiaraim "I incline, bend".)

vakS vakṣ

1. P. crescere. RIGV. 114. 7.: mā na ukṣantam mā na ukṣitam...badhīḥ ne nobis adolescentem, ne nobis adultum occidas. -- In praet. redupl. magnum, validum esse. RIGV. 81. 5.: ati viśvaṃ vavakṣitha. -- ukṣita qui erevit, magnus. RIGV. 85. 2. (V. Westerg. et cf. goth. VAHS, zend. [greek] ucs crescere; gr. [greek] [greek] hib. fasaim "I grow, increase", fasamhuil adj. "growing, increasing"; lat. vas-tus - de augeo v. ūha - lith. augu cresco, auksz-tas altus; fortasse usis fraxinus a crescendo dictum, servatā sibilante, ejectā gutturali.)

vakSas vakṣas

n. (r. vakṣ s. as) pectus. (Hib. uchd "the breast, = ṛkṣa-s ex arkṣa-s ursu-s.)

vakh vaGkh vakh vaṅkh

(scribitur vakh gr. 110a).) 1. P. ire, se movere. (Cf. lakh etc., rakh etc., vakk vaṅk vaṅg vaṅgh valg lat. vacillo, quod p. 62. minus apte tractum est ad kak; germ. vet. wankon, wanchon vacillare.)

vaGk vaṅk

1. A. (kauṭilye K. kauṭilye gatau V.; scribitur vak) tortuose ire; incedere; ire. vaṅku tortuose incedens. RIGV. 114. 4. (V. vaṅka vakra et cf. lith. wingis flexus fluminis, germ. vet. winkil, anglo-sax. vincel angulus, gr. [greek] lat. angulus.)

vaGka vaṅka

m. (r. vaṅk s. a) flexus fluminis. (Lith. wingis id., v. r. vaṅk.)

vaGkri vaṅkri

m. (r. vaṅk s. ri) costa. HEM.

vaGkh vaṅkh

v. vakh.

vaGg vaṅg

1. P. (gatau K. khañje V.) ire; claudicare. V. vakh vaj.

vaGga vaṅga

n. 1) plumbum. AM. 2) stannum. HEM. -- vaṅga m. 1) Bengalia. 2) Bengalensis. RAGH. 4. 36. (Hib. ban "copper".)

vaGgh vaṅgh

1. A. (gatau K. nindārambhajaveṣu; scribitur vagh) ire; reprehendere; incipere; properare. (V. vakh.)

vac vac

2. P. interdum A.; secundum grammaticos etiam cl. 1. (anom. v. gr. 358. 420. 455. 481. 505.) 1) dicere, loqui, c. acc. pers. et rei. MAH. 3. 14025.: anukūlan tathā vacmi; UP. 75.: upakośā vakti sma; H. 3. 3.: uvāca bhīmasenam idaṃ vacaḥ; N. 9. 25.: uvāca damayantī tan naiṣadhaṅ karuṇaṃ vacaḥ; RAGH. 3. 43.: avocad enam (v. gr. min. 382. annot.); R. Schl. II. 40. 11.: māṃ rāma vakṣyase. Pass. c. acc. rei et nom. pers. cui dicitur, et instr. pers. a quā dicitur. R. Schl. II. 68. 6.: tyaktaśokair idaṃ vācyaḥ...bharataḥ; MAH. 1. 7488.: niḥsaṃśayaṃ śreyo vācyas tvam asi bāndhavaiḥ. Cum nom. rei. MAN. 8. 61.: vācyam ṛtañca taiḥ. 2) appellare. SA. 2. 13.: citrāśva itico 'cyate. -- Caus. 1) vācayāmi efficio ut alqs di- = vacas q. v.; hib. faighim "I speak, talk", faigh "a prophet", faighle, faighleadh "words, talk, conversation"; serb. vik-a-ti vociferari, 1. pers. praes. wic-e-m; slav. rekū dico, 2. pers. rec-e-s'i = vacasi vac-a-si, mutatā semivocali v in r, gr. comp. 20. et p. 648. annot. 6.; lith. prá-rakas propheta, rekiù clamo, vociferor.)

c. anu dicere, proferre, recitare. MAN. 11. 191.: yeṣān dvijānāṃ sāvitrī nā 'nūcyate.

c. abhi dicere, loqui, MAH. 3. 560.: bhīmo 'bhyuvācai 'nām ...idaṃ vacaḥ.

c. nis edicere, effari, profiteri. SA. 6. 35.: satyam nirucyatām.

c. pra dicere, loqui, c. dat. vel gen. pers. IN. 5. 22.: tat te sarvam pravakṣyāmi; BR. 2. 6.: yam (dharmam) pravakṣyāmy ahan tava; N. 12. 68.: svāgatan ta iti proktā taiḥ sarvais tāpasaiśca sā. Appellare. MAN. 1. 10.: āpo nārā iti proktāḥ.

c. pra praef. sam id. MAH. 2. 488.: tat te 'ham sampravakṣyāmi māhātmyam.

c. prati respondere. N. 6. 7.: pratyūcus te divaukasaḥ; R. Schl. II. 68. 1.: pratyuvāca ha...brāhmaṇāṃs tān idaṃ vacaḥ.

c. sam i. q. simpl. P. 3.: tam samavocatām.

vacana vacana

n. (r. vac s. ana) 1) sermo. 2) jussus. N. 16. 28.

vacas vacas

n. (r. vac s. as) sermo. N. 20. 28. IN. 4. 5. (Gr. [greek] cujus [greek] ad thema pertinet; v. gr. comp. 128.)

vaj vaj

1. P. (gatau) ire. (Cf. vaṅg lat. vagor.)

vaj vaj

2. 10. P. vājayāmi (saṃskṛtau gatau V.) ornare; ire, se movere.

vajra vajra

m.n. 1) fulmen. IN. 3. 4. 2) adamas.

vajradhara vajradhara

m. (qui fulmen tenet, e vajra fulmen et dhara qui tenet) cognomen Indri. IN. 2. 25.

vajrapANi vajrapāṇi

m. (fulmen in manu habens, BAH. e vajra et pāṇi manus) id.

vajrin vajrin

m. (a vajra s. in) id. UR. 5. 13.

vaJc vañc

1. 1. P. ire, adire. BHATT. 14. 74.: vavañcur āhavakṣitim. Transgredi. BHATT. 7. 106.: vañcitvā 'mbaran ṭūram (schol. atikramya). Cf. vaṅk.

vaJc vañc

2. 10. A. decipere, fallere. R. Schl. II. 37. 21.: vañcayitvā tu rājānam; RAGH. 12. 53.: rakṣasā mṛgarūpeṇa vañcayitvā sa rāghavau; BHATT. 8. 43.: avañcayata māyāḥ svamāyābhir naradviṣām; HIT. 120. 20.: vañcyate dhūrtaiḥ. -- Part. praes. PAR. MAH. 1. 5794.: tañca pāpaṃ suyodhanam vañcayadbhiḥ. (Cf. vaṅk vakra.)

c. pari i. q. simpl. HIT. 129. 19.: parivañcitaḥ deceptus.

vaJcaka vañcaka

m. (r. vañc s. aka) fraudator. Lass. 87. 11.

vaJcana vañcana

n. (r. vañc s. ana) actio decipiendi. DR. 6. 24.

vaT vaṭ

1. 1. P. (paribhāṣaṇe K. uktau V.) loqui, dicere. Cf. vad 2. paṭ paṭh.

vaT vaṭ

2. 1. P. (veṣṭane K. veṣṭe V.) circumdare, sepire (v. vāṭa vāṭikā), vestire. V. sq. et cf. 3. paṭ.

vaT vaṭ

3. 10. P. (granthe vibhājane K. veṣṭe bhāge V.) jungere, nectere, serere; dividere, distribuere; circumdare, vestire. Cf. vaṇṭ et 3. paṭ.

vaTa vaṭa

m. ficus Indica.

vaTAraka vaṭāraka

m. funis genus. M. 30. (MAH. 3. 12776.). Scribitur etiam varāṭaka et vaṭākara (v. Colebr. AM. p. 244.).

vaTArakamaya vaṭārakamaya

Adj. (e praec. s. maya) vatāracicus. M. 39.

vaTh vaṭh

1. P. (sthaulye) magnum, crassum esse (scribitur etiam baṭh).

vaDabhi vaḍabhi

f. contignatio tecti. UR. 37. 6. MEGH. 39.

vaDabhI vaḍabhī

f. id.

vaDavA vaḍavā

f. equa. AM.

vaN vaṇ

1. P. i. q. baṇ.

vaNij vaṇij

v. baṇij.

vaNT vaṇṭ

1. et 10. P. dividere, distribuere. (Scribitur etiam baṇṭ.)

vaND vaṇḍ

1. 1. A. (veṣṭane K. veṣṭe vibhāge V.; scribitur vaḍ gr. 110a).) circumdare, vestire; dividere, distribuere. V. 2. et 3. vaṭ vaṇṭ.

vaND vaṇḍ

2. 10. P. (vibhāge; scribitur vaḍ; gr. 110b).) dividere, distribuere. Cf. 3. vaṭ vaṇṭ.

vat vat

Adv. sicut, in fine compositorum. IN. 1. 24. 5. 47. H. 1. 36.

vata vata

Interj. heu! eheu! N. 11. 10. 19. 5. SA. 2. 11. fere semper sequitur Interjectionem aho.

vatsa vatsa

m. 1) proles, natus, filius. SA. 2. 9. in fine comp. BAH. 2) vitulus, v. sq. 3) in allocutione carus, dilectus, amicus. Lass. 40. 10. 73. 10. 18. (Vid. vatsala et cf. lat. vitulus.)

vatsabandhA vatsabandhā

Adj. f. (vituli nexum habens, e vatsa et bandha nexus, vinculum) magno vituli desiderio capta. BR. 1. 12. (Cf. vatsakāmā apud Wils.)

vatsara vatsara

m. (fortasse e vat quod hac in compositione similiter significare videtur, et sara iens, v. samā) annus. AM. (Cf. lith. wásara aestas, pers. [greek] behār ver; gr. [greek] lat. ver, vetus; respiciatur scrt. indeclin. parut anno praeterito - e para alius et ut v. Pott. I. 124. II. 266.)

vatsala vatsala

(a vatsa s. la) amans, amicus, praesertim in fine compp. H. 1. 28.: bhrātṛvatsala; SA. 2. 14.: pitṛrva; N. 12. 78.: dvijātijanava-.

vatsyAmi vatsyāmi

v. euph. r. 100. a.

vad vad

1. 1. P. A. (de correptā formā ud v. gr. 455. 505. 613.) dicere, loqui. IN. 5. 37.: yan māṃ vadasi; N. 12. 74.: vada satyam; 17. 39.: prativākyaṃ vadasva; BH. 2. 36.: vadiṣyanti; SA. 4. 7.: vacanaṃ yuktam asmadvidho vadet; MAN. 8. 9.; mā sma...anṛtam vadīḥ (ut videtur, metri causā pro vādīḥ v. gr. 408.); RAGH. 3. 25.: uditaṃ vacaḥ (v. gr. 613.). 2) clamare, vociferari. DR. 6. 3.: mṛgā dvijāḥ krūram ime vadanti; 6. 7.: vadati... śālavṛkaḥ. -- Caus. vādayāmi -ye sonare facio. MAN. 4. 64.: na vāditrāṇi vādayet; DEV. 2. 54.: avādayanta paṭahān gaṇāḥ śaṅkhāṃs tathā 'pare mṛdaṅgāṃśca tathai 'vā 'nye; IN. 5. 27.: vīnāsu vādyamānāsu gandharvaiḥ. (Lith. wadinu voco; slav. vad-i-ti reprehendere; hib. feadaim "I relate, say"; fortasse luadhaim "I mention, speak, hint", raidim "I say, relate"; mutatis semivocalibus v, r, l; v. gr. comp. par. 20.; cambro-brit. gwed verbum; goth. raz-da sermo, nisi pertinet ad raṭh q. v.; germ. vet. var-wāzu maledico; cum z pro d, v. gr. comp. par. 87.; gr. [greek] (cf. correptam formam ud); fortasse lat. vas, vad-is a dicendo dictum; sicut nos dicimus gut sagen; fortasse etiam lith. laidoju "ich bürge, sage gut" huc pertinet, mutato w in l; fortasse lat. suādeo dissolvendum est in s-vādeo = su + vādayāmi cl. 10. vel Caus.; v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.)

c. anu imitari alicujus verba, vocem, nachsprechen. RAGH. 5. 74.: giran nas tvadprabodhaprayuktām anuvadati śukas te.

c. apa maledicere, reprehendere, vituperare. MAN. 4. 236.: nā "rto 'py apavaded viprān (schol. nindayet). Caus. vel cl. 10. id. MAH. 3. 1036.: kṣamā...paṇḍitair apavāditā.

c. abhi alloqui. DR. 6. 2.: bhrātṝṃśca tān abhyavadad yudhiṣṭhiraḥ; MAN. 8. 356.: -- Caus. i. q. Caus. simpl. MAH. 3. 14386.: vāditrāṇya abhivādayan. -- V. 2. vad.

c. ā praef. sam i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 16148.: tvadarthe hi samāvadat.

c. upa A. blandiri, c. acc. pers. BHATT. 8. 28.: na kañcid upāvadiṣṭa (schol. G. upasāntvitavān; BH.: pralobhanavākyam bhāṣate sma).

c. pari calumniari. MAH. 1. 3079.: parivadann anyāṃs tuṣṭo bhavati durjanaḥ; 3. 14686.: nā 'pi parivade śvaśrūm.

c. pra i. q. simpl. N. 22. 21.: tasyās tat priyam ākhyānam pravadasva. -- Caus. i. q. Caus. simpl. MAH. 1. 5356. 5460.

c. vi altercari, litigare, c. instr. pers. et loc. rei. MAN. 9. 191.: dvau tu yau vivadeyātām...striyā dhane; HIT. 87. 19.: śatan dadyān na vivadet.

c. sam colloqui. HIT. 88. 16.: svacaraiḥ saha saṃvadet.

c. sam praef. vi pactum, fidem violare, promissis non stare. MAN. 8. 219.: yaḥ...kṛtvā satyena saṃvidam visaṃvaden naro lobhāt.

vad vad

2. 1. et 10. A. (bhāṣaṇe K. vāksandeśayoḥ V.) dicere, jubere.

c. abhi 10. P. A. se inclinare reverentiae causā, c. acc. IN. 5. 20.: abhivādaye tvāṃ śirasā; MAH. 3. 10909.: ākāśagaṅgām pāṇḍavās te 'bhyavādayan; 10908.: abhivādata (ut videtur, metri causā pro abhivādayata); SA. 1. 27.: abhivādya pituḥ pādau; A. 1. 4. N. 12. 68. 25. 2.

vada vada

(r. vad s. a) dicens, loquens, in fine compositorum, vid. priyaṃvada.

vadana vadana

n. (r. vad s. ana) os, vultus. N. 2. 2. (Hib. aodann "the face", eudan "the forehead".)

vadarI vadarī

f. 1) nomen arboris (Wils. jujube). N. 12. 5. 2) silva (?). M. 3. MAH. 3. 1637. (scribitur etiam ba-).

vadAnya vadānya

(r. vad s. ānya) 1) eloquens. 2) munificus, liberalis. HIT. 77. 20.

vadh vadh

P. interdum A. (caret tempp. special., scribitur etiam badh) 1) pulsare, ferire, tundere. MAH. 4. 461.: athai 'nām...pātayitvā padā 'vadhīt. 2) occidere. R. Schl. I. 2. 18.: krauñcamithunād ekam avadhīḥ; MAH. 1. 4801.: śakrājñayā mahābāhus tān vadhiṣyati; 3. 626.: taṃ vadhiṣye mahītale. (Cf. radh vyadh vādh bādh lat. laedo (v. Benary p. 49.); hib. faethaim "I kill", faethadh "killing", fesaim "I kill, destroy", feadhm "a battle".)

c. ni occidere. MAH. 1. 4121. 5472.

vadha vadha

m. (r. vadh s. a scribitur etiam badha) caedes. H. 1. 46. 3. 20. BR. 2. 30.

vadhU vadhū

f. (scribitur etiam badhū fortasse a r. bandh) 1) femina, etiam animalium femina. DR. 1. 17. 2) nurus. SA. 4. 28. 6. 9. 3) femina affinis, fratria. SU. 4. 15. (Hib. badhbh "an ill-inclined woman; a witch, a fary woman".)

vadhaiSin vadhaiṣin

(e vadha caedus et eṣin cupidus) caedendi cupidus. SU. 2. 19.

vadhyatA vadhyatā

f. (a vadhya occidendus s. ) status ejus, qui occidendus est. N. 9. 8.

van van

1. 1. P. (hiṃsāyām K.) ferire, laedere. (V. 3. van et cf. han e dhan hib. bana "death"; gr. [greek] [greek] lat. fūnus; v. 4. van.)

van van

2. 1. P. (sambhaktau K. sambhaktiśabdayoḥ V.) colere, venerari, deditum esse, amare; sonare (cf. svan). -- In dial. Ved. 1) dare. RIGV. V. 47. 1.: indrapānaṃ vo vanema (v. Westerg.). Etiam cl. 2. A. RIGV. V. 17. 5.: vaṃsva vāryāṇi. 2) accipere. RIGV. V. 94. 9.: yad īmahi tad vanemahi; RIGV. 3. 2. 93. 9. 46. 14. (V. vanitā et cf. lat. veneror, Ven-us; germ. vet. wini dilectus, amicus; winia dilecta, marita, uxor; wunna gaudium, voluptas; fortasse minna amor e winna.)

van van

3. 8. P. A. (yācane) petere, cupere. -- In dial. Ved. 1) id. RIGV. 31. 13.: mantram manasā vanoṣi. 2) praef. abhi colere (v. 2. van). RIGV. 51. 2.: abhī "m avanvant svabhiṣṭim ūtayaḥ "illum colebant fauste aggredientem opitulatores". 3) occidere, perdere, (v. 1. van). RIGV. 121. 9.: vanvañ chuṣṇam (vanvan śu-) anantaiḥ pariyāsi vadhaiḥ; 73. 9.: nṛbhir nṝn vīrair vīrān vanuyāmā.

[Page 308b]
van van

4. 1. et 10. P. (vanāmi vānayāmi (upakṛtā K. upakṛtau śraddhāghāte śabdopatāpayoḥ V.) juvare; credere; ferire; sonare; vexare. (V. 1. et 3. van et cf. 2. tan; hib. banaim = vanāmi banaighim = vānayāmi "to waste, to pillage, to plunder"; v. etiam banadh, banaghadh apud O'Reilly.)

vana vana

n. 1) silva. H. 1. 3. 2) aqua. AM.

vanarAji vanarāji

et -rājī f. (e vana et rāji rājī quae hac in compositione regionem significare videntur) silvae regio (?). DR. 1. 2. SAK. 27. 6. infr.

vanaspati vanaspati

m. (e vana et pati dominus, inserto s euphonico) arbor. H. 1. 11.

vanitA vanitā

f. (part. pass. rad. van amare) femina; uxor. UR. 37. 10. MEGH. 8. 33. 59. 65. (Germ. vet. winia dilecta, uxor, v. 2. van; hib. ban "a woman".)

vand vand

1. A. interdum P. (scribitur vad gr. 110a).) 1) se inclinare reverentiae causā, inclinato corpore salutare. DR. 9. 19.: vavande...munim; A. 1. 5.: vṛkodarasyā 'pi vavanda pādau; 2.: yudhiṣṭhiram...avandata; MAH. 2. 23.: vavande caraṇau mūrdhnā...pitṛṣvasuḥ (v. 2. vad praef. abhi). 2) laudare, celebrare. R. Schl. II. 16. 37.: rāmam ...vacobhir agryaiḥ...vavandire. (Fortasse lat. laus, laud-is mutato v in l, n in u, v. gr. comp. 20. 255. 9.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. sgnf. 1. R. ed. Ser. I. 28. 34.: rāghavāv abhyavandatām.

c. sam id. MAH. 1. 5420.: tam...śirasā samavandata.

vandi vandi

et vandī f. captivus; v. sq.

vandIkR vandīkṛ

(e praec. et kṛ v. gr. 653.) capere, rapere. UR. 2. 5.: vandīkṛtā vibudhaśatrubhiḥ.

vandin vandin

m. (r. vand s. in) laudator, praedicator, praeco. UR. 59. 16.

vap vap

1. P. A. (up gr. 455. 481. 505. 613. 632.) 1) spargere, praesertim semen, seminare. MAN. 3. 142.: vījam uptvā; 9. 36.: yādṛśan tū 'pyate vījam; 9. 40.: anyad uptañ jātam anyat. -- akṣān vaptum talos jacere. MAH. 2. 2033. 2) texere. (Cf. flare, ve texere et Causalia sicut dāpayāmi a et de; vip; vep; germ. vet. WAB texere (wibu, wab, wābumes); gr. [greek].)

c. ā spargere, objicere, offerre. MAH. 3. 17341.: varṣam āvapatāṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vījan nivapatāṃ varam; 3. 105.: śvabhyaśca...vayobhyaścā "vaped bhuvi (annam); v. praeff. ni nis.

c. ut extollere, levare. RIGV. 116. 11.

c. ni deponere, offerre. MAN. 3. 216.: nyupya piṇḍān.

c. nis spargere, effundere, objicere, offerre. MAN. 3. 214.: nirvaped udakam bhuvi; 6. 5.: etān eva mahāyajñān nirvapet; 9. 140.: mātuḥ prathamataḥ piṇḍan nirvapet. Omissā cibum exprimente voce. MAN. 3. 92.: śunāñca...nirvaped bhuvi.

c. pra i. q. simpl. DR. 8. 10.: śirāṃsi pādarakṣāṇāṃ vījavat pravapan.

c. prati obserere, conserere, TROP. ornare. RAGH. 17. 23.: maulim pratyūpuḥ padmarāgeṇa.

vapA vapā

f. medulla. R. Schl. I. 13. 39.

vapuSmat vapuṣmat

(a vapus s. mat v. euph. r. 101a).) formosus, pulcher. SU. 3. 17. SA. 5. 7.

vapus vapus

n. (r. vap s. us) corpus, forma, species. N. 13. 52. 19. 28. 24. 42. 26. 30. H. 3. 13.

vabhr vabhr

v. babhr.

vam vam

1. P. vomere. R. Schl. I. 28. 26.: vavāma rudhiram bhūri; DEV. 2. 58.: vemuśca kecid rudhiram (v. gr. 441.); DR. 5. 20.: krodhaviṣaṃ vamantau. -- vānta qui vomuit. MAN. 5. 144. (Lat. vomo, lith. wémju id., gr. [greek] germ. vet. wemmiu polluo.)

c. ut evomere. N. 20. 30.: viṣam...mukhāt satatam udvaman.

vay vay

1. A. (gatau) ire.

vayam vayam

nos (gr. 264.).

vayas vayas

n. (r. vay s. as) 1) aetas, praesertim florens, integra aetas, adolescentia, juventus. N. 1. 11. SA. 1. 4. RAGH. 3. 70. 2) avis (v. vi). NALOD. 1. 27. schol. (Cambro-brit. aes avis, nisi hoc a lat. avis, v. Pictet p. 60.)

[Page 309b]
vayasya vayasya

m. (a praec. s. ya) amicus. UR. 50. 3. SAK. 53. 3. infr.

var var

10. P. A. varayāmi -ye. 1) eligere. N. 4. 30.: tvāṃ varayiṣyāmi; SA. 1. 24.: tām...na kaścid varayāmāsa. Cum. 2. acc. R. Schl. I. 1. 48.: sahāyaṃ varayāmāsa mārīcim. Cum locat. nominis abstracti. N. 2. 61.: teṣām anyataman devam patitve varayasva; cum dat. R. Schl. I. 11. 2.: taṃ vipraṃ yajñāya varayāmāsa. 2) in matrimonium petere aliquam ab aliquo, c. 2. acc. R. Schl. I. 36. 16.: jyeṣṭhām...surāḥ sarve śailendraṃ varayāmāsuḥ; MAH. 3. 8571.: varaye tvām...lopāmudrām prayaccha me. (Huc vel ad 2. vṛ quod correptum est e var (v. gr. min. 12.), pertinent lat. volo, gr. [greek] goth. vil-ja volo, praet. vil-da, ga-val-ja eligo, wähle; lith. wále voluntas, wéliju malo, wélijimas desiderium; russ. vólju volo, desidero, vólja voluntas, volítelj amator; vybir-a-tj eligere, i[greek] -br-a-tj id., vy-bor electio; fortasse lith. myliu amo et russ. miluju misereor, mutato v in m sicut in lat. melior, v. varīyas.)

vara vara

(r. vṛ vel var suff. a) Adj. 1) eximius, egregius, praeclarus, excellens, insignis. N. 3. 18.: varāṅganāḥ praeclarae feminae (cf. 12. 61.: paramāṅganā); Lass. 53. 15.: varāpsarāḥ; IN. 5. 45. SU. 4. 11. 2) optimus, excellentissimus. MAH. 3. 17341. 3) melior c. abl. MAH. 1. 4030.: tvam evai 'kaḥ śatād api varaḥ sutaḥ. Subst. n. melius, in locutionibus ut varam mṛtyur nā 'kīrtiḥ melius (est) mors non infamia = melior est mors infamiā (Up. 13.): varam prāṇatyāgo naca piśunavādeṣv abhiratiḥ. HIT. 31. 9. 10. 15. 16. 17. 18. -- Subst. m. 1) electio. 2) beneficium, donum, munus electum, a deo vel Brahmano impertitum vel impertiendum. SU. 1. 18. SA. 6. 39. 40. Etiam masc. SU. 1. 28. 3) vir (elector conjugis). SA. 1. 28. (Hib. fear Adj. "good", Subst. "a man, husband", lat. vir, goth. vair id. (Them. vaira), debilitato a in i, praefixo a secundum generalem regulam, v. gr. comp. 82.; lith. wyra-s id.)

varavarNinI varavarṇinī

f. (a varavarṇa - vara + varṇa - suff. in cum signo fem.) femina insignis colore vel ordine; praeclara femina. IN. 5. 32. 47. H. 4. 27.

varArohA varārohā

f. (BAH. e vara et āroha) femina insignis medio corpore. IN. 5. 45. SU. 4. 11.

varAha varāha

m. aper. N. 12. 9. (Cf. lat. porcus, germ. vet. farh, varh, farah porcus, porcellus, nostrum Ferkel, lith. parsza-s porcellus, russ. porosenok id., hib. uirchin id.)

variSTha variṣṭha

(Superl. [greek] uru q. v.) latissimus, maximus; optimus, excellentissimus. DR. 2. 8. (Cf. vara lith. wyrausas nobilissimus, illustrissimus; natu maximus; gr. [greek])

varIyas varīyas

(Compar. [greek] uru e varu) latior, major; melior. (Lith. wyresnis nobilior, illustrior; natu major; gr. [greek] [greek] e [greek] lat. melior mutato v in m, v. gr. comp. p. 124.)

varuNa varuṇa

m. Varunus, aquarum deus, occidentalis plagae custos. (Cf. vāri et hib. burne "water".)

varUtha varūtha

n. (r. vṛ tegere s. ūtha) lorica, thorax. MED.

varUthinI varūthinī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) 1) exercitus. AM. 2) n. pr. Apsarasae. IN. 2. 29.

vareNya vareṇya

(a vara s. enya v. euph. r. 94a).) praecipuus, insignis, optimus.

varga varga

m. (r. vṛj q. v. s. a) classis, ordo, turba, multitudo. N. 16. 30.

varc varc

1. A. (correptum esse videtur e ruc praef. ava sicut arc unde arcis e ruc praef. ā et ark unde arka e ruk primitivā formā radicis ruc praef. ā; v. Pott. I. p. 234.) splendere v. sq.

varcas varcas

n. (r. varc s. as) splendor, v. sq.

varcasvin varcasvin

(a praec. s. vin) splendidus. IN. 4. 8. N. 12. 66.

varjita varjita

v. vṛj.

varN varṇ

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a sq.) 1) colorare, pingere. 2) describere. DEV. 4. 5.: kiṃ varṇayāma tava rūpam acintyam; HIT. 93. 19.: deśaścā 'sau...kathaṃ varṇayituṃ śakyate; N. 4. 28.: varṇyamāneṣuca mayā bhavatsu; MAH. 2. 1226: varṇayan guṇavistaram. (V. varṇa.)

c. anu describere, memorare, narrare. MAH. 4. 107.: tad asmai nā 'nuvarṇayet.

c. upa id. MAH. 3. 8732. HIT. 27. 8.

c. nis spectare, intueri. SAK. 100. 13.: śakuntalān nirvarṇya; UR. 8. 11.

c. sam describere, memorare, narrare. MAH. 4. 106.: priyañca hitam evaca saṃvarṇayet.

varNa varṇa

m. (fortasse a vṛ tegere s. na v. gr. 607.) 1) color. 2) classis, ordo, la caste. BH. 1. 41. (Slav. vran niger, corvus, russ. voronj color caeruleus gladiorum, vornoi niger, de equis, voron corvus; lith. warnas corvus, vid. Miklosich p. 12.)

varNaka varṇaka

m. n. (r. varṇ s. aka) pigmentum, unguentum. BHATT. 19. 16. 3.

varNanA varṇanā

f. (r. varṇ s. ana in fem.) descriptio. UR. 17. 7.

vartaka vartaka

m. (r. vṛt s. aka) corturnicis genus. HIT. 85. 2.

vartana vartana

n. (Caus. r. vṛt s. ana) 1) victus, alimentum. HIT. 116. 3. 2) merces. HIT. 98. 10.

vartin vartin

(r. vṛt ire s. in) iens, in fine comp. N. 8. 15.

vartula vartula

(r. vṛt s. ula) rotundus. Lass. 5. 10.

vartman vartman

n. (r. vṛt ire suff. unād. man) via. DR. 6. 18.

vardh vardh

10. P. (pūrticchidoḥ) 1) implere (i. e. Caus. radicis vṛdh crescere). 2) findere.

vardhana vardhana

1. vel vardhana n. (r. vṛdh crescere s. ana) incrementum. BR. 2. 27.

vardhana vardhana

2. vel vardhana m. (Caus. radicis vṛdh s. ana) qui auget. N. 3. 20.

varSa varṣa

m. n. (r. vṛṣ s. a) 1) pluvia. MAH. 3. 17341. R. Schl. I. 20. 16. 2) annus. Lass. 55. 17. 58. 3. 3) Pl. m. f. pars anni pluviosa. Lass. 50. 7. 4) terrae continentis sectio, quarum novem Indi statuunt. (V. vṛṣ et cf. gr. [greek])

varSaNa varṣaṇa

n. (r. vṛṣ s. ana) pluvia.

varSin varṣin

(r. vṛṣ s. in) pluens. Lass. 96. 10. TROP. HIT. 100. 14.

varh varh

v. barh et cf. hib. fargaim "I kill, destroy" v. Pictet p. 59.

varha varha

m. (r. vṛh crescere s. a) pavonis cauda.

varhiNa varhiṇa

m. (a praec. s. ina v. euph. r. 94a).) pavo.

varhin varhin

m. (a varha s. in) pavo. DR. 8. 11.

[Page 311a]
val val

1. A. 1) tegere, circumdare. 2) adhaerere, deditum esse, c. loc. NALOD. 3. 5.: nale...avalata (schol. anvarajyata); GITA-G. 7. 40.: hṛdayam adaye tasminn evaṃ valate balāt. (Cf. 1. vṛ i. e. var; hib. falaim "I hedge, inclose".)

valabhi valabhI valabhi valabhī

f. i. q. vaḍabhi vaḍabhī.

valaya valaya

m. n. (r. val s. aya) 1) quod circumdat, cingit, sepit, sepes, sepimentum. MEGH. 45. 2) armilla, brachiale. MEGH. 1.

valAkA valākā

f. grus. MEGH. 9. 22.

valk valk

10. P. (bhāṣaṇe) loqui.

valka valka

n. (r. val s. ka) cortex, liber. AM.

valkala valkala

m. n. (a praec. s. la) 1) cortex, liber. 2) vestis anachoretarum e libro confecta. SU. 1. 8.

valg valg

1. P. salire, exsilire, exsultare. MAH. 3. 16123.: ubhaubhūmau nipetatuḥ . ubhau vavalgatuḥ; 8802.: samudram... nṛtyantam ivaco "rmibhir valgantam iva vāyunā; IN. 5. 8.: gacchantyāḥ...stanau tasyā vavalgatuḥ. (V. vakh et cf. angl. walk.)

c. ā A. i. q. simpl. MAH. 4. 342.: āvalgamānan taṃ raṅge no 'patiṣṭhata kaścana.

valgu valgu

Adj. m. f. n. (ut videtur a r. valg s. u) plucher.

valbh valbh

1. A. (bhojane) edere, vesci.

valmIka valmīka

m. n. tumulus praesertim formicarum. HIT. 46.

valyul valyUl valyul valyūl

10. P. i. q. palyul.

vall vall

1. A. i. q. val.

vallabha vallabha

Adj. et Subst. m. carus, dilectus, amatus. HIT. 62. 17. 70. 2. Lass. 1. 11. Amasius. Lass. 24. 16.

vallava vallava

m. pastor. NALOD. 1. 2.

valh valh

v. balh.

vaz vaś

2. P. ( v. gr. 361. 455. 481. 505. 613. 632.) desiderare, exoptare. SAK. 154. 13.: bhavaneṣu...uśanti ye nivāsam; RIGV. 3. 10.: yajñaṃ vaṣṭu; 21. 1.: tayor it stomam uśmasi; 23. 6. 30. 12. (Cf. vāṅkṣ vāñch gr. 'EK (FEK), [greek] fortasse [greek] = ex uk v. Pott. 235. 268.)

[Page 311b]
vaza vaśa

m. (r. vaś s. a) voluntas, potestas, imperium. IN. 5. 35. 49. BR. 2. 18.

vazin vaśin

(a praec. s. in) voluntatem, potestatem, imperium habens, potens, praepotens. M. 20. BH. 5. 13.

vazIkR vaśīkṛ

(e vaśa et kṛ v. gr. 653.) in servitutem redigere, subigere. DR. 5. 21.: vaśīkṛtan tvān draṣṭāsmi pārthaiḥ.

vazAnuga vaśānuga

(e vaśa et anuga sequens) voluntatem alicujus sequens, subjectus, obediens. Subst. m. servus fem. serva. H. 4. 32.

vazya vaśya

(a vaśa s. ya) subjectus, obediens. BH. 2. 64. 6. 36.

vaS vaṣ

1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. 5. vas.

vaSk vaṣk

1. A. (gatau; scribitur etiam vask) ire. Cf. vakk.

vas vas

1. 1. P. interdum A. (uṣ gr. 455. 481. 505. 613. 632.) habitare, commorari. IN. 3. 3.: uvāsa bhavane pituḥ; 1. 24.: sukham asmy uṣitas tvayi; N. 2. 12.: te 'vasaṃs tatra; 5. 42.: uṣya tatra; 6. 14.: nale vatsyāmi (v. euphon. r. 100. a.); R. Schl. I. 25. 8.: ko nv asmin (āśrame) vasate; II. 48. 21.: rājye...vasemahi. Cum loc. pers. apud quam quis habitat. N. 15. 7.: vasa mayi. Cum acc. vāsam. MAN. 2. 242.: nā 'brāhmaṇe gurau śiṣyo vāsam ātyantikaṃ vaset. Degere, e. c. noctem. A. 3. 11.: ekarātroṣitaḥ; R. Schl. I. 29. 1.: tāṃ rajanīm uṣya. Caus. vāsayāmi habitare facio. MAH. 1. 5600.: caurān viṣaye sve na vāsayet. (Goth. VAS manere, esse - visa, vas, vesum, v. gr. comp. 109a). 1. - visam manemus = vasāmas vas eram, erat = uvāsa; germ. vet. wisu maneo, was eram, erat, wārumes eramus; nostrum war, gewesen, Subst. Wesen; an-wesend, ab-wesend; germ. vet. weren manere, permanere, durare (nostrum währen, v. Graff. 1. 938. sq.), weret = cl. 10. vasayati habitat, v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; werig perpetuus, wirig permanens (nostrum wierig, langwierig); huc etiam retulerim goth. raz-n domus, cum z = francogall. z, propter sequentem liquidam, v. gr. comp. 86. 5., mutato v in r, v. gr. comp. 19.; hib. fosaim "I stay, rest, lodge", fosra "a dwelling, abode"; arasaim habito = lat. Ves-ta, vesti-bulum, ver-na, Lases, Lares, cum l pro v; fortasse etiam vās, vāsum huc pertinent; v. Pott. I. 279. Ag. Benary Römische Lautlehre p. 49.)

c. adhi habitare, c. acc. loci. R. Schl. I. 34. 46.: purīm adhyavasat. Part. pass. N. 12. 64.: tāpasādhyuṣitam... āśramamaṇḍalam; A. 10. 13.

c. anu habitare, c. loc. loci et acc. pers. apud quam quis habitat. R. Schl. II. 37. 26.: vane vasantaṅ kākutstham anuvatsyati; 88. 25. MAH. 3. 14758.

c. ā habitare, c. acc. s. loc. loci. MAH. 3. 8032.: lokān āvasate śubhān; 2014.: āvasan...kāmyake bharatarṣabhāḥ. -- Caus. āvāsayāmi 1) habitare facio, excipio. R. Schl. II. 12. 101. 2) habito. A. 9. 27.: idam (nagaram) ...kasmād devā nā "vāsayanti.

c. ā praef. adhi i. q. āvas. MAH. 1. 5512.

c. ā praef. sam id. R. Schl. II. 54. 41. Caus. habitare facio. kaṭakam castra locanda curo. HIT. 39. 5.

c. upa jejunare. MAN. 2. 220.: upavased dinam; MAH. 3. 5092. V. upavāsa.

c. ni habitare. N. 14. 15. 16.

c. ni praef. sam commorari. SA. 5. 29.

c. nis in exteris locis habitare. MAH. 3. 12344.: durgavāsam bahudhā niruṣya...āsedur atyarthamanoraman te tam āśramam. -- Caus. in exilium agere, expellere. MAH. 2. 2644.: rāṣṭrebhyaḥ pāṇḍudāyādān...nirvāsayanti ye. UP. 66. R. Schl. II. 21. 4. 39. 11.

c. pari paryuṣita vetus, corruptus. BH. 17. 10.: pūtiparyuṣitam...bhojanam. TROP. vanus. N. 21. 13.: paryuṣitaṃ vākyam.

c. pra in exteris locis habitare. R. Schl. II. 36. 8.: pravatsyati sukhaṃ vane; SA. 5. 63.: proṣyā "gata iva. -- Caus. in exteris locis habitare jubeo, in exilium ago. R. Schl. II. 49. 6.: yā putram...pravāsayati dhārmikaṃ vanavāse; MAN. 10. 96.: taṃ rājā pravāsayet.

c. pra praef. vi id. N. 17. 19. MAN. 2. 132. -- Caus. in exilium agere, expellere. MAN. 8. 219.: taṃ rāṣṭrād vipravāsayet.

c. prati i. q. simpl. A. 5. 11.

c. vi habitare. R. Schl. II. 23. 23.: araṇye te vivatsyanti caturdaśa samāḥ. Degere, praesertim noctem. N. 17. 28.: sā vyuṣṭā rajanīn tatra; 25. 1.: vyuṣito rātrin nalaḥ. -- vyuṣṭa sens. pass. rajanī vyuṣṭā. MAH. 1. 1205. 3. 11917. R. Schl. II. 54. 37. -- Caus. in exteris locis habitare jubeo, in exilium ago. MAH. 3. 8277. H. 1. 43. R. Schl. I. 1. 23.

c. sam una habitare c. aliquo, c. acc. pers. MAN. 11. 190.: strīhantṝṃśca na saṃvaset.

vas vas

2. 10. P. vasayāmi habitare.

vas vas

3. 2. A. sibi induere. R. Schl. II. 37. 7.: munivastrāṇy avasta; MAN. 2. 41.: carmāṇi...vasīran; 6. 6.: vasīta carmacīram. (Goth. vasja vestio = Caus. vāsayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; vas-ti (Them. vastjo) pallium; fortasse germ. vet. wāt f. vestis (Them. wāti) e was-ti; lat. ves-tis; gr. [greek] per assim. pro [greek] fut. [greek] cambro-brit. gwisg, armor. gwisk vestitus.)

c. ni Caus. P. induere. N. 14. 24.: vāsaśce 'dan nivāsayeḥ.

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 100. 30.: mṛgājine so 'yam iha pravaste.

c. prati Caus. induere. MAH. 2. 2502.: ajinaiḥ prativāsitāḥ.

c. vi Caus. induere. -- Pass. Caus. c. nom. pers. et acc. rei. MAH. 2. 2420.: vivāsyantāṃ rurucarmāṇi sarve.

vas vas

4. 4. P. (stambhe) stabilire, fulcire, immobilem reddere.

vas vas

5. 10. P. vāsayāmi (snehanacchedanahananeṣu K. snehacchidoḥ vadhe V.) amare; findere, abscindere; occidere.

vasati vasati

f. (r. 1. vas s. ati vel potius ti servato charactere primae classis) 1) habitatio, domus. HIT. 5. 10. 2) nox. SA. 4. 5. (Hib. fosadh "a delaying, staying, resting, cessation".)

[Page 313a]
vasana vasana

n. (r. vas induere s. ana) vestis. N. 13. 58.

vasanta vasanta

m. (r. vas s. anta) ver. (Slav. vesna id.)

vasA vasā

f. 1) medulla. 2) adeps. A. 10. 54.

vasAna vasāna

Part. praes. A. r. vas cl. 2. q. v.

vasu vasu

1) n. (r. vas s. u) res, divitiae. N. 16. 2. 18. 19. 2) m. nomen cujusdam Geniorum ordinis octo numero. IN. 5. 24.

vasudhA vasudhā

f. (res vel divitias ferens, e vasu et dha in fem.) terra. N. 24. 42.

vasudhAdhara vasudhādhara

m. (terram sustinens e praec. et dhara tenens, sustinens) mons.

vasundharA vasundharā

f. (e vasu res, divitiae, quod hac in compositione masculinorum normam sequitur-v. gr. 645. suff. a-et dhara tenens, ferens in fem.) terra. N. 2. 11.

vasumatI vasumatī

f. (a vasu s. mat in fem.) terra. UR. 60. 13. V. vasudhā.

vask vask

1. A. i. q. vaṣk.

vast vast

10. A. (ardane K. vadhe V.) vexare; occidere.

vasta vasta

m. caper.

vasti vasti

m. f. (r. vas s. ti) abdomen. AM.

vastu vastu

n. (r. vas s. tu) res. HIT. 13. 18. 14. 4.

vastra vastra

n. (r. vas induere s. tra) vestis. IN. 5. 11.

vah vah

1. P. A. (anom. v. gr. 694.) 1) trahere, vehere currum. IN. 1. 7.: daśa vājisahasrāṇi harīṇāṃ vātaraṃhasām . vahanti ye...ratham; N. 19. 16.: katham alpabalaprāṇā vakṣyantī 'me hayā mama. Pass. curru vehi. DR. 6. 6.: mahājavair vājibhir uhyamānāḥ (cf. 6. 10.). 2) curru vehere alqm. A. 10. 18.: uvāha mān tataḥ śīghraṃ hiraṇyapuram antikāt . rathena tena...mātaliḥ; MAH. 3. 13179.: sūtañco 'vāca śīghram māṃ vahasva. 3) vehere, ferre. H. 1. 16.: mātaram...avahat sa tu pṛṣṭhena; MAH. 3. 11019.: kṛṣṇañca yamajau tathā . eko 'py aham alaṃ voḍhum; 11020.: anyeca...sarvān vo brāhmaṇaiḥ sārdhaṃ vakṣyanti. 4) uxorem ducere. MAH. 1. 3377.: nāhuṣāṅga vahasva mām; 3. 10482.: idam bhāryāśatam...putrārthinā mayā voḍham (nota formam voḍha ve[greek]ū veho; goth. ga-VAG movere (ga-viga,-vag, vegum) vigs via, vagja moveo = Caus. vāhayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.); germ. vet. WAG movere (wigu, wag, wāgumes), wegiu moveo, waga commotio, wāg m. gurges, vorago (unde nostrum Woge), wagan currus, vehiculum.)

c. ati Caus. 1) perferre, tolerare. RAGH. 13. 28.: ativāhitāni mayā kathañcid ghanagarjitāni. 2) transigere tempus. RAGH. 9. 70.: ativāhayāmbabhūva...triyāmām; 19. 41.: ṛtūn atyavāhayat.

c. adhi adhyūḍhā femina, cujus maritus aliam duxit uxorem; Wils. "a superseded wife" (cf. 2. vid praef. adhi) MAH. 2. 2332.

c. apa auferre. MAH. 1. 2939.: apovāhaca vāso 'sya mārutaḥ. -- Caus. auferendum, avehendum curare. R. Schl. I. 1. 51. II. 9.

c. ā adducere, afferre. SA. 3. 19.

c. ā praef. ut trahere, vehere, de equis. DR. 7. 10. (MAH. 3. 15704.): ājāneyā balinaḥ sādhudāntā mahābalāḥ śūram udāvahanti. -- bhāryām udāvoḍhum uxorem ducere. MAH. 1. 3829.: arjunaḥ...bhaginīṃ vāsudevasya subhadrām bhāryām udāvahat; 3831.: nakulaḥ...kareṇumatīn nāma bhāryām udāvahat.

c. ut 1) vehere, ferre. MAH. 1. 4272.: sa hi rājyadhuraṅ gurvīm udvakṣyati kulasya naḥ; 3. 335.: kṛcchrād udvahate bhāram; HIT. 127. 1. 2) curru vehere. RAGH. 7. 32.: tam udvahantam pathi bhojakanyāṃ rurodha rājanyagaṇaḥ; 7. 67.: udavahad anavadyām. 3) uxorem ducere. MAN. 3. 4. 10. 11. 7. 77. -- Caus. facere ut quis uxorem ducat. MAH. 1. 3801.: bhīṣmaḥ khalu pituḥ priyacikīrṣayā satyavatīm mātaram udavāhayat (v. MAH. 1. 4039 sq.)

c. ut praef. sam 1) tollere, extollere, levare. MAH. 2. 718. 2) uxorem ducere. R. Schl. II. 107. 3.

c. upa advehere. MAH. 2. 2064.: rājaratho ya ihā 'smān upāvahat. 2) constituere. MAH. 2. 2051.: upohyamāne dyūte.

c. upa praef. sam samupoḍha (quod etiam ad ūh referri potest) 1) in ordinem redactus. R. Schl. II. 75. 29.: saṅgrāme samupoḍhe (v. ūh praef. vi). 2) coe7rcitus, refrenatus. MAN. 6. 41.: samupoḍheṣu kāmeṣu.

c. ni 1) ferre, vehere, sustentare. GITA-GOV. 1. 16.: jagan nivahate...kṛṣṇāya tubhyan namaḥ. 2) advehere, apportare. RIGV. 116. 1.: vimadāya jāyām...nyūhatū rathena.

c. nis Caus. exequi, explere, e. c. promissum. HIT. 106. 4.: svapratijñātam adhunā nirvāhaya.

c. pra 1) trahere, vehere currum. R. Schl. II. 52. 43. 2) ferre, vehere. BHATT. 3. 54. 3) auferre. RIGV. 23. 22.: idam āpaḥ pravahata yat kiñcid duritam mayi. -- Part. pass. prauḍha (pro proḍha e pra + ūḍha) 1) adultus, altus. MEGH. 26. 77. 2) arrogans, insolens, superbus. Lass. 85. 10. -- Subst. f. prauḍhā nupta, sponsa. (Cf. goth. brūth, germ. vet. brūt, island. vet. brūda, nostrum Braut.)

c. pra praef. anu huc illuc curru vehere alqm. MAH. 3. 13504.: sa mām anuprāvahat.

c. vi uxorem ducere. MAH. 1. 3384. -- vyūḍha latus. N. 12. 13.: vyūḍhoraska (v. etiam ūh praef. vi).

c. vi praef. nis evehere, exportare. MAH. 1. 6257.

c. sam vehere, trahere. Schl. I. 67. 4.: nṛṇāṃ śatāni pañcāśat...mañcūṣām aṣṭacakrasthāṃ samūhus te katha- ñcana; MAH. 3. 13190.: catvāras tvāṃ vā gardabhāḥ saṃvahantu.

vaha vaha

(r. vah s. a) 1) Adj. ferens, afferens. IN. 2. 9. 2) Subst. m. fluctus. SA. 4. 31. in comp. BAH.

vahizcara vahiścara

Adj. (e vahis extra et cara iens) egrediens. DR. 6. 15.

vahiSkRta vahiṣkṛta

(extra-factus e vahis extra et kṛta factus, v. euph. r. 79.) privatus. IN. 2. 5.

vahis vahis

vel bahis Praep. et Adv. extra, foras. Lass. 44. 4.: nagarād bahir gate sati; HIT. 58. 8.: mūṣiko na bahir niḥsarati. (Cf. slav. [greek] be[greek] absque, nisi hoc, quod nunc magis mihi arridet, referendum est ad vi sicut [greek] ni[greek] deorsum ad ni.)

vahni vahni

m. (r. vah s. unād. ni) ignis. MAH. 1. 2037.

vA

1. 2. P. flare, spirare, de vento. N. 24. 40.: vavauca pavanaḥ śuciḥ; A. 4. 51.: śītan tatra vavau vāyuḥ. -- vāta m. ventus. A. 11. 12.; deus venti. H. 1. 34. (Cf. vai; goth. VO flare, spirare (vaia, vaivo v. gr. comp. 617.), vinds, Them. vinda ventus; germ. vet. wa-dal flabellum, wat, wait, waiet, wahet flat; slav. vje-ja-ti flare, vje-tr ventus; lith. wejas ventus; gr. [greek] ut videtur, ex [greek] = vāmi praef. ā [greek] ex [greek] ex [greek] de [greek] v. vai; lat. ventus, ae7r aura; hib. bad ventus = vāta pers. bād.)

c. nis extingui, de igne. SAK. 91. 11.: nirvāsyataḥ pradīpasya śikhā. V. nirvāṇa. -- Caus. extinguere ignem. MAH. 1. 1608.: samiddhañ jātavedasaṃ varṣair nirvāpayiṣyāmo meghā bhūtāḥ. -- V. nirvāpana.

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 71. 25.: pravāti pavanaḥ śrīmān.

c. sam id. MAH. 4. 1288.

vA

2. 10. P. (sukhāptigatisevāsu) voluptate frui; ire; colere.

vA

3. Adv. 1) vel, sicut Latinorum ve postponitur. BR. 1. 19.: vā-vā sive-sive (entweder-oder). N. 26. 10. Cum antecedente atha vel yadi saepe ita construitur ut hae voces sensu vacent atque particulae solum ut fulcrum inserviant. 2) sicut. DR. 7. 15. Interdum redundat, e. c. H. 4. 2. 52.

vAkpaTu vākpaṭu

(e vāc et paṭu) eloquens. HIT. 55. 4.

vAkpaTutA vākpaṭutā

f. (a praec. s. ) eloquentia, facundia. HIT. 13. 21.

vAkya vākya

n. (r. vac dicere s. ya v. gr. 628.) sermo. IN. 1. 10.

vAgurA vāgurā

f. rete. HIT. 73. 9.

vAgmin vāgmin

(a vāc sermo s. min) facundus, eloquens. N. 12. 50.

vAGkS vāṅkṣ

1. P. (kāṅghāyām K. kāṅghe V.; scribitur kākṣ gr. 110a).) desiderare. (Cf. kāṅkṣ vāñch vaś cambro-brit. gwanc desiderium; fortasse hib. miangas "inclination, longing, desire, appetite" mutato v in m. Mianuighim "I desire, long, wish, lust, will, intend", tam huc quam ad van petere, cupere trahi potest.)

vAGmaya vāṅmaya

Adj. (a vāc sermo s. maya) quod ad vocem refertur, ad vocem spectat. BH. 17. 15.

vAc vāc

f. (r. vac) 1) sermo. BH. 2. 42. 2) vox. N. 19. 1. 23. 19. (Lat. voc-s, gr. [greek] v. r. vac.)

vAcaspati vācaspati

m. (e genit. vocis vāc et pati) i. q. vṛhaspati.

vAcaspatya vācaspatya

n. Abstractum praecedentis. HIT. 97. 9.

vAcya vācya

v. vac primit. et Caus.

vAcyatA vācyatā

(a praec. s. ) vituperatio, reprehensio. HIT. 105. 4.

vAjin vājin

m. (a vāja festinatio, celeritas suff. in nisi a r. vaj s. in equus. IN. 1. 7.

vAJch vāñch

1. P. interdum A. optare, desiderare. N. 5. 37.: agnir ātmabhavam prādād yatra vāñchati naiṣadhaḥ; 26. 8.: naced vāñchasi tvan dyūtam; HIT. 37. 18.: yad yad eva hi vāñcheta tato vāñchā pravartate. (Cf. vāṅkṣ vaś germ. vet. wunsc optatio, wunskian optare, anglo-sax. viscan optare, angl. wish.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. HIT. 35. 20.

vAJchA vāñchā

f. (r. vāñch s. ā) desiderium, optatio. HIT. 37. 18.

vATa vāṭa

m. n. (r. vaṭ s. a) conseptum. R. Schl. I. 44. 35.

vATikA vāṭikā

f. (a praec. s. ika in fem.) id. SAK. 8. 7.: vṛkṣavāṭikā.

[Page 315b]
vATI vāṭī

f. (a vāṭa signo fem. ī) id. AM.

vAD vāḍ

v. bāḍ.

vADha vāḍha

(r. vah s. ta cf. ūḍha quod correptum e vāḍha v. euphon. r. 102. a.) multus, abundans. vāḍham Adv. bene, ita, ad assensum exprimendum. N. 17. 22.

vANa vāṇa

m. (fortasse pro vāna a r. van occidere s. a) sagitta. SU. 2. 16.

vANijya vāṇijya

vel bā- n. (a vaṇij ba- mercator s. ya) mercatura. BH. 18. 44.

vANin vāṇin

(a vāṇa s. in) sagittas habens. A. 5. 25.

vANI vāṇī

vel bāṇī f. (r. vaṇ s. ī) loquela, sermo. HIT. 25. 14.

vAt vāt

10. P. (Denom. a vāta ventus) ventilare. K.: vātayati vyajanena patim pativratā.

vAta vāta

v. r. .

vAtaraMhas vātaraṃhas

(BAH. e vāta ventus et raṃhas celeritas) venti celeritatem habens. IN. 1. 7.

vAtApi vātāpi

m. nom. pr. Asuri. MAH. 3. 8619.

vAtAyana vātāyana

n. (e vāta ventus et ayana via) fenestra. P. 16.

vAtsalya vātsalya

n. (a vatsala s. ya) amor, caritas. HIT. 16. 12. 45. 13. UR. 84. 18.

vAda vāda

m. (r. vad s. a) 1) sermo. BH. 2. 11. 42. 2) controversia, disputatio. UP. 21. (Cambro-brit. gwed verbum.)

vAditra vāditra

n. (a vāday Caus. rad. vad q. v. suff. tra inserto i) 1) instrumentum musicum. IN. 2. 11. 2) qui instrumentis musicis editur cantus (Instrumental-Musik). IN. 3. 7. 9.

vAdin vādin

(r. vad s. in) dicens. BH. 2. 42.

vAdh bAdh vādh bādh

1. A. vexare, perturbare. A. 4. 47.: na bādhate tatra rajaḥ; R. Schl. I. 14. 13.: rāvaṇo nāma rākṣasaḥ sarvān no bādhate; DR. 6. 3.: mahāvanaṃ śatrubhir bādhyamānam; HIT. 57. 5.: mahati śaṅkā mām bādhate; MAN. 9. 226. 10. 129. -- Caus. p. id. R. Schl. I. 14. 15.: sa vādhayati lokāṃs trīn. (Cf. vadh vyadh; lith. beda miseria, aerumna, bednas miser; russ. bjeda miseria; fortasse goth. balvja vexo e badvja; gr. [greek] v. praef. apa fortasse hib. buairim "I vex, aggrieve, trouble" e buaidim.)

c. adhi i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 5693.: nacai 'kaḥ sa samartho 'smān pāṇḍavārthe 'dhibādhitum.

c. apa in dial. Ved. abigere, removere, repellere. RIGV. 35. 3.: apa viśvā duritā bādhamānaḥ "omnia scelera removens"; 9.: apā 'mīvām bādhate "dolorem repellit".

c. ā i. q. simpl. SAK. 58. 9. 10.

c. pari id. MAH. 3. 8743.

c. pra 1) id. MAH. 1. 5808. R. Schl. II. 53. 15. HIT. 59. 5. 2) arcere, prohibere, cohibere. DR. 9. 8.: tvam...sadai 'vā 'smān prabādhase; MAH. 2. 1648.: kathan tu daivaṃ śakyate pauruṣeṇa prabādhitum.

c. prati repellere, arcere. SA. 1. 24.: tām...na kaścid varayāmāsa tejasā pratibādhitaḥ; R. Schl. II. 52. 46.; MAH. 3. 1081.

vAdhA bAdhA vādhā bādhā

f. (r. vādh bādh s. ā) tormentum, cruciatus. UR. 41. 11. (Lith. beda miseria, aerumna.)

vAnaprastha vānaprastha

m. (a vanaprastha ad silvam profectus, suff. a vid. gr. 648.) 1) Brāhmanus in silvā solitariam vitam degens, anachoreta. 2) Geniorum ordo. SU. 3. 5.

vAnara vānara

m. (e sicut et nara homo) simia.

vApI vāpī

f. lacus. N. 12. 6.

vAma vāma

Adj. 1) laevus, sinister. SU. 4. 13. 2) pulcher, praesertim in compositione cum vocibus quae corporis quodpiam membrum significant. N. 16. 37. (Fortasse germ. vet. winster, winister laevus (Graff. I. 893.); anglo-sax. vinstre huc pertinent, cum suff. compar. sicut in lat. sinister, dexter et inserto s euphonico inter n, pro m, et t; v. gramm. comp. 95.; cambro-brit. gwymp pulcher.)

vAmana vāmana

Adj. brevis. Subst. m. 1) pumilus, nanus. 2) nomen elephanti plagae meridionalis.

vAmI vāmī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) equa. RAGH. 5. 32.

vAyavya vāyavya

Adj. (a vāyu ventus s. ya v. gr. 650.) quod ad ventum refertur. A. 3. 30.

vAyasa vāyasa

m. (ut videtur, a vayas s. a) cornix. DR. 8. 31.

[Page 316b]
vAyu vāyu

m. (r. s. unād. u inserto y euphonico) ventus. H. 4. 48.

vAr vār

n. aqua. AM. V. vāri.

vAra vāra

m. (ut videtur, a r. vṛ s. a) 1) multitudo, caterva. 2) tempus, dies. HIT. 21. 21.: bhaṭṭāravāra. 3) tempus opportunum, occasio, opportunitas. 4) vicis, fois, Mal. BHATT. 3. 32. schol.: bahuvārān compluries, vielmal, many times. -- Acc. sing. repetitum vāraṃ vāram id. HIT. 85. 14. (Hib. uair "an hour, time", air uairibh "sometimes"; cambro-brit. aur; island. vet. var in tvis-var bis (tvis = dvis), thris-var ter (thris = tris); germ. vet. or, o in zuir-or, zuir-o bis; pers. [greek] bār vicis, [greek] bāri semel, [greek] bār dīger iterum; fortasse huc pertinet lat. ber in September, October etc.; v. gr. comp. 309.)

vAraNa vāraṇa

m. (r. vṛ arcere, impedire, s. ana v. gr. 94a).) elephantus. H. 4. 23.

vAravilAsinI vāravilāsinī

f. (e vāra tempus et vilāsinī q. v.) [greek] HIT. 133. 15. Lass. 73. 2. infr.

vAraNasI vāraṇasī

f. nomen urbis Benares. Lass. 5. 20.

vAraNAvata vāraṇāvata

nomen urbis. H. 1.

vAri vāri

n. aqua. N. 24. 5. (Cf. vār varuṇa hib. burn aqua; fairge mare, fual "urine, water", mutato r in l; lat. mare, Them. mari, mutato v in m, v. gr. comp. 63.; lith. máres (Plur. fem., gen. mari-ū); slav. more id. (neut. sg. a Thema morjo, v. gr. comp. 259.); germ. vet. mari m. et n. (Them. marja); hib. muir, cambro-brit. mor id. Cf. etiam lat. urina, correpto in u, urceus, urna; gr. [greek])

vArtta vArta vārtta vārta

(r. vṛt s. a) sanus. NALOD. 3. 19. schol.

vArttA vArtA vārttā vārtā

f. (a vṛtti s. a in fem.) nuntius; historia. Sring. 11. HIT. 64. 16. 17. 79. 15. 16. 85. 11.

vArddhaka vārddhaka

n. (a vṛddha s. aka) senectus, senium. HIT. 28. 19.

vArddhakSatri vārddhakṣatri

m. nom. pr. DR. 1. 5.

vArSika vārṣika

(a varṣa s. ika) pluviosus. DR. 8. 17.

vArSNeya vārṣṇeya

m. nom. pr. N. 9. 1.

vAz vāś

1. et 4. A. (scribitur etiam vās) clamare, vociferari, ululare. MAH. 2. 1547.: sā satataṃ vāśate; 1. 8433.: santapyamānā bahudhā vāśamānā pradhāvati. -- Part. praes. PAR. N. 11. 20.: kururīm iva vāśatīm; MAH. 3. 10437.: śakuner iva vāśataḥ; 10493.: hā hatāḥ sme 'ti vāśantyaḥ. (Cf. vac e vak ita vāś e vāk.)

c. ut deplorare, c. acc. BHATT. 3. 32.: udvāśyamānaḥ pitaram.

vASpa vāṣpa

m. lacryma, in Sing. solum usurpari videtur. BR. 2. 36. N. 17. 13. MEGH. 12.

vASpAy vāṣpāy

(Denom. a praec.) lacrymare. UR. 84. 19.

vAs vās

v. vāś et vāsay.

vAsa vāsa

m. (r. vas s. a) 1) habitatio. 2) cavea avis. UR. 35. 5. 3) i. q. adhivāsa. (Hib. fos "a delaying, staying, resting, cessation".)

vAsay vāsay

(Denom. a vāsa sgf. 3.) odoribus imbuere. adhivāsay (Denom. ab adhivāsa) id. UR. 74. 20.: mandārapuṣpair adhivāsitāyām...śikhāyām.

vAsara vāsara

m. (fortasse e sicut, in hoc comp. similiter, et sara iens, v. vatsara) dies. UP. 21.

vAsava vāsava

m. (a vasus Vasus q. v. suff. a) Vāsavus, cognomen Indri. IN. 2. 22.

vAsas vāsas

n. (r. vas induere s. as) vestis. SU. 4. 9. N. 9. 14. 19.

vAsin vāsin

(r. vas habitare s. in) Adj. habitans. Subst. m. habitator, in fine comp. SU. 2. 8. N. 7. 17.

vAsuki vāsuki

m. Vāsukis, rex serpentum. BH. 10. 28.

vAstavya vāstavya

(a vāstu domus s. ya) domum, domicilium habens, habitans. HIT. 34. 17.

vAspa vāspa

i. q. vāṣpa.

vAh vāh

1. A. (prayatne K. yatne V.; scribitur etiam bāh) operam dare, adniti. Caus. occupare, adhibere, uti. MAN. 3. 68.: yāstu (sūnāḥ) vāhayan (schol. svakārye yojayan); 4. 86.: daśasūnāsahasrāṇi yo vāhayati (schol. svārthe vyāpārayati.

c. sam fricare. MAH. 3. 11005.: pādau...karābhyāṅ kiṇajātābhyāṃ śanakaiḥ saṃvavāhatuḥ. -- Caus. id. SAK. 95. 9. R. Schl. II. 91. 52.

[Page 317b]
vAha vāha

m. (r. vah trahere, vehere) 1) equus. DR. 8. 12. A. 4. 12. 2) currus. A. 1. 1.

vAhaka vāhaka

m. (a Caus. r. vah s. aka) rector, moderator currūs etc. N. 22. 1.

vAhana vāhana

n. (a Caus. r. vah trahere, vehere) 1) actio moderandi equos etc. N. 15. 2. 2) currus. N. 2. 26. in comp. BAH. 3) equus. R. Schl. I. 62. 1. 68. 1. in fine comp. BAH. (Cf. vāha germ. vet. wagan, Them. wagana currus; hib. feun id.)

vAhin vāhin

(r. vah s. in) vehens, ferens, in fine comp. HIT. 16. 42. 34. 2.

vAhinI vāhinī

f. (a vāha s. in in fem.) exercitus. RAGH. 7. 33.

vAhu vāhu

v. bāhu.

vAhuka vāhuka

(r. vah s. uka) nom. pr. N. 15. 2. 5.

vAhya vāhya

(form. anom. a vahis extra suff. ya) externus. BH. 5. 21. 87. DR. 7. 18.

vAhyatas vāhyatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) extra, extrinsecus. N. 9. 7.

vi vi

1. Praep. insep. v. gr. 111. (Germ. vet. wi-dar contra, adversum, cum suff. compar., v. gramm. comp. 294.; pers. [greek] bī sine, e. c. [greek] metu vacuus, intrepidus; fortasse lat. ve-(vecors, vesanus); lith. be sine; slav. be[greek] id. nisi hoc pertinet ad vahis q. v.)

vi vi

2. m. (fortasse a r. vay correpto ay in i nisi a ) avis. NALOD. 1. 28. (Cf. vayas avis, lat. avis.)

viMza viṃśa

vigesimus (v. gr. 259.)

viMzati viṃśati

f. (ut mihi videtur, pro dvidaśati e dvi duo et daśati a daśan decem, ejecto a et mutato d in nasalem, v. triṃśat et cf. lat. viginti, gr. [greek] hib. fichead, cambro-brit. ugaint.)

vikaca vikaca

(ut videtur, a r. kac praef. vi s. a) expansus, evolutus, apertus, de floribus. IN. 5. 8.

vikaTa vikaṭa

(BAH. e vi et kaṭa stragulum) expers straguli. N. 10. 6.

vikatthana vikatthana

n. (r. katth praef. vi s. ana) jactatio, gloriatio. HIT. 100. 13.

vikarman vikarman

n. (KARM. e vi et karman opus) secessio ab opere. BH. 4. 17.

[Page 318a]
vikala vikala

(privatus parte, BAH. e vi et kalā pars) 1) decurtatus. 2) perturbatus. Lass. 54. 7. 72. 12.

vikAra vikāra

m. (r. kṛ praef. vi) 1) mutatio. BH. 13. 6. 19. 2) commotio animi. N. 22. 31. 23. 26.

vikAla vikāla

m. (KARM. e Praep. vi et kāla tempus) crepusculum. SA. 5. 82.

vikAza vikāśa

m. (a Caus. r. kāś s. a) manifestatio. UR. 34. 7.

vikRti vikṛti

f. (r. kṛ s. ti) commutatio, conversio. AM.

vikrama vikrama

m. (r. kram praef. vi s. a) 1) passus, (v. trivikrama) 2) vis, fortitudo. N. 21. 12. H. 3. 10. 4. 22.

vikrAnta vikrānta

v. kram praef. vi.

vikriyA vikriyā

f. (r. kṛ praef. vi s. ) i. q. vikṛti. AM.; HIT. 12. 19.

viklava viklava

(r. klu se movere praef. vi s. a) agitatus, commotus, perturbatus. P. 20.

vikSata vikṣata

v. r. kṣaṇ praef. vi.

vikSepa vikṣepa

m. (r. kṣip praef. vi s. a) actio disjiciendi, disjungendi. caraṇavikṣepa actio pedes disjiciendi i. e. gressus, itio. UR. 64. 13. -- Pro rahasyavikṣepa (UR. 16. 6.) lege -nikṣepa. -- dṛṣṭivikṣepa adspectus obliquus, Wils. "a leer, a side glance". SAK. 16. 1.

vigatasnehasauhRda vigatasnehasauhṛda

(BAH. e vigata qui abiit et snehasauhṛda amor et amicitia) remotum amorem et amicitiam habens, vacuus ab amore et amicitiā. SU. 4. 17.

vigADha vigāḍha

v. gāh.

vigna vigna

v. r. vij et gr. 607.

vigraha vigraha

(r. grah praef. vi s. a) 1) m. corpus, forma. UR. 67. 14. 2) m. n. bellum. HIT. 78. 4.

vigrahavat vigrahavat

(a praec. s. vat) formosus, pulcher. SU. 3. 17. SA. 1. 21.

vighAta vighāta

m. n. (r. han in formā Caus. - v. gr. 524. 4. - praef. vi suff. a) impedimentum, interruptio, destructio. SU. 1. 12.

vighna vighna

n. (r. han praef. vi s. a v. gr. 645. suff. a) impedimentum. SU. 1. 12. H. 3. 17. N. 13. 23.

vighnita vighnita

(a praec. s. ita) impeditus. UR. 39. 18.

vic vic

7. P. A. separare, c. instr. (v. yuj praef. vi). BHATT. huc pertinet.)

c. vi 1) i. q. simpl. c. abl. BHATT. 6. 36.: vivinacmi divaḥ surān. -- vivikta separatus, desertus, secretus, solitarius. IN. 5. 54. BH. 13. 10. 18. 52. 2) in dial. Ved. evellere. RIGV. 39. 5.: viviñcanti vanaspatīn. 3) decernere. MAH. 2. 2243.: na...vivektuṃ śaknomi te praśnam imam. -- Caus. distinguere. MAN. 1. 26.: dharmādharmau vyavecayat.

vicakSaNa vicakṣaṇa

(r. cakṣ praef. vi s. ana) expertus, gnarus, sapiens. BH. 18. 2.

vicaya vicaya

m. (r. ci praef. vi s. a) actio quaerendi, investigandi. RAGH. 16. 75.

vicala vicala

(r. cal praef. vi s. a) vacillans. UR. 70. 3. infr.

vicAra vicāra

m. (r. 2. car s. a) 1) deliberatio. HIT. 12. 22. 92. 20. 2) distinctio. HIT. 51. 20.

vicAraNA vicāraṇā

f. (r. 2. car praef. vi s. ana in fem., v. euphon. r. 94a).) deliberatio, dubitatio, haesitatio. IN. 5. 38. N. 13. 27.

vicArita vicārita

n. v. rad. 2. car praef. vi.

vicitra vicitra

(KARM. e vi et citra varius) 1) varius. N. 2. 11. SA. 4. 30. A. 6. 14. 2) admirabilis, stupendus. A. 4. 39.

vicetana vicetana

(BAH. e vi et cetana anima) exanimis, mortuus. HIT. 87. 10.

viceSTita viceṣṭita

v. r. ceṣṭ.

viccheda viccheda

m. (r. chid praef. vi s. a) actio abrumpendi, finem faciendi. UR. 64. 5.: kathāviccheda.

vicyuti vicyuti

f. (r. cyu cadere praef. vi s. ti) separatio. N. 13. 34.

vich vich

1. 6. P. anom. vicchāyāmi (gatau) ire, se movere (ut videtur, Denom. a perdito substantivo viccha).

vich vich

2. 10. P. vicchayāmi (bhāṣārthe K. tviṣi V.) loqui; lucere.

vij vij

1. 7. P. 6. A. vinajāmi vije (omittitur Guna in utroque futuro et praet. mltf.) tremere, trepidare metu, timere. vigna agitatus, perturbatus, perterrites. RAGH. 14. 88.: cakranda vignā kurarī 'va. -- Intens. RIGV. 18. 14.: indramanyave vevijyate bhiyā. -- Caus. perterrere. RAGH. 8. 39.: tumulenā "rtaraveṇa vejitāḥ . vihagāḥ... cukruśuḥ. (Cf. vīj.)

c. ā āvigna i. q. vigna. A. 6. 9.

c. ut 6. A. interdum P. 1) tremere, trepidare metu, timere. C. ablat. N. 13. 54.: narebhyaśca no 'dvijasi; MAN. 2. 162.: sammānād brāhmaṇo nityam udvijeta viṣād iva; BH. 12. 15.: yasmān no 'dvijate loko lokān no 'dvijateca yaḥ MAH. 1. 5549.: nityam udyatadaṇḍād dhi bhṛśam udvijate janaḥ; 2. 2211. 3. 14660. Etiam cum gen. MAN. 7. 103.: nityam udyatadaṇḍasya kṛtsnam udvijate jagat; MAH. 1. 2922.: tejasas tapasaścai 'va kopasyaca...tvam udvijase yasya no 'dvijeyam ahaṅ katham. -- udvejanīya timendus, terribilis. MAH. 1. 6731.: sakto mānuṣamāṃseṣu...udvejanīyo bhūtānām. 2) moerere. BHAG. 5. 20.: na prahṛṣyet priyam prāpya no 'dvijet prāpyacā 'priyam. 3) Trans. terrere. MAH. 2. 178.: kaccin no 'greṇa daṇḍena bhṛśam udvijase prajāḥ. -- udvigna i. q. vigna. BH. 2. 56.: duḥkheṣv anudvegnamanāḥ. -- Caus. terrere. MAH. 1. 8427.

c. ut praef. pari duḥkham paryudvije dolorem patior. R. Schl. II. 66. 9.: duḥkhaṃ vane paryudvijiṣyate.

c. ut praef. sam samudvigna i. q. vigna udvigna. A. 7. 28.

c. sam saṃvigna id.

vij vij

2. 3. P. A. i. q. vic.

vijana vijana

(BAH. e vi et jana homines) vacuus ab hominibus, desertus. H. 1. 23. N. 11. 23.

vijaya vijaya

m. (r. ji praef. vi s. a) victoria. SU. 2. 4.

vijayin vijayin

(a praec. s. in) victoriosus. IN. 1. 39.

vijigISu vijigīṣu

(a jigīṣ Desid. r. ji - v. gr. 544. - suff. u) vincendi cupidus. HIT. 94. 13.

vijJa vijña

(r. jñā praef. vi s. a) sciens, intelligens. HIT. 74. 12.

vijJAna vijñāna

n. (r. jñā praef. vi s. ana) cognitio, distinctio. SA. 5. 22. BH. 3. 41. 7. 2.

[Page 319b]
viT viṭ

1. P. (śabde K. ākrośe svane V.) sonare.

viTapa viṭapa

m. n. surculus. H. 28. 10. UR. 19. 16. RITU-S. 1. 24.

viTapin viṭapin

m. (a praec. s. in) arbor. AM.

viD viḍ

vel biḍ 1. P. (ākrośe K. kruśi V.) vociferari. V. viḍāla et cf. viṭ.

viDambana viḍambana

n. -nā f. (r. ḍamb praef. vi s. ana) miseria. HIT. 99. 18. 32. 2.

viDAla viḍāla

m. (r. viḍ s. āla) feles. HIT. 58. 7.

viNT viṇṭ

10. P. (kṣityām K.; scribitur viṭ gr. 110a).) perire. Cf. vuṇṭ.

vitata vitata

v. r. tan praef. vi.

vitatha vitatha

(BAH. e vi et tathā sic tanquam Substantivo, cf. yathātatham gr. 675.) falsus. A. 3. 12. in comp. cum a priv.

vitarka vitarka

m. (r. tark praef. vi s. a) cogitatio, deliberatio. HIT. 128. 21.

vitAna vitāna

m. n. (r. tan praef. vi s. a) 1) sparsio, expansio. AM. 2) velum in sublime expansum, "a canopy, Baldachin". UR. 59. 13. 3) sacrificium. AM.

vitimira vitimira

(BAH. e vi et timira obscuritas) vacuus ab obscuritate, clarus. IN. 1. 3.

vitt vitt

10. P. (tyāge ut videtur, Denom. a vitta) largiri, dare.

vitta vitta

v. 2. vid.

vittavat vittavat

(a praec. s. vat) dives, opulentus. N. 16. 31.

vith vith

1. A. (yācane K. yāce V.) orare, supplicare.

vid vid

1. 2. P. interdum A. vedmi veda (v. gr. 356.) praet. multif. avediṣam fut. aux. vediṣyāmi etiam vetsyāmi (MAH. 3. 1651.), part. pass. vidita. Ut videtur, primitive videre (v. budh et cf. lat. video, gr. [greek] etc.) inde. 1) percipere, sentire. RAGH. 14. 56.: sā luptasañjñā na viveda duḥkham. 2) cognoscere, comperire. MAH. 3. 16968.: tasmān nā "khyāmi te guhyaṅ kāle vetsyati tad bhavān; 2. 1768.: tena saṅgamya vetsyāmi kāryasyā 'sya viniścayam; H. 4. 58.: śīgraṅ gacchāmo na no vidyāt suyodhanaḥ; BH. 18. 23.: sannyāsasya...tattvam icchāmi veditum. 3) scire.

c. ā Caus. certiorem facere, nuntiare. N. 17. 45.

c. ā praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 2. 14.

c. ni Caus. id. c. acc. vel gen. vel dat. pers. SU. 3. 8. SA. 3. 7. IN. 5. 17. N. 3. 5.

c. ni praef. vi Caus. id. R. Schl. I. 1. 72.

c. ni praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 1. 3224.

c. prati Caus. id. N. 21. 1. 25. 5.

c. prati praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 1. 3627.

vid vid

2. 6. P. A. vindāmi vinde (gr. 335.), Part. pass. vidita vitta vinna. Invenire, adipisci. N. 3. 4.: na śayyāsanabhogeṣu ratiṃ vindati; 6. 6.: devānām mānuṣam madhye yat sā patim avindata; 10. 12.: vindetā 'pi sukhaṅ kvacit. In matrimonium accipere. MAN. 9. 69.: tām anena vidhānena nijo vindeta devaraḥ (schol. pariṇayet); MAH. 1. 7192. -- Pass. inveniri, esse, existere, exstare. (secundum grammaticos vid cl. 4. A. sattāyām K. bhāve V.) BR. 2. 2.: na hi santāpakālo 'yam vaidyasya tava vidyate; N. 9. 29.: naca bhāryāsamaṅ kiñcid vidyate; 13. 40. 26. 5. DR. 7. 17. BH. 3. 17. -- vidita impetratus, possessus. DR. 4. 12. vitta n. divitiae. N. 26. 4. BH. 10. 23.

c. adhi vivente uxore aliam ducere uxorem. MAN. 9. 80.: madyapā...vyādhitā vā 'dhivettavyā (schol. tasyāṃ satyām anyo vivāhaḥ kāryaḥ). adhivinnā femina, cujus maritus aliam duxit uxorem, Wils. "a superseded wife".

c. anu 1) invenire, adipisci. RIGV. 6. 5.: avinda usriyā anu "reperisti vaccas". In matrimonium accipere. MAH. 1. 5114.: śāradvatīn tato bhāryāṅ kṛpīn droṇo 'nvavindata. 2) existimare, putare. GITAGOV. 4. 2.: indukiraṇam anuvindati khedam adhīram.

c. abhi invenire, adipisci. MAH. 3. 1933.

c. ā Caus. tradere. SA. 3. 6.: tasyā 'rgham āsanañcai 'va gāñcā "vedya.

c. ni Caus. id. SA. 1. 27.: śeṣāḥ pūrvan nivedyaca; MAN. 11. 116.: sarvasvaṃ vedavidbhyo nivedayet.

c. pari 1) nubere viro, cujus frater major non maritus est. MAN. 3. 172.: yayāca parividyate. 2) uxorem ducere, fratre majore non marito, unde nomen agentis parivettṛ. MAN. 3. 171. -- parivitta frater major, cujus frater minor uxorem duxit.

c. prati adipisci, accipere. MAH. 3. 8420.: viśvāvasos tu tanayād gītan nṛtyañca sāmaca...pratyavindat. Caus. tradere. R. Schl. I. 2. 9.: valkalan tasmai gurave pratyavedayat.

vid vid

3. 7. A. existimare, putare, habere, censere. BHATT. 6. 39.: loko 'yam māṃ vinte niṣparākramam. 2) invenire, adipisci (v. 2. vid). MAH. 3. 15388.: na sukhaṃ vindate janāḥ. Etiam P. MAH. 3. 8123.: vindyād bahusuvarṇakam; 8153.: gosahasraphalaṃ vindyāt.

c. prati P. obtinere, accipere. MAH. 3. 8420.

vid vid

4. 4. A. (v. 2. vid Pass.)

c. nis se ipsum contemnere (v. nirveda). MAH. 3. 14792.: suvāsaso hi te bhāryā valkalājinasaṃvṛtām . paśyantu duḥkhitāṅ kṛṣṇāṃ sāca nirvidyatām punaḥ. -- nirviṇṇa se ipsum contemnens. HIT. 31. 13.

vid vid

5. 10. P. habitare.

vid vid

6. (r. 1. vid) sciens, gnarus, in fine comp. DR. 8. 18.

vidagdha vidagdha

v. 1. dah praef. vi.

vidarbha vidarbha

m. pl. nomen regionis (Wils. vidarbha m. vidarbhā f. "a district and city to the south-west of Bengal, the modern Bara-Nagpor or Berar proper".) N. 1. 5. 2. 26. Etiam sing. N. 1. 32.

vidarbhanagarI vidarbhanagarī

f. (e praec. et nagarī urbs) nomen urbis (v. praec.). N. 1. 23.

vidAraNa vidāraṇa

n. (r. dṝ praef. vi s. ana) actio lacerandi, dilacerandi, rumpendi, findendi.

vidAhin vidāhin

(r. dah praef. vi s. in) urens. BH. 17. 9.

vidiz vidiś

f. (KARM. e vi et diś plaga, regio) intermedia plaga. N. 21. 2.

viduS viduṣ

v. vidvas.

vidUSaka vidūṣaka

m. (r. duṣ in formā Caus. - v. gr. 524. - suff. aka) persona dramatis jocosa. UR. 13. 2. Lass. 87. 6.

[Page 321b]
viddha viddha

v. vyadh.

vidyA vidyā

f. (r. 1. vid s. ) scientia. HIT. 3. 5. 7. 9. 11.

vidyAdhara vidyādhara

m. (e praec. et dhara) nomen Geniorum ordinis. Lass. 50. 10.; v. sq.

vidyAdharI vidyādharī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) Fem. praecedentis. HIT. 63. 16.

vidyAvat vidyāvat

(a vidyā s. vat) scientiā praeditus. IN. 4. 3.

vidyut vidyut

f. (r. dyut fulgere q. v. praef. vi) fulgur. N. 13. 53.

vidvas vidvas

(r. vid s. vas v. gr. 235. et 605.) sapiens, gnarus. N. 12. 78. 24. 28.

vidveSaNa vidveṣaṇa

n. (r. dviṣ odisse praef. vi s. ana) odium, inimicitia. N. 9. 9.

vidh vidh

1. 6. A. (ut videtur, e dhā abjecto ā praef. vi vidhāne K. vidhau V.) i. q. dhā praef. vi.

vidh vidh

2. v. vyadh.

vidha vidha

m. vidhā f. (r. dhā praef. vi) genus, species, natura, indoles, proprietas, praesertim in fine comp. BAH. N. 1. 29. 12. 39. BH. 7. 16. 11. 53. 15. 14. SA. 3. 10. A. 7. 8. (Boruss. vet. wida-s, wid-s, fem. wida, in sta-wida-s, stawids talis, ka-wid-s qui, qualis, fem. ka-wida; kitta-widin, kitte-widei alio modo.)

vidhana vidhana

(BAH. e vi et dhana divitiae) pauper.

vidhanatA vidhanatā

f. (a praec. s. ) paupertas. HIT. 31. 14.

vidhavA vidhavā

f. (marito orbata BAH. e vi et dhava maritus) vidua. BR. 2. 10. (Lat. vidua, boruss. vet. widdewū, slav. udova, goth. viduvo, Them. viduvon; hib. feadhb.)

vidhA vidhā

v. vidha.

vidhAtR vidhātṛ

m. (r. dhā praef. vi s. tṛ) cognomen dei Brahmae.

vidhAna vidhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. vi s. ana) modus, norma, praeceptum. SU. 1. 22. 25. BH. 17. 24.

vidhi vidhi

m. (r. dhā praef. vi s. i) 1) norma, praeceptum, praesertim quod sacris libris praescribitur. BH. 17. 1. 2) modus. N. 17. 26. 3) fatum, sors. N. 12. 98. 13. 31.

vidhivat vidhivat

(e praec. et vat sicut) sicut norma, praeceptum, ad normam, ex praecepto. IN. 2. 15.

vidhu vidhu

m. luna. Sring. 2.

vidhura vidhura

(e vi et dhura quod simplex non invenitur, v. dhur) Adj. separatus, relictus, praesertim ab amato vel amatā. NALOD. 3. 50. UR. 67. 17. Subst. n. 1) separatio. AM. 2) periculum. HIT. 50. 8.

vidhUyat vidhūyat

v. dhū praef. vi.

vidheya vidheya

Partic. (r. dhā praef. vi s. ya) tractabilis, sequax, obediens. BH. 2. 64. (Schol. vidheyo vaśavartin).

vidhvaMsin vidhvaṃsin

(r. dhvaṃs praef. vi s. in) labens, periens. HIT. 16. 10. 76. 4.

vidhvastanagarAzrama vidhvastanagarāśrama

(BAH. e vidhvasta lapsus, vid. dhvaṃs et nagarāśrama-nagara urbs, āśrama eremitarum sedes) lapsas urbes et eremitarum sedes habens. SU. 2. 24.

vinatAnana vinatānana

(BAH. e vinata inclinatus, v. nam et ānana vultus) inclinatum vultum habens. BR. 1. 13.

vinaya vinaya

m. (r. praef. vi s. a) modestia. N. 12. 68. 5. 18.

vinazvara vinaśvara

(r. naś praef. vi s. vara) mortalis, caducus. HIT. 16. 6.

vinA vinā

Praep. (a vi s. ) sine. c. Instr. vel Acc. BR. 1. 34. 2. 10. SA. 5. 25.

vinAkRta vinākṛta

(e praec. et kṛta factus) privatus, orbatus. N. 13. 25.

vinAnyonyam vinānyonyam

Adv. (AVY. e vinā et anyonya q. v.) alter sine altero. SU. 1. 5.

vinAza vināśa

m. (r. naś praef. vi perire s. a) occasus, exitium, ruina. BR. 1. 24. BH. 2. 17.

vinAzana vināśana

m. (a Caus. r. naś praef. vi perire s. ana) occisor, destructor. N. 12. 30.

vinAzin vināśin

1) (r. naś perire praef. vi s. in) periens, caducus, mortalis. BH. 2. 17. 2) (a formā CAUS.) occidens, delens, exstinguens. N. 12. 59.

vinigraha vinigraha

m. (r. grah sumere praef. vi + ni s. a) coe7rcitio. BH. 13. 7.

vinidra vinidra

(BAH. e vi et nidrā) exsomnis. UR. 76. 8.

vinipAta vinipāta

m. (r. pat praef. vi + ni s. a) casus adversus, infortunium, calamitas. HIT. 119. 18.

viniyoga viniyoga

m. (r. yuj praef. vi + ni s. a) 1) relictio. HIT. 99. 13. 2) erogatio pecuniae. HIT. 98. 15.

vinizcaya viniścaya

m. (r. ci colligere praef. vi + nis s. a) de- cretum, consilium, propositum. SU. 2. 19. 3. 10. SA. 3. 10.

vinizcita viniścita

v. ci c. nis praef. vi.

vinoda vinoda

m. (Caus. r. nud praef. vi s. a) oblectatio, delectatio. HIT. 8. 16. Lass. 1. 2. v. sq.

vinodana vinodana

n. (Caus. r. nud praef. vi s. ana) id. UR. 31. 6.

vindu vindu

m. gutta. MEGH. 19.

vindhya vindhya

m. mons Vindius. N. 9. 22.

vinna vinna

v. 2. vid.

vinyAsa vinyāsa

m. (r. 2. as praef. vi + ni s. a) actio deponendi. akṣaravinyāsa scriptura. UR. 24. 15.

vip vip

10. P. (kṣepe) jacere, conjicere.

vipakSa vipakṣa

m. (e vi et pakṣa) hostis, inimicus. HIT. 91. 11.

vipaNa vipaṇa

m. (r. paṇ vendere praef. vi s. a) venditio. SU. 2. 23.

vipatti vipatti

f. (r. pad praef. vi s. ti) infortunium, calamitas. HIT. 13. 13. 17. 11. 37. 4.

vipanna vipanna

v. pad praef. vi.

viparIta viparīta

v. i c. pari praef. vi.

viparItatA viparītatā

f. (a praec. s. ) contrarium, pars contraria. HIT. 52. 4.

viparyaya viparyaya

m. (r. i c. pari praef. vi) contrarium, adversitas, repugnantia. N. 8. 15. 19. 34. UR. 67. 18. 74. 4.

vipazcit vipaścit

m. vir doctus, sapiens, prudens. BH. 2. 42. In comp. cum a. BH. 2. 60.

vipAka vipāka

m. (r. pac praef. vi s. ka) maturitas (v. pāka). durvipāka durities. HIT. 18. 7.

vipATha vipāṭha

m. (fortasse pro vipāṭa a paṭ findere) sagitta. DR. 8. 17.

vipula vipula

(r. pul praef. vi s. a) magnus. IN. 2. 12. H. 1. 24.

vipulatA vipulatā

f. (a praec. s. ) magnitudo. SAK. 5. 4.

vipra vipra

m. Brāhmanus.

viprakarSa viprakarṣa

m. (r. kṛṣ c. pra praef. vi s. a) distantia. UR. 70. 18.

viprakRSTa viprakṛṣṭa

v. kṛṣ cum pra praef. vi.

viprakRSTatva viprakṛṣṭatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) distantia, longinquitas.

vipratipanna vipratipanna

v. pad c. prati praef. vi.

[Page 323a]
viprayoga viprayoga

m. (r. yuj jungere c. pra praef. vi s. a) separatio. c. Instr. r. BR. 1. 16. 18.

vipriya vipriya

(KARM. e vi et priya gratus, dilectus) ingratus. H. 3. 19.

viproSita viproṣita

v. vas c. pra praef. vi.

vibuddha vibuddha

v. budh praef. vi.

vibudha vibudha

m. (r. budh scire praef. vi s. a) deus. SU. 3. 22.

vibhaGga vibhaṅga

m. (r. bhañj praef. vi s. a) fractura. HIT. 38. 7.

vibhava vibhava

m. (r. bhū praef. vi s. a) 1) potestas, facultas. UR. 28. 3. infr. 2) divitiae, opes. HIT. 31. 9.

vibhavatas vibhavatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) dignitati, majestati convenienter. UR. 30. 4. SAK. 92. 8.

vibhA vibhā

f. (r. bhā praef. vi) lumen, splendor.

vibhAga vibhāga

m. (r. bhāj dividere praef. vi s. a) pars, portio. BH. 3. 18. v. seq.

vibhAgazas vibhāgaśas

Adv. (a praec. s. śas) secundum portiones. BH. 4. 13.

vibhAvana vibhāvana

n. (Caus. r. bhū praef. vi s. ana) actio percipiendi, observandi, cognoscendi. UR. 83. 10.

vibhAvarI vibhāvarī

f. (r. bhā praef. vi s. vara in fem.) nox. R. Schl. H. 84. 18.

vibhAvasu vibhāvasu

m. (TATP. e vibhā et vasu) 1) sol. 2) ignis.

vibhI vibhī

(BAH. e vi et bhī) metu vacuus.

vibhItaka vibhītaka

m. (a vibhīta - r. bhī timere praef. vi s. ta - s. ka) nomen plantae (Terminalia belerica). N. 12. 5.

vibhISaNa vibhīṣaṇa

(Caus. r. bhī praef. vi s. ana) 1) n. actio timorem, terrorem injiciendi. DR. 5. 10. 2) Adj. terrificus, terribilis. H. 2. 4.

vibhISikA vibhīṣikā

f. (Caus. r. bhī s. ikā) i. q. praec. sgf. 1. MAH. 2. 1433.

vibhu vibhu

m. (r. bhū praef. vi correpto ū v. n. ad r. 49.) excelsus, dominus. IN. 1. 38. N. 2. 15. BH. 5. 15. 10. 12.

vibhUti vibhūti

f. (r. bhū praef. vi s. ti) excellentia, eminentia, majestas, divinitas (v. vibhu). N. 17. 7. BH. 10. 7. 16. a. b. 18. 40.

vibhUtimat vibhūtimat

(a praec. s. mat) excellentiā, eminentiā praeditus, eximius, excelsus. BH. 10. 41.

[Page 323b]
vibhUSaNa vibhūṣaṇa

n. (r. bhūṣ praef. vi s. ana) ornamentum. A. 1. 10. 5. 14.

vibheda vibheda

m. (r. bhid praef. vi s. a) actio findendi, rumpendi, violandi. HIT. 132. 10.

vibhrama vibhrama

m. (r. bhram praef. vi s. a) 1) motus, commotio, agitatio. SAK. 15. 5.: dṛṣṭivibhrama. 2) perturbatio. BH. 2. 63.

vibhrAnta vibhrānta

v. bhram praef. vi.

vimanas vimanas

(BAH. e vi et manas mens) expers mentis. N. 13. 60.

vimarda vimarda

m. (r. mṛd praef. vi s. a) disturbatio, vastatio, exstinctio; turbatio. HIT. 50. 18.: nidrāvimarda.

vimardin vimardin

(r. mṛd praef. vi s. in) disturbans, exstinguens. SAK. 57. 6.

vimarza vimarśa

m. (r. mṛś praef. vi s. a) deliberatio, dubitatio. Scribitur etiam vimarṣa. SAK. 49. 8.

vimarSa vimarṣa

v. praec.

vimahat vimahat

(KARM. e vi et mahat magnus) permagnus, ingens. IN. 1. 33.

vimAna vimāna

n. (ut videtur, a r. metiri praef. vi s. ana) vehiculum, currus. IN. 1. 33.

vimAnatA vimānatā

f. (a praec. s. ) currūs status, conditio. UR. 78. 17.

vimukha vimukha

(BAH. e vi et mukha os, vultus) aversum vultum habens. DR. 8. 26.

vimUDha vimūḍha

v. muh praef. vi.

vimokSa vimokṣa

m. (r. mokṣ solvere praef. vi s. a) liberatio. BH. 16. 5.

vimocana vimocana

n. (r. muc solvere praef. vi s. ana) liberatio. BR. 3. 13.

vimba vimba

vel bimba m. n. 1) orbis, discus. RITU-S. 1. 4.: nitambabimba; UR. 67. 7.: rathaṅgaśroṇivimbā (BAH.). 2) ruber momordicae monadelphae fructus. MEGH. 80. 1.: pakvabimbādharauṣṭhī; MAH. 4. 255.: vimboṣṭhī.

viyat viyat

n. (ut mihi videtur, a r. ire s. part. praes. at) ae7r. HIT. 10. 1.

viyAta viyāta

(r. yat praef. vi s. a) audax, impudicus. AM. III. 1. 24.: dhṛṣṭe dhṛṣṇag viyātaśca. V. vaiyātya.

[Page 324a]
viyoga viyoga

m. (r. yuj jungere praef. vi s. a) disjunctio. N. 13. 34. 42.

virakta virakta

v. rañj praef. vi.

viracana viracana

n. (r. rac praef. vi s. ana) actio faciendi, apparandi. UR. 89. 9. (ubi viracanam pro viracanā legendum).

virajas virajas

(BAH. e vi et rajas pulvis) expers pulveris. N. 4. 8.

virajaska virajaska

(a praec. s. ka v. gr. 665.) id. RAGH. 10. 74.

virala virala

rarus, infrequens. SAK. 27. 6. infr. Lass. 28. 2. -- viralam Adv. raro. HIT. ed Lond. 10. 3. infr.

viraha viraha

m. (r. rah relinquere praef. vi s. a) separatio, disjunctio. SA. 4. 24. MEGH. 8. 12. 30. etc.

virAtra virātra

n. (KARM. e vi et rātra nox, v. gr. 681.) serum noctis(?). SA. 6. 28. 32.

virUDha virūḍha

v. ruh praef. vi.

virUpa virūpa

(BAH. e vi et rūpa forma) deformis.

virUparUpa virūparūpa

(BAH. e virūpa deformis et rūpa forma) deformem formam habens. H. 2. 5.

virodha virodha

m. (r. rudh impedire praef. vi s. a) discordia, dissensio, inimicitia. SU. 3. 21.

virodhin virodhin

(r. rudh praef. vi impedire s. in) repugnans. UR. 94. 10. SAK. 17. 4. infr.

viroSa viroṣa

m. (r. ruṣ irasci praef. vi s. a) iratus. DR. 9. 6.

vil vil

6. P. i. q. bil.

vila vila

n. caverna (cf. bil findere). HIT. 87. 7.

vilakSa vilakṣa

(r. lakṣ praef. vi s. a) pudore confusus, perturbatus, conturbatus; v. vailakṣya.

vilapana vilapana

n. (r. lap praef. vi s. ana) lamentatio. HIT. 65. 20.

vilamba vilamba

m. (r. lamb praef. vi s. a) cunctatio, mora. avilambam AVY. sine morā. UR. 84. 12.

vilApa vilāpa

m. (r. lap praef. vi s. a) lamentatio.

vilAsana vilāsana

n. (r. las ludere praef. vi s. ana) ludus, jocus, praesertim feminarum amore captarum nugae, deliciae. IN. 5. 13.

vilAsin vilāsin

(r. las ludere praef. vi s. in) ludens, jocans, nugans, ineptiens, ludicra agens, de feminis amore captis. IN. 5. 14.

[Page 324b]
vilepana vilepana

n. (r. lip praef. vi s. ana) unguentum. MAH. 4. 261.

vilokana vilokana

n. (r. lok praef. vi s. ana) actio videndi. HIT. 88. 10.

vilva vilva

m. nomen arboris (Wils.: Aegle marmelos). N. 12. 5.

vivara vivara

m. (a vṛ tegere praef. vi) foramen, specus, spelunca. N. 23. 10.

vivarNa vivarṇa

(BAH. e vi et varṇa color) vacuus a colore, pallidus. N. 2. 2.

vivartin vivartin

(r. vṛt praef. vi s. in) se avertens in pugnā. SA. 7. 12.

vivarddhana vivarddhana

vel vivardhana m. (a formā Caus. radicis vṛdh crescere praef. vi s. ana) amplificator. N. 9. 6.

vivasvat vivasvat

m. (Nom. - vān) sol. SA. 2. 15.

vivAda vivāda

m. (r. vad praef. vi s. a) rixa, contradictio. Lass. 21. 10. 36. 20. etc.

vivAsa vivāsa

m. (a Caus. r. vas habitare praef. vi s. a) exsilium. N. 19. 6.

vivAha vivāha

m. (r. vah praef. vi s. a) conjugium, matrimonium. N. 5. 40.

vivikta vivikta

v. rad. vic praef. vi.

vividha vividha

(BAH. e vi et vidha vel vidhā species) varius. IN. 4. 11. 5. 13.

vivRddha vivṛddha

v. vṛdh praef. vi.

viveka viveka

m. (r. vic praef. vi s. a) distinctio. MAN. 1. 26.

viz viś

1. 6. P. interdum A. intrare, ingredi. N. 5. 3.: viviśus te nṛpā raṅgam; BH. 11. 21.: pradīptañ jvalanam pataṅgā viśanti; 18. 55.: tato mām...viśate; MAH. 3. 10689.: nadīm...imāṃ viśasva; N. 2. 14.: devarājasya bhavanaṃ viviśāte. (Gr. [greek] fortasse lat. viscus, viscera huc pertinet. Vid. veśa.)

c. anu intrando sequi alqm. MAH. 1. 796.: tam utaṅko 'nuviveśa.

c. ā 1) i. q. simpl. SU. 4. 16.: tau manyur āviśat; R. Schl. II. 43. 6.: vanam āviśate; N. 2. 3.: hṛcchayāviṣṭacetanā. 2) appropinquare. MAH. 1. 14507.: āvi- śantica yaṃ yakṣāḥ puruṣam. -- Caus. āveśayāmi intrare facio. BH. 8. 10.

c. ā praef. anu intrare. MAH. 1. 5389.: hrīśca krodhaśca bībhatsum...anvāviveśa.

c. ā praef. upa id. R. Schl. II. 85. 15. MAH. 1. 5389.

c. ā praef. sam id. N. 21. 30. SU. 4. 15. -- Caus. samāveśayāmi intrare facio, impono, trado. MAH. 3. 9913.: pautre bhāraṃ samāveśya.

c. upa considere, sedem capere, c. loc. N. 21. 30.: rathopastha upāviśat; SA. 5. 62.: bhūmāv upaviveśa. -- upaviṣṭa qui consedit, sedens. N. 12. 27.: śayānam upaviṣṭaṃ vā sthitaṃ vā. -- Caus. facere ut considat. IN. 2. 20.

c. upa praef. upa (upopaviś) 1) considere apud alqm. MAH. 3. 11777.: tam āsīnam...upopaviviśur yakṣāḥ; R. Schl. I. 4. 26.: upopaviṣṭaḥ sacivaiḥ. 2) considere. upopaviṣṭa qui consedit, sedens. MAH. 1. 6959.: upopaviṣṭā mañceṣu.

c. upa praef. prati exadversus alqm considere. MAH. 2. 1156.

c. upa praef. sam considere. MAH. 1. 6970.

c. ni A. interdum P. 1) intrare. MAH. 1. 7566. 2) considere, castra ponere. MAN. 7. 188. MAH. 1. 6960. 3. 661. 3) uxorem ducere. MAH. 1. 1852.: nivekṣye 'śaṃsayaṃ sanāmnīṃ yady ahaṅ kanyām upalapsye kadācana; 1860.: niviśasva. 4) adniti, operam dare, studere. MAN. 2. 8.: svadharme niviśeta. -- niviṣṭa intentus, studiosus. MAH. 1. 171. -- Caus. 1) niveśayāmi facio ut intret, indroduco. R. Schl. II. 42. 28. DR. 3. 6. 2) considere facio. RAGH. 5. 42. 3) morari, habitare facio. MAH. 1. 4424.: nyaveśayata tām bhāryāṅ kuntīṃ svabhavane prabhuḥ. 4) pono, impono, adjungo, annecto, illigo. SA. 5. 105.: vāme skandhe...bhartur bāhun niveśya; SU. 3. 14.: ratnāni tasyā gātre nyaveśayat; M. 39.: pāśan tasmin śṛṅge nyaveśayat. 5) facio ut uxorem ducat. MAH. 1. 7138.

c. ni praef. vi Caus. facere ut considat, ponere, imponere. GITA-G. 12. 5.

c. ni praef. sam considere. sanniviṣṭa qui consedit, sedens. BH. 15. 15.: sarvasyacā 'haṃ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ. Caus. 1) facere ut considat, castra ponat. MAH. 3. 665. 2) ponere, locare. RAGH. 12. 58.: hatvā balinaṃ vīras tatpade...sugrīvaṃ sannyaveśayat; MAN. 1. 16.

c. nis frui, vesci, edere, bibere. RAGH. 9. 35.: nirviviśur madhu (schol. papuḥ); 4. 51.: nirviśya...stanāv iva diśas tasyāḥ śailau malayadardurau.

c. pari Caus. ministrare alicui cibos. MAH. 1. 7182.: tāñcai 'va vṛddham pariveśya tāṃśca naspravīrān svayam apy abhuṅkta; 3. 8619. (Vid. viṣ praef. pari.)

c. pra intrare. N. 14. 3. 21. 2. -- Caus. facere ut intret. MAH. 1. 4427. Ponere c. loc. MAN. 8. 38.: arddhaṅ koṣe praveśayet. -- Desid. intrare cupere. MAH. 3. 10836.: pravivikṣato 'sya śailān imān.

c. pra praef. anu intrare. MAH. 1. 795. 7762. 3. 12178. Coire cum feminā, c. acc. MAH. 1. 4275.: kauśalye devaras te 'sti so 'dya tvā 'nupravekṣyati.

c. pra praef. sam intrare. MAH. 1. 3303. Coire cum feminā. MAH. 1. 3024.: bhāryām patiḥ sampraviśya.

c. sam 1) intrare. MAH. 1. 6741. Coire cum feminā. MAN. 3. 48.: saṃviśed ārtave striyam. 2) appropinquare. MAH. 3. 14505.: gandharvāścā 'pi yan divyāḥ saṃviśanti naram bhuvi. 3) decumbere. MAH. 3. 13149.: puṣkariṇītīre saṃviveśa tataḥ śayāno madhuraṅ gītam aśṛṇot. 4) concumbere viro, c. saha. MAH. 1. 4712.: varārohe...saṃviśethā mayā saha. -- Caus. facere ut decumbat. MAH. 1. 4274.

c. sam praef. anu post aliquem decumbere. RAGH. 2. 24.: suptām anusaṃviveśa suptotthitām prātar anūdatiṣṭhat.

viz viś

2. m. (Nom. viṭ r. viś) Visus i. e. vir tertii vel agricolarum et mercatorum ordinis. In dialecto Ved. Pl. viśas f. homines in universum. viśpati hominum dominus, rex. (Vid. Rosenii Rigvedae Specimen p. 10. et 11., Lassen. Anthol. p. 143. et cf. lith. wiesz-patis "ein hoher Herr, ein Landesherr", wiesz-patene "eine hohe Frau", wiesz-palauju regno, impero, palauju = pālayāmi v. pāl.)

vizaGkA viśaṅkā

f. (r. śaṅk timere praef. vi s. ā) suspicio, dubitatio. N. 24. 41. aviśaṅka dubitationis expers. N. 4. 12.

vizada viśada

albus, candidus. MEGH. 41. 52. 59. 64. 71.

vizAkhA viśākhā

f. (BAH. e vi et śākhā) mansio lunaris XIVta. UR. 8. 5. infr.

vizArada viśārada

peritus, gnarus. N. 12. 86. 20. 26.

vizAla viśāla

(r. śal sternere praef. vi s. a) magnus. N. 16. 9. BH. 9. 21.

vizikha viśikha

m. (BAH. e vi et śikhā crista) sagitta. A. 9. 2. 10. 23.

viziSTa viśiṣṭa

v. śiṣ praef. vi.

viziSTatA viśiṣṭatā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis, honor, ornamentum, Auszeichnung. HIT. 7. 19.

vizIrNa viśīrṇa

v. śṝ praef. vi.

vizuddha viśuddha

v. śudh praef. vi.

vizuddhAtman viśuddhātman

(BAH. e praec. et ātman anima) puram animam habens. SU. 4. 21.

vizuddhi viśuddhi

f. (r. śudh purificari praef. vi s. ti) purificatio, lustratio. BH. 6. 12.

vizuSka viśuṣka

(KARM. e vi et śuṣka) valde siccus. RIT-S. 1. 15.

vizeSa viśeṣa

m. (r. śiṣ distinguere praef. vi s. a) 1) differentia, discrimen, distinctio. viśeṣeṇa praecipue. IN. 5. 59. N. 2. 23. SA. 5. 41. 2) species, genus. BH. 11. 15.

vizeSatas viśeṣatas

(a praec. s. tas) praecipue, praesertim. N. 15. 3. 19. 7.

vizodhin viśodhin

(Caus. r. śudh praef. vi s. in) purificans.

vizodhitva viśodhitva

n. (a praec. s. tva) purificatio. HIT. 96. 10.

vizoSaNa viśoṣaṇa

m. (Caus. r. śuṣ siccare praef. vi s. ana) qui exsiccat. A. 8. 8.

vizrabdha viśrabdha

v. śrambh.

vizrambha viśrambha

m. (r. śrambh praef. vi s. a) 1) fiducia, confisio. 2) familiaritas. HIT. 21. 4. 25. 17. 29. 12.: viśrambhālāpa.

vizrAma viśrāma

m. (r. śram praef. vi s. a) quies. HIT. 32. 4.

vizruta viśruta

v. śru praef. vi.

vizva viśva

1) omnis (v. gr. 278.). 2) Geniorum ordo. IN. 2. 13. (Lith. wissas totus per assimil. e wiswas, pl. wissai omnes = viśve; russ. vesj omnis, totus.)

vizvakarman viśvakarman

m. (omnia facta habens i. e. omnia faciens, e praec. et karman factum) Visvakarmanus, dei Brahmae filius, deorum artifex. SU. 3. 10.

vizvakRt viśvakṛt

m. (omnia faciens e viśva omnis et kṛt faciens) id. SU. 3. 10.

vizvasta viśvasta

v. śvas praef. vi.

vizvAvasuprabhRti viśvāvasuprabhṛti

m. (e viśvāvasu Visvāvasus et prabhṛti q. v.) Nom. Plur. viśvāvasuprabhṛtayas Visvāvasus et ceteri Gandharvi. IN. 2. 18.

vizvAsa viśvāsa

m. (r. śvas praef. vi s. a) fiducia, confisio. SA. 5. 41.

viS viṣ

1. 1. P. (secane) conspergere. Cf. vṛṣ.

viS viṣ

2. 3. P. A. in dial. Ved. 1) visitare. RIGV. 27. 10.: tad viviḍiḍha "illud sacrificium visita". 2) congredi ad pugnam. RIGV. V. 18. 15.: indreṇa...veviṣāṇāḥ (schol. yuddhārthaṃ saṅgatāḥ). 3) comedere. RIGV. V. 3. 4.: yavam...vivekṣi (schol. bhakṣayasi). V. Westerg.

c. pari Caus. i. q. pariveśayāmi. R. Schl. I. 13. 19.: svalaṅkṛtāśca puruṣā brāhmaṇān paryaveṣayan; MAN. 3 228.

viS viṣ

3. 9. P. (viprayoge) disjungere, separare. viṣṭā f. stercus; v. 4. viṣ.

viS viṣ

4. f. (Nom. viṭ r. 3. viṣ) stercus. AM.

viSa viṣa

m. n. (r. 1. viṣ s. a) venenum. N. 4. 4. (Lat. vīrus, gr. [greek] e [greek].)

viSaNNa viṣaṇṇa

v. sad praef. vi (gr. 607.).

viSama viṣama

(KARM. e vi et sama similis, aequalis, ad analogiam r. 80.) 1) dissimilis. H. 1. 39. 2) iniquus, non aequus, asper. Subst. n. locus iniquus, asper. H. 1. 16. N. 13. 14. 3) Subst. n. difficultas, molestia, miseria, discrimen. N. 8. 13. 10. 1. BH. 2. 2.

viSaya viṣaya

m. (r. si praef. vi s. a) 1) res sensibus obvia. BH. 2. 59. 2) regio. H. 2. 13. 3) terra. UR. 8. 17.

viSayin viṣayin

m. (e praec. s. in) mundanus. HIT. 9. 11.

[Page 327a]
viSANa viṣāṇa

m. n. (r. 2. viṣ s. part. praes. A. āna) 1) cornu bestiae. HIT. 108. 4. MAH. 2. 2113. 2) rostrum, proboscis. 3) dens eminens, e. c. apri. DR. 8. 21.

viSAda viṣāda

m. (r. sad sidere, tabescere praef. vi s. a) consternatio, conturbatio, terror. SU. 2. 25. 4. 20. DR. 8. 3. BH. 18. 35.

viSAdin viṣādin

(a praec. s. in) conturbatus, animo consternatus. BH. 18. 23.

viSu viṣu

Adv. 1) multum. 2) aeque.

viSuva viṣuva

n. (a praec. s. a vel va) aequinoctium. HIT. 114. 22.

viSuvat viṣuvat

n. (a viṣu s. vat) id. AM.

viSTa viṣṭa

v. viś viṣ.

viSTara viṣṭara

m. (r. stṝ praef. vi s. a nisi a viṣṭa sedens - r. viś - suff. ra) sedes, sella. UR. 92. 8.

viSTA viṣṭā

f. v. 3. viṣ.

viSNu viṣṇu

m. deus Vischnus.

visa visa

n. fibra nymphaeae. MEGH. 11.

visarga visarga

m. (r. sṛj praef. vi s. a) emissio, creatio. BH. 8. 3.

visarjana visarjana

n. (r. sṛj praef. vi s. ana) relictio. N. 10. 15.

visarpin visarpin

(r. sṛp praef. vi s. in) egrediens. UR. 10. 18.

visUraNa visūraṇa

n. (r. sūr praef. vi s. ana) moeror.

vistara vistara

m. (r. stṛ vel stṝ praef. vi s. a) expansio, extensio, amplitudo, copiosa narratio. SU. 1. 1. SA. 2. 6. N. 12. 76. BH. 10. 19.

vistarazas vistaraśas

Adv. (a praec. s. śas) fuse, copiose. BH. 11. 2.

vistIrNa vistīrṇa

v. stṝ praef. vi.

vistIrNatA vistīrṇatā

f. (a praec. s. ) latitudo, magnitudo, amplitudo. HIT. 90. 16.

vispaSTa vispaṣṭa

v. r. spaś.

vismaya vismaya

m. (r. smi ridere praef. vi s. a) admiratio, stupor.

vismita vismita

v. smi praef. vi.

viha viha

ae7r solum in sequentibus composs. invenitur. (Vid. vihāyas.)

vihaga vihaga

m. (e praec. et ga iens) avis. DR. 6. 2. N. 12. 16.

[Page 327b]
vihaGga vihaṅga

m. (e viha ae7r in Accus. et ga iens) avis.

vihaGgama vihaṅgama

m. (ex Accus. vocis viha ae7r et gama iens) avis. Fem. vihaṅgamā. N. 16. 15.

vihartR vihartṛ

m. (r. hṛ capere, rapere, praef. vi s. tṛ) raptor. DR. 8. 46.

vihAyas vihāyas

(r. hay ire praef. vi s. as) 1) n. ae7r. AM. 2) m. avis. AM.

vihAyasA vihāyasā

Adv. (Instr. praec.) per ae7rem. H. 3. 5.

vihAra vihāra

m. (r. hṛ capere praef. vi s. a) 1) ambulatio. BH. 11. 42. 2) oblectatio, voluptas, gaudium. SU. 1. 34. 4. 6. 3) templum. HIT. 49. 10.

vihArin vihārin

(r. hṛ praef. vi s. in) pervagans, peragrans. HIT. 16. 21.

vihita vihita

v. dhā praef. vi.

vihIna vihīna

v. praef. vi.

vihvala vihvala

(r. hval semovere praef. vi s. a) agitatus, commotus.

vI

2. P. 1) ire, adire. RIGV. 35. 9.: veti sūryam. 2) adipisci, accipere. RIGV. 76. 4.: veṣi hotram. 3) desiderare, amare. RIGV. 48. 6.: padan na veti. 4) comedere. RIGV. V. 57. 6.: vyantu havīṃṣi (v. Westerg. et cf. vīj).

vIci vīci

m. f. unda. HIT. 107. 7.

vIj vīj

10. P. ventilare, afflare. R. Schl. II. 26. 11.: vyajanābhyāñca...vījyate nu tavā "nanam; GHAT. 15.: vāyuvījita. (Cf. vij lat. vigeo.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. IN. 2. 9.: vāyubhiścā 'nuvījitaḥ

c. ut id. IN. 2. 2.

c. upa id. MAH. 1. 1308.

vIja vīja

n. semen. DR. 8. 10.

vINA vīṇā

f. cithara, lyra.

vIta vīta

v. i praef. vi et r. vye.

vItamatsara vītamatsara

(BAH. e vīta qui abiit, profectus, et [??] vidia) profectam invidiam habens, liber ab invidiā. IN. 4. 8.

vItamanyu vītamanyu

(BAH. e vīta profectus et manyu moeror) profectum moerorem habens, liber a moerore. BR. 1. 6.

vIthI vīthī

f. (ut videtur, a r. ire s. unād. tha in fem.) via. SAK. 45. 3. IN. 2. 12.

[Page 328a]
vIdhra vīdhra

(r. indh praef. vi s. ra ejectā nasali) clarus, purus. AM.

vIr vīr

10. A. (vikrāntau K. śaurye V.; ut videtur, Denom. a vīra) fortem esse, fortitudinem, potentiam ostendere. RIGV. 116. 5.: tad avīrayethām...aśvinā "illud potentiae specimen dedistis, Asvini!"

vIra vīra

1) m. (fortasse e vāra a vṛ cl. 10. vārayāmi arceo) heros. DR. 2. 7. 2) n. arundo.

vIraNa vīraṇa

n. gramen fragrans (Andropogon muricatum). AM.

vIriNI vīriṇī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) nomen fluminis. M. 5.

vIrudh vīrudh

f. (primitiva forma radicis ruh crescere q. v. praef. vi producto i) planta repens. UR. 31. 4.

vIrya vīrya

n. (a vīra s. ya) vis, robur, fortitudo. IN. 4. 8. H. 1. 4.

vIryavat vīryavat

(a praec. s. vat) vi vel fortitudine praeditus.

vuGg vuṅg

1. P. (tyāge; scribitur vug gr. 110a).) relinquere.

vuNT vuṇṭ

10. P. (kṣityām K.; scribitur vuṭ gr. 110a).) perire. Cf. viṇṭ buṭ.

vR vṛ

1. 5. P. A. vṛṇomi vṛṇve. 1) tegere. A. 8. 5.: nabhasaḥ pracyutā dhārāḥ...avṛṇvan sarvato vyoma; 3. 25.: avṛṇon mām mahāśaraiḥ. -- vṛta tectus. N. 12. 112. 2) circumdare. N. 13. 49.: janair vṛtām; MAH. 1. 5120. 3) eligere. MAH. 2. 2698.: avṛṇot...pāṇḍavānām adāsatām; DEV. 11. 36.: varaṃ yam manase 'cchatha taṃ vṛṇudhvam. -- Caus. tegere. MAN. 8. 239.: chidrañca vārayet sarvam. Vid. 3. vṛ. (Cum vṛ i. e. var tegere, circumdare cf. val lat. vallum, vallis, fortasse velum, nisi pertinet ad cela q. v.; villus, ap-erio, op-erio, v. praeff. apa api; lith. at-weru aperio, u[greek]-weru, sù-weru claudo; gr. [greek] aeol. [greek] e [greek] cutis, [greek] scutum - v. varman - [greek] etc. lana; lith. wil-na id.; russ. vólna id.; goth. vulla id.; germ. vet. wolla id., wilon velare; (v. ūrṇā); hib. filim "I fold, plait, lap, wrap, involve", fillead "a fold, plait, a cloth", falach "a blanket, veil, covering", olann lana. De vṛ eligere v. var p. 309.)

c. apa aperire. RIGV. 51. 3. et 4.: avṛṇor apa. (Huc, vel potius ad Caus. apavārayāmi trahi potest lat. aperio, ita ut correptum sit ex apa-verio, v. Pott. I. 225.)

c. api abscondere. RIGV. 121. 4.: apīvṛta. (Lat. operio correptum ex opi-verio = Caus. apivārayāmi v. Pott. I. 225.)

c. ā 1) tegere. MAH. 1. 1296.: nīlajīmūtasaṅghātaiḥ sarvam ambaram āvṛṇot; BH. 3. 38.: dhūmenā "vriyate vahniḥ. 2) circumdare. N. 1. 24.: sakhīgaṇāvṛtā.

c. ā praef. apa aperire. BH. 2. 32.: svargadvāram apāvṛtam.

c. ā praef. pra tegere. N. 12. 23.: vastrārdhaprāvṛtām. Induere, c. acc. vestis. N. 24. 42.: vastram arajaḥ prāvṛṇot; MAH. 1. 2033.: prāvṛtya kṛṣṇavāsāṃsi.

c. ā praef. vi arcere. MAH. 3. 363.: vyāvṛtya rājānam.

c. ā praef. sam 1) tegere. N. 9. 14. BH. 16. 16. 2) claudere. MAH. 1. 8343.: ta ime prasavasyā 'rthe tava lokāḥ samāvṛtāḥ. 3) arcere, impedire. MAH. 3. 10329.: śakṛnmūtre samāvṛṇot.

c. pari circumdare. IN. 1. 13.: śakraḥ parivṛto devaiḥ.

c. pra 1) induere vestem. MAH. 3. 2977.: vastram prāvṛṇot. 2) eligere. MAH. 3. 17186.: pravṛṇute varam.

c. vi 1) aperire. MAH. 1. 6275.: vivṛtya nayane; 12931.: nisṛtaḥ...mukhāt tasya vivṛtāt; 1. 2935.: mārutas tatra vāsaḥ prakrīḍitāyā vivṛṇotu. -- vivṛta nudus. MAH. 1. 2942.: apaśyad vivṛtām. TROP. detegere, patefacere, manifestum facere. MAH. 2. 6952.: nacai 'tad vivṛṇoti saḥ. 2) petere. MAH. 1. 4413.: tān tu tejasvinīṅ kanyām...vyavṛṇvan pārthivāḥ kecit.

c. sam tegere. N. 16. 17. IN. 5. 19.

c. sam praef. abhi id. H. 4. 40.

vR vṛ

2. 9. P. A. vṛṇāmi vṛṇe. Eligere. N. 4. 14.: vṛṇe tvām aham bhartāram; SU. 1. 22.: anyad vṛṇītam; MAH. 1. 3391.: vṛṇa varam (v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 345b).); 3. 8567.: tāṃ na vavre puruṣaḥ. 2) A. desiderare, optare. R. Schl. II. 34. 40.: apakramaṇam evā 'tha sarvakāmair ahaṃ vṛṇe. 3) A. petere alqd ab aliquo, c. 2. acc. R. Schl. I. 34. 29.: pitaran no vṛṇīṣva; MAH. 3. 13583.: vavre prabhum avadhyo bhaveyam. (Vid. var.)

c. ā eligere. IN. 5. 42.: anāvṛtāśca (sic cum ed. Calc. 3. 1858. legendum) sarvāḥ sma. 2) optare, desiderare. RIGV. 17. 1.: indravaruṇayor aham...ava āvṛṇe "Indrae Varunaeque ego...auxilium desidero".

c. nis nirvṛta quietus, felix, laetus (electus). MAN. 1. 54. N. 26. 34.: R. Schl. III. 3. 24.

c. pra eligere. MAH. 3. 17196.: pravṛṇīṣva yathe 'cchasi.

vR vṛ

3. 1. P. A. i. q. 2. vṛ.

c. ut exposcere. R. Schl. II. 11. 9.: hṛdayam apy etat ...udvarasva me.

vR vṛ

4. 10. P. A. vārayāmi vāraye arcere, impedire. N. 3. 24.: praviśantan na māṅ kaścid apaśyan nā 'py avārayat; 13. 51.: janaṃ vārayitvā; MAN. 4. 59.; R. Schl. I. 1. 49. Cum ablat. SA. 2. 29.: nai 'ṣā vārayituṃ śakyā dharmād asmāt. (Goth. varja prohibeo = vārayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; nostrum wehre; germ. vet. weriu 1) cohibeo, defendo, abigo. 2) vestio. - v. 1. vṛ tegere, pravṛ induere; ga-werida vestitio, wari, weri propulsio, propugnaculum, clypeus etc. (v. Graff. 929. sq.), werna obstaculum, repugnantia, warnon monere, dehortari, bi-waron servare (bewahren).

c. ā tegere, occulere. R. Schl. I. 32. 11.: āvārya gagaṇam meghaḥ; N. 12. 19.: āvārya gulmair ātmānam.

c. ni id. N. 7. 11. SA. 4. 25.

c. ni praef. vi id. MAH. 1. 1756. 3. 11489.

c. pari circumdare. R. Schl. I. 5. 2.: ṣaṣṭiputrasahasrāṇi yaṃ yāntam paryavārayan; 36. 10. -- parivārita 1) circumdatus. SU. 3. 3. N. 13. 75. 2) indutus. MAH. 3. 2057.: ajinaiḥ parivāritam.

c. pari praef. sam circumdare. MAH. 3. 10234.

c. pra 1) tegere. MAH. 3. 10476.: pravārya jantum. 2) protegere, tueri, servare. R. Schl. II. 77. 15.: pravārayasi naḥ sarvān.

c. prati arcere, repellere, avertere. A. 7. 17.: śaravarṣaiḥ... mām mahadbhiḥ pratyavārayan; 10. 21.

c. sam id. MAH. 3. 14994.: śaravarṣāṇi...astraiḥ saṃvārya.

vRMh vṛṃh

1. 1. P. (scribitur vṛh gr. 110a).) 1) crescere. 2) mugire, rugire, barrire. vṛṃhita n. barritus. AM. Caus. augere. MAH. 3. 11334.: vṛṃhayiṣyāmi svaraveṇa ravan tava. (Cf. vṛh vṛdh; cum sgf. rugire cf. gr. [greek] lat. rugio.)

c. upa Caus. augere. DEV. 8. 8.: ghaṇṭāsvanena tan nādam...upāvṛṃhayat. -- upavṛṃhita repletus, plenus, praeditus. BR. 2. 17.: tvadguṇair upavṛṃhitā; DEV. 2. 53.: devīśaktyupavṛṃhitāḥ; MAH. 1. 19.: nānāśāstropavṛṃhitām.

c. upa praef. sam Caus. augere. MAH. 1. 260.

vRMh vṛṃh

2. 1. et 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. tviṣi V.; scribitur vṛh gr. 110a).) loqui, lucere.

vRk vṛk

1. A. (ādāne) sumere.

vRka vṛka

m. lupus. (E varka (v. gr. min. 12.) unde lith. wilka-s, debilitato a in i, mutato r in l, russ. volk, goth. vulf-s, Them. vulfa, mutatā gutt. in lab.; gr. [greek] per metath. ex [greek] pro [greek] correptā syllabā F [greek] in [greek] lat. lupus ex ulpus pro ulcus; hib. breach, brech; pers. [greek] gurk, mutato v in g.)

vRkodara vṛkodara

m. (BAH. e vṛka et udara venter) cognomen Bhīmi.

vRkS vṛkṣ

1. A. (varaṇe K. vṛtau V.) tegere. Cf. vṛ vṛc.

vRkSa vṛkṣa

m. (ut videtur, a r. vṛh crescere suff. unād. sa) arbor.

vRc vṛc

7. P. (vṛtau) tegere. Cf. vṛ vṛkṣ.

vRj vṛj

1. 1. P. relinquere. (Vid. 2. vṛj et cf. vraj valg lat. vergo, fortasse vagor e vargor; goth. VRAK persequi (vrika, vrak, vrekum), vraiqv'-s curvus, inflexus, obliquus, v. 2. vṛj praef. ā; germ. vet. wreh exul, RAH. ulcisci; anglo-sax. vroec, vracu vindicta; island. vet. roekr extorris, roeki vindicta (v. Grimm II. 27. Graff. I. 1131.); lith. wer[greek]u,[greek]wer[greek]u detraho, subtraho, wer[greek]io-s urgeo, in-si-wer[greek]u me intrudo, irrumpo; hib. fagaim "I leave, quit, desert, vacate", fagal "omission".)

c. ā in dial. Ved. dare, impertiri (zuwenden). RIGV. 33. 1.: ketam param āvartate naḥ "notitiam praeclaram impertitur nobis".

vRj vṛj

2. 10. P. interdum A. 1) relinquere. varjita relictus, destitutus, privatus. IN. 2. 5.: vedaśrutivarjitaiḥ; 5. 50.: mānavarjitaḥ; N. 13. 53.: bhūṣaṇair api varjitam. 2) excipere, exceptare. R. Schl. I. 14. 40.: pradadau ...abhayaṃ sarvabhūtebhyo varjayitvā tu mānuṣān. 3) vitare, fugere. HIT. 22. 13.: varjayet tādṛśam mitraṃ viṣakumbham payomukham; MAH. 3. 13882. Se abstinere. MAN. 2. 177.: varjayen madhu māṃsañca; 9. 246.: yatra varjayate (schol. na gṛhṇāti) rājā pāpakṛdbhyo dhanāgamam; MAH. 1. 3959. Renuntiare alicui rei. MAH. 3. 10583.: yene 'mam (pakṣiṇam) varjayethāḥ.

c. apa solvere promissum. R. Schl. I. 44. 49.: pratijñām apavarjaya; 51.: pratijñā nā 'pavarjitā.

c. ā 1) flectere, inclinare. H. 1. 11.: āvarjitalatāvṛkṣam mārgañ cakre; RAGH. 16. 19.: āvarjya śākhāḥ (schol. ānayya); 13. 24. 2) vertere, invertere. SAK. 12. 13.: kalasam āvarjayati. 3) invergere, infundere, libare. RAGH. 1. 62.: havir...āvarjitam...agniṣu; 1. 67.: āvarjitam mayā payaḥ. 4) offerre, dare (v. 1. vṛj praef. ā). RAGH. 8. 26.: tanayāvarjitapiṇḍa (schol. āvarjitaṃ dattam).

c. pari relinquere, vitare, fugere. HIT. 26. 18.: yasmin deśe na sanmānam...tan deśam parivarjayet; MAN. 2. 57.: tasmāt tat (atibhojanam) parivarjayet; 3. 6. 4. 73. -- parivarjita relictus, destitutus, privatus. MAN. 5. 154.: guṇaiḥ parivarjitaḥ.

c. vi 1) id. MAN. 4. 42. N. 14. 9. BH. 7. 11. SU. 2. 23. 2) dimittere. IN. 5. 30.: tava pitrā vivarjitāḥ.

vRj vṛj

3. 7. P. vṛṇajmi relinquere. Intens. in dialecto Ved. dare. RIGV. 63. 7.: varivaḥ "dedisti" (= avarivar) secundum euphon. legem pro avarivarj + s v. gr. 320. 562.).

c. ni in dial. Ved. 1) immergere. RIGV. V. 18. 12.: tam apsu nivṛṇag vajrabāhuḥ (v. Westerg.). 2) refugare, propulsare. RIGV. 53.: tvam etān janarājñaḥ...nivṛṇak "tu illos pagorum reges...propulsasti"; 101. 2.: ya. śuṣṇam aśuṣan nyāvṛṇak "qui Sushnam madidum exstirpavit". 3) cohibere. RIGV. 54. 5.: ni yad vṛṇakṣi...vanā "siquidem aquas cohibes".

vRj vṛj

4. 2. A. purificare. MAN. 9. 20.: yan me mātā pralulubhe ...tan me retaḥ pitā vṛktām (schol. śodhayatu); RIGV. 3. 3. 83. 6.

vRjina vṛjina

n. (r. vṛj s. ina) peccatum. AM.

vRJj vṛñj

2. A. (scribitur vṛj) relinquere. (Vid. vṛj.)

c. pra purificare. RIGV. 116. 1.: nāsatyābhyām barhir iva pravṛñje. Vid. 4. vṛj.

vRN vṛṇ

8. P. (bhakṣe V.) edere. Cf. vraṇ.

vRt vṛt

1. 1. A. 1) ire. Haec primitiva significatio fere solum in compositis invenitur. Cum sequente punar redire. BH. 8. 26.: vartate punaḥ. 2) saepissime versari, esse, existere, morari, locum habere. IN. 1. 27. śiśur yathā pitur aṅke susukhaṃ vartate; 5. 23.: vartamāne manorame... paramotsave; SU. 1. 4.: nirantaram avartetāṃ samasukhaduḥkhāv ubhau; N. 4. 6.: manas te teṣu vartatām; 9. 3.: damayantyāḥ paṇaḥ...vartatām; BH. 3. 22.: varte karmaṇi; BR. 1. 15.: jīvite vartamānasya; SA. 4. 2.: tad vākyan nāradeno 'ktaṃ vartate hṛdi nityaśaḥ. Etiam PAR. A. 9. 10.: sa deśo yatra vartāmaḥ. -- vṛtta quod fuit, praeteriit, evenit, accidit. SU. 2. 1.: utsave vṛttamātre; IN. 5. 53.: sarvaṃ yathāvṛttam...nyavedayat. Subst. n. eventus, eventum, res quae accidit. IN. 5. 52.: rajanīvṛttam; 61.: vṛttam pāṇḍusutasya; SA. 6. 8.: bālyavṛttāni putrasya. 3) vivere, subsistere. MAN. 3. 77.: yathā vāyuṃ samāśritya vartante sarvajantavaḥ (schol. jīvanti). -- vṛtta qui vixit, vitam finivit, inde mortuus. R. Schl. 73. 1.: śrutvāca pitaraṃ vṛttam. 4) se gerere adversus alqm, c. loc. R. Schl. II. 52. 33.: yathā rājani vartase tathā mātṛṣu vartethāḥ sarvāsu; 73. 9.: tvayi...bhaginyām iva vartate. -- vṛtta qui se gessit. N. 8. 13. 5) uti, adhibere. R. Schl. II. 82. 18.: sarvopāyañca vartiṣye vinivartayituṃ gird rotundus, subst. circulus, cf. vṛtta.)

c. ati 1) transire, transgredi. R. Schl. II. 50. 10.: rathena ...kośalān atyavartata. TROP. R. Schl. II. 21. 42.: na śakṣyāmi punar niyogam ativartitum; MAH. 2. 2258.: bhrātaran dhārmikañ jyeṣṭhaṅ ko 'tivartitum arhati; MAN. 5. 161.: apatyalobhād yā tu strī bhartāram ativartate; SA. 2. 22. 2) superare. MAH. 3. 10169.: vedasyā 'dhyayanena...bahūn ṛṣīn atyavartata. 3) prae- terire, de tempore. R. Schl. I. 32. 2.: nā 'tivarteta tat kṣaṇam; II. 51. 20. MAN. 2. 38. (Vid. kram et praef. ati.)

c. ati praef. vi praeterire, de tempore. SA. 4. 9.: sā rātrir vyatyavartata.

c. anu P. A. 1) sequi. DR. 6. 25.: prayayur hi śīghran tāny eva vartmāny anuvartamānāḥ; MAH. 3. 13109.: tacchīlam anuvartsyanti manuṣyāḥ; 14683.: tān (dharmān) sarvān anuvartāmi; 15940.; BH. 3. 21. 2) ire, adire. SA. 5. 46.: sadbhyo bhayan nā 'nuvartanti santaḥ. -- Caus. 1) provolvere. BH. 3. 16.: evam pravartitañ cakran nā 'nuvartayatī 'ha yaḥ. 2) facere. MAH. 4. 105.: yad yad bhartā 'nuyuñjīta tat tad evā 'nuvartayet.

c. anu praef. sam sequi. R. Schl. II. 14. 8. MAH. 3. 11231. 11233.

c. apa se avertere, discedere. RAGH. 6. 58.: tasmād apāvartata. Declinare, deflectere, degredi de viā. MAN. 8. 293.: yatrā 'pavartate yugmam. 2) reverti. MAH. 1. 1784.: apāvartata kāśyapaḥ.

c. abhi se advertere. SU. 3. 29.: mukhānicā 'bhyavartanta. 2) adire, aggredi, appropinquare. A. 9. 7.: nivātakavacāḥ...adṛśyā hy abhyavartanta; R. Schl. II. 48. 26.: rajanīcā 'bhyavartata.

c. abhi praef. sam 1) id. MAH. 1. 7261. 2) praeterire, de tempore. MAH. I. 8. 10.: kālaḥ samabhivartsyati.

c. ā adire, aggredi, advenire. A. 10. 25.: mārgam āvṛtya devānām; RAGH. 1. 82.: dhenur āvavṛte vanāt (schol. āgatā). Caus. 1) facere ut adeat, adveniat; attrahere, allicere. MAH. 5. 117.: manāṃsi tasya yodhānān dhruvam āvartayiṣyati. -- aśrūṇy āvartayitum lacrymas effundere. MAH. 3. 336.: aśrūṇy āvartayantīca netrābhyām. 2) ATM. se vertere. DR. 6. 18.: āvartayadhvam anuyāta śīghram.

c. ā praef. apa avertere. apāvṛtta aversus. MAH. 3. 4052. R. Schl. II. 12. 59.

c. ā praef. upa 1) se advertere, adire, aggredi. MAH. 3. 4082.: pradakṣiṇam upāvṛtya jambūmārgaṃ samāviśet. 2) reverti. MAH. 2. 1046.: ne 'dan tvayā śakyam puram jetuṅ kathañcana . upāvartasva kalyāṇa; R. Schl. II. 55. 11.: upāvṛtte munau tasmin.

c. ā praef. pari reverti. MAH. 3. 10074.: paryāvavṛte ''śramāya.

c. ā praef. vi dilabi, dirimi, dividi (auseinandergehen). SA. 5. 108.: panthā vyāvartate dvidhā. Dissolvi, perire. MAH. 3. 11259. 11260.: dharmo vyāvartate punaḥ . dharme vyāvartamāne tu loko vyāvartate punaḥ . loke kṣīṇe kṣayaṃ yānti bhāvā lokapravartakāḥ. -- Caus. evertere. MAH. 3. 12447.: dhāvatas tasya...ūruvātavinirbhagnā drumā vyāvartitā iva. TROP. RAGH. 15. 7.: param... vyāvartayitum īśvaraḥ; UR. 90. 10.

c. ā praef. sam 1) convenire. MAH. 3. 16282.: teṣu harīndreṣu samāvṛtteṣu sarvaśaḥ. 2) ad finem perducere, perficere, absolvere. MAH. 1. 3256.: samāvṛttavratan tam. -- samāvṛtta qui absoluto studio a praeceptore dimissus est. AM. 7. 10.: guros tu labdhānujñaḥ samāvṛttaḥ; MAN. 3. 4.

c. ut se erigere, extumescere. RAGH. ed Calc. 7. 56.: udvṛttam ivā 'rṇavāmbhaḥ (ed. Stenzl. uddhūtam). udvṛtta TROP. effrenatus, dissolutus. MAH. 1. 1718.: udvṛttaṃ satataṃ lokaṃ rājā daṇḍena śāsti vai. -- Caus. evertere, destruere. MAH. 3. 13608.: mukhajenā 'gninā kruddho lokān udvartayann iva.

c. upa adire, appropinquare. MAH. 1. 3850.: tam eva manasā dhyāyanty upāvartat saridvarā. 2) reverti. MAH. 1. 7821.: abhyanujñāya kaunteyam upāvartanta.

c. ni P. A. 1) interire, occidere, evanescere, cessare, desinere. SA. 5. 73.: nivṛttaśca divākaraḥ; 81.: śirorujā nivṛttā me; SU. 2. 22. 24.: nivṛttayajñasvādhyāyā praṇaṣṭanṛpatidvijā...nivṛttakṛṣigorakṣā...bhūr babhūvo 'gradarśanā; MAH. 1. 2137.: na nivartet kratur mama; MAN. 10. 77. 78. 5. 89. nivṛtta finitus, transactus, praeteritus. N. 6. 4.: nivṛttaḥ sa svayaṃvaraḥ; R. Schl. II. 52. 28.: caturdaśasu varṣeṣu nivṛtteṣu. 2) reverti, redire. SA. 5. 19.: nivarta gaccha sāvitri; 25. 27. 38.: nivarta; N. 10. 20.: nivṛttahṛdayaḥ punar āgamya; MAH. 3. 785.: nā 'hatvā tan nivartiṣye puron dvāravatīm prati; DR. 8. 58.: nivartasva; 59.: na nyavartata. 3) se abstinere, c. abl. MAN. 5. 49.: nivarteta sarvamāṃsasya bhakṣaṇāt. Absol. MAH. 2. 1720.: dyūtapriyaśca...samāhūto na śakṣyati nivartitum. 4) recedere, desistere, c. ablat. MAN. 1. 53.: svakarmabhyo nivartante; R. Schl. II. 78. 24.: nyavartata tadā roṣāt. 5) versari, esse. N. 10. 15.: evan tasya buddhir damayantyān nyavartata. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis revertatur. SA. 5. 60.: nivartayitvā sāvitrīm; R. Schl. II. 73. 22.: nivartayiṣyāmi vanād bhrātaram. 2) avertere, arcere. SU. 2. 1.: nivartya tapasaḥ; MAH. 2. 1770.: nivartayiṣyati tvā 'sau; R. Schl. I. 58. 24.: daivam puruṣakāreṇa nivartayitum arhasi. 3) ad finem perducere, perficere, conficere. R. Schl. I. 42. 25.: yajñan nivartayāmāsa.

c. ni praef. prati reverti. MAH. 1. 6941. HIT. 19. 15.

c. ni praef. vi 1) interire, occidere, cessare, desinere. BH. 15. 5.: vinivṛttakāmāḥ. 2) reverti. MAH. 3. 8451. 3) se avertere, recedere, desistere. BH. 2. 59. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis revertatur. R. Schl. II. 82. 17. 18. 2) abolere, abrogare, dissolvere, irritum facere. MAN. 8. 165.: tat sarvaṃ vinivartayet.

c. ni praef. sam reverti. A. 10. 34.: te yuddhe sannyavartanta; R. Schl. II. 45. 2. -- Caus. arcere. MAN. 4. 16.

c. nis exoriri, fieri, effici. MAN. 7. 61.: nirvartetā 'sya yāvadbhir itikartavyatā nṛbhiḥ (schol. karma jātaṃ sampadyate); RAGH. 17. 18.: karmanirvṛttaiḥ...phalaiḥ. MAH. 1. 4067.: vivāhe nirvṛtte. -- Caus. 1) procreare, producere. MAN. 1. 31.: mukhabāhūrupādataḥ . brāhmaṇaṅ kṣatriyaṃ vaiśyaṃ śūdrañca niravartayat. 2) perficere, peragere. RAGH. 14. 7.: abhiṣekam...nirvartayāmāsuḥ; 3. 33. 11. 30. MAN. 3. 122.

c. parā reverti. MAH. 3. 11721.: sa tān dṛṣṭvā parāvṛttān.

c. pari 1) circumagi, circumverti, circumversari, ambire, ambulare, huc illuc incedere. HIT. 36. 7.: cakravat parivartante sukhānica duḥkhānica; A. 10. 33.: rathasahasrāṇi ṣaṣṭis teṣām...yuyutsūnām mayā sārddham paryavartanta; R. Schl. I. 9. 42.: ṛṣyaśṛṅgaḥ...tatra duḥkhārttaḥ parivartate. 2) Versari, esse, morari. R. Schl. II. 96. 17.: aṅke (priyasya) tu parivartantī sītā.

c. pari praef. vi circumverti, circumvolvi. BH. 9. 10.: jagad viparivartate; R. Schl. II. 72. 26.: sa ruditvā... bhūmau viparivṛtyaca; MAN. 6. 22.: bhūmau viparivarteta.

c. pari praef. sam circumvolvi. MAH. 1. 5216.: kāryam me kāṅghitaṅ kiñcid hṛdi samparivartate; 3. 1436.: yat te bhayam amitraghna hṛdi samparivartate. -- Caus. circumagere. R. Schl. II. 45. 33.: rathād vimucya śrāntān hayān samparivartya śīghram.

c. pra 1) procedere, progredi. RAM. ed. Srīr. II. 46. 4.: mama tv aśvā nivṛttasya na prāvartanta vartmani. 2) oriri. BH. 10. 8.: mattaḥ sarvam pravartate; MAH. 1. 4871.: tasya kāmaḥ pravavṛte; HIT. 37. 18.: tato vāñchā pravartate. 3) fieri. R. Schl. I. 35. 8.: sā pravṛttā mahānadī. 4) incipere, c. infin. vel acc., (cf. kram praef. pra). BHATT. 14. 95.: gantum pravavṛte tataḥ; SAK. 108. 15.: bāhūtkṣepaṃ rodituñca pravṛttā. Initium capere. BH. 17. 24.: om ity udāhṛtya yajñadānatapaḥkriyāḥ pravartante ...brahmavādinām; R. Schl. I. 60. 8.: tataḥ pravavṛte yajñaḥ; DEV. 2. 39.: tataḥ pravavṛte yuddham. 5) versari, esse, locum habere. N. 9. 2.: dyūtam pravartatām bhūyaḥ; IN. 5. 61.: na tasya kāmaḥ kāmeṣu pāpakeṣu pravartate. -- pravṛtta qui versatur, est. IN. 5. 27.: manorame geye pravṛtte; SU. 2. 11. -- qui adest. IN. 5. 28.: sarvāpsaraḥsu mukhyāsu pravṛttāsu. 6) se gerere adversus alqm. c. loc. N. 12. 14.: mayi mithyā pravartase. -- Caus. 1) producere, procreare. MAH. 3. 13981.: prāvartayad bhuvanāni sapta. 2) facere. R. Schl. II. 21. 35.: nā 'han dharmam apūrvan te pratikūlam pravartaye.

c. pra praef. abhi 1) adire. R. Schl. II. 54. 2.: yatra...yaṅgāṃ yamunā 'bhipravartate. 2) versari, esse. abhipravṛtta qui est, versatur. BH. 4. 20.: karmaṇy abhipravṛttaḥ.

c. pra praef. sam 1) adire, aggredi. MAH. 3. 68.: duḥkhañ caturbhiḥ śarīraṅ kāraṇaiḥ sampravartate. 2) versari, esse. pravṛtta 1) quod est, adest. BH. 14. 22.: na dveṣṭi sampravṛttāni na nivṛttāni kāṅkṣati. 2) quod fuit, praeteriit, evenit, accidit (vid. simpl. sgf. 2. SU. 5. 53.). N. 26. 35.: sampravṛtte mahotsave.

c. vi se volutare. A. 3. 19.: sammārjan jaṭhareṇo 'rvīṃ vivartaṃśca muhurmuhuḥ.

c. sam 1) fieri. RAGH. 7. 19.: svinnāṅguliḥ savavṛte kumārī; N. 17. 42.: khyātaḥ...sānukrośo bhavān sadā saṃvṛtto niranukrośaḥ; 20. 41.: vibhītakaścā 'praśastaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ kalisaṃśrayāt; MAH. 1. 7280.: martyā amartyāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ. 2) esse. MAH. 3. 14839.: mṛgayāñcai 'va no gantum icchā saṃvartate bhṛśam. -- Caus. perficere, peragere. R. Schl. I. 15. 17.

vRt vṛt

2. 4. A. (sambhaktau varaṇe) colere, amare, eligere.

vRt vṛt

3. 10. P. (bhāṣārthe K. dīptau V.) loqui; lucere. (Vid. 1. vṛt Caus.)

vRtta vṛtta

v. vṛt.

vRttAnta vṛttānta

m. (e praec. et anta finis) 1) casus, eventus, res, res gesta, historia. N. 4. 23. HIT. 72. 17. UR. 86. 4. infr. Lass. 9. 9. 31. 9. 2) status, conditio. UR. 37. 4. vid. sq.

vRtti vṛtti

f. (r. vṛt s. ti) 1) status, conditio, vitae ratio, versandi, agendi ratio. SA. 5. 46. BH. 14. 18. Lass. 39. 13. 40. 19. MEGH. 8. 91. 2) victus. HIT. 36. 21.

vRtra vṛtra

m. Vritrus, nomen Daityi, quem Indrus occidit.

vRtrazatru vṛtraśatru

m. (Vritri inimicus e praec. et śatru inimicus) cognomen dei Indri. IN. 2. 23.

vRtrahan vṛtrahan

m. (Vritri occisor e vṛtra et han occidens) cognomen dei Indri. IN. 2. 26.

vRthA vṛthā

Adv. frustra, incassum. H. 4. 13. 50.

vRddha vṛddha

v. vṛdh.

vRddhi vṛddhi

f. (r. vṛdh crescere s. ti) actio crescendi, incrementum, successus, felicitas. M. 19. SA. 6. 22. 24.

vRdh vṛdh

1. A. interdum P. crescere. M. 11.: sa tatra vavṛdhe... matsyaḥ; MAH. 1. 4865.: sarve vavṛdhur alpena kālena; HIT. 133. 14.: sukṛtināṅ kīrtiś ciraṃ vardhatām. TROP. felicem esse, florere. MAH. 2. 1601.: diṣṭyā vardhasi nunc potius huc quam ad ṛdh traxerim (v. Benfey I. 78. 79.). Huc etiam trahi posset lat. grandis, insertā nasali, sicut in vṛṃh mutato v in g; anglo-sax. great magnus, germ. vet. groz id.).

c. abhi i. q. simpl. N. 8. 14.: asya vai dyūte bhūyo rāgo 'bhivardhate.

c. pra id. H. 1. 20. DR. 5. 7.

c. vi id. N. 1. 17. SA. 1. 19. 6. 23.

c. vi praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 4977.

c. sam id. SA. 2. 10. -- Caus. 1) augere. MAH. 1. 8279. 2) alere, nutrire, educare, aufziehen. HIT. 26. 16.: saca matsyāhāraviśeṣair māṃ saṃvardhayiṣyati; 58. 10.: māṃsāhāradānena taṃ viḍālaṃ saṃvardhayati. Educare, educere. R. Schl. I. 39. 18.: ghṛtapūrṇeṣu kumbheṣu dhātryas tān samavardhayan; MAH. 1. 4264.: tasmād garbhaṃ samādhatsva bhīṣmaḥ saṃvardhayiṣyati; 5087.: saṃvardhayāmāsa (mithunam); 5089.: mayā bālāv imau saṃvardhitau.

vRnta vṛnta

n. petiolus, pediculus. AM.

vRnda vṛnda

m. n. grex, caterva. RITU-S. 1. 23. Lass. 45. 10. MEGH. 64.

[Page 334b]
vRz vṛś

4. P. (vṛtyām) eligere. Cf. vṛ.

vRS vṛṣ

1. 1. P. interdum A. 1) pluere, pluviam demittere. R. Schl. I. 9. 56.: vavarṣa sahasā devaḥ; MAH. 1. 6621.: na vavarṣa sahasrākṣo rāṣṭrecai 'vā 'sya; 5464.: varṣamāṇā ghanāḥ. Cum acc. pluere aliquid. MAH. 1. 1419.: so 'py avarṣata śoṇitam; 3. 796.: mayy avarṣata durdharṣaḥ śaradhārāḥ. Cum acc. et instr. irrigare, perfundere alqd aliquā re (beregnen). DR. 8. 16.: nakulam...kṣemaṅkaramahāmukhau...śaravarṣair avarṣatām; DEV. 3. 2. -- Caus. facere ut pluviam demittat. MAH. 3. 9991.: tapaso yaḥ prabhāveṇa varṣayāmāsa vāsavam. (Fortasse vṛṣ mutilatum e vṛkṣ et hoc ortum e vṛj adjectā sibilante; cf. gr. [greek] v. varṣa; fortasse [greek] a pluendo dictum, v. Benfey I. 324.; lat. rigo, goth. rig-n pluviu, rigneith pluit; germ. vet. regan pluvia, reganon pluere, v. Graff. 2. 441. sq.; nisi pertinent ad sṛj effundere. Hib. fras "a shower, hail"; lith. rokia pluvia tenuissima; wers-ine, wers-me fons. Vid. vṛṣa vṛṣaṇa.)

c. abhi 1) pluere, c. acc. vel instr. rei. R. Schl. I. 52. 23.: tat sarvaṅ kāmadhug divye abhivarṣa kṛte mama; MAH. 1. 4062.: devāḥ...abhyavarṣanta kusumaiḥ. 2) c. acc. et instr. irrigare alqd aliquā re (beregnen). IN. 4. 11.: suhṛdaścā 'nnapānena vividhenā 'bhivarṣati. PASS. A. 7. 27.: abhivṛṣṭāni śṛṅgāṇi...dharābhṛtām.

c. pra pluere, pluviam demittere. MAH. 1. 6630.

c. pra praef. abhi iä. MAN. 1. 304.

vRS vṛṣ

2. 10. A. (śaktibandhane K. prajanaiśye V.) potentem esse, ligare (ut mihi videtur, Denom. a sq.), generare, imperare.

vRSa vṛṣa

m. (r. vṛṣ irrigare semine s. a) taurus. (Primitive mas in universum, v. vṛṣaṇa. Ad rad. vṛṣ i. e. varṣ nunc etiam traxerim gr. [greek] quod supra (p. 57.) minus apte cum ṛṣabha comparavimus, quod ipsum e vṛṣabha mutilatum esse videtur; lat. verres, nisi pertinet ad ghṛṣṭi q. v., per assim. e verses explicaverim; fortasse hircus e vircus pro varcus, vid. r. vṛṣ; lith. werszis vitu- lus; russ. vol taurus, cum l pro r; fortasse germ. vet. far, Them. farri taurus, mutato v in f, rs in rr per assimil.; hib. braiche "a stag, a buffalo", v. vṛṣabha.)

vRSaNa vṛṣaṇa

m. (r. vṛṣ s. ana) scrotum, testiculus. AM.: muṣko 'ṇḍakoṣo vṛṣaṇaḥ. (Vid. vṛṣ vṛṣa et cf. gr. [greek] vid. Benfey. I. 329.; fortasse lat. veretrum mutilatum est e versetrum e perdito verbo verseo = Caus. varṣayāmi -v. gr. comp. 109a). 6. - ita ut proprie sit instrumentum irrigandi semine, cf. verres et v. vṛṣa.)

vRSan vṛṣan

m. (qui pluit, pluviam demittit, r. vṛṣ s. an) cognomen dei Indri. AM.

vRSadhvaja vṛṣadhvaja

m. (qui taurum in vexillo gerit, BAH. e vṛṣa et dhvaja) cognomen Sivi. AM.

vRSabha vṛṣabha

m. (a r. vṛṣ s. unād. abha) taurus, bos. HIT. 46. 13. (V. vṛṣa et cf. hib. braicheamh "a stag, a buffalo".)

vRSI vṛṣī

f. anachoretarum e Cusa gramine confecta sedes. SA. 3. 3.

vRSTi vṛṣṭi

f. (r. vṛṣ s. ti) pluvia. MEGH. 20. 55.

vRSNi vṛṣṇi

m. (vṛṣ s. unād. ni) 1) aries. 2) nomen Yadūs prognatorum. BH. 10. 37.

vRh vṛh

1. et 6. P. crescere. (Vid. sq. et cf. vṛṃh vṛdh ruh ṛdh lat. virga; fortasse largus e vargus, vid. gr. comp. par. 20.; slav. vrjch vertex, v. Miklosich p. 13.; fortasse gr. [greek] v. Pott. I. 150.)

c. ut cl. 6. 1) extollere. BHATT. 14. 8.: asīn udvavṛhur dīptān; 17. 9.: śaktiñco 'davṛhad gurum. 2) extrahere, evellere. MAH. 1. 7307.: keśau harir udvavarha; MAN. 1. 14.: udvavarhā "tmanaścai 'va manaḥ.

vRhat vṛhat

(Nom. m. vṛhan Fem. vṛhatī Part. praes. r. vṛh crescere) magnus. H. 2. 25. DR. 6. 6. (Vid. mahat.)

vRhadazva vṛhadaśva

m. (magnos equos habens, BAH. e praec. et aśva) nom. pr. N. P. 3.

vRhaspati vṛhaspati

m. (e vṛhas quod seorsum non invenitur et magnitudinem significare videtur, a vṛh crescere suff. as et pati dominus) Vrihaspatis, Angirasi filius, deorum magister, etiam planeta Jupiter vel ejus dominator. SA. 2. 15. BH. 10. 24.

[Page 335b]
vRR vṝ

9. P. A. (vṛṇāmi vṛṇe gr. 385.; praet. mltf. ATM. avūrṣi prec. vūryāsam vūrṣīya part. praet. pass. vūrṇa) eligere. Vid. vṛ cl. 9.

ve ve

1. P. 9. A. (tantusantāne K. syūṃtau V.; anom., v. gr. 451. 473. 502. 519. 610.) texere, suere. RIGV. 61. 8.: indrāyā 'rkam ahihatya ūvuḥ "Indrae hymnum propter Ahis caedem texuerunt. (Cf. ūy lat. vieo, gr. [greek] lith. u-dis textura (= ūti actio texendi), áu-d[greek]iu texo; hib. fighim "I weave, plait, twist", figh-te "woven, context" (gh = y [greek] vayāmi), fuaghaim "I sew, stitch"; germ. vet. WAB texere - wiba, wab, wābumes - retulerim ad vāpayāmi sicut sanscrite secundum generalem regulam sonaret Caus., pro quo anomale vāyayāmi v. gr. 519.)

c. pra assuere, affigere. BH. 7. 7.: mayi sarvam idam protam sūtre maṇigaṇā iva; MAH. 1. 4316.: sa rakṣibhis tair ajñātaḥ śūle proto mahātapāḥ. Transfigere. RAGH. 9. 75.: śalyaprotam prekṣya...muniputram (schol. vāṇāgreṇa syūtam).

vega vega

m. (r. vij s. a) celeritas, impetus. H. 1. 12. 4. 18. N. 13. 9.

vegatas vegatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) velociter.

vegavat vegavat

(a vega celeritas s. vat) celer.

veN veṇ

1. P. A. (jñānacintāniśāmane K. niśāmane vāditrādānagamanajñānacintāsu V.; scribitur etiam ven) cognoscere, cogitare, audire, instrumentum musicum sumere, ire.

veNi veṇi

f. (ut videtur, a r. ve s. ṇi pro ni) plexus crinalis, crines in nodum collecti, praesertim viduarum vel uxorum, quarum mariti absentes sunt. NALOD. 3. 27. MEGH. 18. 30. 80. 97.

veNu veṇu

m. arundo Bambus.

vetana vetana

n. stipendium, merces. N. 15. 6.

vetasa vetasa

m. arundinis species (Wils.: Calamus rotang). N. 12. 112. (Cf. vetra lat. vitex, vītis, gr. [greek] germ. vet. wīda salix.)

[Page 336a]
vetAla vetāla

m. nomen geniorum malorum, qui corpora mortuorum ingrediuntur eaque animant. Lass. 5. 13.

vettR vettṛ

m. (r. vid scire s. tṛ) sciens, gnarus. BH. 11. 38.

vettha vettha

v. gr. 356.

vetra vetra

n. (ut videtur, a r. s. tra) arundo. N. 12. 5.

veda veda

m. (r. vid scire s. a) scripta sacra, quattuor numero. Tria antiquissima appellantur ṛc yajus sāman. Quartum est atharvan.

vedanA vedanā

f. (Caus. r. vid s. ana in fem.) dolor. SA. 5. 2. 6. 31. (lege vedanayā ciram).

vedAGga vedāṅga

m. (e veda et aṅga membrum) scripta quae ad Vedos spectant; agunt de pronunciatione, grammaticā et prosodiā, de obscuris vocabulis, de ritibus sacris et astrologiā.

vedAnta vedānta

m. (e veda et anta finis) doctrina theologica et philosophica, quae Vedis innititur. BH. 15. 15.

vedi vedI vedi vedī

f. locus sacrificii, altare. NALOD. 1. 9. SAK. 43. 8.

vedha vedha

m. (r. vyadh correpta in vidh cum gunā et suff. a v. vedhana vedhin et gr. 332. 456a). 506. 613. 632.) vulneratio, perforatio. AM.

vedhana vedhana

n. (r. vyadh correpta in vidh cum gunā et suff. ana) id.

vedhas vedhas

m. (r. dhā praef. vi cum gunā, abjecto ā s. as v. 1. vidh) 1) deus Brahma. AM. (v. vidhātṛ). 2) Sivus. A. 10. 57.

vedhin vedhin

(r. vyadh correpta in vidh c. gunā, suff. in vid. vedha vedhana) perforans. UR. 84. 2. infr.

vep vep

1. A. tremere. N. 5. 17.: vepamāne 'dam abravīt; 14. 15. BH. 11. 35. -- Part. praes. PAR. IN. 5. 48.: vepantī. (Cf. vip vay germ. vet. weibon, weipon fluctuare, agitari; fortasse biben, piben tremere, mutato v in b, p, nisi pertinet ad bhī bibhemi gr. [greek].)

c. ut i. q. simpl. N. 9. 26.: udvepate me hṛdayam.

c. pra id. R. Schl. II. 8. 8.: bhayāt pravepe. Part. praes. PAR. SA. 5. 9.: hṛdayena pravepatī.

vepathu vepathu

m. (r. vep s. athu) tremor. BH. 1. 29.

[Page 336b]
vera vera

m. n. corpus.

vel vel

1. 1. P. (gatau K. cāle V.) se movere, vacillare.

vel vel

2. 10. P. (kālopadeśe; ut videtur, Denom. a velā) tempus indicare.

velA velā

f. 1) (ut videtur, a r. vil findere) finis, limes, ripa. N. 13. 5. MAH. 3. 12888. 2) (v. 2. vel) tempus. SA. 5. 6. 92. Lass. 44. 16. 79. 1. infr. SA. 5. 92. (Lith. welay sero, welummas serum.)

vell vell

1. P. i. q. 1. vel.

vevI vevī

2. A. (kāntigativyāptikṣepaprajanakhādaneṣu; forma reduplicata cum gunā in syllabā reduplicativā, cf. gr. 560.) desiderare, ire, occupare, implere, conjicere, generare, edere.

veza veśa

m. (r. viś s. a) 1) domus v. sq. 2) vestis. N. 13. 50. (Gr. [greek] lat. vīcus, goth. veihs n. vicus, Them. veihsa, germ. vet. wīch m. id., nostrum Weich-Bild; lith. ūkis aedes rusticae (Ruhig "die Wohnung auf einem BauerErbe"), ūkininkas pater familias, ūkininke mater familias, boruss. vet. wais-pattin heram, matrem familias, Hausfrau, polon. wie[greek] vicus.)

vezman veśman

n. (r. viś intrare s. man) domus. N. 21. 16. 30. IN. 5. 18.

vezyA veśyā

f. (r. viś s. ya in fem.) meretrix. MEGH. 36.

veSa veṣa

m. (ut videtur, e veśa mutato ś in ) vestis, ornamentum. IN. 5. 58.

veST veṣṭ

1. P. circumdare, circumvolvere, vestire. MAH. 1. 1800.: bhogena...aveṣṭyata; MAN. 1. 49.: tamasā bahurūpeṇa veṣṭitāḥ; HIT. 7. 10.: vastraveṣṭitaḥ. -- Caus. id. RAGH. 11. 52.: mithilāṃ sa veṣṭayan...balaiḥ; MAH. 1. 1801.

c. upa i. q. simpl. MR. 218.

c. pari id. HIT. 17. 17.: rajjubhiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ; MAH. 1. 1802. -- Caus. id. HIT. 53. 17. MAH. 3. 12403.

c. pra id. MAH. 3. 10047.: praveṣṭito romabhiḥ.

c. sam Caus. id. MAH. 3. 12889.: payodā nabhastalaṃ saṃveṣṭayitvā.

ves ves

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere.

[Page 337a]
veh veh

1. A. (prayatne K. yatne V.) operam dare, adniti.

vehl vehl

1. P. i. q. vell et 1. vel.

vai vai

1. 1. P. (śoṣaṇe K. śoṣe V.) siccari. RIGV. V. 67. 8. (v. Westerg. s. r. ): na vāyanti vāṃ taraṇayaḥ. (Cf. et vid. gr. min. parpar. 353. 354.)

vai vai

2. 1) quidem, nempe. N. 26. 5. 8. 23. 2) sane, vere, certe. N. 24. 35. 26. 13. 3) vero. N. 24. 6. 4) si. HIT. 48. 8.: ye parādhīnatāṃ yātās te vai jīvanti mṛtāḥ ke. 5. explet. SA. 5. 63.

vaiklavya vaiklavya

n. (a viklava commotus, conturbatus s. ya) commotio, conturbatio animi. N. 23. 23.

vaikhAnasa vaikhānasa

m. anachoreta. SU. 3. 5.

vaicitrya vaicitrya

n. (a vicitra s. ya) varietas. HIT. 3. 4.

vaijayanta vaijayanta

m. (a vijayat vincens s. a) vexillum, praesertim Indri vexillum. IN. 1. 8.

vaijayantika vaijayantika

m. (a praec. s. ika) vexillarius. AM.

vaijayantikA vaijayantikā

f. (fem. praec., nisi a vijayat vincens s. ika in fem.) 1) nomen plantae, Aeschynomene sesban. AM. 2) vexillum.

vaitAna vaitāna

(a vitāna s. a) sacrificalis. SAK. 43. 12.

vaitAlika vaitālika

m. (a vitāla-tāla praef. vi - suff. ika) praedicator, cantor. UR. 93. 10. Qui cantando e somno excitat regem. AM.: vaitālikā bodhakārāḥ.

vaidarbha vaidarbha

(a vidarbha Vidarbha regio suff. a) Vidarbhensis, vaidarbhī f. cognomen Damayantiae.

vaidUrya vaidūrya

n. (a vidūra secundum Wils. nomen montis vel urbis, suff. ya) gemmae genus, lapis lazuli. MR. 140. 12. (ubi vaidūryāṇi = prācr. veḍuriāiṃ legendum).

vaidya vaidya

m. I. (a vidyā scientia s. a) 1) vir doctus, eruditus, sciens, sapiens. BR. 2. 1. 2) medicus. II. (a veda s. ya) Vedorum gnarus, Vedorum praecepta sequens.

vaidyuta vaidyuta

(a vidyut s. a) fulmineus. UR. 90. 11.

vaidhavya vaidhavya

n. (a vidhavā vidua s. ya) viduitas. V. avaidhavya.

vaidheya vaidheya

(a vidheya - r. dhā praef. vi s. ya - s. a) stultus. AM.

vainateya vainateya

(a nomine matris vinatā Cās'yapi uxore) cognomen Garuḍi (v. garuḍa). SU. 2. 17. BH. 10. 30.

[Page 337b]
vaiyarthya vaiyarthya

n. (a vyartha s. ya v. gr. 649.) inutilitas. UR. 29. 1. (ubi vaiyarthyam legendum, v. annot.).

vaiyAtya vaiyātya

n. (a viyāta s. ya) impudentia.

vaira vaira

n. (a vīra heros s. a) inimicitia. BH. 11. 55.

vairAga vairāga

n. (a virāga vacuus ab affectibus, a cupidine, s. a) libertas ab affectibus, a cupidine, a desiderio. BH. 6. 35.

vairin vairin

(a vaira s. in) inimicus.

vairUpya vairūpya

n. (a virūpa deformis s. ya) deformitas.

vairUpyatA vairūpyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) id. N. 19. 33.

vairocani vairocani

m. (a virocana Virotschanus, Prahlādi filius, s. i) Vairotschanis, Virotschani filius. A. 8. 19.

vailakSya vailakṣya

n. (a vilakṣa s. ya) perturbatio, pudor. UR. 31. 15.: savailakṣyam.

vaivasvata vaivasvata

m. (Vivasvatis filius a vivasvat n. pr. s. a) Vaivasvatus, cognomen Manūs et Yami.

vaivAhika vaivāhika

(a vivāha nuptiae s. ika) nuptialis, ad nuptias spectans vel ad nuptias necessarius. SA. 2. 33. 3. 1.

vaizampAyana vaiśampāyana

nom. pr. Vais'ampāyanus, Vyāsi discipulus. MAH. 1. 97. 107.

vaizasa vaiśasa

n. (a viśasa - r. śas praef. vi s. a - s. a) caedes, clades. N. 13. 20. 36.

vaizya vaiśya

m. (a 2. viś s. ya) i. q. viś.

vaizravaNa vaiśravaṇa

m. (secundum Wils. derivatum anomal. a viśravas Kuveri patre) Kuverus, divitiarum deus. N. 13. 23.

vaizvAnara vaiśvānara

(a viśvānara-viśva producto a et nara - suff. a) cognomen Agnis.

vaiSamya vaiṣamya

n. (a viṣama difficilis s. ya) difficultas, miseria. N. 9. 20.

vaiSNava vaiṣṇava

(a viṣṇu s. a) ad Vischnum pertinens. A. 4. 30.

vyakta vyakta

(Part. pass. a r. añj praef. vi manifestare, s. ta v. gr. 615.) clarus, manifestus, visibilis. BH. 8. 20. vyaktam Adv. manifesto, certe. BR. 1. 33. SA. 5. 92.

vyakti vyakti

f. (r. añj praef. vi manifestare s. ti) manifestatio, visibilitas BH. 7. 23. 10. 14.

vyagra vyagra

(BAH. e vi et agra) consternatus, perturbatus.

vyajana vyajana

n. (r. aj se movere praef. vi s. ana) flabellum. IN. 2. 17.

[Page 338a]
vyaJjana vyañjana

n. (r. añj praef. vi manifestare, s. ana) 1) consonans littera. SA. 5. 25. 2) barba. BR. 1. 28.

vyatikrama vyatikrama

m. (r. kram c. ati praef. vi transgredi, suff. a) transgressio, peccatum. IN. 5. 43.

vyath vyath

1. A. interdum P. (praet. redupl. vivyathe v. gr. 456a).; duḥkhabhayacalane) agitari, commoveri, perturbari dolore vel timore. N. 16. 21.: imām...dṛṣṭvā mamā 'pi vyathate manaḥ; 22. 23.: hṛdayaṃ vyathitañcā "sīt; 12. 118.: tvān dṛṣṭvā vyathitāḥ sme 'ha; SA. 5. 46.: santo na sīdanti na vyathante; A. 7. 12.: tato me vyathitam manaḥ; BH. 11. 34.: mā vyathiṣṭhā yudhyasva; 14. 2.: pralaye na vyathanti; MAH. 3. 717.: vṛṣṇayo bhagnasaṅkalpā vivyathuḥ (v. gr. 456a).). -- Caus. agitare, commovere, perturbare. BH. 2. 15.: yaṃ hi na vyathayanty ete...so 'mṛtatvāya kalpate. (Cf. manth math ratione habitā, litteras m et v facile inter se mutari; goth. witho commoveo, agito; de lat. quatio v. puth kunth.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. BH. 11. 45.: bhayena pravyathitam mano me; 11. 20. 23. 24. - R. Schl. II. 18. 41.: pravivyathe rājā.

c. pra praef. sam id. R. Schl. I. 38. 16.

vyathA vyathā

f. (r. vyath s. ā) permotio animi, perturbatio. BR. 2. 3. BH. 11. 49.

vyadh vyadh

4. P. interdum A. vidhyāmi (v. gr. 332. 456a). 482. 506. 613. 632.) perforare, ferire, vulnerare, praesertim sagittis. MAH. 3. 709.: vivyādha hṛdayam patrī; 1. 7004.: vidhyeta ya idaṃ lakṣyam; 2. 948.: śastraiścā 'pi na vidhyate; DR. 8. 13.: tam...vāṇena vivyādho 'rasi; SA. 6. 5.: kuśakaṇṭakaviddhāṅgau. (Vid. vyādha venator et cf. vadh vādh; hib. fiadhachd "hunting", fiadhach "venison", fiadhaighe "a huntsman"; fiadh "a deer", fiadhait "a wild", fiadhanta "fierce, savage, ferocious" cet.; anglo-sax. voedhan venari; germ. vet. weidanon venari, pascere, pasci; weideman, nostrum Weidmann; island. vet. veidhi venatio; fortasse lat. venor e ved-nor.)

c. anu 1) perforare, ferire, vulnerare post alium. MAN. 9. 43.: naśyatī 'ṣuḥ...viddham anuvidhyataḥ. 2) distinguere, besetzen. RAGH. 13. 54.: indranīlair mu- ktāmayī yaṣṭir ivā 'nuviddhā (schol. gumphitā).

c. apa abjicere, dejicere, projicere. DR. 6. 21.: purā śmaśāne srag ivā 'pavidhyate (sic ed. Calc. pro -vo 'pa-); R. Schl. II. 94. 24.: mṛditāścā 'paviddhāśca...kamalasrajaḥ. TROP. negligere. MAN. 11. 41.: agnihotry apavidhyā 'gnīn brāhmaṇaḥ.

c. apa praef. vi dejicere, evertere. DR. 8. 48.: praviśyā "śramapadam vyapaviddhavṛṣīghaṭam.

c. ā 1) i. q. simpl. GITA-GOV. 12. 11.: pāṇijair āviddhaḥ. 2) jaculari. MAH. 3. 11511.: āvidhyā "vidhya tau vṛkṣān. Mittere sagittam. MAN. 9. 43.: iṣur yathā viddhaḥ. 3) imponere. BHATT. 20. 11.: āvidhyaca srajam (schol. [greek]AY. śirasy ākṣipya).

c. ā praef. vi vibrare. MAH. 3. 677.: gadāñ cikṣepa tarasā vīro vyāvidhya.

c. ā praef. sam id. RAGH. 16. 78.

c. pari i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 4102.

c. pra projicere. R. Schl. II. 63. 34.: tāpasam...praviddhakalasodakam.

c. pra praef. vi quassare, concutere. RAGH. 14. 54.: anilavipraviddhā.

c. prati i. q. simpl. A. 3. 26. 7. 22.

vyap vyap

10. P. vyāpayāmi (kṣaye ut videtur, Caus. radicis i praef. vi vid. i praef. adhi Caus.; v. etiam r. vyay et Westerg. s. r. i) destruere.

vyapagata vyapagata

v. gam c. apa praef. vi.

vyapAzraya vyapāśraya

m. (r. śri ire c. ā praef. vi + apa) abitio, discessus. BH. 18. 56. in fine BAH.

vyabhicAra vyabhicāra

m. (r. car c. abhi praef. vi) offensio, violatio, transgressio, peccatum. HIT. 82. 22.

vyabhicArin vyabhicārin

(r. car c. abhi praef. vi s. in) offendens, violans, transgrediens, peccans. vyabhicāriṇī quae adulterio violat conjugem. HIT. 5. 12.

vyabhra vyabhra

(BAH. e vi et abhra nubes) vacuus a nubibus. N. 17. 11.

vyay vyay

1. 1. P. A. et 10. P. vyayāmi vyaye vyayayāmi (gatau; ut videtur, ex i praef. vi vid. avyaya et vyap) erogare, expendere pecuniam. HIT. 61. 3.: kṣudram āyam anālocya vyayamānaḥ svavāñchayā; 60. 10.: khāditaṃ vyayitam avadhīritañca (māṃsam); 98. 17.

c. apa negare. MAN. 8. 60.: pṛṣṭas tv apavyayamānaḥ.

vyay vyay

2. 10. P. vyāyayāmi (kṣepe K. nudi V.; ut videtur, Caus. r. i praef. vi v. 1. vyay et vyap) conjicere, mittere.

vyaya vyaya

m. (r. 1. vyay s. a) 1) erogatio. HIT. 77. 21. 98. 17. 104. 12. 2) perditio. HIT. 16. 4. Lass. 59. 1.

vyartha vyartha

(BAH. e vi et artha) inutilis. HIT. 31. 1.

vyalIka vyalīka

n. (e vi et alīka) tormentum, cruciatus. AM. III. 4. 12.: pīḍārthe 'pi vyalīkaṃ syāt; HIT. 70. 1.

vyavasAya vyavasāya

m. (r. anom. so c. ava praef. vi s. ya) 1) consilium, decretum. BR. 2. 32. SA. 4. 6. 2) opera, labor, studium. N. 24. 20.

vyavasAyin vyavasāyin

(a praec. s. in) consilio, decreto vel operā, labore, studio praeditus. BH. 45. 11. 46. 15.

vyavasiSyAmi vyavasiṣyāmi

v. so c. ava praef. vi.

vyavasthiti vyavasthiti

f. (r. sthā stare, esse, c. ava praef. vi s. ti) actio standi, manendi, persistendi in alq. r. BH. 16. 1.

vyavahAra vyavahāra

m. (r. hṛ c. ava praef. vi s. a) 1) vitae ratio, vitae consuetudo, mores. HIT. 18. 21. 73. 22. 2) usus, consuetudo, mos. HIT. 87. 15.

vyasana vyasana

n. (r. as conjicere s. ana) 1) nequitia, vita dissoluta. HIT. 8. 17. 36. 10.; v. sq. 2) calamitas. N. 7. 13. HIT. 71. 5. 3) attentio, intentio, animus attentus. HIT. 13. 22.

vyasanitA vyasanitā

f. (a sq. s. ) Abstractum sequentis. HIT. 94. 3.

vyasanin vyasanin

(a praec. s. in) 1) dissolutus, libidinosus, nequam; (Wils. "addicted to evil practices, as to gaming, drinking, wenching"). HIT. 62. 14.; avyasanin HIT. 83. 22. 2) infelix, infortunatus, calamitosus.

vyasta vyasta

(part. pass. r. as praef. vi) turbatus, perturbatus, confusus. HIT. 102. 7.

vyasu vyasu

(BAH. e vi et asu spiritus vitalis, vita) vitae expers, mortuus. N. 11. 39.

[Page 339b]
vyAkaraNa vyākaraṇa

n. (r. kṛ c. ā praef. vi s. ana) grammatica. UP. 20.

vyAkula vyākula

(r. kul c. ā praef. vi s. a) i. q. ākula. N. 16. 15. DR. 8. 44.

vyAghAta vyāghāta

m. (Caus. r. han c. ā praef. vi s. a) percussio, perturbatio. IN. 5. 11.

vyAghra vyāghra

m. tigris. DR. 8. 3. In fine compositorum ponitur ad indicandum optimum, praestantissimum. H. 1. 35. 4. 57.

vyAja vyāja

m. (r. aj vel añj c. ā praef. vi s. a) dissimulatio. Lass. 76. 9.

vyAtta vyātta

v. c. ā praef. vi.

vyAdha vyādha

m. (r. vyadh s. a) venator. N. 11. 26. 29. (V. vyadh.)

vyAdhi vyādhi

m. (r. dhā ponere c. ā praef. vi s. i) morbus. BH. 13. 8.

vyAdhita vyādhita

(a praec. s. ita) aegrotus. HIT. 41. 11.

vyApad vyāpad

f. (r. pad c. ā praef. vi) infortunium, calamitas. HIT. 44. 5. (v. āpad āpatti).

vyApAra vyāpāra

m. (r. 2. pṛ c. ā praef. vi s. a) 1) opera, labor, occupatio, negotium. HIT. 8. 2. 49. 5. 7. 2) vindiciae, postulatio. UR. 49. 10.: vyāpāraṃ vrajasi me śarīre "corpus meum tibi vindicas".

vyAyata vyāyata

v. 1. yam c. ā praef. vi.

vyAmizra vyāmiśra

(r. miśr miscere c. ā praef. vi s. a) confusus. BH. 3. 2.

vyAyAma vyāyāma

m. (r. 1. yam c. ā praef. vi s. a) 1) lassitudo. SA. 5. 2. 2) opera, contentio, pugna. A. 3. 40.

vyAla vyāla

m. serpens. A. 2. 3. R. Schl. II. 59. 10. Fem. vyālī MR. 19. 4. (Cf. germ. vet. et anglo-sax. āl anguilla.)

vyuSita vyuṣita

v. vas praef. vi.

vyuSTa vyuṣṭa

v. vas praef. vi.

vyuSTi vyuṣṭi

f. (r. vas praef. vi s. ti v. gr. 645.) felicitas. BR. 2. 22.

vyUDha vyūḍha

v. ūh et vah praef. vi.

vyUha vyūha

m. (r. ūh s. a) turba, multitudo. N. 12. 30.

vye vye

1. P. A. tegere. Part. pass. vīta v. gr. 610.

c. pari id. parivīta tectus, indutus. RAGH. 15. 77.

c. sam id. saṃvīta tectus. N. 9. 6. 13. 46.

vyoman vyoman

n. (fortasse a r. div splendere, abjecto d praef. vi suff. man v. dyo dyu dyut vidyut) coelum. IN. 2. 27. 5. 15.

vraj vraj

1. 1. P. interdum A. 1) ire, procedere. H. 1. 7.: punar asmān upādāya tathai 'va vraja; N. 3. 9.: vraja naiṣadha māciram; 9. 35.: jñātīn vrajet; MAH. 1. 2263.: vrajadhvam. 2) facere (v. car). UR. 49. 10.: vyāpāraṃ vrajasi me śarīre du machst Anspruch. V. vṛj i. e. varj.

c. anu 1) sequi. N. 13. 61. 2) i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 8266. MAN. 2. 241.

c. anu praef. sam sequi. MAH. 2. 1606.

c. ā adire. N. 8. 6.

c. ut praef. prati obviam ire. RAGH. 1. 90.; v. gam c. ut praef. prati.

c. pari ambulare, oberrare, huc illuc migrare. MAN. 6. 33. 41.

c. pra progredi, abire, ire. MAH. 2. 2613.: vanāya pravavrajuḥ. -- Caus. in exilium mittere. RAGH. 12. 6.: rāmam prāvrājayat.

c. sam praef. upa intrare. MAN. 6. 51.: āgāram upasaṃvrajet.

vraj vraj

2. 10. P. vrājayāmi (saṃskṛtau tyāge K. saṃskṛtau gatau V.) ornare, relinquere, ire. (Vid. 1. vraj vṛj vṛñj.)

vraN vraṇ

1. 1. P. (śabde K. rutau V.; scribitur etiam braṇ) sonare. (V. raṇ dhraṇ.)

vraN vraṇ

2. 10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a vraṇa; scribitur etiam braṇ) vulnerare. (V. vraṇa et cf. lat. vuln-us, slav. rana vulnus, lith. róna id., iṅ-roniju vulnero; hib. leon "affliction, a wound, a moth"; leonaim "I wound, sprain"; fortasse etiam nostrum Wun-de, germ. vet. wun-da, wun-ta huc pertinet, mutatis liquidis r et n, v. Graff. I. 896.)

vraNa vraṇa

m. n. vulnus. (V. vraṇ et cf. vraśc.)

vrata vrata

m. n. (fortasse a r. vṛ i. e. var eligere, transposito var in vra suff. ta) votum, devotio, pietas. SA. 4. 3. 6. BH. 6. 14. N. 5. 21. 13. 69. IN. 4. 7. Saepe in fine compos. BAH. e. c. pativratā erga conjugem pietatem, devotionem habens, conjugi devota, addicta. N. 10. 14. 13. 43. devavrata diis addictus. BH. 9. 25. dṛḍhavrata firma vota habens, votorum tenax. BH. 7. 28. 9. 14.

vrazc vraśc

6. P. (chedane K. chede V.; in tempp. spec. corripitur in vṛśc; part. pass. vṛkṇa) scindere, abscindere. BHATT. 14. 77.: vavraścuḥ; 9. 41.: vraścitvā...apāṃtayat tarūn.

c. ava id. RIGV. 51. 7.: vṛścā śatror ava viśvāni vṛṣṭyā "frange inimici cunctas vires".

c. ā A. id. RIGV. 27. 13.: mā jyāyasaḥ śaṃsam āvṛkṣi "nunquam optimi cujusque dei laudem interrumpam".

c. vi id. RIGV. 61. 10.: vivṛścad vajreṇa vṛtram indraḥ; 32. 5.: skandhāṃsī 'va kuliśenā vivṛkṇā "arbores quasi securi caesae".

vrI vrī

4. A. et 9. P. (varaṇe K. vṛtyām V.) eligere. Cf. vṛ.

vrID vrīḍ

4. P. pudore affici. vrīḍita pudibundus. N. 7. 18. SA. 1. 35.

vrIs vrīs

1. et 10. P. (vadhe) pulsare, occidere. Cf. vrūs.

vruD vruḍ

6. P. (saṃvṛtisaṃhatimajjaneṣu) tegere, colligere, accumulare, mergi.

vrUs vrūs

1. et 10. P. i. q. vrīs.

vlI vlī

9. P. vliṇāmi (dharaṇe K. gatyāṃ vṛtyām V.) tenere, ire, eligere. Cf. vrī.

vlekS vlekṣ

10. P. (dṛśi) videre.

[Page 3401]
z ś

Haec littera orta est e k et respondet graeco k, lat. c, lith. k et sz, slav. k et s, hib. c, ch et s; germ. h; v. gr. comp. parpar. 21. 87.

[Page 3401]
zaMs śaṃs

1. 1. P. interdum A. 1) dicere, indicare, narrare. N. 13. 53.: śaṃsa me kā 'si kasya vā; 12. 35.: nalaṃ yadi na śaṃsasi; 12. 126.: yadi jānītha nṛpatiṅ kṣipraṃ kās-ten cupere v. 2. śaṃs.)

c. abhi calumniari, conviciari, maledicere, objurgare, accusare, criminari; abhiśasta increpatus. MAN. 8. 116.: vatsasyā 'bhiśastasya purā bhrātrā yavīyasā; AM. III. 1. 43.: ākṣāritaḥ kṣārito 'bhiśaste; MAN. 2. 185.: abhiśastāṃs tu varjayet; 3. 159.

c. ā 1) indicare. RAGH. 1. 86. 2) implorare. DR. 5. 12.: āśaṃsa...sauvīrarājasya punaḥ prasādam.

c. pra laudare, celebrare. N. 1. 16. 3. 16.

c. pra praef. abhi id. A. 1. 6.

zaMs śaṃs

2. 1. A. interdum P. (icchāyām K. āśiṣi V.; scribitur śas gr. 110a).) cupere, desiderare, fausta precari. (V. śās praef. ā et cf. pers. [greek] kāsten cupere, velle, rogare, [greek] kāh-em cupio etc., hib. sant "greediness, covetousness, cupidity, lust", santaighim "I desire, covet, lust" V. Pictet p. 64.; lat. censeo, v. praef. ā sgf. 3.)

c. ā 1) cupere, desiderare. MAH. 1. 7148.: kurupravīrān āśaṃsamānaḥ...jagāma tām bhārgavakarmaśālāṃ yatrā "sate te kurupravīrāḥ; 3. 17171.: yoddhum āśaṃsate nityam phālgunena. 2) sperare. BR. 1. 29.: yayā dauhitrajāṃl lokān āśaṃse; MAH. 3. 13647.: āśaṃsate hi putreṣu pitā...yaśaḥ. Cum dat. MAH. 1. 148.: nā "śaṃse vijayāya. Cum infin. R. Schl. II. 12. 70.: na...cirañ jīvitum āśaṃse. ATM. DR. 5. 5.: jetum āśaṃsasi dharmarājam. 3) credere, putare, c. yadi. R. Schl. II. 51. 14.: kauśalyācai 'va rājāca tathai 'va jananī mama nā "śaṃse yadi jīvanti; II. 86. 15.: nā "śaṃse yadi te sarve jīveyuḥ.

zaMsin śaṃsin

(r. śaṃs s. in) dicens, indicans, nuntians. UR. 69. 15. SAK. 46. 15.

zaMst śaṃst

2. P. (scribitur śast) dormire. Vid. 2. śas.

zak śak

5. P. et 4. P. A. posse, valere. H. 1. 6.: gantuñcai 'va na śaknumaḥ; R. Schl. I. 20. 4.: na hi śaknoti...samāptuṅ kratum; BR. 1. 24.: na hi śakṣyāmi kiñcana parityaktum aham bandhum; 27.: parityaktun na śakyāmi bhāryām; 28.: kuta eva parityaktuṃ sutaṃ śakyāmi; N. 11. 6.: śakyase tā giraḥ satyāḥ kartum mayi; A. 3. 31.: nacai 'nam aśakaṃ hantum. Cum locat. abstracti in ana loco infin. R. Schl. I. 66. 19.: na śekur grahaṇe tasya dhanuṣaḥ; N. 7. 10.: suhṛdān na tu kaścana nivāraṇe 'bhavac chakto dīvyamānam. Participia in ta sunt śakta et śakita quorum prius active cum sgf. potens, alterum passive usurpatur. BR. 2. 8. N. 7. 10. H. 4. 33. -- Pass. impers. MAH. 1. 6678.: sthīyatāṃ yadi śakyate. -- Notetur Passivi usus in constructione cum Infin., quippe qui passivā formā careat, ita ut passivam vim verbo auxiliari exprimere necesse sit. Dicitur e. c. nā "hartuṃ śakyate (N. 20. 5.) quasi latine dicas afferre nequitur ad exprimendum non afferri potest. Part. fut. pass. śakya saepissime in hujusmodi constructionibus invenitur, e. c. IN. 1. 17. 2. 4. H. 1. 35. 47. Etiam part. praet. śakita. H. 4. 33.: apanetuñca yatito nacai 'va śakito mayā. Dicitur etiam śakya pro jetuṃ śakya qui vinci potest, vincendus. DR. 5. 12. -- Desid. śikṣ correptum e śiśakṣ v. gr. 552. (V. śikṣ et cf. hib. ceach-t "power, eminence" = śakti v. Pictet p. 63. Fortasse lat. co-nāri e coc-na-ri, ita ut respondeat characteri nonae classis et graeco [greek] in verbis ut [greek] queo; cf. nequi-nont apud Fest. cum śak-nuvanti; island. vet. hag-r dexter, hagna prodesse, hoegja moderare (Grimm. II. v. Pott. I. 232. Benfey II. 160.)

zakaTa śakaṭa

m. n. currus. HIT. 24. 8.: śakaṭam (nom.).

zakaTAra śakaṭāra

etiam śakaṭāla nom. pr. (Wils. "the minister of Nanda). HIT. 61. 20.

zakala śakala

m. n. pars, portio, frustum. RAGH. 2. 46.: śakalāni.

zakan śakan

v. śakṛt.

zakuna śakuna

m. (fortasse a r. śak s. unād. una) 1) avis species (Wils.: either the Indian vulture or the common kite- Falco cheela-; it is also applied to the Pondicherry eagle). N. 9. 12. 2) avis in universum.

zakuni śakuni

1) i. q. praec. MAH. 3. 10437. 2) nom. pr. IN. 1. 4. (Cf. lat. ciconia.)

zakRt śakṛt

n. (śakan v. gr. 205.; fortasse forma redupl. cum śa = ka a r. kṛt) excrementum, stercus. (Fortasse gr. [greek] e [greek] lat. stercus, stercor-is fortasse per metath. e secort-is = śakṛtas e śakartas; hib. seachraith "filth, dirt", cac "animal excrement", cacah "dirty, filthy", cacaim "I go to stool", lat. caco, gr. [greek].)

zakti śakti

f. (r. śak posse s. ti) 1) potestas, facultas, vis. SA. 2. 17. 5. 4. 2) lancea ferrea. IN. 1. 4. (Hib. ceach-t, v. r. śak.)

zaktu śaktu

m. n. farina. (Wils.: According to some authorities only m. pl. (śaktavaḥ). The powder or flour of barley and other grain, first fried and then ground). HIT. 114. 22.: śaktubhūtaḥ śāravaḥ; 115. 2. 7.: śaktuśārava.

zakya śakya

(part. fut. pass. r. śak) possibilis. V. śak.

zakra śakra

m. (ut videtur, a r. śak posse s. ra) cognomen Indri.

zaGk śaṅk

1. A. (scribitur śak gr. 110a).) 1) suspicari, opinari. N. 23. 1.: śaṅkamānā nalan tam; 23. 28.: tvāñ janaḥ śaṅketa doṣataḥ; H. 3. 15.: tām...puṃskāmāṃ śaṅkamānaḥ. 2) timere. N. 9. 31.: kimartham bhīru śaṅkase. -- śaṅkita suspicans, timens. N. 12. 32. IN. 5. 18. (śaṅk primitive possibile habere significaverit; a śak posse insertā nasali; cf. goth. hugjan cogitare, opinari, putare, germ. vet. hugu animus, intellectus, sensus, hugjan cogitare, recordari, considerare.)

c. abhi dubitare. M. 34.: nā 'bhiśaṅkyam idañcā 'pi vacanam.

c. ā P. A. timere. MAN. 7. 188.: yataśca bhayam āśaṅket tato vistārayed balam; R. Schl. I. 90. 15.: matto na doṣam āśaṅkīḥ; I. 1. 39.: āśaṅkamānaśca punaḥ paurajānapadāgamam; N. 13. 30.: āśaṅkamānā tat pāpam. -- āśaṅkita metutus. R. Schl. I. 65. 15.: yat tad āśaṅkitam pāpam.

c. pari suspicari. N. 24. 26.: na mām arhasi kalyāna doṣeṇa pariśaṅkitum.

c. vi dubitare. MAH. 1. 2966.: gāndharvarākṣasau (vivāhau) kṣatre dharmyau tau mā viśaṅkithāḥ (pro viśaṅkiṣṭhās praet. mltf. 3., sic. MAH. 3. 10356: paryaśāṅkithām -sic legendum pro -thā - pro -ṣṭhām.)

c. sam suspicari. MAH. 4. 568.

zaGkara śaṅkara

m. cognomen Sivi.

zaGkA śaṅkā

f. (r. śaṅk s. ā) 1) suspicio, conjectura. N. 24. 3. SA. 6. 4. 2) dubitatio. N. 24. 39.

zaGkitamanas śaṅkitamanas

(BAH. e śaṅkita et manas mens) timentem vel suspicantem mentem habens. IN. 5. 18.

zaGkin śaṅkin

(r. śaṅk s. in) suspicans. UR. 80. 1. infra.

zaGku śaṅku

m. (r. śaṅk s. u) 1) timor. 2) acus. 3) palus, stipes. 4) jaculum, pilum. 6) piscis species (Wils.: the scate fish).

zaGkukarNa śaṅkukarṇa

(BAH. e praec. et karṇa auris) 1) Adj. jaculo vel palo similes aures habens. H. 2. 4. 2) Subst. m. asinus.

zaGkha śaṅkha

m. n. concha. BH. 1. 12.: śaṅkham acc., 13.: śaṅkhāḥ nom. pl. m. (Gr. [greek] lat. concha; fortasse hib. slige, sligean id. per metath. e silge, mutatis liquidis n et l, v. gr. comp. 20.

zac śac

1. A. (vyaktāyāṃ vāci K. vāci V.) loqui, distincte loqui. Cf. 1. śuc.

zacI śacī

f. Satschia, Indri uxor.

zaJc śañc

1. A. (gatau; scribitur śac) ire, se movere.

zaT śaṭ

1. 1. P. (rujāviśaraṇagatyavasādaneṣu K. sāde śīrṇe gatau ruji V.) aegrotare, diffringi, ire, perire, considere, tabescere. Cf. śaṇḍ.

[Page 343a]
zaT śaṭ

2. 10. A. śāṭaye. (ślāghe) laudare. Cf. 3. śaṭh śāḍ 3. śal.

zaTh śaṭh

1. 1. P. (kaitave K. vadhakleśakaitave V.) fallere, decipere, laedere, occidere, vexare. V. śaṭha.

zaTh śaṭh

2. 10. P. śāṭhayāmi (saṃskāragatyoḥ K. ālasye gatyasaṃskṛtasaṃskṛte V.) ornatum esse, ire, pigrum esse, inornatum esse. Cf. śuṭh.

zaTh śaṭh

3. 10. A. i. q. 2. śaṭ.

zaTha śaṭha

(r. 1. śaṭh s. a) falsus, fallax, pravus. HIT. 67. 10.: śaṭham mitram. (Hib. sath "evil", saith "vulgar, vile, despicable, ill".)

zaN śaṇ

1. P. (dāne) dare.

zaNa śaṇa

n. cannabis. (Cf. gr. [greek] lat. cannabis, lith. kanápe, russ. konopla, hib. canaib, island. vet. hanp, anglo-sax. hoenep, germ. vet. hanaf.)

zaND śaṇḍ

1. A. (rujāyām K. saṅgharujoḥ V.; scribitur śaḍ gr. 110a).) aegrotare, colligere, coacervare. Cf. 1. śaṭ.

zaNDha śaṇḍha

m. eunuchus. AM. Scribitur etiam ṣaṇḍha.

zata śata

n. (ut mihi videtur, mutilatum e daśata a daśan decem, v. gr. comp. 320. annot.) centum. śata m. nisi śatā f. N. 15. 5.: śataṃ śatāḥ. (Lat. centum, gr. [greek] pro [greek] unum-, lith. szimta-s masc., slav. sto neut., hib. céat, cambro-brit. cant, armor. kant.)

zatakratu śatakratu

m. (centum sacrificia habens BAH. e śata et kratu) cognomen Indri.

zataguNAdhikam śataguṇādhikam

Adv. (e śataguṇa centies - e śata et guṇa q. v. - et adhikam supra, plus) plus quam centies. H. 4. 49.

zataguNita śataguṇita

(a śataguṇa centies - śata + guṇa q. v. - suff. ita) centies repetitus. UR. 51. 19.

zataghnI śataghnī

f. (centenos occidens e śata centum et ghnī Fem. vocis ghna occidens) teli species. A. 6. 16.

zatadhA śatadhā

Adv. (a śata s. dhā v. gr. 662.) centupliciter, in centum frusta, in centum partes; e. c. śatadhā chettum in centum partes findere. A. 7. 21. 29.

zatasaGghazas śatasaṅghaśas

(e śatasaṅgha-śata + saṅgha turba-centum com- plectens turba, suff. śas) centenatim. IN. 1. 35. A. 10. 23.

zatapatra śatapatra

n. (centifolius BAH. e śata et patra folium) lotus flos.

zataputra śataputra

(e śata et putra filius, liber) centum filos vel liberos habens.

zataputratA śataputratā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractum praecedentis, i. e. centum filiorum possessio. SA. 5. 53.

zatahradA śatahradā

f. (BAH. e śata et hrada radius luminis) fulmen. UR. 70. 7.

zatru śatru

m. (fortasse a Caus. r. śad-śātayāmi caedo - suff. ru vel tru abjectā radicis litterā finali) hostis.

zatruJjaya śatruñjaya

m. (hostem vincens e śatru in acc. et jaya v. gr. 645. suff. a) nom. pr. DR. 2. 11.

zatrutas śatrutas

Adv. (e śatru s. tas) ab hoste vel hostibus (v. gr. 652.). N. 14. 18.

zad śad

1. 1. P. (gatau; nonnisi cum ā occurrere dicitur) ire. Caus. ducere, popellere. PAN. VII. 3. 42.: gāḥ śādayati gopālaḥ. (Cf. pad.)

zad śad

2. in tempp. spec. A. in ceteris P. (a grammaticis refertur ad cl. 1. et 6., sequitur autem normam classis 4., ita tamen ut anomale conson. fin. ante syllabam ya abjiciatur et a producatur in ī quod ex ā ortum esse censeo in analogiā cum Passivis ut doyate datur pro dāyate - v. gr. 494. - ita śīyate pro śāyate. Quod attinet ad omissam radicis litteram finalem, śīyate convenit cum jāyate nascitur pro janyate gr. 332. Vera radicis forma śat esse videtur, unde Caus. śātayāmi e generali reg. explicari posset; cf. etiam nomen abstractum śātana apud Wils., quod non a śo sed a śat deduxerim; ita śāta quo radix śad a Vop. explicatur) cadere, perire. BHATT. 17. 77.: aśīyata nṛmāṃsādām balaṃ sugrīvavādhitam (schol. GAY. avasannam BHAR. avasādam prāptam). -- Caus. śātayāmi (gr. 524.) facere ut alq. cadat, caedere. R. Schl. I. 66. 10.: varāṅgāni mahārhāṇi dhanuṣā śātayāmi vaḥ; II. 43. 16. 96. 52. N. 20. 13.: śātayitvā vibhītakam; 14.: śātayiṣye vibhītakam; 23.: śātayāmāsa tan drumam. (Cf. pad pat lat. cado.)

c. pra Caus. facere ut alq. cadat. MAH. 1. 5561.: ānāmya phalitāṃ śākhām pakvam pakvam praśātayet.

c. vi Caus. discutere, disjicere. MAH. 3. 11971.

c. sam Caus. facere ut alq. cadat. MAH. 3. 865.: vajram udyamya tān sarvān parvatān samaśātayam.

zanakais śanakais

Adv. (Instr. pl. ab inusitato śanaka quod derivatur a śana - v. śanais - suff. ka) lente, tarde, paulatim, gradatim. N. 17. 13.

zanais śanais

Adv. (Instr. ab inusitato śana) lente, tarde. IN. 2. 24. H. 2. 22. 4. 26. SU. 4. 10.

zap śap

1. 1. P. A. 1) A. jurare. MAN. 8. 110.: vaśiṣṭhaścā 'pi śapathaṃ śepe paiyavane nṛpe (Loc. pro Dat.); R. Schl. II. 75. 40.: śapathaiḥ kaṣṭaiḥ śapamānam...bharatam...kauśalyā vākyam abravīt. Cum instr. rei vel pers. per quam quis jurat. GHAT. 22.; R. Schl. II. 21. 16.: satyena dhanuṣācai 'va dattene 'ṣṭena te śape; II. 11. 8.: tena rāmeṇa kaikeyi śape te vacanakriyām; 34. 47. 48. 21. MAH. 1. 5178. 2) P. A. maledicere, exsecrari. IN. 5. 48.: śaśāpā 'tha dhanañjayam; N. 20. 34.: kupitā mā 'śapat; MAH. 1. 4583.: tasmāt tvām apy ahaṃ śape; 3. 351.: putran te śapsyate. -- Absol. R. Schl. I. 58. 8.: śepuḥ paramasaṅkruddhāś caṇḍālatvaṅ gamiṣyasi. -- Caus. śāpayāmi jurare jubeo. MAN. 8. 113. (Fortasse śap primitive dicere, loqui significavit, cf. śabda sonus, quod fortasse e śap + da dans; hib. cubhais "an oath", cubhas "a word, a promise", cab "a mouth".)

c. abhi maledicere, exsecrari. R. Schl. II. 49. 48.: tvām abhiśapsye 'haṃ suduḥkham atidāruṇam.

zap śap

2. 4. P. A. i. q. 1. śap.

zapatha śapatha

m. (r. śap s. atha) jusjurandum.

zapha śapha

n. ungula equi. AM. (Germ. vet. huof, island. vet. et anglo-sax. hof.)

zaphara śaphara

m. śapharī f. piscis species. (Wils. a sort of carp, Cyprinus chrysoparius). AM.

zabd śabd

10. P. śabdayāmi (ut videtur, Denom. a seq.) dicere. MAH. 3. 14400.: ṣaṇṇān tu pravaran tasya śīrṣāṇām iha śabdyate. -- Caus. śabdāpayāmi facio ut quis vo- cetur, advocetur, arcesso. R. Schl. II. 59. 7.: yadi māṃ rāmaḥ punaḥ śabdāpayet. (V. śap et cf. Caus. r. dā dāpayāmi cf. etiam jīvāpayāmi p. 140. annot.)

c. abhi dicere. MAN. 6. 82.: yad etad abhiśabditam. Nominare. MAH. 1. 3927.: dakṣasya duhitā yā tu surabhī 'ty abhiśabditā.

c. sam dicere, loqui. MAH. 1. 3215.: ayam etī 'ti saṃśabdya.

zabda śabda

m. sonus, clamor, strepitus. H. 4. 21. BR. 1. 3. SU. 1. 32. (Vid. śap.)

zam śam

1. 4. P. śāmyāmi (gr. 331a).) sedari, tranquillari, placari, extingui. GITA-GOV. 7. 41.: śāmyatu dehadāhaḥ; RAGH. 2. 14.: śaśāma vṛṣdyā 'pi vinā davāgniḥ; MAN. 2. 94.: na jātu kāmaḥ kāmānām upabhogena śāmyati; MAH. 2. 1936.: śāmya mā śucaḥ; RAGH. 7. 3.: samatsaro 'pi śaśāma tena kṣitipālalokaḥ. -- śānta 1) sedatus, pacatus, tranquillus, placidus. H. 1. 49.: śāntārcir iva pāvakaḥ; HIT. 80. 21.: śānte pānīyatoye; N. 12. 112.: suśāntatoyām...hradinīm; 24. 53.: śāntajvarā; SA. 6. 18.: śāntāyān diśi. 2) interfectus (v. Caus.). MAH. 1. 7523.: diṣṭyā śāntaḥ purocanaḥ. -- Caus. śamayāmi 1) sedare, tranquillare, domare, extinguere. MAH. 3. 72.: mānasaṃ (duḥkham) śamayet tasmāj jñānenā 'gnim ivā 'mbunā; HIT. 24. 6.: sutaptam api pānīyaṃ śamayaty eva pāvakam. 2) occidere, interficere. MAH. 3. 14620.: so 'yan tvayā mahābāho śamito deva kaṇṭakaḥ. (Hib. samh "pleasant, still, calm, tranquil"; lith. kenciu, kenteju patior, tolero, kancia dolor, kantrùs patiens, tolerans, pa-kintu patientiam adhibeo, v. śānti; fortasse nostrum san-f-t, inserto f, - v. gr. comp. 96. - mutatà gutturali in sib.; germ. vet. samft, angl. soft, fortasse etiam germ. vet. sūmjan tardare (nostrum säumen), sūmig negligens; island. vet. sems tardatio; gr. [greek] Cf. kṣam.)

c. upa i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 72. et 1008.: no 'paśāmyati me manaḥ. -- Caus. upaśāmayāmi 1) sedare, tranquillare. MAH. 1. 6577.: puṣpāyudham...upaśāmaya kalyāṇi ā- tmadānena. 2) occidere, interficere. MAH. 3. 8541.: agastyene 'ha vātāpiḥ kimartham upaśāmitaḥ.

c. ni Caus. niśāmayami 1) videre, conspicere. R. Schl. I. 2. 6.: akardamam idan tīrthan niśāmaya. Gerund. niśāmya et niśamya (v. Caus. rad. simpl. śamayāmi); R. Schl. I. 69. 18.: rāghavau putrau niśāmya; II. 46. 18.: prakṛtīs tā niśāmya; MAH. 1. 1137.: niśāmya te duḥkham idam; N. 26. 6.: niśamyā 'tha hayajñasya liṅgāni; A. 10. 57. 58.: raudrāstraniṣpiṣṭān...niśamya; R. Schl. II. 52. 14.: saratham mān niśamyai 'kam. 2) audire. R. Schl. II. 57. 21.: tad vākyaṃ rājastrīṇān niśāmayan. Gerund. niśamya. BR. 3. 1.: tayor duḥkhitayor vākyam...niśamya; R. Schl. I. 2. 17. II. 44. 25. 52. 4. 66. 10. RAGH. 2. 61.

c. ni praef. vi Caus. audire. Gerund. viniśamya. IN. 5. 62.

c. ni praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 2. 1658. sanniśamya.

c. pari Caus. pariśamayāmi sedare. GITA-GOV. 7. 20.: pariśamitam.

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 40. 33.: paurajanāśrubhir abhyavahitam praśaśāma mahīrajaḥ; MAH. 2. 1944.: praśāmya bharatarṣabha. -- praśānta sedatus. N. 26. 34. A. 9. 34. -- Caus. praśamayāmi 1) sedare, tranquillare, extinguere. MAH. 3. 12978.: praviṣṭo mānuṣan dehaṃ sarvam praśamayāmy aham; MAH. 1. 8156.: praśamitaḥ khāṇḍave havyavāhanaḥ. Interficere, occidere. MAH. 3. 2031. Expugnare. A. 9. 35.: praśāmya nagaram (productā vocali, v. praef. upa et ni).

c. sam i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 66. 1.: tam agnim iva saṃśāntam. Caus. sedare, tranquillare. R. Schl. II. 98. 1.: lakṣmaṇaṅ krodhamūrchitaṃ rāmaḥ saṃśamayāmāsa.

zam śam

2. 10. P. A. śāmayāmi -ye (ālocane K. āloce V.; proprie Caus. r. 1. śam v. praef. ni) videre, conspicere. (Cf. goth. gaumja observo, video.)

zama śama

m. (r. śam s. a) tranquillitas, praesertim animi, libertas ab animi commotionibus. N. 6. 10. BH. 10. 4.

zamb śamb

1. P. (gatau) ire, se movere. -- 10. P. (sambandhe) ligare, alligare. Cf. samb.

[Page 345b]
zambara śambara

m. Sambarus Daitjus.

zaya śaya

(r. śī s. a) jacens, dormiens, in fine compp. V. jaleśaya hṛcchaya.

zayana śayana

n. (r. śī jacere, dormire) lectus. IN. 5. 3.

zayAna śayāna

v. śī (gr. 598.).

zayyA śayyā

f. (r. śī s. v. gr. 629.) 1) actio jacendi vel dormiendi. N. 2. 4. BH. 11. 42. 2) cubile, lectus. HIT. 33. 11.

zara śara

(r. śṝ findere, rumpere s. a) 1) m. sagitta. DR. 5. 19. 8. 16. 2) n. aqua.

zaraNa śaraṇa

n. (ut videtur, a perditā r. śṛ ire, cf. sṛ śri et v. veśa veśman) 1) domus. UR. 35. 2. 2) refugium, perfugium, tutela, praesidium. N. 5. 15. 35. 12. 119.

zaraNya śaraṇya

(a praec. s. ya v. gr. 650.) qui refugium, tutelam praebet. N. 12. 42. SA. 1. 2.

zarad śarad

f. (ut mihi videtur, e śara aqua et d pro da dans a r. abjectā vocali, sicut e. c. in dadmas damus pro dadāmas v. sq. et varṣa.) 1) autumnus. A. 9. 21. 2) annus. N. 26. 25. A. 2. 17.

zaradA śaradā

f. (ut mihi videtur, e śara e da dans in fem.) i. q. praec.

zaradhi śaradhi

m. (e śara sagitta et dhi tenens, v. iṣudhi) pharetra.

zarabha śarabha

m. animalis species (*) DR. 4. 13.

(*) Wilson: 1) A fabulous animal, supposed to have eight legs and to inhabit particularly the snowy mountains. AM. 2) A young elephant. 3) A monkey in Rama's army. MED. 4) A camel. 5) A grasshopper. AM. 6) A locust. (V. śalabha et cf. gr. [greek].)
zarAva śarāva

m. (e śara aqua et ava tuens, a r. av s. a) 1) operculum. 2) patina. UR. 46. 5.

zarAsana śarāsana

n. (sagittarum conjectionem habens e śara sagitta et asana conjectio) arcus. A. 5. 25.

zarIra śarīra

n. (r. śṝ s. īra) corpus.

zarIrin śarīrin

m. (corpus habens, i. e. inhabitans, a praec. s. in) anima. BH. 2. 18. (cf. dehin).

zarkarA śarkarā

f. 1) glarea. 2) saccharum; Wils.: "Clayed or candied sugar". (Cf. [greek] lat. calx, calculus, saccharum.)

zarkarAvat śarkarāvat

(a praec. s. vat) glareosus. AM.

[Page 346a]
zarb śarb

1. P. (hiṃse gatau) ferire, laedere, occidere, ire. Cf. sarb sṛp.

zarman śarman

n. (ut videtur, a r. śṝ s. man) felicitas, gaudium. IN. 3. 9. 11. DR. 8. 23.

zarv śarv

1. P. (hiṃse) ferire, laedere, occidere.

zava śava

m. cognomen Sivi.

zarvarI śarvarī

f. nox. SA. 5. 66.

zarvANI śarvāṇī

(a śarva s. āna in fem.) Sivi uxor.

zal śal

1. 1. A. (calane K. calane stṛtau V.) ire, se movere, vacillare, sternere. Cf. cal sal.

zal śal

2. 1. P. (gatau vege) ire, currere. V. 1. śal et śval.

zal śal

3. 10. A. śālaye (ślāghe) laudare. Cf. śāḍ 2. śaṭ 3. śaṭh.

zalabha śalabha

m. locusta. A. 7. 24. V. śarabha.

zalbh śalbh

1. A. (katthane) gloriari.

zalya śalya

m. n. (r. śal s. ya) sagitta. UR. 4. 2. infr. (Hib. cail "a spear, javelin".)

zallakI śallakī

f. arboris species. Wils. "The gum alibanum tree, Boswellia thurifera". UR. 69. 4.

zava śava

m. n. cadaver. AM.

zavala śavala

varius, versicolor. AM.

zaz śaś

1. P. salire. V. sq. (Lith. szók-ti, slav. skak-a-ti saltare.)

zaza śaśa

m. (r. śaś s. a) lepus. (Germ. vet. haso, anglo-sax. hara, lith. kiszkis, zuikis, russ. [greek] aez.)

zazaka śaśaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. HIT. 67.

zazadhara śaśadhara

m. (leporem gerens e śaśa et dhara) luna. AM.

zazAGka śaśāṅka

m. (BAH. e śaśa et aṅka nota, signum) luna. A. 1. 11. (cf. śaśin et śaśadhara).

zazin śaśin

m. (lepore praeditus a śaśa lepus suff. in) luna.

zazvat śaśvat

Adv. semper, perpetuo.

zaS śaṣ

1. P. (vadhe) ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. śas.

zaSpa śaṣpa

n. gramen recens. RAGH. 2. 26. (Cf. lat. caespes.)

zas śas

1. 1. P. ferire, occidere. MAH. 3. 1638.: dānavāḥ śastās tvayā.

c. vi id. R. Schl. I. 13. 35.: viṣāṇair viśaśāsai 'nan tribhiḥ. N. 11. 28.

zas śas

2. 2. P. (svapne) dormire. Cf. sas śaṃst saṃst.

zasta śasta

part. pass. radd. śaṃs et śas.

zastra śastra

n. (r. 1. śas s. tra) 1) telum in universum. 2) sagitta. BH. 1. 20. N. 11. 28.

zasya śasya

n. (r. śaṃs s. ya) fructus. AM. Cf. sasya.

zAka śāka

m. herba. HIT. 20. 9.

zAkh śākh

1. P. (vyāptau) occupare, complecti, implere. Cf. ślākh.

zAkhA śākhā

f. (ut videtur, a r. śākh s. a in fem.) ramus. DR. 2. 1. (Lith. szakà id., russ. suk id., hib. géag id.

zAkhAmRga śākhāmṛga

m. (e praec. et mṛga animal) simia. N. 12. 65.

zAkhin śākhin

m. (a śākhā ramus s. in) arbor.

zAD śāḍ

1. P. (ślāghāyām K. ślāghe V.) laudare. V. 3. śal.

zAThya śāṭhya

n. (a śaṭha s. ya) falsitas, pravitas.

zANa śāṇa

m. śāṇī f. (ut videtur, a r. śo acuere s. na vel ana mutato n in v. gramm. min. 353.) 1) cos. 2) lapis Lydius. AM. (Angl. hone cos, island. vet. heinn; anglosax. hoenan lapidare.)

zAtakumbha śātakumbha

n. (secundum Wils. a śatakumbha quod nomen montis esse dicitur, suff. a) aurum.

zAtakumbhamaya śātakumbhamaya

(a praec. s. maya) aureus. A. 9. 25.

zAtay śātay

Caus. r. śad.

zAda śāda

m. 1) gramen recens. AM. 2) lutum, coenum. AM. (Lith. szuda-s lutum, coenum; hib. caidhe "dirt, a blamish", caidheach "polluted".)

zAdvala śādvala

(a praec. abjecto a suff. vala) gramine recenti praeditus. UR. 61. 3.

zAn śān

P. A. śīśāṃsāmi śīśāṃse (proprie forma desid. pro śiśāṃsāmi -se v. gr. 553.) acuere.

zAnta śānta

v. śam.

zAnti śānti

f. (r. śam s. ti) placatio, tranquillitas. N. 26. 8. DR. 7. 11. BH. 2. 66.

zAntv śāntv

10. P. (Denom. a sq.) i. q. sāntv.

zAntva śāntva

m. (ut videtur, forma anom. a r. śam s. tva) blandimentum, consolatio. V. sāntva.

[Page 347a]
zApa śāpa

m. (r. śap exsecrari s. a) exsecratio, maledictio. IN. 5. 53. SU. 2. 15.

zAyin śāyin

(r. śī jacere, dormire suff. in) qui jacet vel dormit, jacere vel dormire assuevit, in fine comp. H. 1. 34.

zAr śār

10. P. (daurbalye) debilem esse. Cf. sār.

zAraGga śāraṅga

v. sāraṅga.

zArada śārada

(f. ī a śarad s. a) 1) autumnalis. N. 13. 44.: candralekhā śāradī; Lass. 91. 15.: sampūrṇaśāradakalānidhikāntavaktrā. 2) recens. 3) non sibi confidens, modestus, pudibundus. AM.

zArIra śārīra

(a śarīra corpus s. a) corporalis. BH. 17. 14.

zArGga śārṅga

(a śṛṅga s. a) 1) corneus. 2) n. arcus, praesertim Sivi arcus.

zArGgin śārṅgin

m. (a praec. s. in) cognomen Sivi. AM.

zArdUla śārdūla

m. tigris. N. 12. 129. In fine compp. princeps, optimus. N. 13. 44. Vid. ṛṣabha. (Fortasse gr. [greek] [greek] lat. pardus, pardalis, lith. pardas, e [greek] etc.)

zAla śāla

m. 1) nomen arboris. SU. 4. 6. N. 12. 3. 2) nomen piscis (Wils.: a sort of gilt head, Sparus spilotus). H. 2. 18.

zAlA śālā

f. 1) domus, casa, receptaculum. DR. 3. 9. N. 21. 29. 2) stabulum. N. 19. 11. 21. 6.

zAli śāli

n. oryza.

zAlin śālin

(a śālā s. in) praeditus, in fine compos. SA. 5. 45.

zAlihotra śālihotra

m. (e śāli et hotra) nom. pr. N. 19. 28.

zAlmali śālmali

m. f. nomen arboris, Wils. "the silk cotton tree, bombax heptaphyllum". AM.

zAlmalI śālmalī

f. id. HIT. 9. 4.

zAlva śālva

m. plur. nomen regionis (Wils.: The inhabitants of the central division of India. HEM. 4. 23.) SA. 2. 7. 7. 3.

zAlveya śālveya

m. plur. nomen regionis. DR. 1. 6.

zAva śāva

1. Adj. (a śava corpus mortuum suff. a) mortuus. SA. 5. 61.

zAva śāva

2. m. pullus, catulus.

zAvaka śāvaka

m. id. HIT. 18. 10.

zAzvata śāśvata

(fem. ī a śaśvat semper s. a) sempiternus. H. 2. 21.

[Page 347b]
zAs śās

1. 2. P. (śiṣ gr. 363. 420. 613. 632.; part. fut. pass. śiṣya etiam śāsya part. pass. śiṣṭa gerund. śiṣṭvā et śāsitvā) 1) jubere. RAGH. 15. 79.: kuru niḥsaṃśayaṃ lokam...ity aśāt (v. gr. 322.). Cum acc. pers. MAH. 1. 97.: śaśāsa śiṣyam. 2) regere. N. 26. 38.: punaḥ śaśāsa tad rājyam; RAGH. 19. 57.: rājño rājyaṃ vidhivad aśiṣat. 3) docere c. acc. pers. et rei. BH. 2. 7.: śādhi mām; BHATT. 6. 10.: yatra tāpasān dharmaṃ sutīkṣṇaḥ śāsti. 4) punire. MAN. 4. 175.: śiṣyāṃśca (schol. anuśāsanīyān) śiṣyād dharmeṇa; 8. 191.: tāv ubhau cauravac chāsyau; UR. 81. 2. infr.: eṣo 'parādhī śāsanīyaḥ. 5) A. in dial. Ved. implorare. RIGV. 30. 10.: tan tvā vayam...śāsmahe. -- Caus. punire. HIT. 65. 18.: kuṭṭinīca śāsitā; MAN. 4. 175.: śāsayet. (Cf. śaṃs.)

c. anu 1) jubere. R. Schl. II. 15. 26. 36. 24. 81. 11.; MAH. 4. 169.: anvaśāsan nakulaṅ kuntīputro yudhiṣṭhiraḥ (anvaśāsat pro anvaśāt cf. gr. 354. 355.). 2) regere. MAH. 1. 4124.: svarājyam anvaśāt; 2. 179.: rāṣṭran tavā 'nuśāsanti mantriṇaḥ (pro -sati v. gr. 363.). 3) docere. A. 1. 9.: pite 'va putrān anuśiṣyacai 'tān; MAN. 6. 86. 4) dicere, alloqui. MAH. 1. 3884.: putram... anvaśāt; 4. 98.: nacā 'nuśiṣyād rājānam apṛcchantam. 5) punire. MAN. 11. 99.

c. anu praef. sam regere. N. 12. 49.

c. ā 1) jubere. BHATT. 6. 4.: rakṣāṃsi rakṣitum sītām āśiṣat. 2) dicere, narrare. BHATT. 6. 27.: āyodhaṃ vṛttaṃ lakṣmaṇāyā "śiṣan mahat. -- Vid. 2. śās praef. ā.

c. pra 1) jubere. MAH. 2. 2433.: rājan kiṅ karavāmas te praśādhy asmān tvam īśvaraḥ; R. Schl. I. 20. 18. 2) regere. N. 12. 94. Etiam cl. 1. MAH. 3. 1368.: mahīm praśāset; 2024.: kṛtsnām praśāsema vasundharām; 10283: pṛthivīṅ kṛtsnām praśāset.

zAs śās

2. 2. A. c. ā fausta precari alicui. MAN. 3. 80.: ṛṣayaḥ pitaro devāḥ...āśāsate kuṭumbibhyas tebhyaḥ. Precari, optare alicui aliquid. MAH. 3. 12430.: mātarañcai 'va śocāmi...yā 'smākan nityam āśāste mahattvam; R. Schl. II. 6. 3.: āśāsyā "tmanaḥ priyam. Etiam PAR. A. 5. 19.: śivam āśāsta me. -- Vid. āśis et 2. śaṃs praef. ā.

zAsana śāsana

n. (r. śās s. ana) jussus, dictum, praeceptum. N. 2. 10. 26. 9.

zAsitR śāsitṛ

m. (r. śās s. tṛ) dominator, imperator. SAK. 16. 4.

zAstra śāstra

n. (r. śās s. tra) 1) praeceptum, dogma. BH. 15. 20. 2) liber, quo aliqua res, disciplina, ars traditur. N. 19. 31.

zi śi

5. P. A. acuere. In dial. Ved. cl. 3. productā vocali. 1) acuere. RIGV. 55. 1.: śiśīte vajran tejase; 81. 7.: śiśīhi rāya ābhara "alacres redde nos, opes affer nobis". Part. pass. śita (niśita saṃśita) tam huc quam ad śo referri potest; a Pàn. (VII. 4. 41.) refertur ad śo q. v.

c. sam In dial. Ved. excitare, incitare. RIGV. 102. 10.: tvām ugram avase saṃśiśīmasi "te horrendum ad opem nobis ferendam excitamus".

zikS śikṣ

1. A. interdum P. (nihil aliud quam Desid. radicis śak v. gr. 552.) discere. MAN. 2. 20.: svaṃ svañ caritraṃ śikṣeran; MAH. 1. 6326.: kathan droṇāt...sarvāstrāṇy aśikṣata; A. 4. 29.: śikṣa me bhavanaṅ gatvā sarvāṇy astrāṇi. Part. praes. A. śikṣāṇa pro śikṣamāṇa. A. 4. 57. (v. gramm. min. ed. 2. 533. n.). -- Caus. docere c. 2. acc. MAH. 1. 5238.: droṇo 'rjunam...raṇaśikṣām aśikṣayat. Pass. c. acc. rei. IN. 3. 11.: sa śikṣito nṛtyaguṇān.

c. anu Caus. docere. MAH. 1. 5761.

c. abhi Caus. id. MAH. 1. 8033.

c. upa discere. IN. 3. 3. N. 21. 33. A. 1. 12.

zikSA śikṣā

f. (a śikṣ q. v. s. ā) doctrina, scientia, disciplina. MAH. 1. 5238.

zikSANa śikṣāṇa

v. śikṣ.

zikhaNDa śikhaṇḍa

m. pavonis cauda. AM.

zikhaNDaka śikhaṇḍaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) 1) id. 2) cinnus in vertice. UR. 87. 7. infr.

[Page 348b]
zikhaNDin śikhaṇḍin

m. (a śikhaṇḍa s. in) pavo.

zikhara śikhara

m. n. cacumen. N. 12. 41.

zikharin śikharin

m. (a praec. s. in) mons. BH. 10. 23.

zikhA śikhā

f. 1) cacumen, vertex. 2) crista, praesertim pavonis crista. 3) cinnus in vertice. MEGH. 89. 4) flamma. N. 11. 36. DR. 2. 1. (Cf. hib. sigh "a hill, hillock".)

zikhin śikhin

m. (a praec. s. in) 1) pavo. UR. 88. 16. 2) ignis. UR. 25. 4. infr.

ziGgha śiṅgha

1. P. (āghrāṇe; scribitur śigh gr. 110a).) odorari, olfacere.

c. upa (nisi ā praef. upa) osculari. BHATT. 17. 95.: mūrddhany upāśiṅghat (v. ghrā c. ā praef. upa).

ziJj śiñj

2. A. (scribitur śij gr. 110a).) tinnire. BHATT. 14. 4.: ghaṇṭāḥ śiśiñjire. -- Vid. śiñjita.

ziJja śiñja

m. śiñjā f. (r. śiñj s. a fem. ā) tinnimentum.

ziJjita śiñjita

(a śiñja vel śiñjā s. ita) 1) tinnitu praeditus, tinniens. RAGH. 9. 36. 2) n. tinnitus. UR. 65. 8.

ziT śiṭ

1. P. (anādare) despicere, parvi aestimare. Cf. siṭ.

zita śita

v. śi et śo.

ziti śiti

(ut videtur, a r. śi s. ti) 1) albus. 2) niger. AM. śitī dhavalamecakau. Vid. sq.

zitikaNTha śitikaṇṭha

m. (nigrum collum habens, BAH. e śiti niger et kaṇṭha) 1) pavo, v. nīlakaṇṭha. 2) cognomen Sivi.

zitikaNThaka śitikaṇṭhaka

(a praec. s. ka) nigrum collum habens. UR. 88. 14.

zithila śithila

laxus, relaxus, solutus. MEGH. 69. Cf. śrath ślath ślatha.

zira śira

n. caput, v. sq.

ziras śiras

n. caput. IN. 2. 19. 5. 20. (Fortasse śiras e śaras debilitato a in i sicut in pitṛ q. v.; cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. cranium, cere-brum, quod capite fertur, mutato f in b, v. gr. comp. 18., cer-vix, v. śirodharā śirodhi; crinis, v. śirasija keśa; śiroruha cornu, v. śṛṅga; fortasse crista primitive in capite stans, ita ut cri-sta = śiraḥstha; fortasse calva e carva; goth. hvairnei calva, haurn cornu; germ. vet. hirni cerebrum, horn cornu; lith. karc[greek]ei m. pl. jubae equorum, szerai m. pl. setae; hib. ceann caput, fortasse per assim. e cearn.

zirasija śirasija

m. (in capite natus e loc. śirasi et ja) capillus.

zirodharA śirodharā

f. (e śiras et dhara ferens in fem.) cervix. HEM.; v. sq. (Sic lat. cer-vix explicari potest e cer = śiras et vic-s a vincio, ejectā nasali, sicut in conjux a conjungo.)

zirodhi śirodhi

m. (e śiras et dhi tenens, sustentans, a r. dhā s. i) cervix. AM.; v. praec.

ziroruha śiroruha

m. (in capite crescens, e śiras et ruha crescens, v. euph. r. 76b).) capillus. H. 2. 6.

zil śil

6. P. (uñche) spicas colligere. Vid. sq. et cf. sil.

zila śila

m. (r. śil s. a nisi śil Denom. a śila) agri tonsi reliqua stipula, spica. MAN. 3. 100. (schol. lūnakedāraśeṣadhanyāni śilāḥ.

zilA śilā

f. lapis, saxum, petra. A. 9. 24. (Cf. lat. silex, hib. clach, cloch lapis.)

zilI śilī

f. (a śila signo fem. ī) sagitta. RAGH. 7. 62.

ziloccaya śiloccaya

m. (e śilā et uccaya a r. ci colligere praef. ut s. a) mons. N. 12. 37. A. 9. 7.

zilpa śilpa

n. opificium, ars. N. 15. 4.

ziva śiva

Adj. prosper, faustus, secundus. N. 24. 40. SA. 6. 44. rectus de via. N. 20. 17. śiva Subst. n. felicitas, prosperitas. A. 5. 19. śiva m. deus Sivus.

zivA śivā

f. 1) dea Siva, Sivi uxor. 2) canis aureus (shacal). SA. 5. 75.

zivi śivi

m. Sivis, nomen regis cujusdam. SA. 2. 17. Collective hujus regis posteri. DR. 8. 3. (v. gr. 647.).

zizira śiśira

(forma redupl., ut videtur, a r. śyai cf. śīta) 1) Adj. frigidus. 2) Subst. m. frigus. MEGH. 81.

zizirAMzu śiśirāṃśu

m. (frigidos radios habens, BAH. e śiśira et aṃśu) luna. UR. 92. 12.; v. himāṃśu.

zizu śiśu

m. (ut videtur, forma redupl. a r. śvi crescere, abjecto i mutato v in u) 1) infans, parvulus, parvula. IN. 1. 27. 2) pullus, catulus. UR. 91. 10.

[Page 349b]
ziS śiṣ

1. 1. P. (hiṃsāyām K. vadhe V.) ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. śaṣ śas et śās sgf. 4.

ziS śiṣ

2. 7. P. relinquere. Pass. relinqui, reliquum esse, restare. MAH. 3. 2070.: na tasya (nalasya) dāsā na ratho na bhrātā naca bāndhavāḥ...śiṣyante sma. -- śiṣṭa relicuts, reliquus. N. 9. 3.: śiṣṭā te damayanty ekā sarvam anyaj jitam mayā; 13. 35. BH. 4. 31. -- yudhi śiṣye in pugnā resto i. e. cado, pereo, sicut germanice dicitur im Kampfe bleiben. MAH. 2. 1964.: avāpsye vā śriyaṃ hitāṃ śiṣye vā nihato yudhiḥ. -- Caus. (secundum grammaticos cl. 10.) reliquum facere, relinquere. MAH. 3. 14760.: gāṇḍīvadhanvā vṛkodaraśca... na śeṣayetāṃ yudhi śatrusenām. -- niḥśeṣita (BAH. e nis et śeṣita relictum, reliquiae) relicti, reliquiarum expers, non relictus. R. Schl. I. 65. 6.: niḥśeṣite 'nne.

c. ava Pass. relinqui, reliquum esse, restare. BH. 7. 2. -- avaśiṣṭa relictus, reliquus. N. 8. 5.

c. ava praef. sam Caus. reliquum facere, relinquere. MAH. 1. 6337.

c. ut ucchiṣṭa relictus, reliquus. N. 13. 68. MAN. 11. 26.

c. nis v. simpl. Caus.

c. pari Caus. reliquum facere. RAGH. 12. 79.

c. vi 1) discernere, distinguere. Pass. discerni, distingui. RAGH. 17. 62.: tasya daṇḍavato daṇḍaḥ (schol. sainyaṃ) svadehān na vyaśiṣyata (schol. nā 'bhidyata). 2) praeferre, meliorem habere, pluris aestimare, c. acc. et instr. MAH. 3. 14735.: bhānuprabhṛtibhiścai 'tān viśinaṣṭica keśavaḥ. Pass. melior haberi, majoris aestimari, c. abl. vel instr. BH. 5. 2.: karmasannyāsāt karmayogo viśiṣyate; 12. 12.: śreyo hi jñānam abhyāsāj jñānād dhyānaṃ viśiṣyate; BR. 2. 24.: yajñais tapobhiḥ ...viśiṣyate striyā bhartur nityam priyahite sthitiḥ. Absol. insigniri, insignitum, eximium esse. MAH. 1. 2916.: guṇair apsarasān divyair menake tvaṃ viśiṣyase. -- viśiṣṭa insignitus, egregius, praestantissimus. N. 1. 31. Caus. superare. MAH. 3. 16449.: rāvaṇis tu yadā nai 'naṃ viśeṣayati sāyakaiḥ; MR. 19. 4.: kin tvam padair mama padāni viśeṣayantī vyālī 'va yāsi patagendrabhayābhibhūtā; 117. 9.: madanam api guṇair viśeṣayantī.

c. vi praef. prati prativiśiṣṭa insignitus, egregius, praestantissimus. C. abl. praestantior. MAH. 1. 4684.

ziS śiṣ

3. 10. P. v. 2. śiṣ Caus.

ziS śiṣ

4. v. śās.

ziSTa śiṣṭa

v. śiṣ et śās.

ziSya śiṣya

(r. śās s. ya) Part. fut. pass. r. śās. Subst. m. discipulus.

zI śī

2. A. (anom. v. gr. 348. 496. 572.) 1) jacere. MAH. 4. 826.: pañcādhikaṃ śatan tacca nihatan tatra bhārata . mahāvanam iva cchinnaṃ śiśye; R. Schl. II. 9. 18.: śeṣvā 'nantarhitāyān tvam bhūmau; N. 12. 27.: śayānam upaviṣṭaṃ vā sthitaṃ vā; 14. 3.: dadarśa nāgarājānaṃ śayānaṅ kuṇḍalīkṛtam. Etiam P. MAH. 5. 63.: nihatā vā mayā sarve śeṣyanti vasudhātale. Etiam cl. 1. P. MAH. 3. 1215.: śayet. 2) dormire. H. 1. 34.: se 'yam bhūmau pariśrāntā śete; 1. 36. 37.; 2. 11.: gaccha jānīhi ke nv ete śerate vanam āśritāḥ; 17.: dadarśa...pāṇḍavān pṛthayā saha śayānān bhīmasenan tu jāgratam. -- śayita jacens, dormiens. MAH. 1. 2949. -- Caus. śāyayāmi pono. R. Schl. II. 66. 16.: tailadroṇyān tu sacivaiḥ śāyitan narādhipam. (Gr. [greek] = śeṣe [greek] = śete [greek] lat. quies, quiesco; goth. he-thjo cubiculum, hei-wa domus in comp. heiva-frauja; island. vet. hei-mr domus; german. vet. hai-m, hei-m; angl. home, v. Graff III. 944. et 705.; germ. vet. hi-wo conjux, maritus, hi-wa uxor, hijan, hiwjan nubere, Graff III. 1063. (cf. gr. [greek]) hī-rāt connubium, nostrum Heirath; lith. sze-tra tugurium, kie-ma vicus.)

c. ati 1) dormiendo aliquem superare, antecellere, plus quam alius dormire, c. acc. MAH. 3. 14686.: aham patīn nā 'tiśaye nā 'tyaśne nā 'tibhūṣaye. 2) superare in universum. RAGH. 5. 14.: pūrvān mahābhāga tayā 'ti- śeṣe; BHATT. 8. 1.: atyaśerata tadvegan na suparṇārkamārutāḥ.

c. adhi 1) incubare, c. acc. loci. R. Schl. II. 88. 12.: īdṛśīṃ rāghavaḥ śayyām adhiśete. 2) indormire, c. acc. loci. RAGH. 5. 28.: adhiśiśye...pradoṣe rathaṃ raghuḥ.

c. prati exadversum cubare vel dormire. MAH. 3. 16300.: pratiśiśye jalanidhin vidhivat kuśasaṃstare. Etiam P. MAH. 3. 16398.: pratiśeṣyāmi.

c. sam dubitare. HIT. 116. 2.: na hi saṃśayituṅ kuryāt (nisi legendum saṃśayitam). Vid. saṃśaya saṃśayita.

zIk śīk

1. 1. A. (secane K. seke sarpe V.) humectare, irrigare, ire. Vid. sīk sek et cf. sic.

zIk śīk

2. 1. et 10. P. (āmarṣe K. āmarśe seke V.) tolerare, perferre, tangere, irrigare. Vid. 2. sīk et cf. śuk.

zIkara śīkara

m. (r. śīk s. ara) pluvia tenuis. AM. -- karaśīkara aqua quae elephanti proboscide continetur. Etiam omisso kara id. RITU-S. 1. 15.: udgataśīkarāmbhaso dantinaḥ.

zIghra śīghra

celer, velox. N. 15. 6. śīghram Adv. cito, celeriter. H. 4. 58.

zIta śīta

(ut videtur, a r. śyai q. v. suff. part. pass. ta cf. śiśira) 1) frigidus. BH. 2. 14. 2) n. frigus. HIT. 80. 16.

zItatA śītatā

f. (a śīta frigidus s. ) frigus. HIT. 31. 5.

zItala śītala

(a śīta s. la) frigidus. N. 13. 4.

zItkAra śītkāra

m. (e śīt et kāra faciens, vid. cītkāra) voluptatem exprimens murmuratio. UR. 68. 2.

zIbh śībh

1. A. (katthane) gloriari.

zIrNa śīrṇa

v. śṝ.

zIrSa śīrṣa

n. caput. N. 5. 5. Cf. śiras.

zIl śīl

1. 1. P. (samādhau) meditari.

zIl śīl

2. 10. P. 1) ire, adire, visitare (cf. śel sel). GITA-GOV. 7. 4.: niśi gahanam api śīlitam. 2) induere. l. c. 5. 11.: śīlaya nīlanicolam. 3) colere, venerari. MAH. 1. 3207.: sa śīlayan devayānīṅ kanyāṃ samprāptayauvanām. 4) facere, parare. GITA-GOV. 9. 6.: nalinidalaśīlitaśayane (schol. śīlita = kṛta)

[Page 351a]
zIla śīla

m. n. natura, indoles. BH. 6. 16. SA. 6. 43. praesertim bona indoles, bona vitae ratio, boni mores, virtus. IN. 4. 7. BR. 2. 27. N. 12. 26. 16. 24. 19. 13. 19. SA. 2. 20. -- In fine compp. BAH. studium, voluntas, libido; e. c. mṛgayāśīla venandi voluptatem, venandi studium habens, venationi deditus. SAK. 27. 8. infr. (Cf. slav. sila vis.)

zIlavat śīlavat

(a praec. s. vat) bonā indole praeditus. RAGH. 10. 71.

zuka śuka

m. psittacus.

zukra śukra

(r. śuc s. ra) 1) m. Planeta Venus vel ejus moderator, Bhrigūs filius, Daityorum praeceptor. 2) m. nomen mensis, Aprilis-Maius. H. 1. 10. 3) n. semen virile. MAH. 1. 2434.

zukla śukla

(r. 2. śuc s. la) 1) albus. SA. 1. 19. 2) m. mensis dimidium, quo luna crescit. BH. 8. 24.

zuc śuc

1. 1. P. interdum A. dolere, moerere, lugere, miserari (Praet. mltf. aśociṣam et aśucam). N. 12. 73.: samāśvasihi mā śucaḥ; BH. 16. 5.: mā śucaḥ. C. acc. N. 8. 24.: śocan nalan nṛpam; 11. 11.: na śocāmy aham ātmānam...kathan tubhavitāsy eka iti tvān nṛpa śocimi (śocimi pro śocāmi ut videtur, metri causā, cf. rodimi etc. gr. 354.); 11. 22.; 15. 12.: kām enāṃ śocase nityam. -- Caus. 1) moerore afficere. MAH. 4. 581.: śocayati mām. 2) i. q. primit. MAH. 1. 5649.: śocayan pretakāryāṇi cakāra. (Cf. 2. kuc ku khu gr. [greek] lith. kauk-iu ululo; fortasse hib. caoine "cry or lamentation for the dead, bewailing, mourning" = śocana.)

c. anu lugere, miserari. N. 15. 12. BH. 2. 11. 25. -- Caus. id. MAH. 2. 9524.

c. pari i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 4025. 3. 13656.

c. pra praef. anu id. MAH. 1. 3229.: mai 'vaṃ śuco mā ruda devayāni na tvādṛśī martyam anupraśocate.

zuc śuc

2. 4. P. A. lucere. In dial. Ved. cl. 1. RIGV. 36. 9.: śocasva...agne.

c. apa in dial. Ved. Intens. extingui. RIGV. 97. 1.: apa naḥ śośucad agham.

c. ā in dial. Ved. collustrare. RIGV. 97. 1.: śuśugdhy ā rayim (v. gr. min. ed. 2. 389b).).

zuci śuci

(r. 2. śuc s. i) 1) purus, albus. IN. 5. 62. 2) m. planeta Venus aut ejus moderator. 3) m. nomen mensis (Maius-Junius). H. 1. 10.

zucismita śucismita

(BAH. e praec. et smita risus) purum risum habens. IN. 5. 1.

zuTh śuṭh

1. 1. P. (khoṭane) claudicare. (Cf. śuṇṭh kuṇṭh khoṭ 2. khuṇḍ 1. khoḍ khor khol gr. [greek])

zuTh śuṭh

2. 10. P. (ālasye) pigrum esse. Cf. 2. śaṭh.

zuNTh śuṇṭh

1. 1. P. (śoṣaṇe K. khoṭane V.; scribitur śuṭh gr. 110a).) siccari (cf. śuṣ); claudicare (cf. 1. śuṭh).

zuNTh śuṇṭh

2. 10. P. (śoṣaṇe; scribitur śuṭh) siccari. Cf. śuṣ. śuddha v. śudh.

zuddhAnta śuddhānta

m. (e śuddha et anta) i. q. antaḥpura. SAK. 108. 1.

zuddhi śuddhi

f. (r. śudh s. ti) puritas.

zudh śudh

4. P. interdum A. purificari, lustrari. MAN. 3. 132.: na hi hastāv asṛgdigdhau rudhireṇai 'va śudhyataḥ; 11. 46.: akāmataḥ kṛtam pāpam vedābhyāsena śudhyati; HIT. 126.: na vāriṇā śudhyaticā 'ntarātmā; N. 8. 18.: na hi me śudhyate bhāvaḥ. -- Part. pass. śuddha (v. euphon. r. 83. d.) purificatus. purus. N. 19. 14. DR. 7. 7. -- Caus. purificare, lustrare. N. 17. 10.: sunandā śodhayāmāsa piplapracchādanam malam. (Fortasse śudh e śadh debilitato a in u cf. śundh cand śubh hib. cuidh "clean, pure", gr. [greek] lith. c[greek]s-ta-s purus = śuddhas sicut zend. [greek] bas'ta ligatus = baddha v. gr. comp. 102.; c[greek]ystybe puritas, castitas, c[greek]ystiju purifico; boruss. vet. skys-tan (acc.) purum, castum = śuddham; slav. [greek] cis-t, lat. cas-tus. Vid. Pott. I. 252.)

c. pari Caus. purificare. R. Schl. II. 31. 25.

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAN. 5. 61. -- viśuddha purificatus, purus. BH. 18. 51. -- Caus. purificare. MAH. 3. 15979.

c. sam id. saṃśuddha purificatus, purus. BH. 6. 45. -- Caus. purificare. MAN. 7. 185.

zun śun

v. śvan (gr. 225.)

[Page 352a]
zundh śundh

1. et 10. P. A. in dial. Ved. 1. et 10. P. purificare. 1. A. purificari. (Cf. śudh et v. Westerg.)

zubh śubh

1. 1. A. interdum P. splendere. N. 16. 19.: eṣā hi rahitā tena śobhamānā na śobhate; IN. 5. 12.: gūḍhagulphadharau pādau...śobhete kiṅkiṇīkinau; MAH. 1. 7137.: tvayai 'va śobhiṣyati rājaputrī; 4. 498.: śuśubhe vadanan tasyā rudantyāḥ. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quid splendeat, collustrare. IN. 2. 27.: śobhayāñcakratuḥ sabhāṃ sūryacandramasau vyoma...iva. 2) ornare. N. 25. 6.: aśobhayanta nagaram; IN. 5. 9. 10. (Vid. śumbh sumbh simbh et cf. śudh; gr. [greek] germ. vet. sūbar purus, v. śubhraḥ lith. [greek]ibbu luceo, nisi pertinet ad dīp.)

c. upa Caus. ornare. IN. 2. 1. N. 12. 40.

c. vi splendere. HIT. 55. 22.

zubh śubh

2. 6. P. splendere.

zubha śubha

(r. śubh s. a) 1) nitidus, pulcher. IN. 2. 24. 5. 39. 54. H. 4. 32. 2) faustus. N. 5. 1. BH. 2. 57. (Pers. [greek] kūb pulcher, vid. śubhra.)

zubhra śubhra

(r. śubh s. ra) 1) splendidus. IN. 5. 10. 2) albus. AM. (Germ. vet. sūbar purus, nostrum sauber, anglo-sax. syfr.)

zumbh śumbh

6. P. lucere, splendere. (Vid. śubh.)

zulk śulk

10. P. (bhāṣaṇe K. sarjane varjane bhāṣe V.) loqui, dimittere, creare, relinquere. Cf. śvalk.

zulka śulka

m. n. (r. śulk s. a) vectigal. AM.

zulv śulv

10. P. (sarjane K. māne sarge V.) dimittere, creare, metiri.

zulva śulva

n. cuprum. AM.

zulvAri śulvāri

m. sulphur. HEM. (Cf. lat. sulphur.)

zuzrUS śuśrūṣ

DESID. rad. śru audire.

zuzrUSA śuśrūṣā

f. (a praec. s. ā) obedientia. IN. 4. 9.

zuzrUSu śuśrūṣu

(a śuśrūṣ q.v.s. u) obediens.

zuS śuṣ

4. P. arescere, siccari. A. 8. 8.: astraṃ viśoṣaṇam... prāhiṇavaṅ ghoram aśuṣyat tena vai jalam; DR. 6. 11.: kin te mukhaṃ śuṣyati; MAH. 3. 591.: śuṣyet toyani- lat. siccus per assim. e. sis-cus = śuṣka q. v.; hib. seacadh "parched, dried, frozen, hard", seacaighim "I parch, dry, freeze", sioc "frost", sican id.)

c. ut Caus. exsiccare. R. Schl. II. 64. 65.: śoka uccho"ṣayati prāṇān vāristokam ivā" tapaḥ.

c. upa Caus. id. MAH. 1. 4624.

c. pari i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 29.

c. vi Caus. siccare. MAH. 1. 1336. 3. 10767.

c. sam A. siccari. MAH. 1. 8230.: dhārāḥ...khesamaśuṣyanta. -- Caus. siccare. RAGH. 6. 36.

zuSka śuṣka

(r. śuṣ s. ka) siccus, exsiccatus. N. 16. 14. (Lat. siccus, v. śuṣ.)

zuSma śuṣma

(r. śuṣ s. ma) Masc. 1) sol. 2) ignis. 3) ae7r, ventus. Neut. 1) lumen, splendor. 2) vis, robur.

zuSman śuṣman

m. (r. śuṣ s. man) ignis. AM.

zuSmin śuṣmin

(a śuṣma s. in) fortis, robustus. H. 1. 13.

zUkara śūkara

m. (e śū a sono dictum, et kara faciens) sus, porcus. (Cf. lat. sus, gr. [greek] germ. vet. sū, nostrum Sau.)

zUdra śūdra

m. vir quarti Indorum ordinis, qui opifices comprehendit. BR. 2. 16. BH. 9. 32.

zUna śūna

part. pass. r. śvi.

zUnya śūnya

inanis, vacuus. SU. 2. 18. (Cf. gr. [greek] fortasse aeol. [greek] per assimil. e [greek] sicut prācr. aṇṇa gr. [greek] ex aṇya [greek] = anya q.v.)

zUr śūr

1. 4. A. (stambhe K. stambhahiṃse V.) firmum, immobilem esse, ferire, occidere, laedere.

zUr śūr

2. 10. A. (vikrāntau K. vikrame v.; fortasse Denom. a sq.) fortem esse, fortitudine praeditum esse.

zUra śūra

m. (ut mihi videtur, a r. śvi crescere q.v. correpto vi in ū suff. ra sicut goth. mag possum, mah-ts potestas cohaeret cum mah crescere) heros. (Cf. śura in śvaśura gr. [greek])

zUratA śūratā

f. (a praec. s. ) fortitudo, animus heroicus. HIT. 89. 18.

zUrp śūrp

10. P. (māne) metiri.

zUl śūl

1. P. (rujāyām) i. q. ruj.

zUla śūla

m. n. (ut videtur, a r. śūl s. a) hasta. SU. 1. 14. 2. 3. (Slav. sūliza id.)

zUlamudgarahasta śūlamudgarahasta

(BAH. e śūlamudgara hasta et clava, et hasta manus) hastam et clavam in manu habens (vid. annot. ad r. 669.). SU. 2. 3.

zUlahasta śūlahasta

(BAH. e. śūla et hasta) hastam in manu habens (vid. gr. 669. annot.). SU. 1. 14.

zUS śūṣ

1. P. (prasave) generare. Cf. sūṣ sū su.

zR śṛ

in specialibus Temp. ponitur pro śru audire.

zRgAla śṛgāla

m. canis aureus (shacal). DR. 6. 22.

zRGkhala śṛṅkhala

m. n. śṛṅkhalā f. 1) catena. 2) cingulum viri. AM.

zRGga śṛṅga

n. (ut videtur, correptum e śiraṅga i. e. śiram acc. [greek] śira caput et ga iens) 1) cornu. 2) cacumen montis. N. 12. 37. 13. 9. (Vid. śiras et cf. lith. rága-s, slav. rog, abjectā cons. initiali.)

zRGgAra śṛṅgāra

m. amor.

zRGgin śṛṅgin

(a śṛṅga s. in) cornutus. M 32.

zRNi śṛṇi

f. i. q. aṅkuśa.

zRdh śṛdh

1. 1. A. (śabdakutsāyām K. parde V.) pedere. -- Caus. vel cl. 10. praef. ava oppedere. MAN. 8. 282. Cf. pard.

zRdh śṛdh

2. 1. P. A. (unde K. kledane V.) madidum esse, humectari.

zRdh śṛdh

3. 10. P. (prahasane) irridere.

zRR śṝ

9. P. śṛṇāmi (gr. 385. et. 94a).) rumpere, dirumpere, diffringere. Pass. śīrye (gr. 500.). MAH. 3. 591.: pated dyaur himavān śīryet (c. term. PAR. v. gr. 493.). Part. pass. śīrṇa. MAH. 1. 6485.: vajram...daśadhā śatadhācai 'va tac chīrṇaṃ vṛtramūrdhani; N. 13. 9.: nagāgrād iva śīrṇānām śṛṅgāṇām patatāṅ kṣitau; H. 1. 18.: śīrṇa- v. kṛt.

c. pari Pass. i. q. Pass. simpl. MAH. 1. 8283.: nabhasaḥ pariśīryataḥ (= -śīryamāṇasya v. gr. 597.); 3. 11141.: mahāgiriḥ...samantāt paryaśīryata.

c. vi Pass. i. q. Pass. simpl. R. Schl. II. 78. 17.: bhāṇḍam pṛthivyān tad vyaśīryata; I. 25. 12.: vyaśīryanta śarīrāt svāt sarvagātrāṇi; DR. 7. 19.: viśīryantīn nāvam ivā 'rṇavānte (de part. viśīryat v. gr. 597.); SU. 2. 18.: viśīrṇakalasaiḥ. Dissolvi, destrui, everti, perire. MAH. 1. 3726.: vyaśīryata tato rāṣṭraṅ kṣayair nānāvidhaiḥ; N. 13. 17.: ratnarāśir viśīrṇo 'yam; HIT. 119. 4.: devabrāhmaṇanindako viśīryate svayam.

zekhara śekhara

m. sertum floreum in vertice (cf. śikhara). RITU-S. 1. 6. Vid. candraśekhara.

zepha śepha

m. penis. Vid. sq.

zephas śephas

n. id. AM.

zerate śerate

v. śī (gr. 348.).

zel śel

1. P. (gatau K. cālagatau V.) ire, se movere. Vid. śal.

zeSa śeṣa

(r. śeṣ s. a) Adj. reliquus. MEGH. 18. 31. 85. Qui superest. DR. 7. 4. Subst. m. reliquum, reliquiae. MEGH. 39.

zeSA śeṣā

f. pl. (Fem. praec.) flores qui deo vel idolo oblati sunt, deinde alicui traduntur. SA. 1. 26. 27.

zaithilya śaithilya

n. (a śithila s. ya) laxitas, tenuitas, paucitas. HIT. 62. 22.

zaila śaila

(a śilā s. a) 1) saxosus, petrosus. A. 8. 10. 2) m. mons. H. 4. 46.

zailUSa śailūṣa

m. 1) i. q. vilva. AM. 2) histrio, saltator, gesticulator scenicus. R. Schl. II. 30. 8.

zaivala śaivala

m. planta aquatica, Vallisneria. AM.

zaivyA śaivyā

f. (a śiva s. ya in fem.) nom. propr. SA. 6. 2.

zaizira śaiśira

m. (a śiśira frigidus s. a) nomen montis. A. 3. 10.

zo śo

4. P. śyāmi (gr. 330.) acuere. Part. pass. śita et śātā (PAN. VII. 4. 41.) acutus. (Vid. śi et cf. lat. cautes, cos, vid. śāṇa cuneus, cacū-men, gr. [greek] anglo- cet.; lith. asz-trus acutus, asz-mu- acies; slav. as-tr acutus. Fortasse etiam scr. aśman lapis a śo praef. ā descendit, correpto ā et abjecto o sicut in śyāmi acuo. Etiam agra huc trahi posset, ita ut sit pro ākra servatā primitivā gutturali. Vid. Pott. 1. 291.

c. ni id. BHATT. 17. 4.: nyaśyam astrāṇi. -- niśita acutus (etiam niśāta PAN. VII. 4. 41.). DR. 8. 27.

c. sam saṃśita (PAN. VII. 4. 41.) perfectus, peractus, praesertim in comp. c. vrata. BH. 4. 28.: saṃśitavratāḥ; A. 2. 17.: saṃśitavrataḥ (sic nunc c. ed. Calc. III. 166. legendum esse censeo; ita etiam MAN. 1. 104. legerim saṃśitavrata pro śaṃsita-. Vid. śi et Wils. s. v. saṃśita.

zoka śoka

m. (r. śuc moerere s. a) moeror. BH. 1. 47.

zoN śoṇ

1. P. rubere. V. sq.

zoNa śoṇa

(r. śoṇ nisi hoc est Denom. a śoṇa) coccineus, Wils.: "crimson". (Cf. slav. sinj [greek].)

zoNita śoṇita

n. (a praec. s. ita) sanguis.

zodhana śodhana

n. (Caus. r. śudh s. ana) purificatio. HIT. 97. 15.

zobhana śobhana

(r. śubh splendere s. ana) pulcher. N. 3. 23. 5. 28. 19. 27.

zobhA śobhā

f. (r. śubh s. ā) splendor. AM.

zauca śauca

n. (a śuci s. a) puritas, purificatio. N. 6. 10. 7. 3.

zauNDa śauṇḍa

(a śuṇḍā potus inebrians) Adj. ebrius. Subst. m. elephantus ebrius. DR. 6. 5.

zaurya śaurya

n. (a śūra heros s. ya) animus heroicus, fortitudo. BH. 18. 43.

zcut ścut

1. P. effundere. RIGV. V. 110. 4.: trayaḥ koṣāso (nubes) madhvaḥ (aquam) ścotanti. Vid. Westerg. et cf. cyut ścyut.

c. upa id. RIGV. 87. 2.

c. pra id. BHATT. 14. 79.: raktam pracuścutuḥ kṣuṇṇāḥ.

[Page 354b]
zcyut ścyut

1. P. stillare, fluere. BHATT. 14. 40.: cuścyota vraṇināṃ raktam. C. acc. effundere. 1. c. 15. 51.: raktam aścyotiṣuḥ kṣuṇṇāḥ. Vid. ścut.

znath śnath

1. P. in dial. Ved. ferire, occidere. RIGV. 63. 5.: śnathihy amitrān (śnathihi ad analogiam formarum rudihi śvasihi etc. v. gr. 354.); śnathitṛ "necator, neccans". RIGV. 53. 2. (Vid. knath et cf. śrath krath ślath klath; goth. SNITH secare-sneitha, snaith, snithum-; germ. vet. snīdu seco; hib. slethe "cutting, striking".)

zman śman

nom. indecl. os, vultus.

zmazAna śmaśāna

n. (fortasse śma pro śava cadaver, ejecto a et mutato v in m v. gr. comp. 63., et śāna e śayana v. Wils.) locus, in quo corpora mortua comburuntur vel sepeliuntur. DR. 6. 21.

zmazrula śmaśrula

(a śmaśru s. la) barbatus. RAGH. 4. 63.

zmazru śmaśru

n. (e śman et śru quod correptum esse videtur e śuru vel śūru a r. śvi crescere, v. śūra śvaśura) barba. H. 2. 3. (Hib. smig mentum.)

zmIl śmīl

1. P. (nimeṣaṇe) nictare, connivere oculis. Scribitur etiam smīl.

zyAma śyāma

niger, violaceus, lividus. H. 2. 2. 19. 25. N. 12. 50. 18. 11. (Cf. śyāva lith. szema-s colore cinereo, hib. ciar "dark brown, black".)

zyAla śyāla

m. uxoris frater. BH. 1. 34.

zyAva śyāva

fuscus. (Vid. śyāma et cf. russ. sivyi dunkelgrau.)

zyAmikA śyāmikā

f. (a śyāma s. ika in fem.) nigredo. SAK. 46. 17. RAGH. 1. 10.

zyeta śyeta

albus. AM. (Cf. śveta.)

zyena śyena

m. falco.

zyai śyai

1. A. (gatau) ire. Part. pass. śīna coagulatus. śīta frigidus. PAN. VIII. 2. 47.

c. ā siccari, arescere. RAGH. 17. 37.: yāvan nā "śyāyate vedir abhiṣekajalāplutā. Part. pass. āśyāna sic- catus. RAGH. 4. 24.: sarito kurvatī gādhāḥ pathaścā "śyānakardamān.

zraGk śraṅk

1. A. (gatau K. sarpe V.) ire. Vid. sq. et cf. ślaṅk sraṅk śvañc.

zraGg śraṅg

1. P. (vraje; scribitur śrag) ire. Cf. ślaṅg śvaṅg śraṅk ślaṅk śri germ. vet. slange serpens, slenga funda.

zraN śraṇ

1. et 10. P. śraṇāmi śrāṇayāmi (dāne) dare, largiri.

c. vi id. R. Schl. II. 32. 35.: gavāṃ sahasram asty ekaṃyad aviśrāṇitam mayā.

zrat śrat

Indecl. fides. Invenitur in compositione cum rad. dhā q. v.

zrath śrath

1. 1. et 10. P. (bandhane K. bandhe mokṣe vadhe V.) ligare, nectere, solvere, occidere. Cf. granth śranth ślath śnath lat. crātes, rete, res-tis e ret-tis, v. Ag. Benary p. 222. et. 262.)

zrath śrath

2. 1. P. (vadhe) ferire, occidere. Vid. śnath.

zrath śrath

3. 10. P. śrathayāmi (daurbalye) debilem, laxum, solutum esse. Cf. 1. śranth.

zrath śrath

4. 10. P. śrāthayāmi (pratiharṣe mokṣayatnayoḥ K. pratihṛṣi yatne V.) exhilarare, niti, operam dare. -- In dial. Ved. solvere. RIGV. 24. 14.: enāṃsi śiśrathaḥ (praet. mltf. sensu Imper.) kṛtāni. Vid. 1. et 2. śranth.

zraddha śraddha

(e śrat et dha ponens) fidem ponens, credens. BH. 17. 3.

zraddhA śraddhā

f. (e śrat et dhā positio, a r. dhā) fides. BH. 6. 37.

zraddhAmaya śraddhāmaya

(a praec. s. maya) fide praeditus. BH. 17. 3.

zraddhAvat śraddhāvat

(a śraddhā s. vat) fide praeditus. BH. 3. 31. 4. 29.

zranth śranth

1. 1. A. (śaithilye; scribitur śrath) laxum, solutum esse. Cf. śrath.

zranth śranth

2. 1. et 10. P. (sandarbhe K. darbhe vadhe V.) jungere, nectere, serere; occidere. Cf. 2. granth 1. śrath.

zranth śranth

3. 9. P. śrathnāmi (mocanapratiharṣayoḥ K. mokṣe pratihṛṣi V.) solvere, exhilarare.

zram śram

4. P. śrāmyāmi (gr. 331a).), praet. mltf. aśramam. Defatigari. BHATT. 14. 48.: nā 'śramad ghnan plavaṅgamān.-- śrānta (gr. 616.) defatigatus, defessus. H. 1. 4.: śrāntāḥ pipāsārtā nidrāndhāḥ pāṇḍavāḥ; N. 15. 10.: kva sā... śrāntā śete. Vid. klam. (Huc vel ad klam trahi posset germ. vet. HLAD onerare (hladu, hluod), abjecto m et addito d, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1. et cf. gerund. scr. gatya a gam gr. 637.)

c. pari id. pariśrānta defatigatus, defessus. H. 1. 34. SU. 1. 8. N. 13. 4.

c. vi quiescere, requiescere. R. Schl. I. 62. 1.: śrāntavāhano vyaśrāmyat; MAH. 1. 5211.: viśaśrāma...kuruveśmani. Etiam cl. 1. P. A. MAH. 3. 3397.: viśramed yatra śrāntaḥ; H. 1. 25.: viśramadhvam. -- Pass. impers. N. 21. 27.: viśrāmyatām ity uvāca klānto 'si (viśrāmyatām anomale pro viśramyatām nisi pertinet ad Caus.). -- viśrānta qui requievit, requietus, relaxatus. N. 17. 28. 18. 18. SA. 5. 66. -- Caus. viśrāmayāmi requiescere facio. MAH. 3. 11004.: ajinasaṃstare pārthā viśrāmayāmāsur labdhasañjñām.

zrama śrama

m. (r. śram defatigari s. a) lassitudo. H. 1. 19. SA. 5. 3. 27.

zrambh śrambh

1. A. (viśvāse; scribitur etiam srambh) confidere. Nonnisi cum vi compositum invenitur. viśrabdha confidens. MAH. 3. 12996.: tvam iha viśrabdhaś cara; R. Schl. II. 19. 5. HIT. 22. 17. -- viśrabdham Adv. confidenter. N. 4. 2.

zravaNa śravaṇa

(r. śru s. ana) 1) n. auditio. MAH. 3. 8300. 2) m. n. auris. AM.

zravas śravas

n. (r. śru s. as) 1) id. AM. 2) in dial. Ved. gloria. (Hib. cluas auris.)

zrA śrā

2. P. coquere. Part. pass. śrita et śrāṇa anom. śṛta (in dial. Ved. śrāta et śrita). N. 23. 20.: śritam māṃsam (ed. Calc. 3. 2941. śṛtam); R. Schl. II. 56. 24.: ayaṃ sarvaḥ samastāṅgaḥ śritaḥ kṛṣṇamṛgo mayā. -- Caus. śrapayāmi (pro śrāpayāmi) facio ut coquatur, coquo. R. Schl. I. 13. 39.: patatriṇas tasya vapām uddhṛtya...śrapayāmāsa; II. 56. 21.: aiṇeyaṃ śrapayasva; MAH. 1. 6392.: yājena śrapitaṃ havyam; 3. 5038.: caruñca śrapayan. (Vid. et germ. vet. herpist autumnus, anglo-sax. hearfest a maturescendo dicta sunt. Cf. Pott. I. 196. et Benfey II. 177.)

zrAddha śrāddha

n. (a śraddhā s. a) donum sacrum quod Manibus offertur. MAN. 3. 204.

zrAnta śrānta

v. śram.

zrAm śrām

10. P. (āmantraṇe K. mantre V.) loqui, alloqui, advocare, invitare.

zri śri

1. P. A. ire, adire, inire, ingredi. HIT. 26. 5.: yan deśaṃ śrayate (vīraḥ) tam eva kurute bāhupratāpārjitam; RAGH. 3. 70.: munivanatarucchāyām...śiśriye; BH. 9. 12.: prakṛtim mohinīṃ śritāḥ. (Cf. car; germ. vet. hlei-tara scala, anglo-sax. hloe-dre, hloe-der, nostrum Leiter, v. Graff. IV. 1115.; goth. hlei-thra tabernaculum, hlija id., cf. āśraya et vid. veśa domus a viś intrare; lith. kle-tis cella in supremā parte aedium; slav. klje-tj cella; germ. vet. hlinian, hlinon, hhlinen se acclinare, inniti v. śri praef. sam- oba-hlinen excellere, fora-hlinen praeminere; hlī-ta declivitas, v. Graff IV. 1094. sq.; scrītan gradi, v. gr. comp. 109b). 1.; ga-scrītan delabi; scrit, island. vet. skrid passus; lith. klejoju oberro, pervagor, klystu e klydtu, klydeju id.; gr. [greek] [greek] cet.; lat. clī-no, clīvus, v. śri praef. ut.

c. adhi praef. sam adire, aggredi. N. 23. 12.

c. abhi id. MAH. 1. 8274.: bhayād raṇam parityajya śakram evā 'bhiśiśriyuḥ.

c. ā 1) id. N. 12. 12.: śilātalam athā" śritā; H. 2. 11.: vanam āśritāḥ; MAH. 3. 13069.: āśrayiṣyantica nadīḥ parvatān viṣamāṇica. Pass. HIT. 70. 7.: sa lakṣmyā "śrīyate janaḥ. 2) propendere, se convertere, addictum, intentum esse. H. 1. 41.: dharmam āśritā; 3. 19.: yān imān āśritā 'kārṣīr vipriyaṃ sumahan mama; N. 6. 8.: kāca sarvaguṇopetan nā "śrayeta nalam; BH. 6. 1.

c. ā praef. anu adire. R. Schl. II. 84. 7.

c. ā praef. apa id. MAH. 3. 13238, 39. Adhibere. MAH. 1. 651.: āhāram anapāśritya na śarīrasya dhāraṇam.

c. ā praef. vi + apa id. BH. 9. 32.

c. ā praef. upa id. H. 1. 44. BH. 4. 10.

c. ā praef. sam id. H. 2. 1.

c. ut ucchri (v. euphon. r. 61.) extollere, sublevare. SA. 5. 95.: ucchritya bāhū. -- ucchrita erectus, sublatus. N. 12. 37.

c. ut praef. abhi id. DR. 8. 20.: gajavaram abhyucchritakaram.

c. upa adire, aggredi. MAH. 3. 10456.: śarāḥ...abhedyaṅ kavacañcai 'va sadyas tam upaśiśriyuḥ.

c. nis praef. vi egredi. SA. 6. 14.: vaktrād vākyaṃ viniḥśritam.

c. pra praśrita modestus. IN. 1. 10.: sannataḥ praśrito bhūtvā; R. Schl. I. 18. 5.: praśritaṃ vākyam. Vid. praśraya.

c. pra praef. sam sampraśrita i. q. praśrita. R. Schl. II. 70. 11.: ūcuḥ sampraśritaṃ vākyam.

c. sam 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 13053.: tān deśān saṃśrayiṣyanti. 2) se acclinare in aliquid, niti aliquā re, c. acc. R. Schl. II. 60. 20.: bāhū rāmasya saṃśritā; 66. 10.: santrastā rāghavaṃ saṃśrayiṣyati.

zrita śrita

v. śri et śrā.

zriS śriṣ

1. P. (dāhe) urere. (Cf. śilaṣ 1. śrī śrā grīṣma.)

zrI śrī

1. 9. P. A. coquere. RIGV. 84. 11.: somaṃ śrīṇanti; 68. 1.: śrīṇan. (Vid. śriṣ.)

zrI śrī

2. f. 1) dea Lakschmia, Vischnūs uxor. N. 1. 13. 2) for- tuna, felicitas. SU. 2. 10. BH. 10. 34. 3) pulchritudo, gratia, venustas. IN. 4. 7. N. 3. 11. 4) reverentiae causā nominibus personarum vel rerum venerandarum anteponitur, e. c. śrīgaṇeśa quasi sanctus Ganesus vel summe venerandus Ganesus, śrīmahābhārata summe venerandum Mahā-Bhāratum.

zrIkaNTha śrīkaṇṭha

m. (BAH. e śrī et kaṇṭha collum) cognomen Sivi. HIT. 33. 7.

zrImat śrīmat

(a praec. s. mat) felix, fortunatus.

zrIla śrīla

(a śrī felicitas s. la) felix. AM.

zru śru

1. 5. P. interdum A. śṛṇomi (gr. min. 342.) Praet. mltf. aśrauṣam. 1) audire, auribus percipere. MAH. 3. 13489.: śṛṇu rājan...idam ākhyānam; BR. 2. 3.: ārtijam mahāśabdam...kuntī śuśrāva; MAH. 3. 3084.: aśrauṣīt savyasācinaṃ vartamānan tapasy ugre; 1. 2285.: na hi tṛpyāmi pūrveṣāṃ śṛṇvānaś caritram mahat; 3. 13490.: tac chṛṇuṣva mahīpate. Pass. MAH. 4. 1788.: divam āvṛtya śabdas tu nivṛttaḥ śuśruve punaḥ. 2) auscultare, obedire. BH. 18. 58.: athacet tvam ...na śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi. C. gen. MAH. 3. 10327.: sācā 'sya na śṛṇoti vai. -- Caus. śrāvayāmi facere ut quis audiat, dicere: phālgunasya vacaḥ śrutvā...gandharvavacanaṃ sarvaṃ śrāvayāmāsa. Pass. c. nom. pers. et acc. rei. MAH. 3. 2.: śrāvitāḥ paruṣā vācaḥ...kim akurvata kauravyāḥ; R. Schl. I. 17. 18.: śrāvitā vanavāsañca bhartrā sā. -- Desid. A. śuśrūṣe 1) audire velle. MAH. 3. 13248.: rājanyamahābhāgyam idānīṃ śuśrūṣāmahe. 2) auscultare, obedire. IN. 5. 34.: ahaṃ samanujñātā tena pitrā...tavā 'ntikam anuprāptā śuśrūṣitum. C. acc. pers. MAN. 5. 155.: patiṃ śuśrūṣeta; MAH. 3. 13722.: gurū vṛddhau śuśrūṣe 'ham. Pass. MAN. 10. 100.: yaiḥ śuśrūṣyante dvijātayaḥ. (Gr. [greek] = śruta v. praef. vi; lat. clu-tus, inclu-tus, cluo, aus-cul-to; goth. hliu-ma, Them. hliu-man, auris, cum debiliore gunae formā, v. gramm. comp. 27. et 109b), p. 124.; germ. vet. hlū-t sonorus = śruta productā vocali (nostrum laut), hlūti f. sonus, unde hlūtian sonare, hliu-munt fama, opinio (no- sax. vet. hlamon sonare, strepere, de fluctibus; germ. vet. hlamon crepitare, cum m pro v sicut in lat. clamo; scriu clamo, praet. screi, pl. scrir-u-mes e scriwu-mes(?), sicut birumes sumus = bhavāmas v. gr. comp. 20.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 44. MAN. 9. 100.: anuśuśruma.

c. ā Caus. narrare. MAH. 3. 15260.

c. upa i. q. simpl. MAH. 2. 1244. Auscultare. R. Schl. II. 3. 3. 1.

c. pari id. MAH. 1. 3754.

c. prati polliceri, c. gen. pers. N. 4. 16.: pratiśrutya devatānām.

c. vi Pass. 1) audiri. R. Schl. I. 13. 13.: vyaśrūyataca śabdo 'yam. 2) celebrari. HIT. 5. 11.: varam ekaḥ (putraḥ) kulālambī yatra viśrūyate pitā. -- viśruta inclutus. IN. 2. 12. -- Caus. viśrāvayāmi sonare, resonare facio. MAH. 3. 16556.: antarikṣe vāg āsīt sarvā viśrāvayan diśaḥ. Clamare, exclamare, pronuntiare. MAH. 1. 6287.: nāma viśrāvya. Narrare. MAH. 3. 12266.: karma viśrāvayāmāsa yathābhūtam.

c. sam 1) audire. N. 11. 26.: ākrandamānāṃ saṃśrutya. 2) polliceri. N. 3. 9.: kariṣya iti saṃśrutya. -- Caus. facere ut quis audiat, narrare, c. 2. acc. MAH. 5. 560.: upākhyānam idam...saṃśrāvayāmi tvām.

zru śru

2. 1. P. vid. sru.

zruti śruti

f. (r. śru s. ti) 1) auditio. IN. 2. 5. BR. 2. 16. 2) sensus audiendi. 3) auditum, traditum, praesertim e scriptis sacris. BH. 2. 53.

zrutimat śrutimat

(a praec. s. mat) auditu praeditus. BH. 13. 13.

zruva śruva

n. cochlear sacrificum.

zreNi śreṇi

f. (ut videtur, a r. śri suff. unād. ni) linea. MEGH. 22. 29. 36.

zreyas śreyas

(ut mihi videtur, a śrīla vel śrīmat felix, cum gunā vocalis ī abjecto suffixo la vel mat suff. yas pro īyas v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 226. 3) et 227.; ita superl. śreṣṭha e śre + ṣṭha pro iṣṭha) 1) Adj. melior. BR. 1. 35. 2) Subst. n. salus, felicitas. IN. 3. 7. N. 12. 89. BH. 3. 8.

zreSTha śreṣṭha

(v. praec.) optimus. IN. 5. 17.

zrai śrai

1. P. i. q. śrā. (Vid. gr. min. 354.)

zroN śroṇ

1. P. (saṅghāte) coacervare. Cf. śloṇ. (Vid. śroṇi et cf. anglo-sax. hlaw, hloew "a heap, barrow, a small hill"; goth. hlain collis. Vid. sq. et nitamba.)

zroNi śroṇi

f. (ut videtur, a r. śroṇ s. i) nates, clunes. N. 11. 32. Lass. 50. 17.: pīnaśroṇipayodharā. Vid. sq. (Cf. lat. clūnis, gr. [greek] hib. slias "the thigh, the loins". Vid. śroṇ.)

zroNI śroṇī

f. id. H. 3. 5. IN. 4. 6. 5. 5. GITA-G. 12. 11. MEGH. 80.: śroṇībhārād alasagamanā (cf. UR. 60. 15.: paścān natā gurunitambatayā). -- suśroṇī [greek] IN. 4. 6. Vid. śroṇi.

zrotas śrotas

v. srotas.

zrotR śrotṛ

m. (r. śru s. tṛ) auditor, auscultator. HIT. 70. 3.

zrotra śrotra

n. (r. śru s. tra) auris.

zrotriya śrotriya

m. (a śrotra sensu Vedorum, v. śruti suff. iya) Vedorum gnarus Brāhmanus. HIT. 123. 16.

zlakSNa ślakṣṇa

tenuis, mollis, lenis, suavis. N. 5. 6. 8. 12. 19. 1.

zlaGk ślaṅk

1. A. i. q. śraṅk.

[Page 358b]
zlaGg ślaṅg

id. Vid. śraṅg.

zlath ślath

1. 1. P. i. q. 2. śrath.

zlath ślath

2. 10. P. i. q. 3. śrath.

zlatha ślatha

(r. 2. ślath s. a) laxus, relaxus, solutus. RAGH. 9. 36.

zlAkh ślākh

1. P. i. q. śākh.

zlAgh ślāgh

1. A. (fortasse e śrāv Them. Caus. r. śru mutato r in l sicut in ślath = śrath v in gh v. gr. comp. 19. et cf. Pott I. 233.) 1) superbire, se jactare, gloriari aliquā re, c. instr. MAH. 2. 2121.: pareṣām eva yaśasā ślāghase tvaṃ sadā; 4. 1160.: tvayā pariṣado madhye ślāghate saḥ. 2) c. dat. adulare, blandiri. BHATT. 8. 72.: ślāghamānaḥ parastrībhyaḥ. -- Caus. laudare. HIT. 61. 6.: tadvākyaṃ ślāghayitvā. (Cf. hib. sleigh "adoration", sleachd id., sleachdaim "I kneel, stoop, adore".)

zlAghA ślāghā

f. (r. ślāgha s. ā) laus. UR. 60. 1.

zliS śliṣ

1. 1. P. i. q. śriṣ.

zliS śliṣ

2. 4. P. Praeter. multifor. aślikṣam et aśliṣam. 1) amplecti. GITA-GOV. 1. 44.: śliṣyati kām api cumbati kām api. 2) applicare, adjungere, conjungere. SAK. 62. 1.: nā 'tiśilaṣṭaḥ sandhir asya mṛṇālavalayasya; HIT. 24. 5.: suśliṣṭena sandhinā. (Fortasse śilaṣ e śluṣ debilitato u in i; cf. germ. vet. SLU-Z claudere, lat. clau-do, clav-is, gr. [greek] [greek] hib. crios "belt, girdle, cingle, band".)

c. ā 1) amplecti. A. 4. 6.: mām...āśliṣyaca punaḥ punaḥ; 9. 16.: itaretaram āśliṣya. -- ATM. MAH. 1. 3040.: pitur āśliṣyate 'ṅgāni. 2) appropinquare. A. 6. 12.: puram āsuram āśliṣya. Se applicare. R. Schl. II. 96. 22.: sītā...vitrastā rāmam āśliṣat.

c. ā praef. sam 1) amplecti. MAH. 3. 10043.: samāśliṣaccā 'sakṛd ṛṣyaśṛṅgam. 2) applicare, admovere. A. 6. 8.: rathan tan tu samāśliṣya.

c. sam amplecti, applicare, conjungere, c. instr. urasā pressare aliquem ad pectus. R. Schl. I. 10. 28.: tāv anyonyāñjaliṅ kṛtvā snehāt saṃśliṣyaco 'rasā. -- Caus. vel cl. 10. conjungere. MAH. 2. 735.: tave 'me putraśakale dṛṣṭavaty asmi dhārmika . saṃśleṣite mayā daivāt kumāraḥ samapadyata.

c. upa Caus. cohibere, inhibere, sistere. UR. 9. 7.: ratham upaśleṣaya.

zliS śliṣ

3. 10. P. (proprie Caus. praeced.) conjungere (v. 2. śliṣ praef. sam).

zlok ślok

1. A. (saṅghāte K. varjane sarjane V.) conjungere, componere; relinquere, creare.

zloka śloka

m. (r. ślok s. a) stropha. N. 15. 9.

zloN śloṇ

1. P. i. q. śroṇ.

zvaGk śvaṅk

1. A. i. q. śraṅk ślaṅk.

zvaJc śvañc

1. A. (scribitur śvac) id.

zvaTh śvaṭh

10. P. śvāṭhayāmi i. q. 2. śaṭh. Cf. svaṭh.

zvaNTh śvaṇṭh

10. P. (scribitur śvaṭh id.

zvan śvan

m. (in casibus debilissimis śun v. gr. 225.) canis. (Gr. [greek] = śunas; lat. cani-s, ejecto v vel u, addito i, sed gen. pl. can-um a primitivo Them. in n, sicut juven-um a juven = yuvan; lith. nom. szu- = śvā gen. szun-s = śunas v. gr. comp. 139.; hib. nom. cu, gen. et pl. coin; goth. hund-s, Them. hunda, adjecto da; russ. sobaka pro sbaka, cf. med. [greek] apud Herod. [greek] pers. [greek] seg, zend. nom. [greek] s'pā, acc. [greek] s'pānem, (v. gr. comp. 50.).)

zvabhr śvabhr

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a sq.) perforare.

zvabhra śvabhra

m. caverna, specus. HIT. 12. 8.

zval zvall śval śvall

1. P. (vege) currere.

zvalk śvalk

10. P. (bhāṣe) loqui.

zvazura śvaśura

m. (ut videtur, e svaśura quā formā nituntur cognatae linguae, e sva suus et śura vir, v. śūra et svajana cognatus, svasṛ e svastrī soror, Pott I. 126., Benfey II. 175. 176.) socer. N. 25. 2. (Goth. svaihra, Them. svaihran, cum ai pro i ex a, v. gr. comp. 82.; germ. vet. suehur, Them. suehura, slav. svekr, lith. szeszur-s pro szeszura-s mariti pater; cambro-brit. cwegrwn; lat. socer e suocer, gr. [greek].)

zvazrU śvaśrū

f. (ut videtur, a śvaśura abjecto a transposito ur in ru producto u sicut e. c. in bhīrū f. a bhīru v. gr. 244.) socrus. SA. 3. 20. (Vid. śvaśura et cf. lat. socrus, gr. [greek] [greek] = śvaśurā; goth. svaihro(n), germ. vet. suigar, cambro-brit. cwegyr, slav. svekrvj; fortasse lith. uszwe (uoszwe) mariti socrus e szuoszwe.)

zvas śvas

1. 2. P. śvasimi (v. gr. 354.) interdum 1. A. praet. mltf. aśvasiṣam et aśvasam. 1) spirare, spiritum ducere. RIGV. 65. 5.: śvasity apsu haṃso na sīdan; BH. 5. 8.: śvasan; HIT. 34. 6.: śvasann api na jīvati; MAH. 3. 12544.: śvasamānā ivā "śugāḥ. 2) suspirare, gemere. IN. 5. 51.: sphuradoṣṭhī svasantī; vid. praef. ni. -- Caus. recreare, reficere. R. Schl. II. 84. 18.: śvāsitā senā vatsyatī 'māṃ vibhāvarīm. (Huc traxerim lat. spiro cum p pro v, sicut semper in Zend. s'p = śv de r pro s vid. gr. comp. 22. Etiam queror, ques-tus huc trahi posset, ita ut a gemendo dictum sit, v. Pott I. 280.)

c. ā respirare, se recolligere, se recipere ex timore, moerore. BHATT. 4. 38.: āśvasihi mā rudaḥ; MAH. 3. 690.: āśvasadhvam mā bhīḥ kāryā. -- āśvasta qui respiravit etc. SA. 6. 8.: tau punar āśvastau. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis respiret, animum recipiat. MAH. 1. 5406.: kuntīm āśvāsayāmāsa preṣyābhiś candanodakaiḥ. 2) animum alicui facere, alcjs animum confirmare, consolari. BH. 11. 50.: āśvāsayāmāsaca bhītam; N. 11. 10.: vilapantīṃ samāgamya nā "śvāsayasi.

c. ā praef. prati id. R. Schl. II. 51. 2.: pratyāśvasihi; 58. 1.: pratyāśvasto yadā rājā mohāt.

c. ā praef. sam id. N. 11. 29.: sā dṛṣṭvai 'va samāśvasat; 73.: samāśvasihi mā śucaḥ. -- Caus. i. q. āśvāsayāmi. N. 11. 29. R. Schl. I. 17. 29.

c. ut 1) spirare. MAN. 3. 72.: ucchvasan na sa jīvati; R. Schl. I. 64. 18.: no 'cchvasiṣyāmi saṃvatsaraśatāni; 20.: anucchvasann abhuñjānaḥ. 2) suspirare, gemere. BHATT. 14. 55.: ucchaśvāsa dīnā; DR. 6. 25.: muhur muhur vyālavad ucchvasantaḥ.

c. ni suspirare, gemere. BHATT. 6. 34.: nyaśvasīccā "yatam muhuḥ; MAH. 1. 5901.; v. sq.

c. ni praef. vi id. N. 18. 7.: viniśvasya bahuśo ruditvāca; MAH. 3. 14759.

c. nis id. H. 1. 49.: niḥśvasan dīnamānasaḥ; R. Schl. II. 23. 2.

c. nis praef. vi id. DR. 5. 25.

c. parā concredere, committere. MAH. 3. 17011.: tvayi... parāśvasya brāhmaṇasyā 'bhirādhanam.

c. vi confidere. HIT. 24. 9.: yo viśvasiti śatruṣu; R. II. Schl. 12. 67. -- Cl. 1. P. MAH. 3. 17310.: kas tasya viśvaset; 5. 453.: mayi viśvaseḥ. -- viśvasta confidens, securus, liber a metu. H. 1. 50. 2. 25. -- Caus. confidere facio, securum reddo. HIT. 79. 5. 121. 9.

zvas śvas

2. cras. N. 28. 25. (Lat. cras, mutato v in r, v. gr. comp. 20. 392.)

zvasana śvasana

I. m. ventus. AM. II. n. 1) spiratio, respiratio. 2) gemitus.

zvastana śvastana

(f. ī a 2. śvas s. tana) crastinus. (Lat. crastinus.)

zvApada śvāpada

m. (ut mihi videtur, BAH. e. śvan canis producto a- cf. śvādanta apud Wils.-et pada pes) bestia rapax in universum. N. 15. 18.

zvAsa śvāsa

m. (r. śvas s. a) spiritus, halitus. SA. 5. 17.

zvi śvi

1. P. śvayāmi praet. mltf. aśvayiṣam (gr. 403.), aśvam (gr. 416.) et aśiśviyam (gr. 423.), praet. redupl. śiśvaya śiśvāya vel śuśava śuśāva a correptā formā śu (PAN. VI. 1. 30.), prec. śūyāsam; pass. śūye (gr. 426.), part. śūna. 1) crescere, accrescere, tumescere. RIGV. V. 74. 6. (v. Westerg.): te svena śavasā śūśuvuḥ producto ū in syll. redupl., ita śūśuvas qui crevit, tur- a crescendo dicta (v. roman śiroruha vṛdh), nisi pertinent ad ka v. keśa.)

c. vi crescere, tumescere, se dilatare, extendere, diffundere. RIGV. 92. 12.: vyaśvait (uṣāḥ); 113. 15.: prathamo 'ṣā vyaśvait.

zvit śvit

1. A. album esse. (Fortasse primitive splendere, v. śubhra rajata et cf. lith. szweciu-euphon. pro szwetiu- luceo, infin. szwes-ti e szwet-ti; fortasse sweta-s m. mundus a lucendo dictum sicut loka; slav. svit-a-ti illucescere, svjet lux, mundus, [greek] lith. kaiciu, euphon. pro kaitiu, ad ignem appono, kaitinu calefacio, kais-tu calefio e kait-tu, praet. kaitau; v. śveta śvind.)

zvind śvind

1. A. (scribitur śvid) i. q. śvit. (Cf. śvit cand. Huc vel ad cand trahi potest island. vet. hita, hiti fervor, calor, heit fervidus, germ. vet. hiza, heiz, nostrum Hitze, heifs. Ad cand etiam trahi potest lat. caleo, gr. [greek] mutato d in l.)

zveta śveta

albus. (Vid. śvit śvind et cf. goth. hveit-s albus, Them. hweita; fortasse hvaitei triticum a colore dictum; germ. vet. huīz albus, saepius wīz, sax. vet., anglo-sax. et island. vet. hvīt, nostrum weifs; lith. kwety-s, gen. kwecio triticum.)

[Page 3601]
SaT ṣaṭ

v. ṣaṣ (gr. 74. et 256.).

SaTcaraNa ṣaṭcaraṇa

m. (sex pedes habens, BAH. e. ṣaṣ et caraṇa) apis. SAK. 15. 2. Vid. sq.

[Page 3601]
SaTpada ṣaṭpada

m. (BAH. e ṣaṣ sex et pada pes) id.

SaNDha ṣaṇḍha

m. eunuchus. IN. 5. 50.

SaS ṣaṣ

(in initio comp. et nom. acc. ṣaṭ v. gr. 74. et 256.) anglo-sax. sex, germ. vet. sehs e sihs, goth. saihs pro sihs, lith. szeszi (n. m. pl., fem. szezios), slav. s'es-tj (subst. fem.), cambro-brit. chwech, armor. chuech, hib. se 6, seas-gat 60, v. gramm. 314., Pictet p. 141.)

SaSTi ṣaṣṭi

(a ṣaṣ s. ti pro daśati v. gr. comp. 320. annot.) sexaginta.

SaSTivarSin ṣaṣṭivarṣin

(a ṣaṣṭivarṣa sexaginta anni suff. in) sexaginta annos habens. H. 1. 13.

SaSTihAyana ṣaṣṭihāyana

(BAH. e ṣaṣṭi et hāyana annus) id. H. 4. 23.

SaSTha ṣaṣṭha

(a ṣaṣ s. tha) sextus. (Zend. cstva pro csvasta, lat. sextus, gr. [greek] goth. saihsta(n), lith. szeszta-s, slav. s'estyi; hib. seiseadh, v. gr. comp. 322. 323.)

SADguNya ṣāḍguṇya

n. (a ṣaḍguṇa sex qualitates, proprietates, rationes, e ṣaṣ sex et guṇa secundum Wils. "one of six expedients in government, as, peace, war" etc., suff. ya) Abstractum [greek] ṣaḍguṇa. HIT. 119.

SoDaza ṣoḍaśa

(f. ī v. gr. 259.) sextus decimus. A. 11. 3.

[Page 361b]
SoDazaka ṣoḍaśaka

Adj. (a ṣoḍaśan s. ka cf. pañcaka a pañcan apud Wils.) sedecim generum, sechzehnartig. HIT. 130. 20.

SoDazan ṣoḍaśan

(v. gr. 354. ann. 1.) sedecim.

SThiv ṣṭhiv

1. 1. P. (in tempp. spec. vocalem producit; part. pass. ṣṭhyūta gerund. ṣṭhevitvā et ṣṭhyūtvā) spuere. (Fortasse ṣṭhiv pro sthiv e sphiv vel spiv; cf. germ. vet. SPIW, spiw-i-t spuit = ṣṭhīvati lat. spuo, correpto iv in u; gr. [greek] per metath. e [greek] mutato [greek] in [greek] sicut e. c. in [greek] v. ṛkṣa; lith. spjau-ju spuo, fut. spjau-su.)

c. ni despuere. MAH. 3. 11797.: nyaṣṭhīvad ākāśagato maharṣes tasya mūrdhani; BHATT. 14. 100.: rākṣasāśca nitiṣṭhivuḥ (raktam). -- Part. pass. niṣṭhyūta. MAN. 4. 132. RAGH. 2. 75.

c. ni praef. ava id. MAN. 8. 282.

SThiv ṣṭhiv

2. 4. P. ṣṭhīvyāmi (V. gr. 331a).) i. q. 1. ṣṭhiv.

SThIv ṣṭhīv

1. P. id.

c. ni despuere. MAN. 5. 145.: niṣṭhīvya.

[Page 3611]
sa sa

1) Stirps nominat. sing. masc. pronominis tat-v. gr. 266. -unde Fem. . 2) in initio compositorum cum. H. 1. 45. 46. (De pron. sa v. p. 147. s. v. 1. tat cf. etiam lat. sum eum, sam eam, sos eos, sapsa = sa ipsa. Cf. etiam priorem partem graeci [greek] et [greek] v. gr. comp. 345. Ad stirpem pronom. sa nunc retulerim etiam partem priorem vocis samprati nunc, hoc tempore, ita ut proprie versus hunc vel hoc significet; cf. lat. sem in sem-per, v. sadā. Cum praep. sa cf. lith. praep. insep. sa, e. c. in sa-darbininkas socius operis, [greek] sa-karawis socius pugnae; su tam simpl. quam in comp. cum, nisi hoc sicut gr. [greek] nititur cognatā formā sam q. v.; slav. [greek] s' ad sa [greek] sū autem ad sam retulerim, v. gr. comp. 255. g.; gr. [greek] in [greek] (cf. [greek]) [greek] in compp. ut [greek] sicut scr. sodara e sa + udara; fortasse goth. ga-cum- ortum est e sa vel sam mutatā sibilante in gutturalem; v. Grimm II. 735. et 1018. Vid. sam saha.)

saMyata saṃyata

V. yam praef. sam.

saMyama saṃyama

m. (r. yam praef. sam coe7rcere s. a) domitus, refrenatio, sedatio. BH. 4. 27.

saMyamana saṃyamana

(r. yam praef. sam coe7rcere s. ana) 1) n. id. SA. 3. 20. 2) m. domitor. SA. 5. 65.

saMyamin saṃyamin

(a saṃyama s. in) sedatione perturbationum animi praeditus. BH. 2. 69.

saMyantrita saṃyantrita

(a saṃyantra vinculum-r. yam praef. sam s. tra-s. ita) vinculis adstrictus. UR. 16. 4. infr.

saMyuga saṃyuga

m. (r. yuj conjungere praef. sam s. a) bellum. A. 10. 60.

saMyoga saṃyoga

m. (r. yuj jungere praef. sam s. a) conjunctio. BH. 6. 23.

[Page 362a]
saMrambha saṃrambha

m. (r. rabh praef. sam irasci, inserto m s. a) ira. N. 13. 31.

saMvatsara saṃvatsara

m. (e sam et vatsara q. v.) annus. SA. 2. 23.

saMvaraNa saṃvaraṇa

n. (r. vṛ praef. sam s. ana) occultatio. UR. 84. 5.

saMvardhana saṃvardhana

n. (r. vṛdh praef. sam s. ana) incrementum, auctus, successus. UR. 60. 8.

saMvAda saṃvāda

m. (r. vad loqui praef. sam s. a) colloquium.

saMvAsa saṃvāsa

m. (r. vas praef. sam s. a) cohabitatio. HIT. 124. 8.

saMvid saṃvid

f. (r. vid praef. sam) conventus, conventum, pactum. MAN. 8. 219.

saMvIta saṃvīta

v. r. vye praef. sam.

saMzaya saṃśaya

m. (r. śī praef. sam s. a) dubium. H. 10. 15. 16.

saMzayita saṃśayita

(a praec. s. ita) dubiosus. BR. 2. 30.

saMzuddhi saṃśuddhi

f. (r. śudh praef. sam s. ti) purificatio. BH. 16. 1.

saMzraya saṃśraya

m. (r. śri ire praef. sam s. a) 1) congressus, conventus. N. 20. 41. 2) refugium. IN. 1. 22.

saMsad saṃsad

f. (r. sad ire praef. sam) coetus. N. 17. 36. 13. 10.

saMsarga saṃsarga

m. (r. sṛj praef. sam s. a) congressio, conventus, conjunctio, consociatio, permixtio. HIT. 28. 18. 10. 13.

saMsAra saṃsāra

m. (r. sṛ ire praef. sam s. a) mundus, terra, mortalium habitatio. HIT. 4. 19. 33. 14. BH. 16. 19.

saMsiddhi saṃsiddhi

f. (r. sidh perficere praef. sam s. ti) perfectio. BH. 3. 20. 6. 37.

saMsupta saṃsupta

v. svap c. sam.

saMskAra saṃskāra

m. (r. kṛ praef. sam adjecto s euphon., s. a) 1) ornatus, ornamentum. HIT. 4. 1. 2) consilium, propositum. HIT. 112. 5.

saMskRta saṃskṛta

v. kṛ praef. sam.

saMst saṃst

2. P. (svapne) dormire. Vid. sas.

saMstIrNa saṃstīrṇa

v. stṝ praef. sam.

saMstha saṃstha

(r. sthā stare, esse, praef. sam s. a) qui est unā cum aliquo, in praesentiā alicujus, conjunctus. BR. 3. 13. DR. 8. 42. BH. 6. 15.

saMsthA saṃsthā

f. (r. sthā stare, esse, praef. sam) 1) status. 2) forma, similitudo.

[Page 362b]
saMsthAna saṃsthāna

n. (r. sthā praef. sam s. ana) actio standi, versandi, morandi. HIT. 61. 2.

saMsthApana saṃsthāpana

n. (a sthāpay Caus. r. sthā stare praef. sam s. ana) actio stabiliendi, confirmatio. BH. 4. 8.

saMsthita saṃsthita

(a saṃsthā s. Taddh. ita v. gr. 652.) formā praeditus, in fine comp. e. c. varāhasaṃsthita apri formā praeditus. A. 3. 18., kairātasaṃsthita Kairāti formā praeditus. A. 3. 20.

saMsthiti saṃsthiti

f. (r. sthā praef. sam s. ti) actio standi, exstandi, consistendi. HIT. 15. 16.

saMsparza saṃsparśa

m. (r. spṛś tangere praef. sam s. a) contactus. BH. 5. 22.

saMhata saṃhata

v. han c. sam.

saMhatatva saṃhatatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) conjunctio, copulatio. HIT. 117. 9.

saMhati saṃhati

f. (r. han praef. sam s. ti) id. HIT. 14. 6.

saMhartR saṃhartṛ

m. (r. hṛ praef. sam s. tṛ) eversor, subversor, exstinctor. UR. 83. 17.

saMhAra saṃhāra

m. (r. hṛ praef. sam s. a) deletio, exstinctio, dissolutio, eversio. A. 8. 22. (ubi cum ed. Calc. saṃhāraḥ pro saṅgrāmaḥ legendum); IN. 3. 3. Vid. saṃhartṛ.

saMhita saṃhita

v. dhā praef. sam.

sakala sakala

(BAH. e sa cum et kalā pars, portio) totus. M. 44. (Fortasse lith. c[greek]ielas totus, russ. [greek] zielyi id., slav. [greek] ziel sanus, v. Mikl. p. 104.; polon. saly, salki totus; fortasse goth. hail-s, Them. haila salvus, sanus, abjectā syllabā initiali; island. vet. heil, anglo-sax. hal; ita lat. salvus convenit cum scr. sarva q. v.)

sakAtara sakātara

(BAH. e sa cum et kātara n. confusum, turbatum, perplexum) stultus. N. 13. 18.

sakAma sakāma

(BAH. e sa cum et kāma optatum) optati compos., felix, laetus. H. 1. 45.

sakAza sakāśa

m. (e sa cum et kāśa a r. kāś splendere s. a) propinquitas, praesentia. N. 1. 21. 24. 2.

sakRt sakṛt

Adv. (ut mihi videtur, e demonstr. sa quod hac in comp. unus significat, et kṛt faciens) semel. SA. 2. 26. (Cum priore hujus compositi parte cf. lat. se, si, sim Cum kṛt e kart cf. lith. subst. kartas vicis, e. c. wienaṅ kartaṅ (acc.) semel, dù kartù bis (acc. du.), tris kartus (acc. pl.) ter, v. gr. comp. 325. 308. annot. et librum meum Über die Verwandtschaft der malayisch-polynesischen Sprachen mit den indischeuropäischen p. 9.)

sakta sakta

v. sajj sañj.

sakti sakti

f. (r. sañj s. ti) i. q. saṅga.

saktimat saktimat

(a praec. s. mat) i. q. saṅgin. HIT. 118. 3.

sakthi sakthi

n. femur. AM.

sakha sakha

m. in fine compp. (v. sq. et gr. 681.) amicus. UR. 2. 3. 86. 16.

sakhA sakhā

nom. vocis sakhi (ut videtur, pro sakhās a Them. sakhai unde alii casus fortes, vocativo sing. excepto, derivantur, v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 168.)

sakhi sakhi

m. (anom. v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 168.; ut videtur, ar. khyā correpto in i praef. sa pro sam) amicus. IN. 3. 6. Etiam de feminis. BR. 1. 25.

sakhI sakhī

f. (a sakha signo fem. ī) amica, socia. N. 1. 10. MEGH. 76. 86. 92. 101.

sakhai sakhai

v. sakhā.

sag sag

1. P. (saṃvaraṇe K. saṃvṛtau V.) tegere. (Cf. gr. [greek]AT, [greek])

sagotra sagotra

(e sa et gotra) propinquus, cognatus. MAN. 9. 190.

sagh sagh

5. P. (hiṃse) ferire, occidere. RIGV. 31. 3.: asaghnor bhāram quod Ros. vertit "attulisti apparatum" Westerg. (s. r.) "occidisti hostem". (Fortasse saghnomi cohaeret cum han (unde e. c. ghnanti occidunt), ita ut sa sit pro sam et ghnomi pertineat ad cl. 8. Si vero asaghnos attulisti significat, conferendum est cum sah ferre.). Nancisci (?). RIGV. 57. 4.: na tvad anyaḥ...giraḥ saghat "non sane alius praeter te cantilenas nanciscitur".

saGkaTa saṅkaṭa

angustus. AM.

saGkara saṅkara

m. (r. kṝ praef. sam s. a) permixtio, colluvies, praesertim hominum ordinum (varṇānām). BH. 1. 41.

saGkalpa saṅkalpa

m. (r. kḹp fieri praef. sam s. a) 1) consilium, pro- positum. N. 9. 26. SA. 4. 17. BH. 4. 19. 6. 2. 4. 2) mens, animus. N. 24. 50.

saGkAza saṅkāśa

(r. kāś splendere praef. sam s. a) similis. H. 3. 9. A. 10. 28.

saGkIrNa saṅkīrṇa

v. kṝ c. sam.

saGkula saṅkula

(r. kul implere, accumulare praef. sam s. a) 1) impletus, plenus. N. 12. 111. 2) admixtus. N. 13. 13.

saGketa saṅketa

m. (r. ket praef. sam s. a) 1) constituttus congressus, conventus; conveniendi tempus dictum. UP. 44. v. sq. 2) cogitata signis expressa. Lass. 7. 5.

saGketaka saṅketaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. sgnf. 1. UP. 35. 37.

saGkoca saṅkoca

m. (r. kuc praef. sam s. a) curvatio, flexio, contractio. HIT. 90. 5.

saGkSaya saṅkṣaya

m. (r. kṣi perire praef. sam s. a) occasus, interitus, ruina. N. 17. 42. 13. 9.

saGkSepa saṅkṣepa

m. (r. kṣip conjicere praef. sam s. a) actio in brevius contrahendi, breviandi, decurtandi, amputandi, e. c. narrationem.

saGkSepatas saṅkṣepatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) breviter. SA. 2. 20. A. 1. 13.

saGghobha saṅghobha

m. (r. kṣubh agitare s. a) agitatio, quassatio. IN. 5. 9.

saGkhya saṅkhya

n. (ut videtur, a r. khyā praef. sam s. a) pugna. AM. VIII. 2. 73.

saGkhyA saṅkhyā

f. (r. khyā praef. sam) 1) cogitatio, deliberatio, consideratio. AM. 2) numerus. HIT. 115. 4. in fine comp. BAH.

saGkhyAna saṅkhyāna

n. (r. khyā dicere praef. sam s. ana) numeratio. N. 20. 26.

saGga saṅga

m. 1) (r. sañj s. a) propensio, desiderium, cupiditas. IN. 4. 3. BH. 2. 47. 48. 62. 14. 6. 2) (r. praef. sam s. a) conventus, congressus. AM. III. 3. 29.: melake saṅgasaṅgamau; H. 41. 18.

saGgati saṅgati

f. (r. gam ire praef. sam s. ti v. euph. r. 95.) congressus, conventus. Instr. saṅgatyā fortuito (?). BR. 1. 2.

saGgama saṅgama

m. (r. gam ire praef. sam s. a) congressus, conventus. N. 1. 31. SA. 5. 46.

saGgamana saṅgamana

n. (r. gam praef. sam s. ana) congressus, conventus.

[Page 364a]
saGgamanIya saṅgamanīya

(a praec. s. īya) ad congressum, conventum pertinens. UR. 75. 5.: saṅgamanīyo maṇiḥ (1. 9. saṅgamamaṇi).

saGgara saṅgara

m. (ut videtur, a saṅga s. ra) 1) promissum. IN. 4. 12. 2) pactum, conventum. 3) pugna. 4) infortunium. (AM. pratijñājisaṃvidāpatsu.)

saGgin saṅgin

(a saṅga q. v. s. in) propensus, cupidus, studiosus, addictus. BH. 3. 26.

saGgraha saṅgraha

m. (r. grah praef. sam s. a) comprehensio, complexio. BH. 8. 11. 18. 18. Collectio, accumulatio. HIT. 91. 2. 3.

saGgrahaNa saṅgrahaṇa

n. (r. grah praef. sam s. ana) 1) actio circumcludendi, includendi, Einfassung. HIT. 55. 21. 2) rectio equorum. N. 23. 10.

saGgrAm saṅgrām

10. P. (ut videtur, Denom. a saṅgrāma q. v.) pugnare.

saGgrAma saṅgrāma

m. (ut mihi videtur, a r. kram mutato k in g praef. sam s. a vid. samiti samara) pugna. DR. 8. 46.

saGgha saṅgha

m. (r. han praef. sam mutato h in gh abjecto an suff. a sicut ja a jan v. gr. 645. suff. a; v. saṃhati saṅghāta) turba, grex, caterva, multitudo. DR. 5. 18. A. 9. 21. IN. 5. 25.

saGghazas saṅghaśas

(a praec. s. śas) catervatim. Vid. śatasaṅghaśas.

saGghAta saṅghāta

m. (a ghātay Caus. r. han praef. sam s. a) congeries, turba, multitudo. H. 2. 7.

sac sac

1. A. in dial. Ved. etiam 3. P. cum i pro a in syllabā redupl. (cf. gr. 327.) 1) sequi. RIGV. 38. 8.: vatsan na mātā siṣakti "vitulum veluti mater, ita fulmen Marutes sequitur. 2) obsequi, obedire, c. acc. vel gen. RIGV. 59. 6.: yam pūravā vṛtrahaṇaṃ sacante "quem mortales Vritrae occisorem venerantur; 60. 2.: asya śāsur ubhayāsaḥ sacante "hunc dominantem Agnim ambo colunt". 3) favere. RIGV. 1. 9.: sacasvā naḥ svastaye (felicitatis causā); 18. 2.: sa naḥ siṣaktu yas turaḥ (celer). (Cf. saśc sap sañc sek sañj sajj lith. seku sequor, hib. seichim "I follow, pursue, attack", seicin "a pursuit, following"; lat. sequor, gr. [greek] mutatā guttural. in labial. sicut in sanscr. sap sequi.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. v. Westerg.

saciva saciva

(ut videtur, a r. sac) consiliarius. SA. 1. 36.

saj saj

v. sañj.

sajj sajj

1. A. interdum P. (a grammaticis scribitur ṣasj v. gr. 109. 110b).) sajjāmi sajje (fortasse per assim. e sajyāmi sajye ita ut proprie pertineat ad cl. 4. vel e Pass. radicis sañj affigere ortum sit, v. gr. 493. 503. et Westerg. s. r. sañj) adhaerere, inhaerere, affixum, infixum esse. RAGH. ed. Calc. 4. 47.: sasajjuḥ...mattebhakaṭeṣu phalareṇavaḥ; SU. 3. 16.: yatra vā dṛṣṭir na sajjati divaukasām. TROP. deditum, addictum esse, c. loc. MAN. 6. 55.: viṣayeṣv api sajjati; MAH. 3. 63.: na bahudoṣeṣu karmasu sajjante buddhimantaḥ. Haerescere, haesitare, de voce. R. 2. 58. 11.: sajjamānayā . uvāca vācā rājānaṃ sa vāṣpaparibaddhayā; 60. 4. -- Caus. facere ut adhaereat, inde facere ut femina cum viro coeat. MAN. 8. 362.: sajjayanti hi te nārīḥ (schol. parapuruṣān ānīya taiḥ svabhāryāḥ saṃśleṣayante. (Vid. sañj et cf. lat. seg-nis.)

c. anu i. q. simpl. BH. 6. 4.: na karmasv anuṣajjate; 18. 10.: na dveṣṭy akuśalaṅ karma kuśale nā 'nuṣajjate.

c. pra id. MAN. 3. 125.: na prasajjeta vistare (in plurimis eodd. prasajyeta; v. sañj praef. pra et Haughtonii ann. ad h. 1. et 6. 55.).

c. sam cohaerere. MAH. 2. 917.: ubhau bāhubhiḥ samasajjetām. Adhaerere. MAH. 3. 17228.: mṛgasya dharṣamāṇasya viṣāṇe samasajjata. Haerescere, haesitare, de voce. vāk saṃsajjamānā. R. Schl. II. 25. 37. 90. 14.

sajja sajja

(ut videtur, a r. sajj s. a) paratus. SAK. 24. 5. 39. 2. infr.; HIT. 59. 9. 76. 20. 81. 16.

saJc sañc

1. A. (gatau) ire. Vid. sac.

saJcaya sañcaya

m. (r. ci colligere praef. sam s. a) cumulus, acervus, multitudo. BH. 16. 12.

saJcAraka sañcāraka

m. (Caus. r. car praef. sam s. aka) dux, ductor. HIT. 69. 8.

[Page 365a]
saJj sañj

1. P. (in compp. etiam saj) figere, affigere. Part. pass. praet. sakta affixus. IN. 4. 1.: pārthasya cakṣur urvaśyāṃ saktam. TROP. deditus, addictus. BH. 3. 25.: saktāḥ karmaṇi. Vid. saṅga saṅgin sajj et cf. svañj.

c. ati praef. vi vyatiṣakta admixtus, commixtus, conjunctus. MAN. 10. 25. (vid. vyatiṣaṅga apud Wils.).

c. abhi abhiṣaj maledicere, objurgare. MAH. 3. 1090.: abhiṣakto hy abhiṣajet. Vid. abhiṣaṅga apud Wils.

c. ava affigere. N. 5. 9.: teṣān dṛṣṭiḥ...tatra tatrā 'vasaktā 'bhūt. Suspendere. MAH. 3. 1692.: rājñā...avasaktaḥ pitus te 'dya mṛtaḥ skandhe bhujaṅgamaḥ.

c. ā āsaj āsañj affigere, imponere. MAH. 3. 16125.: sugrīvasya tadā mālāṅ hanumān kaṇṭha āsajat; R. Schl. I. 74. 18.: skandhecā "sajya paraśum; RAGH. 2. 74.: bhuje...bhūyaḥ sa bhūmer dhuram āsasañja; MAH. 1. 1955.: asmāsv āsajya rājyakāryāṇi. -- āsakta affixus, adhaerens, cohaerens. H. 4. 38.: tau te dadṛśur āsaktau. TROP. deditus, addictus. BH. 7. 1.: mayy āsaktamanāḥ. -- Caus. affigendum curare. RAGH. 6. 83.

c. ā praef. vi vyāsakta deditus, addictus, occupatus. UR. 64. 6.: svakārye vyāsaktā.

c. ā praef. sam affigere, suspendere, imponere. MAH. 1. 4418.: srajaṃ rājñaḥ skandhe samāsajat; 1675.: tasya skandhe mṛtaṃ sarpaṅ kruddho rājā samāsajat. TROP. tradere. MAH. 3. 14702. MAN. 4. 257. samāsakta deditus, addictus. R. Schl. II. 64. 9.: samāsaktās tvayi prāṇāḥ.

c. pra Pass. addictum, deditum esse. MAN. 4. 16.: indriyārtheṣu sarveṣu na prasajyeta kāmataḥ. Vid. sajj praef. pra.

c. vi suspendere. MAH. 2. 385.: guhyakair uhyamānā sā (sabhā) khe viṣakte 'va śobhate.

saJjJA sañjñā

f. (r. jñā nosse praef. sam) 1) cognitio. BH. 1. 7. 2) animus sui conscius, mens sana. N. 21. 16. DR. 9. 13. (in fine comp. BAH.). 3) nomen, appellatio. BH. 15. 5. (in fine comp. BAH.).

saJjJita sañjñita

(a sañjñā nomen s. ita v. gr. 652.) nomine praeditus, nominatus. BH. 8. 3.

[Page 365b]
saT saṭ

1. P. (avayave K. aṃśake V.) pertinere ad aliquid, partem esse alicujus rei.

saTA saṭā

f. (r. saṭ s. ā) crinium fasciculus. DR. 9. 9.

saTT saṭṭ

10. P. (niketanahiṃsābaladāneṣu) habitare; ferire, laedere, occidere; validum, potentem esse; dare.

saTh saṭh

10. P. sāṭayāmi (śaṭhārthe) i. q. 2. śaṭh.

sat sat

(fem. ī Part. praes. r. as esse, v. gr. 365. et 594.) 1) qui est. H. 4. 3. BR. 3. 18. 2) honus, probus, praecipuus. SA. 3. 12. BR. 2. 26. H. 1. 21. (Lat. -sens, sent-is in prae-sens, ab-sens, acc. -sentem = santam lith. nom. m. esaṅs, f. esanti, acc. m. esantiṅ; gr. [greek] jon. [greek] ex [greek] Them. [greek].)

satata satata

(ut videtur, mutilatum e santata part. pass. r. tan praef. sam) aeternus. Acc. neut. satatam Adv. semper, aeterne. BH. 6. 10.

satataga satataga

m. (semper iens e satatam semper et ga iens, v. gr. 686.) ventus (cf. sadāgati). H. 1. 8.

satItva satītva

n. (a satī fem. vocis sat suff. tva) modestia, pudor, castitas feminae. HIT. 29. 2.

satkAra satkāra

m. (r. kṛ facere praef. sat bonum s. a) 1) hospitium. N. 9. 9. 10. 2) curatio, cultus, veneratio; e. c. śarīrasatkāra corporis cultus. SA. 3. 20. a., devasatkāra deorum cultus. SA. 3. 20. b.

sattra sattra

n. (ut videtur, a r. sad s. tra) sacrificium. Scribitur etiam satra. UR. 83. 19.

sattva sattva

n. (a sat quod est, s. tva) 1) mens, animus, animus sui conscius. N. 16. 30. DR. 2. 13. 7. 15. 9. 22. A. 1. 7. 6. 20. BH. 2. 45. 10. 36. 2) animal. SAK. 24. 5.

sattvavat sattvavat

(a sattva s. vat) animans, animal. BH. 10. 36. R. Schl. I. 41. 8.

satya satya

(a sat quod est suff. ya nisi potius a pron. sa q. v. suff. tya sicut tattva a tat) 1) Adj. verus. IN. 4. 12. 2) Subst. n. veritas. IN. 5. 45. (Cf. gr. [greek].)

satyatA satyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) veritas, veriloquium, Wahrhaftigkeit. HIT. 24. 32.

satyavAc satyavāc

(BAH. e satya verus et vāc sermo) vernm sermonem habens, i. e. veridicus. IN. 4. 12.

[Page 366a]
satyasandha satyasandha

Adj. (BAH. e satya verus et sandhā fides, promissum) qui vera promissa habet, qui stat promissis (cf. sthirasaṅgara). N. 12. 56. SA. 1. 2.

satra satra

v. sattra.

sad sad

1. 1. vel 6. P. (in tempp. special. substituit sod part. pass. sanna; in dial. Ved. etiam cl. 2. unde satsi v. praef. ā et cf. lith. sed-mi) 1) sidere, considere, sinken; TROP. tabescere, fatiscere, perire. MAN. 4. 191.: paṅke gaur iva sīdati; N. 9. 26.: sīdanty aṅgāni sarvaśaḥ; 16. 20.: na śokenā 'pi sīdati; SA. 5. 46.: santo na sīdanti; R. Schl. II. 41. 8.: putraśokāgnisantaptaḥ sasāda gatacetanaḥ; MAH. 2. 237.: rāṣṭran na sīdati; RAGH. 7. 61.: sannaśatrum. 2) considere, sedem capere. RIGV. 13. 9.: barhiḥ sīdantu "in stragulo considunto". 3) sedere, commorari. RIGV. 14. 11.: agne yajñeṣu sīdasi. -- Caus. 1) facere ut qu. sidat, cadat. DR. 8. 29.: sāditāḥ savyasācinā. 2) pulsare, percutere. RAGH. 7. 41.: yaiḥ sāditāḥ (schol. hatāḥ)...tān eva sāmarṣitayā pratyājaghnuḥ. 3) ponere, collocare. RIGV. 15. 4.: agne devāṃ ihā "vaha sādayā triṣu yoniṣu "Agnis! deos huc advehe colloca eos in locis tribus". (Goth. SAT sedere, sita, sat, setum, v. gr. comp. 109a). 1). 605.; satja pono = Caus. sādayāmi gr. comp. 109a). 6); germ. vet. SAZ sedere, sizu, saz, sāzumes; seziu pono; lith. sed-mi sedeo, sodinu planto; slav. sjadū consido, [greek] [greek] sad-i-ti plantare = Caus., v. gr. comp. 505.; lat. sīdo; sedeo nititur formā Caus. sādayāmi; gr. [greek] [greek] hib. suidhim sedeo, suidhiughaim "I set, plant" = Caus. sādayāmi mutato y in gh; saidhe, saidhiste "a seat". Vid. 2. sad.)

c. ava sidere, tabescere, perire. SA. 5. 47.: nā 'vasīdanti santaḥ; MAN. 4. 187.: avasīdann api kṣudhā; HIT. 9. 5.: avasannāyāṃ rajanyām. Etiam A. MAH. 1. 5184.: avasīdeta. -- Caus. facere ut qu. sidat, tabescat; deprimere. BH. 6. 5.

c. ava praef. vi id. MAH. 3. 713. 823.

c. ā 1) considere, s'asseoir. RIGV. 26. 4.: ā no barhiḥ ...sīdantu "in nostro stragulo considunto". 2) sedere, assidere. RIGV. 12. 4.: devair āsatsi barhiṣi.

c. ut sidere, perire. BH. 3. 24.: utsīdeyur ime lokāḥ; SU. 2. 22.: utsannotsavayajñāca babhūva vasudhā; BH. 1. 44. -- Caus. utsādayāmi destruere, evertere. BH. 1. 43.: utsādyante jātidharmāḥ.

c. ut praef. pra Caus. i. q. Caus. praec. MAN. 9. 261.

c. ut praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 3. 88321.

c. ni 1) considere, s'asseoir, sich niedersetzen. N. 10. 5. SA. 5. 5. 6.: niṣasāda mahītale. -- niṣaṇṇa (v. gr. 607.) adnisus, innisus aliquā re. UR. 68. 13.: nīpaskandhaniṣaṇṇas tiṣṭhati. 2) A. sidere, tabescere. MAH. 3. 333.: niṣīdamānam.

c. pra 1) propendere, favere, propitium esse. BH. 11. 25.: prasīda deveśa; 31.: devavara prasīda; N. 12. 130.: tathā naḥ...maṇibhadraḥ prasīdatu. -- Cum infin. RAGH. 2. 45. -- prasanna propitius. H. 1. 45.: prasannās te devāḥ; R. Schl. I. 18. 17.: prasanno 'smi te. -- Etiam A. MAH. 1. 4700.: prasīdasva. 2) clarum, serenum fieri. MAN. 6. 67.: vāri prasīdati; RAGH. 3. 14.: diśaḥ prasedur maruto vavuḥ. TROP. serenum, hilarem, laetum, alacrem animo fieri, exhilarari. MAN. 2. 54.: hṛṣyet prasīdecca. -- prasanna clarus, serenus. N. 12. 112.: nadīm prasannasalilām. -- Caus. P. propitium reddere. R. Schl. I. 66. 24.: devagaṇān sarvān tapasā 'ham prasādayam; MAN. 11. 205. A. 9. 29. -- ATM. supplicare, orare. BH. 11. 44.: prasādaye tvām aham; SA. 1. 16.: prasādayāmāsa punaḥ kṣipram etad bhavatv iti (v. gr. 458.); MAH. 1. 4325.: prasādaye tvām; 3. 1629. R. Schl. II. 62. 7. (Cf. hib. forsuidhe "steady, mild, meek", forsanaim "I shine", fursan "flame of fire", fursain "evident", fursannaim "I kindle", v. Pictet p. 91.)

c. pra praef. abhi 1) Caus. propitium reddere, propitiare, placare. MAH. 3. 14063. 2) exhilarare, consolari. R. Schl. II. 77. 24.: sumantraśca śatrughnam utthāpyā 'bhiprasādyaca.

c. pra praef. sam favere, propitium esse. R. Schl. II. 26. 34. -- Caus. propitiare. MAH. 3. 14039.

c. vi 1) sidere, tabescere, perire. MAH. 4. 1953.: sīdanti mama prāṇā mano vihvalatī 'va me. 2) moerore, dolore affligi, conturbari, perturbari, consternari, deliquium animi pati, animo linqui. MAH. 3. 448.: taṃ viṣīdantam ājñāya...amārayat; 3075.: vyasane tvam mahārāja na viṣīditum arhasi; R. Schl. II. 77. 8.: viṣṭanan viṣasāda ha; 107. 19.: mā viṣīda; BH. 1. 28. -- viṣaṇṇa (v. gr. 607.) perturbatus, consternatus. R. Schl. I. 40. 24. 48. 25.: viṣaṇṇavadana; UR. 43. 3.: urvaśī saha sakhyā viṣaṇṇā. -- Caus. moerore, dolore afficere, conturbare, consternare. MAH. 3. 3076. 2. 718. R. Schl. II. 7. 18. 53. 31. Vid. viṣāda viṣādin.

c. sam i. q. simpl. MAN. 4. 33.: saṃsīdan kṣudhā.

sad sad

2. 1. et 10. P. sadāmi sādayāmi ire. (Slav. chod-i-ti ire, is-chod [greek] (v. gr. comp. 255. m.); gr. [greek] fortasse goth. sandja mitto, nostrum sende = Caus. insertā nasali, servato d propter antecedentem liquidam, v. gr. comp. 90.)

c. ā 1) adire, aggredi, appropinquare. N. 10. 18.: āsasāda sabhoddeśe vikośaṅ khaṅgam; 13. 45.: puram āsādayan; 17. 4.: iyam āsāditā bālā tava putraniveśane; H. 1. 15.: pathi gacchantam āseduḥ. Hostiliter aggredi. H. 4. 2.: mām āsādaya durbuddhe. -- āsanna aggressus, qui accessit, appropinquavit, propinquus. HIT. 38. 22.: jalāsannataruḥ; 68. 11.: atrā "sanne sarasi... snāti; pass. quem accessit aliquis, inde indutus, praeditus (v. i praef. upa anu). NALOD. 1. 37.: svamāyāsanna. 2) obtinere. MAH. 3. 10472.: tāsu putram mahīpatiḥ kañcin nā "sādayāmāsa.

c. ā praef. abhi obtinere. MAH. 3. 17101.

c. ā praef. sam adire, aggredi, appropinquare. N. 23. 25.: samāsādya putrau; MAH. 2. 553.: kṛṣṇan dvāravatyāṃ samāsadat; SA. 5. 5.

sadana sadana

n. (r. sad ire s. ana) domus, palatium. DR. 2. 4.

sadas sadas

n. (r. sad s. as) coetus, conventus. UP. 76. (Gr. [greek] v. gr. comp. 128.)

sadA sadā

(a stirpe demonstr. sa s. ) semper.

[Page 367b]
sadAgati sadāgati

f. (semper itionem habens BAH. e sadā semper et gati itio) ventus.

sadAtana sadātana

(f. ī a sadā s. tana) sempiternus. AM.

sadRza sadṛśa

(f. ī e sa q. v. et dṛśa cf. gr. 287.) similis, c. gen. N. 1. 27. 17. 5. c. instr. BH. 16. 15.

sadman sadman

n. (r. sad ire s. man) domus. (Cf. sadana.)

sadyas sadyas

(ut mihi videtur, e stirpe demonstr. sa et dyas quod correptum esse censeo ex obsoleto divas dies, v. divasa et cf. adya hodie) statim, momento. UR. 90. 9.

san san

1. P. sanāmi (sambhaktau) colere, venerari, amare. 8. P. A. sanomi sanve (dāne) dare. In dial. Ved. 1. et 8. adipisci, obtinere. RIGV. 73. 5.: sanema vājaṃ samitheṣv aryaḥ "obtineamus in certaminibus cibum inimici"; 5. 9.: saned imaṃ vājam indraḥ "Indras fruatur hoc cibo"; 17. 6.: tayorid avasā vayaṃ sanema "eorum auxilio nos divitiis fruamur"; 100. 19.: aparihvṛtāḥ sanuyāma vājam "non afflicti fruamur cibo".

sanA sanā

Adv. (ut mihi videtur, ex stirpe pronominali sa q. v. s. sicut vinā a vi) semper. (Cf. anglo-sax. sin id. praesertim in initio compp.; germ. vet. sin id., v. Graff I. 25., goth. sin [greek] sin-teins; nisi pertinent ad sam lat. sem-per.)

sanAtana sanātana

(fem. ī a praec. suff. tana) sempiternus, aeternus, perpetuus. BR. 2. 4. M. 7.

sanAtha sanātha

(BAH. e sa cum et nātha) conjunctus, praeditus. UR. 19. 4. infr. 54. 6. infr. 62. 11.

santati santati

f. (r. tan praef. sam s. ti) i. q. seq. MAH. 3. 8306.

santAna santāna

m. n. (r. tan extendere praef. sam s. a) progenies, stirps, posteritas. BR. 3. 10. SA. 1. 12. 5. 88.

santApa santāpa

m. (r. tap urere praef. sam s. a) 1) aestus, calor. 2) moeror, sollicitudo. BR. 2. 1. SA. 1. 4.

santoSa santoṣa

m. (r. tuṣ praef. sam s. a) animus contentus, Zufriedenheit. HIT. 45. 14.

sandigdha sandigdha

v. dih praef. sam.

sandeha sandeha

m. (r. dih polluere praef. sam s. a) dubium, dubitatio. BR. 2. 20.

[Page 368a]
sandhA sandhā

f. (r. dhā ponere praef. sam) 1) conjunctio. 2) status, conditio. 3) promissum, fides. Praesertim in comp. BAH. invenitur, Adjectivum sandha autem, quod Wilso affert, non existere puto; cf. upamā.

sandhAna sandhāna

n. (r. dhā praef. sam s. ana) 1) conjunctio. SAK. 5. 5. HIT. 24. 14. 2) actio imponendi sagittam arcui. SAK. 5. 20. 43. 6.

sandhi sandhi

m. (r. dhā ponere praef. sam s. i) 1) conjunctio. 2) pax. HIT. 24. 5.

sandhyA sandhyā

f. (r. dhyai praef. sam) 1) meditatio, contemplatio, vid. dhyāna. 2) precatio quam tempore solis orientis et occidentis Indi faciunt. MAH. 1. 1890.: sūryo 'stam upagacchati . sandhyām upāssva; N. 7. 3. ubi sandhyām anvāsta per "precationem fecit" vertendum (schol. Nīl. anvāsta upāsitavān i.e. fecit); R. Schl. II. 6. 6. 3) diluculum. 4) crepusculum. H. 1. 17. 4. 46.

sannata sannata

v. nam praef. sam.

sannikarSa sannikarṣa

m. (r. kṛṣ c. ni praef. sam s. a) propinquitas. HIT. 8. 9.

sannidhAna sannidhāna

n. (r. dhā c. ni praef. sam s. ana) 1) conjunctio. HIT. 7. 17. 2) propinquitas. HIT. 18. 15.

sannidhi sannidhi

f. (r. dhā ponere c. ni praef. sam s. i) propinquitas. N. 4. 21.

sannipAta sannipāta

m. (r. pat c. ni praef. sam s. a) 1) conjunctio, mixtio. 2) morbus quidam, Wils. "morbid state of the three humours".

sannibha sannibha

similis (nisi potius Substantivum sannibhā statuendum, quod in fine compositorum BAH. ponitur, simplex autem non conservatum videtur, a rad. bhā splendere praef. sam + ni) e. c. vasudhādharasannibha montium similitudinem habens. H. 4. 40. kāñcanasannibha auri similitudinem habens. N. 17. 8. vid. etiam N. 12. 57. et SA. 5. 26.

sannihita sannihita

v. dhā c. ni praef. sam.

sannyasana sannyasana

n. (r. as deponere c. ni praef. sam s. ana) abdicatio, renuntiatio. BH. 3. 4. (cf. sannyāsa).

sannyasta sannyasta

v. rad. 3. as.

[Page 368b]
sannyAsa sannyāsa

m. (a r. as deponere c. ni praef. sam s. a) 1) abdicatio, renuntiatio. BH. 5. 1. 6. 2. 18. 1. 2) quod ponitur in ludo. N. 26. 5.

sannyAsin sannyāsin

(a praec. s. in) abdicatione, renuntiatione praeditus. BH. 5. 3.

sap sap

1. P. sequi (?). RIGV. 67. 4.: ṛtā sapantaḥ "sacra obeuntes"; 68. 2.: sapanto amṛtam evaiḥ "adeuntes te immortalem procedentibus hymnis". (Vid. Westerg. et cf. sac e sak gr. [greek] goth. siponeis discipulus.)

sapatna sapatna

m. hostis. N. 12. 82.

sapadi sapadi

Adv. (fortasse e sa cum et padi loc. vocis pad pes) subito. RAGH. 5. 75.

saptati saptati

f. (a saptan s. ti pro daśati v. gr. 227. gr. comp. 320. annot.) septuaginta.

saptan saptan

septem (gr. 256.; lat. septem a saptama septimus, unde etiam slav. sedmj, Them. sedmi (v. gr. comp. 315.); goth. sibun; lith. septyni, n. pl. m.; fem. septynios; hib. seacht, mutatā lab. in gutt. sicut in lith. sekmas septimus; cambro-brit. saith, armor. seiz, zend. hapta, gr. [greek]

saptaparNa saptaparṇa

m. (BAH. e saptan et parṇa folium) nomen arboris. Wils. "Echites scholaris". AM.

saptama saptama

(f. ī a saptan s. ma) septimus. (Lat. septimus, lith. sekma-s pro sepma-s, slav. sedmyi, germ. vet. sibunto(n), hib. seachtmad, zend. [greek] haptatha, gr. [greek] [greek])

sabhA sabhā

f. (ut videtur, BAH. e sa cum et bhā lumen) 1) domus. 2) conventus, coetus. HIT. 7. 7. 10.

sabhArya sabhārya

Adj. (BAH. e sa cum et bhāryā uxor) cum uxore (v. gr. 668. not.). BR. 1. 11. 2. 36. N. 1. 3.

sam sam

1. 1. et 10. P. samāmi sāmayāmi (vaiklavye) agitari, conturbari, vexari. Cf. stam.

sam sam

2. Praep. insep. (ut videtur, acc. stirpis pronom. sa q. v.) cum. (Gr. [greek] boruss. vet. sen cum, slav. sū, s', vid. sa; fortasse lat. cum, goth. ga, nostrum ge in comp. cum verbis, vid. sa; de germ. vet. samant v. samanta.)

sama sama

Adj. (ut mihi videtur, e sa cum et ma in fine comp. me- goth. sama idem, Them. saman, angl. same, goth. sums quidam, Them. suma, slav. sam ipse; hib. samhuil "like", samhladh "resemblance, type", samhlaim "I liken, compare, resemble"; lat. similis.)

samakSam samakṣam

Adv. (AVY. e sam et akṣa oculus, v. gr. 675.) in conspectu, coram. N. 12. 15. 16.

samagra samagra

(ut videtur, e sam et agra cuspis, quasi duas cuspides conjunctas habens 1) plenus, de lunā. H. 3. 13. 2) totus, integer. BH. 4. 23. 11. 30. DR. 6. 16.

samagrendunibhAnana samagrendunibhānana

Adj. (BAH. e samagrendunibha-samagra + indu + nibha-plenae lunae similis et ānana vultus) plenae lunae similem vultum habens. H. 3. 13.

samatA samatā

f. (a sama s. ) aequalitas. HIT. 7. 19.

samatva samatva

n. (a sama s. tva) id. BH. 2. 48.

samadhika samadhika

(e sam et adhika) excedens. HIT. 5. 8.

samanantaram samanantaram

Adv. (anantaram praef. sam) i. q. anantaram UP. 22.

samanuvrata samanuvrata

(e sam et anuvrata) devotus, deditus, addictus. N. 13. 55. c. accus. (Vid. anuvrata.)

samanta samanta

(e sam et anta finis). Abl. samantāt undique. SU. 3. 3. N. 12. 39. BH. 11. 30. (Vid. sq. et cf. germ. vet. samant simul; v. gr. comp. 294. fin.)

samantatas samantatas

(a samanta s. tas) undique. IN. 2. 12.

samanvita samanvita

v. i c. anu praef. sam.

samam samam

1) Praep. cum, c. instr. HIT. 22. 19. 66. 6. 2) Adv. unā, simul. UR. 94. 3. (Cf. gr. [greek])

samaya samaya

m. (r. i ire praef. sam s. a) 1) conventum, conditio, lex. N. 7. 1. 13. 67. SA. 4. 17. 2) tempus. N. 13. 6. A. 9. 8.

samara samara

m. n. (r. ire praef. sam s. a) pugna, bellum (cf. samiti). DR. 8. 9.

samartha samartha

(BAH. e sam et artha q. v.) capax, aptus, potens. N. 19. 12. 24. 30.

samalaGkRta samalaṅkṛta

v. kṛ c. alam praef. sam.

[Page 369b]
samavAya samavāya

m. (r. i cum ava praef. sam s. a) conventus, congressio, congregatio. HIT. 57. 8.

samasta samasta

Adj. (Part. pass. a r. as deponere praef. sam) totus, integer.

samA samā

f. (Fem. vocis sama similis, aequalis) annus. H. 2. 21. SU. 1. 34. (Lat. bīmus e bi-smus mutilatum esse videtur, sicut e. c. gr. [greek] et goth. im ex [greek] ismi, v. Pott II. 279.)

samAkula samākula

(r. kul colligere, conjungere, cum ā praef. sam) conjunctus, praeditus. A. 7. 4. N. 12. 4. 5.

samAgata samāgata

v. gam c. ā praef. sam.

samAgama samāgama

m. (r. gam ire c. ā praef. sam s. a) congressus, conventus. N. 16. 22. 21. 25. SA. 6. 23. IN. 5. 24.

samAcAra samācāra

m. (r. car ire c. ā praef. sam) vitae ratio, mores. DR. 9. 7. SU. 1. 6.

samAdhi samādhi

m. (r. dhā ponere c. ā praef. sam s. i) contemplatio, meditatio. A. 1. 12. BH. 2. 44. 53.

samAdhin samādhin

(a praec. s. in) contemplans, meditans. BH. 4. 24.

samAna samāna

(ut mihi videtur, BAH. e sa cum e māna mensura, cf. sama) aequalis, similis. DR. 7. 16. Cum instr. HIT. 5. 20. Vid. sāmānya.

samArambha samārambha

m. (r. rabh c. ā praef. sam incipere, inserto m s. a) inceptio. SA. 1. 11.

samAroDhum samāroḍhum

v. ruh c. ā praef. sam.

samAviSTa samāviṣṭa

v. viś c. ā praef. sam.

samAsa samāsa

m. (r. as deponere c. ā praef. sam s. a) 1) i. q. saṅghepa. BH. 18. 50. 2) compositio vocabulorum.

samAsatas samāsatas

(a praec. s. tas) breviter. BH. 13. 18.

samAhita samāhita

v. dhā c. ā praef. sam.

samAhvAna samāhvāna

n. (r. hve vocare c. ā praef. sam s. ana) provocatio in certamen vel ludum. N. 7. 8.

samiti samiti

f. (r. i ire praef. sam s. ti) 1) congressus, conventus. N. 5. 5. 2) bellum, pugna.

samidh samidh

f. (r. indh ejectā nasali, praef. sam) lignum. AM.

samIkSa samīkṣa

m. (r. īkṣ praef. sam s. a) circumspectio, circumspicientia, prudentia, cautio. HIT. 43. 22.

[Page 370a]
samIpa samīpa

(ut videtur, e sami pro sam-v. samyak-producto i suff. pa; ita pratīpa nunc explicaverim e prati producto i suff. pa) propinquitas. N. 1. 16. 13. 48. H. 1. 12.

samIpatas samīpatas

Adv. (a praec. s. tas) in propinquitate, coram. N. 6. 4. A. 2. 9.

samIra samīra

m. (r. īr praef. sam s. a) ventus. GITA-GOV. 5. 2.; vid. sq.

samIraNa samīraṇa

m. (r. īr praef. sam s. ana) id. A. 4. 7.

samIrita samīrita

v. īr praef. sam.

samuttha samuttha

(r. sthā stare c. ut praef. sam s. a v. gr. 614.) oriens, in fine comp. BH. 7. 27.

samutthita samutthita

v. sthā c. ut praef. sam.

samutsuka samutsuka

v. utsuka.

samutsedha samutsedha

m. (r. sidh c. ut praef. sam) altitudo. Wils. ed. 2. "height, elevation". Fortasse etiam Adj. altus, longus. DR. 8. 4. (ed. Calc. haimacitrasamusedhām...gadām).

samunnati samunnati

f. (r. nam c. ut praef. sam s. ti v. euphon. r. 58.) actio surgendi, se erigendi. TROP. dignitas, amplitudo. HIT. 84. 18.

samudaya samudaya

m. (r. i c. ut praef. sam s. a) turba, caterva, multituda. AM. II. 5. 40. HIT. 36. 15.

samudIraNa samudīraṇa

n. (r. īr c. ut praef. sam s. ana) pronuntiatio. DEV. 4. 7.

samudbhava samudbhava

m. (r. bhū c. ut praef. sam s. a) origo. BH. 3. 14. in fine comp. BAH.; ita udbhava q. v. in comp. karmodbhava. BH. 3. 15.

samudyama samudyama

m. (r. yam coe7rcere cum ut praef. sam s. a) nisus. BH. 1. 22.

samudra samudra

m. (e sam et udra q. v.) mare. SU. 2. 8.

samudvAha samudvāha

m. (r. vah c. ut praef. sam s. a) matrimonium, nuptiae. SA. 3. 15.

samUha samūha

m. (r. ūh q. v. praef. sam s. a cf. gr. 455.) multitudo, turba.

samRddha samṛddha

v. ṛdh c. sam.

sampatti sampatti

f. (r. pad praef. sam s. ti) 1) conventus, congressus, multitudo. HIT. 4. 10. 2) fortuna, felicitas. AM.

[Page 370b]
sampad sampad

f. (r. pad ire praef. sam) 1) perfectio, felicitas. H. 1. 38. 4. 26. SU. 3. 16. in compos. c. rūpa (rūpasampad). 2) sors. BH. 16. 3. 4.

sampanna sampanna

v. pad c. sam.

samparka samparka

m. (r. pṛc praef. sam s. a) conjunctio. UR. 9. 9.

sampAta sampāta

m. (r. pat cadere praef. sam s. a) actio cadendi, descendendi ex ae7re, volandi; e. c. śastrasampāta sagittarum volatus. BH. 1. 20.

sampAda sampāda

m. (r. pad praef. sam s. a) adeptio, impetratio, consecutio. UR. 18. 2. infr.

samprakSAlana samprakṣālana

n. (r. kṣal lavare c. pra praef. sam s. ana) ablutio, lavatio. M. 28.

samprati samprati

(e sam et prati v. sa) nunc. DR. 3. 3.

sampradAna sampradāna

n. (r. c. pra praef. sam s. ana) donatio, donum. HIT. 130. 22.

samprazna sampraśna

m. (r. prach praef. pra s. na) interrogatio. HIT. 53. 22.

samprahAra samprahāra

m. (r. hṛ capere c. pra praef. sam s. a) pugna. A. 6. 22.

samprekSamANa samprekṣamāṇa

v. īkṣ c. pra praef. sam.

sampreSita sampreṣita

v. iṣ c. pra praef. sam.

samplava samplava

m. (r. plu praef. sam s. a) abundantia, affluentia, copia. HIT. 21. 18.

samb samb

1. 1. P. (sarpe) ire. Cf. sarb sṛp śamb śarb.

samb samb

2. 10. P. (sambandhe) colligare. Cf. śamb cl. 10.

sambandha sambandha

m. (r. bandh ligare praef. sam s. a) conjunctio, cognatio, affinitas. SA. 3. 13.

sambandhin sambandhin

(a praec. s. in) propinquus, affinis. N. 25. 14. BH. 1. 34.

sambhava sambhava

m. (r. bhū praef. sam s. a) origo. BH. 3. 14. In fine compos. BAH. BH. 10. 41. 13. 19.

sambhAra sambhāra

m. (r. bhṛ praef. sam s. a) 1) compositio. UR. 16. 2. infr. 2) apparatus. R. Schl. I. 11. 13. 3) facultates, opes. N. 26. 24.

sambhoga sambhoga

m. (r. bhuj praef. sam s. a) fructus libidinum. P. 24.

[Page 371a]
sambhrama sambhrama

m. (r. bhram vagari praef. sam s. a) 1) festinatio. HIT. 14. 21. 2) timor, terror, conturbatio. H. 4. 44. DR. 5. 22.

sammata sammata

v. man c. sam.

sammatta sammatta

v. mad c. sam.

sammarda sammarda

m. (r. mṛd praef. sam s. a) pugna. P. 21.

sammAna sammāna

m. (r. mān) honorare, nisi fortasse a man cogitare, praef. sam s. a) honor. IN. 4. 15.

sammukha sammukha

n. (e sam et mukha vultus) conspectus. sammukhe in conspectu. UR. 33. 5. infr.

sammoha sammoha

m. (r. muh praef. sam s. a) conturbatio animi, mentis error. BH. 2. 63. 7. 27.

samyak samyak

Adv. (acc. n. [greek] samyac-v. gr. 59.-e sami pro sam et añc ire, v. gr. 199.) 1) unā, simul. N. 9. 8. BH. 5. 4. 2) omnino. N. 8. 13. 11. 6. 24. 29. 3) recte. UR. 38. 12. 64. 7. MAN. 2. 53.

saras saras

n. (r. sṛ ire s. as) lacus. N. 12. 6. 85. BH. 10. 24. (Gr. [greek])

sarasvatI sarasvatī

f. (a praec. s. vat in fem.) 1) dei Brahmae uxor, dea eloquentiae. 2) loquela, sermo. RAGH. 15. 46.

sarit sarit

f. (r. sṛ ire s. unād. it) flumen. N. 12. 85.

saruj saruj

(BAH. e sa et ruj morbus) aegrotus. SA. 5. 79. acc. sarujam quod etiam ad saruja e sa et rujā referri potest. (Vid. saroga. Fortasse goth. saurga cura, sollicitudo e saruga, ejecto u, debilitato a syllabae sa in u, anteposito a, propter seq. r, v. gr. comp. 82.)

saroga saroga

(RAH. e sa et roga morbus) id. Wils. ed. 2.

sarogitA sarogitā

f. (fortasse pro sarogatā a praec. s. ) morbus, aegritudo. HIT. 45. 13.

sarga sarga

m. (r. sṛj dimittere, creare s. a) 1) creatio. M. 53. BH. 14. 2. 2) natura. BH. 5. 19.

sarj sarj

1. P. (arjane) acquirere. Cf. arj.

sarpa sarpa

m. (r. sṛp s. a) serpens. (Cf. lat. serpens, gr. [greek] [greek])

sarb sarb

1. P. (sarpaṇe) ire. Cf. sṛp i. e. sarp 1. samb śarb śamb.

sarva sarva

(v. gr. 275.) quivis, omnis. BR. 2. 27. N. 17. 50. (Osc. nisi pertinet ad sakala ejectā syllabā mediā; osset. ali quivis, omnis, abjecto s. Huc etiam retulerim goth. alls, Them. alla omnis, totus, per assim. ex alva, et hib. uile "all, every, whole". Cf. Pott I. 130. Ag. Benary 265. 281.)

sarvakAmin sarvakāmin

(e sarvakāma quodvis optatum, s. in) omnibus optatis praeditus. SU. 1. 31.

sarvakAmya sarvakāmya

(BAH. e sarva et kāmya optandum) omnia optanda habens. SU. 4. 7.

sarvatas sarvatas

Adv. (a sarva s. tas) 1) undique. BR. 2. 15. 2) quoquoversus. N. 1. 25. 24. 27. 3) ubique. SU. 3. 23. 27.

sarvatodizam sarvatodiśam

Adv. (AVY. e praec. et diś plaga, vid. gr. 676.) quoquoversus, omnes plagas versus. N. 16. 5.

sarvatomukha sarvatomukha

(BAH. e sarvatas et mukha vultus) quoquoversus vultum habens, i. e. iter dirigens. SU. 2. 12.

sarvathA sarvathā

Adv. (a sarva s. thā) quovis modo. BR. 2. 21. 3. 5. N. 17. 44.

sarvadA sarvadā

Adv. (a sarva s. ) semper.

sarvamaGgalA sarvamaṅgalā

f. (BAH. e sarva et maṅgala) cognomen Durgae. AM.

sarvazas sarvaśas

Adv. (a sarva s. śas v. h. suff. in gr. 652.) omnino. N. 2. 22. 9. 26. 10. 9. 12. 8. 85.

sal sal

1. P. (gatau) ire. (Vid. salila et cf. sṛ i. e. sar hib. silim 1) "I drop, distil, sow", 2) "I spit"; lith. selu repo, serpo, gradu suspenso eo; slav. sl-a-ti mittere; lat. salio, gr. [greek].)

salila salila

n. (r. sal s. unād. ila) aqua. (Cf. gr. [greek] [greek] lat. salum, sal, saliva; slav. sol sal.)

savitR savitṛ

m. (r. su vel generare suff. tṛ) sol. N. 23. 13. HIT. 17. 21.

savya savya

laevus, sinister. (Slav. s'ūi id., Them. s'ūjo, fem. s'ūja = savyā v. gr. comp. 255. f. 258.; lat. scaevus, adjectā gutturali sicut in escit pro esit, unde erit, cf. gr. [greek] gr. [greek] e [greek] vel e [greek] transposito l. Fortasse etiam sinister, sinistimus-cf. dexter, cum semivocales vel liquidae facile inter se mutentur, v. gr. comp. 20.) (*)

(*) De cognatis formis in linguis Malayicis v. librum meum Über die Verwandtschaft der malayisch-polynesischen Sprachen mit den indisch-europäischen p. 86. et 148.
savyasAcin savyasācin

m. (e praec. et sācin a r. sac sequi s. in) cognomen Ardschuni.

savyetara savyetara

(e savya laevus et itara alius) dexter. RAGH. 12. 90.

sazc saśc

in dial. Ved. i. q. sac i. e. sequi; faqui; favere. Vid. Westerg.

sas sas

2. P. (svapne) dormire. RIGV. 29. 4.: sasantu "dormiunto"; 29. 3.: sastām "dormiunto" (dual.); 53. 1.: sasatām "dormientium"; 103. 7.: sasantam "dormientem". Cf. 2. śas saṃst śaṃst.

sasya sasya

n. (ut videtur, pro śasya) granum, fructus. N. 24. 52.

sah sah

1. P. A. sahāmi sahe (etiam cl. 4. et 10. P. sahyāmi sāhayāmi) fut. part. sahitā et soḍhā part. pass. soḍha infin. sahitum et soḍhum (v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 102.) 1) sustinere, perferre, tolerare. SA. 3. 9.: katham...āśrame sahiṣyate kleśam imam; R. Schl. I. 43. 25.: gaṅgāyāḥ patanam pṛthivī na sahiṣyate; MAH. 3. 15371.: duḥkham uttamaṃ sehire; 15376.: sehur duḥkham; H. 2. 36.: na hi me rākṣasā bhīru soḍhuṃ śaktāḥ parākramam; 3. 8. -- vāṣpaṃ soḍhum lacrymas retinere. R. Schl. II. 40. 27. 2) patientem esse, quiescere, exspectare, sich gedulden. RAGH. 5. 25.: dvitrāṇy ahāny (schol. dve trīṇi vā dināni) arhasi soḍhum (schol. kṣantum). 3) ignoscere, condonare. SAK. 56. 1.: aparādham iman tataḥ sahiṣye. 4) indulgere, favere, propitium esse, c. dat. vel gen. BH. 11. 44.: pite 'va putrasya sakhe 'va sakhyuḥ priyaḥ priyāyā 'rhasi deva soḍhum. 5) posse. MAH. 3. 8812.: na sehire...vegan tadā dhārayitum; HIT. 71. 21.: ciran na sahate sthātum. Vid. praef. ut. (Cf. suh gr. tam e sah quam e vah abjectā litterā initiali explicari possunt. Ag. Benary huc trahit lat. sag-ax, sāgus, sāgio, l. c. p. 117. 235.

c. abhi vim inferre, abhiṣahya vim inferendo, cum vi, violenter. MAN. 8. 367. Vid. pra.

c. ut posse. N. 6. 14.: saṃhartun no 'tsahe kopam; BR. 1. 32. 33. -- Cum dat. nominis abstr. loco infin. MAH. 3. 16543.: tvām aham maithili no 'tsahe paribhogāya śvāvalīḍhaṃ havir yathā.

c. ut praef. abhi id. RAGH. 5. 22.

c. ut praef. pra Caus. incitare, excitare, instigare. R. Schl. II. 9. 46.: tathā protsāhitā devī; 21. 12.: protsāhito 'yaṅ kaikeyyā.

c. ut praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 2. 1412.

c. pra 1) sustinere. R. Schl. II. 51. 7. 10. 2) posse. MAH. 1. 4842. 3) vim inferre, prasahya vim inferendo, cum vi, violenter. DR. 6. 8.: pāṣaiḥ kṛto 'bhimardaḥ kurubhiḥ prasahya; MAN. 7. 108. 8. 235.

c. prati sustinere. R. Schl. I. 37. 8.

c. vi sustinere. RAGH. 4. 49.: pratāpan na viṣehire. C. infin. cum acc. R. Schl. II. 12. 106.: na jīvitun tvāṃ viṣahe 'manoramām. -- viṣahya 1) sustinendus. A. 10. 75. 2) possibilis. A. 5. 9.: viṣahyaṃ yan mayā kartuṅ kṛtam eva nibodha tat.

saha saha

1. Adj. (r. sah s. a) sustinens, perferens, in fine comp.

saha saha

2. Praep. (ut mihi videtur, a stirpe pronom. sa suff. ha e dha sicut iha q. v. ab i) cum, c. instr. IN. 1. 23. In dial. Ved. sadha (vid. gr. comp. 420.).

sahaja sahaja

(e saha cum et ja natus) ingenitus, innatus, ingeneratus. IN. 4. 7. N. 17. 5. BH. 18. 48.

sahajanyA sahajanyā

f. (BAH. e saha cum et janya vel janyā q. v.) nomen Apsarasis. IN. 2. 30.

sahadeva sahadeva

m. (BAH. e saha cum et deva deus) Sahadevus, unus quinque Pāndavorum.

[Page 373a]
sahas sahas

n. (r. sah s. as) vis, robur, potestas.

sahasA sahasā

Adv. (ut videtur, instrum. praec.) cito, subito. N. 23. 13.

sahasra sahasra

mille. 1) Subst. n. SU. 3. 27. 2) Adj. DR. 2. 12.

sahasradRz sahasradṛś

m. (BAH. e praec. et dṛś oculus) mille oculos habens, cognomen Indri.

sahasranetra sahasranetra

(e sahasra et netra oculus) mille oculos habens. SU. 3. 28.

sahasrazas sahasraśas

Adv. (a sahasra s. śas) quasi millenatim. IN. 1. 31.

sahA sahā

f. (Fem. vocis saha) nomen Apsarasis.

sahAya sahāya

m. (e saha cum et aya iens in fine comp., a r. i s. a) comes. N. 6. 2.

sahita sahita

Adj. (e saha cum s. taddh. ita) conjunctus, associatus. H. 2. 15. IN. 5. 60. BR. 1. 13. N. 4. 20. 21. 31. A. 7. 1. 10. 12.

sahiSNu sahiṣṇu

(r. sah s. snu insertā vocali i) sustinens, perferens, tolerans, c. acc. HIT. 55. 8.: parasukham asahiṣṇuḥ.

sAMyugIna sāṃyugīna

(a saṃyuga s. īna) ad bellum, pugnam pertinens, bellicus. UR. 83. 17.

sAkSAt sākṣāt

Adv. (e sa cum et akṣa oculus in ablat., v. gr. 675. not. 2.) in conspectu, coram, palam. IN. 2. 16. SU. 1. 17. N. 24. 13. SA. 6. 38. A. 1. 12. -- sākṣād iva plane ut. N. 1. 4. 2. 28.

sAkSin sākṣin

m. (e sa cum et akṣa vel akṣi oculus s. in) testis. N. 24. 32.

sAgara sāgara

m. mare, oceanus.

sAgnika sāgnika

(BAH. e sa) cum et agni Agnis s. ka v. gr. 665.) cum Agni conjunctus. N. 2. 24.

sAGkhya sāṅkhya

(a saṅkhyā s. a) Adj. cogitans, ratiocinans. BH. 3. 3. 5. 5. 13. 24. Subst. n. 1) doctrina rationalis, ratiocinatio. BH. 2. 39. 5. 4. 2) systema philosophicum, Kapilo adscriptum.

sAT sāṭ

10. P. (prakāśane) manifestare.

sAttvika sāttvika

(a sattva q. v. suff. ika) mentem spectans, ad mentem pertinens. BH. 7. 12. 14. 16.

sAda sāda

m. (r. sad s. a) occasus, interitus, exitium.

[Page 373b]
sAdana sādana

n. (r. sad ire s. ana) domus, habitatio. H. 4. 7. SU. 2. 20.

sAdaram sādaram

Adv. (AVY. e sa et ādara) cum veneratione, reverenter. HIT. 16. 13.

sAdh sādh

1) 5. P. in dial. Ved. etiam 1. P. perficere. RIGV. 2. 7. 94. 2. 96. 1. 2) superare, vincere. HIT. 3. 40.: sāmnā dānena bhedena...sādhitum prayatetā 'rīn na yuddhena (v. Caus. sgnf. 2. et MAN. 7. 198. ubi vijetum pro sādhitum). 3) 4. P. perfici, absolvi. -- Caus. 1) perficere, peragere, absolvere. A. 10. 60.: surāsurair asahyaṃ hi karma yat sādhitan tvayā; MAN. 7. 173.: sādhayet kāryam ātmanaḥ. 2) superare, vincere. MAH. 1. 7435.: na hi sāmnā na dānena na bhedenaca pāṇḍavāḥ . śakyāḥ sādhayitun tasmād vikrameṇai 'va tān jahi; 2. 647.: 3) proficisci, ire, abire. SA. 16. 32.: sādhayiṣyāmy ahan tāvat sarveṣām bhadram astu vaḥ; R. Schl. II. 34. 34.: tvaṃ śvaḥ kālye sādhayiṣyasi. 4) pervenire, assequi, adipisci (v. i). MAN. 6. 75.: tapaścaraṇaiśco 'graiḥ sādhayantī 'ha tat padam. (Cf. sidh goth. sidu-s, mos, germ. vet. situ id., siton machinari, facere, agere, disponere, v. Graff 6. 162.; gr. [greek] Huc etiam traxerim goth. selis bonus, mutato d in l, un-selis malignus, germ. vet. sālig beatus, sālida felicitas; v. sādhu. Fortasse hib. sadhbh "salve, any thing good", cum bh = v, v. sādhu pl. m. sādhavas; fortasse id "good, just, honest" ad sādhu vel siddha pertinet, abjecto s; v. sidh quod e sadh debilitato a in i).

c. pra 1) Caus. acquirere. MAN. 7. 103.: sarvāṇi bhūtāni daṇḍenai 'va prasādhayet (schol. ātmasāt kuryāt). 2) instruere. prasādhita instructus, praeditus. UR. 79. 4. infr. Vid. praef. sam sgf. 4.

c. pra praef. sam Caus. perficere, efficere, facere. HIT. 131. 17.: tvayai 'kena madīyo 'rthaḥ samprasādhyaḥ (cf. 131. 15.).

c. sam 1) Caus. perficere. ATM. successum habere, fortunā prosperā uti, felicem esse. MAH. 3. 1478.: saṃsādhayasva kaunteya dhruvo 'stu vijayas tava. 2) occidere, interficere. MAH. 3. 1683.: bhīṣmaḥ...saṃsādhyaśca raṇe; R. Schl. II. 64. 69.: śoko mām...saṃsādhayati. 3) obtinere, capere. MAN. 8. 50.: svakaṃ saṃsādhayan dhanam. 4) instruere aliquem aliquā re. R. Schl. II. 36. 9.: sarvakāmaiḥ...rāmaḥ saṃsādhyatām.

sAdhaka sādhaka

(r. sādh s. aka) utilis. IN. 5. 56.

sAdhana sādhana

n. (r. sādh s. ana) 1) effectio. HIT. 129. 4. 2) divitiae, opes. asādhana inops. HIT. 9. 1.

sAdharmya sādharmya

n. (a sadharmin communia officia habens-e sa + dharma s. in- suff. ya v. gr. 651.) communitas officiorum, vel conditionis, statūs. UR. 69. 16.

sAdhAraNa sādhāraṇa

(a sadhāraṇa-sa + dhāraṇa-s. a communis, promiscuus. SAK. 54. 9.

sAdhu sādhu

(r. sādh s. u) 1) Adj. (f. -dhu et -dhvī bonus, probus. IN. 1. 22. BR. 1. 27. N. 12. 122. -- Adv. (acc. n.) bene, age. H. 4. 53. N. 9. 3. 2) Subst m. mercator. HIT. 63. 7. 65. 9. (Vid. r. sādh.)

sAdhubhAva sādhubhāva

m. (KARM. e praec. et bhāva animus) benignitas, humanitas. BR. 1. 4.

sAdhya sādhya

1. (r. sādh s. ya) Adj. perfectus. Subst 1) n. perfectio. HIT. 3. 1. 2) m. nomen cujusdam Geniorum ordinis.

sAdhya sādhya

2. (a praec. s. a) ad Sādhyos pertinens. A. 4. 30.

sAdhvasa sādhvasa

n. (fortasse a r. dhvaṃs ejectā nasali, s. a praef. sa producto a) timor. HIT. 55. 2. 4. UR. 48. 10.

sAnu sānu

m. n. planities in vertice montis. IN. 1. 25.

sAnumat sānumat

m. (a praec. s. mat) mons. UR. 70. 4.

sAntv sāntv

10. P. (vid. śāntv unde sāntv mutato ś in s) consolari, blandiri. N. 8. 12. 14. 14. 19. 21.

c. pari id. IN. 2. 23.

sAntva sāntva

m. (v. śāntva sāntv) blandimentum, consolatio. H. 4. 24.

sAndra sāndra

crassus, spissus, densus. AM. III. 3. 15.: ghanaṃ nirantaraṃ sāndram; CAUR. 12.: sāndravindu.

sAndhya sāndhya

(a sandhyā s. a) ad diluculum vel crespusculum pertinens, matutinus, vespertinus. RAGH. 2. 23.: samāpya sāndhyañca vidhim vespertināque peractā ceremoniā.

[Page 374b]
sAnnidhya sānnidhya

n. (a sannidhi propinquitas s. ya) propinquitas. Accus. sānnidhyam Adv. in propinquitate, coram. IN. 5. 24.

sAnnipAtika sānnipātika

(a sannipāta s. ika) ad id, quod sannipāta dicitur, pertinens. HIT. 103. 19.

sAptapada sāptapada

n. (a saptapada septem passus habens-e saptan et pada-s. a) amicitia. SA. 5. 22.

sAphalya sāphalya

n. (a saphala quod cum fructu est s. ya) Abstractum [greek] saphala. HIT. 48. 7.

sAm sām

10. P. (sāntvane K. sāntve V.; ut videtur, pro śām v. śāntv sāntv) i. q. sāntv.

sAman sāman

n. (ut videtur, pro śāman a r. śam s. an v. śāntv sāntv sām) 1) blanditio, blandimentum, placatio, comitas, benignitas. HIT. 3. 40. MAN. 7. 198. 8. 187. MAH. 1. 7435. 2) hymnus, carmen sacrum, precum formula. BH. 10. 35. 3) ut videtur, modus, modi, moduli cantūs. IN. 2. 28. a. et b. 4) nomen unius quattuor Vedorum. BH. 9. 17.

sAmarthya sāmarthya

n. (a samartha capax, aptus s. ya) capacitas. N. 5. 24.

sAmAnya sāmānya

(a samāna similis, aequalis, suff. ya) communis, generalis, universalis. N. 13. 17. HIT. 5. 21.

sAmAsika sāmāsika

(a samāsa compositio vocabulorum) vocabulum compositum. BH. 10. 33.

sAmi sāmi

Indecl. (ut mihi videtur, a sama similis, aequalis) semi, in initio comp. (Germ. vet. sāmi id., e. c. sāmiquek semivivus = sāmijīva; anglo-sax. sām, e. c. sāmboren seminatus, abortivus, sāmworht semifactus; lat. semi, gr. [greek].

sAmIpya sāmīpya

(a samīpa s. ya) vicinus. SA. 2. 8.

sAmpratam sāmpratam

Adv. (a samprati s. a in acc. n.) nunc. SAK. 23. 2. infr. UR. 25. 3. infr. -- asāmpratam Adv. inepte, incommode, absurde. HIT. 102. 14.

sAmb sāmb

10. P. i. q. 2. samb.

sAmya sāmya

n. (a sama similis, aequalis, s. ya) aequalitas, aequabilitas. BH. 6. 33.

sAya sāya

m. vespera. Acc. sāyam Adv. vespere. N. 15. 9. (Cf. lat. serus, serum, v. gr. comp. 20.)

[Page 375a]
sAyaka sāyaka

m. sagitta.

sAyantana sāyantana

(a seq. s. tana) vespertinus.

sAyam sāyam

Adv. v. sāya.

sAyAhna sāyāhna

m. (e sāya et ahna dies in fine comp.) vespera. H. 1. 17. N. 11. 12.

sAr sār

10. P. i. q. śār.

sAra sāra

(r. sṛ s. a) 1) n. aqua. 2) m. medulla. AM. 3) m. vis, vigor, essentia alicujus rei. H. 4. 47. BR. 1. 14. -- IN fine comp. BAH. N. 24. 16. 4) Adj. eximius, egregius, optimus. NALOD. 1. 24. (Cf. lat. serum.)

sAraGga sāraṅga

m. dorcas, antilope; scribitur etiam śā-. SAK. 4. 5.

sAratA sāratā

f. (a sāra s. ) natura, ingenium, vis. HIT. 57. 4.

sArathi sārathi

m. (e saratha qui cum curru est-e sa et ratha-s. i) auriga. N. 19. 26.

sArathya sārathya

n. (a praec. s. ya) currūs vel equorum moderatio, aurigatio. A. 8. 18. N. 22. 12.

sAravat sāravat

(a sāra s. vat) medullosus. TROP. fructuosus, fecundus, uber. HIT. 132. 2.

sArin sārin

in fine compp. e. c. āmnāyasārin (ab āmnāyasāra Vedorum natura, vis, suff. in) Vedorum naturam, vim habens. N. 12. 59.

sArtha sārtha

m. (BAH. e sa cum et artha q. v.) multitudo, turba, agmen, praecipue comitatus mercatorius (une caravane). N. 12. 111.

sArthavAha sārthavāha

m. (comitatum mercatorium ducens ex praec. et vāha a r. vah s. a trahens, ducens) mercator. N. 12. 123. 127. 128.

sArddham sārddham

vel sārdham Praep. (ut mihi videtur, AVY. e sa cum et arddha ardha dimidium, v. gr. 675.) cum. c. Instr. IN. 1. 14. H. 3. 4. 4. 7.

sAla sāla

m. nomen arboris (Wils.: Shorea robusta). N. 12. 4. H. 2. 1.

sAvitrI sāvitrī

f. (a savitṛ vel savitra sol s. a in fem.) 1) hymnus sanctissimus Vedorum. MAN. 11. 191. 2) cognomen Umae, Sivi uxoris. SA. 1. 7. 3) regis As'vapatis filia, Satyavantis uxor. SA. 1. 21. b.

[Page 375b]
sAzcaryam sāścaryam

Adv. (AVY. e sa et āścarya) cum admiratione. HIT. 99. 20.

sAsUyam sāsūyam

Adv. (AVY. e sa et asūyā) cum objurgatione. SAK. 15. 7.

sAhasa sāhasa

(a sahas s. a) 1) vis, robur, perseverantia. HIT. 45. 11. 2) celeritas, festinatio, properatio (v. sahasā). HIT. 100. 3.

sAhAyya sāhāyya

n. (a sahāya comes, socius s. ya v. gr. 650.) societas, auxilium. H. 4. 43. 52.

si si

5. et 9. P. A. sinomi sinve sināmi sine (bandhane) ligare, vincire. RIGV. V. 84. 2.: setṛbhiḥ sinīthaḥ pāpakṛtaḥ (v. Westerg.); RIGV. 112. 5.: sitam vinctum. (Lett. fsee-t ligare, fsai-te funis, vinculum; sax. vet. simo, Them. si-mon, quod ligat, restis, laqueus, vinculum; germ. vet. sai-d, sei-d laqueus, tendicula, sai-to(n) funis, fidis, chorda; sai-l laqueus; slav. sje-tj tendicula, si-lo laqueus; gr. [greek] v. Pott I. 206. II. 174. Graff VI. 157. sq. 187.

siMha siṃha

m. (fortasse a r. han occidere, interficere, unde ha occidens, praef. sam debilitato a in i; v. hiṃsra leo.

siMhaskandha siṃhaskandha

(BAH. e praec. et skandha humerus) leonis instar humeros habens. H. 2. 19.

siMhAy siṃhāy

(Denom. a siṃha v. gr. 585.) leoni similem esse vel fieri. HIT. 106. 2.: śvā...siṃhāyate.

sikatA sikatā

f. arena, sabulum, glarea. UR. 54. 3. infr. SAK. 45. 12.

sikta sikta

v. sic.

sic sic

6. P. A. siñcāmi siñce (gr. 335.) humectare, irrigare, perfundere. MAH. 1. 5422.: mūrdhānam aśrubhiḥ siṣice; 8153.: jalam ādāya siṣicuḥ pāvakam; N. 25. 7.: siktāḥ...rājamārgāḥ. Effundere, emittere. MAN. 2. 181.: svapne siñcan...śukram. Infundere, inspergere, immittere, c. loc. MAN. 11. 170.: retaḥ siktvāca svayoniṣu schol. sodaryabhaginīṣu. (Cambro-brit. siciaw humectare; germ. vet. SIH colare (sīhu, seih, sihumes), seich urina, seihjan mingere; nostrum seihen, seichen.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. R. Schl. I. 38. 14.: samantatas tu tāṃ devīm abhyaṣiñcata pāvakaḥ (v. gr. min. 80. annot. 1). Praesertim augurationis causā alqm conspergere. SA. 7. 11.: tato 'bhiṣiṣicuḥ...dyumatsenam purohitāḥ. Cum 2. acc. R. Schl. I. 1. 79.: abhyaṣiñcat sa laṅkāyāṃ rākṣasendraṃ vibhīṣaṇam; I. 38. 30.: surasenāgaṇapatim abhyaṣiñcan mahādyutim. C. loc. rei. MAH. 1. 5178.: abhiṣekṣyati māṃ rājye; 3. 14424.: saināpatye 'bhiṣiñca mām. C. instr. rei. MAH. 1. 1470.: patatrīṇāñca garuḍam indratvenā 'bhyaṣiñcayata. -- ATM. c. sgnf. Pass. MAH. 3. 14423.: abhiṣiñcasva devānāṃ saināpatye; 14414.: bhavasve 'ndraḥ...abhiṣiñcasvaca. -- Caus. facere ut quis inaugurationis causā conspergatur. R. Schl. II. 9. 2. -- Etiam i. q. primit. SA. 7. 11. b. c. loc. rei.: putrañcā 'sya ...yauvarājye 'bhyaṣecayan (purohitāḥ).

c. ava conspergere. SU. 4. 19.: rudhireṇā 'vasiktāṅgau.

c. ā Caus. infundi jubere. MAN. 8. 272.: taptam āsecayat tailaṃ vaktre.

c. ni i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 63. 7. RAGH. 3. 26.

c. pra profundere, effundere. MAH. 3. 14767.: kathan nu bhidyeta naca sraveta naca prasicyed iti rakṣitavyam (Pass. c. term. PAR.)

c. sam conspergere. R. Schl. I. 5. 8.

siT siṭ

1. P. (anādare) parvi aestimare. Cf. śiṭ suṭṭ.

sita sita

1) (a r. si) ligatus, v. si. 2) (a r. so) finitus. 3) (incertae orig.) albus.

siddha siddha

v. sidh.

siddhi siddhi

f. (r. sidh s. ti) successus. BH. 2. 48. 4. 22.

sidh sidh

1. 4. P. perfici, succedere, procedere, feliciter evenire. HIT. 6. 13.: yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko 'tra doṣaḥ; 6. 16.: puruṣakāreṇa vinā daivan na sidhyati. Felicem fieri. MAH. 3. 29.: asatāṃ darśanāt...prahīyante sidhyanti naca mānavāḥ. De sagittis, icere. SAK. 32. 7.: utkarṣaḥ sa dhanvināṃ yad iṣavaḥ sidyantilakṣye cale. Cf. sādh. -- siddha 1) paratus. N. 23. 22.: nalasiddhasya māṃsasya. 2) perfectus, beatus, sanctus. SU. 2. 17.: tapaḥsiddhāḥ; BH. 10. 26. 3) Subst. m. nomen Geniorum ordinis. IN. 1. 35. 2. 10. 31. 5. 13.

c. pra i. q. simpl. BH. 3. 55. C. abl. provenire, oriri ex aliquā re. MAN. 12. 97.: vedāt prasidhyati (cf. sl. 98.: vedāt prasūyante). -- prasiddha perfectus. HIT. 96. 12.

c. saṃ perfici, felicem, beatum fieri. MAN. 2. 87.: japyenai 'va tu saṃsidhyed brāhmaṇaḥ (schol. siddhiṃ labhate); MAH. 3. 12025.: -- ATM. A. 4. 34.: saṃsidhyasva mahābāho.

sidh sidh

2. 1. P. ut videtur, primitive ire, abire, inde c. sensu Caus. (v. 3. sidh et cf. sādh Caus.) arcere. RIGV. 17. 12.: agnī rakṣāṃsi sedhati; 34. 11.: sedhataṃ dveṣaḥ "cohibete osores"; 32. 13.

c. apa id. RIGV. 35. 10. Etiam ATM. DR. 5. 5.: nāgam prabhinnam...daṇḍī 'va yūthād apasedhase.

c. ni arcere. RAGH. 2. 4. Retinere, i. e. ab abeundo arcere. RAGH. 5. 18.: pratiyātukāmam...niṣidhya.

c. prati arcere. SA. 4. 21.: gamaneca kṛtotsāhām pratiṣeddhun na mā 'rhasi; MAN. 2. 206. Prohibere, vetare. RAM. ed. Ser. II. 60. 59.: pratiṣidhya prabodhakanisvanam. Caus. arcere. R. Schl. II. 96. 42.: taṅ kākam pratyaṣedhayat; MAH. 1. 1594.: śapantīm pratyaṣedhayat.

sidh sidh

3. 1. P. (gatyām) ire.

c. pari parisidh servato primitivo s circumire. BHATT. 9. 88.: dviṣo ghnan parisedhataḥ.

sindhu sindhu

m. 1) Indus flumen. 2) Plur. regio ad Indum. DR. 1. 6. N. 19. 14.

sibh simbh sibh simbh

1. P. (dīptau hiṃse) splendere; laedere, occidere. Cf. śubh śumbh subh sumbh sṛbh sṛmbh sribh srimbh.

sil sil

6. P. i. q. śil.

siv siv

4. P. sīvyāmi (gr. 331a).) suere. Part. pass. syūta. RIGV. 31. 15.: varme 'va syūtam. (Goth. siuja suo, siujith suit Marc. 2. 21.; germ. vet. siwu suo, sarcio, consuo, praet. siwita et sūta; siut sutura, sutari sutor, saum limbus, ora, sarcina, sagma, swila subula; slav. s'ivū suo, lith. suwù suo, infin. sú-ti; sule sutura; lat. suo; gr. [greek] [greek])

sIk sīk

1. 1. A. i. q. 1. śīk.

[Page 377a]
sIk sīk

2. 1. et 10. P. i. q. 2. śīk.

sId sīd

v. sad.

sIdhu sīdhu

vel śīdhu m. n. vini adusti species (Wils.: rum distilled from molasses). IN. 5. 13.

sIman sīman

m. (r. si productā vocali, s. man) finis, terminus, limes. AM.

sImanta sīmanta

m. (ut videtur, forma anom. a praec. s. ta) capillorum separatio. Wils.: "a separation of the hair on each side, so as to leave a distinct line on the top of the head". Vid. sq.

sImantinI sīmantinī

f. (a praec. s. in in fem.) femina. DR. 4. 3.

su su

1. 1. et 2. P. savāmi saumi. Parere, partum edere. MAH. 1. 4765.: kuntī suṣāva pravaraṃ sutam. -- suta m. filius. BR. 2. 18.; Du. et Plur. liberi utriusque sexūs. BR. 2. 89. sutā filia. BR. 2. 11. 18. b. (Vid. et cf. gr. [greek] de goth. sunus, lith. sunús, slav. syn v. sūnu a r. .)

c. pra i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 6077.: sadyo hi garbhān rākṣasyo labhante prasavantica; MAN. 4. 44.: na paśyet prasavantīm.

su su

2. 1. P. A. (gatau) ire, se movere. Cf. sru.

su su

3. 5. P. A. ut videtur, primitive effundere, libare, in universum, inde effundere, exprimere succum, exprimere succum plantae, praesertim asclepiadis acidae. MAH. 1. 4695.: suṣāvaca bahūn somān; RIGV. 109. 4.: somam...sunoti; 28. 6.: indrāya patave sunu somam ulūkhala "Indrae ad bibendum para libamen (asclepiadem acidam effunde)". Mortarium. 28. 8.: madhumat sutam (*) "dulce libamen parate (dulce libate)"; 84. 1.: asāvi soma indra te. (Cf. sru snu; fortasse gr. [greek] nisi hoc pertinet ad und q. v.)

(*) Imperat. du. praet. multf. (v. gramm. min. ed. 2. 374b).)

c. abhi id. R. Schl. I. 13. 5.: abhiṣutya "succo asclepiadis acidae extrito" (vid. annot. ad interpret.). Succum exprimere in universum. MAN. 5. 10.: yānicai 'vā 'bhiṣūyante puṣpamūlaphalaiḥ śubhaiḥ. 2) aspergere. BHATT. 9. 90.: abhiṣoṣyan raktai rakṣāṃsi.

[Page 377b]
su su

4. Praef. adj. et adv. 1) bonus, e. c. sucitta BAH. bonam mentem habens. IN. 5. 4., suparākrama BAH. bonam fortitudinem habens. H. 4. 14., suputra bonum filium habens, filio fortunatus. IN. 5. 55. 2) pulcher, e. c. sumadhyama BAH. pulchrum medium corpus habens. H. 3. 7. 3) valde, e. c. sumahat permagnus. BR. 1. 10. 4) facile. SU. 4. 24.: sudṛṣṭa. (Hib. so "in compound words signifies goodness, fitness, aptness or easy", e. c. soailce "a good fashion, good manners". Primitiva forma su servata est in sucridh "easy" = sukṛta; fortasse subha "pleasure, delight, compleat enjoyment" cohaeret cum bhāj bhāga felicitas praef. su. Cambro-brit. hu, hy, he, armor. he, vid. Pictet p. 93. 94.; gr. [greek].)

sukumAra sukumāra

Adj. (f. ī KARM. e su et kumāra puer) 1) juvenis. 2) tener. H. 1. 15. 33. 2. 25. 3. 14. N. 3. 13.

sukRta sukṛta

n. (KARM. e su et kṛta factum) bonum factum. BH. 5. 15.

sukRtin sukṛtin

(a praec. s. in) bonis factis praeditus, qui bona facta egit, probus, sanctus. IN. 1. 18. HIT. 25. 7.

sukha sukha

(BAH. e su bonus et kha ae7r, cf. duḥkha 1) Adj. laetus, jucundus. N. 7. 19. 21. 10. 2) Subst. n. gaudium, voluptas. DR. 4. 21. -- Acc. sukham Adv. 1) laete, jucunde. N. 17. 18. IN. 1. 24. 2) libenter. IN. 4. 18. 3) facile. BH. 5. 3. (Hib. sogh "prosperity, ease, pleasure" etc.)

sukhay sukhay

(Denom. a praec.) laetificare, delectare, exhilarare. UR. 51. 3.

sukhin sukhin

(a sukha gaudium s. in) laetus. IN. 3. 5.

sugandha sugandha

m. (KARM. e su et gandha odor) suavis odor.

sugandhin sugandhin

(a praec. s. in) suavi odore praeditus, suave olens. A. 4. 51.

sujanatva sujanatva

m. (a sujana bonus homo s. tva) benignitas. SAK. 56. 2.

suTT suṭṭ

10. P. i. q. siṭ.

suta suta

v. su.

sutasoma sutasoma

m. nom. propr.

sutA sutā

v. su.

[Page 378a]
sutin sutin

(a suta s. in) filio, vel filiis, vel liberis praeditus. HIT. 4. 20.

sudRSTa sudṛṣṭa

(KARM. e su facile et dṛṣṭa visus, conspectus, aspectus) facile aspectu. sudṛṣṭaṅ kartum facile vel sine ullo impedimento intueri alq. SU. 4. 24.: tejasāca sudṛṣṭāṃ tvāṃ na kariṣyati kaścana; R. Schl. I. 17. 23.: sudṛṣṭāṅ kuruta śāntām.

sudhA sudhā

f. (e su et dhā a r. dhe bibere) nectar. UR. 39. 4.

sudhI sudhī

(bonum intellectum habens, BAH. e su et dhī) intellectu praeditus, sapiens. HIT. 5. 6. 71. 3.

sundara sundara

(fem. ā et ī) pulcher. N. 1. 14.

suparNa suparṇa

m. (BAH. e su e parṇa quod hac in compos. plumam significare videtur) i. q. garuḍa.

supta supta

v. svap.

subh sumbh subh sumbh

1. P. i. q. sibh simbh.

subhaga subhaga

(BAH. e su et bhaga felicitas) 1) felix, pulcher, praeclarus, praesertim de feminis, in Vocat. IN. 5. 37. DR. 2. 12. 2) jucundus. SAK. 2. 14. 45. 6.

subhASita subhāṣita

(bonum vel pulchrum sermonem habens e su et bhāṣita n. dictum, sermo) eloquens, facundus. N. 8. 4.

subhru subhru

Adj. (e su et bhru pro bhrū supercilium) pulchra supercilia habens. SU. 4. 12.

sumanas sumanas

m. f. n. (Femin. nonnisi in Plurali usurpatur, BAH. e su et manas mens) flos. SA. 1. 26.

suyodhana suyodhana

m. (e su et yodhana a r. yudh pugnare s. ana) cognomen Duryodhani. H. 4. 58.

sur sur

6. P. (aiśvaryadīptyoḥ K. bhaiśyayoḥ V.; correptum esse videtur e svar vid. svar coelum) 1) splendere. 2) dominari. (Vid. svar et cf. hib. solas "light, a lamp".)

sura sura

m. (r. sur splendere s. a sicut deva a div splendere) deus. H. 4. 27.

surakArmuka surakārmuka

n. (e sura et kārmuka arcus) arcus coelestis.

suragarbhAbha suragarbhābha

Adj. (e suragarbha-sura deus et garbha proles, natuset ābhā similitudo) diis natorum similitudinem habens. H. 4. 27.

[Page 378b]
surabhi surabhi

(ut videtur, e su et rabhi a r. rabh quod primitive capere significare videtur) 1) Adj. bene odorus. 2) Subst. f. nomen vaccae fabulosae, vaccae ubertatic, quae boum generis mater primitiva esse dicitur.

suravIthI suravīthī

f. (e sura et vīthī via) deorum via. IN. 2. 12.

surA surā

f. potus fervidus, potus inebrians in universum. SU. 4. 14.

suvarcasa suvarcasa

(BAH. e su et varcasa-r. varc s. asa-i. q. varcas) pulchrum splendorem habens. SA. 5. 38.

suvarNa suvarṇa

n. (pulchrum colorem habens e su et varṇa color) aurum. N. 7. 9.

suvIra suvīra

m. (e su et vīra heros) nomen populi. DR. 8. 9.

suSThu suṣṭhu

Adv. (e su et sthu quod simplex non occurrit, a r. sthā mutato sth in ṣṭh v. gr. 80., suff. u vel debilitato a in u) recte, juste. UR. 64. 6. HIT. 73. 21.

suh suh

4. P. (tṛptau śaktau) gaudere, posse. Cf. sah.

suhRd suhṛd

m. (bonum cor habens BAH. e su et hṛd cor) amicus. IN. 4. 11. BR. 2. 26.

sU

1. 2. A. et 4. A. suve sūye; part. pass. sūta et sūna. 1) parere, partum edere, c. ablat. patris. MAN. 10. 39.: niṣādastrī tu caṇḍālāt putram...sūte; RAGH. 3. 13.: asūta putram; MAH. 1. 2599.: asūyata...aśvināv ubhau; H. 1. 34.: indrācca vātācca suṣuve yā sutān imān. 2) Cl. 2. A. gignere, generare, de patre. MAN. 10. 34.: niṣādo mārgavaṃ sūte; 10. 32. (Vid. 1. su et sūnu.)

c. pra 1) parere, partum edere. MAH. 3. 13057.: kanyā prasūyate. -- prasūtā quae peperit. HIT. 72. 14.: sā tatrai 'va prasūtā. -- Pass. nasci, c. abl. patris. MAN. 10. 36.: kārāvaro niṣādāt...prasūyate (quod etiam ad su referri posset). 2) procreare, gignere, de patre, c. loc. matris. MAN. 10. 30.: śūdro brāhmaṇyāṃ vāhyañ jantum prasūyate. -- Absolut. MAH. 1. 2502.: asyām eva prasūyadhvam; BH. 3. 10.: prasaviṣyadhvam (vid. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 440b).). -- prasūta qui genuit. MAN. 3. 19. -- Pass. procreari, gigni. MAH. 3. 12500.: tiryagyonau prasūyate. -- prasūta procreatus, progenitus. NAL. 20. 37.: matprasūtam bhayam; A. 3. 36.: matprasūtena tejasā.

c. pra praef. sam procreare, gignere. MAN. 10. 33. -- Pass. nasci. MAH. 3. 12978.: tadā 'ham samprasūyāmi gṛheṣu śubhakarmaṇām (c. term. PAR. v. gr. 493.).

sU

2. 6. P. In dial. Ved. incitare, excitare (? vid. Westerg. et r. sūd). RIGV. V. 40. 1. 66. 4.: yad adya devaḥ suvāti. -- Vid. sūd.

sU

3. f. (r. 1. ) parens, partum edens, in fin. comp. R. Schl. II. 51. 15.: vīrasū.

sUkara sūkara

m. (e quod a sono dictum esse videtur, et kara faciens, v. cītkāra cukkāra) sus. (Cf. anglo-sax. suga porca, germ. vet. sū id., nostrum Sau, lat. sus, gr. [greek] [greek])

sUkSma sūkṣma

subtilis, tenuis, parvus, minutus. H. 3. 14. SU. 3. 16.

sUkSmatva sūkṣmatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) subtilitas. BH. 13. 15.

sUc sūc

10. P. (fortasse e vac correpto in uc praef. su) prodere, patefacere, indicare. RAGH. 17. 50.: mantraḥ... guptadvāro na sūcyate (schol. prakāśyate); UR. 6. 32.: mandārakusumadāmnā gurur asyāḥ sūcyate hṛdayakampaḥ (cf. 6. 8.); H. 1. 3.: vijñāya niśi panthānam nakṣatragaṇasūcitam; N. 5. 26. 17. 9.: sūcita.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. N. 23. 18.: karma ceṣṭābhisūcitam (sic nunc separaverim, ita ut significet negaotium, i. e. rem, actionibus patefactum; cf. 18. a.: puṇyaślokasya ceṣṭitam.)

c. sam id. HIT. 124. 72.

sUcaka sūcaka

(r. sūc s. aka) patefaciens, palam faciens. UR. 2. infr.

sUci sūci

f. (correptum e sūcī q. v.) acus.

sUcI sūcī

f. (fem. [greek] sūca a siv correpto in suff. uṇād. ca) acus.

sUcIbhedya sūcībhedya

(e praec. et bhedya) 1) acu perforandus. 2) densus, spissus, de tenebris. HIT. 98. 22.: sūcībhedye tamasi.

sUta sūta

m. auriga. N. 9. 23.

sUtatva sūtatva

n. (a praec. s. tva) aurigatio. N. 22. 12.

sUd sūd

1. A. et 10. vel. Caus. P. (ut mihi videtur, e sāday Caus. r. sad debilitato ā in ū ita ut proprie significet facere ut quis eat, inde in dial. Ved. incitare, ex- citare, et facere ut qu. sidat, pereat, inde occidere) occidere, necare. MAH. 3. 11505.: sūdayiṣyāmi rākṣasam; 1. 2833.: sūdayan vividhān mṛgān. In dial. Ved. incitare, excitare. RIGV. 71. 8. 73. 8.; v. Westerg. s. r. . (Lett. saudet delere, evertere, vid. Pott 1. 249.)

c. abhi Caus. vel cl. 10. occidere. R. Schl. I. 27. 19.

c. ni nisūdayāmi (servato primitivo s) id. MAH. 1. 1339.

c. ni praef. vi vinisūdayāmi id. MAH. 3. 8814.

c. ni praef. sam sannisūdayāmi id. MAH. 3. 8742.

sUda sūda

m. coquus. MAH. 3. 1007.

sUdana sūdana

m. (r. sūd s. ana) occisor in fine compos. SU. 3. 28. N. 12. 126.

sUnA sūnā

f. instrumentum necandi. MAN. 3. 68.

sUnu sūnu

(r. 1. s. nu) 1) m. filius. UR. 91. 4. 2) f. filia. HEM. (Goth. sunus filius; germ. vet. sunu, germ. med. sun, nostrum Sohn; lith. sunù-s, slav. syn.)

sUtra sūtra

n. (r. siv correpto iv in ū s. tra) filum.

sUtradhAra sūtradhāra

m. (e praec. et dhāra) 1) faber tignarius. HIT. 49. 12. 2) princeps histrionum. UR. 1. 6.

sUnRta sūnṛta

(ut videtur, e su productā vocali et nṛta a r. nṛt s. a) comis, blandus. HIT. 19. 8. SAK. 16. 15.: vāk sūnṛtā.

sUr sūr

4. A. i. q. 1. śūr.

sUra sūra

m. (ut videtur, a svar primitivā formā radicis sur splendere, correpto va in ū suff. a) sol. (Fortasse goth. sunna m. sol, Them. sunnan, per assimil. e surnan, sunno(n) f. e surno(n), germ. vet. sunno(n) m., sunna(n) f.; fortasse lith. saule f. per metath. e swale, de graec. [greek] et goth. sauil vid. sūrya de lat. sol vid. svar.)

sUrkS sūrkṣ

1. P. (anādare) vilipendere, despicere.

sUrkSy sūrkṣy

1. P. (īrṣyārthe K. īrṣye V.) invidere.

sUrya sūrya

m. (correptum esse videtur e svarya vel svārya a svar coelum, nisi a primitivā formā radicis sur splendere, vel a sur producto u suff. ya) sol. IN. 1. 32. (Gr. [greek] niti videtur formā svārya mutato r in [greek] et ejecto F, sicut fortasse goth. sauil sol, Them. sauila, per metath. e svalia. Vid. sūra svar.)

sUS sūṣ

1. P. (prasrave ut videtur, ex 1. adjecto ) generare. Cf. śūṣ.

sR sṛ

1. 1. P. ire, incedere, progredi. MAH. 1. 1696.: sa rājā mṛgayāṃ yātaḥ...sasāra. C. acc. adire, aggredi. N. 17. 35.: damayantīm atho sṛtvā. Fluere. RIGV. 32. 12.: avāsṛjaḥ sartave sapta sindūn "emittebas and dimanandum septem fluvios"; RIGV. V. 101. 4.: tredhā sasrur āpaḥ. (Vid. sal salila sarit saras et cf. ṛ sru sṛp gr. [greek] sicut lat. currus a currendo, v. car.)

c. anu sequi. MAH. 3. 11556.: panthānam...anusasruḥ. Caus. sequi, persequi. MAH. 1. 4309.: dasyavaḥ...anusāryamāṇā bahubhī rakṣibhiḥ.

c. apa abire. HIT. 18. 18.: dūram apasara. Caus. facere ut quis abeat, amovere. MAN. 7. 149.

c. abhi adire, advenire, accedere. N. 11. 26. SA. 5. 62. DR. 6. 10. Caus. id. MR. 130. 5.: bhavantam abhisārayitum āgatā; MAH. 1. 1221.

c. ut Caus. facere ut quis proveniat, exeat, MAH. 3. 14872.: utsārayata tān.

c. ut praef. pra Caus. concedere, dare. HIT. 74. 21.: protsāritārdhāsanaḥ.

c. upa adire, aggredi, accedere. MAH. 2. 2596. Coire cum viro. MAH. 3. 8587.: icchāmi tvāṃ sragvinam...upasartum.

c. nis egredi, provenire. N. 20. 30. SU. 3. 25. 26. Caus. facere ut quis exeat. MAH. 3. 12995. Expellere, abigere. HIT. 65. 19. 83. 7.

c. nis praef. vi egredi. IN. 1. 26. N. 20. 31.

c. pari circumire, circumfluere. MAH. 3. 10983.: āpaḥ parisasruḥ.

c. pra procedere, prodire. R. Schl. II. 59. 10. BH. 15. 4. -- prasṛta modestus. R. Schl. I. 12. 2. -- Caus. protendere, extendere. HIT. 10. 18.: hastam prasārya; 85. 7.: pakṣau prasārya. -- paṇyāni prasārayitum res venales exponere. R. Schl. II. 48. 3.: vaṇijo na prasārayan nacā 'śobhanta paṇyāni; MAN. 5. 129.

c. pra praef. vi dimanare, diffundi. RAGH. 16. 3.: teṣām... bhinno 'ṣṭadhā viprasasāra vaṃśaḥ (schol. vistṛtaḥ).

c. vi Caus. protendere. R. Schl. I. 42. 6.

c. sam ire, adire. MAN. 12. 70. -- Caus. facere ut quis eat, movere. MAN. 12. 124.

sR sṛ

2. 3. P. sisarmi i. q. 1. sṛ.

sRj sṛj

6. P. interdum A. 1) dimittere, emittere, effundere. R. Schl. I. 44. 38.: gaṅgām...śrotrābhyām asṛjat; RIGV. 38. 8.: vṛṣṭir asarji. Cum vocibus, quae missilia significant, mittere, emittere, conjicere, jaculari. MAH. 3. 16461.: asṛjat sāyakān; RAGH. 11. 44. (vid. muc). 2) deponere, ponere, imponere (e manibus emittere). N. 5. 28.: skandhadeśe 'sṛjat tasya srajam. 3) creare, producere, e se emittere. MAN. 1. 25.: sṛṣṭiṃ sasarjacai 've 'māṃ sraṣṭum icchann imāḥ prajāḥ; SU. 3. 11.: sṛjyatām prārthanīyai 'kā pramadā; 14.: tām...asṛjat; MAH. 1. 4165.: sṛjethās trīṃl lokān anyān; BH. 4. 7. 4) gignere, generare. R. Schl. I. 16. 6.: kinnarīṇāñca gātreṣu ...sṛjadhvaṃ harirūpeṇa putrān; 16. 9.: sutān vīrān sasṛjuḥ. (Cf. vṛj. Huc traxerim lat. rigo, goth. rig-n pluvia, nisi pertinent ad vṛṣ; v. praeff. abhi ava ā.)

c. ati 1) relinquere, reliquum facere. MAH. 4. 331.: bhīmaseno 'pi māṃsāni...atisṛṣṭāni matsyena (nom. pr.) vikrīṇīte yudhiṣṭhire. 2) dare. R. Schl. II. 18. 23.: atisṛjya dadānī 'ti varam mama (vid. sl. 22. et cf. tyāga actio dandi a tyaj relinquere; v. etiam praef. abhi.

c. apa praef. vi demittere, dejicere, abjicere. MAH. 3. 16104.: vāsaḥ...vānarāṇāṃ yat sītā hriyamāṇā vyapāsṛjat (cf. sl. 16053.).

c. abhi 1) effundere. RIGV. 19. 9. 2) dare. R. Schl. I. 9. 63.: tenā 'bhisṛṣṭā brahmarṣe grāmā hy ete.

c. ava 1) dimittere, emittere, effundere. RIGV. 32. 12.: avāsṛjaḥ sartave sapta sindhūn (v. sṛ). 2) projicere. M. 23. 3) ponere, imponere. MAH. 1. 1973. 4) remittere, condonare. N. 26. 23.: prāṇān avasṛjāmi te. 5) solvere, liberare. RIGV. 24. 13.: avai 'naṃ rājā varuṇaḥ sasṛjyād baddham (Potent. praet. mltf. 7. nisi pertinet ad cl. 3. sicut praes. upasasṛjmahe.)

c. ava praef. vi 1) jacere, conjicere, jaculari. MAH. 3. 14253.: tasya śailaśikharaṅ keśī kruddho vyavāsṛjat. 2) deponere. MAH. 3. 10438.

c. ava praef. sam jacere, conjicere, jaculari. MAH. 3. 1586.: śaravarṣaṅ kirāte samavāsṛjat; 1. 6749.

c. ā affundere, infundere. RIGV. 9. 2. 28. 9.

c. ā praef. sam 1) ponere, imponere. MAH. 1. 1703. 2) tradere. MAN. 9. 323.: putre rājyaṃ samāsṛjya.

c. ut dimittere, emittere, effundere. N. 1. 22.: haṃsam utsasarja; BH. 9. 19.: varṣan nigṛhṇāmy utsṛjāmica; N. 23. 27.: vāṣpam utsṛṣṭavān aham. -- śarān. BHATT. 14. 14. TROP. R. Schl. I. 64. 3.: krodham utsṛjate krūram mayi. 2) exuere. N. 9. 5.: utsṛjya sarvagātrebhyo bhūṣaṇāne. 3) projicere. BR. 9. 19.: utsṛṣṭam āmiṣam bhūmau. 4) relinquere, deserere. N. 10. 28.: suptām utsṛjya tām bhāryām. Renuntiare alicui. BR. 1.: tām aham bālāṅ katham utsraṣṭum utsahe . ātmānam apico 'tsṛjya tapsyāmi paralokagaḥ; MAN. 8. 170.

c. ut praef. sam id. R. Schl. II. 44. 21. MAH. 3. 8578. 8750. 1. 4162.

c. upa 1) emittere, effundere. TROP. RIGV. 81. 8.: upa kāmānt (v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 145. annot.) sasṛjmahe "ad te applicamus desideria nostra". 2) aggredi, invadere, incursare. MAH. 3. 8461.: śvāpadair upasṛṣṭāni durgāṇi; MAN. 4. 61. -- āditya upasṛṣṭaḥ sol deficiens, i. e. quem Rāhus invasit, voravit (v. rāhu). MAN. 4. 37.

c. ni dimittere. MAH. 1. 7543.; manu mittere. MAN. 8. 414.

c. ni praef. sam tradere. MAH. 1. 7134.

c. vi 1) dimittere, emittere. IN. 5. 1. 30. emittere, de sagittis. DR. 5. 17. Effundere, śonitam sanguinem. A. 7. 27. Deponere, abjicere, e. c. deham corpus, i. e. mori. GHAT. 18. (cf. SA. 2. 23.). Tradere. RAGH. 8. 70. Dare. R. Schl. II. 36. 8. Creare, ex se emittere. BH. 9. 7. -- Caus. dimittere. SU. 3. 32. N. 13. 3. Deponere, relinquere. N. 13. 60. Emittere, de sagittis. A. 10. 53.

c. sam conjungere. RIGV. 118. 8.: saṃ vatsenā 'sṛjatā mātaram punaḥ "cum vitulo conjunxistis matrem iterum"; 23. 23. Pass. conjungi, misceri, se conjungere, se immiscere, congredi. RAGH. 5. 69.: saṃsṛjyate sarasijair aruṇāṃśubhinnaiḥ...vibhātavāyuḥ; 13. 73.: saumitriṇā tad anu saṃsasṛje. 2) creare. MAN. 1. 56.

sRti sṛti

f. (r. sṛ s. ti) itio, iter, via. BH. 8. 27.

sRp sṛp

1. P. ire, gradi. R. Schl. II. 59. 10.: naca sarpanti sattvāni vyālā na prasarantica; HIT. 30. 3.: satrāsam mandam mandaṃ sarpan (mūṣikaḥ). (Vid. sarpa et cf. lat. serpo, repo, gr. [greek] Huc etiam traxerim germ. vet. SLIF labi (slīfu, sleif, slifumes) per metath. e SILF = sarp debilitato a in i, nostrum schleife, anglo-sax. SLIP, servatā tenui (v. gr. comp. 89.). Fortasse germ. vet. SLICH repere, slichu, sleih, slichumes, mutatā labiali in gutt.; lith. slenkiu repo, praet. slinkau, fut. slink-su; reploju "ich krieche auf Händen und Füfsen"; hib. sleagaim "I sneak, drawl".)

c. apa abire. MAH. 3. 14112.: apāsarpac chaṇair bhītaḥ. Aufugere. R. Schl. II. 29. 4.: sarve te tava rāghava rūpan dṛṣṭvā 'pasarpeyuḥ.

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 4. 1899.

c. ut se extendere. N. 23. 9.

c. ut praef. sam ascendere. RAGH. 6. 8.

c. upa adire, aggredi. BR. 3. 22.: prahasann iva sarvāṃs tān ekaikam upasarpati. Etiam ATM. R. Schl. II. 96. 9.: śilān tām upasarpata (omisso augmento).

c. upa praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 6450.

c. vi P. A. 1) discedere, digredi, dispergi. N. 1. 25.: haṃsā visasṛpuḥ sarvataḥ pramadāvane; MAH. 1. 8286. 2) vagari, volare, fluere. HIT. 10. 1.: kapotarājaḥ saparivaro viyati visarpan; MAH. 3. 14997.: ūrdhvam ākramamāṇāḥ ...visarpamāṇāḥ (gandharvāḥ); R. Schl. I. 44. 17.: vyasarpata jalam.

sRbh sṛbh

1. P. (hiṃse) ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. sribh srimbh.

sRSTa sṛṣṭa

v. sṛj.

sRSTi sṛṣṭi

f. (r. sṛj s. ti) creatio. HIT. 72. 18.

sRR sṝ

9. P. sṛṇāmi. Ferire, laedere, occidere. Cf. svṝ śṝ.

sek sek

1. A. ire, se movere. Cf. svek.

seka seka

m. (r. sic s. a) rigatio. HIT. 70. 20.

setu setu

m. (r. si s. tu) pons.

senA senā

f. (ut videtur, a r. si ligare s. na in fem.) exercitus.

senAnI senānī

m. (e praec. et ducens, dux, v. gr. 173.) exercitūs dux. BH. 10. 24.

sel sel

1. P. ire, se movere. Vid. śel et cf. sal.

c. ati Caus. facere ut quis ultra modum se moveat, magnis itineribus defatigare. HIT. 96. 19.: śatrūn jigīṣur atiṣelayet.

sev sev

1. A. interdum P. 1) adire, frequentare, celebrare locum. IN. 2. 1.: purīṃ ramyāṃ siddhacāraṇasevitām; 2.: vanam puṇyam apsarogaṇasevitam; N. 12. 2.: vanam... nānāpakṣigaṇākīrṇam mlechataskarasevitam; MAN. 4. 131.: sandhyayośco 'bhayoścai 'va na seveta catuṣpatham. Adire virum, feminam, i. e. coire, concumbere (cf. gam praef. upa). MAN. 8. 365. 368. HIT. 87. 1. -- sukhaṃ sevitum duḥkhaṃ se- gaudium, dolorem percipere. HIT. 36. 86. (v. i gam). 2) facere, efficere, agere, committere, exsequi, exercere, colere, (v. car). MAN. 9. 227.: dyūtaṃ na seveta; 12. 21.: adharmaṃ sevate; MAH. 1. 8052.: dharmakāmārthān siṣeva. 3) honorare, venerari. MAH. 7. 38.: vṛddhāṃśca nityaṃ seveta...vṛddhasevī hi satataṃ rakṣobhir api pūjyate. 4) ministrare, servire. RAGH. 2. 13.: tam ātapaklāntam...pavanaḥ siṣeve. C. acc. pers. et instr. rei ministrare, suppeditare alicui aliquid; instruere aliquem aliquā re. RAGH. 11. 11.: tau...vāyavaḥ surabhipuṣpareṇubhiś chāyayāca jaladāḥ siṣevire. Pass. R. Schl. II. 100. 33.: malena tasyā 'ṅgam idaṅ katham Fortasse goth. saivala anima, germ. vet. sela, a movendo, spirando dictum, sicut lat. animus, anima a r. an et [greek])

c. ā i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 16564.: yadi hy akāmām āsevet striyam anyām; MR. 70. 13.: mayā dyūtam āsevitam.

c. ā praef. sam id. MAN. 11. 174.: maithunaṃ samāsevya puṃsi yoṣiti vā dvijaḥ.

c. upa i. q. simpl. MAN. 4. 133.: vairiṇan no 'paseveta sahāyañcai 'va vairiṇaḥ (adeat, appropinquet). MAH. 3. 15385. 2. 159. 390. R. Schl. II. 100. 33.

c. ut praef. abhi id. MAH. 3. 13432.

c. ni (niṣev gr. 80.) id. HIT. 44. 1.: yo dhruvāṇi parityajya adhruvāṇi niṣevate; BR. 1. 16. N. 13. 3. SA. 6. 38.

sevaka sevaka

m. (r. sev s. aka) minister, famulus, servus. HIT. 41. 22. 48. 14.

sevA sevā

f. (r. sev s. ā) 1) cultus, veneratio. BH. 4. 34. 6. 20. 2) servitus, servitium. HIT. 31. 19.

sevitva sevitva

n. (a sevin s. tva) 1) cultus, veneratio. 2) inhabitatio, commoratio. BH. 13. 10.

sevin sevin

(r. sev s. in) 1) venerans. DR. 7. 12. 2) inhabitans, v. sevitva.

sai sai

1. P. (kṣaye) perire.

saiMha saiṃha

(f. ī a siṃha s. a) leoninus. HIT. 36. 16.

sainApatya saināpatya

n. (a senāpati exercitūs dux suff. ya) imperium. UR. 94. 5.

sainika sainika

m. (a senā exercitus s. ika) bellator, miles. SU. 2. 9. 14. DR. 8. 36.

saindhava saindhava

m. (a sindhu nom. regionis s. a) Sindhuensis. DR. 6. 6.

saindhavaka saindhavaka

m. (a praec. s. ka vel aka) id. DR. 8. 42.

sainya sainya

(a senā exercitus s. ya) 1) m. bellator, miles. 2) n. exercitus. DR. 6. 26.

sairandhrI sairandhrī

et sairindhrī f. (ut videtur, mutilatum e svairandhrī svairindhrī ex acc. [greek] svaira cujus a in formā -ri- debilitatum est in i et dhrī a r. dhṛ s. a in fem.) operaria, opifex, artifex libera, quae in aliorum domo laborat. N. 13. 55.

so so

1. P. 4. syāmi part. pass. sita v. gr. 694. (antakāre [??] K. nāśe V.) finire, finem facere, occidere, destruere.

c. ava finire, ad finem adducere. RAGH. 11. 37.: avasite kriyāvidhau. Caus. avasāyayāmi finiendum, peragendum curare aliquid, facere ut quis finiat. RAGH. 5. 76.: vidhim avasāyya.

c. ava praef. adhi 1) constituere, consilium capere. MAH. 3. 16254.: nā 'dhyāvāsyad yadā kaścit sāgarasya vilaṅghanam. 2) reputare. SA. 100. 15.: syān na ve 'ty adhyavasyan.

c. vi praef. ava 1) decernere, statuere, constituere. BR. 1. 10.: viditvā vyavasiṣyāmi (anom. pro -sāsyāmi); H. 1. 52.: iti bhīmo vyavasya (v. gr. 638.) -- vyavasita qui decrevit BH. 1. 45.: mahat pāpaṅ kartuṃ vyavasitā vayam; R. Schl. I. 52. 22. 2) petere, appetere. MAH. 2. 1400.: duṣkṛtām pūjāṃ śiśupālo vyavasyati. Cum infin. SA. 5. 52.: na bhartṛhīnā vyavasāmi jīvitum (secundum 1mam cl., abjecto o).

c. vyava praef. sam decernere. MAN. 7. 13.

c. pra prasita petens, appetens, studiosus. RAGH. 8. 23.

soDhum soḍhum

v. sah.

sodara sodara

Adj. (BAH. e sa cum et udara venter) germanus, naturalis, ex iisdem parentibus natus. SA. 7. 13.

sodarya sodarya

m. (a praec. s. ya) germanus frater. HIT. 42. 21. (Cf. gr. [greek] ex [greek] = sa et [greek].)

sopAna sopāna

n. (fortasse mutilatum e sopānaya e sa cum et upānaya a r. ducere praef. upa + ā suff. a) scalae. UR. 38. 9.

soma soma

m. 1) luna. 2) planta, asclepias acida. 3) succus. asclepiadis acidae. BH. 9. 20.

saukSmya saukṣmya

n. (a sūkṣma subtilis, tenuis s. ya) subtilitas. BH. 13. 32.

saukhya saukhya

n. (a sukha s. ya) gaudium, voluptas. HIT. 33. 1.

saugandhika saugandhika

(a sugandha suavis odor suff. ika) 1) Adj. bene odorus. N. 13. 2. 2) n. flos, lotus alba. IN. 2. 2.

[Page 383b]
saudAminI saudāminī

f. (pro saudāmanī Fem. [greek] saudāmana e nube ortus, a sudāman nubes s. a) fulgur. AM.

saundarya saundarya

n. (a sundara s. ya) pulchritudo. HIT. 74. 3.

saubala saubala

m. (a subala Subalus s. a) nom. propr. (Subalo natus). IN. 3. 9.

saubhAgya saubhāgya

n. (a subhaga felix s. ya) felicitas, fortuna. N. 1. 10.

saumya saumya

(a soma luna s. ya) pulcher, amoenus, jucundus, placidus. SA. 1. 14. DR. 1. 14. BH. 11. 50.

saumyatA saumyatā

f. (a praec. s. ) pulchritudo, jucunditas, mansuetudo. IN. 5. 7.

saumyatva saumyatva

n. (a saumya s. tva) id. BH. 17. 16.

saurabhI saurabhī

f. (fem. vocis saurabha Surabhi natus, a surabhi q. v. s. a) vacca. BR. 1. 12.

sauvIra sauvīra

m. 1) in Plur. nomen regionis (Wils. A district, apparently the part of the gangetic provinces occupied by the Suviras, now called Suirs). DR. 4. 8. 12. 2) Sauvirensis. DR. 4. 7. 8. 27.

sauvIraka sauvīraka

m. (a praec. s. ka vel aka) Sauvirensis. DR. 4. 2.

sauhArda sauhārda

n. (a suhṛd s. a v. gr. 648.) amicitia. HIT. 42. 20.

sauhRda sauhṛda

n. (a suhṛd s. a) id. N. 10. 26.

skand skand

1. P. skandāmi part. pass. skanna. Salire, scandere, cadere, elabi, effluere. MAH. 1. 5105.: tato 'sya retaḥ caskanda. Etiam ATM. MAN. 7. 84.: na skandate...brāhmaṇasya mukhe hutam (schol. sravaty adhaḥ patati). -- skanna elapsus. R. Schl. I. 38. 27. Immissus, infusus, de semine. MAH. 1. 2434. -- Caus. 1) effundere semen. MAN. 2. 180.: na retaḥ skandayet kvacit. 2) omittere, negligere. MAN. 6. 9. (Cf. skund syand lat. scando, scateo; hib. skeinnead "eruption, gushing forth", ut videtur, per assim. e sceindead; fortasse gr. [greek] mutato d vel n in [greek])

c. ava praef. abhi exsilire. MAH. 4. 810.: advāreṇā 'bhyavaskandya.

c. ava praef. sam Caus. invadere, oppugnare. MAN. 7. 196.: samavaskandayeccai 'nam (arim).

c. pra i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 11. 4.: pracaskanda...pāśam mṛga iva; MAH. 1. 2380.: tasya retaḥ pracaskanda. -- Cum abl. desilire. DR. 1. 17. 8. 10. 15.: rathāt praskandya.

skanda skanda

m. (r. skand s. a) cognomen Kārtikeyi. AM.

skandha skandha

m. (fortasse a r. skand mutato d in dh) 1) humerus. 2) truncus. UR. 68. 12. (Anglo-sax. sculdor, sculder, sculdr; germ. vet. scultra, sculdra, scultara, mutatis liquidis, v. gr. comp. 20. et Diefenbach Celtica 93.; armor. skoaz, cambro-brit. ysgwyz; fortasse hib. guala e sguada vel sguana; fortasse gr. [greek] mutatā gutturali in lab., et lat. scapula mutatā linguali in labialem, sicut in fumus, inferior, ruber, v. dhūma adhara rudhira.)

skandhadeza skandhadeśa

m. (e praec. et deśa regio) id. N. 5. 28. (cf. pucchadeśa). DR. 5. 8.

skanna skanna

v. skand.

skambh skambh

1. A. (scribitur skabh) 5. et 9. P. skambhe skabhnomi skabhnāmi; part. pass. skabdha in dial. Ved. skabhita. Fulcire, figere. RIGV. 34. 2.: trayaḥ skambhāsaḥ skabhitāsa ārabhe "tria in eo adminicula fixa sunt ad innitendum". Cf. skumbh stambh stumbh.

sku sku

5. et 9. P. A. tegere. BHATT. 17. 82.: rāmam askunād iṣuvṛṣṭibhiḥ.

skund skund

1. A. subsilire. Cf. skand.

skumbh skumbh

5. et 9. P. skubhnomi skubhnāmi i. q. skambh.

skhad skhad

1. A. (svadane K. vidāre V.) gustare, lacerare. Cf. 1. et 2. khad.

skhal skhal

1. P. titubare, vacillare. HIT. 105. 15. TROP. HIT. 55. 2.: prabhusamīpam upāgatānāṃ vācaḥ skhalanti. Errare, peccare. R. Schl. I. 13. 10.: nā 'nāhutam abhūt tatra skhalitaṃ vā 'pi kiñcana. (Cf. sphal cal lat. scelus, nisi hoc pertinet ad chala; gr. [greek] lat. fallo.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. A. 8. 14.: harayo vimukhāścā 'san prāskhalaccā 'pi mātaliḥ.

stak stak

1. P. (pratighāte) contra ferire, arcere, repellere.

[Page 384b]
stan stan

1. 1. P. gemere, suspirare. BHATT. 14. 30.: tastanuḥ kṣatāḥ. (Gr. [greek] lith. stenu id., slav. stenajū id.)

c. ni i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 14060.: tam ugratapasaṃ vipran niṣṭanantam mahītale. Cum acc. gemere alqd. R. Schl. II. 77. 8.: pituḥ śarīranirvāṇaṃ niṣṭanan viṣasāda.

stan stan

2. 10. P. stanayāmi. Tonare. RIGV. 79. 2.: stanayanty abhrāḥ; 58. 2. (Cf. lat. tono, tonitru; gr. [greek] sax. vet. thunar tonitru, germ. vet. thonar, donar id.)

stana stana

m. mamma. IN. 5. 8. (Hib. sine "a woman's breast, a dug or teat", ejecto t.)

stanayitnu stanayitnu

m. (r. 2. stan suff. unād. itnu) 1) nubes. 2) tonitru. DR. 6. 9. 3) fulgur.

stabdha stabdha

v. stambh.

stabh stabh

v. stambh.

stam stam

1. et 10. P. stamāmi stamayāmi i. q. sam.

stamba stamba

m. acervus, cumulus, e. c. graminis. R. Schl. II. 80. 8.: vīraṇastamba.

stambh stambh

I. 5. et 9. P. stabhnomi stabhnāmi 1) fulcire. RIGV. 67. 3.: tastamba dyām mantrebhiḥ satyaiḥ "fulcivit coelum carminibus efficacibus". -- stabdha (v. gr. 83.) immobilis, rigidus. N. 5. 25.: vibudhān...stabdhalocanān; HIT. 23. 8.: pādān stabdhīkṛtvā. TROP. contumax, pertinax. BH. 18. 28. 2) niti, inniti, c. acc. rei. A. 6. 13.: sa tu śabdo divaṃ stabdhvā pratiśabdam ajījanat. -- II. 1. A. (scribitur ṣṭabh gr. 109. 110a).) immobilem fieri. BHATT. 14. 55.: gātran tastambhe (schol. kāṣṭavat niścalam abhūt). -- Caus. 1) fulcire. MAH. 3. 827.: sīdantaṃ sārathim...astambhayam. 2) sistere, immobilem reddere, inhibere, obstruere. MAH. 3. 10387.: tasya praharato bāhuṃ stambhayāmāsa; 1. 207.: hradaṅ gatvā stambhayitvā tadambhaḥ; R. Schl. I. 75. 17.: hūṅkāreṇa mahādevaḥ stambhito 'tha trilocanaḥ. (Cf. r. stubh et Caus. r. sthā (sthāpayāmi); gr. [greek] lat. stupeo, stipes, nisi pertinent ad sthāpayāmi v. sthā; germ. vet. stamph pilum, stam stipes, truncus, (dat. stamma, ut videtur per assim. e stamba vel stampa, stamfa), island. vet. stofn id.; germ. vet. stab baculus. Cum stabdha immobilis, rigidus cf. germ. vet. stīf, angl. stiff, nostrum steif.)

c. ava (anom. avaṣṭambh) inniti. BH. 9. 8.: prakṛtiṃ svām avaṣṭabhya.

c. vi 1) fulcire, stabilire. RIGV. V. 99. 3. (v. Westerg.) vi yas tastambha rodasī; BH. 10. 42.: viṣṭabhyā 'ham idaṅ kṛtsnam ekāṃśena sthito jagat. 2) sistere, retinere, inhibere. N. 2. 30.: antarīkṣe viṣṭabhya vimānāni divaukasaḥ. 3) inniti. HIT. 69. 9.: viṣṭabhya pādāv avatiṣṭhate śrīḥ. -- Caus. sistere, inhibere. MAH. 3. 10314.: kathaṃ viṣṭambhitas tena bhagavān pākaśāsanaḥ (cf. 3. 10387.)

c. sam 1) fulcire, stabilire, confirmare. A. 8. 23. BH. 3. 43.: saṃstabdhvā "tmānam ātmanā. Se confirmare, se erigere, colligere. R. Schl. II. 14. 13.: kṛcchrād dhairyeṇa saṃstabhya. 2) refrenare, coe7rcere. R. Schl. II. 63. 47.: saṃstabhya śokan dhairyeṇa. -- Caus. 1) fulcire, confirmare. R. Schl. II. 34. 53. MAH. 1. 6477. 2) immobilem reddere. MAH. 1. 1291. 3. 10313.

c. sam praef. abhi fulcire, confirmare. R. Schl. II. 64. 11.

stambha stambha

m. (r. stambh s. a) postis, pila, columna. IN. 2. 24. N. 5. 3. (V. r. stambh.)

stavaka stavaka

m. (ut videtur, a r. stu s. aka) fasciculus florum. HIT. 31. 6.: kusumastavaka.

stavakita stavakita

(a praec. s. ita) fasciculo florum praeditus. UR. 73. 5.

stigh stigh

5. P. (āskandane v. Westerg. p. 365.) ascendere. (Gr. [greek] germ. vet. STIG scandere, ascendere, stīgu, steig, stigumes; lith. staigùs celer, staigey cito, staigio-s festino, russ. stignu (cf. stighnomi) assequor, consequor, slav. vet. [greek] semita, goth. staigs id., hib. staighre "a step, stair".)

stip stip

1. A (kṣaraṇe K. ścyuti V.) stillare. Cf. stim stīm tip tim.

stim stim

4. P. madidum, humidum esse, madefieri. stimita 1) humidus, madidus. N. 13. 6.: ardharātrasamaye niḥśabdastimite; AM.: ārdraṃ sārdraṅ klinnan timitaṃ stimitaṃ samunnam uttam. Cf. tim stip tip. 2) firmus, rigidus, immotas (cf. stambh). MED.; RAGH. 1. 73.: dhyānastimitalocanaḥ (schol. sthirībhūte netre yasya); 2. 22. 11. 45.

stIm stīm

4. P. i. q. stim.

stIrNa stīrṇa

v. stṝ.

stu stu

2. P. staumi stuve laudare, celebrare. DEV. 1. 53.: viśveśvarīm...staumi; 63.: tvaṅ kiṃ stūyase mayā; SA. 6. 39.: astauṣan tam ahan devam; BH. 11. 21. IN. 2. 11. SU. 2. 4. (Cf. goth. staua judex, qui jus dicit, stauja judico, gr. [greek] aeol. [greek] ita ut a loquendo dictum sit, sicut scr. vaktra vadana; vid. Benfey I. 407.)

c. abhi abhiṣṭaumi -ṣṭuve i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 7393.: abhiṣṭauṣi; 8351.: abhituṣṭāva.

c. abhi praef. sam id. R. Schl. I. 14. 26.

c. pra 1) i. q. simpl. HIT. 19. 2. 2) narrare, nuntiare. HIT. 87. 21.: saṃstutam anusandhīyatām; 100. 16.: sarvaṃ vṛttāntam prastutya. Caus. facere ut quis narret, nuntiet. MAH. 1. 6.: apṛcchat...prastāvayan kathāḥ.

c. vi i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 7056.: vyastuvan.

c. sam id. IN. 2. 9. -- abhisaṃstu parisaṃstu id. MAH. 3. 12709. 1. 2132.

stuc stuc

1. A (prasāde) propitium esse.

stuti stuti

f. (r. stu s. ti) collaudatio. SU. 2. 4.

stubh stubh

1. A. (stobhe K. stambhe V.) immobilem fieri. -- In dial. Ved. PAR. laudare, celebrare. NIGH. 3. 14. (v. Westerg.). Caus. id. RIGV. 88. 6. b.: astobhayat "celebravit". Cf. stambh stu. -- Praef. pari in dial. Ved. laudare, celebrare. RIGV. 80. 9.: pariṣṭobhata viṃśatiḥ "laudant eum viginti".

c. prati P. id. RIGV. 8. 6.

stumbh stumbh

5. et 9. P. stubhnomi stubhnāmi i. q. stambh 5. et 9. P.

stUp stūp

4. et 10. P. (ucchraye) coacervare, erigere.

[Page 386a]
stUpa stūpa

m. (r. stūp s. a) cumulus. AM.

stR stṛ

1. 5. et 9. P. A. stṛṇomi stṛṇve stṛṇāmi stṛṇe. 1) sternere, expandere. RIGV. v. 43. 2. 13. 5.: stṛṇīta bahir adhvarāya (v. Westerg.). 2) tegere. RAGH. 4. 63.: teṣāṃ śirobhiḥ śmaśrulair mahīn tastāra; 7. 55.: tastāra gām...śirobhiḥ. (Vid. stṝ gr. [greek] = stṛṇomi lat. sterno = stṛṇāmi v. gr. comp. 496.; goth. strauja sterno; slav. str-je-ti extendere, pro-stir-a-ti id., pro-stran spatiosus = prastīrṇa; po-stl-a-ti sternere, postelja lectus, prje-stol thronus, lith. stálas mensa, vid. Mikl. p. 86.)

c. vi vistṛta 1) stratus. NALOD. 3. 14.: vistṛtā nagā yatra. 2) latus. M. 16.: triyojanāyatā vāpī vistṛtācā 'pi yojanam.

stR stṛ

2. Subst. stella, in dial. Ved., v. RIGV. 68. 5. (Vid. tārā e stārā.)

stRkS stṛkṣ

1. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire.

stRh stṛh

6. P. i. q. tṛh.

stRR stṝ

9. P. A. stṛ ṇāmi stṛṇe. (Propter gr. r. 385. stṝ a stṛ in tempp. special. non distingui potest; si autem in universum radices in desinentes statuuntur, ad stṝ pertinent Gerund. stīrya Pass. stīrye part. stīrṇa. Vera verborum stṛṇomi et stṛṇāmi radix est star unde stṛ correpto ar in et stīr mutato a in ī v. gr. min. ed. 2. par. 12.) sternere, expandere, extendere.

c. ā 1) sternere, expandere. MAH. 3. 15142.: darbhāstaraṇam āstīrya. 2) tegere. MAH. 2. 1155.: kuśair āstīrya medinīm.

c. upa sternere, constituere, parare. MAH. 2. 2033.: upastīrṇā sabhā.

c. pari sternere, expandere. MAH. 1. 6975.: paristīrya juhāvā 'gnim.

c. vi dispandere, expandere. HIT. 9. 8. 14.: tena vyādhena ...jālaṃ vistīrṇam; MAN. 7. 33.: vistīryate yaśo loke. -- vistīrṇa extensus, magnus. N. 12. 112. IN. 5. 3. 10. -- Caus. expandere. MAN. 7. 188.: vistārayed balam.

c. sam 1) sternere, expandere. MAH. 1. 7163. IN. 5. 3. 2) tegere. M. 2. 1774.: sabhāṃ saṃstīrya ratnaiḥ.

stRRh stṝh

6. P. i. q. stṛh.

sten sten

10. P. furari. MAN. 8. 333.: yas tv etāni...dravyāṇi stenayet; 4. 256. (Goth. STAL furari, stila, stal, stelum, mutato n in l, vid. anya; gr. [greek] v. Pott 1. 197.)

stena stena

m. (r. sten s. a) fur.

steya steya

n. (r. sten abjecto n s. ya) furtum. AM.

stai stai

1. P. (veṣṭe) vestire, induere.

stainya stainya

n. (a praec. s. ya) id. AM.

stoka stoka

parvus, paucus. AM. stokam Adv. parum, paulum. MEGH. 80. (Cf. lith. stokóju careo, egeo.)

stom stom

10. P. (Denom. a sq.) laudare.

stoma stoma

m. (r. stu s. ma) laus, hymnus. RIGV. Sp. 16. 7.

styai styai

1. P. (śabdasaṅghāte K. saṃhatau dhvanau V.) sonare, coacervare.

strI strī

f. (correptum e sotrī a r. su vel s. tṛ in fem., v. Pott I. 214.; nom. strī pro strīs acc. striyam et strīm v. gr. 168.) femina. BR. 2. 12. Etiam bestiarum femina, e. c. śākhāmṛgastrī. DR. 4. 4.

stha stha

Adj. in fine compos. (r. sthā s. a stare) 1) stans. DR. 5. 15. 2) saepissime qui est, versatur, moratur, situs est. N. 1. 18. 10. 1. 18. 10. 24. 18.

sthag sthag

1. P. (saṃvaraṇe K. saṃvṛtau V.) tegere. BHATT. 121. 69.: sthagitā rajobhir diśaḥ. (Cf. sag lat. tego, island. vet. thekja tegere, germ. vet. dakjan, dachjan, dechjan id.)

sthal sthal

1. P. (sthāne sthitau V., ut videtur, a r. sthā correpto ā adjecto l v. pāl) stare. (Boruss. vet. stall-i-t stare; stall-e-mai stamus; germ. vet. stellet collocat = Caus. sthālayati; lith. stelloju "ich bestelle, stelle an"; gr. [greek] sensu = Caus. r. sthā praef. pra; hib. stalc "obstinacy, stubborness".)

sthala sthala

n. (r. sthal s. a) locus, regio, solum. MEGH. 90. 104. Lass. 16. 4. Vid. sq. (Germ. vet. stal locus, dat. stalle, nostrum Stall stabulum.)

[Page 387a]
sthalI sthalī

f. (a praec. signo fem. ī) id. UR. 60. 14. RITU-S. 1. 25. -- RAGH. 6. 72.: gaṇḍasthalī; BHAR. 1. 19.: upasthasthalī (v. skandhadeśa).

sthavira sthavira

(ut videtur, forma anomala a r. sthā stare) 1) firmus, stabilis. 2) senex. N. 4. 25. 12. 123.

sthA sthā

1. P. A. stiṣṭhāmi tiṣṭhe (proprie cl. 3., anomale correpto ā in a in tempp. spec., v. gr. min. 295. et r. dad 1) stare, pedibus insistere. SA. 4. 8.: tiṣṭhantī... kāṣṭhabhūte 'va lakṣyate; 5. 4.: na sthātuśaktir asti me; HIT. 26. 9.: calaty ekena pādena tiṣṭhaty ekena buddhimān. -- sthita stans. N. 12. 27. SA. 4. 3. 5. 8. 2) stare, motu vacare. N. 14. 6.: tiṣṭha tvaṃ sthāvara iva; BH. 2. 13.: yadā sthāsyati niścalā. 3) perstare, perdurare. HIT. 47. 10.: arakṣitan tiṣṭhati daivarakṣitam. 4) manere, morari. DEV. 1. 10.: tasthau kañcit sa kālañca muninā tena satkṛtaḥ. -- Pass. impers. Lass. 56. 2.: dināni katicid bhadre sthīyatām; HIT. 21. 4.: sarvair ekatra...sukhibhiḥ sthīyatām. 5) esse, versari. BH. 3. 5.: na hi kaścit kṣaṇam api jātu tiṣṭhaty akarmakṛt; N. 20. 29. 25. 16. -- HIT. 31. 2.: sarveṣām mūrdhni tiṣṭhet; MAH. 3. 1138.: īśvarasya vaśe lokās tiṣṭhante. 6) adstare, adesse, praesentem esse. N. 4. 5.: tiṣṭhatsu lokapāleṣu katham mānuṣam icchasi; H. 3. 7.: na sa kaścin mayi sthite; RIGV. 35. 10.: asthād devaḥ. -- Caus. sthāpayāmi -ye. Sistere, collocare. N. 21. 18.: hayān tān avamucyā 'tha sthāpayāmāsa vai ratham. C. loc. loci. BH. 1. 21.: senayor ubhayor madhye rathaṃ sthāpaya. -- TROP. MAN 7. 44.: vaśe sthāpayitum prajāḥ; MAH. 3. 234.: rājyecai 'naṃ sthāpayasva. -- kanyāṃ sthāpa- filiam collocare in matrimonium. MAH. 1. 2576.: (dakṣaḥ) putrikāḥ sthāpayāmāsa...dadau sa daśa dharmāya saptaviṃśatim indave. 2) facere ut quid sit, fundare, constituere, condere. R. Schl. I. 1. 92. II. 80. 24. (Gr. [greek] per redupl. pro [greek] = zend. his' tāmi (v. gr. comp. 508.), scr. tiṣṭhāmi; [greek] = asthām; lat. sto, sisto (v. gr. comp. 508.); germ. vet. stām sto, stāt stat; lith. stowmi, slav. stoju; hib. sta-d fem. "stop, pers. hestem sum, hestīm sumus, v. gr. comp. 628. annot. 2. Cum Caus. sthāpay cf. stambh q. v., germ. vet. stif-t fundatio, institutum, stiftan fundare, aedificare.)

c. adhi (part. in ta dhiṣṭhita abjectā vocali initiali, et adhiṣṭhita) 1) superstare, insistere, c. acc. MAH. 2. 2541.: śiraḥ pādenacā 'syā 'ham adhiṣṭhāsyāmi bhūtale; MAN. 4. 78.: adhitiṣṭhen na keśān. 2) niti, inniti. R. Schl. I. 34. 34.: kṣamāyāṃ dhiṣṭhitañ jagat; MAH. 3. 1105.: yasyām (kṣamāyām)...yajñā lokāśca dhiṣṭhitāḥ. 3) inhabitare. A. 10. 2.: puram...paulomaiḥ...adhiṣṭhitam. 4) praeesse, imperare. R. Schl. II. 1. 25.: mahīm...kṛtsnām adhitiṣṭhantam. 5) transgredi. R. Schl. I. 31. 19.: ekena hi padā kṛtsnām pṛthivīṃ so 'dhyatiṣṭhata. 6) sicut simpl. stare, versari, esse. MAH. 1. 2867. 3406. 8325.

c. anu stando sequi stantem. MAN. 11. 111.: tiṣṭhantīṣv anutiṣṭhet tu vrajantīṣv apya anuvrajet. 2) sequi, obsequi, dharmam. MAN. 2. 9.: dharmam anutiṣṭhan; 5. 2. 9. 11. MAH. 3. 1282. BH. 3. 35. -- niyogam MAH. 1. 749.: guror niyogam anutiṣṭhamānaḥ. 3) facere. UR. 41. 10. infr.: kutra sa...kiṃ vā 'nutiṣṭhati; HIT. 54. 17.: yathābhipretam anuṣṭhīyatām. 4) regere. DR. 4. 12.: kaccid ekaḥ...sauvīrān saha sindhubhir anutiṣṭhasi. 5) manere, commorari. Lass. 56. 10.: punaḥ śatadvayaṅ kiñcidūnaṃ varṣāṇām anvatiṣṭhata.

c. ava 1) i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 30. 11. N. 7. 15. 2) discedere. HIT. 47. 22.: mandam mandam avatiṣṭhate. -- Caus. i. q. Caus. primit. N. 20. 12.

c. ava praef. pari stare, versari, esse. MAH. 1. 4029.: satatam pauruṣe paryavasthitaḥ; BH. 2. 65...prasannatejaso hy āśu buddhiḥ paryavatiṣṭhate.

c. ava praef. prati exadversum stare. SU. 3. 24.

c. ava praef. vi stare, adstare, versari, esse. DEV. 7. 2.: dadṛśus te tato devīm...vyavasthitāṃ siṃhasyo 'pari; BH. 1. 20.: vyavasthitān dṛṣṭvā dhārtarāṣṭrān; 3. 34.: indriyasye 'indriyasyā 'rthe rāgadveṣau vyavasthitau; R. Schl. II. 23. 42. 41. 10. MAN. 10. 68. -- Caus. constituere, facere. RAGH. 14. 53.: vyavasthāpitavāk kathañcit.

c. ā 1) adstare. N. 9. 8. 2) adire, accedere. N. 4. 4. 3) adscendere, e. c. currum, elephantum. DR. 5. 12. SA. 1. 36. A. 1. 7. 10. 29. 4) facere, exercere, efficere, parare, adhibere, assumere. N. 19. 22. SU. 1. 24. SA. 1. 5. N. 18. 24. A. 3. 30. BH. 3. 20. A. 3. 43.

c. ā praef. sam id. DR. 5. 14. SU. 2. 12. N. 20. 16. A. 3. 33.

c. ut (utthā v. gr. 694.) surgere. SU. 4. 11. SA. 5. 101. Caus. (utthāpay) facere ut quis surgat, juvare ad surgendum. SA. 5. 101. b.

c. ut praef. anu (anūtthā) post aliquem surgere. RAGH. 2. 24.: suptām anusaṃviveśa suptotthitām prātar anūdatiṣṭhat.

c. ut praef. prati exadversum surgere. MAN. 2. 119.

c. ut praef. sam (samutthā) 1) surgere. SA. 1. 8. 2) exoriri. BR. 1. 10.

c. upa 1) adstare, adesse. N. 15. 7. 10. 26. 14. R. Schl. II. 8. 10. MAH. 1. 8057.: upatasthire. 2) adire, accedere, appropinquare. N. 8. 25.: rājānam upatasthe; SU. 4. 8.: vāditranṛtyābhyām upātiṣṭhanta tau striyaḥ; R. Schl. I. 25. 4.: viśvamitram...abhivādayitun tatra sahitāv upatasthatuḥ; MAH. 3. 16509.: ratheno 'patasthe raṇe rāmam. -- upasthita qui appropinquvit, accessit. N. 8. 10.: mahad bhayam upasthitam; R. Schl. II. 51. 18.: tasmin kāle hy upasthite. -- Coitūs causā appropinquare (ATM.). MAH. 3. 10754.: tām uvāce 'dam upatiṣṭhasva mām iti. 3) ATM. colere, venerari, adorare deos. R. Schl. II. 95. 7.: ādityam upatiṣṭhante; BHATT. 1. 3.: na tryambakād anyam upāsthita. Etiam P. MAH. 3. 11847.: udyantam ādityam upatiṣṭhanti dvijāḥ. 4) ministrare alicui aliquid, c. acc. vel loc. pers. et instr. rei. RAGH. 17. 10.: tatrai 'naṃ...kumbheṣu sambhṛtais tīrthavāribhir upatasthuḥ prakṛtayaḥ; UR. 1. 9.: aham asyām (pariṣadi)...navatroṭakeno 'pasthāsye. -- Caus. 1) collocare. R. Schl. II. 3. 18. 2) facere ut quid accedat, suppeditare. R. Schl. I. 26. 2.

c. upa praef. abhi adstare, adesse. Pass. MAH. 3. 16132.: sugrīveṇā 'bhyupasthitaḥ.

c. upa praef. pari 1) circumstare. R. Schl. II. 64. 1. 2) adire, aggredi, appropinquare. MAH. 3. 13027.: yugānte paryupasthite.

c. upa praef. prati adire, aggredi, appropinquare. MAH. 3. 1920.

c. upa praef. sam 1) adstare. BH. 1. 28. 2) adire, accedere, appropinquare. BH. 2. 2.

c. ni esse, versari, adesse. niṣṭhita 1) qui est, versatur. BH. 13. 17.: jñānam...hṛdi sarvasya niṣṭhitam. 2) versatus, peritus, gnarus, c. loc. R. Schl. I. 12. 6. 20. -- pariniṣṭhita valde peritus. R. Schl. I. 9. 8.

c. pra proficisci, procedere. N. 12. 1.: sā nihatya mṛgavyādham pratasthe; MAH. 1. 5034.: pratasthur gajasāhvayam; 1. 6437. -- prasthita proficiscens. N. 17. 35.: prasthitāḥ sme 'ty athā 'bruvan; SA. 4. 25. A. 5. 18. Profectus. IN. 5. 5.: nirgamya candrodayane...prasthitā sā...pārthasya bhavanam prati. Caus. mittere. N. 21. 35. BR. 2. 30.

c. pra praef. prati + abhi (pratyabhiprasthā) proficisci. MAH. 1. 683.

c. pra praef. vi 1) proficisci. MAH. 1. 6594. 3. 15218.: vipratasthe; 1. 8140.: vipratasthuḥ. 2) se extendere, se diffundere. MAH. 1. 3709.: tasmād bhāratavaṃśasya vipratasthe mahad yaśaḥ.

c. pra praef. sam proficisci. MAH. 1. 4644. 5634. 8306. -- samprasthita proficiscens. R. Schl. II. 38. 13. Profectus. MAH. 3. 8540.

c. prati stare, morari, versari, esse. MAH. 3. 224. -- pratiṣṭhita 1) stans etc. SA. 5. 88.: tvayi vaṃśaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ; BH. 3. 15. IN. 1. 18. 2) calcatus. HIT. 8. 8.: aśmā 'pi yāti devatvam mahadbhiḥ supratiṣṭhitaḥ. 3) versatus, peritus, gnarus, c. loc. (v. praef. ni). N. 22. 12.: aśvakuśalaḥ sūtatveca pratiṣṭhitaḥ. -- Caus. collocare, tradere. R. Schl. II. 39. 9. MAN. 3. 135.

c. prati praef. sam sampratiṣṭhā i. q. pratiṣṭhā. MAH. 1. 8359.

c. vi i. q. simpl. sgf. 1. et 2. SU. 1. 9. MAH. 1. 6558. 8360.

c. sam 1) stare. DR. 8. 1. -- saṃsthita stans, motu vacans. IN. 2. 8. 2) perire. BHATT. 8. 11.: na tat saṃsthāsyate kāryam (schol. BHAR. nāśaṅ gamiṣyati). -- saṃsthita mortuus. MAN. 3. 247. 5. 58. 78. 80. 151. (Vid. etiam saṃsthita a saṃsthā p. 362.)

c. sam praef. pari circumstare. parisaṃsthita circumstans. MAH. 1. 4827.

sthANu sthāṇu

1) Adj. (a r. sthā s. ṇu pro nu) stabilis, immobilis. MAH. 1. 7291. 2) Subst. m. nomen Sivi. SU. 3. 24.

sthAna sthāna

n. (r. sthā s. ana) 1) actio standi, versandi, morandi. 2) locus. IN. 5. 42. -- Loc. sthāne jure, merito. UR. 75. 14. (Hib. tan "a country, region, territory".)

sthAyin sthāyin

(r. sthā s. in c. y euphon., v. gr. min. 49a).) stans, perstans, durans. HIT. 16. 10.

sthAvara sthāvara

(r. sthā s. vara) 1) Adj. stans, stabilis, immotus, immobilis. SU. 3. 13. M. 27. 2) Subst. m. mons. BH. 10. 25.

sthiti sthiti

f. (r. sthā s. ti) 1) status, actio standi, versandi, morandi. BR. 2. 24. 5. 38. 2) firmitas, stabilitas, constantia. N. 12. 10.

sthira sthira

(a r. sthā s. ira) stabilis, firmus, immobilis. SA. 2. 29. BH. 6. 33.

sthiravAjin sthiravājin

Adj. (BAH. ex sthira et vājin equus) stabiles equos habens, i. e., ut videtur, equos sistens, sustinens, aut equos bene moderans, dexter auriga. IN. 1. 18.

sthirasaGgara sthirasaṅgara

(BAH. ex sthira et saṅgara promissum) firma promissa habens, qui stat promissis (cf. satyasandha). IN. 4. 12.

sthuD sthuḍ

6. P. i. q. thuḍ (p. 161. ubi thuḍ pro thaḍ legendum).

sthUNA sthūṇā

f. (forma anom. a r. sthā) postis, pila, columna. A. 3. 33.

[Page 389b]
sthUl sthūl

10. P. (parivṛṃhaṇe K. vṛṃhaṇe V.) crescere.

sthUla sthūla

(r. sthūl s. a) magnus, crassus, corpulentus, turgidus.

sthUlalakSa sthūlalakṣa

(magnas notas, magna indicia habens, ex praec. et lakṣa nota, indicium) munificus, liberalis, largus. IN. 4. 11.

sthairya sthairya

n. (a sthira s. ya) firmitas, stabilitas, constantia. BH. 13. 7.

snA snā

2. P. interdum A. lavari, se lavare, se baigner. H. 1. 27.: tatra pītvā pānīyaṃ snātvāca; MAH. 3. 6062.: sarvatīrtheṣu sa snāti; UP. 26.: snāntī gaṅgāyām. -- Potent. ATM. snāyota (cum y euphon.). MAH. 3. 7072.: tatra snāyīta. -- Caus. snāpayāmi et snapayāmi (gr. 520.) lavo, abluo. MAH. 3. 14024.: svayañca snāpayāmy etau tathā pādau pradhāvaye; R. Schl. II. 91. 51.: snāpayantica...ekam ekam puruṣam pramadāḥ saptacā 'ṣṭaca. (Vid. nau snu et cf. gr. [greek] lat. nā-re, nā-s = snāsi abjectā sib.; hib. snamhaim "I swim", nisi pertinet ad snu snaumi ita ut snamhaim sit = snavaim, mutato v in mh.)

c. ni niṣṇāta peritus, gnarus, c. loc. MAH. 1. 3988.: sarvāstreṣu sa niṣṇātaḥ.

snAna snāna

n. (r. snā s. ana) actio lavandi.

snAyin snāyin

(r. snā s. in inserto y euphon., v. gr. min. 94a).) se lavans, se baignant. HIT. 19. 1. in fin. comp.

snAyu snāyu

m. tendo, nervus. HIT. 35. 12.

snigdha snigdha

v. sq. et gr. 103. annot.

snih snih

1. 4. P. amare. snigdha 1) amatus, amoenus, jucundus, suavis. H. 2. 10. N. 12. 57. R. Schl. I. 68. 4. MEGH. 1. 16. 18. 65. 97. 2) amans, benevolus, c. loc. R. Schl. II. 6. 22.: bhrātṛṣu snigdha. Vid. sneha. 3) pinguis, adipatus, oleosus.

c. pra prasnigdha i. q. snigdha. SAK. 7. 8.

snih snih

2. 10. P. (snehate) i. q. 1. snih.

snu snu

2. P. snaumi (gr. 343.). Fluere, stillare. snu stillans in fine comp. RIGV. 16. 2. (Cf. sru snā goth. SNU ire, sniva, snau, snivum pro snu-um; snaivs nix, germ. vet. hib. snuadhaim "I flow, stream", snuadh "blood", sneachd nix; germ. vet. SNUZ emungere, adjecto z, v. gr. comp. p. 109b). 1.)

snuc snuc

1. A. (prasade) propitium esse.

snuSA snuṣā

f. (ut videtur, a sūnu filius ejecto ū vid. Höfer, Beiträge p. 393.) nurus. H. 1. 32. (Germ. vet. snur, snura; slav. vet. snocha ([greek] = s', v. gr. comp. 255. m.); lat. nurus, gr. [greek].)

snus snus

4. P. (bhakṣe) edere.

snuh snuh

4. P. (udgāre) evomere.

sneha sneha

m. (r. snih s. a) 1) amor, c. loc. r. BR. 1. 30. H. 1. 22. 2. 20. SA. 5. 21. 2) pingue, adeps, oleum. R. Schl. II. 64. 68.

spand spand

1. A. (scribitur spad gr. 110a).) palpitare, zucken. SAK. 150. 15.: kim bāho spandase. -- spandita n. tremitus. UR. 40. 5. (Cf. sphar sphur sphal.)

c. vi reniti. MAH. 3. 445.: sa bhīmena parāmṛṣṭo...vyaspandata yathāprāṇaṃ vicakarṣaca pāṇḍavam.

spardh spardh

1. A. interdum P. 1) aemulari, certare, contendere, c. instr. A. 7. 17.: spardhamānā ivā 'smābhiḥ; MAH. 3. 744.: mayā spardhanti. -- Etiam adjectā praep. saha. MAH. 2. 485.: saha śakreṇa spardhate. 2) aequare, aequalem esse, c. acc. MAH. 3. 15292.: rājasūyaṅ kratuśreṣṭhaṃ spardhaty eṣa mahākratuḥ; 1. 205. 4991.

c. vi aemulari. MAH. 1. 1088. 4346.

sparz sparś

10. A. (grahaṇe K. grahaṇe śleṣe V.) capere, sumere, amplecti. (Vid. spṛś quod correptum e sparś.)

sparza sparśa

m. (r. spṛś tangere s. a) 1) contactus. BH. 5. 21. 2) aura, ventus. A. 5. 14.

sparzana sparśana

n. (r. spṛś s. ana) tactus. BH. 15. 9.

spaz spaś

1. P. A. (vādhane K. granthavādhayoḥ V.) 1) vexare. 2) jungere, nectere, serere, componere. In dial. Ved. facere, perficere. RIGV. 10. 2.: bhūry aspaṣṭa kartvam; 22. 19.: vratāni paspaśe. (Vid. 1. paś.)

c. vi vispaṣṭa manifestus. vispaṣṭam Adv. manifesto, aperte. IN. 5. 39.

spR spṛ

5. P. (prītirakṣaṇaprāṇaneṣu) 1) exhilarare. RIGV. 36. 10.: dhanaspṛta. 2) servare, custodire, tueri. 3) vivere.

spRz spṛś

1. 6. P. interdum A. tangere. IN. 2. 23.: mukham pasparśa ...kareṇa; R. Schl. II. 64. 59.: māṃ spṛśa; II. 42. 6.: māmakāṅgāni mā sprākṣīḥ; DR. 6. 23.: mā vaḥ priyāyāḥ... vadanam prasannaṃ spṛśyāc chubhaṅ kaścit; SA. 4. 22.: na mān doṣaḥ spṛśed ayam; MAN. 2. 60.: khānicai 'va spṛśed adbhiḥ; MAH. 3. 8236.: jalaṃ spṛśate. -- spṛṣṭa tactus. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis tangat, c. 2. acc. MAN. 8. 114. 2) dare. MAN. 11. 135.: sparśayed (schol. dadyāt) brāhmaṇāya gām. (Lat. spargo.)

c. apa tangere. MAH. 1. 764.: apo 'paspṛśya.

c. upa 1) tangere. H. 3. 20.: dantair dantān upaspṛśan; N. 7. 3. -- MAN. 4. 143.: adbhiḥ prāṇān upaspṛśet. 2) os abluere (tangere aquā). MAN. 2.: upaspṛśya dvijo nityam annam adyāt...bhuktvāco 'paspṛśet samyak (schol. ācamya ācāmet). 3) se lavare, se baigner. MAN. 5. 62.: upaspṛśya pitā śuciḥ; MAH. 3. 10529.: atro 'paspṛśya.

c. upa praef. pari tangere. MAH. 3. 165.: gāṅgeyam (Gangis aquam) paryupaspṛśya.

c. upa praef. sam 1) tangere. MAH. 3. 8022.: yamunāprabhavaṃ samupaspṛśya yāmunam (Yamunae aquam). 2) se lavare, se baigner. MAH. 3. 10530.: atrā 'pi samupaspṛśa.

c. pari tangere. R. Schl. I. 9. 38.: paripaspṛśirecai 'nam pīnair urasijaiḥ.

c. sam id. N. 23. 14. H. 1. 49. MAN. 2. 53.

spRz spṛś

2. (Nom. spṛk r. spṛś) tangens, in fine comp. N. 12. 37.: divispṛś.

spRza spṛśa

(r. spṛś s. a) id., in fine comp. BH. 11. 24.: nabhaḥspṛśa.

spRSTa spṛṣṭa

v. spṛś.

spRh spṛh

10. P. interdum A. spṛhayāmi spṛhaye desiderare, appetere, c. dat. vel gen. R. Schl. II. 95. 17.: nā 'yodhyāya na rājyāya spṛhaye 'dya tvayā saha. 2) invidere, c. dat. vel gen. RAGH. 16. 42.: na maithileyaḥ spṛhayāmbabhūva bhartre divo nā 'py alakeśvarāya; MAH. 1. 5317.: spṛhayāmi...puruṣāṇāṃ sacakṣuṣām. (Fortasse lat. spero.)

spRhA spṛhā

f. (r. spṛh s. ā) desiderium. BH. 4. 14.

sphaT sphaṭ

10. P. (bhede K.) findere. (Cf. sphaṇṭ sphuṭ. 1. paṭ.)

sphaTika sphaṭika

m. crystallus; v. sq.

sphaTikazilA sphaṭikaśilā

f. (e praec. et śilā lapis) id. UR. 71. 4. infr.

sphaNT sphaṇṭ

1. P. (bhede scribitur sphaṭ) findere. (Vid. sphaṭ et cf. germ. vet. SPALT findere, spaltu, spialt.)

sphar sphar

6. P. i. q. sphur praef. vi Caus. 1) vibrare. MAH. 1. 6442.: visphārayan dhanuḥ. 2) micare facio, ardere facio. R. Schl. I. 54. 19.: krodhavisphāritekṣaṇaḥ; MAH. 3. 404.

sphal sphal

6. P. (sphurtau K. cāle V.) se movere, trepidare. Cf. sphul sphar sphur skhal gr. [greek].)

sphAy sphāy

1. A. crescere, tumescere. sphīta (v. gr. 617.) tumidus, turgidus. N. 24. 37.

sphic sphic

f. natis, clunis. H. 2. 3.

sphiT sphiṭ

10. P. (vṛtyām anādare hiṃse) tegere; despicere; ferire, laedere, occidere. (Cf. sphuṭṭ smiṭ.)

sphIta sphīta

v. sphāy.

sphuT sphuṭ

1. 6. P. (fut. part. sphuṭitāsmi fut. aux. sphuṭiṣyāmi infin. sphuṭitum (*)) 1) dissilire, dirumpi. MAH. 1. 3023.: śatadhā mūrdhā tatas te 'dya sphuṭiṣyati. 2) rumpi, se aperire, se pandere, dehiscere, de floribus. GITA-GOV. 5. 2.: sphuṭan kusumanikaraḥ. 3) diffugere. BHATT. 10. 8.: sphuṭatām (schol. palāyamānānām); 14. 6.: turaṅgāḥ pusphuṭur bhītāḥ. (Cf. sphaṭ sphaṇṭ gr. [greek].)

(*) Radices sextae classis cum medio u maximam partem hanc vocalem in utroque futuro plurimisque aliis Gunā augendis formis puram retinent.
sphuT sphuṭ

2. 1. P. A. i. q. 1. sphuṭ sgf. 1. et 2. RAM. ed. Ser. II. 74. 61.: kathan dukhena hṛdayan na sphoṭati sahasradhā. (Vid. 1. sphuṭ.)

sphuT sphuṭ

3. 10. P. sphuṭayāmi i. q. 1. sphuṭ sgf. 1. et 2.

sphuT sphuṭ

4. 10. P. sphoṭayāmi (proprie Caus. radd. 1. et 2. sphuṭ) findere.

c. ā plaudere, praesertim brachia manu. MAN. 4. 64.: na vāditrāṇi vādayen nā "sphoṭayet (schol. pāṇinā bāhau dhvanirūpam āsphoṭanaṃ na kuryāt); IN. 2. 25.: bāhūcā "sphoṭayac chaṇaiḥ.

sphuTT sphuṭṭ

10. P. (anādare) spernere, vilipendere. c. pra findere. MAH. 4. 2100.

sphuD sphuḍ

6. P. (vṛtyām V.) tegere.

sphuNT sphuṇṭ

10. P. (parihāse K. nirmaṇi V.; scribitur sphuṭ) ridere, deridere. (Vid. sphuṭṭ et cf. germ. vet. spot jocus, ludicrum, ridiculum, spotton irridere.)

sphuND sphuṇḍ

1. 1. A. (phulle; scribitur sphuḍ) se expandere, de floribus. Vid. 1. sphuṭ.

sphuND sphuṇḍ

2. 10. P. i. q. sphuṇṭ.

sphur sphur

6. P. 1) tremere, trepidare. MR. 274. 3.: savyañca netraṃ sphurati; IN. 5. 51.: sphuradoṣṭhī; RAGH. 12. 90.: sphurati...savyetare bhuje. 2) micare, corruscare, splendere. RAGH. 7. 61.: sphurantam...śaśāṅkam; GITA-GOV. 10. 6. 3) appetere, surgere, anbrechen. GITA-GOV. 11. 1.: sphurati pradoṣe. Cf. sphar.

c. pra ATM. tremere. MAH. 3. 1941.: prasphuramāṇauṣṭhaḥ. -- prasphurita tremens. MAH. 3. 11493.: prasphuritādhara.

c. vi 1) tremere. MAH. 3. 15639. 2) reniti, resistere. H. 4. 19.: visphurantañ cakarṣa.

sphuradoSTha sphuradoṣṭha

(BAH. e sphurat tremens et oṣṭha labium) trementia labia habens. IN. 5. 51.

sphurch sphurch

1. P. (vismṛtau) oblivisci.

sphurj sphurj

1. P. (vajranirghoṣe; vocalis u ubique producitur, ita ut sphūrj vera radicis sit forma) tonare, fremere. BHATT. 15. 44.: asphūrjīt

c. vi visphūrjita n. fremitus, strepitus, e. c. venti. A. 8. 6.: vāyor visphūrjitena (sic cum ed. Calc. legendum). -- visphūrjathu m. id. RAGH. 13. 12.: mahormivisphūrjathu.

sma sma

1) explet. IN. 1. 23. -- Tempus praesens hāc particulā saepe Praeteriti accipit significationem. IN. 2. 28. N. 1. 12. 2) pro smas sumus (v. gr. 299. annot.). IN. 5. 42.

smara smara

m. (r. smṛ s. a) amor. HIT. 39. 20.

smi smi

1. P. A. ridere, subridere. MAH. 3. 952.: na tāta hṛṣyāmi naca smayāmi; IN. 82. 26.: smayann iva; MAH. 1. 2009.: uvāca smayamāne 'va. -- c. acc. ridere aliquid. MAH. 3. 951.: bhavān idaṅ kiṃ smayatī 'va. -- smita n. risus. IN. 4. 15. (Lett. smee-t ridere, slav. smje ja-ti id., germ. vet. smilenter subridens, cujus l fortasse e j (v. yakṛt), ita ut smil respondeat scrto smay formarum gunā auctarum, ut smayāmi smayasi etc., debilitato a in i; angl. smile; hib. smigeadh "a smile" cum g pro y ita ut smig = smay debilitato a in i; magadh "mocking, jeering, scoffing", abjecto s, magamhuil "jeering, scoffing" = smayamāna; gr. [greek] adjecto [greek] lat. miror (v. praef. vi) adjecto r, quod fortasse e d; fortasse rideo e sideo, vel e mideo, mutatis liquidis metr, v. gr. comp. 20.)

c. abhi i. q. simpl. MAH. 3. 8732.: abhismayantaḥ subridentes.

c. ut id. MAH. 3. 14969.: utsmayantaḥ subridentes.

c. vi 1) i. q. simpl. MAH. 2. 1818.: uvāca sahadevas tu māṃ vismayann iva. 2) obstupescere, obstupefieri. MAH. 1. 7214.: na vismayantaḥ; 3. 11447.: sarve visismiyuḥ; 1. 7078.: tat prekṣya karma...visismaye. ATM. c. instr. obstupefieri aliquā re. MAH. 4. 861.: kīcakasya tu ghātena ...vyasmayanta pṛthagjanāḥ. RAGH. 15. 68. -- vismita obstupefactus. BH. 11. 22.: vīkṣa[??]i tvāṃ vismitāścai 'va sarve. -- C. instr. vismitā rūpasampadā. C. loc. RAGH. 2. 33. 3) superbum fieri. ATM. c. instr. MAN. 4. 236.: na vismayeta tapasā. -- Caus. vismāpayāmi -ye (v. gr. 521.) obstupefacere. RAGH. 2. 33. BHATT. 5. 58. smita v. smi.

[Page 392b]
smitapUrva smitapūrva

(BAH. ex praec. et pūrva n. prius) risum tanquam prius habens, a risu incipiens. IN. 4. 5. H. 2. 23.

smIl smīl

v. śmīl.

smR smṛ

1. P. A. smarāmi smare 1) meminisse, reminisci, recordari, memorem esse, c. acc. vel gen. SA. 4. 27.: nā 'nayā 'bhyarthanāyuktam uktam pūrvaṃ smarāmy aham; 5. 69.: sarvaṃ smare; IN. 3. 5.: bhrātṝn sasmāra; MAH. 1. 3005.: samayaṃ smarasva; 4239.: smareḥ kṛcchreṣu mām; 3. 8446.: yasya smarate vāsavaḥ; SAK. 126. 13.: punar asmākaṃ smariṣyati. -- Absol. MAH. 1. 3006.: smarann api . abravīn na smarāmī 'ti. -- Pass. MAH. 1. 74.: gaṇeśaḥ smaryatām. -- smṛta memoratus, vocatus. BH. 17. 20.: tad dānaṃ sāttvikaṃ smṛtam; 21. 23. MAN. 1. 10. 2) desiderare, c. gen. R. Schl. II. 70. 15.: punar apy aham eṣyāmi yadā me tvaṃ smariṣyasi; A. 11. 8.: samayo 'rjuna gantun te bhrātaro hi smaranti te; R. Schl. II. 30. 16. -- smṛta desideratus, amatus. BR. 1. 30.: mama tulyāv ubhau smṛtau (v. smara). -- Caus. facere ut quis recordetur. MAH. 3. 11323.: smāritaścā 'smi rāghavam. (smṛ correptum e smar v. gr. min. 12.; lat. MOR, abjecto s, memor per redupl., mos, mor-is; germ. vet. smer-zo m., smer-za f. dolor, v. vedanā dolor, proprie quod facit ut quis sciat, sentiat; smerzan, anglo-sax. smeortan dolere; goth. merja memoro, nuntio = Caus. smārayāmi fortasse mel scriptura tanquam id quod memorat, in memoriam revocat, mutato r in l; maurna moereo; germ. vet. māriu annuntio, manifestum facio, celebro; māri fama, nostrum Mährchen; hib. smuairean "grief, dejection" = nomini actionis smaraṇa; v. Pictet p. 75.; fortasse smalanach "sorrowful, grieved" e smaranach; fortasse smuainim "I think, imagine" e smuairim, nisi pertinet ad man q. v.; fortasse muirn "natural affection, love", muirne "fondness, caresses" e smuirn, smuirne, v. smṛ sgf. 2., smṛta amatus; lith. uz-mirsz-tu obliviscor, adjectā sibilante, sicut in mirsz-tu morior, v. mṛ; gr. [greek] fortasse MEA ([greek] cet.) e MEP, nisipertinet ad man.)

c. anu reordari. N. 11. 24.: mām anusmṛtya; 15. 16.

c. vi oblivisci. DR. 7. 11.: nā 'yaṃ vairaṃ vismarate kadācit; RAGH. 19. 2. -- Etiam recordari. SA. 5. 6. nisi c. ed. Calc. pro vismarantī legendum vimṛśantī.

c. sam recordari. N. 14. 24.: saṃsmartavyas tadā te 'ham.

c. sam praef. anu id. N. 15. 16.

c. sam praef. abhi id. MAH. 3. 15758.

smRti smṛti

f. (r. smṛ s. ti) memoria. BH. 2. 63.

syand syand

1. A. (scribitur syad gr. 110a).) 1) fluere. RIGV. 32. 2.: syandamānā añjaḥ samudram avajagmur āpaḥ; MAH. 1. 3990.: syandate...saricchreṣṭhā. 2) currere. Part. praes. PAR. N. 13. 10.: syandatām api nāgānām. V. sq.

syandana syandana

m. (r. syand s. ana) 1) currus. N. 8. 20. 2) nomen arboris (Dalbergia ougeiniensis). N. 12. 3.

syam syam

1. 6. et 10. P. syamāmi syamayāmi (dhvanane) sonare.

syam syam

2. 10. P. A. syāmayāmi -ye (vitarke) cogitare, considerare.

sraMs sraṃs

1. A. cadere, decidere. BH. 1. 30.: gāṇḍīvaṃ sraṃsate hastāt. -- Caus. commovere. RAGH. 6. 75.: vāto 'pi nā 'sraṃsayad aṃśukāni (schol. akampayat). Cf. bhraṃs bhraṃś dhvaṃs.

c. vi i. q. simpl. visrasta delapsus. A. 10. 64.

sraMh sraṃh

1. A. (viśvāse) confidere, securum esse. Cf. srambh.

srak srag srak srag

v. sraj.

sragvin sragvin

(a sraj s. vin) sertatus.

sraGk sraṅk

1. A. (gatyām scribitur srak) ire, se movere. Cf. śraṅk śraṅg ślaṅk.

sraj sraj

f. (ut videtur, a r. sṛj v. gr. 34b).) sertum e floribus. N. 5. 28.

srambh srambh

v. śrambh.

srava srava

m. (r. sru fluere s. a) 1) actio fluendi, stillandi. 2) liquor, liquidum, gutta. H. 2. 9.

sraSTum sraṣṭum

v. sṛj.

sribh srimbh sribh srimbh

1. P. i. q. sṛbh.

sriv sriv

4. P. srīvyāmi (śoṣe gatau) siccari, ire.

[Page 393b]
sru sru

1. P. (scribitur etiam śru) ire, fluere. MAH. 1. 5081.: susrāva reto 'sya; 2. 2592.: sravannetrajalāvilā; R. Schl. II. 63. 18.: srotāṃsi vimalāny api susruvur (*) giridhātubhyaḥ; 40 34.: susrāva nayanaiḥ strīṇām aśram. TROP. MAH. 1. 5329.: tumulā vācaḥ susruvuḥ. -- sruta fluens. MAN. 4. 122.: rudhire srute gātrāt. 2) effundere. MAH. 1. 1485.: susruvuḥ śoṇitam bahu; 3. 11118.: śakṛnmūtraṃ susruvur bhayāt. 3) diffluere, solvi, perire. MAN. 2. 74.: sravaty anoṅkṛtam. Etiam A. MAH. 3. 14767.: sraveta. -- Caus. effundere. MAN. 4. 169. (Cf. snu gr. [greek] e [greek] cet., lith. sraw-ju sanguinem mitto; hib. sruth f. "a stream, current, defluxion"; germ. vet. sliu-mo velociter, sliumor citius, nostrum schleunig, v. snu et Graff 6. 848.; lat. riv-us, ruo.)

(*) Schlegelius hanc radicem ubique scribit śru inde śuśruvuḥ pro susruvuḥ.

c. nis effluere, emanare. Caus. facere ut quid effluat. MAH. 3. 13164.

c. pari i. q. simpl. R. Schl. II. 30. 24.: vāri...netrābhyām parisusrāva. Vid-parisrava.

c. pra 1) profluere, fluere. N. 24. 15.: vāri netrābhyām asukham prāsravat. 2) facere ut quid fluat, effundere. H. 2. 8.: bhakṣyo 'yam mama supriyaḥ snehasravān prasravati; R. Schl. II. 48. 13. -- Absol. HIT. 1. 22.: mātuḥ prasravataḥ stanau. -- prasruta profluere faciens, effundens. R. Schl. II. 85. 18.: prasrutaḥ sarvagātrebhyaḥ svedaṃ...yathā ...himavān prasruto himam.

c. vi 1) fluere. visruta fluens. R. Schl. I. 34. 9.: nadī ramyā magadhān visrutā. 2) effundere. MAH. 3. 825.: sa...visravaty asṛg ulvanam.

sruc sruc

f. cochlear sacrificale. DR. 6. 20.

srota srota

n. (ut videtur, e srotas abjecto s) i. q. srotas. N. 16. 14. in fine comp. BAH.

srotas srotas

n. (a r. sru s. as inserto t) flumen, cursus. H. 1. 2. BH. 10. 31.

[Page 394a]
sva sva

1) pron. pers. tertiae pers. in initio compositorum, ipse, sui, sibi cet. Vid. svagatam svabhū svastha. Etiam ad primam et secundam pers. refertur, v. svādhīna. (Huc pertinet prācrit. se sui, ejus, ipsius in anal. cum te pro tve tui, me mei; zend. [greek] he, [greek] hoi; v. svatas et gr. comp. 341. 2) suus. IN. 1. 32. 34. 5. 29. SU. 1. 28. Etiam meus, tuus, noster, vester. UR. 39. 13.: kathayāmi svām avasthām conditionem meam; N. 14. 15.: padāni gaṇayan svāni gaccha passus tuos; 24.: svam aṃśaṃ vitarāmi te partem tuam; UR. 26. 3.: dhāryatām ayaṃ svahaste nikṣepaḥ in manu tuà. -- Subst. n. proprium, peculium. N. 18. 3. 26. 7. (Cum sva pron. pers. cf. lat. sui, gr. [greek] e [greek] lith. saw sibi, saweris sui cet.; slav. sebje sibi, sebe sui cet.; goth. sei-na sui e svei-na; sve sicut, instrument. a Them. sva; svi in svi-kunths manifestus, debilitato a in i. Cum sva possess. cf. lat. suus, gr. [greek] lith. sáwa-s suus, sáwa sua; slav. svoi, svaja, svoe suus, a, um; svo-bodj liber, svo-boda libertas, ubi svo = sva in initio comp.; goth. sves n., Them. svesa proprium; germ. vet. suās proprius, Graff 6. 903.)

svaka svaka

(a praec. s. ka) suus, proprius. N. 5. 43. 16. 3. 24. 42. 25. 5.

svakk svakk

1. A. (sarpaṇe V.) ire, se movere. Cf. svask srak.

svagatam svagatam

Adv. (e sva et gata qui ivit, in acc. neut.) i. q. ātmagatam. SAK. 18. 7.

svaGg svaṅg

1. P. (sarpaṇe K. V.; scribitur svag) ire, se movere. (Cf. germ. vet. SUANG vibrare, suingu, suang, suungumes.)

svaccha svaccha

(e su et accha) valde clarus, valde purus. HIT. 25. 13.

svacchanda svacchanda

(e sva et chanda) v. chanda.

svaj svaJj svaj svañj

1. A. (pro svañj scribitur svaj gr. 110a).) amplecti. N. 24. 44.: bhaimīm...sasvaje; RAGH. 13. 70.: asvajata; MAH. 2. 2595.: svajamāna 3. 14724.: svajitvā.

c. pari (praet. augment. 1. paryasvaje et paryaṣvaje praet. mltf. paryasvaṅghi et paryaṣvaṅghi praet. redupl. parisasvaje et pariṣaṣvaje) i. q. simpl. N. 17. 12. 23. 24.: tām pariṣvajya; MAH. 1. 8000.: pariṣasvaje; 3. 211.: pariṣaṣvaje; R. Schl. II. 75. 9.: paryasvajetām; II. 83. 10.: pariṣvajāna pro -ṣvajamāna.

c. pari praef. abhi id. Part. praes. PAR. R. Schl. II. 44. 10.: abhipariṣvajan.

c. pari praef. sam id. MAH. 1. 3307.

svajana svajana

m. (e sva et jana q. v.) cognatus. BH. 1. 45. Collective cognati. BH. 1. 28. N. 13. 34.

svaT svaṭ

1. P. i. q. śvaṭ.

svatantra svatantra

(BAH. e sva et tantra) liber, qui suae potestatis, sui juris. HIT. 69. 13. -- Vid. svātantrya.

svatas svatas

Adv. (e sva sui, ipse s. tas) ex se, per se. MAH. 3. 10051.: svataḥ śobhamānaḥ.

svad svad

1. (fortasse e su et ad edere) 1) ATM. jucunde sapere, jucundi, suavis saporis esse. RIGV. V. 6. 7.: havyā te svadantām. 2) P. gustare. RIGV. V. 2. 2.: svadanti devā ubhayāni havyā. Vid. Westerg. et cf. svād svādu.

svadhA svadhā

(e sva et dhā a r. dhā ponere, dare) 1) f. majorum cibus. 2) Indecl. vox quam pronuntiant ii, qui majoribus dona offerunt. BH. 9. 15.

svan svan

1. 1. et 10. P. sonare. R. Schl. II. 65. 5.: vihagāḥ... sasvanuḥ; GHAT. 5.: jaladāḥ svanantaḥ. (Vid. dhraṇ dhvan kvaṇ et cf. lat. sono, hib. sian "a voice, sound, scream"; fortasse gr. [greek] v. sva. Lith. zwanu sono et slav. [greek] veniū magis cum kvaṇ quam cum svan conveniunt, mutato k in g, deinde in z, [greek] = j.)

svan svan

2. 10. P. svanayami et svānayāmi (avataṃsane K. taṃsane V.) ornare.

svana svana

m. (r. 1. svan s. a) sonus, sonitus, strepitus. N. 21. 5. 25. 5.

svap svap

2. P. etiam 1. P. interdum A. (anom., v. gr. 694.) 1) dormire. MAN. 1. 52.: yadā svapiti; 54.: sukhaṃ sva- sp-i-s'i dormis. Vid. svapna.)

c. ava dormire. avasupta dormiens. R. Schl. II. 56. 1.

c. pra id. prasupta 1) qui dormivit. SA. 5. 65.: suciran tvam prasupto 'si; 5. 69. 2) dormiens. H. 1. 38.: prasuptau dharaṇītale.

c. sam id. saṃsupta dormiens. N. 13. 10. H. 3. 6.

svapna svapna

m. (r. svap s. na) somnium. N. 12. 98. SA. 5. 71. (Island. vet. sve7fn somnus, lith. sápna-s somnium, unde sapniu somnio, lat. somnus e sopnus in analogiā c. r. 58.; gr. [greek] hib. suain "sleep", suaimhneach "quiet, calm, tranquil, easy, safe, pleasant, delightful", suaimhnighim "I rest, please, charm"; cambro-brit. hephun somnus.)

svapnaj svapnaj

(nom. m. f. n. -nak) dormiens. MAH. 3. 10648.

svabhAva svabhāva

m. (e sva et bhāva natura, indoles) natura, indoles. N. 19. 6. BH. 5. 14. 8. 3.

svabhU svabhū

(perseipsum existens e sva et bhū) cognomen Vischnūs. AM.

svaviSaya svaviṣaya

m. (e sva et viṣaya regio) patria. HIT. 26. 4.

svayaMvara svayaṃvara

m. (e svayam et vara electio) feminae libera mariti electio. N. 2. 8.

[Page 395b]
svayam svayam

Indecl. (proprie nom. a stirpe sva adjecto i unde sve cum termin. am in analogiā cum aham ego, tvam tu, ayam hic, v. gr. 276.) ipse. (Cf. hib. fein "own, self", sin "that, there", siom "they, them"; cambro-brit. hun ipse.)

svayamprabha svayamprabha

(sui ipsius splendorem habens, perse ipsum splendens, BAH. e svayam et prabhā splendor.) Fem. svayamprabhā nom. pr. Apsarasae. IN. 2. 29.

svayambhU svayambhū

m. (TATP. e svayam ipse e bhū existens) per se ipsum existens, cognomen dei Brahmae.

svalaGkRta svalaṅkṛta

(e su et alaṅkṛta) valde ornatus. N. 2. 11.

svar svar

1. 10. P. svarayāmi (ākṣepe) spernere. Vid. svṛ.

svar svar

2. Indecl. (vid. sur splendere) coelum. BR. I. 22. BH. 9. 20. (Zend. [greek] hvare sol, v. gr. comp. 30.; hib. speur "the sky, firmament", v. Pictet p. 74.; fortasse soir "the east, the morning", a sole oriente dictum; lat. sol; gr. [greek] fortasse lith. sáule sol e swale, suale; russ. solize sol. De [greek] et goth. sauil v. sūrya.)

svara svara

m. (r. svṛ sonare s. a) 1) sonus. 2) vocalis littera. SA. 5. 25.

svarga svarga

m. (e svar et ga) coelum Indri, deorum sedes. IN. 1. 23. N. 12. 63.

svargya svargya

(a praec. s. ya) coelestis.

svarNa svarṇa

n. (correptum e suvarṇa q. v.) aurum. AM.

svart svart

10. P. (gatyātaṅke) ire, metuere.

svard svard

1. A. (āsvāde K. prītilihoḥ V.) gustare, lambere, gaudere. Cf. svad.

svavaza svavaśa

(BAH. e sva suus et vaśa voluntas) suam voluntatem habens, voluntarius, spontaneus. H. 4. 4.

svasAr svasār

v. sq.

svasR svasṛ

f. (in casibus fortibus svasār v. gr. 180.; ut videtur, e sva suus et sṛ i. e. sār pro stṛ stār = strī femina, cujus t servatum est in linguis germanicis et slav., v. svajana śvaśura śvaśrū et Pott 2. 554.) soror. H. 1. 31. (Goth. svistar, germ. vet. sue7star, nostrum Schwester, angl. sister; slav. sestra, lith. sessu per assim. e sestu, gen. sesser-s, pl. nom. sesser-es; lat. soror e sosor, suostor, sororem = svasāram; cambro-brit. chwaer, v. Pictet p. 73. Huc etiam traxerim hib. piuthar, ita ut mutilatum sit e spiusthar, mutato v in p sicut in speur coelum = svar q. v.)

svask svask

1. A. (gatyām) ire, se movere.

svasti svasti

(e su et asti existentia, a r. as s. ti) Wohlsein, salus, felicitas. In classicā linguā Indecl. vel potius neut. quod solum in nom. et acc. invenitur. N. 12. 120. DR. 9. 23. A. 2. 13. 10. 41. BH. 11. 21. -- In dialecto Ved. declinatur, e. c. RIGV. 1. 9.: svastaye felicitatis causā.

svastivAcana svastivācana

n. (e praec. et vācana a Caus. r. vac s. ana) 1) precatio salutis, v. vac Caus. 2) ritus quidam sacer, Wils. "a religious rite preparatory to any important observance, in which the Brahmans strew boiled rice on the ground, and invoke the blessings of the gods on the ceremony about to commence". UR. 45. 1.

svastha svastha

(in se stans, versans, e sva et stha) 1) sui compos. N. 2. 1. 5. 6. 7. BH. 14. 24. 2) sanus, salvus, valens. SA. 5. 81. 109.

svAgata svāgata

n. (KARM. e su bene et āgata n. aggressus) salutatio (Willkommen, welcome). N. 12. 68.

svAtantrya svātantrya

n. (a svatantra s. ya) libertas, liberum arbitrium. HIT. 28. 16. 69. 14.

svAd svād

1. A. 10. P. i. q. svad. -- svādanīya gustandus, sapidus, jucundi, suavis saporis. IN. 1. 26. (Vid. svad svādu et cf. gr. [greek] cambro-brit. chwaethu gustare, armor. chwaesa odorari, v. Pictet p. 73.)

c. ā 10. P. gustare. R. Schl. I. 9. 36.: tāny āsvādya sa ...anāsvāditapūrvāṇi. -- āsvādya gustandus, jucundi, suavis saporis. HIT. 8. 12. Vid. āsvāda āsvādana.

svAdu svādu

(fem. svādu et svādvī dulcis, suavis, jucundus. (Anglo-sax. svet dulcis, germ. vet. suazi, suozi id., nostrum süfs, goth. sutizo dulcius; lith. saldùs dulcis e lat. suavis e suadus ejecto d, adjecto i; vid. svad.)

svAdhIna svādhīna

Adj. (e sva et adhīna) sibi ipsi subjectus, sui proprius. Lass. 90. 15.: svādhīnayauvanā subhrūḥ. -- Nostri proprius, qui in nostrā potestate. HIT. 122. 3. 4.

svAdhyAya svādhyāya

m. (e sva proprius et adhyāya lectio a rad. i praef. adhi suff. a) tacita vel susurrans lectio Vedorum. SU. 2. 22. BH. 4. 28. 16. 1.

svAmin svāmin

m. (a sva proprium, peculium, producto a suff. min) dominus.

svAmya svāmya

n. (a praec. s. ya) dominium, imperium. HIT. 84. 8.

svAhA svāhā

Indecl. vox quam pronuntiant ii, qui diis dona offerunt.

svit svit

Particula interrogativa. MAH. 3. 10648.: kiṃ svit kasya svit; 1. 3571.: kinnu svit; R. Schl. II. 65. 11.: kiṃ svit.

svid svid

4. P. A. sudare. GITA-G. 10. 16.: svidyati. -- svinna sudans. Lass. 59. 6. -- Caus. facere ut quis sudet, calefacere. HIT. 70. 17.: svedita. -- Cl. 1. A. trans. sudare, exsudare alqd. TROP. dimittere (mocane K.). K.: svedate pāpan tapasā janaḥ. (Island. vet. sviti, sveiti sudor, v. sveda angl. sweat, germ. vet. sueiz sudor, suizzu sudo, lett. [greek]swīs-t sudare, praet. [greek]swīdu; lat. sūdo, gr. [greek] [greek] armor. chwez sudor, cambro-brit. chweysu sudare.)

c. pra i. q. simpl. prasvinna sudans. R. Schl. II. 100. 35.

svR svṛ

1. P. (śabdopatāpayoḥ) 1) sonare, v. svara. In dial. Ved. recitare. RIGV. 88. 5.: sasvar ha yan maruto gotamo vaḥ "quem (hymnum) recitavit Gotamas vobis, Marutes!" (sasvar praet. mltf. 7.). -- svarya laudandus. RIGV. 32. 2. -- svaraṇa inclutus. RIGV. 18. 1. 2) vexare, v. praep. sam. (svṛ e svar lat. susurro, slav. svir-a-ti tibiā canere, gr. [greek] v. Pott 1. 225.; goth. SVAR jurare, fortasse primitive dicere. Cum svarya laudandus, svaraṇa inclutus cf. goth. svers honoratus, gasveran glorificari; c. svṛ i. e. svar vexare cf. germ. vet. sueran dolere, suirit dolet, suār gravis.)

c. abhi comprobare. RIGV. 10. 4.: stomāṃ (v. gramm. min. ed. 2. par. 145. annot.) abhisvara "hymnos comproba".

c. sam A. vexare. BHATT. 9. 28.: (śatruṃ) saṃsvariṣīṣṭhāḥ pradhane.

svRR svṝ

9. P. svṛṇāmi (hiṃsane) laedere, occidere.

svecchA svecchā

f. (e sva et icchā liberum arbitrium. HIT. 17. 15. 40. 18. Lass. 29. 15. 39. 13.

[Page 397b]
sveda sveda

m. (r. svid s. a) sudor (v. r. svid).

svedana svedana

n. 1) (r. svid s. ana) sudatio. 2) (Caus. r. svid s. ana) actio faciendi ut quis sudet, actio calefaciendi. HIT. 70. 16.

svaira svaira

(ut videtur, e sva et obsoleto derivato radicis īr) Adj. liber, qui sui juris, suae potestatis. Subst. n. liberum arbitrium. N. 21. 13. SA. 5. 98. -- svairam Adv. ad suum arbitrium. SAK. 25.

[Page 3971]
ha ha

particula expletiva. IN. 1. 37. RIGV. 88. 5. 121. 2.

haMsa haṃsa

m. anser. N. 1. 19. -- Fem. haṃsī. (Gr. [greek] abjectā syllabā finali, lat. anser abjectā litterā initiali; germ. vet. gans f., Them. gansi, gensi, pertinet ad fem. haṃsī ita lith. [greek]asi-s f. et slav. gūsj e gonsj (v. gr. comp. 255. g.). Hib. geadh "a goose", ganra "a gander" mutilatum esse videtur e gandra, cf. anglo-sax. gandra(n) anser mas, germ. vet. ganzo(n) id. e ganto(n); cambro-brit. gwyz, armor. gwaz, cum z = d.)

haT haṭ

1. P. (tviṣi) splendere. (Hib. gath "a ray or beam".)

haTh haṭh

1. P. (balātkāre) violenter agere. V. sq.

haTha haṭha

m. (r. haṭh s. a) vis, violentia. UP. 30.

hata hata

v. han.

hati hati

f. (r. han s. ti) occisio, caedes. HIT. 38. 16.

had had

1. A. (purīṣotsarge K. gvarthe V.) cacare.

han han

1. 2. P. (anom. v. gr. 357. et 694.) 1) pulsare, ferire, tundere. MAH. 1. 6706.: tam ṛṣim...jaghāna kaśayā; DR. 5. 7.: harim...prapadena haṃsi; MAH. 4. 701. 2) saepissime occidere, interficere. H. 2. 12.: hatvai 'tān mānuṣān sarvān; 3. 7.: aham enaṃ haniṣyāmi; 3. 19. MAH. 2. 2539.: ahan duryodhanaṃ hantā śakuniṃ sa haniṣyati. Etiam A. MAH. 1. 5579.: haniṣye. -- TROP. delere, destruere, extinguere. BR. 2. 3.: vyathāñ jahi; SA. 3. 11.: āśāṃ nā 'rhasi me hantum; 5. 17.: hataprabha. -- Caus. ghātayāmi occidendum, delendum, curare. BH. 2. goth. dauthus mors, mutato n in u, v. gr. comp. 255. g. et 432., dau-ths mortuus, Them. dau-da = ha-ta e dhan-ta; usdaudjan pugnare, div-ans morti obnoxius, debilitato a in i; germ. vet. dow-en, tow-an mori, do-t, to-t mortuus, dod, tod mors; lat. FEND, offendo, defendo (Pott 1. 255.) c. f = dh sicut in fumus, inferus, rufus, v. dhūma adhara rudhira; fortasse ferio mutatis liquidis n et r; hib. gonaim "I wound, sting, stab", fortasse gail "slaughter", mutatis liquidis n et l; gaillim "I hurt"; vid. nidhana.)

c. apa abigere, depellere. RIGV. 42. 2.: apa sma tam patho jahi. TROP. MAN. 6. 96.: sannyāsenā 'pahatyai 'naḥ.

c. abhi i. q. simpl. BH. 1. 13. A. 7. 6.: (abhyaghnam v. gr. 324. gr. min. 293.); MAH. 1. 7736.

c. ava id. MAH. 2. 915.: anyonyañ jānubhir avajaghnatuḥ.

c. ā id. DR. 8. 35.

c. ā praef. abhi id. MAH. 1. 8223.

c. ā praef. vi impedire. R. Schl. II. 10. 32.: na te kañcid abhiprāyaṃ vyāhantum utsahe; 22. 25.: vyāhate 'py abhiṣeke me. Vid. han praef. vi.

c. ā praef. sam 1) conglobare, comprimere. A. 3. 40.: talair api samāhataiḥ; v. praef. sam. 2) contingere. DR. 5. 17.: hastaṃ samāhatya dhanañjayasya bhīmāḥ śarāḥ. 3) i. q. simpl. MAH. 1. 6291.: tam...jānubhyāṃ samājaghne; 7941.: bherīṃ samājaghne.

c. ut tollere. R. Schl. II. 53. 32.: jalān matsyāv ivo 'ddhatau. -- uddhata superbus. HIT. 115. 11.

c. upa 1) pulsare, ferire. TROP. H. 2. 29. N. 7. 14. BH. 1. 38. 2) attingere, contingere, usurpare, adhibere. MAN. 9. 208.: anupaghnan pitṛdravyam.

c. ni P. A. 1) pulsare, ferire. A. 3. 19.: nighnan prothena pṛthivīm; MAH. 3. 12220.: śirāṃsi viśikhair dīptair nyahanam; 4. 1680.: virāṭaputrañca kare nijaghne. TROP. profligare. HIT. 6. 14.: daivaṃ nihatya. 2) occidere, interficere. H. 4. 15.: tvām eva...nihanmy adya; SU. 4. 18. R. Schl. I. 45. 49. 3) demergere, defigere. R. Schl. II. 82. 16.: rāme nihatacetasaḥ.

c. ni praef. pari pulsare, ferire. MAH. 3. 12261.

c. ni praef. vi 1) pulsare. R. Schl. I. 9. 16. 2) occidere, interficere, destruere, delere. MAH. 1. 2837. A. 8. 25.

c. parā abigere, propellere. MAH. 3. 12889.: payodāḥ...vāyuvegaparāhatāḥ.

c. pari decutere, dejicere. GITA-G. 5. 13.: parihatarasanam...jaghanam.

c. prati P. A. 1) referire. MAH. 3. 1091.: pratihanyād dhataścai 'va tathā hiṃsyācca hiṃsitaḥ. 2) repellere, zurückschlagen. A. 3. 31.: asmin pratihatecā 'stre; 8. 11. -- MAH. 1. 8278.: śarair arjuno varṣam pratijaghne; 2. 81. 3) pulsare, ferire. A. 10. 20. 36.

c. vi 1) pulsare, ferire. A. 8. 4. 10. 23. 56. TROP. affligere, manaḥ animum. MAH. 2. 151.: mano vihanyate. 2) repudiare, repellere. RAGH. 2. 58.: nā 'rhasi tvam...me praṇayaṃ vihantum; 11. 2.: raghoḥ kule na vyahanyata kadācid arthitā. 3) impedire. R. Schl. II. 23. 22.: lokapālāḥ samastās te nā 'dya rāmābhiṣecanam...vihanyuḥ; MAH. 3. 15138.: mā vihanyata gacchata (vihanyata Imperat. Pass. c. term. PAH. v. gr. 493.). -- Caus. delendum curare. HIT. 102. 6.: parasainyaṃ vighātayet.

c. sam 1) colligere, conjungere. MAN. 2. 71.: saṃhatya hastau; HIT. 14. 10.: saṃhatās tu haranto 'me mama jālam. Coacervare. IN. 1. 6.: saṃhatāśca tatho 'palāḥ. 2) contrahere. DR. 7. 9.: bhṛkuṭīsaṃhatabhruvam.

c. sam praef. abhi conjungere, adjungere, copulare. MAH. 2. 800.

han han

2. Adj. (in fine comp., r. han) occidens, destruens, delens. BH. 6. 17.

hanu hanu

m. f. maxilla. (Gr. [greek] goth. kinnu-s f. maxilla, germ. vet. kinni n. id. et mentum; lith. [greek]anda-s pertinet ad gaṇḍa fortasse etiam lat. gena, ita ut mutilatum sit e genda.)

hanU hanū

f. i. q. hanu.

hanta hanta

Interj. gaudii, misericordiae, consternationis, etiam particula inceptiva. (AM. harṣe 'nukampāyāṃ vākyārambhaviṣādayoḥ). H. 1. 51. A. 3. 9. BH. 10. 19. UR. 8. 17. MEGH. 102.)

hantR hantṛ

m. (r. han s. tṛ) 1) occisor. BH. 2. 19. 2) eversor, subversor, exstinctor. HIT. 22. 12.

hamm hamm

1. P. (gatau) ire.

hay hay

1. P. (gatau klame) ire, defatigari. Cf. hary.

haya haya

m. (fortasse a r. hay nisi a hi suff. a) equus. N. 19. 2.

hara hara

(r. hṛ s. a) 1) Adj. in fine comp. rapiens. 2) Subst. m. cognomen dei Sivi.

haraNa haraṇa

n. (r. hṛ s. ana) actio tollendi, auferendi. HIT. 75. 7.

hari hari

1) Adj. a) viridis. b) gilvus, flavus. c) nigricans e gilvo. IN. 1. 7. 5. 1. A. 4. 12. IN. 5. 54. 2) Subst. m. a) equus. A. 1. 1. 2. 5. b) leo. DR. 5. 7. c) nomen Vischnūs.

hariNa hariṇa

(f. -ṇī Adj. e flavo albus. Subst. m. nomen animalis quadrupedis (Wils.: a deer). DR. 4. 15.

harit harit

viridis. (Fortasse lat. viridis e guiridis, sicut vivo e guivo, v. jīv lith. [greek]álias viridis, [greek]óle gramen, c. l hib. glas "green, verdant, pale"; germ. vet. groit virescit, grūet id., gruanti virens, gruoti viror, groni, croni viridis, v. Graff 4. 298.)

harita harita

i. q. harit. A. 4. 50.

harivAhana harivāhana

m. (flavos vel e gilvo nigricantes equos habens, e hari et vāhana equus) nomen Indri. IN. 5. 54.

harItakI harītakī

f. (a harita producto i s. ka in fem.) nomen plantae. (Wils.: Yellow or chebulic myrobalan, Terminalia chabula).

harmya harmya

n. palatium. HIT. 39. 20.

hary hary

1. P. i. q. hay. In dial. Ved. amare. RIGV. 93. 7. Precari. RIGV. 55. 4. Minari. RIGV. 57. 2.

c. prati in dial. Ved. amare, gratum habere. RIGV. 40. 6. 57. 4. 93. 1.

harSa harṣa

m. (r. hṛṣ gaudere. s. a) gaudium. IN. 2. 25.

hal hal

1. P. arare. Vid. sq.

hala hala

n. (r. hal s. a) aratrum. AM.

havis havis

n. (r. hu Diis offerre suff. is) butyrum purificatum. BH. 4. 24.

havya havya

n. (r. hu Diis offerre s. ya) quod offertur, offerendum Diis. SU. 2. 10.

havyavAha havyavāha

m. qui aufert, consumit diis oblata, e havya et vāha ferens, auferens a r. vah s. a) ignis. DR. 2. 10.

havyavAhana havyavāhana

m. (e havya et vāhana ferens, auferens, a r. vah s. ana) ignis (v. praec.). IN. 5. 14.

has has

1. P. ridere, subridere. R. Schl. I. 46. 17.: jahāsaca mumocaca; MAH. 3. 3003.: hasiṣyanti. (Fortasse has e dhas quod in Intens. formaret dādhas ad quod gr. [greek] [greek] referri possent.)

c. apa deridere, irridere, c. acc. R. Schl. II. 35. 31. -- Caus. id. R. Schl. II. 78. 17.

c. ava id. MAH. 3. 11181.

c. upa id. GHAT. 17.

c. pra ridere. H. 4. 1. 41. BR. 3. 22. -- C. acc. ridere, irridere alqm. N. 12. 117.

c. pra praef. sam ridere. MAH. 1. 3431.

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 4225. -- C. acc. irridere. MAH. 1. 4762.

hasta hasta

m. manus, et elephanti proboscis. DR. 5. 17. H. 3. 9.

hastin hastin

m. (a praec. s. in) elephantus. IN. 3. 9.

hastipa hastipa

m. (e hastin et pa q. v.) elephantorum custos. V. sq.

hastipaka hastipaka

m. (a praec. s. ka) id. HIT. 58. 21.

hA

1. 3. P. (anom. v. gr. 370., gerund. hitvā part. pass. hīna c. pari et pra parihīṇa prahīṇa) relinquere, deserere. R. Schl. I. 1. 39.: hitvā taṃ śailam; II. 56. 3.: jahau nidrāñca tandrāñca; SA. 6. 37.: nai 'nañ jahāmy aham; N. 11. 3. BH. 2. 33. -- RAGH. 14. 61.: bhāryām ahāsīḥ. 2) amittere, privari, orbari. R. Schl. II. 12. 84.: kauśalyā māñca rāmañca putrañca yadi hāsyati...mām evā 'numariṣyati. -- Pass. 1) relinqui, deseri. HIT. 126. 21.: kāmaḥ sarvātmanā heyaḥ; A. 3. 17.: naca me hīyate prāṇaḥ. 2) privari. cum instrum. vel ablat. vel accus. BR. 2. 20.: tauca hīnau mayā bālau tvayācai 'va...vinaśyetām; MAN. 5. 161.: patilokācca hīyate; R. Schl. II. 64. 5.: tām āśām matkṛte hīnau. 3) viribus privari, debilitari, confici, exhauriri, tabescere. MAH. 1. 6291.: hīyamānan tad rakṣaḥ samīkṣya; v. praef. pari. -- hīna malus, vilis. N. 19. 14. -- Caus. hāpayāmi relinquere, deserere facio, inde abstraho, detraho, derogo. MAH. 3. 1463.: śaktin na hāpayiṣyanti te kāle pratipūjitāḥ. Omittere. MAN. 3. 71.: pañcai 'tān yo mahāyajñān na hāpayati. (Gr. [greek] fortasse lat. habeo, goth. haba, habais = Caus. hāpayāmi.)

c. apa 1) relinquere. N. 24. 11. 13. 2) excipere, exceptare, in gerund. A. 3. 47.: amaratvam apahāya brūhi yat te manogatam. V. 2. vṛj.

c. ava i. q. simpl. -- Pass. relinqui, restare. MAH. 3. 11558.

c. ava praef. vi relinquere. MAH. 3. 13661.

c. pari relinquere. Pass. 1) relinqui. HIT. 53. 14. 2) pri- vari, c. abl. HIT. 100. 22.: śarīradharmakoṣebhyaḥ...parihīyate; N. 19. 33. 3) viribus privari, debilitari, confici, tabescere. UR. 40. 10. infr.: parihīyamānair aṅgaiḥ; MAH. 3. 12858. 4) deesse, deficere, desiderari. MAH. 1. 747.: yat kiñcid asmadgṛhe parihīyate tad icchāmy aham aparihīyamānam bhavatā kriyamāṇam.

c. pra 1) relinquere. BH. 2. 39. 55. 2) discedere. N. 26. 25.: sauhārdañcai 'va tvatto na kadācit prahāsyati. -- Pass. i. q. Pass. simpl. sgf. 3. MAN. 4. 41.

c. pra praef. vi privari. viprahīṇa privatus, c. instr. MAH. 1. 8142.

c. vi relinquere. N. 9. 32. BH. 2. 22. -- MAH. 3. 8406. fut. vijahiṣyasi pro vihāsyasi. -- Etiam A. MAH. 2. 2604.: na vihāsye vaḥ. -- vihīna 1) privatus, orbatus. N. 17. 22.: pitrā vihīnau; R. Schl. II. 52. 37.: tvadvihīnaḥ te privatus, sine te. 2) solutus, liberatus, liber. RAGH. 18. 13.: anarthair vyasanair vihīnaḥ.

hA

2. 3. A. hihe (anom. v. gr. 370.), praet. mltf. ahāsi. Ire, cedere, recedere. RIGV. 37. 7.: jihīta parvato giriḥ. (Cf. hi gr. [greek] forma redupl., cf. Pott II. 691.)

c. ut 1) surgere. RIGV. 105. 18.: ujjihīte; 9. 4.: prati tvām udahāsata. 2) Trans. sursum movere. BHATT. 3. 47.: akṣibhruvam ujjihānaḥ (schol. ūrdhvan nayan).

c. sam ire. NALOD. 1. 54.: samahāsta mudam.

hAni hāni

f. (r. s. ni pro ti) relictio. BH. 2. 65.

hAyana hāyana

n. (ut videtur, a r. hay vel hi ire s. ana) annus. H. 4. 23.

hArin hārin

(hṛ s. in) capiens, rapiens, in fine comp. N. 13. 4.

hArda hārda

n. (a hṛd cor s. a) amor. UR. 85. 10.

hAlahala hālahala

etiam hālahāla et hālāhala n. veneni genus. HIT. 23. 5.: halāhalaṃ viṣam.

hAva hāva

m. (ut videtur, a r. hve clamare s. a cf. gr. 449.) nugae, ineptiae, deliciae feminarum. (Wils.: Any feminine act of amorous pastime, or tending to excite amorous sensations, coquetry, blandishment, dalliance.). IN. 2. 32.

[Page 400b]
hAsin hāsin

(r. has s. in) ridens, subridens, in fine comp. N. 3. 14.

hAhAbhUta hāhābhūta

Adj. (e hāhā heu! heu! et bhūta qui est) heu! heu! clamans. SA. 2. 23. N. 17. 31.

hi hi

1. 5. P. (anom. v. gr. 443. 444. 572. gatau K. gatau varddhane V.) 1) ire. 2) mittere. RIGV. 34. 11.: vajraṃ hinvanti; BHATT. 14. 36.: gadā śakrajitā jighye (schol. prahitā preṣitā). Vid. praef. pra. 3) augere, amplificare. RIGV. 23. 17.: tā no hinvantv adhvaram. 4) tueri. RIGV. 18. 4. (Cf. 2. hā gā; fortasse lat. cieo, gr. [greek] cum c, [greek] = h sicut in cor, [greek] v. hima.)

c. pra prahiṇomi (v. gr. min. 94b). annot.) mittere. A. 8. 30.: tān aham...prāhiṇvaṃ yamasādanam; 8. 8.: astram... prāhiṇavam; 9. 17. IN. 4. 2. -- MAH. 2. 1244.: sa dūtān prāhiṇot; RAGH. 12. 84.: rathan tasmai prajighāya purandaraḥ.

hi hi

2. Conj. 1) enim. BR. 1. 16. BH. 3. 5. 2) particula interrogativa. H. 3. 17. 3) quidem, certe. M. 6. 22. 26. 27.

hiMs hiṃs

7. 1. et 10. P. interdum 1. A. hinasmi hiṃsāmi hiṃse hiṃsayāmi (scribitur his gr. 110a).) 1) ferire, pulsare, offendere, laedere, violare, vexare, affligere. BHATT. 17. 13.: ahiṃsan muṣṭibhiḥ; MAH. 3. 1091.: hiṃsyācca hiṃsitaḥ; 13685.: hiṃsito na hiṃseta; MAN. 4. 162.: na hiṃsyād brāhmaṇān; 7. 73.: arayo na hiṃsanti nṛpan durgasamāśritam; 2. 180.: hinasti vratam ātmanaḥ. Occidere, interficere. H. 4. 15.: na tāvad etān hiṃsiṣye; MAN. 5. 42.: paśūn hiṃsan; MAH. 3. 13289.: tvaṃ hy enam mā hiṃsīḥ; 13030.: anyonyam parimuṣṇanto hiṃsayantaśca mānavāḥ. (Cf. han unde hiṃs sicut e. c. lips pro lilaps a labh v. gr. 552. Huc trahi posset germ. vet. geis-la flagellum, nostrum Geifsel.)

c. upa laedere, violare, vexare, affligere, damnum facere. MAN. 2. 73. 11. 26. R. Schl. II. 9. 4.

c. vi i. q. simpl. sgf. 2. et 3. MAN. 8. 238. R. Schl. 1. 14. 15. II. 72. 44.

hiMsA hiṃsā

f. (r. hiṃs s. ā) offensio. BH. 18. 25. (cf. ahiṃsā.)

[Page 401a]
hiMsra hiṃsra

(r. hiṃs s. ra) Adj. internecivus, perniciosus, atrox, saevus. Subst. m. bestia rapax, perniciosa. RAGH. 2. 62.

hikk hikk

1. 1. P. A. (avyakte śabde K. kūje V.) singultire.

hikk hikk

2. 10. A. (hiṃsāyām K. hiṃse V.) i. q. hiṃs.

hiDimba hiḍimba

vel hidimba m. nom. pr. Rāks'asi.

hiDimbA hiḍimbā

vel hidimbā f. nomen Hidimbi uxoris.

hiND hiṇḍ

1. A. (anādare K. anādare gatau V.; scribitur hiḍ) vilipendere, ire. Cf. heḍ.

hita hita

v. dhā et hiṃ.

hitvA hitvā

v. .

hidimba hidimbA hidimba hidimbā

v. hiḍimba hiḍimbā.

hinv hinv

1. P. (prītau scribitur hiv) exhilarare. Cf. inv.

hima hima

(ut videtur, a r. hi quod hac in formatione fluere significare videtur, suff. ma v. snu) Subst. m. nix, v. himavat himālaya. Adj. frigidus, v. himāṃśu. (Cf. slav. [greek] ima hiems, lith. [greek]ema id., gr. [greek] lat. hiems, hibernus; hib. geimhre, geimhrith, geimhreadh "winter", v. Pictet p. 66. et himaṛtu apud Wils. ed. 2.; gamh "winter, cold".)

himavat himavat

m. (nive praeditus, a praec. suff. vat) nomen montis, Himavans.

himAMzu himāṃśu

m. (frigidos radios habens, BAH. e hima et aṃśu) luna. AM.

himAnI himānī

f. (a hima s. āna in fem.) nix. NALOD. 2. 5.

himAlaya himālaya

m. (nivis sedes, e hima et ālaya domus, sedes) Himālayus, cognomen Himavantis montis.

hiraNmaya hiraṇmaya

(forma anomal. a hiraṇya aurum s. maya) aureus. IN. 2. 24.

hiraNya hiraṇya

n. 1) aurum. N. 9. 12. 2) divitiae, opes.

hiraNyakazipu hiraṇyakaśipu

m. (e praec. et kaśipu 1) cibus. 2) vestimentum, in Du. cibus et vestimentum) nom. pr. Asuri. SU. 1. 2.

hiraNyapura hiraṇyapura

n. (e hiraṇya et pura) nomen urbis Asurorum. A. 10.

hil hil

6. P. (hāvakaraṇe K. hāvakṛtau V.) nugari, ineptire, ludicra agere, de feminis amore captis. Wils. "to ex- press amorous inclination, to dally, to wanton, to sport amorously" (v. hāva).

hIna hīna

v. .

hu hu

3. P. juhomi. Diis offerre, sacrificare, litare. SU. 1. 9.: ātmamāṃsāni juhvatau; BH. 9. 27.: yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat; MAN. 4. 22.: etān eke mahāyajñān...indriyeṣv eva juhvati; RAGH. 13. 45.: tanum apy ahauṣīt; MAH. 3. 10761.: juhāvā 'gnau jaṭām; R. Schl. II. 41. 9.: agnihotrāṇy ahūyanta; DR. 6. 21. -- C. acc. personae cui sacrificatur. SA. 1. 25.: hutvā 'gnim; MAN. 2. 186.: juhuyāt samidbhir agnim; MAH. 2. 1154.: yo juhuyād vibhum. -- huta 1) sacrificatus. BH. 1. 24., v. hutāśa hutabhuj. 2) is cui sacrificatum est. SA. 1. 21.: sāvitryā hutayā. -- Caus. hāvayāmi sacrificare facio. R. Schl. II. 25. 25. (hu e dhu vel dhū gr. [greek] [greek] cet., v. dhūma et gr. 104.)

c. ut praef. abhi i. q. simpl. RAGH. 1. 53.

huD huḍ

1. 1. A. (gatau) ire. Cf. hūḍ.

huD huḍ

2. 6. P. (saṅghāte K. magne saṅghe V.) colligere, coacervare, submergi. V. sq.

huND huṇḍ

1. P. (saṅghāte K. saṅghe V.) colligere, coacervare. V. 2. huṅ.

hurch hurch

1. P. (kauṭilye proprie hūrch unde hūrchāmi juhūrcha cet., v. murch) inflexum esse.

hul hul

1. P. (hatau K. hatau chadi V.) ferire, occidere, tegere. Cf. han.

hutabhuj hutabhuj

m. (qui sacrificatum edit e huta et bhuj) ignis, et deus ignis. UR. 6. 13. V. sq.

hutavaha hutavaha

m. (e huta et vaha ferens, auferens) id. RITU-S. 1. 27.

hutAza hutāśa

m. (e huta et aśa edens) id. N. 4. 9.

hutAzana hutāśana

m. (e huta et aśana edens) id. N. 5. 38.

huhu huhu

m. nom. pr. Gandharvi. IN. 2. 14.

hUGkAra hūṅkāra

m. (ex Interj. hūm et kāra confectio) actio mysticam syllabam hūm exclamandi. R. Schl. I. 75. 17. DEV. 6. 9. UP. 22.

[Page 402a]
hUD hūḍ

1. A. i. q. 1. huḍ.

hR hṛ

1. 1. P. A. 1) prehendere, capere, tollere, demere, auferre, rapere, abripere. BR. 2. 17.: pramathyai 'nāṃ (duhitaram) hareyus te havir dhvāṅghā ivā 'dhvarāt; BH. 2. 60.: indriyāṇi haranti prasabham manaḥ; R. Schl. I. 1. 51.: jahāra bhāryāṃ rāmasya; DR. 5. 28.: hriyamāṇān tāṃ rājaputrīm; MAN. 7.: yasya rāṣṭrād hriyante dasyubhiḥ prajāḥ; MAH. 3. 10184.: tata ādāya paraśuṃ rāmo mātuḥ śiro 'harat; MAN. 9. 131.: dauhitra evaca hared aputrasyā 'khilan dhanam (schol. gṛhṇīyāt); 135.: dhanan tad putrikābhartā hareta; 136.: dhanaṃ haret. 2) afferre, apportare, petere, holen. SA. 5. 103.: śvaḥ phalāni hariṣyasi. In dial. Ved. invenitur praet. redupl. jabhāra jabhre pro jahāra jahre. -- Desid. jihīrṣāmi rapere, abripere cupio. MAH. 1. 7480. R. Schl. II. 20. 48. (Cambro-brit. hwra capere; v. Pictet p. 67.; gr. [greek] a capiendo dictum, sicut scr. haraṇa v. Wils.; fortasse [greek] e [greek] nisi pertinent ad vṛ; fortasse [greek] = āharāmi cum [greek] = h sicut in [greek] = hanu; fortasse lat. gero, ita ut ges-tum ortum sit e ger-tum.)

c. anu imitari. GITA-GOV. 8. 4. V. anuhāra.

c. apa abripere, auferre, abducere, tollere, demere. N. 10. 7.: nidrayā 'pahṛtā; DR. 5. 14.: indro 'pi tāṃ tā 'paharet; 8. 24.: kṣureṇā 'pāharac chiraḥ.

c. apa praef. vi id. MAH. 2. 1584.

c. abhi tollere, demere. MAH. 3. 14610.: sā (śaktiḥ) muktā 'bhyaharat tasya mahiṣasya śiro mahat. -- Caus. pugnare. DR. 8. 5.: koṭikāśyo 'bhyahārayat . mahatā rathavaṃśena parivārya vṛkodaram. -- V. praef. pra.

c. ava deponere. MAH. 4. 1304.: dhanūṃṣy avahara. -- Caus. facere ut quis det. Pass. MAH. 2. 249.: kaccid abhyāgatā dūrād vaṇijaḥ...avahāryante śulkam; MAN. 8. 198.: avahāryo bhavet...ṣaṭ śatan damam.

c. ava praef. abhi Caus. abhyavahārayāmi pugnare jubeo. MAH. 3. 16369. Vid. praef. abhi.

c. ava praef. vi 1) agere, facere. HIT. 62. 9.: etat sarvañ jñātvā yathāvasāraṃ vyavahartavyam. 2) pugnare. MAH. 4. 1870.: tau vyavāharatāṃ yuddhe. 3) adipisci. MAH. 3. 1462.: śāntiṃ vyavaharanti.

c. ā 1) afferre, apportare, adducere. N. 20. 5.: nā "hartuṃ śakyate punaḥ (paṭaḥ); DR. 8. 50.: dṛṣṭvā ...draupadīm āhṛtām punaḥ. 2) capere, abripere. N. 26. 7.: parasvam āhṛtya. 3) accipere, adipisci. N. 24. 29.: prativākye tathā "hṛte (nisi separandum tathā hṛte); MAN. 9. 190.: sagotrāt putram āharet. 4) kratum āhartum offerre, facere sacrificium. MAH. 1. 3764.: trīn aśvamedhān ājahāra; 3. 9983.: yajñān ājahrur uttamān (v. āhartṛ). -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis afferat, apportet, c. 2. acc. MAH. 2. 987.: karam āhārayiṣyāmi sarvān; MAN. 7. 80. 10. 119. 2) adhibere, uti. H. 4. 48.: balam āhārayāmāsa yad vāyor jagataḥ kṣaye. 3) percipere, sentire, e. c. harṣam laetitiam, MAH. 3. 867.: santrāsam terrorem, R. Schl. II. 60. 20.: roṣam iram, l. c. I. 60. 19.

c. ā praef. abhi afferre. MAH. 1. 3733.

c. ā praef. ut efferre, emittere, proloqui, pronuntiare, dicere, loqui, referre, narrare. SA. 5. 43.: udāhṛtan te vacanam; MAN. 2. 191.: no 'dāhared asya nāma; N. 5. 31.: etāvad...yathāvṛttam udāhṛtam; BH. 17. 19. 24. Nominare, appellare. UR. 63. 9.: tvāṅ kāmino madanadūtim udāharanti.

c. ā praef. prati + ut respondere. R. Schl. I. 52. 10.: tam pratyudāharat.

c. ā praef. sam + ut referre, dicere. MAN. 1. 50. R. Schl. I. 14. 23.

c. ā praef. upa facere. MAH. 3. 1353.: yatnam udāhṛtya.

c. ā praef. prati 1) recuperare. MAH. 3. 8655.: kimarthaṃ rāmasya hṛtam āsīd vapuḥ prabho katham pratyāhṛtañcai 'va. 2) efferre, emittere, proloqui, pronuntiare. N. 4. 18.: vāṣpākulāṃ vācam...pratyāharantī. 3) clamare, vociferari. DR. 6. 7.: gomāyuḥ...pratyāharat; MAH. 2. 2649.: pratyāharanti kravyādā gṛdhragomāyuvāyasāḥ.

c. ā praef. vi 1) pronuntiare, loqui, dicere, narrare. BH. 8. 13.: om ity ekākṣaram brahma vyāharan; N. 26. 18.: kiṃ vyāharasi jito na vyāhariṣyasi; 1. 20.: vācaṃ vyājahāra nalam; 3. 18.: na tās taṃ śaknuvanti sma vyāhartum api kiñcana. -- praśnān vyāhartum interrogationes dissolvere. MAH. 3. 12466. 2) vociferari, clamare. DR. 6. 2.: śrutvā giro vyāharatām mṛgāṇām.

c. ā praef. abhi + vi pronuntiare. MAN. 2. 172.

c. ā praef. pra + vi praedicere. MAH. 1. 7240.: evam pravyāhṛtam pūrvam mama mātrā.

c. ā praef. sam 1) colligere. MAH. 1. 6951.: tatra bhaikṣyaṃ samājahruḥ. 2) secum ducere. SA. 3. 2.: vṛddhān dvijān sarvān...samāhṛtya. 3) offerre, facere sacrificium (v. āhṛ sgf. 4.). R. Schl. I. 58. 4.: samāhartuṅ kratum. 4) delere, extinguere. BH. 11. 32.: kālo 'smi lokakṣayakṛt pravṛddho lokān samāhartum iha pravṛttaḥ.

c. ut 1) promere, extrahere. RAGH. 2. 30.: śaram...niṣaṅgād uddhartum aiṣat; UR. 4. 2. infr.: uddharen no hṛdayaśalyam; MAH. 1. 3299.: mām patitām asmāt kūpād uddhartum arhasi; 2. 2293.: kauravārṇavamagnam mām uddharasva; 3. 141.: uddhṛtā hy āpadaḥ prajāḥ; MAN. 4. 58.: dakṣiṇam pāṇim uddharet (schol. vahiṣkuryāt. 2) evellere, avellere. MAN. 7. 110. N. 16. 13. 3) exstirpare, delere. MAH. 1. 5719.: sapatnān mamo 'ddhara; RAGH. 2. 30. 4) erigere. BH. 6. 5.: uddhared ātmanā "tmānan nā "tmānam avasādayet. -- Caus. 1) facere ut quis extrahat. RAGH. 9. 78. 2) erigere, sublevre. MAH. 3. 10946.: tasyāñco 'ddhāryamānāyām (vasumatyām).

c. ut praef. abhi erigere, inde accumulare, coacervare. MR. 120. 7.: viprasvaṃ na harāmi kāñcanam atho yajñārtham abhyuddhṛtam. -- Caus. eripere. MAH. 3. 13326.

c. ut praef. pra erigere, sublevare. R. Schl. II. 110. 4.

c. ut praef. sam 1) promere, extrahere. SA. 5. 17. 6. 43. 2) exstirpare (evellere), delere. MAH. 1. 3821. 3) erigere, sublevare. MAH. 3. 10946. -- TROP. MAH. 1. 4271.: naṣṭañca bhāratavaṃśam punar eva samuddhara.

c. upa 1) afferre. MAH. 1. 7208. SAK. 37. 2. infr. 2) offerre. BH. 9. 25.: tad aham bhaktyupahṛtam aśnāmi. -- yajñam upaha- sacrificium facere. MAH. 3. 8379. (v. hṛ praef. ā). 3) exstirpare, delere. MAH. 2. 861.: tvayāco 'pahṛtā rājan kṣatriyāḥ. -- Caus. afferendum curare. R. Schl. I. 20. 9.

c. upa praef. sam samupahartuṃ yajñam offerre, facere sacrificium. R. Schl. I. 40. 2.

c. nis 1) promere, extrahere, evellere. MAH. 3. 16485. 6033. 2) efferre. MAN. 5. 91. 10. 55. 8. 399.

c. pari 1) in dial. Ved. amplecti. RIGV. 61. 8. 2) demere, auferre. R. ed. Ser. II.: sukham parihṛtaṅ kule 'smin. 3) relinquere, deserere. R. Schl. II. 48. 20.: yayā putraśca bhartāca tyaktau ...kaṃ sā parihared anyam. 4) evitare. BH. 2. 27.: aparihārye 'rthe na tvaṃ śocitum arhasi; MAH. 3. 389. HIT. 22. 1. 5) retinere, cohibere, celare. MR. 26. 12.: yad eva parihartavyan tad evo 'dāharati mūrkhaḥ; SAK. 53. 16.

c. pra 1) pulsare, ferire, tundere, vulnerare, c. loc. H. 3. 21.: mayy eva praharer hi tvan na striyaṃ hantum arhasi; SAK. 5. 21.: ārtatrāṇāya vaḥ śastran na prahartum anāgasi; RAGH. 2. 62.: mayi nā 'ntako 'pi prabhuḥ prahartum kim utā 'nyahiṃsrāḥ; DR. 9. 4.: padā mūrdhni...prāharad vilapiṣyataḥ; MR. 122. 1. 2) jaculari, emittere. śarān kasmaicit sagittas in alquem. MAH. 3. 1584.: praharasva śarān; 3. 10387.: tato 'smai prāharad vajram. 3) adoriri, oppugnare, impugnare aliquem, c. loc. vel acc. RAGH. 7. 56.: sarvabalāṅgaiḥ...bhūmipālās tasmin prajahruḥ; MAH. 4. 1107.: trigartam prāharat. -- Pugnare. MAH. 3. 15168.: prahariṣyanti vivaśāḥ sneham utsṛjya; H. 3. 21.: praharatāṃ varaḥ. V. sq. et prahartṛ.

c. pra praef. sam pugnare. MAH. 3. 15167.: yudhi samprahariṣyantaḥ.

c. vi 1) abripere, abstrahere. MAH. 1. 5140.: kālo vai 'naṃ viharati krodho vai 'naṃ haraty uta. 2) gaudere, voluptate frui, ludere. SU. 4. 3.: nirudyogau tadā bhūtvā vijahrāte 'marāv iva; DR. 1. 1.: tasmin bahumṛge 'raṇye aṭamānāḥ...vijahrus te yathā 'marāḥ; N. 5. 46.: vaneṣū 'pavaneṣuca damayantyā saha nalo vijahārā 'maropamaḥ; 5. 48. -- MAN. 7. 221.: bhuktavān vihareccai 'va strī- bhir antaḥpure saha (schol. krīḍet); MAH. 1. 5576. 5703. 7713. 3) degere, traducere tempus. MAH. 1. 7.: kvacā 'yaṃ vihṛtas tvayā kālaḥ; 3. 12535.: yathāpratijñaṃ vihṛtaśca kālaḥ; IN. 1. 58.: varṣam ekaṃ vihṛtyai 'vam. Etiam omissā tempus exprimente voce. MAH. 4. 27.: ity etad vo mayā "khyātaṃ vihariṣyāmy ahaṃ yathā; MAN. 6. 22.: sthānāsanābhyāṃ viharet stando et sedendo absumat tempus (schol. kañcit kālaṃ sthita eva syāt kañcicco 'paviṣṭa eva; cf. Westerg.).

c. sam 1) comprehendere, complecti, colligere, zusammenfassen. MAH. 3. 189.: kṛtvā dvādaśadhā "tmānam... saṃhṛtyai 'kārṇavaṃ sarvaṃ tvaṃ śoṣayasi raśmibhiḥ (saṃhṛtya = saṃhṛtyā "tmānam i. e. vim tuam comprehendendo, colligendo); MAH. 3. 11517.: saṃhṛtya muṣṭim. 2) A. contrahere, in se contrahere, einziehen. MAH. 3. 11277.: saṃharasva mahāvīrya svayam ātmānam ātmanā; HIT. 19. 13.: na hi saṃharatejyosnāñ candraś cāṇḍālaveśmani. C. ablat. abstrahere. BH. 2. 58.: yadā saṃharatecā 'yaṅ kūrmo 'ṅgānī 'va sarvaśaḥ . indriyāṇī 'ndriyārthebhyaḥ. 3) P. A. retrahere. RAGH. 4. 16.: vārṣikaṃ sañjahāre 'ndro dhanuḥ; MAH. 3. 772.: saṃharasva punar vāṇam; SAK. 6. 1.: eṣa saṃhṛtaḥ (vāṇaḥ). 4) cohibere, supprimere. N. 6. 14.: saṃhartun no 'tsahe kopam; RAGH. 10. 33.: saṃhriyate vacaḥ. 5) destruere, delere, extinguere. MAH. 1. 241.: kālaḥ sṛjati bhūtāni kālaḥ saṃharate prajāḥ; 3. 1644. Vid. saṃhartṛ saṃhāra. 6) i. q. simpl. sgf. 1. MAN. 8. 189. 9. 113. 123.

c. sam praef. upa 1) afferre. MAH. 1. 7206. (cf. 7208. upajahāra). 2) abstrahere, retrahere. HIT. 19. 6.: chettuḥ pārśvagatāñ chāyāṃ no 'pasaṃharate drumaḥ.

c. sam praef. prati 1) retrahere. DR. 5. 4.: yas tvā 'dya pātālamukhe patantam pāṇau gṛhītvā pratisaṃhareta; SAK. 5. 20.: pratisaṃhara śāyakam; R. Schl. II. 22. 10. -- Caus. retrahendum curare. R. Schl. II. 22. 26.

hR hṛ

2. 3. P. (prasahyakaraṇe K. prasahyakṛtyām V.) violenter facere.

hRcchaya hṛcchaya

m. (qui in corde jacet vel dormit e hṛd cor et śaya) amor et deus amoris. IN. 5. 44. N. 1. 17.

hRd hṛd

n. cor. N. 1. 18. (hṛd correptum e hard v. gr. comp. 1.; lat. CORD, cor; gr. [greek] pro [greek] goth. hairto, Them. hairtan, v. gr. comp. 141.; nostrum Herz. De gr. [greek] lith. szirdis, slav. srjdjze, hib. cridhe, v. sq. hṛdaya.

hRdaya hṛdaya

n. 1) cor. BR. 1. 5. N. 9. 4. 26. 2) notitia, scientia. N. 14. 21. 20. 29. (Vid. hṛd et cf. slav. srjdjze neut., Them. srjdjzjo (v. gr. comp. 258. 259.), gr. [greek] nititur fem. formā hṛdayā; ita lith. fem. szirdis, gen. szirdie-s, vel szirde-s. Etiam hib. croidhe vel cridhe masc. cor potius ad hṛdaya e hardaya quam ad hṛd referendum esse censeo. Respiciatur Derivat. croidhea-mhuil "hearty, generous".)

hRdya hṛdya

(a hṛd s. ya) amoenus, jucundus, gratus, suavis, amatus. BH. 17. 8.

hRS hṛṣ

1. 4. P. A. hṛṣyāmi hṛṣye; praet. mltf. ahṛṣam. 1) se erigere, horrere; praesertim de corporis pilis (vid. lomaharṣaṇa) et floribus. MAH. 2. 1757.: aniśaṃ śabdam aśrauṣan tato romāṇi me 'hṛṣan. Part. pass. hṛṣita et hṛṣṭa erectus. BH. 11. 14.: vismayāviṣṭo hṛṣṭaromā; N. 5. 25.: hṛṣitasraj; 23. 17.: puṣpāṇi...hṛṣitāni; MAH. 4. 1245.: hṛṣitāni romāṇi. -- hṛṣita i. q. hṛṣṭaroman i. e. erectos pilos habens, prae terrore, perterritus. BH. 11. 45.: adṛṣṭapūrvaṃ hṛṣito 'smi dṛṣṭvā bhayenaca pravyathitam mano me (cf. 11. 14.). 2) gaudere. N. 25. 8.: jahṛṣeca narādhipaḥ; R. Schl. II. 63. 15.: dadṛśire ghanāḥ . tato jahṛṣire sarve bhekasāraṅgavarhiṇaḥ; MAH. 2. 2184.: jaharṣa; MAN. 2. 54.: hṛṣyet. -- hṛṣṭa gaudens, laetus. N. 1. 24. IN. 4. 5. -- C. gen. H. 2. 7.: hṛṣṭo mānuṣamāṃsasya. -- 1) exhilarare. MAH. 1. 4460. 8280. 2) gaudere. MAN. 6. 57.: alābhe na viṣādī syāl lābhecai 'va na harṣayet. (hṛṣ e harṣ lat. horreo per assim. e horseo = Caus. harṣayāmi v. gr. comp. 109a). 6.; hilaris, mutato r in l, abjectā sibilante, sicut in gr. [greek] [greek] cet.; hib. gairim "I laugh, rejoice, extol", nisi pertinet ad gṝ i. e. gar vel ad has rifere, mutato s in r; gairisneach "horrible"; german. vet. ir-gruiso horreo, grus-lih horridus, anglo-sax. gris-lic, nostrum grausen; germ. vet. in-gruet horrescit, v. Graff 4. 300.)

c. pari Caus. exhilarare. MAH. 3. 887.

c. pari praef. sam Caus. id. MAH. 3. 17470.

c. pra gaudere. BH. 5. 20. BR. 3. 23. N. 5. 31.

c. pra praef. sam i. q. simpl. sgf. 1. et 2. N. 26. 33.: samprahṛṣṭatanūruhāḥ; MAH. 1. 3107.: samprahṛṣṭa gaudens, laetus. -- Caus. exhilarare. MAH. 3. 11829.

c. sam id. BHATT. 9. 22.: bhayasaṃhṛṣṭaromāṇaḥ; N. 21. 3.: śrutvā tu (rathanirghoṣam) samahṛṣyanta (sic cum ed. Calc. pro samāhṛṣyanta legendum); SU. 4. 7.: saṃhṛṣṭa laetus.

c. sam praef. prati gaudere. MAH. 3. 10017.: pratisañjahṛṣuḥ prajāḥ.

hRS hṛṣ

2. 1. P. (alīke) mentiri.

he he

Interj. vocandi. Lass. 8. 18. 20. 12.

heT heṭ

1. P. (vādhāyām K. vādhe V.) vexare.

heTh heṭh

1. 1. P. id.

heTh heṭh

2. 6. P. (khace V.) i. q. 1. khac. Cf. haṭ.

heD heḍ

1. 1. A. (anādare) vilipendere, negligere. R. Schl. II. 68. 22.: aheḍamānās tvarayā sma dūtā rātryān tu te tat puram eva yātāḥ.

heD heḍ

2. 1. P. (veṣṭane K. veṣṭe V.) vestire, circumdare. Cf. hoḍ.

heti heti

f. 1) sagitta. BHAR. 2. 36. 2) splendor solis. 3) flamma. (AM.: raver arciśca śastrañca vahijvālāca hetayaḥ.)

hetu hetu

m. (fortasse a r. hi suff. unād. tu) 1) causa, ratio. SU. 1. 23. N. 25. 10. 2) conditio, pactum. DR. 9. 10.

hetutA hetutā

f. (a praec. s. ) Abstractnm praecedentis. HIT. 13. 10.

hetumat hetumat

(a hetu s. mat) causā praeditus. BH. 13. 4.

hema hema

n. aurum.

heman heman

n. id. RAGH. 1. 10.

heS heṣ

1. A. hinnire. BHATT. 14. 5.: hayā jiheṣire. -- heśita n. hinnitus. MAH. 1. 2820.: heṣitasvana. (Cf. hreṣ; fortasse lat. hinnio per assim. e hisnio, quod deduci posset a nomine actionis heṣaṇa ejecto a.)

heSA heṣā

f. (r. heṣ s. ā) hinnitus. AM.

heSin heṣin

m. (r. heṣ s. in nisi a praec. s. in) equus.

haima haima

(fem. ī a hema s. a) aureus. MEGH. 74.

haimavata haimavata

Adj. (a himavat Himavans s. a) himavanticus. DR. 5. 5.

hoD hoḍ

1. A. (anādare K. gatau anādare V.) vilipendere, ire. Cf. heḍ 1. huḍ hūḍ hauḍ hruḍ hrūḍ hrauḍ.

hauD hauḍ

1. A. (gatau) ire. V. hoḍ.

hnu hnu

2. A. 1) eripere, auferre. BHATT. 15. 88.: yamasyā 'hnoṣṭa vikramam (schol. apanītavān). 2) se celare ab aliquo, c. dat., sich einem entziehen. PAN. I. 4. 34.: devadattāya hnute. (Cf. kṣṇu goth. hneivan inclinare, hnaivs humilis, hnaivjan humiliare, germ. vet. hnīgan inclinare, anglo-sax. hnīvan, hnīgan id.; gr. [greek] lat. nuo, v. Benfey II. 182. Graff 4. 1127.)

c. apa celare, occultare, abnuere. MAN. 8. 53.: nirdiśyā 'pahnute.

c. ni id. MAN. 8. 59.: yo yāvan nihnuvītā 'rtham.

hmal hmal

1. P. (calane K. cāle V.) se movere, vacillare. Cf. hval.

hyas hyas

Adv. heri. (Cf. gr. [greek] pro [greek] lat. heri e hesi, hes-ternus; germ. vet. ges-ter heri, v. gr. comp. 391.)

hyastana hyastana

(fem. ī a praec. s. tana) hesternus.

hrag hrag

1. P. (saṃvaraṇe) tegere. Cf. hlag.

hrada hrada

m. (r. hrad correpto ā suff. a v. sq.) lacus profundus, praesertim in Tartaro. N. 6. 13. SA. 7. 43.

hradinI hradinī

f. (r. hrād correpto ā s. in in fem.) flumen. N. 12. 112. V. nadī.

hrap hrap

10. P. hrāpayāmi loqui. Cf. hlap lap.

hras hras

1. P. (śabde K. rave V.) sonare. Cf. hlas ras. -- ATM. diminui (fortasse Denom. a hrasva brevis). MAN. 1. 83.: āyur hrasate pādaśaḥ. Caus. hrāsayāmi diminuere. MAN. 11. 216. Cf. hṛ.

hrasiSTha hrasIyas hrasiṣṭha hrasīyas

v. gr. 251.

[Page 406a]
hrasva hrasva

1) brevis. N. 18. 6. 2) angustus, arctus. N. 23. 9.

hrAd hrād

1. A. (avyakte śabde K. svane V.) sonare, tonare. K.: hrādate meghaḥ.

hrAdinI hrādinī

f. (r. hrād s. in in fem.) fulmen, Indri fulmen. AM.

hrI hrī

1. 3. P. jihremi part. pass. hrīta et hrīṇa. Pudere, erubescere. RAGH. 15. 44.: jihrāya rāghavaḥ. -- hrīta pudens, pudibundus. N. 13. 30. (Cf. hrīch slav. srami-ti pudore afficere c. s = h sicut in srjdjze cor, v. hṛdaya; fortasse germ. vet. HRU, RU poenitere, hriwu, riwu, hrau, rou, hruumes, ruun; hriuwa, riuwa, riwa poenitentia, anglo-sax. hreova id.; v. Pott 1. 209. Graff 4. 1142.)

hrI hrī

2. f. pudor.

hrIch hrīch

1. P. i. q. hrī. (Huc trahi posset goth. id-reiga poenitentia, nisi pertinet ad rañj.)

hrImat hrīmat

(a hrī pudor s. mat) pudibundus. DR. 8. 44.

hruD hrUD hrauD hruḍ hrūḍ hrauḍ

1. A. (gatau) ire.

hreS hreṣ

1. A. hinnire. MAH. 4. 2000.: hreṣamāṇair vājibhiḥ. -- hreśita n. hinnitus. MAH. 3. 11764. -- Caus. adhinnire alicui c. acc. MAH. 3. 11764.: hreṣayāmāsur anyonyaṃ hreṣitaiḥ. (V. heṣ heṣin et cf. germ. vet. hros equus, angl. horse, nostrum Rofs, gr. [greek] [greek].)

hlag hlag

1. P. (saṃvaraṇe) tegere, cf. hrag.

hlap hlap

10. P. hlāpayāmi (bhāṣaṇe V.) Vid. hrap.

hlas hlas

1. P. sonare. Vid. hras.

hlAd hlād

1. A. gaudere, laetari. MAH. 1. 3036.: hlādate janitā prekṣya (putram). -- C. loc. rei. MAH. 1. 3037.: hlādante (narāḥ) sveṣu dāreṣu gharmārtāḥ salileṣv iva. -- Caus. exhilarare. R. Schl. II. 44. 10.: śayānam anaghaṃ rātrau... raśimabhiḥ saṃspṛśan śītaiś candramā hlādayiṣyati. (Cf. anglo-sax. glaed laetus, splendens; angl. glad, germ. vet. glat splendens; hib. gairdim "I rejoice", nisi pertinet ad gṛdh q. v.; slav. rad laetus, rados'ca laetitia; fortasse gr. lat. gaudeo.)

c. ā Caus. exhilarare. N. 21. 8.: mamā "hlādayate cetaḥ.

c. pra Caus. P. A. id. R. Schl. I. 9. 56.: prahlādayan; MAH. 1. 7190.: prahlādayadhvam; UR. 86. 14.: prahlādayasva.

hval hval

1. P. (calane K. cāle V.) vacillare, titubare. (Cf. germ. vet. wallon ambulare, errare, volitare.)

c. vi id. MAH. 1. 214.: sañjñāṃ no 'palabhe sūta mano vihvalatī 'va me; R. Schl. II. 13. 4.: pratyuvāca tataḥ kruddho muhūrtaṃ vihvalann iva. -- vihvalita vacillans, titubans. R. Schl. I. 9. 15.: madavihvalitāḥ kāścit prapatanty utpatantica.

hvR hvṛ

1. P. (kauṭilye) curvum, flexuosum esse. (Vid. prahva upahvara et cf. dhvṛ i. e. dhvar lat. vārus, hib. fiar "crooked, inclined", fiaraim "I incline, bend", fiaras "crookedness".)

hve hve

1. P. A. (hu hū v. gr. 694.) vocare, advocare. SU. 3. 10.: viśvakarmāṇam ahvayat (ed. Calc. āhvayat); R. Schl. II. 34. 11.: āryo hvayati vo rājā; MAH. 1. 3393.: mācai 'nāṃ śayane hvaye. (Slav. [greek] v-a-ti vocare; island. vet. hvīa hinnire, germ. vet. hwaijon id., hwaijot, hweijot, weiot hinnit, v. Graff IV. 1223.; fortasse goth. hropja voco = hvāpayāmi sicut Caus. secundum generalem regulam sonaret, pro quo anomale hvāyayāmi (gr. 519.), mutato v in r (v. gr. comp. 20.), servatā tenui p, sicut in slepa dormio, v. svap; germ. vet. hrofu, ruafu cet., nostrum rufe; fortasse hib. guilim "I weep, cry, bewail" = hvayāmi mutato y in l (v. yakṛt), nisi pertinet ad 2. gṝ i. e. gar.)

c. ā 1) advocare. R. Schl. II. 58. 1.: ājuhāva taṃ sūtam; 91. 12.: āhvaye viśvakarmāṇam; N. 5. 1.: ājuhāva mahīpālān...svayaṃvare. 2) provocare ad pugnam vel ludum. MAH. 2. 879.: tvām āhvayāmahe rājan sthiro yudhyasva; 4. 342.: sarvamallān athā "hvayat; RIGV. 32. 6.: ā hi juhve mahāvīryam; IN. 5. 7.: śaśinaṃ vaktracandreṇa sā "hvayantī 'va; N. 12. 83.: āhūya provocando, post provocationem. -- Caus. āhvā- yayāmi advocari jubeo. RAGH. 15. 75.: kavim āhvāyayāmāsa.

c. ā praef. upa id. sgf. 2. MAH. 2. 1765.: upāhvayasva tam.

c. ā praef. sam 1) convocare. SU. 2. 9.: sainikāṃśca sa-

[Page 407b]
p. 1. C. 1. a cf. hib. a ejus = asya asyās v. O'Reilly p. 14. p. 2. agāra n. domus. RAGH. 5. 25.: āgāra id. AM. p. 3. aṅkurita (ab aṅkura s. ita) surculis praeditus. UR. 9. 2. p. 4. aṅguṣṭha m. (v. aṅguri) pollex. SA. 5. 16. p. 5. c. aṭ ire cf. hib. eathaim "I go", v. Pictet p. 12. aṭani aṭanī f. arcūs extrema. HIT. 35. 12. p. 6. 1. 24. lege atimātram. atisarga atisarga

m. (r. sṛj praef. ati s. a) donum. SA. 5. 53.

atyAhita atyāhita

n. (r. dhā c. ā praef. ati s. ta) magnus terror (AM. mahābhīti), eventus terrificus. UR. 54. 8. infr.

c. ad edere cf. etiam hib. ithim "I eat".

p. 8. c. 1. an spirare cf. hib. anal "breath", anam "life, soul", cambro-brit. enyz anima. c. 2. an praef. priv. cf. hib. an, ain. c. ana demonstr. cf. hib. an[greek] p. 10. anugraha m. (r. grah praef. anu s. a) favor, benevolentia. SA. 5. 34. p. 11. ant 1. P. (bandhane K. bandhe V.; scribitur at) ligare. Cf. and. c. antar cf. hib. indir, idir "between, betwixt". p. 12. c. antarikṣa antarīkṣa cf. cambro-brit. entryc "the firmament, the vault, or canopy of the heavens", v. Pictet p. 12. Owen s. v. c. andha cf. hib. uinne "blind", v. Pictet p. 13.
[Page 4071]
and and

1. P. (bandhane K. bandhe V.; scribitur ad) ligare. Cf. and.

p. 13. c. ap aqua cf. etiam hib. abh flumen. p. 14. abandhya (ex a priv. et bandhya sterilis) non sterilis, non vanus, non irritus, inde fructu praeditus, fructuosus. UR. 7. 14. 16. 4. cf. saphala UR. 9. 17. p. 17. c. ambhas aqua cf. hib. et scot. aibheis mare. p. 18. c. arka sol cf. hib. eark sol, coelum. c. arc colere, ex ark q. v. cf. goth. alhs, Them. alha, templum. c. arcis ex arkis-v. ark-cf. hib. earchaoín "splendid, very bright". c. arj colligere cf. goth. rik-jan id. p. 19. ard 1. P. (pīḍāgatiyācaneṣu) 1) vexare. 2) ire. 3) poscere, rogare, petere, c. acc. pers. RAGH. 5. 17.: śaradghanaṃ nā 'rdati cātakaḥ (cf. arth). -- Cl. 10. P. 1) vexare. MAH. 3. 16450.: tata enam mahāvegair ardayāmāsa tomaraiḥ; 1. 1182. 2) ferire, occidere. R. Schl. I. 16. 30.: vicaranto 'rdayan (omisso augmento) sarvān siṃhavyāghramahoragān. (Cf. hib. ord 1) "a hammer, sledge, mall, mallet". 2) "death, manslaughter".) c. abhi 1. P. vexare, affligere. R. Schl. II. 21. 55.: abhyardasi māṃ suduḥkham; MAH. 1. 4116.: abhyardita. c. ā v. p. 19. c. sam 10. P. vexare, vulnerare. MAH. 3. 761. 11724.: samārdayat. p. 23. c. aśva equus cf. hib. each id., cambes (s it. osw equa. p. 24. c. aṣṭan octo cf. hib. ocht, cambro-brit. wyth, v. Pictet p. 141. as as

1. c. adhi 1) legere. MAN. 4. 147. (v. i praef. adhi). 2) facere. MAN. 11. 106. (v. 3. as praef. abhi).

c. ni ponere, collocare. MAN. 6. 46. (v. 3. as praef. ni). -- C. ni praef. vi (vinyas) id. MAN. 3. 226. (v. 3. as c. vi + ni). -- C. ni praef. sam (sannyas) 1) deponere, TROP. renuntiare alicui rei, praesertim actionibus. MAN. 6. 94.: vedāntaṃ vidhivac chrūtvā sannyaset (= karmāṇi sannyaset schol. sannyāsam anutiṣṭhet v. sannyāsa et cf. MAN. 6. 95. 96. ubi sannyasya tam huc quam ad 3. as referri potest.

as as

2. antecedente na mori (v. bhū). MAH. 3. 10284.

p. 26. ahan etiam neut. RAGH. 5. 25. p. 27. c. ahi cf. etiam gr. [greek] et germ. vet. unc anguis, v. Graff. 1. 347. p. 28. āñch 1. P. (āyāme; scribitur āch) extendere. p. 31. āp praef. pari v. paryāpta. p. 32. c. āṃma crudus, incoctus cf. etiam gr. [greek] AyAsin āyāsin

(r. yas praef. ā s. in nisi ab āyāsa s. in) vexans. UR. 27. 8. infr.

c. āyus cf. hib. aois f. "age".

p. 35. āśu Adj. celer. RIGV. 4. 7.: āśum āśave. As ās

praef. anu 1) assidere, apud alqm sedere, c. acc. MAH. 2. 405. Unā sedere, c. instr. MAH. 3. 7040. RAGH. ed. Calc. 1. 57. 2) facere. N. 7. 3. vid. sandhyā et praef. upa.

c. ut udāsīna (v. gr. 599.) non curans, incuriosus, negligens, tranquillus, securus. H. 4. 44. BH. 9. 9. UR. 42. 1. infr. 47. 7. infr.

p. 40. c. indh cf. etiam hib. aitin f. "fire", aitinne "firebrand, charcoal". p. 41. c. 2. iṣ ich cf. etiam slav. isk-a-ti quaerere, lith. jeszk-ó-ti id., v. Miklosich p. 34. p. 43. īnt 1. P. (bandhane scribitur īt) ligare. p. 46. utphulla aptius deducitur a r. 1. phal s. na assimilato n antecedenti l debilitato a in u v. gr. min. ed. 2. 552. p. 47. udāsīna v. ās praef. ut p. 408. a. p. 50. c. upari cf. etiam hib. fair "on, upon". p. 51. upastha in comp. rathopastha v. etiam MAH. 4. 1106. p. 56. ṛkṣa m. etiam stella. AM. Vid. sq. RkSarAja ṛkṣarāja

m. (e praec. et rāja rex) luna. UR. 39. 2. Vid. tārāpati.

RJj ṛñj

1. A. (bhraje K. bhṛje V.; scribitur ṛj) assare, frigere, coquere. In dial. Ved. ornare (?), v. Westerg. (Cf. bhṛj bhrajj.)

c. ṛtu cf. etiam russ. ljeto aestas, annus.

p. 57. ṛṣabha e vṛṣabha vid. vṛṣ vṛṣabha. p. 58. ekāvalī f. (ex eka et āvalī) simplex linea margaritarum, florum cet. AM. VI. 3. 7. UR. 11. 6. infr. p. 62. kak v. vakh. p. 70. c. kāṅkṣ cf. etiam hib. cuingim "I desire, request, demand". p. 72. 1. 6. lege ja natus) pro ja) natus kAlakeya kālakeya

(a kālakā s. eya) i. q. kālakāñja. A. 10. 11. 13.

p. 75. kuḍya n. (ut videtur, a r. 3. kuṇḍ s. ya) paries. MAH. 2. 731. p. 77. kump 1. et 10. P. (stṛtyām; scribitur kup) sternere. Cf. kump. p. 79. b. 1. 2. lege sāt pro śāt. p. 80. b. 1. 24. pro vikurvate lege vikurvāte quod per "se transformant" vertendum esse censeo; v. l. c. sl. 20, 21. p. 81. kṛḍ 6. P. i. q. kūḍ. p. 82. kṛpa m. nom. pr. A. 11. 3. p. 85. kedāra m. campus, v. p. 349. 1. 16. kaitava n. 2) fraus, v. p. 343. 1. 3. p. 86. koṣṭha m. stomachus. AM. IV. 10. 43.: puṃsi koṣṭhaḥ. -- Etiam n. DEV. 6. 13.: koṣṭhāni. kaunda kaunda

(f. ī a kunda s. a) ad plantam Cunda dictam pertinens.

c. knath cf. śnath v. squ.

c. krath cf. 2. śrath 1. ślath knath śnath.

p. 87. l. 23. de lat. grandis vid. etiam vṛdh. p. 88. kriyā f. (r. kṛ s. ) 1) opera, labor, opus. HIT. 8. 1. UR. 39. 3. 2) ritus, caerimonia. SA. 1. 20. A. 4. 2. p. 90. klu 1. A. se movere. Vid. viklava. p. 94. kṣīj 1. P. (avyakte śabde K. hikkane V.) singultire. p. 96. kha 2) cavum. MAN. 2. 60. 3) sensus videndi, audiendi cet. AM. IV. 2. 19.: indriye 'pi kham. khaNDa khaṇḍa

2) saccharum. UR. 38. 1. infr.

khac khac

etiam oriri, nasci.

p. 99. gañj 1. P. (svane; scribitur gaj) sonare. Cf. gaj garj. gaD gaḍ

1. P. (secane K. sece V.)

gaN gaṇ

adde 10.

p. 102. gamb 1. P. (gatau) ire. Vid. ghamb. p. 103. b. 1. 30. lege adhigā pro adhigam. p. 106. gupti f. etiam actio celandi, occultatio. HIT. 120. 8. p. 112. grah praef. vi Caus. impugnandum curare. HIT. 116. 22.: p. 113. ghaṭana n. (r. ghaṭ s. ana) junctio, conjunctio. UR. 27. 9. p. 114. ghuṃṣ 1. A. (dhūśe; scribitur ghuṣ) splendidum, pulchrum reddere. ghuD ghuḍ

6. P. (vyāghāte) impedire. Cf. 2. ghuṭ.

p. 114. b. lege ghiṇṇ pro ghiṇ et ghuṇṇ pro ghuṇ (a grammaticis scribitur ghiṇ ghuṇ v. gr. 110a). et cf. ghṛṇṇ). p. 115. b. 1. 4. et 13. de lat. verres v. etiam vṛṣa. p. 117. cagh 5. P. (ghātane) pulsare, ferire, occidere. p. 126. cucy 1. P. (abhiṣave) succum exprimere. Cf. śucy. c. cut cf. etiam ścut. p. 129. l. 8. infr. del. lege. l. 7. infr. lege quo pro quá. p. 130. b. l. 29. lege śaivālalolāṃś pro śaivāvalolāṃś p. 141. l. 32. adde 41. 11. p. 144. c. jval cf. etiam hib. geal "fair, white, bright", gealach "the moon", gealaighim "I whiten bleach, shine". p. 152. tigh 5. P. (ghātane) pulsare, ferire, occidere. p. 156. tūl 1. et 10. P. ponderare. p. 161. tvaṅg 1. P. (gatikampayoḥ; scribitur tag) ire, se movere, tremere. Cf. traṅg taṅg. lege thuḍ pro thaḍ. p. 162. b. l. 9. lege ina pro in. daṇḍa m. exercitus. MAN. 7. 103. p. 167. dān P. A. (avakhaṇḍane K. ārjave chidi V.) dīdāṃsāmi dīdāṃse (proprie Desid. v. gr. 553.) abscindere, rectum facere. Cf. do (ita śān unde śīśāṃs cohaeret cum śo). p. 168. l. 19. de goth. sin compositi sinteins v. etiam sanā. l. 27. lege 331a). pro 332. dimp dimp

10. P. A. (saṅghāte) coacervare. V. ḍap.

p. 171. ḍuḥkhīy (Denom. a duḥkha s. y) dolorem pati. HIT. 48. 17. durNaya durṇaya

m. (e dus et naya a r. s. a) malefactum, flagitium. scelus. UR. 27. 9. infr.

p. 173. c. dus cf. etiam island. vet. praef. tor, germ. vet. zur, v. Grimm II. 768. dUti dūti

f. (e dūtī correpto ī) i. q. dūtī. UR. 63. 9.

dUrvA dūrvā

f. graminis genus, Wils. bent grass (Panicum dactylon). UR. 44. 4.

p. 174. 1. dṛbh 6. P. (granthe K. gumphane v.) jungere, nectere, serere. dRbh dṛbh

2. 1. et 10. P. (bhaye) timere.

p. 177. dyai 1. P. (nyakkaraṇe) spernere, contemnere. p. 178. droṇi droṇī f. labrum, solium. R. Schl. II. 66. 16. p. 179. dvitra m. n. pl. dvitrā f. pl. (dvitrāḥdvitrāṇi e dvi duo et tra quod correptum esse videtur e traya a tri tres) duo vel tres. RAGH. 5. 25.: dvitrāṇy ahāni. p. 180. dhanika m. (a dhana s. ika) creditor, v. vid Caus. p. 184. l. 14. lege a dhī pro r. dhī. dhurv dhurv

1. P. i. q. durv turv thurv.

p. 187. dhrū i. q. dhru. dhrai dhrai

1. P. (tṛptau) gaudere, satiari.

p. 192. l. 16. lege naṃṣṭāsmi pro naṣṭāsmi l. 18. lege naṃṣṭvā pro naṣṭvā. p. 194. c. ni cf. etiam slav. [greek] ni [greek] deorsum. p. 195. nicola m. n. (r. cul praef. ni s. a) pallium. GITA-GOV. 5. 11. p. 199. niṣ 1. P. (seke) irrigare. p. 201. nuḍ 6. P. (vadhe) pulsare, interficere. p. 204. paṭaha m. n. tympanum. DEV. 2. 54. paṭu etiam vehemens, de imbre. UR. 58. 1. p. 208. 4. pad etiam passus. R. Schl. I. 31. 19. p. 214. 1. paṣ 1. P. A. (vādhanasparśayoḥ K. vadhe granthe V.) coe7rcere, tangere, interficere, jungere, nectere. V. 1. pas. paS paṣ

2. 10. P. pāṣayāmi (bandhe) ligare. V. paś pas.

paS paṣ

3. 10. P. paṣayāmi (bandhavādhayoḥ sparśagatyoḥ) ligare, coe7rcere, tangere, ire.

pas pas

1. 1. P. A. (vadhagranthayoḥ K. vadhe granthe V.) interficere, jungere, nectere. V. 1. paṣ.

pas pas

2. 10. P. pāsayāmi (bandhe) ligare. V. 2. paṣ.

pANija pāṇija

m. (e pāṇi manus et ja natus) unguis. GITA-GOV. 12. 11.

p. 215. pārijāta m. nomen arboris. Wils. 1) A tree of paradise. 2) The coral tree, Erythrina fulgens. UR. 25. 5. infr. p. 217. piśuna Adj. (ut videtur, a r. piś s. unād. una) 1) nuntius, nuntians, certiorem faciens. UR. 25. 15. 2) crudelis. 3) vilis, malus, pravus. p. 220. puru. De lat. multus et hib. mor v. etiam bhūri. purobhāgin (a purobhāga-e puras et bhāga pars, portio-suff. in) arrogans, immodestus. AM. III. 1. 46. UR. 49. 5. infr. p. 222. pūrb 10. P. (niketane) habitare. p. 224. pai 1. P. (śoṣaṇe K. śoṣe V.) siccari. p. 228. De pratīpa v. samīpa. pratyartha pratyartha

(BAH. e prati et artha) utilis. A. 4. 61.

p. 229. prabandha m. (r. bandh praef. pra s. a) fabula. UR. 1. 9. p. 230. prayoga m. (r. yuj praef. pra s. a) actio fabulam agendi. UR. 28. 8. 35. 4. Cf. prayoktṛ. pravINa pravīṇa

(BAH. e pra et vīṇā) scitus, peritus, prudens; v. sq.

pravINatA pravīṇatā

f. (a praec. s. ) habilitas, peritia, prudentia. HIT. 7. 17.

p. 231. b. lin. 10. pro id. lege i. q. praec. sgf. 1. prA prā

2. P. implere. RIGV. 42. 9.: prāsy udaram; 69. 1.: paprā (= paprau). Cf. pṝ pūr 3. pṛ.

c. ā id. RIGV. 52. 13.: āprāḥ; 81. 5.: āpaprau.

p. 232. prāṇa etiam sensus, videndi cet. MAN. 4. 143. (v. spṛś praef. upa). l. 1. infr. lege i. q. prāyaśas pro i. q. praec. p. 238. bāṇijya vid. vāṇijya. bANI bāṇī

vid. vāṇī.

p. 239. bimba vid. vimba. bil bil

lege 6. et 10. P. pro 1. et 10. P.

p. 241. l. 14. Cf. ru boruss. vet. billa cet., v. l. 16. sq. cf. etiam lith. burna os; germ. SPRAH etiam ad ah praef. pra (prāh) trahi posset. p. 243. b. bhartṛ Adj. ferens, sustentans. BH. 13. 16. p. 244. bhaṣ 1. P. interdum A. latrare. MAH. 1. 5249.: śvā bhaṣan; 2. 1424.: bhaṣeyuḥ (śvānaḥ); 2. 1425.: bhaṣante. (Cf. bhāṣ.) p. 247. l. 5. lege bhīṣayanti pro bhīṣanti. c. 1. bhuj et etiam slav. [greek] bjegu fugio. p. 248. bhuśuṇḍī f. teli genus. A. 6. 16. (lege bhuśuṇḍībhiḥ), 7. 3. p. 250. c. bhūrja cf. germ. vet. birca, bircha, nostrum Birke, lith. bér[greek]a-s. p. 251. bhṛ 9. P. bhṛṇāmi v. gr. 385. (bhartsane K. bhṛtau bhṛji bhartse V.) reprehendere; sustentare; frigere, assare. bhoktṛ Adj. n. BH. 13. 14. p. 252. bhyas 1. A. (bhaye) timere. Cf. bhī. p. 253. c. bhrāj cf. etiam scot. breagh "bellus, tersus, speciosus, nitidus, bene ornatus", breachad "pulchritudo, decor, nitor". bhrAz bhrāś

scribitur etiam bhrās; Praet. mltf. Ved. abhrāṭ aptius deducitur a bhrāj v. euphon. r. 59.

bhruD bhruḍ

6. P. (saṃvṛtisaṃhatyoḥ) tegere, coacervare. Cf. bhuṭ.

p. 254. b. l. 15. lege śāṭhye pro śāḍhye. p. 255. maṇ 1. P. (śabde K. kūje V.) sonare, murmurare. NALOD. 2. 60.: maṇita sonitus, murmur. p. 259. mabhr 1. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire, se movere. mamb mamb

1. P. (gatyām) id. Cf. marb.

may may

1. A. id.

p. 260. marb 1. P. id. malayaja malayaja

m. (e malaya et ja natus) santalum. UR. 42. 2.

maSk mask maṣk mask

1. A. (gatau) ire, se movere. Cf. makk.

p. 262. c. 3. cf. etiam hib. mi particula negativa in initio compp. p. 268. mus 4. P. (khaṇḍane K. chidi V.) frangere, findere. must must

10. P. (saṅghāte K. saṃhatau V.) coacervare.

p. 269. b. lege mṛgalāñchana pro -ñca- p. 270. b. mṛtyu etiam fem. et neut. p. 271. l. 5. et 6. lege [greek] e [greek] mṝ 9. P. mṛṇāmi (vadhe) interficere. p. 273. mlev 1. A. i. q. mev. p. 275. yadi 3) quod, dafs, post āśaṃse credo, puto, v. p. 341. b. p. 276. yantr 1. et 10. P. (scribitur yatr ut mihi videtur, Denom. a yantra r. yam s. tra) obstringere, coe7rcere. R. Schl. I. 40. 17. MAH. 3. 33. p. 278. l. 32. lege bhāryāvihartā pro bhāyāvihartā. p. 283. yauṭ yauḍ 1. P. (sambandhe) conjungere, conglutinare. Cf. yu. p. 287. rasāyana n. (e rasa argentum vivum et ayana) medicamentum. Wils.: A medicine preventing old age, and prolonging life, the Elixir Vitae of the alchymists. HIT. 43. 8. c. rātri cf. scot. raoir in an raoir hesternā nocte, (ita an de heri, vid. dina). p. 299. lambh 1. A. (śabde; scribitur labh) sonare. Cf. rambh. p. 303. l. 25. lege lūṣ pro lūp. p. 306. vaṇṭh 1. A. (ekacare V.; scribitur vaṭh) solum ire. p. 313. l. 11. lege mārgeṇa pro mārgena p. 317. vās v. vāś et vāsay. p. 336. veth 1. A. i. q. vith. p. 346. śav 1. P. (gatau K. vikāre V.) ire, mutare. p. 348. śikhariṇī f. (fem. [greek] śikharin) lac coagulatum cum saccharo et condimentis mixtum. UR. 42. 7. infr. p. 351. śuk 1. P. (gatau K. sarpe V.) ire, se movere. zucy śucy

1. P. i. q. cucy v. p. 409.

zun śun

6. P. (gatau K. gatyām V.) ire, se movere.

p. 353. śev 1. A. i. q. sev. zaivAla śaivāla

i. q. śaivala.

p. 354. śauṭ śauḍ 1. P. (garve) superbum esse. p. 359. śvac 1. A. (gatyām) ire, se movere. zvaj śvaj

1. A. id.

zvaJj śvañj

1. A. (scribitur śvaj) id.

p. 362. saṃrambhaparuṣa (e saṃrambha et paruṣa) valde asper, sicut germanice dicitur grimmig kalt, grimmige Kälte. Wils. ed. 2. vid. sq. saMrambharukSa saṃrambharukṣa

(e saṃrambha et rukṣa) id. UR. 51. 5.

p. 362. b. 1. 6, 7. varāhasaṃsthita aptius derivatura varāhasaṃsthā elephanti forma suff. ita inde elephanti formā praeditus; ita kairātasaṃsthita a kairātasaṃsthā suff. ita. p. 374. sāmanta (fem. ī a samanta s. a) finitimus, vicinus, confinis. Subst. m. ut videtur, rex terrae finitimae. UR. 50. 13. p. 375. sārasa m. (a saras s. a) grus indica. H. 1. 25. -- Fem. sārasī.